BASIC DOCUMENTS Forty-eighth edition Including amendments adopted up to 31 December 2014 2014
WHO Library Cataloguing in Publication Data
Basic documents – 48th ed.
Including amendments adopted up to 31 December 2014.
1. World Health Organization. 2. Constitution and Bylaws. I. World Health Organization.
ISBN 978 92 4 165048 9
(NLM Classification: WA 540.MW6)
© World Health Organization 2014 All rights reserved. Publications of the World Health Organization are available on the WHO website (www.who.int) or can be purchased from WHO Press, World Health Organization, 20 Avenue Appia, 1211 Geneva 27, Switzerland (tel.: +41 22 791 3264; fax: +41 22 791 4857; e-mail: bookorders@who.int). Requests for permission to reproduce or translate WHO publications – whether for sale or for non-commercial distribution – should be addressed to WHO Press through the WHO website (www.who.int/about/licensing/copyright_form/en/index.html). The designations employed and the presentation of the material in this publication do not imply the expression of any opinion whatsoever on the part of the World Health Organization concerning the legal status of any country, territory, city or area or of its authorities, or concerning the delimitation of its frontiers or boundaries. Dotted and dashed lines on maps represent approximate border lines for which there may not yet be full agreement. The mention of specific companies or of certain manufacturers’ products does not imply that they are endorsed or recommended by the World Health Organization in preference to others of a similar nature that are not mentioned. Errors and omissions excepted, the names of proprietary products are distinguished by initial capital letters. All reasonable precautions have been taken by the World Health Organization to verify the information contained in this publication. However, the published material is being distributed without warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied. The responsibility for the interpretation and use of the material lies with the reader. In no event shall the World Health Organization be liable for damages arising from its use.
Printed in Italy
For index, see page 207 CONTENTS Constitution of the World Health Organization........................... Page 1
Rights and Obligations of Associate Members and other Territories 1. Health Assembly and Executive Board ............................. 2. Regional Organizations...................................................... Convention on the Privileges and Immunities of the Specialized Agencies. ............................................................................... Annex VII - The World Health Organization ........................ Agreements with other Intergovernmental Organizations Agreement between the World Health Organization and the Pan American Health Organization .................................. Agreement between the United Nations and the World Health Organization ..................................................................... Agreement between the International Labour Organisation and the World Health Organization.................................. Agreement between the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations and the World Health Organization... Agreement between the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization and the World Health Organization .............................................. Agreement between the International Atomic Energy Agency and the World Health Organization.................................. Agreement between the International Fund for Agricultural Development and the World Health Organization ........... Agreement between the United Nations Industrial Development Organization and the World Health Organization ............ Agreement between the World Health Organization and the Universal Postal Union .................................................... Agreement between the Office International des Épizooties and the World Health Organization.................................. Agreement between the Commission of the African Union and the World Health Organization.................................. Agreement between the World Health Organization and the South Centre..................................................................... 41 44 53 57 21 22 25 39
61 66 71 75 78 81 85 92
(Continued overleaf)
– iii –
iv BASIC DOCUMENTS
Page Principles Governing Relations between the World Health Organization and Nongovernmental Organizations ............... Financial Regulations of the World Health Organization ........... Appendix: Additional terms of reference governing the external audit of the World Health Organization ............. Staff Regulations of the World Health Organization................... Regulations for Expert Advisory Panels and Committees........... Annex – Rules of Procedure for Expert Committees ............. Regulations for Study and Scientific Groups, Collaborating Institutions and Other Mechanisms of Collaboration ............ Rules of Procedure of the World Health Assembly ..................... Guiding Principles for the Conduct of Elections by Secret Ballot ..................................................................... Description of the Concept of a Point of Order ..................... Rules of Procedure of the Executive Board of the World Health Organization .......................................................................... 97 103 112 115 121 128 131 139 170 171 173
APPENDICES 1. Members of the World Health Organization ........................... 2. Statute of the International Agency for Research on Cancer ... 193 199
INDEX ...........................................................................................
207
____________
Note: In accordance with resolution WHA57.8, the use of one gender in Basic documents shall be considered as including a reference to the other unless the context otherwise requires.
CONSTITUTION OF THE WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION1 THE STATES Parties to this Constitution declare, in conformity with the Charter of the United Nations, that the following principles are basic to the happiness, harmonious relations and security of all peoples: Health is a state of complete physical, mental and social well-being and not merely the absence of disease or infirmity. The enjoyment of the highest attainable standard of health is one of the fundamental rights of every human being without distinction of race, religion, political belief, economic or social condition. The health of all peoples is fundamental to the attainment of peace and security and is dependent upon the fullest co-operation of individuals and States. The achievement of any State in the promotion and protection of health is of value to all. Unequal development in different countries in the promotion of health and control of disease, especially communicable disease, is a common danger. Healthy development of the child is of basic importance; the ability to live harmoniously in a changing total environment is essential to such development. The extension to all peoples of the benefits of medical, psychological and related knowledge is essential to the fullest attainment of health. Informed opinion and active co-operation on the part of the public are of the utmost importance in the improvement of the health of the people. Governments have a responsibility for the health of their peoples which can be fulfilled only by the provision of adequate health and social measures. ACCEPTING THESE PRINCIPLES, and for the purpose of co-operation among themselves and with others to promote and protect the health of all peoples, the Contracting Parties agree to the present Constitution and hereby establish the World Health Organization as a specialized agency within the terms of Article 57 of the Charter of the United Nations.
_________ 1 The Constitution was adopted by the International Health Conference held in New York from 19 June to 22 July 1946, signed on 22 July 1946 by the representatives of 61 States (Off. Rec. Wld Hlth Org., 2, 100), and entered into force on 7 April 1948. Amendments adopted by the Twenty-sixth, Twenty-ninth, Thirty-ninth and Fifty-first World Health Assemblies (resolutions WHA26.37, WHA29.38, WHA39.6 and WHA51.23) came into force on 3 February 1977, 20 January 1984, 11 July 1994 and 15 September 2005 respectively and are incorporated in the present text.
–1–
Constitution
2 BASIC DOCUMENTS
CHAPTER I – OBJECTIVE Article 1 The objective of the World Health Organization (hereinafter called the Organization) shall be the attainment by all peoples of the highest possible level of health.
CHAPTER II – FUNCTIONS Article 2 In order to achieve its objective, the functions of the Organization shall be: (a) to act as the directing and co-ordinating authority on international health work; (b) to establish and maintain effective collaboration with the United Nations, specialized agencies, governmental health administrations, professional groups and such other organizations as may be deemed appropriate; (c) to assist Governments, upon request, in strengthening health services; (d) to furnish appropriate technical assistance and, in emergencies, necessary aid upon the request or acceptance of Governments; (e) to provide or assist in providing, upon the request of the United Nations, health services and facilities to special groups, such as the peoples of trust territories; (f) to establish and maintain such administrative and technical services as may be required, including epidemiological and statistical services; (g) to stimulate and advance work to eradicate epidemic, endemic and other diseases; (h) to promote, in co-operation with other specialized agencies where necessary, the prevention of accidental injuries; (i) to promote, in co-operation with other specialized agencies where necessary, the improvement of nutrition, housing, sanitation, recreation, economic or working conditions and other aspects of environmental hygiene; (j) to promote co-operation among scientific and professional groups which contribute to the advancement of health;
CONSTITUTION OF WHO 3
(k) to propose conventions, agreements and regulations, and make recommendations with respect to international health matters and to perform such duties as may be assigned thereby to the Organization and are consistent with its objective; (l) to promote maternal and child health and welfare and to foster the ability to live harmoniously in a changing total environment; (m) to foster activities in the field of mental health, especially those affecting the harmony of human relations; (n) to promote and conduct research in the field of health; (o) to promote improved standards of teaching and training in the health, medical and related professions; (p) to study and report on, in co-operation with other specialized agencies where necessary, administrative and social techniques affecting public health and medical care from preventive and curative points of view, including hospital services and social security; (q) to provide information, counsel and assistance in the field of health; (r) to assist in developing an informed public opinion among all peoples on matters of health; (s) to establish and revise as necessary international nomenclatures of diseases, of causes of death and of public health practices; (t) to standardize diagnostic procedures as necessary; (u) to develop, establish and promote international standards with respect to food, biological, pharmaceutical and similar products; (v) generally to take all necessary action to attain the objective of the Organization.
CHAPTER III – MEMBERSHIP AND ASSOCIATE MEMBERSHIP Article 3 Membership in the Organization shall be open to all States. Article 4 Members of the United Nations may become Members of the Organization by signing or otherwise accepting this Constitution in accordance with the provisions of Chapter XIX and in accordance with their constitutional processes.
4 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Article 5 The States whose Governments have been invited to send observers to the International Health Conference held in New York, 1946, may become Members by signing or otherwise accepting this Constitution in accordance with the provisions of Chapter XIX and in accordance with their constitutional processes provided that such signature or acceptance shall be completed before the first session of the Health Assembly. Article 6 Subject to the conditions of any agreement between the United Nations and the Organization, approved pursuant to Chapter XVI, States which do not become Members in accordance with Articles 4 and 5 may apply to become Members and shall be admitted as Members when their application has been approved by a simple majority vote of the Health Assembly. Article 71 If a Member fails to meet its financial obligations to the Organization or in other exceptional circumstances, the Health Assembly may, on such conditions as it thinks proper, suspend the voting privileges and services to which a Member is entitled. The Health Assembly shall have the authority to restore such voting privileges and services. Article 8 Territories or groups of territories which are not responsible for the conduct of their international relations may be admitted as Associate Members by the Health Assembly upon application made on behalf of such territory or group of territories by the Member or other authority having responsibility for their international relations. Representatives of Associate Members to the Health Assembly should be qualified by their technical competence in the field of health and should be chosen from the native population. The nature and extent of the rights and obligations of Associate Members shall be determined by the Health Assembly.
_________ 1 The amendment to this Article adopted by the Eighteenth World Health Assembly (resolution WHA18.48) has not yet come into force.
CONSTITUTION OF WHO 5
CHAPTER IV – ORGANS Article 9 The work of the Organization shall be carried out by: (a) The World Health Assembly (herein called the Health Assembly); (b) The Executive Board (hereinafter called the Board); (c) The Secretariat.
CHAPTER V – THE WORLD HEALTH ASSEMBLY Article 10 The Health Assembly shall be composed of delegates representing Members. Article 11 Each Member shall be represented by not more than three delegates, one of whom shall be designated by the Member as chief delegate. These delegates should be chosen from among persons most qualified by their technical competence in the field of health, preferably representing the national health administration of the Member. Article 12 Alternates and advisers may accompany delegates. Article 13 The Health Assembly shall meet in regular annual session and in such special sessions as may be necessary. Special sessions shall be convened at the request of the Board or of a majority of the Members. Article 14 The Health Assembly, at each annual session, shall select the country or region in which the next annual session shall be held, the Board subsequently fixing the place. The Board shall determine the place where a special session shall be held.
6 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Article 15 The Board, after consultation with the Secretary-General of the United Nations, shall determine the date of each annual and special session. Article 16 The Health Assembly shall elect its President and other officers at the beginning of each annual session. They shall hold office until their successors are elected. Article 17 The Health Assembly shall adopt its own rules of procedure. Article 18 The functions of the Health Assembly shall be: (a) to determine the policies of the Organization; (b) to name the Members entitled to designate a person to serve on the Board; (c) to appoint the Director-General; (d) to review and approve reports and activities of the Board and of the Director-General and to instruct the Board in regard to matters upon which action, study, investigation or report may be considered desirable; (e) to establish such committees as may be considered necessary for the work of the Organization; (f) to supervise the financial policies of the Organization and to review and approve the budget; (g) to instruct the Board and the Director-General to bring to the attention of Members and of international organizations, governmental or non-governmental, any matter with regard to health which the Health Assembly may consider appropriate; (h) to invite any organization, international or national, governmental or non-governmental, which has responsibilities related to those of the Organization, to appoint representatives to participate, without right of vote, in its meetings or in those of the committees and conferences convened under its authority, on conditions prescribed by the Health Assembly; but in the case of national organizations, invitations shall be issued only with the consent of the Government concerned;
CONSTITUTION OF WHO 7
(i) to consider recommendations bearing on health made by the General Assembly, the Economic and Social Council, the Security Council or Trusteeship Council of the United Nations, and to report to them on the steps taken by the Organization to give effect to such recommendations; (j) to report to the Economic and Social Council in accordance with any agreement between the Organization and the United Nations; (k) to promote and conduct research in the field of health by the personnel of the Organization, by the establishment of its own institutions or by co-operation with official or non-official institutions of any Member with the consent of its Government; (l) to establish such other institutions as it may consider desirable; (m) to take any other appropriate action to further the objective of the Organization. Article 19 The Health Assembly shall have authority to adopt conventions or agreements with respect to any matter within the competence of the Organization. A two-thirds vote of the Health Assembly shall be required for the adoption of such conventions or agreements, which shall come into force for each Member when accepted by it in accordance with its constitutional processes. Article 20 Each Member undertakes that it will, within eighteen months after the adoption by the Health Assembly of a convention or agreement, take action relative to the acceptance of such convention or agreement. Each Member shall notify the Director-General of the action taken, and if it does not accept such convention or agreement within the time limit, it will furnish a statement of the reasons for non-acceptance. In case of acceptance, each Member agrees to make an annual report to the Director-General in accordance with Chapter XIV. Article 21 The Health Assembly shall have authority to adopt regulations concerning: (a) sanitary and quarantine requirements and other procedures designed to prevent the international spread of disease;
8 BASIC DOCUMENTS
(b) nomenclatures with respect to diseases, causes of death and public health practices; (c) standards with respect to diagnostic procedures for international use; (d) standards with respect to the safety, purity and potency of biological, pharmaceutical and similar products moving in international commerce; (e) advertising and labelling of biological, pharmaceutical and similar products moving in international commerce. Article 22 Regulations adopted pursuant to Article 21 shall come into force for all Members after due notice has been given of their adoption by the Health Assembly except for such Members as may notify the Director-General of rejection or reservations within the period stated in the notice. Article 23 The Health Assembly shall have authority to make recommendations to Members with respect to any matter within the competence of the Organization.
CHAPTER VI – THE EXECUTIVE BOARD Article 24 The Board shall consist of thirty-four persons designated by as many Members. The Health Assembly, taking into account an equitable geographical distribution, shall elect the Members entitled to designate a person to serve on the Board, provided that, of such Members, not less than three shall be elected from each of the regional organizations established pursuant to Article 44. Each of these Members should appoint to the Board a person technically qualified in the field of health, who may be accompanied by alternates and advisers. Article 25 These Members shall be elected for three years and may be re-elected, provided that of the Members elected at the first session of the Health Assembly held after the coming into force of the amendment to this Constitution increasing the membership of the Board from thirty-two to thirty-four the term of office of the additional Members elected shall, in so far as may be necessary, be of such lesser duration as shall facilitate the
CONSTITUTION OF WHO 9
election of at least one Member from each regional organization in each year. Article 26 The Board shall meet at least twice a year and shall determine the place of each meeting. Article 27 The Board shall elect its Chairman from among its members and shall adopt its own rules of procedure. Article 28 The functions of the Board shall be: (a) to give effect to the decisions and policies of the Health Assembly; (b) to act as the executive organ of the Health Assembly; (c) to perform any other functions entrusted to it by the Health Assembly; (d) to advise the Health Assembly on questions referred to it by that body and on matters assigned to the Organization by conventions, agreements and regulations; (e) to submit advice or proposals to the Health Assembly on its own initiative; (f) to prepare the agenda of meetings of the Health Assembly; (g) to submit to the Health Assembly for consideration and approval a general programme of work covering a specific period; (h) to study all questions within its competence; (i) to take emergency measures within the functions and financial resources of the Organization to deal with events requiring immediate action. In particular it may authorize the Director-General to take the necessary steps to combat epidemics, to participate in the organization of health relief to victims of a calamity and to undertake studies and research the urgency of which has been drawn to the attention of the Board by any Member or by the Director-General. Article 29 The Board shall exercise on behalf of the whole Health Assembly the powers delegated to it by that body.
10 BASIC DOCUMENTS
CHAPTER VII – THE SECRETARIAT Article 30 The Secretariat shall comprise the Director-General and such technical and administrative staff as the Organization may require. Article 31 The Director-General shall be appointed by the Health Assembly on the nomination of the Board on such terms as the Health Assembly may determine. The Director-General, subject to the authority of the Board, shall be the chief technical and administrative officer of the Organization. Article 32 The Director-General shall be ex officio Secretary of the Health Assembly, of the Board, of all commissions and committees of the Organization and of conferences convened by it. He may delegate these functions. Article 33 The Director-General or his representative may establish a procedure by agreement with Members, permitting him, for the purpose of discharging his duties, to have direct access to their various departments, especially to their health administrations and to national health organizations, governmental or non-governmental. He may also establish direct relations with international organizations whose activities come within the competence of the Organization. He shall keep regional offices informed on all matters involving their respective areas. Article 34 The Director-General shall prepare and submit to the Board the financial statements and budget estimates of the Organization. Article 35 The Director-General shall appoint the staff of the Secretariat in accordance with staff regulations established by the Health Assembly. The paramount consideration in the employment of the staff shall be to assure that the efficiency, integrity and internationally representative character of the Secretariat shall be maintained at the highest level. Due regard shall be paid also to the importance of recruiting the staff on as wide a geographical basis as possible.
CONSTITUTION OF WHO 11
Article 36 The conditions of service of the staff of the Organization shall conform as far as possible with those of other United Nations organizations. Article 37 In the performance of their duties the Director-General and the staff shall not seek or receive instructions from any government or from any authority external to the Organization. They shall refrain from any action which might reflect on their position as international officers. Each Member of the Organization on its part undertakes to respect the exclusively international character of the Director-General and the staff and not to seek to influence them.
CHAPTER VIII – COMMITTEES Article 38 The Board shall establish such committees as the Health Assembly may direct and, on its own initiative or on the proposal of the Director-General, may establish any other committees considered desirable to serve any purpose within the competence of the Organization. Article 39 The Board, from time to time and in any event annually, shall review the necessity for continuing each committee. Article 40 The Board may provide for the creation of or the participation by the Organization in joint or mixed committees with other organizations and for the representation of the Organization in committees established by such other organizations.
CHAPTER IX – CONFERENCES Article 41 The Health Assembly or the Board may convene local, general, technical or other special conferences to consider any matter within the competence of the Organization and may provide for the representation at such conferences of international organizations and, with the consent of
12 BASIC DOCUMENTS
the Government concerned, of national organizations, governmental or non-governmental. The manner of such representation shall be determined by the Health Assembly or the Board. Article 42 The Board may provide for representation of the Organization at conferences in which the Board considers that the Organization has an interest. CHAPTER X – HEADQUARTERS Article 43 The location of the headquarters of the Organization shall be determined by the Health Assembly after consultation with the United Nations. CHAPTER XI – REGIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Article 44 (a) The Health Assembly shall from time to time define the geographical areas in which it is desirable to establish a regional organization. (b) The Health Assembly may, with the consent of a majority of the Members situated within each area so defined, establish a regional organization to meet the special needs of such area. There shall not be more than one regional organization in each area. Article 45 Each regional organization shall be an integral part of the Organization in accordance with this Constitution. Article 46 Each regional organization shall consist of a regional committee and a regional office. Article 47 Regional committees shall be composed of representatives of the Member States and Associate Members in the region concerned. Territories or groups of territories within the region, which are not
CONSTITUTION OF WHO 13
responsible for the conduct of their international relations and which are not Associate Members, shall have the right to be represented and to participate in regional committees. The nature and extent of the rights and obligations of these territories or groups of territories in regional committees shall be determined by the Health Assembly in consultation with the Member or other authority having responsibility for the international relations of these territories and with the Member States in the region. Article 48 Regional committees shall meet as often as necessary and shall determine the place of each meeting. Article 49 Regional committees shall adopt their own rules of procedure. Article 50 The functions of the regional committee shall be: (a) to formulate policies governing matters of an exclusively regional character; (b) to supervise the activities of the regional office; (c) to suggest to the regional office the calling of technical conferences and such additional work or investigation in health matters as in the opinion of the regional committee would promote the objective of the Organization within the region; (d) to co-operate with the respective regional committees of the United Nations and with those of other specialized agencies and with other regional international organizations having interests in common with the Organization; (e) to tender advice, through the Director-General, to the Organization on international health matters which have wider than regional significance; (f) to recommend additional regional appropriations by the Governments of the respective regions if the proportion of the central budget of the Organization allotted to that region is insufficient for the carrying-out of the regional functions; (g) such other functions as may be delegated to the regional committee by the Health Assembly, the Board or the Director-General.
14 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Article 51 Subject to the general authority of the Director-General of the Organization, the regional office shall be the administrative organ of the regional committee. It shall, in addition, carry out within the region the decisions of the Health Assembly and of the Board. Article 52 The head of the regional office shall be the Regional Director appointed by the Board in agreement with the regional committee. Article 53 The staff of the regional office shall be appointed in a manner to be determined by agreement between the Director-General and the Regional Director. Article 54 The Pan American Sanitary Organization 1 represented by the Pan American Sanitary Bureau and the Pan American Sanitary Conferences, and all other inter-governmental regional health organizations in existence prior to the date of signature of this Constitution, shall in due course be integrated with the Organization. This integration shall be effected as soon as practicable through common action based on mutual consent of the competent authorities expressed through the organizations concerned. CHAPTER XII – BUDGET AND EXPENSES Article 55 The Director-General shall prepare and submit to the Board the budget estimates of the Organization. The Board shall consider and submit to the Health Assembly such budget estimates, together with any recommendations the Board may deem advisable. Article 56 Subject to any agreement between the Organization and the United Nations, the Health Assembly shall review and approve the budget estimates and shall apportion the expenses among the Members in accordance with a scale to be fixed by the Health Assembly.
_________ 1 Renamed “Pan American Health Organization” by decision of the XV Pan American Sanitary Conference, SeptemberOctober 1958.
CONSTITUTION OF WHO 15
Article 57 The Health Assembly or the Board acting on behalf of the Health Assembly may accept and administer gifts and bequests made to the Organization provided that the conditions attached to such gifts or bequests are acceptable to the Health Assembly or the Board and are consistent with the objective and policies of the Organization. Article 58 A special fund to be used at the discretion of the Board shall be established to meet emergencies and unforeseen contingencies.
CHAPTER XIII – VOTING Article 59 Each Member shall have one vote in the Health Assembly. Article 60 (a) Decisions of the Health Assembly on important questions shall be made by a two-thirds majority of the Members present and voting. These questions shall include: the adoption of conventions or agreements; the approval of agreements bringing the Organization into relation with the United Nations and inter-governmental organizations and agencies in accordance with Articles 69, 70 and 72; amendments to this Constitution. (b) Decisions on other questions, including the determination of additional categories of questions to be decided by a two-thirds majority, shall be made by a majority of the Members present and voting. (c) Voting on analogous matters in the Board and in committees of the Organization shall be made in accordance with paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Article.
CHAPTER XIV – REPORTS SUBMITTED BY STATES Article 61 Each Member shall report annually to the Organization on the action taken and progress achieved in improving the health of its people. Article 62 Each Member shall report annually on the action taken with respect to
16 BASIC DOCUMENTS
recommendations made to it by the Organization and with respect to conventions, agreements and regulations. Article 63 Each Member shall communicate promptly to the Organization important laws, regulations, official reports and statistics pertaining to health which have been published in the State concerned. Article 64 Each Member shall provide statistical and epidemiological reports in a manner to be determined by the Health Assembly. Article 65 Each Member shall transmit upon the request of the Board such additional information pertaining to health as may be practicable.
CHAPTER XV – LEGAL CAPACITY, PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES Article 66 The Organization shall enjoy in the territory of each Member such legal capacity as may be necessary for the fulfilment of its objective and for the exercise of its functions. Article 67 (a) The Organization shall enjoy in the territory of each Member such privileges and immunities as may be necessary for the fulfilment of its objective and for the exercise of its functions. (b) Representatives of Members, persons designated to serve on the Board and technical and administrative personnel of the Organization shall similarly enjoy such privileges and immunities as are necessary for the independent exercise of their functions in connexion with the Organization. Article 68 Such legal capacity, privileges and immunities shall be defined in a separate agreement to be prepared by the Organization in consultation with the Secretary-General of the United Nations and concluded between the Members.
CONSTITUTION OF WHO 17
CHAPTER XVI – RELATIONS WITH OTHER ORGANIZATIONS Article 69 The Organization shall be brought into relation with the United Nations as one of the specialized agencies referred to in Article 57 of the Charter of the United Nations. The agreement or agreements bringing the Organization into relation with the United Nations shall be subject to approval by a two-thirds vote of the Health Assembly. Article 70 The Organization shall establish effective relations and co-operate closely with such other inter-governmental organizations as may be desirable. Any formal agreement entered into with such organizations shall be subject to approval by a two-thirds vote of the Health Assembly. Article 71 The Organization may, on matters within its competence, make suitable arrangements for consultation and co-operation with non-governmental international organizations and, with the consent of the Government concerned, with national organizations, governmental or non-governmental. Article 72 Subject to the approval by a two-thirds vote of the Health Assembly, the Organization may take over from any other international organization or agency whose purpose and activities lie within the field of competence of the Organization such functions, resources and obligations as may be conferred upon the Organization by international agreement or by mutually acceptable arrangements entered into between the competent authorities of the respective organizations.
CHAPTER XVII – AMENDMENTS Article 73 Texts of proposed amendments to this Constitution shall be communicated by the Director-General to Members at least six months in advance of their consideration by the Health Assembly. Amendments shall come into force for all Members when adopted by a two-thirds vote of the Health Assembly and accepted by two-thirds of the Members in accordance with their respective constitutional processes.
18 BASIC DOCUMENTS
CHAPTER XVIII – INTERPRETATION Article 741 The Chinese, English, French, Russian and Spanish texts of this Constitution shall be regarded as equally authentic. Article 75 Any question or dispute concerning the interpretation or application of this Constitution which is not settled by negotiation or by the Health Assembly shall be referred to the International Court of Justice in conformity with the Statute of the Court, unless the parties concerned agree on another mode of settlement. Article 76 Upon authorization by the General Assembly of the United Nations or upon authorization in accordance with any agreement between the Organization and the United Nations, the Organization may request the International Court of Justice for an advisory opinion on any legal question arising within the competence of the Organization. Article 77 The Director-General may appear before the Court on behalf of the Organization in connexion with any proceedings arising out of any such request for an advisory opinion. He shall make arrangements for the presentation of the case before the Court, including arrangements for the argument of different views on the question.
CHAPTER XIX – ENTRY-INTO-FORCE Article 78 Subject to the provisions of Chapter III, this Constitution shall remain open to all States for signature or acceptance. Article 79 (a) States may become parties to this Constitution by: (i) signature without reservation as to approval;
_________ 1 The amendment to this Article adopted by the Thirty-first World Health Assembly (resolution WHA31.18) has not yet come into force.
CONSTITUTION OF WHO 19
(ii) signature subject to approval followed by acceptance; or (iii) acceptance. (b) Acceptance shall be effected by the deposit of a formal instrument with the Secretary-General of the United Nations. Article 80 This Constitution shall come into force when twenty-six Members of the United Nations have become parties to it in accordance with the provisions of Article 79. Article 81 In accordance with Article 102 of the Charter of the United Nations, the Secretary-General of the United Nations will register this Constitution when it has been signed without reservation as to approval on behalf of one State or upon deposit of the first instrument of acceptance. Article 82 The Secretary-General of the United Nations will inform States parties to this Constitution of the date when it has come into force. He will also inform them of the dates when other States have become parties to this Constitution. IN FAITH WHEREOF the undersigned representatives, having been duly authorized for that purpose, sign this Constitution. DONE in the City of New York this twenty-second day of July 1946, in a single copy in the Chinese, English, French, Russian and Spanish languages, each text being equally authentic. The original texts shall be deposited in the archives of the United Nations. The Secretary-General of the United Nations will send certified copies to each of the Governments represented at the Conference.
––––––––––
Associate Members
RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF ASSOCIATE MEMBERS AND OTHER TERRITORIES 1. Health Assembly and Executive Board1 Whereas Article 8 of the Constitution of the World Health Organization provides that the nature and extent of the rights and obligations of Associate Members shall be determined by the Health Assembly, and Whereas there is need for further study in connexion with Articles 8 and 47 of the Constitution of the rights and obligations in regional organizations of Associate Members and of territories or groups of territories which are not responsible for the conduct of their international relations and which are not Associate Members, The First World Health Assembly RESOLVES 1. that Associate Members shall have the right:
(i) to participate without vote in the deliberations of the Health Assembly and its main committees; (ii) to participate with vote and to hold office in other committees or sub-committees of the Assembly, except the General Committee, the Committee on Credentials, and the Nominations Committee;2 (iii) to participate equally with Members, subject to the limitation on voting in paragraph (i) above, in matters pertaining to the conduct of business of meetings of the Assembly and its committees, in accordance with Rules 48 to 68, and 83 to 84, of the Rules of Procedure of the Assembly; (iv) to propose items for inclusion in the provisional agenda of the Assembly; (v) to receive equally with Members all notices, documents, reports and records; (vi) to participate equally with Members in the procedure for convening special sessions;
_________ 1 Text adopted by the First World Health Assembly on 21 July 1948 (Off. Rec. Wld Hlth Org., 13, 100, 337). (The numbers of the Rules of Procedure mentioned in paragraph 1 (iii) have been changed to agree with the revised version of the Rules as reproduced on p. 139.) 2 The Committee on Nominations was abolished by virtue of resolution WHA61.11.
– 21 –
22 BASIC DOCUMENTS
2. that Associate Members shall have the right, equally with Members, to submit proposals to the Executive Board, and to participate, in accordance with regulations established by the Board, in committees established by it, but they shall not be eligible for membership on the Board; 3. that Associate Members shall be subject to the same obligations as Members, except that the difference in their status shall be taken into account in determining the amount of their contribution to the budget of the Organization; 4. that the Executive Board be requested to submit a report with recommendations to the next Health Assembly, taking into account Article 47 of the Constitution and any comments or recommendations from Members and from regional organizations concerning the rights and obligations in regional organizations of Associate Members and of territories or groups of territories which are not responsible for the conduct of their international relations and which are not Associate Members, the report to be transmitted to the Members at least two months in advance of the convening of the Assembly. 2. Regional Organizations1 The Second World Health Assembly, Having regard to Articles 8 and 47 of the Constitution; and Having regard to paragraph 4 of the resolution of the First World Health Assembly concerning the rights and obligations of Associate Members;2 and Having regard to the reports of the Executive Board at its second and third sessions;3 and Having regard to a statement4 concerning the Pan American Sanitary Organization,5
_________ 1 Text adopted by the Second World Health Assembly on 30 June 1949 (resolution WHA2.103). The rights and obligations of Associate Members were further considered by the Fifth, Sixth, Seventh, Ninth and Tenth World Health Assemblies, and by the Executive Board at its ninth, tenth, eleventh, thirteenth, fifteenth and nineteenth sessions but have remained unchanged. The relevant resolutions will be found in the Handbook of Resolutions and Decisions of the World Health Assembly and the Executive Board, Volume I, section 6.2.2. As regards participation in the Regional Committee for Africa of Members not having their seat of government within the Region, see resolution WHA28.37. 2 See above. 3 Off. Rec. Wld Hlth Org., 14, 26, 54; 17, 17. 4 Off. Rec. Wld Hlth Org., 21, 384. 5 Renamed “Pan American Health Organization” by decision of the XV Pan American Sanitary Conference, SeptemberOctober 1958.
RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF ASSOCIATE MEMBERS 23
RESOLVES AS FOLLOWS:
1. For the purposes of Article 47 of the Constitution, States Members in a region shall be deemed to be those States Members having their seat of government within the region; 2. Those States Members not having their seat of government within the region, which (a) either by reason of their Constitution consider certain territories or groups of territories in the region as part of their national territory, or (b) are responsible for the conduct of the international relations of territories or groups of territories within the region, shall participate as Members of the regional committee, in which case they shall have all the rights, privileges and obligations of Member States in the region, but with only one vote for all the territories or groups of territories in the region, as defined in (a) and (b) above; 3. (1) Territories or groups of territories in the region which are not responsible for the conduct of their international relations, whether Associate Members or otherwise, may participate in regional committees, in accordance with Articles 8 and 47 of the Constitution; (2) Associate Members shall have all rights and obligations in the regional organizations, with the exception that they will have no vote in plenary meetings of the regional committee, nor in subdivisions dealing with finance or constitutional matters; (3) Representatives of Associate Members should be qualified by their technical competence in the field of health and should be chosen from the native population in accordance with Article 8 of the Constitution; (4) In the case of territories not responsible for the conduct of their international relations and not Associate Members, the rights and obligations in (2) above shall apply subject to consultation between the States Members in a region – as defined in paragraph 1 above – and the Members or other authority having responsibility for the international relations of these territories; (5) In recommending any additional appropriation under Article 50(f) of the Constitution, the regional committee shall take account of the difference in status between States Members, on the one hand, and Associate Members and other territories or groups of territories not responsible for the conduct of their international relations, on the other; 4. In view of the statement made by the Director of the Pan American Sanitary Organization1 and of the fact that integration between PASO and
_________ 1
Off. Rec. Wld Hlth Org., 21, 384.
24 BASIC DOCUMENTS
WHO is still in process, the application of the above recommendation in the American Region shall await the completion of these negotiations for such integration; 5. The Executive Board should keep under review the implementation of these decisions and submit to the Fifth World Health Assembly,1 at the latest, a report thereon in order that that Assembly might determine what, if any, modifications might be required in the above decisions in the light of experience. ––––––––––
_________ 1
See footnote 1 on p. 22.
WHEREAS the General Assembly of the United Nations adopted on 13 February 1946 a resolution contemplating the unification as far as possible of the privileges and immunities enjoyed by the United Nations and by the various specialized agencies; and WHEREAS consultations concerning the implementation of the aforesaid resolution have taken place between the United Nations and the specialized agencies; CONSEQUENTLY, by resolution 179 (II) adopted on 21 November 1947, the General Assembly has approved the following Convention, which is submitted to the specialized agencies for acceptance and to every Member of the United Nations and to every other State member of one or more of the specialized agencies for accession. Article I – Definitions and Scope Section 1 In this Convention: (i) The words “standard clauses” refer to the provisions of Articles II to IX. (ii) The words “specialized agencies” mean: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) The International Labour Organisation; The Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations; The United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization; The International Civil Aviation Organization; The International Monetary Fund; The International Bank for Reconstruction and Development; The World Health Organization; The Universal Postal Union; The International Telecommunication Union; and Any other agency in relationship with the United Nations in accordance with Articles 57 and 63 of the Charter.
(iii) The word “Convention” means, in relation to any particular specialized agency, the standard clauses as modified by the final (or
_________ 1
Adopted by the First World Health Assembly on 17 July 1948 (Off. Rec. Wld Hlth Org., 13, 97,
332).
– 25 –
Privileges & Immunities
CONVENTION ON THE PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES OF THE SPECIALIZED AGENCIES1
26 BASIC DOCUMENTS
revised) text of the annex transmitted by that agency in accordance with sections 36 and 38. (iv) For the purposes of article III, the words “property and assets” shall also include property and funds administered by a specialized agency in furtherance of its constitutional functions. (v) For the purposes of articles V and VII, the expression “representatives of members” shall be deemed to include all representatives, alternates, advisers, technical experts and secretaries of delegations. (vi) In sections 13, 14, 15 and 25, the expression “meetings convened by a specialized agency” means meetings: (1) of its assembly and of its executive body (however designated), and (2) of any commission provided for in its constitution; (3) of any international conference convened by it; and (4) of any committee of any of these bodies. (vii) The term “executive head” means the principal executive official of the specialized agency in question, whether designated “Director-General” or otherwise. Section 2 Each State party to this Convention in respect of any specialized agency to which this Convention has become applicable in accordance with section 37 shall accord to, or in connexion with, that agency the privileges and immunities set forth in the standard clauses on the conditions specified therein, subject to any modification of those clauses contained in the provisions of the final (or revised) annex relating to that agency and transmitted in accordance with sections 36 or 38. Article II – Juridical Personality Section 3 The specialized agencies shall possess juridical personality. They shall have the capacity (a) to contract, (b) to acquire and dispose of immovable and movable property, (c) to institute legal proceedings. Article III – Property, Funds and Assets Section 4 The specialized agencies, their property and assets, wherever located and by whomsoever held, shall enjoy immunity from every form of legal
CONVENTION ON PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES 27
process except in so far as in any particular case they have expressly waived their immunity. It is, however, understood that no waiver of immunity shall extend to any measure of execution. Section 5 The premises of the specialized agencies shall be inviolable. The property and assets of the specialized agencies, wherever located and by whomsoever held, shall be immune from search, requisition, confiscation, expropriation and any other form of interference, whether by executive, administrative, judicial or legislative action. Section 6 The archives of the specialized agencies, and in general all documents belonging to them or held by them, shall be inviolable, wherever located. Section 7 Without being restricted by financial controls, regulations or moratoria of any kind: (a) The specialized agencies may hold funds, gold or currency of any kind and operate accounts in any currency; (b) The specialized agencies may freely transfer their funds, gold or currency from one country to another or within any country and convert any currency held by them into any other currency. Section 8 Each specialized agency shall, in exercising its rights under section 7 above, pay due regard to any representations made by the Government of any State party to this Convention in so far as it is considered that effect can be given to such representations without detriment to the interests of the agency. Section 9 The specialized agencies, their assets, income and other property shall be: (a) Exempt from all direct taxes; it is understood, however, that the specialized agencies will not claim exemption from taxes which are, in fact, no more than charges for public utility services;
28 BASIC DOCUMENTS
(b) Exempt from customs duties and prohibitions and restrictions on imports and exports in respect of articles imported or exported by the specialized agencies for their official use; it is understood, however, that articles imported under such exemption will not be sold in the country into which they were imported except under conditions agreed to with the Government of that country; (c) Exempt from duties and prohibitions and restrictions on imports and exports in respect of their publications. Section 10 While the specialized agencies will not, as a general rule, claim exemption from excise duties and from taxes on the sale of movable and immovable property which form part of the price to be paid, nevertheless when the specialized agencies are making important purchases for official use of property on which such duties and taxes have been charged or are chargeable, States parties to this Convention will, whenever possible, make appropriate administrative arrangements for the remission or return of the amount of duty or tax. Article IV – Facilities in respect of Communications Section 11 Each specialized agency shall enjoy, in the territory of each State party to this Convention in respect of that agency, for its official communications, treatment not less favourable than that accorded by the Government of such State to any other Government, including the latter’s diplomatic mission, in the matter of priorities, rates and taxes on mails, cables, telegrams, radiograms, telephotos, telephone and other communications, and press rates for information to the press and radio. Section 12 No censorship shall be applied to the official correspondence and other official communications of the specialized agencies. The specialized agencies shall have the right to use codes and to dispatch and receive correspondence by courier or in sealed bags, which shall have the same immunities and privileges as diplomatic couriers and bags. Nothing in this section shall be construed to preclude the adoption of appropriate security precautions to be determined by agreement between a State party to this Convention and a specialized agency.
CONVENTION ON PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES 29
Article V – Representatives of Members Section 13 Representatives of members at meetings convened by a specialized agency shall, while exercising their functions and during their journeys to and from the place of meeting, enjoy the following privileges and immunities: (a) Immunity from personal arrest or detention and from seizure of their personal baggage, and in respect of words spoken or written and all acts done by them in their official capacity, immunity from legal process of every kind; (b) Inviolability for all papers and documents; (c) The right to use codes and to receive papers or correspondence by courier or in sealed bags; (d) Exemption in respect of themselves and their spouses from immigration restrictions, aliens’ registration or national service obligations in the State which they are visiting or through which they are passing in the exercise of their functions; (e) The same facilities in respect of currency or exchange restrictions as are accorded to representatives of foreign Governments on temporary official missions; (f) The same immunities and facilities in respect of their personal baggage as are accorded to members of comparable rank of diplomatic missions. Section 14 In order to secure for the representatives of members of the specialized agencies at meetings convened by them complete freedom of speech and complete independence in the discharge of their duties, the immunity from legal process in respect of words spoken or written and all acts done by them in discharging their duties shall continue to be accorded, notwithstanding that the persons concerned are no longer engaged in the discharge of such duties. Section 15 Where the incidence of any form of taxation depends upon residence, periods during which the representatives of members of the specialized agencies at meetings convened by them are present in a Member State for
30 BASIC DOCUMENTS
the discharge of their duties shall not be considered as periods of residence. Section 16 Privileges and immunities are accorded to the representatives of members, not for the personal benefit of the individuals themselves, but in order to safeguard the independent exercise of their functions in connexion with the specialized agencies. Consequently, a member not only has the right but is under a duty to waive the immunity of its representatives in any case where, in the opinion of the member, the immunity would impede the course of justice, and where it can be waived without prejudice to the purpose for which the immunity is accorded. Section 17 The provisions of sections 13, 14 and 15 are not applicable in relation to the authorities of a State of which the person is a national or of which he is or has been a representative. Article VI – Officials Section 181 Each specialized agency will specify the categories of officials to which the provisions of this article and of article VIII shall apply. It shall communicate them to the Governments of all States parties to this Convention in respect of that agency and to the Secretary-General of the United Nations. The names of the officials included in these categories shall from time to time be made known to the above-mentioned Governments.
_________ 1 The following resolution (WHA12.41) was adopted by the Twelfth World Health Assembly on 28 May 1959:
The Twelfth World Health Assembly, Considering Section 18 of Article VI of the Convention on the Privileges and Immunities of the Specialized Agencies which requires that each specialized agency will specify the categories of officials to which the provisions of that Article and Article VIII shall apply; and Considering the practice hitherto followed by the World Health Organization and under which, in implementing the terms of Section 18 of the Convention, due account has been taken of the provisions of resolution 76 (I) of the General Assembly of the United Nations. 1. CONFIRMS this practice; and 2. APPROVES the granting of the privileges and immunities referred to in Articles VI and VIII of the Convention on the Privileges and Immunities of the Specialized Agencies to all officials of the World Health Organization, with the exception of those who are recruited locally and are assigned to hourly rates.
CONVENTION ON PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES 31
Section 19 Officials of the specialized agencies shall: (a) Be immune from legal process in respect of words spoken or written and all acts performed by them in their official capacity; (b) Enjoy the same exemptions from taxation in respect of the salaries and emoluments paid to them by the specialized agencies and on the same conditions as are enjoyed by officials of the United Nations; (c) Be immune, together with their spouses and relatives dependent on them, from immigration restrictions and alien registration; (d) Be accorded the same privileges in respect of exchange facilities as are accorded to officials of comparable rank of diplomatic missions; (e) Be given, together with their spouses and relatives dependent on them, the same repatriation facilities in time of international crises as officials of comparable rank of diplomatic missions; (f) Have the right to import free of duty their furniture and effects at the time of first taking up their post in the country in question. Section 20 The officials of the specialized agencies shall be exempt from national service obligations, provided that, in relation to the States of which they are nationals, such exemption shall be confined to officials of the specialized agencies whose names have, by reason of their duties, been placed upon a list compiled by the executive head of the specialized agency and approved by the State concerned. Should other officials of specialized agencies be called up for national service, the State concerned shall, at the request of the specialized agency concerned, grant such temporary deferments in the call-up of such officials as may be necessary to avoid interruption in the continuation of essential work. Section 21 In addition to the immunities and privileges specified in sections 19 and 20, the executive head of each specialized agency, including any official acting on his behalf during his absence from duty, shall be accorded in respect of himself, his spouse and minor children, the privileges and immunities, exemptions and facilities accorded to diplomatic envoys, in accordance with international law.
32 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Section 22 Privileges and immunities are granted to officials in the interests of the specialized agencies only and not for the personal benefit of the individuals themselves. Each specialized agency shall have the right and the duty to waive the immunity of any official in any case where, in its opinion, the immunity would impede the course of justice and can be waived without prejudice to the interests of the specialized agency. Section 23 Each specialized agency shall co-operate at all times with the appropriate authorities of Member States to facilitate the proper administration of justice, secure the observance of police regulations and prevent the occurrence of any abuses in connexion with the privileges, immunities and facilities mentioned in this article. Article VII – Abuses of Privilege Section 24 If any State party to this Convention considers that there has been an abuse of a privilege or immunity conferred by this Convention, consultations shall be held between that State and the specialized agency concerned to determine whether any such abuse has occurred and, if so, to attempt to ensure that no repetition occurs. If such consultations fail to achieve a result satisfactory to the State and the specialized agency concerned, the question whether an abuse of a privilege or immunity has occurred shall be submitted to the International Court of Justice in accordance with section 32. If the International Court of Justice finds that such an abuse has occurred, the State party to this Convention affected by such abuse shall have the right, after notification to the specialized agency in question, to withhold from the specialized agency concerned the benefits of the privilege or immunity so abused. Section 25 1. Representatives of members at meetings convened by specialized agencies, while exercising their functions and during their journeys to and from the place of meeting, and officials within the meaning of section 18, shall not be required by the territorial authorities to leave the country in which they are performing their functions on account of any activities by them in their official capacity. In the case, however, of abuse of privileges of residence committed by any such person in activities in that country
CONVENTION ON PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES 33
outside his official functions, he may be required to leave by the Government of that country provided that: 2. (I) Representatives of members, or persons who are entitled to diplomatic immunity under section 21, shall not be required to leave the country otherwise than in accordance with the diplomatic procedure applicable to diplomatic envoys accredited to that country. (II) In the case of an official to whom section 21 is not applicable, no order to leave the country shall be issued other than with the approval of the Foreign Minister of the country in question, and such approval shall be given only after consultation with the executive head of the specialized agency concerned; and, if expulsion proceedings are taken against an official, the executive head of the specialized agency shall have the right to appear in such proceedings on behalf of the person against whom they are instituted. Article VIII – Laissez-passer Section 26 Officials of the specialized agencies shall be entitled to use the United Nations laissez-passer in conformity with administrative arrangements to be concluded between the Secretary-General of the United Nations and the competent authorities of the specialized agencies, to which agencies special powers to issue laissez-passer may be delegated. The Secretary-General of the United Nations shall notify each State party to this Convention of each administrative arrangement so concluded. Section 27 States parties to this Convention shall recognize and accept the United Nations laissez-passer issued to officials of the specialized agencies as valid travel documents. Section 28 Applications for visas, where required, from officials of specialized agencies holding United Nations laissez-passer, when accompanied by a certificate that they are travelling on the business of a specialized agency, shall be dealt with as speedily as possible. In addition, such persons shall be granted facilities for speedy travel.
34 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Section 29 Similar facilities to those specified in section 28 shall be accorded to experts and other persons who, though not the holders of United Nations laissez-passer, have a certificate that they are travelling on the business of a specialized agency. Section 30 The executive heads, assistant executive heads, heads of departments and other officials of a rank not lower than head of department of the specialized agencies, travelling on United Nations laissez-passer on the business of the specialized agencies, shall be granted the same facilities for travel as are accorded to officials of comparable rank in diplomatic missions. Article IX – Settlement of Disputes Section 31 Each specialized agency shall make provision for appropriate modes of settlement of: (a) Disputes arising out of contracts or other disputes of private character to which the specialized agency is a party; (b) Disputes involving any official of a specialized agency who by reason of his official position enjoys immunity, if immunity has not been waived in accordance with the provisions of section 22. Section 32 All differences arising out of the interpretation or application of the present Convention shall be referred to the International Court of Justice unless in any case it is agreed by the parties to have recourse to another mode of settlement. If a difference arises between one of the specialized agencies on the one hand, and a member on the other hand, a request shall be made for an advisory opinion on any legal question involved in accordance with Article 96 of the Charter and Article 65 of the Statute of the Court and the relevant provisions of the agreements concluded between the United Nations and the specialized agency concerned. The opinion given by the Court shall be accepted as decisive by the parties.
CONVENTION ON PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES 35
Article X – Annexes and Application to Individual Specialized Agencies Section 33 In their application to each specialized agency, the standard clauses shall operate subject to any modifications set forth in the final (or revised) text of the annex relating to that agency, as provided in sections 36 and 38. Section 34 The provisions of the Convention in relation to any specialized agency must be interpreted in the light of the functions with which that agency is entrusted by its constitutional instrument. Section 35 Draft annexes I to IX are recommended to the specialized agencies named therein. In the case of any specialized agency not mentioned by name in section 1, the Secretary-General of the United Nations shall transmit to the agency a draft annex recommended by the Economic and Social Council. Section 36 The final text of each annex shall be that approved by the specialized agency in question in accordance with its constitutional procedure. A copy of the annex as approved by each specialized agency shall be transmitted by the agency in question to the Secretary-General of the United Nations and shall thereupon replace the draft referred to in section 35. Section 37 The present Convention becomes applicable to each specialized agency when it has transmitted to the Secretary-General of the United Nations the final text of the relevant annex and has informed him that it accepts the standard clauses, as modified by this annex, and undertakes to give effect to sections 8, 18, 22, 23, 24, 31, 32, 42 and 45 (subject to any modification of section 32 which may be found necessary in order to make the final text of the annex consonant with the constitutional instrument of the agency) and any provisions of the annex placing obligations on the agency. The Secretary-General shall communicate to all Members of the United Nations and to other States members of the specialized agencies certified copies of all annexes transmitted to him under this section and of revised annexes transmitted under section 38.
36 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Section 38 If, after the transmission of a final annex under section 36, any specialized agency approves any amendments thereto in accordance with its constitutional procedure, a revised annex shall be transmitted by it to the Secretary-General of the United Nations. Section 39 The provisions of this Convention shall in no way limit or prejudice the privileges and immunities which have been, or may hereafter be, accorded by any State to any specialized agency by reason of the location in the territory of that State of its headquarters or regional offices. This Convention shall not be deemed to prevent the conclusion between any State party thereto and any specialized agency of supplemental agreements adjusting the provisions of this Convention or extending or curtailing the privileges and immunities thereby granted. Section 40 It is understood that the standard clauses, as modified by the final text of an annex sent by a specialized agency to the Secretary-General of the United Nations under section 36 (or any revised annex sent under section 38), will be consistent with the provisions of the constitutional instrument then in force of the agency in question, and that if any amendment to that instrument is necessary for the purpose of making the constitutional instrument so consistent, such amendment will have been brought into force in accordance with the constitutional procedure of that agency before the final (or revised) annex is transmitted. The Convention shall not itself operate so as to abrogate, or derogate from, any provisions of the constitutional instrument of any specialized agency or any rights or obligations which the agency may otherwise have, acquire, or assume. Article XI – Final Provisions Section 41 Accession to this Convention by a Member of the United Nations and (subject to section 42) by any State member of a specialized agency shall be effected by deposit with the Secretary-General of the United Nations of an instrument of accession which shall take effect on the date of its deposit.
CONVENTION ON PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES 37
Section 42 Each specialized agency concerned shall communicate the text of this Convention together with the relevant annexes to those of its members which are not Members of the United Nations and shall invite them to accede thereto in respect of that agency by depositing an instrument of accession to this Convention in respect thereof either with the Secretary-General of the United Nations or with the executive head of the specialized agency. Section 43 Each State party to this Convention shall indicate in its instrument of accession the specialized agency or agencies in respect of which it undertakes to apply the provisions of this Convention. Each State party to this Convention may by a subsequent written notification to the Secretary-General of the United Nations undertake to apply the provisions of this Convention to one or more further specialized agencies. This notification shall take effect on the date of its receipt by the Secretary-General. Section 44 This Convention shall enter into force for each State party to this Convention in respect of a specialized agency when it has become applicable to that agency in accordance with section 37 and the State party has undertaken to apply the provisions of the Convention to that agency in accordance with section 43. Section 45 The Secretary-General of the United Nations shall inform all Members of the United Nations, as well as all members of the specialized agencies, and executive heads of the specialized agencies, of the deposit of each instrument of accession received under section 41 and of subsequent notifications received under section 43. The executive head of a specialized agency shall inform the Secretary-General of the United Nations and the members of the agency concerned of the deposit of any instrument of accession deposited with him under section 42. Section 46 It is understood that, when an instrument of accession or a subsequent notification is deposited on behalf of any State, this State will be in a position under its own law to give effect to the terms of this Convention,
38 BASIC DOCUMENTS
as modified by the final texts of any annexes relating to the agencies covered by such accessions or notifications. Section 47 1. Subject to the provisions of paragraphs 2 and 3 of this section, each State party to this Convention undertakes to apply this Convention in respect of each specialized agency covered by its accession or subsequent notification, until such time as a revised convention or annex shall have become applicable to that agency and the said State shall have accepted the revised convention or annex. In the case of a revised annex, the acceptance of States shall be by a notification addressed to the Secretary-General of the United Nations, which shall take effect on the date of its receipt by the Secretary-General. 2. Each State party to this Convention, however, which is not, or has ceased to be, a member of a specialized agency, may address a written notification to the Secretary-General of the United Nations and the executive head of the agency concerned to the effect that it intends to withhold from that agency the benefits of this Convention as from a specified date, which shall not be earlier than three months from the date of receipt of the notification. 3. Each State party to this Convention may withhold the benefit of this Convention to any specialized agency which ceases to be in relationship with the United Nations. 4. The Secretary-General of the United Nations shall inform all Member States parties to this Convention of any notification transmitted to him under the provisions of this section. Section 48 At the request of one-third of the States parties to this Convention, the Secretary-General of the United Nations will convene a conference with a view to its revision. Section 49 The Secretary-General of the United Nations shall transmit copies of this Convention to each specialized agency and to the Government of each Member of the United Nations.
CONVENTION ON PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES 39
ANNEX VII – THE WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION1 In their application to the World Health Organization (hereinafter called “the Organization”) the standard clauses shall operate subject to the following modifications: 1. Article V and Section 25, paragraphs 1 and 2 (I), of Article VII shall extend to persons designated to serve on the Executive Board of the Organization, their alternates and advisers, except that any waiver of the immunity of any such persons under Section 16 shall be by the Board. 2. (i) Experts (other than officials coming within the scope of Article VI) serving on committees of, or performing missions for, the Organization shall be accorded the following privileges and immunities so far as is necessary for the effective exercise of their functions, including the time spent on journeys in connexion with service on such committees or missions: (a) Immunity from personal arrest or seizure of their personal baggage; (b) In respect of words spoken or written or acts done by them in the performance of their official functions, immunity of legal process of every kind, such immunity to continue notwithstanding that the persons concerned are no longer serving on committees of, or employed on missions for, the Organization; (c) The same facilities in respect of currency and exchange restrictions and in respect of their personal baggage as are accorded to officials of foreign governments on temporary official missions; (d) Inviolability for all papers and documents; (e) For the purpose of their communications with the Organization, the right to use codes and to receive papers or correspondence by courier or in sealed bags. (ii) The privileges and immunities set forth in paragraphs (b) and (e) above shall be accorded to persons serving on Expert Advisory Panels of the Organization in the exercise of their functions as such. (iii) Privileges and immunities are granted to the experts of the Organization in the interests of the Organization and not for the personal benefit of the individuals themselves. The Organization shall have the right and the duty to waive the immunity of any expert in any case where in its opinion the immunity would impede the course of justice and it can be waived without prejudice to the interests of the Organization. 3. Article V and Section 25, paragraphs 1 and 2 (I), of Article VII shall extend to the representatives of Associate Members participating in the work of the Organization in accordance with Articles 8 and 47 of the Constitution. 4. The privileges, immunities, exemptions and facilities referred to in Section 21 of the standard clauses shall also be accorded to any Deputy Director-General, Assistant Director-General and Regional Director of the Organization.
___________________
_________ 1 Adopted by the First World Health Assembly on 17 July 1948 (Off. Rec. Wld Hlth Org. 13, 97, 332) and amended by the Third, Tenth and Eleventh World Health Assemblies (resolutions WHA3.102, WHA10.26 and WHA11.30).
AGREEMENTS WITH OTHER INTERGOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATIONS Agreements
–––––––––– AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION AND THE PAN AMERICAN HEALTH ORGANIZATION1 Whereas Chapter XI of the Constitution of the World Health Organization provides that the Pan American Sanitary Organization 2 represented by the Pan American Sanitary Bureau and the Pan American Sanitary Conference shall in due course be integrated with the World Health Organization and that such integration shall be effected as soon as practicable through common action based on mutual consent of the competent authorities expressed through the organizations concerned; and Whereas the World Health Organization and the Pan American Sanitary Organization have agreed that measures towards the implementation of such action by the conclusion of an agreement shall be taken when at least fourteen American countries shall have ratified the Constitution of the World Health Organization; and Whereas on the twenty-second of April 1949 this condition was satisfied, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
Article 1 The States and territories of the Western Hemisphere make up the geographical area of a regional organization of the World Health Organization, as provided in Chapter XI of its Constitution. Article 2 The Pan American Sanitary Conference, through the Directing Council of the Pan American Sanitary Organization and the Pan American Sanitary Bureau, shall serve respectively as the Regional Committee and the Regional Office of the World Health Organization for the Western Hemisphere, within the provisions of the Constitution of the World Health
_________ Approved by the Second World Health Assembly on 30 June 1949 in resolution WHA2.91. Renamed “Pan American Health Organization” by decision of the XV Pan American Sanitary Conference, September-October 1958. 2 1
– 41 –
42 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Organization. In deference to tradition, both organizations shall retain their respective names, to which shall be added “Regional Committee of the World Health Organization” and “Regional Office of the World Health Organization” respectively. Article 3 The Pan American Sanitary Conference may adopt and promote health and sanitary conventions and programmes in the Western Hemisphere, provided that such conventions and programmes are compatible with the policy and programmes of the World Health Organization and are separately financed. Article 4 When this Agreement enters into force, the Director of the Pan American Sanitary Bureau shall assume, subject to the provisions of Article 2, the post of Regional Director of the World Health Organization, until the termination of the period for which he was elected. Thereafter, the Regional Director shall be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Articles 49 and 52 of the World Health Organization Constitution. Article 5 In accordance with the provisions of Article 51 of the Constitution of the World Health Organization, the Director-General of the World Health Organization shall receive from the Director of the Pan American Sanitary Bureau full information regarding the administration and the operations of the Pan American Sanitary Bureau as the Regional Office for the Western Hemisphere. Article 6 An adequate proportion of the budget of the World Health Organization shall be allocated for regional work. Article 7 The annual budget estimates for the expenses of the Pan American Sanitary Bureau as the Regional Office for the Western Hemisphere shall be prepared by the Regional Director and shall be submitted to the Director-General for his consideration in the preparation of the annual budget estimates of the World Health Organization.
AGREEMENT BETWEEN WHO AND PAHO 43
Article 8 The funds allocated to the Pan American Sanitary Bureau, as Regional Office of the World Health Organization, under the budget of the World Health Organization, shall be managed in accordance with the financial policies and procedures of the World Health Organization. Article 9 This Agreement may be supplemented with the consent of both parties, on the initiative of either party. Article 10 This Agreement shall enter into force upon its approval by the World Health Assembly and signature by the Director of the Pan American Sanitary Bureau, acting on behalf of the Pan American Sanitary Conference, provided that fourteen of the American Republics have at that time deposited their instruments of acceptance of the Constitution of the World Health Organization. Article 11 In case of doubt or difficulty in interpretation, the English text shall govern. IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Agreement was done and signed at Washington on this twenty-fourth day of May nineteen hundred and forty-nine in four copies, two in English and two in French.
For the World Health Organization: Brock CHISHOLM, Director-General ––––––––––
For the Pan American Sanitary Conference: Fred SOPER, The Director
AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNITED NATIONS AND THE WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION1 Preamble Article 57 of the Charter of the United Nations provides that specialized agencies established by intergovernmental agreement and having wide international responsibilities as defined in their basic instruments in economic, social, cultural, educational, health and related fields shall be brought into relationship with the United Nations. Article 69 of the Constitution of the World Health Organization provides that the Organization shall be brought into relation with the United Nations as one of the specialized agencies referred to in Article 57 of the Charter. Therefore, the United Nations and the World Health Organization agree as follows: Article I The United Nations recognizes the World Health Organization as the specialized agency responsible for taking such action as may be appropriate under its Constitution for the accomplishment of the objectives set forth therein. Article II – Reciprocal Representation 1. Representatives of the United Nations shall be invited to attend the meetings of the World Health Assembly and its committees, the Executive Board, and such general, regional or other special meetings as the Organization may convene, and to participate, without vote, in the deliberations of these bodies. 2. Representatives of the World Health Organization shall be invited to attend the meetings of the Economic and Social Council of the United Nations (hereinafter called the Council) and of its commissions and committees, and to participate, without vote, in the deliberations of these bodies with respect to items on their agenda relating to health matters. 3. Representatives of the World Health Organization shall be invited to attend meetings of the General Assembly for purposes of consultation on matters within the scope of its competence.
_________ 1
Adopted by the First World Health Assembly on 10 July 1948 (Off. Rec. Wld Hlth Org., 13, 81, 321).
– 44 –
AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNITED NATIONS AND WHO 45
4. Representatives of the World Health Organization shall be invited to attend meetings of the main committees of the General Assembly when matters within the scope of its competence are under discussion, and to participate, without vote, in such discussions. 5. Representatives of the World Health Organization shall be invited to attend the meetings of the Trusteeship Council, and to participate, without vote, in the deliberations thereof with respect to items on the agenda relating to matters within the competence of the World Health Organization. 6. Written statements of the World Health Organization shall be distributed by the Secretariat of the United Nations to all Members of the General Assembly, the Council and its commissions and the Trusteeship Council as appropriate. Similarly, written statements presented by the United Nations shall be distributed by the World Health Organization to all members of the World Health Assembly or the Executive Board, as appropriate. Article III – Proposal of Agenda Items Subject to such preliminary consultation as may be necessary, the World Health Organization shall include on the agenda of the Health Assembly or Executive Board, as appropriate, items proposed to it by the United Nations. Similarly, the Council and its commissions and the Trusteeship Council shall include on their agenda items proposed by the World Health Organization. Article IV – Recommendations of the United Nations 1. The World Health Organization, having regard to the obligation of the United Nations to promote the objectives set forth in Article 55 of the Charter, and the function and power of the Council, under Article 62 of the Charter, to make or initiate studies and reports with respect to international, economic, social, cultural, educational, health and related matters and to make recommendations concerning these matters to the specialized agencies concerned, and having regard also to the responsibility of the United Nations, under Articles 58 and 63 of the Charter, to make recommendations for the co-ordination of the policies and activities of such specialized agencies, agrees to arrange for the submission, as soon as possible, to the Health Assembly, the Executive Board or such other organ of the World Health Organization as may be appropriate, of all formal recommendations which the United Nations may make to it. 2. The World Health Organization agrees to enter into consultation
46 BASIC DOCUMENTS
with the United Nations, upon request, with respect to such recommendations, and in due course to report to the United Nations on the action taken by the Organization or by its members to give effect to such recommendations, or on the other results of their consideration. 3. The World Health Organization affirms its intention of co-operating in whatever further measures may be necessary to make co-ordination of the activities of specialized agencies and those of the United Nations fully effective. In particular, it agrees to participate in and to co-operate with anybody or bodies which the Council may establish for the purpose of facilitating such co-ordination and to furnish such information as may be required for the carrying-out of this purpose. Article V – Exchange of Information and Documents 1. Subject to such arrangements as may be necessary for the safeguarding of confidential material, the fullest and promptest exchange of information and documents shall be made between the United Nations and the World Health Organization. 2. Without prejudice to the generality of the provisions of paragraph 1: (a) The World Health Organization agrees to transmit to the United Nations regular reports on the activities of the Organization; (b) The World Health Organization agrees to comply to the fullest extent practicable with any request which the United Nations may make for the furnishing of special reports, studies or information, subject to the conditions set forth in Article XVI; (c) The Secretary-General shall, upon request, transmit to the Director-General of the World Health Organization such information, documents or other material as may from time to time be agreed between them. Article VI – Public Information Having regard to the functions of the World Health Organization, as defined in Article 2, paragraphs (q) and (r) of its Constitution, to provide information in the field of health and to assist in developing an informed public opinion among all peoples on matters of health, and with a view to furthering co-operation and developing joint services in the field of public information between the Organization and the United Nations, a subsidiary agreement on such matters shall be concluded as soon as possible after the coming-into-force of the present agreement.
AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNITED NATIONS AND WHO 47
Article VII – Assistance to the Security Council The World Health Organization agrees to co-operate with the Council in furnishing such information and rendering such assistance for the maintenance or restoration of international peace and security as the Security Council may request. Article VIII – Assistance to the Trusteeship Council The World Health Organization agrees to co-operate with the Trusteeship Council in the carrying-out of its functions, and in particular agrees that it will, to the greatest extent possible, render such assistance as the Trusteeship Council may request in regard to matters with which the Organization is concerned. Article IX – Non-self-governing Territories The World Health Organization agrees to co-operate with the United Nations in giving effect to the principles and obligations set forth in Chapter XI of the Charter with regard to matters affecting the well-being and development of the peoples of non-self-governing territories. Article X – Relations with the International Court of Justice 1. The World Health Organization agrees to furnish any information which may be requested by the International Court of Justice in pursuance of Article 34 of the Statute of the Court. 2. The General Assembly authorizes the World Health Organization to request advisory opinions of the International Court of Justice on legal questions arising within the scope of its competence other than questions concerning the mutual relationships of the Organization and the United Nations or other specialized agencies. 3. Such requests may be addressed to the Court by the Health Assembly or by the Executive Board acting in pursuance of an authorization by the Health Assembly. 4. When requesting the International Court of Justice to give an advisory opinion, the World Health Organization shall inform the Economic and Social Council of the request. Article XI – Headquarters and Regional Offices 1. The World Health Organization agrees to consult with the United Nations before making any decision concerning the location of its
48 BASIC DOCUMENTS
permanent headquarters. 2. Any regional or branch offices which the World Health Organization may establish shall, so far as practicable, be closely associated with such regional or branch offices as the United Nations may establish. Article XII – Personnel Arrangements 1. The United Nations and the World Health Organization recognize that the eventual development of a single unified international civil service is desirable from the standpoint of effective administrative co-ordination, and with this end in view agree to develop as far as practicable common personnel standards, methods and arrangements designed to avoid serious discrepancies in terms and conditions of employment, to avoid competition in recruitment of personnel and to facilitate interchange of personnel in order to obtain the maximum benefit from their services. 2. The United Nations and the World Health Organization agree to co-operate to the fullest extent possible in achieving these ends, and in particular they agree to: (a) Consult together concerning the establishment of an international civil service commission to advise on the means by which common standards of recruitment in the secretariats of the United Nations and of the specialized agencies may be ensured; (b) Consult together concerning other matters relating to the employment of their officers and staff, including conditions of service, duration of appointments, classification, salary scales and allowances, retirement and pension rights, and staff regulations and rules, with a view to securing as much uniformity in these matters as shall be found practicable; (c) Co-operate in the interchange of personnel, when desirable, on a temporary or permanent basis, making due provision for the retention of seniority and pension rights; (d) Co-operate in the establishment and operation of suitable machinery for the settlement of disputes arising in connexion with the employment of personnel and related matters. Article XIII – Statistical Services 1. The United Nations and the World Health Organization agree to strive for maximum co-operation, the elimination of all undesirable duplication between them, and the most efficient use of their technical
AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNITED NATIONS AND WHO 49
personnel in their respective collection, analysis, publication and dissemination of statistical information. They agree to combine their efforts to secure the greatest possible usefulness and utilization of statistical information and to minimize the burdens placed upon national governments and other organizations from which such information may be collected. 2. The World Health Organization recognizes the United Nations as the central agency for the collection, analysis, publication, standardization, dissemination and improvement of statistics serving the general purposes of international organizations. 3. The United Nations recognizes the World Health Organization as the appropriate agency for the collection, analysis, publication, standardization, dissemination and improvement of statistics within its special sphere, without prejudice to the right of the United Nations to concern itself with such statistics so far as they may be essential for its own purposes or for the improvement of statistics throughout the world. 4. The United Nations shall, in consultation with the specialized agencies, develop administrative instruments and procedures through which effective statistical co-operation may be secured between the United Nations and the agencies brought into relationship with it. 5. It is recognized as desirable that the collection of statistical information should not be duplicated by the United Nations or any of the specialized agencies whenever it is practicable for any of them to utilize information or materials which another may have available. 6. In order to build up a central collection of statistical information for general use, it is agreed that data supplied to the World Health Organization for incorporation in its basic statistical series or special reports should, so far as practicable, be made available to the United Nations. Article XIV – Administrative and Technical Services 1. The United Nations and the World Health Organization recognize the desirability, in the interest of administrative and technical uniformity and of the most efficient use of personnel and resources, of avoiding, whenever possible, the establishment and operation of competitive or overlapping facilities and services among the United Nations and the specialized agencies. 2. Accordingly, the United Nations and the World Health Organization agree to consult together concerning the establishment and use of common
50 BASIC DOCUMENTS
administrative and technical services and facilities, in addition to those referred to in Articles XII, XIII and XV, in so far as the establishment and use of such services may, from time to time, be found practicable and appropriate. 3. Arrangements shall be made between the United Nations and the World Health Organization in regard to the registration and deposit of official documents. Article XV – Budgetary and Financial Arrangements 1. The World Health Organization recognizes the desirability of establishing close budgetary and financial relationships with the United Nations, in order that the administrative operations of the United Nations and of the specialized agencies shall be carried out in the most efficient and economical manner possible, and that the maximum measure of co-ordination and uniformity with respect to these operations shall be secured. 2. The United Nations and the World Health Organization agree to co-operate to the fullest extent possible in achieving these ends and, in particular, shall consult together concerning the desirability of the inclusion of the budget of the Organization within a general budget of the United Nations. Any arrangements to this effect shall be defined in a supplementary agreement between the two organizations. 3. Pending the conclusion of any such agreement, the following arrangement shall govern budgetary and financial relationships between the World Health Organization and the United Nations: (a) The Secretary-General and the Director-General shall arrange for consultation in connexion with the preparation of the budget of the World Health Organization. (b) The World Health Organization agrees to transmit its proposed budget to the United Nations annually at the same time as such budget is transmitted to its members. The General Assembly shall examine the budget or proposed budget of the Organization and may make recommendations to it concerning any item or items contained therein. (c) Representatives of the World Health Organization shall be entitled to participate, without vote, in the deliberations of the General Assembly or any committee thereof, at all times when the budget of the World Health Organization or general administrative or financial questions affecting the Organization are under consideration.
AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNITED NATIONS AND WHO 51
(d) The United Nations may undertake the collection of contributions from those members of the World Health Organization which are also Members of the United Nations, in accordance with such arrangements as may be defined by a later agreement between the United Nations and the Organization. (e) The United Nations shall, upon its own initiative or upon the request of the World Health Organization, arrange for studies to be undertaken concerning other financial and fiscal questions of interest to the Organization and to other specialized agencies, with a view to the provision of common services and the securing of uniformity in such matters. (f) The World Health Organization agrees to conform, as far as may be practicable, to standard practices and forms recommended by the United Nations. Article XVI – Financing of Special Services 1. In the event of the World Health Organization being faced with the necessity of incurring substantial extra expense as a result of any request which the United Nations may make for special reports, studies or assistance in accordance with Articles V, VII, VIII, or with other provisions of this agreement, consultation shall take place with a view to determining the most equitable manner in which such expense shall be borne. 2. Consultation between the United Nations and the World Health Organization shall similarly take place with a view to making such arrangements as may be found equitable for covering the cost of central administrative, technical or fiscal services or facilities or other special assistance provided by the United Nations, in so far as they apply to the World Health Organization. Article XVII – Laissez-passer Officials of the World Health Organization shall have the right to use the laissez-passer of the United Nations in accordance with special arrangements to be negotiated between the Secretary-General of the United Nations and the Director-General of the World Health Organization.
52 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Article XVIII – Interagency Agreements The World Health Organization agrees to inform the Council of any formal agreement between the Organization and any other specialized agency, intergovernmental organization or non-governmental organization and in particular agrees to inform the Council of the nature and scope of any such agreement before it is concluded. Article XIX – Liaison 1. The United Nations and the World Health Organization agree to the foregoing provisions in the belief that they will contribute to the maintenance of effective liaison between the two organizations. They affirm their intention of taking whatever further measures may be necessary to make this liaison fully effective. 2. The liaison arrangements provided for in the foregoing articles of this agreement shall apply as far as appropriate to the relations between such branch or regional offices as may be established by the two organizations, as well as between their central headquarters. Article XX – Implementation of the Agreement The Secretary-General and the Director-General may enter into such supplementary arrangements for the implementation of this agreement as may be found desirable, in the light of the operating experience of the two organizations. Article XXI – Revision This agreement shall be subject to revision by agreement between the United Nations and the World Health Organization. Article XXII – Entry-into-Force This agreement shall come into force on its approval by the General Assembly of the United Nations and the World Health Assembly. ––––––––––
AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE INTERNATIONAL LABOUR ORGANISATION AND THE WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION1 Article I – Co-operation and Consultation The International Labour Organisation and the World Health Organization agree that, with a view to facilitating the effective attainment of the objectives set forth in their respective Constitutions within the general framework established by the Charter of the United Nations, they will act in close co-operation with each other and will consult each other regularly in regard to matters of common interest. Article II – Reciprocal Representation 1. Representatives of the International Labour Organisation shall be invited to attend the meetings of the Executive Board of the World Health Organization and the World Health Assembly and to participate without vote in the deliberations of each of these bodies and of their commissions and committees with respect to items on their agenda in which the International Labour Organisation has an interest. 2. Representatives of the World Health Organization shall be invited to attend the meetings of the Governing Body of the International Labour Office and the International Labour Conference and to participate without vote in the deliberations of each of these bodies and of their committees with respect to items on their agenda in which the World Health Organization has an interest. 3. Appropriate arrangements shall be made by agreement from time to time for the reciprocal representation of the International Labour Organisation and the World Health Organization at other meetings convened under their respective auspices which consider matters in which the other organization has an interest. Article III – ILO/WHO Joint Committees 1. The International Labour Organisation and the World Health Organization may refer to a joint committee any question of common interest which it may appear desirable to refer to such a committee. 2. Any such joint committee shall consist of representatives appointed by each organization, the number to be appointed by each being decided by agreement between the two organizations.
_________ 1 Adopted by the First World Health Assembly on 10 July 1948 (Off. Rec. Wld Hlth Org., 13, 81, 322): see also resolution WHA2.101.
– 53 –
54 BASIC DOCUMENTS
3. The United Nations shall be invited to designate a representative to attend the meetings of any such joint committee; the committee may also invite other specialized agencies to be represented at its meetings as may be found desirable. 4. The reports of any such joint committee shall be communicated to the Director-General of each organization for submission to the appropriate body or bodies of the two organizations; a copy of the reports of the committee shall be communicated to the Secretary-General of the United Nations for the information of the Economic and Social Council. 5. Any such joint committee shall regulate its own procedure. Article IV – Exchange of Information and Documents 1. Subject to such arrangements as may be necessary for the safeguarding of confidential material, the fullest and promptest exchange of information and documents shall be made between the International Labour Organisation and the World Health Organization. 2. The Director-General of the International Labour Office and the Director-General of the World Health Organization, or their authorized representatives, shall, upon the request of either party, consult with each other regarding the provision by either organization of such information as may be of interest to the other. Article V – Personnel Arrangements The International Labour Organisation and the World Health Organization agree that the measures to be taken by them, within the framework of the general arrangements for co-operation in regard to staff personnel to be made by the United Nations, will include: (a) Measures to avoid competition in the recruitment of their personnel; and (b) Measures to facilitate interchange of personnel on a temporary or permanent basis, in appropriate cases, in order to obtain the maximum benefit from their services, making due provision for the retention of seniority and pension rights. Article VI – Statistical Services 1. The International Labour Organisation and the World Health Organization agree to strive, within the framework of the general arrangements for statistical co-operation made by the United Nations, for
AGREEMENT BETWEEN ILO AND WHO 55
maximum co-operation with a view to the most efficient use of their technical personnel in their respective collection, analysis, publication, standardization, improvement and dissemination of statistical information. They recognize the desirability of avoiding duplication in the collection of statistical information whenever it is practicable for either of them to utilize information or materials which the other may have available or may be specially qualified and prepared to collect, and agree to combine their efforts to secure the greatest possible usefulness and utilization of statistical information, and to minimize the burdens placed upon national governments and other organizations from which such information may be collected. 2. The International Labour Organisation and the World Health Organization agree to keep each other informed of their work in the field of statistics and to consult each other in regard to all statistical projects dealing with matters of common interest. Article VII – Financing of Special Services If compliance with a request for assistance made by either organization to the other would involve substantial expenditure for the organization complying with the request, consultation shall take place with a view to determining the most equitable manner of meeting such expenditure. Article VIII – Implementation of the Agreement 1. The Director-General of the International Labour Office and the Director-General of the World Health Organization may enter into such supplementary arrangements for the implementation of this agreement as may be found desirable in the light of the operating experience of the two organizations. 2. The liaison arrangements provided for in the foregoing articles of this agreement shall apply as far as appropriate to the relations between such branch or regional offices as may be established by the two organizations as well as between their central machinery. Article IX – Notification to and Registration by the United Nations 1. In accordance with their respective agreements with the United Nations, the International Labour Organisation and the World Health Organization will inform the Economic and Social Council forthwith of the terms of the present agreement.
56 BASIC DOCUMENTS
2. On the coming-into-force of the present agreement, in accordance with the provisions of Article XI, it will be communicated to the Secretary-General of the United Nations for filing and recording, in pursuance of Article 10 of the Regulations, to give effect to Article 102 of the Charter of the United Nations adopted by the General Assembly of the United Nations on 14 December 1946. Article X – Revision and Termination 1. This agreement shall be subject to revision by agreement between the International Labour Organisation and the World Health Organization and shall be reviewed in any case not later than three years after the agreement has come into force. 2. If agreement on the subject of revision cannot be reached, the agreement may be terminated by either party on 31 December of any year by notice to the other party not later than 30 September of that year. Article XI – Entry-into-Force This agreement shall come into force on its approval by the Governing Body of the International Labour Office and by the World Health Assembly. ––––––––––
AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION OF THE UNITED NATIONS AND THE WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION1 Article I – Co-operation and Consultation The Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations and the World Health Organization agree that, with a view to facilitating the effective attainment of the objectives set forth in their respective Constitutions within the general framework established by the Charter of the United Nations, they will act in close co-operation with each other, and will consult each other regularly in regard to matters of common interest. Article II – Reciprocal Representation 1. Representatives of FAO shall be invited to attend the meetings of the Executive Board of WHO and of the World Health Assembly and to participate without vote in the deliberations of each of these bodies and of their commissions and committees with respect to items on their agenda in which FAO has an interest. 2. Representatives of WHO shall be invited to attend the meetings of the Executive Committee of FAO, or its successor, and the Conference of FAO and to participate without vote in the deliberations of each of these bodies and of their commissions and committees with respect to items on their agenda in which WHO has an interest. 3. Appropriate arrangements shall be made by agreement from time to time for the reciprocal representation of FAO and WHO at other meetings convened under their respective auspices which consider matters in which the other organization has an interest. Article III – FAO/WHO Joint Committees 1. FAO and WHO may refer to a joint committee any question of common interest which it may appear desirable to refer to such a committee. 2. Any such joint committee shall consist of representatives appointed by each organization, the number to be appointed by each being decided by agreement between the two organizations. 3. Representatives of the United Nations and of other specialized agencies of the United Nations will be invited to attend the meetings of
_________ 1
Adopted by the First World Health Assembly on 17 July 1948 (Off. Rec. Wld Hlth Org., 13, 96, 323).
– 57 –
58 BASIC DOCUMENTS
joint committees and to participate without vote in their deliberations. 4. The reports of any such joint committee shall be communicated to the Director-General of each organization for submission to the appropriate body or bodies of the two organizations. 5. Any such joint committee shall regulate its own internal procedure. 6. Arrangements for the provision of suitable secretariat services for any such joint committee shall be made by agreement between the Director-General of FAO and the Director-General of WHO, or their representatives. Article IV – FAO/WHO Joint Missions FAO and WHO may establish joint missions under similar arrangements and procedure to those set forth in Article III. Article V – Exchange of Information and Documents 1. The Director-General of each organization shall keep the other organization fully informed concerning all programmes of work and projected activities in which there may be mutual interest. 2. Subject to such arrangements as may be necessary for the safeguarding of confidential material, the fullest and promptest exchange of information and documents shall be made between FAO and WHO. 3. The Director-General of FAO and the Director-General of WHO, or their representatives, shall, upon the request of either party, consult with each other regarding the provision by either organization of such special information as may be of interest to the other. Article VI – Inter-secretariat Committees The Directors-General of the two organizations, or their representatives, may, when they consider it desirable, establish by agreement inter-secretariat committees to facilitate co-operation in connexion with specific programmes of work or projected activities with which the two organizations may be mutually concerned.
AGREEMENT BETWEEN FAO AND WHO 59
Article VII – Personnel Arrangements FAO and WHO agree that the measures to be taken by them, within the framework of the general arrangements for co-operation in regard to staff personnel to be made by the United Nations, will include: (a) Measures to avoid competition in the recruitment of their staff personnel, including prior consultation concerning appointments in the technical fields with which both organizations are concerned; and (b) Measures to facilitate interchange of personnel on a temporary or permanent basis, in appropriate cases, in order to obtain the maximum benefit from their services, making due provision for the retention of seniority and pension rights. Article VIII – Statistical Services 1. FAO and WHO agree to strive, within the framework of the general arrangements for statistical co-operation made by the United Nations, for maximum co-operation with a view to the most efficient use of their technical personnel in their respective collection, analysis, publication, standardization, improvement and dissemination of statistical information. They recognize the desirability of avoiding duplication in the collection of statistical information whenever it is practicable for either of them to utilize information or materials which the other may have available or may be especially qualified and prepared to collect, and agree to combine their efforts to secure the greatest possible usefulness and utilization of statistical information, and to minimize the burdens placed upon national governments and other organizations from which such information may be collected. 2. FAO and WHO agree to keep each other informed of their work in the field of statistics and to consult each other in regard to all statistical projects dealing with matters of common interest. Article IX – Financing of Special Services If compliance with a request for assistance made by either organization to the other involves or would involve substantial expenditure for the organization complying with the request, consultation shall take place with a view to determining the most equitable manner of meeting such expenditure.
60 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Article X – Regional and Branch Offices FAO and WHO agree to keep each other informed of plans for the initial establishment and relocation of regional and branch offices and to consult together with a view, where practicable, to entering into co-operative arrangements as to location, staffing and the use of common services. Article XI – Implementation of the Agreement The Director-General of FAO and the Director-General of WHO shall enter into such supplementary arrangements for the implementation of this agreement as may be found desirable in the light of the operating experience of the two organizations. Article XII – Notification to and Registration by the United Nations 1. In accordance with their respective agreements with the United Nations, FAO and WHO will inform the Economic and Social Council forthwith of the terms of the present agreement. 2. On the coming-into-force of the present agreement, in accordance with the provisions of Article XIV, it will be communicated to the Secretary-General of the United Nations for filing and recording, in pursuance of Article 10 of the Regulations, to give effect to Article 102 of the Charter of the United Nations, adopted by the General Assembly of the United Nations on 14 December 1946. Article XIII – Revision and Review This agreement shall be subject to revision by agreement between FAO and WHO, and shall be reviewed in any case not later than three years after the agreement has come into force. Article XIV – Entry-into-Force This agreement shall come into force on its approval by the Conference of FAO and by the World Health Assembly. ––––––––––
AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNITED NATIONS EDUCATIONAL, SCIENTIFIC AND CULTURAL ORGANIZATION AND THE WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION1 Article I – Co-operation and Consultation 1. The World Health Organization and the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization agree that, with a view to facilitating the effective attainment of the objectives set forth in their respective Constitutions within the general framework established by the Charter of the United Nations, they will act in close co-operation with each other and will consult each other regularly in regard to matters of common interest. 2. In particular, it is recognized by UNESCO that WHO shall have the primary responsibility for the encouragement of research, education, and the organization of science in the fields of health and medicine, without prejudice to the right of UNESCO to concern itself with the relations between the pure and applied sciences in all fields, including the sciences basic to health. 3. In case of doubt as to the division of responsibility between the two organizations concerning any projected activity or programme of work, the organization initiating such activity or programme shall consult the other with a view to adjusting the matter by mutual agreement, either by referring it to an appropriate joint committee as provided in Article IV or by other means. Article II – Reciprocal Representation 1. Representatives of WHO shall be invited to attend the meetings of the Executive Board and General Conference of UNESCO and to participate without vote in the deliberations of these bodies and of their commissions and committees with respect to items on their agenda in which WHO has an interest. 2. Representatives of UNESCO shall be invited to attend the meetings of the Executive Board of WHO and the World Health Assembly and to participate without vote in the deliberations of these bodies and of their commissions and committees with respect to items on their agenda in which UNESCO has an interest.
_________ 1
Adopted by the First World Health Assembly on 17 July 1948 (Off. Rec. Wld Hlth Org., 13, 96, 323).
– 61 –
62 BASIC DOCUMENTS
3. Appropriate arrangements shall be made by agreement between the Directors-General of the two organizations, or their representatives, for the reciprocal representation of WHO and UNESCO at other meetings convened under their respective auspices which consider matters in which the other organization has an interest. Article III – Proposal of Agenda Items After such preliminary consultation as may be necessary, each organization shall include in the agenda of the meetings referred to in Article II any question which has been submitted to it by the other organization. Article IV – UNESCO/WHO Joint Committees 1. UNESCO and WHO may refer to a joint committee any question of common interest which it may appear desirable to refer to such a committee. 2. Any such joint committee shall consist of representatives appointed by each organization, the number to be appointed by each being decided by agreement between the two organizations. 3. The United Nations shall be invited to designate a representative to attend the meetings of any such joint committee; the committee may also invite other specialized agencies to be represented at its meetings as may be found desirable. 4. The reports of each such joint committee shall be communicated to the Director-General of each organization for submission to the appropriate body or bodies of the two organizations; a copy of all such reports shall be communicated to the Secretary-General of the United Nations for the information of the Economic and Social Council. 5. Any such joint committee shall regulate its own procedure. 6. Arrangements for the provision of suitable secretariat services for any joint committee shall be made by agreement between the Directors-General of the two organizations, or their representatives. Article V – Exchange of Information and Documents 1. The Secretariat of each organization agrees to keep the other fully informed concerning all projected activities and programmes of work in which there may be mutual interest.
AGREEMENT BETWEEN UNESCO AND WHO 63
2. Subject to such arrangements as may be necessary for the safeguarding of confidential material, the fullest and promptest exchange of information and documents shall be made between WHO and UNESCO. 3. The Director-General of WHO and the Director-General of UNESCO, or their representatives, shall, upon the request of either party, consult each other regarding the provision by either organization of such special information as may be of interest to the other. Article VI – Personnel Arrangements WHO and UNESCO agree that the measures to be taken by them, within the framework of the general arrangements for co-operation in regard to personnel matters to be made by the United Nations, will include: (a) Measures to avoid competition in the recruitment of their staff personnel; and (b) Measures to facilitate interchange of personnel on a temporary or permanent basis, in appropriate cases, in order to obtain the maximum benefit from their services, with provision for the protection of seniority and pension rights. Article VII – Statistical Services 1. WHO and UNESCO agree to strive, within the framework of the general arrangements for statistical co-operation made by the United Nations, for maximum co-operation with a view to the most efficient use of their technical personnel in their respective collection, analysis, publication, standardization, improvement and dissemination of statistical information. Both organizations recognize the desirability of avoiding duplication in the collection of statistical information whenever it is practicable for either of them to utilize information, materials or raw data which the other may have available or may be specifically qualified and prepared to collect, and agree to combine their efforts to secure the greatest possible usefulness and utilization of statistical information, and to minimize the burdens placed upon national governments and other organizations from which such information may be collected. 2. WHO and UNESCO agree to keep each other informed of their work in the field of statistics and to consult each other in regard to all statistical projects dealing with matters of common interest.
64 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Article VIII – Financing of Special Services If compliance with a request for assistance made by either organization to the other involves or would involve substantial expenditure for the organization complying with the request, consultation shall take place with a view to determining the most equitable manner of meeting such expenditure. Article IX – Regional and Branch Offices WHO and UNESCO agree to keep each other informed of plans for the establishment and relocation of regional and branch offices and to consult together with a view, where practicable, to entering into co-operative arrangements as to the premises, staffing and common services. Article X – Implementation of the Agreement The Director-General of WHO and the Director-General of UNESCO shall enter into such supplementary arrangements for the implementation of this agreement as may be found desirable in the light of operating experience. Article XI – Notification to and Registration by the United Nations 1. In accordance with their respective agreements with the United Nations, WHO and UNESCO will inform the Economic and Social Council forthwith of the terms of the present agreement. 2. On the coming-into-force of the present agreement, it will be communicated to the Secretary-General of the United Nations for filing and recording, in pursuance of Article 10 of the Regulations, to give effect to Article 102 of the Charter of the United Nations adopted by the General Assembly on 14 December 1946. Article XII – Revision and Review 1. This agreement shall be subject to revision by agreement between WHO and UNESCO and shall be reviewed in any case not later than three years after its entry-into-force. 2. If agreement on the subject of revision cannot be reached, the agreement may be terminated by either party on 31 December of any year by notice given to the other party not later than 30 September of that year.
AGREEMENT BETWEEN UNESCO AND WHO 65
Article XIII – Entry-into-Force This agreement shall come into force on its approval by the World Health Assembly and by the Executive Board of UNESCO. ––––––––––
AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE INTERNATIONAL ATOMIC ENERGY AGENCY AND THE WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION1 Article I – Co-operation and Consultation 1. The International Atomic Energy Agency and the World Health Organization agree that, with a view to facilitating the effective attainment of the objectives set forth in their respective constitutional instruments, within the general framework established by the Charter of the United Nations, they will act in close co-operation with each other and will consult each other regularly in regard to matters of common interest. 2. In particular, and in accordance with the Constitution of the World Health Organization and the Statute of the International Atomic Energy Agency and its agreement with the United Nations together with the exchange of letters related thereto, and taking into account the respective co-ordinating responsibilities of both organizations, it is recognized by the World Health Organization that the International Atomic Energy Agency has the primary responsibility for encouraging, assisting and co-ordinating research on, and development and practical application of, atomic energy for peaceful uses throughout the world without prejudice to the right of the World Health Organization to concern itself with promoting, developing, assisting, and co-ordinating international health work, including research, in all its aspects. 3. Whenever either organization proposes to initiate a programme or activity on a subject in which the other organization has or may have a substantial interest, the first party shall consult the other with a view to adjusting the matter by mutual agreement. Article II – Reciprocal Representation 1. Representatives of the World Health Organization shall be invited to attend the General Conference of the International Atomic Energy Agency and to participate without vote in the deliberations of that body and of its subsidiary organs (e.g. commissions and committees) with respect to items on their agenda in which the World Health Organization has an interest. 2. Representatives of the International Atomic Energy Agency shall be invited to attend the World Health Assembly and to participate without vote in the deliberations of that body and of its subsidiary organs (e.g. commissions and committees) with respect to items on their agenda in which the International Atomic Energy Agency has an interest.
_________ 1
Approved by the Twelfth World Health Assembly on 28 May 1959 in resolution WHA12.40.
– 66 –
AGREEMENT BETWEEN IAEA AND WHO 67
3. Representatives of the World Health Organization shall be invited as appropriate to attend meetings of the Board of Governors of the International Atomic Energy Agency and to participate without vote in the deliberations of that body and of its commissions and committees with respect to items on their agenda in which the World Health Organization has an interest. 4. Representatives of the International Atomic Energy Agency shall be invited as appropriate to attend meetings of the Executive Board of the World Health Organization and to participate without vote in the deliberations of that body and of its commissions and committees with respect to items on their agenda in which the International Atomic Energy Agency has an interest. 5. Appropriate arrangements shall be made by agreement from time to time for the reciprocal representation of the International Atomic Energy Agency and the World Health Organization at other meetings convened under their respective auspices which consider matters in which the other organization has an interest. Article III – Exchange of Information and Documents 1. The International Atomic Energy Agency and the World Health Organization recognize that they may find it necessary to apply certain limitations for the safeguarding of confidential information furnished to them. They therefore agree that nothing in this agreement shall be construed as requiring either of them to furnish such information as would, in the judgement of the party possessing the information, constitute a violation of the confidence of any of its Members or anyone from whom it has received such information or otherwise interfere with the orderly conduct of its operations. 2. Subject to such arrangements as may be necessary for the safeguarding of confidential material, the Secretariat of the International Atomic Energy Agency and the Secretariat of the World Health Organization shall keep each other fully informed concerning all projected activities and all programmes of work which may be of interest to both parties. 3. The Director-General of the World Health Organization and the Director-General of the International Atomic Energy Agency or their representatives shall, at the request of either party, arrange for consultations regarding the provision by either party of such special information as may be of interest to the other party.
68 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Article IV – Proposal of Agenda Items After such preliminary consultations as may be necessary, the World Health Organization shall include on the provisional agenda of its Assembly or its Executive Board items proposed to it by the International Atomic Energy Agency. Similarly, the International Atomic Energy Agency shall include on the provisional agenda of its General Conference or its Board of Governors items proposed by the World Health Organization. Items submitted by either party for consideration by the other shall be accompanied by an explanatory memorandum. Article V – Co-operation between Secretariats The Secretariat of the International Atomic Energy Agency and the Secretariat of the World Health Organization shall maintain a close working relationship in accordance with such arrangements as may have been agreed upon from time to time between the Directors-General of both organizations. In particular, joint committees may be convened when appropriate to consider questions of substantive interest to both parties. Article VI – Technical and Administrative Co-operation 1. The International Atomic Energy Agency and the World Health Organization agree to consult each other from time to time regarding the most efficient use of personnel and resources and appropriate methods of avoiding the establishment and operation of competitive or overlapping facilities and services. 2. The International Atomic Energy Agency and the World Health Organization agree that the measures to be taken by them, within the framework of any general arrangements for co-operating in regard to personnel matters which are made by the United Nations, will include: (a) measures to avoid competition in the recruitment of their personnel; and (b) measures to facilitate interchange of personnel on a temporary or permanent basis, in appropriate cases, in order to obtain the maximum benefit from their services, making due provision for the protection of the seniority, pension and other rights of the personnel concerned. Article VII – Statistical Services In view of the desirability of maximum co-operation in the statistical field and of minimizing the burdens placed on national governments and other organizations from which information may be collected, the
AGREEMENT BETWEEN IAEA AND WHO 69
International Atomic Energy Agency and the World Health Organization undertake, bearing in mind the general arrangements for statistical co-operation made by the United Nations, to avoid undesirable duplication between them with respect to the collection, compilation and publication of statistics, to consult with each other on the most efficient use of information, resources, and technical personnel in the field of statistics and in regard to all statistical projects dealing with matters of common interest. Article VIII – Financing of Special Services If compliance with a request for assistance made by either organization to the other involves or would involve substantial expenditure for the organization complying with the request, consultation shall take place with a view to determining the most equitable manner of meeting such expenditure. Article IX – Regional and Branch Offices The World Health Organization and the International Atomic Energy Agency agree to consult together with a view, where practicable, to entering into co-operative arrangements as to the use by either organization of the premises, staffing and common services of regional and branch offices which the other has already established or may establish later. Article X – Implementation of the Agreement The Director-General of the International Atomic Energy Agency and the Director-General of the World Health Organization may enter into such arrangements for the implementation of this agreement as may be found desirable in the light of the operating experience of the two organizations. Article XI – Notification to the United Nations and Filing and Recording 1. In accordance with their respective agreements with the United Nations, the International Atomic Energy Agency and the World Health Organization will inform the United Nations forthwith of the terms of the present agreement. 2. On the coming-into-force of this agreement it will be submitted to the Secretary-General of the United Nations for filing and recording in accordance with the existing regulations of the United Nations.
70 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Article XII – Revision and Termination 1. This agreement shall be subject to revision by agreement between the World Health Organization and the International Atomic Energy Agency on the request of either party. 2. If agreement on the subject of revision cannot be reached, the agreement may be terminated by either party on 31 December of any year by notice given to the other party not later than 30 June of that year. Article XIII – Entry-into-Force This agreement shall come into force on its approval by the General Conference of the International Atomic Energy Agency and by the World Health Assembly. ––––––––––
AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE INTERNATIONAL FUND FOR AGRICULTURAL DEVELOPMENT AND THE WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION1 WHEREAS the World Health Organization (hereinafter referred to as “WHO”) and the International Fund for Agricultural Development (hereinafter referred to as “IFAD”) have common interest in the well-being and health of the people in their Member countries, especially in the developing Member countries, WHEREAS both organizations desire to cooperate with each other in order to achieve their common objectives, WHEREAS Article 2(b) of the Constitution of WHO provides inter alia that the Organization shall establish and maintain effective collaboration with the United Nations and its specialized agencies, WHEREAS Article 8, section 2, of the agreement establishing IFAD provides that IFAD shall cooperate closely with the organizations of the United Nations system, WHO AND IFAD HAVE AGREED AS FOLLOWS: Article I – Competence of the Two Parties 1.1 WHO recognizes IFAD’s special role in mobilizing additional resources to be made available on concessional terms for agricultural development in its developing Member countries primarily for projects and programmes specifically designed to introduce, expand or improve food production systems and to strengthen related policies and institutions within the framework of national priorities and strategies, taking into consideration: the need to increase food production in the poorest food deficit countries; the potential for increasing food production in other developing countries; and the importance of improving the nutritional level of the poorest populations in developing countries and the conditions of their lives. 1.2 IFAD recognizes WHO’s special role in international health work, in particular in such fields as health of rural people, improvement of nutrition and control of communicable diseases.
_________ 1
Approved by the Thirty-third World Health Assembly on 23 May 1980 in resolution WHA33.21.
– 71 –
72 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Article II – Consultation and Cooperation 2.1 WHO and IFAD agree to keep each other regularly informed about their respective activities of mutual interest in the area of agricultural development, especially in their common developing Member countries. 2.2 WHO shall endeavour to bring to the attention of IFAD such programmes and projects as may prima facie be suitable for assistance from IFAD, and to the extent possible IFAD shall keep WHO informed about the suitability of such programmes and projects for assistance from IFAD. 2.3 Any activity in which the two parties cooperate shall be carried out in conformity with the policies and regulations of the two organizations. Article III – Areas of Cooperation 3.1 Without prejudice to cooperation in additional fields the two parties agree to consider the following activities as potential fields for mutual cooperation: 3.1.1 programmes and projects designed to increase food production with the improvement of the nutritional status as an essential component, particularly among rural populations; 3.1.2 promotion of appropriate environmental health measures and safeguards as part of agricultural development projects, including the prevention and control of waterborne and other communicable diseases which may be facilitated by irrigation and other agricultural development projects; 3.1.3 rural development programmes which include the improvement of health conditions and community water supply as integral elements. Article IV – Methods of Cooperation 4.1 Subject to such arrangements as may be necessary to safeguard the confidentiality of any information or document, WHO and IFAD shall provide each other with all such data, documents and information as may be necessary for any activity to be carried out under this agreement. 4.2 The two parties shall, to the extent they deem desirable by mutual consent, provide assistance to each other in studies in the fields of mutual concern. 4.3 IFAD shall whenever it deems appropriate request WHO to assist IFAD in the missions related to its operational activities, with a view to ensuring and facilitating as may be relevant collaboration between the two
AGREEMENT BETWEEN IFAD AND WHO 73
parties in the planning, implementation and evaluation stages of projects of mutual interest to the two parties. 4.4 WHO and IFAD shall cooperate fully on terms and conditions satisfactory to each other. IFAD, in carrying out its functions, shall make use, as it deems appropriate, of the services and expertise of WHO. Article V – Administrative Arrangements 5.1 WHO and IFAD shall cooperate to make arrangements they deem necessary for efficient contacts at the technical and coordination level, including as required visits by staff members to the respective headquarters and regional offices. Article VI – Reciprocal Representation 6.1 WHO shall invite IFAD to be represented at sessions of the World Health Assembly, and such other meetings held under the auspices of WHO as are of interest to IFAD, and to participate without the right to vote in their deliberations on items on their agenda in which IFAD has an interest. 6.2 IFAD shall invite WHO to be represented at meetings of its Governing Council, and such other meetings held under the auspices of IFAD which are not restricted to statutory membership and are of interest to WHO, and to participate without the right to vote in their deliberations on items on their agenda in which WHO has an interest. Article VII – Financial Arrangements 7.1 IFAD shall reimburse WHO for all the direct staff costs and any additional indirect costs, for example, travel and per diem for services performed by WHO at the specific request of IFAD, and in accordance with financial arrangements to be agreed upon between the two parties. Article VIII – Final Provisions 8.1 This Agreement shall enter into force on the date on which it is signed by the duly authorized representatives of WHO and IFAD. 8.2 This Agreement may be modified with the consent of the two parties in accordance with their respective constitutional procedures. 8.3 This Agreement may be terminated by mutual agreement, or may be denounced by either party giving the other party six months’ written notice. Notwithstanding the expiry of a notice of termination, the two parties
74 BASIC DOCUMENTS
agree that the provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force to the extent necessary to permit the orderly conclusion of any activity undertaken pursuant to this Agreement. 8.4 The Director-General of WHO and the President of IFAD may enter into such supplementary arrangements within the scope of this Agreement as may be desirable in the light of the operating experience of the two organizations to implement this Agreement. IN FAITH WHEREOF the President of the International Fund for Agricultural Development and the Director-General of the World Health Organization have signed the present Agreement in two copies, in French and English, both texts being equally authentic.
International Fund for Agricultural Development Abdelmuhsin M. AL-SUDEARY President ––––––––––
World Health Organization H. MAHLER, M.D. Director-General
AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNITED NATIONS INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ORGANIZATION AND THE WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION1 Article 1 – Co-operation and Consultation With a view to facilitating the effective attainment of the objectives set forth in their respective Constitutions, the United Nations Industrial Development Organization (hereinafter referred to as “UNIDO”) and the World Health Organization (hereinafter referred to as “WHO”) agree that, within the general framework established by the Charter of the United Nations and by their respective Constitutions, they shall act in close co-operation with each other and they shall consult with each other regularly in regard to matters of common interest. Article 2 – Reciprocal Representation 1. Representatives of WHO shall be invited to attend the sessions of the General Conference and of the Industrial Development Board of UNIDO and to participate without vote in the deliberations of each of these bodies on matters of particular concern to WHO. 2. Representatives of UNIDO shall be invited to attend the sessions of the Executive Board of WHO and the World Health Assembly and to participate without vote in the deliberations of each of these bodies on matters of particular concern to UNIDO. Article 3 – Proposal of Agenda Items Upon request by the other organization, and after such preliminary consultations as may be necessary, each organization shall include in the provisional agenda of the session respectively referred to in Article 2, paragraphs 1 and 2, any question which has been submitted to it by the other organization. Article 4 – Exchange of Information and Documents Subject to such arrangements as may be necessary for the safeguarding of confidential material, the fullest and promptest exchange of information and documentation shall be made between UNIDO and WHO. The information so provided shall in particular cover all projected activities and all programmes of work which may be of interest to the other party.
_________ 1
Approved by the Forty-second World Health Assembly on 19 May 1989 in resolution WHA42.21.
– 75 –
76 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Article 5 – Co-operation between Secretariats The Secretariat of UNIDO and the Secretariat of WHO shall maintain a close working relationship in accordance with such arrangements as may have been agreed upon from time to time between the Directors-General of UNIDO and WHO. Article 6 – UNIDO/WHO Joint Committees 1. UNIDO and WHO may refer to a joint committee any questions of common interest which it may appear desirable to refer to such a committee. 2. Any such joint committee shall consist of representatives appointed by each organization, the number to be appointed by each being decided by agreement between the two organizations. Article 7 – Statistical Services UNIDO and WHO agree to keep each other informed of their work in the field of statistics and to consult each other in regard to all statistical projects dealing with matters of common interest. Article 8 – Personnel Arrangements WHO and UNIDO agree to co-operate in order to facilitate the interchange of staff and to promote efficiency and effective co-ordination on their respective activities. Such co-operation shall be in accordance with the Inter-Organization Agreement Concerning Transfer, Secondment or Loan of Staff among the Organizations Applying the United Nations Common System of Salaries and Allowances. Article 9 – Financing of Special Services If compliance with a request for assistance made by either organization to the other would involve substantial expenditure for the organization complying with the request, consultation shall take place with a view to determining the most equitable manner of meeting such expenditure. Article 10 – Implementation of the Agreement The Directors-General of UNIDO and WHO may enter into such arrangements for the implementation of this Agreement as may be found desirable in the light of the operating experience of the two organizations.
AGREEMENT BETWEEN UNIDO AND WHO 77
Article 11 – Notification to the United Nations and Filing and Recording 1. In accordance with their respective agreements with the United Nations, UNIDO and WHO shall inform the United Nations forthwith of the terms of the present Agreement. 2. On the coming-into-force of the present Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Article 13, it shall be communicated to the Secretary-General of the United Nations for filing and recording. Article 12 – Revision and Termination 1. This Agreement shall be subject to revision by agreement between UNIDO and WHO. 2. It may be terminated by either party on 31 December of any year by written notice given not later than 30 June of that year. Article 13 – Entry-into-Force This Agreement shall enter into force upon having been approved by the Industrial Development Board of UNIDO and the World Health Assembly of WHO and signed by the Directors-General of UNIDO and WHO, respectively. ––––––––––
AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION AND THE UNIVERSAL POSTAL UNION1 Preamble The World Health Organization (hereinafter referred to as WHO) and the Universal Postal Union (hereinafter referred to as the UPU), Wishing to coordinate their efforts within the framework of the missions assigned to them, Recognizing that the WHO is the United Nations specialized agency responsible for providing information, counsel, and assistance in the field of health; promoting cooperation among scientific and professional groups which contribute to the advancement of health; and advancing work in the prevention and control of the international spread of diseases, Recognizing that the UPU is the United Nations specialized agency the purpose of which is to organize and improve the postal services and to promote, in this field, the safe transport of mail, Recognizing the desirability of the UPU’s cooperating, within the field of its competence, with WHO in promoting, among other things: (a) the safe transport of infectious substances; (b) the safe transport of diagnostic specimens; (c) the development of safer packaging systems at minimum cost; (d) the development of simple labelling to aid compliance; (e) the development of training programmes and awareness campaigns to introduce recommendations in all countries, Have agreed on the following: Article I – Mutual consultation 1 WHO and the UPU shall consult as needed on policy issues and matters of common interest for the purpose of realizing their objectives and coordinating their respective activities. 2 WHO and the UPU shall exchange information on developments in any of their fields and projects that are of mutual interest and shall reciprocally take observations concerning such activities into
_________ 1
Approved by the Fifty-second World Health Assembly on 24 May 1999 in resolution WHA52.6.
– 78 –
AGREEMENT BETWEEN WHO AND UPU 79
consideration with a view to promoting effective coordination. 3 When appropriate, consultations shall be arranged at the required level between representatives of the UPU and WHO to agree upon the most effective way in which to organize particular activities and to optimize the use of their resources in compliance with their respective mandates. Article II – Exchange of information 1 WHO and the UPU shall combine their efforts to achieve the best use of all available information relevant to the transportation of infectious substances using the postal services. Article III – Reciprocal representation 1 Appropriate arrangements may be made for the reciprocal representation at WHO and UPU meetings convened under their respective auspices and which consider matters in which the other party has an interest or technical competence. 2 The Director-General of the International Bureau of the UPU and the Director-General of WHO shall appoint a focal point with a view to ensuring the implementation of the provisions of the present Agreement. Article IV – Technical cooperation 1 When in the interest of their respective activities, WHO and the UPU shall seek each other’s expertise to optimize the effects of such activities. 2 The UPU shall endeavour, through its bodies as well as its Postal Security Action Group (PSAG), to sensitize the national postal administrations to the need to apply measures to ensure the safe transport of infectious substances. 3 By mutual agreement, the UPU and WHO shall associate themselves in the development and execution of programmes, projects and activities relating particularly to the safe transport of infectious substances through the post. 4 Joint activities to be conducted under the present Agreement shall be subject to the approval of individual project documents by both parties and shall be monitored under an agreed mechanism. 5 WHO and the UPU shall cooperate in evaluating such programmes, projects and activities as have common interest subject to mutual agreement on a case-by-case basis.
80 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Article V – Entry into force, modification and duration 1 The present Agreement shall enter into force on the date on which it is signed by the Director-General of WHO and the Director-General of the International Bureau of the UPU, subject to the approval of the UPU Council of Administration and the World Health Assembly. 2 The Agreement may be modified by mutual consent expressed in writing. It may also be revoked by either party by giving six months’ notice to the other party. In witness whereof, the Director-General of the World Health Organization and the Director-General of the International Bureau of the Universal Postal Union sign the present Agreement in duplicate, in English and French, both texts being authentic, on the dates appearing under their respective signatures. For the WHO: Dr Gro Harlem Brundtland Director-General Date: 9 February 1999 For the UPU (International Bureau): Thomas E. Leavey Director-General Date: 9 February 1999
––––––––––
AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE OFFICE INTERNATIONAL DES ÉPIZOOTIES AND THE WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION1 The World Health Organization (hereinafter referred to as WHO) and the Office International des Épizooties (hereinafter referred to as the OIE) wishing to co-ordinate their efforts for the promotion and improvement of veterinary public health (VPH) and food security and safety, and to collaborate closely for this purpose Have agreed to the following: Article 1 1.1 WHO and the OIE agree to cooperate closely in matters of common interest pertaining to their respective fields of competence as defined by their respective constitutional instruments and by the decisions of their Governing Bodies. Article 2 2.1 WHO shall transmit relevant resolutions of the World Health Assembly and the recommendations of relevant WHO consultations, workshops and other official WHO meetings to OIE for the purpose of circulating them to OIE Members. 2.2 The OIE shall transmit the recommendations and resolutions of its International Committee as well as the recommendations of relevant OIE consultations, workshops and other official OIE meetings to WHO for the purpose of circulating them to WHO Member States. 2.3 These resolutions and recommendations sent for the consideration of the respective bodies of the two Organizations (hereinafter referred to as the Parties) shall form the basis for coordinated international action between the two Parties. Article 3 3.1 Representatives of WHO shall be invited to attend the meetings of the International Committee and Regional Conferences of OIE and to participate without vote in the deliberations of these bodies with respect to items on their agenda in which WHO has an interest.
_________ 1 Original text approved by the Fifty-seventh World Health Assembly on 22 May 2004 in resolution WHA57.7 and amendment approved by the Sixty-third World Health Assembly on 21 May 2010 in resolution WHA63.11.
– 81 –
82 BASIC DOCUMENTS
3.2 Representatives of OIE shall be invited to attend the meetings of the Executive Board and of the World Health Assembly and Regional Committees of WHO and to participate without vote in the deliberations of these bodies with respect to items on their agenda in which OIE has an interest. 3.3 Appropriate arrangements shall be made by agreement between the Director-General of WHO and the Director-General of OIE for participation of WHO and OIE in other meetings of a non-private character convened under their respective auspices which consider matters in which the other party has an interest; this especially involves those meetings leading to the definition of norms and standards. 3.4 The two Parties agree to avoid holding meetings and conferences dealing with matters of mutual interest without prior consultation with the other party. Article 4 WHO and OIE shall collaborate in areas of common interest particularly by the following means: 4.1. Reciprocal exchange of reports, publications and other information, particularly the timely exchange of information on zoonotic and food-borne disease outbreaks. Special arrangements will be concluded between the two Parties to coordinate the response to outbreaks of zoonotic or/and food-borne diseases of recognized or potential international public health importance. 4.2 Organizing on both a regional and a world-wide basis meetings and conferences on zoonoses, food-borne diseases and related issues such as animal feeding practices and anti-microbial resistance related to the prudent use of anti-microbials in animal husbandry and their containment/control policies and programmes. 4.3 Joint elaboration, advocacy and technical support to national, regional or global programmes for the control or elimination of major zoonotic and food-borne diseases or emerging/ re-emerging issues of common interest. 4.4 Promoting and strengthening, especially in developing countries, VPH education, operationalization of VPH and effective co-operation between the public health and animal health/veterinary sectors.
AGREEMENT BETWEEN OIE AND WHO 83
4.5 International promotion and coordination of research activities on zoonoses, VPH and food safety. 4.6 Promoting and strengthening collaboration between the network of OIE Reference Centres and Laboratories and that of WHO Collaborating Centres and Reference Laboratories to consolidate their support to WHO Member States and OIE Members on issues of common interest. 4.7 Joint development of international standards relating to relevant aspects in animal production which impact on food safety, in collaboration with other appropriate international agencies. Article 5 5.1 WHO and OIE will, in the course of the preparation of their respective programmes of work, exchange their draft programmes for comment. 5.2 Each party will take into account the recommendations of the other in preparing its final programme for submission to its governing body. 5.3 WHO and OIE will conduct one annual coordinating meeting of high level officials from headquarters and/or regional representation. 5.4 The two Parties should devise administrative arrangements necessary to implement these policies, such as the sharing of experts, common organization of joint scientific and technical meetings, joint training of health and veterinary personnel. Article 6 6.1 The present Agreement shall enter into force on the date on which it is signed by the Director-General of WHO and the Director-General of the OIE, subject to the approval of the International Committee of the OIE and the World Health Assembly. 6.2 This Agreement may be modified by mutual consent expressed in writing. It may also be terminated by either party by giving 6 months’ notice in writing to the other party.
84 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Article 7 7.1 This Agreement supersedes the Agreement between the WHO and OIE adopted by WHO on 4 August 1960 and by the OIE on 8 August 1960. Signed in Geneva on 16 December 2004 for WHO LEE Jong-wook Director-General for OIE Dr Bernard Vallat Director General
––––––––––
AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMMISSION OF THE AFRICAN UNION AND THE WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION1 The Commission of the African Union (hereinafter referred to as the “AU Commission”) on the one hand; and The World Health Organization (hereinafter referred to as “WHO”) on the other hand; Hereinafter separately and collectively respectively referred to as the “Party” and the “Parties” Considering that one of the objectives of the African Union (hereinafter referred to as the “AU”) is, as set out in the Constitutive Act of the AU of 11 July 2000, to achieve greater unity and solidarity between the African countries and the peoples of Africa; to promote co-operation in all fields of human activity; to raise the living standards of African peoples, and in this regard to work with relevant international partners to achieve the common objectives; Considering that the AU is called upon to undertake certain tasks of a continental nature, in harmony with those pursued on a worldwide scale by WHO; Considering that the objective of WHO is the attainment by all peoples of the highest possible level of health and that in order to achieve that objective WHO acts as the directing and coordinating authority on international health matters; Considering the regional arrangements made by WHO as set forth in Chapter XI of its Constitution and in particular Article 50(d) thereof; Recalling the cooperation between the erstwhile Organization of African Unity and WHO pursuant to the Agreement between the World Health Organization and the erstwhile Organization of African Unity of 24 September 1969 and the Arrangements for the Practical Implementation of Cooperation Between the World Health Organization and the erstwhile Organization of African Unity of 11 May 1982 while recognizing the need to replace these instruments in the light of the establishment of the AU.
_________ 1
Approved by the Sixty-fifth World Health Assembly on 26 May 2012 in resolution WHA65.16.
– 85 –
86 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Have agreed on the following: Article I – Status of this Agreement This Agreement shall govern the relations between the AU Commission and WHO. Article II – Objectives and principles 1. The objective of this Agreement is to strengthen cooperation between the AU Commission and WHO. 2. In furtherance of this objective, the AU Commission and WHO shall cooperate in all matters arising in the field of health that are connected with the activities and commitments of the two Organizations, including promoting and improving health, reducing avoidable mortality and disability, preventing disease, countering potential threats to health, making contributions towards ensuring a high level of health protection and placing health at the core of the international development agenda in the fight against poverty, the protection of the environment, the promotion of social development, and the raising of living and working conditions. 3. The AU Commission and WHO reaffirm, in accordance with their respective mandates, their complementary commitments to serve the needs of their respective Member States and partner countries through all appropriate means, including by: (a) helping in the development and maintenance of effective health interventions and systems; (b) engaging the various actors and stakeholders in promoting health development and total well-being, in forming collaborative associations aimed at improving health and delivering health-related interventions; (c) containing crises and outbreaks of disease, and imparting knowledge and skills; (d) drawing from the expertise and resources of their respective organizations and Member States to add value to their efforts and achieve coordination in the design and implementation of health and health-related policies; and (e) forging harmonious relations and avoiding duplication of effort in pursuing common goals. 4. Cooperation between the Parties shall respect the differences in
AGREEMENT BETWEEN AU AND WHO 87
institutional and operational arrangements governing their action, their core competencies and comparative advantages in order to make their collaboration in the field of health complementary and mutually reinforcing. Article III – Areas of cooperation 1. Cooperation between the AU Commission and WHO shall extend to all questions connected with health and related fields that are within the competence of the Parties, including, as necessary and appropriate, to: (a) generating, collecting, processing and disseminating authoritative information and data for use by national administrations, professionals and other parties with a competence in the field of health, while respecting data protection requirements; (b) developing methodologies and tools for health monitoring and disease surveillance, analysing and targeting action to specific health and health-related problems, assessing and prioritizing health interventions, and aiding health system development and strengthening; (c) promoting health-related research and technological development, taking stock of its results, and developing advice on applications in the health and health-related fields; (d) mobilizing, managing and coordinating, where appropriate, resources for health interventions in collaboration with recognized actors in this field and cooperating in emergencies such as those resulting from civil strife, war and natural catastrophes; (e) seconding staff for the purpose of mutual provision of expertise. 2. If and when such cooperation would involve expenditure, consultation shall take place with a view to determining the feasibility and/or manner of meeting such expenditure. Article IV – Priorities Without prejudice to the priorities of the AU Commission and WHO that may take precedence over areas of emphasis of this Agreement and subject to the results of joint periodic reviews, priorities for cooperation shall include: 1. The strengthening of health system and human resources capacity; 2. The promotion of access to prevention, treatment, care and support for
88 BASIC DOCUMENTS
both communicable and noncommunicable diseases, as well including geographical and financial access for the poor and vulnerable populations; 3. The development of sound policies and efficient systems geared towards sustainable health development, including the alleviation of poverty, the effective preparedness and response to prioritized health scourges and threats and the combining of efforts to help developing and the least developed countries; 4. The development of methodologies and standards for analysis and reporting, and the provision of advice on responses to, in particular, malaria, HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis, emerging diseases and antimicrobial resistance threats, while respecting the human rights of those affected by such afflictions; 5. The strengthening of communicable disease surveillance and health monitoring networks and the establishment of strategies for emergency preparedness and response to epidemics; 6. The development of health indicators and the collection and dissemination of data on health status and health policies and systems, promoting evidence-based approaches. Article V – Privileges and immunities and facilities Nothing in this Agreement may be interpreted or construed as a waiver or a modification of the privileges, immunities and facilities that the AU Commission and WHO enjoy by virtue of the international agreements and national laws applicable to the organizations. Article VI – Exchange of information 1. The AU Commission and WHO shall exchange information relating to activities on subjects of common interest, subject to any measures which might be necessary to safeguard requirements of confidentiality or privilege. 2. Such exchanges shall be supplemented, as necessary, by periodic contacts between members of the AU Commission and the Secretariat of WHO for the purpose of consultations as regards information or activities of common interest. Article VII – Procedures The AU Commission and WHO shall establish, in accordance with their respective rules of procedure, the following reciprocal arrangements:
AGREEMENT BETWEEN AU AND WHO 89
1. Representatives of WHO may be invited to attend sessions of the Assembly and the Executive Council of the AU, as well as AU conferences or meetings, at which matters of interest to WHO are to be discussed, and to participate, without vote, in the deliberations of these bodies with respect to items on their agenda in which WHO has an interest. 2. Representatives of the AU may be invited to attend the World Health Assembly and the sessions of its Committees, the Executive Board and the Regional Committees concerned, as well as WHO conferences or meetings, at which matters of interest to the AU are to be discussed, and to participate, without vote, in the deliberations of these bodies with respect to items on their agenda in which AU has an interest. 3. As regards the relations between, on the one hand, AU Commission and the Secretariat of WHO and on the other: the
(a) The Chairperson of the AU Commission and the Director-General of WHO shall consult each other whenever necessary on questions of mutual interest. These consultations shall aim at achieving coordination and the widest possible application of relevant instruments and other documents adopted by the Parties; (b) Suitable measures to ensure close liaison and cooperation between officials of the Parties shall be taken. For this purpose, an official may be appointed by each Organization to follow the progress of cooperation and act as a point of contact and coordination in this respect. 4. Complementary and practical arrangements: (a) Meetings shall be held, as a general rule once a year, between appropriate officials of the AU Commission and WHO. These meetings shall review progress of work in the priority areas of cooperation, exchange of information and examine future collaborative projects and identify meetings and events calling for a cooperative effort and coordination; (b) Regular and ad hoc meetings may be held between officials of the Parties with notification to, and participation of, as far as possible, designated liaison officials at the relevant levels, covering practical matters of cooperation, in particular the implementation of projects and the participation in committees, groups and working parties and the preparation of documents.
90 BASIC DOCUMENTS
5. Financial cooperation: Any financial cooperation between the AU Commission and WHO shall be subject to their respective rules and procedures. Progress on projects in the context of financial cooperation shall be reviewed by the AU Commission and WHO as appropriate. Funds received by the AU Commission or WHO from donors having earmarked the funds for collaborative activity shall be managed in accordance with the financial regulations, rules and administrative practices of the receiving Party. Article VIII – Law and settlement of disputes Any dispute, controversy, or claim that may arise over the interpretation or application of this Agreement shall be settled amicably by negotiation between the Parties. Should attempts at amicable negotiation fail, any such dispute shall, upon request by either Party, be referred to the arbitration in accordance with the United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (UNCITRAL) Arbitration Rules in force. Article IX – Amendment or revision and denunciation 1. Nothing in this Agreement may be amended or revised without the consent of the Parties and provided that a written notification of the proposed amendment is sent by either Party to the other Party. The said amendment shall take effect three (3) months after the other Party has given its consent in writing. 2. Either Party may denounce this Agreement by giving one (1) year’s notice in writing to the other Party. In the event of denunciation the Parties shall agree that provisions must be made for the completion of ongoing activities or activities under way, in the interests of the peoples of their respective Member States. Article X – Replacement and entry into force 1. This Agreement shall enter into force on the date of signature by the duly authorized representatives of the Parties, subject to their respective constitutional principles and the relevant rules and regulations. 2. This Agreement, on the date of its entry into force shall replace and supersede the Agreement signed between the World Health Organization and the Organization of African Unity of 24 September 1969 and the Arrangements for the Practical Implementation of Cooperation between the two Parties signed on 11 May 1982.
AGREEMENT BETWEEN AU AND WHO 91
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the duly authorized representatives whose names are stated below have signed this Agreement at the dates indicated below their signature. Done in eight copies in Arabic, English, French and Portuguese, each of the four texts being equally authentic. For the Commission of the African Union H.E. Advocate Bience Philomina Gawanas Commissioner for Social Affairs 6 July 2012 For the World Health Organization Dr Margaret Chan Director-General 6 July 2012
––––––––––
AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION AND THE SOUTH CENTRE1 The World Health Organization (hereinafter referred to as “WHO”), on the one hand; and the South Centre, on the other hand; Hereinafter separately and collectively respectively referred to as the “Party” and the “Parties” Considering that the objective of WHO is the attainment by all peoples of the highest possible level of health and that in order to achieve that objective WHO acts as the directing and coordinating authority on international health matters; Further considering that the South Centre is an intergovernmental organization of developing countries created out of the work and experience of the South Commission including its report “The Challenge to the South” with the aim of promoting policy advice and cooperation among developing countries in their effort to achieve sustainable economic development; Recalling that the South Centre has the status of observer in the United Nations General Assembly by resolution 63/131 of 15 January 2009, which affirms the important role of the South Centre in supporting the work of the United Nations and its agencies; Further recalling that WHO and the South Centre cooperate on some issues relating to health and development, including access to medicines and other health technologies, and research and development into medicines and other health technologies; Aware of the emergence of dynamic challenges for developing countries in which the convergence of interests and complementarity of the Parties could, while maintaining intellectual independence, reinforce their work in support of the main challenges facing the developing world; Wishing to coordinate their efforts within the framework of the mandates assigned to them and in accordance with the provisions of WHO’s Constitution and with the Agreement to Establish the South Centre; Desirous of strengthening their cooperation on the basis of regular consultations;
_________ 1
Approved by the Sixty-sixth World Health Assembly on 27 May 2013 in resolution WHA66.20.
– 92 –
AGREEMENT BETWEEN WHO AND SOUTH CENTRE 93
Have agreed as follows: Article 1 Purpose of this Agreement This Agreement shall govern the relations between WHO and the South Centre. Article 2 Objectives and areas of cooperation 1. The objective of this Agreement is to strengthen cooperation between WHO and the South Centre in all matters arising in the field of health that are connected with the activities and commitments of the two Organizations, including access to medicines and other health technologies. 2. WHO and the South Centre reaffirm, in accordance with their respective mandates and with their respective rules, policies and practices, their complementary commitments to serve the needs of their respective Member States and partner countries through all appropriate means, including by: research activities, information collection and dissemination, and the convening of meetings of representatives of their Member States and other relevant stakeholders. 3. Cooperation between the Parties shall respect the differences in institutional and operational arrangements governing their action, their core competencies and comparative advantages in order to make their collaboration in the field of health complementary and mutually reinforcing. Article 3 Financial aspects and joint resource mobilization 1. This Agreement defines in general terms the basis for cooperation but does not constitute a financial obligation to serve as a basis for expenditures. 2. To the extent that any activity may give rise to a legal or financial obligation, a separate agreement shall be concluded subject to the respective financial regulations and rules of the South Centre and WHO, prior to such activity being undertaken.
94 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Article 4 Reciprocal representation 1. On the basis of reciprocity, the South Centre shall be invited to be represented at sessions of the World Health Assembly, and, as may be agreed to be appropriate, such other meetings held under the auspices of WHO as are of interest to the South Centre, and to participate without the right to vote in their deliberations on items on their agenda in which the South Centre has an interest. 2. On the basis of reciprocity, the World Health Organization shall be invited to be represented at meetings of the Council of Representatives of the South Centre, and, as may be agreed to be appropriate, such other meetings held under the auspices of the South Centre as are of interest to the World Health Organization, and to participate without the right to vote in their deliberations on items on their agenda in which WHO has an interest. Article 5 Exchange of information 1. The WHO and the South Centre shall exchange information relating to activities on subjects of common interest, subject to any measures which might be necessary to safeguard requirements of confidentiality or privilege. 2. Such exchanges shall be supplemented, as necessary, by consultations at the request of the other Party with respect to matters arising in relation to this Agreement. Article 6 Privileges and Immunities Nothing in this Agreement may be interpreted or construed as a waiver or a modification of the privileges and/or immunities, which WHO and the South Centre enjoy by virtue of the international agreements and national laws applicable to the organizations.
AGREEMENT BETWEEN WHO AND SOUTH CENTRE 95
Article 7 Entry into force, modification and termination 1. The present Agreement shall enter into force on the date on which it is signed by the Director-General of WHO and the Executive Director of the South Centre, subject to the approval of the World Health Assembly and by the Board of the South Centre. 2. This Agreement may be modified by mutual consent expressed in writing. It may also be terminated by either Party giving six months’ notice to the other Party. 3. In the event of termination of the Agreement, the Parties shall take all necessary steps to ensure that such a decision is not prejudicial to any activities under implementation within the framework of the present Agreement. Article 8 Dispute settlement Any dispute, controversy, or claim that may arise over the interpretation or application of this Agreement shall be settled amicably by negotiation between the Parties. Should attempts at amicable negotiation fail, any such dispute shall, upon request by either Party, be referred to the arbitration in accordance with the United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (UNCITRAL) Arbitration Rules in force. IN FAITH WHEREOF the present Agreement was done and signed at Geneva on 18 October 2013 in two copies both in English. For the South Centre Martin Khor For the World Health Organization Dr Margaret Chan
PRINCIPLES GOVERNING RELATIONS BETWEEN THE WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION AND NONGOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATIONS1 1. Introduction 1.1 As stated in Article 2 of the Constitution, one of the main functions of the World Health Organization (WHO) is to act as the directing and coordinating authority on international health work. In support of this function, and in accordance with Article 71 of the Constitution, WHO may make suitable arrangements for consultation and cooperation with nongovernmental organizations (NGOs) in carrying out its international health work. 1.2 WHO should, in relation to NGOs, act in conformity with any relevant resolutions of the General Assembly or Economic and Social Council of the United Nations. 1.3 The objectives of WHO’s collaboration with NGOs are to promote the policies, strategies and programmes derived from the decisions of the Organization’s governing bodies; to collaborate with regard to various WHO programmes in jointly agreed activities to implement these strategies; and to play an appropriate role in ensuring the harmonizing of intersectoral interests among the various sectoral bodies concerned in a country, regional or global setting. 2. Types of relations at the global level and their development 2.1 WHO recognizes only one category of formal relations, known as official relations, with those NGOs which meet the criteria described in these Principles. All other contacts, including working relations, are considered to be of an informal character. 2.2 The establishment of relations with NGOs shall be an evolving process proceeding through a number of separate stages as described in the following paragraphs. 2.3 First contacts with an NGO in order to create mutual understanding and assist in developing mutual interests frequently take the form of exchanges of information and reciprocal participation in technical meetings. This type of informal contact may continue on an ad hoc basis, without time limit and without written agreement. However, the definition of the broad objectives of collaboration and the possibility of enlarging its scope to
_________ 1 Text adopted by the Fortieth World Health Assembly (resolution WHA40.25), in replacement of the Principles adopted by the First and Third World Health Assemblies.
– 97 –
Relations with NGOs
98 BASIC DOCUMENTS
include specific joint activities in line with the particular expertise of the nongovernmental organization are also explored at this stage. 2.4 When a number of specific joint activities have been identified, collaboration may be taken a stage further by proceeding to a period (usually two years) of working relations entered into by an exchange of letters. Such letters set out the agreed basis for the collaboration, indicating details of the activities to be undertaken during the period, providing an estimate of the resources to be supplied by WHO and the NGO, and naming focal points in the NGO and in WHO (designated technical officer). A joint assessment of the outcome of the collaboration thus planned is undertaken at the end of the period of working relations by the parties concerned, including also consideration of the future relationship. This may result: in the continuation of the working relations for a further period; in an application for admission into official relations with WHO from an international NGO, for examination by the Executive Board, should there be a number of activities which might form the basis of a long-term and closer relationship with WHO; or in a decision that there is no scope for further contacts in the foreseeable future. This arrangement for consultation and cooperation with NGOs is considered as informal. 2.5 The Executive Board shall be responsible for deciding on the admission of NGOs into official relations with WHO. 3. Criteria for the admission of NGOs into official relations with WHO 3.1 The main area of competence of the NGO shall fall within the purview of WHO. Its aims and activities shall be in conformity with the spirit, purposes and principles of the Constitution of WHO, shall centre on development work in health or health-related fields, and shall be free from concerns which are primarily of a commercial or profit-making nature. The major part of its activities shall be relevant to and have a bearing on the implementation of the health-for-all strategies as envisaged in the Global Strategy for Health for All by the Year 2000 and the WHO general programme of work covering a specific period. 3.2 The NGO shall normally be international in its structure and/or scope, and shall represent a substantial proportion of the persons globally organized for the purpose of participating in the particular field of interest in which it operates. When there are several international NGOs with similar areas of interest, they may form a joint committee or other body authorized to act for the group as a whole.
RELATIONS WITH NONGOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATIONS 99
3.3 The NGO shall have a constitution or similar basic document, an established headquarters, a directing or governing body, an administrative structure at various levels of action, and authority to speak for its members through its authorized representatives. Its members shall exercise voting rights in relation to its policies or action. 3.4 Thus, organizations eligible for admission into official relations with WHO include various types of international NGOs with a federated structure (made up of national or regional groups or having individual members from different countries), foundations that raise resources for health development activities in different parts of the world, and similar bodies promoting international health. 3.5 In exceptional cases a national organization, whether or not affiliated to an international NGO, may be considered for admission into official relations, in consultation with and subject to the recommendations of the WHO Regional Director and the Member State involved. Such a national organization (or a number of national organizations working under a federated (umbrella) structure) shall be eligible for admission provided that: the major part of its activities and resources are directed towards international health and related work; it has developed a programme of collaborative activities with WHO as indicated in paragraph 2.4; and its activities offer appropriate experience upon which WHO may wish to draw. 3.6 There shall normally have been at least two years of successfully completed working relations, as described in paragraph 2.4, prior to an application for admission into official relations. 4. Procedure for admitting NGOs into official relations with WHO 4.1 Applications should normally reach WHO headquarters not later than the end of the month of July in order to be considered by the Executive Board in January of the following year. They shall specify a structured plan for collaborative activities agreed upon by the organization and WHO. Applications from national organizations shall contain the endorsements of the WHO Regional Director and the Government of the Member State concerned. Applications should normally be transmitted to Board members by the Secretariat two months in advance of the session at which they will be considered. 4.2 During its January session the Board’s Standing Committee on Nongovernmental Organizations, composed of five members, shall consider applications submitted by NGOs, voluntarily or by invitation, and shall make recommendations to the Board; it may invite any such
100 BASIC DOCUMENTS
organization to speak before it in connection with the organization’s application. Should the applicant organization be considered not to meet the established criteria, and bearing in mind the desirability of ensuring a valuable continuing partnership based on defined objectives and evidenced by a record of successful past collaboration and a framework for future collaborative activities, the Standing Committee may recommend postponement of consideration or rejection of an application. 4.3 The Board, after considering the recommendations of the Standing Committee, shall decide whether an organization is to be admitted into official relations with WHO. A re-application from an NGO shall not normally be considered until two years have elapsed since the Board’s decision on the original application. 4.4 The Director-General shall inform each organization of the Board’s decision on its application. He shall maintain a list of the organizations admitted into official relations, and this list and any amendments thereto shall be circulated to the Members of WHO. 4.5 A plan for collaboration based on mutually agreed objectives and outlining activities for the coming three-year period shall form the basis of official relations between WHO and the NGO. This plan shall be transmitted also to the WHO regional offices to encourage closer collaboration at regional level as appropriate. 4.6 The Board, through its Standing Committee on Nongovernmental Organizations, shall review collaboration with each NGO every three years and shall determine the desirability of maintaining official relations. The Board’s review shall be spread over a three-year period, one-third of the NGOs in official relations being reviewed each year. 4.7 The Board may discontinue official relations if it considers that such relations are no longer appropriate or necessary in the light of changing programmes or other circumstances. Similarly, the Board may suspend or discontinue official relations if an organization no longer meets the criteria that applied at the time of the establishment of such relations, or fails to fulfil its part in the agreed programme of collaboration.
RELATIONS WITH NONGOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATIONS 101
5. Relations with NGOs at the regional and national levels1 5.1 Regional or national NGOs affiliated to international NGOs in official relations with WHO These NGOs are, by definition, in official relations with the WHO regional office(s). They shall develop and implement a programme of collaboration with the regional and national levels of WHO to ensure implementation of health-for-all strategies at the country level. 5.2 Regional and national NGOs for which there is no international NGO The regional office concerned may establish working relations with these organizations, subject to consultation between the Regional Director and the Director-General of WHO. A programme of activities developed and implemented as described in paragraph 2.4 would be essential. 5.3 Regional or national NGOs affiliated to international NGOs not in official relations with WHO In order that WHO may promote and support the formation of strong international NGOs in the various technical fields, the regional office concerned may establish working relations with the above-mentioned regional or national organizations, subject to consultation between the Regional Director and the Director-General of WHO. Such working relations shall be based on a programme of activities developed and implemented as described in paragraph 2.4. 6. Privileges conferred on NGOs by relationship with WHO 6.1 The privileges conferred by official relationship shall include: (i) the right to appoint a representative to participate, without right of vote, in WHO’s meetings or in those of the committees and conferences convened under its authority, on the following conditions: whenever the Health Assembly, or a committee or conference convened under WHO’s authority, discusses an item in which a related NGO is particularly interested, that NGO, at the invitation of the chairman of the meeting or on his acceding to a request from the organization, shall be entitled to make a statement of an expository nature, and may, with the consent of the meeting, be invited by the chairman to make, in the course of the discussion of the item before the meeting, an additional statement for purposes of clarification;
_________ 1 Before working relations are established between WHO and a national NGO, and before a programme of collaboration with such an organization is agreed, appropriate measures will be taken to consult the Government concerned in accordance with Article 71 of the WHO Constitution.
102 BASIC DOCUMENTS
(ii) access to non-confidential documentation and such other documentation as the Director-General may see fit to make available through such special distribution facilities as WHO may establish; (iii) the right to submit a memorandum to the Director-General, who would determine the nature and scope of the circulation. 6.2 In the event of a memorandum being submitted which the Director-General considers might be placed on the agenda of the Health Assembly, such memorandum shall be placed before the Executive Board for possible inclusion in the agenda of the Assembly. 6.3 Privileges similar to those stated above shall normally be accorded to national/regional NGOs having working relations with WHO regional offices, in accordance with section 5, as determined by the Regional Directors in consultation with the regional committees. 6.4 A national organization which is affiliated to an international NGO covering the same subject on an international basis shall normally present its views through its government or through the international NGO to which it is affiliated, unless other arrangements are made in view of its particular relationship with WHO. 7. Responsibilities of NGOs in their relationship with WHO 7.1 NGOs shall be responsible for implementing the mutually agreed programme of collaboration and shall inform WHO as soon as possible if for any reason they are unable to fulfil their part of the agreement. 7.2 NGOs shall utilize the opportunities available to them through their normal work to disseminate information on WHO policies and programmes. 7.3 NGOs shall collaborate individually or collectively in WHO programmes to further health-for-all goals. 7.4 NGOs shall individually or collectively collaborate with the Member States where their activities are based in the implementation of the national/ regional/global health-for-all strategies. ––––––––––
FINANCIAL REGULATIONS OF THE WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION1 Regulation I – Applicability and Delegation of Authority 1.1 These Regulations shall govern the financial administration of the World Health Organization. 1.2 The Director-General is responsible for ensuring effective financial administration of the Organization in accordance with these Regulations. 1.3 Without prejudice to Regulation 1.2 the Director-General may delegate in writing to other officers of the Organization such authority and related accountability as he or she considers necessary for the effective implementation of these Regulations. 1.4 The Director-General shall establish Financial Rules, including relevant guidelines and limits for the implementation of these Regulations, in order to ensure effective financial administration, the exercise of economy, and safeguard of the assets of the Organization. Regulation II – The Financial Period 2.1 The financial period for the programme budget shall be two consecutive calendar years beginning with an even-numbered year. Regulation III – The Budget 3.1 The budget estimates for the financial period, as referred to in Article 55 of the Constitution (hereinafter referred to as “budget proposals”), shall be prepared by the Director-General. The budget proposals shall be presented in United States dollars. 3.2 The budget proposals shall be divided into parts, sections and chapters, and shall include such information, annexes and explanatory statements as may be requested by, or on behalf of, the Health Assembly and such further annexes or statements as the Director-General may deem necessary and useful. 3.3 The Director-General shall submit the budget proposals at least 12 Financial Regulations
_________ 1 Text adopted by the Fifty-third World Health Assembly and amended by the Fifty-eighth, Sixtieth, Sixty-second, Sixty-fourth and Sixty-sixth World Health Assemblies (resolutions WHA53.6, WHA58.20, WHA60.9, WHA62.6, WHA64.22 and WHA66.3). Previous text adopted by the Fourth World Health Assembly (resolution WHA4.50) and amended by the Thirteenth, Eighteenth, Twenty-fifth, Twenty-sixth, Twenty-ninth, Thirtieth, Thirty-third, Thirty-seventh, Forty-first, Forty-fourth, and Forty-eighth World Health Assemblies (resolutions WHA13.19, WHA18.13, WHA25.14, WHA25.15, WHA26.26, WHA29.27, WHA30.21, WHA33.8, WHA41.12, WHA44.16, WHA48.21, and decision WHA37(10)).
– 103 –
104 BASIC DOCUMENTS
weeks before the opening of the regular session of the Health Assembly, and before the opening of the appropriate session of the Executive Board, at which they are to be considered. At the same time, the Director-General shall transmit these proposals to all Members (including Associate Members). 3.4 The Executive Board shall submit these proposals, and any recommendations it may have thereon, to the Health Assembly. 3.5 The budget for the following financial period shall be approved by the Health Assembly in the year preceding the biennium to which the budget proposals relate, after consideration and report on the proposals by the appropriate main committee of the Health Assembly. 3.6 Should the Director-General, at the time of the session of the Executive Board that submits the budget proposals and its recommendations thereon to the Health Assembly, have information which indicates that there may, before the time of the Health Assembly, be a need to alter the proposals in the light of developments, he or she shall report thereon to the Executive Board, which shall consider including in its recommendations to the Health Assembly an appropriate provision therefore. 3.7 Should developments subsequent to the session of the Executive Board that considers the budget proposals, or any of the recommendations made by it, necessitate or render desirable in the opinion of the Director-General an alteration in the budget proposals, the Director-General shall report thereon to the Health Assembly. 3.8 Supplementary proposals may be submitted to the Board by the Director-General whenever necessary to increase the appropriations previously approved by the Health Assembly. Such proposals shall be submitted in a form and manner consistent with the budget proposals for the financial period. Regulation IV – Budget Approval 4.1 The budget approved by the Health Assembly shall constitute an authorization to the Director-General to incur contractual obligations and make payments for the purposes for which the budget was approved and up to the amounts so approved, subject to available funding. 4.2 Once the budget has been approved, commitments can be made by the Director-General in the financial period to which they relate for delivery in that financial period or the subsequent calendar year, subject to available funding.
FINANCIAL REGULATIONS OF WHO 105
4.3 The Director-General is authorized, with the prior concurrence of the Executive Board or of any committee to which it may delegate appropriate authority, to transfer credits between sections. When the Executive Board or any committee to which it may have delegated appropriate authority is not in session, the Director-General is authorized, with the prior written concurrence of the majority of the members of the Board or such committee, to transfer credits between sections. The Director-General shall report such transfers to the Executive Board at its next session. 4.4 At the same time as budget proposals are approved an exchange rate facility shall be established by the Health Assembly, which shall set the maximum level that may be available to protect against losses on foreign exchange. The purpose of the facility shall be to make it possible to maintain the level of the budget so that the activities that are represented by the budget approved by the Health Assembly may be carried out irrespective of the effect of any fluctuation of currencies against the United States dollar at the official United Nations exchange rate. Regulation V – Provision of Budget Funds 5.1 The budget shall be financed by assessed contributions from Members, according to the scale of assessments determined by the Health Assembly, by voluntary contributions, by projected interest earned, prior period collection of arrears and any other income attributable to the regular budget. Members’ financial obligations under Article 56 of the WHO Constitution are limited to the assessed contributions. 5.2 The Health Assembly shall approve the amount to be financed by assessed contributions from Member States, and shall approve the amount to be raised by the Director-General from voluntary sources. 5.2.1 The amount to be financed by assessed contributions from Members shall be calculated after adjusting the total amount approved by the Health Assembly to reflect that proportion of the budget to be financed by the other sources noted in 5.1 above. 5.3 In the event that the total financing for the budget is less than the amount approved by the Health Assembly under the budget proposals, the Director-General shall review implementation plans for the budget in order to make any adjustments that may be necessary. 5.4 Assessed contributions are made available for implementation on 1 January of each year of the financial period. Voluntary contributions are made available for implementation upon recording of agreements with the resource contributors.
106 BASIC DOCUMENTS
5.5 The Director-General shall submit to the Health Assembly annual reports on the collection of contributions (both voluntary and assessed), and other sources of cash. Regulation VI – Assessed Contributions 6.1 The assessed contributions of Members based on the scale of assessments shall be divided into two equal annual instalments. In the first year of the financial period, the Health Assembly may decide to amend the scale of assessments to be applied to the second year of the financial period. 6.2 After the Health Assembly has adopted the budget, the Director-General shall inform Members of their commitments in respect of assessed contributions for the financial period and request them to pay the first and second instalments of their contributions. 6.3 If the Health Assembly decides to amend the scale of assessments, or to adjust the amount of the budget to be financed by assessed contributions from Members for the second year of a biennium, the Director-General shall inform Members of their revised commitments and shall request Members to pay the revised second instalment of their contributions. 6.4 Instalments of assessed contributions shall be due and payable as of 1 January of the year to which they relate. 6.5 As of 1 January of the following year, the unpaid balance of such assessed contributions shall be considered to be one year in arrears. 6.6 Where the total of annual assessed contributions for a Member is US$ 200 000 or greater, that Member’s contributions shall be assessed half in United States dollars and half in Swiss francs. Where the total of annual assessed contributions for a Member is less than US$ 200 000, that Member’s contributions shall be assessed in United States dollars only. The contributions shall be paid in either United States dollars, euros or Swiss francs, or such other currency or currencies as the Director-General shall determine. 6.7 The acceptance by the Director-General of any currency that is not fully convertible shall be subject to a specific, annual approval on a case-by-case basis by the Director-General. Such approvals will include any terms and conditions that the Director-General considers necessary to protect the World Health Organization. 6.8 Payments made by a Member for assessed contributions shall be credited to the Member’s account and applied first against the oldest amount outstanding.
FINANCIAL REGULATIONS OF WHO 107
6.9 Payments of assessed contributions in currencies other than United States dollars shall be credited to Members’ accounts at the United Nations rate of exchange ruling on the date of receipt by the World Health Organization. 6.10 New Members shall be required to make an assessed contribution for the financial period in which they become Members at rates to be determined by the Health Assembly. Such contributions shall be recorded as income in the year in which they are due. Regulation VII – Working Capital Fund and Internal Borrowing 7.1 Pending the receipt of assessed contributions, implementation of that part of the budget financed from these contributions may be financed from the Working Capital Fund and thereafter by internal borrowing. The amount of the Working Capital Fund is approved by the Health Assembly. Internal borrowing may be made against available cash reserves of the Organization, excluding Trust Funds. 7.2 The level of the Working Capital Fund shall be based on a projection of financing requirements taking into consideration projected income and expenditure from assessed contributions. Any proposals that the Director-General may make to the Health Assembly for varying the level of the Working Capital Fund from that previously approved shall be accompanied by an explanation demonstrating the need for the change. 7.3 Any repayments of borrowing under Regulation 7.1 shall be made from the collection of arrears of assessed contributions and shall be credited first against any internal borrowing outstanding and secondly against any borrowing outstanding from the Working Capital Fund. Regulation VIII – Revenue: Other Sources 8.1 The Director-General is delegated the authority, under Article 57 of the Constitution, to accept gifts and bequests, either in cash or in kind, provided that he or she has determined that such contributions can be used by the Organization, and that any conditions which may be attached to them are consistent with the objective and policies of the Organization. 8.2 The Director-General is authorized to levy a charge on extrabudgetary contributions in accordance with any applicable resolution of the Health Assembly. This charge shall be credited to the Special Account for Servicing Costs, together with any interest earnings or earnings from investments of extrabudgetary contributions, and used to reimburse all, or part of, the indirect costs incurred by the Organization in
108 BASIC DOCUMENTS
respect of the generation and administration of such resources. All direct costs of the implementation of programmes that are financed by extrabudgetary resources shall be charged against the relevant budget. Regulation IX – Funds 9.1 Funds shall be established to enable the Organization to record income and expenditure. These funds shall cover all sources of income: regular budget, extrabudgetary resources, Trust Funds, and any other source of income as may be appropriate. 9.2 Accounts shall be established for amounts received from donors of extrabudgetary contributions and for any Trust Funds so that relevant income and expenditures may be recorded and reported upon. 9.3 Other accounts shall be established as necessary as reserves or to meet the requirements of the administration of the Organization, including capital expenditure. 9.4 The Director-General may establish revolving funds so that activities may be operated on a self-financing basis. The purpose of such accounts shall be reported to the Health Assembly, including details of sources of income and expenditures charged against such funds, and the disposition of any surplus balance at the end of a financial period. 9.5 The purpose of any account established under Regulations 9.3 and 9.4 shall be specified and shall be subject to these Financial Regulations and such Financial Rules as are established by the Director-General under Regulation 12.1, prudent financial management, and any specific conditions agreed with the appropriate authority. Regulation X – Custody of Cash and Cash Equivalents 10.1 The Director-General shall designate the bank or banks or financial institutions in which cash and cash equivalents in the custody of the Organization shall be kept. 10.2 The Director-General may designate any investment (or asset) managers and/or custodians that the Organization may wish to appoint for the management of the cash and cash equivalents in its custody.
FINANCIAL REGULATIONS OF WHO 109
Regulation XI – Investment of Cash and Cash Equivalents 11.1 Any cash not required for immediate payment may be invested and may be pooled in so far as this benefits the return that may be generated. 11.2 Income from investments shall be credited as income to the Special Account for Servicing Costs in accordance with Regulation 8.2, unless otherwise provided in the regulations, rules or resolutions relating to a specific fund or account. 11.3 Investment policies and guidelines shall be drawn up in accordance with best industry practice, having due regard for the preservation of capital and the return requirements of the Organization. Regulation XII – Internal Control 12.1 The Director-General shall: (a) establish operating policies and procedures in order to ensure effective financial administration, the exercise of economy, and safeguard of the assets of the Organization;
(b) designate the officers who may receive funds, incur financial commitments and make payments on behalf of the Organization; (c) maintain an effective internal control structure to ensure the accomplishment of established objectives and goals for operations; the economical and efficient use of resources; the reliability and integrity of information; compliance with policies, plans, procedures, rules and regulations; and the safeguarding of assets;
(d) maintain an internal audit function which is responsible for the review, evaluation and monitoring of the adequacy and effectiveness of the Organization’s overall systems of internal control. For this purpose, all systems, processes, operations, functions and activities within the Organization shall be subject to such review, evaluation and monitoring. Regulation XIII – Accounts and Financial Statements 13.1 The Director-General shall establish such accounts as are necessary and shall maintain them in accordance with International Public Sector Accounting Standards. 13.2 Financial statements shall be prepared annually in accordance with International Public Sector Accounting Standards, together with such other information as may be necessary to indicate the current financial position
110 BASIC DOCUMENTS
of the Organization. 13.3 The financial statements shall be presented in United States dollars. The accounting records may, however, be kept in such currency or currencies as the Director-General may deem necessary. 13.4 The financial statements shall be submitted to the External Auditor(s) not later than 31 March following the end of the year to which they relate. 13.5 The Director-General may make such ex gratia payments as deemed to be necessary in the interest of the Organization. A statement of such payments shall be included with the final accounts. 13.6 The Director-General may authorize, after full investigation, the writing-off of the loss of any asset, other than arrears of contributions. A statement of such losses written off shall be included with the final accounts. Regulation XIV – External Audit 14.1 External Auditor(s), each of whom shall be the Auditor-General (or officer holding equivalent title or status) of a Member government, shall be appointed by the Health Assembly. The term of office shall be four years, covering two budgetary periods, and can be renewed once for an additional term of four years. External Auditor(s) appointed may be removed only by the Assembly. 14.2 Subject to any special direction of the Health Assembly, each audit which the External Auditor(s) performs/perform shall be conducted in conformity with generally accepted common auditing standards and in accordance with the Additional Terms of Reference set out in the Appendix to these Regulations. 14.3 The External Auditor(s) may make observations with respect to the efficiency of the financial procedures, the accounting system, the internal financial controls and, in general, the administration and management of the Organization. 14.4 The External Auditor(s) shall be completely independent and solely responsible for the conduct of the audit and, except as permitted under Regulation 14.7 below, any local or special examination. 14.5 The Health Assembly may request the External Auditor(s) to perform certain specific examinations and issue separate reports on the results. 14.6 The Director-General shall provide the External Auditor(s) with the facilities required for the performance of the audit.
FINANCIAL REGULATIONS OF WHO 111
14.7 For the purpose of making a local or special examination or for effecting economies of audit cost, the External Auditor(s) may engage the services of any national Auditor-General (or equivalent title) or commercial public auditors of known repute or any other person or firm that, in the opinion of the External Auditor(s), is technically qualified. 14.8 The External Auditor(s) shall issue a report on the audit of the annual financial statements prepared by the Director-General pursuant to Regulation XIII. The report shall include such information as he/she/they deem(s) necessary in regard to Regulation 14.3 and the Additional Terms of Reference. 14.9 The report(s) of the External Auditor(s) shall be transmitted through the Executive Board, together with the audited financial statements, to the Health Assembly not later than 1 May following the end of the financial year to which the final accounts relate. The Executive Board shall examine the annual financial statements and the audit report(s) and shall forward them to the Health Assembly with such comments as it deems necessary. Regulation XV – Resolutions involving Expenditures 15.1 Neither the Health Assembly nor the Executive Board shall take a decision involving expenditures unless it has before it a report from the Director-General on the administrative and financial implications of the proposal. 15.2 Where, in the opinion of the Director-General, the proposed expenditure cannot be made from the existing appropriations, it shall not be incurred until the Health Assembly has made the necessary appropriations. Regulation XVI – General Provisions 16.1 These Regulations shall be effective as of the date of their approval by the Health Assembly, unless otherwise specified by the Health Assembly. They may be amended only by the Health Assembly. 16.2 In case of doubt as to the interpretation and application of any of the foregoing Regulations, the Director-General is authorized to rule thereon, subject to confirmation by the Executive Board at its next session. 16.3 The Financial Rules established by the Director-General as referred to in Regulation 1.4 above, and the amendments made by the Director-General to such rules, shall enter into force after confirmation by the Executive Board. They shall be reported upon to the Health Assembly for its information.
112 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Appendix ADDITIONAL TERMS OF REFERENCE GOVERNING THE EXTERNAL AUDIT OF THE WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION 1. The External Auditor(s) shall perform such audit of the accounts of the World Health Organization, including all Trust Funds and special accounts, as deemed necessary in order to satisfy himself/herself/themselves: (a) that the financial statements are in accord with the books and records of the Organization; (b) that the financial transactions reflected in the statements have been in accordance with the rules and regulations, the budgetary provisions, and other applicable directives; (c) that the securities and moneys on deposit and on hand have been verified by the certificates received direct from the Organization’s depositaries or by actual count; (d) that the internal controls, including the internal audit, are adequate in the light of the extent of reliance placed thereon; (e) that procedures satisfactory to the External Auditor(s) have been applied to the recording of all assets, liabilities, surpluses and deficits. 2. The External Auditor(s) shall be the sole judge as to the acceptance in whole or in part of certifications and representations by the Secretariat and may proceed to such detailed examination and verification as he/she/they choose(s) of all financial records including those relating to supplies and equipment. 3. The External Auditor(s) and staff shall have free access at all convenient times to all books, records and other documentation which are, in the opinion of the External Auditor(s), necessary for the performance of the audit. Information classified as privileged and which the Secretariat agrees is required by the External Auditor(s) for the purposes of the audit, and information classified as confidential, shall be made available on application. The External Auditor(s) and staff shall respect the privileged and confidential nature of any information so classified which has been made available and shall not make use of it except in direct connection with the performance of the audit. The External Auditor(s) may draw the attention of the Health Assembly to any denial of information classified as privileged which, in his/her/their opinion, was required for the purpose of the audit. 4. The External Auditor(s) shall have no power to disallow items in the accounts but shall draw to the attention of the Director-General for appropriate action any transaction that creates doubt as to legality or propriety. Audit objections, to these or any other transactions, arising during the examination of the accounts shall be immediately communicated to the Director-General. 5. The External Auditor(s) shall express and sign an opinion on the financial statements of the Organization. The opinion shall include the following basic elements: (a) identification of the financial statements audited; (b) a reference to the responsibility of the entity’s management and responsibility of the External Auditor(s); (c) a reference to the audit standards followed; (d) a description of the work performed; (e) an expression of opinion on the financial statements as to whether: (i) the financial statements present fairly the financial position as at the end of the period and the results of the operations for the period; (ii) the financial statements were prepared in accordance with the stated accounting policies; (iii)the accounting policies were applied on a basis consistent with that of the preceding financial period; (f) an expression of opinion on the compliance of transactions with the Financial Regulations and legislative authority; (g) the date of the opinion; (h) the External Auditor’s(s’) name and position;
FINANCIAL REGULATIONS OF WHO 113
(i) the place where the report has been signed; (j) should it be necessary, a reference to the report of the External Auditor(s) on the financial statements. 6. The report of the External Auditor(s) to the Health Assembly on the financial operations of the period should mention: (a) the type and scope of examination; (b) matters affecting the completeness or accuracy of the accounts, including where appropriate: (i) information necessary to the correct interpretation of the accounts; (ii) any amounts that ought to have been received but which have not been brought to account; (iii) any amounts for which a legal or contingent obligation exists and which have not been recorded or reflected in the financial statements; (iv) expenditures not properly substantiated; (v) whether proper books of accounts have been kept; where in the presentation of statements there are deviations of a material nature from a consistent application of generally accepted accounting principles, these should be disclosed; (c) other matters that should be brought to the notice of the Health Assembly such as: (i) cases of fraud or presumptive fraud; (ii) wasteful or improper expenditure of the Organization’s money or other assets (notwithstanding that the accounting for the transaction may be correct); (iii) expenditure likely to commit the Organization to further outlay on a large scale; (iv) any defect in the general system or detailed regulations governing the control of receipts and disbursements, or of supplies and equipment; (v) expenditure not in accordance with the intention of the Health Assembly, after making allowance for duly authorized transfers within the budget; (vi) expenditure in excess of appropriations as amended by duly authorized transfers within the budget; (vii) expenditure not in conformity with the authority that governs it; (d) the accuracy or otherwise of the supplies and equipment records as determined by stocktaking and examination of the records. In addition, the report may contain reference to: (e) transactions accounted for in a previous financial period, concerning which further information has been obtained, or transactions in a later financial period concerning which it seems desirable that the Health Assembly should have early knowledge. 7. The External Auditor(s) may make such observations with respect to his/her/their findings resulting from the audit and such comments on the financial report as he/she/they deem(s) appropriate to the Health Assembly or to the Director-General. 8. Whenever the External Auditor’s(s’) scope of audit is restricted, or insufficient evidence is available, the External Auditor’s(s’) opinion shall refer to this matter, making clear in the report the reasons for the comments and the effect on the financial position and the financial transactions as recorded. 9. In no case shall the External Auditor(s) include criticism in any report without first affording the Director-General an adequate opportunity of explanation on the matter under observation. 10. The External Auditor(s) is/are not required to mention any matter referred to in the foregoing which is considered immaterial.
––––––––––
STAFF REGULATIONS OF THE WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION1
SCOPE AND PURPOSE The Staff Regulations embody the fundamental conditions of service and the basic rights, duties and obligations of the World Health Organization Secretariat staff. They are the broad principles of personnel policy for the guidance of the Director-General in the staffing and administration of the Secretariat. The Director-General may, as Chief Administrative Officer, provide and enforce such Staff Rules consistent with these principles as he considers necessary.
I. DUTIES, OBLIGATIONS AND PRIVILEGES 1.1 All staff members of the Organization are international civil servants. Their responsibilities are not national but exclusively international. By accepting appointment, they pledge themselves to discharge their functions and to regulate their conduct with the interests of the World Health Organization only in view. 1.2 All staff members are subject to the authority of the Director-General and to assignment by him to any of the activities or offices of the World Health Organization. They are responsible to him in the exercise of their functions. In principle, the whole time of staff members shall be at the disposal of the Director-General. 1.3 In the performance of their duties staff members shall neither seek nor accept instructions from any government or from any other authority external to the Organization. 1.4 No staff member shall accept, hold or engage in any office or occupation which is incompatible with the proper discharge of his duties with the World Health Organization. 1.5 Staff members shall conduct themselves at all times in a manner compatible with their status as international civil servants. They shall avoid any action and in particular any kind of public pronouncement which may adversely reflect on their status. While they are not expected to give up their national sentiments or their political and religious
_________ 1 Text adopted by the Fourth World Health Assembly (resolution WHA4.51) and amended by the Twelfth, Fifty-fifth, and Sixty-second World Health Assemblies (resolutions WHA12.33, WHA55.21 and WHA62.7).
– 115 –
Staff Regulations
116 BASIC DOCUMENTS
convictions, they shall at all times bear in mind the reserve and tact incumbent upon them by reason of their international status. 1.6 Staff members shall exercise the utmost discretion in regard to all matters of official business. They shall not communicate to any person any information known to them by reason of their official position which has not been made public, except in the course of their duties or by authorization of the Director-General. At no time shall they in any way use to private advantage information known to them by reason of their official position. These obligations do not cease with separation from service. 1.7 No staff member shall accept any honour, decoration, favour, gift or remuneration from any government, or from any other source external to the Organization, if such acceptance is incompatible with his status as an international civil servant. 1.8 Any staff member who becomes a candidate for a public office of a political character shall resign from the Secretariat. 1.9 The immunities and privileges attaching to the World Health Organization by virtue of Article 67 of the Constitution are conferred in the interests of the Organization. These privileges and immunities furnish no excuse to staff members for non-performance of their private obligations or failure to observe laws and police regulations. The decision whether to waive any privileges or immunities of the staff in any case that arises shall rest with the Director-General. 1.10 All staff members shall subscribe to the following oath or declaration: I solemnly swear (undertake, affirm, promise) to exercise in all loyalty, discretion, and conscience the functions entrusted to me as an international civil servant of the World Health Organization, to discharge those functions and regulate my conduct with the interests of the World Health Organization only in view, and not to seek or accept instructions in regard to the performance of my duties from any government or other authority external to the Organization. 1.11 The oath or declaration shall be made orally by the Director-General at a public meeting of the World Health Assembly, by the Deputy Director-General, Assistant Directors-General and Regional Directors before the Director-General and in writing by other staff members.
STAFF REGULATIONS OF WHO 117
II. CLASSIFICATION OF POSTS AND STAFF 2.1 Appropriate provision shall be made by the Director-General for the classification of posts and staff according to the nature of the duties and responsibilities required.
III. SALARIES AND RELATED ALLOWANCES 3.1 The salaries for the Deputy Director-General, Assistant Directors-General and Regional Directors shall be determined by the World Health Assembly on the recommendation of the Director-General and with the advice of the Executive Board. 3.2 Salary levels for other staff shall be determined by the Director-General on the basis of their duties and responsibilities. The salary and allowance plan shall be determined by the Director-General following basically the scales of salaries and allowances of the United Nations, provided that for staff occupying positions subject to local recruitment the Director-General may establish salaries and allowances in accordance with best prevailing local practices and that for staff occupying positions subject to international recruitment the remuneration shall be varied between duty stations to take into account relative cost of living to the staff members concerned, standards of living and related factors. Any deviations from the United Nations scales of salaries and allowances which may be necessary for the requirements of the World Health Organization shall be subject to the approval of, or may be authorized by, the Executive Board.
IV. APPOINTMENT AND PROMOTION 4.1 The Director-General shall appoint staff members as required. 4.2 The paramount consideration in the appointment, transfer, reassignment or promotion of the staff shall be the necessity of securing the highest standards of efficiency, competence and integrity. Due regard shall be paid to the importance of recruiting and maintaining the staff on as wide a geographical basis as possible. 4.3 Selection of staff members shall be without regard to race, creed or sex. So far as is practicable, selection shall be made on a competitive basis; however, the foregoing shall not apply to the filling of a position by transfer or reassignment of a staff member without promotion in the interest of the Organization.
118 BASIC DOCUMENTS
4.4 Without prejudice to the inflow of fresh talent at the various levels, vacancies shall be filled by promotion of persons already in the service of the Organization in preference to persons from outside. This preference shall also be applied, on a reciprocal basis, to the United Nations and specialized agencies brought into relationship with the United Nations. 4.5 Appointments of the Deputy Director-General, Assistant Directors-General and Regional Directors shall be for a period not to exceed five years, subject to renewal, and in accordance with conditions determined by the Executive Board concerning eligibility of Regional Directors for reappointment. Other staff members shall be granted appointments of a duration and under such terms and conditions, consistent with these regulations, as the Director-General may prescribe. 4.6 The Director-General shall establish appropriate medical standards which prospective staff members shall normally be required to meet before appointment.
V. ANNUAL AND SPECIAL LEAVE 5.1 Staff members shall be allowed appropriate annual leave. In exceptional cases, special leave may be authorized by the Director-General. 5.2 In order that staff members may take their leave periodically in their home countries, the Organization shall allow necessary travelling time for that purpose, under conditions and definitions prescribed by the Director-General.
VI. SOCIAL SECURITY 6.1 Provision shall be made for the participation of staff members in the United Nations Joint Staff Pension Fund in accordance with the regulations of that fund. 6.2 The Director-General shall establish a scheme of social security for the staff, including provisions for health protection, sick leave and maternity leave, and reasonable compensation in the event of illness, accident or death attributable to the performance of official duties on behalf of the Organization.
STAFF REGULATIONS OF WHO 119
VII. TRAVEL AND REMOVAL EXPENSES 7.1 Subject to conditions and definitions prescribed by the Director-General, the Organization shall pay the travel expenses of staff members and, in appropriate cases, their dependants upon appointment and on subsequent change of official duty station, upon the taking of leave at home when authorized, and upon separation from the service. 7.2 Subject to conditions and definitions prescribed by the Director-General, the World Health Organization shall pay removal costs for staff members upon appointment and on subsequent change of official duty station and upon separation from the service. VIII. STAFF RELATIONS 8.1 The Director-General shall make provision for staff participation in the discussion of policies relating to staff questions.
IX. SEPARATION FROM SERVICE 9.1 Staff members may resign from the Secretariat upon giving the Director-General the notice required under the terms of their appointment. 9.2 The Director-General may terminate the appointment of a staff member in accordance with the terms of his appointment, or if the necessities of the service require abolition of the post or reduction of the staff, if the services of the individual concerned prove unsatisfactory, or if he is, for reasons of health, incapacitated for further service. 9.3 If the Director-General terminates an appointment the staff member shall be given notice and indemnity payment in accordance with the terms of his appointment. 9.4 The Director-General shall establish a scheme for the payment of repatriation grants. 9.5 Normally, staff members shall not be retained in active service beyond the age specified in the Pension Fund regulations as the age of retirement. The Director-General may, in the interests of the Organization, extend this age limit in exceptional cases.
120 BASIC DOCUMENTS
X. DISCIPLINARY MEASURES 10.1 The Director-General may impose disciplinary measures on staff members whose conduct is unsatisfactory. He may summarily dismiss a member of the staff for serious misconduct.
XI. APPEALS 11.1 The Director-General shall establish administrative machinery with staff participation to advise him in case of any appeal by staff members against an administrative decision alleging the non-observance of their terms of appointment, including all pertinent regulations and rules, or against disciplinary action. 11.2 Any dispute which cannot be resolved internally, arising between the Organization and a member of the staff regarding the fulfilment of the contract of the said member, shall be referred for final decision to the United Nations Administrative Tribunal.
XII. GENERAL PROVISIONS 12.1 These regulations may be supplemented or amended by the Health Assembly, without prejudice to the acquired rights of staff members. 12.2 The Director-General shall report annually to the Health Assembly such staff rules and amendments thereto as he may make to implement these regulations, after confirmation by the Executive Board. 12.3 The Director-General, by virtue of the authority vested in him as the chief technical and administrative officer of the Organization, may delegate to other officers of the Organization such of his powers as he considers necessary for the effective implementation of these regulations. 12.4 In case of doubt as to the meaning of any of the foregoing regulations, the Director-General is authorized to rule thereon subject to confirmation of the ruling by the Executive Board at its next meeting. ––––––––––
REGULATIONS FOR EXPERT ADVISORY PANELS AND COMMITTEES1
INTRODUCTION Efficiency, as well as economy, makes it necessary to limit the number of experts participating in discussions on any given subject; on the other hand, it is difficult, in a small group of experts, to obtain adequate representation of the various branches of knowledge which bear upon its subject, and of the diversified forms of local experience and trends of thought prevailing in the various parts of the world. These apparently conflicting requirements may be reconciled by giving expert committees, whenever desirable, flexible membership. This may be done by setting up advisory panels of experts conversant with all the required branches of knowledge and forms of experience needed to cover adequately a particular subject and providing adequate geographical representation. From these panels will be drawn the members of the expert committees, selection being made according to the agenda of each meeting. Expert Cttees Regs & Rules
The following regulations are, therefore, based on the above principles.
1. DEFINITIONS 1.1 An expert advisory panel consists of experts from whom the Organization may obtain technical guidance and support within a particular subject, either by correspondence or at meetings to which the experts may be invited. 1.2 A member of an expert advisory panel is an expert appointed by the Director-General who undertakes to contribute by correspondence technical information on developments in his or her field, and to offer advice as appropriate, spontaneously or upon request.
_________ 1 Text adopted by the Thirty-fifth World Health Assembly (resolution WHA35.10), in replacement of the regulations adopted by the Fourth World Health Assembly. Amendments were adopted at the Forty-fifth, Forty-ninth, Fifty-third and Fifty-fifth World Health Assemblies (decision WHA45(10), resolution WHA49.29, resolution WHA53.8 and resolution WHA55.24, respectively).
– 121 –
122 BASIC DOCUMENTS
1.3 An expert committee is a group of expert advisory panel members convened by the Director-General for the purpose of reviewing and making technical recommendations on a subject of interest to the Organization. 1.4 A member of an expert committee is an expert appointed by the Director-General to serve at any particular meeting of that committee.
2. AUTHORITY TO ESTABLISH EXPERT ADVISORY PANELS AND COMMITTEES 2.1 An expert advisory panel may be established by the Director-General in any field as and when required by the development of the Organization’s programme. It is established for the Organization as a whole and shall be utilized at whatever level of operation its guidance and support are needed. An expert advisory panel may be disestablished by the Director-General at his discretion when its guidance and support are no longer required. 2.2 The Director-General shall report to the Executive Board on the establishment or disestablishment of expert advisory panels and on their membership. 2.3 The World Health Assembly and the Executive Board have authority under Articles 18(e) and 38 of the Constitution of the Organization to establish and dissolve expert committees. 2.4 The Director-General shall include in his biennial programme budget such proposals for expert committee meetings as he deems necessary.
3. EXPERT ADVISORY PANELS – MEMBERSHIP AND PROCEDURES 3.1 Any person possessing qualifications and/or experience relevant and useful to the activities of the Organization in a field covered by an established expert advisory panel may be considered for appointment as a member of that panel after consultations with the national authorities concerned. Information on all appointments made to these panels shall be circulated to all Member States. The Director-General shall encourage developing countries to send nominations for the panels. 3.2 In the selection of members of expert advisory panels the Director-General shall consider primarily their technical ability and experience, but he shall also endeavour to ensure that the panels have the
REGULATIONS FOR EXPERT ADVISORY PANELS AND COMMITTEES 123
broadest possible international representation in terms of diversity of knowledge, experience and approaches in the fields for which the panels are established. He/she shall encourage nomination of experts from developing countries and from all regions and shall be helped in this task by Regional Directors. 3.3 Members of expert advisory panels shall be appointed for such period as the Director-General may determine, but not exceeding four years. 3.3.1 At the expiration of that period, the appointment shall end. However, the Director-General may renew the appointment when such renewal is warranted by specific programme requirements. Renewals of appointments should be fixed for periods of up to four years. 3.3.2 The appointment shall also end if the panel is disestablished. It may also be terminated at any time by the Director-General if the interests of the Organization so require. The Director-General shall report to the Executive Board on any such early termination of appointment. 3.4 Members of expert advisory panels do not receive any remuneration from the Organization. However, when attending meetings by invitation of WHO, they shall be entitled, in accordance with the administrative regulations of the Organization, to reimbursement of travelling expenses and to a daily living allowance during such meetings.
4. EXPERT COMMITTEES – MEMBERSHIP AND PROCEDURES Selection, Appointment and Term of Office of Members 4.1 The Director-General shall establish the number of experts to be invited to a meeting of an expert committee, determine its date and duration, and convene the committee. 4.2 As a general rule, the Director-General shall select from one or more expert advisory panels the members of an expert committee on the basis of the principles of equitable geographical representation, gender balance, a balance of experts from developed and developing countries, representation of different trends of thought, approaches and practical experience in various parts of the world, and an appropriate interdisciplinary balance. The membership of expert committees shall not be restricted by consideration of language, within the range of languages of the Organization. 4.3 Members of an expert advisory panel who are not invited to a particular meeting of an expert committee of interest to them may at their
124 BASIC DOCUMENTS
request attend as observers, if so authorized by the Director-General, but shall do so at their own expense. 4.4 Organizations of the United Nations system, as well as nongovernmental organizations in official relations with WHO, may be invited to send representatives to expert committee meetings in which they are directly interested. 4.5 To ensure balanced geographical representation, consultants and temporary advisers assigned to assist an expert committee shall be selected, as far as possible, from countries not represented on the committee’s membership. International Status of Members 4.6 In the exercise of their functions, the members of expert advisory panels and committees shall act as international experts serving the Organization exclusively; in that capacity they may not request or receive instructions from any government or authority external to the Organization. Furthermore, they shall disclose all circumstances that could give rise to a potential conflict of interest as a result of their membership of an expert committee, in accordance with the mechanisms established by the Director-General for that purpose. 4.7 They shall enjoy the privileges and immunities envisaged in Article 67(b) of the Constitution of the Organization and set forth in the Convention on the Privileges and Immunities of the Specialized Agencies and in Annex VII thereof. Agenda 4.8 The Director-General, or his representative, shall prepare the draft agenda for each meeting and transmit it in reasonable time to the members of the committee and of the Executive Board, and to Members of the Organization. An expert committee, unless formally so requested, may not deal with questions of administrative policy. The agenda shall include any subject, within the terms of reference of the committee, proposed by the Health Assembly, the Executive Board or the Director-General. 4.9 In order to provide members of an expert committee with the broadest possible information on the subjects under discussion, the terms of reference and annotated agenda of the meeting shall be supplied in advance to members of expert advisory panels who are conversant with these subjects but have not been invited to the meeting. They may also be invited to provide written contributions and may receive the principal working documents.
REGULATIONS FOR EXPERT ADVISORY PANELS AND COMMITTEES 125
Expert Sub-committees 4.10 For the study of special problems a committee may suggest the establishment, temporarily or permanently, of specialized sub-committees, and may make suggestions as to their composition. A committee may also suggest the establishment of joint sub-committees consisting of specialists in its own technical field and of specialists in another field whose collaboration it considers necessary for the success of its work. The Health Assembly, or the Executive Board, shall decide whether such sub-committees shall be established, and whether singly or jointly with other committees or sub-committees of the Organization. 4.11 The rules governing the functions of committees, the appointment of their members, the election of their chairmen and vice-chairmen, secretaryship and agenda shall, mutatis mutandis, apply to sub-committees. Membership of a committee does not in itself entitle an expert to participate in the proceedings of any of its sub-committees. Reports on Meetings of Committees 4.12 For each meeting an expert committee shall draw up a report setting forth its findings, observations and recommendations. This report shall be completed and approved by the expert committee before the end of its meeting. Its conclusions and recommendations shall not commit the Organization and should be formulated in such a way as to advise the Director-General on future programme activities without calling upon him to use the staff, services or funds of the Organization in any specified way. If the committee is not unanimous in its findings, any divergent views shall be recorded in or appended to the report. Signed contributions may not be included in the text of the expert committee’s report or in its annexes. 4.13 The text of an expert committee report may not be modified without the committee’s consent. The Director-General may direct to the attention of the chairman of an expert committee any statement of opinion in its report that might be considered prejudicial to the best interests of the Organization or of any Member State. The chairman of the committee may, at his discretion, delete such statement from the report, with or without communicating with members of the expert committee, or, after obtaining their written approval, may modify the statement. Any difficulty arising out of a divergence of views between the Director-General and the chairman of the committee shall be referred to the Executive Board.
126 BASIC DOCUMENTS
4.14 The Director-General shall be responsible for authorizing the publication of reports of expert committees. Nevertheless, the Director-General may communicate the report directly to the Health Assembly if, in his opinion, it contains information or advice urgently required by that body. 4.15 The Director-General may publish or authorize the publication of any document prepared for an expert committee, with due recognition of authorship if applicable. Reports on Meetings of Sub-committees 4.16 The above provisions (paragraphs 4.12–4.15) shall apply to reports on meetings of sub-committees, except that the report of a sub-committee or joint sub-committee shall be submitted through the Director-General to the parent committee or committees. Nevertheless, the Director-General may communicate the report of a sub-committee directly to the Executive Board or to the Health Assembly if, in his opinion, it contains information or advice urgently required by either of those bodies. Venue of Meetings of Committees 4.17 Meetings of expert committees shall normally be held at headquarters in order to provide overall technical guidance. They may also be convened at regional level, to deal with problems of a predominantly regional character, or at country level, if the health problems under consideration are essentially country-specific. Meetings of such expert committees shall be planned in a coordinated manner so as to complement those convened at headquarters, avoid duplication, and ensure maximum effectiveness and coherence in their work. 4.18 The above provisions (paragraphs 4.1–4.15) shall be applicable, mutatis mutandis, to expert committees that meet at the regional or country level. The Director-General may delegate the necessary authority to the Regional Directors. Rules of Procedure 4.19 Expert committees and sub-committees shall conduct their proceedings in accordance with the Rules of Procedure set forth in the annex to these regulations. Joint Committees and Sub-committees 4.20 The selection and appointment of expert advisory panel members designated by the Director-General to serve on a joint committee or
REGULATIONS FOR EXPERT ADVISORY PANELS AND COMMITTEES 127
sub-committee convened by the Organization in conjunction with other organizations shall also be governed by these regulations. In this selection, account shall be taken of the technical and geographical balance that is desirable for the joint committee or sub-committee as a whole. 4.21 Members of expert advisory panels appointed by the Director-General to such joint committees and sub-committees shall retain complete freedom of opinion and expression. Therefore their participation in any collective decision which may entail administrative, financial or moral responsibility for another participating organization does not commit the Organization. 4.22 Members of expert advisory panels representing the Organization on any joint committee or sub-committee shall report to the Director-General on their participation. This report shall be supplementary to the collective report of the joint committee or sub-committee itself. Reporting to the Executive Board 4.23 The Director-General shall submit to the Executive Board a report on meetings of expert committees held since the previous session of the Board. It shall contain his observations on the implications of the expert committee reports and his recommendations on the follow-up action to be taken, and the texts of the recommendations of the expert committee shall be annexed. The Executive Board shall consider the report submitted by the Director-General and address its comments to it.
5. ENTRY-INTO-FORCE 5.1 These regulations shall apply as from the date of their approval by the Health Assembly.
128 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Annex
RULES OF PROCEDURE FOR EXPERT COMMITTEES PRIVATE NATURE OF MEETINGS Rule 1 The meetings of expert committees shall normally be of a private character. They cannot become public except by the express decision of the committee with the full agreement of the Director-General.
QUORUM Rule 2 The discussions of an expert committee shall be valid: (a) if at least two-thirds of its members are present; and (b) if, unless otherwise authorized by the Director-General, a representative of the Director-General is also present.
CHAIRMAN, VICE-CHAIRMAN AND RAPPORTEUR Rule 3 The expert committee shall elect, from among its members, a chairman to direct its debates, a vice-chairman to replace the chairman if necessary, and a rapporteur.
SECRETARYSHIP Rule 4 1. In accordance with Article 32 of the Constitution of the Organization, the Director-General is ex officio secretary of all expert committees. He may delegate those functions to a technical officer competent in the subject concerned. 2. The Director-General, or his representative, may at any time make
REGULATIONS FOR EXPERT ADVISORY PANELS AND COMMITTEES 129
either oral or written statements to the committee concerning any question under consideration. 3. The Director-General, or his representative, shall determine the time and place of the meeting and shall convene the committee. 4. The committee’s secretariat, composed of the secretary and of staff members, consultants and temporary advisers, as required, shall assist the chairman, the rapporteur and the members of the committee.
AGENDA Rule 5 1. The secretary of the meeting shall prepare the draft agenda, submit it to the Director-General for approval, and transmit it to the members of the committee together with the letter of invitation to the meeting. 2. The agenda shall include any subject within the terms of reference of the committee proposed by the Health Assembly, the Executive Board or the Director-General.
VOTE Rule 6 Scientific questions shall not be submitted to a vote. If the members of a committee cannot agree, each shall be entitled to have his personal opinion reflected in the report; this statement of opinion shall take the form of an individual or group report, stating the reasons why a divergent opinion is held.
CONDUCT OF BUSINESS Rule 7 Save as provided in Rule 6 above, the chairman shall be guided by the provisions of the Rules of Procedure of the Executive Board on the conduct of business and voting in the committee in so far as this may be necessary for the accomplishment of the work of the committee.
130 BASIC DOCUMENTS
REPORTS Rule 8 The expert committee shall draw up and approve its report before the closure of its meeting.
WORKING LANGUAGES Rule 9 1. The working languages of the expert committee shall be English and French. The Secretariat shall make such arrangements as are necessary to provide for interpretation from and into the other official languages of the Health Assembly and the Executive Board. 2. For expert committees held at regional or country level, working languages of that region other than English and French may be chosen as the committee’s working languages; arrangements may be made for interpretation from and into other languages as required. ––––––––––
REGULATIONS FOR STUDY AND SCIENTIFIC GROUPS, COLLABORATING INSTITUTIONS AND OTHER MECHANISMS OF COLLABORATION1
INTRODUCTION The World Health Organization requires expert advice for overall scientific and technical guidance, as well as for direct support of global, interregional and regional technical cooperation programmes for national health development. Such advice and support must reflect high scientific and technical standards, the widest possible representation of different branches of knowledge, and local experience and trends of thought throughout the world, and must cover a broad range of disciplines related to health and social development. Expert advice and support may be obtained from and provided by individuals, groups and institutions. The present regulations do not cover: (a) advice obtained from members of expert advisory panels acting individually or collaborating in expert committees;2 (b) expert advice available informally; (c) expertise provided at regional level on problems of a regional or subregional character; (d) advice obtained through channels covered by other regulations (e.g. from non-governmental organizations); or (e) scientific and technical meetings other than those of expert committees, study groups and scientific groups, and especially meetings concerned with and adapted to special programmes (e.g. the Special Programme for Research and Training in Tropical Diseases, the Special Programme of Research, Development and Research Training in Human Reproduction, the Diarrhoeal Diseases Control Programme, the International Programme on Chemical Safety). Adherence to the principles underlying these regulations is essential, but practical application must be responsive to evolving demands on the Study & Scientific Groups Regulations
_________ 1 Text approved by the Executive Board at its sixty-ninth session (resolution EB69.R21) with amendments approved at its 105th session (resolution EB105.R7). 2 For regulations for expert advisory panels and committees, see p. 121.
– 131 –
132 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Organization, and new ways and means of securing and using expertise may prove necessary.
1. STUDY GROUPS 1.1 Study groups may be convened instead of expert committees when one or more of the following conditions are met: – the knowledge on the subject to be studied is still too uncertain and the opinions of competent specialists are too diverse for there to be a reasonable expectation of authoritative conclusions which can be immediately utilized by the Organization; – the study envisaged concerns too limited an aspect of a general problem, which may or may not come within the purview of an expert committee; – the study envisaged implies the collaboration of narrowly specialized participants who may belong to very different disciplines and on whom the Organization occasionally calls, without its being necessary, however, to include them in its expert advisory panels; – certain non-technical factors render unsuitable an expert committee meeting, which would be too official in character; – urgent or exceptional circumstances call for some administrative procedure which will be simpler and more rapidly applicable than that involved in meetings of expert committees. 1.2 The Director-General has authority to convene study groups, to determine the nature and scope of their subjects, the date and duration of their meetings, their membership, and whether their reports should be published. In so doing, the Director-General shall follow, whenever applicable and as far as practicable, the principles and rules applicable to expert committees, particularly those concerning the technical and geographical balance of the groups. Members of study groups may be members of expert advisory panels or other experts. 1.3 The regulations applying to the reports and documents of expert committees shall also apply to the reports and documents of study groups. 1.4 Meetings of study groups may be held at the regional level, to deal with subjects essentially of regional interest, when one or more of the conditions outlined in paragraph 1.1 above are met. Such study groups may be convened by Regional Directors, who will apply to them the
REGULATIONS FOR STUDY AND SCIENTIFIC GROUPS 133
provisions of regulation 1.2 above, mutatis mutandis, and ensure optimal coordination between such study group meetings and meetings on the same or related subjects in other regions or at headquarters level. 1.5 Should a study group be convened in conjunction with another organization, Regulations 4.20 to 4.22 concerning expert advisory panels and committees shall apply, mutatis mutandis. 1.6 In the exercise of their functions the members of WHO expert advisory panels and other experts participating in study group meetings shall act as international experts serving the Organization exclusively; in that capacity they may not request or receive instructions from any government or authority external to the Organization. They shall enjoy the privileges and immunities envisaged in Article 67(b) of the Constitution of the Organization and set forth in the Convention on the Privileges and Immunities of the Specialized Agencies and in Annex VII thereof.
2. SCIENTIFIC GROUPS 2.1 The functions of scientific groups are to review given fields of medical, health and health systems research, to assess the current state of knowledge in those fields, and to determine how that knowledge may best be extended. In other words, scientific groups play for research a role comparable to that of expert committees and study groups for the Organization’s programme in general. 2.2 The Director-General has authority to convene scientific groups and to determine the nature and scope of their subjects, the date and duration of their meetings, and their membership. In so doing, the Director-General should follow, whenever applicable and as far as practicable, the principles and rules applicable to expert committees. Members of scientific groups may be members of expert advisory panels or other experts. 2.3 The Director-General shall submit the reports of scientific groups to the global Advisory Committee on Health Research,1 and the reports may be published at his discretion. 2.4 Meetings of scientific groups may be held at the regional level, to deal with subjects essentially of regional interest. Such scientific groups may be convened by Regional Directors, who will apply to them the provisions of Regulation 2.2 above, mutatis mutandis, and ensure optimal
_________ 1 The former title (Advisory Committee on Medical Research) was changed by the Thirty-ninth World Health Assembly in its decision WHA39(8).
134 BASIC DOCUMENTS
coordination between such scientific group meetings and meetings on the same or related subjects in other regions or at headquarters level. 2.5 Should a scientific group be convened in conjunction with another organization, regulations 4.20 to 4.22 concerning expert advisory panels and committees shall apply, mutatis mutandis. 2.6 In the exercise of their functions the members of WHO expert advisory panels and other experts participating in scientific group meetings shall act as international experts serving the Organization exclusively; in that capacity they may not request or receive instructions from any government or authority external to the Organization. They shall enjoy the privileges and immunities envisaged in Article 67(b) of the Constitution of the Organization and set forth in the Convention on the Privileges and Immunities of the Specialized Agencies and in Annex VII thereof.
3. WHO COLLABORATING CENTRES Definition and Functions 3.1 A WHO collaborating centre is an institution designated by the Director-General to form part of an international collaborative network carrying out activities in support of the Organization’s programme at all levels. A department or laboratory within an institution or a group of facilities for reference, research or training belonging to different institutions may be designated as a centre, one institution acting for them in relations with the Organization. 3.2 Institutions showing a growing capacity to fulfil a function or functions related to the Organization’s programme, as well as institutions of high scientific and technical standing having attained international recognition, may qualify for designation as WHO collaborating centres. 3.3 The functions of WHO collaborating centres, severally or collectively, include the following: (a) collection, collation and dissemination of information; (b) standardization of terminology and nomenclature, of technology, of diagnostic, therapeutic and prophylactic substances, and of methods and procedures; (c) development and application of appropriate technology; (d) provision of reference substances and other services;
REGULATIONS FOR STUDY AND SCIENTIFIC GROUPS 135
(e) participation in collaborative research developed under the Organization’s leadership, including the planning, conduct, monitoring and evaluation of research, as well as promotion of the application of the results of research; (f) training, including research training; and (g) the coordination of activities carried out by several institutions on a given subject. 3.4 A WHO collaborating centre participates on a contractual basis in cooperative programmes supported by the Organization at the country, intercountry, regional, interregional and global levels. It also contributes to increasing technical cooperation with and among countries by providing them with information, services and advice, and by stimulating and supporting research and training. Designation 3.5 The criteria to be applied in the selection of institutions for designation as a WHO collaborating centre are as follows: (a) the scientific and technical standing of the institution concerned at the national and international levels; (b) the place the institution occupies in the country’s health, scientific or educational structures; (c) the quality of its scientific and technical leadership, and the number and qualifications of its staff; (d) the institution’s prospective stability in terms of personnel, activity and funding; (e) the working relationship which the institution has developed with other institutions in the country, as well as at the intercountry, regional and global levels; (f) the institution’s ability, capacity and readiness to contribute, individually and within networks, to WHO programme activities, whether in support of country programmes or by participating in international cooperative activities; (g) the technical and geographical relevance of the institution and its activities to WHO’s programme priorities; (h) the successful completion by the institution of at least two years of collaboration with WHO in carrying out jointly planned activities. 3.6 Regional Directors shall propose institutions for designation as WHO
136 BASIC DOCUMENTS
collaborating centres by the Director-General. They shall do so on the basis of preliminary exploration with the institutions and national authorities concerned and with the advice of and on suggestions from the Organization’s programme officers responsible, at both global and regional level, for the programmes concerned. 3.7 Regional Directors shall provide the Director-General with appropriate information concerning: (a) the programme requirements to which the prospective centre is expected to respond and the functions it will have to perform; (b) the suitability of the institution concerned, on the basis of the criteria laid down in these regulations and by the Director-General; and (c) the government’s and institution’s agreement to the proposed designation. 3.8 Designation shall be by agreement with the administrative head of the institution after consultation with the national authorities. The designation shall be signified to the institution and the national authorities by the Regional Director concerned. 3.9 After designation, an institution shall be known by the official title “WHO Collaborating Centre”, followed by a concise indication of the sphere of activity covered. 3.10 WHO collaborating centres shall be designated for an initial period of four years. The designation is renewable for the same or shorter periods, if warranted by programme requirements and the results of evaluation. Management 3.11 Collaboration with the centres shall be managed by relevant programme officers in that part of the Organization which initiated the designation process, whether at headquarters or in a region. Collaborating centres, however, shall maintain their technical links with all parts of the Organization relevant to their agreed programme of work.
4. NATIONAL INSTITUTIONS RECOGNIZED BY WHO 4.1 For collaborative activities of such scope or nature as may not warrant the designation of a WHO collaborating centre, the Organization may propose that an institution that is able and willing to participate in such activities with WHO be designated by the national authorities concerned for that purpose.
REGULATIONS FOR STUDY AND SCIENTIFIC GROUPS 137
4.2 Upon designation by the national authorities, such institution shall be formally acknowledged by the Organization as a national institution recognized by WHO. However, no reference to WHO may be included in the title of the institution. 4.3 An agreement shall specify the tasks to be performed by the institution and the technical contributions to be provided by the Organization. 4.4 Official recognition by the Organization shall be for one year and shall be tacitly renewed unless notice is given by either party three months in advance. 4.5 The acknowledgement of such recognition of a national institution by WHO shall be signified to the government and to the institution concerned by the Regional Director. Working technical relationships with the institution shall be developed at regional or headquarters level, as appropriate. 4.6 National institutions recognized by WHO shall be authorized by their respective governments, when such authorization is necessary, to maintain direct working relations with the Organization and with WHO collaborating centres.
5. OTHER MECHANISMS OF COLLABORATION 5.1 Other mechanisms of collaboration with individual experts, expert groups and institutions – for example by contractual technical service agreement – are developed by the Organization in response to particular requirements. 5.2 These mechanisms are mostly based on the very close involvement of individual experts, expert groups and institutions in the definition of programme objectives, the formulation of strategic plans to attain those objectives, the implementation of those plans, and the monitoring of progress. 5.3 The Director-General shall apply to these mechanisms the working procedures he deems most effective, even though these procedures may differ from those provided for in these regulations and those pertaining to expert advisory panels and committees. These mechanisms, however, shall be in general conformity with the principles outlined in these regulations, especially concerning the adequate international and technical distribution of expertise. 5.4 All new developments in the Organization’s collaboration with
138 BASIC DOCUMENTS
individual experts, expert groups and institutions shall be subjected to the monitoring and evaluation procedures outlined below.
6. MONITORING AND EVALUATION 6.1 In the development of its individual, collective and institutional mechanisms for expert guidance and support, the Organization must be able to rely on adequate monitoring and evaluation procedures. 6.2 The Director-General shall develop those procedures, using to the full the technical resources of the Secretariat as well as scientific and technical advisory bodies dealing with various aspects of the Organization’s programme, in particular the global and regional advisory committees on health research.1 6.3 The Director-General shall report to the Executive Board, from time to time, on the results obtained and on any difficulties encountered in giving effect to the above regulations, and shall propose action to ensure their maximum effectiveness. ––––––––––
_________ 1
See footnote 1, p. 133.
RULES OF PROCEDURE OF THE WORLD HEALTH ASSEMBLY1 Note: Whenever any of the following terms appear in these Rules, reference shall be as indicated below: “Constitution” – to the Constitution of the World Health Organization “Organization” – to the World Health Organization “Health Assembly” – to the World Health Assembly “Board” – to the Executive Board “Members” – to Members of the World Health Organization “Associate Members” – to Associate Members of the World Health Organization “Financial period” – to a period of two consecutive calendar years beginning with an even-numbered year.
–––––––––– Preamble These Rules of Procedure are adopted under the authority of, and are subject to, the Constitution of the World Health Organization. In the event of any conflict between any provision of the Rules and any provision of the Constitution, the Constitution shall prevail.
SESSIONS OF THE HEALTH ASSEMBLY Rule 1 The Director-General shall convene the Health Assembly to meet annually in regular session at such time and place as the Board shall determine in conformity with the provisions of Articles 14 and 15 of the Constitution.
_________ 1 Text adopted by the Eighth World Health Assembly (resolutions WHA8.26 and WHA8.27) and amended by the Tenth, Eleventh, Twelfth, Thirteenth, Fourteenth, Fifteenth, Eighteenth, Twentieth, Twenty-third, Twenty-fifth, Twenty-seventh, Twenty-eighth, Twenty-ninth, Thirtieth, Thirty-first, Thirty-second, Thirty-sixth, Thirty-seventh, Forty-first, Forty-ninth, Fiftieth, Fifty-seventh, Fifty-ninth, Sixty-first, Sixty-sixth and Sixty-seventh World Health Assemblies (resolutions WHA10.44, WHA11.24. WHA11.36, WHA12.39, WHA13.43, WHA14.46, WHA15.50, WHA18.22, WHA20.1, WHA20.30, WHA23.2, WHA25.50, WHA27.17, WHA28.69, WHA29.37, WHA30.1, WHA30.22, WHA31.9, WHA31.13, WHA32.12, WHA32.36, WHA36.16, WHA37.3, WHA41.4, WHA49.7, WHA50.18, WHA57.8, WHA59.18, WHA61.11, WHA66.18 and WHA67.2).
– 139 –
WHA Rules of Procedure
140 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Rule 2 The Director-General shall convene the Health Assembly to meet in special session, within ninety days of the receipt of any request therefor, made by a majority of the Members and Associate Members of the Organization or by the Board, at such time and place as the Board shall determine. Rule 3 Notices convening a regular session of the Health Assembly shall be sent by the Director-General not less than sixty days and notices convening a special session not less than thirty days before the date fixed for the opening of the session, to Members and Associate Members, to representatives of the Board and to all participating intergovernmental and non-governmental organizations admitted into relationship with the Organization invited to be represented at the session. The Director-General may invite States having made application for membership, territories on whose behalf application for associate membership has been made, and States which have signed but not accepted the Constitution to send observers to sessions of the Health Assembly.
AGENDA OF HEALTH ASSEMBLY SESSIONS Regular Sessions Rule 4 The Board shall prepare the provisional agenda of each regular session of the Health Assembly after consideration of proposals submitted by the Director-General. The provisional agenda shall be dispatched together with the notice of convocation mentioned in Rule 3. Rule 5 The Board shall include in the provisional agenda of each regular session of the Health Assembly inter alia: (a) the annual report of the Director-General on the work of the Organization; (b) all items that the Health Assembly has, in a previous session, ordered to be included;
RULES OF PROCEDURE OF THE HEALTH ASSEMBLY 141
(c) any items pertaining to the budget for the next financial period and to reports on the accounts for the preceding year or period; (d) any item proposed by a Member or by an Associate Member; (e) subject to such preliminary consultation as may be necessary between the Director-General and the Secretary-General of the United Nations, any item proposed by the United Nations; (f) any item proposed by any other organization of the United Nations system with which the Organization has entered into effective relations. Special Sessions Rule 6 The Director-General shall draw up the provisional agenda for any special session of the Health Assembly and dispatch it together with the notice of convocation mentioned in Rule 3. Rule 7 The provisional agenda for each special session shall include only those items proposed in any request by a majority of the Members and Associate Members of the Organization or by the Board for the holding of the session, pursuant to Rule 2. Regular and Special Sessions Rule 8 The Director-General shall enter into consultation with the United Nations or the specialized agencies on items, proposed in conformity with these Rules, relating to new activities to be undertaken by the Organization which are of direct concern to such organization or organizations, and shall report to the Health Assembly on the means of achieving co-ordinated use of the resources of the respective organizations. When such proposals are put forward during the course of a session, the Director-General shall, after such consultation as may be possible with representatives of the United Nations or specialized agencies attending the session, draw the attention of the Health Assembly to the full implications of the proposal.
142 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Rule 9 The Health Assembly shall satisfy itself that adequate consultations have taken place with the organizations concerned in accordance with Rule 8 before taking action on such new activities. Rule 10 The Director-General shall consult the United Nations and the specialized agencies, as well as Member States, on international conventions or agreements or international regulations proposed for adoption in respect of any provision thereof which affects the activities of such organization or organizations, and shall bring the comments of such organization or organizations to the attention of the Health Assembly together with the comments received from governments. Rule 11 Unless the Health Assembly decides otherwise in case of urgency, proposals for new activities to be undertaken by the Organization may be placed upon the supplementary agenda of any session only if such proposals are received at least six weeks before the date of the opening of the session, or if the proposal is one which should be referred to another organ of the Organization for examination with a view to deciding whether action by the Organization is desirable. Rule 12 Subject to the provisions of Rule 11 regarding new activities and to the provisions of Rule 96, a supplementary item may be added to the agenda during any session, if upon the report of the General Committee the Health Assembly so decides, provided that the request for the inclusion of the supplementary item reaches the Organization within six days from the day of the opening of a regular session or within two days from the day of the opening of a special session, both periods being inclusive of the opening day. Rule 12bis At each session the provisional agenda and, subject to Rule 12, any proposed supplementary item, together with the report of the General Committee thereon, shall be submitted to the Health Assembly for its adoption as soon as possible after the opening of the session.
RULES OF PROCEDURE OF THE HEALTH ASSEMBLY 143
Rule 13 The Director-General shall report to the Health Assembly on the technical, administrative and financial implications of all agenda items submitted to the Health Assembly before they are considered by the Health Assembly in plenary meeting. No proposal shall be considered in the absence of such a report unless the Health Assembly decides otherwise in case of urgency. Rule 14 Copies of all reports and other documents relating to the provisional agenda of any session shall be made available on the Internet and sent by the Director-General to Members and Associate Members and to participating intergovernmental organizations at the same time as the provisional agenda or not less than six weeks before the commencement of a regular session of the Health Assembly; appropriate reports and documents shall also be sent to nongovernmental organizations admitted into relationship with the Organization in the same manner. Rule 15 The Health Assembly shall not proceed, unless it determines otherwise, to the discussion of any item on the agenda until at least forty-eight hours have elapsed after the documents referred to in Rules 13 and 14 have been made available to delegations. Nevertheless, the President of the Health Assembly, with the consent of the General Committee, may suspend the application of this Rule. In this case, notice of such suspension shall be given to all delegations and inserted in the Journal of the Health Assembly.
SECRETARIAT OF THE HEALTH ASSEMBLY Rule 16 The Director-General shall be ex officio Secretary of the Health Assembly and of any subdivision thereof. He may delegate these functions. Rule 17 The Director-General shall provide and supervise such secretarial and other staff and facilities as may be required by the Health Assembly.
144 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Rule 18 It shall be the duty of the Secretariat to receive, translate into the working languages of the Health Assembly, and circulate documents, reports and resolutions of the Health Assembly and its committees; to prepare the records of their proceedings; and to perform any other tasks required in connexion with the activities of the Health Assembly or any of its committees.
PLENARY MEETINGS OF THE HEALTH ASSEMBLY Rule 19 Plenary meetings of the Health Assembly will, unless the Health Assembly decides otherwise, be open to attendance by all delegates, alternates and advisers appointed by Members, in accordance with Articles 10–12 inclusive of the Constitution, by representatives of Associate Members appointed in accordance with Article 8 of the Constitution, and the resolution governing the status of Associate Members, by representatives of the Board, by observers of invited non-Member States and territories on whose behalf application for associate membership has been made, and also by invited representatives of the United Nations and of other participating intergovernmental and non-governmental organizations admitted into relationship with the Organization. In plenary meetings the chief delegate may designate another delegate who shall have the right to speak and vote in the name of his delegation on any question. Moreover, upon the request of the chief delegate or any delegate so designated by him the President may allow an adviser to speak on any particular point. Rule 20 Plenary meetings of the Health Assembly shall be held in public unless the Health Assembly decides that exceptional circumstances require that the meeting be held in private. The Health Assembly shall determine the participation at private meetings beyond that of the delegations of Members, the representatives of Associate Members and the representative of the United Nations. Decisions of the Health Assembly taken at a private meeting shall be announced at an early public meeting of the Health Assembly.
RULES OF PROCEDURE OF THE HEALTH ASSEMBLY 145
Rule 21 Subject to any decision of the Health Assembly, the Director-General shall make appropriate arrangements for the admission of the public and of representatives of the Press and of other information agencies to the plenary meetings of the Health Assembly. Rule 22 (a) Each Member, Associate Member and participating intergovernmental and invited non-governmental organization shall communicate to the Director-General, if possible fifteen days before the date fixed for the opening of the session of the Health Assembly, the names of its representatives, including all alternates, advisers and secretaries. (b) The credentials of delegates of Members and of the representatives of Associate Members shall be delivered to the Director-General, if possible not less than one day before the opening of the session of the Health Assembly. Such credentials shall be issued by the Head of State or by the Minister for Foreign Affairs or by the Minister of Health or by any other appropriate authority.
COMMITTEE ON CREDENTIALS Rule 23 A Committee on Credentials consisting of twelve delegates of as many Members shall be appointed at the beginning of each session by the Health Assembly on the proposal of the President. This committee shall elect its own officers. It shall examine the credentials of delegates of Members and of the representatives of Associate Members and report to the Health Assembly thereon without delay. Any delegate or representative to whose admission a Member has made objection shall be seated provisionally with the same rights as other delegates or representatives, until the Committee on Credentials has reported and the Health Assembly has given its decision. The Bureau of the Committee shall be empowered to recommend to the Health Assembly on behalf of the Committee the acceptance of the formal credentials of delegates or representatives seated on the basis of provisional credentials already accepted by the Health Assembly. Meetings of the Committee on Credentials shall be held in private.
146 BASIC DOCUMENTS
OFFICERS OF THE HEALTH ASSEMBLY Rule 24 At each regular session, the Health Assembly shall elect a President and five Vice-Presidents, who shall hold office until their successors are elected. Rule 25 In addition to exercising the powers which are conferred upon him elsewhere by these Rules, the President shall declare the opening and closing of each plenary meeting of the session, shall direct the discussions in plenary meetings, ensure observance of these Rules, accord the right to speak, put questions and announce decisions. He shall rule on points of order, and, subject to these Rules, shall control the proceedings at any meeting and shall maintain order thereat. The President may, in the course of the discussion of any item, propose to the Health Assembly the limitation of the time to be allowed to each speaker or the closure of the list of speakers. Rule 26 The President may appoint one of the Vice-Presidents to take his place during a meeting or any part thereof. A vice-president acting as president shall have the same powers and duties as the President. If the President is unable to perform his functions during the remainder of the term for which he was elected, a new President shall be elected from among the five Vice-Presidents by the Health Assembly for the unexpired term. If the President is unable to act in between sessions, one of the Vice-Presidents shall act in his place. The order in which the vice-presidents shall be requested to serve shall be determined by lot at the session at which the election takes place. Rule 27 The President, or a vice-president acting as president, shall not vote, but he may, if necessary, appoint another delegate or alternate delegate from his delegation to act as the delegate of his government in plenary meetings.
RULES OF PROCEDURE OF THE HEALTH ASSEMBLY 147
Rule 28 In the event that neither the President nor any vice-president is present at the opening of a session, the Director-General shall preside ad interim.
GENERAL COMMITTEE Rule 29 The General Committee of the Health Assembly shall consist of the President and Vice-Presidents of the Health Assembly, the Chairmen of the main committees of the Health Assembly established under Rule 32 and that number of delegates to be elected by the Health Assembly as shall provide a total of twenty-five members of the General Committee, provided that no delegation may have more than one representative on the Committee. The President of the Health Assembly shall convene, and preside over, meetings of the General Committee. Each member of the General Committee may be accompanied by not more than one other member of his delegation. The President or a vice-president may designate a member of his delegation as his substitute in his capacity as member during a meeting or any part thereof. The chairman of a main committee shall, in the case of absence, designate a vice-chairman of the committee as his substitute, provided that this vice-chairman shall not have the right to vote if he is of the same delegation as another member of the General Committee. Each of the elected delegates shall be entitled to designate another member of his delegation to act as his substitute in the event of his absence from any meeting of the General Committee. Meetings of the General Committee shall be held in private unless it decides otherwise. Rule 301 Meetings of the General Committee may be attended by not more than one member of each delegation to the Health Assembly not represented thereon. Such members may participate without vote in the deliberations of the General Committee if so invited by the Chairman.
_________ 1 With regard to this rule, the Eighth World Health Assembly (resolution WHA8.27) adopted the following interpretation: The attendance of members of delegations under Rule 31 [now Rule 30] is limited to delegations not having one of their members serving on the General Committee.
148 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Rule 31 In addition to performing such duties as are specified elsewhere in these Rules, the General Committee, in consultation with the Director-General and subject to any decision of the Health Assembly, shall: (a) decide the time and place of all plenary meetings, of the meetings of the main committees and of all meetings of committees established at plenary meetings during the session. Whenever practicable, the General Committee shall make known a few days in advance the date and hour of meetings of the Health Assembly and of the committees; (b) determine the order of business at each plenary meeting during the session; (c) propose to the Health Assembly the initial allocation to committees of items of the agenda, and if appropriate the deferment of any item to a future Health Assembly; (d) transfer subsequently items of the agenda allocated to committees from one committee to another, if necessary; (e) report on any additions to the agenda under Rule 12; (f) co-ordinate the work of the main committees and all committees established at plenary meetings during the session; (g) fix the date of adjournment of the session; and (h) otherwise facilitate the orderly dispatch of the business of the session.
MAIN COMMITTEES OF THE HEALTH ASSEMBLY Rule 32 The main committees of the Health Assembly shall be: (a) Committee A – to deal predominantly with programme and budget matters; (b) Committee B – to deal predominantly with administrative, financial and legal matters. In addition to these two main committees, the Health Assembly may establish such other main committees as it may consider necessary. The Health Assembly, after consideration of the recommendations of the Board and the General Committee, shall allocate items of the agenda to
RULES OF PROCEDURE OF THE HEALTH ASSEMBLY 149
the two main committees in such a way as to provide an appropriate balance in the work of these committees. The Chairmen of these main committees shall be elected by the Health Assembly. Rule 33 Each delegation shall be entitled to be represented on each main committee by one of its members. He may be accompanied at meetings of the committee by one or more other members, who may be accorded permission to speak but shall not vote. Rule 34 Each main committee shall elect two Vice-Chairmen and a Rapporteur. Rule 35 To facilitate the conduct of its business, a main committee may designate an additional vice-chairman ad interim if its chairman and vice-chairmen are not available. Rule 36 The chairman of each main committee shall have in relation to the meetings of the committee concerned the same powers and duties as the President of the Health Assembly in relation to plenary meetings. Rule 37 Meetings of the main committees and their sub-committees shall be held in public unless the committee or sub-committee concerned decides otherwise. Rule 38 Any main committee may set up such sub-committees or other subdivisions as it considers necessary.1
_________ 1 The Executive Board has recommended that the establishment of working parties in the Health Assembly should be restricted to the following purposes:
(1) to formulate a conclusion on which substantial agreement has been reached (whether unanimously or by an evident majority); (2) to make clear and state the issues that are before the committee for decision; (3) to provide a committee with an expert opinion relevant to its discussions. (Off. Rec. Wld Hlth Org., 33, 30)
150 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Rule 39 The members of each sub-committee shall be appointed by the main committee concerned upon the proposal of its chairman. A member of a sub-committee who is unable to be present at any meeting may be represented by another member of his delegation. Each sub-committee shall elect its own officers.
OTHER COMMITTEES OF THE HEALTH ASSEMBLY Rule 40 The Health Assembly may appoint, or authorize the appointment of, any other committee or subdivision which it deems necessary.
RAPPORTEURS Rule 41 Any committee, sub-committee or other subdivision may appoint from among its members one or more rapporteurs as required.
PARTICIPATION OF REPRESENTATIVES OF THE EXECUTIVE BOARD Rule 42 The Board shall be represented at the Health Assembly by such person or persons serving on the Board as the Board may determine. If any such person is prevented from attending the Health Assembly, the Chairman of the Board shall appoint from amongst the members of the Board a representative to replace him. Rule 43 Representatives of the Board may attend plenary meetings and meetings of the General Committee and main committees of the Health Assembly. They may participate without vote in their deliberations on the invitation or with the consent of the President of the Health Assembly or the chairman of the committee as the case may be.
RULES OF PROCEDURE OF THE HEALTH ASSEMBLY 151
PARTICIPATION OF REPRESENTATIVES OF ASSOCIATE MEMBERS AND OF INTERGOVERNMENTAL AND NON-GOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATIONS AND OF OBSERVERS OF NON-MEMBER STATES AND TERRITORIES Rule 44 Representatives of Associate Members may participate equally with Members in meetings of the Health Assembly and of its main committees except that they shall not hold office nor shall they have the right to vote. They may participate equally with Members in other committees, sub-committees or other subdivisions of the Health Assembly except the General Committee and the Committee on Credentials. Rule 45 Observers of invited non-Member States and territories on whose behalf application for associate membership has been made may attend any open meetings of the Health Assembly or any of its main committees. They may, upon the invitation of the President, and with the consent of the Health Assembly or committee, make a statement on the subject under discussion. Such observers shall have access to non-confidential documents and to such other documents as the Director-General may see fit to make available. They may submit memoranda to the Director-General, who shall determine the nature and scope of their circulation. Rule 46 Subject to the terms of any agreement, representatives of the United Nations and of other intergovernmental organizations with which the Organization has established effective relations under Article 70 of the Constitution, may participate without vote in the deliberations of meetings of the Health Assembly and its main committees. Such representatives may also attend and participate without vote in the deliberations of the meetings of sub-committees or other subdivisions if so invited. They shall have access to non-confidential documents and to such other documents as the Director-General may see fit to make available. They may submit memoranda to the Director-General, who shall determine the nature and scope of their circulation. Rule 47 Representatives of non-governmental organizations with which arrangements for consultation and co-operation have been made, in
152 BASIC DOCUMENTS
accordance with Article 71 of the Constitution, may be invited to attend plenary meetings and meetings of the main committees of the Health Assembly and to participate without vote therein in accordance with those arrangements, when invited to do so by the President of the Health Assembly or by the chairman of a main committee, respectively.
CONDUCT OF BUSINESS AT PLENARY MEETINGS Rule 48 Formal proposals relating to items of the agenda may be introduced until the first day of a regular session of the Health Assembly and no later than two days before the opening of a special session. All such proposals shall be referred to the committee to which the item of the agenda has been allocated, except if the item is considered directly in a plenary meeting.
Rule 49 [deleted]
Rule 50 Proposals and amendments shall normally be introduced in writing and handed to the Director-General, who shall circulate copies to the delegations. Except as may be decided otherwise by the Health Assembly, no proposal shall be discussed or put to the vote at any meeting of the Health Assembly unless copies of it have been circulated to all delegations at least two days previously. The President may, however, permit the discussion and consideration of amendments, even though they have not been circulated or have only been circulated the same day. Rule 51 The reports of all committees shall be submitted by these committees to a plenary meeting. Such reports, including draft resolutions, shall be distributed, in so far as practicable, at least twenty-four hours in advance of the plenary meeting at which they are to be considered. Such reports, including draft resolutions annexed thereto, shall not be read aloud in the plenary meetings unless the President decides otherwise.
RULES OF PROCEDURE OF THE HEALTH ASSEMBLY 153
Rule 52 A majority of the Members represented at the session shall constitute a quorum for the conduct of business at plenary meetings of the Health Assembly. Rule 53 No delegate may address the Health Assembly without having previously obtained the permission of the President. The President shall call upon speakers in the order in which they signify their desire to speak. The President may call a speaker to order if his remarks are not relevant to the subject under discussion. Rule 54 The Director-General or a member of the Secretariat designated by him may at any time make either oral or written statements to the Health Assembly or to any of its committees or subdivisions concerning any question under consideration. Rule 55 The Health Assembly may limit the time allowed to each speaker. Rule 56 During the discussion of any matter a delegate or a representative of an Associate Member may rise to a point of order1 and the point of order shall be immediately decided by the President. A delegate or a representative of an Associate Member may appeal against the ruling of the President, in which case the appeal shall immediately be put to the vote. A delegate or a representative of an Associate Member rising to a point of order may not speak on the substance of the matter under discussion, but on the point of order only. Rule 57 The right of reply shall be accorded by the President to any delegate or representative of an Associate Member who requests it. Delegates and representatives of Associate Members should in exercising this right attempt to be as brief as possible and preferably deliver their statements at the end of the meeting at which this right is requested.
_________ 1
For description of the concept of a point of order, see p. 171.
154 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Rule 58 During the course of a debate the President may announce the list of speakers and, with the consent of the Health Assembly, declare the list closed. He may, however, accord the right of reply to any member if in his opinion a speech delivered after he has declared the list closed makes this desirable. Rule 59 During the discussion of any matter, a delegate or a representative of an Associate Member may move the suspension or the adjournment of the meeting. Such motions shall not be debated, but shall immediately be put to a vote. For the purpose of these Rules “suspension of the meeting” means the temporary postponement of the business of the meeting and “adjournment of the meeting” the termination of all business until another meeting is called. Rule 60 During the discussion of any matter a delegate or a representative of an Associate Member may move the adjournment of the debate on the item under discussion. In addition to the proposer of the motion, one speaker may speak in favour of, and one against, the motion, after which the motion to adjourn the debate shall be immediately put to the vote. Rule 61 A delegate or a representative of an Associate Member may at any time move the closure of the debate on the item under discussion whether or not any other delegate or representative of an Associate Member has signified his wish to speak. If request is made for permission to speak against closure, it may be accorded to not more than two speakers, after which the motion shall be immediately put to the vote. If the Health Assembly decides in favour of closure, the President shall declare the debate closed. The Health Assembly shall thereafter vote only on the one or more proposals moved before the closure. Rule 62 The following motions shall have precedence in the following order over all other proposals or motions before the meeting, except a point of order: (a) to suspend the meeting;
RULES OF PROCEDURE OF THE HEALTH ASSEMBLY 155
(b) to adjourn the meeting; (c) to adjourn the debate on the item under discussion; and (d) for the closure of the debate on the item under discussion. Rule 63 Subject to Rule 62, any motion calling for a decision on the competence of the Health Assembly to adopt a proposal submitted to it shall be put to the vote before a vote is taken on the proposal in question. Rule 64 A delegate or a representative of an Associate Member may move that parts of a proposal or of an amendment shall be voted on separately. If objection is made to the request for division, the motion for division shall be voted upon. Permission to speak on the motion for division shall be given only to two speakers in favour and two speakers against. If the motion for division is carried, those parts of the proposal or of the amendment which are subsequently approved shall be put to the vote as a whole. If all operative parts of the proposal or the amendment have been rejected, the proposal or the amendment shall be considered to have been rejected as a whole. Rule 65 When an amendment to a proposal is moved, the amendment shall be voted on first. When two or more amendments to a proposal are moved, the Health Assembly shall first vote on the amendment deemed by the President to be furthest removed in substance from the original proposal, and then on the amendment next removed therefrom, and so on, until all the amendments have been put to the vote. Where, however, the adoption of one amendment necessarily implies the rejection of another amendment, the latter amendment shall not be put to the vote. If one or more amendments are adopted, the amended proposal shall then be voted upon. If an amendment to a proposal has been accepted by the original proposer, such an amendment shall be deemed to be an integral part of the original proposal and no separate vote shall be required thereon. A motion is considered an amendment to a proposal if it merely adds to, deletes from or revises part of that proposal. A motion which constitutes a substitution for a proposal shall be considered as a proposal.
156 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Rule 66 If two or more proposals are moved, the Health Assembly shall, unless it decides otherwise, vote on the proposals in the order in which they have been circulated to all delegations, unless the result of a vote on a proposal makes unnecessary any other voting on the proposal or proposals still outstanding. Rule 67 A motion may be withdrawn by its proposer at any time before voting on it has commenced, provided that the motion has not been amended or, if amended, that the proposer of the amendment agrees to the withdrawal. A motion thus withdrawn may be reintroduced by any delegate. Rule 68 When a proposal has been adopted or rejected, it may not be reconsidered at the same session unless the Health Assembly, by a two-thirds majority of the Members present and voting, so decides. Permission to speak on a motion to reconsider shall be accorded only to two speakers opposing the motion, after which it shall immediately be put to a vote. The correction of a clerical or arithmetical error in any document concerning a proposal which has already been adopted shall not be considered as requiring the reopening of the debate on such proposal by a two-thirds majority vote.
VOTING IN PLENARY MEETINGS Rule 69 Each Member shall have one vote in the Health Assembly. For the purposes of these Rules, the phrase “Members present and voting” means Members casting a valid affirmative or negative vote. Members abstaining from voting are considered as not voting. Rule 70 Decisions by the Health Assembly on important questions shall be made by a two thirds majority of the Members present and voting. These questions shall include: the adoption of conventions or agreements; the approval of agreements bringing the Organization into relation with the United Nations and with intergovernmental organizations and agencies in
RULES OF PROCEDURE OF THE HEALTH ASSEMBLY 157
accordance with Articles 69, 70 and 72 of the Constitution; amendments to the Constitution; decisions on the amount of the effective working budget; and decisions to suspend the voting privileges and services of a Member under Article 7 of the Constitution. Rule 70bis The Director-General of the World Health Organization shall be elected by a clear and strong majority of members present and voting as set forth in Rule 108 of these Rules of Procedure. Rule 71 Except as stipulated otherwise in these Rules, decisions on other questions, including the determination of additional categories of questions to be decided by a two-thirds majority, shall be made by a majority of the Members present and voting. Rule 72 The Health Assembly shall normally vote by show of hands, except that any delegate may request a roll-call, which shall then be taken in the English or French alphabetical order of the names of the Members, in alternate years. The name of the Member to vote first shall be determined by lot. Rule 73 The vote of each Member participating in any roll-call shall be inserted in the record of the meeting. Rule 74 After the President has announced the beginning of voting, no delegate shall interrupt the voting except on a point of order in connexion with the actual conduct of voting. Rule 75 After the voting has been completed, a delegate may make a brief statement, consisting solely of an explanation of vote. A sponsor of a proposal shall not speak in explanation of vote thereon, except if it has been amended.
158 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Rule 76 In addition to the cases provided for elsewhere by these Rules, the Health Assembly may vote on any matter by secret ballot if it has previously so decided by a majority of the Members present and voting, provided that no secret ballot may be taken on budgetary questions. A decision under this Rule by the Health Assembly whether or not to vote by secret ballot may only be taken by a show of hands; if the Assembly has decided to vote on a particular question by secret ballot, no other mode of voting may be requested or decided upon. Rule 77 When the Health Assembly votes by secret ballot, the ballot itself and the check of the number of ballot papers shall take place in plenary meeting. Unless the Health Assembly determines otherwise the counting of votes shall take place in a separate room to which delegations shall have access. This counting shall take place under the supervision of the President or of one of the Vice-Presidents of the Health Assembly. The Health Assembly may proceed with its work during the period before the results of the ballot can be announced. Rule 78 Elections shall normally be held by secret ballot. 1 Subject to the provisions of Rule 108, and in the absence of any objection, the Health Assembly may decide to proceed without taking a ballot on an agreed candidate or list of candidates. Where a ballot is required, two tellers appointed by the President from among the delegations present shall assist in the counting of votes. Rule 79 When only one person or Member is to be elected and no candidate obtains in the first ballot the majority required, a second ballot shall be taken which shall be restricted to the two candidates obtaining the largest number of votes. If in the second ballot the votes are equally divided, the President shall decide between the candidates by drawing lots. Rule 80 When two or more elective places are to be filled at one time under the same conditions, those candidates obtaining in the first ballot the majority
_________ 1
For Guiding Principles for the Conduct of Elections by Secret Ballot, see p. 170.
RULES OF PROCEDURE OF THE HEALTH ASSEMBLY 159
required shall be elected. If the number of candidates obtaining such majority is less than the number of persons or Members to be elected, there shall be additional ballots to fill the remaining places, the ballots being restricted to the candidates obtaining the greatest number of votes in the previous ballot to a number not more than twice the places remaining to be filled; provided that, after the third inconclusive ballot, votes may be cast for any eligible person or Member. If three such unrestricted ballots are inconclusive, the next three ballots shall be restricted to the candidates who obtained the greatest number of votes in the third of the unrestricted ballots, to a number not more than twice the places remaining to be filled, and the following three ballots thereafter shall be unrestricted, and so on until all the places have been filled. Rule 81 In an election each Member, unless he abstains, shall vote for that number of candidates equal to the number of elective places to be filled. Any ballot paper on which there are more or fewer names than there are elective places to be filled shall be null and void. Rule 82 If during an election one or more elective places cannot be filled by reason of an equal number of votes having been obtained by two or more candidates, a ballot shall be held among such candidates to determine which of them will be elected. This procedure may be repeated if necessary. If the votes are equally divided on a matter other than an election the proposal shall be regarded as not adopted.
CONDUCT OF BUSINESS AND VOTING IN COMMITTEES AND SUB-COMMITTEES Rule 83 Subject to any decision of the Health Assembly, the procedure governing the conduct of business and voting by committees shall conform as far as practicable to the Rules relative to the conduct of business and voting in plenary meetings. One-third of the members of a committee shall constitute a quorum. The presence of a majority of a committee shall, however, be required for a question to be put to a vote.
160 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Rule 84 The chairman of each sub-committee shall apply the Rules applicable to committees to the work of such sub-committee only in so far as he considers it advisable with a view to expediting the dispatch of business. LANGUAGES1 Rule 85 Arabic, Chinese, English, French, Russian and Spanish shall be both the official and the working languages of the Health Assembly. Rule 86 Speeches made in an official language shall be interpreted into the other official languages. Rule 87 Any delegate or any representative of an Associate Member or any representative of the Board may speak in a language other than the official languages. In this case he shall himself provide for interpretation into one of the official languages. Interpretation into the other official languages by interpreters of the Secretariat may be based on the interpretation given in the first such language. Rule 88 Verbatim and summary records and the Journal of the Health Assembly shall be drawn up in the working languages. Rule 89 All resolutions, recommendations and other formal decisions of the Health Assembly shall be made available in the working languages.
_________ 1
See resolution WHA31.13.
RULES OF PROCEDURE OF THE HEALTH ASSEMBLY 161
RECORDS OF THE HEALTH ASSEMBLY Rule 90 Verbatim records of all plenary meetings and summary records of the meetings of the General Committee and of committees and sub-committees shall be made by the Secretariat. Unless otherwise expressly decided by the committee concerned, no record shall be made of the proceedings of the Committee on Credentials other than the report presented by the Committee to the Health Assembly. Rule 91 The summary records referred to in Rule 90 shall be sent as soon as possible to delegations, to representatives of Associate Members and to the representatives of the Board, who shall inform the Secretariat in writing not later than forty-eight hours thereafter of any corrections they wish to have made. Rule 92 As soon as possible after the close of each session, copies of all verbatim and summary records, resolutions, recommendations and other formal decisions adopted by the Health Assembly shall be transmitted by the Director-General to Members and Associate Members, to the United Nations and to all specialized agencies with which the Organization has entered into effective relations. The records of private meetings shall be transmitted to the participants only. Rule 93 Verbatim and summary records of public meetings and the reports of all committees and sub-committees shall be published. Rule 94 The Director-General shall issue for the convenience of participating delegations and organizations, in the form of a daily Journal of the session, such summary account of the proceedings of plenary meetings, committees and sub-committees as he may consider practicable.
162 BASIC DOCUMENTS
BUDGET AND FINANCE Rule 95 The Health Assembly shall: (a) adopt the budget authorizing expenditure for the next financial period after consideration of the Director-General’s budget estimates and the Board’s recommendations thereon; (b) consider and approve supplementary estimates for the current financial period if and as necessary; (c) examine reports of the auditor on the accounts of receipts and expenditures for the preceding financial year or period and take such action thereon as may be appropriate; (d) consider the report of the Director-General on the payment of Members’ and Associate Members’ contributions. Rule 96 No proposal for a review of the apportionment of the contributions among Members and Associate Members for the time being in force shall be placed on the agenda unless it has been communicated to Members and Associate Members at least ninety days before the opening of the session, or unless the Board has recommended such review. Rule 97 Except in so far as there is an express provision to the contrary in the Financial Regulations, the procedure for the consideration of financial matters shall be governed by these Rules.
EXECUTIVE BOARD Rule 98 At each regular session of the Health Assembly, the Members entitled to designate persons to serve on the Board shall be elected in accordance with Articles 18(b), 24 and 25 of the Constitution.
RULES OF PROCEDURE OF THE HEALTH ASSEMBLY 163
Rule 99 At the commencement of each regular session of the Health Assembly the President shall request Members desirous of putting forward suggestions regarding the annual election of those Members to be entitled to designate a person to serve on the Board to place their suggestions before the General Committee. Such suggestions shall reach the Chairman of the General Committee not later than twenty-four hours after the President has made the announcement in accordance with this Rule. Rule 100 The General Committee, having regard to the provisions of Chapter VI of the Constitution, to Rule 98, to the suggestions placed before it by Members, and to the candidatures put forward by the members of the General Committee during its meeting, shall by secret ballot draw up a list consisting of at most fifteen Members and at least the same number of Members as the number of seats to be filled. This list shall be transmitted to the Health Assembly at least twenty-four hours before the Health Assembly convenes for the purpose of the annual election of Members to be entitled to designate a person to serve on the Board. The General Committee shall recommend in such list to the Health Assembly the Members which, in the Committee’s opinion, would provide, if elected, a balanced distribution of the Board as a whole. Members included in such list other than the Members which, in the Committee’s opinion, would provide, if elected, a balanced distribution of the Board as a whole may withdraw their candidatures from the list by notification to the President not later than the closure of working hours on the day preceding the annual election by the Health Assembly of Members to be entitled to designate a person to serve on the Board. Any such withdrawal shall be published in the Journal of the Health Assembly and announced by the President prior to the commencement of voting. Rule 101 Subject to the provisions of Rule 78, the Health Assembly shall elect by secret ballot from among the Members nominated in accordance with the provisions of Rule 100 the Members to be entitled to designate persons to serve on the Board. Those candidates obtaining the majority required shall be elected. If after five such ballots one or more seats remain to be filled no further ballot shall be taken and the General Committee shall be requested to submit nominations for candidates for the seats remaining to be filled, in accordance with Rule 100, the number of candidates so nominated not exceeding twice the number of seats remaining to be filled.
164 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Additional ballots shall be taken for the seats remaining to be filled and those candidates obtaining the majority required shall be elected. If after three such ballots one or more seats remain to be filled, the candidate obtaining in the third ballot the least number of votes shall be eliminated and a further ballot taken, and so on until all the seats have been filled. In any ballots taken under the provisions of this Rule no nominations other than those made in accordance with the provisions of Rule 100 and this Rule shall be considered. Rule 102 Should a Member, entitled by a previous election to designate a person to serve on the Board, for any reason surrender such right before the expiration of the term for which elected, or under the provisions of Rule 105 have forfeited such right, the Health Assembly, at a regular session, shall elect another Member to be entitled to designate a person for the remainder of the period to which the Member having so surrendered or forfeited its right would otherwise have been entitled. Such election shall, mutatis mutandis, be subject to Rules 81, 82 and 99 to 101, provided that not more than twice the number of candidates for the number of seats vacant shall be nominated and provided that such elections shall precede the annual election of the Members entitled to designate a person to serve on the Board in accordance with Rule 98. Rule 103 The term of office of each Member entitled to designate a person to serve on the Board shall begin immediately after the closing of the session of the Health Assembly at which the Member concerned is elected and shall end immediately after the closing of the session of the Health Assembly during which the Member is replaced. Rule 104 When a person designated to serve on the Board is prevented from attending a meeting of the Board, the Member concerned may designate an alternate to serve in his place for such a meeting, with the same status as the person in whose place he is serving. Rule 105 Should the person designated by any Member to serve on the Board, in accordance with the provisions of Rules 98 and 104, fail to attend two
RULES OF PROCEDURE OF THE HEALTH ASSEMBLY 165
consecutive sessions of the Board, that fact shall be reported by the Director-General to the next session of the Health Assembly and, unless the Health Assembly decides otherwise, that Member shall be deemed to have forfeited its right to designate a person to serve on the Board.
THE DIRECTOR-GENERAL Rule 106 In pursuance of Article 31 of the Constitution, the Director-General shall be appointed by the Health Assembly on the nomination of the Board and on such terms as the Health Assembly may determine, subject to the provisions of Rules 107 to 110 inclusive. The term of office of the Director-General shall be five years, and he or she shall be eligible for reappointment once only. Rule 107 Whenever the office of Director-General is vacant or notice is received of a pending vacancy, the Board shall, at its next meeting, make a nomination which shall be submitted to the next session of the Health Assembly. It shall submit at the same time a draft contract establishing the terms and conditions of appointment, salary and other emoluments attached to the office. Rule 108 The Health Assembly shall consider the Board’s nomination at a private meeting and shall come to a decision by secret ballot. 1. If the Board nominates three persons, the following procedure shall apply: (a) If in the first ballot a candidate obtains a two-thirds majority or more of the Members present and voting, this will be considered a clear and strong majority and he or she will be appointed Director-General. If no candidate obtains the required majority, the candidate having received the least number of votes shall be eliminated. If two candidates tie for the least number of votes, a separate ballot shall be held between them and the candidate receiving the least number of votes shall be eliminated. (b) In the subsequent ballot, a candidate will be appointed Director-General if he or she obtains a two-thirds majority or more
166 BASIC DOCUMENTS
of the Members present and voting which will be considered a clear and strong majority. (c) If no candidate receives the majority indicated in subparagraph (b), a candidate will be appointed Director-General if he or she receives in the subsequent ballot a majority of the Member States of the World Health Organization or more, which will be considered a clear and strong majority. (d) If no candidate receives the majority indicated in subparagraph (c), a candidate will be appointed Director-General if he or she receives in the subsequent ballot a majority or more of the Members present and voting, which will be considered a clear and strong majority. 2. If the Board nominates two persons, the following procedure shall apply: (a) a candidate will be appointed Director-General if he or she obtains a two-thirds majority or more of the Members present and voting, which will be considered a clear and strong majority. (b) If no candidate receives the majority indicated in subparagraph (a), a candidate will be appointed Director-General if he or she receives in the subsequent ballot a majority of the Member States of the World Health Organization or more, which will be considered a clear and strong majority. (c) If no candidate receives the majority indicated in subparagraph (b), a candidate will be appointed Director-General if he or she receives in the subsequent ballot a majority or more of the Members present and voting, which will be considered a clear and strong majority. 3. If the Board nominates one person, the Health Assembly shall decide by a two-thirds majority of the Members present and voting. Rule 109 Should the Health Assembly reject the Board’s nomination, the Board shall submit a fresh proposal as soon as circumstances permit, with due regard to the desirability of disposing of the matter before the conclusion of the relevant session of the Health Assembly.
RULES OF PROCEDURE OF THE HEALTH ASSEMBLY 167
Rule 110 The contract of appointment shall be approved by the Health Assembly and shall be signed jointly by the Director-General and by the President of the Health Assembly acting in the name of the Organization. Rule 111 In any case where the Director-General is unable to perform the functions of his office, or in the case of a vacancy in such office, the senior officer of the Secretariat shall serve as Acting Director-General, subject to any decision by the Board. Rule 112 In addition to exercising the functions conferred upon him by the Constitution as chief technical and administrative officer of the Organization, the Director-General, subject to the authority of the Board, shall perform such duties as are specified elsewhere in these Rules and in the Financial Regulations and Staff Regulations and as may be assigned to him by the Health Assembly or by the Board.
ADMISSION OF MEMBERS AND ASSOCIATE MEMBERS Rule 113 Applications made by a State for admission to membership or applications made by a Member or other authority having the responsibility for the international relations of a territory or group of territories on behalf of such territory or group of territories for admission to associate membership in the Organization shall, in pursuance of Articles 6 and 8 of the Constitution, be addressed to the Director-General and shall be transmitted immediately by him to Members. Any such application shall be placed on the agenda of the next session of the Health Assembly provided the application reaches the Director-General at least thirty days before the opening of such session. An application for membership made by a State formerly an Associate Member may be received at any time by the Health Assembly. Rule 114 The approval by the Health Assembly of any request for membership shall be immediately communicated to the State which has submitted it.
168 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Such State, in accordance with Article 79 of the Constitution, may then deposit with the Secretary-General of the United Nations a formal instrument of acceptance of the Constitution and shall become a Member from the date of such deposit. Rule 115 The approval by the Health Assembly of any request for associate membership by a Member or other authority having responsibility for the international relations of a territory or group of territories on behalf of such territory or group of territories shall be communicated immediately to the Member or other authority which has submitted the request. Such Member or other authority shall give notice to the Organization of acceptance on behalf of the Associate Member of associate membership. The territory or group of territories shall become an Associate Member from the date on which such notice is received. Rule 116 A Member or other authority responsible for the international relations of an Associate Member, who gives notice of acceptance on behalf of such Associate Member under Rule 115, shall include in such notice a statement that the Member or other authority assumes the responsibility for ensuring the application of Articles 66 to 68 of the Constitution with regard to that Associate Member.
AMENDMENT OF THE CONSTITUTION Rule 117 In pursuance of Article 73 of the Constitution, the texts of proposed amendments to the Constitution shall be communicated to the Director-General in such time as will permit of the transmission of copies thereof by the Director-General to Members not later than six months before the opening day of the session of the Health Assembly at which they are intended to be considered. Rule 118 Members accepting amendments adopted by the Health Assembly in accordance with Article 73 of the Constitution shall effect their acceptance by depositing a formal instrument with the Secretary-General of the United Nations.
RULES OF PROCEDURE OF THE HEALTH ASSEMBLY 169
AMENDMENT AND SUSPENSION OF RULES OF PROCEDURE Rule 119 Amendments of, or additions to, these Rules may be adopted at any plenary meeting of the Health Assembly, provided that the Health Assembly has received and considered a report thereon by an appropriate committee. Rule 120 Subject to the provisions of the Constitution, any of these Rules may be suspended at any plenary meeting of the Health Assembly, provided that notice of the intention to propose suspension has been communicated to delegations not less than twenty-four hours before the meeting at which the proposal is to be made. ––––––––––
170 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Guiding Principles for the Conduct of Elections by Secret Ballot 1. Before voting begins, the President shall hand to the two tellers appointed by him the list of Members entitled to vote and the list of candidates. For the elections of Members entitled to designate persons to serve on the Executive Board or of the Director-General, the list of candidates shall include only those nominations submitted to the World Health Assembly in accordance with the procedure laid down in Rules 100 and 108 respectively of the Rules of Procedure of the World Health Assembly. 2. The Secretariat shall distribute a ballot paper to each delegation. Every ballot paper shall be of the same size and colour without distinguishing marks. 3. The tellers shall satisfy themselves that the ballot box is empty and, having locked it, shall hand the key to the President. 4. Members shall be called in turn to vote in the required alphabetical order of their names1, beginning with the name of a Member which shall have been drawn by lot. The call shall be made in English, French, Russian and Spanish. 5. The secretary of the meeting and the tellers shall record each Member’s vote by marking the margin of the list of Members entitled to vote opposite to the name of the Member in question. 6. At the conclusion of the calling of Members, the President shall ensure that all the Members present and entitled to vote have been called. He shall then declare the voting closed and announce that the votes are to be counted. 7. When the ballot box has been opened, the tellers shall count the number of ballot papers. If the number is not equal to that of the voters, the President shall declare the vote invalid and another ballot shall be held. 8. Where the counting of votes takes place outside the Assembly Hall, the ballot papers shall be returned to the ballot box which shall be taken by the tellers to the room where the votes are to be counted. 9. One of the tellers shall then read aloud the names which are on the ballot paper. The number of votes obtained by each of the candidates mentioned shall be written opposite their names by the other teller on a document drawn up for this purpose. 10. A ballot paper on which no names are written or which bears the word “abstention” shall be considered as signifying an abstention. 11. The following shall be considered null and void: (a) ballot papers on which there are more or fewer names than there are elective places to be filled or on which the name of any candidate appears more than once; (b) ballot papers in which the voters have revealed their identity, in particular by apposing their signature or mentioning the name of the Member they represent; (c) where the Rules of Procedure so require, ballot papers bearing the names of candidates other than those nominated in accordance with the provisions of those Rules. 12. When the counting of the votes is completed, the tellers shall indicate the results in a document drawn up for this purpose, which they shall sign and hand to the President. The latter, in plenary meeting, shall announce the results in the following order: number of Members entitled to vote; number absent; number of abstentions; number of ballot papers null and void; number of Members present and voting; number required for a majority; names of candidates and the number of votes secured by each of them, in descending order of the number of votes. 13. For the purposes of these provisions, the following definitions shall apply: (a) “Absent” – Members entitled to vote but whose representatives are not present at the meeting
_________ 1
Under Rule 72 of the Rules of Procedure of the World Health Assembly (see p. 157).
RULES OF PROCEDURE OF THE HEALTH ASSEMBLY 171
at which the secret ballot takes place; (b) “Number of Members present and voting” – the difference between the number of Members with the right to vote and the total number of absentees, abstentions and invalid ballot papers. 14. The President shall declare elected candidates who have obtained the required majority. 15. The list signed by the tellers and on which the results of the vote have been recorded shall constitute the official record of the count of the ballot and shall be retained in the Organization’s files. The ballot papers shall be destroyed immediately after the declaration of the results of the ballot.
Description of the Concept of a Point of Order (a) A point of order is basically an intervention directed to the presiding officer, requesting him to make use of some power inherent in his office or specifically given him under the Rules of Procedure. It may, for example, relate to the manner in which the debate is conducted, to the maintenance of order, to the observance of the Rules of Procedure, or to the way in which presiding officers exercise the powers conferred upon them by the Rules. Under a point of order, a delegate or a representative of an Associate Member may request the presiding officer to apply a certain Rule of Procedure or he may question the way in which the officer applies the Rule. Thus, within the scope of the Rules of Procedure, delegates or representatives are enabled to direct the attention of the presiding officer to violations or misapplications of the Rules by other delegates or representatives or by the presiding officer himself. A point of order has precedence over any other matter, including procedural motions (Rules 56 and 62). (b) Points of order raised under Rule 56 involve questions necessitating a ruling by the presiding officer, subject to possible appeal. They are therefore distinct from the procedural motions provided for in Rules 59 to 62, which can be decided only by a vote and on which more than one motion may be entertained at the same time, Rule 62 laying down the precedence of such motions. They are also distinct from requests for information or clarification, or from remarks relating to material arrangements (seating, interpretation system, temperature of the room), documents, translations, etc., which – while they may have to be dealt with by the presiding officer – do not require rulings from him. However, in established practice, a delegate or a representative of an Associate Member intending to submit a procedural motion or to seek information or clarification often rises to “a point of order” as a means of obtaining the floor. The latter usage, which is based on practical grounds, should not be confused with the raising of points of order under Rule 56. (c) Under Rule 56, a point of order must be immediately decided by the presiding officer in accordance with the Rules of Procedure; any appeal arising therefrom must also be put immediately to the vote. It follows that, as a general rule: (i) Neither a point of order, nor any appeal arising from a ruling thereon, is debatable; (ii) No point of order on the same or a different subject can be permitted until the initial point of order and any appeal arising therefrom have been disposed of. Nevertheless, both the presiding officer and delegations may request information or clarification regarding a point of order. In addition, the presiding officer may, if he considers it necessary, request an expression of views from delegations on a point of order before giving his ruling; in the exceptional cases in which this practice is resorted to, the presiding officer should terminate the exchange of views and give his ruling as soon as he is ready to announce that ruling. (d) Rule 56 provides that a delegate or a representative of an Associate Member rising to a point of order may not speak on the substance of the matter under discussion. Consequently, the purely procedural nature of points of order calls for brevity. The presiding officer is responsible for ensuring that statements made on a point of order are in conformity with the present description. ––––––––––
RULES OF PROCEDURE OF THE EXECUTIVE BOARD OF THE WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION1
MEMBERSHIP AND ATTENDANCE Rule 1 The Executive Board (hereinafter referred to as the “Board”) shall, in accordance with Chapter VI of the Constitution of the World Health Organization (hereinafter referred to as the “Organization”) and Rules 98–105 of the Rules of Procedure of the World Health Assembly (hereinafter referred to as the “Health Assembly”) consist of and be attended by the persons (hereinafter referred to as the “members”) duly designated to serve on the Board. Rule 2 Each State Member entitled to designate a person to serve on the Board shall inform the Director-General in writing of the names of the person designated and of any alternate and adviser. The Director-General shall similarly be informed of any change in such designation. Rule 3 All Member States not represented on the Board and Associate Members may designate a representative who shall have the right to participate without vote in the deliberations of meetings of the Board and of committees of limited membership (as defined in Rule 16) established by it. The cost of representation under this Rule shall be borne by the Member State or Associate Member concerned. Representatives of Member States and Associate Members participating in meetings under this Rule shall have the following rights: (a) the right to speak after members of the Board; (b) the right to make proposals, and amendments to proposals, which shall be considered by the Board only if seconded by a Board member; and (c) the right of reply. EB Rules of Procedure
_________ 1 Text adopted by the Executive Board at its seventeenth session (resolution EB17.R63) and amended at its twentieth, twenty-first, twenty-second, twenty-eighth, thirty-first, thirty-seventh, fifty-third, fifty-seventh, ninety-seventh, 102nd, 112th, 121st, 122nd, 126th, 132nd and 134th sessions (resolutions EB20.R24, EB21.R52, EB22.R11, EB28.R21, EB31.R15, EB37.R24, EB53.R29, EB53.R37, EB57.R38, EB97.R10, EB102.R1, EB112.R1, EB121.R1, EB122.R8, EB126.R8, EB132.R13 and decision EB134(3)).
– 173 –
174 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Rule 4 Subject to the terms of any relevant agreement, representatives of the United Nations and of other intergovernmental organizations with which the Organization has established effective relations under Article 70 of the Constitution may participate without vote in the deliberations of meetings of the Board and its committees. Such representatives may also attend and participate without vote in the deliberations of the meetings of sub-committees or other subdivisions if so invited. Representatives of nongovernmental organizations in official relations with the Organization may participate in the deliberations of the Board as is provided for participation in the Health Assembly in the “Principles governing relations between the World Health Organization and nongovernmental organizations”.1
SESSIONS Rule 5 The Board shall hold at least two sessions a year. It shall determine at each session the time and place of its next session. Notices convening the Board shall be sent by the Director-General eight weeks before the commencement of a regular session to the members of the Board, to Member States and Associate Members and to the organizations referred to in Rule 4 invited to be represented at the session. Documents for the session shall be dispatched by the Director-General not less than six weeks before the commencement of a regular session of the Board. They shall be made available in electronic form in the working languages of the Board on the Internet site of the Organization. Documents for the session should conform to the functions of the Board and contain the information required by Rule 18 and clear recommendations for Board action. Rule 6 The Director-General shall also convene the Board at the joint request of any ten members, addressed to him in writing and stating the reason for the request. In this case the Board shall be convened within thirty days following receipt of the request and the session shall be held at headquarters unless the Director-General, in consultation with the
_________ 1
See p. 97.
RULES OF PROCEDURE OF THE EXECUTIVE BOARD 175
Chairman, determines otherwise. The agenda of such a session shall be limited to the questions having necessitated that session. If events occur requiring immediate action under Article 28(i) of the Constitution the Director-General may, in consultation with the Chairman, convene the Board in a special session and shall fix the date and determine the place of the session. Rule 7 Attendance at meetings of the Board shall, in addition to members of the Board, their alternates and advisers, be as follows: (a) public meetings: Member States not represented on the Board, Associate Members, representatives of the United Nations and other organizations identified in Rule 4 and members of the public; or (b) open meetings: Member States not represented on the Board and Associate Members and the Secretariat; or (c) restricted meetings, held for a specific purpose and under exceptional circumstances: essential Secretariat staff, and such others as may be decided by the Board. Meetings of the Board related to the nomination of the Director-General as provided for in Rule 52, and for the appointment of the Regional Directors, shall be as provided in subparagraph (b) above, except that only one representative of each Member State not represented on the Board and of each Associate Member may attend without the right to participate, and that no official record shall be made.
AGENDA Rule 8 The Director-General shall draw up a draft provisional agenda for each session of the Board, which shall be circulated to Member States and Associate Members within four weeks after the closure of its previous session. Any proposal for the inclusion on the agenda of any item under (c), (d) and (e) of Rule 9 shall reach the Director-General not later than 12 weeks after circulation of the draft provisional agenda or 10 weeks before commencement of the session, whichever is earlier. The provisional agenda of each session shall be drawn up by the Director-General in consultation with the Officers of the Board, on the
176 BASIC DOCUMENTS
basis of the draft provisional agenda and any proposals received under the second paragraph of this Rule. Where the Director-General and the Officers find it necessary to recommend the deferral or exclusion of proposals received under the second paragraph of this Rule, the provisional agenda shall contain an explanation for such recommendation. An annotated provisional agenda, together with any recommendations referred to in the fourth paragraph of this Rule shall be dispatched with the notice of convocation to be sent in accordance with Rule 5 or Rule 6, as the case may be. Rule 9 Except in the case of sessions convened under Rule 6, and subject to Rule 8, the provisional agenda of each session shall include, inter alia: (a) all items the inclusion of which has been ordered by the Health Assembly; (b) all items the inclusion of which has been ordered by the Board at a previous session; (c) any item proposed by a Member State or Associate Member of the Organization; (d) subject to such preliminary consultation as may be necessary between the Director-General and the Secretary-General of the United Nations, any item proposed by the United Nations; (e) any item proposed by any specialized agency with which the Organization has entered into effective relations; and (f) any item proposed by the Director-General. Any proposal for inclusion on the agenda of any item under (c), (d), (e) and (f) above shall be accompanied by an explanatory memorandum, except in the case of standing or recurring items proposed by the Director-General under (f). Rule 10 Except in the case of special sessions convened under Rule 6, any authority referred to in Rule 9 may propose one or more additional items of an urgent nature for inclusion in a supplementary provisional agenda after the deadline referred to in the second paragraph of Rule 8 and before the opening day of the session. Any such proposal shall be accompanied by a supporting statement from the authority initiating it. The
RULES OF PROCEDURE OF THE EXECUTIVE BOARD 177
Director-General shall include any such item in a supplementary provisional agenda which the Board shall examine together with the provisional agenda. Rule 10 bis The Board, subject to its constitutional mandate and having regard to the resolutions and decisions of the Health Assembly, shall adopt its agenda at the opening meeting of each session on the basis of the provisional agenda, together with any supplement thereto. In adopting its agenda, the Board may decide to add to, delete from, or amend, the provisional agenda and any supplement thereto. Rule 11 The Board shall not proceed, unless it determines otherwise, to the discussion of any item on the agenda until at least forty-eight hours have elapsed after the relevant documents have been made available to the members.
OFFICERS OF THE BOARD Rule 12 The Board shall elect its officers, viz. a Chairman, four Vice-Chairmen and one Rapporteur, from among its members each year at its first session after the Health Assembly, following a principle of rotation among geographical regions. These officers shall hold office until their successors are elected. The Chairman shall not become eligible for re-election until two years have elapsed since he ceased to hold office. Rule 13 In addition to exercising such powers as are conferred upon him elsewhere by these Rules, the Chairman shall declare the opening and closing of each meeting of the Board, shall direct the discussions, accord the right to speak, put questions, announce decisions and ensure the application of these rules. The Chairman shall accord to speakers the right to speak in the order of their requests. He may call to order any speaker whose remarks are irrelevant to the subject under discussion.
178 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Rule 14 If the Chairman is absent from a meeting or any part thereof, he shall designate one of the Vice-Chairmen to preside. The same procedure shall be followed when the Chairman is unable to attend a session of the Board. If the Chairman is unable to make this designation, the Board shall elect one of the Vice-Chairmen to preside during the session or meeting. Rule 14 bis The Chairman, or a Vice-Chairman acting as Chairman, shall not vote, but he or she may, if necessary, appoint an alternate from his or her delegation in accordance with Rule 27. Rule 15 If the Chairman for any reason is unable to complete his term of office, the Board shall elect a new Chairman for the remaining period of his term. If the Chairman is unable to act in between sessions, one of the Vice-Chairmen shall act in his place. The order in which the Vice-Chairmen shall be requested to serve shall be determined by lot at the session at which the election takes place.
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD Rule 16 The Board may establish such committees as it may deem necessary for the study of, and reporting on, any item on its agenda. Standing committees established by the Board shall be composed of members of the Board or their alternates (referred to in these Rules as “committees of limited membership”). All Member States and Associate Members shall have the right to attend such committees in accordance with Rule 3. All committees other than standing committees shall be open-ended, composed of all interested Member States of the Organization (referred to in these Rules as “open-ended committees”), unless the Board decides otherwise, for a specific purpose and under exceptional circumstances. The composition of committees of limited membership shall be determined by the Board, after hearing any proposals made by the Chairman, respecting the principles of equitable geographical representation, gender balance and balanced representation of developing and developed countries and countries in transition, having regard to the membership of the Board.
RULES OF PROCEDURE OF THE EXECUTIVE BOARD 179
In committees of limited membership, the Chairmen and all other officers deemed necessary shall be determined by the Board or, in the absence thereof, by the committees themselves, respecting the principles of equitable geographical representation, gender balance and balanced representation of developing and developed countries and countries in transition. The Chairman and officers shall rotate regularly between regions and, wherever applicable, between developed and developing countries and countries in transition within the regions. In open-ended committees, the Chairmen and any other officer deemed necessary shall be determined by the Board or, in the absence thereof, by the committees themselves, respecting the principles of equitable geographical representation, gender balance and balanced representation of developing and developed countries and countries in transition. The Board shall review from time to time the need to maintain any committee established under its authority. Rule 16 bis Subject to any decision of the Board, and as provided in these Rules, the procedure governing the conduct of business and voting in committees established by the Board shall conform as far as practicable to the Rules relating to the conduct of business and voting in plenary meetings of the Board. Open-ended committees shall conduct their business on the basis of consensus. In the event of an inability to reach consensus, the difference of views shall be reported to the Board. In the case of committees of limited membership, a majority of the members shall constitute a quorum. No distinction in terms of rights of participation in open-ended committees shall be made between members of the Board and Member States not represented on the Board.
SECRETARIAT Rule 17 The Director-General shall be ex officio Secretary of the Board and of any subdivision thereof. He may delegate these functions. Rule 18 The Director-General shall report to the Board on the technical, administrative and financial implications, if any, of all agenda items submitted to the Board.
180 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Rule 19 The Director-General or a member of the Secretariat designated by him may at any time make either oral or written statements concerning any question under consideration. Rule 20 The Secretariat shall prepare summary records of the meetings. These summary records shall be prepared in the working languages and shall be distributed to the members as soon as possible after the close of the meetings to which they relate. Members shall inform the Secretariat in writing of any corrections they wish to have made, within such period of time as shall be indicated by the Director-General, having regard to the circumstances. Rule 21 Reports of each session of the Board, containing all resolutions, recommendations and other formal decisions, as well as the summary records of the Board and of its committees, shall be communicated by the Director-General to all Member States and Associate Members of the Organization. Such reports shall also be submitted to the subsequent Health Assembly so that it may take such action as appropriate, for information, endorsement or approval, having regard to the respective functions of the Health Assembly and of the Board as set forth in the Constitution. LANGUAGES1 Rule 22 Arabic, Chinese, English, French, Russian and Spanish shall be both the official and the working languages of the Board. Rule 23 Speeches made in an official language shall be interpreted into the other official languages in all meetings of the Board and of committees established by it.
_________ 1
See resolution WHA31.13.
RULES OF PROCEDURE OF THE EXECUTIVE BOARD 181
Rule 24 Any member, or representative of a State Member or of an Associate Member, or of an invited non-Member State may speak in a language other than the official languages. In this case he shall himself provide for interpretation into one of the working languages. Interpretation into the other working languages by interpreters of the Secretariat may be based on the interpretation given in the first working language. Rule 25 All resolutions, recommendations and other formal decisions of the Board shall be made available in the working languages.
CONDUCT OF BUSINESS Rule 26 Two-thirds of the members of the Board shall constitute a quorum. Rule 27 A member may at any time request his alternate designated in accordance with Article 24 of the Constitution to speak and vote on his behalf on any question. Moreover, upon the request of the member or his alternate, the Chairman may allow an adviser to speak on any particular point and, in the absence of the member or his alternate, if so requested in writing by the member or his alternate, to speak and vote on any question. Rule 28 The Board may limit the time allowed to each speaker. Rule 28 bis Proposals for resolutions or decisions to be considered by the Board relating to items of the agenda may be introduced until the close of the first day of the session. However, if a session is scheduled for two days or less, such proposals may be introduced no later than 48 hours prior to the opening of the session. The Board may, if it deems it appropriate, permit the late introduction of such proposals.
182 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Rule 28 ter Proposals and amendments related to items on the agenda shall normally be introduced in writing and handed to the Director-General, who shall circulate copies to the delegations. Except as may be decided otherwise by the Board, no proposal shall be discussed or put to the vote at any meeting of the Board unless copies of it have been circulated to all delegations at least 24 hours previously. The Chairman may, however, permit the discussion and consideration of amendments, even though they have not been circulated or have only been circulated the same day. Rule 29 During the discussion of any matter, a member may rise to a point of order, and the point of order shall be immediately decided by the Chairman. A member may appeal against the ruling of the Chairman, in which case the appeal shall immediately be put to the vote. A member rising to a point of order may not speak on the substance of the matter under discussion but on the point of order only. Rule 30 During the course of a debate the Chairman may announce the list of speakers and, with the consent of the Board, declare the list closed. He may, however, accord the right of reply to any member if in his opinion a speech delivered after he has declared the list closed makes it desirable. Rule 30 bis The right of reply shall be accorded by the Chairman to any member who requests it. Members should, in exercising this right, attempt to be as brief as possible and preferably deliver their statements at the end of the meeting at which this right is requested. Rule 31 The following motions shall have precedence in the following order over all other proposals or motions before the meeting, except a point of order: (a) to suspend the meeting; (b) to adjourn the meeting; (c) to adjourn the debate on the item under discussion; and (d) for the closure of the debate on the item under discussion.
RULES OF PROCEDURE OF THE EXECUTIVE BOARD 183
Rule 32 Subject to Rule 31, any motion calling for a decision on the competence of the Board to adopt a proposal submitted to it shall be put to the vote before a vote is taken on the proposal in question. Rule 33 During the discussion on any matter, a member may move the suspension or the adjournment of the meeting. Such motions shall not be debated, but shall immediately be put to a vote. For the purpose of these Rules “suspension of the meeting” means the temporary cessation of the business of the meeting and “adjournment of the meeting” the termination of all business until another meeting is called. Rule 34 During the discussion of any matter, a member may move the adjournment of the debate on the item under discussion. In addition to the proposer of the motion, one speaker may speak in favour of, and one against, the motion, after which the motion to adjourn the debate shall be immediately put to the vote. Rule 35 A member may at any time move the closure of the debate on the item under discussion whether or not any other member has signified his wish to speak. If request is made for permission to speak against closure, it may be accorded to not more than two speakers, after which the motion shall be immediately put to the vote. If the Board decides in favour of closure the Chairman shall declare the debate closed. The Board shall thereafter vote only on the one or more proposals moved before the closure. Rule 36 A member may move that parts of a proposal or of an amendment shall be voted on separately. If objection is made to the motion for division, the motion for division shall be voted upon. Permission to speak on the motion for division shall be given only to two speakers in favour and two speakers against. If the motion for division is carried, those parts of the proposal or of the amendment which are separately approved shall subsequently be put to the vote as a whole. If all operative parts of the proposal or the amendment have been rejected, the proposal or the amendment shall be considered to have been rejected as a whole.
184 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Rule 37 When an amendment to a proposal is moved, the amendment shall be voted on first. When two or more amendments are moved to a proposal, the Board shall first vote on the amendment deemed by the Chairman to be furthest removed in substance from the original proposal and then on the amendment next removed therefrom, and so on, until all the amendments have been put to the vote. Where, however, the adoption of one amendment necessarily implies the rejection of another amendment, the latter amendment shall not be put to the vote. If one or more amendments are adopted the amended proposal shall then be voted upon. A motion is considered an amendment to a proposal, if it merely adds to, deletes from, or revises part of that proposal. A motion which constitutes a substitution for a proposal shall be considered as a proposal. Rule 38 If two or more proposals are moved, the Board shall, unless it decides otherwise, vote on the proposals in the order in which they have been circulated to all delegations, unless the result of a vote on a proposal makes unnecessary any other voting on the proposal or proposals still outstanding. Rule 39 A motion may be withdrawn by its proposer at any time before voting on it has commenced, provided that the motion has not been amended or, if amended, that the proposer of the amendment agrees to the withdrawal. A motion thus withdrawn may be reintroduced by any member. Rule 40 When a proposal has been adopted or rejected it may not be reconsidered at the same session unless the Board, by a two-thirds majority of the members present and voting, so decides. Permission to speak on a motion to reconsider shall be accorded only to two speakers opposing the motion, after which it shall be immediately put to the vote.
RULES OF PROCEDURE OF THE EXECUTIVE BOARD 185
Rule 41 The Chairman may at any time require any proposal, motion, resolution, or amendment to be seconded.
VOTING Rule 42 Each member of the Board shall have one vote. For the purpose of these Rules, the phrase “members present and voting” means members casting a valid affirmative or negative vote. Members abstaining from voting shall be considered as not voting. Rule 43 Decisions by the Board on important questions shall be made by a twothirds majority of the members present and voting. These questions shall include: (a) recommendations on: (i) the adoption of conventions and agreements, (ii) the approval of agreements bringing the Organization into relation with the United Nations and intergovernmental organizations and agencies in accordance with Articles 69, 70 and 72 of the Constitution, (iii) amendments to the Constitution, (iv) the effective working budget, and (v) suspension of the voting privileges and services of a Member State under Article 7 of the Constitution; and (b) decisions to suspend or amend these Rules of Procedure. Except as otherwise provided by the Constitution of the Organization, or decided by the Health Assembly, or laid down in these Rules, the decisions of the Board on other questions, including the determination of additional questions to be decided by a two-thirds majority, shall be made by a majority of the members present and voting. Rule 44 If the votes are equally divided on a matter other than an election the proposal shall be regarded as not adopted. Rule 45 The Board shall normally vote by show of hands, except that any member may request a roll-call which shall then be taken in the
186 BASIC DOCUMENTS
alphabetical order of the names of the members. The name of the member to vote first shall be determined by lot. Rule 46 The vote of each member participating in any roll-call shall be inserted in the records. Rule 47 After the Chairman has announced the beginning of voting, no member shall interrupt the voting except on a point of order in connexion with the actual conduct of voting. Rule 47 bis After the voting has been completed, a member may make a brief statement, consisting solely of an explanation of vote. A sponsor of a proposal shall not speak in explanation of vote thereon, except if it has been amended. Rule 48 Elections shall normally be held by secret ballot. Except as concerns the nomination of the Director-General and the appointment of the Regional Directors, and in the absence of any objection the Board may decide to proceed without taking a ballot on an agreed candidate or list of candidates. Where a ballot is required, two tellers appointed by the Chairman from among the members present shall assist in the counting of votes. The nomination of the Director-General shall be decided by secret ballot in accordance with Rule 52. Subject to Article 54 of the Constitution, the appointment of a Regional Director shall be for five years and he or she shall be eligible for reappointment once only. Rule 49 In addition to the cases provided for elsewhere by these Rules the Board may vote on any matter by secret ballot if it has previously so decided by a majority of the members present and voting, provided that no secret ballot may be taken on budgetary questions. A decision under this rule by the Board whether or not to vote by secret ballot may only be taken by a show of hands; if the Board has
RULES OF PROCEDURE OF THE EXECUTIVE BOARD 187
decided to vote on a particular question by secret ballot, no other mode of voting may be requested or decided upon. Rule 50 Subject to the provisions of Rule 52, when only one elective place is to be filled and no candidate obtains in the first ballot the majority required, a second ballot shall be taken which shall be restricted to the two candidates obtaining the largest number of votes; if in the second ballot the votes are equally divided, the Chairman shall decide between the candidates by drawing lots. Rule 51 When two or more elective places are to be filled at one time under the same conditions, those candidates obtaining in the first ballot the majority required shall be elected. If the number of candidates obtaining such majority is less than the number of places to be filled, there shall be additional ballots to fill the remaining places, the ballots being restricted to the candidates obtaining the greatest number of votes in the previous ballot to a number not more than twice the places remaining to be filled. Rule 51 bis In an election each member, unless he abstains, shall vote for that number of candidates equal to the number of elective places to be filled. Any ballot paper on which there are more or fewer names than there are elective places to be filled shall be null and void. Rule 51 ter If during an election one or more elective places cannot be filled by reason of an equal number of votes having been obtained by two or more candidates, a ballot shall be held among such candidates to determine which of them will be elected. This procedure may be repeated if necessary. Rule 52 At least nine months before the date fixed for the opening of a session of the Board at which a nomination for the post of Director-General has to take place, the Director-General shall inform Member States that they may propose persons for nomination by the Board for the post of Director-General.
188 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Any Member State may propose for the post of Director-General one or more persons, submitting with the proposal the curriculum vitae or other supporting information for each person. Such proposals shall be sent under confidential sealed cover to the Chairman of the Executive Board, care of the World Health Organization in Geneva (Switzerland), so as to reach the headquarters of the Organization not less than four months before the date fixed for the opening of the session. The Chairman of the Board shall open the proposals received sufficiently in advance of the session so as to ensure that all proposals, curricula vitae and supporting information are translated into all official languages, duplicated and dispatched to all Member States three months before the date fixed for the opening of the session. Immediately after the dispatch to Member States of the proposals, curricula vitae and supporting information, the Director-General shall, in consultation with the Chairman of the Board, convene a candidates’ forum open to all Member States and Associate Members, to which all candidates will be invited to make themselves and their vision known to Member States on an equal basis. The candidates’ forum shall be chaired by the Chairman of the Board and shall be held not later than two months before the opening of the session. The Board shall decide on the modalities of the candidates’ forum. The candidates’ forum shall not be convened in case only one person has been proposed for the post of Director-General. If no proposals have been received by the deadline referred to in the second paragraph of this Rule, the Director-General shall immediately inform all Member States of this fact and that they may propose persons for nomination in accordance with this Rule, provided such proposals reach the Chairman of the Board at least two weeks prior to the date fixed for the opening of the session of the Board. The Chairman shall inform Member States of all such proposals as soon as possible. All members of the Board shall have the opportunity to participate in an initial screening of all candidatures in order to eliminate those candidates not meeting the criteria proposed by the Board and approved by the Health Assembly. The Board shall decide, by a mechanism to be determined by it, underscoring the paramount importance of professional qualifications and integrity and paying due regard to equitable geographical representation and gender balance, on a short list of candidates. This short list shall be drawn up at the commencement of its session, and the selected candidates shall be interviewed by the Board meeting as a whole as soon as possible thereafter.
RULES OF PROCEDURE OF THE EXECUTIVE BOARD 189
The interviews should consist of a presentation by each selected candidate in addition to answers to questions from members of the Board. If necessary, the Board may extend the session in order to hold the interviews and make its selection. The Board shall fix a date for the meeting at which it shall nominate three persons by secret ballot from among the candidates on the short list. In exceptional circumstances where the nomination of three candidates is not practicable such as where there are only one or two candidates, the Board may decide to nominate fewer than three candidates. For the purpose of nominating three candidates, each member of the Board shall write on his ballot paper the names of three candidates, chosen from the short list. Those candidates obtaining in the first ballot the majority required shall be elected. If the number of candidates obtaining such majority is less than the number of places to be filled, the candidate having received the least number of votes shall be eliminated at each ballot. If two candidates tie for the least number of votes, a separate ballot shall be held between them and the candidate receiving the least number of votes shall be eliminated. The same mechanism shall apply, mutatis mutandis, when the Board decides to nominate fewer than three candidates. The name of the person or persons so nominated shall be announced at a public meeting of the Board and submitted to the Health Assembly. SUSPENSION AND AMENDMENT OF RULES OF PROCEDURE Rule 53 Subject to the provisions of the Constitution and having regard to any relevant decisions of the Health Assembly, any of these Rules may be suspended by the Board in accordance with Rule 43, provided that at least forty-eight hours’ notice of the proposal for such suspension has been given to the Chairman and communicated by him to the members twenty-four hours before the meeting at which the proposal is to be submitted. If, however, on the advice of the Chairman the Board is unanimously in favour of such a proposal, it may adopt it immediately and without notice. Any such suspension shall be limited to a specific purpose and to a period required to achieve that purpose. Rule 54 Subject to the provisions of the Constitution, the Board may amend or supplement these Rules.
190 BASIC DOCUMENTS
GENERAL PROVISIONS Rule 55 The Board may at its discretion apply such Rules of Procedure of the Health Assembly as it may deem appropriate to particular circumstances for which provision does not exist in these Rules. ––––––––––
APPENDICES
Appendix 1 MEMBERS OF THE WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION (at 31 December 2014) The Members and Associate Members of the World Health Organization are listed below, with the date on which each became a party to the Constitution or the date of admission to associate membership. Afghanistan ................................................................... Albania* ........................................................................ Algeria*......................................................................... Andorra ......................................................................... Angola* ......................................................................... Antigua and Barbuda* ................................................... Argentina*..................................................................... Armenia......................................................................... Australia* ...................................................................... Austria* ......................................................................... Azerbaijan ..................................................................... Bahamas* ...................................................................... Bahrain* ........................................................................ Bangladesh .................................................................... Barbados*...................................................................... Belarus* ........................................................................ Belgium* ....................................................................... Belize ............................................................................ Benin ............................................................................. Bhutan ........................................................................... Bolivia (Plurinational State of)...................................... Bosnia and Herzegovina*.............................................. Botswana* ..................................................................... Brazil* ........................................................................... Brunei Darussalam ........................................................ Bulgaria* ....................................................................... Burkina Faso* ............................................................... Burundi ......................................................................... Cambodia* .................................................................... Cameroon* .................................................................... Canada........................................................................... Cabo Verde ................................................................... Central African Republic*............................................. Chad .............................................................................. Chile* ............................................................................ ––––––––– Appendices
19 26 8 15 15 12 22 4 2 30 2 1 2 19 25 7 25 23 20 8 23 10 26 2 25 9 4 22 17 6 29 5 20 1 15
April 1948 May 1947 November 1962 January 1997 May 1976 March 1984 October 1948 May 1992 February 1948 June 1947 October 1992 April 1974 November 1971 May 1972 April 1967 April 1948 June 1948 August 1990 September 1960 March 1982 December 1949 September 1992 February 1975 June 1948 March 1985 June 1948 October 1960 October 1962 May 1950 May 1960 August 1946 January 1976 September 1960 January 1961 October 1948
* Member States that have acceded to the Convention on the Privileges and Immunities of the Specialized Agencies and its Annex VII.
– 193 –
194 BASIC DOCUMENTS
China* ........................................................................... Colombia ....................................................................... Cook Islands .................................................................. Costa Rica ..................................................................... Comoros ........................................................................ Congo ............................................................................ Côte d’Ivoire* ............................................................... Croatia* ......................................................................... Cuba* ............................................................................ Cyprus* ......................................................................... Czech Republic* ........................................................... Democratic People’s Republic of Korea ....................... Democratic Republic of the Congo* ............................. Denmark* ...................................................................... Djibouti ......................................................................... Dominica* ..................................................................... Dominican Republic...................................................... Ecuador* ....................................................................... Egypt* ........................................................................... El Salvador* .................................................................. Equatorial Guinea.......................................................... Eritrea ............................................................................ Estonia*......................................................................... Ethiopia ......................................................................... Fiji* ............................................................................... Finland* ........................................................................ France* .......................................................................... Gabon* .......................................................................... Gambia* ........................................................................ Georgia* ........................................................................ Germany* ...................................................................... Ghana* .......................................................................... Greece* ......................................................................... Grenada ......................................................................... Guatemala* ................................................................... Guinea* ......................................................................... Guinea-Bissau ............................................................... Guyana* ........................................................................ Haiti*............................................................................. Honduras* ..................................................................... Hungary*....................................................................... Iceland* ......................................................................... India* ............................................................................ Indonesia* ..................................................................... Iran (Islamic Republic of)* ........................................... Iraq* .............................................................................. ––––––––– * Member States that have acceded to the Convention on the Privileges and Immunities of the Specialized Agencies and its Annex VII.
22 14 9 17 9 26 28 11 9 16 22 19 24 19 10 13 21 1 16 22 5 24 31 11 1 7 16 21 26 26 29 8 12 4 26 19 29 27 12 8 17 17 12 23 23 23
July 1946 May 1959 May 1984 March 1949 December 1975 October 1960 October 1960 June 1992 May 1950 January 1961 January 1993 May 1973 February 1961 April 1948 March 1978 August 1981 June 1948 March 1949 December 1947 June 1948 May 1980 July 1993 March 1993 April 1947 January 1972 October 1947 June 1948 November 1960 April 1971 May 1992 May 1951 April 1957 March 1948 December 1974 August 1949 May 1959 July 1974 September 1966 August 1947 April 1949 June 1948 June 1948 January 1948 May 1950 November 1946 September 1947
MEMBERSHIP OF THE WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION 195
Ireland* ......................................................................... Israel.............................................................................. Italy* ............................................................................. Jamaica* ........................................................................ Japan* ........................................................................... Jordan* .......................................................................... Kazakhstan .................................................................... Kenya* .......................................................................... Kiribati .......................................................................... Kuwait* ......................................................................... Kyrgyzstan .................................................................... Lao People’s Democratic Republic* ............................. Latvia* .......................................................................... Lebanon......................................................................... Lesotho* ........................................................................ Liberia ......................................................................... Libya* ........................................................................... Lithuania* ..................................................................... Luxembourg* ................................................................ Madagascar* ................................................................. Malawi* ........................................................................ Malaysia* ...................................................................... Maldives* ...................................................................... Mali* ............................................................................. Malta* ........................................................................... Marshall Islands ............................................................ Mauritania ..................................................................... Mauritius* ..................................................................... Mexico .......................................................................... Micronesia (Federated States of) ................................. Monaco ......................................................................... Mongolia* ..................................................................... Montenegro* ................................................................. Morocco* ...................................................................... Mozambique*................................................................ Myanmar ....................................................................... Namibia ......................................................................... Nauru............................................................................. Nepal* ........................................................................... Netherlands* ................................................................. New Zealand* ............................................................... Nicaragua* .................................................................... Niger* ........................................................................... Nigeria*......................................................................... Niue ............................................................................... Norway* ........................................................................ ––––––––– * Member States that have acceded to the Convention on the Privileges and Immunities of the Specialized Agencies and its Annex VII.
20 21 11 21 16 7 19 27 26 9 29 17 4 19 7 14 16 25 3 16 9 24 5 17 1 5 7 9 7 14 8 18 29 14 11 1 23 9 2 25 10 24 5 25 4 18
October 1947 June 1949 April 1947 March 1963 May 1951 April 1947 August 1992 January 1964 July 1984 May 1960 April 1992 May 1950 December 1991 January 1949 July 1967 March 1947 May 1952 November 1991 June 1949 January 1961 April 1965 April 1958 November 1965 October 1960 February 1965 June 1991 March 1961 December 1968 April 1948 August 1991 July 1948 April 1962 August 2006 May 1956 September 1975 July 1948 April 1990 May 1994 September 1953 April 1947 December 1946 April 1950 October 1960 November 1960 May 1994 August 1947
196 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Oman ............................................................................. Pakistan* ....................................................................... Palau.............................................................................. Panama .......................................................................... Papua New Guinea ........................................................ Paraguay* ...................................................................... Peru ............................................................................... Philippines* ................................................................... Poland* ......................................................................... Portugal* ....................................................................... Qatar* ............................................................................ Republic of Korea* ....................................................... Republic of Moldova* ................................................... Romania* ...................................................................... Russian Federation* ...................................................... Rwanda* ....................................................................... Saint Kitts and Nevis ..................................................... Saint Lucia* .................................................................. Saint Vincent and the Grenadines ................................. Samoa ............................................................................ San Marino* .................................................................. Sao Tome and Principe ................................................. Saudi Arabia .................................................................. Senegal* ........................................................................ Serbia* .......................................................................... Seychelles*.................................................................... Sierra Leone* ................................................................ Singapore* .................................................................... Slovakia*....................................................................... Slovenia*....................................................................... Solomon Islands ............................................................ Somalia ......................................................................... South Africa* ................................................................ South Sudan .................................................................. Spain* ........................................................................... Sri Lanka ....................................................................... Sudan............................................................................. Suriname ....................................................................... Swaziland ...................................................................... Sweden* ........................................................................ Switzerland*.................................................................. Syrian Arab Republic .................................................... Tajikistan....................................................................... Thailand* ...................................................................... The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia* ............ Timor-Leste ................................................................... ––––––––– * Member States that have acceded to the Convention on the Privileges and Immunities of the Specialized Agencies and its Annex VII.
28 23 9 20 29 4 11 9 6 13 11 17 4 8 24 7 3 11 2 16 12 23 26 31 28 11 20 25 4 7 4 26 7 27 28 7 14 25 16 28 26 18 4 26 22 27
May 1971 June 1948 March 1995 February 1951 April 1976 January 1949 November 1949 July 1948 May 1948 February 1948 May 1972 August 1949 May 1992 June 1948 March 1948 November 1962 December 1984 November 1980 September 1983 May 1962 May 1980 March 1976 May 1947 October 1960 November 2000 September 1979 October 1961 February 1966 February 1993 May 1992 April 1983 January 1961 August 1947 September 2011 May 1951 July 1948 May 1956 March 1976 April 1973 August 1947 March 1947 December 1946 May 1992 September 1947 April 1993 September 2002
MEMBERSHIP OF THE WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION 197
Togo* ............................................................................ Tonga* .......................................................................... Trinidad and Tobago* ................................................... Tunisia*......................................................................... Turkey ........................................................................... Turkmenistan ................................................................ Tuvalu ........................................................................... Uganda* ........................................................................ Ukraine* ........................................................................ United Arab Emirates* .................................................. United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland* United Republic of Tanzania* ....................................... United States of America .............................................. Uruguay*....................................................................... Uzbekistan* ................................................................... Vanuatu* ....................................................................... Venezuela (Bolivarian Republic of) ............................ Viet Nam ....................................................................... Yemen ........................................................................... Zambia* ........................................................................ Zimbabwe*.................................................................... Associate Members Puerto Rico.................................................................... Tokelau ......................................................................... 13 14 3 14 2 2 7 7 3 30 22 15 21 22 22 7 7 17 20 2 16 May 1960 August 1975 January 1963 May 1956 January 1948 July 1992 May 1993 March 1963 April 1948 March 1972 July 1946 March 1962 June 1948 April 1949 May 1992 March 1983 July 1948 May 1950 November 1953 February 1965 May 1980
7 May 1992 8 May 1991
––––––––––
––––––––– * Member States that have acceded to the Convention on the Privileges and Immunities of the Specialized Agencies and its Annex VII.
Appendix 2 STATUTE OF THE INTERNATIONAL AGENCY FOR RESEARCH ON CANCER1 Article I – Objective The objective of the International Agency for Research on Cancer shall be to promote international collaboration in cancer research. The Agency shall serve as a means through which Participating States and the World Health Organization, in liaison with the International Union against Cancer and other interested international organizations, may cooperate in the stimulation and support of all phases of research related to the problem of cancer. Article II – Functions In order to achieve its objectives, the Agency shall have the following functions: 1. The Agency shall make provision for planning, promotion and developing research in all phases of the causation, treatment and prevention of cancer. 2. The Agency shall carry out a programme of permanent activities. These activities shall include: (a) the collection and dissemination of information on epidemiology of cancer, on cancer research and on the causation and prevention of cancer throughout the world; (b) the consideration of proposals and preparation of plans for projects in, or in support of, cancer research; such projects should be designed to make the best possible use of any scientific and financial resources and special opportunities for studies of the natural history of cancer which may arise; (c) the education and training of personnel for cancer research. 3. The Agency may arrange for the carrying out of special projects; however, such special projects shall be initiated only upon the specific approval of the Governing Council, based upon the recommendation of the Scientific Council.
_________ 1 Approved by the Eighteenth World Health Assembly on 20 May 1965 (resolution WHA18.44). Pursuant to its Articles III and XI, the Statute entered into force on 15 September 1965. Amendments to the Statute adopted by the Governing Council at its seventh, ninth, twenty-seventh, thirty-first, fiftieth and fifty-third sessions in 1969, 1971, 1986, 1990, 2008 and 2011 respectively were accepted by the Twenty-third, Twenty-fifth, Thirty-ninth, Forty-third, Sixty-first and Sixty-fourth World Health Assemblies (resolutions WHA23.23, WHA25.25, WHA39.13, WHA43.23, WHA61.13 and WHA64.26).
– 199 –
200 BASIC DOCUMENTS
4. Such special projects may include: (a) activities complementary to the permanent programme; (b) the demonstration of pilot cancer prevention activities; (c) the encouragement of, and the giving of assistance to, research at the national level, if necessary by the direct establishment of research organizations. 5. In carrying out its programme of permanent services or any special projects the Agency may collaborate with any other entity. Article III – Participating States Any Member of the World Health Organization may, subject to the provisions of Article XII, participate actively in the Agency by undertaking, in a notification to the Director-General of the World Health Organization, to observe and apply the provisions of this Statute. In this Statute, Members which have made such a notification are termed “Participating States”. Article IV – Structure The Agency shall comprise: (a) the Governing Council; (b) the Scientific Council; (c) the Secretariat. Article V – The Governing Council 1. The Governing Council shall be composed of one representative of each Participating State and the Director-General of the World Health Organization, who may be accompanied by alternates or advisers. 2. Each member of the Governing Council shall have one vote. 3. The Governing Council shall: (a) adopt the budget; (b) adopt financial regulations; (c) control expenditure; (d) decide on the size of the Secretariat; (e) elect its officers;
INTERNATIONAL AGENCY FOR RESEARCH ON CANCER: STATUTE 201
(f) adopt its own rules of procedure. 4. The Governing Council, after considering the recommendations of the Scientific Council, shall: (a) adopt the programme of permanent activities; (b) approve any special project; (c) decide upon any supplementary programme. 5. Decisions of the Governing Council under subparagraphs (a) and (b) of paragraph 3 of this Article shall be made by a two-thirds majority of its members who are representatives of Participating States. 6. Decisions of the Governing Council shall be taken by a simple majority of members present and voting, except as otherwise provided in this Statute. A majority of members shall constitute a quorum. 7. The Governing Council shall meet in ordinary session at least once in each year. It may also meet in extraordinary session at the request of one-third of its members. 8. The Governing Council may appoint sub-committees and working groups. Article VI – The Scientific Council 1. The Scientific Council shall be composed of highly qualified scientists, selected on the basis of their technical competence in cancer research and allied fields. Members of the Scientific Council are appointed as experts and not as representatives of Participating States. 2. Each Participating State may nominate up to two experts for membership in the Scientific Council and, if a Participating State makes such a nomination, the Governing Council shall appoint one of them. 3. In identifying experts to be considered for appointment to the Scientific Council, Participating States shall take into account advice to be provided by the Chairperson of the Scientific Council and Director of the Agency concerning the expertise required on the Scientific Council at the time of those appointments. 4. Members of the Scientific Council shall serve for a term of four years. Should a member not complete a term, a new appointment shall be made for the remainder of the term to which the member would have been entitled, in accordance with paragraph 5. 5. When a vacancy arises on the Scientific Council, the Participating State
202 BASIC DOCUMENTS
that nominated the departing member may nominate up to two experts to replace that member in accordance with paragraphs 2 and 3. Any member leaving the Scientific Council, other than a member appointed for a reduced term, may be reappointed only after at least one year has elapsed. 6. The Scientific Council shall be responsible for: (a) adopting its own rules of procedure; (b) the periodical evaluation of the activities of the Agency; (c) recommending programmes of permanent activities and preparing special projects for submission to the Governing Council; (d) the periodical evaluation of special projects sponsored by the Agency; (e) reporting to the Governing Council, for consideration at the time that body considers the programme and budget, upon the matters dealt with in subparagraphs (b), (c) and (d) above. Article VII – Secretariat 1. Subject to the general authority of the Director-General of the World Health Organization, the Secretariat shall be the administrative and technical organ of the Agency. It shall in addition carry out the decisions of the Governing Council and the Scientific Council. 2. The Secretariat shall consist of the Director of the Agency and such technical and administrative staff as may be required. 3. The Director of the Agency shall be selected by the Governing Council. The appointment shall be effected by the Director-General of the World Health Organization on such terms as the Governing Council may determine. 4. The staff of the Agency shall be appointed in a manner to be determined by agreement between the Director-General of the World Health Organization and the Director of the Agency. 5. The Director of the Agency shall be the chief executive officer of the Agency. He shall be responsible for: (a) preparing the future programme and the budget estimates; (b) supervising the execution of the programme and the scientific activities; (c) directing administrative and financial matters.
INTERNATIONAL AGENCY FOR RESEARCH ON CANCER: STATUTE 203
6. The Director of the Agency shall submit a report on the progress of the Agency and the budget estimates for the next financial year to each Participating State and to the Director-General of the World Health Organization, which shall be distributed to reach them at least thirty days before the regular annual meeting of the Governing Council. Article VIII – Finance 1. The administrative services and permanent activities of the Agency shall be financed by annual contributions by each Participating State. 2. These annual contributions shall be due on 1 January of each year and must be paid not later than 31 December of that year. 3. The level or levels of annual contributions shall be determined by the Governing Council. 4. Any decision to change the level or levels of annual contributions shall require a two-thirds majority of the Members of the Governing Council who are representatives of Participating States. 5. A Participating State which is in arrears in the payment of its annual contribution shall have no vote in the Governing Council if the amount of its arrears equals or exceeds the amount of contributions due from it for the preceding financial year. 6. The Governing Council may establish a working capital fund and decide its amount. 7. The Governing Council shall be empowered to accept grants or special contributions from any individual, body or government. The special projects of the Agency shall be financed from such grants or special contributions. 8. The funds and assets of the Agency shall be accounted for separately from the funds and assets of the World Health Organization and administered in accordance with the financial regulations adopted by the Governing Council. Article IX – Headquarters The site of the headquarters of the Agency shall be determined by the Governing Council.
204 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Article X – Amendments Except as provided in Article VIII, 4, amendments to this Statute shall come into force when adopted by the Governing Council by a two-thirds majority of its members who are representatives of Participating States and accepted by the World Health Assembly. Article XI – Entry into force The provisions of this Statute shall enter into force when five of the States which took the initiative in proposing the International Agency for Research on Cancer have given the undertaking referred to in Article III to observe and apply the provisions of the present Statute. Article XII – New Participating States After the entry into force of this Statute, any State Member of the World Health Organization may be admitted as a Participating State, provided that: (a) the Governing Council, by a two-thirds majority of its members who are representatives of Participating States, considers that the State is able to contribute effectively to the scientific and technical work of the Agency; (b) and thereafter, the State gives the undertaking referred to in Article III. Article XIII – Withdrawal from Participation A Participating State may withdraw from participation in the operation of the Agency by notifying the Director-General of the World Health Organization of its intention to withdraw. Such a notification shall take effect six months after its receipt by the Director-General of the World Health Organization. ––––––––––
INDEX
INDEX
Accidental injuries, prevention, functions of, WHO, 2 Accidents to staff, compensation for, 118 Accounts of WHO, 10, 109–113 Adjournment of debate, in Executive Board, 183 in Health Assembly, 154 Adjournment of meeting, in Executive Board, 183 in Health Assembly, 154 Adjournment of session of Health Assembly, 148 Administrative services, common, with United Nations, 49 Administrative Tribunal of the United Nations, 120 Advisers to Health Assembly delegates, 5, 144, 145 to members of Board, 8, 39, 173 Advisory committees on health research, 133, 138 African Union, see Commission of the African Union Agenda, see under Executive Board, Expert Committees, World Health Assembly Agreements, 3, 7, 52, 142 adoption by Health Assembly, 7, 15, 17, 156 annual reports by Member States on, 7, 16 for agreements with individual organizations, see under name of organization Aliens’ registration, exemption, 29, 31 Allowances, expert committee members, 123 staff, 48, 117 Alternates to Health Assembly delegates, 5, 144, 145 to members of Board, 8, 39, 175, 178 Amendments, to Constitution, 15, 17, 157 to proposals in Executive Board, 185 in Health Assembly, 156, 168 to rules of procedure, 169, 189 to Statute of International Agency for Research on Cancer, 204 Americas, Region of the, 22–24 , 41–43 Appeals by staff, 120 Appointment of staff, see Recruitment and appointment of staff Appropriations, 13, 104, 111, 113 Archives of specialized agencies, inviolability, 27 Arrest, immunity from, 29, 39 Assessments, 105–107, 203 see also Contributions Assistant Directors-General, appointment and salary, 117, 118 privileges and immunities, 39 Associate Members, admission, 167 contributions, 22 list, 193 participation in Executive Board, 22,188 in Health Assembly, 4, 21, 141, 144, 145, 167 in regional committees, 12, 23 privileges and immunities, 39 rights and obligations, 4, 21–24 AU, see African Union Audit, 110, 112–113
– 207 – Index
208 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Baggage, immunities in respect of, 29, 39 Bequests, 15, 107 Budget, cooperation with United Nations regarding, 50 preparation, 14, 50, 103–104 regular, appropriations, 104–105 regular, funds, provision, 105–106 submission to and approval by Health Assembly, 6, 14, 103–105, 140–141, 162 submission to Executive Board, 10, 14, 104–105 supplementary proposals, 104, 162 Cancer, International Agency for Research on, Statute, 199–204 Child health, promotion of, 1, 3 Closure of debate in Executive Board, 183 in Health Assembly, 154–155 Codes, used by specialized agencies, 28, 29, 39 Collaborating institutions, Regulations, 131 Commission of the African Union, agreement with WHO, 85–91 Committee on Credentials, see under World Health Assembly Committee on Nominations, see under World Health Assembly Committees, establishment, 6, 11 expert, see Expert committees FAO/WHO inter-secretariat, 58 joint, with other organizations, 11, 53–54, 57–58, 61, 62, 68, 76, 126, 127 of Executive Board, see under Executive Board of Health Assembly, see under World Health Assembly regional, 12–13, 22–23, 41–42, 82, 89, 102 Communicable disease control, 1, 71, 72, 82 Communications, facilities for specialized agencies, 28, 39 Compensation to staff for illness, accident or death, 118 Conduct of business, in Executive Board, 181–185 in expert committees, 129 in Health Assembly, 152–160 Conferences, convening of, 6, 11, 13 representation at, 6, 11 secretary, 10 Constitution of WHO, 1–19, 140, 144, 155, 165, 173 amendment of, 15, 17, 157 Contributions, 99, 100, 102, 105–107 assessed, 105–107 collection by United Nations, 51 of Associate Members, 22 to International Agency for Research on Cancer, 203 see also Assessments Convention on the Privileges and Immunities of the Specialized Agencies, 25–39 Conventions, 3, 7, 9 adoption by Health Assembly, 7, 15 annual reports by Member States on, 7, 16 Credentials, Committee on, see under World Health Assembly Health Assembly, 151, 161 Currency and exchange, profits and losses, 27, 29, 39, 105, 106, 110 see also Exchange rate facility Currency of contributions, 106, 107 Custody of funds and physical assets of WHO, 108 Customs duties, exemption of specialized agencies, 28
INDEX 209
Deaths of staff members, compensation for, 118 Delegates to Health Assembly, 5 rights in main committees, 150–152 in plenary meetings, 144 Dependants of staff, travel expenses, 119 Deputy Director-General, appointment and salary, 117, 118 privileges and immunities, 39 Diagnostic procedures, standardization, 3, 8, 78, 134 Director of International Agency for Research on Cancer, Progress report, 203 Director-General, annual report, 106, 140 appointment, 6, 10, 165, 166 contract, 165, 167 duties, 167 financial report, 10, 143, 162, 179 functions, 10, 11 in respect of the International Agency for Research on Cancer, 200, 202, 203, 204 privileges and immunities, 16, 25–39, 116 Disciplinary measures imposed on staff, 120 Documents, exchange with other organizations, 46, 47, 54, 58, 62– 63, 66–67, 75, 79, 82, 88–89, 94, 98 Executive Board, 174, 177 expert committees, 124–126, 130 Health Assembly, 143–144, 151, 156 inviolability, 27, 29, 39 official, registration and deposit, 50 study groups, 132 summary records, 160, 180
Economic and Social Council, 7, 35, 44, 47, 54, 55, 60, 62, 64, 97 representation of WHO at meetings, 44–45 Economic conditions, improvement, functions of WHO, 2 Education and training, 3, 44–45, 61, 78, 82–83, 131, 134–135, 199 Elections, in Executive Board, 186–189 in Health Assembly, 158–159 of Members entitled to designate a person to serve on the Board, 6, 8, 162–165 secret ballot, guiding principles, 170–171 Emergencies, 2, 9, 15, 87, 88 Environmental health, 2, 72 Epidemic and endemic diseases, functions of WHO, 2 Agreement between AU and WHO, priorities, 88 Epidemics, emergency measures by Executive Board, 9 Epidemiological services, functions of WHO, 2 Equipment, see Supplies and equipment Exchange rate facility, 105 Excise duties, exemption of specialized agencies, 28 Executive Board, 8 agenda, 175–176 items proposed by other organizations, 45, 62, 68, 75, 176 Chairman, 9, 175, 177–179, 181–189 committees, 10–11, 178–179 conduct of business, 181–185 documents, 174, 177 elections, 185–187
210 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Executive Board (continued) functions, 9, 98, 99, 100, 174, 180 budget appropriations, 13, 104, 105 nomination of Director-General, 175, 186–189 languages, 180 meetings, 174–177 Members entitled to designate a person to serve on, 6, 8, 163–165 officers, 8, 177–178 participation of representatives of Associate Members, 21–22, 173 of members of the Board and Member States not represented on the Board, 175 of representatives of other organizations, 44, 53, 57, 61, 66, 73, 75, 188 privileges and immunities of members, 16, 39 quorum, 179, 181 Rapporteur, 177 representation at Health Assembly, 140, 141, 143, 144, 148, 149, 150 resolutions and decisions, 180, 181, 185 rights and obligations of Associate Members, 22 Rules of Procedure, 9, 173–189 Secretariat, 179–180 Secretary, 10, 179 sessions, 9, 174–175 special fund for emergencies, 15 Standing Committee on Nongovernmental Organizations, 99, 100 summary records, 180 Vice-Chairmen, 177, 178 voting, 15, 179, 184, 185–189 Ex gratia payments, 110 Executive heads of specialized agencies, 26, 31, 33, 34, 37, 38 Expenditures, resolution involving, 111 Expert advisory panels, Regulations, 121–127 Expert committees, Regulations 123–127 Rules of Procedure, 128–130 Experts, privileges and immunities, 39 Export restrictions, exemption of specialized agencies, 28 External Auditor, 110–113
FAO, see Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Financial period of WHO, 103 Financial Regulations, 103–113 Financial report of the Director-General, 10, 109, 110, 111, 141 Financing of Special Services, 51, 55, 59, 64, 69, 76 Food, international standards, functions of WHO, 3 Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO), agreement with WHO, 57–60 Functions of WHO, 2–3 Funds of WHO, 107 Furniture and effects of officials, importation, 31
General Assembly, see United Nations General Assembly General Committee, see under World Health Assembly General programme of work covering a specific period, 9, 98 Gifts and bequests, 15, 107 Governing Council of International Agency for Research on Cancer, 199–204
INDEX 211
Headquarters, of International Agency for Research on Cancer, 203 of WHO, 12, 47 Health Assembly, see World Health Assembly Health education, 3, 46 Health services, strengthening, functions of WHO, 2 Housing, improvement, functions of WHO, 2
IAEA, see International Atomic Energy Agency IFAD, see International Fund for Agricultural Development Illness of staff, compensation for, 118 ILO, see International Labour Organization Immigration restrictions, exemption, 29, 31 Immunities, see Privileges and immunities Import restrictions, exemption, 28, 31 Information, collection and dissemination, 128 exchange with other organizations, 46, 54, 58, 62–63, 67, 75, 79, 82, 88, 89, 94 Interagency agreements, 52 Intergovernmental organizations, 14, 15, 17, 143, 156 Internal borrowing, 107 International Agency for Research on Cancer, Statute, 199–204 International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA), agreement with WHO, 66–70 International Civil Service Commission, 48 International Court of Justice, 18, 32, 34, 47 International Fund for Agricultural Development (IFAD), agreement with WHO, 71–74 International Health Conference (1946), 4 International Labour Organization (ILO), agreement with WHO, 53–56 International Union against Cancer, 199 Interpretation, 130, 160, 171, 181 Investment of WHO funds, 107–109
Joint committees, see Committees Joint Staff Pension Fund, 118–119 Journal of the Health Assembly, 143, 160, 161, 163 Juridical personality of specialized agencies, 26
Laissez-passer, United Nations, 33–34, 51 Languages of the Executive Board, 180 of expert committees, 130 of Health Assembly, 160 Laws pertaining to health, 16 Leave of staff, 118 Legal capacity of WHO, 16 Liaison, United Nations and WHO, 52
Main committees, see under World Health Assembly Maternal and child health, functions of WHO, 3 Maternity leave of staff, 118 Medical care, functions of WHO, 3
212 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Members of WHO, admission, 4–5 annual reports, 15–16 assessments and contributions, 50, 105–107 entitled to designate a person to serve on the Executive Board, 6, 8, 162–165, 170, 173 list, 193–197 participation in Executive Board, 175 in Health Assembly, 5, 144 in regional committees, 12–13, 23 voting rights, 4, 15, 22, Mental health, functions of WHO, 3 Missions, joint FAO/WHO, 58
National service obligations, exemptions from, 29, 31 Nomenclatures of diseases, etc., 3, 8 Nominations, Committee on, see under World Health Assembly Nongovernmental organizations, 6, 10, 12, 17, 52, 131, 144, 145, 151 principles governing relations with WHO, 97–102 Non-Members of WHO, 144, 151, 181 Non-self-governing territories, admission to associate membership, 4, 167 cooperation with United Nations on, 47 participation in Health Assembly, 144 in regional committees, 12–13, 23 rights and obligations in regional organizations, 12–13, 21–23 Nutrition, 2, 71, 72
Oath subscribed to by staff, 116 Observers, expert committees, 124 for non-Member States and non-self-governing territories, 144 Office International des Épizooties, agreement with WHO, 81–84 Officials of specialized agencies, privileges and immunities, 3–34
Pan American Health (formerly Sanitary) Organization, 14, 22, 23 agreement with WHO, 41–43 Pan American Sanitary Bureau, 14, 41, 42, 43 Pan American Sanitary Conference, 14, 41, 42, 43 Pan American Sanitary Organization, see Pan American Health Organization Participating States of International Agency for Research on Cancer, 189–204 Pension Fund, Joint Staff, 118, 119 Pensions, 48, 54, 59, 63, 68, 118 Personnel, arrangements with other organizations, 48, 49, 54, 59, 63, 68, 76 see also Staff Pharmaceutical products, international standards, 3, 8 Plenary meetings, see under World Health Assembly Point of order in Executive Board, 171, 186, 186 in Health Assembly, 153, 154, 157, 171 Post classification, 48, 117 Premises of specialized agencies, inviolability, 27 Press, admission to Health Assembly, 145 Privileges and immunities, 16, 39, 88, 94, 116, 124, 133, 134 convention, 25–39, 193–197 Programme of work, general, covering a specific period, 9, 98
INDEX 213
Promotion of staff, 117, 118 Property, funds and assets of specialized agencies, 26–27 Proposals in Executive Board, 173, 176, 178, 181, 184, 188 in Health Assembly, 140–142, 152, 154–157, 159, 173 Public health techniques, functions of WHO, 3 Public information, 46 Publications of specialized agencies, 28
Quarantine regulations, 7 Quorum for meetings, of Executive Board, 179, 181 of expert committees, 128 of Health Assembly, 153 Committees and sub-committees, 159 Rapporteurs, 128, 129, 149, 150, 177 Recreation, improvement, functions of WHO, 2 Recruitment and appointment of staff, 10, 14, 42, 117 arrangements with other organizations, 48, 54, 59, 63, 68 Regional Committee for the Americas, 39 Regional committees, 12–14, 22, 23, 41, 42, 102 Regional Directors, 14, 39, 42, 99, 101, 102, 116, 118, 123, 126, 132, 133, 135, 136, 137 appointment, 42, 118, 175, 186 privileges and immunities, 39 salaries, 117 Regional Office for the Americas, 41–43 Regional offices, 10, 12, 13–14 relations with regional offices of other organizations, 48, 52, 55, 60, 64, 69 Regional organizations, 12–14, 22–24, 41 Regulations, 3, 7 see also Collaborating institutions; Expert advisory panels; Expert committees; Financial Regulations; Scientific Groups; Staff Regulations; Study groups Removal expenses of staff, 119 Repatriation of staff, 31, 119 Reports, committees of the Health Assembly, 141, 143, 144, 152, 161 Director-General, financial, 10, 109, 110 on work of WHO, 140 Executive Board, on budget estimates, 103, 104 expert committees and sub-committees, 125, 126, 127, 129 External Auditor, 110–113, 162 joint committees, 54, 58, 62 scientific groups, 133 study groups, 132 submitted by Member States, 15–16 to United Nations, 44, 51 Research, 3, 7, 9, 61, 66, 83, 87, 92, 93, 131, 133, 134, 135, 138 on cancer, see International Agency for Research on Cancer Resignation of staff, 116, 119 Resolutions and decisions, Executive Board, 180, 181, 185 Health Assembly, 144, 146, 152, 156,157, 160, 161 involving expenditures, 105 Retirement of staff, 46, 111 Revolving funds, 109 Roll-call, see under Voting
214 BASIC DOCUMENTS
Rules of Procedure, Executive Board, 9, 173–190 expert committees and sub-committees, 126, 128–130 Health Assembly, 6, 139–171 suspension, of Rules of Procedure, Executive Board, 183, 185, 189 of Rules of Procedure, Health Assembly, 143, 154, 169 Rural health and development, 71, 72
Salaries, 31, 71, 117 Sanitary regulations, 7 Sanitation, improvement, functions of WHO, 2 Scientific Council of International Agency for Research on Cancer, 199, 200–202 Scientific groups, Regulations, 131, 132, 133 Secret ballot, see under Elections; Voting Secretariat of International Agency for Research on Cancer, 202–203 of World Health Assembly, 143–144 of WHO, 5, 10–11 Security Council (United Nations), 7, 47 Separation from service of staff, 116, 119–120 Social security for staff, 118 South Centre, agreement with WHO, 92–95 Specialized agencies, 2, 3, 13, 17, 142 see also Convention on the Privileges and Immunities of the Specialized Agencies; and individual agencies Speeches, interpretation, 130, 142, 171 limitation of time, 146, 153, 181 Staff of WHO, 10, 105–120 regional offices, 14 see also Recruitment and appointment of staff Staff Pension Fund, Joint, 118, 119 Staff Regulations, 10, 48, 115–120 Standing Committee on Nongovernmental Organizations, 99, 100 Statistics, 2, 16, 48–49, 54–55, 59, 63, 68–69, 76 Statute of International Agency for Research on Cancer, 199–204 Study groups, Regulations, 131–133 Summary records, 160, 161, 180 Supplies and equipment, accounting control, 112–113 Suspension of meetings, of Executive Board, 183 of Health Assembly, 154, 169 of Rules of Procedure of Executive Board, 184, 189
Tax exemptions, 28, 29, 31 Teaching, see Education and training Technical assistance, 2 Technical services, common, with United Nations, 49–50, 137 establishment and maintenance, functions of WHO, 2 Termination of appointments of staff, 119 Time-limit for speakers, 146, 153, 181 Training, see Education and training Transport of infectious substances, safe, 78, 79 Travel expenses, 119 Trust Funds, 107, 108, 112 Trust territories, functions of WHO, 2 Trusteeship Council (United Nations), 7, 45, 47
INDEX 215
UNESCO, see United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization United Nations, agreement with WHO, 44–52 participation in Executive Board, 44, 175 in Health Assembly, 44, 144, 151 in meetings convened by WHO, 44 relations with WHO, 2, 15, 17 see also Economic and Social Council United Nations Administrative Tribunal, 120 United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO), agreement with WHO, 61–65 United Nations General Assembly, 7, 18 representation of WHO at meetings, 44–45 United Nations Industrial Development Organization (UNIDO), agreement with WHO, 75–77 United Nations Joint Staff Pension Fund, 118, 119 United Nations Security Council, 7, 47 United Nations Trusteeship Council, 7, 45, 47 Universal Postal Union, agreement with WHO, 78–80
Verbatim records of Health Assembly plenary meetings, 160, 161 Voting, in Executive Board, 15, 170, 171, 172, 179, 184, 185–189 in expert committees, 129 in Health Assembly, 15, 21, 146, 147, 149, 150–161, 164, 165, 170–171 roll-call, 157, 185, 186 secret ballot, 158, 163 165, 170–171 where two-thirds majority required, 7, 15, 17, 156, 157, 165, 166, 184, 185–189 Voting rights, Associate members, 21 Executive Board members, 185–189 Members States, 4, 15, 22, 156–159 suspension of, 4
Waiver of immunity, 27, 30, 32, 34, 39, 88, 94, 116 Working Capital Fund, 107, 204 Working conditions, improvement, functions of WHO, 2 in agreement between AU Commission and WHO, 86 World Health Assembly, 4, 5, 6–8 agenda, 9, 21, 45, 102 140–143, 152 items proposed by other organizations, 45, 62, 68, 75 Committee on Credentials, 21, 61, 145, 151, 161 Committee on Nominations, 21 committees and sub-committees, 221, 148, 149, 150 rapporteurs,149, 150 reports, 143–144, 152, 161 see also below, under main committees conduct of business, 152–153, 159–160 delegates, 5, 144, 145, 147, 153–157, 160 documents, 144 elections, 6, 146, 158, 162, 163, 164 secret ballot, guiding principles, 170–171 functions, 6 examination and approval of budget, 6, 14–15, 103–106, 141, 162 General Committee, 21, 142, 143, 147–148, 161, 163 Journal, 122, 160–161 languages, 160
216 BASIC DOCUMENTS
World Health Assembly (continued) main committees, 20, 97, 148–150 officers, 145, 146, 150 observers, 124, 144, 151 participation of observers for non-Member States, 144, 151–152 of observers for non-self-governing territories, 151–152 of representatives of Associate Members, 21, 21, 140, 144, 151–152 of representatives of Executive Board, 140, 144, 150 of representatives of observers of other organizations, 6, 44, 53, 57, 61, 66, 73, 75, 82, 89, 94, 140, 144, 145, 151 plenary meetings, 143, 144–145, 146, 148, 149, 150, 152, 153 President, 6, 146–147, 149 private meetings, 144, 161, 165 quorum, 153, 159 resolutions and decisions, 111, 144, 145, 146, 148, 149, 152, 155–161 Rules of Procedure, 6, 139–171 Secretariat, 10, 143–144 Secretary, 10, 143, 170 sessions, 5, 139–143 summary records, 160, 161 verbatim records, 160, 161 vice-presidents, 146, 147, 158 voting, 15, 21, 146, 147, 149, 150–159, 164, 165, 170–171
––––––––––
اﻟـــوﺛــﺎﺋـــق اﻷﺳــــﺎﺳﻳـــﺔ اﻟطﺑﻌﺔ اﻟﺛﺎﻣﻧﺔ واﻷرﺑﻌون ٢٠١٤
ة ذﻟك ،وﻳﻣﻛن اﻻطﻼع ﺗﺻدر اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ طﺑﻌﺎت ﺟدﻳدة ﻛﻠﻣﺎ اﻗﺗﺿت اﻟﺿرور ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﻣن اﻟر اﺑط http://apps.who.int/gb/bd ﺟــﺔ ﺗﺣــت ة ﻋــن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺻــﻔﺣﺎت اﻟﻣﻧدر ى اﻟﺻــﺎدر وﺗﺗــﺎح اﻟوﺛــﺎﺋق اﻟرﺳــﻣﻳﺔ اﻷﺧــر اﺑط اﻟﻌﻧوان ﺗﺻرﻳف اﻟﺷؤون ﻓﻲ ﻣوﻗﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻹﻟﻛﺗروﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟر
http://www.who.int/ governance/
اﻟـــوﺛــﺎﺋـــق اﻷﺳــــﺎﺳﻳـــﺔ اﻟطﺑﻌﺔ اﻟﺛﺎﻣﻧﺔ واﻷرﺑﻌون ٢٠١٤
ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟك اﻟﺗﻌدﻳﻼت اﻟﻣﻌﺗﻣدة ﺣﺗﻰ ٣١ﺗﺷرﻳن اﻷوﻝ /أﻛﺗوﺑر ٢٠١٤
ج ﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎت ﻣن ﻛﺗﺎﻟو اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ،اﻟطﺑﻌﺔ اﻟﺛﺎﻣﻧﺔ واﻷرﺑﻌون وﺗرد ﻓﻳﻬﺎ اﻟﺗﻌدﻳﻼت اﻟﻣﻌﺗﻣدة ﺣﺗﻰ ٣١ﺗﺷرﻳن اﻷوﻝ /أﻛﺗوﺑر .٢٠١٤ ﻻً :ﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ أو -٢اﻟدﺳـ ــﺗور واﻟﻠ ـ ـواﺋﺢ. -١ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ. اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ. ISBN: 978 92 4 665048 4
)ﺗﺻﻧﻳف اﻟﻣﻛﺗﺑﺔ اﻟطﺑﻳﺔ اﻟوطﻧﻳﺔ(WA 540.MW6 :
© ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ٢٠١٤ ﺟﻣﻳــﻊ اﻟﺣﻘــوق ﻣﺣﻔوظــﺔ .ﻳﻣﻛــن اﻟﺣﺻــوﻝ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻣطﺑوﻋــﺎت ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ اءﻫﺎ ﻣـ ــن ﻗﺳـ ــم اﻟطﺑﺎﻋـ ــﺔ ﻣـ ــن ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ ﻣوﻗـ ــﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ اﻹﻟﻛﺗروﻧ ـ ـﻲ ) (www.who.intأو ﺷ ـ ـر واﻟﻧﺷـر ،ﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ 20 Avenue Appia, 1211 Geneva 27, Switzerland )ﻫـﺎﺗف رﻗــم+٤١ ٢٢ ٧٩١ ٣٢٦٤ :؛ ﻓــﺎﻛس رﻗـم+٤١ ٢٢ ٧٩١ ٤٨٥٧ :؛ ﻋﻧـوان اﻟﺑرﻳــد اﻹﻟﻛﺗروﻧﻲ.(bookorders@who.int : وﻳﻧﺑﻐﻲ إرﺳﺎﻝ طﻠﺑﺎت اﻟﺣﺻوﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ إذن ﺑﺎﺳﺗﻧﺳﺎخ ﻣطﺑوﻋﺎت اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ أو ﺗرﺟﻣﺗﻬـﺎ – ي – إﻟــﻰ ﻗﺳــم اﻟطﺑﺎﻋــﺔ واﻟﻧﺷــر ﻋﺑــر ﻣوﻗــﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اض اﻟﺑﻳــﻊ أو اﻟﺗوزﻳــﻊ ﻏﻳــر اﻟﺗﺟــﺎر ﻷﻏـر اﻹﻟﻛﺗروﻧﻲ ).(http://www.who.int/about/licensing/copyright_form/en/index.html ع ،وطرﻳﻘـﺔ ﻋــرض اﻟﻣـواد اﻟـواردة ﻓﻳـﻪ ،ﻻ ﺗﻌﺑــر واﻟﺗﺳـﻣﻳﺎت اﻟﻣﺳـﺗﻌﻣﻠﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﻫـذا اﻟﻣطﺑــو أي ﻛــﺎن ﻣــن ﺟﺎﻧــب ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﺑﺷــﺄن اﻟوﺿــﻊ اﻟﻘــﺎﻧوﻧﻲ ﻷي ً ﻋــن أي ر ﺿــﻣﻧﺎ ﺑﻠــد ،أو أرض ،أو ﻣدﻳﻧــﺔ ،أو ﻣﻧطﻘــﺔ ،أو ﻟﺳــﻠطﺎت أي ﻣﻧﻬــﺎ ،أو ﺑﺷــﺄن ﺗﺣدﻳــد ﺣــدودﻫﺎ أو ً ﺣدودﻳـﺔ ﺗﻘرﻳﺑﻳـﺔ ﻗـد ﻻ ﻳوﺟـد ﺑﻌـد اﺋط ﺧطوطـﺎ ﺗﺧوﻣﻬﺎ .وﺗﺷﻛﻝ اﻟﺧطوط اﻟﻣﻧﻘوطﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺧر اﺗﻔﺎق ﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﺑﺷﺄﻧﻬﺎ. ﻛﻣ ــﺎ أن ذﻛ ــر ﺷ ــرﻛﺎت ﻣﺣ ــددة أو ﻣﻧﺗﺟ ــﺎت ﺟﻬ ــﺎت ﺻ ــﺎﻧﻌﺔ ﻣﻌﻳﻧ ــﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻧ ــﻲ أن ﻫ ــذﻩ اﻟﺷرﻛﺎت واﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎت ﻣﻌﺗﻣدة أو ﻣوﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣن ﻗﺑـﻝ ﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ ،ﺗﻔﺿـﻳﻼ ﻟﻬـﺎ ﻩ. ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳواﻫﺎ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﺎﺛﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟطﺎﺑﻊ وﻟم ﻳرد ذﻛر وﻗــد اﺗﺧــذت ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻛــﻝ اﻻﺣﺗﻳﺎطــﺎت اﻟﻣﻌﻘوﻟــﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻘــق ﻣــن اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت ع ع دون أي ﺿـﻣﺎن ﻣـن أي ﻧـو ة ﺗُـوز ع .وﻣﻊ ذﻟـك ﻓـﺈن اﻟﻣـواد اﻟﻣﻧﺷـور اﻟواردة ﻓﻲ ﻫذا اﻟﻣطﺑو ئ ﻫــو اﻟﻣﺳــؤوﻝ ﻋــن ﺗﻔﺳــﻳر واﺳــﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﺳ ـواء أﻛــﺎن ﺑﺷــﻛﻝ ﺻ ـرﻳﺢ أم ﺑﺷــﻛﻝ ﺿــﻣﻧﻲ .واﻟﻘــﺎر ة .واﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻟﻳﺳــت ﻣﺳــؤوﻟﺔ ﺑــﺄي ﺣــﺎﻝ ﻋــن اﻷﺿ ـر اﻟﻣ ـواد اﻟﻣﻧﺷــور ار اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻗــد ﺗﺗرﺗــب ﻋﻠــﻰ اﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻟﻬﺎ.
طُﺑﻊ ﻓﻲ إﻳطﺎﻟﻳﺎ
اﻟﻔﻬرس ،اﻧظر اﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ٢٠٧
اﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ دﺳﺗور ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ١ ......................................... ى اﺿﻲ اﻷﺧر اﻣﺎت اﻷﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳﺑﺔ واﻷر ﺣﻘوق واﻟﺗز ٢١ ٢٢ ٢٥ ٣٩ ٤١ ٤٤ ٥٣ ٥٧ -١ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ واﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي ............................... -٢اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺎت اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ ............................................. ات واﻟﺣﺻﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻣﺗﻊ ﺑﻬﺎ اﻟوﻛﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳﺔ ﺑﺷﺄن اﻻﻣﺗﻳﺎز اﻟﻣﻠﺣق اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ -ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ............................. ى اﺗﻔﺎﻗﺎت ﻣﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣﺎت دوﻟﻳﺔ ﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ أﺧر اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﺑﻠدان اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳﺔ .... اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ...................... اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﻌﻣﻝ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ............... رﻋـ ــﺔ ﻟﻸﻣـ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـ ــدة وﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ اﺗﻔـ ــﺎق ﺑـ ــﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ اﻷﻏذﻳـ ــﺔ واﻟز ا اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ..........................................................
اﻟﻣﺣﺗوﻳﺎت
اﺗﻔــﺎق ﺑــﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ﻟﻠﺗرﺑﻳــﺔ واﻟﻌﻠــم واﻟﺛﻘﺎﻓــﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ٦١ .......................................................... ٦٦ ٧١ اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن اﻟوﻛﺎﻟﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻠطﺎﻗﺔ اﻟذرﻳﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ........ اﻋﻳﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ... اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن اﻟﺻﻧدوق اﻟدوﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺗﻧﻣﻳﺔ اﻟزر
اﺗﻔ ـ ــﺎق ﺑ ـ ــﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ـ ــﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣ ـ ــﺔ اﻷﻣ ـ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ـ ــدة ﻟﻠﺗﻧﻣﻳ ـ ــﺔ ٧٥ اﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ......................................................... ٧٨ ٨١ ٨٥ ٩٢ اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ واﻻﺗﺣﺎد اﻟﺑرﻳدي اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ............ اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن اﻟﻣﻛﺗب اﻟدوﻟﻲ ﻟﻸوﺑﺋﺔ اﻟﺣﻳواﻧﻳﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ... اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن ﻣﻔوﺿﻳﺔ اﻻﺗﺣﺎد اﻷﻓرﻳﻘﻲ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ......... اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ وﻣرﻛز اﻟﺟﻧوب ....................
)ﻳﺗﺑﻊ ﺧﻠﻔﻪ(
iii
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ
iv
اﻟﻼﺋﺣﺔ اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ............................... اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻣوظﻔﻲ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ...................... اء اﻻﺳﺗﺷﺎرﻳﻳن .......................... ﻻﺋﺣﺔ ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت وﻟﺟﺎن اﻟﺧﺑر اء ................................. ﻣرﻓق -اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﺧﺑر رﺳ ــﺔ واﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋ ــﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳ ــﺔ واﻟﻣؤﺳﺳ ــﺎت اﻟﻣﺗﻌﺎوﻧ ــﺔ ﻻﺋﺣ ــﺔ ﻣﺟﻣوﻋ ــﺎت اﻟد ا واﻷﺳﺎﻟﻳب اﻷﺧر ى ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺎون ١٣١ ............................................ اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ١٣٩ ............................... اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي ﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ١٧٣ ............. اﻟﺗذﻳﻳﻼت ١٩٣ ١٩٩ ٢٠٧ -١اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ...................... -٢اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻠوﻛﺎﻟﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﺑﺣوث اﻟﺳرطﺎن ..................
١٠٣ ١١٥ ١٢١ ١٢٨
اﻟﻔﻬرس .............................................................. ــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ
ة إﻟـ ــﻰ أﺣـ ــد اﻟﺟﻧﺳـ ــﻳن ﻓـ ــﻲ اﻟوﺛـ ــﺎﺋق ﻳﻌﺗﺑـ ــر أن اﻹﺷـ ــﺎر ً ﻟﻠﻘ ـ ـر ﻣﻼﺣظﺔ :وﻓﻘ ـ ـﺎ ار ج ص عُ ٨-٥٧ ة إﻟﻰ اﻟﺟﻧس اﻵﺧر ﻣﺎ ﻟم ﻳﻘﺗض اﻟﺳﻳﺎق ﺧﻼف ذﻟك. اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﺗﺷﻣﻝ اﻹﺷﺎر
اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ١
دﺳﺗور ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ
اف ﻓ ــﻲ ﻫ ــذا اﻟدﺳــﺗور ،طﺑﻘ ــﺎ ﻟﻣﻳﺛــﺎق اﻷﻣ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ــدة ،أن ﺗﻌﻠـــن اﻟـــدوﻝ اﻷطـــر ﻷﻣﻧﻬﺎ: ﻻﻧﺳﺟﺎم ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺗﻬﺎ و اﻟﻣﺑﺎدئ اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ أﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻟﺳﻌﺎدة ﺟﻣﻳﻊ اﻟﺷﻌوب و اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣن اﻛﺗﻣـﺎﻝ اﻟﺳـﻼﻣﺔ ﺑـدﻧﻳﺎً وﻋﻘﻠﻳـﺎً واﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﻳـﺎً ،ﻻ ﻣﺟـرد اﻧﻌـدام اﻟﻣرض أو اﻟﻌﺟز. اﻟﺗﻣﺗﻊ ﺑﺄﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺳﺗوى ﻣـن اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ ﻳﻣﻛـن ﺑﻠوﻏـﻪ ﻫـو أﺣـد اﻟﺣﻘـوق اﻷﺳﺎﺳـﻳﺔ ﻟﻛـﻝ إﻧﺳ ــﺎن ،دون ﺗﻣﻳﻳ ــز ﺑﺳ ــﺑب اﻟﻌﻧﺻ ــر أو اﻟ ــدﻳن أو اﻟﻌﻘﻳ ــدة اﻟﺳﻳﺎﺳ ــﻳﺔ أو اﻟﺣﺎﻟ ــﺔ اﻻﻗﺗﺻﺎدﻳﺔ أو اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﻳﺔ. غ اﻟﺳ ــﻠم واﻷﻣ ــن ،وﻫ ــﻲ ﺗﻌﺗﻣ ــد ﻋﻠ ــﻰ ﺻ ــﺣﺔ ﺟﻣﻳ ــﻊ اﻟﺷ ــﻌوب أﻣ ــر أﺳﺎﺳ ــﻲ ﻟﺑﻠ ــو اد واﻟدوﻝ. اﻟﺗﻌﺎون اﻷﻛﻣﻝ ﻟﻸﻓر ﻣﺎ ﺗﺣﻘﻘﻪ أﻳﺔ دوﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺗﺣﺳﻳن اﻟﺻﺣﺔ وﺣﻣﺎﻳﺗﻬﺎ أﻣر ﻟﻪ أﻫﻣﻳﺗﻪ ﻟﻠﺟﻣﻳﻊ. ﻻﺳـ ــﻳﻣﺎ اض ،و ﺗﻔـ ــﺎوت اﻟﺑﻠـ ــدان اﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔـ ــﺔ ﻓـ ــﻲ ﺗﺣﺳـ ــﻳن اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ وﻣﻛﺎﻓﺣـ ــﺔ اﻷﻣ ـ ـر اض اﻟﺳﺎرﻳﺔ ،ﺧطر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺟﻣﻳﻊ. اﻷﻣر ة ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻟﻌـﻳش ﺑﺎﻧﺳـﺟﺎم ﻓـﻲ ﺑﻳﺋـﺔ اﻟﻧﺷﺄة اﻟﺻﺣﻳﺔ ﻟﻠطﻔﻝ أﻣر ﺑﺎﻟﻎ اﻷﻫﻣﻳﺔ ،واﻟﻘـدر ي ﻟﻬذﻩ اﻟﻧﺷﺄة. ة أﻣر ﺟوﻫر ﻛﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﺗﻐﻳر إﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻓواﺋد اﻟﻌﻠوم اﻟطﺑﻳﺔ واﻟﻧﻔﺳـﻳﺔ وﻣـﺎ ﻳﺗﺻـﻝ ﺑﻬـﺎ ﻣـن ﻣﻌـﺎرف ﻟﺟﻣﻳـﻊ اﻟﺷـﻌوب غ أﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺳﺗوﻳﺎت اﻟﺻﺣﻳﺔ. ي ﻟﺑﻠو أﻣر ﺟوﻫر أي اﻟﻌﺎم اﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧﻳر ،واﻟﺗﻌﺎون اﻹﻳﺟﺎﺑﻲ ﻣن اﻟﺟﻣﻬـور ،ﻟﻬﻣـﺎ أﻫﻣﻳـﺔ ﻗﺻـوى ﻓـﻲ اﻟر ﺗﺣﺳﻳن ﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﺑﺷر. ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛــن اﻟوﻓــﺎء ﺑﻬــذﻩ اﻟﻣﺳــؤوﻟﻳﺔ إﻻ اﻟﺣﻛوﻣــﺎت ﻣﺳــؤوﻟﺔ ﻋــن ﺻــﺣﺔ ﺷــﻌوﺑﻬﺎ ،و ﺑﺎﺗﺧﺎذ ﺗداﺑﻳر ﺻﺣﻳﺔ واﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻳﺔ.
ﺗﻣ ــوز /ﻳوﻟﻳ ــو ،١٩٤٦ووﻗﻌ ــﻪ ﻓ ــﻲ ٢٢ﺗﻣ ــوز /ﻳوﻟﻳ ــو ١٩٤٦ﻣﻣﺛﻠ ــو ٦١دوﻟ ــﺔ ) اﻟﺳ ــﺟﻼت اﻟرﺳ ــﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ رﻗــم ،٢اﻟﺻــﻔﺣﺔ ،(١٠٠ودﺧــﻝ ﺣﻳــز اﻟﻧﻔــﺎذ ﻓــﻲ ٧ﻧﻳﺳــﺎن /أﺑرﻳــﻝ ،١٩٤٨
ان /ﻳوﻧﻳـو إﻟـﻰ ٢٢ ﻩ ﻣؤﺗﻣر اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻲ اﻟذي ﻋﻘد ﻓﻲ ﻧﻳوﻳورك ﻣـن ١٩ﺣزﻳـر ١ﻫذا اﻟدﺳﺗور أﻗر
واﻟﺗﻌــدﻳﻼت اﻟﺗــﻲ أﻗرﺗﻬــﺎ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺎت اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ اﻟﺳﺎدﺳــﺔ واﻟﻌﺷــرون واﻟﺗﺎﺳــﻌﺔ واﻟﻌﺷــرون واﻟﺗﺎﺳــﻌﺔ ات ج ص ع ٣٧-٢٦وج ص ع ٣٨-٢٩وج ص ع٦-٣٩ رر واﻟﺛﻼﺛ ـ ـ ـ ــون واﻟﺣﺎدﻳ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ واﻟﺧﻣﺳ ـ ـ ـ ــون )اﻟﻘـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ا رﻳــر ١٩٧٧و ٢٠ﻛــﺎﻧون اﻟﺛــﺎﻧﻲ /ﻳﻧــﺎﻳر ١٩٨٤ وج ص ع (٢٣-٥١أﺻــﺑﺣت ﻧﺎﻓــذة ﻓــﻲ ٣ﺷــﺑﺎط /ﻓﺑ ا ﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫذا اﻟﻧص. و ١١ﺗﻣوز /ﻳوﻟﻳو ١٩٩٤و ١٥أﻳﻠوﻝ /ﺳﺑﺗﻣﺑر ٢٠٠٥ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺗواﻟﻲ ،وﻫﻲ ﻣدر 1
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
2
اف اﻟﻣﺗﻌﺎﻗـدة ﻫـذﻩ اﻟﻣﺑـﺎدئ ،وﺑﻐﻳـﺔ ﺗﺣﻘﻳـق اﻟﺗﻌـﺎون ﻓﻳﻣـﺎ ﺑﻳﻧﻬـﺎ واذ ﺗﻘﺑﻝ اﻷطر ٕ ﻫ ــﺎ ،ﻟﺗﺣﺳ ــﻳن وﺣﻣﺎﻳ ــﺔ ﺻ ــﺣﺔ ﺟﻣﻳ ــﻊ اﻟﺷ ــﻌوب ،ﺗواﻓ ــق ﻋﻠ ــﻰ ﻫ ــذا اﻟدﺳ ــﺗور، وﻣ ــﻊ ﻏﻳر وﺗﻧﺷﺊ ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿﺎﻩ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ،وﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ ،وﻓﻘﺎ ﻷﺣﻛـﺎم اﻟﻣـﺎدة ٥٧ ﻣن ﻣﻳﺛﺎق اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة.
اﻟﻔﺻﻝ اﻷوﻝ -اﻟﻬدف
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١ ـﻣﺎة ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﻳﻠــﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ( ﻫــو أن ﺗﺑﻠــﻎ ﻫــدف ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ )اﻟﻣﺳـ ّ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ اﻟﺷﻌوب أرﻓﻊ ﻣﺳﺗوى ﺻﺣﻲ ﻣﻣﻛن.
اﻟﻔﺻﻝ اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ -اﻟوظﺎﺋف
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢ ﺗﻣﺎرس اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﻘﻳق ﻫدﻓﻬﺎ اﻟوظﺎﺋف اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ: اﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻛﺳﻠطﺔ اﻟﺗوﺟﻳﻪ واﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳق ﻓﻲ ﻣﻳدان اﻟﻌﻣﻝ اﻟﺻﺣﻲ اﻟدوﻟﻲ؛ ات إﻗﺎﻣـ ــﺔ ﺗﻌـ ــﺎون ﻓﻌـ ــﺎﻝ ﻣـ ــﻊ اﻷﻣـ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـ ــدة واﻟوﻛـ ــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻـ ــﺔ واﻹدار اﻟﺻــﺣﻳﺔ اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳــﺔ واﻟﺟﻣﺎﻋــﺎت اﻟﻣﻬﻧﻳــﺔ وﻏﻳــر ذﻟــك ﻣــن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت ،ﺣﺳــﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﻛون ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺎً ،واﻟﺣﻔﺎظ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫذا اﻟﺗﻌﺎون؛ ﻣﺳﺎﻋدة اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﺎت ،ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ طﻠﺑﻬﺎ ،ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌزﻳز اﻟﺧدﻣﺎت اﻟﺻﺣﻳﺔ؛ ئ ،ﺗﻘــدﻳم اﻟﻌــون اﻟــﻼزم ﺗﻘــدﻳم اﻟﻣﺳــﺎﻋدة اﻟﻔﻧﻳــﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳــﺑﺔ ،وﻓــﻲ ﺣــﺎﻻت اﻟط ـوار ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ طﻠب اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﺎت أو ﻗﺑوﻟﻬﺎ؛ ء ﻋﻠ ــﻰ ﺗﻘ ــدﻳم ،أو اﻟﻣﺳ ــﺎﻋدة ﻓ ــﻲ ﺗﻘ ــدﻳم ،اﻟﺧ ــدﻣﺎت واﻟﺗﺳ ــﻬﻳﻼت اﻟﺻ ــﺣﻳﺔ ﺑﻧ ــﺎ ً رﺿ ـ ــﻲ اﻟﻣﺷ ـ ــﻣوﻟﺔ طﻠ ـ ــب اﻷﻣ ـ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ـ ــدة ﻟﺟﻣﺎﻋ ـ ــﺎت ﺧﺎﺻ ـ ــﺔ ،ﻛﺷ ـ ــﻌوب اﻷ ا ﺑﺎﻟوﺻﺎﻳﺔ؛ إﻧﺷ ــﺎء ﻣ ــﺎ ﻗ ــد ﻳﻠ ــزم ﻣ ــن اﻟﺧ ــدﻣﺎت اﻹدارﻳ ــﺔ واﻟﻔﻧﻳ ــﺔ ،ﺑﻣ ــﺎ ﻓ ــﻲ ذﻟ ــك اﻟﺧ ــدﻣﺎت اﻟوﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ واﻹﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ ،واﻟﺣﻔﺎظ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ؛ اض اﻟوﺑﺎﺋﻳـﺔ واﻟﻣﺗوطﻧـﺔ اﻣﻳﺔ إﻟﻰ اﺳﺗﺋﺻﺎﻝ اﻷﻣـر ﺗﺷﺟﻳﻊ واﺳﺗﺣﺛﺎث اﻟﺟﻬود اﻟر اض؛ ﻫﺎ ﻣن اﻷﻣر وﻏﻳر ى ﻋﻧـد اﻻﻗﺗﺿـﺎء ،ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻟﺗﺷﺟﻳﻊ ،ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻌﺎون ﻣﻊ اﻟوﻛﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ اﻷﺧـر ار اﻟﻧﺎﺟﻣـﺔ ﻋـن اءات اﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗـؤدي إﻟـﻰ اﻟوﻗﺎﻳـﺔ ﻣـن اﻷﺿـر اﺗﺧﺎذ اﻹﺟر اﻟﺣوادث؛ ى ﻋﻧـد اﻻﻗﺗﺿـﺎء ،ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﺗﺷـﺟﻳﻊ ،ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻌـﺎون ﻣـﻊ اﻟوﻛـﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻـﺔ اﻷﺧـر ﺗﺣﺳــﻳن اﻟﺗﻐذﻳــﺔ واﻹﺳــﻛﺎن واﻹﺻــﺣﺎح واﻟﺗرﻓﻳــﻪ واﻷﺣ ـواﻝ اﻻﻗﺗﺻــﺎدﻳﺔ وأﺣ ـواﻝ ﻫﺎ ﻣن ﻧواﺣﻲ ﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﺑﻳﺋﺔ؛ اﻟﻌﻣﻝ وﻏﻳر )أ( )ب( )ج( )د(
)ﻫ( )و( )ز( ) ح( )ط(
3
دﺳﺗور ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
ﺗﺷ ــﺟﻳﻊ اﻟﺗﻌ ــﺎون ﺑ ــﻳن اﻟﺟﻣﺎﻋ ــﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳ ــﺔ واﻟﻔﻧﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﺗﺳ ــﻬم ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﻧﻬ ــوض ﺑﺎﻟﺻﺣﺔ؛ اح اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳ ــﺎت واﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗ ــﺎت واﻷﻧظﻣ ــﺔ ووﺿ ــﻊ اﻟﺗوﺻ ــﻳﺎت ﺣ ــوﻝ اﻟﺷ ــؤون اﻗﺗـ ـر اﻟﺻــﺣﻳﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ ،واﻟﻘﻳــﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻬــﺎم اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻗــد ﺗﺳــﻧد ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿــﺎﻫﺎ إﻟــﻰ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ وﺗﻛون ﻣﺗﻔﻘﺔ وﻫدﻓﻬﺎ؛ ة ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻟﻌـﻳش ﺑﺎﻧﺳـﺟﺎم ﻓـﻲ ﻋﺎﻳﺔ اﻷم واﻟطﻔﻝ وﺗﻌزﻳز اﻟﻘـدر اﻟﻧﻬوض ﺑﺻﺣﺔ ور ة؛ ﺑﻳﺋﺔ ﻛﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﺗﻐﻳر ﻻﺳـﻳﻣﺎ ﻣـﺎ ﻳﺗﺻـﻝ ﻣﻧﻬـﺎ ﺑﺎﻧﺳـﺟﺎم ﺗﺷﺟﻳﻊ اﻷﻧﺷطﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻳدان اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﻘﻠﻳﺔ ،و اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎت اﻹﻧﺳﺎﻧﻳﺔ؛ ﺗﺷﺟﻳﻊ وﺗوﺟﻳﻪ اﻟﺑﺣوث ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﺎﻝ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ؛
) ي( )ك( )ﻝ( ) م( )ن(
)س( اﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺣﺳﻳن ﻣﺳﺗوﻳﺎت اﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳم واﻟﺗدرﻳب ﻓـﻲ اﻟﻣﻬـن اﻟﺻـﺣﻳﺔ واﻟطﺑﻳـﺔ واﻟﻣﻬن اﻟﻣرﺗﺑطﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ؛ ﻋﺎﻳـ ــﺔ رﺳـ ــﺔ اﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳـ ــﺎت اﻹدارﻳـ ــﺔ واﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﺻـ ــﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣـ ــﺔ واﻟر دا اﻟطﺑﻳــﺔ ﻣــن اﻟﻧــﺎﺣﻳﺗﻳن اﻟوﻗﺎﺋﻳــﺔ واﻟﻌﻼﺟﻳــﺔ ،ﺑﻣــﺎ ﻓــﻲ ذﻟــك ﺧــدﻣﺎت اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺷــﻔﻳﺎت واﻟﺿ ــﻣﺎن اﻻﺟﺗﻣ ــﺎﻋﻲ وﺗﻘ ــدﻳم ﺗﻘ ــﺎرﻳر ﻋﻧﻬ ــﺎ ،وذﻟ ــك ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻌ ــﺎون ﻣ ــﻊ اﻟوﻛ ــﺎﻻت ى ﻋﻧد اﻻﻗﺗﺿﺎء؛ اﻷﺧر
)ع(
أي ﻋ ــﺎم ﻣﺳ ــﺗﻧﻳر ﻟ ــدى ﺟﻣﻳ ــﻊ اﻟﺷ ــﻌوب ،ﻓ ــﻲ ﺷ ــؤون )ص( اﻟﻣﺳ ــﺎﻋدة ﻓ ــﻲ ﺗﻛ ــوﻳن ر اﻟﺻﺣﺔ؛ ﻷﺳـﺑﺎب اﻟوﻓـﺎة ،وﻟﻣﻣﺎرﺳـﺎت اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣـﺔ، اض و وﺿﻊ ﺗﺳﻣﻳﺎت دوﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻸﻣر ة؛ اﺟﻌﺔ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﺗﺳﻣﻳﺎت ﻛﻠﻣﺎ دﻋت اﻟﺿرور وﻣر ﺗوﺣﻳد طرق اﻟﺗﺷﺧﻳص ﺑﺎﻟﻘدر اﻟﻼزم؛
ة واﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋدة ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻝ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ؛ )ف( ﺗﻘدﻳم اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت واﻟﻣﺷور
)ق( )ر(
)ش( وﺿ ــﻊ ﻣﻌ ــﺎﻳﻳر دوﻟﻳ ــﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧﺗﺟ ــﺎت اﻟﻐذاﺋﻳ ــﺔ واﻟﺣﻳﺎﺗﻳ ــﺔ واﻟﺻ ــﻳدﻟﻳﺔ وﻣ ــﺎ ﺷ ــﺎﺑﻬﻬﺎ، ﻫﺎ؛ ﻫﺎ وﻧﺷر وﺗﻘرﻳر غ ﻫدف اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ. وﺑﺻﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ،اﺗﺧﺎذ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠزم ﻟﺑﻠو
) ت(
اﻟﻔﺻﻝ اﻟﺛﺎﻟث -اﻟﻌﺿوﻳﺔ واﻟﻌﺿوﻳﺔ اﻻﻧﺗﺳﺎﺑﻳﺔ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣ ﻋﺿوﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﻣﻔﺗوﺣﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﻳﻊ اﻟدوﻝ.
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
4
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤ ﻟﻠــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء ﻓــﻲ اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة أن ﺗﺻــﺑﺢ أﻋﺿــﺎء ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﺑﺗوﻗﻳــﻊ ﻫــذا اﻟدﺳــﺗور أو ﺑﻘﺑوﻟــﻪ ﺑﺄﻳــﺔ طرﻳﻘــﺔ أﺧــر ى ،وﻓﻘـﺎً ﻷﺣﻛــﺎم اﻟﻔﺻــﻝ اﻟﺗﺎﺳــﻊ ﻋﺷــر ووﻓﻘ ـﺎً ﻟﻘواﻋدﻫﺎ اﻟدﺳﺗورﻳﺔ. اﻗﺑﻳن إﻟــﻰ ﻣــؤﺗﻣر اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟــدوﻟﻲ ﻟﻠــدوﻝ اﻟﺗــﻲ دﻋﻳــت ﺣﻛوﻣﺎﺗﻬــﺎ إﻟــﻰ إﻳﻔــﺎد ﻣ ـر اﻟ ــذي ﻋﻘ ــد ﻓ ــﻲ ﻧﻳوﻳ ــورك ﺳ ــﻧﺔ ١٩٤٦أن ﺗﺻ ــﺑﺢ أﻋﺿ ــﺎء ﺑﺗوﻗﻳ ــﻊ ﻫ ــذا اﻟدﺳ ــﺗور ،أو ى ،وﻓﻘ ـ ـﺎً ﻷﺣﻛـ ــﺎم اﻟﻔﺻـ ــﻝ اﻟﺗﺎﺳـ ــﻊ ﻋﺷـ ــر ،ووﻓﻘ ـ ـﺎً ﻟﻘواﻋـ ــدﻫﺎ ﺑﻘﺑوﻟـ ــﻪ ﺑﺄﻳـ ــﺔ طرﻳﻘـ ــﺔ أﺧـ ــر ة اﻷوﻟــﻰ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟدﺳــﺗورﻳﺔ ،ﺑﺷــرط أن ﻳــﺗم ﻫــذا اﻟﺗوﻗﻳــﻊ أو اﻟﻘﺑــوﻝ ﻗﺑــﻝ اﻧﻌﻘــﺎد اﻟــدور اﻟﺻﺣﺔ. ﻩ رر ﻣــﻊ ﻋــدم اﻹﺧــﻼﻝ ﺑﺷــرط أي اﺗﻔــﺎق ﺑــﻳن اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة واﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ،ﻳــﺗم إﻗـ ا طﺑﻘــﺎ ﻟﻠﻔﺻــﻝ اﻟﺳــﺎدس ﻋﺷــر ،ﻳﺟــوز ﻟﻠــدوﻝ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺻــﺑﺢ أﻋﺿــﺎء وﻓــق اﻟﻣــﺎدﺗﻳن ٤ و ٥أن ﺗطﻠــب اﻟﻌﺿــوﻳﺔ ،وﻳﻘﺑــﻝ طﻠﺑﻬــﺎ ﻣﺗــﻰ واﻓﻘــت ﻋﻠﻳــﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻏﻠﺑﻳــﺔ اﻟﺑﺳﻳطﺔ. اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٧ زﻣــﺎت ﻣﺎﻟﻳــﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﺣﺎﻟــﺔ ﻋــدم وﻓــﺎء إﺣــدى اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء ﺑﻣــﺎ ﻋﻠﻳﻬــﺎ ﻣــن اﻟﺗ ا ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ ،أو ﻓـ ــﻲ ﻏﻳـ ــر ذﻟـ ــك ﻣـ ــن اﻟظـ ــروف اﻻﺳـ ــﺗﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ ،ﻳﺟـ ــوز ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ، ات اﻟﺗﺻـوﻳت ،واﻟﺧـدﻣﺎت اﻟﺗـﻲ ﻳﺣـق ﻟﻠدوﻟـﺔ اﻫﺎ ﻣﻧﺎﺳـﺑﺔ ،وﻗـف اﻣﺗﻳـﺎز ﺑﺎﻟﺷروط اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗر ات اﻟﺗﺻـوﻳت واﻟﺧـدﻣﺎت اﻟﻌﺿو أن ﺗﺗﻣﺗـﻊ ﺑﻬـﺎ .وﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ ﺳـﻠطﺔ إﻋـﺎدة اﻣﺗﻳـﺎز ﻫذﻩ. رﺿـ ــﻲ ﻏﻳـ ــر رﺿـ ــﻲ أو ﻣﺟﻣوﻋـ ــﺎت اﻷ ا ﻳﺟـ ــوز ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ أن ﺗﻘﺑـ ــﻝ اﻷ ا ة ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺗﻬﺎ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ أﻋﺿﺎء ﻣﻧﺗﺳﺑﺔ ،ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ طﻠـب ﻳﻘـدم ﻧﻳﺎﺑـﺔ اﻟﻣﺳؤوﻟﺔ ﻋن ﻣﺑﺎﺷر ى اﻟﻣﺳـؤوﻟﺔ اﺿﻲ ﻣن اﻟدوﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﺿو أو اﻟﺳﻠطﺔ اﻷﺧـر ﻋن اﻷرض أو ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ اﻷر رﺿ ــﻲ .وﻳﻧﺑﻐ ــﻲ أن ﻳﻛ ــون ﻣﻣﺛﻠ ــو ﻋ ــن اﻟﻌﻼﻗ ــﺎت اﻟدوﻟﻳ ــﺔ ﻟ ــﻸرض أو ﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋ ــﺔ اﻷ ا اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳ ــﺑﻳن ﻟ ــدى ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ ﻣ ــؤﻫﻠﻳن ﺑﻛﻔ ــﺎءﺗﻬم اﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳ ــﺔ ﻓ ــﻲ ﻣﻳ ــدان ﻫم ﻣــن ﺑــﻳن اﻟﺳــﻛﺎن اﻷﺻــﻠﻳﻳن .وﺗﺣــدد ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ،وأن ﻳﻛــون اﺧﺗﻳــﺎر اﻣﺎت اﻷﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳﺑﻳن. طﺑﻳﻌﺔ وﻣدى ﺣﻘوق واﻟﺗز
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٦
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٨
ار ة ﻟﻬ ـ ــذﻩ اﻟﻣ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـﺎدة )اﻟﻘ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـر ١اﻟﺗﻌ ـ ــدﻳﻝ اﻟ ـ ــذي اﻋﺗﻣدﺗ ـ ــﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺛﺎﻣﻧ ـ ــﺔ ﻋﺷـ ـ ـر ج ص ع (٤٨-١٨ﻟم ﻳﺻﺑﺢ ﻧﺎﻓذاً ﺑﻌد.
5
دﺳﺗور ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
ة اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﺑﻊ -أﺟﻬز اﻟﻔﺻﻝ اﻟر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٩
ﻳﻘوم ﺑﻌﻣﻝ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ:
اﻟﻣﺳﻣﺎة ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ(؛ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ) ّ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي )اﻟﻣﺳﻣﻰ ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺟﻠس(؛ اﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ.
) ب( ) ج(
)أ(
اﻟﻔﺻﻝ اﻟﺧﺎﻣس -ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٠ ﺗﺗﺄﻟف ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻣن ﻣﻧدوﺑﻳن ﻳﻣﺛﻠون اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١١ ﻳﻣﺛــﻝ ﻛــﻝ دوﻟــﺔ ﻋﺿــو ﻣــﺎ ﻻ ﻳزﻳــد ﻋــن ﺛﻼﺛــﺔ ﻣﻧــدوﺑﻳن ،ﺗﻌــﻳن اﻟدوﻟــﺔ اﻟﻌﺿــو ﻻء اﻟﻣﻧ ــدوﺑﻳن ﻣ ــن ﺑ ــﻳن أﻛﺛ ــر اﻷﺷ ــﺧﺎص ﻛﻔ ــﺎءة أﺣ ــدﻫم رﺋﻳﺳـ ـﺎً ،وﻳﻧﺑﻐ ــﻲ اﺧﺗﻳ ــﺎر ﻫ ــؤ ة اﻟﺻـﺣﻳﺔ اﻟﻘوﻣﻳـﺔ ﺑﻘدرﺗﻬم اﻟﻔﻧﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻳدان اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ،وﻳﻔﺿﻝ أن ﻳﻛوﻧوا ﻣﻣﺛﻠـﻳن ﻟـﻺدار ﻟﻠدوﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﺿو.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٢ اﻓق اﻟﻣﻧدوﺑﻳن ﺑدﻻء وﻣﺳﺗﺷﺎرون. ﻳﺟوز أن ﻳر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٣ ات ﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﺣﺳ ــﺑﻣﺎ ة ﺳ ــﻧوﻳﺔ ﻋﺎدﻳــﺔ وﻓ ــﻲ دور ﺗﺟﺗﻣــﻊ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ ﻓــﻲ دور ء ﻋﻠـﻰ طﻠـب اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس أو أﻏﻠﺑﻳـﺔ اﻟـدوﻝ ـﺎ ﻧ ﺑ ـﺔ ات اﻟﺧﺎﺻ ة .وﺗﻌﻘـد اﻟـدور ﺗﻘﺿﻲ اﻟﺿرور ً اﻷﻋﺿﺎء.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٤ ة ﺳــﻧوﻳﺔ اﻟﺑﻠــد أو اﻹﻗﻠــﻳم اﻟــذي ﺗﻌﻘــد ﻓﻳــﻪ ﺗﺧﺗــﺎر ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﻛــﻝ دور دورﺗﻬــﺎ اﻟﺳــﻧوﻳﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳــﺔ .وﻳﺣــدد اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ﺑﻌــد ذﻟــك ﻣﻛــﺎن اﻻﻧﻌﻘــﺎد ،ﻛﻣــﺎ ﻳﺣــدد ﻣﻛــﺎن ة اﻻﺳﺗﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ. اﻧﻌﻘﺎد اﻟدور
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
6
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٥ ﻳﺣــدد اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ،ﺑﻌــد اﻟﺗﺷــﺎور ﻣــﻊ اﻷﻣــﻳن اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻸﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ،ﺗــﺎرﻳﺦ اﻧﻌﻘــﺎد ة ﺳﻧوﻳﺔ أو اﺳﺗﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ. ﻛﻝ دور
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٦ ة ﺗﻧﺗﺧــب ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ رﺋﻳﺳــﻬﺎ وأﻋﺿــﺎء ﻣﻛﺗﺑﻬــﺎ اﻵﺧـرﻳن ﻓــﻲ ﺑداﻳــﺔ ﻛــﻝ دور ﻻء ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﺎﺻﺑﻬم ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗم اﻧﺗﺧﺎب ﻣن ﻳﺧﻠﻔوﻧﻬم. ﺳﻧوﻳﺔ ،وﻳظﻝ ﻫؤ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٧ ﺗﺿﻊ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻧظﺎﻣﻬﺎ اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٨ وظﺎﺋف ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻫﻲ: رﺳم ﺳﻳﺎﺳﺎت اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ؛ ﺗﺳﻣﻳﺔ اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﺗﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺣق ﺗﻌﻳﻳن ﺷﺧص ﻟﻠﻌﻣﻝ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس؛ ﺗﻌﻳﻳن اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم؛ واﻋطــﺎء اﻟﻧظــر ﻓــﻲ ﺗﻘــﺎرﻳر وأﻋﻣــﺎﻝ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس واﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ،واﻟﻣواﻓﻘــﺔ ﻋﻠﻳﻬــﺎٕ ، ﻏـوب ﻓﻳـﻪ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎت ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠق ﺑﺎﻷﻣور اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛن أن ﻳﻛون ﻣـن اﻟﻣر اﺳﺔ أو اﺳﺗﻘﺻﺎء أو ﺗﻘرﻳر ﻋﻧﻬﺎ؛ اء ﺑﺷﺄﻧﻬﺎ أو إﻋداد در اﺗﺧﺎذ إﺟر اﻫﺎ ﺿرورﻳﺔ ﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ؛ إﻧﺷﺎء اﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﺗﻲ ﻗد ﺗر اﻧﻳﺔ واﻋﺗﻣﺎدﻫﺎ؛ اف ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺳﻳﺎﺳﺎت اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺔ واﻟﻧظر ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﻳز اﻹﺷر ﺗﻛﻠﻳــف اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس واﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﺑﺗﻧﺑﻳــﻪ اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء واﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ، رﻫـﺎ ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ أو ﻏﻳر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ ،إﻟﻰ أي ﻣﺳﺄﻟﺔ ﺗﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﺣﺔ وﺗ ا ة ﺑﺎﻻﻫﺗﻣﺎم؛ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﺟدﻳر دﻋـ ـ ــوة أي ﻣﻧظﻣـ ـ ــﺔ دوﻟﻳـ ـ ــﺔ أو ﻗوﻣﻳـ ـ ــﺔ ،ﺣﻛوﻣﻳـ ـ ــﺔ أو ﻏﻳـ ـ ــر ﺣﻛوﻣﻳـ ـ ــﺔ ،ﺗﺗـ ـ ــوﻟﻰ اك، ﻣﺳــؤوﻟﻳﺎت ذات ﺻــﻠﺔ ﺑﻣﺳــؤوﻟﻳﺎت اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ،إﻟــﻰ ﺗﻌﻳــﻳن ﻣﻣﺛﻠــﻳن ﻟﻼﺷــﺗر دون ﺣ ـ ـ ـ ــق اﻟﺗﺻ ـ ـ ـ ــوﻳت ،ﻓ ـ ـ ـ ــﻲ اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎت اﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ أو ﻓ ـ ـ ـ ــﻲ اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎت ات اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻌﻘــد ﺗﺣــت ﺳــﻠطﺗﻬﺎ ،وذﻟــك ﺑﺎﻟﺷــروط اﻟﺗ ـﻲ ﺗﺣــددﻫﺎ اﻟﻠﺟــﺎن واﻟﻣــؤﺗﻣر ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ،ﻏﻳــر أن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت اﻟﻘوﻣﻳــﺔ ﻻ ﺗــدﻋﻰ إﻻ ﺑﻣواﻓﻘــﺔ اﻟﺣﻛوﻣــﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳﺔ؛
) ب( ) ج( )د(
)أ(
)ﻫ ( )ز( ) ح( )و(
7
دﺳﺗور ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
اﻟﻧظر ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﺻدر ﻋـن اﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣـﺔ أو اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس اﻻﻗﺗﺻـﺎدي واﻻﺟﺗﻣـﺎﻋﻲ أو ﻣﺟﻠ ــس اﻷﻣ ــن أو ﻣﺟﻠ ــس اﻟوﺻ ــﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻸﻣ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ــدة ﻣ ــن ﺗوﺻ ــﻳﺎت ﺗﺗﻌﻠ ــق ﺑﺎﻟﺻـﺣﺔ ،وﻣواﻓـﺎة ﻫـذﻩ اﻟﺟﻬـﺎت ﺑﺗﻘـﺎرﻳر ﻋـن اﻟﺧطـوات اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﺗﺧـذﻫﺎ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ ﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذ ﺗﻠك اﻟﺗوﺻﻳﺎت؛ ﺗﻘ ــدﻳم ﺗﻘ ــﺎرﻳر إﻟ ــﻰ اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس اﻻﻗﺗﺻ ــﺎدي واﻻﺟﺗﻣ ــﺎﻋﻲ طﺑﻘـ ـﺎً ﻷي اﺗﻔ ــﺎق ﺑ ــﻳن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ واﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة؛ ﺗﺷــﺟﻳﻊ وﺗوﺟﻳــﻪ اﻟﺑﺣــوث ﻓــﻲ ﻣﻳــدان اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﻋــن طرﻳــق اﻻﺳــﺗﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﻣــوظﻔﻲ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ أو إﻧﺷﺎء ﻣؤﺳﺳﺎت ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ،أو اﻟﺗﻌـﺎون ﻣـﻊ اﻟﻣؤﺳﺳـﺎت اﻟرﺳـﻣﻳﺔ أو ﻏﻳر اﻟرﺳﻣﻳﺔ ﻷي دوﻟﺔ ﻋﺿو ﺑﻣواﻓﻘﺔ ﺣﻛوﻣﺗﻬﺎ؛ اء ﻣﻼﺋم آﺧر ﻟﻠﻧﻬوض ﺑﻬدف اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ. اﺗﺧﺎذ أي إﺟر ى؛ ﻩ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺎً ﻣن ﻣؤﺳﺳﺎت أﺧر إﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺎ ﻗد ﺗﻌﺗﺑر
)ط(
) ي( )ك( )ﻝ(
) م(
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٩ ار اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳ ــﺎت أو اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗــﺎت اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘــﺔ ﺑﺄﻳــﺔ ﻣﺳــﺄﻟﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﺳــﻠطﺔ إﻗ ـر ار ﻫــذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳــﺎت أو اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗــﺎت ﻣواﻓﻘــﺔ ﺗــدﺧﻝ ﻓــﻲ اﺧﺗﺻــﺎص اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ .وﻳﺗطﻠــب إﻗ ـر ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﺑﺛﻠﺛﻲ اﻷﺻـوات ،وﺗﺻـﺑﺢ ﻧﺎﻓـذة ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳـﺑﺔ ﻟﻛـﻝ دوﻟـﺔ ﻋﺿـو ﻣﺗـﻰ ﻗﺑﻠﺗﻬـﺎ طﺑﻘﺎ ﻟﻘواﻋدﻫﺎ اﻟدﺳﺗورﻳﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢٠ ار ر ﻣن ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ إﻗر ﺗﺗﻌﻬد ﻛﻝ دوﻟﺔ ﻋﺿو ﺑﺄن ﺗﺗﺧذ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺛﻣﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻋﺷر ﺷﻬ ا اءات اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘــﺔ ﺑﻘﺑــوﻝ ﺗﻠــك اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳــﺔ أو ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﻷي اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳــﺔ أو اﺗﻔــﺎق ،اﻹﺟ ـر اءات. ذﻟك اﻻﺗﻔﺎق .وﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻝ دوﻟﺔ ﻋﺿو أن ﺗﺷﻌر اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم ﺑﻣـﺎ ﺗﺗﺧـذﻩ ﻣـن إﺟـر واذا ﻟ ــم ﺗﻘﺑ ــﻝ اﻟدوﻟ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺿ ــو اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳ ــﺔ أو اﻻﺗﻔ ــﺎق ﺧ ــﻼﻝ اﻟﻣ ــدة اﻟﻣﺣ ــددة ﺗﻘ ــدم ﺑﻳﺎﻧ ــﺎ ٕ ﺑﺄﺳــﺑﺎب ﻋــدم اﻟﻘﺑــوﻝ .وﻓــﻲ ﺣﺎﻟــﺔ اﻟﻘﺑــوﻝ ،ﺗواﻓــق ﻛــﻝ دوﻟــﺔ ﻋﺿــو ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺗﻘــدﻳم ﺗﻘرﻳــر اﺑﻊ ﻋﺷر. ﺳﻧوي ﻟﻠﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم وﻓﻘﺎً ﻟﻠﻔﺻﻝ اﻟر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢١ ار اﻷﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ: ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﺳﻠطﺔ إﻗر اد اءات اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻳ ـر ﻫــﺎ ﻣــن اﻹﺟ ـر اءات اﻟﺣﺟــر اﻟﺻــﺣﻲ وﻏﻳر واﺟ ـر اﻻﺷــﺗر اطﺎت اﻟﺻــﺣﻳﺔ ٕ اض ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺻﻌﻳد اﻟدوﻟﻲ؛ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻧﻊ اﻧﺗﺷﺎر اﻷﻣر
)أ(
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ اض وأﺳﺑﺎب اﻟوﻓﺎة وﻣﻣﺎرﺳﺎت اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ؛ اﻟﺗﺳﻣﻳﺎت اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻣر اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳر اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑطرق اﻟﺗﺷﺧﻳص ﻟﺗطﺑﻳﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺻﻌﻳد اﻟدوﻟﻲ؛ اﻟﻣﻌــﺎﻳﻳر اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘــﺔ ﺑﺳــﻼﻣﺔ وﻧﻘــﺎء وﻓﻌﺎﻟﻳــﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟــﺎت اﻟﺣﻳﺎﺗﻳــﺔ واﻟﺻــﻳدﻟﻳﺔ وﻣــﺎ ﻳﻣﺎﺛﻠﻬــﺎ ة اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ؛ ﻣن ﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎت ﻣﺗداوﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺟﺎر اﻹﻋــﻼن ﻋــن اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟــﺎت اﻟﺣﻳﺎﺗﻳــﺔ واﻟﺻــﻳدﻟﻳﺔ وﻣــﺎ ﻳﻣﺎﺛﻠﻬــﺎ ﻣــن ﻣﻧﺗﺟــﺎت ﻣﺗداوﻟــﺔ ﻓــﻲ ة اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ وﺑﻳﺎن أوﺻﺎﻓﻬﺎ. اﻟﺗﺟﺎر
8
)ب( )ج( )د( )ﻫ(
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢٢ ﻫــﺎ طﺑﻘـﺎً ﻟﻠﻣــﺎدة ٢١ﺗﻌﺗﺑــر ﻧﺎﻓــذة ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳــﺑﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﻳــﻊ اﻟــدوﻝ ار اﻷﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻳــﺗم إﻗر اﻷﻋﺿﺎء ﺑﻌد ﺗﻠﻘﻲ إﺷﻌﺎر ﺑﺗﺻدﻳق ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻳﻬـﺎ .وﺗﺳـﺗﺛﻧﻰ ﻣـن ذﻟـك اﻟـدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻗــد ﺗﺑﻠّــﻎ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﺑرﻓﺿــﻬﺎ إﻳﺎﻫــﺎ أو ﺑﺗﺣﻔظﺎﺗﻬــﺎ ﻋﻠﻳﻬــﺎ ﻓــﻲ ﺧــﻼﻝ اﻟﻣدة اﻟﻣﺣددة ﻓﻲ اﻹﺷﻌﺎر.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢٣ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﺳﻠطﺔ ﺗﻘدﻳم اﻟﺗوﺻﻳﺎت إﻟﻰ اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء ﺑﺷﺄن أﻳﺔ ﻣﺳﺄﻟﺔ ﺗدﺧﻝ ﻓﻲ اﺧﺗﺻﺎص اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ.
اﻟﻔﺻﻝ اﻟﺳﺎدس -اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢٤ ﻳﺗﺄﻟف اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس ﻣـن أرﺑﻌـﺔ وﺛﻼﺛـﻳن ﺷﺧﺻـﺎً ﻳﻌﻳـﻧﻬم ﻣﺛـﻝ ﻫـذا اﻟﻌـدد ﻣـن اﻟـدوﻝ رﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﻌ ــﺎدﻝ ،ﺑﺎﻧﺗﺧ ــﺎب رﻋ ــﺎة اﻟﺗوزﻳ ــﻊ اﻟﺟﻐ ا اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء .وﺗﻘ ــوم ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ ﻣ ــﻊ ﻣ ا اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻟﻬــﺎ ﺣــق ﺗﻌﻳــﻳن ﺷــﺧص ﻟﻠﻌﻣــﻝ ﻋﺿـواً ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ،ﻋﻠــﻰ أن ﺗﻧﺗﺧب ﺛﻼث ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻷﻗـﻝ ﻣـن ﻫـذﻩ اﻟـدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء ﻣـن ﻛـﻝ ﻣـن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺎت اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳـﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ أﻧﺷﺋت طﺑﻘﺎً ﻟﻠﻣﺎدة .٤٤وﻋﻠﻰ ﻛـﻝ ﻣـن ﻫـذﻩ اﻟـدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء أن ﺗﻌـﻳن ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠـس اﻓﻘﻪ ﺑدﻻء وﻣﺳﺗﺷﺎرون. ﺷﺧﺻﺎً ﻣؤﻫﻼً ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎً ﻓﻲ ﻣﻳدان اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ،وﻳﺟوز أن ﻳر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢٥ ﺗﻧﺗﺧــب ﻫــذﻩ اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء ﻟﻣــدة ﺛــﻼث ﺳــﻧوات ،وﻳﺟــوز إﻋــﺎدة اﻧﺗﺧﺎﺑﻬــﺎ، ﻋﻠﻰ أن ﺗﻛون ﻟﻠدوﻟـﺔ اﻹﺿـﺎﻓﻳﺔ ،اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﻧﺗﺧـب ﻣـن ﺑـﻳن اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء اﻟـذﻳن ﻳﻧﺗﺧﺑـون ﻓـﻲ ة ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﺗﻧﻌﻘد ﺑﻌد ﻧﻔﺎذ ﻫذا اﻟﺗﻌدﻳﻝ اﻟذي أدﺧـﻝ ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻟدﺳـﺗور وزﻳـد أوﻝ دور ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿﺎﻩ ﻋدد أﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﻣﺟﻠس ﻣن اﺛﻧـﻳن وﺛﻼﺛـﻳن إﻟـﻰ أرﺑﻌـﺔ وﺛﻼﺛـﻳن ﻋﺿـواً ،ﻣـدة ة إﻟﻰ اﻟﺣد اﻟﻼزم ﻟﺗﻳﺳﻳر اﻧﺗﺧﺎب دوﻟﺔ ﻋﺿو واﺣـدة ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻷﻗـﻝ ﻣـن ﻋﺿوﻳﺔ ﻗﺻﻳر ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ إﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻋﺎم.
9
دﺳﺗور ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢٦ ﻳﺟﺗﻣﻊ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس ﻣرﺗﻳن ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻝ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺳﻧﺔ وﻫو ﻳﺣدد ﻣﻛﺎن ﻛﻝ اﺟﺗﻣﺎع.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢٧ ﻳﻧﺗﺧب اﻟﻣﺟﻠس رﺋﻳﺳﺎً ﻟﻪ ﻣن ﺑﻳن أﻋﺿﺎﺋﻪ ،وﻳﺿﻊ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس ﻧظﺎﻣﻪ اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢٨ وظﺎﺋف اﻟﻣﺟﻠس ﻫﻲ: ات ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ وﺳﻳﺎﺳﺎﺗﻬﺎ؛ رر ﺗﻧﻔﻳذ ﻗ ا اﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻛﺟﻬﺎز ﺗﻧﻔﻳذي ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ؛ ى ﺗﻌﻬد ﺑﻬﺎ إﻟﻳﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ؛ اﻟﻘﻳﺎم ﺑﺄﻳﺔ وظﺎﺋف أﺧر ة إﻟــﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣﺳــﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﺣــﺎﻝ إﻟﻳــﻪ ﻣــن ﻗﺑﻠﻬــﺎ، ﺗﻘــدﻳم اﻟﻣﺷــور وﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﻣﺳ ــﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﻳﻌﻬ ــد ﺑﻬ ــﺎ إﻟ ــﻰ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ ﺑﻣوﺟ ــب اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳ ــﺎت واﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗ ــﺎت واﻷﻧظﻣﺔ؛ ة أو اﻟﻣﻘﺗرﺣﺎت إﻟﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻣن ﺗﻠﻘﺎء ﻧﻔﺳﻪ؛ ﺗﻘدﻳم اﻟﻣﺷور ات ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ؛ إﻋداد ﺟدوﻝ أﻋﻣﺎﻝ دور ﻩ؛ رر واﻗ ا ﺗﻘدﻳم ﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻣﻝ ﻋﺎم ﻟﻔﺗر ة ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﻧظر ﻓﻳﻪ ٕ اﺳﺔ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ اﻟﻣﺳﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗدﺧﻝ ﻓﻲ اﺧﺗﺻﺎﺻﻪ؛ در )أ( )ب( )ج( )د(
)ﻫ( )و( )ز( )ح( )ط(
ئ اﻟﻘﻳﺎم ،ﻓـﻲ ﻧطـﺎق وظـﺎﺋف اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ وﻣواردﻫـﺎ اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳـﺔ ،ﺑﺎﺗﺧـﺎذ ﺗـداﺑﻳر اﻟطـوار اء ﻓورﻳــﺎ .وﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠــس ﺑﺻــﻔﺔ ﺧﺎﺻــﺔ أن ﻟﻣواﺟﻬــﺔ اﻷﺣــداث اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻘﺗﺿــﻲ إﺟ ـر ﻳﺧوﻝ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم اﺗﺧـﺎذ اﻟﺧطـوات اﻟﻼزﻣـﺔ ﻟﻣﻛﺎﻓﺣـﺔ اﻷوﺑﺋـﺔ ،واﻟﻣﺷـﺎرﻛﺔ ﻓـﻲ ّ رﺳـﺎت واﻷﺑﺣـﺎث اﻟﺗـﻲ اء اﻟد ا واﺟـر ﺗﻧظﻳم اﻟﻐوث اﻟﺻـﺣﻲ ﻟﺿـﺣﺎﻳﺎ اﻟﻛـوارثٕ ، ﻳوﺟﻪ ﻧظر اﻟﻣﺟﻠس إﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺗﻬﺎ اﻟﻌﺎﺟﻠﺔ أي ﻣن اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء أو اﻟﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢٩ ﻳﻣـــﺎرس اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻳﺎﺑـ ــﺔ ﻋ ــن ﺟﻣﻌﻳـــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ ﺑﻛﺎﻣﻠﻬـــﺎ اﻟﺻـــﻼﺣﻳﺎت اﻟﺗـ ــﻲ ﺗﻔوﺿﻬﺎ اﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ إﻟﻳﻪ.
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
10
اﻟﻔﺻﻝ اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ -اﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣٠ ﺗﺗــﺄﻟف اﻷﻣﺎﻧــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ ﻣــن اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم وﻣــن ﻗــد ﺗﺣﺗــﺎج إﻟﻳــﻪ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻣــن اﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن اﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳﻳن واﻹدارﻳﻳن.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣١ ء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗرﺷﻳﺢ ﻣن اﻟﻣﺟﻠس ،وﻓﻘﺎً ﻟﻣﺎ ﻗـد ﺗﻌﻳن ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﺑﻧﺎ ً ﺗﺣــددﻩ ﻣــن اﻟﺷــروط .واﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ،وﻫــو ﺧﺎﺿــﻊ ﻟﺳــﻠطﺔ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ،ﻫــو اﻟﻣﺳــؤوﻝ ي اﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺔ. اﻟﺗﻘﻧﻲ واﻹدار
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣٢ ﻳﻛــون اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ،ﺑﺣﻛــم ﻣﻧﺻــﺑﻪ ،أﻣﻳﻧـﺎً ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ وﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠــس وﻟﺟﻣﻳــﻊ ات اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗــدﻋو اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ إﻟــﻰ ﻋﻘــدﻫﺎ .وﻟــﻪ أن ﻳﻔــوض ﻫــذﻩ ﻟﺟــﺎن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ وﻟﻠﻣــؤﺗﻣر ﻩ. اﻟوظﺎﺋف إﻟﻰ ﻏﻳر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣٣ ﻟﻠﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ،أو ﻟﻣن ﻳﻣﺛﻠﻪ ،أن ﻳﺿﻊ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﻔـﺎق ﻣـﻊ اﻟـدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء ،طرﻳﻘـﺔ ﻫ ــﺎ وﺧﺎﺻ ــﺔ ﺗﺗ ــﻳﺢ ﻟ ــﻪ ،ﻓ ــﻲ ﺳ ــﺑﻳﻝ ﺗﺄدﻳ ــﺔ واﺟﺑﺎﺗ ــﻪ ،اﻻﺗﺻ ــﺎﻝ اﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷ ــر ﺑﻣﺧﺗﻠ ــف دواﺋر اﺗﻬﺎ اﻟﺻﺣﻳﺔ واﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺎت اﻟﺻﺣﻳﺔ اﻟﻘوﻣﻳﺔ ،اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳـﺔ وﻏﻳـر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳـﺔ .وﻟـﻪ ﻛـذﻟك إدار ة ﻣــﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت اﻟدوﻟﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗــدﺧﻝ أﻧﺷ ــطﺗﻬﺎ ﻓــﻲ ﻣﺟ ــﺎﻝ أن ﻳﻧﺷــﺊ ﻋﻼﻗــﺎت ﻣﺑﺎﺷـ ـر اﺧﺗﺻﺎص اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ .وﻋﻠﻳﻪ أن ﻳطﻠﻊ اﻟﻣﻛﺎﺗب اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ اﻟﺷؤون اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻬـم ﻣﻧﺎطﻘﻬﺎ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣٤ اﻧﻳﺗﻬـﺎ وﻳﻌرﺿـﻬﺎ ﻋﻠـﻰ ات ﻣﻳز ﻳﻌد اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم اﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺔ وﺗﻘـدﻳر اﻟﻣﺟﻠس.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣٥ ﻳﻌــﻳن اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻣــوظﻔﻲ اﻷﻣﺎﻧــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ وﻓﻘـﺎً ﻟﻠﻧظــﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳــﻲ ﻟﻠﻣــوظﻔﻳن، اﻟـ ــذي ﺗﺿـ ــﻌﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ .وﻳﺟـ ــب أن ﻳﻛـ ــون اﻻﻋﺗﺑـ ــﺎر اﻟرﺋﻳﺳـ ــﻲ ﻓـ ــﻲ اﺳـ ــﺗﺧدام زﻫـﺔ وطـﺎﺑﻊ اﻟﺗﻣﺛﻳـﻝ اﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن ﻫو ﺿﻣﺎن اﻟﺣﻔﺎظ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺳـﺗوى ﻣـن اﻟﻛﻔـﺎءة واﻟﻧ ا رﻋــﻰ أﻫﻣﻳـﺔ اﺧﺗﻳـﺎر اﻟﻣــوظﻔﻳن ﻋﻠـﻰ أوﺳــﻊ اﻟـدوﻟﻲ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻧـﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ .وﻳﺟـب ﻛـذﻟك أن ﺗ ا اﻓﻲ ﻣﻣﻛن. أﺳﺎس ﺟﻐر
11
دﺳﺗور ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣٦ ﻳﺟب أن ﺗﻛون ﺷروط ﺧدﻣﺔ ﻣوظﻔﻲ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ ﻣطﺎﺑﻘـﺔ ﻗـدر اﻹﻣﻛـﺎن ﻟﻠﺷـروط ى. اﻟﻣﻌﻣوﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧظﻣﺎت اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة اﻷﺧر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣٧ ﻻ ﻳﺟوز ﻟﻠﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم أو ﻟﻠﻣـوظﻔﻳن ،ﻓـﻲ أداء واﺟﺑـﺎﺗﻬم ،أن ﻳﻠﺗﻣﺳـوا أو ﻳﺗﻠﻘـوا ج اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ ،وﻋﻠـﻳﻬم أن ﻳﻣﺗﻧﻌـوا ﻋـن أي ﻋﻣـﻝ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎت ﻣن أﻳﺔ ﺣﻛوﻣﺔ أو ﺳـﻠطﺔ ﺧـﺎر ﻫم ﻛﻣــوظﻔﻳن دوﻟﻳــﻳن .وﺗﺗﻌﻬــد ﻛــﻝ دوﻟــﺔ ﻋﺿــو ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻣــن ﻗــد ﻳﺳــﻳﺊ إﻟــﻰ ﻣرﻛــز ام اﻟطــﺎﺑﻊ اﻟــدوﻟﻲ اﻟﺧــﺎﻟص ﻟﻠﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم وﻟﻠﻣــوظﻔﻳن ،وﺑﻌــدم اﻟﺳــﻌﻲ إﻟــﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﻬــﺎ ﺑــﺎﺣﺗر اﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳر ﻋﻠﻳﻬم.
اﻟﻔﺻﻝ اﻟﺛﺎﻣن -اﻟﻠﺟﺎن
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣٨ ﻳﻧﺷ ــﺊ اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس ﻣ ــن اﻟﻠﺟ ــﺎن ﻣ ــﺎ ﻗ ــد ﺗطﻠ ــب ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ إﻧﺷ ــﺎءﻩ ،وﻟ ــﻪ أن ى ﻳﻌﺗﺑـر اح ﻣـن اﻟﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم ،أﻳـﺔ ﻟﺟـﺎن أﺧـر ء ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻗﺗـر ﻳﻧﺷﺊ ﻣن ﺗﻠﻘـﺎء ﻧﻔﺳـﻪ أو ﺑﻧـﺎ ً ﻏوﺑﺎً ﻓﻳﻪ ﻟﺧدﻣﺔ أي ﻏرض ﻳدﺧﻝ ﻓﻲ اﺧﺗﺻﺎص اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ. إﻧﺷﺎؤﻫﺎ ﻣر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣٩ ة ﻓ ــﻲ ﻛ ــﻝ ﺳ ــﻧﺔ ﻋﻠ ــﻰ أي ﺣ ــﺎﻝ ،ﻣ ــدى ﻳﺑﺣ ــث اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس ﻣ ــن آن ﻵﺧ ــر ،وﻣـ ـر ة اﻹﺑﻘﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻝ ﻟﺟﻧﺔ. ﺿرور
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤٠ اءات ﻹﻧﺷـ ـ ــﺎء ﻟﺟـ ـ ــﺎن ﻣﺷـ ـ ــﺗرﻛﺔ أو ﻣﺧﺗﻠطـ ـ ــﺔ ﻣـ ـ ــﻊ ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠـ ـ ــس أن ﻳﺗﺧـ ـ ــذ اﻹﺟ ـ ـ ـر اك اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﻣﺛــﻝ ﺗﻠــك اﻟﻠﺟــﺎن ،وﺗﻣﺛﻳــﻝ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻓــﻲ ى أو ﻹﺷ ـر اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت اﻷﺧــر اﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻧﺷؤﻫﺎ ﺗﻠك اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺎت.
ات اﻟﻔﺻﻝ اﻟﺗﺎﺳﻊ -اﻟﻣؤﺗﻣر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤١ ات ﻣﺣﻠﻳــﺔ أو ﻋﺎﻣــﺔ أو ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ أو ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠــس اﻟــدﻋوة إﻟــﻰ ﻋﻘــد ﻣــؤﺗﻣر ع ات ذات اﻟط ــﺎﺑﻊ اﻟﺧ ــﺎص ،ﻟﻠﻧظ ــر ﻓ ــﻲ أي ﻣوﺿ ــو ﺗﻘﻧﻳ ــﺔ أو ﻏﻳ ــر ذﻟ ــك ﻣ ــن اﻟﻣ ــؤﺗﻣر اءات ﻟﻛـﻲ ﺗﻣﺛـﻝ ﻳدﺧﻝ ﻓﻲ اﺧﺗﺻﺎص اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ،ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﺟوز ﻟﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ أن ﻳﺗﺧذ اﻹﺟـر ات اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ وﻛــذﻟك ،ﺑﻣواﻓﻘــﺔ اﻟﺣﻛوﻣــﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳــﺔ ،اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت ﻓــﻲ ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﻣــؤﺗﻣر اﻟﻘوﻣﻳﺔ ،ﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻧت أو ﻏﻳر ﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ .وﺗﻘرر ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ أو اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس اﻟطرﻳﻘـﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗم ﺑﻬﺎ ﻫذا اﻟﺗﻣﺛﻳﻝ.
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
12
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤٢ ات اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻳﻌﺗﺑــر اءات ﻟﺗﻣﺛﻳــﻝ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣــؤﺗﻣر ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠــس أن ﻳﺗﺧــذ اﻹﺟ ـر ة ﺑﺎﻫﺗﻣﺎم اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ. أﻧﻬﺎ ﺟدﻳر
اﻟﻔﺻﻝ اﻟﻌﺎﺷر -اﻟﻣﻘر اﻟرﺋﻳﺳﻲ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤٣ ﺗﺣــدد ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻣﻛــﺎن اﻟــذي ﻳﻛــون ﻓﻳــﻪ اﻟﻣﻘــر اﻟرﺋﻳﺳــﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ،ﺑﻌــد اﻟﺗﺷﺎور ﻣﻊ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة.
اﻟﻔﺻﻝ اﻟﺣﺎدي ﻋﺷر -اﻟﺗﻧظﻳﻣﺎت اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤٤ اﻓﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﻳﺳﺗﺣﺳ ــن ﺗﺣ ــدد ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ ،ﻣ ــن آن ﻵﺧ ــر ،اﻟﻣﻧ ــﺎطق اﻟﺟﻐر إﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ إﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ؛ ﻳﺟــوز ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ،ﺑﻣواﻓﻘــﺔ أﻏﻠﺑﻳــﺔ اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻘــﻊ ﻓــﻲ ﻛــﻝ ﻣﻧطﻘــﺔ ﺗﺣــدد ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻫــذا اﻟﻧﺣــو ،أن ﺗﻧﺷــﺊ ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ إﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳــﺔ ﻟﺗﻠﺑﻳــﺔ اﻻﺣﺗﻳﺎﺟــﺎت ﻻ ﻳﺟــوز أن ﻳﻛــون ﻫﻧــﺎك أﻛﺛــر ﻣــن ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ إﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳــﺔ اﻟﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﺑﺗﻠــك اﻟﻣﻧطﻘــﺔ .و واﺣدة ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧطﻘﺔ.
)أ( ) ب(
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤٥ ز ﻣن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ وﻓﻘﺎً ﻟﻬذا اﻟدﺳﺗور. ءاً ﻻ ﻳﺗﺟ أ ﺗﻛون ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ إﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ ﺟز
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤٦ ﺗﺗﻛون ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ إﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ ﻣن ﻟﺟﻧﺔ إﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ وﻣﻛﺗب إﻗﻠﻳﻣﻲ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤٧ ﺗﺗﺄﻟف اﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ ﻣن ﻣﻣﺛﻠﻲ اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء واﻷﻋﺿـﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳـﺑﻳن ﻓـﻲ رﺿ ــﻲ ،اﻟﻣوﺟ ــودة ﻓ ــﻲ اﻹﻗﻠ ــﻳم وﻏﻳ ــر رﺿ ــﻲ ،أو ﻣﺟﻣوﻋ ــﺎت اﻷ ا اﻹﻗﻠ ــﻳم اﻟﻣﻌﻧ ــﻲ .وﻟﻸ ا ة ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺗﻬـﺎ اﻟدوﻟﻳـﺔ ،وﻟﻳﺳـت ﻣـن اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳـﺑﻳن ،اﻟﺣـق ﻓـﻲ اﻟﻣﺳؤوﻟﺔ ﻋـن ﻣﺑﺎﺷـر أن ﺗﻣﺛ ــﻝ وأن ﺗﺷ ــﺗرك ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﻠﺟ ــﺎن اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳ ــﺔ .وﺗﺣ ــدد ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ طﺑﻳﻌ ــﺔ وﻣ ــدى اﺿﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺷـﺎور اﺿﻲ أو ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت اﻷر اﻣﺎت ﻫذﻩ اﻷر ﺣﻘوق واﻟﺗز رﺿـﻲ ى اﻟﻣﺳـؤوﻟﺔ ﻋـن اﻟﻌﻼﻗـﺎت اﻟدوﻟﻳـﺔ ﻟﻬـذﻩ اﻷ ا ﻣﻊ اﻟدوﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﺿو أو اﻟﺳﻠطﺔ اﻷﺧر وﻣﻊ اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء ﻓﻲ اﻹﻗﻠﻳم.
13
دﺳﺗور ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤٨ ة ،وﻫﻲ ﺗﺣدد ﻣﻛﺎن ﻛﻝ اﺟﺗﻣﺎع. ﺗﺟﺗﻣﻊ اﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ ﻛﻠﻣﺎ دﻋت اﻟﺿرور
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤٩ ﺗﺿﻊ اﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ ﻧظﺎﻣﻬﺎ اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥٠ وظﺎﺋف اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ: وﺿﻊ اﻟﺳﻳﺎﺳﺎت اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺎﺋﻝ ذات اﻟطﺎﺑﻊ اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻲ اﻟﺧﺎﻟص؛ اف ﻋﻠﻰ أﻧﺷطﺔ اﻟﻣﻛﺗب اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻲ؛ اﻹﺷر ات اح ﻋﻠ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـﻰ اﻟﻣﻛﺗـ ـ ـ ـ ــب اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻲ أن ﻳـ ـ ـ ـ ــدﻋو إﻟـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻰ ﻋﻘـ ـ ـ ـ ــد ﻣـ ـ ـ ـ ــؤﺗﻣر اﻻﻗﺗ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـر ﺗﻘﻧﻳـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ ،واﻟﻘﻳـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎم ﺑﺎﻷﻋﻣـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎﻝ اﻹﺿـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎﻓﻳﺔ أو اﻻﺳﺗﻘﺻـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎءات اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ ى اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳــﺔ أﻧﻬــﺎ ﺗﻌــزز ﻫــدف اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺷــؤون اﻟﺻــﺣﻳﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗــر اﻹﻗﻠﻳم؛ ة ﻟﻸﻣ ـ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ـ ــدة ،وﻣ ـ ــﻊ اﻟﻠﺟ ـ ــﺎن اﻟﺗﻌ ـ ــﺎون ﻣ ـ ــﻊ اﻟﻠﺟ ـ ــﺎن اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﻧ ـ ــﺎظر ﻫ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎ ى ،وﻣ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻊ ﻏﻳر اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ ﻟﻠوﻛ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ اﻷﺧ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــر ﻣ ــن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺎت اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳ ــﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳ ــﺔ ،اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﻟﻬ ــﺎ ﻣﺟ ــﺎﻻت اﻫﺗﻣ ــﺎم ﻣﺷ ــﺗرﻛﺔ ﻣ ــﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ؛ ة إﻟــﻰ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ،ﻋــن طرﻳــق اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ،ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺷــؤون اﻟﺻــﺣﻳﺔ ﺗﻘــدﻳم اﻟﻣﺷــور اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺟﺎوز أﻫﻣﻳﺗﻬﺎ اﻟﻧطﺎق اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻲ؛ اﻟﺗوﺻﻳﺔ ﺑﺄن ﺗرﺻد ﺣﻛوﻣﺎت اﻷﻗـﺎﻟﻳم اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳـﺔ اﻋﺗﻣـﺎدات إﺿـﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﻟﻺﻗﻠـﻳم ،إذا اﻧﻳﺔ اﻟﻣرﻛزﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻛﻔـﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻳـﺎم ﺑﺎﻟوظـﺎﺋف ﻛﺎﻧت ﺣﺻﺔ اﻹﻗﻠﻳم ﻣن اﻟﻣﻳز اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ؛ ى ﻗد ﺗﻔوض إﻟﻰ اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ ﻣن ﻗﺑﻝ ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ أو أﻳﺔ وظﺎﺋف أﺧر اﻟﻣﺟﻠس أو اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم.
) ب( ) ج(
)أ(
)د (
)ﻫ( )و( )ز(
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥١ ي ﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳــﺔ ،وﻫــو ﻳﺧﺿــﻊ ﻟﻠﺳــﻠطﺔ اﻟﻣﻛﺗــب اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣــﻲ ﻫــو اﻟﺟﻬــﺎز اﻹدار اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺔ .وﻳﺗوﻟﻰ اﻟﻣﻛﺗـب اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣـﻲ ،ﺑﺎﻹﺿـﺎﻓﺔ إﻟـﻰ ذﻟـك ،ﺗﻧﻔﻳـذ ات ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ واﻟﻣﺟﻠس ﻓﻲ اﻹﻗﻠﻳم. رر ﻗا
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
14
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥٢ رﺋﻳس اﻟﻣﻛﺗب اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻲ ﻫو اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻲ اﻟذي ﻳﻌﻳﻧﻪ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس ﺑﺎﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﻣـﻊ اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥٣ ـﻳن ﻣوظﻔــو اﻟﻣﻛﺗــب اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣــﻲ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻧﺣــو ﻳﺣــدد ﺑﺎﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ﺑــﻳن اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻳﻌـ ّ واﻟﻣدﻳر اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻲ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥٤ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺑﻠــدان اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳــﺔ ،١اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻳﻣﺛﻠﻬــﺎ اﻟﻣﻛﺗــب اﻟﺻــﺣﻲ ﻟﻠﺑﻠــدان ات اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺑﻠـ ــدان اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳـ ــﺔ ،وﺳـ ــﺎﺋر اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺎت اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﻳﺔ اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳـ ــﺔ ،واﻟﻣـ ــؤﺗﻣر اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳـﺔ ،اﻟﺗـﻲ ﻛﺎﻧـت ﻗﺎﺋﻣـﺔ ﻗﺑـﻝ ﺗـﺎرﻳﺦ ﺗوﻗﻳـﻊ ﻫـذا اﻟدﺳـﺗور ،ﺗﻧـدﻣﺞ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻓــﻲ اﻟوﻗــت اﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳــب .وﻳــﺗم ﻫــذا اﻻﻧــدﻣﺎج ﻓــور إﻣﻛــﺎن ﺗﺣﻘﻳﻘــﻪ ﻋﻣﻠﻳ ـﺎً، ﺗﻌﺑـر ﻋﻧـﻪ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺎت ﺑﺈﺟر اء ﻣﺷﺗرك ﻳﻘوم ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺑوﻝ ﻣﺗﺑﺎدﻝ ﻣن اﻟﺳﻠطﺎت اﻟﻣﺧﺗﺻـﺔ ّ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳﺔ.
اﻧﻳﺔ واﻟﻣﺻروﻓﺎت اﻟﻔﺻﻝ اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺷر -اﻟﻣﻳز
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥٥ اﻧﻳــﺔ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ وﻳرﻓﻌﻬــﺎ إﻟــﻰ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس .وﻳﻧظــر ات ﻣﻳز ـد اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﺗﻘــدﻳر ﻳﻌـ ّ ات وﻳرﻓﻌﻬـﺎ إﻟـﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ ﻣﺷـﻔوﻋﺔ ﺑﻣـﺎ ﻗـد ﻳـر اﻟﻣﺟﻠس ﻓﻲ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﺗﻘـدﻳر اﻩ ﻣﻧﺎﺳـﺑﺎً ﻣن ﺗوﺻﻳﺎت.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥٦ رﻋــﺎة أي اﺗﻔــﺎق ﺑــﻳن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ واﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ،ﺗ ـدرس ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﻣــﻊ ﻣ ا ات اﻟﻣﻳز ﺗﻘ ــدﻳر اﻧﻳ ــﺔ ،وﺗﻌﺗﻣ ــدﻫﺎ وﺗﺣ ــدد ﺣﺻ ــص اﻟ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء ﻣ ــن اﻟﻧﻔﻘ ــﺎت ،وﻓﻘـ ـﺎً ﻟﺟدوﻝ ﺗﺿﻌﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥٧ ﻳﺟــوز ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ،أو ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠــس ﻧﻳﺎﺑــﺔ ﻋﻧﻬــﺎ ،ﻗﺑــوﻝ ﻣــﺎ ﻳﻘــدم ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻣــن وادارﺗﻬــﺎ ،ﻋﻠــﻰ أن ﺗﻛــون اﻟﺷــروط اﻟﻣﻘﺗرﻧــﺔ ﺑﻬــذﻩ اﻟﻬﺑــﺎت أو اﻟوﺻـﺎﻳﺎ ﻫﺑــﺎت ووﺻــﺎﻳﺎٕ ، ار اﺗﺧــذﻩ اﻟﻣــؤﺗﻣر اﻟﺻــﺣﻲ اﻟﺧــﺎﻣس ﻋﺷــر ١أﺻــﺑﺢ اﺳــﻣﻬﺎ "ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﺑﻠــدان اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳــﺔ" ﺑﻘـر ﻟﻠﺑﻠدان اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳﺔ ،أﻳﻠوﻝ /ﺳﺑﺗﻣﺑر -ﺗﺷرﻳن اﻷوﻝ /أﻛﺗوﺑر .١٩٥٨
15
دﺳﺗور ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
ﻣﻣ ــﺎ ﻳﻣﻛ ــن ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ أو ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠ ــس ﻗﺑوﻟ ــﻪ وﺗﻛ ــون ﻣﺗﻔﻘ ــﺔ ﻣ ــﻊ ﻫ ــدف اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ وﺳﻳﺎﺳﺎﺗﻬﺎ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥٨ وﻳﺳــﺗﺧدم ﻳﻧﺷــﺄ ﺻــﻧدوق ﺧــﺎص ﻟﻣواﺟﻬــﺔ اﻟط ـوار ئ واﻷﺣــداث ﻏﻳــر اﻟﻣﺗوﻗﻌــﺔُ ، ُ اﻩ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس. وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻣﺎ ﻳر
اﻟﻔﺻﻝ اﻟﺛﺎﻟث ﻋﺷر -اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥٩ ﻟﻛﻝ دوﻟﺔ ﻋﺿو ﺻوت واﺣد ﻓﻲ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٦٠ ات ﺟﻣﻌﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ ﻓـ ــﻲ اﻟﻣﺳـ ــﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﻬﺎﻣـ ــﺔ ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺑﻳـ ــﺔ ﺛﻠﺛـ ــﻲ رر ﺗُﺗﺧـ ــذ ﻗ ـ ـ ا )أ( ار اﻷﻋﺿ ـ ــﺎء اﻟﺣﺎﺿـ ـ ـرﻳن اﻟﻣﺷ ـ ــﺗرﻛﻳن ﻓ ـ ــﻲ اﻟﺗﺻ ـ ــوﻳت .وﺗﺷ ـ ــﻣﻝ ﻫ ـ ــذﻩ اﻟﻣﺳ ـ ــﺎﺋﻝ :إﻗـ ـ ـر اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳﺎت أو اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﺎت ،واﻟﻣواﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗدﺧﻝ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻗـﺔ ﻣـﻊ اﻷﻣ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ــدة وﻣ ــﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺎت واﻟوﻛ ــﺎﻻت اﻟدوﻟﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳ ــﺔ وﻓﻘـ ـﺎً ﻟﻠﻣـ ـواد ٦٩و٧٠ و ،٧٢وﺗﻌدﻳﻼت ﻫذا اﻟدﺳﺗور.
)ج( ﻳﺗم اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺳـﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﻣﻣﺎﺛﻠـﺔ ﺑـﺎﻟﻣﺟﻠس وﺑﻠﺟـﺎن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ وﻓﻘـﺎً ﻟﻠﻔﻘرﺗﻳن )أ( و)ب( ﻣن ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻣﺎدة.
ى ،ﺑﻣ ــﺎ ﻓ ــﻲ ذﻟ ــك ﺗﺣدﻳ ــد طواﺋ ــف ات اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘ ــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳ ــﺎﺋﻝ اﻷﺧ ــر رر )ب( اﻟﻘـ ـ ا ﻫـ ــﺎ أﻏﻠﺑﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﺛﻠﺛـ ــﻳن ،ﺗﺗﺧـ ــذ ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺑﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟـ ــدوﻝ ار إﺿـ ــﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﻣـ ــن اﻟﻣﺳـ ــﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﺗـ ــﻲ ﻳﺗطﻠـ ــب إﻗر ة واﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت. اﻷﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﺣﺎﺿر
اﺑﻊ ﻋﺷر -اﻟﺗﻘﺎرﻳر اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘدﻣﻬﺎ اﻟدوﻝ اﻟﻔﺻﻝ اﻟر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٦١ اءات ـر ﻋﻣــﺎ اﺗﺧذﺗــﻪ ﻣــن إﺟ ـر ﺗﻘــدم ﻛــﻝ دوﻟــﺔ ﻋﺿــو ﺳــﻧوﻳﺎً إﻟــﻰ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﺗﻘرﻳـ اً وﻣﺎ ﺣﻘﻘﺗﻪ ﻣن ﺗﻘدم ﻓﻲ ﺗﺣﺳﻳن ﺻﺣﺔ ﺷﻌﺑﻬﺎ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٦٢ اءات ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠــق ر ﻋﻣــﺎ اﺗﺧذﺗــﻪ ﻣــن إﺟ ـر ﺗﻘــدم ﻛــﻝ دوﻟــﺔ ﻋﺿــو ﺳــﻧوﻳﺎ ﺗﻘرﻳ ـ ا ﺑﺎﻟﺗوﺻ ـ ــﻳﺎت اﻟﺗ ـ ــﻲ ﻗ ـ ــدﻣﺗﻬﺎ إﻟﻳﻬ ـ ــﺎ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ـ ــﺔ ،وﻓﻳﻣ ـ ــﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠ ـ ــق ﺑﺎﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳ ـ ــﺎت واﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗ ـ ــﺎت واﻷﻧظﻣﺔ.
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
16
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٦٣ ﺗﺑــﺎدر ﻛــﻝ دوﻟــﺔ ﻋﺿــو ﺑــﺈﺑﻼغ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﺑﻣــﺎ ﻳﻧﺷــر ﻓﻳﻬــﺎ ﻣــن ﻗ ـواﻧﻳن وأﻧظﻣــﺔ واﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺎت ﻫﺎﻣﺔ ﺗﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﺣﺔ. وﺗﻘﺎرﻳر رﺳﻣﻳﺔ ٕ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٦٤ ﻩ ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ ﺗﻘدم ﻛﻝ دوﻟﺔ ﻋﺿو ﺗﻘﺎرﻳر إﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ ووﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧﺣـو اﻟـذي ﺗﻘـرر اﻟﺻﺣﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٦٥ ء ﻋﻠﻰ طﻠب اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس ،وﺑﻘـدر اﻹﻣﻛـﺎن ﻋﻣﻠﻳـﺎً ،أﻳـﺔ ﺗرﺳﻝ ﻛﻝ دوﻟﺔ ﻋﺿو ،ﺑﻧﺎ ً ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت إﺿﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﺗﺗﻌﻠق ﺑﺎﻟﺻﺣﺔ.
ات واﻟﺣﺻﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻔﺻﻝ اﻟﺧﺎﻣس ﻋﺷر -اﻷﻫﻠﻳﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﻧوﻧﻳﺔ واﻻﻣﺗﻳﺎز
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٦٦ اﺿﻲ ﻛﻝ دوﻟﺔ ﻋﺿو ﺑﺎﻷﻫﻠﻳﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﻧوﻧﻳـﺔ اﻟﻼزﻣـﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﻘﻳـق ﺗﺗﻣﺗﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ أر ﻫدﻓﻬﺎ وﻣﻣﺎرﺳﺔ وظﺎﺋﻔﻬﺎ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٦٧ ات واﻟﺣﺻـﺎﻧﺎت رﺿـﻲ ﻛـﻝ دوﻟـﺔ ﻋﺿـو ﺑﺎﻻﻣﺗﻳـﺎز ﺗﺗﻣﺗﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ ﻓـﻲ أ ا )أ( اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﻘﻳق ﻫدﻓﻬﺎ وﻣﻣﺎرﺳﺔ وظﺎﺋﻔﻬﺎ. )ب( ﻳﺗﻣﺗﻊ ﻛذﻟك ﻣﻣﺛﻠو اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء ،واﻷﺷﺧﺎص اﻟﻣﻌﻳﻧـون ﻟﻠﻌﻣـﻝ ﻓـﻲ ات واﻟﺣﺻـﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺿـرورﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس ،وﻣوظﻔو اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳـون واﻹدارﻳـون ،ﺑﺎﻻﻣﺗﻳـﺎز ﻟﺣرﻳﺔ ﻣﻣﺎرﺳﺔ وظﺎﺋﻔﻬم اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٦٨ ات واﻟﺣﺻ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎﻧﺎت ﻓ ـ ـ ـ ــﻲ اﺗﻔ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎق ﺗﺣ ـ ـ ـ ــدد ﻫ ـ ـ ـ ــذﻩ اﻷﻫﻠﻳ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﻧوﻧﻳ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ واﻻﻣﺗﻳ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎز ﻣﺳــﺗﻘﻝ ﺗﻌــدﻩ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ،ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺷــﺎور ﻣــﻊ اﻷﻣــﻳن اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻸﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ،وﻳﻌﻘــد ﺑــﻳن اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء.
17
دﺳﺗور ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
ى اﻟﻔﺻﻝ اﻟﺳﺎدس ﻋﺷر -اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎت ﻣﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺎت اﻷﺧر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٦٩ ﺗﻘــﺎم ﻋﻼﻗــﺔ ﺑــﻳن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ واﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ﺑوﺻــف اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ إﺣــدى اﻟوﻛــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ اﻟﻣﺷﺎر إﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥٧ﻣن ﻣﻳﺛـﺎق اﻷﻣـم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة ،وﻳﺟـب أن ﺗواﻓـق ﺟﻣﻌﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺑﻳـ ــﺔ ﺛﻠﺛـ ــﻲ اﻷﺻ ـ ـوات ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ اﻻﺗﻔـ ــﺎق أو اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗـ ــﺎت اﻟﺗـ ــﻲ ﺗﻘـ ــﺎم ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿﺎﻫﺎ اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻳن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ واﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٧٠ ﻏــب ﻓﻳــﻪ ﻣــن ﻳر ﺗﻘــﻳم اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻋﻼﻗــﺎت ﻓﻌﺎﻟــﺔ ،وﺗﺗﻌــﺎون ﺗﻌﺎوﻧ ـﺎً وﺛﻳﻘ ـﺎً ﻣــﻊ ﻣــﺎ ُ ى .وﺗﺷــﺗرط ﻣواﻓﻘــﺔ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺑﻳــﺔ ﺛﻠﺛــﻲ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳــﺔ اﻷﺧــر اﻷﺻوات ﻋﻠﻰ أي اﺗﻔﺎق رﺳﻣﻲ ﻳﻌﻘد ﻣﻊ أي ﻣن ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺎت.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٧١ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ أن ﺗﺗﺧ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــذ ،ﻓ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻲ اﻟﻣﺳ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﺗ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻲ ﺗ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــدﺧﻝ ﻓ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻲ اﺧﺗﺻﺎﺻـ ــﻬﺎ ،اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑـ ــﺎت اﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳـ ــﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺷـ ــﺎور واﻟﺗﻌـ ــﺎون ﻣـ ــﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺎت اﻟدوﻟﻳـ ــﺔ ﻏﻳـ ــر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳـ ــﺔ ،وﺑﻣواﻓﻘـ ــﺔ اﻟﺣﻛوﻣـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳـ ــﺔ ،ﻣـ ــﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺎت اﻟوطﻧﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳـ ــﺔ وﻏﻳـ ــر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٧٢ ﻳﺟــوز ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ،ﺑﺷــرط ﻣواﻓﻘــﺔ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺑﻳــﺔ ﺛﻠﺛــﻲ اﻷﺻ ـوات ،أن رﺿــﻬﺎ وأﻧﺷــطﺗﻬﺎ ﻓــﻲ ﻣﺟــﺎﻝ ى ،ﺗــدﺧﻝ أﻏ ا ﺗﺧﻠــف أﻳــﺔ ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ أو وﻛﺎﻟــﺔ دوﻟﻳــﺔ أﺧــر زﻣــﺎت اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻗــد ﻳﻌﻬــد ﺑﻬــﺎ اﺧﺗﺻــﺎص اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ،وذﻟــك ﻓــﻲ اﻟوظــﺎﺋف واﻟﻣ ـوارد واﻻﻟﺗ ا إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﺗﻔﺎق دوﻟﻲ أو ﺑﺗرﺗﻳﺑﺎت ﻳﻘﺑﻠﻬﺎ اﻟطرﻓﺎن ،وﺗﺗم ﺑﻳن اﻟﺳﻠطﺎت اﻟﻣﺧﺗﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺎت اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳﺔ.
اﻟﻔﺻﻝ اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ ﻋﺷر -اﻟﺗﻌدﻳﻼت
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٧٣ ح إدﺧﺎﻟﻬ ــﺎ ﻳﺑﻠّ ــﻎ اﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم اﻟ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء ﺑﻧﺻ ــوص اﻟﺗﻌ ــدﻳﻼت اﻟﻣﻘﺗ ــر ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ ﻫـ ــذا اﻟدﺳـ ــﺗور ﻗﺑـ ــﻝ أن ﺗﺑﺣﺛﻬـ ــﺎ ﺟﻣﻌﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ ﺑﺳـ ــﺗﺔ ﺷـ ــﻬور ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ اﻷﻗـ ــﻝ. ﻫـ ــﺎ ﺟﻣﻌﻳـ ــﺔ وﺗﺻـ ــﺑﺢ اﻟﺗﻌـ ــدﻳﻼت ﻧﺎﻓـ ــذة ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳـ ــﺑﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﻳـ ــﻊ اﻟـ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـ ــﺎء ﻋﻧـ ــدﻣﺎ ﺗﻘر اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺑﻳـ ــﺔ ﺛﻠﺛـ ــﻲ اﻷﺻ ـ ـوات ،وﻳﻘﺑﻠﻬـ ــﺎ ﺛﻠﺛـ ــﺎ اﻟـ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـ ــﺎء طﺑﻘ ـ ـﺎً ﻟﻘواﻋـ ــدﻫﺎ اﻟدﺳﺗورﻳﺔ.
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
18
اﻟﻔﺻﻝ اﻟﺛﺎﻣن ﻋﺷر -اﻟﺗﻔﺳﻳر اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٧٤ ﻧﺻــوص ﻫــذا اﻟدﺳــﺗور ﺑﺎﻷﺳــﺑﺎﻧﻳﺔ واﻹﻧﻛﻠﻳزﻳــﺔ واﻟروﺳــﻳﺔ واﻟﺻــﻳﻧﻳﺔ واﻟﻔرﻧﺳــﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﺗﺑر ﻣﺗﺳﺎوﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺣﺟﻳﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٧٥ اع ﺑﺷـ ــﺄن ﺗﻔﺳـ ــﻳر ﻫـ ــذا اﻟدﺳـ ــﺗور أو ﺗطﺑﻳﻘـ ــﻪ ﻻ ﺗـ ــﺗم ﺗﺳـ ــوﻳﺗﻪ أي ﻣﺳـ ــﺄﻟﺔ أو ﻧ ـ ـز ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻔﺎوﺿﺔ أو ﺑوﺳﺎطﺔ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ،ﻳﺣﺎﻝ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺣﻛﻣﺔ اﻟﻌدﻝ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ ،طﺑﻘﺎً ﻟﻧظـﺎم ى ﻟﻠﺗﺳوﻳﺔ. اف اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ طرﻳﻘﺔ أﺧر اﻟﻣﺣﻛﻣﺔ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ،ﻣﺎ ﻟم ﺗﺗﻔق اﻷطر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٧٦ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ أن ﺗﺳــﺗﻔﺗﻲ ﻣﺣﻛﻣــﺔ اﻟﻌــدﻝ اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ ﻓــﻲ أﻳــﺔ ﻣﺳــﺄﻟﺔ ﻗﺎﻧوﻧﻳــﺔ ﺗﻧﺷــﺄ ﻓــﻲ ﻧطــﺎق اﺧﺗﺻــﺎص اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ،وذﻟــك ﺑﺗــرﺧﻳص ﻣــن اﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ ﻟﻸﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة أو ﺑﺗرﺧﻳص ﻳﺳﺗﻧد إﻟﻰ أي اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ واﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٧٧ ﻟﻠﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم أن ﻳﻧ ــوب ﻋــن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﻣﺛــوﻝ أﻣــﺎم اﻟﻣﺣﻛﻣ ــﺔ ﺑﺷــﺄن أﻳ ــﺔ اءات ﺗﺗرﺗــب ﻋﻠــﻰ طﻠــب إﺻــدار ﻓﺗــوى .وﻳﺗﺧــذ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت اﻟﻼزﻣــﺔ إﺟ ـر ﻟﻌرض اﻟﻘﺿﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺣﻛﻣﺔ ،ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓـﻲ ذﻟـك اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑـﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻـﺔ ﺑﻌـرض اﻟﺣﺟـﺞ اﻟﺗـﻲ ع. اء اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣوﺿو ﺗﺳﺗﻧد إﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﻣﺧﺗﻠف اﻵر
اﻟﻔﺻﻝ اﻟﺗﺎﺳﻊ ﻋﺷر -اﻟﻧﻔﺎذ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٧٨ ﻣـﻊ ﻣ ا رﻋــﺎة أﺣﻛــﺎم اﻟﻔﺻـﻝ اﻟﺛﺎﻟــث ،ﻳظــﻝ ﺗوﻗﻳــﻊ ﻫـذا اﻟدﺳــﺗور أو ﻗﺑوﻟــﻪ ﻣﻔﺗوﺣـﺎً ﻟﺟﻣﻳﻊ اﻟدوﻝ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٧٩ ﺑﺎﻟﺗوﻗﻳﻊ دون ﺗﺣﻔّظ ﻳﺗﻌﻠق ﺑﺎﻟﻣواﻓﻘﺔ؛ اﻓﺎً ﻓﻲ ﻫذا اﻟدﺳﺗور: ﻟﻠدوﻝ أن ﺗﺻﺑﺢ أطر )(١
)أ(
ار ج ١اﻟﺗﻌــدﻳﻝ اﻟـ ــذي اﻋﺗﻣدﺗ ـ ــﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻﺣ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺣﺎدﻳ ـ ــﺔ واﻟﺛﻼﺛــون ﻟﻬ ــذﻩ اﻟﻣ ــﺎدة ) اﻟﻘ ـر ص ع (١٨-٣١ﻟم ﻳﺻﺑﺢ ﻧﺎﻓذاً ﺑﻌد.
19
دﺳﺗور ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
ﺑﺎﻟﺗوﻗﻳﻊ اﻟﻣﺷروط ﺑﺎﻟﻣواﻓﻘﺔ ،ﻋﻠﻰ أن ﻳﺗﺑﻌﻪ اﻟﻘﺑوﻝ؛ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺑوﻝ.
)(٢ )(٣
ﻳﺗم اﻟﻘﺑوﻝ ﺑﺈﻳداع وﺛﻳﻘﺔ رﺳﻣﻳﺔ ﻟدى اﻷﻣﻳن اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻸﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة.
) ب(
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٨٠ رﻓ ــﻪ ﺳــﺗﺎ وﻋﺷــرﻳن دوﻟــﺔ ﻣ ــن ﻳﺻــﺑﺢ ﻫــذا اﻟدﺳــﺗور ﻧﺎﻓ ــذاً ﺣــﻳن ﻳﺑﻠــﻎ ﻋــدد أط ا أﻋﺿﺎء اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ،طﺑﻘﺎ ﻷﺣﻛﺎم اﻟﻣﺎدة .٧٩
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٨١ وﻓﻘﺎً ﻟﻠﻣﺎدة ١٠٢ﻣن ﻣﻳﺛﺎق اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة ،ﻳﻘـوم اﻷﻣـﻳن اﻟﻌـﺎم ﻟﻸﻣـم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة ﺑﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻫذا اﻟدﺳﺗور ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﺗوﻗﻌﻪ دوﻟﺔ واﺣدة دون ﺗﺣﻔظ ﻳﺗﻌﻠق ﺑﺎﻟﻣواﻓﻘـﺔ ،أو ﻋﻧـدﻣﺎ ﺗودع أوﻝ وﺛﻳﻘﺔ ﻣن وﺛﺎﺋق اﻟﻘﺑوﻝ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٨٢ اف ﻓــﻲ ﻫــذا اﻟدﺳــﺗور ﻳﻘــوم اﻷﻣــﻳن اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻸﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ﺑــﺈﻋﻼم اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷط ـر ى ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎرﻳﺦ اﻟذي ﻳﺻﺑﺢ ﻓﻳﻪ ﻧﺎﻓذاً ،ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻠﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺗوارﻳﺦ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺻـﺑﺢ ﻓﻳﻬـﺎ اﻟـدوﻝ اﻷﺧـر اﻓﺎً ﻓﻲ ﻫذا اﻟدﺳﺗور. أطر إﺛﺑﺎﺗﺎً ﻟﻣﺎ ﺗﻘدم ،ﻗﺎم اﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠون اﻟﻣوﻗﻌون أدﻧﺎﻩ واﻟﻣﻔوﺿون رﺳﻣﻳﺎ ﻟﻬذا اﻟﻐـرض ﺑﺗوﻗﻳﻊ ﻫذا اﻟدﺳﺗور. ـــرر ﺑﻣدﻳﻧ ــﺔ ﻧﻳوﻳ ــورك ﻓ ــﻲ ﻫ ــذا اﻟﻳ ــوم اﻟﺛ ــﺎﻧﻲ واﻟﻌﺷـ ـرﻳن ﻣ ــن ﺗﻣ ــوز /ﻳوﻟﻳ ــو ﺣـ ّ ،١٩٤٦ﻓـ ـ ــﻲ ﻧﺳـ ـ ــﺧﺔ واﺣـ ـ ــدة ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐـ ـ ــﺎت اﻷﺳـ ـ ــﺑﺎﻧﻳﺔ واﻹﻧﻛﻠﻳزﻳـ ـ ــﺔ واﻟروﺳـ ـ ــﻳﺔ واﻟﺻـ ـ ــﻳﻧﻳﺔ واﻟﻔرﻧﺳ ــﻳﺔ ،وﺗﻌﺗﺑ ــر ﻛ ــﻝ ﻫ ــذﻩ اﻟﻧﺻ ــوص ﻣﺗﺳ ــﺎوﻳﺔ ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﺣﺟﻳ ــﺔ .وﺗ ــودع اﻟﻧﺻـ ـوص اﻷﺻﻠﻳﺔ ﺑﻣﺣﻔوظﺎت اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة .وﻳرﺳﻝ اﻷﻣﻳن اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻸﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﻧﺳﺧﺎً ﻣﻌﺗﻣدة ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺣﻛوﻣﺔ ﻣن اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﺎت اﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣؤﺗﻣر. ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ
ﻫﺎ ﻣن اﻣﺎت اﻷﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳﺑﻳن وﻏﻳر ﺣﻘوق واﻟﺗز ى اﺿﻲ اﻷﺧر اﻷر ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ واﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي١ -١ ﺣﻳث إن اﻟﻣﺎدة ٨ﻣن دﺳﺗور ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﺗـﻧص ﻋﻠـﻰ أن طﺑﻳﻌـﺔ اﻣﺎت اﻷﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳﺑﻳن ،ﺗﺣددﻫﺎ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ، وﻣدى ﺣﻘوق واﻟﺗز وﺣﻳث إن اﻷﻣر ﻳﻘﺗﺿﻲ ،ﺑﺻدد اﻟﻣﺎدﺗﻳن ٨و ٤٧ﻣن اﻟدﺳـﺗور ،ﻣزﻳـداً ﻣـن زﻣــﺎت اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳــﺑﻳن واﻷ ا رﺳــﺔ ﻟﺣﻘــوق واﻟﺗ ا اﻟد ا رﺿــﻲ رﺿــﻲ أو ﻣﺟﻣوﻋــﺎت اﻷ ا ة ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺗﻬﺎ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ واﻟﺗﻲ ﻟﻳﺳـت ﻣـن اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳـﺑﻳن، ﻏﻳر اﻟﻣﺳؤوﻟﺔ ﻋن ﻣﺑﺎﺷر ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺎت اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ، ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ ﺗﻘرر أن ﻳﻛون ﻟﻸﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳﺑﻳن اﻟﺣق ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ: -١
ﻻت ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ وﻟﺟﻧﺗﻳﻬـﺎ ) (١أن ﺗﺷﺗرك دون ﺣق اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت ﻓﻲ ﻣـداو اﻟرﺋﻳﺳﺗﻳن؛ ﻋﻳــﺔ ى واﻟﻠﺟــﺎن اﻟﻔر ) (٢أن ﺗﺷــﺗرك ﻣــﻊ ﺣــق اﻟﺗﺻــوﻳت ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻠﺟــﺎن اﻷﺧــر اﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌــﺔ ﻟﻠﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ وأن ﺗﺷــﻐﻝ ﻣﻧﺎﺻــب ﻓﻳﻬــﺎ ،ﺑﺎﺳــﺗﺛﻧﺎء اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ وﻟﺟﻧــﺔ اق اﻻﻋﺗﻣﺎد وﻟﺟﻧﺔ اﻟﺗرﺷﻳﺣﺎت؛٢ أور ) (٣أن ﺗﺷ ــﺗرك ،ﻋﻠ ــﻰ ﻗ ــدم اﻟﻣﺳ ــﺎواة ﻣ ــﻊ اﻟ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء ،ﻓ ــﻲ اﻷﻣ ــور ة ﺟﻠﺳﺎت اﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ وﻟﺟﺎﻧﻬـﺎ ،وﻓﻘـﺎ ﻟﻠﻣـواد ﻣـن ٤٨إﻟـﻰ ٦٨و٨٣ اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺈدار رﻋـﺎة اﻟﻘﻳـد اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠـق ﺑﺣـق و ٨٤ﻣن اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ،ﻣـﻊ ﻣ ا ة ) (١أﻋﻼﻩ؛ اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت اﻟوارد ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻘر
١ﻧــص أﻗرﺗــﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ اﻷوﻟــﻰ ﻓــﻲ ٢١ﺗﻣــوز /ﻳوﻟﻳــو ) ١٩٤٨اﻟﺳــﺟﻼت اﻟرﺳــﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ رﻗــم ،١٣اﻟﺻــﻔﺣﺗﺎن ١٠٠و) .(٣٣٧ﻋــدﻟت أرﻗــﺎم ﻣ ـواد اﻟﻧظــﺎم اﻟــداﺧﻠﻲ
ة (٣)١ﻟﻛـ ــﻲ ﺗﺗﻣﺷـ ــﻰ ﻣـ ــﻊ اﻟـ ــﻧص اﻟﻣﻌـ ــدﻝ ﻟﻠﻧظـ ــﺎم اﻟـ ــداﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻣـ ــﺎ ﻫـ ــو وارد ﻓـ ــﻲ ة ﻓـ ــﻲ اﻟﻔﻘ ـ ـر اﻟﻣـ ــذﻛور اﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ (.١٣٩ ار ج ص ع.١١-٦١ ٢ﺗم إﻟﻐﺎء ﻟﺟﻧﺔ اﻟﺗرﺷﻳﺣﺎت ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿﻰ اﻟﻘر 21
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
22
اج ﺑﻧود ﻓﻲ ﺟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ اﻟﻣؤﻗت ﻟﻠﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ؛ ح إدر أن ﺗﻘﺗر
)(٤
ات ) (٥أن ﺗﺗﻠﻘﻰ ،ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗدم اﻟﻣﺳﺎواة ﻣﻊ اﻟـدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء ،ﺟﻣﻳـﻊ اﻹﺧطـﺎر واﻟوﺛﺎﺋق واﻟﺗﻘﺎرﻳر واﻟﻣﺣﺎﺿر؛ اءات ) (٦أن ﺗﺷﺗرك ،ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗدم اﻟﻣﺳﺎواة ﻣﻊ اﻟـدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء ،ﻓـﻲ اﻹﺟـر ات اﺳﺗﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ؛ اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻌﻘد دور -٢أن ﻳﻛــون ﻟﻸﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳــﺑﻳن اﻟﺣــق ،ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻗــدم اﻟﻣﺳــﺎواة ﻣــﻊ اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء ،ﻓــﻲ ﺗﻘـدﻳم ﻣﻘﺗرﺣــﺎت إﻟــﻰ اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذي وﻓـﻲ اﻻﺷــﺗر اك ،وﻓﻘـﺎً ﻫـﺎ اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس ،ﻓـﻲ اﻟﻠﺟـﺎن اﻟﺗـﻲ ﻳﻧﺷـؤﻫﺎ ،دون أن ﻳﻛـون ﻟﻬـﺎ ﻟﻠﻘواﻋد اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻘرر اﻟﺣق ﻓﻲ ﺗرﺷﻳﺢ ﻧﻔﺳﻬﺎ ﻟﻌﺿوﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس؛ زﻣــﺎت اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﺧﺿــﻊ ﻟﻬــﺎ -٣أن ﻳﺧﺿــﻊ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳــﺑون ﻟــﻧﻔس اﻻﻟﺗ ا اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء ،إﻻ أﻧــﻪ ﻳﺟــب أن ﺗؤﺧــذ أوﺿــﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻓــﻲ اﻻﻋﺗﺑــﺎر ﻋﻧــد ﺗﺣدﻳــد اﻧﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ؛ اﻛﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻳز ﻣﻘدار اﺷﺗر -٤أن ﻳطﻠ ـ ــب إﻟ ـ ــﻰ اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ـ ــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳ ـ ــذي أن ﻳﻘ ـ ــدم إﻟ ـ ــﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ـ ــﺣﺔ رﻋـﺎة أﺣﻛـﺎم اﻟﻣـﺎدة ٤٧ﻣـن اﻟدﺳــﺗور ر ﻣﺷـﻔوﻋﺎ ﺑﺗوﺻـﻳﺎت ،ﻣــﻊ ﻣ ا اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳـﺔ ﺗﻘرﻳـ ا وأﻳ ــﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻘ ــﺎت أو ﺗوﺻ ــﻳﺎت ﻣ ــن اﻟ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء وﻣ ــن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺎت اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳ ــﺔ رﺿـ ـ ــﻲ أو ﻣﺟﻣوﻋـ ـ ــﺎت زﻣـ ـ ــﺎت اﻷﻋﺿـ ـ ــﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳـ ـ ــﺑﻳن واﻷ ا ﺑﺷـ ـ ــﺄن ﺣﻘـ ـ ــوق واﻟﺗ ا ة ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺗﻬ ــﺎ اﻟدوﻟﻳ ــﺔ ،واﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﻟﻳﺳ ــت ﻣ ــن رﺿ ــﻲ ﻏﻳ ــر اﻟﻣﺳ ــؤوﻟﺔ ﻋ ــن ﻣﺑﺎﺷـ ـر اﻷ ا اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳــﺑﻳن ،ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳــﺔ ،ﻋﻠــﻰ أن ﻳرﺳــﻝ ﻫــذا اﻟﺗﻘرﻳــر إﻟ ــﻰ اﻟ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء ﻗﺑ ــﻝ اﻟﻣوﻋ ــد اﻟﻣﺣ ــدد ﻻﻧﻌﻘ ــﺎد اﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ ﺑﺷ ــﻬرﻳن ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻷﻗﻝ. اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺎت اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ١ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ، ﺑﻌد اﻻطﻼع ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺎدﺗﻳن ٨و ٤٧ﻣن اﻟدﺳﺗور؛ -٢
ار ان /ﻳوﻧﻳ ـ ــو ) ١٩٤٩اﻟﻘـ ـ ـر ﻧ ـ ــص أﻗرﺗ ـ ــﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳـ ـ ــﺔ ﻓ ـ ــﻲ ٣٠ﺣزﻳـ ـ ـر ١ ج ص ع .(١٠٣-٢وﻗ ــد ﻧظ ــرت ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺎت اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺧﺎﻣﺳ ــﺔ واﻟﺳﺎدﺳ ــﺔ واﻟﺳ ــﺎﺑﻌﺔ واﻟﺗﺎﺳ ــﻌﺔ ة واﻟﺧﺎﻣﺳـﺔ ة واﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛـﺔ ﻋﺷـر ة واﻟﺣﺎدﻳﺔ ﻋﺷـر اﺗﻪ اﻟﺗﺎﺳﻌﺔ واﻟﻌﺎﺷر ة وﻧظر اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي ﻓﻲ دور واﻟﻌﺎﺷر ة ﻛذﻟك ﻓﻲ ﻣوﺿو ة واﻟﺗﺎﺳﻌﺔ ﻋﺷر ﻋﺷر زﻣـﺎﺗﻬم ،وﻟﻛـن ﻫـذﻩ اﻟﺣﻘـوق ع ﺣﻘوق اﻷﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳـﺑﻳن واﻟﺗ ا ات ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ رر ع واردة ﻓــﻲ دﻟﻳــﻝ ﻗ ـ ا ات اﻟﻣﺗﺻ ــﻠﺔ ﺑﻬ ــذا اﻟﻣوﺿ ــو رر زﻣ ــﺎت ظﻠ ــت ﺑ ــدون ﺗﻐﻳﻳ ــر .واﻟﻘـ ـ ا واﻻﻟﺗ ا اك اﻟـدوﻝ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ واﻟﻣﺟﻠــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذي ،اﻟﻣﺟﻠــد اﻷوﻝ ،اﻟﻘﺳــم .٢-٢-٦أﻣــﺎ ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠــق ﺑﺎﺷــﺗر ار اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء ،اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﻻ ﻳوﺟ ــد ﻣﻘ ــر ﺣﻛوﻣﺗﻬ ــﺎ ﻓ ــﻲ اﻹﻗﻠ ــﻳم ،ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﻠﺟﻧ ــﺔ اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳ ــﺔ ﻷﻓرﻳﻘﻳ ــﺎ ﻓﻳﻧظ ــر اﻟﻘـ ـر ج ص ع.٣٧-٢٨
23
ى اﺿﻲ اﻷﺧر ﻫﺎ ﻣن اﻷر اﻣﺎت اﻷﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳﺑﻳن وﻏﻳر ﺣﻘوق واﻟﺗز
ار ﺟﻣﻌﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـ ــﺔ اﻷوﻟـ ــﻰ ة ٤ﻣـ ــن ﻗ ـ ـر وﺑﻌـ ــد اﻻطـ ــﻼع ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ اﻟﻔﻘ ـ ـر اﻣﺎت اﻷﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳﺑﻳن؛١ اﻟﺧﺎص ﺑﺣﻘوق واﻟﺗز ي اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي ﻓﻲ دورﺗﻳﻪ اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ واﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ؛٢ وﺑﻌد اﻻطﻼع ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘرﻳر وﺑﻌد اﻻطﻼع ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺑﻳﺎن ٣اﻟﺧﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺑﻠدان اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳﺔ؛٤
ﺗﻘرر ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ: اض اﻟﻣــﺎدة ٤٧ﻣــن اﻟدﺳــﺗور ،ﺗﻌﺗﺑــر اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء ﻓــﻲ إﻗﻠــﻳم ﻣــﺎ ﻫــﻲ - ١ﻷﻏ ـر ﺗﻠك اﻟدوﻝ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻣﻘﺎر ﺣﻛوﻣﺎﺗﻬﺎ داﺧﻝ اﻹﻗﻠﻳم؛ -٢اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﺗﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻘـﻊ ﻣﻘـﺎر ﺣﻛوﻣﺎﺗﻬـﺎ داﺧـﻝ اﻹﻗﻠـﻳم ،واﻟﺗـﻲ إﻣـﺎ أﻧﻬـﺎ اﺿﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻹﻗﻠﻳم اﺿﻲ أو ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت اﻷر ﻫﺎ ،ﺑﻌض اﻷر ء ﻋﻠﻰ دﺳﺗور )أ( ﺗﻌﺗﺑر ،ﺑﻧﺎ ً ة اﻟﻌﻼﻗــﺎت اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ رﺿــﻳﻬﺎ اﻟوطﻧﻳــﺔ ،أو أﻧﻬــﺎ )ب( ﻣﺳــؤوﻟﺔ ﻋــن ﻣﺑﺎﺷ ـر ء ﻣــن أ ا ﻛﺟــز رﺿــﻲ داﺧــﻝ اﻹﻗﻠــﻳم ،ﺗﺷــﺗرك ﻛﺄﻋﺿــﺎء ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳــﺔ، ﻷﻗطــﺎر أو ﻣﺟﻣوﻋــﺎت أ ا زﻣــﺎت اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء ﻓــﻲ ات واﻟﺗ ا وﺗﺗﻣﺗــﻊ ﻓــﻲ ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﺣﺎﻟــﺔ ﺑﺟﻣﻳــﻊ ﺣﻘــوق واﻣﺗﻳــﺎز رﺿـﻲ اﻟﻣوﺟـودة رﺿـﻲ أو ﻣﺟﻣوﻋـﺎت اﻷ ا اﻹﻗﻠﻳم ،وﻟﻛن ﺑﺻوت واﺣد ﻓﻘط ﻟﺟﻣﻳﻊ اﻷ ا ﻓﻲ اﻹﻗﻠﻳم ،ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫو ﻣﺣدد ﻓﻲ )أ( و)ب( أﻋﻼﻩ؛ رﺿـ ـ ــﻲ اﻟﻣوﺟـ ـ ــودة ﻓـ ـ ــﻲ اﻹﻗﻠـ ـ ــﻳم وﻏﻳـ ـ ــر رﺿـ ـ ــﻲ أو ﻣﺟﻣوﻋـ ـ ــﺎت اﻷ ا اﻷ ا (١) -٣ ة ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺗﻬــﺎ اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ ﺳ ـواء ﻛﺎﻧــت أﻋﺿــﺎء ﻣﻧﺗﺳــﺑﺔ أو ﻏﻳــر اﻟﻣﺳــؤوﻟﺔ ﻋــن ﻣﺑﺎﺷ ـر اك ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﻠﺟ ــﺎن اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳ ــﺔ وﻓﻘ ــﺎ ﻟﻠﻣ ــﺎدﺗﻳن ٨و ٤٧ﻣ ــن ذﻟ ــك ،ﻳﺟ ــوز ﻟﻬ ــﺎ اﻻﺷ ــﺗر اﻟدﺳﺗور؛ زﻣـ ـ ــﺎت ﻟﻸﻋﺿ ـ ــﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳ ـ ــﺑﻳن ﺟﻣﻳــ ــﻊ اﻟﺣﻘ ـ ــوق وﻋﻠﻳﻬــ ــﺎ ﺟﻣﻳــ ــﻊ اﻻﻟﺗ ا )(٢ ﻓـ ــﻲ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺎت اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳـ ــﺔ ،ﺳـ ــوى أﻧـ ــﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺣـ ــق ﻟﻬـ ــﺎ اﻟﺗﺻـ ــوﻳت ﻓـ ــﻲ اﻟﺟﻠﺳـ ــﺎت ﻻ ﻓ ـ ــﻲ ﻓروﻋﻬ ـ ــﺎ اﻟﺗ ـ ــﻲ ﺗﻌ ـ ــﺎﻟﺞ اﻟﻣﺳ ـ ــﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳ ـ ــﺔ أو اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ـ ــﺔ ﻟﻠﺟﻧ ـ ــﺔ اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳ ـ ــﺔ و اﻟدﺳﺗورﻳﺔ؛ ﻳﻧﺑﻐـ ــﻲ أن ﻳﻛـ ــون ﻣﻣﺛﻠـ ــو اﻷﻋﺿـ ــﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳـ ــﺑﻳن ﻣـ ــؤﻫﻠﻳن ﺑﻛﻔـ ــﺎءﺗﻬم )(٣ ﻫم ﻣ ــن ﺑــﻳن اﻟﺳــﻛﺎن اﻷﺻــﻠﻳﻳن اﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳــﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﻣﻳــدان اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ،وأن ﻳﻛــون اﺧﺗﻳــﺎر وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻣﺎدة ٨ﻣن اﻟدﺳﺗور؛ ٢اﻧظر ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘدم. ٣اﻟﺳ ـ ــﺟﻼت اﻟرﺳ ـ ــﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ـ ــﺔ رﻗ ـ ــم ،١٤اﻟﺻ ـ ــﻔﺣﺗﺎن ٢٦و٥٤؛ ورﻗ ـ ــم ،١٧ اﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ .١٧ ٤اﻟﺳﺟﻼت اﻟرﺳﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ رﻗم ،٢١اﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ .٣٨٤ ار اﺗﺧــذﻩ اﻟﻣــؤﺗﻣر اﻟﺻــﺣﻲ اﻟﺧــﺎﻣس ﻋﺷــر ٥أﺻــﺑﺢ اﺳــﻣﻬﺎ "ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﺑﻠــدان اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳــﺔ" ﺑﻘـر ﻟﻠﺑﻠدان اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳﺔ ،أﻳﻠوﻝ /ﺳﺑﺗﻣﺑر – ﺗﺷرﻳن اﻷوﻝ /أﻛﺗوﺑر .١٩٥٨
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
24
ة ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺗﻬ ــﺎ اﻟدوﻟﻳ ــﺔ رﺿ ــﻲ ﻏﻳ ــر اﻟﻣﺳ ــؤوﻟﺔ ﻋ ــن ﻣﺑﺎﺷـ ـر ﻓ ــﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ ــﺔ اﻷ ا )(٤ زﻣـ ــﺎت واﻟﺗـ ــﻲ ﻟﻳﺳـ ــت ﻣـ ــن ﺑـ ــﻳن اﻷﻋﺿـ ــﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳـ ــﺑﻳن ،ﺗطﺑـ ــق اﻟﺣﻘـ ــوق واﻻﻟﺗ ا ﻫﻧﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺷﺎور ﺑﻳن اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء ﻓﻲ اﻹﻗﻠﻳم اﻟﻣﺣـددة اﻟﻣﺑﻳﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ) (٢أﻋﻼﻩ ر ى اﻟﻣﺳ ــؤوﻟﺔ ﻋ ــن ة ) (١أﻋ ــﻼﻩ واﻟ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء أو اﻟﺳ ــﻠطﺔ اﻷﺧ ــر ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﻔﻘـ ـر اﺿﻲ؛ اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎت اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻬذﻩ اﻷر ﻋﻧـ ــد اﻟﺗوﺻـ ــﻳﺔ ﺑـ ــﺄي اﻋﺗﻣـ ــﺎد إﺿـ ــﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻣوﺟـ ــب اﻟﻣـ ــﺎدة )٥٠و( ﻣـ ــن )(٥ اﻟدﺳــﺗور؛ ﺗﺄﺧ ــذ اﻟﻠﺟﻧ ــﺔ اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳــﺔ ﻓ ــﻲ اﻻﻋﺗﺑ ــﺎر اﻻﺧــﺗﻼف ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟوﺿ ــﻊ ﺑ ــﻳن اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء ﻣــن ﻧﺎﺣﻳــﺔ واﻷﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳــﺑﻳن واﻷرﺿــﻲ أو ﻣﺟﻣوﻋــﺎت ة ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺗﻬــﺎ اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ ﻣــن ﻧﺎﺣﻳــﺔ ى ﻏﻳــر اﻟﻣﺳــؤوﻟﺔ ﻋــن ﻣﺑﺎﺷ ـر رﺿــﻲ اﻷﺧــر اﻷ ا ى؛ أﺧر ﻷن ر ﻟﻠﺑﻳﺎن اﻟذي أدﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺑﻠـدان اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳـﺔ ١و -٤ﻧظ ا اءات اﻻﻧـ ــدﻣﺎج ﺑـ ــﻳن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺑﻠـ ــدان اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳـ ــﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ إﺟ ـ ـر ة أﻋﻼﻩ ﻓﻲ اﻹﻗﻠﻳم اﻷﻣرﻳﻛـﻲ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﻟم ﺗﻛﺗﻣﻝ ﺑﻌد ،ﻳؤﺟﻝ ﺗطﺑﻳق اﻟﺗوﺻﻳﺔ اﻟﻣذﻛور ﻟﺣﻳن إﺗﻣﺎم اﻟﻣﻔﺎوﺿﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺗﺣﻘﻳق ﻫذا اﻻﻧدﻣﺎج؛ ات وأن ﻳﻘـدم رر اﺟﻌـﺔ ﺗﻧﻔﻳـذ ﻫـذﻩ اﻟﻘـ ا -٥ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳـذي أن ﻳﺑﻘـﻲ ﻗﻳـد اﻟﻣر ٢ ـر ﻋــن ﻫــذا اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذ إﻟــﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ اﻟﺧﺎﻣﺳــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ أﻛﺛــر ﺗﻘــدﻳر ،ﺗﻘرﻳـ اً ﻟﻛ ــﻲ ﺗ ــﺗﻣﻛن اﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ ﻣ ــن ﺗﺣدﻳ ــد أﻳ ــﺔ ﺗﻌ ــدﻳﻼت ﻗ ــد ﻳﺗطﻠ ــب اﻷﻣ ــر إدﺧﺎﻟﻬ ــﺎ ﻋﻠ ــﻰ ة أﻋﻼﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺿوء اﻟﺗﺟرﺑﺔ. ات اﻟﻣذﻛور رر اﻟﻘ ا
ــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ
١اﻟﺳﺟﻼت اﻟرﺳﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ،رﻗم ،٢١اﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ .٣٨٤ ٢اﻧظر اﻟﺣﺎﺷﻳﺔ رﻗم ١ﻓﻲ اﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ .٢٢
ات واﻟﺣﺻﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳﺔ ﺑﺷﺄن اﻻﻣﺗﻳﺎز ﺗﺗﻣﺗﻊ ﺑﻬﺎ اﻟوﻛﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ١ رً ﻷن اﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣـ ــﺔ ﻟﻸﻣ ـ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ـ ــدة ﻗـ ــد اﻋﺗﻣ ـ ــدت ﻓ ـ ــﻲ ١٣ﺷ ـ ــﺑﺎط/ ﻧظـــــ ا ات واﻟﺣﺻــﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺗــﻲ ار ﻣــن ﺷــﺄﻧﻪ أن ﻳوﺣــد ﺑﻘــدر اﻹﻣﻛــﺎن اﻻﻣﺗﻳــﺎز ا ر ـ ﻗ ١٩٤٦ رﻳــر ﻓﺑ ا ً ﺗﺗﻣﺗﻊ ﺑﻬﺎ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة وﻣﺧﺗﻠف اﻟوﻛﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ؛ ات ﺑــﻳن اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة واﻟوﻛــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ رً ﻷﻧـــﻪ ﻗــد ﺗﻣــت ﻣﺷــﺎور وﻧظــ ا ار ﺳﺎﻟف اﻟذﻛر؛ ﺑﺷﺄن ﺗﻧﻔﻳذ اﻟﻘر خ ﻓــﻲ ٢١ﺗﺷ ـرﻳن ار ) ١٧٩د ،(٢-اﻟﻣــؤر ﻟـــذﻟك واﻓﻘــت اﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ ﺑــﺎﻟﻘر اﻟﺛــﺎﻧﻲ /ﻧــوﻓﻣﺑر ،١٩٤٧ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳــﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳــﺔ ،وﻫــﻲ ﻣﻘدﻣــﺔ ﻟﻠوﻛــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ ى ﻋﺿـو ﺑواﺣـدة أو ﻟﻠﻣواﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ،وﻟﻛﻝ دوﻟﺔ ﻋﺿو ﺑﺎﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة وﻟﻛـﻝ دوﻟـﺔ أﺧـر أﻛﺛر ﻣن اﻟوﻛﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﺿﻣﺎم إﻟﻳﻬﺎ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻷوﻟﻰ -اﻟﺗﻌﺎرﻳف وﻣﺟﺎﻝ اﻟﺗطﺑﻳق اﻟﻘﺳم ١ ﻓﻲ ﻫذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳﺔ: ة "اﻟﻣواد اﻟﻣوﺣدة" إﻟﻰ أﺣﻛﺎم اﻟﻣواد ﻣن اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺗﺎﺳﻌﺔ. ﺗﺷﻳر ﻋﺑﺎر ة "اﻟوﻛﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ": ﺗﻌﻧﻲ ﻋﺑﺎر ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﻌﻣﻝ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ؛ اﻋﺔ ﻟﻸﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة؛ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﻏذﻳﺔ واﻟزر ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﻟﻠﺗرﺑﻳﺔ واﻟﻌﻠم واﻟﺛﻘﺎﻓﺔ؛ ان اﻟﻣدﻧﻲ اﻟدوﻟﻲ؛ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟطﻳر ﺻﻧدوق اﻟﻧﻘد اﻟدوﻟﻲ؛ اﻟﺑﻧك اﻟدوﻟﻲ ﻟﻺﻧﺷﺎء واﻟﺗﻌﻣﻳر؛ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ؛ اﺗﺣﺎد اﻟﺑرﻳد اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ؛ اﻻﺗﺣﺎد اﻟدوﻟﻲ ﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻻت؛ ى ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة طﺑﻘـﺎً ﻟﻠﻣـﺎدﺗﻳن ٥٧و٦٣ أﻳﺔ وﻛﺎﻟﺔ أﺧر ﻣن اﻟﻣﻳﺛﺎق. )أ( ) ب( ) ج( )د( )ﻫ( )و( )ز( ) ح( )ط( )ي( )(١ )(٢
١أﻗرﺗﻬﺎ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ١٧ﺗﻣوز /ﻳوﻟﻳو ) ١٩٤٨اﻟﺳﺟﻼت اﻟرﺳﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ رﻗم ،١٣اﻟﺻﻔﺣﺗﺎن ٩٧و.(٣٣٢ 25
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
26
) (٣ﺗﻌﻧ ــﻲ ﻛﻠﻣ ــﺔ "اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳ ــﺔ" ﻋﻧ ــد ﺗطﺑﻳﻘﻬ ــﺎ ﻋﻠ ــﻰ وﻛﺎﻟ ــﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻ ــﺔ ﻣﻌﻳﻧ ــﺔ ،اﻟﻣـ ـواد ﻋدﻟﻬﺎ اﻟﻧص اﻟﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ )أو اﻟﻣﻧﻘﺢ( ﻟﻠﻣﻠﺣق اﻟذي أﺑﻠﻐﺗﻪ ﻫـذﻩ اﻟوﻛﺎﻟـﺔ طﺑﻘـﺎً اﻟﻣوﺣدة ﻛﻣﺎ ّ ﻟﻠﻘﺳﻣﻳن ٣٦و.٣٨ اض اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛـﺔ ﺗﺷـﻣﻝ ﻛﻠﻣﺗـﺎ "اﻟﻣﻣﺗﻠﻛـﺎت واﻷﺻـوﻝ" أﻳﺿـﺎً اﻟﻣﻣﺗﻠﻛـﺎت ) (٤ﻷﻏر واﻷﻣواﻝ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗدﻳر ﻫﺎ وﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻣﺎرﺳﺗﻬﺎ ﻟوظﺎﺋﻔﻬﺎ اﻟدﺳﺗورﻳﺔ. ة "ﻣﻣﺛﻠو اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء" ﻣﺗﺿـﻣﻧﺔ اض اﻟﻣﺎدﺗﻳن اﻟﺧﺎﻣﺳﺔ واﻟﺳﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﻌﺗﺑر ﻋﺑﺎر ) (٥ﻷﻏر اء اﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳﻳن وأﻣﻧﺎء اﻟوﻓود. ﺟﻣﻳﻊ اﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠﻳن واﻟﺑدﻻء واﻟﻣﺳﺗﺷﺎرﻳن واﻟﺧﺑر ة "اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋـﺎت ﺗـدﻋو إﻟﻳﻬـﺎ وﻛﺎﻟـﺔ ) (٦ﻓﻲ اﻷﻗﺳـﺎم ١٣و ١٤و ١٥و ٢٥ﺗﻌﻧـﻲ ﻋﺑـﺎر ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ" اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋــﺎت (١) :ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺗﻬــﺎ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ وﻣﺟﻠﺳــﻬﺎ اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذي أﻳ ـﺎً ﻛــﺎن اﻻﺳــم ﻫﺎ؛ ) (٣أي اﻟــذي ﻳﺣﻣﻠــﻪ ﻛــﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣــﺎ؛ ) (٢أﻳــﺔ ﻟﺟﻧــﺔ ﻣﻧﺻــوص ﻋﻠﻳﻬــﺎ ﻓــﻲ دﺳــﺗور ة. ﻣؤﺗﻣر دوﻟﻲ ﺗدﻋو إﻟﻳﻪ؛ ) (٤أﻳﺔ ﻟﺟﻧﺔ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻷي ﺟﻬﺎز ﻣن ﻫذﻩ اﻷﺟﻬز ة "اﻟرﺋﻳس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳـذي" اﻟﻣﺳـؤوﻝ اﻷﻋﻠـﻰ ﻟﻠوﻛﺎﻟـﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻـﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳـﺔ ) (٧ﺗﻌﻧﻲ ﻋﺑﺎر ﻣدﻳر ﻋﺎﻣﺎً" أم ﻏﻳر ذﻟك. ﺳواء أﻛﺎن ﻟﻘﺑﻪ " اً
اﻟﻘﺳم ٢
ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻛــﻝ دوﻟــﺔ طــرف ﻓــﻲ ﻫــذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳــﺔ أن ﺗﻣــﻧﺢ ،ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠــق ﺑﻛــﻝ وﻛﺎﻟــﺔ ات واﻟﺣﺻـ ــﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻـــﺔ طﺑﻘـ ــت ﻋﻠﻳﻬـ ــﺎ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳـ ــﺔ ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿـ ــﻰ اﻟﻘﺳـ ــم ،٣٧اﻻﻣﺗﻳـ ــﺎز رﻋ ــﺎة أي ة ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﻣـ ـواد اﻟﻣوﺣ ــدة وذﻟ ــك ﺑﺎﻟﺷ ــروط اﻟﻣﺣ ــددة ﺑﻬ ــذﻩ اﻟﻣـ ـواد ﻣ ــﻊ ﻣ ا اﻟﻣ ــذﻛور ﺗﻌدﻳﻝ ﻟﺗﻠك اﻟﻣواد وارد ﻓـﻲ أﺣﻛـﺎم اﻟﻣﻠﺣـق اﻟﻧﻬـﺎﺋﻲ )أو اﻟﻣـﻧﻘﺢ( اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠـق ﺑﺗﻠـك اﻟوﻛﺎﻟـﺔ اﻟﻣﺑﻠّﻎ ﻗﺎﻧوﻧﺎً طﺑﻘﺎً ﻟﻠﻘﺳﻣﻳن ٣٦أو .٣٨ وُ
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ -اﻟﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﻧوﻧﻳﺔ اﻟﻘﺳم ٣
ﺗﺗﻣﺗ ـ ــﻊ اﻟوﻛ ـ ــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻ ـ ــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﺧﺻ ـ ــﻳﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﻧوﻧﻳ ـ ــﺔ ،وﻟﻬ ـ ــﺎ اﻷﻫﻠﻳ ـ ــﺔ ﻓ ـ ــﻲ )أ( اﻟﺗﻌﺎﻗد) ،ب( اﻗﺗﻧﺎء اﻟﻣﻣﺗﻠﻛﺎت اﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ واﻟﻣﻧﻘوﻟﺔ واﻟﺗﺻرف ﻓﻳﻬﺎ) ،ج( اﻟﺗﻘﺎﺿﻲ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ -اﻟﻣﻣﺗﻠﻛﺎت واﻷﻣواﻝ واﻷﺻوﻝ اﻟﻘﺳم ٤ ﺗﺗﻣﺗ ــﻊ اﻟوﻛ ــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻ ــﺔ وﻣﻣﺗﻠﻛﺎﺗﻬ ــﺎ وأﺻ ــوﻟﻬﺎ أﻳﻧﻣ ــﺎ ﻛﺎﻧ ــت وأﻳـ ـﺎً ﻛ ــﺎن اﺣﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﺣﺎﻟــﺔ ﻣﻌﻳﻧــﺔ وﻓــﻲ اﻟﺣــﺎﺋز ﻟﻬــﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺻــﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻘﺿــﺎﺋﻳﺔ ،ﻣــﺎ ﻟــم ﺗﺗﻧــﺎزﻝ ﻋﻧﻬــﺎ ﺻ ـر ﺣـ ــدود ﻫـ ــذا اﻟﺗﻧـ ــﺎزﻝ .وﻣـ ــن اﻟﻣﻔﻬـ ــوم ،ﻣـ ــﻊ ذﻟـ ــك ،أن اﻟﺗﻧـ ــﺎزﻝ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛ ـ ـن أن ﻳﻣﺗـ ــد إﻟـ ــﻰ اءات اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذ. إﺟر
27
ات واﻟﺣﺻﺎﻧﺎت اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳﺔ ﺑﺷﺄن اﻻﻣﺗﻳﺎز
اﻟﻘﺳم ٥ ﻻ ﻳﺟ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــوز اﻧﺗﻬ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎك ﺣرﻣ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ ﻣﻘ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎر اﻟوﻛ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ .وﺗﻌﻔ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻰ ﻣﻣﺗﻠﻛﺎﺗﻬـ ــﺎ وأﺻـ ــوﻟﻬﺎ أﻳﻧﻣـ ــﺎ ﻛﺎﻧـ ــت وأﻳـ ــﺎ ﻛـ ــﺎن اﻟﺣـ ــﺎﺋز ﻟﻬـ ــﺎ ﻣـ ــن اﻟﺗﻔﺗـ ــﻳش واﻻﺳـ ــﺗﻳﻼء ي أو اء ﺗﻧﻔﻳ ــذي أو إدار اﻩ ﺑــﺈﺟر ع ﻣ ــن أﻧ ـواع اﻹﻛـ ـر ع اﻟﻣﻠﻛﻳ ــﺔ وأي ﻧــو ة وﻧــز واﻟﻣﺻــﺎدر ﻗﺿﺎﺋﻲ أو ﺗﺷرﻳﻌﻲ.
اﻟﻘﺳم ٦ ﻻ ﻳﺟـ ــوز اﻧﺗﻬـ ــﺎك ﻣﺣﻔوظـ ــﺎت اﻟوﻛـ ــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻـ ــﺔ وﺑﺻـ ــﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣـ ــﺔ ﻛﺎﻓـ ــﺔ اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻣﻠﻛﻬﺎ أو اﻟﺗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻳﺎزﺗﻬﺎ أﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧت.
اﻟﻘﺳم ٧ ﻟﻠوﻛﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ دون أن ﺗﺧﺿﻊ ﻷﻳـﺔ رﻗﺎﺑـﺔ ﻣﺎﻟﻳـﺔ أو ﺗﻧظـﻳم ﻣـﺎﻟﻲ أو اﻣﺎت اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ: ار ﺑوﻗف ﺗﻧﻔﻳذ اﻻﻟﺗز أي ﻗر ع وأن ﺗﻣﺳـك ﺣﺳـﺎﺑﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﻳـﺔ ﻋﻣﻠـﺔ أن ﺗﺣوز أﻣواﻻ وذﻫﺑﺎ وﻋﻣـﻼت ﻣـن أي ﻧـو ﻛﺎﻧت؛
)أ(
ﱢﺔ أﻣواﻟﻬﺎ وذﻫﺑﻬﺎ وﻋﻣﻼﺗﻬﺎ ﻣـن أي ﺑﻠـد إﻟـﻰ آﺧـر وداﺧـﻝ أي ﺑﺣرﻳ ﺗﺣوﻝ ُ )ب( أن ّ ى. ﺣوﻝ أﻳﺔ ﻋﻣﻠﺔ ﺗﻛون ﻓﻲ ﺣﻳﺎزﺗﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ أﻳﺔ ﻋﻣﻠﺔ أﺧر ﺗ ﺑﻠد وأن ُ ّ
اﻟﻘﺳم ٨
رﻋــﻲ ﻛــﻝ وﻛﺎﻟــﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ أﺛﻧــﺎء ﻣﻣﺎرﺳــﺗﻬﺎ ﻟﺣﻘوﻗﻬــﺎ ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿــﻰ اﻟﻘﺳــم ٧ ﺗا ﺳﺎﻟف اﻟذﻛر أﻳﺔ ﻣﻼﺣظﺎت ﺗوﺟﻬﻬﺎ إﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﺣﻛوﻣﺔ أﻳﺔ دوﻟﺔ طرف ﻓـﻲ ﻫـذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳـﺔ ار ى أن ﻓﻲ وﺳﻌﻬﺎ اﻻﺳﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺑـﻪ ﻟﻬـذﻩ اﻟﻣﻼﺣظـﺎت دون إﺿـر وذﻟك ﺑﺎﻟﻘدر اﻟذي ﺗر ﺑﻣﺻﺎﻟﺣﻬﺎ اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ.
اﻟﻘﺳم ٩ ى: ﺗﻌﻔﻰ اﻟوﻛﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ وأﺻوﻟﻬﺎ ودﺧوﻟﻬﺎ وﻣﻣﺗﻠﻛﺎﺗﻬﺎ اﻷﺧر ة .وﻣﻊ ذﻟك ﻓﻣن اﻟﻣﻔﻬوم أن اﻟوﻛﺎﻻت اﺋب اﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷر ﻣن ﺟﻣﻳﻊ اﻟﺿر )أ( ﱠﻝ اﺋب ﻟﻳﺳت ﻓﻲ اﻟواﻗﻊ ﺳوى رﺳوم ﺗُﺣﺻ اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻟن ﺗطﻠب إﻋﻔﺎءﻫﺎ ﻣن ﺿر اﻓق اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ؛ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻝ ﺧدﻣﺎت اﻟﻣر ات ﻣ ــن اﻟرﺳ ــوم اﻟﺟﻣرﻛﻳـ ــﺔ وﻣ ــن أي ﺣظ ــر أو ﻗﻳـ ــد ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻟـ ـواردات واﻟﺻـ ــﺎدر ﻫﺎ اﻟوﻛـﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻـﺔ ﻻﺳـﺗﻌﻣﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻣـواد اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﺳـﺗوردﻫﺎ أو ﺗﺻـدر اﻟرﺳﻣﻲ .وﻣﻊ ذﻟك ﻓﻣن اﻟﻣﻔﻬوم أن اﻟﻣواد اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺗورد ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿﻰ ﻫذا اﻹﻋﻔﺎء
) ب(
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
28
اﻟﺟﻣرﻛﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺑﺎع ﺑﺎﻟﺑﻠد اﻟـذي اﺳـﺗوردت إﻟﻳـﻪ إﻻ ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿـﻰ ﺷـروط ﻳﺗﻔـق ﻋﻠﻳﻬـﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺣﻛوﻣﺔ ذﻟك اﻟﺑﻠد؛ ات ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﻣـن اﻟرﺳـوم اﻟﺟﻣرﻛﻳــﺔ وﻣـن أي ﺣظــر أو ﻗﻳـد ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻟـواردات واﻟﺻـﺎدر اﺗﻬﺎ. ﻳﺧﺗص ﺑﻣﻧﺷور
) ج(
اﻟﻘﺳم ١٠ ﻏم ﻣن أن اﻟوﻛـﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻـﺔ ﻻ ﺗطﻠـب ،ﻛﻘﺎﻋـدة ﻋﺎﻣـﺔ ،إﻋﻔﺎءﻫـﺎ ﻣـن ﺑﺎﻟر ة ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺑﻳــﻊ اﻟﻣﻣﺗﻠﻛــﺎت اﻟﻣﻧﻘوﻟــﺔ وﻏﻳــر اﻟﻣﻧﻘوﻟــﺔ اﺋب اﻟﻣﻘــرر رﺳــوم اﻹﻧﺗــﺎج وﻣــن اﻟﺿ ـر اء ﻛﻣﻳﺎت ع ،إﻻ أﻧﻪ ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﺗﻘوم ﻫذﻩ اﻟوﻛﺎﻻت ﺑﺷر ءا ﻣن اﻟﺛﻣن اﻟﻣدﻓو واﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﺗﺑر ﺟز اﺋب ﻻﺳـﺗﻌﻣﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓـﻲ ة ﻣن اﻟﺣﺎﺟﻳﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﺿﻣن ﺛﻣﻧﻬﺎ أﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻫذﻩ اﻟرﺳوم واﻟﺿـر ﻛﺑﻳر أﻋﻣﺎﻟﻬــﺎ اﻟرﺳــﻣﻳﺔ ،ﻓــﺈن اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷط ـر اف ﻓــﻲ ﻫــذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳــﺔ ﺗﺗﺧــذ ،ﻛﻠﻣــﺎ أﻣﻛﻧﻬــﺎ ذﻟــك، اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑـ ــﺎت اﻹدارﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳـ ــﺑﺔ ﻹﻋﻔـ ــﺎء اﻟوﻛـ ــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻـ ــﺔ ﻣـ ــن ﻗﻳﻣـ ــﺔ اﻟرﺳـ ــم أو اﻟﺿرﻳﺑﺔ أو رد ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ إﻟﻳﻬﺎ.
اﺑﻌﺔ -اﻟﺗﺳﻬﻳﻼت ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﺧﺗص ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺻﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟر اﻟﻘﺳم ١١ رﺿـﻲ ﻛـﻝ دوﻟـﺔ ﺗﺗﻣﺗﻊ ﻛﻝ وﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ اﺗﺻـﺎﻻﺗﻬﺎ اﻟرﺳـﻣﻳﺔ ،داﺧـﻝ أ ا طــرف ﻓــﻲ ﻫــذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳــﺔ ،ﺑﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠــﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻘــﻝ ﻋــن اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻣﻧﺣﻬــﺎ ﺣﻛوﻣــﺔ ﻫــذﻩ ى ﺑﻣـﺎ ﻓــﻲ ذﻟــك اﻟﺑﻌﺛــﺔ اﻟدﺑﻠوﻣﺎﺳـﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﻠــك اﻟﺣﻛوﻣــﺔ وذﻟــك ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ اﻟدوﻟـﺔ ﻷﻳــﺔ ﺣﻛوﻣــﺔ أﺧــر ﻳﺧـ ـﺗص ﺑﺎﻷوﻟوﻳ ــﺎت واﻟﺗﻌرﻳﻔ ــﺎت واﻟرﺳ ــوم اﻟﻣﺳ ــﺗﺣﻘﺔ ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻟﺑرﻳ ــد واﻟﺑرﻗﻳ ــﺎت اﻟﺳ ــﻠﻛﻳﺔ واﻟﻼﺳـ ــﻠﻛﻳﺔ واﻟﺻـ ــور اﻟﻣرﺳـ ــﻠﺔ ﺑـ ــﺎﻟر ﻫـ ــﺎ ﻣـ ــن وﺳـ ــﺎﺋﻝ ادﻳو واﻟﻣﺣﺎدﺛـ ــﺎت اﻟﺗﻠﻳﻔوﻧﻳـ ــﺔ وﻏﻳر اﻻﺗﺻـ ــﺎﻝ ،وﻛـ ــذﻟك ﻓﻳﻣـ ــﺎ ﻳﺧـ ــﺗص ﺑﺎﻟرﺳـ ــوم اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﻔﻳﺔ ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣـ ــﺎت اﻟﺗـ ــﻲ ﺗﻘـ ــدم ﻟﻠﺻﺣﺎﻓﺔ واﻹذاﻋﺔ.
اﻟﻘﺳم ١٢ ﻫــﺎ ﻣــن اﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧــﺎت اﻟرﺳــﻣﻳﺔ رﺳــﻼت اﻟرﺳــﻣﻳﺔ وﻏﻳر ﻻ ﺗﻔــرض أﻳــﺔ رﻗﺎﺑــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﻣ ا ﻟﻠوﻛﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ. رﺳــﻼت وا رﺳــﺎﻝ وﺗﺳ ـﻠّم اﻟﻣ ا وﻟﻠوﻛــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ ﺣــق اﺳــﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ اﻟﺷــﻔر ة ٕ ﺑطرﻳـ ـ ـ ـ ــق ﺣـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎﻣﻠﻲ اﻟﺣﻘﻳﺑـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ أو ﻓـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻲ ﺣﻘﺎﺋـ ـ ـ ـ ــب ﻣﺧﺗوﻣـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ ﺗﻛـ ـ ـ ـ ــون ﻟﻬـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎ ﻧﻔـ ـ ـ ـ ــس ات اﻟﻣﻣﻧوﺣ ـ ـ ــﺔ ﻟﺣـ ـ ــﺎﻣﻠﻲ اﻟﺣﻘﻳﺑ ـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟدﺑﻠوﻣﺎﺳ ـ ـ ــﻳﺔ وﻟﻠﺣﻘﺎﺋ ـ ـ ــب اﻟﺣﺻـ ـ ــﺎﻧﺎت واﻻﻣﺗﻳ ـ ـ ــﺎز اﻟدﺑﻠوﻣﺎﺳﻳﺔ. ﻩ ﻋﻠـﻰ أﻧـﻪ ﻳﺣـوﻝ دون اﺗﺧـﺎذ اﺣﺗﻳﺎطـﺎت وﻟﻳس ﻓـﻲ ﻫـذا اﻟﻘﺳـم ﻣـﺎ ﻳﻣﻛـن ﺗﻔﺳـﻳر اﻷﻣـ ــن اﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳـ ــﺑﺔ اﻟﺗـ ــﻲ ﻳﺗﻔـ ــق ﻋﻠﻳﻬـ ــﺎ ﺑـ ــﻳن دوﻟـ ــﺔ طـ ــرف ﻓـ ــﻲ ﻫـ ــذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳـ ــﺔ ووﻛﺎﻟـ ــﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ.
29
ات واﻟﺣﺻﺎﻧﺎت اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳﺔ ﺑﺷﺄن اﻻﻣﺗﻳﺎز
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺧﺎﻣﺳﺔ -ﻣﻣﺛﻠو اﻷﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﻘﺳم ١٣ ﻳﺗﻣﺗــﻊ ﻣﻣﺛﻠــو اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء ﻓــﻲ اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋــﺎت اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗــدﻋو إﻟﻳﻬــﺎ وﻛﺎﻟــﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ واﻟـﻰ ﻣﻛـﺎن ﺑﺎﻻﻣﺗﻳﺎز ات واﻟﺣﺻﺎﻧﺎت اﻵﺗﻳﺔ أﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺄدﻳﺗﻬم ﻷﻋﻣﺎﻟﻬم وأﺛﻧﺎء رﺣﻼﺗﻬم ﻣن ٕ اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎع: ﻫم أو اﻻﺳ ــﺗﻳﻼء ﻋﻠ ــﻰ أﻣﺗﻌ ــﺗﻬم اﻟﺷﺧﺻ ــﻳﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺟ ــوز اﻟﻘ ــﺑض ﻋﻠ ــﻳﻬم أو ﺣﺟ ــز ﻻ ﺗﺟوز ﻣﺣﺎﻛﻣﺗﻬم ﻗﺎﻧوﻧﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺻدر ﻋﻧﻬم ﺑﺻﻔﺗﻬم اﻟرﺳﻣﻳﺔ ﻣن أﻋﻣـﺎﻝ و أو أﻗواﻝ أو ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻛﺗوﺑﺔ؛ اﻗﻬم ووﺛﺎﺋﻘﻬم؛ ﻻ ﻳﺟوز اﻟﻣﺳﺎس ﺑﺄي ﻣن أور اق واﻟرﺳـﺎﺋﻝ ﺑواﺳـطﺔ ﺣـﺎﻣﻠﻲ اﻟﺣﻘﻳﺑـﺔ أو ﻓـﻲ ة وﺗﺳـﻠم اﻷور ﺣق اﺳـﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ اﻟﺷـﻔر ﺣﻘﺎﺋب ﻣﺧﺗوﻣﺔ؛ اءات واﺟ ـر ﻷزواﺟﻬــم ﻣــن ﻛــﻝ اﻟﻘﻳــود اﻟﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﺑــﺎﻟﻬﺟر اﻹﻋﻔــﺎء ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳــﺑﺔ ﻟﻬــم و ة ٕ ﺗﺳــﺟﻳﻝ اﻷﺟﺎﻧــب واﻟﺗ ا زﻣــﺎت اﻟﺧدﻣــﺔ اﻟوطﻧﻳــﺔ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺑﻠــدان اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻳزوروﻧﻬ ــﺎ أو اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻌﺑروﻧﻬﺎ أﺛﻧﺎء ﻣﻣﺎرﺳﺗﻬم ﻟﻣﻬﺎﻣﻬم؛ ﻧﻔ ــس اﻟﺗﺳ ــﻬﻳﻼت ﻓﻳﻣ ــﺎ ﻳﺧ ــﺗص ﺑﻘﻳ ــود اﻟﻌﻣﻠ ــﺔ أو اﻟﻧﻘ ــد اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﺗﻌط ــﻰ ﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠ ــﻲ اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﺎت اﻷﺟﻧﺑﻳﺔ اﻟﻣوﻓدﻳن ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺛﺎت رﺳﻣﻳﺔ ﻣؤﻗﺗﺔ؛ ﻧﻔس اﻟﺣﺻﺎﻧﺎت واﻟﺗﺳﻬﻳﻼت اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌطﻰ ،ﻓﻳﻣـﺎ ﻳﺧـﺗص ﺑـﺄﻣﺗﻌﺗﻬم اﻟﺷﺧﺻـﻳﺔ، ﻷﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﺑﻌﺛﺎت اﻟدﺑﻠوﻣﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻣن ذوي اﻟرﺗب اﻟﻣﻣﺎﺛﻠﺔ. )أ(
) ب( ) ج( )د(
)ﻫ( )و(
اﻟﻘﺳم ١٤ ﻳﺿــﻣن ﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠــﻲ أﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟوﻛــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ ﻓــﻲ اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋــﺎت اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻟﻛــﻲ ُ ﺗدﻋو إﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﺗﻠك اﻟوﻛﺎﻻت ﺣرﻳﺔ اﻟﺗﻌﺑﻳر ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ واﻻﺳﺗﻘﻼﻝ اﻟﺗﺎم ﻓﻲ ﺗﺄدﻳﺗﻬم ﻟواﺟﺑـﺎﺗﻬم، ﺗﺳـ ــﺗﻣر ﺣﺻـ ــﺎﻧﺗﻬم ﻣـ ــن اﻟﻣﺣﺎﻛﻣـ ــﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﻧوﻧﻳـ ــﺔ ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ ﻣـ ــﺎ ﻳﺻـ ــدر ﻋـ ــﻧﻬم أﺛﻧـ ــﺎء ﻗﻳـ ــﺎﻣﻬم ﺑواﺟﺑﺎﺗﻬم ﻣن أﻋﻣﺎﻝ أو أﻗـواﻝ أو ﺑﻳﺎﻧـﺎت ﻣﻛﺗوﺑـﺔ ،ﺣﺗـﻰ وﻟـو ﻛـﺎﻧوا ﻗـد اﻧﺗﻬـوا ﻣـن أداء ﺗﻠك اﻟواﺟﺑﺎت.
اﻟﻘﺳم ١٥ ات اﺋب ﻣرﺗﺑطـﺎً ﺑﺎﻹﻗﺎﻣــﺔ ،ﻓــﺈن اﻟﻔﺗ ـر ع ﻣــن اﻟﺿـر ﻋﻧــدﻣﺎ ﻳﻛــون اﺳــﺗﺣﻘﺎق أي ﻧــو اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻳﻘﺿــﻳﻬﺎ ﻣﻣﺛﻠــو أﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟوﻛــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ ﻓــﻲ اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋــﺎت اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻌﻘــدﻫﺎ ﻫذﻩ اﻟوﻛﺎﻻت ﻓﻲ دوﻟﺔ ﻋﺿو ﻷداء واﺟﺑﺎﺗﻬم ،ﻻ ﺗﻌﺗﺑر ﻣدد إﻗﺎﻣﺔ.
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
30
اﻟﻘﺳم ١٦ ات واﻟﺣﺻـﺎﻧﺎت ﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠـﻲ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء ﻟﻣﻧﻔﻌـﺗﻬم اﻟﺷﺧﺻـﻳﺔ ،ﺑـﻝ ﻻ ﺗﻣﻧﺢ اﻻﻣﺗﻳـﺎز ﻟﺗﺄﻣﻳن اﺳﺗﻘﻼﻟﻬم ﻓﻲ ﻣﻣﺎرﺳﺗﻬم ﻟوظـﺎﺋﻔﻬم ﻓﻳﻣـﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠـق ﺑﺎﻟوﻛـﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻـﺔ .وﻣـن ﺛم ﻓﻠﻳس ﻣن ﺣق اﻟﻌﺿو ﻓﻘط ،ﺑﻝ وﻣن واﺟﺑﻪ أن ﻳرﻓﻊ اﻟﺣﺻﺎﻧﺔ ﻋن ﻣﻣﺛﻠﻳﻪ ﻓـﻲ أﻳـﺔ ى ﻓﻳﻬــﺎ اﻟﻌﺿــو أن اﻟﺣﺻــﺎﻧﺔ ﺳــﺗﻌوق ﺳــﻳر اﻟﻌداﻟــﺔ وأن رﻓﻌﻬــﺎ ﻟــن ﻳﺿــر ﺣﺎﻟــﺔ ﻳــر ﺑﺎﻟﻐرض اﻟذي ﻣﻧﺣت ﻣن أﺟﻠﻪ.
اﻟﻘﺳم ١٧ ﻻ ﺗﻧطﺑــق أﺣﻛــﺎم اﻷﻗﺳــﺎم ١٣و ١٤و ١٥ﻓــﻲ ﻣواﺟﻬــﺔ ﺳــﻠطﺎت اﻟدوﻟــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻳﻧﺗﺳب إﻟﻳﻬﺎ اﻟﺷﺧص أو ﻳﻣﺛﻠﻬﺎ أو ﻛﺎن ﻳﻣﺛﻠﻬﺎ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺳﺎدﺳﺔ -اﻟﻣوظﻔون اﻟﻘﺳم ١١٨ ﺗﺣدد ﻛـﻝ وﻛﺎﻟـﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻـﺔ ﻓﺋـﺎت اﻟﻣـوظﻔﻳن اﻟـذﻳن ﺗﻧطﺑـق ﻋﻠـﻳﻬم أﺣﻛـﺎم ﻫـذﻩ اف ﺑﻬـذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳـﺔ ﻓﻳﻣـﺎ اﻟﻣﺎدة واﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻣﻧﺔ وﺗﺑﻠﻐﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ ﺣﻛوﻣﺎت ﺟﻣﻳﻊ اﻟدوﻝ اﻷطـر واﻟــﻰ اﻷﻣــﻳن اﻟﻌ ــﺎم ﻟﻸﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة .وﻳﺟ ــب أن ﺗﺑﻠّـ ـﻎ أﺳ ــﻣﺎء ﻳﺧــﺗص ﺑﺗﻠــك اﻟوﻛﺎﻟ ــﺔ ٕ اﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن اﻟﻣدرﺟﻳن ﺑﻬذﻩ اﻟﻔﺋﺎت ﻣن وﻗت إﻟﻰ آﺧر ﻟﻠﺣﻛوﻣﺎت اﻟﺳﺎﻟﻔﺔ اﻟذﻛر.
اﻟﻘﺳم ١٩ إن ﻣوظﻔﻲ اﻟوﻛﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ: ﻳﺗﻣﺗﻌون ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺻﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻘﺿﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺻدر ﻋﻧﻬم ﺑﺻﻔﺗﻬم اﻟرﺳﻣﻳﺔ ﻣن أﻋﻣﺎﻝ أو أﻗواﻝ أو ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻛﺗوﺑﺔ؛
)أ(
ار اﻟﺗــﺎﻟﻲ )ج ص ع (٤١-١٢ﻓــﻲ ٢٨أﻳــﺎر/ ة اﻟﻘ ـر ١اﺗﺧــذت ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳــﺔ ﻋﺷ ـر ﻣﺎﻳو :١٩٥٩ ة، ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻋﺷر ات وﺣﺻﺎﻧﺎت ﻫﺎ اﻟﻘﺳم ١٨ﻣن اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺳﺎدﺳﺔ ﻣن اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳﺔ اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻣﺗﻳﺎز إذ ﺗﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ اﻋﺗﺑﺎر اﻟوﻛــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ ،اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻘﺿــﻲ ﺑــﺄن ﺗﺣــدد ﻛــﻝ وﻛﺎﻟــﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ ﻓﺋــﺎت اﻟﻣــوظﻔﻳن اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻧطﺑــق ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ أﺣﻛﺎم ﺗﻠك اﻟﻣﺎدة واﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻣﻧﺔ؛ ﻫﺎ اﻟطرﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ اﺗﺑﻌﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ ﺣﺗـﻰ اﻵن واﻟﺗـﻲ ﺑﻣوﺟﺑﻬـﺎ واذ ﺗﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ اﻋﺗﺑﺎر ٕ ار ) ٧٦د (١-اﻟﺻــﺎدر ﻋــن اﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ ﻟﻸﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ،ﻋﻧــد روﻋﻳــت ﺑﺷــﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﺎﺳــب أﺣﻛــﺎم اﻟﻘ ـر ﺗﻧﻔﻳذ ﻧﺻوص اﻟﻘﺳم ١٨ﻣن اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳﺔ. -١ﺗؤﻳد ﻫذﻩ اﻟطرﻳﻘﺔ؛ ات واﻟﺣﺻــﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻣﺷــﺎر إﻟﻳﻬــﺎ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣــﺎدﺗﻳن اﻟﺳﺎدﺳــﺔ واﻟﺛﺎﻣﻧــﺔ -٢ﺗواﻓــق ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻣــﻧﺢ اﻻﻣﺗﻳــﺎز ات وﺣﺻــﺎﻧﺎت اﻟوﻛــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﻳــﻊ ﻣــوظﻔﻲ ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﻣــن اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳــﺔ اﻟﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﺑﺎﻣﺗﻳــﺎز ﻫم ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﺎس ﺳﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﻌﻣﻝ. اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ،ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺛﻧﺎء أوﻟﺋك اﻟذﻳن ﻳﻌﻳﻧون ﻣﺣﻠﻳﺎً وﻳﺗﻘﺎﺿون أﺟور
31
ات واﻟﺣﺻﺎﻧﺎت اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳﺔ ﺑﺷﺄن اﻻﻣﺗﻳﺎز
ﻳﺗﻣﺗﻌــون ﺑــﻧﻔس اﻹﻋﻔــﺎءات اﻟﺿ ـرﻳﺑﻳﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻳﺗﻣﺗــﻊ ﺑﻬــﺎ ﻣوظﻔــو اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة وﺑ ــﻧﻔس اﻟﺷ ــروط ،ﻓﻳﻣ ــﺎ ﻳﺧ ــﺗص ﺑﺎﻟرواﺗ ــب واﻟﻣﻛﺎﻓ ــﺂت اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﺗ ــدﻓﻌﻬﺎ اﻟوﻛ ــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻟﻬم؛ ﻫم ﻟﻠﻘﻳــود اﻟﺧﺎﺻــﺔ اد أﺳــر ﻻ ﻳﺧﺿــﻌون ﻫــم وأزواﺟﻬــم وﻣــن ﻳﻌوﻟــوﻧﻬم ﻣــن أﻓ ـر اءات اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ اﻷﺟﺎﻧب؛ ﻻ ﻟﻺﺟر ةو ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺟر ﻳﺗﻣﺗﻌـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــون ،ﻓﻳﻣـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎ ﻳﺧـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺗص ﺑﺗﺳـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻬﻳﻼت ﺗﺣوﻳـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻝ اﻟﻌﻣﻠـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ ،ﺑـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻧﻔس ات اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﻳﺗﻣﺗ ــﻊ ﺑﻬ ــﺎ أﻋﺿ ــﺎء اﻟﺑﻌﺛ ــﺎت اﻟدﺑﻠوﻣﺎﺳ ــﻳﺔ ﻣ ــن ذوي اﻟرﺗ ــب اﻻﻣﺗﻳ ــﺎز اﻟﻣﻣﺎﺛﻠﺔ؛ اد ﻳﺗﻣﺗﻌــون ﻓــﻲ وﻗــت اﻷزﻣــﺎت اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ ،ﻫــم وأزواﺟﻬــم وﻣــن ﻳﻌوﻟــوﻧﻬم ﻣــن أﻓ ـر ﻫم ،ﺑــﻧﻔس اﻟﺗﺳــﻬﻳﻼت اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻳﺗﻣﺗــﻊ ﺑﻬــﺎ أﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﺑﻌﺛــﺎت اﻟدﺑﻠوﻣﺎﺳــﻳﺔ ﻣــن أﺳــر ذوي اﻟرﺗب اﻟﻣﻣﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻣن ﺣﻳث اﻟﻌودة إﻟﻰ أوطﺎﻧﻬم؛ اد أﺛ ــﺎﺛﻬم وأﻣﺗﻌ ــﺗﻬم دون دﻓ ــﻊ رﺳ ــوم ﺟﻣرﻛﻳ ــﺔ ﻋﻧ ــد ﺑ ــدء ﻳﺗﻣﺗﻌ ــون ﺑﺣ ــق اﺳ ــﺗﻳر اﻟﺗﺣﺎﻗﻬم ﺑﻣﻧﺻﺑﻬم ﻓﻲ اﻟﺑﻠد اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻲ.
) ب( ) ج( )د( )ﻫ( )و(
اﻟﻘﺳم ٢٠ ام ﺧـﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﺧدﻣـﺔ اﻟوطﻧﻳـﺔ، ﻳﻌﻔﻰ ﻣوظﻔـو اﻟوﻛـﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻـﺔ ﻣـن أي اﻟﺗـز ر ﻋﺎﻳﺎﻫــﺎ ﻗﺎﺻ ـ ا ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺷــرط أن ﻳﻛــون ﻫــذا اﻹﻋﻔــﺎء ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠــق ﺑﺎﻟــدوﻝ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻫــم ﻣــن ر ـر ﻟﻠواﺟﺑــﺎت اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻣــوظﻔﻲ اﻟوﻛــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ اﻟــذﻳن أدرﺟــت أﺳــﻣﺎؤﻫم ،ﻧظـ اً ﻳؤدوﻧﻬـ ــﺎ ،ﺑﻘﺎﺋﻣـ ــﺔ ﻳﻌـ ــدﻫﺎ اﻟﻣـ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌـ ــﺎم ﻟﻠوﻛﺎﻟـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻـ ــﺔ وﺗواﻓـ ــق ﻋﻠﻳﻬـ ــﺎ اﻟدوﻟـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳﺔ. واذا اﺳ ـ ـ ــﺗدﻋﻲ ﻣوظﻔ ـ ـ ــون آﺧ ـ ـ ــرون ﻣـ ـ ـ ـن ﻣ ـ ـ ــوظﻔﻲ اﻟوﻛ ـ ـ ــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻ ـ ـ ــﺔ ٕ ء ﻋﻠــﻰ طﻠــب اﻟوﻛﺎﻟــﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ، ـﺎ ـ ﻧ ﺑ ـﺔ، ـ ﻳ اﻟﻣﻌﻧ ـﺔ ـ ﻟ اﻟدو ـﺈن ـ ﻓ ـﺔ ـ ﻳ اﻟوطﻧ ـﺔ ـ ﻣ اﻟﺧد ﻷداء ً ﻻء اﻟﻣــوظﻔﻳن ﺣﺳــﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﻛــون ﺿــرورﻳﺎً ﻟﺗﻔــﺎدي اﻟﺗﻌطﻳــﻝ ﻓــﻲ ﻣﻬــﺎم ﺗؤﺟــﻝ اﺳــﺗدﻋﺎء ﻫــؤ أﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ.
اﻟﻘﺳم ٢١ ات واﻟﺣﺻــﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻣﺑﻳﻧــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺳــﻣﻳن ١٩و ٢٠ﻳﺗﻣﺗــﻊ ﺑﺎﻹﺿــﺎﻓﺔ إﻟــﻰ اﻻﻣﺗﻳــﺎز اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻛــﻝ وﻛﺎﻟــﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ وﻛــذﻟك أي ﻣوظــف ﻳﻧــوب ﻋﻧــﻪ أﺛﻧــﺎء ﻏﻳﺎﺑــﻪ ات واﻟﺣﺻ ــﺎﻧﺎت واﻹﻋﻔ ــﺎءات واﻟﺗﺳ ــﻬﻳﻼت اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﺗﻌط ــﻰ ﻟﻠﻣﺑﻌ ــوﺛﻳن ﺑ ــﻧﻔس اﻻﻣﺗﻳ ــﺎز ﻻدﻩ اﻟدﺑﻠوﻣﺎﺳ ــﻳﻳن طﺑﻘ ــﺎ ﻟﻠﻘ ــﺎﻧون اﻟ ــدوﻟﻲ ،وذﻟ ــك ﻓﻳﻣ ــﺎ ﻳﺧ ــﺗص ﺑﺷﺧﺻ ــﻪ وزوﺟ ــﻪ وأو اﻟﻘﺻر.
اﻟﻘﺳم ٢٢ ات واﻟﺣﺻــﺎﻧﺎت ﻟﻠﻣــوظﻔﻳن ﻟﺻـﺎﻟﺢ اﻟوﻛــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ ﻓﻘــط ﺗﻣــﻧﺢ اﻻﻣﺗﻳــﺎز اد أﻧﻔﺳــﻬم .وﻟﻛــﻝ وﻛﺎﻟــﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ اﻟﺣــق ﻓــﻲ رﻓــﻊ وﻟــﻳس ﻟﻠﻣﻧﻔﻌــﺔ اﻟﺷﺧﺻــﻳﺔ ﻟﻸﻓــر
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
32
ى ﻓﻳﻬ ــﺎ أن اﻟﺣﺻ ــﺎﻧﺔ ﻋ ــن أي ﻣوظ ــف ﻛﻣ ــﺎ أن ﻋﻠﻳﻬ ــﺎ أن ﺗرﻓﻌﻬ ــﺎ ﻓ ــﻲ أﻳ ــﺔ ﺣﺎﻟ ــﺔ ﺗ ــر اﻟﺣﺻ ــﺎﻧﺔ ﺳ ــوف ﺗﻌ ــوق ﺳ ــﻳر اﻟﻌداﻟ ــﺔ وأن ﻣ ــن اﻟﻣﻣﻛ ــن رﻓﻌﻬ ــﺎ دون إﺧ ــﻼﻝ ﺑﻣﺻ ــﺎﻟﺢ اﻟوﻛﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ.
اﻟﻘﺳم ٢٣ ﺗﺗﻌﺎون ﻛﻝ وﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ وﻗـت ﻣـﻊ اﻟﺳـﻠطﺎت اﻟﻣﺧﺗﺻـﺔ ﺑﺎﻟـدوﻝ اﻋﺎة ﻟواﺋﺢ اﻟﺷـرطﺔ وﻣﻧـﻊ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺗﺳﻬﻳﻝ ﺣﺳن ﺳﻳر اﻟﻌداﻟﺔ وﺿﻣﺎن ﻣر ة ﻓ ــﻲ ﻫ ــذﻩ ات واﻟﺣﺻ ــﺎﻧﺎت واﻟﺗﺳ ــﻬﻳﻼت اﻟﻣ ــذﻛور ﺣ ــدوث أي اﺳ ــﺗﻐﻼﻝ ﺳ ــﻳﺊ ﻟﻼﻣﺗﻳ ــﺎز اﻟﻣﺎدة.
ات اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻌﺔ -ﺳوء اﺳﺗﻐﻼﻝ اﻻﻣﺗﻳﺎز اﻟﻘﺳم ٢٤ أت أﻳﺔ دوﻟﺔ طرف ﻓﻲ ﻫذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳﺔ أﻧﻪ ﻗد ﺣدث ﺳوء اﺳـﺗﻐﻼﻝ ﻻﻣﺗﻳـﺎز إذا ر ات ﺑـﻳن ﺗﻠـك اﻟدوﻟـﺔ واﻟوﻛﺎﻟـﺔ ى ﻣﺷـﺎور أو ﺣﺻﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﻣﻧوﺣﺔ ﺑﻣوﺟـب ﻫـذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳـﺔ ،ﺗﺟـر ع ﻣﺛــﻝ ﻫــذا اﻻﺳــﺗﻐﻼﻝ اﻟﺳــﻳﺊ وﻣﺣﺎوﻟــﺔ ﺗﺟﻧــب اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳــﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻘــق ﻣــن وﻗــو ات إﻟﻰ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻣرﺿـﻳﺔ ﻟﻠدوﻟـﺔ وﻟﻠوﻛﺎﻟـﺔ واذا ﻟم ﺗؤد ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻣﺷﺎور رر ﺗﻛ ا ﻩ إذا ﺛﺑت وﻗوﻋﻪٕ . اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳﺔ ﻓﻳرﻓﻊ اﻷﻣر إﻟﻰ ﻣﺣﻛﻣﺔ اﻟﻌدﻝ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﺣدﻳد ﻣـﺎ إذا ﻛـﺎن ﻫﻧـﺎك واذا ﺗﺑـﻳن ﻟﻣﺣﻛﻣــﺔ اﻟﻌــدﻝ ﺳـوء اﺳــﺗﻐﻼﻝ ﻻﻣﺗﻳـﺎز أو ﺣﺻــﺎﻧﺔ ،وذﻟــك طﺑﻘـﺎً ﻟﻠﻘﺳــم ٕ .٣٢ اﻟدوﻟﻳـ ــﺔ ﺣـ ــدوث ﺳـ ــوء اﻻﺳـ ــﺗﻐﻼﻝ ﻓﻣـ ــن ﺣـ ــق اﻟدوﻟـ ــﺔ اﻟطـ ــرف ﻓـ ــﻲ ﻫـ ــذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳـ ــﺔ اء ﺳوء اﻻﺳﺗﻐﻼﻝ اﻟﻣذﻛور ،ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻫـذﻩ اﻟوﻛﺎﻟـﺔ ،أن واﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺄﺛرت ﻣن ﺟر ﺗوﻗـف ﻣـﻧﺢ اﻻﻣﺗﻳـﺎز أو اﻟﺣﺻــﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﺗـﻲ أﺳـﻲء اﺳـﺗﻌﻣﺎﻟﻬﺎ ،وذﻟــك ﺑﻌـد إﺧطـﺎر اﻟوﻛﺎﻟــﺔ ﺑذﻟك.
اﻟﻘﺳم ٢٥ -١ﻟـ ـ ــﻳس ﻟﻠﺳـ ـ ــﻠطﺎت اﻟﻣﺣﻠﻳـ ـ ــﺔ أن ﺗطﻠـ ـ ــب ﻣـ ـ ــن ﻣﻣﺛﻠـ ـ ــﻲ اﻷﻋﺿـ ـ ــﺎء ﻓـ ـ ــﻲ اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋــﺎت اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗــدﻋو إﻟﻳﻬــﺎ اﻟوﻛــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ أﺛﻧــﺎء ﺗــﺄدﻳﺗﻬم ﻟوظــﺎﺋﻔﻬم وأﺛﻧــﺎء ﻻ ﻣن اﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن اﻟذﻳن ﻳﻧطﺑق ﻋﻠﻳﻬم ﻧـص اﻟﻘﺳـم واﻟﻳﻪ ،و ﺗﻧﻘﻼﺗﻬم ﻣن ﻣﻛﺎن اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎع ٕ ع ﻣـ ـ ــن أﻧ ـ ـ ـواع ١٨أن ﻳﻐـ ـ ــﺎدروا اﻟﺑﻠـ ـ ــد اﻟـ ـ ــذي ﻳـ ـ ــؤدون ﻓﻳـ ـ ــﻪ وظـ ـ ــﺎﺋﻔﻬم ،ﺑﺳـ ـ ــﺑب أي ﻧـ ـ ــو ﻻء اﻟﻧﺷــﺎط اﻟــذي ﻳﻘوﻣــون ﺑــﻪ ﺑﺻــﻔﺗﻬم اﻟرﺳــﻣﻳﺔ .وﻣــﻊ ذﻟــك ﻓﻔــﻲ ﺣﺎﻟــﺔ ﻗﻳــﺎم أﺣــد ﻫــؤ اﻷﺷــﺧﺎص ﺑﺄﻋﻣــﺎﻝ ﺑﻬــذا اﻟﺑﻠــد ﺧﺎرﺟــﺔ ﻋــن وظﺎﺋﻔــﻪ اﻟرﺳــﻣﻳﺔ ﻣﺳــﺗﻐﻼً اﻣﺗﻳــﺎز اﻹﻗﺎﻣــﺔ رﻋــﺎة اﻷﺣﻛــﺎم ﻏﻣــﻪ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻣﻐﺎدرﺗــﻪ ،ﻣــﻊ ﻣ ا ح ﻟــﻪ ﻓﻳﺟــوز ﻟﺣﻛوﻣــﺔ ذﻟــك اﻟﺑﻠــد أن ﺗر اﻟﻣﻣﻧــو اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ: ﻏم ﻣﻣﺛﻠو اﻷﻋﺿﺎء أو اﻷﺷـﺧﺎص اﻟﻣﺗﻣﺗﻌـون ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺻـﺎﻧﺔ ﻻً( ﻻ ﻳر ) -٢أو اءات اﻟدﺑﻠوﻣﺎﺳــﻳﺔ ة اﻟﺑﻠــد إﻻ طﺑﻘ ـﺎً ﻟﻺﺟ ـر اﻟدﺑﻠوﻣﺎﺳــﻳﺔ ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿــﻰ اﻟﻘﺳــم ٢١ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻣﻐــﺎدر اﻟﻣطﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺑﻌوﺛﻳن اﻟدﺑﻠوﻣﺎﺳﻳﻳن اﻟﻣﻌﺗﻣدﻳن ﻟدى ﻫذا اﻟﺑﻠد.
33
ات واﻟﺣﺻﺎﻧﺎت اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳﺔ ﺑﺷﺄن اﻻﻣﺗﻳﺎز
)ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺎً( ﻓـ ــﻲ ﺣﺎﻟـ ــﺔ أي ﻣوظـ ــف ﻻ ﻳﻧطﺑـ ــق ﻋﻠﻳـ ــﻪ اﻟﻘﺳـ ــم ٢١ﻻ ﻳﺻـ ــدر أي ﻻ ﺗﻌطــﻰ ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﻣواﻓﻘــﺔ إﻻ ار ﺑﺎﻹﺑﻌــﺎد إﻻ ﺑﻣواﻓﻘــﺔ وزﻳــر ﺧﺎرﺟﻳــﺔ اﻟﺑﻠــد اﻟﻣــذﻛور ،و ﻗ ـر واذا اﺗﺧـ ـ ــذت . ـﺔ ـ ـ ـ ﻳ اﻟﻣﻌﻧ ـﺔ ـ ـ ـ ﺻ اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻ ـﺔ ـ ـ ـ ﻟ ﻠوﻛﺎ ﻟ ـﺎم ـ ـ ـ ﻌ اﻟ ـدﻳر ـ ـ ـ ﻣ اﻟ ـﻊ ـ ـ ـ ﻣ ـﺎور ـ ـ ـ ﺷ اﻟﺗ ـد ـ ﺑﻌـ ـ ٕ اءات إﺑﻌـ ـ ـ ــﺎد ﻣوظـ ـ ـ ــف ﻣـ ـ ـ ــﺎ ﻓﻠﻠﻣـ ـ ـ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌـ ـ ـ ــﺎم ﻟﻠوﻛﺎﻟـ ـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻـ ـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺣـ ـ ـ ــق إﺟ ـ ـ ـ ـر ﻓـ ــﻲ أن ﻳﺗـ ــدﺧﻝ ﻓـ ــﻲ ﻫـ ــذﻩ اﻟـ ــدﻋوى ﻧﻳﺎﺑـ ــﺔ ﻋـ ــن اﻟﺷـ ــﺧص اﻟـ ــذي اﺗﺧـ ــذت ﺿـ ــدﻩ ﻫـ ــذﻩ اءات. اﻹﺟر
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻣﻧﺔ -ﺗﺻﺎرﻳﺢ اﻟﻣرور اﻟﻘﺳم ٢٦ ة ﻟﻣوظﻔﻲ اﻟوﻛﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ اﻟﺣق ﻓﻲ اﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﺗﺻـﺎرﻳﺢ اﻟﻣـرور اﻟﺻـﺎدر ﻋن اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة وﻓﻘـﺎً ﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑـﺎت إدارﻳـﺔ ﻳﺗﻔـق ﻋﻠﻳﻬـﺎ ﺑـﻳن اﻷﻣـﻳن اﻟﻌـﺎم ﻟﻸﻣـم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة واﻟﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﻣﺧﺗﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟوﻛﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻـﺔ اﻟﺗـﻲ ﻟﻬـﺎ ﺻـﻼﺣﻳﺔ إﺻـدار ﺗﺻـﺎرﻳﺢ اﻟﻣرور .وﻳﺧطر اﻷﻣﻳن اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻸﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﻛﻝ دوﻟﺔ طرف ﻓﻲ ﻫذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳـﺔ ﺑﻛـﻝ ي ﻳﺗم اﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﻋﻠﻳﻪ. ﺗرﺗﻳب إدار
اﻟﻘﺳم ٢٧ اف ﻓـ ـ ــﻲ ﻫـ ـ ــذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳـ ـ ــﺔ ﺑﺗﺻـ ـ ــﺎرﻳﺢ اﻟﻣـ ـ ــرور اﻟﺗـ ـ ــﻲ ﺗﻌﺗـ ـ ــرف اﻟـ ـ ــدوﻝ اﻷط ـ ـ ـر ﻫﺎ اﻷﻣ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ــدة ﻟﻣ ــوظﻔﻲ اﻟوﻛ ــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻ ــﺔ وﺗﻘﺑﻠﻬ ــﺎ ﻛوﺛ ــﺎﺋق ﺻ ــﺎﻟﺣﺔ ﺗﺻ ــدر ﻟﻠﺳﻔر.
اﻟﻘﺳم ٢٨ ات )إذا ﻛﺎﻧ ــت ع وﻗ ــت ﻣﻣﻛ ــن ﻓ ــﻲ طﻠﺑ ــﺎت اﻟﺣﺻ ــوﻝ ﻋﻠ ــﻰ ﺗﺄﺷ ــﻳر ﻳﻧظ ــر ﺑﺄﺳ ــر ات ﻻزﻣــﺔ( اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻳﻘــدﻣﻬﺎ ﻣوظﻔــون ﺑﺎﻟوﻛــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ ﻳﺣﻣﻠــون ﺗﺻــﺎرﻳﺢ اﻟﺗﺄﺷــﻳر ة ﻋن اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة ،إذا ﻛﺎﻧـت اﻟطﻠﺑـﺎت ﻣﺻـﺣوﺑﺔ ﺑﺷـﻬﺎدات ﺗﺛﺑـت أن ﻣرور ﺻﺎدر ﻻء ﻻء اﻟﻣـ ــوظﻔﻳن ﻣﺳـ ــﺎﻓرون ﻷﻋﻣـ ــﺎﻝ ﺗﺗﻌﻠـ ــق ﺑوﻛﺎﻟـ ــﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻـ ــﺔ ،وﻳﻌطـ ــﻰ ﻫـ ــؤ ﻫـ ــؤ اﻟﻣوظﻔون ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ ذﻟك ﺗﺳﻬﻳﻼت ﻟﻠﺳﻔر اﻟﺳرﻳﻊ.
اﻟﻘﺳم ٢٩ ﻫم اء وﻏﻳــر ﺗﻌطــﻰ ﺗﺳــﻬﻳﻼت ﻣﻣﺎﺛﻠــﺔ ﻟﺗﻠــك اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺣــددت ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺳــم ٢٨إﻟــﻰ اﻟﺧﺑ ـر ة ﻋـ ــن اﻷﻣـ ــم وان ﻛـ ــﺎﻧوا ﻻ ﻳﺣﻣﻠـ ــون ﺗﺻـ ــﺎرﻳﺢ ﻣـ ــرور ﺻـ ــﺎدر ﻣـ ــن اﻷﺷـ ــﺧﺎص اﻟـ ــذﻳن ٕ اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ـ ــدة ،ﻳﺣﻣﻠ ـ ــون ﺷ ـ ــﻬﺎدات ﺗ ـ ــدﻝ ﻋﻠ ـ ــﻰ أﻧﻬ ـ ــم ﻣﺳ ـ ــﺎﻓرون ﻷﻋﻣ ـ ــﺎﻝ ﺗﺗﻌﻠ ـ ــق ﺑوﻛﺎﻟ ـ ــﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ.
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
34
اﻟﻘﺳم ٣٠ ات ﻳﻣﻧﺢ اﻟﻣدﻳرون اﻟﻌﺎﻣون ﻟﻠوﻛﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ وﻣﺳﺎﻋدوﻫم وﻣـدﻳرو اﻹدار ة ﺑﺎﻟوﻛـﺎﻻت واﻟﻣوظﻔون اﻵﺧـرون اﻟـذﻳن ﻫـم ﻣـن درﺟـﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻘـﻝ ﻋـن درﺟـﺔ ﻣـدﻳر إدار ة ﻋــن اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ واﻟــذﻳن ﻳﻛوﻧــون ﻣﺳــﺎﻓرﻳن ﺑﺗﺻــﺎرﻳﺢ ﻣــرور ﺻــﺎدر ﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟوﻛﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ ،ﻧﻔس ﺗﺳﻬﻳﻼت اﻟﺳﻔر اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻣـﻧﺢ ﻟﻣـوظﻔﻲ اﻟﺑﻌﺛﺎت اﻟدﺑﻠوﻣﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻣن ذوي اﻟرﺗب اﻟﻣﻣﺎﺛﻠﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺗﺎﺳﻌﺔ -ﺗﺳوﻳﺔ اﻟﺧﻼﻓﺎت اﻟﻘﺳم ٣١ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻝ وﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ أن ﺗﻌﺗﻣد طرﻗﺎً ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﺗﺳوﻳﺔ اﻷﻣور اﻵﺗﻳﺔ: ى ﺗﺧﺿﻊ ﻷﺣﻛـﺎم اﻟﻘـﺎﻧون اﻟﺧﻼﻓﺎت اﻟﻧﺎﺷﺋﺔ ﻋن اﻟﻌﻘود أو أﻳﺔ ﺧﻼﻓﺎت أﺧر اﻟﺧﺎص وﺗﻛون اﻟوﻛﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ طرﻓﺎ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ؛ اﻟﺧﻼﻓﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻛـون طرﻓـﺎً ﻓﻳﻬـﺎ أي ﻣوظـف ﺑوﻛﺎﻟـﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻـﺔ ﻳﺗﻣﺗـﻊ ﺑﺳـﺑب ﻣﻧﺻ ــﺑﻪ اﻟرﺳ ــﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺻ ــﺎﻧﺔ إذا ﻟ ــم ﺗﻛ ــن اﻟﺣﺻ ــﺎﻧﺔ ﻗ ــد رﻓﻌ ــت طﺑﻘـ ـﺎً ﻷﺣﻛ ــﺎم اﻟﻘﺳم .٢٢
)أ ( ) ب(
اﻟﻘﺳم ٣٢ ﺗﺣ ــﺎﻝ ﻛ ــﻝ اﻟﺧﻼﻓ ــﺎت اﻟﻧﺎﺷ ــﺋﺔ ﻋ ــن ﺗﻔﺳ ــﻳر اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳ ــﺔ أو ﺗطﺑﻳﻘﻬ ــﺎ إﻟ ــﻰ اف ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻟﺗﺟﺎء إﻟﻰ وﺳـﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﺣﻛﻣﺔ اﻟﻌدﻝ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ إﻻ إذا اﺗﻔق اﻷطر واذا ﻧﺷـﺄ ﺧـﻼف ﺑـﻳن إﺣـدى اﻟوﻛـﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻـﺔ ﻣـن ﺟﻬـﺔ أﺧر ى ﻟﺗﺳوﻳﺔ اﻟﺧﻼفٕ . ي ﺑﺷﺄن أﻳﺔ ﻧﻘطﺔ ﻗﺎﻧوﻧﻳـﺔ ﺗﻛـون أي اﺳﺗﺷﺎر ى ﻳطﻠب ر وﺑﻳن دوﻟﺔ ﻋﺿو ﻣن ﺟﻬﺔ أﺧر ﻗ ــد أﺛﻳ ــرت ،طﺑﻘـ ـﺎً ﻟﻠﻣ ــﺎدة ٩٦ﻣ ــن ﻣﻳﺛ ــﺎق اﻷﻣ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ــدة واﻟﻣ ــﺎدة ٦٥ﻣ ــن اﻟﻧظ ــﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳــﻲ ﻟﻣﺣﻛﻣــﺔ اﻟﻌــدﻝ ،وﻟﻸﺣﻛــﺎم اﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳــﺑﺔ اﻟ ـواردة ﻓــﻲ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗــﺎت اﻟﻣﻌﻘــودة ﺑــﻳن أي اﻟﻣﺣﻛﻣـﺔ ﺑوﺻـﻔﻪ اف ر اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة واﻟوﻛﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳﺔ ،وﺗﻘﺑﻝ اﻷطر ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻳﺎً.
ة -اﻟﻣﻼﺣق وﺗطﺑﻳق اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻝ وﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﻌﺎﺷر اﻟﻘﺳم ٣٣ رﻋــﺎة أﻳــﺔ ﺗﻌــدﻳﻼت ﺗطﺑــق اﻟﻣ ـواد اﻟﻣوﺣــدة ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻛــﻝ وﻛﺎﻟــﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ ﻣــﻊ ﻣ ا ﻧﺎﺗﺟـ ــﺔ ﻋـ ــن اﻟـ ــﻧص اﻟﻧﻬـ ــﺎﺋﻲ )أو اﻟﻣـ ــﻧﻘﺢ( ﻟﻠﻣﻠﺣـ ــق اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠـ ــق ﺑﺗﻠـ ــك اﻟوﻛﺎﻟـ ــﺔ ﻛﻣـ ــﺎ ﻫـ ــو ﻣﻧﺻوص ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺳﻣﻳن ٣٦و.٣٨
35
ات واﻟﺣﺻﺎﻧﺎت اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳﺔ ﺑﺷﺄن اﻻﻣﺗﻳﺎز
اﻟﻘﺳم ٣٤ ﻳﺟب أن ﺗﻔﺳر أﺣﻛﺎم اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳﺔ ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠق ﺑﻛﻝ وﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻـﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺿـوء اﻻﺧﺗﺻﺎﺻﺎت اﻟﻣﻧوطﺔ ﺑﺗﻠك اﻟوﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿﻰ وﺛﻳﻘﺗﻬﺎ اﻟدﺳﺗورﻳﺔ.
اﻟﻘﺳم ٣٥ ﺗﻌﺗﺑـ ـ ــر ﻣﺷـ ـ ــروﻋﺎت اﻟﻣﻼﺣـ ـ ــق ﻣـ ـ ــن اﻷوﻝ إﻟـ ـ ــﻰ اﻟﺗﺎﺳـ ـ ــﻊ ﺗوﺻـ ـ ــﻳﺎت ﻣوﺟﻬـ ـ ــﺔ ة أﺳ ـ ـ ـ ــﻣﺎؤﻫﺎ ﻓﻳﻬ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎ .وﻓ ـ ـ ـ ــﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ أﻳ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ وﻛﺎﻟ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ ﻟﻠوﻛ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣ ـ ـ ـ ــذﻛور ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻـ ـ ــﺔ ﻟـ ـ ــم ﻳـ ـ ــذﻛر اﺳـ ـ ــﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺳـ ـ ــم ١ﻳرﺳـ ـ ــﻝ اﻷﻣـ ـ ــﻳن اﻟﻌـ ـ ــﺎم ﻟﻸﻣـ ـ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـ ـ ــدة ع ﻣﻠﺣــق ﻳﻛــون اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس اﻻﻗﺗﺻــﺎدي واﻻﺟﺗﻣــﺎﻋﻲ ﻗــد أوﺻــﻰ إﻟــﻰ ﻫــذﻩ اﻟوﻛﺎﻟــﺔ ﻣﺷــرو ﺑﻪ.
اﻟﻘﺳم ٣٦ ﻳﻌﺗﺑ ــر ﻧﺻـ ـﺎً ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻳـ ـﺎً ﻟﻛ ــﻝ ﻣﻠﺣ ــق اﻟ ــﻧص اﻟ ــذي ﺗﻌﺗﻣ ــدﻩ اﻟوﻛﺎﻟ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻ ــﺔ ي .وﺗرﺳــﻝ ﻛــﻝ وﻛﺎﻟــﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ إﻟــﻰ اﻷﻣــﻳن اﻟﻌــﺎم اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳــﺔ طﺑﻘ ـﺎً ﻟﻧظﺎﻣﻬــﺎ اﻟدﺳــﺗور ع اﻟ ـوارد ﻟﻸﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ﻧﺳــﺧﺔ ﻣــن اﻟﻣﻠﺣــق اﻟــذي اﻋﺗﻣدﺗــﻪ واﻟــذي ﻳﺣــﻝ ﻣﺣــﻝ اﻟﻣﺷــرو ﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺳم .٣٥ ذﻛر
اﻟﻘﺳم ٣٧ ﺗﺻـ ــﺑﺢ ﻫـ ــذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳـ ــﺔ ﺳـ ــﺎرﻳﺔ ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ أﻳـ ــﺔ وﻛﺎﻟـ ــﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻـ ــﺔ ﻋﻧـ ــدﻣﺎ ﺗرﺳـ ــﻝ ﻫـ ـ ـ ــذﻩ اﻟوﻛﺎﻟـ ـ ـ ــﺔ إﻟـ ـ ـ ــﻰ اﻷﻣـ ـ ـ ــﻳن اﻟﻌـ ـ ـ ــﺎم ﻟﻸﻣـ ـ ـ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـ ـ ـ ــدة اﻟـ ـ ـ ــﻧص اﻟﻧﻬـ ـ ـ ــﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﻠﺣـ ـ ـ ــق ﻩ ﺑﺄﻧﻬ ـ ـ ــﺎ ﺗﻘﺑ ـ ـ ــﻝ اﻟﺑﻧ ـ ـ ــود اﻟﻣوﺣ ـ ـ ــدة ﻛﻣ ـ ـ ــﺎ ﻫ ـ ـ ــﻲ ﻣﻌدﻟ ـ ـ ــﺔ ﻓ ـ ـ ــﻲ اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠ ـ ـ ــق ﺑﻬ ـ ـ ــﺎ ،وﺗﺧطـ ـ ـ ـر ﻫـ ــذا اﻟﻣﻠﺣـ ــق ،وﺗﺗﻌﻬـ ــد ﺑﺗﻧﻔﻳـ ــذ أﺣﻛـ ــﺎم اﻷﻗﺳـ ــﺎم ٨و ١٨و ٢٢و ٢٣و ٢٤و ٣١و٣٢ ي رﻋ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎة أي ﺗﻌ ـ ـ ـ ــدﻳﻝ ﻟﻠﻘﺳ ـ ـ ـ ــم ٣٢ﻗ ـ ـ ـ ــد ﻳﻛ ـ ـ ـ ــون ﻣ ـ ـ ـ ــن اﻟﺿ ـ ـ ـ ــرور و ٤٢و) ٤٥ﻣ ـ ـ ـ ــﻊ ﻣ ا إدﺧﺎﻟ ـ ـ ــﻪ ﻋﻠ ـ ـ ــﻰ اﻟ ـ ـ ــﻧص اﻟﻧﻬ ـ ـ ــﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﻠﺣ ـ ـ ــق ﻟﻛ ـ ـ ــﻲ ﻳﺗﻣﺷ ـ ـ ــﻰ ﻣ ـ ـ ــﻊ اﻟوﺛﻳﻘ ـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟدﺳ ـ ـ ــﺗورﻳﺔ زﻣـ ــﺎت .وﻳﺗـ ــوﻟﻰ اﻷﻣـ ــﻳن ﺣﻣـ ــﻝ اﻟوﻛﺎﻟـ ــﺔ اﻟﺗ ا ﻟﻠوﻛﺎﻟـ ــﺔ( ،وﻛـ ــذﻟك أﻳـ ــﺔ أﺣﻛـ ــﺎم ﺑـ ــﺎﻟﻣﻠﺣق ﺗُ ّ اﻟﻌ ـ ــﺎم إرﺳ ـ ــﺎﻝ ﻧﺳ ـ ــﺦ ﻣﻌﺗﻣ ـ ــدة ﻣ ـ ــن ﺟﻣﻳ ـ ــﻊ اﻟﻣﻼﺣ ـ ــق اﻟﻣرﺳ ـ ــﻠﺔ إﻟﻳ ـ ــﻪ ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿ ـ ــﻰ ﻫ ـ ــذا اﻟﻘﺳـ ــم واﻟﻣﻼﺣ ـ ــق اﻟﻣﻧﻘﺣـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣرﺳ ـ ــﻠﺔ إﻟﻳـ ــﻪ ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿ ـ ــﻰ اﻟﻘﺳـ ــم ٣٨إﻟ ـ ــﻰ ﺟﻣﻳـ ــﻊ اﻟ ـ ــدوﻝ ى اﻷﻋﺿـ ـ ــﺎء ﻓـ ـ ــﻲ اﻟوﻛـ ـ ــﺎﻻت واﻟـ ـ ــﻰ اﻟـ ـ ــدوﻝ اﻷﺧـ ـ ــر اﻷﻋﺿـ ـ ــﺎء ﻓـ ـ ــﻲ اﻷﻣـ ـ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـ ـ ــدة ٕ اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ.
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
36
اﻟﻘﺳم ٣٨ إذا ﺣ ــدث أن وﻛﺎﻟ ــﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻ ــﺔ ،ﺑﻌ ــد إرﺳ ــﺎﻝ اﻟ ــﻧص اﻟﻧﻬ ــﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﻠﺣ ــق طﺑﻘـ ـﺎً اءاﺗﻬ ــﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﺳ ــم ،٣٦واﻓﻘ ــت ﻋﻠ ــﻰ ﺑﻌ ــض ﺗﻌ ــدﻳﻼت أدﺧﻠ ــت ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻟﻣﻠﺣ ــق طﺑﻘـ ـﺎً ﻹﺟر اﻟدﺳ ــﺗورﻳﺔ ،ﻓﻔ ــﻲ ﻫ ــذﻩ اﻟﺣﺎﻟ ــﺔ ﺗرﺳ ــﻝ ﻧ ــص اﻟﻣﻠﺣ ــق اﻟﻣ ــﻧﻘﺢ إﻟ ــﻰ اﻷﻣ ــﻳن اﻟﻌ ــﺎم ﻟﻸﻣ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة.
اﻟﻘﺳم ٣٩ ات واﻟﺣﺻـﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺗـﻲ أﺣﻛﺎم ﻫـذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳـﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺣـد أو ﺗﻣـس ﺑـﺄي ﺣـﺎﻝ اﻻﻣﺗﻳـﺎز ﻫـﺎ أو ﻣﻛﺎﺗﺑﻬـﺎ أﻋطﺗﻬﺎ أو ﻗد ﺗﻌطﻳﻬﺎ أﻳﺔ دوﻟﺔ ﻷﻳﺔ وﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﺑﺳﺑب وﺟـود ﻣﻘر ﻻ ﻳﺻــﺢ ﺗﻔﺳــﻳر ﻫــذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ أﻧﻬــﺎ ﺗﻣﻧــﻊ أﻳــﺔ اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳــﺔ ﻓــﻲ أرض ﺗﻠــك اﻟدوﻟــﺔ .و دوﻟﺔ طرف ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣن أن ﺗﻌﻘد ﻣﻊ أﻳﺔ وﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ اﺗﻔﺎﻗـﺎت إﺿـﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﻣـن ﺷـﺄﻧﻬﺎ أن ات واﻟﺣﺻــﺎﻧﺎت ﺗﻌــدﻝ أﺣﻛــﺎم ﻫــذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳــﺔ أو أن ﺗوﺳــﻊ أو ﺗﺣــد ﻣــن ﻧطــﺎق اﻻﻣﺗﻳــﺎز اﻟﻣﻣﻧوﺣﺔ ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿﺎﻫﺎ.
اﻟﻘﺳم ٤٠ ﻣن اﻟﻣﻔﻬوم أن اﻟﻣواد اﻟﻣوﺣدة واﻟﻣﻌدﻟﺔ ﺑـﺎﻟﻧص اﻟﻧﻬـﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻣﻠﺣـق أرﺳـﻠﺗﻪ وﻛﺎﻟـﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻ ــﺔ إﻟ ــﻰ اﻷﻣ ــﻳن اﻟﻌ ــﺎم ﻟﻸﻣ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ــدة ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿ ــﻰ اﻟﻘﺳ ــم ) ٣٦أو ﻷي ﻣﻠﺣ ــق ﻣﻧﻘﺢ أرﺳـﻝ ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿـﻰ اﻟﻘﺳـم (٣٨ﻳﺟـب أن ﺗﻛـون ﻣﺗﻔﻘـﺔ ﻣـﻊ أﺣﻛـﺎم اﻟوﺛﻳﻘـﺔ اﻟدﺳـﺗورﻳﺔ ي ﻟﻬ ــذا اﻟﻐ ــرض واذا ﻛ ــﺎن ﻣ ــن اﻟﺿ ــرور ﻟﻠوﻛﺎﻟ ــﺔ اﻟﻣ ــذﻛور ة اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﺗﻛ ــون ﺳ ــﺎرﻳﺔ وﻗﺗﺋ ــذٕ . إدﺧــﺎﻝ ﺗﻌــدﻳﻝ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟوﺛﻳﻘــﺔ اﻟدﺳــﺗورﻳﺔ ،ﻓﻼﺑــد أن ﻳﻛــون ﻫــذا اﻟﺗﻌــدﻳﻝ ﻗــد أﺻــﺑﺢ ﻧﺎﻓــذاً اءات اﻟدﺳ ــﺗورﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﻠ ــك اﻟوﻛﺎﻟ ــﺔ ﻗﺑ ــﻝ إرﺳ ــﺎﻝ اﻟ ــﻧص اﻟﻧﻬ ــﺎﺋﻲ )أو اﻟﻣ ــﻧﻘﺢ( طﺑﻘـ ـﺎً ﻟﻺﺟـ ـر ﻟﻠﻣﻠﺣق. ﻻ ﻳﺟوز أن ﻳﺗرﺗب ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳﺔ وﺣـدﻫﺎ أن ﻳﻠﻐـﻰ أو ﻳﻧـﺗﻘص ﻣـن أي و ﺣﻛم ﻣن أﺣﻛﺎم اﻟوﺛﻳﻘﺔ اﻟدﺳﺗورﻳﺔ ﻷﻳﺔ وﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ أو أﻳﺔ ﺣﻘوق ﻗد ﺗﻛون ﻟﻬﺎ اﻣﺎت ﻗد ﺗﺗﺣﻣﻠﻬﺎ. أو ﻗد ﺗﻛﺗﺳﺑﻬﺎ ،أو أﻳﺔ اﻟﺗز
ة -أﺣﻛﺎم ﺧﺗﺎﻣﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺣﺎدﻳﺔ ﻋﺷر اﻟﻘﺳم ٤١ اﻋﺎة اﻟﻘﺳم (٤٢وأﻳـﺔ ﻳﻛون اﻧﺿﻣﺎم أﻳﺔ دوﻟﺔ ﻋﺿو ﻓﻲ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة )ﻣﻊ ﻣر دوﻟﺔ ﻋﺿـو ﺑوﻛﺎﻟـﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻـﺔ إﻟـﻰ ﻫـذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳـﺔ ﺑﺈﻳـداع وﺛﻳﻘـﺔ اﻧﺿـﻣﺎم ﻟـدى اﻷﻣـﻳن اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻸﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﻳﺑدأ ﺳرﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻣن ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ إﻳداﻋﻬﺎ.
37
ات واﻟﺣﺻﺎﻧﺎت اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳﺔ ﺑﺷﺄن اﻻﻣﺗﻳﺎز
اﻟﻘﺳم ٤٢ ﺗﻘــوم ﻛــﻝ وﻛﺎﻟــﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ ﻣﻌﻧﻳــﺔ ﺑﺗﺑﻠﻳــﻎ ﻧــص ﻫــذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳــﺔ ﻣــﻊ اﻟﻣﻼﺣــق اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ أﻋﺿﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻣن اﻟدوﻝ اﻟﺗﻲ ﻟﻳﺳت أﻋﺿﺎء ﻓﻲ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة وﺗـدﻋوﻫم إﻟــﻰ اﻻﻧﺿــﻣﺎم إﻟــﻰ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳــﺔ ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠــق ﺑﻬــذﻩ اﻟوﻛﺎﻟــﺔ وذﻟــك ﺑﺈﻳــداع وﺛﻳﻘــﺔ اﻻﻧﺿــﻣﺎم اﻟﻣطﻠوﺑـ ــﺔ إﻣـ ــﺎ ﻟـ ــدى اﻷﻣـ ــﻳن اﻟﻌـ ــﺎم ﻟﻸﻣـ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـ ــدة أو ﻟـ ــدى اﻟﻣـ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌـ ــﺎم ﻟﻠوﻛﺎﻟـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ.
اﻟﻘﺳم ٤٣ ﺗﺑﻳن ﻛﻝ دوﻟﺔ طرف ﺑﻬذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳﺔ ﻓـﻲ وﺛﻳﻘـﺔ اﻧﺿـﻣﺎﻣﻬﺎ اﻟوﻛﺎﻟـﺔ أو اﻟوﻛـﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﺗﻌﻬــد اﻟدوﻟــﺔ ﺑﺗطﺑﻳــق أﺣﻛــﺎم ﻫــذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳــﺔ ﺑﺷــﺄﻧﻬﺎ .وﻳﺟــوز ﻷي دوﻟــﺔ طــرف ﻓــﻲ ﻫــذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳــﺔ أن ﺗﺗﻌﻬــد ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿــﻰ إﺧطــﺎر ﻛﺗــﺎﺑﻲ ﻻﺣــق ﺗرﺳــﻠﻪ إﻟــﻰ اﻷﻣ ــﻳن اﻟﻌ ــﺎم ﻟﻸﻣ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ــدة ﺑﺗطﺑﻳ ــق أﺣﻛ ــﺎم ﻫ ــذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳ ــﺔ ﻋﻠ ــﻰ وﻛﺎﻟ ــﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻ ــﺔ ي ﻫذا اﻹﺧطﺎر ﻣن ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ﺗﺳﻠم اﻷﻣﻳن اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻪ. ى أو أﻛﺛر .وﻳﺳر أﺧر
اﻟﻘﺳم ٤٤ ﻳﻌﻣ ــﻝ ﺑﻬ ــذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳ ــﺔ ﺑ ــﻳن ﻛـ ـﻝ دوﻟ ــﺔ ط ــرف ﺑﻬ ــﺎ ووﻛﺎﻟ ــﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻ ــﺔ ﻣﻌﻳﻧ ــﺔ، ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﺗﺻﺑﺢ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳﺔ ﺳﺎرﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠك اﻟوﻛﺎﻟﺔ طﺑﻘﺎً ﻟﻠﻘﺳم ٣٧وﺗﻛون اﻟدوﻟﺔ اﻟطـرف ة طﺑﻘﺎً ﻟﻠﻘﺳم .٤٣ ﻗد ﺗﻌﻬدت ﺑﺗطﺑﻳق أﺣﻛﺎم ﻫذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟوﻛﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻣذﻛور
اﻟﻘﺳم ٤٥ ﻳﺑﻠّــﻎ اﻷﻣــﻳن اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻸﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ﺟﻣﻳــﻊ اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء ﻓــﻲ اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة وﻛـ ـ ــذﻟك ﺟﻣﻳـ ـ ــﻊ أﻋﺿـ ـ ــﺎء اﻟوﻛـ ـ ــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻـ ـ ــﺔ واﻟﻣـ ـ ــدﻳرﻳن اﻟﻌـ ـ ــﺎﻣﻳن ﻟﻠوﻛـ ـ ــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻـ ــﺔ ﺑﺈﻳـ ــداع ﻛـ ــﻝ وﺛﻳﻘـ ــﺔ اﻧﺿـ ــﻣﺎم ﻳﺗﺳـ ــﻠﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿـ ــﻰ اﻟﻘﺳـ ــم ٤١وﻛـ ــذﻟك ات اﻟﻼﺣﻘــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻳﺗﺳــﻠﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿــﻰ اﻟﻘﺳــم .٤٣وﻳﺑﻠّ ـﻎ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻷﻳــﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺧطــﺎر وﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ اﻷﻣـﻳن اﻟﻌـﺎم ﻟﻸﻣـم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة وأﻋﺿـﺎء اﻟوﻛﺎﻟـﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳـﺔ ﺑﺈﻳـداع أﻳـﺔ وﺛﻳﻘﺔ اﻧﺿﻣﺎم ﺗودع ﻟدﻳﻪ ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿﻰ اﻟﻘﺳم .٤٢
اﻟﻘﺳم ٤٦ ﻣن اﻟﻣﻔﻬوم أﻧﻪ ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﺗودع وﺛﻳﻘـﺔ اﻧﺿـﻣﺎم أو ﻳـودع إﺧطـﺎر ﻻﺣـق ﺑﺎﺳـم أﻳـﺔ ة ﻋﻠ ــﻰ ﺗﻧﻔﻳ ــذ أﺣﻛ ــﺎم ﻫ ــذﻩ دوﻟ ــﺔ ،ﻳﺟ ــب أن ﺗﻛ ــون ﻫ ــذﻩ اﻟدوﻟ ــﺔ ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿ ــﻰ ﻗﺎﻧوﻧﻬ ــﺎ ﻗ ــﺎدر اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳ ــﺔ ﻛﻣ ــﺎ ﻫ ــﻲ ﻣﻌدﻟ ــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺻ ــوص اﻟﻧﻬﺎﺋﻳ ــﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻼﺣ ــق اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘ ــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟوﻛ ــﺎﻻت اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ة. ات اﻟﻣذﻛور ﺗﺷﻣﻠﻬﺎ وﺛﺎﺋق اﻻﻧﺿﻣﺎم أو اﻹﺧطﺎر
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
38
اﻟﻘﺳم ٤٧ رﻋــﺎة أﺣﻛــﺎم اﻟﻔﻘ ـرﺗﻳن ٢و ٣ﻣــن ﻫــذا اﻟﻘﺳــم ،ﺗﺗﻌﻬــد ﻛــﻝ دوﻟــﺔ -١ﻣــﻊ ﻣ ا طرف ﻓﻲ ﻫذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳﺔ ﺑﺗطﺑﻳﻘﻬﺎ ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﺧﺗص ﺑﻛﻝ وﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﺗﺷـﻳر إﻟﻳﻬـﺎ ﻫـذﻩ ﻫﺎ اﻟﻼﺣق ،وذﻟك إﻟﻰ اﻟوﻗت اﻟذي ﻳﺑـدأ ﻓﻳـﻪ اﻟدوﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ وﺛﻳﻘﺔ اﻧﺿﻣﺎﻣﻬﺎ ،أو ﻓﻲ إﺧطﺎر ة ﻗــد ﺗطﺑﻳــق اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳــﺔ ﻣﻧﻘﺣــﺔ أو ﻣﻠﺣــق ﻣــﻧﻘﺢ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺗﻠــك اﻟوﻛﺎﻟــﺔ ،وﺗﻛــون اﻟدوﻟــﺔ اﻟﻣــذﻛور ﻗﺑﻠــت اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳــﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﻘﺣــﺔ أو اﻟﻣﻠﺣــق اﻟﻣــﻧﻘﺢ .وﻓــﻲ ﺣﺎﻟــﺔ أي ﻣﻠﺣــق ﻣــﻧﻘﺢ ﻳﻛــون ﻗﺑــوﻝ ي ﻣﻔﻌوﻟــﻪ ﻣـن ﺗــﺎرﻳﺦ اﻟـدوﻝ ﻟـﻪ ﺑﺈﺧطــﺎر ﻳوﺟـﻪ إﻟـﻰ اﻷﻣــﻳن اﻟﻌـﺎم ﻟﻸﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة وﻳﺳـر ﺗﺳﻠم اﻷﻣﻳن اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻪ. -٢وﻣـﻊ ذﻟـك ﻳﺟـوز ﻟﻛـﻝ دوﻟـﺔ طـرف ﻓـﻲ ﻫـذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳـﺔ ﻟﻳﺳـت أو ﻟـم ﺗﻌـد إﺧطﺎر ﻣﻛﺗوﺑﺎً إﻟﻰ اﻷﻣﻳن اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻸﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﻋﺿوا ﻓﻲ وﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ أن ﺗوﺟﻪ اً زﻳــﺎ ﻫــذﻩ واﻟــﻰ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻠوﻛﺎﻟــﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳــﺔ ﺗﺑﻠﻐــﻪ ﻓﻳــﻪ أﻧﻬــﺎ ﺗﻌﺗــزم ﻣﻧــﻊ اﻻﻧﺗﻔــﺎع ﺑﻣ ا ٕ ء ﻣــن ﺗــﺎرﻳﺦ ﻣﻌــﻳن ﻻ ﻳﺳــﺑق اﻧﻘﺿــﺎء ﺛﻼﺛــﺔ أﺷــﻬر ـدا ـ ﺗ اﺑ ـﺔ ـ ﻟ اﻟوﻛﺎ ـك ـ ﻠ ﺗ ـن ـ ﻋ ـﺔ ـ ﻳ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗ ً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ﺗﺳﻠم اﻹﺧطﺎر. زﻳـﺎ ﻫـذﻩ -٣ﻳﺟوز ﻟﻛﻝ دوﻟﺔ طرف ﻓﻲ ﻫذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳـﺔ أن ﺗﻣﻧـﻊ اﻻﻧﺗﻔـﺎع ﺑﻣ ا اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳﺔ ﻋن أﻳﺔ وﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻟم ﺗﻌد ﻣرﺗﺑطﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة. اف ﻓـﻲ -٤ﻳﺑﻠّﻎ اﻷﻣﻳن اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻸﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﺟﻣﻳـﻊ اﻟـدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء اﻷطـر ﻫذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳﺔ ﺑﺄي إﺧطﺎر ﻳرﺳﻝ إﻟﻳﻪ ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿﻰ أﺣﻛﺎم ﻫذا اﻟﻘﺳم.
اﻟﻘﺳم ٤٨ ء ﻋﻠﻰ طﻠب ﻣﻘدم ﻣـن ﺛﻠـث اﻟـدوﻝ ﻳﻌﻘد اﻷﻣﻳن اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻸﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة اً ﻣؤﺗﻣر ﺑﻧﺎ ً اف ﻓﻲ ﻫذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳﺔ وذﻟك ﺑﻘﺻد ﺗﻧﻘﻳﺣﻬﺎ. اﻷطر
اﻟﻘﺳم ٤٩ ﻳرﺳﻝ اﻷﻣﻳن اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻸﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﻧﺳﺧﺔ ﻣن ﻫذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳﺔ إﻟـﻰ ﻛـﻝ وﻛﺎﻟـﺔ ﻣـن واﻟﻰ ﺣﻛوﻣﺔ ﻛﻝ دوﻟﺔ ﻋﺿو ﺑﺎﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة. اﻟوﻛﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ ٕ ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ
اﻟﻣﻠﺣق اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ -ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ١ ﺗﻧطﺑ ـ ــق اﻟﻣـ ـ ـواد اﻟﻣوﺣ ـ ــدة ﻋﻠ ـ ــﻰ ﻣﻧظﻣ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ـ ــﺔ )اﻟﻣﺳ ـ ــﻣﺎة ﻓﻳﻣ ـ ــﺎ ﻳﻠ ـ ــﻲ اﻋﺎة اﻟﺗﻌدﻳﻼت اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ: "اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ"( ﻣﻊ ﻣر ﻻ( ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺳــم ٢٥ﻣــن اﻟﻣــﺎدة أو ) ٢ و ١ ﺗﻳن ر ـ ﻘ اﻟﻔ و ـﺔ ـ ﺳ اﻟﺧﺎﻣ ـﺎدة ـ ﻣ اﻟ ـﺎم ـ ﻛ أﺣ ي ـر ـ ﺳ ﺗ -١ ً اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻌﺔ ،ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﺷﺧﺎص اﻟﻣﻌﻳﻧﻳن ﻟﻠﻌﻣﻝ ﻛﺄﻋﺿـﺎء ﻓـﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳـذي ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ وﺑـدﻻﺋﻬم وﻣﺳﺗﺷــﺎرﻳﻬم ،إﻻ أن رﻓــﻊ اﻟﺣﺻــﺎﻧﺔ ﻋــن أي ﻣــن ﻫــؤ ً ﺑﺄﺣﻛــﺎم اﻟﻘﺳــم ١٦ ﻻء اﻷﺷــﺧﺎص ﻋﻣ ـﻼ ﻳﻛون ﺑواﺳطﺔ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي. (١) -٢ﻳﻣــﻧﺢ اﻟﺧﺑـر ﻫم ﺑﺎﻟﻣــﺎدة اﻟﺳﺎدﺳــﺔ( ﻋﻧــدﻣﺎ اء )ﻣــن ﻏﻳــر اﻟﻣــوظﻔﻳن اﻟـوارد ذﻛــر ﻳﺷــﺗرﻛون ﻓــﻲ أﻋﻣــﺎﻝ ﻟﺟــﺎن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ أو ﻋﻧــدﻣﺎ ﻳﻘوﻣــون ﺑﻣﻬــﺎم رﺳــﻣﻳﺔ ﺗﻛﻠﻔﻬــم ﺑﻬــﺎ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ، ﻼ ،ﺑﻣـﺎ ﻓـﻲ ذﻟـك اﻟوﻗـت ي ﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷـر ات واﻟﺣﺻـﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳـﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘـدر اﻟﺿـرور اﻻﻣﺗﻳﺎز ة أﻋﻣـﺎﻟﻬم ﻓﻌـ ً اﻟذي ﻳﻘﺿوﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ اﻟرﺣﻼت اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻌﻣﻠﻬم ﻓﻲ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻠﺟﺎن أو ﺑﻘﻳﺎﻣﻬم ﺑﻬذﻩ اﻟﻣﻬﺎم: ﻻ ﻳﺟوز اﻟﻘﺑض ﻋﻠﻳﻬم أو اﻻﺳﺗﻳﻼء ﻋﻠﻰ أﻣﺗﻌﺗﻬم اﻟﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ؛ )أ( ع ﺿــدﻫم ﺑﺳــﺑب ﻣــﺎ ﻳﺻــدر اءات ﻗﺎﻧوﻧﻳــﺔ ﻣــن أي ﻧــو )ب( ﻻ ﻳﺟــوز اﺗﺧـﺎذ أﻳــﺔ إﺟـر ﻋـ ــﻧﻬم ﻣـ ــن أﻗ ـ ـواﻝ أو ﺑﻳﺎﻧـ ــﺎت ﻣﻛﺗوﺑـ ــﺔ أو أﻋﻣـ ــﺎﻝ أﺛﻧـ ــﺎء ﻗﻳـ ــﺎﻣﻬم ﺑوظـ ــﺎﺋﻔﻬم ﻻء اﻷﺷــﺧﺎص اﻟرﺳــﻣﻳﺔ .وﺗﺳــﺗﻣر ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﺣﺻــﺎﻧﺔ ﺣﺗــﻰ وﻟــو اﻧﺗﻬــﻰ ﻋﻣــﻝ ﻫــؤ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺟﺎن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ أو ﻟم ﻳﻌودوا ﻣﻛﻠﻔﻳن ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻣﻬﺎم رﺳﻣﻳﺔ؛ )ج( ﻧﻔس اﻟﺗﺳﻬﻳﻼت اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘدم ﻟﻣوظﻔﻲ اﻟﺣﻛوﻣـﺎت اﻷﺟﻧﺑﻳـﺔ اﻟﻣوﻓـدﻳن ﻓـﻲ ﻣﻬـﺎم رﺳــﻣﻳﺔ ﻣؤﻗﺗــﺔ ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﻳﺧــﺗص ﺑﻘﻳــود اﻟﻌﻣﻠــﺔ أو اﻟﻧﻘــد وﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﻳﺧــﺗص ﺑــﺄﻣﺗﻌﺗﻬم اﻟﺷﺧﺻﻳﺔ؛ اﻗﻬم ووﺛﺎﺋﻘﻬم؛ ﻻ ﻳﺟوز اﻟﻣﺳﺎس ﺑﺄي ﻣن أور )د( اق أو اﻟرﺳــﺎﺋﻝ ﺑواﺳــطﺔ ﺣــﺎﻣﻠﻲ اﻟﺣﻘﻳﺑــﺔ أو ة وﺗﺳــﻠم اﻷور )ﻫ( ﺣــق اﺳــﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ اﻟﺷــﻔر ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﺎﺋب ﻣﺧﺗوﻣﺔ ،وذﻟك ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠق ﺑﺎﺗﺻﺎﻻﺗﻬم ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ. ة ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻔﻘ ـرﺗﻳن )ب( و)ﻫ( اﻟﺳــﺎﻟﻔﺗﻳن ات واﻟﺣﺻــﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻣــذﻛور ) (٢ﺗﻣــﻧﺢ اﻻﻣﺗﻳــﺎز اء اﻻﺳﺗﺷــﺎرﻳﻳن ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ،وذﻟــك أﺛﻧــﺎء ﻣﺑﺎﺷ ـرﺗﻬم ﻟﻣﻬــﺎم وظــﺎﺋﻔﻬم ﻷﻋﺿــﺎء ﻣﺟﻣوﻋــﺎت اﻟﺧﺑ ـر ﺑﻬذﻩ اﻟﺻﻔﺔ. ات واﻟﺣﺻـ ــﺎﻧﺎت ﻟﻠﺧﺑ ـ ـر ) (٣ﺗﻣـ ــﻧﺢ اﻻﻣﺗﻳـ ــﺎز اء ﻟﺻـ ــﺎﻟﺢ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ وﻟـ ــﻳس ﻟﻣﻧﻔﻌـ ــﺗﻬم أت أن اﻟﺷﺧﺻــﻳﺔ .وﻣــن ﺣــق اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ وﻣــن واﺟﺑﻬــﺎ أن ﺗرﻓــﻊ اﻟﺣﺻــﺎﻧﺔ ﻋــن أي ﺧﺑﻳــر ﻛﻠﻣــﺎ ر ار ﺑﻣﺻﺎﻟﺢ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ. ﻫذﻩ اﻟﺣﺻﺎﻧﺔ ﺗﻌوق ﺳﻳر اﻟﻌداﻟﺔ وأﻧﻪ ﻳﻣﻛن رﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﺑدون إﺿر ﻻً( ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺳم ٢٥ﻣن اﻟﻣﺎدة ي أﺣﻛﺎم اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺧﺎﻣﺳﺔ واﻟﻔﻘرﺗﻳن ١و) ٢أو ﺗﺳر -٣ ﺎ ـ ـ ﻘ وﻓ ـﺔ ـ ﻣ اﻟﻣﻧظ ـﺎﻝ ـ ﻣ أﻋ ـﻲ ـ ﻓ ـﺗرﻛون ـ ﺷ ﻳ ـذﻳن ـ ﻟ ا ـﺑﻳن ـ ﺳ اﻟﻣﻧﺗ ـﻲ ـ ﻠ ﻣﻣﺛ ـﻰ ـ اﻟﺳ ــﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠ ـﺎء ـ ﺿ اﻷﻋ ً ﻟﻠﻣﺎدﺗﻳن ٨و ٤٧ﻣن اﻟدﺳﺗور. ﻳﻣــﻧﺢ ﻛــذﻟك أي ﻧﺎﺋــب ﻟﻠﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم أو ﻣــدﻳر ﻋــﺎم ﻣﺳــﺎﻋد أو ﻣــدﻳر إﻗﻠﻳﻣــﻲ -٤ ات واﻟﺣﺻــﺎﻧﺎت واﻹﻋﻔــﺎءات واﻟﺗﺳــﻬﻳﻼت اﻟ ـواردة ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻘﺳــم ٢١ﻣــن اﻟﻣ ـواد ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻻﻣﺗﻳــﺎز اﻟﻣوﺣدة. ــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ ١أﻗرﺗﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ١٧ﺗﻣوز /ﻳوﻟﻳـو ) ١٩٤٨اﻟﺳـﺟﻼت اﻟرﺳـﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ ة وﻋدﻟﺗـﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺎت اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛـﺔ واﻟﻌﺎﺷـر اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ رﻗم ،١٣اﻟﺻﻔﺣﺗﺎن ٩٧وّ (٣٣٢ 39
ات ج ص ع ١٠٢-٣وج ص ع ٢٦-١٠وج ص ع.(٣٠-١١ رر ة )اﻟﻘ ا واﻟﺣﺎدﻳﺔ ﻋﺷر
اﺗﻔﺎﻗﺎت ى ﻣﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣﺎت دوﻟﻳﺔ ﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ أﺧر اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﺑﻠدان اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳﺔ١ ر ﻷن اﻟﻔﺻــﻝ اﻟﺣــﺎدي ﻋﺷـر ﻣــن دﺳــﺗور ﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻳﻘﺿــﻲ ﻧظـ ا ٢ ﺑـ ـﺄن ﺗﻧ ــدﻣﺞ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺑﻠ ــدان اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﻳﻣﺛﻠﻬ ــﺎ اﻟﻣﻛﺗ ــب اﻟﺻ ــﺣﻲ ﻟﻠﺑﻠدان اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳﺔ واﻟﻣؤﺗﻣر اﻟﺻﺣﻲ ﻟﻠﺑﻠـدان اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳـﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ اء ﻣﺷـﺗرك ﻓﻲ اﻟوﻗت اﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳب وأن ﻳﺗم ﻫذا اﻻﻧدﻣﺎج ﻓور إﻣﻛﺎن ﺗﺣﻘﻳﻘﻪ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎً ﺑـﺈﺟر ﻳﻘوم ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺑوﻝ ﻣﺗﺑﺎدﻝ ﻣن اﻟﺳﻠطﺎت اﻟﻣﺧﺗﺻﺔ ﺗﻌﺑر ﻋﻧﻪ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺎت اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳﺔ، ـر ﻷن ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ واﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺑﻠــدان اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳــﺔ ﻗــد وﻧظـ اً ام اﺗﻔــﺎق ﺣــﻳن اﺗﻔﻘﺗــﺎ ﻋﻠــﻰ أن ﺗﺗﺧــذ اﻟﺗــداﺑﻳر اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻬــدف إﻟــﻰ إﺗﻣــﺎم ﻫــذا اﻻﻧــدﻣﺎج ﺑــﺈﺑر ﻳﺻدق أرﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﺷر ﺑﻠداً أﻣرﻳﻛﻳﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ دﺳﺗور ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ، ـر ﻷن ﻫ ــذا اﻟﺷ ــرط ﻗ ــد ﺗﺣﻘ ــق ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﺛ ــﺎﻧﻲ واﻟﻌﺷـ ـرﻳن ﻣ ــن ﺷ ــﻬر ﻧﻳﺳ ــﺎن/ وﻧظ ـ اً أﺑرﻳﻝ ،١٩٤٩ اﺗﻔق ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿﻰ ﻫذا ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ: ـــــــــــــــــ ــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١ اﻓﻳــﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ إﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳــﺔ ة اﻟﻐرﺑــﻲ ﺗؤﻟــف اﻟﻣﻧطﻘــﺔ اﻟﺟﻐر رﺿــﻲ ﻧﺻــف اﻟﻛـر دوﻝ وأ ا ﺗﺎﺑﻌ ــﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ ،طﺑﻘـ ـﺎً ﻷﺣﻛ ــﺎم اﻟﻔﺻ ــﻝ اﻟﺣ ــﺎدي ﻋﺷ ــر ﻣ ــن دﺳ ــﺗور ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢ ة اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻳﻘــوم اﻟﻣــؤﺗﻣر اﻟﺻــﺣﻲ ﻟﻠﺑﻠــدان اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳــﺔ ﻋــن طرﻳــق ﻣﺟﻠــس إدار اﻟﺻﺣﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺑﻠدان اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳﺔ واﻟﻣﻛﺗب اﻟﺻﺣﻲ ﻟﻠﺑﻠدان اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺗـواﻟﻲ ﺑـدور ﻛـﻝ ة اﻟﻐرﺑـﻲ ﻣن اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ واﻟﻣﻛﺗب اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻲ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ ﻟﻧﺻـف اﻟﻛـر رﻋـﺎة ﻟﻠﺗﻘﻠﻳـد اﻟﻣﺗﺑـﻊ ﺗﺣـﺗﻔظ ﻛـﻝ ﻣـن طﺑﻘﺎ ﻷﺣﻛﺎم دﺳﺗور ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ .وﻣ ا ار ج ص ع.٩١-٢ ان /ﻳوﻧﻳو ١٩٤٩ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘر ١أﻗرﺗﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ٣٠ﺣزﻳر ار اﺗﺧــذﻩ اﻟﻣــؤﺗﻣر اﻟﺻــﺣﻲ اﻟﺧــﺎﻣس ﻋﺷــر ٢أﺻــﺑﺢ اﺳــﻣﻬﺎ "ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﺑﻠــدان اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳــﺔ" ﺑﻘ ـر ﻟﻠﺑﻠدان اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳﺔ ،أﻳﻠوﻝ /ﺳﺑﺗﻣﺑر -ﺗﺷرﻳن اﻷوﻝ /أﻛﺗوﺑر .١٩٥٨ 41
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
42
ة "اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗﻳن ﺑﺎﺳﻣﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ أن ﻳﺿﺎف إﻟﻰ اﺳم اﻷوﻟﻰ ﻋﺑﺎر ة "اﻟﻣﻛﺗـ ــب اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣـ ــﻲ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ واﻟـ ــﻰ اﺳـ ــم اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳـ ــﺔ ﻋﺑـ ــﺎر اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـ ــﺔ" ٕ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ".
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣ ار اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳــﺎت ﻟﻠﻣــؤﺗﻣر اﻟﺻــﺣﻲ ﻟﻠﺑﻠــدان اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳــﺔ أن ﻳﻘــر أو ﻳﻌﻣــﻝ ﻋﻠــﻰ إﻗ ـر ة اﻟﻐرﺑــﻲ ﺷ ـرﻳطﺔ أن ﺗﻛــون اﻣﺞ اﻟﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺻــﺣﺔ واﻹﺻــﺣﺎح ﻓــﻲ ﻧﺻــف اﻟﻛ ـر واﻟﺑ ـر اﻣﺞ ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ وأن اﻣﺞ ﻣﺗﻣﺷــﻳﺔ ﻣــﻊ ﺳﻳﺎﺳــﺔ وﺑـر ﻫــذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳــﺎت واﻟﺑـر ﺗﻣوﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣدة.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤ ﺣ ــﻳن ﻳ ــدﺧﻝ ﻫ ــذا اﻻﺗﻔ ــﺎق ﻓ ــﻲ ﺣﻳ ــز اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳ ــذ ﻳﺗ ــوﻟﻰ ﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻣﻛﺗ ــب اﻟﺻ ــﺣﻲ رﻋ ـ ـ ــﺎة أﺣﻛ ـ ـ ــﺎم اﻟﻣ ـ ـ ــﺎدة ،٢ﻣﻧﺻ ـ ـ ــب اﻟﻣ ـ ـ ــدﻳر اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣ ـ ـ ــﻲ ﻟﻠﺑﻠ ـ ـ ــدان اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳ ـ ـ ــﺔ ،ﻣ ـ ـ ــﻊ ﻣ ا ة اﻟﺗـﻲ اﻧﺗﺧـب ﻣـن أﺟﻠﻬـﺎ .وﺑﻌـد ذﻟـك ﻳـﺗم ﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ إﻟﻰ أن ﺗﻧﺗﻬﻲ اﻟﻔﺗـر ﺗﻌﻳــﻳن اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣــﻲ وﻓﻘــﺎ ﻷﺣﻛــﺎم اﻟﻣــﺎدﺗﻳن ٤٩و ٥٢ﻣــن دﺳــﺗور ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥ ﻋﻣ ـﻼً ﺑﺄﺣﻛــﺎم اﻟﻣــﺎدة ٥١ﻣــن دﺳــﺗور ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻳﺗﻠﻘــﻰ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌـ ــﺎم ﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـ ــﺔ ﻣـ ــن ﻣـ ــدﻳر اﻟﻣﻛﺗـ ــب اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﻲ ﻟﻠﺑﻠـ ــدان اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳـ ــﺔ ﻩ ة وﻋﻣﻠﻳــﺎت اﻟﻣﻛﺗــب اﻟﺻــﺣﻲ ﻟﻠﺑﻠــدان اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳــﺔ ﺑﺎﻋﺗﺑــﺎر ﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت ﻛﺎﻣﻠــﺔ ﻋــن إدار ة اﻟﻐرﺑﻲ. اﻟﻣﻛﺗب اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻲ ﻟﻧﺻف اﻟﻛر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٦ اﻧﻳـ ــﺔ ﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـ ــﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﻣـ ــﺎﻝ ﺗﺧﺻـ ــص ﺣﺻـ ــﺔ ﻣﻧﺎﺳـ ــﺑﺔ ﻣـ ــن ﻣﻳز اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٧ اﻧﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺳ ــﻧوﻳﺔ ﻟﻧﻔﻘ ــﺎت اﻟﻣﻛﺗ ــب اﻟﺻ ــﺣﻲ ات اﻟﻣﻳز ﻳﻌ ــد اﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣ ــﻲ ﺗﻘ ــدﻳر ة اﻟﻐرﺑ ــﻲ وﻳﻌ ــرض ﻫ ــذﻩ ﻩ اﻟﻣﻛﺗ ــب اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣ ــﻲ ﻟﻧﺻ ــف اﻟﻛـ ـر ﻟﻠﺑﻠ ــدان اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳ ــﺔ ﺑﺎﻋﺗﺑ ــﺎر اﻧﻳـﺔ اﻟﺳـﻧوﻳﺔ ات اﻟﻣﻳز ﻩ ﻋﻧد إﻋداد ﺗﻘـدﻳر ات ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻳﺄﺧذﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻋﺗﺑﺎر اﻟﺗﻘدﻳر ﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ.
43
اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﺑﻠدان اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳﺔ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٨ ﻳﻛون اﻟﺗﺻرف ﻓﻲ اﻷﻣواﻝ اﻟﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻛﺗـب اﻟﺻـﺣﻲ ﻟﻠﺑﻠـدان اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳـﺔ اﻧﻳ ــﺔ ﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ ﻩ اﻟﻣﻛﺗ ــب اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣ ــﻲ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ ﻓ ــﻲ ﻧط ــﺎق ﻣﻳز ﺑﺎﻋﺗﺑ ــﺎر اءات اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻣوﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ وﻓﻘﺎً ﻟﻠﺳﻳﺎﺳﺎت واﻹﺟر اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٩ ة ﻣـن ء ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻣﺑـﺎدر ﺗﺟوز اﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻫذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻣواﻓﻘﺔ ﻛﻼ اﻟطـرﻓﻳن ﺑﻧـﺎ ً أﻳﻬﻣﺎ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٠ ﻳﺻــﺑﺢ ﻫــذا اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ﻧﺎﻓــذاً ﻣﺗــﻰ واﻓﻘــت ﻋﻠﻳــﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ووﻗﻌــﻪ ﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻣﻛﺗ ــب اﻟﺻ ــﺣﻲ ﻟﻠﺑﻠ ــدان اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳ ــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻳﺎﺑـ ـﺔ ﻋ ــن اﻟﻣ ــؤﺗﻣر اﻟﺻ ــﺣﻲ ﻟﻠﺑﻠ ــدان ة ﻣــن اﻟﺟﻣﻬورﻳــﺎت اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳــﺔ إﻳــداع اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳــﺔ ﺑﺷــرط أن ﻳﻛــون ﻗــد ﺳــﺑق ﻷرﺑــﻊ ﻋﺷ ـر وﺛﺎﺋق ﻗﺑوﻟﻬﺎ ﻟدﺳﺗور ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١١ ﻋﻧـ ــد اﻟﺷـ ــك أو إذا ﻛﺎﻧـ ــت ﻫﻧـ ــﺎك ﺻـ ــﻌوﺑﺔ ﻓـ ــﻲ اﻟﺗﻔﺳـ ــﻳر ﻳﺣـ ــﺗﻛم إﻟـ ــﻰ اﻟـ ــﻧص ي. اﻹﻧﻛﻠﻳز واﺛﺑﺎﺗ ـﺎً ﻟﻣــﺎ ﺗﻘــدم ﺣــرر ﻫــذا اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق وﺗــم ﺗوﻗﻳﻌــﻪ ﻓــﻲ واﺷــﻧطن ﻓــﻲ ﻫــذا اﻟﻳــوم ٕ رﺑـﻊ واﻟﻌﺷـرﻳن ﻣــن ﺷـﻬر أﻳــﺎر /ﻣــﺎﻳو ﺳـﻧﺔ أﻟــف وﺗﺳــﻌﻣﺎﺋﺔ وﺗﺳـﻌﺔ وأرﺑﻌــﻳن ﻣــن أرﺑــﻊ اﻟ ا ﻧﺳﺦ ،اﺛﻧﺗﺎن ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﻛﻠﻳزﻳﺔ واﺛﻧﺗﺎن ﺑﺎﻟﻔرﻧﺳﻳﺔ. ﻋن اﻟﻣﻛﺗب اﻟﺻﺣﻲ ﻟﻠﺑﻠدان اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳﺔ: ﻓرﻳد ﺳوﺑر ﻋن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ: ﺑروك ﺗﺷﻳزوﻟم
اﻟﻣدﻳر
اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم
ــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ
اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ١
اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ دﻳﺑﺎﺟﺔ
ﺗﻧص اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥٧ﻣن ﻣﻳﺛﺎق اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﻋﻠﻰ أن ﺗﻘﺎم ﻋﻼﻗـﺔ ﺑـﻳن اﻟوﻛـﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻧﺷــﺄ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ﺑــﻳن اﻟﺣﻛوﻣــﺎت واﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﺿــطﻠﻊ ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿــﻰ ﻣواﺛﻳﻘﻬــﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳــﻳﺔ ﺑﻣﺳــؤوﻟﻳﺎت دوﻟﻳــﺔ واﺳــﻌﺔ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣﻳــﺎدﻳن اﻻﻗﺗﺻــﺎدﻳﺔ واﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﻳــﺔ واﻟﺛﻘﺎﻓﻳــﺔ واﻟﺗرﺑوﻳﺔ واﻟﺻﺣﻳﺔ واﻟﻣﻳﺎدﻳن اﻟﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ وﺑﻳن اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة. وﺗــﻧص اﻟﻣــﺎدة ٦٩ﻣــن دﺳــﺗور ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ أن ﺗﻘــﺎم ﻋﻼﻗــﺔ ﺑﻳن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ واﻷﻣـم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة ﺑوﺻـف اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ إﺣـدى اﻟوﻛـﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻـﺔ اﻟﻣﺷـﺎر إﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥٧ﻣن اﻟﻣﻳﺛﺎق. ء ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ،اﺗﻔﻘت اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ: وﺑﻧﺎ ً
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻷوﻟﻰ
ﺗﻌﺗرف اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﺑﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ ﺑوﺻـﻔﻬﺎ اﻟوﻛﺎﻟـﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻـﺔ ﻫﺎ ﻟﺗﺣﻘﻳـق اﻷﻫـداف اﻟﻣﺣـددة اﻟﻣﺳؤوﻟﺔ ﻋن اﺗﺧـﺎذ ﻛﺎﻓـﺔ اﻟﺗـداﺑﻳر اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﺗﻔـق ﻣـﻊ دﺳـﺗور ﻓﻲ ذﻟك اﻟدﺳﺗور.
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ -ﺗﺑﺎدﻝ اﻟﺗﻣﺛﻳﻝ -١ﻳ ــدﻋﻰ ﻣﻣﺛﻠ ــون ﻟﻸﻣ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ــدة ﻟﺣﺿ ــور اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋ ــﺎت ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ ات ﻋﺎﻣـ ــﺔ أو إﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳـــﺔ أو ﺧﺎﺻـ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـــﺔ ،وﻟﺟﺎﻧﻬـــﺎ واﻟﻣﺟﻠـ ــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳـــذي وأﻳـ ــﺔ ﻣـــؤﺗﻣر ة. ﻻت ﻫذﻩ اﻷﺟﻬز اك ،ﺑدون ﺗﺻوﻳت ،ﻓﻲ ﻣداو ﺗﻌﻘدﻫﺎ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ،وﻟﻼﺷﺗر -٢ﻳدﻋﻰ ﻣﻣﺛﻠون ﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ ﻟﺣﺿـور اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋـﺎت اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس اﻻﻗﺗﺻـ ــﺎدي واﻻﺟﺗﻣـ ــﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻸﻣـ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـ ــدة )اﻟﻣﺳـ ــﻣﻰ ﻓﻳﻣـ ــﺎ ﻳﻠـ ــﻲ ﺑـ ــﺎﻟﻣﺟﻠس( وﻟﺟﺎﻧـ ــﻪ ة ﻓﻳﻣ ــﺎ ﻳﺧ ــﺗص ﺑﻣوﺿ ــوﻋﺎت ﻻت ﻫ ــذﻩ اﻷﺟﻬـ ـز اك ،دون ﺗﺻ ــوﻳت ،ﻓ ــﻲ ﻣ ــداو وﻟﻼﺷ ــﺗر ﺟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ اﻟﺗﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﺻﺣﻳﺔ. -٣ﻳدﻋﻰ ﻣﻣﺛﻠون ﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ ﻟﺣﺿـور اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋـﺎت اﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ ي ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺳﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗدﺧﻝ ﻓﻲ اﺧﺗﺻﺎص اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ. اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﻘﺻد اﻟﻘﻳﺎم ﺑدور اﺳﺗﺷﺎر
١أﻗرﺗﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ١٠ﺗﻣوز /ﻳوﻟﻳـو ) ١٩٤٨اﻟﺳـﺟﻼت اﻟرﺳـﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ رﻗم ،١٣اﻟﺻﻔﺣﺗﺎن ٨١و.(٣٢١ 44
45
اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
-٤ﻳــدﻋﻰ ﻣﻣﺛﻠــون ﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻟﺣﺿــور اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋــﺎت اﻟﻠﺟــﺎن اﻟرﺋﻳﺳـ ــﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺟﻣﻌﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣـ ــﺔ ﻋﻧـ ــد ﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷـ ــﺔ ﻣﺳـ ــﺎﺋﻝ ﺗـ ــدﺧﻝ ﻓـ ــﻲ اﺧﺗﺻـ ــﺎص اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ اك ،دون ﺗﺻوﻳت ،ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠك اﻟﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷﺎت. وﻟﻼﺷﺗر -٥ﻳـ ـ ــدﻋﻰ ﻣﻣﺛﻠـ ـ ــون ﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـ ـ ــﺔ ﻟﺣﺿـ ـ ــور اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋـ ـ ــﺎت ﻻﺗــﻪ ﻋﻧــد ﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷــﺔ ﻣوﺿــوﻋﺎت اك ،دون ﺗﺻــوﻳت ،ﻓــﻲ ﻣداو ﻣﺟﻠــس اﻟوﺻــﺎﻳﺔ وﻟﻼﺷــﺗر ﻣدرﺟــﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﺟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣــﺎﻝ ﺗﺗﺻــﻝ ﺑﻣﺳــﺎﺋﻝ ﺗــدﺧﻝ ﻓــﻲ اﺧﺗﺻــﺎص ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ. -٦ﺗﺗــوﻟﻰ اﻷﻣﺎﻧــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ ﻟﻸﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ﺗوزﻳــﻊ اﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧــﺎت اﻟﻣﻛﺗوﺑــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺟﻣﻳـﻊ اﻟـدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء ﻓـﻲ اﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣـﺔ ﺗﺻدر ع واﻟﻣﺟﻠس واﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻪ وﻣﺟﻠس اﻟوﺻﺎﻳﺔ ﺣﺳـﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﻛـون ﻣﻧﺎﺳـﺑﺎً .وﺑﺎﻟﻣﺛـﻝ ﺗـوز ﻫﺎ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺟﻣﻳـﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ اﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻣﻛﺗوﺑﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺻدر أﻋﺿﺎء ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ أو اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي ،ﺣﺳﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﻛون ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺎً.
اج ﺑﻧود ﻓﻲ ﺟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ اح إدر اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ -اﻗﺗر ات ﺗﻣﻬﻳدﻳــﺔ ﻗــد ﺗﻛــون ﺿــرورﻳﺔ ﺗﻘــوم ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ رﻋــﺎة أﻳــﺔ ﻣﺷــﺎور ﻣــﻊ ﻣ ا اج اﻟﺑﻧود اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘﺗرﺣﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻳﻬـﺎ اﻷﻣـم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة ﻓـﻲ ﺟـدوﻝ أﻋﻣـﺎﻝ ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﺑﺈدر ج اﻟﻣﺟﻠس واﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﺻﺣﺔ أو اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي ،ﺣﺳﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﻛون ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺎ .وﺑﺎﻟﻣﺛﻝ ﻳدر اﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌ ــﺔ ﻟ ــﻪ وﻣﺟﻠ ــس اﻟوﺻ ــﺎﻳﺔ ﻓ ــﻲ ﺟ ــداوﻝ أﻋﻣﺎﻟﻬ ــﺎ اﻟﺑﻧ ــود اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﺗﻘﺗرﺣﻬ ــﺎ ﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ.
اﺑﻌﺔ -ﺗوﺻﻳﺎت اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟر ام اﻷﻣـ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـ ــدة ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻣـ ــﻝ ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ ﺗﺣﻘﻳـ ــق اﻷﻫـ ــداف -١ﺑـ ــﺎﻟﻧظر إﻟـ ــﻰ اﻟﺗ ـ ـز واﻟــﻰ وظــﺎﺋف وﺳــﻠطﺎت اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ـﺎق، ـ ﺛ اﻟﻣﻳ ـن ـ ﻣ ٥٥ اﻟﻣﻧﺻــوص ﻋﻠﻳﻬــﺎ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣــﺎدة ٕ رﺳ ــﺎت ووﺿ ــﻊ ﺗﻘ ــﺎرﻳر ﻋ ــن اء د ا ة ﺑﻣوﺟ ــب اﻟﻣ ــﺎدة ٦٢ﻣ ــن اﻟﻣﻳﺛ ــﺎق ﻓ ــﻲ إﺟـ ـر اﻟﻣﻘـ ـرر ﻣﺳــﺎﺋﻝ دوﻟﻳــﺔ اﻗﺗﺻــﺎدﻳﺔ واﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﻳــﺔ وﺛﻘﺎﻓﻳــﺔ وﺗرﺑوﻳــﺔ وﺻــﺣﻳﺔ وﻣــﺎ ﻳﺗﺻــﻝ ﺑﻬــﺎ ﻣــن ﻣوﺿــوﻋﺎت وﺗﻘــدﻳم ﺗوﺻــﻳﺎت ﺑﺷــﺄن ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﻣﺳــﺎﺋﻝ إﻟــﻰ اﻟوﻛــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ ذات اﻟﺷــﺄن ،وﺑــﺎﻟﻧظر ﻛــذﻟك إﻟــﻰ ﻣﺳــؤوﻟﻳﺔ اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ،ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿــﻰ اﻟﻣــﺎدﺗﻳن ٥٨و٦٣ ﻣن اﻟﻣﻳﺛﺎق ،ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘدﻳم ﺗوﺻﻳﺎت ﻟﺗﻧﺳـﻳق ﺳﻳﺎﺳـﺎت وأﻧﺷـطﺔ اﻟوﻛـﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻـﺔ، ﺗواﻓــق ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﺗﺧــﺎذ ﻣــﺎ ﻳﻠــزم ﻣــن ﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت ﻟﻌــرض ﺟﻣﻳــﻊ اﻟﺗوﺻﻳﺎت اﻟرﺳﻣﻳﺔ ،اﻟﺗﻲ ﻗد ﺗﻘـدﻣﻬﺎ إﻟﻳﻬـﺎ اﻷﻣـم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة ،ﻓـﻲ أﻗـرب وﻗـت ﻣﻣﻛـن، ة ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ أو اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذي أو أي ﺟﻬــﺎز آﺧــر ﻣــن أﺟﻬـز اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﺣﺳﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﻛون ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺎً. ات ﻣـﻊ اﻷﻣـم -٢ﺗواﻓق ﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻟـدﺧوﻝ ﻓـﻲ ﻣﺷـﺎور ـر اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﻋﻧد اﻟطﻠـب ﺑﺷـﺄن ﺗﻠـك اﻟﺗوﺻـﻳﺎت وﻋﻠـﻰ أن ﺗﻘـدم ﻓـﻲ اﻟوﻗـت اﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳـب ﺗﻘرﻳ اً
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
46
إﻟـ ــﻰ اﻷﻣـ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـ ــدة ﻋﻣـ ــﺎ اﺗﺧذﺗـ ــﻪ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ أو أﻋﺿـ ــﺎؤﻫﺎ ﻣـ ــن ﺗـ ــداﺑﻳر ﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳـ ــذ ﻫـ ــذﻩ ى ﺗرﺗﺑت ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺣث ﻫذﻩ اﻟﺗوﺻﻳﺎت. اﻟﺗوﺻﻳﺎت أو ﺑﺷﺄن أﻳﺔ ﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ أﺧر -٣ﺗؤﻛد ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ ﻋزﻣﻬـﺎ ﻋﻠـﻰ أن ﺗﺗﻌـﺎون ﻓـﻲ أﻳـﺔ ﺗـداﺑﻳر ى ﻗد ﺗﻛون ﺿـرورﻳﺔ ﻟﺿـﻣﺎن اﻟﺗﻧﺳـﻳق اﻟﻔﻌـﺎﻝ ﺑـﻳن أﻧﺷـطﺔ اﻟوﻛـﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻـﺔ أﺧر ة ﻗـد ﻳﻧﺷـؤﻫﺎ اك ﻓـﻲ أي أﺟﻬـز وأﻧﺷطﺔ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة .وﺗواﻓق ﺑوﺟﻪ ﺧﺎص ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﺷـﺗر ة ،وﻋﻠــﻰ ﺗﻘــدﻳم أﻳــﺔ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ﻟﺗﺳــﻬﻳﻝ ﻫــذا اﻟﺗﻧﺳــﻳق ،وﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﺗﻌــﺎون ﻣــﻊ ﻫــذﻩ اﻷﺟﻬ ـز ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت ﻗد ﺗﻠزم ﻟﺗﺣﻘﻳق ﻫذا اﻟﻐرض.
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺧﺎﻣﺳﺔ -ﺗﺑﺎدﻝ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت واﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻋﺎة أﻳﺔ ﺗرﺗﻳﺑـﺎت ﻗـد ﻳﻘﺗﺿـﻳﻬﺎ اﻷﻣـر ﻟﻠﺣﻔـﺎظ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺳـرﻳﺔ ﺑﻌـض -١ﻣﻊ ﻣر ع ﻣــﺎ ﻳﻣﻛــن ﺑــﻳن اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣـواد ،ﻳــﺗم ﺗﺑــﺎدﻝ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت واﻟوﺛــﺎﺋق ﻋﻠــﻰ أﻛﻣــﻝ وﺟــﻪ وﺑﺄﺳــر اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ. ة :١ ﻣﻊ ﻋدم اﻟﻣﺳﺎس ﺑﺎﻟطﺎﺑﻊ اﻟﻌﺎم ﻷﺣﻛﺎم اﻟﻔﻘر -٢
ﺗواﻓق ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ أن ﺗرﺳﻝ ﻟﻸﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﺗﻘﺎرﻳر ﻣﻧﺗظﻣﺔ ﻋن أﻧﺷطﺔ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ؛ ﺗواﻓق ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ أن ﺗﻠﺑﻲ إﻟﻰ أﻗﺻﻰ ﺣـد ﻣﻣﻛـن أي طﻠـب رﺳــﺎت أو ﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت ﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﻣــﻊ ﺗﻘدﻣــﻪ اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ﻟﺗزوﻳــدﻫﺎ ﺑﺗﻘــﺎرﻳر أو د ا ة؛ اﻋﺎة اﻟﺷروط اﻟواردة ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺳﺎدﺳﺔ ﻋﺷر ﻣر ء ﻋﻠ ـ ــﻰ ﻳــ ـواﻓﻲ اﻷﻣـ ــﻳن اﻟﻌـ ــﺎم اﻟﻣ ـ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌـ ــﺎم ﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـ ــﺔ ﺑﻧـ ــﺎ ً ى ﻳﺗﻔــق ﻋﻠﻳﻬــﺎ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣــﺎ ﺑــﻳن ﺣــﻳن طﻠﺑــﻪ ﺑﺄﻳــﺔ ﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت أو وﺛــﺎﺋق أو ﻣـواد أﺧــر وآﺧر.
)أ ( ) ب(
) ج(
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺳﺎدﺳﺔ -اﻹﻋﻼم ﺑــﺎﻟﻧظر إﻟــﻰ وظﻳﻔﺗــﻲ ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ -اﻟﻣﺷــﺎر إﻟﻳﻬﻣــﺎ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻔﻘـرﺗﻳن )ف( و)ص( ﻣــن اﻟﻣ ــﺎدة ٢ﻣــن دﺳ ــﺗور اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ وﻫﻣــﺎ ﺗﻘ ــدﻳم اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت ﻓ ــﻲ ﺣﻘ ــﻝ أي ﻋ ــﺎم ﻣﺳ ــﺗﻧﻳر ﻟ ــدى ﺟﻣﻳ ــﻊ اﻟﺷ ــﻌوب ﻓ ــﻲ ﺷ ــؤون اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ واﻟﻣﺳ ــﺎﻋدة ﻓ ــﻲ ﺗﻛ ــوﻳن ر ﻏﺑــﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﺗﻌزﻳــز اﻟﺗﻌــﺎون وﻓــﻲ إﻧﺷــﺎء ﺧــدﻣﺎت ﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﻣﺟــﺎﻝ اﻹﻋــﻼم اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ،ور ﻋــﻲ ﺑﺷــﺄن ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﻣﺳــﺎﺋﻝ ﻓــﻲ أﻗــرب وﻗــت ﺑــﻳن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ واﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ،ﻳﺑــرم اﺗﻔــﺎق ﻓر ﻣﻣﻛن ﺑﻌد دﺧوﻝ ﻫذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﻓﻲ ﺣﻳز اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذ.
47
اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻌﺔ -ﺗﻘدﻳم اﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋدة إﻟﻰ ﻣﺟﻠس اﻷﻣن ﺗواﻓ ــق ﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ اﻟﺗﻌـ ــﺎون ﻣ ــﻊ اﻟﻣﺟﻠـ ــس ﺑﺗزوﻳـ ــدﻩ ﺑﺄﻳـ ــﺔ ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت وﺗﻘدﻳم أﻳﺔ ﻣﺳﺎﻋدة ﻳطﻠﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﺳﻠم واﻷﻣن اﻟدوﻟﻳﻳن أو ﻹﻋﺎدﺗﻬﻣﺎ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻣﻧﺔ -ﺗﻘدﻳم اﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋدة إﻟﻰ ﻣﺟﻠس اﻟوﺻﺎﻳﺔ ﺗواﻓــق ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﺗﻌــﺎون ﻣــﻊ ﻣﺟﻠــس اﻟوﺻــﺎﻳﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﻗﻳﺎﻣــﻪ ﺑوظﺎﺋﻔــﻪ وﺗواﻓــق ﺑوﺟــﻪ ﺧــﺎص ﻋﻠــﻰ أن ﺗﻘــدم ،إﻟــﻰ أﻗﺻــﻰ ﺣــد ﻣﻣﻛــن أﻳــﺔ ﻣﺳــﺎﻋدة ﻗــد ﻳطﻠﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﺟﻠس اﻟوﺻﺎﻳﺔ ،ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﺧﺗص ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻬم اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ.
اﺿﻲ اﻟﺗﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺗﻣﺗﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﻛم اﻟذاﺗﻲ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺗﺎﺳﻌﺔ -اﻷر ﺗواﻓــق ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﺗﻌــﺎون ﻣــﻊ اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ﻓــﻲ ﺗﻧﻔﻳــذ زﻣ ــﺎت اﻟـ ـواردة ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﻔﺻ ــﻝ اﻟﺣ ــﺎدي ﻋﺷ ــر ﻣ ــن اﻟﻣﻳﺛ ــﺎق ﻓﻳﻣ ــﺎ ﻳﺧ ــﺗص اﻟﻣﺑ ــﺎدئ واﻻﻟﺗ ا رﺿ ــﻲ اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺗﻣﺗ ــﻊ ﺑ ــﺎﻟﺣﻛم ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳ ــﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﺗ ــؤﺛر ﻋﻠ ــﻰ رﻓﺎﻫ ــﺔ وﺗﻧﻣﻳ ــﺔ ﺷ ــﻌوب اﻷ ا اﻟذاﺗﻲ.
ة -اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎت ﻣﻊ ﻣﺣﻛﻣﺔ اﻟﻌدﻝ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﻌﺎﺷر -١ﺗواﻓ ــق ﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ ﻋﻠ ــﻰ أن ﺗﻘ ــدم أﻳ ــﺔ ﻣﻌﻠوﻣ ــﺎت ﻗ ــد ﺗطﻠﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﺣﻛﻣﺔ اﻟﻌدﻝ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿﻰ اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣٤ﻣن اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﺣﻛﻣﺔ. -٢ﺗ ــرﺧص اﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ــﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ ﺑ ــﺄن ﺗطﻠ ــب ﻣ ــن ﻣﺣﻛﻣﺔ اﻟﻌدﻝ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ ﻓﺗﺎوى ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺳﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﻘﺎﻧوﻧﻳﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗظﻬر ﻓـﻲ ﻧطـﺎق اﺧﺗﺻﺎﺻـﻬﺎ ﻋدا اﻟﻣﺳﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻌﻠق ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎت اﻟﻣﺗﺑﺎدﻟﺔ ﺑﻳن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ واﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة أو وﻛـﺎﻻت ى. ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ أﺧر -٣ﻳﺟــوز ﺗﻘــدﻳم ﻣﺛــﻝ ﻫــذﻩ اﻟطﻠﺑــﺎت إﻟــﻰ اﻟﻣﺣﻛﻣــﺔ ﻣــن ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ أو ء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗرﺧﻳص ﻣن ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ. ﻣن اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي ﺑﻧﺎ ً -٤ﺣﻳن ﺗطﻠب ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ ﻓﺗـوى ﻣـن ﻣﺣﻛﻣـﺔ اﻟﻌـدﻝ اﻟدوﻟﻳـﺔ ﺗﺑﻠﻎ ﺑذﻟك اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻻﻗﺗﺻﺎدي واﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﻲ.
ة -اﻟﻣﻘر اﻟرﺋﻳﺳﻲ واﻟﻣﻛﺎﺗب اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺣﺎدﻳﺔ ﻋﺷر -١ﺗواﻓق ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺗﺷﺎور ﻣﻊ اﻷﻣـم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة ﻗﺑـﻝ ﻫﺎ اﻟرﺋﻳﺳﻲ اﻟداﺋم. ار ﻳﺗﻌﻠق ﺑﻣﻛﺎن ﻣﻘر اﺗﺧﺎذ أي ﻗر
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
48
ﻋﻳــﺔ ﺗﻧﺷــؤﻫﺎ ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ،ﻳﺟــب -٢أي ﻣﻛﺎﺗــب إﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳــﺔ أو ﻓر ﻋﻳﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﻗـد ﺗﻧﺷـؤﻫﺎ أن ﺗﻛون ،ﺑﻘدر اﻹﻣﻛﺎن ،وﺛﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻛﺎﺗب اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ أو اﻟﻔر اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة.
ة -اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻋﺷر ﻏــوب ﻓﻳــﻪ -١ﺗﺳـﻠم اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة وﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ ﺑــﺄن ﻣـن اﻟﻣر ي أن ﺗﻛ ــون ﻫﻧ ــﺎك ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﻣﺳ ــﺗﻘﺑﻝ ﺧدﻣ ــﺔ ﻣدﻧﻳ ــﺔ دوﻟﻳ ــﺔ ﺗﺣﻘﻳﻘـ ـﺎً ﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺗﻧﺳ ــﻳق اﻹدار واﺣدة ﻣوﺣدة .وﻟﻬذا اﻟﻐرض ﺗﺗﻔق اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗـﺎن ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻟﻌﻣـﻝ ﺑﻘـدر اﻹﻣﻛـﺎن ﻋﻠـﻰ وﺿـﻊ ة ﻣﻌــﺎﻳﻳر وأﺳــﺎﻟﻳب وﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت ﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﺔ ﺑﺷــﺄن اﻟﻣــوظﻔﻳن ﻟﺗﺟﻧــب ﺣــدوث اﺧﺗﻼﻓــﺎت ﻛﺑﻳ ـر ﻓــﻲ أﺳــس وﺷــروط اﻟﺗوظﻳــف وﻟﺗﺟﻧــب اﻟﺗﻧــﺎﻓس ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣــﺎ ﻓــﻲ اﺧﺗﻳــﺎر اﻟﻣــوظﻔﻳن وﻟﺗﻳﺳــﻳر ﺗﺑﺎدﻝ اﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﺑﻐﻳﺔ ﺗﺣﻘﻳق أﻛﺑر ﻓﺎﺋدة ﻣﻣﻛﻧﺔ ﻣن ﺧدﻣﺎﺗﻬم. -٢ﺗواﻓ ــق اﻷﻣ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ــدة وﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻟﺗﻌ ــﺎون إﻟ ــﻰ أﻗﺻﻰ ﺣد ﻣﻣﻛن ﻟﺗﺣﻘﻳق ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻐﺎﻳﺎت وﻫﻣﺎ ﺗواﻓﻘﺎن ﺑوﺟﻪ ﺧﺎص ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ: ة ﺑﺷـﺄن ر ﺑﺷﺄن ﺗﻛوﻳن ﻟﺟﻧـﺔ ﻟﻠﺧدﻣـﺔ اﻟﻣدﻧﻳـﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳـﺔ ﻟﺗﻘـدﻳم اﻟﻣﺷـور أن ﺗﺗﺷﺎو ا اﻟوﺳﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﻛﻔﻳﻠﺔ ﺑوﺿﻊ ﻗواﻋد ﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ ﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎر اﻟﻣـوظﻔﻳن ﻓـﻲ أﻣﺎﻧـﺎت اﻷﻣـم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة واﻟوﻛﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ؛ ى اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘ ـ ــﺔ ﺑﺎﺳ ـ ــﺗﺧدام ﻛﺑ ـ ــﺎر اﻟﻣ ـ ــوظﻔﻳن ر ﺑﺷ ـ ــﺄن اﻟﻣﺳ ـ ــﺎﺋﻝ اﻷﺧ ـ ــر أن ﺗﺗﺷ ـ ــﺎو ا واﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن ،ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟك ﺷروط اﻟﺧدﻣـﺔ ،وﻣـدد اﻟﺗﻌﻳـﻳن ،وﺗﺻـﻧﻳف اﻟوظـﺎﺋف، وﺟــداوﻝ اﻟرواﺗــب واﻟﺑــدﻻت ،وﺣﻘــوق اﻟﺗﻘﺎﻋــد واﻟﻣﻌﺎﺷــﺎت اﻟﺗﻘﺎﻋدﻳــﺔ ،واﻷﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻷﺳﺎﺳــﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣــوظﻔﻳن وﻟ ـواﺋﺢ اﻟﻣــوظﻔﻳن ،وذﻟــك ﺑﻐﻳــﺔ ﺗﺣﻘﻳــق أﻛﺑــر ﻗــدر ﻣﻣﻛــن ﻣن اﻻﺗﺳﺎق ﻓﻲ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻣﺳﺎﺋﻝ؛ ﻏوﺑـﺎ أن ﺗﺗﻌﺎوﻧﺎ ﻋـن طرﻳـق ﺗﺑـﺎدﻝ اﻟﻣـوظﻔﻳن ﻓﻳﻣـﺎ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣـﺎ ،ﺣـﻳن ﻳﻛـون ذﻟـك ﻣر رﻋــﺎة اﻷﻗــدﻣﻳﺎت وﺣﻘــوق اﻟﻣﻌﺎﺷــﺎت ﻓﻳــﻪ ،ﻋﻠــﻰ أﺳــﺎس ﻣؤﻗــت أو داﺋــم ،ﻣــﻊ ﻣ ا اﻟﺗﻘﺎﻋدﻳﺔ؛ ﻋ ــﺎت اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﺗﻧﺷ ــﺄ ة ﺟﻬ ــﺎز ﻣﻧﺎﺳ ــب ﻟﺗﺳ ــوﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﺎز وادار أن ﺗﺗﻌﺎوﻧ ــﺎ ﻓ ــﻲ إﻧﺷ ــﺎء ٕ ﺑﺻدد اﺳﺗﺧدام اﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن وﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺻﻝ ﺑذﻟك ﻣن ﻣﺳﺎﺋﻝ.
)أ (
) ب(
) ج(
)د(
ة -اﻟﺧدﻣﺎت اﻹﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ ﻋﺷر -١ﺗواﻓ ــق اﻷﻣ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ــدة وﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻟﻌﻣ ــﻝ ﻣ ــن ﻏﺑ ـ ــﺔ ﻓﻳ ـ ــﻪ أﺟ ـ ــﻝ ﺗﺣﻘﻳ ـ ــق أﻛﺑ ـ ــر ﻗ ـ ــدر ﻣ ـ ــن اﻟﺗﻌ ـ ــﺎون واﻟﻘﺿ ـ ــﺎء ﻋﻠ ـ ــﻰ ﻛ ـ ــﻝ ازدواج ﻻ ر ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣـ ــﺎ واﻻﻧﺗﻔـ ــﺎع ﺑﻣوظﻔﻳﻬﻣـ ــﺎ اﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳـ ــﻳن ﺑﺄﻗﺻـ ــﻰ ﻛﻔـ ــﺎءة ﻣﻣﻛﻧـ ــﺔ ﻓﻳﻣـ ــﺎ ﺗﻘـ ــوم ﺑـ ــﻪ ﻛـ ــﻝ ﻫﺎ وﺗﻌﻣﻳﻣﻬ ـ ـ ــﺎ .ﻛﻣ ـ ـ ــﺎ ﻣﻧﻬﻣ ـ ـ ــﺎ ﻣ ـ ـ ــن ﺟﻣ ـ ـ ــﻊ ﻟﻠﻣﻌﻠوﻣ ـ ـ ــﺎت اﻹﺣﺻ ـ ـ ــﺎﺋﻳﺔ وﺗﺣﻠﻳﻠﻬ ـ ـ ــﺎ وﻧﺷ ـ ـ ــر ﺗﺗﻔﻘـ ـ ـ ــﺎن ﻋﻠـ ـ ـ ــﻰ ﺗوﺣﻳـ ـ ـ ــد ﺟﻬودﻫﻣـ ـ ـ ــﺎ ﻟﺗـ ـ ـ ــﺄﻣﻳن أﻛﺑـ ـ ـ ــر ﻗـ ـ ـ ــدر ﻣـ ـ ـ ــن اﻟﻔﺎﺋـ ـ ـ ــدة واﺳـ ـ ـ ــﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ
49
اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣ ــﺎت اﻹﺣﺻ ــﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻋﻠ ــﻰ أوﺳ ــﻊ ﻧط ــﺎق وﺗﺧﻔ ــﻳض اﻷﻋﺑ ــﺎء اﻟﻣﻠﻘ ــﺎة ﻋﻠ ــﻰ ﻋ ــﺎﺗق ى اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﺳـﺗﻘﻰ ﻣﻧﻬـﺎ ﻫـذﻩ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣـﺎت إﻟـﻰ أدﻧـﻰ اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﺎت اﻟوطﻧﻳـﺔ واﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺎت اﻷﺧـر ﺣد ﻣﻣﻛن. ﻫ ــﺎ اﻟوﻛﺎﻟ ــﺔ -٢ﺗﻌﺗ ــرف ﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ ﺑ ــﺎﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ــدة ﺑﺎﻋﺗﺑﺎر اﻟﻣرﻛزﻳ ــﺔ ﻟﺟﻣ ــﻊ وﺗﺣﻠﻳ ــﻝ وﻧﺷ ــر وﺗوﺣﻳ ــد وﺗﻌﻣ ــﻳم وﺗﺣﺳ ــﻳن اﻹﺣﺻ ــﺎءات اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﺗﺧ ــدم اض اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺎت اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ. اﻷﻏر ﻫـ ـ ـ ــﺎ -٣ﺗﻌﺗـ ـ ـ ــرف اﻷﻣـ ـ ـ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـ ـ ـ ــدة ﺑﻣﻧظﻣـ ـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ـ ـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـ ـ ـ ــﺔ ﺑﺎﻋﺗﺑﺎر اﻟوﻛﺎﻟــﺔ اﻟﻣﺧﺗﺻــﺔ ﺑﺟﻣــﻊ وﺗﺣﻠﻳــﻝ وﻧﺷــر وﺗوﺣﻳــد وﺗﻌﻣــﻳم وﺗﺣﺳــﻳن اﻹﺣﺻــﺎءات داﺧــﻝ ﻣﺟﺎﻟﻬــ ــﺎ اﻟﺧـ ـ ــﺎص ،دون ﻣﺳـ ـ ــﺎس ﺑﺣ ـ ــق اﻷﻣـ ـ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـ ـ ــدة ﻓ ـ ــﻲ اﻻﻫﺗﻣـ ـ ــﺎم ﺑﻣﺛـ ـ ــﻝ ﻫـ ـ ــذﻩ رﺿــﻬﺎ اﻟﺧﺎﺻــﺔ أو ﻟﺗﺣﺳــﻳن اﻹﺣﺻــﺎءات ﻓــﻲ اﻹﺣﺻــﺎءات ﻣﺗــﻰ ﻛﺎﻧــت أﺳﺎﺳــﻳﺔ ﻷﻏ ا اﻟﻌﺎﻟم. -٤ﺗﻘ ــوم اﻷﻣ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ــدة ،ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺷ ــﺎور ﻣ ــﻊ اﻟوﻛ ــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻ ــﺔ ،ﺑﺈﻋ ــداد اءات اﻹدارﻳﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛـن ﺑواﺳـطﺗﻬﺎ ﺗﺣﻘﻳـق ﺗﻌـﺎون إﺣﺻـﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻌـﺎﻝ ﺑـﻳن اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق واﻹﺟر اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة واﻟوﻛﺎﻻت اﻟﻣرﺗﺑطﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ. ﻏـ ـ ــوب ﻓﻳـ ـ ــﻪ ﺗﺟﻧـ ـ ــب اﻻزدواج ﻓـ ـ ــﻲ ﺟﻣـ ـ ــﻊ -٥ﻣـ ـ ــن اﻟﻣﺳ ـ ـ ـﻠّم أن ﻣـ ـ ــن اﻟﻣر اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣـ ـ ـ ــﺎت اﻹﺣﺻـ ـ ـ ــﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑـ ـ ـ ــﻳن اﻷﻣـ ـ ـ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـ ـ ـ ــدة وأﻳـ ـ ـ ــﺔ وﻛﺎﻟـ ـ ـ ــﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻـ ـ ـ ــﺔ ﻛﻠﻣـ ـ ـ ــﺎ ة ﻟـدى ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﺗﻳﺳـر ﻷي ﻣﻧﻬﻣـﺎ أن ﺗﻧﺗﻔـﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣـﺎت أو اﻟﻣـواد اﻟﺗـﻲ ﻗـد ﺗﻛـون ﻣﺗـواﻓر ى. أﺧر -٦ﻟﻛـ ــﻲ ﻳﺗﺳـ ــﻧﻰ ﺗﻛـ ــوﻳن ﻣﺟﻣوﻋـ ــﺔ ﻣرﻛزﻳـ ــﺔ ﻣـ ــن اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣـ ــﺎت اﻹﺣﺻ ـ ـﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ اﻟﻌﺎم ،اﺗﻔق ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗزوﻳد اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﺑﻘدر اﻹﻣﻛـﺎن ﺑﺎﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧـﺎت اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗـواﻓﻰ اﺟﻬــﺎ ﻓــﻲ ﻣﺳﻠﺳــﻼﺗﻬﺎ اﻹﺣﺻــﺎﺋﻳﺔ اﻷﺳﺎﺳــﻳﺔ أو ﻓــﻲ ﺑﻬــﺎ ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻹدر ﻫﺎ اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ. ﺗﻘﺎرﻳر
ة -اﻟﺧدﻣﺎت اﻹدارﻳﺔ واﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ اﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﺷر اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟر ﻏـ ــوب ى اﻷﻣـ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـ ــدة وﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـ ــﺔ أن ﻣـ ــن اﻟﻣر -١ﺗـ ــر ﻓﻳـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻪ ،ﻟﺗوﺣﻳـ ـ ـ ـ ــد اﻷﺳـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎﻟﻳب اﻹدارﻳـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ واﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ وﻟﻼﻧﺗﻔـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎع ﻋﻠـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻰ ﺧﻳـ ـ ـ ـ ــر وﺟـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻪ رﻓـ ـ ــق ة ﻣا وادار ﺑـ ـ ــﺎﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن واﻟﻣ ـ ـ ـوارد ،اﻟﻌﻣـ ـ ــﻝ ﺑﻘـ ـ ــدر اﻹﻣﻛـ ـ ــﺎن ﻋﻠـ ـ ــﻰ ﺗﺟﻧـ ـ ــب إﻧﺷـ ـ ــﺎء ٕ وﺧـ ـ ــدﻣﺎت ﻣﺗﻧﺎﻓﺳـ ـ ــﺔ أو ﺗﻘـ ـ ــوم ﺑـ ـ ــﻧﻔس اﻷﻋﻣـ ـ ــﺎﻝ داﺧـ ـ ــﻝ اﻷﻣـ ـ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـ ـ ــدة واﻟوﻛـ ـ ــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ. ء ﻋﻠ ـ ـ ـ ــﻰ ذﻟ ـ ـ ـ ــك ﺗﺗﻔ ـ ـ ـ ــق اﻷﻣ ـ ـ ـ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ـ ـ ـ ــدة وﻣﻧظﻣ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ـ ـ ـ ــﺣﺔ -٢وﺑﻧ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎ ً رﻓــق إدارﻳــﺔ وﻓﻧﻳــﺔ ﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﺔ ر ﻹﻧﺷــﺎء واﺳــﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﺧــدﻣﺎت وﻣ ا اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ أن ﺗﺗﺷــﺎو ا ة واﻟﺧﺎﻣﺳــﺔ ة واﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛــﺔ ﻋﺷ ـر ﺑﺎﻹﺿــﺎﻓﺔ إﻟــﻰ ﺗﻠــك اﻟﻣﺷــﺎر إﻟﻳﻬــﺎ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣ ـواد اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳــﺔ ﻋﺷ ـر
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
50
ة طﺎﻟﻣــﺎ ﻳﺗﺑــﻳن ﺑــﻳن ﺣــﻳن وآﺧــر أن إﻧﺷــﺎء واﺳــﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﻣﺛــﻝ ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﺧــدﻣﺎت ﻣﻣﻛــن ﻋﺷ ـر وﻣﻧﺎﺳب. -٣ﺗﺗﺧــذ اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة وﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻣــﺎ ﻳﻠــزم ﻣــن ﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت واﻳداع اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻟرﺳﻣﻳﺔ. ﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ٕ
اﻧﻳﺔ واﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑﺎت اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ة -ﺗرﺗﻳﺑﺎت اﻟﻣﻳز اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺧﺎﻣﺳﺔ ﻋﺷر ﻏــوب ﻓﻳــﻪ إﻗﺎﻣــﺔ ﻋﻼﻗــﺎت -١ﺗﺳــﻠم ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﺑــﺄن ﻣــن اﻟﻣر اﻧﻳ ــﺔ واﻟﺷ ــؤون اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳ ــﺔ ﻣ ــﻊ اﻷﻣ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ــدة ﻟﻛ ــﻲ ﻳﺗﺳ ــﻧﻰ ﺗﻧﻔﻳ ــذ وﺛﻳﻘ ــﺔ ﻓ ــﻲ ﺷ ــؤون اﻟﻣﻳز اﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳ ــﺎت اﻹدارﻳ ــﺔ ﻟﻸﻣ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ــدة واﻟوﻛ ــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻ ــﺔ ﺑ ــﺄﻛﺑر ﻗ ــدر ﻣ ــن اﻟﻛﻔ ــﺎءة واﻻﻗﺗﺻﺎد وﻣﻊ ﺿﻣﺎن أﻗﺻﻰ درﺟﺔ ﻣن اﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳق واﻻﺗﺳﺎق. -٢ﺗﺗﻔـ ـ ـ ـ ــق اﻷﻣـ ـ ـ ـ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـ ـ ـ ـ ــدة وﻣﻧظﻣـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ ﻋﻠـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻰ أن غ ﻫـ ــذﻩ اﻟﻐﺎﻳـ ــﺎت وﻛـ ــذﻟك ،ﺑﺻـ ــﻔﺔ ﺧﺎﺻـ ــﺔ، ﺗﺗﻌﺎوﻧـ ــﺎ إﻟـ ــﻰ أﻗﺻـ ــﻰ ﺣـ ــد ﻣﻣﻛـ ــن ﻓـ ــﻲ ﺑﻠـ ــو اﻧﻳــﺔ ﻋﺎﻣــﺔ ﻟﻸﻣــم اﻧﻳــﺔ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﻣﻳز اج ﻣﻳز ﻏﺑــﺔ ﻓــﻲ إدر ر ﺑﺷــﺄن اﻟر ﻋﻠــﻰ أن ﺗﺗﺷــﺎو ا اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة .وﻳــﺗم ﺗﺣدﻳــد أﻳــﺔ ﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت ﺗﻠــزم ﻟﻬــذا اﻟﻐــرض ﻓــﻲ اﺗﻔــﺎق ﺗﻛﻣﻳﻠــﻲ ﻳﺑــرم ﺑــﻳن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗﻳن. -٣رﻳﺛﻣ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎ ﻳﺑ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــرم ﻣﺛ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻝ ﻫ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــذا اﻻﺗﻔ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎق ﺗ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻧظم اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎت اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ اﻧﻳــﺔ واﻟﺷــؤون اﻟﻌﻼﻗــﺎت ﺑــﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ واﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ﻓــﻲ ﺷــؤون اﻟﻣﻳز اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ: اﻧﻳ ــﺔ ﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ ﻳﺗﺷ ــﺎور اﻷﻣ ــﻳن اﻟﻌ ــﺎم واﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم ﺑﺷ ــﺄن إﻋ ــداد ﻣﻳز اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ. ﺗواﻓـ ـ ــق ﺟﻣﻌﻳـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـ ـ ــﺔ ﻋﻠـ ـ ــﻰ أن ﺗرﺳـ ـ ــﻝ إﻟـ ـ ــﻰ اﻷﻣـ ـ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـ ـ ــدة اﻧﻳﺗﻬـ ـ ـ ــﺎ ﻓـ ـ ـ ــﻲ ﻧﻔـ ـ ـ ــس اﻟوﻗـ ـ ـ ــت اﻟـ ـ ـ ــذي ﺗرﺳـ ـ ـ ــﻝ ﻓﻳـ ـ ـ ــﻪ ﻫ ـ ـ ـ ـذﻩ ع ﻣﻳز ﺳـ ـ ـ ــﻧوﻳﺎً ﻣﺷـ ـ ـ ــرو اﻧﻳ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ـ ــﺔ أو اﻧﻳ ـ ــﺔ إﻟ ـ ــﻰ أﻋﺿ ـ ــﺎﺋﻬﺎ .وﺗﻔﺣ ـ ــص اﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ـ ــﺔ ﻣﻳز اﻟﻣﻳز اﻧﻳﺗﻬــﺎ وﻟﻬــﺎ أن ﺗﻘــدم ﺗوﺻــﻳﺎت ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﺑﺷــﺄن أي ﺑﻧــد أو ﺑﻧــود ﺗــرد ع ﻣﻳز ﻣﺷــرو ﻓﻳﻬﺎ. ﻳﻛون ﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠﻲ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ اﻟﺣـق ﻓـﻲ أن ﻳﺷـﺗرﻛوا ،دون ﺗﺻـوﻳت، ى ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ة ﻳﺟر ﻻت اﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ أو أﻳﺔ ﻟﺟﻧﺔ ﻣن ﻟﺟﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻣر ﻓﻲ ﻣداو اﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ أو أﻳـﺔ ﻣﺳـﺎﺋﻝ إدارﻳـﺔ أو ﻣﺎﻟﻳـﺔ ﻋﺎﻣـﺔ اﺳﺔ ﻣﻳز در ﺗﻬم اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ.
)أ( ) ب(
) ج(
51
اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
اﻛﺎت ﻣ ـ ــن اﻟ ـ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿ ـ ــﺎء ﻓ ـ ــﻲ ﺣﺻ ـ ــﻝ اﺷ ـ ــﺗر ﻳﺟ ـ ــوز ﻟﻸﻣ ـ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ـ ــدة أن ﺗُ ّ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﻫﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔس اﻟوﻗت أﻋﺿـﺎء ﻓـﻲ اﻷﻣـم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة وذﻟ ــك طﺑﻘـ ـﺎً ﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑ ــﺎت ﺗﺣ ــدد ﻓ ــﻲ اﺗﻔ ــﺎق ﻳﻌﻘ ــد ﻓﻳﻣ ــﺎ ﺑﻌ ــد ﺑ ــﻳن اﻷﻣ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ــدة واﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ. ء ﻋﻠ ــﻰ طﻠ ــب ﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ ﺗﺗﺧ ــذ اﻷﻣ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ــدة ﻣ ــن ﺗﻠﻘ ــﺎء ﻧﻔﺳ ــﻬﺎ أو ﺑﻧ ــﺎ ً رﺳـﺎت ﻋـن ﻏﻳـر ذﻟـك ﻣـن اﻟﻣﺳـﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳـﺔ اء د ا اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ اﻟﺗـداﺑﻳر اﻟﻼزﻣـﺔ ﻹﺟـر ى ﻷﺟــﻝ ﺗﻘــدﻳم واﻟﺿ ـرﻳﺑﻳﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻬــم اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ واﻟوﻛــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ اﻷﺧــر ﺧدﻣﺎت ﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ وﻟﺗﺄﻣﻳن اﻻﺗﺳﺎق ﻓﻲ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻣﺳﺎﺋﻝ. ﺗواﻓــق ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ أن ﺗﺗﺑــﻊ ،ﺑﻘــدر اﻹﻣﻛــﺎن ،طــرق اﻟﻌﻣــﻝ واﻟﻧﻣﺎذج اﻟﻣوﺣدة اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗوﺻﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة.
)د(
)ﻫ(
)و(
ة -ﺗﻣوﻳﻝ اﻟﺧدﻣﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺳﺎدﺳﺔ ﻋﺷر -١إذا اﺿــطرت ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ إﻟــﻰ ﺗﺣﻣــﻝ ﻧﻔﻘــﺎت إﺿ ــﺎﻓﻳﺔ رﺳـﺎت ﺧﺎﺻـﺔ أو ة ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻟطﻠب ﺗﻘدﻣﻪ اﻷﻣـم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة إﻟﻳﻬـﺎ ﺑﺈﻋـداد ﺗﻘـﺎرﻳر أو د ا ﻛﺑﻳر ﻫـﺎ ﻣـن أﺣﻛـﺎم ﻫـذا ﺑﺗﻘدﻳم ﻣﺳﺎﻋدات طﺑﻘـﺎً ﻟﻠﻣـواد اﻟﺧﺎﻣﺳـﺔ واﻟﺳـﺎﺑﻌﺔ واﻟﺛﺎﻣﻧـﺔ أو ﻏﻳر ات ﻟﺗﺣدﻳد أﻋدﻝ طرﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻧﻔﻘﺎت. ى ﻣﺷﺎور اﻻﺗﻔﺎق ،ﺗﺟر ات أﻳﺿﺎ ﺑﻳن اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة وﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ ى ﻣﺛﻝ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻣﺷﺎور -٢ﺗﺟر اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـ ــﺔ ﻻﺗﺧـ ــﺎذ ﺗرﺗﻳﺑـ ــﺎت ﻋﺎدﻟـ ــﺔ ﻟﺗﻐطﻳـ ــﺔ ﺗﻛـ ــﺎﻟﻳف اﻟﺧـ ــدﻣﺎت واﻟﺗﺳـ ــﻬﻳﻼت اﻟﻣرﻛزﻳـ ــﺔ اﻹدارﻳــﺔ واﻟﻔﻧﻳــﺔ واﻟﺿ ـرﻳﺑﻳﺔ وﻏﻳــر ذﻟــك ﻣــن اﻟﻣﺳــﺎﻋدات اﻟﺧﺎﺻــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻘــدﻣﻬﺎ اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﻣﺗﻰ ﻛﺎﻧت ﺗﻧطﺑق ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ.
ة -ﺗﺻﺎرﻳﺢ اﻟﻣرور اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﺷر ة ﻳﺣق ﻟﻣوظﻔﻲ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ اﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﺗﺻـﺎرﻳﺢ اﻟﻣـرور اﻟﺻـﺎدر ﻋــن اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة وﻓﻘـﺎً ﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت ﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﻳــﺗم اﻟﺗﻔــﺎوض ﺑﺷــﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺑــﻳن اﻷﻣــﻳن اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻸﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة واﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ.
ة -اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻘد ﺑﻳن اﻟوﻛﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻣﻧﺔ ﻋﺷر ﺗواﻓق ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ أن ﺗﺑﻠـﻎ اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس ﺑـﺄي اﺗﻔـﺎق رﺳـﻣﻲ ﻳﺑـرم ى أو ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ دوﻟﻳــﺔ ﺣﻛوﻣﻳــﺔ أو ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻏﻳــر ﺑﻳﻧﻬــﺎ وﺑــﻳن أﻳــﺔ وﻛﺎﻟــﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ أﺧــر ﺣﻛوﻣﻳــﺔ ،وﺗواﻓــق ﺑوﺟــﻪ ﺧــﺎص ﻋﻠــﻰ أن ﺗﺑﻠــﻎ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ﺑطﺑﻳﻌــﺔ وﻧطــﺎق أي اﺗﻔــﺎق ﻣــن اﻣﻪ. ع ﻗﺑﻝ إﺑر ﻫذا اﻟﻧو
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
52
ة -اﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺗﺎﺳﻌﺔ ﻋﺷر ة -١ﺗواﻓق اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻷﺣﻛـﺎم اﻟﻣـذﻛور ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﺳﺑق اﻋﺗﻘﺎداً ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺗﺳﻬم ﻓﻲ ﻗﻳﺎم اﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﻣر وﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻳن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗﻳن. ى ﻗـد ﻳﻘﺗﺿـﻳﻬﺎ اﻷﻣـر ﻟﺟﻌـﻝ ﻫـذا اءات أﺧـر وﻫﻣﺎ ﺗؤﻛـدان ﻋزﻣﻬﻣـﺎ ﻋﻠـﻰ اﺗﺧـﺎذ أﻳـﺔ إﺟـر اﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻝ اﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻳﺔ. -٢ﺗرﺗﻳﺑﺎت اﻻﺗﺻﺎﻻت اﻟـواردة ﻓـﻲ اﻟﻣـواد اﻟﺳـﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﻬـذا اﻻﺗﻔـﺎق ﺗطﺑـق، ﻋﻳ ــﺔ أو اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﻗ ــد ﺗﻧﺷ ــؤﻫﺎ ﻣ ــﺎ أﻣﻛ ــن ،ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻟﻌﻼﻗ ــﺎت ﺑ ــﻳن اﻟﻣﻛﺎﺗ ــب اﻟﻔر اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗﺎن وﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎت ﺑﻳن أﺟﻬزﺗﻬﻣﺎ اﻟﻣرﻛزﻳﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﻌﺷرون -ﺗﻧﻔﻳذ اﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﻟﻸﻣ ــﻳن اﻟﻌ ــﺎم واﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم أن ﻳﺗﻔﻘ ــﺎ ﻋﻠ ــﻰ ﺗرﺗﻳﺑ ــﺎت ﺗﻛﻣﻳﻠﻳ ــﺔ ﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳ ــذ ﻫ ــذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق إذا ﺗﺑﻳن أن ﻫﻧﺎك ﻣﺣﻼً ﻟذﻟك ﻣن واﻗﻊ اﻟﺗﺟرﺑﺔ اﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺗﻳن.
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺣﺎدﻳﺔ واﻟﻌﺷرون -اﻟﺗﻌدﻳﻝ ﻳﺟــوز ﺗﻌــدﻳﻝ ﻫــذا اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ﺑﻣواﻓﻘــﺔ ﻛــﻝ ﻣــن اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة وﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ واﻟﻌﺷرون -اﻟﻧﻔﺎذ ﻳﺻــﺑﺢ ﻫــذا اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ﻧﺎﻓــذاً ﻣﺗــﻰ واﻓﻘــت ﻋﻠﻳــﻪ ﻛــﻝ ﻣــن اﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ ﻟﻸﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة وﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ.
___________________
اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﻌﻣﻝ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ١ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻷوﻟﻰ -اﻟﺗﻌﺎون واﻟﺗﺷﺎور ﻏﺑﺔ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻳﺳﻳر ﺗواﻓق ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﻌﻣﻝ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ،ر ة ﻓﻌﺎﻟــﺔ ﻓــﻲ اﻹطــﺎر اﻟﻌــﺎم اﻟــذي غ اﻷﻫــداف اﻟﻣﺣــددة ﻓــﻲ دﺳــﺗور ﻛــﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣــﺎ ﺑﺻــور ﺑﻠــو ر ﺑﺻـﻔﺔ وﺿﻌﻪ ﻣﻳﺛﺎق اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ،ﻋﻠﻰ أن ﺗﻌﻣﻼ ﻣﻌﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺎون وﺛﻳـق وأن ﺗﺗﺷـﺎو ا ﻣﻧﺗظﻣﺔ ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠق ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺎﺋﻝ ذات اﻷﻫﻣﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ -ﺗﺑﺎدﻝ اﻟﺗﻣﺛﻳﻝ -١ﻳــدﻋﻰ ﻣﻣﺛﻠــون ﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﻌﻣــﻝ اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ ﻟﺣﺿــور اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋــﺎت اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس اك ،دون ﺗﺻـوﻳت، اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي ﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ وﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺗر ﻻت ﻛﻝ ﻣن ﻫـذﻳن اﻟﺟﻬـﺎزﻳن واﻟﻠﺟـﺎن اﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌـﺔ ﻟﻬﻣـﺎ ﻓﻳﻣـﺎ ﻳﺧـﺗص ﺑﻣوﺿـوﻋﺎت ﻓﻲ ﻣداو ﺟداوﻝ أﻋﻣﺎﻟﻬﺎ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻬم ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﻌﻣﻝ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ. -٢ﻳــدﻋﻰ ﻣﻣﺛﻠــون ﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻟﺣﺿــور اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋــﺎت ﻣﺟﻠــس اك ،دون ﺗﺻ ــوﻳت ،ﻓ ــﻲ ة ﻣﻛﺗ ــب اﻟﻌﻣ ــﻝ اﻟ ــدوﻟﻲ وﻣ ــؤﺗﻣر اﻟﻌﻣ ــﻝ اﻟ ــدوﻟﻲ وﻟﻼﺷ ــﺗر إدار ﻻت ﻛــﻝ ﻣــن ﻫــذﻳن اﻟﺟﻬــﺎزﻳن واﻟﻠﺟــﺎن اﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌــﺔ ﻟﻬﻣــﺎ ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﻳﺧــﺗص ﺑﻣوﺿــوﻋﺎت ﻣــداو ﺟداوﻝ أﻋﻣﺎﻟﻬﺎ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻬم ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ. -٣ﺗوﺿــﻊ ﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت ﻣﻧﺎﺳــﺑﺔ ﻳﺗﻔــق ﻋﻠﻳﻬــﺎ ﺑــﻳن ﺣــﻳن وآﺧــر ﻟﺗﺑــﺎدﻝ اﻟﺗﻣﺛﻳــﻝ ى اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺑــﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﻌﻣــﻝ اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻓــﻲ اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋــﺎت اﻷﺧــر ى. ﻋﺎﻳﺔ أي ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ واﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻧظر ﻓﻲ أﻣور ﺗﻬم اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﺧر ﺗﻌﻘد ﺗﺣت ر
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ -اﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ ﺑﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﻌﻣﻝ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ -١ﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﻌﻣﻝ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ أن ﺗﺣﻳﻼ إﻟﻰ ﻟﺟﻧﺔ ﻏــوب ﻓﻳــﻪ إﺣﺎﻟﺗﻬــﺎ إﻟــﻰ ﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﺔ أﻳــﺔ ﻣﺳــﺄﻟﺔ ذات أﻫﻣﻳــﺔ ﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﺔ ﻳﺗﺑــﻳن أن ﻣــن اﻟﻣر ﻣﺛﻝ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ.
١أﻗرﺗﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ١٠ﺗﻣوز /ﻳوﻟﻳـو ) ١٩٤٨اﻟﺳـﺟﻼت اﻟرﺳـﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ ار ج ص ع.١٠١-٢ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ رﻗم ،١٣اﻟﺻﻔﺣﺗﺎن ٨١و .(٣٢٢اﻧظر أﻳﺿﺎً اﻟﻘر 53
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
54
-٢ﺗؤﻟف ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ ﻣن ﻣﻣﺛﻠﻳن ﺗﻌﻳﻧﻬم ﻛﻝ ﻣـن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗـﻳن. وﻳﺣدد ﻋدد ﻣﻣﺛﻠﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗﻳن. -٣ﺗــدﻋﻰ اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ﻟﺗﻌﻳــﻳن ﻣﻣﺛــﻝ ﻟﺣﺿــور اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋــﺎت أي ﻣــن ﻫــذﻩ ى ﻹﻳﻔـﺎد اﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ .وﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ أن ﺗدﻋو ﻛذﻟك وﻛـﺎﻻت ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻـﺔ أﺧـر ﻣﻣﺛﻠﻳن ﻋﻧﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺣﺳﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﻛون ﻣﻼﺋﻣﺎ. -٤ﺗرﺳــﻝ ﺗﻘــﺎرﻳر ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﻠﺟــﺎن اﻟﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﺔ إﻟــﻰ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻛــﻝ ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ة اﻟﻣﺧﺗﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗﻳن ،وﺗرﺳﻝ ﻧﺳﺧﺔ ﻣـن ﻫـذﻩ اﻟﺗﻘـﺎرﻳر إﻟـﻰ ﻟﻌرﺿﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﺟﻬز اﻷﻣﻳن اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻸﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﻹﺑﻼﻏﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻻﻗﺗﺻﺎدي واﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻠم. ﺗﺣدد ﻛﻝ ﻟﺟﻧﺔ ﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ ﻧظﺎم ﻋﻣﻠﻬﺎ. -٥
اﺑﻌﺔ -ﺗﺑﺎدﻝ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت واﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟر اﻋﺎة أﻳﺔ ﺗرﺗﻳﺑـﺎت ﻗـد ﻳﻘﺗﺿـﻳﻬﺎ اﻷﻣـر ﻟﻠﺣﻔـﺎظ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺳـرﻳﺔ ﺑﻌـض -١ﻣﻊ ﻣر ع ﻣـﺎ ﻳﻣﻛـن ﺑـﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﻣواد ،ﻳﺗم ﺗﺑﺎدﻝ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت واﻟوﺛﺎﺋق ﻋﻠـﻰ أﻛﻣـﻝ وﺟـﻪ وﺑﺄﺳـر اﻟﻌﻣﻝ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ. -٢ﻳﺗﺷــﺎور اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﻌﻣــﻝ اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ واﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ أو ﻳﺗﺷﺎور ﻣﻣﺛﻠوﻫﻣﺎ اﻟﻣﻌﺗﻣدﻳن ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ طﻠـب أي ﻣـن اﻟطـرﻓﻳن، ى. ﺑﺷﺄن ﻗﻳﺎم أي ﻣن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗﻳن ﺑﺗﻘدﻳم اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﻗد ﺗﻬم اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﺧر
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺧﺎﻣﺳﺔ -اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن ﺗواﻓق ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﻌﻣﻝ اﻟدوﻟﻳـﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ أن اﻟﺗـداﺑﻳر اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﺗﺧــذاﻧﻬﺎ ﻓــﻲ إطــﺎر اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻌــﺎون ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﻳﺧــﺗص ﺑﺷــؤون اﻟﻣــوظﻔﻳن ،اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺳﺗﺿﻌﻬﺎ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ،ﺳوف ﺗﺗﺿﻣن ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ: ﺗداﺑﻳر ﻟﺗﺟﻧب اﻟﺗﻧﺎﻓس ﻓﻲ اﺧﺗﻳﺎر ﻣوظﻔﻳﻬﻣﺎ؛ ﺗداﺑﻳر ﻟﺗﻳﺳﻳر ﺗﺑﺎدﻝ اﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﺎس ﻣؤﻗت أو داﺋـم ،ﺣـﻳن ﻳﻛـون ﻫﻧـﺎك رﻋـ ــﺎة ﻣﺣـ ــﻝ ﻟـ ــذﻟك ،ﺑﻐﻳـ ــﺔ ﺗﺣﻘﻳـ ــق أﻛﺑـ ــر ﻓﺎﺋـ ــدة ﻣﻣﻛﻧـ ــﺔ ﻣـ ــن ﺧـ ــدﻣﺎﺗﻬم ،ﻣـ ــﻊ ﻣ ا اﻷﻗدﻣﻳﺎت وﺣﻘوق اﻟﻣﻌﺎﺷﺎت اﻟﺗﻘﺎﻋدﻳﺔ.
)أ( ) ب(
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺳﺎدﺳﺔ -اﻟﺧدﻣﺎت اﻹﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ -١ﺗواﻓــق ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﻌﻣــﻝ اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﻌﻣــﻝ، ﻓــﻲ إطــﺎر اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻌــﺎون اﻹﺣﺻــﺎﺋﻲ اﻟﺗــﻲ وﺿــﻌﺗﻬﺎ اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ،ﻣــن أﺟﻝ ﺗﺣﻘﻳق أﻛﺑر ﻗدر ﻣن اﻟﺗﻌﺎون ﺑﻐرض اﻻﻧﺗﻔﺎع ﺑﻣوظﻔﻳﻬﻣﺎ اﻟﻔﻧﻳـﻳن ﺑﺄﻗﺻـﻰ ﻛﻔـﺎءة ﻫﺎ ﻣﻣﻛﻧــﺔ ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﺗﻘــوم ﺑــﻪ ﻛــﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣــﺎ ﻣــن ﺟﻣــﻊ ﻟﻠﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت اﻹﺣﺻ ـﺎﺋﻳﺔ وﺗﺣﻠﻳﻠﻬــﺎ وﻧﺷــر ﻏــوب ﻓﻳــﻪ ﺗﺟﻧــب اﻻزدواج وﺗوﺣﻳــدﻫﺎ وﺗﺣﺳــﻳﻧﻬﺎ وﺗﻌﻣﻳﻣﻬــﺎ .وﻫﻣــﺎ ﺗﺳــﻠﻣﺎن ﺑــﺄن ﻣــن اﻟﻣر
55
اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﻌﻣﻝ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
ﻓ ــﻲ ﺟﻣ ــﻊ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣ ــﺎت اﻹﺣﺻ ــﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻛﻠﻣ ــﺎ ﺗﻳﺳ ــر ﻷي ﻣﻧﻬﻣ ــﺎ أن ﺗﻧﺗﻔ ــﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣ ــﺎت أو ى ﻣؤﻫﻠــﺔ ى أو اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻛــون اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻷﺧــر ة ﻟــدى اﻷﺧــر اﻟﻣ ـواد اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻗــد ﺗﻛــون ﻣﺗــوﻓر وﻣﺳﺗﻌدة ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺧـﺎص ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻬـﺎ .ﻛﻣـﺎ ﺗﺗﻔﻘـﺎن ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺗوﺣﻳـد ﺟﻬودﻫﻣـﺎ ﻟﺗـﺄﻣﻳن أﻛﺑـر ﻗـدر ﻣــن اﻟﻔﺎﺋــدة واﺳــﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت اﻹﺣﺻــﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ أوﺳــﻊ ﻧطــﺎق ،وﺗﺧﻔــﻳض اﻷﻋﺑــﺎء اﻟﻣﻠﻘــﺎة ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻋــﺎﺗق اﻟﺣﻛوﻣــﺎت اﻟوطﻧﻳــﺔ واﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت اﻷﺧــر ى اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﺳــﺗﻘﻰ ﻣﻧﻬــﺎ ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت إﻟﻰ أدﻧﻰ ﺣد ﻣﻣﻛن. -٢ﺗواﻓق ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﻌﻣﻝ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ أن ﺗﺣـﻳط ى ﻋﻠﻣــﺎ ﺑﻧﺷــﺎطﻬﺎ ﻓــﻲ ﻣﺟــﺎﻝ اﻹﺣﺻــﺎءات وﻋﻠــﻰ أن ﺗﺳﺗﺷــﻳر ﻛــﻝ ﻛــﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣــﺎ اﻷﺧــر ى ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﺧﺗص ﺑﺟﻣﻳـﻊ اﻟﻣﺷـروﻋﺎت اﻹﺣﺻـﺎﺋﻳﺔ اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﺗﻧـﺎوﻝ ﻣﺳـﺎﺋﻝ ذات ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ اﻷﺧر أﻫﻣﻳﺔ ﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻌﺔ -ﺗﻣوﻳﻝ اﻟﺧدﻣﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ إذا ﺗرﺗ ــب ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻻﺳ ــﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻟطﻠ ــب ﻣﺳ ــﺎﻋدة ﺗﻘدﻣ ــﻪ أي ﻣ ــن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗ ــﻳن إﻟ ــﻰ ات ﻟﺗﺣدﻳد ى ﻣﺷﺎور ة ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺗﺟﻳب ﻟﻠطﻠب ،ﺗﺟر ى ﻧﻔﻘﺎت ﻛﺑﻳر اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﺧر أﻋدﻝ طرﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻧﻔﻘﺎت.
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻣﻧﺔ -ﺗﻧﻔﻳذ اﻻﺗﻔﺎق -١ﻟﻠﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻣﻛﺗــب اﻟﻌﻣــﻝ اﻟــدوﻟﻲ واﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ أن ﻳﺗﻔﻘﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗرﺗﻳﺑﺎت ﺗﻛﻣﻳﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذ ﻫـذا اﻻﺗﻔـﺎق إذا ﺗﺑـﻳن أن ﻫﻧـﺎك ﻣﺣـﻼً ﻟذﻟك ﻣن واﻗﻊ اﻟﺗﺟرﺑﺔ اﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺗﻳن. ي ﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت اﻻﺗﺻــﺎﻻت اﻟ ـواردة ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣ ـواد اﻟﺳــﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﻬــذا اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق -٢ﺗﺳــر ﻋﻳـ ــﺔ أو اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﺗـ ــﻲ ﻗـ ــد ﺗﻧﺷـ ــؤﻫﺎ ﻣـ ــﺎ أﻣﻛـ ــن ،ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ اﻟﻌﻼﻗـ ــﺎت ﺑـ ــﻳن اﻟﻣﻛﺎﺗـ ــب اﻟﻔر اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗﺎن وﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎت ﺑﻳن أﺟﻬزﺗﻬﻣﺎ اﻟﻣرﻛزﻳﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺗﺎﺳﻌﺔ -إﺑﻼغ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة واﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺑواﺳطﺗﻬﺎ -١ﺗﺑﻠّ ـ ــﻎ ﻣﻧظﻣ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﻣ ـ ــﻝ اﻟدوﻟﻳ ـ ــﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ـ ــس ﻓور ،وذﻟك طﺑﻘﺎً ﻟﻼﺗﻔـﺎق اﻟﻣﻌﻘـود ﺑـﻳن اﻻﻗﺗﺻﺎدي واﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﻲ ﺑﺄﺣﻛﺎم ﻫذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق اً ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ واﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة. -٢ﻳﺑﻠّــﻎ ﻫــذا اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ،ﻋﻧــد دﺧوﻟــﻪ ﻓــﻲ ﺣﻳــز اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذ ﻋﻣ ـﻼً ﺑﺄﺣﻛــﺎم اﻟﻣــﺎدة ة إﻟـﻰ اﻷﻣــﻳن اﻟﻌـﺎم ﻟﻸﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ﻹﻳداﻋـﻪ وﺗﺳــﺟﻳﻠﻪ طﺑﻘـﺎً ﻟﻣــﺎ ﺗﻘﺿــﻲ اﻟﺣﺎدﻳـﺔ ﻋﺷـر ﺑ ــﻪ اﻟﻣ ــﺎدة ١٠ﻣ ــن اﻟﻧظ ــﺎم اﻟ ــداﺧﻠﻲ ،وذﻟ ــك ﺗﻧﻔﻳ ــذاً ﻟﻠﻣ ــﺎدة ١٠٢ﻣ ــن ﻣﻳﺛ ــﺎق اﻷﻣ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـ ـ ــدة اﻟـ ـ ــذي أﻗرﺗـ ـ ــﻪ اﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣـ ـ ــﺔ ﻟﻸﻣـ ـ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـ ـ ــدة ﻓـ ـ ــﻲ ١٤ﻛـ ـ ــﺎﻧون اﻷوﻝ/ دﻳﺳﻣﺑر .١٩٤٦
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
56
ة -اﻟﺗﻌدﻳﻝ واﻹﻧﻬﺎء اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﻌﺎﺷر -١ﻳﺟ ــوز ﺗﻌ ــدﻳﻝ ﻫ ــذا اﻻﺗﻔ ــﺎق ﺑﻣواﻓﻘ ــﺔ ﻛ ــﻝ ﻣ ــن ﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﻣ ــﻝ اﻟدوﻟﻳ ــﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ،وﻳﻌﺎد اﻟﻧظر ﻓﻳﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ أي ﺣﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻣوﻋد ﻻ ﻳﺗﺟـﺎوز ﺛـﻼث ﺳﻧوات ﻣن دﺧوﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻳز اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذ. -٢إذا ﻟـ ــم ﻳﻣﻛـ ــن اﻟﺗوﺻـ ــﻝ إﻟـ ــﻰ اﺗﻔـ ــﺎق ﺑﺷـ ــﺄن اﻟﺗﻌـ ــدﻳﻝ ،ﻳﺟـ ــوز ﻷي ﻣـ ــن اﻟطــرﻓﻳن إﻧﻬــﺎء اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ﻓــﻲ ٣١ﻛــﺎﻧون اﻷوﻝ /دﻳﺳــﻣﺑر ﻣــن أي ﻋــﺎم ﺑﺈﺧطــﺎر ﻳرﺳــﻠﻪ إﻟﻰ اﻟطرف اﻵﺧر ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ﻻ ﻳﺗﺟﺎوز ٣٠أﻳﻠوﻝ /ﺳﺑﺗﻣﺑر ﻣن ﻧﻔس اﻟﻌﺎم.
ة -اﻟﻧﻔﺎذ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺣﺎدﻳﺔ ﻋﺷر ة ﻣﻛﺗـب اﻟﻌﻣـﻝ ﻳﺻﺑﺢ ﻫذا اﻻﺗﻔـﺎق ﻧﺎﻓـذاً ﻣﺗـﻰ واﻓـق ﻋﻠﻳـﻪ ﻛـﻝ ﻣـن ﻣﺟﻠـس إدار اﻟدوﻟﻲ وﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ.
____________________
اﻋﺔ ﻟﻸﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﻏذﻳﺔ واﻟزر وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ١ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻷوﻟﻰ -اﻟﺗﻌﺎون واﻟﺗﺷﺎور رﻋ ــﺔ ﻟﻸﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ــدة وﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ، ﺗواﻓــق ﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻷﻏذﻳ ــﺔ واﻟز ا ة ﻓﻌﺎﻟـﺔ غ اﻷﻫـداف اﻟﻣﺣـددة ﻓـﻲ دﺳـﺗور ﻛـﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣـﺎ ﺑﺻـور ﻏﺑﺔ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻳﺳﻳر ﺑﻠو ر ﻓﻲ اﻹطﺎر اﻟﻌﺎم اﻟذي وﺿﻌﻪ ﻣﻳﺛﺎق اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ،ﻋﻠﻰ أن ﺗﻌﻣﻼ ﻣﻌﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺎون ر ﺑﺻﻔﺔ ﻣﻧﺗظﻣﺔ ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠق ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺎﺋﻝ ذات اﻷﻫﻣﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ. وﺛﻳق وأن ﺗﺗﺷﺎو ا
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ -ﺗﺑﺎدﻝ اﻟﺗﻣﺛﻳﻝ اﻋﺔ ﻟﺣﺿور اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﻣﺟﻠس -١ﻳدﻋﻰ ﻣﻣﺛﻠون ﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﻏذﻳﺔ واﻟزر اك ،دون اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳ ـ ــذي ﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ـ ــﺔ وﺟﻣﻌﻳ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ـ ــﺔ وﻟﻼﺷ ـ ــﺗر ﻻت ﻛــﻝ ﻣــن ﻫــذﻳن اﻟﺟﻬــﺎزﻳن واﻟﻠﺟــﺎن اﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌــﺔ ﻟﻬﻣــﺎ ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﻳﺧــﺗص ﺗﺻــوﻳت ،ﻓــﻲ ﻣــداو اﻋﺔ. ﺑﻣوﺿوﻋﺎت ﺟداوﻝ أﻋﻣﺎﻟﻬﺎ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻬم ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﻏذﻳﺔ واﻟزر -٢ﻳــدﻋﻰ ﻣﻣﺛﻠــون ﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻟﺣﺿــور اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋــﺎت اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ رﻋ ــﺔ رﻋ ــﺔ أو ﺧﻠﻳﻔﺗﻬ ــﺎ وﻣ ــؤﺗﻣر ﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻷﻏذﻳ ــﺔ واﻟز ا اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذﻳ ــﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻷﻏذﻳ ــﺔ واﻟز ا ﻻت ﻛﻝ ﻣن ﻫذﻳن اﻟﺟﻬﺎزﻳن واﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌـﺔ ﻟﻬﻣـﺎ اك ،دون ﺗﺻوﻳت ،ﻓﻲ ﻣداو وﻟﻼﺷﺗر ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﺧﺗص ﺑﻣوﺿوﻋﺎت ﺟداوﻝ أﻋﻣﺎﻟﻬﺎ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻬم ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ. -٣ﺗوﺿــﻊ ﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت ﻣﻧﺎﺳــﺑﺔ ﻳﺗﻔــق ﻋﻠﻳﻬــﺎ ﺑــﻳن ﺣــﻳن وآﺧــر ﻟﺗﺑــﺎدﻝ اﻟﺗﻣﺛﻳــﻝ ﺑــﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻷﻏذﻳــﺔ واﻟز ا ى رﻋــﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻓــﻲ اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋــﺎت اﻷﺧــر ى. ﻋﺎﻳﺔ أي ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ واﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻧظر ﻓﻲ أﻣور ﺗﻬم اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﺧر اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻘد ﺗﺣت ر
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ -اﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ اﻋﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﺑﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﻏذﻳﺔ واﻟزر رﻋــﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ أن ﺗﺣــﻳﻼ إﻟــﻰ -١ﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻷﻏذﻳــﺔ واﻟز ا ﻏـوب ﻓﻳـﻪ إﺣﺎﻟﺗﻬـﺎ إﻟـﻰ ﻟﺟﻧﺔ ﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ أﻳﺔ ﻣﺳﺄﻟﺔ ذات أﻫﻣﻳﺔ ﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ ﻳﺗﺑﻳن أن ﻣن اﻟﻣر ﻣﺛﻝ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ. -٢ﺗؤﻟف ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ ﻣن ﻣﻣﺛﻠﻳن ﺗﻌﻳﻧﻬم ﻛﻝ ﻣـن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗـﻳن. وﻳﺣدد ﻋدد ﻣﻣﺛﻠﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗﻳن.
١أﻗرﺗﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ١٧ﺗﻣوز /ﻳوﻟﻳـو ) ١٩٤٨اﻟﺳـﺟﻼت اﻟرﺳـﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ رﻗم ،١٣اﻟﺻﻔﺣﺗﺎن ٩٦و.(٣٢٣ 57
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
58
ى اﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌـﺔ -٣ﻳدﻋﻰ ﻣﻣﺛﻠون ﻟﻸﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة واﻟوﻛـﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻـﺔ اﻷﺧـر اك ،دون ﺗﺻــوﻳت ،ﻓــﻲ ﻟﻸﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ﻟﺣﺿــور اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋــﺎت اﻟﻠﺟــﺎن اﻟﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﺔ وﻟﻼﺷــﺗر ﻻﺗﻬﺎ. ﻣداو -٤ﺗرﺳــﻝ ﺗﻘــﺎرﻳر ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﻠﺟــﺎن اﻟﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﺔ إﻟــﻰ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻛــﻝ ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ة اﻟﻣﺧﺗﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗﻳن. ﻟﻌرﺿﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﺟﻬز ﺗﺣدد ﻛﻝ ﻟﺟﻧﺔ ﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ ﻧظﺎم ﻋﻣﻠﻬﺎ. -٥
-٦ﺗﺗﺧذ اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑﺎت ﻟﺗـوﻓﻳر أﻣﺎﻧـﺔ ﻣﻧﺎﺳـﺑﺔ ﻷي ﻟﺟﻧـﺔ ﻣﺷـﺗرﻛﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﻔـﺎق ﺑـﻳن اﻋﺔ واﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ أو ﺑـﻳن اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﻏذﻳﺔ واﻟزر ﻣﻣﺛﻠﻳﻬﻣﺎ.
اﺑﻌﺔ -اﻟﻣﻬﺎم اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟر اﻋﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﺑﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﻏذﻳﺔ واﻟزر رﻋـﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ أن ﺗﻘوﻣـﺎ ﺑﻣﻬـﺎم ﻣﺷـﺗرﻛﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﻏذﻳـﺔ واﻟز ا اءات ﻣﻣﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﺗﻠك اﻟﻣﺷﺎر إﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ. واﺟر ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿﻰ ﺗرﺗﻳﺑﺎت ٕ
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺧﺎﻣﺳﺔ -ﺗﺑﺎدﻝ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت واﻟوﺛﺎﺋق ى ﺑﻣﻌﻠوﻣـ ـ ــﺎت -١ﻳﺑﻠـ ـ ــﻎ اﻟﻣـ ـ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌـ ـ ــﺎم ﻟﻛـ ـ ــﻝ ﻣﻧظﻣـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ـ ــﺔ اﻷﺧـ ـ ــر اﻣﺞ اﻟﻌﻣــﻝ واﻷﻧﺷــطﺔ اﻟﻣزﻣــﻊ اﻟﻘﻳــﺎم ﺑﻬــﺎ واﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻛــون ذات أﻫﻣﻳــﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠــﺔ ﻋــن ﺟﻣﻳــﻊ ﺑـر ﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ. اﻋﺎة أﻳﺔ ﺗرﺗﻳﺑـﺎت ﻗـد ﻳﻘﺗﺿـﻳﻬﺎ اﻷﻣـر ﻟﻠﺣﻔـﺎظ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺳـرﻳﺔ ﺑﻌـض -٢ﻣﻊ ﻣر ع ﻣـﺎ ﻳﻣﻛـن ﺑـﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﻣواد ،ﻳﺗم ﺗﺑﺎدﻝ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت واﻟوﺛﺎﺋق ﻋﻠـﻰ أﻛﻣـﻝ وﺟـﻪ وﺑﺄﺳـر اﻋﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ. اﻷﻏذﻳﺔ واﻟزر رﻋ ـ ــﺔ واﻟﻣ ـ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ـ ــﺎم -٣ﻳﺗﺷ ـ ــﺎور اﻟﻣ ـ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ـ ــﺎم ﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ـ ــﺔ اﻷﻏذﻳ ـ ــﺔ واﻟز ا ﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـ ــﺔ ،أو ﻣﻣﺛﻠوﻫﻣـ ــﺎ ،ﻓﻳﻣـ ــﺎ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣـ ــﺎ ﺑﻧـ ــﺎء ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ طﻠـ ــب أي ﻣـ ــن اﻟطرﻓﻳن ،ﺑﺷﺄن ﻗﻳﺎم أي ﻣن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗﻳن ﺑﺗﻘدﻳم أﻳـﺔ ﻣﻌﻠوﻣـﺎت ﺧﺎﺻـﺔ ﻗـد ﺗﻬـم اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ ى. اﻷﺧر
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺳﺎدﺳﺔ -اﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ ﺑﻳن اﻷﻣﺎﻧﺗﻳن ﻟﻠﻣدﻳرﻳن اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻳن ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺗﻳن أو ﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠﻳﻬﻣﺎ أن ﻳﻧﺷﺋﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﻔﺎق ،ﺣﻳن ﻳﻛون ذﻟـك اﻣﺞ ﻋﻣـﻝ ﻣﺣـددة ﻏوﺑﺎً ،ﻟﺟﺎﻧﺎً ﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ ﺑﻳن اﻷﻣﺎﻧﺗﻳن ﻟﺗﻳﺳﻳر اﻟﺗﻌﺎون ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠـق ﺑﺑـر ﻣر أو ﺑﺄﻧﺷطﺔ ﻳزﻣﻊ اﻟﻘﻳﺎم ﺑﻬﺎ وﺗﻬم ﻛﻠﺗﺎ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗﻳن.
59
اﻋﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﻏذﻳﺔ واﻟزر
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻌﺔ -اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن رﻋــﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ أن اﻟﺗــداﺑﻳر ﺗواﻓــق ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻷﻏذﻳــﺔ واﻟز ا اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﺗﺧــذاﻧﻬﺎ ﻓــﻲ إطــﺎر اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻌــﺎون ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﻳﺧــﺗص ﺑﺷــؤون اﻟﻣــوظﻔﻳن، اﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﺗﺿﻌﻬﺎ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ،ﺳوف ﺗﺗﺿﻣن ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ: ﺗــداﺑﻳر ﻟﺗﺟﻧــب اﻟﺗﻧــﺎﻓس ﻓــﻲ اﺧﺗﻳــﺎر ﻣوظﻔﻳﻬﻣــﺎ ﺑﻣــﺎ ﻓــﻲ ذﻟــك اﻟﺗﺷــﺎور اﻟﻣﺳــﺑق ﺑﺷﺄن اﻟﺗﻌﻳﻳن ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﻳﺎدﻳن اﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻬم ﻛﻠﺗﺎ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗﻳن؛
)أ(
)ب( ﺗــداﺑﻳر ﻟﺗﻳﺳــﻳر ﺗﺑــﺎدﻝ اﻟﻣــوظﻔﻳن ﻋﻠــﻰ أﺳــﺎس ﻣؤﻗــت أو داﺋــم ،ﺣــﻳن ﻳﻛــون رﻋـﺎة ﻫﻧﺎك ﻣﺣﻝ ﻟذﻟك ،ﺑﻐﻳﺔ ﺗﺣﻘﻳق أﻛﺑر ﻓﺎﺋدة ﻣﻣﻛﻧﺔ ﻣن ﺧـدﻣﺎﺗﻬم ،ﻣـﻊ ﻣ ا اﻷﻗدﻣﻳﺎت وﺣﻘوق اﻟﻣﻌﺎﺷﺎت اﻟﺗﻘﺎﻋدﻳﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻣﻧﺔ -اﻟﺧدﻣﺎت اﻹﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ رﻋـ ــﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـ ــﺔ ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ -١ﺗواﻓـ ــق ﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ اﻷﻏذﻳـ ــﺔ واﻟز ا اﻟﻌﻣﻝ ،ﻓﻲ إطﺎر اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻌـﺎون اﻹﺣﺻـﺎﺋﻲ اﻟﺗـﻲ وﺿـﻌﺗﻬﺎ اﻷﻣـم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة، ﻣـ ــن أﺟ ـ ــﻝ ﺗﺣﻘﻳـ ــق أﻛﺑ ـ ــر ﻗـ ــدر ﻣ ـ ــن اﻟﺗﻌـ ــﺎون ﺑﻐ ـ ــرض اﻻﻧﺗﻔـ ــﺎع ﺑﻣوظﻔﻳﻬﻣ ـ ــﺎ اﻟﻔﻧﻳ ـ ــﻳن ﺑﺄﻗﺻـ ـ ـ ــﻰ ﻛﻔـ ـ ـ ــﺎءة ﻣﻣﻛﻧـ ـ ـ ــﺔ ﻓﻳﻣـ ـ ـ ــﺎ ﺗﻘـ ـ ـ ــوم ﺑـ ـ ـ ــﻪ ﻛـ ـ ـ ــﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣـ ـ ـ ــﺎ ﻣـ ـ ـ ــن ﺟﻣـ ـ ـ ــﻊ ﻟﻠﻣﻌﻠوﻣـ ـ ـ ــﺎت ﻫﺎ وﺗوﺣﻳـ ــدﻫﺎ وﺗﺣﺳـ ــﻳﻧﻬﺎ وﺗﻌﻣﻳﻣﻬـ ــﺎ .وﻫﻣـ ــﺎ ﺗﺳـ ــﻠﻣﺎن ﺑـ ــﺄن اﻹﺣﺻـ ــﺎﺋﻳﺔ وﺗﺣﻠﻳﻠﻬـ ــﺎ وﻧﺷـ ــر ﻏ ــوب ﻓﻳ ــﻪ ﺗﺟﻧـ ــب اﻻزدواج ﻓ ــﻲ ﺟﻣ ــﻊ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣـ ــﺎت اﻹﺣﺻـــﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻛﻠﻣ ــﺎ ﺗﻳﺳـ ــر ﻣ ــن اﻟﻣر ى ة ﻟ ــدى اﻷﺧـ ــر ﻷي ﻣﻧﻬﻣـــﺎ أن ﺗﻧﺗﻔـــﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣـــﺎت أو اﻟﻣـ ـواد اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﻗ ــد ﺗﻛ ــون ﻣﺗـ ـواﻓر ى ﻣؤﻫﻠـ ــﺔ وﻣﺳـ ــﺗﻌدة ﺑﺷـ ــﻛﻝ ﺧـ ــﺎص ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻬـ ــﺎ .ﻛﻣـ ــﺎ أو اﻟﺗـ ــﻲ ﺗﻛـ ــون اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ اﻷﺧـ ــر ﺗﺗﻔﻘ ـ ـ ــﺎن ﻋﻠ ـ ـ ــﻰ ﺗوﺣﻳ ـ ـ ــد ﺟﻬودﻫﻣ ـ ـ ــﺎ ﻟﺗ ـ ـ ــﺄﻣﻳن أﻛﺑ ـ ـ ــر ﻗ ـ ـ ــدر ﻣ ـ ـ ــن اﻟﻔﺎﺋ ـ ـ ــدة واﺳ ـ ـ ــﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت اﻹﺣﺻــﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ أوﺳــﻊ ﻧطــﺎق وﺗﺧﻔــﻳض اﻷﻋﺑــﺎء اﻟﻣﻠﻘــﺎة ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻋــﺎﺗق ى اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳـﺗﻘﻰ ﻣﻧﻬـﺎ ﻫـذﻩ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣـﺎت إﻟـﻰ أدﻧـﻰ اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﺎت اﻟوطﻧﻳﺔ واﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺎت اﻷﺧر ﺣد ﻣﻣﻛن. رﻋــﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ أن -٢ﺗواﻓــق ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻷﻏذﻳــﺔ واﻟز ا ى ﻋﻠﻣــﺎ ﺑﻧﺷــﺎطﻬﺎ ﻓــﻲ ﻣﺟــﺎﻝ اﻹﺣﺻــﺎءات وﻋﻠــﻰ أن ﺗﺳﺗﺷــﻳر ﺗﺣــﻳط ﻛــﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣــﺎ اﻷﺧــر ى ﻓﻳﻣـﺎ ﻳﺧــﺗص ﺑﺟﻣﻳــﻊ اﻟﻣﺷــروﻋﺎت اﻹﺣﺻـﺎﺋﻳﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﺗﻧــﺎوﻝ ﻣﺳــﺎﺋﻝ ﻛـﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣــﺎ اﻷﺧــر ذات أﻫﻣﻳﺔ ﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺗﺎﺳﻌﺔ -ﺗﻣوﻳﻝ اﻟﺧدﻣﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ إذا ﺗرﺗ ــب ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻻﺳ ــﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻟطﻠ ــب ﻣﺳ ــﺎﻋدة ﺗﻘدﻣ ــﻪ أي ﻣ ــن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗ ــﻳن إﻟ ــﻰ ات ﻟﺗﺣدﻳد ى ﻣﺷﺎور ة ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺗﺟﻳب ﻟﻠطﻠب ،ﺗﺟر ى ﻧﻔﻘﺎت ﻛﺑﻳر اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﺧر أﻋدﻝ طرﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻧﻔﻘﺎت.
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
60
ﻋﻳﺔ ة -اﻟﻣﻛﺎﺗب اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ واﻟﻔر اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﻌﺎﺷر رﻋــﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ أن ﺗﺑﻠــﻎ ﻛــﻝ ﺗواﻓــق ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻷﻏذﻳــﺔ واﻟز ا ﻋﻳــﺔ وﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳــر أﻣــﺎﻛن ﻫــذﻩ ى ﺑــﺎﻟﺧطط اﻟﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﺑﺈﻧﺷــﺎء ﻣﻛﺎﺗــب إﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳــﺔ وﻓر ﻣﻧﻬﻣــﺎ اﻷﺧــر ر ﻟﻠــدﺧوﻝ ،ﺣﻳﺛﻣــﺎ أﻣﻛــن ،ﻓــﻲ ﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت ﺗﻌﺎوﻧﻳــﺔ ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﻳﺧــﺗص اﻟﻣﻛﺎﺗــب وﻋﻠــﻰ أن ﺗﺗﺷــﺎو ا ﺑﺎﻟﻣوﻗﻊ واﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن واﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﺧدﻣﺎت ﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ.
ة -ﺗﻧﻔﻳذ اﻻﺗﻔﺎق اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺣﺎدﻳﺔ ﻋﺷر رﻋــﺔ واﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﻳﺗﺧــذ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻷﻏذﻳــﺔ واﻟز ا اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﻣن اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑﺎت اﻟﺗﻛﻣﻳﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذ ﻫذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﻣﺎ ﻳرﻳﺎﻧـﻪ ﻣﻼﺋﻣـﺎً ﻣـن واﻗـﻊ اﻟﺗﺟرﺑـﺔ اﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺗﻳن.
ة -إﺑﻼغ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة واﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺑواﺳطﺗﻬﺎ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻋﺷر رﻋ ــﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس -١ﺗﺑﻠًـ ـﻎ ﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻷﻏذﻳ ــﺔ واﻟز ا ﻓور ،وذﻟك طﺑﻘﺎً ﻟﻼﺗﻔـﺎق اﻟﻣﻌﻘـود ﺑـﻳن اﻻﻗﺗﺻﺎدي واﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﻲ ﺑﺄﺣﻛﺎم ﻫذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق اً ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ واﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة. -٢ﻳﺑﻠًـﻎ ﻫــذا اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ،ﻋﻧــد دﺧوﻟــﻪ ﻓــﻲ ﺣﻳــز اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذ ﻋﻣ ـﻼً ﺑﺄﺣﻛــﺎم اﻟﻣــﺎدة ة إﻟﻰ اﻷﻣﻳن اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻸﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﻹﻳداﻋﻪ وﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻪ طﺑﻘﺎ ﻟﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺿـﻲ ﺑـﻪ اﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﺷر اﻟر اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٠ﻣـن اﻟﻧظـﺎم اﻟـداﺧﻠﻲ وذﻟـك ﺗﻧﻔﻳـذاً ﻟﻠﻣـﺎدة ١٠٢ﻣـن ﻣﻳﺛـﺎق اﻷﻣـم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة اﻟذي أﻗرﺗﻪ اﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻸﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﻓﻲ ١٤ﻛﺎﻧون اﻷوﻝ /دﻳﺳﻣﺑر .١٩٤٦
واﻋﺎدة اﻟﻧظر اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ ﻋﺷر ة -اﻟﺗﻌدﻳﻝ ٕ رﻋـﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ ﻳﺟوز ﺗﻌـدﻳﻝ ﻫـذا اﻻﺗﻔـﺎق ﺑﻣواﻓﻘـﺔ ﻛـﻝ ﻣـن ﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻷﻏذﻳـﺔ واﻟز ا اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ،وﻳﻌﺎد اﻟﻧظر ﻓﻳﻪ ﻋﻠـﻰ أي ﺣـﺎﻝ ﻓـﻲ ﻣوﻋـد ﻻ ﻳﺗﺟـﺎوز ﺛـﻼث ﺳـﻧوات ﻣن دﺧوﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻳز اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذ.
ة -اﻟﻧﻔﺎذ اﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﺷر اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟر ﻳﺻــﺑﺢ ﻫــذا اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ﻧﺎﻓــذاً ﻣﺗــﻰ واﻓــق ﻋﻠﻳــﻪ ﻛــﻝ ﻣــن ﻣــؤﺗﻣر ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻷﻏذﻳــﺔ اﻋﺔ وﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ. واﻟزر ___________________
اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﻟﻠﺗرﺑﻳﺔ واﻟﻌﻠم واﻟﺛﻘﺎﻓﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ١ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻷوﻟﻰ -اﻟﺗﻌﺎون واﻟﺗﺷﺎور -١ﺗواﻓــق ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ﻟﻠﺗرﺑﻳــﺔ واﻟﻌﻠــم ة غ اﻷﻫداف اﻟﻣﺣددة ﻓـﻲ دﺳـﺗور ﻛـﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣـﺎ ﺑﺻـور ﻏﺑﺔ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻳﺳﻳر ﺑﻠو واﻟﺛﻘﺎﻓﺔ ،ر ﻓﻌﺎﻟــﺔ ﻓــﻲ اﻹطــﺎر اﻟﻌــﺎم اﻟــذي وﺿــﻌﻪ ﻣﻳﺛــﺎق اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ،ﻋﻠــﻰ أن ﺗﻌﻣــﻼ ﻣﻌــﺎ ﻓــﻲ ر ﻓﻳﻣ ــﺎ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣ ــﺎ ﺑﺻ ــﻔﺔ ﻣﻧﺗظﻣ ــﺔ ﻓﻳﻣ ــﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠ ــق ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳ ــﺎﺋﻝ ذات ﺗﻌ ــﺎون وﺛﻳ ــق وأن ﺗﺗﺷ ــﺎو ا اﻷﻫﻣﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ. -٢ﺗﻘــر ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ﻟﻠﺗرﺑﻳــﺔ واﻟﻌﻠــم واﻟﺛﻘﺎﻓــﺔ ،ﺑوﺟــﻪ ﺧــﺎص ،ﺑــﺄن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ ﻫـﻲ ﺻـﺎﺣﺑﺔ اﻟﻣﺳـؤوﻟﻳﺔ اﻷوﻟـﻰ ﻓـﻲ ﺗﺷـﺟﻳﻊ اﻟﺑﺣـوث واﻟﺗﻌﻠـﻳم وﺗﻧظﻳم اﻟﻌﻠـم ﻓـﻲ ﻣﻳـداﻧﻲ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ واﻟطـب ﺑـدون اﻟﻣﺳـﺎس ﺑﺣـق ﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻷﻣـم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة ﻟﻠﺗرﺑﻳﺔ واﻟﻌﻠم واﻟﺛﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻻﻫﺗﻣﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎت ﺑـﻳن اﻟﻌﻠـوم اﻟﺑﺣﺗـﺔ واﻟﺗطﺑﻳﻘﻳـﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺟﻣﻳـﻊ اﻟﻣﻳﺎدﻳن ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟك اﻟﻌﻠوم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺻﺣﺔ. -٣ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺷك ﺑﺻدد ﺗوزﻳﻊ اﻟﻣﺳؤوﻟﻳﺔ ﺑﻳن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗﻳن ﻋـن أي ﻧﺷـﺎط ع ﻓــﻲ ﻫــذا اﻟﻧﺷــﺎط أو أو ﺑرﻧــﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻣــﻝ ﻳزﻣــﻊ اﻟﻘﻳــﺎم ﺑــﻪ ،ﺗﺗﺷــﺎور اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﺷــر ى ﻟﺗﺳـوﻳﺔ اﻷﻣـر ﺑﺎﻻﺗﻔـﺎق اﻟﻣﺗﺑـﺎدﻝ إﻣـﺎ ﺑﺈﺣﺎﻟﺗـﻪ إﻟـﻰ ﻟﺟﻧـﺔ اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻷﺧـر ى. اﺑﻌﺔ أو ﺑوﺳﻳﻠﺔ أﺧر ﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧﺣو اﻟﻣﻧﺻوص ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟر
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ -ﺗﺑﺎدﻝ اﻟﺗﻣﺛﻳﻝ -١ﻳدﻋﻰ ﻣﻣﺛﻠون ﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ ﻟﺣﺿـور اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋـﺎت اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس اك، اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذي واﻟﻣــؤﺗﻣر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ﻟﻠﺗرﺑﻳــﺔ واﻟﻌﻠــم واﻟﺛﻘﺎﻓــﺔ ،وﻟﻼﺷــﺗر ﻻت ﻫ ــذﻳن اﻟﺟﻬ ــﺎزﻳن واﻟﻠﺟ ــﺎن اﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌ ــﺔ ﻟﻬﻣ ــﺎ ،ﻓﻳﻣ ــﺎ ﻳﺧ ــﺗص دون ﺗﺻ ــوﻳت ،ﻓ ــﻲ ﻣ ــداو ﺑﻣوﺿوﻋﺎت ﺟداوﻝ أﻋﻣﺎﻟﻬﺎ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻬم ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ. -٢ﻳدﻋﻰ ﻣﻣﺛﻠـون ﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻷﻣـم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة ﻟﻠﺗرﺑﻳـﺔ واﻟﻌﻠـم واﻟﺛﻘﺎﻓـﺔ ﻟﺣﺿـور اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋ ــﺎت اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳ ــذي ﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ وﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ ﻻت ﻫــذﻳن اﻟﺟﻬــﺎزﻳن واﻟﻠﺟــﺎن اﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌــﺔ ﻟﻬﻣــﺎ ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ اك ،دون ﺗﺻــوﻳت ،ﻓــﻲ ﻣــداو وﻟﻼﺷــﺗر ﻳﺧــﺗص ﺑﻣوﺿــوﻋﺎت ﺟــداوﻝ أﻋﻣﺎﻟﻬــﺎ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻬــم ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ﻟﻠﺗرﺑﻳــﺔ واﻟﻌﻠــم واﻟﺛﻘﺎﻓﺔ.
١أﻗرﺗﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ١٧ﺗﻣوز /ﻳوﻟﻳـو ) ١٩٤٨اﻟﺳـﺟﻼت اﻟرﺳـﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ رﻗم ،١٣اﻟﺻﻔﺣﺗﺎن ٩٦و.(٣٢٣ 61
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
62
-٣ﺗوﺿﻊ ﺗرﺗﻳﺑﺎت ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻳﺗﻔـق ﻋﻠﻳﻬـﺎ ﺑـﻳن اﻟﻣـدﻳرﻳن اﻟﻌـﺎﻣﻳن ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺗـﻳن أو ﻣﻣﺛﻠﻳﻬﻣ ــﺎ ﻟﺗﺑ ــﺎدﻝ اﻟﺗﻣﺛﻳ ــﻝ ﺑ ــﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻷﻣ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ــدة ﻋﺎﻳــﺔ أي ﻣﻧﻬﻣــﺎ ى اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻌﻘــد ﺗﺣــت ر ﻟﻠﺗرﺑﻳــﺔ واﻟﻌﻠــم واﻟﺛﻘﺎﻓــﺔ ﻓــﻲ اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋــﺎت اﻷﺧــر ى. واﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻧظر ﻓﻲ أﻣور ﺗﻬم اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﺧر
اج ﺑﻧود ﻓﻲ ﺟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ اح إدر اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ -اﻗﺗر ج ﻛ ــﻝ ﻣ ــن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗ ــﻳن ﻓ ــﻲ ات ﺗﻣﻬﻳدﻳ ــﺔ ،ﺗ ــدر اء ﻣ ــﺎ ﻳﻠ ــزم ﻣ ــن ﻣﺷ ــﺎور ﺑﻌ ــد إﺟـ ـر ﺟــداوﻝ أﻋﻣــﺎﻝ اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋــﺎت اﻟﻣﺷــﺎر إﻟﻳﻬـﺎ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣــﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳــﺔ أﻳــﺔ ﻣﺳــﺎﺋﻝ ﺗﻘــدﻣﻬﺎ إﻟﻳﻬــﺎ ى. اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﺧر
اﺑﻌﺔ -اﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ ﺑﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟر ﻟﻠﺗرﺑﻳﺔ واﻟﻌﻠم واﻟﺛﻘﺎﻓﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ -١ﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﻟﻠﺗرﺑﻳﺔ واﻟﻌﻠم واﻟﺛﻘﺎﻓﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ ﻏــوب أن ﺗﺣــﻳﻼ إﻟــﻰ ﻟﺟﻧــﺔ ﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﺔ أﻳــﺔ ﻣﺳــﺄﻟﺔ ذات أﻫﻣﻳــﺔ ﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﺔ ﻳﺗﺑــﻳن أن ﻣــن اﻟﻣر ﻓﻳﻪ إﺣﺎﻟﺗﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺛﻝ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ. -٢ﺗؤﻟف ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ ﻣن ﻣﻣﺛﻠﻳن ﺗﻌﻳﻧﻬم ﻛﻝ ﻣـن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗـﻳن. وﻳﺣدد ﻋدد ﻣﻣﺛﻠﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗﻳن. -٣ﺗــدﻋﻰ اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ﻟﺗﻌﻳــﻳن ﻣﻣﺛــﻝ ﻟﺣﺿــور اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋــﺎت ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﻠﺟ ـﺎن ى ﻹﻳﻔﺎد ﻣﻣﺛﻠـﻳن اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ .وﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ أن ﺗدﻋو ﻛذﻟك وﻛﺎﻻت ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ أﺧر ﻏوب ﻓﻳﻪ. ﻋﻧﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﺎﺗﻬﺎ إذا اﺗﺿﺢ أن ذﻟك أﻣر ﻣر -٤ﺗرﺳﻝ ﺗﻘﺎرﻳر ﻛﻝ ﻣن ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻛـﻝ ﻣـن ة اﻟﻣﺧﺗﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗﻳن .وﺗرﺳﻝ ﻧﺳـﺧﺔ ﻣـن ﺟﻣﻳـﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗﻳن ﻟﻌرﺿﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﺟﻬز ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﺗﻘــﺎرﻳر إﻟــﻰ اﻷﻣــﻳن اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻸﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ﻹﺑﻼﻏﻬــﺎ إﻟــﻰ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس اﻻﻗﺗﺻــﺎدي واﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻠم. ﺗﺣدد ﻛﻝ ﻟﺟﻧﺔ ﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ ﻧظﺎم ﻋﻣﻠﻬﺎ. -٥
-٦ﺗﺗﺧذ اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑﺎت ﻟﺗـوﻓﻳر أﻣﺎﻧـﺔ ﻣﻧﺎﺳـﺑﺔ ﻷي ﻟﺟﻧـﺔ ﻣﺷـﺗرﻛﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﻔـﺎق ﺑـﻳن اﻟﻣدﻳرﻳن اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻳن ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺗﻳن أو ﺑﻳن ﻣﻣﺛﻠﻳﻬﻣﺎ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺧﺎﻣﺳﺔ -ﺗﺑﺎدﻝ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت واﻟوﺛﺎﺋق ى -١ﺗواﻓــق اﻷﻣﺎﻧــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ ﻟﻛــﻝ ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ أن ﺗـواﻓﻲ ﻛــﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣــﺎ اﻷﺧــر اﻣﺞ اﻟﻌﻣــﻝ اﻟﻣزﻣــﻊ اﻟﻘﻳــﺎم ﺑﻬــﺎ واﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻛــون ﺑﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت ﻛﺎﻣﻠــﺔ ﻋــن ﺟﻣﻳــﻊ اﻷﻧﺷــطﺔ وﺑ ـر ذات أﻫﻣﻳﺔ ﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ.
63
اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﻟﻠﺗرﺑﻳﺔ واﻟﻌﻠم واﻟﺛﻘﺎﻓﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
اﻋﺎة أﻳﺔ ﺗرﺗﻳﺑـﺎت ﻗـد ﻳﻘﺗﺿـﻳﻬﺎ اﻷﻣـر ﻟﻠﺣﻔـﺎظ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺳـرﻳﺔ ﺑﻌـض -٢ﻣﻊ ﻣر ع ﻣـﺎ ﻳﻣﻛـن ﺑـﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﻣواد ،ﻳﺗم ﺗﺑﺎدﻝ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت واﻟوﺛﺎﺋق ﻋﻠـﻰ أﻛﻣـﻝ وﺟـﻪ وﺑﺄﺳـر اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﻟﻠﺗرﺑﻳﺔ واﻟﻌﻠم واﻟﺛﻘﺎﻓﺔ. -٣ﻳﺗﺷﺎور اﻟﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم ﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ واﻟﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم ﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﻟﻠﺗرﺑﻳﺔ واﻟﻌﻠـم واﻟﺛﻘﺎﻓـﺔ أو ،ﻣﻣﺛﻠوﻫﻣـﺎ ،ﻓﻳﻣـﺎ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣـﺎ ،ﺑﻧـﺎء ﻋﻠـﻰ طﻠـب أي ﻣــن اﻟطــرﻓﻳن ،ﺑﺷــﺄن ﻗﻳــﺎم أي ﻣــن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗــﻳن ﺑﺗﻘــدﻳم أﻳــﺔ ﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت ﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﻗــد ﺗﻬــم ى. اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﺧر
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺳﺎدﺳﺔ -اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن ﺗواﻓـق ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻷﻣـم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ﻟﻠﺗرﺑﻳــﺔ واﻟﻌﻠــم واﻟﺛﻘﺎﻓــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ أن اﻟﺗ ــداﺑﻳر اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﺗﺧ ــذاﻧﻬﺎ ﻓــﻲ إط ــﺎر اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ــﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻌــﺎون ﻓﻳﻣ ــﺎ ﻳﺧ ــﺗص ﺑﺷؤون اﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن ،اﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﺗﺿﻌﻬﺎ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ،ﺳوف ﺗﺗﺿﻣن ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ: ﺗداﺑﻳر ﻟﺗﺟﻧب اﻟﺗﻧﺎﻓس ﻓﻲ اﺧﺗﻳﺎر ﻣوظﻔﻳﻬﻣﺎ؛ ﺗداﺑﻳر ﻟﺗﻳﺳﻳر ﺗﺑﺎدﻝ اﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﺎس ﻣؤﻗت أو داﺋـم ،ﺣـﻳن ﻳﻛـون ﻫﻧـﺎك رﻋـ ــﺎة ﻣﺣـ ــﻝ ﻟـ ــذﻟك ،ﺑﻐﻳـ ــﺔ ﺗﺣﻘﻳـ ــق أﻛﺑـ ــر ﻓﺎﺋـ ــدة ﻣﻣﻛﻧـ ــﺔ ﻣ ـ ـن ﺧـ ــدﻣﺎﺗﻬم ،ﻣـ ــﻊ ﻣ ا اﻷﻗدﻣﻳﺎت وﺣﻘوق اﻟﻣﻌﺎﺷﺎت اﻟﺗﻘﺎﻋدﻳﺔ.
)أ( ) ب(
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻌﺔ -اﻟﺧدﻣﺎت اﻹﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ -١ﺗواﻓــق ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ﻟﻠﺗرﺑﻳــﺔ واﻟﻌﻠــم واﻟﺛﻘﺎﻓــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﻌﻣــﻝ ،ﻓــﻲ إطــﺎر اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻌــﺎون اﻹﺣﺻــﺎﺋﻲ اﻟﺗــﻲ وﺿــﻌﺗﻬﺎ اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ،ﻣــن أﺟــﻝ ﺗﺣﻘﻳــق أﻛﺑــر ﻗــدر ﻣــن اﻟﺗﻌــﺎون ﺑﻐــرض اﻻﻧﺗﻔــﺎع ﺑﻣوظﻔﻳﻬﻣــﺎ اﻟﻔﻧﻳﻳن ﺑﺄﻗﺻﻰ ﻛﻔﺎءة ﻣﻣﻛﻧﺔ ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﺗﻘوم ﺑﻪ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﻣن ﺟﻣﻊ ﻟﻠﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت اﻹﺣﺻـﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻏـوب ﻓﻳـﻪ ﻫﺎ وﺗوﺣﻳدﻫﺎ وﺗﺣﺳﻳﻧﻬﺎ وﺗﻌﻣﻳﻣﻬﺎ .وﻫﻣـﺎ ﺗﺳـﻠﻣﺎن ﺑـﺄن ﻣـن اﻟﻣر وﺗﺣﻠﻳﻠﻬﺎ وﻧﺷر ﺗﺟﻧــب اﻻزدواج ﻓــﻲ ﺟﻣــﻊ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت اﻹﺣﺻــﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻛﻠﻣــﺎ ﺗﻳﺳــر ﻷي ﻣﻧﻬﻣــﺎ أن ﺗﻧﺗﻔ ــﻊ ى أو اﻟﺗـﻲ ة ﻟـدى اﻷﺧـر ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣـﺎت أو اﻟﻣـواد أو اﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧـﺎت اﻟﺧـﺎم اﻟﺗـﻲ ﻗـد ﺗﻛـون ﻣﺗـواﻓر ى ﻣؤﻫﻠــﺔ أو ﻣﺳــﺗﻌدة ﺑﺷــﻛﻝ ﺧــﺎص ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻬــﺎ .ﻛﻣــﺎ ﺗﺗﻔﻘــﺎن ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺗﻛــون اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻷﺧــر ﺗوﺣﻳد ﺟﻬودﻫﻣﺎ ﻟﺗﺄﻣﻳن أﻛﺑـر ﻗـدر ﻣـن اﻟﻔﺎﺋـدة واﺳـﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻣﻌﻠوﻣـﺎت اﻹﺣﺻـﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ أوﺳــﻊ ﻧطــﺎق وﺗﺧﻔــﻳض اﻷﻋﺑ ـﺎء اﻟﻣﻠﻘــﺎة ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻋــﺎﺗق اﻟﺣﻛوﻣــﺎت اﻟوطﻧﻳــﺔ واﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت ى اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺗﻘﻲ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت إﻟﻰ أدﻧﻰ ﺣد ﻣﻣﻛن. اﻷﺧر -٢ﺗواﻓــق ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ﻟﻠﺗرﺑﻳــﺔ واﻟﻌﻠــم ى ﻋﻠﻣــﺎ ﺑﻧﺷــﺎطﻬﺎ ﻓــﻲ ﻣﺟــﺎﻝ اﻹﺣﺻــﺎءات واﻟﺛﻘﺎﻓــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ أن ﺗﺣــﻳط ﻛــﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣــﺎ اﻷﺧــر ى ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﻳﺧــﺗص ﺑﺟﻣﻳــﻊ اﻟﻣﺷــروﻋﺎت اﻹﺣﺻــﺎﺋﻳﺔ وﻋﻠــﻰ أن ﺗﺳﺗﺷــﻳر ﻛــﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣــﺎ اﻷﺧــر اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻧﺎوﻝ ﻣﺳﺎﺋﻝ ذات أﻫﻣﻳﺔ ﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ.
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
64
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻣﻧﺔ -ﺗﻣوﻳﻝ اﻟﺧدﻣﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ إذا ﺗرﺗ ــب أو ﻛ ــﺎن ﺳ ــﻳﺗرﺗب ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻻﺳ ــﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻟطﻠ ــب ﻣﺳ ــﺎﻋدة ﺗﻘدﻣ ــﻪ أي ﻣ ــن ى ة ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﺳـﺗﺟﻳب ﻟﻠطﻠـب ،ﺗﺟـر ى ﻧﻔﻘـﺎت ﻛﺑﻳـر اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗﻳن إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﺧر ات ﻟﺗﺣدﻳد أﻋدﻝ طرﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻧﻔﻘﺎت. ﻣﺷﺎور
ﻋﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺗﺎﺳﻌﺔ -اﻟﻣﻛﺎﺗب اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ واﻟﻔر ﺗواﻓـق ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻷﻣـم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ﻟﻠﺗرﺑﻳــﺔ واﻟﻌﻠــم واﻟﺛﻘﺎﻓــﺔ ﻋﻳــﺔ ى ﺑــﺎﻟﺧطط اﻟﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﺑﺈﻧﺷــﺎء ﻣﻛﺎﺗــب إﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳــﺔ وﻓر ﻋﻠــﻰ أن ﺗﺑﻠــﻎ ﻛــﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣــﺎ اﻷﺧــر ر ﻟﻠـدﺧوﻝ ،ﺣﻳﺛﻣـﺎ أﻣﻛـن ،ﻓـﻲ ﺗرﺗﻳﺑـﺎت وﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳر أﻣﺎﻛن ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻣﻛﺎﺗب وﻋﻠﻰ أن ﺗﺗﺷـﺎو ا ﺗﻌﺎوﻧﻳﺔ ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﺧﺗص ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺑﺎﻧﻲ واﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن واﻟﺧدﻣﺎت اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ.
ة -ﺗﻧﻔﻳذ اﻻﺗﻔﺎق اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﻌﺎﺷر ﻳﺗﺧ ــذ اﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم ﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ واﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم ﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻷﻣ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ﻟﻠﺗرﺑﻳــﺔ واﻟﻌﻠــم واﻟﺛﻘﺎﻓــﺔ ﻣــن اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت اﻟﺗﻛﻣﻳﻠﻳــﺔ ﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذ ﻫــذا اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ﻣــﺎ ﻳرﻳﺎﻧــﻪ ﻣﻼﺋﻣﺎ ﻣن واﻗﻊ اﻟﺗﺟرﺑﺔ اﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ.
ة -إﺑﻼغ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة واﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺑواﺳطﺗﻬﺎ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺣﺎدﻳﺔ ﻋﺷر -١ﺗﺑﻠــﻎ ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ﻟﻠﺗرﺑﻳــﺔ واﻟﻌﻠــم ر ،وذﻟ ــك طﺑﻘ ــﺎ واﻟﺛﻘﺎﻓ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس اﻻﻗﺗﺻ ــﺎدي واﻻﺟﺗﻣ ــﺎﻋﻲ ﺑﺄﺣﻛ ــﺎم ﻫ ــذا اﻻﺗﻔ ــﺎق ﻓ ــو ا ﻟﻼﺗﻔﺎق اﻟﻣﻌﻘود ﺑﻳن ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ واﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة. -٢ﻳﺑﻠــﻎ ﻫــذا اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ،ﻋﻧــد دﺧوﻟــﻪ ﻓــﻲ ﺣﻳــز اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذ ،إﻟــﻰ اﻷﻣــﻳن اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻸﻣـم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة ﻹﻳداﻋــﻪ وﺗﺳـﺟﻳﻠﻪ طﺑﻘــﺎ ﻟﻣـﺎ ﺗﻘﺿـﻲ ﺑــﻪ اﻟﻣـﺎدة ١٠ﻣــن اﻟﻧظـﺎم اﻟــداﺧﻠﻲ وذﻟك ﺗﻧﻔﻳذا ﻟﻠﻣﺎدة ١٠٢ﻣـن ﻣﻳﺛـﺎق اﻷﻣـم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة اﻟـذي أﻗرﺗـﻪ اﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣـﺔ ﻟﻸﻣـم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﻓﻲ ١٤ﻛﺎﻧون اﻷوﻝ /دﻳﺳﻣﺑر .١٩٤٦
واﻋﺎدة اﻟﻧظر اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻋﺷر ة -اﻟﺗﻌدﻳﻝ ٕ -١ﻳﺟــوز ﺗﻌــدﻳﻝ ﻫــذا اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ﺑﻣواﻓﻘــﺔ ﻛــﻝ ﻣــن ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ﻟﻠﺗرﺑﻳــﺔ واﻟﻌﻠــم واﻟﺛﻘﺎﻓــﺔ وﻳﻌــﺎد اﻟﻧظــر ﻓﻳــﻪ ﻋﻠــﻰ أي ﺣــﺎﻝ ﻓــﻲ ﻣوﻋد ﻻ ﻳﺗﺟﺎوز ﺛﻼث ﺳﻧوات ﻣن دﺧوﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻳز اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذ. -٢إذا ﻟـ ــم ﻳﻣﻛـ ــن اﻟﺗوﺻـ ــﻝ إﻟـ ــﻰ اﺗﻔـ ــﺎق ﺑﺷـ ــﺄن اﻟﺗﻌـ ــدﻳﻝ ،ﻳﺟـ ــوز ﻷي ﻣـ ــن اﻟطــرﻓﻳن إﻧﻬــﺎء اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ﻓــﻲ ٣١ﻛــﺎﻧون اﻷوﻝ /دﻳﺳــﻣﺑر ﻣــن أي ﻋــﺎم ﺑﺈﺧطــﺎر ﻳرﺳــﻠﻪ إﻟﻰ اﻟطرف اﻵﺧر ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ﻻ ﻳﺗﺟﺎوز ٣٠أﻳﻠوﻝ /ﺳﺑﺗﻣﺑر ﻣن ﻧﻔس اﻟﻌﺎم.
65
اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﻟﻠﺗرﺑﻳﺔ واﻟﻌﻠم واﻟﺛﻘﺎﻓﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
ة -اﻟﻧﻔﺎذ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ ﻋﺷر ﻳﺻــﺑﺢ ﻫــذا اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ﻧﺎﻓــذاً ﻣﺗــﻰ واﻓــق ﻋﻠﻳــﻪ ﻛــﻝ ﻣــن ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ واﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي ﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﻟﻠﺗرﺑﻳﺔ واﻟﻌﻠم واﻟﺛﻘﺎﻓﺔ. ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ ــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ
اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن اﻟوﻛﺎﻟﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻠطﺎﻗﺔ اﻟذرﻳﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ١ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻷوﻟﻰ -اﻟﺗﻌﺎون واﻟﺗﺷﺎور ﻏﺑــﺔ -١ﺗواﻓــق اﻟوﻛﺎﻟــﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ ﻟﻠطﺎﻗــﺔ اﻟذرﻳــﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ،ر ة غ اﻷﻫــداف اﻟﻣﺣــددة ﻓــﻲ اﻟوﺛــﺎﺋق اﻟدﺳــﺗورﻳﺔ ﻟﻛــﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣــﺎ ﺑﺻــور ﻣﻧﻬﻣـﺎ ﻓــﻲ ﺗﻳﺳــﻳر ﺑﻠــو ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻹطﺎر اﻟﻌﺎم اﻟذي وﺿﻌﻪ ﻣﻳﺛـﺎق اﻷﻣـم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة ،ﻋﻠـﻰ أن ﺗﻌﻣـﻼ ﻣﻌـﺎ ﻓـﻲ ر ﻓﻳﻣ ــﺎ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣ ــﺎ ﺑﺻ ــﻔﺔ ﻣﻧﺗظﻣ ــﺔ ﻓﻳﻣ ــﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠ ــق ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳ ــﺎﺋﻝ ذات ﺗﻌ ــﺎون وﺛﻳ ــق وأن ﺗﺗﺷ ــﺎو ا اﻷﻫﻣﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ. ﻫﺎ وﻟﻠﻧظــﺎم -٢ﺗﻘــر ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﺑوﺟــﻪ ﺧــﺎص ،وﻓﻘــﺎ ﻟدﺳــﺗور ﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻬـﺎ ﻣـﻊ اﻷﻣـم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة واﻟرﺳـﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﻣﺗﺑﺎدﻟـﺔ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻠوﻛﺎﻟﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻠطﺎﻗﺔ اﻟذرﻳﺔ و رﻋ ــﺎة اﻟﻣﺳـــؤوﻟﻳﺎت اﻟﺗﻧﺳ ــﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺗـــﻳن ،ﺑ ــﺄن اﻟوﻛﺎﻟ ــﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳ ــﺔ ﺑﺧﺻوﺻ ــﻪ ،وﻣ ــﻊ ﻣ ا ﻟﻠطﺎﻗــﺔ اﻟذرﻳــﺔ ﻫــﻲ ﺻــﺎﺣﺑﺔ اﻟﻣﺳــؤوﻟﻳﺔ اﻷوﻟــﻰ ﻓــﻲ ﺗﺷــﺟﻳﻊ وﻣﺳــﺎﻋدة وﺗﻧﺳــﻳق ﺑﺣــوث اض اﻟﺳـﻠﻣﻳﺔ ﻓـﻲ اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ اﻟذرﻳﺔ ،وﺗﻧﻣﻳﺗﻬـﺎ وﺗطﺑﻳﻘﻬـﺎ اﻟﻌﻣﻠـﻲ ﻣـن أﺟـﻝ اﺳـﺗﻌﻣﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻟﻸﻏـر ﺟﻣﻳ ــﻊ أﻧﺣ ــﺎء اﻟﻌ ــﺎﻟم ،ﺑ ــدون اﻟﻣﺳ ــﺎس ﺑﺣ ــق ﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ ﻓ ــﻲ اﻻﻫﺗﻣ ــﺎم ﺑﺗﺷــﺟﻳﻊ وﺗﻧﻣﻳــﺔ وﻣﺳــﺎﻋدة وﺗﻧﺳــﻳق اﻟﻌﻣــﻝ اﻟﺻــﺣﻲ اﻟــدوﻟﻲ ،ﺑﻣــﺎ ﻓــﻲ ذﻟــك اﻟﺑﺣــوث، ﺑﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺟواﻧﺑﻬﺎ. ع ﻓــﻲ ﺑرﻧــﺎﻣﺞ أو ﻧﺷــﺎط ﻳﺗﻌﻠــق -٣ﻛﻠﻣــﺎ اﻋﺗزﻣــت إﺣــدى اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗــﻳن اﻟﺷــرو ع ﺗﻬــﺗم ﺑــﻪ أو ﻳﺣﺗﻣــﻝ أن ﺗﻬــﺗم ﺑــﻪ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻷﺧــر ﺑﻣوﺿــو ـر ،ﻳﺗﺷــﺎور ى اﻫﺗﻣﺎﻣ ـﺎً ﻛﺑﻳـ اً اﻟطرف اﻷوﻝ ﻣﻊ اﻟطرف اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﺗﻧظﻳم اﻷﻣر ﺑﺎﻻﺗﻔﺎق اﻟﻣﺗﺑﺎدﻝ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ -ﺗﺑﺎدﻝ اﻟﺗﻣﺛﻳﻝ -١ﻳـ ــدﻋﻰ ﻣﻣﺛﻠـ ــون ﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـ ــﺔ ﻟﺣﺿـ ــور اﻟﻣـ ــؤﺗﻣر اﻟﻌـ ــﺎم ﻻت ﻫــذا اﻟﺟﻬــﺎز اك ،دون ﺗﺻــوﻳت ،ﻓــﻲ ﻣــداو ﻟﻠوﻛﺎﻟــﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ ﻟﻠطﺎﻗــﺔ اﻟذرﻳــﺔ وﻟﻼﺷــﺗر وﻓروﻋﻪ )ﻛﺎﻟﻠﺟﺎن ﻣﺛﻼً( ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﺧـﺗص ﺑﻣوﺿـوﻋﺎت ﺟـداوﻝ أﻋﻣﺎﻟﻬـﺎ اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﻬـم ﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ. -٢ﻳ ــدﻋﻰ ﻣﻣﺛﻠ ــون ﻟﻠوﻛﺎﻟ ــﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳ ــﺔ ﻟﻠطﺎﻗ ــﺔ اﻟذرﻳ ــﺔ ﻟﺣﺿ ــور اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋ ــﺎت ﻻت ﻫـذا اﻟﺟﻬـﺎز وﻓروﻋـﻪ اك ،دون ﺗﺻوﻳت ،ﻓﻲ ﻣداو ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ وﻟﻼﺷﺗر
ار ة ﻓـ ــﻲ ٢٨أﻳـ ــﺎر /ﻣـ ــﺎﻳو ١٩٥٩ﻓـ ــﻲ اﻟﻘ ـ ـر ١اﻋﺗﻣدﺗ ـ ــﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻﺣ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳـ ــﺔ ﻋﺷ ـ ـر ج ص ع.٤٠-١٢ 66
67
اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن اﻟوﻛﺎﻟﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻠطﺎﻗﺔ اﻟذرﻳﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
)ﻛﺎﻟﻠﺟــﺎن ﻣــﺛﻼً( ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﻳﺧــﺗص ﺑﻣوﺿــوﻋﺎت ﺟــداوﻝ أﻋﻣﺎﻟﻬــﺎ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻬــم اﻟوﻛﺎﻟــﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ ﻟﻠطﺎﻗﺔ اﻟذرﻳﺔ. -٣ﻳـ ــدﻋﻰ ﻣﻣﺛﻠـ ــون ﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـ ــﺔ ،ﺣﺳـ ــﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﻛـ ــون ﻣﻼﺋﻣ ـ ـﺎً، اك ،دون ﻟﺣﺿـور اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋــﺎت ﻣﺟﻠــس ﻣﺣــﺎﻓظﻲ اﻟوﻛﺎﻟــﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ ﻟﻠطﺎﻗــﺔ اﻟذرﻳــﺔ وﻟﻼﺷــﺗر ﻻت ﻫــذا اﻟﺟﻬــﺎز واﻟﻠﺟــﺎن اﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌــﺔ ﻟــﻪ ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﻳﺧــﺗص ﺑﻣوﺿــوﻋﺎت ﺗﺻــوﻳت ،ﻓــﻲ ﻣــداو ﺟداوﻝ أﻋﻣﺎﻟﻬﺎ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻬم ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ. -٤ﻳ ــدﻋﻰ ﻣﻣﺛﻠ ــون ﻟﻠوﻛﺎﻟ ــﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳ ــﺔ ﻟﻠطﺎﻗ ــﺔ اﻟذرﻳ ــﺔ ﺣﺳ ــﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﻛ ــون ﻣﻼﺋﻣـ ـﺎً اك ،دون ﻟﺣﺿ ــور اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋ ــﺎت اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳ ــذي ﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ وﻟﻼﺷ ــﺗر ﻻت ﻫــذا اﻟﺟﻬــﺎز واﻟﻠﺟــﺎن اﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌــﺔ ﻟــﻪ ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﻳﺧــﺗص ﺑﻣوﺿــوﻋﺎت ﺗﺻــوﻳت ،ﻓــﻲ ﻣــداو ﺟداوﻝ أﻋﻣﺎﻟﻬﺎ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻬم اﻟوﻛﺎﻟﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻠطﺎﻗﺔ اﻟذرﻳﺔ. -٥ﺗوﺿــﻊ ﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت ﻣﻧﺎﺳــﺑﺔ ﻳﺗﻔــق ﻋﻠﻳﻬــﺎ ﺑــﻳن ﺣــﻳن وآﺧــر ﻟﺗﺑــﺎدﻝ اﻟﺗﻣﺛﻳــﻝ ى ﺑﻳن اﻟوﻛﺎﻟﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻠطﺎﻗﺔ اﻟذرﻳﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ ﻓـﻲ اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋـﺎت اﻷﺧـر ى. ﻋﺎﻳﺔ أي ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ واﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻧظر ﻓﻲ أﻣور ﺗﻬم اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﺧر اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻘد ﺗﺣت ر
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ -ﺗﺑﺎدﻝ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت واﻟوﺛﺎﺋق -١ﺗﺳﻠم اﻟوﻛﺎﻟﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻠطﺎﻗﺔ اﻟذرﻳـﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﻣـﺎ ي ﺗطﺑﻳق ﺑﻌض اﻟﻘﻳود ﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﻌض اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت اﻟﺳـرﻳﺔ اﻟﺗـﻲ ﻗد ﺗرﻳﺎن ﻣن اﻟﺿرور ام ﺗﻘدم إﻟﻳﻬﻣﺎ .وﻫﻣﺎ ﺗواﻓﻘﺎن ﻟذﻟك ﻋﻠﻰ أﻧـﻪ ﻟـﻳس ﻓـﻲ ﻫـذا اﻻﺗﻔـﺎق ﻣـﺎ ﻳﻔﻬـم ﻣﻧـﻪ إﻟـز ﻻ ى اﻟطــرف اﻟــذي ﻳﺟوز أي ﻣﻧﻬﻣــﺎ ﺑﺗﻘــدﻳم ﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت ﻳــر ﻫــﺎ أن ﺗﻘــدﻳﻣﻬﺎ ﻳﺷــﻛﻝ إﺧــﻼ ً ﺑﺛﻘــﺔ أﻳــﺔ دوﻟــﺔ ﻋﺿــو ﻣــن أﻋﺿــﺎﺋﻪ أو أي ﺷــﺧص اﺳــﺗﻘﻳت ﻣﻧــﻪ ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت، أو ﻳﺳﻲء إﻟﻰ ﺣﺳن ﺳﻳر أﻋﻣﺎﻟﻪ. اﻋﺎة أﻳﺔ ﺗرﺗﻳﺑـﺎت ﻗـد ﻳﻘﺗﺿـﻳﻬﺎ اﻷﻣـر ﻟﻠﺣﻔـﺎظ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺳـرﻳﺔ ﺑﻌـض -٢ﻣﻊ ﻣر اﻟﻣواد ﺗﺗﺑـﺎدﻝ اﻷﻣﺎﻧـﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣـﺔ ﻟﻛـﻝ ﻣـن اﻟوﻛﺎﻟـﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳـﺔ ﻟﻠطﺎﻗـﺔ اﻟذرﻳـﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻣﺞ اﻟﻌﻣـﻝ اﻟﻣزﻣـﻊ اﻟﻘﻳـﺎم ﺑﻬـﺎ واﻟﺗـﻲ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻠوﻣـﺎت ﻛﺎﻣﻠـﺔ ﻋـن ﺟﻣﻳـﻊ اﻷﻧﺷـطﺔ وﺑـر ﺗﻛون ذات أﻫﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻠطرﻓﻳن. -٣ﻳﺗﺧــذ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ واﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻠوﻛﺎﻟــﺔ ء ﻋﻠــﻰ طﻠ ــب أي ﻣــن اﻟط ــرﻓﻳن ،اﻟﺗ ــداﺑﻳر اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ ﻟﻠطﺎﻗ ــﺔ اﻟذرﻳــﺔ أو ﻣﻣﺛﻠوﻫﻣ ــﺎ ،ﺑﻧ ــﺎ ً اﻟﻼزﻣــﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺷــﺎور ﺑﺷــﺄن ﻗﻳــﺎم أي ﻣــن اﻟطــرﻓﻳن ﺑﺗﻘــدﻳم أﻳــﺔ ﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت ﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﻗــد ﺗﻬــم اﻟطرف اﻵﺧر.
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
68
اج ﺑﻧود ﻓﻲ ﺟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ اح إدر اﺑﻌﺔ -اﻗﺗر اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟر ج ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ات ﺗﻣﻬﻳدﻳﺔ ،ﺗدر اء ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠزم ﻣن ﻣﺷﺎور ﺑﻌد إﺟر ﺟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ اﻟﻣؤﻗت ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺗﻬـﺎ أو ﻟﻣﺟﻠﺳـﻬﺎ اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳـذي اﻟﺑﻧـود اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﻘﺗرﺣﻬـﺎ ﻋﻠﻳﻬـﺎ ج اﻟوﻛﺎﻟ ــﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳ ــﺔ ﻟﻠطﺎﻗ ــﺔ اﻟذرﻳ ــﺔ ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟوﻛﺎﻟ ــﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳ ــﺔ ﻟﻠطﺎﻗ ــﺔ اﻟذرﻳ ــﺔ .وﺑﺎﻟﻣﺛ ــﻝ ﺗ ــدر ﻫــﺎ اﻟﻌــﺎم أو ﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ﻣﺣﺎﻓظﻳﻬــﺎ اﻟﺑﻧــود اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻘﺗرﺣﻬــﺎ ﺟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣــﺎﻝ اﻟﻣؤﻗــت ﻟﻣؤﺗﻣر ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ .وﺗرﻓــق ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳــﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻳﻘــدﻣﻬﺎ أﺣــد اﻟطــرﻓﻳن إﻟــﻰ اﻟطــرف ة ﺗﻔﺳﻳرﻳﺔ. اﻵﺧر ﻟﺑﺣﺛﻬﺎ ﻣذﻛر
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺧﺎﻣﺳﺔ -اﻟﺗﻌﺎون ﺑﻳن اﻷﻣﺎﻧﺗﻳن اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺗﻳن ﺗﻘــﻳم اﻷﻣﺎﻧــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ ﻟﻛــﻝ ﻣــن اﻟوﻛﺎﻟــﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ ﻟﻠطﺎﻗــﺔ اﻟذرﻳــﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ان اﻟﻌﺎﻣـﺎن اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻋﻣﻝ وﺛﻳﻘﺔ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣﺎ وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺗرﺗﻳﺑﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻔق ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ اﻟﻣـدﻳر ة ﺧﺎﺻــﺔ أن ﺗﻧﺷــﺄ ﻟﺟــﺎن ﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﺔ ﻋﻧــد ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺗــﻳن ﺑــﻳن ﺣــﻳن وآﺧــر .وﻳﺟــوز ﺑﺻــور ة ﻟﻛﻼ اﻟطرﻓﻳن. اﺳﺔ اﻟﻣﺳﺎﺋﻝ ذات اﻷﻫﻣﻳﺔ اﻟﻛﺑﻳر اﻻﻗﺗﺿﺎء ﻟدر
ي اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺳﺎدﺳﺔ -اﻟﺗﻌﺎون اﻟﻔﻧﻲ واﻹدار -١ﺗواﻓق اﻟوﻛﺎﻟﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻠطﺎﻗﺔ اﻟذرﻳﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ أن ى ﻣــن ﺣــﻳن ﻵﺧــر ﺑﺷــﺄن اﺳــﺗﺧدام اﻟﻣــوظﻔﻳن واﻟﻣ ـوارد ﺗﺗﺷــﺎور ﻛــﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣــﺎ ﻣــﻊ اﻷﺧــر رﻓـق وﺧـدﻣﺎت ﻣﺗﻧﺎﻓﺳـﺔ ةﻣا وادار ـﺎء ﺷ إﻧ ـب ﻧ ﻟﺗﺟ ـرق ط اﻟ ـب ﻋﻠﻰ أﻓﺿﻝ وﺟﻪ وﺑﺷـﺄن أﻧﺳ ٕ أو ﺗﻘوم ﺑﻧﻔس اﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ. -٢ﺗواﻓق اﻟوﻛﺎﻟﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻠطﺎﻗﺔ اﻟذرﻳﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ أن اﻟﺗ ــداﺑﻳر اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﺗﺗﺧ ــذاﻧﻬﺎ ﻓ ــﻲ إط ــﺎر اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑ ــﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ــﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻌ ــﺎون ﻓﻳﻣ ــﺎ ﻳﺧ ــﺗص ﺑﺷ ــؤون اﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن اﻟﺗﻲ وﺿﻌﺗﻬﺎ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ،ﺳوف ﺗﺗﺿﻣن ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ: ﺗداﺑﻳر ﻟﺗﺟﻧب اﻟﺗﻧﺎﻓس ﻓﻲ اﺧﺗﻳﺎر ﻣوظﻔﻳﻬﻣﺎ؛
)أ(
)ب( ﺗــداﺑﻳر ﻟﺗﻳﺳــﻳر ﺗﺑــﺎدﻝ اﻟﻣــوظﻔﻳن ﻋﻠــﻰ أﺳــﺎس ﻣؤﻗــت أو داﺋــم ،ﺣــﻳن ﻳﻛون ﻫﻧﺎك ﻣﺣـﻝ ﻟـذﻟك ،ﺑﻐﻳـﺔ ﺗﺣﻘﻳـق أﻛﺑـر ﻓﺎﺋـدة ﻣﻣﻛﻧـﺔ ﻣـن ﺧـدﻣﺎﺗﻬم ،ﻣـﻊ ﻫــﺎ ﻣــن ﺣﻘــوق اﻟﻣــوظﻔﻳن رﻋـﺎة اﻷﻗــدﻣﻳﺎت وﺣﻘــوق اﻟﻣﻌﺎﺷــﺎت اﻟﺗﻘﺎﻋدﻳـﺔ وﻏﻳر ﻣا اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳﻳن.
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻌﺔ -اﻟﺧدﻣﺎت اﻹﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻏــوب ﻓﻳــﻪ ﺗﺣﻘﻳــق أﻛﺑــر ﻗــدر ﻣﻣﻛــن ﻣــن اﻟﺗﻌــﺎون ﻓــﻲ ر إﻟــﻰ أن ﻣــن اﻟﻣر ﻧظ ـ ا ﻣﺟﺎﻝ اﻹﺣﺻﺎء وﺗﺧﻔﻳض اﻷﻋﺑﺎء اﻟﻣﻠﻘﺎة ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺗق اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﺎت اﻟوطﻧﻳـﺔ واﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺎت ى اﻟﺗﻲ ﻗد ﺗﺳﺗﻘﻰ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت ،إﻟﻰ أدﻧﻰ ﺣد ﻣﻣﻛـن ،ﺗﺗﻌﻬـد اﻟوﻛﺎﻟـﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳـﺔ اﻷﺧر
69
اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن اﻟوﻛﺎﻟﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻠطﺎﻗﺔ اﻟذرﻳﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
رﻋـ ــﺎة اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑـ ــﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣـ ــﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻌـ ــﺎون ﻟﻠطﺎﻗـ ــﺔ اﻟذرﻳـ ــﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـ ــﺔ ،ﻣـ ــﻊ ﻣ ا ﻏـوب ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣـﺎ ﻓﻳﻣـﺎ اﻹﺣﺻﺎﺋﻲ اﻟﺗﻲ وﺿـﻌﺗﻬﺎ اﻷﻣـم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة ﻟﺗﻔـﺎدي اﻻزدواج ﻏﻳـر اﻟﻣر ﻳﺗﻌﻠق ﺑﺟﻣﻊ وﺗﺻﻧﻳف وﻧﺷر اﻹﺣﺻﺎءات ،ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺷـﺎور ﻣﻌـﺎ ﺑﺷـﺄن اﺳـﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣـﺎت واﻟﻣ ـوارد واﻟﻣــوظﻔﻳن اﻟﻔﻧﻳــﻳن ﺑﺄﻗﺻــﻰ ﻛﻔــﺎءة ﻣﻣﻛﻧــﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﻣﺟــﺎﻝ اﻹﺣﺻــﺎءات وﺑﺷــﺄن ﺟﻣﻳﻊ اﻟﻣﺷروﻋﺎت اﻹﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻧﺎوﻝ ﻣﺳﺎﺋﻝ ذات أﻫﻣﻳﺔ ﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻣﻧﺔ -ﺗﻣوﻳﻝ اﻟﺧدﻣﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ إذا ﺗرﺗ ــب أو ﻛ ــﺎن ﺳ ــﻳﺗرﺗب ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻻﺳ ــﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻟطﻠ ــب ﻣﺳ ــﺎﻋدة ﺗﻘدﻣ ــﻪ إﺣ ــدى ى ة ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﺳـﺗﺟﻳب ﻟﻠطﻠـب ،ﺗﺟـر ى ﻧﻔﻘـﺎت ﻛﺑﻳـر اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗﻳن إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﺧر ات ﻟﺗﺣدﻳد أﻋدﻝ طرﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻧﻔﻘﺎت. ﻣﺷﺎور
ﻋﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺗﺎﺳﻌﺔ -اﻟﻣﻛﺎﺗب اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ واﻟﻔر ر ﺗواﻓق ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ واﻟوﻛﺎﻟﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻠطﺎﻗﺔ اﻟذرﻳﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ أن ﺗﺗﺷـﺎو ا ﻟﻠ ــدﺧوﻝ ،ﺣﻳﺛﻣـــﺎ أﻣﻛ ــن ،ﻓ ــﻲ ﺗرﺗﻳﺑـــﺎت ﺗﻌﺎوﻧﻳ ــﺔ ﺑﺷ ــﺄن اﺳ ــﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ أي ﻣ ــن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗـــﻳن ﻟﻠﻣﺑـ ــﺎﻧﻲ وﻟﺧـ ــدﻣﺎت اﻟﺗزوﻳـ ــد ﺑـ ــﺎﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن واﻟﺧـ ــدﻣﺎت اﻟﻣﺷـ ــﺗرﻛﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻛﺎﺗـ ــب اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳـ ــﺔ أو ى ﻗد أﻧﺷﺄﺗﻬﺎ أو ﻗد ﺗﻧﺷؤﻫﺎ ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﺑﻌد. ﻋﻳﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻛون اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﺧر اﻟﻔر
ة -ﺗﻧﻔﻳذ اﻻﺗﻔﺎق اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﻌﺎﺷر ﻟﻠﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻠوﻛﺎﻟـﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳـﺔ ﻟﻠطﺎﻗـﺔ اﻟذرﻳـﺔ وﻟﻠﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم ﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ أن ﻳﺗﺧــذا ﻣــن اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت ﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذ ﻫــذا اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ﻣــﺎ ﻳرﻳﺎﻧــﻪ ﻣﻼﺋﻣ ـﺎً ﻣــن واﻗــﻊ اﻟﺗﺟرﺑﺔ اﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺗﻳن.
ة -إﺑﻼغ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة واﻹﻳداع واﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺣﺎدﻳﺔ ﻋﺷر -١ﺗﺑﻠً ـﻎ اﻟوﻛﺎﻟــﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ ﻟﻠطﺎﻗــﺔ اﻟذرﻳــﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ،اﻷﻣــم ا ،وذﻟـك طﺑﻘـﺎً ﻟﻼﺗﻔـﺎق اﻟﻣﻌﻘـود ﺑـﻳن ﻛـﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣـﺎ واﻷﻣـم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﺑﺄﺣﻛﺎم ﻫذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﻓـور اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة. -٢ﻳﺑﻠّــﻎ ﻫــذا اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ،ﻋﻧــد دﺧوﻟــﻪ ﻓــﻲ ﺣﻳــز اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذ ،إﻟــﻰ اﻷﻣــﻳن اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻸﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﻹﻳداﻋﻪ وﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻪ طﺑﻘﺎً ﻟﻠﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻸﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة.
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
70
ة -اﻟﺗﻌدﻳﻝ واﻹﻧﻬﺎء اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻋﺷر -١ﻳﺟــوز ﺗﻌــدﻳﻝ ﻫــذا اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ﺑﻣواﻓﻘــﺔ ﻛــﻝ ﻣــن ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ء ﻋﻠﻰ طﻠب أي ﻣن اﻟطرﻓﻳن. واﻟوﻛﺎﻟﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻠطﺎﻗﺔ اﻟذرﻳﺔ ﺑﻧﺎ ً -٢إذا ﻟـ ــم ﻳﻣﻛـ ــن اﻟﺗوﺻـ ــﻝ إﻟـ ــﻰ اﺗﻔـ ــﺎق ﺑﺷـ ــﺄن اﻟﺗﻌـ ــدﻳﻝ ،ﻳﺟـ ــوز ﻷي ﻣـ ــن اﻟطــرﻓﻳن إﻧﻬــﺎء اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ﻓــﻲ ٣١ﻛــﺎﻧون اﻷوﻝ /دﻳﺳــﻣﺑر ﻣــن أي ﻋــﺎم ﺑﺈﺧطــﺎر ﻳرﺳــﻠﻪ ان /ﻳوﻧﻳو ﻣن ﻧﻔس اﻟﻌﺎم. إﻟﻰ اﻟطرف اﻵﺧر ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ﻻ ﻳﺗﺟﺎوز ٣٠ﺣزﻳر
ة -اﻟﻧﻔﺎذ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ ﻋﺷر ﻳﺻــﺑﺢ ﻫ ــذا اﻻﺗﻔ ــﺎق ﻧﺎﻓ ــذاً ﻣﺗ ــﻰ واﻓ ــق ﻋﻠﻳ ــﻪ ﻛ ــﻝ ﻣ ــن اﻟﻣ ــؤﺗﻣر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم ﻟﻠوﻛﺎﻟ ــﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻠطﺎﻗﺔ اﻟذرﻳﺔ وﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ.
ــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ
اﻋﻳﺔ اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن اﻟﺻﻧدوق اﻟدوﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺗﻧﻣﻳﺔ اﻟزر وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ١ ﺣﻳ ــث إن ﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ )اﻟﻣﺷ ــﺎر إﻟﻳﻬ ــﺎ ﻓﻳﻣ ــﺎ ﺑﻌ ــد ﺑ ـ ـ "اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ"( اﻋﻳـﺔ )اﻟﻣﺷـﺎر إﻟﻳـﻪ ﻓﻳﻣـﺎ ﺑﻌـد ﺑ ـ"اﻟﺻﻧدوق"( ﻟﻬﻣـﺎ اﻫﺗﻣـﺎم واﻟﺻﻧدوق اﻟدوﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺗﻧﻣﻳﺔ اﻟزر ﻣﺷــﺗرك ﺑرﻓﺎﻫــﺔ وﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﺷــﻌوب ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺑﻠــدان اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء ﺑﻬﻣــﺎ ،وﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺑﻠــدان اﻷﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﻧﺎﻣﻳﺔ، ى ﻣن أﺟﻝ ﺗﺣﻘﻳـق ﻏب ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﻌﺎون ﻣﻊ اﻷﺧر وﺣﻳث إن ﻛﻼً ﻣن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗﻳن ﺗر أﻫداﻓﻬﻣﺎ اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ، وﺣﻳــث إن اﻟﻣــﺎدة )٢ب( ﻣــن دﺳــﺗور اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﺗــﻧص ،ﻓــﻲ ﺟﻣﻠــﺔ أﻣــور ،ﻋﻠــﻰ أﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﻳم ﺗﻌﺎوﻧﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻻ ﻣﻊ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ووﻛﺎﻻﺗﻬﺎ اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ ،وﺗﻌﻣـﻝ ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻟﺣﻔـﺎظ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫذا اﻟﺗﻌﺎون، وﺣﻳــث إن اﻟﻣــﺎدة ،٨اﻟﻘﺳــم ،٢ﻣــن اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق اﻟﺧــﺎص ﺑﺈﻧﺷــﺎء اﻟﺻــﻧدوق ﺗــﻧص ﻋﻠﻰ أﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻳم ﺗﻌﺎوﻧﺎً وﺛﻳﻘﺎً ﻣﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣﺎت ﻣﻧظوﻣﺔ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة، ﻓﻘد اﺗﻔق ﻛﻝ ﻣن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ واﻟﺻﻧدوق ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ:
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻷوﻟﻰ -اﺧﺗﺻﺎص اﻟطرﻓﻳن ١-١ﺗﻌﺗــرف اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟــدور اﻟﺧــﺎص ﻟﻠﺻــﻧدوق ﻓــﻲ ﺗﻌﺑﺋــﺔ ﻣ ـوارد إﺿــﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﺗﺗ ـﺎح اﻋﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺑﻠدان اﻟﻧﺎﻣﻳﺔ ﻣـن أﻋﺿـﺎﺋﻪ ﻋﻠـﻰ أن ﻳوﺟـﻪ ذﻟـك ﺑﺷروط ﺗﺳﻬﻳﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻧﻣﻳﺔ اﻟزر اﻣﺞ اﻟﻣﺻـﻣﻣﺔ ﺧﺻﻳﺻـﺎً ﻹدﺧــﺎﻝ وﺗوﺳـﻳﻊ وﺗﺣﺳـﻳن ﻧظــم أﺳﺎﺳـﺎً إﻟـﻰ اﻟﻣﺷـروﻋﺎت واﻟﺑـر إﻧﺗــﺎج اﻷﻏذﻳــﺔ وﻟﺗــدﻋﻳم اﻟﺳﻳﺎﺳــﺎت واﻟﻣؤﺳﺳــﺎت ذات اﻟﺻــﻠﺔ داﺧــﻝ إطــﺎر اﻷوﻟوﻳــﺎت اﺗﻳﺟﻳﺎت اﻟوطﻧﻳــﺔ ،ﻣــﻊ اﻷﺧــذ ﻓــﻲ اﻻﻋﺗﺑــﺎر :اﻟﺣﺎﺟــﺔ إﻟــﻰ زﻳــﺎدة إﻧﺗــﺎج اﻷﻏذﻳــﺔ واﻻﺳــﺗر واﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳــﺔ زﻳـﺎدة إﻧﺗــﺎج اﻷﻏذﻳــﺔ ﻓــﻲ ـﺔ ـ ﻳ اﻷﻏذ ـص ﻘ ﻧ ـن ـ ﻣ ـﺎﻧﻲ ـ ﻌ ﺗ ـﻲ ﺗ اﻟ ـدان ـ ﻠ اﻟﺑ ـر ﻓـﻲ أﻓﻘـ ٕ ى؛ وأﻫﻣﻳﺔ ﺗﺣﺳﻳن اﻟﻣﺳﺗوى اﻟﻐذاﺋﻲ ﻷﻓﻘر اﻟﺳﻛﺎن ﻓـﻲ اﻟﺑﻠـدان اﻟﺑﻠدان اﻟﻧﺎﻣﻳﺔ اﻷﺧر اﻟﻧﺎﻣﻳﺔ وأﺣواﻟﻬم اﻟﻣﻌﻳﺷﻳﺔ. ٢-١وﻳﻌﺗ ــرف اﻟﺻ ــﻧدوق ﺑﺎﻟ ــدور اﻟﺧ ــﺎص ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﻌﻣ ــﻝ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﻲ اﻟ ــدوﻟﻲ، وﺑﺻــﻔﺔ ﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﻣﻳــﺎدﻳن ﻣﺛــﻝ ﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﺳــﻛﺎن اﻟ ـرﻳﻔﻳﻳن وﺗﺣﺳــﻳن اﻟﺗﻐذﻳــﺔ وﻣﻛﺎﻓﺣــﺔ اض اﻟﺳﺎرﻳﺔ. اﻷﻣر ار ١اﻋﺗﻣدﺗ ــﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻﺣـ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛ ــﺔ واﻟﺛﻼﺛـ ــون ﻓ ــﻲ ٢٣أﻳ ــﺎر /ﻣـ ــﺎﻳو ١٩٨٠ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﻘ ـ ـر ج ص ع.٢١-٣٣ 71
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
72
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ -اﻟﺗﺷﺎور واﻟﺗﻌﺎون ١-٢ﺗﺗﻔ ــق اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ واﻟﺻ ــﻧدوق ﻋﻠ ــﻰ أن ﻳﺣ ــﻳط ﻛ ــﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣ ــﺎ اﻵﺧ ــر ﻋﻠﻣـ ـﺎً ﺑﺻ ــﻔﺔ اﻋﻳــﺔ ،وﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﻣﻧﺗظﻣــﺔ ﻋــن أﻧﺷــطﺗﻪ ذات اﻻﻫﺗﻣــﺎم اﻟﻣﺗﺑــﺎدﻝ ﻓــﻲ ﻣﺟــﺎﻝ اﻟﺗﻧﻣﻳــﺔ اﻟزر ﻓﻲ اﻟﺑﻠدان اﻟﻧﺎﻣﻳﺔ ذات اﻟﻌﺿوﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ. اﻣﺞ واﻟﻣﺷــروﻋﺎت ﻋﻲ اﻧﺗﺑــﺎﻩ اﻟﺻــﻧدوق إﻟــﻰ اﻟﺑ ـر ٢-٢ﺗﻌﻣــﻝ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ أن ﺗﺳــﺗر اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻳﺑــدو أﻧﻬــﺎ ﻣﻧﺎﺳــﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺣﺻــوﻝ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻣﺳــﺎﻋدة اﻟﺻــﻧدوق ،ﻛﻣــﺎ ﺳــﻳﻌﻣﻝ اﻟﺻــﻧدوق اﻣﺞ واﻟﻣﺷــروﻋﺎت ﺑﻘــدر اﻹﻣﻛــﺎن ﻋﻠــﻰ إﺣﺎطــﺔ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻋﻠﻣ ـﺎً ﺑﺷــﺄن ﻣﻼءﻣــﺔ ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﺑ ـر ﻟﻠﺣﺻوﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺳﺎﻋدة اﻟﺻﻧدوق. ٣-٢ﻳﺗم ﺗﻧﻔﻳذ أي ﻧﺷﺎط ﻳﺗﻌﺎون ﻓﻳﻪ اﻟطرﻓﺎن طﺑﻘﺎً ﻟﺳﻳﺎﺳﺎت وﻟواﺋﺢ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗﻳن.
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ -ﻣﺟﺎﻻت اﻟﺗﻌﺎون ى ﻳﺗﻔق اﻟطرﻓﺎن ﻋﻠﻰ اﻋﺗﺑﺎر اﻷﻧﺷـطﺔ ١-٣دون اﻹﺧﻼﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻌﺎون ﻓﻲ ﻣﻳﺎدﻳن أﺧر اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻛﻣﻳﺎدﻳن ﻣﺣﺗﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺎون اﻟﻣﺷﺗرك: اﻣﺞ واﻟﻣﺷـــروﻋﺎت اﻟﻣﺻ ــﻣﻣﺔ ﻟزﻳ ــﺎدة إﻧﺗـــﺎج اﻷﻏذﻳ ــﺔ ﻋﻠ ــﻰ أن ﻳﻛ ــون ١-١-٣اﻟﺑـ ـر ﺗﺣﺳﻳن اﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻐذاﺋﻳﺔ ﻣﻛوﻧﺎ أﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ،وﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻳن اﻟﺳﻛﺎن اﻟرﻳﻔﻳﻳن؛ ء ﻣـ ــن اءات واﻻﺣﺗﻳﺎطـ ــﺎت اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﻳﺔ اﻟﺑﻳﺋﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﻼﺋﻣـ ــﺔ ﻛﺟـ ــز ٢-١-٣ﺗﻌزﻳـ ــز اﻹﺟ ـ ـر اض اﻟﺗـﻲ ﻳﻧﻘﻠﻬـﺎ اﻟﻣـﺎء اﻋﻳﺔ ،ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟك ﺗـوﻗﻲ وﻣﻛﺎﻓﺣـﺔ اﻷﻣـر ﻣﺷروﻋﺎت اﻟﺗﻧﻣﻳﺔ اﻟزر ﻫــﺎ ﻣــن ي وﻏﻳر ﻫﺎ ﻣﺷــروﻋﺎت اﻟــر اض اﻟﺳــﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻗــد ﺗﺳــﻬﻝ اﻧﺗﺷــﺎر ﻫــﺎ ﻣــن اﻷﻣـر وﻏﻳر اﻋﻳﺔ؛ ﻣﺷروﻋﺎت اﻟﺗﻧﻣﻳﺔ اﻟزر اﻣﺞ اﻟﺗﻧﻣﻳ ــﺔ اﻟرﻳﻔﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﺗﺗﺿ ــﻣن ﺗﺣﺳ ــﻳن اﻷﺣـ ـواﻝ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﻳﺔ وﺗ ــوﻓﻳر ٣-١-٣ﺑـ ـر اﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻛﻌﻧﺎﺻر أﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ.
اﺑﻌﺔ -طرق اﻟﺗﻌﺎون اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟر رﻋــﺎة اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت اﻟﺿــرورﻳﺔ ﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳــﺔ ﺳـرﻳﺔ أﻳــﺔ ﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت أو وﺛــﺎﺋق ،ﻳﻘــوم ١-٤ﻣــﻊ ﻣ ا ﻛــﻝ ﻣــن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ واﻟﺻــﻧدوق ﺑﺗزوﻳــد اﻟطــرف اﻵﺧــر ﺑﺎﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧــﺎت واﻟوﺛــﺎﺋق واﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ ﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذ أي ﻧﺷﺎط ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿﻰ ﻫذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق. ﻏـوب ٢-٤ﻳﺗﺑﺎدﻝ اﻟطرﻓﺎن ﺗﻘدﻳم اﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋدة ،إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣدى اﻟـذي ﻳﺗﻔﻘـﺎن ﻋﻠـﻰ أﻧـﻪ ﻣر ﻓﻳﻪ ،ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﻳﺎدﻳن ذات اﻻﻫﺗﻣﺎم اﻟﻣﺷﺗرك. أى ذﻟ ــك ﻣﻼﺋﻣـ ـﺎً ،إﻟ ــﻰ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ أن ﺗﺳ ــﺎﻋدﻩ ﻓ ــﻲ ٣-٤ﻳطﻠ ــب اﻟﺻ ــﻧدوق ،ﺣﻳﺛﻣ ــﺎ ر اﻟﻣﻬــﺎم اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘــﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﺷــطﺗﻪ اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذﻳــﺔ ،ﺑﻐــرض ﺿــﻣﺎن وﺗﺳــﻬﻳﻝ اﻟﺗﻌــﺎون ﺑــﻳن اﻟطــرﻓﻳن
73
اﻋﻳﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن اﻟﺻﻧدوق اﻟدوﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺗﻧﻣﻳﺔ اﻟزر
رﺣ ــﻝ اﻟﻣﺷ ــروﻋﺎت ذات اﻷﻫﻣﻳ ــﺔ ﺣﺳ ــﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﻛ ــون ﻣﻼﺋﻣ ــﺎ ﻓ ــﻲ ﺗﺧط ــﻳط وﺗﻧﻔﻳ ــذ وﺗﻘﻳ ــﻳم ﻣ ا اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ ﻟدى اﻟطرﻓﻳن. ٤-٤ﻳــﺗم اﻟﺗﻌــﺎون اﻟﺗــﺎم ﺑــﻳن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ واﻟﺻــﻧدوق ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿــﻰ اﻟﻘواﻋــد واﻟﺷــروط اﻟﺗــﻲ ات ﻳرﺗﺿﻳﻬﺎ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ .وﺳوف ﻳﻔﻳد اﻟﺻﻧدوق ،ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﻳﺎم ﺑوظﺎﺋﻔﻪ ،ﻣن ﺧدﻣﺎت وﺧﺑـر ى ذﻟك ﻣﻼﺋﻣﺎً. اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ،ﺣﻳﺛﻣﺎ ﻳر
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺧﺎﻣﺳﺔ -اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑﺎت اﻹدارﻳﺔ ١-٥ﺗﺗﻌ ــﺎون اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ واﻟﺻ ــﻧدوق ﻋﻠ ــﻰ وﺿ ــﻊ اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑ ــﺎت اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﻳرﻳﺎﻧﻬ ــﺎ ﺿ ــرورﻳﺔ ﻹﻗﺎﻣــﺔ اﺗﺻــﺎﻻت ﻓﻌﺎﻟــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﻣﺳــﺗوى اﻟﻔﻧــﻲ واﻟﺗﻧﺳــﻳﻘﻲ ،ﺑﻣــﺎ ﻓــﻲ ذﻟــك ﻣــﺎ ﻳﻠــزم ﻣــن ات اﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣﻘر اﻟرﺋﻳﺳﻲ واﻟﻣﻛﺎﺗب اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ. زﻳﺎر
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺳﺎدﺳﺔ -ﺗﺑﺎدﻝ اﻟﺗﻣﺛﻳﻝ ات ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ، ١-٦ﺗــدﻋو اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﻧدوق إﻟــﻰ أن ﻳﻣﺛــﻝ ﻓــﻲ دور اف اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ واﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻛــون ذات أﻫﻣﻳــﺔ ﻫــﺎ ﻣــن اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋــﺎت اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻌﻘــد ﺗﺣــت إﺷ ـر وﻏﻳر ﻻﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺷ ــﺄن ﺑﻧ ــود ﺟ ــداوﻝ واﻟ ــﻰ أن ﻳﺷ ــﺎرك دون ﺣ ــق اﻟﺗﺻ ــوﻳت ﻓ ــﻲ ﻣ ــداو ـﻧدوق، ﻟﻠﺻ ـ ٕ أﻋﻣﺎﻟﻬﺎ اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻬﺗم ﺑﻬﺎ اﻟﺻﻧدوق. ﻫـﺎ ٢-٦ﻳدﻋو اﻟﺻﻧدوق اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ إﻟﻰ أن ﺗﻣﺛﻝ ﻓﻲ اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋـﺎت ﻣﺟﻠـس إدارﺗـﻪ ،وﻏﻳر اف اﻟﺻـﻧدوق واﻟﺗـﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻘﺗﺻـر ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء ﻣن اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻘد ﺗﺣـت إﺷـر واﻟ ــﻰ أن ﺗﺷ ــﺎرك دون ﺣ ــق اﻟﺗﺻ ــوﻳت ﻓ ــﻲ ـﺔ، ـ اﻟﻘ ــﺎﻧوﻧﻳﻳن وﺗﻛ ــون ذات أﻫﻣﻳ ــﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣ ٕ ﻻﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺷﺄن ﺑﻧود ﺟداوﻝ أﻋﻣﺎﻟﻬﺎ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻬﺗم ﺑﻬﺎ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ. ﻣداو
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻌﺔ -اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑﺎت اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ة ﻟﻠﻣ ــوظﻔﻳن وأﻳ ــﺔ ١-٧ﻳﺳ ــدد اﻟﺻ ــﻧدوق إﻟ ــﻰ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ ﺟﻣﻳ ــﻊ اﻟﻧﻔﻘ ــﺎت اﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷـ ـر ة ،ﻣﺛــﻝ اﻟﺳــﻔر وﺑــدﻝ اﻟﺳــﻔر اﻟﻳــوﻣﻲ ،ﻟﻠﺧــدﻣﺎت اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻧﻔﻘــﺎت إﺿــﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﻏﻳــر ﻣﺑﺎﺷ ـر ء ﻋﻠــﻰ طﻠــب ﻣﺣــدد ﻣــن اﻟﺻــﻧدوق ،وطﺑﻘ ـﺎً ﻟﻠﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳــﺔ ﺗؤدﻳﻬــﺎ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﺑﻧــﺎ ً اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻔق ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﻳن اﻟطرﻓﻳن.
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻣﻧﺔ -أﺣﻛﺎم ﺧﺗﺎﻣﻳﺔ ي ﻫذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﻣن ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ﺗوﻗﻳﻌﻪ ﻣن ﻗﺑـﻝ اﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠـﻳن اﻟﻣﻔوﺿـﻳن رﺳـﻣﻳﺎً ﻋـن ١-٨ﻳﺳر اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ واﻟﺻﻧدوق. اءات اﻟدﺳــﺗورﻳﺔ ﻟﻛــﻝ ٢-٨ﻳﺟــوز ﺗﻌــدﻳﻝ ﻫــذا اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ﺑﻣواﻓﻘــﺔ اﻟطــرﻓﻳن طﺑﻘ ـﺎً ﻟﻺﺟ ـر ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ.
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
74
٣-٨ﻳﺟوز إﻧﻬﺎء ﻫذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻣواﻓﻘﺔ اﻟطرﻓﻳن ،ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﺟوز أن ﻳﺧطر أﺣـد اﻟطـرﻓﻳن ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎﺋ ــﻪ ﺑﺗﻘ ــدﻳم إﺷ ــﻌﺎر ﻛﺗ ــﺎﺑﻲ ﻣدﺗ ــﻪ ﺳ ــﺗﺔ ﺷ ــﻬور إﻟ ــﻰ اﻟط ــرف اﻵﺧ ــر .وﺑ ــدون اﻟﺗﻘﻳ ــد ﺑﺎﻧﻘﺿــﺎء اﻹﺷــﻌﺎر ﺑﺎﻹﻧﻬــﺎء ،ﻳواﻓــق اﻟطرﻓــﺎن ﻋﻠــﻰ أن ﺗظــﻝ أﺣﻛــﺎم ﻫــذا اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ﻧﺎﻓــذة اﻟﻣﻔﻌوﻝ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺣد اﻟﻼزم ﻻﺳﺗﻛﻣﺎﻝ أي ﻧﺷﺎط ﺑوﺷر وﻓﻘﺎً ﻟﻬذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق. ٤-٨ﻳﺟوز ﻟﻠﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ ورﺋـﻳس اﻟﺻـﻧدوق أن ﻳﺗﺧـذا أﻳـﺔ ﺗرﺗﻳﺑـﺎت ﺗﻛﻣﻳﻠﻳـﺔ ة اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذﻳـﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺗـﻳن ﻣـن ﻏوﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿوء اﻟﺧﺑـر داﺧﻝ ﻧطﺎق ﻫذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﻗد ﺗﻛون ﻣر أﺟﻝ ﺗﻧﻔﻳذ ﻫذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق. اﻋﻳــﺔ واﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم إﺛﺑﺎﺗـﺎً ﻟﻣــﺎ ﺗﻘــدم وﻗّــﻊ رﺋــﻳس اﻟﺻــﻧدوق اﻟــدوﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺗﻧﻣﻳــﺔ اﻟزر ﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻫــذا اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ﻣــن ﻧﺳــﺧﺗﻳن ،ﺑــﺎﻟﻠﻐﺗﻳن اﻟﻔرﻧﺳــﻳﺔ واﻹﻧﻛﻠﻳزﻳــﺔ، وﻳﻌﺗﺑر اﻟﻧﺻﺎن ﻣﺗﺳﺎوﻳﺎن ﻓﻲ اﻟﺣﺟﻳﺔ.
ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ اﻟدﻛﺗور ﻫﺎﻓدان ﻣﺎﻫﻠر اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم
اﻋﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﻧدوق اﻟدوﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺗﻧﻣﻳﺔ اﻟزر ي ﻋﺑد اﻟﻣﺣﺳن م .اﻟﺳدﻳر اﻟرﺋﻳس
ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ
وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﻟﻠﺗﻧﻣﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ١
اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﺎدة - ١اﻟﺗﻌﺎون واﻟﺗﺷﺎور
ﺗﺗﻔ ــق ﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ )اﻟﻣﺷ ــﺎر إﻟﻳﻬ ــﺎ ﻓﻳﻣ ــﺎ ﻳﻠ ــﻲ ﺑﺎﺳ ــم "اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ"( وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﻟﻠﺗﻧﻣﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ )اﻟﻣﺷـﺎر إﻟﻳﻬـﺎ ﻓﻳﻣـﺎ ﻳﻠـﻲ ﺑﺎﺳـم "اﻟﻳوﻧﻳـدو"( غ اﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ ﻟﻸﻫداف اﻟﻣﺣددة ﻓـﻲ اﻟﺻـﻛوك اﻟﻣﻧﺷـﺋﺔ ﻟﻛـﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣـﺎ، ﻣن أﺟﻝ ﺗﻳﺳﻳر اﻟﺑﻠو وذﻟــك ﻓــﻲ ﻧطــﺎق اﻹطــﺎر اﻟــذي وﺿــﻌﻪ ﻣﻳﺛــﺎق اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة وﺻــﻛوك إﻧﺷــﺎء ﻛــﻝ ى وﺗﺗﺷــﺎور ﻛــﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣــﺎ ﻣﻧﻬﻣــﺎ ﻋﻠــﻰ أن ﺗﻌﻣــﻝ ﻛــﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣــﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻌــﺎون اﻟوﺛﻳــق ﻣــﻊ اﻷﺧــر ى ﺑﺎﻧﺗظﺎم ﺑﺷﺄن اﻟﻣﺳﺎﺋﻝ ذات اﻻﻫﺗﻣﺎم اﻟﻣﺷﺗرك. ﻣﻊ اﻷﺧر
اﻟﻣﺎدة - ٢اﻟﺗﻣﺛﻳﻝ اﻟﻣﺗﺑﺎدﻝ ات ات اﻟﻣ ــؤﺗﻣر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم ودور -١ﻳ ــدﻋﻰ ﻣﻣﺛﻠ ــو اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ إﻟ ــﻰ ﺣﺿ ــور دور ﻻت اك دون ﺣــق اﻟﺗﺻــوﻳت ﻓــﻲ ﻣــداو واﻟــﻰ اﻻﺷــﺗر ﻣﺟﻠــس اﻟﺗﻧﻣﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻳوﻧﻳــدوٕ ، ة ﺑﺷﺄن اﻟﻣﺳﺎﺋﻝ ذات اﻷﻫﻣﻳﺔ اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺔ. ﻫذﻩ اﻷﺟﻬز ات اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳـذي ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ -٢ﻳدﻋﻰ ﻣﻣﺛﻠو اﻟﻳوﻧﻳـدو إﻟـﻰ ﺣﺿـور دور ﻻت اك دون ﺣــق اﻟﺗﺻــوﻳت ﻓــﻲ ﻣــداو واﻟــﻰ اﻻﺷــﺗر ودور ات ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔٕ ، ة ﺑﺷﺄن اﻟﻣﺳﺎﺋﻝ ذات اﻷﻫﻣﻳﺔ اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﻳوﻧﻳدو. ﻫذﻩ اﻷﺟﻬز
اح ﺑﻧود ﻟﺟداوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ اﻟﻣﺎدة - ٣اﻗﺗر اء ى ،وﺑﻌ ــد إﺟـ ـر ء ﻋﻠ ــﻰ طﻠ ــب اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻷﺧ ــر ﺗﻘ ــوم أي ﻣ ــن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗ ــﻳن ،ﺑﻧ ــﺎ ً اج أي ﻣﺳــﺄﻟﺔ ﺗﻛــون ﻗــد أﺣﺎﻟﺗﻬــﺎ إﻟﻳﻬــﺎ ات ﺗﻣﻬﻳدﻳــﺔ ،ﺑــﺈدر ﻣــﺎ ﻳﻘﺗﺿــﻳﻪ اﻷﻣــر ﻣــن ﻣﺷــﺎور ات اﻟﻣﺷــﺎر إﻟﻳﻬــﺎ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻔﻘـرﺗﻳن ١ ى ﻓــﻲ ﺟــداوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣــﺎﻝ اﻟﻣؤﻗﺗــﺔ ﻟﻠــدور اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻷﺧــر و ٢ﻣن اﻟﻣﺎدة .٢
اﻟﻣﺎدة - ٤ﺗﺑﺎدﻝ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت واﻟوﺛﺎﺋق رﻋــﺎة ﻣــﺎ ﻗــد ﻳﻠــزم ﻣــن ﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت ﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳــﺔ اﻟﻣ ـواد اﻟﺳ ـرﻳﺔ ،ﺗﺗﺑــﺎدﻝ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻣــﻊ ﻣ ا واﻟﻳوﻧﻳدو اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت واﻟوﺛﺎﺋق ﻋﻠﻰ أﺗم وأﻋﺟﻝ ﻧﺣو .وﺗﻐطﻲ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣـﺎت اﻟﻣﻘدﻣـﺔ
ار ١أﻗرﺗ ـ ــﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻﺣ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳ ـ ــﺔ واﻷرﺑﻌ ـ ــون ﻓـ ـ ــﻲ ١٩أﻳـ ــﺎر /ﻣـ ــﺎﻳو ١٩٨٩ﻓـ ــﻲ اﻟﻘ ـ ـر ج ص ع.٢١-٤٢ 75
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
76
اﻣﺞ اﻟﻌﻣــﻝ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻗــد ﺗﻛــون ذات أﻫﻣﻳــﺔ ﺑﺷــﻛﻝ ﺧــﺎص ﻛــﻝ اﻷﻧﺷــطﺔ اﻟﻣﺗوﻗﻌــﺔ وﻛــﻝ ﺑ ـر ﻟﻠطرف اﻵﺧر.
اﻟﻣﺎدة - ٥اﻟﺗﻌﺎون ﺑﻳن اﻷﻣﺎﻧﺗﻳن ﺗﻘ ــﻳم أﻣﺎﻧ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ وأﻣﺎﻧ ــﺔ اﻟﻳوﻧﻳ ــدو ﻓﻳﻣ ــﺎ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣ ــﺎ ﻋﻼﻗ ــﺔ ﻋﻣ ــﻝ وﺛﻳﻘ ــﺔ طﺑﻘـ ـﺎً ﻟﻠﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻗــد ﻳﺗﻔــق ﻋﻠﻳﻬــﺎ ،ﻣــن ﺣــﻳن إﻟــﻰ آﺧــر ،اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ واﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻠﻳوﻧﻳدو.
اﻟﻣﺎدة - ٦اﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ ﺑﻳن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ واﻟﻳوﻧﻳدو -١ﻳﺟوز ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺔ واﻟﻳوﻧﻳدو أن ﺗﺣﻳﻼ إﻟـﻰ ﻟﺟﻧـﺔ ﻣﺷـﺗرﻛﺔ أي ﻣﺳـﺄﻟﺔ ذات أﻫﻣﻳﺔ ﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ ﻳﺑدو اﺳﺗﺻواب إﺣﺎﻟﺗﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺛﻝ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ. -٢ﺗﺗﺄﻟف أﻳﺔ ﻟﺟﻧﺔ ﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ ﻛﻬذﻩ ﻣن ﻣﻣﺛﻠﻳن ﺗﻌﻳﻧﻬم ﻛﻝ ﻣن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗـﻳن، وﻳﻘرر ﻋدد اﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠﻳن اﻟذﻳن ﺗﻌﻳﻧﻬم ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣﺎ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة - ٧اﻟﺧدﻣﺎت اﻹﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ ى ﻋﻠﻣـﺎً ﺑﻌﻣﻠﻬــﺎ ﻓــﻲ ﺗﺗﻔــق اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ واﻟﻳوﻧﻳــدو ﻋﻠــﻰ أن ﺗﺣــﻳط ﻛــﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣــﺎ اﻷﺧــر ى ﺑﺷـﺄن ﺟﻣﻳـﻊ اﻟﻣﺷـﺎرﻳﻊ ﻣﺟﺎﻝ اﻹﺣﺻﺎءات ،وﻋﻠـﻰ أن ﺗﺗﺷـﺎور ﻛـﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣـﺎ ﻣـﻊ اﻷﺧـر اﻹﺣﺻﺎﺋﻳﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻧﺎوﻝ ﻣﺳﺎﺋﻝ ذات أﻫﻣﻳﺔ ﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة - ٨اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑﺎت اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن ﺗﺗﻔ ــق اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ واﻟﻳوﻧﻳ ــدو ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻟﺗﻌ ــﺎون ﻣ ــن أﺟ ــﻝ ﺗﺳ ــﻬﻳﻝ ﺗﺑ ــﺎدﻝ اﻟﻣ ــوظﻔﻳن وﺗﻌزﻳز اﻟﻛﻔﺎءة واﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳق اﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ ﻷﻧﺷطﺔ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ .وﻳﻛون ﻫذا اﻟﺗﻌﺎون وﻓﻘـﺎ ﻟﻼﺗﻔـﺎق اﻟﻣﺷ ــﺗرك ﺑ ــﻳن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺎت ﺑﺷ ــﺄن ﻧﻘ ــﻝ اﻟﻣ ــوظﻔﻳن أو اﻧﺗ ــداﺑﻬم أو إﻋ ــﺎرﺗﻬم ﻓﻳﻣ ــﺎ ﺑ ــﻳن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗطﺑق ﻧظﺎم اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة اﻟﻣوﺣد ﻟﻠﻣرﺗﺑﺎت واﻟﺑدﻻت.
اﻟﻣﺎدة - ٩ﺗﻣوﻳﻝ اﻟﺧدﻣﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ إذا ﻛﺎﻧ ــت اﺳ ــﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ أي ﻣ ــن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗ ــﻳن ﻟطﻠ ــب ﻣﺳ ــﺎﻋدة ﻣﻘ ــدم ﻣ ــن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ ي اﻟﺗﺷــﺎور ﻣــن ة ﻣــن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﻣﺳــﺗﺟﻳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠطﻠــب ،ﻳﺟــر ى ﺗﻘﺗﺿــﻲ ﻧﻔﻘــﺎت ﻛﺑﻳ ـر اﻷﺧــر أﺟﻝ ﺗﺣدﻳد اﻟطرﻳﻘﺔ اﻷﻛﺛر إﻧﺻﺎﻓﺎً ﻟﻠوﻓﺎء ﺑﻬذﻩ اﻟﻧﻔﻘﺎت.
اﻟﻣﺎدة - ١٠ﺗﻧﻔﻳذ اﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﻳﺟــوز ﻟﻠﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ وﻟﻠﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻠﻳوﻧﻳــدو أن ﻳﺗﺧــذا أﻳــﺔ ﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت ة اﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺗﻳن. ﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذ ﻫذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﻗد ﺗﻛون ﻣﺳﺗﺻوﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺿوء اﻟﺧﺑر
77
اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﻟﻠﺗﻧﻣﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ
اﻟﻣﺎدة - ١١إﺑﻼغ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة واﻟﺣﻔظ واﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ -١ﺗﺑﺎدر اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ واﻟﻳوﻧﻳدو ،طﺑﻘﺎً ﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﻣﻊ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة، ﻓور ﺑﻧﺻوص ﻫذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق. ﺑﺈﻋﻼم اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة اً -٢ﻋﻧد ﺑدء ﻧﻔـﺎذ ﻫـذا اﻻﺗﻔـﺎق طﺑﻘـﺎً ﻷﺣﻛـﺎم اﻟﻣـﺎدة ،١٣ﻳﺑﻠّـﻎ إﻟـﻰ اﻷﻣـﻳن اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻸﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﻟﺣﻔظﻪ وﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻪ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة - ١٢اﻟﺗﻧﻘﻳﺢ واﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻳﺧﺿﻊ ﻫذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﻟﻠﺗﻧﻘﻳﺢ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن اﻟﻳوﻧﻳدو واﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ. -١ -٢ﻳﺟ ــوز ﻷي ﻣ ــن اﻟط ــرﻓﻳن إﻧﻬ ــﺎء ﻫ ــذا اﻻﺗﻔ ــﺎق ﻓ ــﻲ ٣١ﻛ ــﺎﻧون اﻷوﻝ/ ان/ دﻳﺳــﻣﺑر ﻣــن أي ﻋــﺎم ﺑﻣوﺟــب إﺷــﻌﺎر ﻛﺗــﺎﺑﻲ ﻳﻘــدم ﻓــﻲ ﺗــﺎرﻳﺦ ﻻ ﻳﺗﺟــﺎوز ٣٠ﺣزﻳـر ﻳوﻧﻳو ﻣن اﻟﻌﺎم ﻧﻔﺳﻪ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة - ١٣ﺑدء اﻟﻧﻔﺎذ ﻩ ﻣــن ﻗﺑــﻝ ﻣﺟﻠــس اﻟﺗﻧﻣﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﻧﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻳوﻧﻳــدو رر ﻳﺑــدأ ﻧﻔــﺎذ ﻫــذا اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ﻟــدى إﻗـ ا وﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ وﺗوﻗﻳﻌــﻪ ﻣــن ﻗﺑــﻝ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻠﻳوﻧﻳــدو واﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺔ. ____________________
اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ واﻻﺗﺣﺎد اﻟﺑرﻳدي اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ١ اﻟدﻳﺑﺎﺟﺔ إن ﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ )اﻟﻣﺷ ــﺎر إﻟﻳﻬ ــﺎ ﻓﻳﻣ ــﺎ ﻳﻠ ــﻲ ﺑﻛﻠﻣ ــﺔ "اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ"( واﻻﺗﺣﺎد اﻟﺑرﻳدي اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ )اﻟﻣﺷﺎر إﻟﻳﻪ ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﻛﻠﻣﺔ "اﻻﺗﺣﺎد"(، ﻏﺑﺎن ﻓﻲ ﺗﻧﺳﻳق ﺟﻬودﻫﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ إطﺎر اﻟﻣﻬﺎم اﻟﻣﺳﻧدة إﻟﻳﻬﻣﺎ، إذ ﻳر ان ﺑ ــﺄن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ ﻫ ــﻲ اﻟوﻛﺎﻟ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻ ــﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌ ــﺔ ﻟﻸﻣ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ــدة واذ ﻳﻘـ ـر ٕ واﺳـ ــداء اﻟﻣﺷـ ــور ـﺎت ـ ـ ﻣ اﻟﻣﻌﻠو ـوﻓﻳر ـ ـ ﺗ ـؤوﻟﻳﺔ ـ ـ ﺳ ﻣ ـوﻟﻰ واﻟﺗـ ــﻲ ﺗﺗـ ـ ة واﻟﻣﺳـ ــﺎﻋدة ﻓـ ــﻲ ﻣﺟـ ــﺎﻝ ٕ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ؛ وﺗﻌزﻳز اﻟﺗﻌﺎون ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﺑﻳن اﻟﻬﻳﺋﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳـﺔ واﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋـﺎت اﻟﻣﻬﻧﻳـﺔ اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﺳـﺎﻫم ﻓـ ــﻲ اﻟـ ــدﻓﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ إﻟـ ــﻰ اﻷﻣـ ــﺎم؛ واﻟﺳـ ــﻳر ﻗـ ــدﻣﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻣـ ــﻝ ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ اﻟوﻗﺎﻳـ ــﺔ ﻣـ ــن اﻧﺗﺷـ ــﺎر اض واﻟﺗﺻدي ﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺻﻌﻳد اﻟدوﻟﻲ، اﻷﻣر ان ﺑ ــﺄن اﻻﺗﺣـــﺎد ﻫ ــو اﻟوﻛﺎﻟ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻ ــﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌ ــﺔ ﻟﻸﻣـــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ــدة واذ ﻳﻘـ ـر ٕ واﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳــﺔ ﺑﺗﻧظــﻳم اﻟﺧــدﻣﺎت اﻟﺑرﻳدﻳــﺔ وﺗﺣﺳــﻳﻧﻬﺎ وﻓــﻲ اﻟﻌﻣــﻝ ،ﻓــﻲ ﻫــذا اﻟﻣﺟــﺎﻝ ،ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺗﻌزﻳز ﻧﻘﻝ اﻟﺑرﻳد ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺣو ﻣﺄﻣون، ﻏﺑ ــﺔ ﻓ ــﻲ أن ﻳﺗﻌ ــﺎون اﻻﺗﺣ ــﺎد ،ﻓ ــﻲ ﻣﺟ ــﺎﻝ اﺧﺗﺻﺎﺻ ــﻪ ،ﻣ ــﻊ ان ﺑﺎﻟر واذ ﻳﻘـ ـر ٕ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻧﻬوض ﺑﻌدة أﻣور ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ: ﻣﺄﻣوﻧﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﻝ اﻟﻣواد اﻟﻣﺳﺑﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻌدوى؛ ﻣﺄﻣوﻧﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﻝ اﻟﻌﻳﻧﺎت اﻟﺗﺷﺧﻳﺻﻳﺔ؛ إﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﻧظم ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺑﺋﺔ واﻟﺗﻐﻠﻳف أﻛﺛر ﻣﺄﻣوﻧﻳﺔ ﺑﺄدﻧﻰ ﺗﻛﻠﻔﺔ؛ ام اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳر اﻟﻣﺣددة؛ ﺗﺑﺳﻳط ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ اﻟﺗوﺳﻳم ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺎﻋدة ﻋﻠﻰ اﺣﺗر اﻣﺞ اﻟﺗدرﻳﺑﻳﺔ وﺣﻣـﻼت اﻟﺗوﻋﻳـﺔ ﻹدﺧـﺎﻝ ﺗوﺻـﻳﺎت وﺿﻊ اﻷﺳس ﻟﻠﺑر ﻓﻲ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ اﻟﺑﻠدان،
) ب( ) ج( )ﻫ( )د(
)أ(
ار ١أﻗرﺗـ ــﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳـ ــﺔ واﻟﺧﻣﺳـ ــون ،ﻓـ ــﻲ ٢٤أﻳـ ــﺎر /ﻣـ ــﺎﻳو ،١٩٩٩ﻓـــﻲ اﻟﻘ ـ ـر ج ص ع.٦-٥٢ 78
79
اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ واﻻﺗﺣﺎد اﻟﺑرﻳدي اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ
ﻳواﻓﻘﺎن ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ:
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻷوﻟﻰ -اﻟﺗﺷﺎور اءات اﻟﺗــﻲ -١ﻳﺗﺷــﺎور ﻛــﻝ ﻣــن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ واﻻﺗﺣــﺎد ،ﺣﺳــب اﻟﺣﺎﺟــﺔ ،ﺣــوﻝ اﻹﺟ ـر ﻳﺗﻌ ــﻳن اﺗﺑﺎﻋﻬ ــﺎ واﻟﻣﺳ ــﺎﺋﻝ ذات اﻻﻫﺗﻣ ــﺎم اﻟﻣﺷ ــﺗرك ﺑﻬ ــدف ﺗﺣﻘﻳ ــق ﻏﺎﻳﺎﺗﻬﻣ ــﺎ وﺗﻧﺳ ــﻳق اﻷﻧﺷطﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺿطﻠﻊ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ. ات اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﺣـدث ﻓـﻲ -٢ﻳﺗﺑﺎدﻝ ﻛﻝ ﻣن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ واﻻﺗﺣﺎد اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣـﺎت ﺣـوﻝ اﻟﺗطـور أي ﻣـ ــن ﻣﺟﺎﻻﺗﻬﻣـ ــﺎ وﻣﺷـ ــﺎرﻳﻌﻬﻣﺎ ذات اﻻﻫﺗﻣـ ــﺎم اﻟﻣﺷـ ــﺗرك وﻳﺄﺧـ ــذان ﻓـ ــﻲ اﻻﻋﺗﺑـ ــﺎر، ﻣﻼﺣظﺎت ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﺣوﻝ ﻫذﻩ اﻷﻧﺷطﺔ ﺑﻐﻳﺔ ﺗﻌزﻳز اﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳق. ات ،ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻟﻧﺣـو اﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳـب ،ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻟﻣﺳـﺗوى اﻟﻣطﻠـوب ﺑـﻳن -٣ﻳﺗم اﻟﺗرﺗﻳـب ﻟﻠﻣﺷـﺎور ﻣﻣﺛﻠــﻲ اﻻﺗﺣــﺎد واﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻟﻼﺗﻔــﺎق ﺣــوﻝ اﻟﺳــﺑﻝ اﻷﻛﺛــر ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻳــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻳﻧﺑﻐــﻲ اﻧﺗﻬﺎﺟﻬــﺎ ﻟﺗﻧظــﻳم أﻧﺷــطﺔ ﻣﻌﻳﻧــﺔ واﺳــﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﻣواردﻫﻣــﺎ ﻋﻠــﻰ أﻛﻣــﻝ وﺟــﻪ وﻓﻘــﺎ ﻻﺧﺗﺻﺎﺻــﺎت ﻛــﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ -ﺗﺑﺎدﻝ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت -١ﻳﻌﻣ ــﻝ ﻛ ــﻝ ﻣ ــن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ واﻻﺗﺣ ــﺎد ﻋﻠ ــﻰ ﺗظ ــﺎﻓر ﺟﻬودﻫﻣ ــﺎ ﻣ ــن أﺟ ــﻝ ﺗﺣﻘﻳ ــق أﻓﺿـﻝ اﺳـﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﻟﺟﻣﻳـﻊ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣـﺎت اﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣـﺔ ذات اﻟﺻـﻠﺔ ﺑﻧﻘـﻝ اﻟﻣـواد اﻟﻣﺳـﺑﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻌــدوى ﺑواﺳطﺔ اﻟﺧدﻣﺎت اﻟﺑرﻳدﻳﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ -ﺗﺑﺎدﻝ اﻟﺗﻣﺛﻳﻝ -١ﻳﻣﻛــن اﺗﺧــﺎذ ﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت ﻣﻼﺋﻣــﺔ ﻟﺿــﻣﺎن ﺗﻣﺛﻳــﻝ أﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ واﻻﺗﺣــﺎد ﻓــﻲ ﻋﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﻣؤﺳﺳﺔ اﻟﺷرﻳﻛﺔ واﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻧظر ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺳﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﺗـﻲ ﻳﻛـون اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻘد ﺑر ﻟدى اﻟطرف اﻵﺧر اﻫﺗﻣﺎم ﺑﻬﺎ أو اﺧﺗﺻﺎص ﺗﻘﻧﻲ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ. ـﻳن ﻛ ــﻝ ﻣ ــن اﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم ﻟﻠﻣﻛﺗ ــب اﻟ ــدوﻟﻲ اﻟﺗ ــﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻼﺗﺣ ــﺎد واﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم - ٢ﻳﻌ ـ ّ ﻻ ﻟﻼﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻣﺎن ﺗﻧﻔﻳذ أﺣﻛﺎم ﻫذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق. ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﻣﺳؤو
اﺑﻌﺔ -اﻟﺗﻌﺎون اﻟﺗﻘﻧﻲ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟر ات اﻟﺗـﻲ ﻳﻛﺗﺳـﺑﻬﺎ ﻛـﻝ واﺣـد ﻣﻧﻬﻣـﺎ -١ﻳﺳﺗﻌﻳن ﻛﻝ ﻣن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ واﻻﺗﺣـﺎد ﺑـﺎﻟﺧﺑر ﻟﺗﺣﻘﻳـق ﻧﺗــﺎﺋﺞ أﻧﺷــطﺗﻬﻣﺎ ﻋﻠــﻰ أﻛﻣــﻝ وﺟــﻪ ﻋﻧــدﻣﺎ ﻳﻛــون ذﻟــك ﻓــﻲ ﻣﺻــﻠﺣﺔ اﻷﻧﺷــطﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺿطﻠﻊ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ. -٢ﻳﺳــﻌﻰ اﻻﺗﺣــﺎد ،ﻣــن ﺧــﻼﻝ ﻫﻳﺋﺎﺗــﻪ وﻓرﻳــق اﻟﻌﻣــﻝ اﻟﺗــﺎﺑﻊ ﻟــﻪ واﻟﻣﻌﻧــﻲ ﺑــﺎﻷﻣن ات اﻟﺑرﻳدﻳ ــﺔ اﻟوطﻧﻳ ــﺔ إﻟ ــﻰ اﻟﺣﺎﺟ ــﺔ إﻟ ــﻰ ﺗطﺑﻳ ــق ﻋﺎء اﻧﺗﺑ ــﺎﻩ اﻹدار اﻟﺑرﻳ ــدي ،إﻟ ــﻰ اﺳ ــﺗر اﻟﺗداﺑﻳر اﻟﻛﻔﻳﻠﺔ ﺑﺿﻣﺎن ﻣﺄﻣوﻧﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﻝ اﻟﻣواد اﻟﻣﺳﺑﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻌدوى.
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
80
ء ﻋﻠﻰ اﺗﻔﺎق ﻣﺗﺑـﺎدﻝ ،ﻣـن أﺟـﻝ -٣ﻳﺿم ﻛﻝ ﻣن اﻻﺗﺣﺎد واﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﺟﻬودﻫﻣﺎ ،ﺑﻧﺎ ً اﻣﺞ وﻣﺷــﺎرﻳﻊ وأﻧﺷــطﺔ ﺗﺗﻌﻠــق ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﺧﺻــوص ﺑﻣﺄﻣوﻧﻳــﺔ ﻧﻘــﻝ اﻟﻣ ـواد وﺿــﻊ وﺗﻧﻔﻳــذ ﺑ ـر اﻟﻣﺳﺑﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻌدوى ﺑواﺳطﺔ اﻟﺑرﻳد. ﻫ ــﺎ ،ﻋﻣــﻼً ﺑﻬــذا اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ،ﻟﻣواﻓﻘ ــﺔ -٤ﺗﺧﺿــﻊ اﻷﻧﺷــطﺔ اﻟﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﺔ اﻟﻣزﻣــﻊ إﻧﺟﺎز اﻟطــرﻓﻳن ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟوﺛــﺎﺋق اﻟﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﺑﻣﺷــﺎرﻳﻊ ﻣﺣــددة ﻛﻣــﺎ ﺗﺧﺿــﻊ ﻟﻠرﺻــد ﻓــﻲ إطــﺎر آﻟﻳــﺔ ﻣﺗﻔق ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ. اﻣﺞ واﻟﻣﺷـﺎرﻳﻊ واﻷﻧﺷـطﺔ -٥ﻳﺗﻌﺎون ﻛﻝ ﻣن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ واﻻﺗﺣﺎد ﻓـﻲ ﺗﻘﻳـﻳم ﻫـذﻩ اﻟﺑـر ذات اﻻﻫﺗﻣﺎم اﻟﻣﺷﺗرك وذﻟك طﺑﻘﺎ ﻻﺗﻔﺎق اﻟطرﻓﻳن ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﺎس ﻛﻝ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣدة.
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺧﺎﻣﺳﺔ -اﻟﻧﻔﺎذ واﻟﺗﻌدﻳﻝ وﻣدة اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذ -١ﻳﺻـ ــﺑﺢ اﻻﺗﻔـ ــﺎق اﻟﺣـ ــﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺎﻓـ ــذاً ﻋﻧـ ــدﻣﺎ ﻳوﻗـ ــﻊ ﻋﻠﻳـ ــﻪ اﻟﻣـ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌـ ــﺎم ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ ة ﻫﻧـ ـﺎً ﺑﻣواﻓﻘ ــﺔ ﻣﺟﻠ ــس إدار واﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم ﻟﻠﻣﻛﺗ ــب اﻟ ــدوﻟﻲ اﻟﺗ ــﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻼﺗﺣ ــﺎد ،وذﻟ ــك ر اﻻﺗﺣﺎد وﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ. -٢ﻳﺟوز ﺗﻌدﻳﻝ ﻫذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻣواﻓﻘﺔ ﻛـﻝ ﻣـن اﻟطـرﻓﻳن ﻋﻠـﻰ ذﻟـك ﺗﺣرﻳرﻳـﺎً .ﻛﻣـﺎ ﻫﺎ ﺳﺗﺔ أﺷﻬر ﻟﻠطرف اﻵﺧر. ﻳﺟوز ﻷي ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ إﻟﻐﺎؤﻩ ﻣﻊ إﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﻗدر واﺷــﻬﺎداً ﻋﻠــﻰ ذﻟــك ،ﻳوﻗــﻊ ﻛــﻝ ﻣــن اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ٕ واﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم ﻟﻼﺗﺣ ــﺎد اﻟﺑرﻳ ــدي اﻟﻌ ــﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻋﻠ ــﻰ ﻫ ــذا اﻻﺗﻔ ــﺎق ﻣ ــن ﻧﺳ ــﺧﺗﻳن اﺛﻧﺗ ــﻳن، ﺑﺎﻹﻧﻛﻠﻳزﻳــﺔ واﻟﻔرﻧﺳــﻳﺔ ،وﻳﺳــﺗوي اﻟﻧﺻــﺎن ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺣﺟﻳــﺔ ،ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺗــﺎرﻳﺧﻳن اﻟﻣﺑﻳﻧــﻳن ﺗﺣــت ﺗوﻗﻳﻊ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ. ﻋن اﻻﺗﺣﺎد اﻟﺑرﻳدي اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ )اﻟﻣﻛﺗب اﻟدوﻟﻲ( اﻟﺳﻳد ﺗوﻣﺎن إ .ﻟﻳﻔﻲ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم اﻳر ١٩٩٩ اﻟﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ٩ :ﺷﺑﺎط /ﻓﺑر ﻋن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ة ﻏرو ﻫﺎرﻟﻳم ﺑروﻧﺗﻼﻧد اﻟدﻛﺗور ة اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻳر ١٩٩٩ اﻟﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ٩ :ﺷﺑﺎط /ﻓﺑر
___________________
اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن اﻟﻣﻛﺗب اﻟدوﻟﻲ ﻟﻸوﺑﺋﺔ اﻟﺣﻳواﻧﻳﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ١ ﻏﺑــﺔ ﻣــن ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ )وﻳﺷــﺎر إﻟﻳﻬــﺎ أدﻧــﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ( واﻟﻣﻛﺗــب ر اﻟدوﻟﻲ ﻟﻸوﺑﺋﺔ اﻟﺣﻳواﻧﻳـﺔ )وﻳﺷـﺎر إﻟﻳـﻪ أدﻧـﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻛﺗـب( ﻓـﻲ ﺗﻧﺳـﻳق ﺟﻬودﻫﻣـﺎ ﻣـن أﺟـﻝ ﺗﻌزﻳ ــز وﺗﺣﺳ ــﻳن اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﻣوﻣﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺑﻳطرﻳ ــﺔ واﻟﺳ ــﻼﻣﺔ واﻷﻣ ــن اﻟﻐ ــذاﺋﻳﻳن ،واﻟﺗﻌ ــﺎون اﻟوﺛﻳق ﻋﻣﻼً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺣﻘﻳق ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﻘد واﻓﻘﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ:
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١ ﺗواﻓــق اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ واﻟﻣﻛﺗــب ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﺗﻌــﺎون اﻟوﺛﻳــق ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺷــؤون ذات اﻻﻫﺗﻣــﺎم اﻟﻣﺷــﺗرك اﻟﻣﺗﺻــﻠﺔ ﺑﻣﺟــﺎﻻت ﺗﺧﺻﺻــﻬﻣﺎ ﻛﻣــﺎ ﺗﺣــددﻫﺎ وﺛﺎﺋﻘﻬﻣــﺎ اﻟﺗﺄﺳﻳﺳــﻳﺔ ات اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺧذﻫﺎ أﺟﻬزﺗﻬﻣﺎ اﻟرﺋﺎﺳﻳﺔ. رر وﺑﻣوﺟب اﻟﻘ ا ١-١
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢ ﺗﺣﻳــﻝ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ إﻟــﻰ اﻟﻣﻛﺗــب ،ﻟﻐــرض اﻟﺗﻌﻣــﻳم ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﺑﻠــدان اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء ﻓﻳــﻪ، رت ذات اﻟﺻـ ــﻠﺔ اﻟﺗـ ــﻲ ﺗﺗﺧـ ــذﻫﺎ ﺟﻣﻌﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـ ــﺔ وﺗوﺻـ ــﻳﺎت را اﻟﻘ ـ ـ ا ات ذات اﻟﺻ ــﻠﺔ اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﺗﺟرﻳﻬ ــﺎ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ،واﻟﺣﻠﻘ ــﺎت اﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳ ــﺔ وﺳ ــﺎﺋر اﻟﻣﺷــﺎور اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﺎت اﻟرﺳﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺔ. ﻳﺣﻳــﻝ اﻟﻣﻛﺗــب إﻟــﻰ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ،ﻟﻐــرض اﻟﺗﻌﻣــﻳم ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء ﻓﻳﻬــﺎ، ات اﻟﺗـ ـ ــﻲ ﺗﺗﺧـ ـ ــذﻫﺎ ﻟﺟﻧﺗـ ـ ــﻪ اﻟدوﻟﻳـ ـ ــﺔ وﻛـ ـ ــذﻟك ﺗوﺻـ ـ ــﻳﺎت رر اﻟﺗوﺻـ ـ ــﻳﺎت واﻟﻘ ـ ـ ـ ا ات ذات اﻟﺻ ــﻠﺔ اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﻳﺟرﻳﻬ ــﺎ اﻟﻣﻛﺗ ــب ،واﻟﺣﻠﻘ ــﺎت اﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳ ــﺔ وﺳ ــﺎﺋر اﻟﻣﺷ ــﺎور اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﺎت اﻟرﺳﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻛﺗب. ات واﻟﺗوﺻﻳﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗرﺳﻝ ﻟﻛﻲ ﺗﻧظر ﻓﻳﻬﺎ اﻟﻬﻳﺋﺎت اﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌـﺔ رر ﺗﺷﻛﻝ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻘ ا اءات اﻟدوﻟﻳـ ــﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺗـ ــﻳن )وﻳﺷـ ــﺎر إﻟﻳﻬﻣـ ــﺎ أدﻧـ ــﺎﻩ ﺑـ ــﺎﻟطرﻓﻳن( أﺳﺎﺳ ـ ـﺎً ﻟﻺﺟ ـ ـر اﻟﻣﻧﺳﻘﺔ ﺑﻳن اﻟطرﻓﻳن. ١-٢
٢-٢
٣-٢
١اﻋﺗُﻣد اﻟﻧص اﻟﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻣن ﺟﺎﻧـب ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ اﻟﺳـﺎﺑﻌﺔ واﻟﺧﻣﺳـﻳن ﻓـﻲ ار ج ص ع ،٧-٥٧واﻋﺗﻣدت ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ ٢٢أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ٢٠٠٤ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘر ار ج ص ع.١١-٦٣ اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ واﻟﺳﺗون ﺗﻌدﻳﻼﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ٢٠١٠ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘر 81
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
82
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣ ﻳدﻋﻰ ﻣﻣﺛﻠون ﻳﻧوﺑون ﻋن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ إﻟـﻰ ﺣﺿـور اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋـﺎت اﻟﻠﺟﻧـﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳـﺔ ُ ﻻت ﺗﻠ ــك رﺗ ــﻪ اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳ ــﺔ وﻟﻠﻣﺷ ــﺎرﻛﺔ دون ﺗﺻ ــوﻳت ﻓ ــﻲ ﻣ ــداو ﻟﻠﻣﻛﺗ ــب وﻣؤﺗﻣ ا اﻟﻬﻳﺋﺎت ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﺧص ﺑﻧود ﺟداوﻝ أﻋﻣﺎﻟﻬﺎ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻬم اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ. ات اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذي ﻳــدﻋﻰ ﻣﻣﺛﻠــون ﻳﻧوﺑــون ﻋــن اﻟﻣﻛﺗــب إﻟــﻰ ﺣﺿــور دور ُ واﻟ ــﻰ اﻟﻣﺷ ــﺎرﻛﺔ دون وﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ وﻟﺟ ــﺎن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳ ــﺔ ٕ ﻻت ﺗﻠــك اﻟﻬﻳﺋــﺎت ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﻳﺧــص ﺑﻧــود ﺟــداوﻝ أﻋﻣﺎﻟﻬــﺎ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﺻــوﻳت ﻓــﻲ ﻣــداو ﺗﻬم اﻟﻣﻛﺗب. ﺗﺗﺧــذ ﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت ﻣﻧﺎﺳــﺑﺔ ﺑﻣوﺟــب اﺗﻔــﺎق ﺑــﻳن اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ واﻟﻣــدﻳر ى اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻠﻣﻛﺗب ﻣن أﺟﻝ ﻣﺷﺎرﻛﺔ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ واﻟﻣﻛﺗب ﻓـﻲ اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋـﺎت اﻷﺧـر ﻋﺎﻳﺗﻬﻣــﺎ ﻟﻠﻧظــر ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺷــؤون اﻟﺗــﻲ ذات اﻟﺻــﻔﺔ ﻏﻳــر اﻟرﺳــﻣﻳﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻧﻌﻘــد ﺑر ﺗﻬــم اﻟطــرف اﻟﺛــﺎﻧﻲ؛ وﻳﺷــﻣﻝ ذﻟــك ﺑﺻــﻔﺔ ﺧﺎﺻــﺔ اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋــﺎت اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗــؤدي إﻟﻰ ﺗﺣدﻳد اﻟﻘواﻋد واﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳر. ات ﺗﺗﻧـﺎوﻝ اﻟﻣﺳـﺎﺋﻝ ذات ﻳﺗﻔق اﻟطرﻓﺎن ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺟﻧـب ﻋﻘـد اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋـﺎت وﻣـؤﺗﻣر ة ﻣﺳﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻠطرف اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ. اﻻﻫﺗﻣﺎم اﻟﻣﺷﺗرك دون اﺳﺗﺷﺎر ١-٣
٢-٣
٣-٣
٤-٣
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤ ﺗﺗﻌ ــﺎون اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ واﻟﻣﻛﺗ ــب ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﻣﺟ ــﺎﻻت ذات اﻻﻫﺗﻣ ــﺎم اﻟﻣﺷ ــﺗرك وﺑﺻ ــﻔﺔ ﺧﺎﺻ ــﺔ ﺑواﺳطﺔ اﻟﺳﺑﻝ اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ: ى ،وﺑﺻــﻔﺔ ﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﺗﺑــﺎدﻝ اﻟﺗﻘــﺎرﻳر واﻟﻣطﺑوﻋــﺎت وﺳــﺎﺋر اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت اﻷﺧــر ي ﻓ ـ ــﻲ اﻟوﻗ ـ ــت اﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳ ـ ــب ﻟﻠﻣﻌﻠوﻣ ـ ــﺎت ﺑﺷ ـ ــﺄن ﻓﺎﺷ ـ ــﻳﺎت اﻟﺗﺑ ـ ــﺎدﻝ اﻟ ـ ــذي ﻳﺟ ـ ــر اض اﻟﺣﻳواﻧﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﺷـ ــﺄ واﻟﻣﻧﻘوﻟـ ــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐـ ــذاء .وﻳﺗﺧـ ــذ اﻟطرﻓـ ــﺎن ﺗرﺗﻳﺑـ ــﺎت ا ﻷﻣ ـ ـر اض اﻟﺣﻳواﻧﻳـﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﺷـﺄ و/ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣـن أﺟـﻝ ﺗﻧﺳـﻳق اﻻﺳـﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻔﺎﺷـﻳﺎت اﻷﻣـر أو اﻟﻣﻧﻘوﻟ ـ ـ ــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐ ـ ـ ــذاء ذات اﻷﻫﻣﻳ ـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﺳـ ـ ـ ـﻠّم ﺑﻬ ـ ـ ــﺎ أو اﻟﻣﺣﺗﻣﻠ ـ ـ ــﺔ ﻟﻠﺻ ـ ـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﻣوﻣﻳﺔ. ات ﺗﺗﻧـ ــﺎوﻝ اﻟﺗﻧظـ ــﻳم ،ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ أﺳـ ــﺎس إﻗﻠﻳﻣـ ــﻲ وﻋـ ــﺎﻟﻣﻲ ،ﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋـ ــﺎت وﻣـ ــؤﺗﻣر اض اﻟﺣﻳواﻧﻳـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﺷـ ـ ــﺄ واﻟﻣﻧﻘوﻟـ ـ ــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐـ ـ ــذاء واﻟﻣﺳـ ـ ــﺎﺋﻝ ذات اﻟﺻـ ـ ــﻠﺔ اﻷﻣ ـ ـ ـر ﺑﻣﻣﺎرﺳﺎت ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻌﻠـف اﻟﺣﻳـوان وﻣﻘﺎوﻣـﺔ اﻟﻣﺿـﺎدات اﻟﺟرﺛوﻣﻳـﺔ اﻟﻣرﺗﺑطـﺔ اﻟﻣﺗروى ﻓﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﻣﺿﺎدات اﻟﺟرﺛوﻣﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗرﺑﻳﺔ اﻟﺣﻳوان وﺳﻳﺎﺳـﺎت ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ّ اﻣﺞ اﺣﺗواﺋﻬﺎ /ﻣﻛﺎﻓﺣﺗﻬﺎ. وﺑر اﻣﺞ اﻟوطﻧﻳـ ـ ــﺔ واﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳـ ـ ــﺔ واﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـ ـ ــﺔ ﻟﻣﻛﺎﻓﺣـ ـ ــﺔ أو اﻟﺗطـ ـ ــوﻳر اﻟﻣﺷـ ـ ــﺗرك ﻟﻠﺑ ـ ـ ـر اض اﻟﺣﻳواﻧﻳــﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﺷــﺄ واﻟﻣﻧﻘوﻟــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐــذاء واﻟﻘﺿــﺎﻳﺎ ذات اﺳﺗﺋﺻــﺎﻝ أﻫــم اﻷﻣ ـر ١-٤
٢-٤
٣-٤
83
اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن اﻟﻣﻛﺗب اﻟدوﻟﻲ ﻟﻸوﺑﺋﺔ اﻟﺣﻳواﻧﻳﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
اﻻﻫﺗﻣــﺎم اﻟﻣﺷــﺗرك اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻧﺷــﺄ /أو اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻌــﺎود اﻟظﻬــور ،واﻟــدﻋوة إﻟــﻰ ﺗﻠــك اﻣﺞ ودﻋﻣﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎً. اﻟﺑر ﺗ ــروﻳﺞ ﺗﻌﻠ ــﻳم اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﻣوﻣﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺑﻳطرﻳ ــﺔ وﺗطﺑﻳﻘﻬ ــﺎ اﻟﻌﻣﻠ ــﻲ ،ﻻﺳ ــﻳﻣﺎ ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﺑﻠـ ــدان اﻟﻧﺎﻣﻳـ ــﺔ ،واﻟﺗﻌـ ــﺎون ﺗﻌﺎوﻧ ـ ـﺎً ﻓﻌـ ــﺎﻻً ﺑـ ــﻳن ﻗطـ ــﺎﻋﻲ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﻣوﻣﻳـ ــﺔ واﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﺣﻳواﻧﻳﺔ /اﻟﺑﻳطرﻳﺔ. اض اﻟﺣﻳواﻧﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﺷﺄ واﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﻣوﻣﻳﺔ ﺗﻌزﻳز أﻧﺷطﺔ اﻟﺑﺣث اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻣر اﻟﺑﻳطرﻳﺔ واﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻐذاﺋﻳﺔ ،وﺗﻧﺳﻳﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺻﻌﻳد اﻟدوﻟﻲ. ات اﻟﻣرﺟﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌــﺔ رﻛــز واﻟﻣﺧﺗﺑ ـر ﺗﺷــﺟﻳﻊ اﻟﺗﻌــﺎون وﺗوطﻳــدﻩ ﺑــﻳن ﺷــﺑﻛﺔ اﻟﻣ ا ات اﻟﻣرﺟﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﻣﺷــﺎرﻛﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌــﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ رﻛــز واﻟﻣﺧﺗﺑ ـر ﻟﻠﻣﻛﺗــب وﺷــﺑﻛﺔ اﻟﻣ ا ﻣ ــن أﺟ ــﻝ ﺗﻌزﻳـــز دﻋﻣﻬـــﺎ ﻟﻠ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـــﺎء ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـــﺔ واﻷﻋﺿـــﺎء ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﻣﻛﺗب ﺑﺷﺄن اﻟﻣﺳﺎﺋﻝ ذات اﻻﻫﺗﻣﺎم اﻟﻣﺷﺗرك. ٤-٤
٥-٤ ٦-٤
٧-٤اﻟﺗﺷــﺎرك ﻓــﻲ وﺿــﻊ اﻟﻣﻌــﺎﻳﻳر اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺟواﻧــب ذات اﻟﺻــﻠﺔ ﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳــﺔ ة ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺳــﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻐذاﺋﻳــﺔ ،وذﻟــك ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻌــﺎون ﻣــﻊ ﺳــﺎﺋر اﻹﻧﺗــﺎج اﻟﺣﻳ ـواﻧﻲ واﻟﻣــؤﺛر اﻟوﻛﺎﻻت اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥ اﻣﺞ ﻋﻣﻠﻬﻣــﺎ ،ﺗﺑــﺎدﻝ ﻣﺷــﺎرﻳﻊ ﺗﺗــوﻟﻰ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ واﻟﻣﻛﺗــب ،أﺛﻧــﺎء إﻋــدادﻫﻣﺎ ﻟﺑ ـر اﻣﺟﻬﻣﺎ ﻟﻐرض إﺑداء اﻟﻣﻼﺣظﺎت ﺑﺷﺄﻧﻬﻣﺎ. ﺑر رﻋ ــﻲ ﻛ ــﻝ ط ــرف ﺗوﺻ ــﻳﺎت اﻟط ــرف اﻵﺧ ــر ﻓ ــﻲ إﻋ ــداد اﻟﺑرﻧ ــﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻧﻬ ــﺎﺋﻲ ﻳا ﻩ اﻟرﺋﺎﺳﻲ. ﻟﻐرض ﺗﻘدﻳﻣﻪ إﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺗﻌﻘد اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ واﻟﻣﻛﺗـب اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋـﺎً ﺗﻧﺳـﻳﻘﻳﺎً ﺳـﻧوﻳﺎً واﺣـداً ﻟﻛﺑـﺎر اﻟﻣﺳـؤوﻟﻳن ﻣـن اﻟﻣﻘرﻳن اﻟرﺋﻳﺳﻳﻳن و /أو اﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠﻳن اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﻳن. ّ ﻳﺿ ــﻊ اﻟطرﻓ ــﺎن اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑ ــﺎت اﻹدارﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﻼزﻣ ــﺔ ﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳ ــذ ﻫ ــذﻩ اﻟﺳﻳﺎﺳ ــﺎت ،وذﻟ ــك اء ،واﻟﺗﻧظﻳم اﻟﻣﺷﺗرك ﻟﻼﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﺎت واﻟﻠﻘﺎءات اﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ،واﻟﺗدرﻳب ﻛﺗﺑﺎدﻝ اﻟﺧﺑر اﻟﻣﺷﺗرك ﻟﻠﻣوظﻔﻳن اﻟﺻﺣﻳﻳن واﻟﺑﻳطرﻳﻳن. ١-٥ ٢-٥ ٣-٥ ٤-٥
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٦ ر ﻣــن ﺗــﺎرﻳﺦ اﻟﺗوﻗﻳــﻊ ﻋﻠﻳــﻪ ﻣــن ﻗﺑــﻝ ﻳــدﺧﻝ ﻫــذا اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ﺣﻳــز اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذ اﻋﺗﺑــﺎ اً اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ واﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻠﻣﻛﺗــب ،وﺑﻧــﺎء ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻣواﻓﻘــﺔ اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻛﺗب وﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ. ١-٦
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
84
اب ﻋﻧـﻪ ﻛﺗﺎﺑﻳـﺎً. ي اﻹﻋـر ﻳﺟوز ﺗﻌدﻳﻝ ﻫذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻣوﺟب ﻗﺑوﻝ ﻣﺗﺑﺎدﻝ ﻳﺟر ر وﻳﺟوز أﻳﺿﺎً إﻧﻬﺎؤﻩ ﻣن ﻗﺑﻝ أي ﻣن اﻟطرﻓﻳن وﺑﻣﻧﺢ اﻟطـرف اﻵﺧـر إﺧطـﺎ اً ﻛﺗﺎﺑﻳﺎً ﻳﻣﻬﻠﻪ ﺳﺗﺔ أﺷﻬر.
٢-٦
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٧ ﻳﺣﻝ ﻫذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﻣﺣﻝ اﻻﺗﻔﺎق اﻟﻣﺑرم ﺑﻳن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ واﻟﻣﻛﺗـب اﻟـذي اﻋﺗﻣدﺗـﻪ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ـ ــﺔ ﻓـ ـ ــﻲ ٤آب /أﻏﺳـ ـ ــطس ١٩٦٠واﻋﺗﻣـ ـ ــدﻩ اﻟﻣﻛﺗـ ـ ــب ﻓـ ـ ــﻲ ٨آب/ أﻏﺳطس .١٩٦٠ ١-٧
ﺗم اﻟﺗوﻗﻳﻊ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻧﻳف ﻓﻲ ١٦ﻛﺎﻧون اﻷوﻝ /دﻳﺳﻣﺑر ٢٠٠٤ ﻋن اﻟﻣﻛﺗب اﻟدوﻟﻲ ﻟﻸوﺑﺋﺔ اﻟﺣﻳواﻧﻳﺔ اﻟدﻛﺗور ﺑرﻧﺎرد ﻓﺎﻻت اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﻋن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ اﻟدﻛﺗور ﺟوﻧﻎ -ووك ﻟﻲ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم
_____________________
اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن ﻣﻔوﺿﻳﺔ اﻻﺗﺣﺎد اﻷﻓرﻳﻘﻲ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ١ إن ﻣﻔوﺿﻳﺔ اﻻﺗﺣﺎد اﻷﻓرﻳﻘﻲ )اﻟﻣﺷﺎر إﻟﻳﻬـﺎ ﻓﻳﻣـﺎ ﻳﻠـﻲ ﺑﺎﺳـم "اﻟﻣﻔوﺿـﻳﺔ"( ﻣـن وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ )اﻟﻣﺷـﺎر إﻟﻳﻬـﺎ ﻓﻳﻣـﺎ ﻳﻠـﻲ ﺑﺎﺳـم "اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ"( ﻣـن ﺟﻬـﺔ ﺟﻬﺔ؛ ى؛ أﺧر
ة ﻣﻧﻔﺻ ـ ــﻠﺔ أو ﺟﻣﺎﻋﻳ ـ ــﺔ ﺑﺎﺳ ـ ــم "اﻟط ـ ــرف" واﻟﻣﺷ ـ ــﺎر إﻟﻳﻬﻣ ـ ــﺎ ﻓﻳﻣ ـ ــﺎ ﻳﻠ ـ ــﻲ ﺑﺻ ـ ــور و"اﻟطرﻓﺎن" ﻫﻣﺎ أن أﺣد أﻫداف اﻻﺗﺣـﺎد اﻷﻓرﻳﻘـﻲ )اﻟﻣﺷـﺎر إﻟﻳـﻪ ﻓﻳﻣـﺎ إذ ﻳﺿﻌﺎن ﻓﻲ اﻋﺗﺑﺎر خ ﻓــﻲ ١١ ﻳﻠــﻲ ﺑﺎﺳــم "اﻻﺗﺣــﺎد"( ،ﻛﻣــﺎ ﻧــص ﻋﻠﻳﻬــﺎ اﻟﻘــﺎﻧون اﻟﺗﺄﺳﻳﺳــﻲ ﻟﻼﺗﺣــﺎد اﻟﻣــؤر ﺗﻣ ــوز /ﻳوﻟﻳ ــو ،٢٠٠٠ﻫ ــو ﺗﺣﻘﻳ ــق أﻛﺑ ــر ﻗ ــدر ﻣ ــن اﻟوﺣ ــدة واﻟﺗﺿ ــﺎﻣن ﺑ ــﻳن اﻟﺑﻠ ــدان واﻟﺷﻌوب اﻷﻓرﻳﻘﻳﺔ ،وﺗﻌزﻳز اﻟﺗﻌﺎون ﻓـﻲ ﺟﻣﻳـﻊ ﻣﺟـﺎﻻت اﻷﻧﺷـطﺔ اﻹﻧﺳـﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻣـن أﺟـﻝ رﻓ ــﻊ ﻣﺳ ــﺗوﻳﺎت ﻣﻌﻳﺷ ــﺔ اﻟﺷ ــﻌوب اﻷﻓرﻳﻘﻳ ــﺔ ،واﻟﻌﻣ ــﻝ ﻓ ــﻲ ﻫ ــذا اﻟﺻ ــدد ﻣ ــﻊ اﻟﺷ ــرﻛﺎء اﻟدوﻟﻳﻳن اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳﻳن ﻟﺗﺣﻘﻳق اﻷﻫداف اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ؛ ﻫﻣــﺎ أن اﻻﺗﺣــﺎد ﻗــد طﻠــب إﻟﻳــﻪ أن ﻳﻘــوم ﺑــﺑﻌض اﻟﻣﻬــﺎم واذ ﻳﺿــﻌﺎن ﻓــﻲ اﻋﺗﺑﺎر ٕ ة اﻷﻓرﻳﻘﻳﺔ واﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻔق ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘـوم ﺑـﻪ ﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻌﻠق ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎر اﻟﻧطﺎق اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ؛ ﻫﻣــﺎ اﻟﻬــدف اﻟــذي ﺗﻧﺷــد اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﺑﻠوﻏــﻪ واﻟﻣﺗﻣﺛــﻝ ﻓــﻲ واذ ﻳﺿــﻌﺎن ﻓــﻲ اﻋﺗﺑﺎر ٕ ﺗﻣﺗﻊ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ اﻟﺷﻌوب ﺑﺄﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺳﺗوى ﻣن اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻳﻣﻛن ﺑﻠوﻏﻪ ،وأن ﺗﺣﻘﻳق ﻫذا اﻟﻬـدف ﻳﺳــﺗﻠزم اﺿــطﻼع ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﺑــدور اﻟﺳــﻠطﺔ اﻟﻣوﺟﻬــﺔ واﻟﻣﻧﺳــﻘﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺷؤون اﻟﺻﺣﻳﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ؛ ﻫﻣ ــﺎ اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑ ــﺎت اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﺗﺗﺧ ــذﻫﺎ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ ﻛﻣ ــﺎ واذ ﻳﺿ ــﻌﺎن ﻓ ــﻲ اﻋﺗﺑﺎر ٕ ﻻﺳﻳﻣﺎ اﻟﻣﺎدة )٥٠د( ﻣﻧﻪ؛ ﻫﺎ و وردت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﺻﻝ اﻟﺣﺎدي ﻋﺷر ﻣن دﺳﺗور ان إﻟ ــﻰ اﻟﺗﻌ ــﺎون ﺑ ــﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻟوﺣ ــدة اﻷﻓرﻳﻘﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺳ ــﺎﺑﻘﺔ واﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ، واذ ﻳﺷ ــﻳر ٕ ﻋﻣﻼً ﺑﺎﻻﺗﻔﺎق اﻟﻣﺑـرم ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣـﺎ ﻓـﻲ ٢٤أﻳﻠـوﻝ /ﺳـﺑﺗﻣﺑر ١٩٦٩واﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑـﺎت اﻟﻣؤرﺧـﺔ ﻓـﻲ ١اﻋﺗﻣدﺗــﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ اﻟﺧﺎﻣﺳ ــﺔ واﻟﺳ ــﺗون ﻓــﻲ ٢٦أﻳ ــﺎر /ﻣ ــﺎﻳو ٢٠١٢ﻓ ــﻲ ار ج ص ع.١٦-٦٥ اﻟﻘر 85
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
86
١١أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ،١٩٨٢واﻟﺗﻲ اﺗﺧذت ﻣن أﺟﻝ ﺗﻧﻔﻳذ ذﻟك اﻟﺗﻌﺎون ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎً ﺑـﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ رﻓـ ـﺎً ﻣﻧﻬﻣ ــﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺎﺟ ــﺔ إﻟ ــﻰ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻟوﺣ ــدة اﻷﻓرﻳﻘﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺳ ــﺎﺑﻘﺔ ،واﻋﺗ ا اﺳﺗﺑداﻝ ﻫذﻩ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿوء إﻧﺷﺎء اﻻﺗﺣﺎد. ﻳواﻓﻘﺎن ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ:
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻷوﻟﻰ -وﺿﻊ ﻫذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﻳﺣﻛم ﻫذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻳن اﻟﻣﻔوﺿﻳﺔ واﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ -اﻷﻫداف واﻟﻣﺑﺎدئ اﻟﻬدف ﻣن ﻫذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﻫو ﺗﻘوﻳﺔ أواﺻر اﻟﺗﻌﺎون ﺑﻳن اﻟﻣﻔوﺿﻳﺔ واﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ.
-١
-٢وﺗرﺳﻳﺧﺎً ﻟﻬذا اﻟﻬدف ،واﻓق ﻛﻝ ﻣن اﻟﻣﻔوﺿـﻳﺔ واﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻟﺗﻌـﺎون ﺑﺷـﺄن اﻣﺎت ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣـﺎ، ﻛﻝ اﻟﻣﺳﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﻣطروﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﻳدان اﻟﺻﺣﻲ واﻟﻣرﺗﺑطﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﺷطﺔ واﻟﺗز وﻣﻧﻬــﺎ ﺗﻌزﻳــز اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ وﺗﺣﺳــﻳﻧﻬﺎ ،وﺧﻔــض ﻣﻌــدﻻت اﻟوﻓﻳــﺎت واﻟﻌﺟــز اﻟﻣﻣﻛــن ﺗوﻗﻳﻬــﺎ، اض ،واﻟﺗﺻدي ﻟﻠﺗﻬدﻳدات اﻟﺗـﻲ ﻗـد ﺗﺣﻳـق ﺑﺎﻟﺻـﺣﺔ ،واﻟﻣﺳـﺎﻫﻣﺔ ﻓـﻲ واﻟوﻗﺎﻳﺔ ﻣن اﻷﻣر ﺿ ــﻣﺎن ﻣﺳ ــﺗوى ﻋ ـ ٍ ـﺎﻝ ﻣ ــن اﻟوﻗﺎﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﻳﺔ ،ﻣ ــﻊ وﺿ ــﻊ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ ﻓ ــﻲ ﺻ ــﻣﻳم ﺟ ــدوﻝ ً اﻷﻋﻣــﺎﻝ اﻟﻣﻌﻧــﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻧﻣﻳــﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﻣﺟــﺎﻝ ﻣﻛﺎﻓﺣــﺔ اﻟﻔﻘــر ،وﺣﻣﺎﻳــﺔ اﻟﺑﻳﺋــﺔ ،وﺗﻌزﻳــز اﻟﺗﻧﻣﻳﺔ اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﻳﺔ ،واﻻر ﺗﻘﺎء ﺑﺎﻷوﺿﺎع اﻟﻣﻌﻳﺷﻳﺔ وﺗﻠك اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑظروف اﻟﻌﻣﻝ. -٣ﻳؤﻛــد ﻛــﻝ ﻣــن اﻟﻣﻔوﺿــﻳﺔ واﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻣﺟــدداً ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﻣﻬــﺎم اﻟﻣﻧوطــﺔ ﺑﻛــﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣــﺎ ﻟﺧدﻣﺔ اﺣﺗﻳﺎﺟﺎت دوﻟﻬﻣﺎ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء وﺷرﻛﺎﺋﻬﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺗﺑﺎع ﻛﻝ اﻟوﺳﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ وﻣﻧﻬﺎ: اﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋدة ﻋﻠﻰ إﻋداد اﻟﺗدﺧﻼت واﻟﻧظم اﻟﺻﺣﻳﺔ واﻟﻣﺣﺎﻓظﺔ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ؛ اف اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠــﺔ وأﺻــﺣﺎب اﻟﻣﺻــﻠﺣﺔ ﻣــن أﺟــﻝ اﺳــﺗﻘطﺎب ﻣﺧﺗﻠــف اﻷط ـر اﻟﻌﻣــﻝ ﻣﻌﻬــم ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺗﻌزﻳــز اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ وﺗﻧﻣﻳﺗﻬــﺎ وﺗﺣﻘﻳــق اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻓــﺎة اﻟﻛﺎﻣﻠــﺔ ﻋﺑــر ﺗﺷــﻛﻳﻝ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺎت ورواﺑــط ﺗﻌﺎوﻧﻳــﺔ ﺗﻬــدف إﻟــﻰ ﺗﺣﺳــﻳن اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ واﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗوﻓﻳر اﻟﺗدﺧﻼت ذات اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﺣﺔ؛ ات؛ اض؛ وﻧﻘﻝ اﻟﻣﻌﺎرف واﻟﻣﻬﺎر اﺣﺗواء أزﻣﺎت وﻓﺎﺷﻳﺎت اﻷﻣر ات وﻣ ـ ـوارد اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺎت اﻟﻣﺷـ ــﺎرﻛﺔ ﻣﻌﻬـ ــﺎ ودوﻟﻬـ ــﺎ اﻻﺳـ ــﺗﻔﺎدة ﻣـ ــن ﺧﺑ ـ ـر اﻟﻘﻳم ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺑذﻻﻧﻪ ﻣن ﺟﻬود ﻣـن ﻣن ﻳد ز اﻟﻣ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻐﻳﺔ َ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء ُ غ أﻋﻠـﻰ درﺟـﺎت اﻟﺗﻧﺳـﻳق ﻓـﻲ رﺳـم وﺗﻧﻔﻳـذ اﻟﺳﻳﺎﺳـﺎت اﻟﺻـﺣﻳﺔ أﺟﻝ ﺑﻠو واﻟﺳﻳﺎﺳﺎت اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﺣﺔ؛ إﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻼﻗﺎت ﻣﻧﺳﻘﺔ وﺗﺟﻧب ازدواﺟﻳﺔ اﻟﺟﻬود ﻓـﻲ ﺳـﻳﺎق ﺗﺣﻘﻳـق ﻫـذﻩ اﻣﻲ اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ. اﻟﻣر )أ( ) ب(
) ج( )د(
)ﻫ(
87
اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن ﻣﻔوﺿﻳﺔ اﻻﺗﺣﺎد اﻷﻓرﻳﻘﻲ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
ام ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﻔوارق ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑﺎت -٤ﻳﻛون اﻟﺗﻌﺎون ﺑﻳن اﻟطرﻓﻳن ﻣﺑﻧﻳﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ اﺣﺗر ام اﻟﻛﻔــﺎءات اﻟرﺋﻳﺳــﻳﺔ ﻟﻛــﻝ اﻟدﺳــﺗورﻳﺔ واﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذﻳــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﺣﻛــم ﻋﻣــﻝ ﻛــﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣــﺎ ،واﺣﺗ ـر اﻳﺎ اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺧﺗص ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﺑﻬﺎ دون اﻵﺧر ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻛـون اﻟﺗﻌـﺎون ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣـﺎ ﻓـﻲ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ واﻟﻣز ً ،ﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﻌزز ﻛﻼ اﻟطرﻓﻳن. اﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ اﻟﺻﺣﻲ ﻣﺗﻛﺎﻣﻼ
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ -ﻣﺟﺎﻻت اﻟﺗﻌﺎون -١ﻳﺗﺳﻊ ﻣﺟﺎﻝ اﻟﺗﻌـﺎون ﺑـﻳن اﻟﻣﻔوﺿـﻳﺔ واﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ ﻟﻳﺷـﻣﻝ ﻛـﻝ ﻣـﺎ ﻳﺧـص اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ واﻟﻣﺟـﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘـﺔ ﺑﻬـﺎ واﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗـدﺧﻝ ﻓـﻲ ﻧطـﺎق اﺧﺗﺻـﺎص اﻟطـرﻓﻳن ،وﻣﻧﻬـﺎ اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠــق ة واﻻﻗﺗﺿﺎء ﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ: ﺣﺳب اﻟﺿرور ﺗوﻟﻳــد اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت واﻟﻣﻌطﻳــﺎت ذات اﻟﻣﺻــداﻗﻳﺔ ،وﺟﻣﻌﻬــﺎ ،وﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺗﻬــﺎ ﻫﺎ ،ﻣن أﺟـﻝ اﺳـﺗﺧداﻣﻬﺎ ،ﺑﻛﻔـﺎءة ،ﻓـﻲ اﻟﻣﺟـﺎﻝ اﻟﺻـﺣﻲ ﻣـن ﻗﺑـﻝ وﻧﺷر ام اف اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳ ــﺔ ،ﻣ ــﻊ اﺣﺗـ ـر ات اﻟوطﻧﻳ ــﺔ ،واﻟﻣﻬﻧﻳ ــﻳن وﺳ ــﺎﺋر اﻷطـ ـر اﻹدار ﻣﺗطﻠﺑﺎت ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﻌطﻳﺎت؛ اض ،وﺗﺣﻠﻳــﻝ إﻋــداد ﻣﻧﻬﺟﻳــﺎت وأدوات ﻟرﺻــد اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ وﺗرﺻــد اﻷﻣ ـر اءات اﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳــﺔ اﻟﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﺑــﺑﻌض اﻟﻣﺷــﻛﻼت اﻟﺧﺎﺻــﺔ واﺳــﺗﻬداف اﻹﺟ ـر ﺑﺎﻟﺻﺣﺔ وﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠق ﺑﻬﺎ ،وﺗﻘﻳﻳم اﻟﺗدﺧﻼت اﻟﺻﺣﻳﺔ وﺗﺣدﻳـد أوﻟوﻳﺎﺗﻬـﺎ، اﻟﻧظم اﻟﺻﺣﻳﺔ وﺗﻘوﻳﺗﻬﺎ؛ واﻟﻣﺳﺎﻋدة ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗطوﻳر ُ ﺗﻌزﻳز اﻟﺑﺣوث اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﺣﺔ واﻟﺗﻧﻣﻳﺔ اﻟﺗﻛﻧوﻟوﺟﻳـﺔ ،واﻟوﻗـوف ﻋﻠـﻰ واﺳــداء اﻟﻧﺻــﺢ ﺣــوﻝ ﺳــﺑﻝ ﺗطﺑﻳﻘﻬــﺎ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣﺟــﺎﻻت اﻟﺻــﺣﻳﺔ ﻧﺗﺎﺋﺟﻬــﺎ ٕ واﻟﻣﺟﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﺣﺔ؛ وادارﺗﻬﺎ وﺗﻧﺳﻳﻘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻌـﺎون ﺣﺷد اﻟﻣوارد اﻟﻣﻼﺋﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺗدﺧﻼت اﻟﺻﺣﻳﺔٕ ، ﻣــﻊ اﻷط ـر اف اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠــﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﺗــرف ﺑﻬــﺎ ﻓــﻲ ﻫــذا اﻟﻣﺟــﺎﻝ ،واﻟﺗﻌــﺎون ﻓــﻲ زﻋـﺎت اﻷﻫﻠﻳـﺔ اﻟﺣﺎﻻت اﻟطﺎرﺋﺔ اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗـﻧﺟم ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺳـﺑﻳﻝ اﻟﻣﺛـﺎﻝ ﻣـن اﻟﻧ ا واﻟﺣروب واﻟﻛوارث اﻟطﺑﻳﻌﻳﺔ؛ ات. اﻧﺗداب اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻳن ﻣن أﺟﻝ ﺗﺑﺎدﻝ اﻟﺧﺑر
)أ(
) ب(
) ج(
)د(
)ﻫ(
ات ﺗﺣـدد إﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳـﺔ -٢إذا اﻗﺗﺿﻰ اﻟﺗﻌﺎون ﺑـﻳن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗـﻳن أﻳـﺔ ﻧﻔﻘـﺎت ،ﺗﻌﻘـد ﻣﺷـﺎور ﺗوﻓﻳر ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻧﻔﻘﺎت و /أو طر ﻳﻘﺔ ﺳدادﻫﺎ.
اﺑﻌﺔ -اﻷوﻟوﻳﺎت اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟر ﺑــدون اﻟﻣﺳــﺎس ﺑﺄوﻟوﻳــﺎت ﻣﻔوﺿــﻳﺔ اﻻﺗﺣــﺎد اﻷﻓرﻳﻘــﻲ واﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻗــد ﻳﻛــون اﺟﻌـﺎت اﻟدورﻳـﺔ اﻟﻣﺷـﺗرﻛﺔ ،ﺗﺷـﻣﻝ ﻫﻧﺎً ﺑﻧﺗـﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﻣر ﻟﻬﺎ اﻷﺳﺑﻘﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﺎﻻت اﻟﺗرﻛﻳز ،ور أوﻟوﻳﺎت اﻟﺗﻌﺎون ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ: ات اﻟﻣوارد اﻟﺑﺷرﻳﺔ؛ ﺗﻘوﻳﺔ اﻟﻧظم اﻟﺻﺣﻳﺔ وﻗدر -١
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
88
ﻋﺎﻳ ــﺔ ،اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘ ــﺔ -٢ﺗﻌزﻳ ــز ﻓ ــرص اﻻﺳ ــﺗﻔﺎدة ﻣ ــن أﻧﺷ ــطﺔ اﻟوﻗﺎﻳ ــﺔ ،واﻟﻌ ــﻼج ،واﻟر اض ،اﻟﺳ ــﺎرﻳﺔ ﻣﻧﻬ ــﺎ وﻏﻳ ــر اﻟﺳ ــﺎرﻳﺔ ،وﻳ ــدﺧﻝ ﻓ ــﻲ ﻫ ــذا اﻹط ــﺎر اﻟوﺻ ــوﻝ إﻟ ــﻰ ﺑ ــﺎﻷﻣر اﻓﻳﺎً وﻣﺎﻟﻳﺎً؛ ة واﻟﺿﻌﻳﻔﺔ ﺟﻐر اﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت اﻟﺳﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ اﻟﻔﻘﻳر -٣وﺿــﻊ ﺳﻳﺎﺳــﺎت ﻣﺗﻳﻧــﺔ وﻧظــم ذات ﻛﻔــﺎءة ﺗﻌﻣــﻝ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺗﺣﻘﻳــق اﻟﺗﻧﻣﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﻳﺔ ار ،ﻳﺷــﻣﻝ ﻋﻣﻠﻬــﺎ ﺗﺧﻔﻳــف وطــﺄة اﻟﻔﻘــر ،واﻟﺗﺄﻫــب اﻟﻔﻌــﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻛ ـوارث اﻟﻣﺿــﻣوﻧﺔ اﻻﺳــﺗﻣر اﻟﺻــﺣﻳﺔ واﻟﺗﻬدﻳــدات ذات اﻷوﻟوﻳــﺔ واﻟﺗﺻــدي ﻟﻬــﺎ ،وﺗﺿــﺎﻓر اﻟﺟﻬــود ﻟﻣﺳــﺎﻋدة اﻟﺑﻠــدان اﻟﻧﺎﻣﻳﺔ واﻟﺑﻠدان اﻷﻗﻝ ﻧﻣواً؛ واﺳـداء اﻟﻧﺻـﺢ ﻋﻠـﻰ -٤إﻋداد اﻟﻣﻧﻬﺟﻳﺎت واﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳر اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ واﻹﺑـﻼغٕ ، اض وﺟــﻪ اﻟﺧﺻــوص ﻟﻠﺗﺻــدي ﻟﻠﻣﻼرﻳــﺎ ،واﻷﻳــدز واﻟﻌــدوى ﺑﻔﻳروﺳــﻪ ،واﻟﺳــﻝ ،واﻷﻣ ـر ام اض ﻟﻣﺿــﺎدات اﻟﻣﻛروﺑــﺎت ﻣــن ﺗﻬدﻳــد ،ﻣــﻊ اﺣﺗـر اﻟﻣﺳــﺗﺟدة وﻣــﺎ ﺗﻣﺛﻠــﻪ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣــﺔ اﻷﻣـر ﺣﻘوق ﻣن ﻳﺗﻌرﺿون ﻟﻣﺛﻝ ﻫذﻩ اﻹﺻﺎﺑﺎت اﻹﻧﺳﺎﻧﻳﺔ؛ اض اﻟﺳ ـ ـ ــﺎرﻳﺔ وﺷ ـ ـ ــﺑﻛﺎت اﻟرﺻ ـ ـ ــد اﻟﺻ ـ ـ ــﺣﻲ ووﺿ ـ ـ ــﻊ -٥ﺗﻌزﻳ ـ ـ ــز ﺗرﺻ ـ ـ ــد اﻷﻣـ ـ ـ ـر ئ واﻻﺳﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺟواﺋﺢ؛ اﺗﻳﺟﻳﺎت اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺄﻫب ﻟﻠطوار اﻻﺳﺗر ات اﻟﺻﺣﻳﺔ وﺟﻣﻊ وﻧﺷر اﻟﻣﻌطﻳـﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻـﺔ ﺑﺎﻟوﺿـﻊ اﻟﺻـﺣﻲ -٦وﺿﻊ اﻟﻣؤﺷر اﻟﻣﺳﻧدة اﻷﺳﺎﻟﻳب ﻳز ز وﺗﻌ اﻟﺻﺣﻳﺔ، واﻟﺳﻳﺎﺳﺎت واﻟﻧظم ﺑﺎﻟﺑﻳﻧﺎت. ّ
ات واﻟﺣﺻﺎﻧﺎت واﻟﺗﺳﻬﻳﻼت اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺧﺎﻣﺳﺔ -اﻻﻣﺗﻳﺎز ﻩ أو ﺗﺄوﻳﻠــﻪ ﻋﻠــﻰ أﻧــﻪ ﺗﻧــﺎزﻝ أو ﻟــﻳس ﻫﻧــﺎك ﻓــﻲ ﻫــذا اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ﻣــﺎ ﻳﻣﻛــن ﺗﻔﺳــﻳر ات ،واﻟﺣﺻــﺎﻧﺎت ،واﻟﺗﺳــﻬﻳﻼت اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﺗﻣﺗــﻊ ﺑﻬــﺎ اﻟﻣﻔوﺿــﻳﺔ واﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﺗﻌــدﻳﻝ ﻟﻼﻣﺗﻳــﺎز ﺑﻣوﺟب اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﺎت واﻟﻘواﻧﻳن اﻟوطﻧﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﻧطﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗﻳن.
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺳﺎدﺳﺔ -ﺗﺑﺎدﻝ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت -١ﺗﺗﺑ ــﺎدﻝ اﻟﻣﻔوﺿ ــﻳﺔ واﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣ ــﺎت ﺑﺷ ــﺄن اﻷﻧﺷ ــطﺔ اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﺗرﻛ ــز ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اءات ﻗــد ﻳﺗﻌــﻳن اﺗﺧﺎذﻫــﺎ ﻟﻠﺣﻔــﺎظ ﻋﻠــﻰ رﻋــﺎة أﻳــﺔ إﺟـر اﻻﻫﺗﻣﺎﻣــﺎت اﻟﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﺔ ،ﺷـرﻳطﺔ ﻣ ا ات. ﻣﺗطﻠﺑﺎت اﻟﺳرﻳﺔ أو اﻻﻣﺗﻳﺎز ي ﺑـ ــﻳن أﻋﺿـ ــﺎء ة ،ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺻـ ــﺎﻝ اﻟـ ــدور -٢ﻳﺳـ ــﺗﻛﻣﻝ ﻫـ ــذا اﻟﺗﺑـ ــﺎدﻝ ،ﺣﺳـ ــب اﻟﺿـ ــرور اﻟﻣﻔوﺿ ــﻳﺔ وأﻣﺎﻧ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ ﻣ ــن أﺟ ــﻝ اﻟﺗﺷ ــﺎور ﺑﺷ ــﺄن اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣ ــﺎت أو اﻷﻧﺷ ــطﺔ ذات اﻟﻣﺻﺎﻟﺢ اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ.
اءات اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻌﺔ -اﻹﺟر ﻳواﻓــق ﻛــﻝ ﻣــن اﻟﻣﻔوﺿــﻳﺔ واﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﺗﺧــﺎذ اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻌــود اءاﺗﻬﻣﺎ: ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻔﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻠﻳﻬﻣﺎ وﺗﻧﻔﻳذﻫﺎ وﻓﻘﺎً ﻹﺟر
89
اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن ﻣﻔوﺿﻳﺔ اﻻﺗﺣﺎد اﻷﻓرﻳﻘﻲ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
ات اﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﻌﻣوﻣﻳـﺔ واﻟﻣﺟﻠـس -١ﻳﻣﻛن أن ﻳدﻋﻰ ﻣﻣﺛﻠـو اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ ﻟﺣﺿـور دور رﺗــﻪ أو اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﺎﺗــﻪ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻧــﺎﻗش ﻓﻳﻬــﺎ اﻟﻣﺳــﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻘــﻊ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذي ﻟﻼﺗﺣــﺎد ،وﻣؤﺗﻣ ا ﻻت ة اﻫﺗﻣﺎﻣﺎت اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ وﻟﻠﻣﺷﺎرﻛﺔ ،ﺑدون اﻟﺗﻣﺗﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺣق ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺻـوﻳت ،ﻓـﻲ ﻣـداو داﺋر ﺗﻠك اﻟﻬﻳﺋﺎت ﺑﺷﺄن اﻟﺑﻧود اﻟواردة ﻓﻲ ﺟداوﻝ أﻋﻣﺎﻟﻬﺎ واﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻬﺗم ﺑﻬﺎ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ. ات -٢ﻳﻣﻛ ــن أن ﻳ ــدﻋﻰ ﻣﻣﺛﻠ ــو اﻻﺗﺣ ــﺎد ﻟﺣﺿ ــور ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ ودور ات اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ـ ــﺔ أو ﻟﺟﺎﻧﻬ ـ ــﺎ ،واﻟﻣﺟﻠ ـ ــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳ ـ ــذي واﻟﻠﺟ ـ ــﺎن اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳ ـ ــﺔ ،وﻣ ـ ــؤﺗﻣر ة اﻫﺗﻣﺎﻣـ ــﺎت اﻻﺗﺣـ ــﺎد اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﺎﺗﻬـ ــﺎ اﻟﺗـ ــﻲ ﺗﻧـ ــﺎﻗش ﻓﻳﻬـ ــﺎ اﻟﻣﺳـ ــﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﺗـ ــﻲ ﺗﻘـ ــﻊ ﻓـ ــﻲ داﺋ ـ ـر ﻻت ﺗﻠك اﻟﻬﻳﺋﺎت ﺑﺷﺄن اﻟﺑﻧود وﻟﻠﻣﺷﺎرﻛﺔ ،ﺑدون اﻟﺗﻣﺗﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺣق ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت ،ﻓﻲ ﻣداو اﻟواردة ﻓﻲ ﺟداوﻝ أﻋﻣﺎﻟﻬﺎ واﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻬﺗم اﻻﺗﺣﺎد ﺑﻬﺎ. ﻓــﻲ ﻣــﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠــق ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗــﺔ ﺑــﻳن أﻣﺎﻧــﺔ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻣــن ﺟﻬــﺔ ،واﻟﻣﻔوﺿــﻳﺔ ﻣــن ﺟﻬــﺔ ﻳﺗﺷــﺎور رﺋــﻳس اﻟﻣﻔوﺿــﻳﺔ ﻣــﻊ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ،ﻛﻠﻣــﺎ اﻗﺗﺿــﻰ اﻷﻣ ـ ــر ،ﺣ ـ ــوﻝ اﻟﻣﺳ ـ ــﺎﺋﻝ ذات اﻻﻫﺗﻣ ـ ــﺎم اﻟﻣﺷ ـ ــﺗرك .وﺗﺳ ـ ــﺗﻬدف ﻫ ـ ــذﻩ ات ﺗﻧﺳ ــﻳق وﺗطﺑﻳ ــق اﻟﺻ ــﻛوك ذات اﻟﻌﻼﻗ ــﺔ ،وﺳ ــﺎﺋر اﻟوﺛ ــﺎﺋق اﻟﻣﺷ ــﺎور اﻟﻣﻌﺗﻣدة ﻣن ﻗﺑﻝ اﻟطرﻓﻳن وذﻟك ﻋﻠﻰ أوﺳﻊ ﻧطﺎق ﻣﻣﻛن؛ اءات اﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳــﺑﺔ ﻣــن ﻗﺑــﻝ اﻟطــرﻓﻳن ﻟﺿــﻣﺎن اﻟﻌﻼﻗــﺔ اﻟوﺛﻳﻘــﺔ ﺗﺗﺧــذ اﻹﺟ ـر واﻟﺗﻌــﺎون ﺑــﻳن ﻣﺳــؤوﻟﻳﻬﻣﺎ .وﻟﻬــذا اﻟﻐــرض ،ﻳﺟــوز ﻟﻛــﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣــﺎ ﺗﻌﻳــﻳن ﻣﺳــؤوﻝ ﻳﻧــوب ﻋﻧــﻪ ﻟﻣﺗﺎﺑﻌــﺔ ﻣــﺎ ﻳﺣــرز ﻣــن ﺗﻘــدم ﻓــﻲ ﻣﺟــﺎﻝ اﻟﺗﻌــﺎون ة وﺻﻝ وأداة ﺗﻧﺳﻳق ﻓﻲ ﻫذا اﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ. ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣﺎ ،واﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﻣﺛﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﻣز )أ( ى: أﺧر
-٣
) ب(
ﺗﻳﺑﺎت اﻟﺗﻛﻣﻳﻠﻳﺔ واﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ: ﺗﻛون اﻟﺗر
-٤
ة ﻛـ ــﻝ ﻋـ ــﺎم ،ﺑـ ــﻳن ﻣﺳـ ــؤوﻟﻲ ﺗﻌﻘـ ــد اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋـ ــﺎت ،ﻛﻘﺎﻋـ ــدة ﻋﺎﻣـ ــﺔ ،ﻣ ـ ـر اﻟﻣﻔوﺿ ـ ــﻳﺔ واﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ـ ــﺔ ﻣﻣ ـ ــن ﺗﺗـ ـ ـواﻓر ﻓ ـ ــﻳﻬم اﻟﺷ ـ ــروط .وﻳ ـ ــﺗم ﺧﻼﻟﻬ ـ ــﺎ اض اﻟﺗﻘدم اﻟﻣﺣرز ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟـﺎﻻت اﻟﺗﻌـﺎون ذات اﻷوﻟوﻳـﺔ ،وﺗﺑـﺎدﻝ اﺳﺗﻌر رﺳ ـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﺷ ـ ـ ــﺎرﻳﻊ اﻟﺗﻌﺎوﻧﻳ ـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﺳ ـ ـ ــﺗﻘﺑﻠﻳﺔ ﻣ ـ ـ ــﻊ ﺗﺣدﻳ ـ ـ ــد اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣ ـ ـ ــﺎت ود ا ات اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﺳــﺗدﻋﻲ ﺑــذﻝ ﺟﻬــود ﺗﻌﺎوﻧﻳــﺔ وﺗﺗطﻠــب اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋــﺎت واﻟﺗظــﺎﻫر اﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳق؛ ﻳﺟــوز ﻋﻘــد اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋــﺎت دورﻳــﺔ وﻣﺧﺻﺻــﺔ ﺑــﻳن ﻣﺳــؤوﻟﻲ اﻟطــرﻓﻳن ﻣــﻊ إﺷ ــﻌﺎر ،ﻣﺳ ــؤوﻟﻲ اﻻﺗﺻ ــﺎﻝ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳ ــﻳن ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻟﻣﺳ ــﺗوﻳﺎت ذات اﻟﺻ ــﻠﺔ وﻣﺷﺎرﻛﺗﻬم ﻗدر اﻹﻣﻛـﺎن ،وﺗﺗﻧـﺎوﻝ ﺗﻠـك اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋـﺎت اﻟﻣﺳـﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳـﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﺎﻝ اﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳق ،وﻋﻠﻰ وﺟﻪ اﻟﺧﺻوص ﺗﻧﻔﻳـذ اﻟﻣﺷـﺎرﻳﻊ واﻟﻣﺷـﺎرﻛﺔ واﻋداد اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق. ﻓﻲ اﻟﻠﺟﺎن واﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت واﻷطر اف اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ٕ
)أ(
) ب(
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ اﻟﺗﻌﺎون اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻲ:
90
-٥
اءات ﻳﺧﺿــﻊ أي ﺗﻧﺳــﻳق ﻣــﺎﻟﻲ ﺑــﻳن اﻟﻣﻔوﺿــﻳﺔ واﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ إﻟــﻰ اﻟﻘواﻋــد واﻹﺟ ـر اض ﻣــﺎ ﻳﺣــرز ﻣــن ﺗﻘــدم ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﺑﻛــﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣــﺎ .وﺗﻘــوم اﻟﻣﻔوﺿــﻳﺔ واﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﺑﺎﺳــﺗﻌر ة .أﻣـ ــﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳـ ــﺑﺔ إطـ ــﺎر اﻟﻣﺷـ ــﺎرﻳﻊ اﻟﺧﺎﺻـ ــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻌـ ــﺎون اﻟﻣـ ــﺎﻟﻲ ،وذﻟـ ــك ﺣﺳـ ــب اﻟﺿـ ــرور ﻟﻠﻣﺧﺻﺻــﺎت اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﺻــﻝ إﻟــﻰ اﻟﻣﻔوﺿــﻳﺔ أو اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻣــن اﻟﻣــﺎﻧﺣﻳن ﺑﻬــدف ﺗﻣوﻳﻝ أﻧﺷطﺔ اﻟﺗﻌﺎون ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣﺎ ،ﻓﺗدار وﻓﻘﺎً ﻟﻠواﺋﺢ اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ واﻟﻘواﻋد واﻟﻣﻣﺎرﺳـﺎت اﻹدارﻳـﺔ اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟطرف اﻟﻣﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻟﺗﻠك اﻟﻣﺧﺻﺻﺎت.
اﻋﺎت اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻣﻧﺔ -اﻟﻘﺎﻧون وﺗﺳوﻳﺔ اﻟﻧز اع ،أو ﺧــﻼف ،أو ادﻋــﺎء ﻗــد ﻳﻧﺷــﺄ ﺑﺷــﺄن ﺗﻔﺳــﻳر أو ﺗطﺑﻳــق ﻫــذا ـوى أي ﻧ ـز ﻳﺳـ ﱠ اﻻﺗﻔـ ــﺎق ﺑطرﻳﻘـ ــﺔ ودﻳـ ــﺔ ﻋﺑـ ــر اﻟﻣﻔﺎوﺿـ ــﺎت ﺑـ ــﻳن اﻟطـ ــرﻓﻳن .وﻓـ ــﻲ ﺣـ ــﺎﻝ ﻓﺷـ ــﻝ ﺟﻬـ ــود ـﺎء ﻋﻠــﻰ طﻠــب أي ﻣــن اﻟطــرﻓﻳن إﻟــﻰ ﻳﺣــﺎﻝ ﻣﺛــﻝ ﻫــذا اﻟﻧ ـز اﻟﻣﻔﺎوﺿــﺎت اﻟودﻳــﺔُ ، اع ﺑﻧـ ً ي اﻟدوﻟـﻲ. اﻟﺗﺣﻛﻳم وﻓﻘﺎً ﻟﻘواﻋد اﻟﺗﺣﻛﻳم اﻟﺳﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧــون اﻟﺗﺟﺎر
اﺟﻌﺔ واﻟﻔﺳﺦ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺗﺎﺳﻌﺔ -اﻟﺗﻌدﻳﻝ أو اﻟﻣر -١ﻟﻳس ﻫﻧﺎك ﻓـﻲ ﻫـذا اﻻﺗﻔـﺎق ﻣـﺎ ﻳﻣﻛـن أن ﻳﻌـ ﱠ دﻝ أو ﻳـﻧﻘﺢ دون ﻣواﻓﻘـﺔ اﻟطـرﻓﻳن ح إﻟ ــﻰ اﻟط ــرف اﻵﺧ ــر. ر ﺧطﻳـ ـﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻌ ــدﻳﻝ اﻟﻣﻘﺗ ــر ور ﻫﻧـ ـﺎً ﺑﺈرﺳ ــﺎﻝ أﺣ ــد اﻟط ــرﻓﻳن إﺷ ــﻌﺎ اً ي ﻣﻔﻌوﻝ اﻟﺗﻌدﻳﻝ اﻟﻣذﻛور ﺑﻌد ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ) (٣أﺷﻬر ﻣن ﻣواﻓﻘﺔ اﻟطرف اﻵﺧر ﻋﻠﻳـﻪ وﻳﺳر ً. ﺧطﻳﺎ -٢ﻳﺟوز ﻷي ﻣن اﻟطـرﻓﻳن ﻓﺳـﺦ ﻫـذا اﻻﺗﻔـﺎق ﺑﺈﺷـﻌﺎر اﻟطـرف اﻵﺧـر ﻛﺗﺎﺑﻳـﺎً ﻗﺑـﻝ ﻋــﺎم واﺣــد ) (١ﻣــن إﻧﻬــﺎء اﻟﻌﻣــﻝ ﺑــﻪ .وﻓــﻲ ﺣــﺎﻝ ﻓﺳــﺦ اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ،ﻳواﻓــق اﻟطرﻓــﺎن ﻋﻠــﻰ ي ﺗﻧﻔﻳـــذﻫﺎ ﺧدﻣـ ــﺔ إﺻ ــدار أﺣﻛـــﺎم ﺗﻘﺿـــﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺗﻬـــﺎء ﻣـ ــن اﻷﻧﺷـــطﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣـــﺔ أو اﻟﺟ ــﺎر ﻟﻣﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﺷﻌوب اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء ﻓﻳﻬﻣﺎ .
ة -اﻻﺳﺗﻌﺎﺿﺔ وﺑدء اﻟﻧﻔﺎذ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﻌﺎﺷر -١ﻳــدﺧﻝ ﻫــذا اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ﺣﻳــز اﻟﻧﻔــﺎذ ﻓــﻲ ﺗــﺎرﻳﺦ ﺗوﻗﻳــﻊ اﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠــﻳن اﻟﻣﺧــوﻟﻳن أﺻــو ﻻً ﻳﺔ واﻟﻘواﻋد واﻟﻠواﺋﺢ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳﺔ ﻟﻬذﻳن اﻟطرﻓﻳن. ﻫﻧﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺑﺎدئ اﻟدﺳﺗور ﻟﻠطرﻓﻳن ،وذﻟك ر -٢ﻳﺣــﻝ ﻫــذا اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ،ﻓــﻲ ﺗــﺎرﻳﺦ دﺧوﻟــﻪ ﺣﻳــز اﻟﻧﻔــﺎذ ،ﻣﺣــﻝ اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق اﻟﻣﺑــرم ﺑــﻳن خ ﻓــﻲ ٢٤أﻳﻠــوﻝ /ﺳــﺑﺗﻣﺑر ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟوﺣــدة اﻷﻓرﻳﻘﻳــﺔ اﻟﻣــؤر ١٩٦٩واﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت ﻣــن أﺟــﻝ اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذ اﻟﻌﻣﻠــﻲ ﻟﻠﺗﻌــﺎون ﺑــﻳن اﻟطــرﻓﻳن اﻟﻣﺑرﻣــﺔ ﻓــﻲ ١١ أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ،١٩٨٢وﻳﻧﺳﺧﻬﻣﺎ.
91
اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن ﻣﻔوﺿﻳﺔ اﻻﺗﺣﺎد اﻷﻓرﻳﻘﻲ وﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
ﻻً اﻟﻠــذان ﻳــرد إﺳــﻣﺎﻫﻣﺎ أدﻧــﺎﻩ ﻻن أﺻــو واﺷـــﻬﺎداً ﻋﻠـــﻰ ﻣـــﺎ ﺗﻘـــدم ﻗــﺎم اﻟﻣﻣــﺛﻼن اﻟﻣﺧــو ٕ ﻳﺧﻳن اﻟﻣﺑﻳﻧﻳن ﺗﺣت ﺗوﻗﻳﻊ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ. ﺑﺎﻟﺗوﻗﻳﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺎر وﻗد وﺿﻊ ﻫذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﺛﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺳﺦ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺎت اﻟﻌرﺑﻳﺔ واﻹﻧﻛﻠﻳزﻳﺔ واﻟﻔرﻧﺳـﻳﺔ واﻟﺑرﺗﻐﺎﻟﻳـﺔ، ﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺣﺟﻳﺔ. وﺗﺳﺗوي ﻛﻝ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻧﺻوص اﻷر ﻋن ﻣﻔوﺿﻳﺔ اﻻﺗﺣﺎد اﻷﻓرﻳﻘﻲ ﻋن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
ﻋن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﻏرﻳت ﺗﺷﺎن ة ﻣﺎر اﻟدﻛﺗور ة اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ اﻟﻣدﻳر ٦ﺗﻣوز /ﻳوﻟﻳو ٢٠١٢
ﻋن ﻣﻔوﺿﻳﺔ اﻻﺗﺣﺎد اﻷﻓرﻳﻘﻲ ﺳﻌﺎدة اﻟﻣﺣﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﻳﻧﻳس ﻓﻳﻠوﻣﻳﻧﺎ ﺟﺎواﻧﺎس ﻣﻔوض اﻟﺷؤون اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﻳﺔ ٦ﺗﻣوز /ﻳوﻟﻳو ٢٠١٢
_________________
اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ وﻣرﻛز اﻟﺟﻧوب١ إن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ )اﻟﻣﺳﻣﺎة ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ "اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ"( ،ﻣن ﺟﻬﺔ؛ وﻣرﻛـز ى؛ اﻟﺟﻧوب ،ﻣن اﻟﺟﻬﺔ اﻷﺧر ﺗﻳب" ،اﻟطرف" و"اﻟطرﻓﺎن". وﻳﺳﻣﻳﺎن ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ،ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣدة وﻣﻌﺎً ،ﺑﺎﻟﺗر
رﻋــﺎة أن ﻫــدف ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻫــو أن ﺗﺑﻠــﻎ ﺟﻣﻳــﻊ اﻟﺷــﻌوب ﻣــﻊ ﻣ ا ـﺗوى ﺻ ــﺣﻲ ﻣﻣﻛ ــن ،وأن ﺗﺣﻘﻳ ــق ﻫ ــذا اﻟﻬ ــدف ﻳﻘﺗﺿ ــﻲ أن ﺗﻌﻣ ــﻝ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ أرﻓ ــﻊ ﻣﺳ ـ ً ﺑوﺻﻔﻬﺎ ﺳﻠطﺔ اﻟﺗوﺟﻳﻪ واﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳق ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠق ﺑﺎﻟﺷؤون اﻟﺻﺣﻳﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ؛ رﻋــﺎة أن ﻣرﻛــز اﻟﺟﻧــوب ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﺣﻛوﻣﻳــﺔ دوﻟﻳــﺔ ﻟﻠﺑﻠــدان اﻟﻧﺎﻣﻳــﺔ وﻛــذﻟك ﻣــﻊ ﻣ ا أﻧﺷــﺋت ﻛﺛﻣ ـر ﻫــﺎ اﻟﻣﻌﻧــون ة ﻟﺟﻧــﺔ اﻟﺟﻧــوب ،ﺑﻣــﺎ ﻓــﻲ ذﻟــك ﺗﻘرﻳر ة ﻣــن ﺛﻣــﺎر ﻋﻣــﻝ وﺧﺑ ـر ة اﻟﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﻳﺎﺳــﺎت "اﻟﺗﺣــدي اﻟــذي ﻳواﺟﻬــﻪ اﻟﺟﻧــوب" ،وذﻟــك ﺑﻬــدف ﺗﻌزﻳــز اﻟﻣﺷــور وﺗﻌزﻳز اﻟﺗﻌﺎون ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﺑﻳن اﻟﺑﻠدان اﻟﻧﺎﻣﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬودﻫﺎ اﻟﻣﺑذوﻟﺔ ﻣن أﺟﻝ ﺗﺣﻘﻳق اﻟﺗﻧﻣﻳـﺔ اﻻﻗﺗﺻﺎدﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﺳﺗداﻣﺔ؛ رﻗــب ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ ﻟﻸﻣــم وﻣــﻊ اﻟﺗــذﻛﻳر ﺑــﺄن ﻣرﻛــز اﻟﺟﻧــوب ﻟــﻪ ﻣرﻛــز ﻣ ا ار ،١٣١/٦٣اﻟﺻــﺎدر ﻓــﻲ ١٥ﻛــﺎﻧون اﻟﺛــﺎﻧﻲ /ﻳﻧــﺎﻳر ،٢٠٠٩ اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿــﻰ اﻟﻘ ـر واﻟــذي ﻳؤﻛــد ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟــدور اﻟﻬــﺎم اﻟــذي ﻳﺿــطﻠﻊ ﺑــﻪ ﻣرﻛــز اﻟﺟﻧــوب دﻋﻣ ـﺎً ﻟﻌﻣــﻝ اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ووﻛﺎﻻﺗﻬﺎ؛ وﻣﻊ اﻟﺗذﻛﻳر ﻛذﻟك ﺑﺄن ﻫﻧﺎك ﺗﻌﺎوﻧﺎً ﺑﻳن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ وﻣرﻛز اﻟﺟﻧـوب ﺑﺧﺻـوص ﺑﻌض اﻟﻣﺳﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﺣﺔ واﻟﺗﻧﻣﻳﺔ ،ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓـﻲ ذﻟـك إﺗﺎﺣـﺔ اﻷدوﻳـﺔ واﻟﺗﻛﻧوﻟوﺟﻳـﺎت ى ،واﻟﺑﺣ ــث واﻟﺗط ــوﻳر ﻓ ــﻲ ﻣﺟ ــﺎﻝ اﻷدوﻳ ــﺔ واﻟﺗﻛﻧوﻟوﺟﻳ ــﺎت اﻟﺻ ــﺣﻳﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﻳﺔ اﻷﺧ ــر ى؛ اﻷﺧر رﻛـ ـﺎً ﻣﻧﻬﻣ ــﺎ ﻟﻧﺷ ــوء ﺗﺣ ــدﻳﺎت دﻳﻧﺎﻣﻳ ــﺔ أﻣ ــﺎم اﻟﺑﻠ ــدان اﻟﻧﺎﻣﻳ ــﺔ ﻳﻣﻛ ــن ﻟﺗﻼﻗ ــﻲ واد ا ٕ ز ﻋﻣﻠﻬﻣـﺎ ﻋﻠـﻰ دﻋـم ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟـﺔ اﻟﺗﺣـدﻳﺎت اﻟرﺋﻳﺳـﻳﺔ ﻣﺻﺎﻟﺢ اﻟطـرﻓﻳن وﻟﺗﻛﺎﻣﻠﻬﻣـﺎ أن ﻳﻌـز ا ي؛ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗواﺟﻬﻬﺎ اﻟﺑﻠدان اﻟﻧﺎﻣﻳﺔ ،ﻣﻊ اﻟﺣﻔﺎظ ﻓﻲ اﻟوﻗت ذاﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﺳﺗﻘﻼﻝ اﻟﻔﻛر ﻻﻳـﺔ اﻟﻣﺳـﻧدة إﻟـﻰ ﻛـﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣـﺎ، ﻏﺑﺔ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻧﺳـﻳق ﺟﻬودﻫﻣـﺎ ﻓـﻲ إطـﺎر اﻟو ور ووﻓﻘﺎً ﻷﺣﻛﺎم دﺳﺗور اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ وﻟﻼﺗﻔﺎق اﻟﻣﻧﺷﺊ ﻟﻣرﻛز اﻟﺟﻧوب؛ ﻏﺑﺔ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌزﻳز اﻟﺗﻌﺎون ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﺎس اﻟﺗﺷﺎور اﻟﻣﺳﺗﻣر؛ ور ١اﻋﺗﻣدﺗــﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ اﻟﺳﺎدﺳــﺔ واﻟﺳــﺗون ﻓــﻲ ٢٧أﻳــﺎر /ﻣــﺎﻳو ٢٠١٣ ار ج ص ع.٢٠-٦٦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘر 92
93
اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ وﻣرﻛز اﻟﺟﻧوب ﻓﻘد اﺗﻔﻘﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ:
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻫذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﻳﺣﻛم ﻫذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎت ﺑﻳن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ وﻣرﻛز اﻟﺟﻧوب.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢ اض وﻣﺟﺎﻻت اﻟﺗﻌﺎون أﻏر -١ﻳﺗﻣﺛــﻝ ﻏــرض ﻫــذا اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ﻓــﻲ ﺗﻌزﻳــز اﻟﺗﻌــﺎون ﺑــﻳن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ وﻣرﻛــز اﻟﺟﻧــوب زﻣ ــﺎت ﻓ ــﻲ ﻛ ــﻝ اﻟﻣﺳ ــﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﺗظﻬ ــر ﻓ ــﻲ ﻣﺟ ــﺎﻝ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ وذات اﻟﺻ ــﻠﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﺷ ــطﺔ واﻟﺗ ا ى. اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗﻳن ،ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟك إﺗﺎﺣﺔ اﻷدوﻳﺔ واﻟﺗﻛﻧوﻟوﺟﻳﺎت اﻟﺻﺣﻳﺔ اﻷﺧر ﻻﻳﺔ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣـﺎ وﻟﻠﻘواﻋـد -٢ﻳؤﻛد ﻣﺟدداً ﻛﻝ ﻣن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ وﻣرﻛز اﻟﺟﻧوب ،وﻓﻘﺎً ﻟو اﻣﺎﺗﻬﻣــﺎ اﻟﺗﻛﺎﻣﻠﻳــﺔ اﻟﺧﺎﺻــﺔ واﻟﺳﻳﺎﺳــﺎت واﻟﻣﻣﺎرﺳــﺎت اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻳﺗﺑﻌﻬــﺎ ﻛــﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣــﺎ ،ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﺗز ﺑﺧدﻣــﺔ اﺣﺗﻳﺎﺟــﺎت اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء ﻓــﻲ ﻛــﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣــﺎ واﻟﺑﻠــدان اﻟﺷـرﻳﻛﺔ ﻟﻛــﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣــﺎ ﻋــن طرﻳــق اﻟوﺳــﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﻣﻼﺋﻣــﺔ ﻛﺎﻓــﺔ ،ﺑﻣــﺎ ﻓــﻲ ذﻟــك :أﻧﺷــطﺔ اﻟﺑﺣــوث ،وﺟﻣــﻊ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت وﺗﻌﻣﻳﻣﻬ ــﺎ ،وﻋﻘ ــد اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋ ــﺎت ﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠ ــﻲ اﻟ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء ﻓ ــﻲ ﻛ ــﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣ ــﺎ وأﺻ ــﺣﺎب اﻟﻣﺻﻠﺣﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳﻳن ﻟدى ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ. -٣ﻳﺣﺗــرم اﻟﺗﻌــﺎون ﺑــﻳن اﻟطــرﻓﻳن اﻻﺧﺗﻼﻓــﺎت ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت اﻟﻣؤﺳﺳــﻳﺔ واﻟﺗﺷــﻐﻳﻠﻳﺔ اﺗﻬﻣــﺎ اﻟﻧﺳــﺑﻳﺔ ،وذﻟــك ﻛــﻲ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗــﻧظم ﻋﻣــﻝ ﻛــﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣــﺎ ،وﻛﻔﺎءاﺗﻬﻣــﺎ اﻷﺳﺎﺳــﻳﺔ ،وﻣﻳز ﻳﺻﺑﺢ اﻟﺗﻌﺎون ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﺎﻝ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﺗﻛﺎﻣﻠﻳﺎً وﻳﻌزز ﺑﻌﺿﻪ ﺑﻌﺿﺎً.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣ اﻟﺟواﻧب اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ واﻟﺗﻌﺑﺋﺔ اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ ﻟﻠﻣوارد ـرف ﻫــذا اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ﺑوﺟــﻪ ﻋــﺎم أﺳــﺎس اﻟﺗﻌــﺎون وﻟﻛﻧــﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺷــﻛﻝ اﻟﺗ ا - ١ﻳﻌـ ﱢ زﻣ ـﺎً ﻣﺎﻟﻳ ـﺎً ﻳﻣﺛﻝ أﺳﺎس اﻟﻧﻔﻘﺎت. ام اﻟﻘـﺎﻧوﻧﻲ أو -٢ﻋﻧد اﻟﺣد اﻟذي ﻳﻣﻛن أن ﻳؤدي ﻋﻧدﻩ أي ﻧﺷﺎط إﻟﻰ زﻳـﺎدة اﻻﻟﺗـز ام اﺗﻔــﺎق ﻣﻧﻔﺻــﻝ ﻗﺑــﻝ أن ﻳــﺗم اﻻﺿــطﻼع ﺑﻬــذا اﻟﻧﺷــﺎط ،وذﻟــك ر اﻟﻣــﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﺟــب إﺑ ـر ﻫﻧ ـﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﻠواﺋﺢ اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ واﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻣن ﻣرﻛز اﻟﺟﻧوب واﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ.
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
94
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤ اﻟﺗﻣﺛﻳﻝ اﻟﻣﺗﺑﺎدﻝ ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺑدأ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺛﻝ ﻳدﻋﻰ ﻣرﻛز اﻟﺟﻧوب إﻟﻰ أن ﻳﻣﺛﱠﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ -١ ً ى ﻣــن ﻫــذا ﻳﺗﻔــق ﻋﻠــﻰ أﻧــﻪ ﻣﻼﺋــم ،ﻓــﻲ اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋــﺎت اﻷﺧــر اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ،وﺣﺳــﺑﻣﺎ ُ واﻟـﻰ اﻟﻣﺷـﺎرﻛﺔ اﻟﺟﻧوب، ﻟﻣرﻛز أﻫﻣﻳﺔ ذات وﺗﻛون اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﻋﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﻘﺑﻳﻝ واﻟﺗﻲ ﺗُﻌﻘد ﺑر ٕ ﻻﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺷــﺄن ﺑﻧــود ﺟ ــدوﻝ أﻋﻣﺎﻟﻬــﺎ ذات اﻷﻫﻣﻳ ــﺔ ﺑــدون اﻟﺣــق ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﺗﺻــوﻳت ﻓــﻲ ﻣ ــداو ﻟﻣرﻛز اﻟﺟﻧوب. ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺑـدأ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠـﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺛـﻝ ﺗـدﻋﻰ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ إﻟـﻰ أن ﺗﻣﺛﱠـﻝ ﻓـﻲ اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋـﺎت -٢ ً ﻳﺗﻔ ــق ﻋﻠ ــﻰ أﻧ ــﻪ ﻣﻼﺋ ــم ،ﻓ ــﻲ اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋ ــﺎت ـﺑﻣﺎ ـ ﺳ وﺣ ـوب، ـ ﻧ اﻟﺟ ـز ـ ﻛ ﻣر ـﻲ ـ ﻠ ﻣﻣﺛ ـس ـ ﻠ ﻣﺟ ُ ﻋﺎﻳـﺔ ﻣرﻛـز اﻟﺟﻧـوب وﺗﻛـون ذات أﻫﻣﻳـﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ ى ﻣن ﻫذا اﻟﻘﺑﻳﻝ واﻟﺗﻲ ﺗُﻌﻘد ﺑر اﻷﺧر اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ، اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻻﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺷـﺄن ﺑﻧـود واﻟﻰ اﻟﻣﺷﺎرﻛﺔ ﺑـدون اﻟﺣـق ﻓـﻲ اﻟﺗﺻـوﻳت ﻓـﻲ ﻣـداو ٕ ﺟدوﻝ أﻋﻣﺎﻟﻪ ذات اﻷﻫﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥ ﺗﺑﺎدﻝ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت -١ﺗﺗﺑـ ــﺎدﻝ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ وﻣرﻛـ ــز اﻟﺟﻧـ ــوب اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣـ ــﺎت اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘـ ــﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻧﺷـ ــطﺔ اﻟﺧﺎﺻـ ــﺔ ﻫﻧـﺎً ﺑﺄﻳـﺔ ﺗـداﺑﻳر ﻗـد ﻳﻠـزم اﺗﺧﺎذﻫـﺎ ﻟﺿـﻣﺎن ﺑﺎﻟﻣواﺿﻳﻊ ﻣﺣﻝ اﻻﻫﺗﻣﺎم اﻟﻣﺷﺗرك ،وذﻟـك ر اﻟوﻓﺎء ﺑﺷروط اﻟﺳرﻳﺔ أو اﻻﻣﺗﻳﺎز. ـﺎء ﻋﻠـﻰ طﻠـب -٢وﺗﺗم ﺗﻛﻣﻠﺔ ﻫذا اﻟﺗﺑـﺎدﻝ ،ﻋﻧـد اﻟﻠـزوم ،ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺷـﺎور ات اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗُﻌﻘـد ﺑﻧ ً اﻟطرف اﻵﺧر ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗظﻬر ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠق ﺑﻬذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٦ ات واﻟﺣﺻﺎﻧﺎت اﻻﻣﺗﻳﺎز ﻩ أو ﻓﻬﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻧﻪ اﺳـﺗﺛﻧﺎء أو ﺗﻌـدﻳﻝ ﻻ ﻳوﺟد ﻓﻲ ﻫذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﻛن ﺗﻔﺳﻳر ات و /أو اﻟﺣﺻ ــﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﻳﺗﻣﺗ ــﻊ ﺑﻬ ــﺎ ﻛ ــﻝ ﻣ ــن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ وﻣرﻛ ــز اﻟﺟﻧ ــوب ﻟﻼﻣﺗﻳ ــﺎز ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿﻰ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﺎت اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ واﻟﻘواﻧﻳن اﻟوطﻧﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﻧطﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺗﻳن.
95
اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ وﻣرﻛز اﻟﺟﻧوب
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٧ ﺑدء اﻟﺳرﻳﺎن واﻟﺗﻌدﻳﻝ واﻹﻧﻬﺎء -١ﻳﺑــدأ ﺳ ـرﻳﺎن ﻫــذا اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ﻓــﻲ ﺗــﺎرﻳﺦ اﻟﺗوﻗﻳــﻊ ﻋﻠﻳــﻪ ﻣــن اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻫﻧ ـﺎً ﺑﺎﻋﺗﻣــﺎدﻩ ﻣــن ﺟﺎﻧــب ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ واﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذي ﻟﻣرﻛــز اﻟﺟﻧــوب ،وذﻟــك ر اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ وﻣﺟﻠس ﻣرﻛز اﻟﺟﻧوب. -٢ﻳﺟوز ﺗﻌدﻳﻝ ﻫذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻣواﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﺗﺑﺎدﻟﺔ ﻛﺗﺎﺑﻳﺔ .ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﺟوز ﻷي طرف إﻧﻬﺎؤﻩ ﺑﺈﺧطﺎر اﻟطرف اﻵﺧر ﻗﺑﻝ ﺳﺗﺔ ﺷﻬور. -٣ﻓـ ــﻲ ﺣﺎﻟـ ــﺔ إﻧﻬـ ــﺎء اﻻﺗﻔـ ــﺎق ﻳﺗﺧـ ــذ اﻟطرﻓـ ــﺎن ﺟﻣﻳـ ــﻊ اﻟﺧط ـ ـوات اﻟﺿـ ــرورﻳﺔ ﻛـ ــﻲ ي ﺗﻧﻔﻳذﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ إطﺎر ﻫذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق. ار ﺑﺄي ﻣن اﻷﻧﺷطﺔ اﻟﺟﺎر ﻻ ﻳﺿر ﻫذا اﻟﻘر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٨ اﻋﺎت ﺗﺳوﻳﺔ اﻟﻧز اع أو ﺧﻼف أو ﻣطﺎﻟﺑﺔ ﻣﻣـﺎ ﻗـد ﻳﺗرﺗـب ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺗﻔﺳـﻳر ﻫـذا اﻻﺗﻔـﺎق ﺳوى أي ﻧز ﻳ ﱠ ُ واذا أﺧﻔﻘــت ﻣﺳــﺎﻋﻲ اﻟﺗﻔــﺎوض . ـرﻓﻳن ـ ط اﻟ ـﻳن ـ ﺑ ـﺎوض ـ ﻔ اﻟﺗ ـق ـ ﻳ ر ط ـن ـ ﻋ ﺎ ـ ﻳ ود أو ﺗطﺑﻳﻘــﻪ ً ٕ ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ طﻠب أي ﻣـن اﻟطـرﻓﻳن ،إﻟـﻰ اﻟﺗﺣﻛـﻳم اﻟودي ﻳﺣﺎﻝ أي ﻧز اع ﻣن ﻫذا اﻟﻘﺑﻳﻝً ، ي اﻟدوﻟﻲ. وﻓﻘﺎً ﻟﻘواﻋد اﻟﺗﺣﻛﻳم اﻟﺳﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧون اﻟﺗﺟﺎر واﺛﺑﺎﺗﺎً ﻟﻣﺎ ﺗﻘدم أُﺑرم ﻫذا اﻻﺗﻔﺎق وﺗم اﻟﺗوﻗﻳﻊ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻧﻳف ﻓـﻲ ١٨ﺗﺷـرﻳن ٕ اﻷوﻝ /أﻛﺗوﺑر ٢٠١٣ـ ـ ـ ﻣن ﻧﺳﺧﺗﻳن ﻛﻠﺗﺎﻫﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﻛﻠﻳزﻳﺔ.
ﻋن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﻏرﻳت ﺗﺷﺎن ة ﻣﺎر اﻟدﻛﺗور
ﻋن ﻣرﻛز اﻟﺟﻧوب ﻣﺎرﺗﻳن ﺧور
اﻟﻣﺑﺎدئ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﻛم اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎت ﺑﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ واﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺎت ﻏﻳر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ١ -١ﻣﻘدﻣﺔ ١-١ﻛﻣــﺎ ﺟــﺎء ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣــﺎدة ٢ﻣــن اﻟدﺳــﺗور ،ﻓــﺈن ﻣــن اﻟوظــﺎﺋف اﻟرﺋﻳﺳــﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﻣــﻝ ﻛﺳــﻠطﺔ اﻟﺗوﺟﻳــﻪ واﻟﺗﻧﺳــﻳق ﻓــﻲ ﻣﻳــدان اﻟﻌﻣــﻝ اﻟﺻــﺣﻲ اﻟــدوﻟﻲ .ودﻋﻣــﺎ ﻟﻬذﻩ اﻟوظﻳﻔﺔ ،ووﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻣﺎدة ٧١ﻣن اﻟدﺳﺗور ،ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺟوز ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺔ أن ﺗﺗﺧذ ،ﻓـﻲ ﺗﻧﻔﻳـذ ﻋﻣﻠﻬــﺎ اﻟﺻــﺣﻲ اﻟــدوﻟﻲ ،اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت اﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳــﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺷــﺎور واﻟﺗﻌــﺎون ﻣــﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت ﻏﻳــر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ. ٢-١وﻳﻧﺑﻐــﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت أن ﺗﻌﻣــﻝ ،ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠــق ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت ﻏﻳــر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳــﺔ ،وﻓﻘــﺎ ات ذات ﺻـ ـ ــﻠﺔ ﺗﺻـ ـ ــدر ﻋـ ـ ــن اﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣـ ـ ــﺔ أو اﻟﻣﺟﻠـ ـ ــس اﻻﻗﺗﺻـ ـ ــﺎدي رر ﻷي ﻗ ـ ـ ـ ا واﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﻲ اﻟﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻸﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة. ٣-١وﺗﺗﻣﺛــﻝ أﻫــداف ﺗﻌــﺎون اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻣــﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت ﻏﻳــر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳــﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﺗﺷــﺟﻳﻊ ة اﻟرﺋﺎﺳــﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ، ات اﻷﺟﻬ ـز رر اﻣﺞ اﻟﻧﺎﺷــﺋﺔ ﻣــن ﻗ ـ ا اﺗﻳﺟﻳﺎت واﻟﺑ ـر اﻟﺳﻳﺎﺳــﺎت واﻻﺳــﺗر اﻣﺞ ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻓــﻲ إطــﺎر أﻧﺷــطﺔ ﻳﺗﻔــق ﻋﻠﻳﻬــﺎ واﻟﺗﻌــﺎون ﻣــﻊ ﻣﺧﺗﻠــف ﺑ ـر اﺗﻳﺟﻳﺎت ،واﻟﻘﻳــﺎم ﺑــدور ﻣﻧﺎﺳــب ﻓــﻲ ﺗــﺄﻣﻳن اﻻﺗﺳــﺎق ة ﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﺔ ﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذ ﻫــذﻩ اﻻﺳــﺗر ﺑﺻــور ة اﻟﻘطﺎﻋﻳــﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳــﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﺑــﻳن اﻟﻣﺻــﺎﻟﺢ اﻟﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﺔ ﺑــﻳن اﻟﻘطﺎﻋــﺎت ﻓــﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠــف اﻷﺟﻬ ـز اﻹطﺎر اﻟوطﻧﻲ أو اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻲ أو اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ.
-٢أﻧواع اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺳﺗوى اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ وﻧﺷوؤﻫﺎ ١-٢ﺗﻌﺗــرف اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﺑﻔﺋــﺔ واﺣــدة ﻣــن اﻟﻌﻼﻗــﺎت اﻟرﺳــﻣﻳﺔ ﻣــﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت ﻏﻳــر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻔــﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻌــﺎﻳﻳر اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗــرد ﻓــﻲ ﻣﺑــﺎدئ اﻟﻌﻣــﻝ ﻫــذﻩ .أﻣــﺎ اﻻﺗﺻــﺎﻻت ى ،ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟك ﻋﻼﻗﺎت اﻟﻌﻣﻝ ،ﻓﺗﻌد اﺗﺻﺎﻻت ﻏﻳر رﺳﻣﻳﺔ. اﻷﺧر ي ﻣـن واﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻼﻗﺎت ﻣﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺎت ﻏﻳـر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳـﺔ ﻫـﻲ ﻋﻣﻠﻳـﺔ ﻣﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌـﺔ ﺗﺟـر ٕ ٢-٢ ات اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ. اﺣﻝ اﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧﺣو اﻟوارد ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻘر ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋدد ﻣن اﻟﻣر ٣-٢وﺗﺄﺧــذ اﻻﺗﺻــﺎﻻت اﻷوﻟــﻰ ﻣــﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻏﻳــر ﺣﻛوﻣﻳــﺔ ﻹﻳﺟــﺎد ﺗﻔــﺎﻫم ﻣﺗﺑــﺎدﻝ واﻟﻣﺳ ــﺎﻋدة ﻓ ــﻲ إﻳﺟ ــﺎد اﻫﺗﻣﺎﻣ ــﺎت ﻣﺗﺑﺎدﻟ ــﺔ ﻋ ــﺎدة ﺷ ــﻛﻝ ﺗﺑ ــﺎدﻝ ﻟﻠﻣﻌﻠوﻣ ــﺎت وﻣﺷ ــﺎرﻛﺔ ع ﻣـن اﻻﺗﺻـﺎﻝ ﻏﻳـر اﻟرﺳـﻣﻲ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻣﺗﺑﺎدﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﺎت ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ .وﻗد ﻳﺳﺗﻣر ﻫـذا اﻟﻧـو ي ﻓـﻲ ﻫـذﻩ اﻟﻣرﺣﻠـﺔ أﺳﺎس ﻣﺧﺻص ﺑدون ﺣد زﻣﻧﻲ أو اﺗﻔﺎق ﻣﻛﺗوب .ﻏﻳر أﻧـﻪ ﻳﺟـر ار ج ص ع (٢٥-٤٠ﻟﻳﺣــﻝ ﻣﺣــﻝ اﻟﻣﺑــﺎدئ ١ﻧــص اﻋﺗﻣدﺗــﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ اﻷرﺑﻌــون )اﻟﻘـر اﻟﺗﻲ اﻋﺗﻣدﺗﻬﺎ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺗﺎ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺗﺎن اﻷوﻟﻰ واﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ. 97
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
98
ﻛ ــذﻟك ﺗﻌﻳ ــﻳن اﻷﻫ ــداف اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ــﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻌ ــﺎون واﺳﺗﻛﺷ ــﺎف إﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳ ــﺔ ﺗوﺳ ــﻳﻊ ﻧطﺎﻗ ــﻪ ﻟﻳﺷ ــﻣﻝ ة اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﻏﻳر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ. أﻧﺷطﺔ ﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ ﻣﺣددة ﺗﺗﻣﺷﻰ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺧﺑر ٤-٢وﺑﻌــد ﺗﻌﻳــﻳن ﻋــدد ﻣــن اﻷﻧﺷــطﺔ اﻟﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﺔ اﻟﻣﺣــددة ،ﻗــد ﻳﻧﺗﻘــﻝ اﻟﺗﻌــﺎون إﻟــﻰ ة )ﺳﻧﺗﻳن ﻋﺎدة( ﻣن ﻋﻼﻗﺎت اﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺗﺑدأ ﺑﺗﺑـﺎدﻝ ﺧطﺎﺑـﺎت ﺑﻬـذا ﻣرﺣﻠﺔ ﺟدﻳدة ﺗﺗﺳم ﺑﻔﺗر اﻟﺷ ــﺄن .وﺗﺣ ــدد ﻫ ــذﻩ اﻟﺧطﺎﺑ ــﺎت اﻷﺳ ــس اﻟﻣﺗﻔ ــق ﻋﻠﻳﻬ ــﺎ ﻟﻠﺗﻌ ــﺎون ،وﺗوﺿ ــﺢ ﺗﻔﺎﺻ ــﻳﻝ ات ﻟﻠﻣـوارد اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻘــدﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ة ،وﺗﺿــﻊ ﺗﻘــدﻳر اﻷﻧﺷــطﺔ اﻟﻣﻘــرر اﻟﻘﻳــﺎم ﺑﻬــﺎ أﺛﻧــﺎء اﻟﻔﺗـر رﻛـز اﻻﺗﺻـﺎﻝ ﻓـﻲ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ ﻏﻳـر اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ واﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﻏﻳر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ ،وﺗﻌﻳن ﻣ ا ي ﺗﻘﻳــﻳم ﻣﺷــﺗرك اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳــﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ )ﺗﺳــﻣﻳﻪ ﻣوظــف ﺗﻘﻧــﻲ( .وﻳﺟــر ة ﻋﻼﻗــﺎت اﻟﻌﻣــﻝ ﻟﺣﺻــﻳﻠﺔ اﻟﺗﻌــﺎون اﻟــذي ﺗــم ﺗﺧطﻳطــﻪ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻫــذا اﻟﻧﺣــو ﻓــﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳــﺔ ﻓﺗـر اف اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳـﺔ ،اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﻧظـر ﻛـذﻟك ﻓـﻲ اﻟﻌﻼﻗـﺎت اﻟﻣﺳـﺗﻘﺑﻠﻳﺔ .وﻗـد ﻳﺳـﻔر ﺗﺷﺗرك ﻓﻳﻪ اﻷطـر ى ،أو ﻋ ــن ﺗﻘ ــدﻳم طﻠ ــب ﻟﻠ ــدﺧوﻝ ﻓ ــﻲ ة أﺧ ــر ذﻟ ــك ﻋ ــن ﻣواﺻ ــﻠﺔ ﻋﻼﻗ ــﺎت اﻟﻌﻣ ــﻝ ﻟﻔﺗـ ـر ﻋﻼﻗــﺎت رﺳــﻣﻳﺔ ﻣــﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻣــن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ ﻏﻳــر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳــﺔ، ﻟﻳﻧظ ــر ﻓﻳ ــﻪ اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳ ــذي ،إذا ﺗ ــوﻓر ﻋ ــدد ﻣ ــن اﻷﻧﺷ ــطﺔ اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﻳﻣﻛ ــن أن ﺗﺷ ــﻛﻝ ار أﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﻟﻌﻼﻗـﺔ أوﺛـق وأطـوﻝ أﺟـﻼ ﻣـﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ ،أو ﻋـن اﺗﺧـﺎذ ﻗـر ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳوﺟد ﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﻟﻣزﻳد ﻣن اﻻﺗﺻﺎﻻت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ اﻟﻣﻧظور .وﺗﻌﺗﺑر اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺧذ ﻟﻠﺗﺷـﺎور واﻟﺗﻌـﺎون ﻣـﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺎت ﻏﻳـر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳـﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻟﻣﺳـﺗوى اﻟﻌـﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﺗرﺗﻳﺑﺎت ﻏﻳر رﺳﻣﻳﺔ. ﻻً ﻋن اﻟﺑت ﻓـﻲ ﻣﺳـﺄﻟﺔ دﺧـوﻝ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺎت ﻏﻳـر ٥-٢وﻳﻛون اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي ﻣﺳؤو اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻗﺎت رﺳﻣﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ.
ﻣﻌــﺎﻳﻳر دﺧ ــوﻝ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺎت ﻏﻳ ــر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳ ــﺔ ﻓ ــﻲ ﻋﻼﻗ ــﺎت رﺳ ــﻣﻳﺔ ﻣ ــﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
-٣
١-٣ﻳﺟــب أن ﻳﻘــﻊ اﻟﻣﺟــﺎﻝ اﻟرﺋﻳﺳــﻲ ﻟﻧﺷــﺎط اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻏﻳــر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳــﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳــﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﻧطـﺎق اﺧﺗﺻــﺎص ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻛﻣــﺎ أن أﻫــداﻓﻬﺎ وأﻧﺷــطﺗﻬﺎ ﻳﺟــب أن ﺗﺗﻔــق ح وأﻫداف وﻣﺑﺎدئ دﺳـﺗور اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ ،وﻳﺟـب أن ﺗرﻛـز ﻋﻠـﻰ أﻋﻣـﺎﻝ اﻟﺗﻧﻣﻳـﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﻣﻊ رو ة ﻣــن اﻟﻣﺷــﺎﻏﻝ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻫــﻲ اﻟﻣﺟــﺎﻻت اﻟﺻــﺣﻳﺔ أو اﻟﻣرﺗﺑطــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺻــﺣﺔ وأن ﺗﻛــون ﻣﺗﺣــرر أﺳﺎﺳﺎ ذات طﺑﻳﻌﺔ ﺗﺟﺎرﻳﺔ أو ﺗﺳﺗﻬدف اﻟرﺑﺢ .وﺑﺎﻟﻣﺛﻝ ﻳﺟب أن ﻳﻛون اﻟﻘﺳـم اﻟرﺋﻳﺳـﻲ اﺗﻳﺟﻳﺎت ﺗــوﻓﻳر ﻣـن أﻧﺷــطﺔ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻏﻳـر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳــﺔ ﻣﺗﺻــﻼ اﺗﺻــﺎﻻ وﺛﻳﻘـﺎ ﺑﺗﻧﻔﻳــذ اﺳــﺗر اﺗﻳﺟﻳﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻟﺗــوﻓﻳر اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﺟﻣﻳــﻊ وذا وﻗــﻊ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻫــذا اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذ ،اﻟــذي ﻗررﺗــﻪ اﻻﺳــﺗر اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﺟﻣﻳــﻊ ﺑﺣﻠــوﻝ ﻋــﺎم ٢٠٠٠وﺑرﻧــﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻌﻣــﻝ اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ة ﻣﺣدودة. اﻟذي ﻳﻐطﻲ ﻓﺗر ٢-٣وﻳﺟب أن ﺗﻛون اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﻏﻳر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ ﻋـﺎدة دوﻟﻳـﺔ ﻣـن ﺣﻳـث ﺗﻛوﻳﻧﻬـﺎ و/أو ة ﻣـن اﻷﺷـﺧﺎص اﻟـذﻳن ﻳﻧظﻣـون ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻟﻣﺳـﺗوى اﻟﻌـﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻧطﺎﻗﻬﺎ ،وأن ﺗﻣﺛﻝ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻛﺑﻳـر ﻟﻐ ــرض اﻟﻣﺷ ــﺎرﻛﺔ ﻓ ــﻲ ﻣﺟ ــﺎﻝ اﻻﻫﺗﻣ ــﺎم اﻟﻣﺣ ــدد اﻟ ــذي ﺗﻌﻣ ــﻝ ﻓﻳ ــﻪ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ .وﻳﻣﻛ ــن، ﺣﻳﺛﻣــﺎ ﺗوﺟــد ﻋــدة ﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت دوﻟﻳــﺔ ﻏﻳــر ﺣﻛوﻣﻳــﺔ ذات ﻣﺟــﺎﻻت اﻫﺗﻣــﺎم ﻣﺗﺷــﺎﺑﻬﺔ ،أن ـوض ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻣـ ــﻝ ﻧﻳﺎﺑـ ــﺔ ﻋـ ــن ـون ﻫـ ــذﻩ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺎت ﻟﺟﻧـ ــﺔ ﻣﺷـ ــﺗرﻛﺔ أو ﻫﻳﺋـ ــﺔ أﺧـ ــر ى ﺗﻔـ ـ ّ ﺗﻛـ ـ ّ اﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ ﻛﻛﻝ.
99
اﻟﻣﺑﺎدئ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﻛم اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎت ﺑﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ واﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺎت ﻏﻳر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ
٣-٣وﻳﺟــب أن ﻳﻛــون ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻏﻳــر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳــﺔ دﺳــﺗور أو وﺛﻳﻘــﺔ أﺳﺎﺳــﻳﺔ ﻣﻣﺎﺛﻠــﺔ، ي ﻋﻠ ــﻰ ﻣﺳ ــﺗوﻳﺎت ﻋﻣ ــﻝ وﻣﻘــر رﺋﻳﺳ ــﻲ داﺋ ــم ،وﺟﻬــﺎز ﻣوﺟ ــﻪ أو رﺋﺎﺳ ــﻲ ،وﻫﻳﻛــﻝ إدار ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔــﺔ ،وﺳــﻠطﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺣــدث ﺑﺎﺳــم أﻋﺿــﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻣــن ﺧــﻼﻝ ﻣﻣﺛﻠﻳﻬــﺎ اﻟﻣﻔوﺿــﻳن .وﻳﺟــب أن ﻳﻣﺎرس أﻋﺿﺎؤﻫﺎ ﺣﻘوق اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠق ﺑﺳﻳﺎﺳﺎﺗﻬﺎ أو أﻋﻣﺎﻟﻬﺎ. ٤-٣وﻫﻛ ــذا ﺗﺷ ــﻣﻝ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺎت اﻟﻣؤﻫﻠ ــﺔ ﻟﻠ ــدﺧوﻝ ﻓ ــﻲ ﻋﻼﻗ ــﺎت رﺳ ــﻣﻳﺔ ﻣ ــﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ أﻧواﻋﺎ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻣن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺎت اﻟدوﻟﻳـﺔ ﻏﻳـر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳـﺔ ذات اﻟﺗﻛـوﻳن اﻻﺗﺣــﺎدي )اﻟﻣﻛوﻧــﺔ ﻣــن ﻣﺟﻣوﻋــﺎت وطﻧﻳــﺔ أو إﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳــﺔ أو اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﺿــم أﻋﺿــﺎء ﻣــن اد ﻣ ــن ﻣﺧﺗﻠ ــف اﻟﺑﻠ ــدان( ،واﻟﻣؤﺳﺳ ــﺎت اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﺗﻌﺑ ــﺊ اﻟﻣـ ـوارد ﻷﻧﺷ ــطﺔ اﻟﺗﻧﻣﻳ ــﺔ اﻷﻓـ ـر اﻟﺻــﺣﻳﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠــف أﻧﺣــﺎء اﻟﻌــﺎﻟم ،واﻟﻬﻳﺋــﺎت اﻟﻣﻣﺎﺛﻠــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻌﻣــﻝ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﻧﻬــوض ﺑﺎﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺳﺗوى اﻟدوﻟﻲ. ٥-٣وﻓــﻲ ﺣــﺎﻻت اﺳــﺗﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ ،ﻳﻣﻛــن اﻟﻧظــر ﻓــﻲ طﻠــب ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻗطرﻳــﺔ ،ﺳـواء ﻛﺎﻧــت ﻣﺳﺗﻘﻠﺔ أو ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ دوﻟﻳـﺔ ﻏﻳـر ﺣﻛوﻣﻳـﺔ ،ﻟﻠـدﺧوﻝ ﻓـﻲ ﻋﻼﻗـﺎت رﺳـﻣﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺷـﺎور ﻣــﻊ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣــﻲ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ،واﻟدوﻟــﺔ اﻟﻌﺿــو اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳــﺔ ،وﺑﻧــﺎء ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺗوﺻــﻳﺔ ﻣﻧﻬﻣــﺎ .وﺗﻛــون ﻣﺛــﻝ ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟوطﻧﻳــﺔ )أو ﻋــدد ﻣــن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت اﻟوطﻧﻳــﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﻓـﻲ ظـﻝ ﻫﻳﻛـﻝ اﺗﺣـﺎدي( ﻣؤﻫﻠـﺔ ﻟﻠـدﺧوﻝ ﻓـﻲ ﻋﻼﻗـﺎت رﺳـﻣﻳﺔ ﺷـرﻳطﺔ أن ء اﻷﻛﺑــر ﻣــن أﻧﺷــطﺗﻬﺎ وﻣواردﻫــﺎ ﻣوﺟﻬــﺎ ﻧﺣــو اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ واﻷﻧﺷــطﺔ ﻳﻛــون اﻟﺟــز اﻟﻣرﺗﺑطﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ،وأن ﺗﻛون ﻗـد وﺿـﻌت ﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺟـﺎ ﻟﻸﻧﺷـطﺔ اﻟﺗﻌﺎوﻧﻳـﺔ ﻣـﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ ة ﻣﻧﺎﺳــﺑﺔ ﻗــد ة ،٤-٢وأن ﺗــوﻓر أﻧﺷــطﺗﻬﺎ ﺧﺑ ـر اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﻧﺣــو اﻟﻣﺑــﻳن ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻔﻘ ـر ﻏب ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ اﻹﻓﺎدة ﻣﻧﻬﺎ. ﺗر ة ﻋﻠـﻰ ٦-٣وﻳﺟب أن ﻳﻛون ﻗد ﻣر ﻋﺎﻣﺎن ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻝ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻋﻼﻗـﺎت اﻟﻌﻣـﻝ اﻟﻣﺛﻣـر ة ٤-٢ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﻘدﻳم طﻠب اﻟدﺧوﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻗﺎت رﺳﻣﻳﺔ. اﻟﻧﺣو اﻟوارد ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻘر
اءات اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑدﺧوﻝ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺎت ﻏﻳر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻗﺎت رﺳﻣﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻹﺟر اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ
-٤
١-٤ﻳﻧﺑﻐ ــﻲ أن ﺗﺻ ــﻝ اﻟطﻠﺑ ــﺎت ،ﻋ ــﺎدة ،إﻟ ــﻰ ﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ ﻓ ــﻲ ﻣوﻋ ــد ﻏﺎﻳﺗﻪ ﺷـﻬر ﺗﻣـوز /ﻳوﻟﻳـو ﺣﺗـﻰ ﻳﺗﺳـﻧﻰ ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠـس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳـذي أن ﻳﻧظـر ﻓﻳﻬـﺎ ﻓـﻲ ﻛـﺎﻧون ر ﻣﻧظﻣﺎ ﻷﻧﺷطﺔ ﺗﻌﺎوﻧﻳﺔ ﻳﺗﻔق اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ /ﻳﻧﺎﻳر ﻣن اﻟﻌﺎم اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ .وﻳﻧﺑﻐﻲ أن ﺗﺣدد إطﺎ ا ﻋﻠﻳﻬ ـ ــﺎ ﺑ ـ ــﻳن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳ ـ ــﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ـ ــﺔ .وﻳﺟ ـ ــب أن ﺗﺗﺿ ـ ــﻣن اﻟطﻠﺑﺎت ﻣواﻓﻘﺗﻲ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻲ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻲ اﻟﺗـﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ وﺣﻛوﻣـﺔ اﻟدوﻟــﺔ اﻟﻌﺿــو اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳــﺔ .وﻳﻧﺑﻐــﻲ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻧــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ أن ﺗرﺳــﻝ اﻟطﻠﺑــﺎت ،ﻓــﻲ اﻟظــروف ة اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺳــﻳﺗم ﺧﻼﻟﻬــﺎ اﻟﻌﺎدﻳــﺔ ،إﻟــﻰ أﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ﻗﺑــﻝ ﺷــﻬرﻳن ﻣــن اﻧﻌﻘــﺎد اﻟــدور اﻟﻧظر ﻓﻳﻬﺎ. ٢-٤وﺳﺗﻘوم اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ اﻟداﺋﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺎت ﻏﻳر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠس واﻟﻣؤﻟﻔﺔ ﻣن رﺳـﺔ اﻟطﻠﺑـﺎت ﺧﻣﺳﺔ أﻋﺿﺎء ﻓﻲ دورﺗﻬﺎ اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﻌﻘـد ﻓـﻲ ﺷـﻬر ﻛـﺎﻧون اﻟﺛـﺎﻧﻲ /ﻳﻧـﺎﻳر ﺑد ا اﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﺗﻘدﻣﻬﺎ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺎت ﻏﻳر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ ،ﻣن ﺗﻠﻘﺎء ذاﺗﻬﺎ أو ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ دﻋوة ،وﺳـﺗرﻓﻊ
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
100
ﺗوﺻــﻳﺎﺗﻬﺎ إﻟ ــﻰ اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس ،وﻳﺟ ــوز ﻟﻠﺟﻧ ــﺔ أن ﺗ ــدﻋو أﻳ ــﺎ ﻣ ــن ﻫ ــذﻩ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺎت ﻟﻠﺗﺣ ــدث واذا رﺋ ـ ـ ــﻲ أن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺗ ـ ـ ــﻲ ﺗﻘ ـ ـ ــدم اﻟطﻠ ـ ـ ــب ﻻ ﺗﺳ ـ ـ ــﺗوﻓﻲ أﻣﺎﻣﻬ ـ ـ ــﺎ ﺑﺷـ ـ ـ ـﺄن طﻠﺑﻬ ـ ـ ــﺎٕ . ة ﻣﺗواﺻــﻠﺔ اﻛﺔ ﻣﺛﻣ ـر اﻟﻣﻌــﺎﻳﻳر اﻟﻣﺗﺑﻌــﺔ ﻳﺟــوز ﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ ،ﺣرﺻــﺎ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﺣﻔــﺎظ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺷ ـر ﺗﻘـ ــوم ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ أﺳـ ــﺎس أﻫـ ــداف ﻣﺣـ ــددة وﺗـ ــدﻋﻣﻬﺎ دﻻﺋـ ــﻝ ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ ﺗﻌـ ــﺎون ﻧـ ــﺎﺟﺢ ﺳـ ــﺎﺑق ووﺟــود إطــﺎر ﻷﻧﺷــطﺔ ﺗﻌﺎوﻧﻳــﺔ ﻗﺎدﻣــﺔ ،أن ﺗوﺻــﻲ ﺑﺈرﺟــﺎء اﻟﻧظــر ﻓــﻲ طﻠــب ﻣــﺎ أو ﺑرﻓﺿﻪ. اﺳﺔ ﺗوﺻـﻳﺎت اﻟﻠﺟﻧـﺔ اﻟداﺋﻣـﺔ ،ﻣـﺎ إذا ﻛـﺎن ﻳﺟـب ﻗﺑـوﻝ ٣-٤وﻳﻘرر اﻟﻣﺟﻠس ،ﺑﻌد در ﻻ ﻳﻧظـر ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻠدﺧوﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻗـﺎت رﺳـﻣﻳﺔ ﻣـﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ أو ﻻ .و ة اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳــﺔ ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻏﻳــر ﺣﻛوﻣﻳــﺔ ﻣــﺎ إﻻ ﺑﻌــد اﻧﻘﺿــﺎء ﺳــﻧﺗﻳن ﻋــﺎدة ﻓــﻲ طﻠــب ﺗﻘدﻣــﻪ ﻟﻠﻣـر ار اﻟﻣﺟﻠس ﺑﺷﺄن اﻟطﻠب اﻷوﻝ. ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗر ار اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ﺑﺷــﺄن طﻠﺑﻬــﺎ ،وﻳﺣــﺗﻔظ ﺑﻘﺎﺋﻣــﺔ ٤-٤وﻳﺑﻠّــﻎ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻛــﻝ ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﺑﻘـر ﺑﺄﺳﻣﺎء اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗم ﻗﺑوﻟﻬـﺎ ﻟﻠـدﺧوﻝ ﻓـﻲ ﻋﻼﻗـﺎت رﺳـﻣﻳﺔ ﻣـﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ .وﺗﻌﻣم ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣـﺔ وأﻳـﺔ ﺗﻌـدﻳﻼت ﺗـدﺧﻝ ﻋﻠﻳﻬـﺎ ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻟـدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء ﻓـﻲ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ. ٥-٤وﺗﺳـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺗﻧد اﻟﻌﻼﻗـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎت اﻟرﺳـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻣﻳﺔ ﺑـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ واﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ ﻏﻳـ ــر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳـ ــﺔ إﻟـ ــﻰ ﺧطـ ــﺔ ﺗﻌـ ــﺎون ﺗﻘـ ــوم ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ أﺳـ ــﺎس أﻫـ ــداف ة اﻟﺳـ ــﻧوات اﺗﻔـ ــق ﻋﻠﻳﻬـ ــﺎ ﻛـ ــﻼ اﻟطـ ــرﻓﻳن وﺗﺣـ ــدد اﻷﻧﺷـ ــطﺔ اﻟواﺟـ ــب اﻟﻘﻳـ ــﺎم ﺑﻬـ ــﺎ ﻟﻔﺗ ـ ـر اﻟــﺛﻼث اﻟﻼﺣﻘــﺔ .وﺗﺣــﺎﻝ ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﺧطــﺔ ﻛــذﻟك إﻟــﻰ اﻟﻣﻛﺎﺗــب اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳــﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌــﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﺑﻐﻳــﺔ اﻟﺗﺷــﺟﻳﻊ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺗوﺛﻳــق اﻟﺗﻌــﺎون ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﻣﺳــﺗوى اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣــﻲ ﻋﻧــد اﻻﻗﺗﺿﺎء. ٦-٤وﻳﺳــﺗﻌرض اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ،ﻣــن ﺧــﻼﻝ اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ اﻟداﺋﻣــﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت ﻏﻳــر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳــﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻪ ،اﻟﺗﻌﺎون ﻣﻊ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﻏﻳـر ﺣﻛوﻣﻳـﺔ ﻛـﻝ ﺛـﻼث ﺳـﻧوات وﻳﺣـدد ﻣـﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ﻣن اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺣﺳن اﻹﺑﻘﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎت اﻟرﺳـﻣﻳﺔ ﻣـﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺎت اﻟﻣدرﺟـﺔ ﻓﻳﻬـﺎ. ة ﺛ ــﻼث ﺳ ــﻧوات اض اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺎت ﻏﻳ ــر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳ ــﺔ ﻋﻠ ــﻰ ﻓﺗـ ـر ع اﺳ ــﺗﻌر وﻳ ــوز اض ﺛﻠث اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺎت ﻛﻝ ﻋﺎم. ي اﺳﺗﻌر ﺑﺣﻳث ﻳﺟر ٧-٤وﻳﺟوز ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠس أن ﻳﺿﻊ ﺣدا ﻟﻠﻌﻼﻗﺎت اﻟرﺳﻣﻳﺔ إذا اﻋﺗﺑر أن اﻟﻌﻼﻗـﺎت ﻟـم ى .وﺑﺎﻟﻣﺛــﻝ ،ﻳﺟــوز اﻣﺞ أو ﻟظــروف أﺧــر ﺗﻌــد ﻣﻼﺋﻣــﺔ أو ﺿــرورﻳﺔ ﺗﺑﻌــﺎ ﻟﺗطــوﻳر اﻟﺑـر ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠس وﻗف اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎت اﻟرﺳﻣﻳﺔ أو ﻗطﻌﻬﺎ إذا ﻟم ﺗﻌد ﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ ﻣـﺎ ﺗﺳـﺗوﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﻌـﺎﻳﻳر ﻫﺎ ﻓـﻲ ﺑرﻧـﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺗﻌـﺎون اﻟﻣﻧطﺑﻘﺔ ﻟدى إﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺗﻠك اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎت ،أو ﺗﺧﻔق ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﻳـﺎم ﺑـدور اﻟﻣواﻓق ﻋﻠﻳﻪ.
اﻟﻣﺑﺎدئ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﻛم اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎت ﺑﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ واﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺎت ﻏﻳر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ 101 واﻟوطﻧﻲ١
اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎت ﻣﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺎت ﻏﻳر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺳﺗوﻳﻳن اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻲ
-٥
ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت ﻏﻳــر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳــﺔ -ﺑﺣﻛــم ﺗﻌرﻳﻔﻬــﺎ -ﻟﻬــﺎ ﻋﻼﻗــﺎت رﺳــﻣﻳﺔ ﻣــﻊ اﻟﻣﻛﺎﺗــب اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳــﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ .وﻳﺟــب ﻋﻠﻳﻬــﺎ أن ﺗﺿــﻊ وﺗﻧﻔــذ ﺑرﻧــﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﻌــﺎون ﻣــﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﻣﺳــﺗوﻳﻳن اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣــﻲ واﻟــوطﻧﻲ ﻟﺗــﺄﻣﻳن ﺗﻧﻔﻳــذ ي. اﺗﻳﺟﻳﺎت ﺗوﻓﻳر اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺳﺗوى اﻟﻘطر اﺳﺗر
١-٥اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺎت اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳـﺔ أو اﻟوطﻧﻳـﺔ ﻏﻳـر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳـﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌـﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺎت دوﻟﻳـﺔ ﻏﻳـر ﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻼﻗﺎت رﺳﻣﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
٢-٥اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت ﻏﻳــر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳــﺔ اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳــﺔ واﻟوطﻧﻳــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻟﻳﺳــت ﺗﺎﺑﻌــﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻏﻳر ﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ دوﻟﻳﺔ ﻫـن ﻳﺟوز ﻟﻠﻣﻛﺗب اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻲ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻲ إﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻼﻗﺎت ﻋﻣـﻝ ﻣـﻊ ﻫـذﻩ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺎت ر اﻟﺗﺷﺎور ﺑﻳن اﻟﻣـدﻳر اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣـﻲ واﻟﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم ﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ .وﻳﻌﺗﺑـر وﺿـﻊ أﻣر ﺟوﻫرﻳﺎً. وﺗﻧﻔﻳذ ﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻸﻧﺷطﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫو ﻣوﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻘر ة ٤-٢اً
٣-٥اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺎت ﻏﻳ ــر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳ ــﺔ اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳ ــﺔ أو اﻟوطﻧﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌ ــﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺎت ﻏﻳ ــر ﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ دوﻟﻳﺔ وﻟﻳﺳت ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻼﻗﺎت رﺳﻣﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠف اﻟﻣﻳـﺎدﻳن اﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳـﺔ ،ﻳﺟـوز ﻟﻠﻣﻛﺗـب اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣـﻲ اﻟﻣﻌﻧـﻲ إﻗﺎﻣـﺔ ﻋﻼﻗـﺎت ﻋﻣـﻝ ﻫ ــن اﻟﺗﺷ ــﺎور ﺑ ــﻳن اﻟﻣ ــدﻳر ة أﻋ ــﻼﻩ ر ﻣ ــﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺎت اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳ ــﺔ أو اﻟوطﻧﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﻣ ــذﻛور اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻲ واﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم ﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ .وﺗﺳـﺗﻧد ﻣﺛـﻝ ﻫـذﻩ اﻟﻌﻼﻗـﺎت ﻏﻳـر ة .٤-٢ اﻟرﺳﻣﻳﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ أﻧﺷطﺔ ﻳوﺿﻊ وﻳﻧﻔذ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫو ﻣوﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻘر ﻟﻛﻲ ﺗﻌزز وﺗدﻋم ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ إﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﻧظﻣﺎت ﻏﻳر ﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ ﻗوﻳـﺔ
زﻳــﺎ اﻟﻣﻣﻧوﺣــﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت ﻏﻳــر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳــﺔ ﻟــدى دﺧوﻟﻬــﺎ ﻓــﻲ ﻋﻼﻗــﺎت ﻣ ــﻊ اﻟﻣ ا ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ اك ،دون ﺗﺻــوﻳت ،ﻓــﻲ اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋــﺎت ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ) (١ﺣــق ﺗﻌﻳــﻳن ﻣﻣﺛــﻝ ﻟﻼﺷــﺗر ات اﻟﺗـ ــﻲ ﺗﻧﻌﻘـ ــد ﺗﺣـ ــت اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـ ــﺔ وﻓـ ــﻲ اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋـ ــﺎت اﻟﻠﺟـ ــﺎن واﻟﻣـ ــؤﺗﻣر ﺳﻠطﺗﻬﺎ ،وذﻟك ﺑﺎﻟﺷروط اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ: ات اﻟﻣﻧﻌﻘــدة ﺗﺣــت ﻛﻠﻣــﺎ ﻧﺎﻗﺷــت ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ أو إﺣــدى اﻟﻠﺟــﺎن أو اﻟﻣــؤﺗﻣر ﺳــﻠطﺔ ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻣوﺿــوﻋﺎ ذا أﻫﻣﻳــﺔ ﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳــﺑﺔ ﻹﺣــدى ء ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺎت ﻏﻳ ــر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳ ــﺔ ذات اﻟﻌﻼﻗ ــﺎت ﻳﺣ ــق ﻟﺗﻠ ــك اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ ،ﺑﻧ ــﺎ ً دﻋوة ﻣن رﺋﻳس اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎع أو ﻗﺑوﻟﻪ ﻟطﻠب ﻣﻘدم ﻣن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ ،أن ﺗـدﻟﻲ ﺑﺑﻳـﺎن
-٦
اﻳﺎ اﻟﻣﻣﻧوﺣﺔ ﻟدى اﻟدﺧوﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻗﺎت رﺳﻣﻳﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ: ١-٦ﺗﺷﻣﻝ اﻟﻣز
واﺣدى اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺎت ﻏﻳر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ اﻟوطﻧﻳﺔ، ١ﻗﺑﻝ إﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻼﻗﺎت ﻋﻣﻝ ﺑﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ٕ ة اﻟﺣﻛوﻣـﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳـﺔ وﻗﺑﻝ اﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﻌﺎون ﻣﻊ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ،ﺗﺗﺧذ اﻟﺗداﺑﻳر اﻟﻣﻼﺋﻣﺔ ﻻﺳﺗﺷﺎر وﻓﻘﺎً ﻟﻠﻣﺎدة ٧١ﻣن دﺳﺗور ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ.
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
102
ﺗوﺿ ــﻳﺣﻲ .وﻳﺟ ــوز ﻟﻠـ ـرﺋﻳس ،ﺑﻣواﻓﻘ ــﺔ اﻻﺟﺗﻣ ــﺎع ،أن ﻳ ــدﻋوﻫﺎ ﻛ ــذﻟك ،ﺧ ــﻼﻝ ع اﻟﻣﻌـ ــروض ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ اﻻﺟﺗﻣـ ــﺎع ،ﻟـ ــﻺدﻻء ﺑﺑﻳـ ــﺎن إﺿـ ــﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣوﺿـ ــو ي؛ ﺗﻔﺳﻳر ى ﻫــﺎ ﻣــن اﻟوﺛــﺎﺋق اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻳــر ) (٢اﻟﺣﺻــوﻝ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟوﺛــﺎﺋق ﻏﻳــر اﻟﺳـرﻳﺔ وﻏﻳر اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم أن ﻣن اﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳب إﺗﺎﺣﺗﻬﺎ ﻋن طرﻳق ﺗﺳﻬﻳﻼت اﻟﺗوزﻳﻊ اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﻗد ﺗﻧﺷؤﻫﺎ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ؛ ) (٣ﺣق ﺗﻘـدﻳم ﻣـذﻛر ات ﻟﻠﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم .وﻳﺣـدد اﻟﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم طﺑﻳﻌـﺔ وﻧطـﺎق رت. ﺗﻌﻣﻳم ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻣذﻛ ا ادﻫــﺎ ﻓــﻲ ﺟــدوﻝ أﻋﻣــﺎﻝ ى وﺟﻬــﺎ ﻹﻳر ة ﻳــر واذا ﻗــدﻣت إﻟــﻰ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻣــذﻛر ٕ ٢-٦ اﺟﻬـﺎ ﻓـﻲ ة ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳـذي ﻟﻳﻧظـر ﻓـﻲ إدر ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ،ﺗﻌـرض ﻫـذﻩ اﻟﻣـذﻛر ﺟدوﻝ أﻋﻣﺎﻝ اﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ. ة أﻋ ــﻼﻩ إﻟ ــﻰ ﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺎت ﻏﻳ ــر زﻳ ــﺎ اﻟﻣ ــذﻛور زﻳ ــﺎ ﺷ ــﺑﻳﻬﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣ ا ٣-٦وﺗﻣ ــﻧﺢ ،ﻋ ــﺎدة ،ﻣ ا ﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ وطﻧﻳﺔ /إﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳـﺔ ﻟﻬـﺎ ﻋﻼﻗـﺎت ﻋﻣـﻝ ﻣـﻊ اﻟﻣﻛﺎﺗـب اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳـﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ ع ،٥ﻛﻣ ــﺎ ﻳﺣ ــددﻫﺎ اﻟﻣ ــدﻳرون اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳ ــون ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺷ ــﺎور ﻣ ــﻊ اﻟﻠﺟ ــﺎن اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ ،طﺑﻘ ــﺎ ﻟﻠﻔ ــر اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ. ٤-٦وﺗﺑــدي ،ﻋــﺎدة ،اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟوطﻧﻳــﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌــﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ دوﻟﻳــﺔ ﻏﻳــر ﺣﻛوﻣﻳــﺔ ﺗﻐطــﻲ ﻫﺎ ﻋن طرﻳق ﺣﻛوﻣﺗﻬﺎ أو ﻣـن ﺧـﻼﻝ ع ذاﺗﻪ ،ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﺎس دوﻟﻲ ،وﺟﻬﺎت ﻧظر اﻟﻣوﺿو ى اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ ﻏﻳــر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻧﺗﻣــﻲ ﻫــﻲ إﻟﻳﻬــﺎ ،ﻣــﺎ ﻟــم ﺗﺟــر ﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت أﺧــر ر ﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺗﻬﺎ اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ. ﻧظ ا
ﻣﺳؤوﻟﻳﺎت اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺎت ﻏﻳر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧطـﺎق ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺗﻬـﺎ ﻣـﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
-٧
١-٧ﺗﻛــون اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت ﻏﻳــر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳــﺔ ﻣﺳــؤوﻟﺔ ﻋــن ﺗﻧﻔﻳــذ ﺑرﻧــﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺗﻌــﺎون اﻟﻣﺗﺑــﺎدﻝ ع وﻗـت ﻣﻣﻛـن إذا ﺗﻌـذر ﻋﻠﻳﻬــﺎ ﻷي اﻟﻣﺗﻔـق ﻋﻠﻳـﻪ وﺗﺑﻠّـﻎ ﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ ﺑﺄﺳـر اﻣﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﻣوﺟب اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳﺔ. ﺳﺑب ﻣن اﻷﺳﺑﺎب اﻟوﻓﺎء ﺑﺎﻟﺗز ٢-٧ﺗﺳ ــﺗﻐﻝ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺎت ﻏﻳ ــر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﻔ ــرص اﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣ ــﺔ ﻟﻬ ــﺎ ﻣ ــن ﺧ ــﻼﻝ ﻋﻣﻠﻬ ــﺎ اﻣﺟﻬﺎ. اﻟﻌﺎدي ﻟﻧﺷر ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت ﻋن ﺳﻳﺎﺳﺎت ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ وﺑر اﻣﺞ ﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ ٣-٧ﺗﺗﻌﺎون اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺎت ﻏﻳر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ ،ﻓردﻳﺎ أو ﺟﻣﺎﻋﻳﺎ ،ﻓﻲ إطـﺎر ﺑـر اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﻌزﻳز أﻫداف ﺗوﻓﻳر اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﺟﻣﻳﻊ. ٤-٧ﺗﺗﻌــﺎون اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت ﻏﻳــر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳــﺔ ،ﻓردﻳــﺎ أو ﺟﻣﺎﻋﻳــﺎ ،ﻣــﻊ اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء اﺗﻳﺟﻳﺎت اﻟوطﻧﻳــﺔ /اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳــﺔ /اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻟﺗــوﻓﻳر ﺣﻳــث ﺗﻣــﺎرس أﻧﺷــطﺗﻬﺎ ﻓــﻲ ﺗﻧﻔﻳــذ اﻻﺳــﺗر اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﺟﻣﻳﻊ. _____________________
اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ١
اﻟﻼﺋﺣﺔ اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻷوﻟﻰ -ﻣﺟﺎﻝ اﻟﺗطﺑﻳق وﺗﺧوﻳﻝ اﻟﺻﻼﺣﻳﺎت ة اﻟﺷؤون اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ. ١-١ﺗﺣﻛم ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻼﺋﺣﺔ إدار ٢-١اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻣﺳــؤوﻝ ﻋــن ﺣﺳــن ﺗﺳــﻳﻳر ﺷــؤون اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳــﺔ وﻓــق أﺣﻛــﺎم ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻼﺋﺣﺔ. ٣-١دون اﻟﻣﺳﺎس ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺎدة ٢-١ﻟﻠﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم أن ﻳﻔـوض ﻟـﺑﻌض ﻣـوظﻔﻲ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻵﺧـرﻳن ﻣــﺎ ﻳـر اﻩ ﺿــرورﻳﺎ ﻣــن اﻟﺳــﻠطﺎت واﻟﻣﺳــﺎءﻟﺔ اﻟﻣرﺗﺑطــﺔ ﺑﻬــﺎ ﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذ ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﻼﺋﺣــﺔ ة ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ. ﺑﺻور ٤-١ﻳﺿــﻊ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻧظﺎﻣــﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﻳــﺎ وﻣﺑــﺎدئ ﺗوﺟﻳﻬﻳــﺔ وﺿـواﺑط ﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذ أﺣﻛــﺎم ﻫــذﻩ اﻋﺎة ﻟﻼﻗﺗﺻﺎد وﺻون أﺻوﻝ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ. ة ﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻣر اﻟﻼﺋﺣﺔ ﺑﻬدف ﺗﺣﻘﻳق إدار
ة اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ – اﻟﻔﺗر اﻧﻳــﺔ اﻟﺑرﻣﺟﻳــﺔ ﻋــﺎﻣﻳن ﺗﻘــوﻳﻣﻳﻳن ﻣﺗـواﻟﻳﻳن ﻳﺑــدآن ﺑﺳــﻧﺔ ة اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳــﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻳز ١-٢ﺗﻛــون اﻟﻔﺗـر زوﺟﻳﺔ.
اﻧﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ – اﻟﻣﻳز ة اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳـ ــﺔ )وﻳﺷـ ــﺎر إﻟﻳﻬـ ــﺎ أدﻧـ ــﺎﻩ اﻧﻳـ ــﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺗ ـ ـر ات اﻟﻣﻳز ١-٣ﻳﻌـ ــد اﻟﻣـ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌـ ــﺎم ﺗﻘـ ــدﻳر اﻧﻳ ــﺔ"( ،وذﻟ ــك ﻛﻣ ــﺎ ﺗﺷ ــﻳر إﻟﻳ ــﻪ اﻟﻣ ــﺎدة ٥٥ﻣ ــن اﻟدﺳ ــﺗور .وﺗﻌ ــرض ﺑ"ﻣﻘﺗرﺣ ــﺎت اﻟﻣﻳز ات اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳﺔ. ﻻر اﻧﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟدو ﻣﻘﺗرﺣﺎت اﻟﻣﻳز اء وأﺑ ـ ـواب وﻓﺻـ ــوﻝ ،وﺗﺗﺿـ ــﻣن ﻣﻼﺣـ ــق اﻧﻳـ ــﺔ إﻟـ ــﻰ أﺟ ـ ـز ٢-٣ﺗﻘﺳـ ــم ﻣﻘﺗرﺣـ ــﺎت اﻟﻣﻳز اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت واﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧــﺎت اﻹﻳﺿــﺎﺣﻳﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻗــد ﺗطﻠﺑﻬــﺎ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ،أو ﺗطﻠــب ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻳﺎﺑــﺔ
١ﻧ ــص اﻋﺗﻣدﺗ ــﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛ ــﺔ واﻟﺧﻣﺳ ــون وﻋدﻟﺗ ــﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺎت اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ ات رر اﺑﻌ ـ ــﺔ واﻟﺳ ـ ــﺗون واﻟﺳﺎدﺳ ـ ــﺔ واﻟﺳ ـ ــﺗون )اﻟﻘـ ـ ـ ا اﻟﺛﺎﻣﻧ ـ ــﺔ واﻟﺧﻣﺳ ـ ــون واﻟﺳ ـ ــﺗون واﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳ ـ ــﺔ واﻟﺳ ـ ــﺗون واﻟر ج ص ع ٢٠-٥٨وج ص ع ٩-٦٠وج ص ع ٦-٦٢وج ص ع٢٢-٦٤ ج ص ع ٦-٥٣و و ار اﺑﻌـ ـ ــﺔ )اﻟﻘ ـ ـ ـر ج ص ع .( ٣-٦٦أﻣ ـ ــﺎ اﻟ ـ ــﻧص اﻟﺳ ـ ــﺎﺑق ﻓﻘ ـ ــد أﻗرﺗ ـ ــﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻﺣـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟر ة واﻟﺧﺎﻣﺳــﺔ واﻟﻌﺷــرون ة واﻟﺛﺎﻣﻧــﺔ ﻋﺷـر ج ص ع (٥٠-٤وﻋدﻟﺗــﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺎت اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛــﺔ ﻋﺷـر واﻟﺳﺎدﺳــﺔ واﻟﻌﺷــرون واﻟﺗﺎﺳــﻌﺔ واﻟﻌﺷ ــرون واﻟﺛﻼﺛــون واﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛــﺔ واﻟﺛﻼﺛ ــون واﻟﺳــﺎﺑﻌﺔ واﻟﺛﻼﺛــون واﻟﺣﺎدﻳ ــﺔ رر اﺑﻌـ ــﺔ واﻷرﺑﻌـ ــون واﻟﺛﺎﻣﻧـ ــﺔ واﻷرﺑﻌـ ــون )اﻟﻘ ـ ـ ا واﻷرﺑﻌـ ــون واﻟر ات ج ص ع ١٩-١٣وج ص ع١٣-١٨ وج ص ع ١٤-٢٥وج ص ع ١٥-٢٥وج ص ع ٢٦-٢٦وج ص ع ٢٧-٢٩وج ص ع٢١-٣٠ رﺋ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻲ وج ص ع ٨-٣٣وج ص ع ،١٢-٤١وج ص ع ١٦-٤٤وج ص ع ٢١-٤٨واﻟﻣﻘ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــرر اﻹﺟ ا ج ص ع.((١٠)٣٧ 103
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
104
ى اﻟﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم أﻧﻬـﺎ ﺿـرورﻳﺔ ﻋﻧﻬﺎ ،وﻏﻳر ذﻟـك ﻣـن اﻟﻣﻼﺣـق أو اﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧـﺎت اﻟﺗـﻲ ﻗـد ﻳـر وﻣﻔﻳدة. رﺳــﺗﻬﺎ ﻗﺑــﻝ اﻧﻳــﺔ إﻟــﻰ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذي ﻟد ا ٣-٣ﻳﻘــدم اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻣﻘﺗرﺣــﺎت اﻟﻣﻳز ة ة اﻟﻌﺎدﻳــﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﺑــﺎﺛﻧﻲ ﻋﺷــر أﺳــﺑوﻋﺎ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻷﻗــﻝ وﻗﺑــﻝ دور اﻓﺗﺗــﺎح اﻟــدور اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذي اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺳــﺗﻧظر ﻓﻳﻬــﺎ .وﻓــﻲ ﻧﻔــس اﻟوﻗــت ﻳرﺳــﻝ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻫــذﻩ ات إﻟﻰ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء )ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳﺑﺔ(. اﻟﺗﻘدﻳر ٤-٣ﻳﻘدم اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻣﻘﺗرﺣﺎت وأي ﺗوﺻﻳﺎت ﻟدﻳﻪ ﺑﺷﺄﻧﻬﺎ إﻟـﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ. ة ة اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳــﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳــﺔ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺳــﻧﺔ اﻟﺳــﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻔﺗ ـر اﻧﻳــﺔ اﻟﻔﺗ ـر ٥-٣ﺗﻌﺗﻣــد ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﻣﻳز اﻧﻳـ ــﺔ ،ﺑﻌـ ــد أن ﺗـ ــدرس اﻟﻠﺟﻧـ ــﺔ اﻟرﺋﻳﺳـ ــﻳﺔ اﻟﺳـ ــﻧﺗﻳن اﻟﺗـ ــﻲ ﺧﺻـ ــت ﺑﻬـ ــﺎ ﻣﻘﺗرﺣـ ــﺎت اﻟﻣﻳز ر ﻋﻧﻬﺎ. اﻧﻳﺔ وﺗﻘدم ﺗﻘرﻳ ا ات اﻟﻣﻳز اﻟﻣﺧﺗﺻﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﻘدﻳر ة اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذي اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻳﻘــدم ٦-٣إذا ﺗــوﻓرت ﻟــدى اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ،ﻋﻧــد اﻧﻌﻘــﺎد دور اﻧﻳ ـ ــﺔ وﺗوﺻ ـ ــﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﺷ ـ ــﺄﻧﻬﺎ ،ﻣﻌﻠوﻣ ـ ــﺎت ﺧﻼﻟﻬ ـ ــﺎ إﻟ ـ ــﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ـ ــﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﺗرﺣ ـ ــﺎت اﻟﻣﻳز ﺗﺷـ ــﻳر إﻟـ ــﻰ اﺣﺗﻣـ ــﺎﻝ أن ﺗـ ــدﻋو اﻟﺣﺎﺟـ ــﺔ إﻟـ ــﻰ ﺗﻌـ ــدﻳﻝ اﻟﻣﻘﺗرﺣـ ــﺎت ﻗﺑـ ــﻝ ﻣوﻋـ ــد اﻧﻌﻘـ ــﺎد ات ،ﻳﺑﻠّــﻎ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ذﻟــك إﻟــﻰ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ،ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺿــوء ﺑﻌــض اﻟﺗطــور ة ﺑﻬـذا اﻟﺧﺻـوص ﻓـﻲ ﺗوﺻـﻳﺎﺗﻪ إﻟـﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اد إﺷـﺎر اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي ،وﻳﻧظر اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس ﻓـﻲ إﻳـر اﻟﺻﺣﺔ. اﻧﻳـ ــﺔ أو أي ة اﻟﻣﺟﻠـ ــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳـ ــذي اﻟﺗـ ــﻲ ﺗـ ــدرس ﻓﻳﻬـ ــﺎ ﻣﻘﺗرﺣـ ــﺎت اﻟﻣﻳز ٧-٣ﺑﻌـ ــد دور ات ﺗﻘﺗﺿــﻲ أو ﻳﺳﺗﺻــوب ﻣﻌﻬــﺎ ،ﻓــﻲ ﺗوﺻــﻳﺎت ﻳﻌــدﻫﺎ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ،إذا اﺳــﺗﺟدت ﺗطــور اﻧﻳــﺔ ،ﻳﺑﻠــﻎ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ أي اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ،إﺟ ـر ر اء ﺗﻐﻳﻳــر ﻓــﻲ ﻣﻘﺗرﺣــﺎت اﻟﻣﻳز اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﺑذﻟك. ة ﻣﻘﺗرﺣ ـ ــﺎت ٨-٣ﻟﻠﻣ ـ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ـ ــﺎم أن ﻳﻘ ـ ــدم إﻟ ـ ــﻰ اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ـ ــس ﻛﻠﻣ ـ ــﺎ اﻗﺗﺿ ـ ــت اﻟﺿ ـ ــرور ﺗﻛﻣﻳﻠﻳـ ــﺔ ﻟزﻳـ ــﺎدة اﻻﻋﺗﻣـ ــﺎدات اﻟﺗـ ــﻲ ﺳـ ــﺑق أن واﻓﻘـ ــت ﻋﻠﻳﻬـ ــﺎ ﺟﻣﻌﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ .وﺗﻘـ ــدم ة اﻧﻳــﺔ اﻟﻔﺗ ـر ات ﻣﻳز ات ﺑﺷــﻛﻝ وطرﻳﻘــﺔ ﻣطــﺎﺑﻘﻳن ﻟﺷــﻛﻝ وطرﻳﻘــﺔ ﺗﻘــدﻳم ﺗﻘــدﻳر ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﺗﻘــدﻳر اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ.
اﻧﻳﺔ ار اﻟﻣﻳز اﺑﻌﺔ – إﻗر اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟر زﻣــﺎت اﻧﻳــﺔ ﺗرﺧﻳﺻـﺎً ﻟﻠﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﺑﺗﺣﻣــﻝ اﻟﺗ ا ار ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻳز ١-٤ﻳﻌﺗﺑــر إﻗـر اﻧﻳ ــﺔ ﻣ ــن أﺟﻠﻬ ــﺎ وﻓ ــﻲ ﺣ ــدود ار اﻟﻣﻳز اض اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﺗ ــم إﻗـ ـر ﺗﻌﺎﻗدﻳ ــﺔ وأداء ﻣ ــدﻓوﻋﺎت ﻟﻸﻏـ ـر ﻫﻧﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻣوﻳﻝ اﻟﻣﺗﺎح. اﻟﻣﺑﺎﻟﻎ اﻟﻣﻌﺗﻣدة ،ور ة اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳــﺔ اﻧﻳــﺔ ﻳﻣﻛــن ﻟﻠﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻋﻘــد ارﺗﺑﺎطــﺎت ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻔﺗ ـر ار اﻟﻣﻳز ٢-٤ﺑﻣﺟــرد إﻗ ـر ة اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳــﺔ أو ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺳــﻧﺔ اﻟﺗﻘوﻳﻣﻳــﺔ اﻟﻼﺣﻘــﺔ ،ر اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘــﺔ ﺑﻬــﺎ وﺗﻧﻔﻳــذﻫﺎ ﻓــﻲ ﺗﻠــك اﻟﻔﺗ ـر ﻫﻧ ـﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻣوﻳﻝ اﻟﻣﺗﺎح.
105
اﻟﻼﺋﺣﺔ اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
٣-٤وﻳــرﺧص ﻟﻠﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم ،ﺑﻣواﻓﻘــﺔ ﻣﺳ ــﺑﻘﺔ ﻣــن اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذي أو أي ﻟﺟﻧ ــﺔ اﻧﻳــﺔ .وﻋﻧــدﻣﺎ اء ﺗﺣــوﻳﻼت ﺑــﻳن أﺑـواب اﻟﻣﻳز ﻳﻣﻧﺣﻬــﺎ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ﺻــﻼﺣﻳﺎت ﻣﻧﺎﺳــﺑﺔ ،ﺑــﺈﺟر ﻻ ﻳﻛــون اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذي أو أﻳــﺔ ﻟﺟﻧــﺔ ﻗــد ﻳﻔــوض ﻟﻬــﺎ ﺻــﻼﺣﻳﺎت ﻣﻧﺎﺳــﺑﺔ ﻓــﻲ دور اﻧﻌﻘﺎد ﻳﺟوز ﻟﻠﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ،ﺑﻣواﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﺳﺑﻘﺔ ﻣن أﻏﻠﺑﻳـﺔ أﻋﺿـﺎء اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس أو اﻟﻠﺟﻧـﺔ ،أن اﻧﻳــﺔ .وﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم أن ﻳﺑﻠــﻎ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذي ي ﺗﺣــوﻳﻼت ﺑــﻳن أﺑـواب اﻟﻣﻳز ﻳﺟــر ﺑﻬذﻩ اﻟﺗﺣوﻳﻼت ﻓﻲ دورﺗﻪ اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ. اﻧﻳــﺔ ،ﺗﻧﺷــﺊ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ ي ﻓﻳــﻪ اﻋﺗﻣــﺎد ﻣﻘﺗرﺣــﺎت اﻟﻣﻳز ٤-٤ﻓــﻲ اﻟوﻗــت ذاﺗــﻪ اﻟــذي ﻳﺟــر اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ ﻣرﻓﻘ ــﺎ ﻷﺳ ــﻌﺎر اﻟﺻ ــرف ﻟﻳﺗ ــوﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﻳ ــﻳن اﻟﺣ ــد اﻷﻗﺻ ــﻰ اﻟ ــذي ﻳﺟ ــوز إﺗﺎﺣﺗ ــﻪ ﻟﺗﻐطﻳﺔ اﻟﺧﺳﺎﺋر اﻟﻧﺎﺟﻣﺔ ﻋن ﺻرف اﻟﻌﻣﻠﺔ .واﻟﻐرض ﻣن اﻟﻣرﻓـق ﻫـو إﺗﺎﺣـﺔ إﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳـﺔ اﻧﻳــﺔ واﻟﺗــﻲ اﻧﻳــﺔ ﻛﻳﻣــﺎ ﻳــﺗم ﺗﻧﻔﻳــذ اﻷﻧﺷــطﺔ اﻟﻣﺑﻳﻧــﺔ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣﻳز اﻟﻣﺣﺎﻓظــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻣﺳــﺗوى اﻟﻣﻳز ﺗﻌﺗﻣدﻫﺎ ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ ﺑﺻـرف اﻟﻧظـر ﻋـن اﻷﺛـر اﻟﻣﺗرﺗـب ﻋﻠـﻰ أي ﺗﻘﻠـب ﻓـﻲ ﻗﻳﻣـﺔ ﻻر اﻷﻣرﻳﻛــﻲ ﺑﺄﺳــﻌﺎر اﻟﺻــرف اﻟرﺳــﻣﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻣــوﻝ ﺑﻬــﺎ ﻓــﻲ اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻌﻣــﻼت ﻣﻘﺎﺑــﻝ اﻟــدو اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة.
اﻧﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺧﺎﻣﺳﺔ – ﻣﺻﺎدر ﺗﻣوﻳﻝ اﻟﻣﻳز
ة اﻟﺗـ ــﻲ ﺗـ ــدﻓﻌﻬﺎ اﻟـ ــدوﻝ ـدر اﻧﻳـ ــﺔ ﻋـ ــن طرﻳـ ــق اﻻﺷـ ــﺗر ١-٥ﻳـ ــﺗم ﺗﻣوﻳـ ــﻝ اﻟﻣﻳز اﻛﺎت اﻟﻣﻘـ ـ ّ اﻛﺎت اﻟــذي ﺗﺿــﻌﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ،وﻋــن طرﻳــق اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء وﻓﻘـﺎً ﻟﺟــدوﻝ ﺗﻘــدﻳر اﻻﺷــﺗر ات اﻟﺳــﺎﺑﻘﺔ ات اﻟﻣﺣﺻــﻠﺔ ﻋــن اﻟﻔﺗ ـر اﻟﻣﺳــﺎﻫﻣﺎت اﻟطوﻋﻳــﺔ واﻟﻔﺎﺋــدة اﻟﻣﺗوﻗﻌــﺔ ،واﻟﻣﺗــﺄﺧر زﻣـﺎت اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳـﺔ ﻟﻠـدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء اﻧﻳـﺔ .وﺗﻘﺗﺻـر اﻻﻟﺗ ا ى إﻟـﻰ اﻟﻣﻳز ى ﺗُﻌز ادات أﺧر وأي إﻳر ة. اﻛﺎت اﻟﻣﻘدر ﺑﻣوﺟب اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥٦ﻣن دﺳﺗور اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﺷﺗر ة اﻟﺗــﻲ اﻛﺎت اﻟﻣﻘــدر ٢-٥ﺗﻘــر ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻣﺑﻠــﻎ اﻟــذي ﻳﺗﻌــﻳن ﺗﻣوﻳﻠــﻪ ﻣــن اﻻﺷــﺗر ﺗ ــدﻓﻌﻬﺎ اﻟ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء ،وﺗﻘ ــر اﻟﻣﺑﻠ ــﻎ اﻟ ــذي ﻳﺗﻌ ــﻳن أن ﻳﺟﻣﻌ ــﻪ اﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم ﻣ ــن اﻟﻣﺻﺎدر اﻟطوﻋﻳﺔ. ة اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗــدﻓﻌﻬﺎ اﻛﺎت اﻟﻣﻘــدر ﻳﺣﺳــب اﻟﻣﺑﻠــﻎ اﻟــذي ﻳﺗﻌــﻳن ﺗﻣوﻳﻠــﻪ ﻣــن اﻻﺷــﺗر ُ ١-٢-٥ ﻩ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﻟــﻳﻌﻛس ﺗﻠــك اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء ﺑﻌــد ﺗﺳــوﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﺑﻠــﻎ اﻹﺟﻣــﺎﻟﻲ اﻟــذي ﺗﻘـر ى اﻟﻣﺷـﺎر إﻟﻳﻬــﺎ اﻧﻳـﺔ اﻟﻌﺎدﻳـﺔ اﻟﺗـﻲ ﻳﺗﻌــﻳن ﺗﻣوﻳﻠﻬـﺎ ﻣـن اﻟﻣﺻـﺎدر اﻷﺧـر اﻟﻧﺳـﺑﺔ ﻣـن اﻟﻣﻳز ة ١-٥أﻋﻼﻩ. ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻘر اﻧﻳــﺔ أﻗــﻝ ﻣــن اﻟﻣﺑﻠــﻎ اﻟــذي واﻓﻘــت ٣-٥ﻓــﻲ ﺣﺎﻟــﺔ ﻣــﺎ إذا ﻛــﺎن إﺟﻣــﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﻣوﻳــﻝ اﻟﻣﻳز اﻧﻳــﺔ ،ﻳﺳــﺗﻌرض اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﺧطــط رﺣــﺎت اﻟﻣﻳز ﻋﻠﻳــﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿــﻰ اﻗﺗ ا اﻧﻳﺔ ﻣن أﺟﻝ إدﺧﺎﻝ أﻳﺔ ﺗﻌدﻳﻼت ﻗد ﺗﻛون ﺿرورﻳﺔ. ﺗﻧﻔﻳذ اﻟﻣﻳز ة ﻟﻠﺗﻧﻔﻳذ ﻓـﻲ ١ﻛـﺎﻧون اﻟﺛـﺎﻧﻲ /ﻳﻧـﺎﻳر ﻣـن ﻛـﻝ ﻋـﺎم ﻣـن اﻟﻣﻘدر ٤-٥ﺗُﺗﺎح اﻻﺷﺗر اﻛﺎت ّ ة اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳــﺔ .أﻣــﺎ اﻟﻣﺳــﺎﻫﻣﺎت اﻟطوﻋﻳــﺔ ﻓﺗُﺗــﺎح ﻟﻠﺗﻧﻔﻳــذ ﻋﻧــد ﺗﺳــﺟﻳﻝ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗــﺎت ﻣــﻊ اﻟﻔﺗ ـر اﻟﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﻣﺳﺎﻫﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣوارد.
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
106
اﻛﺎت ٥-٥ﻳﻘدم اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم إﻟﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﺗﻘﺎرﻳر ﺳﻧوﻳﺔ ﻋن ﺗﺣﺻـﻳﻝ اﻻﺷـﺗر ة ،ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﺳ ـواء( ،وﻣﺻــﺎدر ـدر واﻟﻣﺳــﺎﻫﻣﺎت )اﻟﻣﺳــﺎﻫﻣﺎت اﻟطوﻋﻳــﺔ واﻻﺷــﺗر اﻛﺎت اﻟﻣﻘـ ّ ى. اﻟﻧﻘد اﻷﺧر
ة اﻛﺎت اﻟﻣﻘدر اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺳﺎدﺳﺔ – اﻻﺷﺗر ات ة ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء وﻓﻘــﺎ ﻟﺟــدوﻝ اﻟﺗﻘــدﻳر اﻛﺎت اﻟﻣﻘــدر ١-٦ﻳــﺗم ﺗﻘﺳــﻳم اﻻﺷــﺗر إﻟــﻰ ﻗﺳــطﻳن ﺳــﻧوﻳﻳن ﻣﺗﺳــﺎوﻳﻳن .وﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ أن ﺗﻘــرر ،ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺳــﻧﺔ اﻷوﻟــﻰ ﻣــن اﻛﺎت اﻟــذي ﻳطﺑــق ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﺳــﻧﺔ اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳــﺔ ﻓــﻲ ة اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳــﺔ ،ﺗﻌــدﻳﻝ ﺟــدوﻝ ﺗﻘــدﻳر اﻻﺷــﺗر اﻟﻔﺗ ـر ة اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ. اﻟﻔﺗر اﻧﻳــﺔ ،ﻳﺑﻠــﻎ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء ٢-٦ﺑﻌــد أن ﺗﻌﺗﻣــد ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻣﻳز ة اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳـ ــﺔ وﻳطﻠـ ــب ﻣـ ــن اﻟـ ــدوﻝ ة ﻓـ ــﻲ اﻟﻔﺗ ـ ـر ـدر اﻣﺎﺗﻬـ ــﺎ ﻓﻳﻣـ ــﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠـ ــق ﺑﺎﺷـ ــﺗر ﺑﺎﻟﺗز اﻛﺎﺗﻬﺎ اﻟﻣﻘـ ـ ّ اﻛﺎﺗﻬﺎ. اﻷﻋﺿﺎء أن ﺗدﻓﻊ اﻟﻘﺳطﻳن اﻷوﻝ واﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻣن اﺷﺗر اﻛﺎت ،أو ﺗﺳــوﻳﺔ ﻣﺑﻠــﻎ ٣-٦إذا ﻗــررت ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﺗﻌــدﻳﻝ ﺟــدوﻝ ﺗﻘــدﻳر اﻻﺷــﺗر ة اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗــدﻓﻌﻬﺎ اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء ﻟﻠﺳــﻧﺔ ـدر ـﻳﻣوﻝ ﻣــن اﻻﺷــﺗر اﻟﻣﻳز اﻧﻳــﺔ اﻟــذي ﺳـ ﱠ اﻛﺎت اﻟﻣﻘـ ّ اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳ ــﺔ ﻣ ــن ﻓﺗـ ـر اﻣﺎﺗﻬ ــﺎ اﻟﻣﻌدﻟ ــﺔ ة اﻟﺳ ــﻧﺗﻳن ،ﻳﺑﻠ ــﻎ اﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم اﻟ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء ﺑﺎﻟﺗز اﻛﺎﺗﻬﺎ. وﻳطﻠب إﻟﻰ اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء أن ﺗدﻓﻊ اﻟﻘﺳط اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ اﻟﻣﻌدﻝ ﻣن اﺷﺗر ة ﻣﺳـ ــﺗﺣﻘﺔ وواﺟﺑـ ــﺔ اﻟﺳـ ــداد ﻓـ ــﻲ ١ﻛـ ــﺎﻧون ـدر ٤-٦ﺗﻌﺗﺑـ ــر أﻗﺳـ ــﺎط اﻻﺷـ ــﺗر اﻛﺎت اﻟﻣﻘـ ـ ّ اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ /ﻳﻧﺎﻳر ﻣن اﻟﺳﻧﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ. ـداء ﻣــن ١ﻛــﺎﻧون اﻟﺛــﺎﻧﻲ /ﻳﻧــﺎﻳر ﻣــن اﻟﺳــﻧﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳــﺔ ﺗُﻌﺗﺑــر اﻟﻣﺑــﺎﻟﻎ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻟــم ٥-٦اﺑﺗـ ً ة ﻟﻣدة ﺳﻧﺔ. ة ﻣﺗﺄﺧر اﻟﻣﻘدر اﻛﺎت ر اﻻﺷﺗ ﺗﺳدد ﻣن ﻫذﻩ ّ ة ﻋﻠﻰ أﻳﺔ دوﻟـﺔ ﻋﺿـو ٢٠٠ ٠٠٠ اﻛﺎت اﻟﺳﻧوﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﻘدر ع اﻻﺷﺗر ٦-٦إذا ﺑﻠﻎ ﻣﺟﻣو ﻻر أﻣرﻳﻛﻲ أو أﻛﺛر ﻳﻘـ ﱠ ﻻر اﻷﻣرﻳﻛـﻲ اﻛﺎت ﻫـذﻩ اﻟدوﻟـﺔ اﻟﻌﺿـو ﺑﺎﻟـدو در ﻧﺻـف اﺷـﺗر دو ة اﻛﺎت اﻟﺳــﻧوﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﻘــدر ع اﻻﺷــﺗر واذا ﻗــﻝ ﻣﺟﻣــو واﻟﻧﺻــف اﻵﺧــر ﺑﺎﻟﻔرﻧــك اﻟﺳوﻳﺳــر يٕ . ﻻر أﻣرﻳﻛ ــﻲ ﺗﻘـ ـ ﱠ اﻛﺎت ﻫ ــذﻩ اﻟدوﻟ ــﺔ در اﺷ ــﺗر ﻋﻠ ــﻰ أﻳ ــﺔ دوﻟ ــﺔ ﻋﺿ ــو ﻋ ــن ٢٠٠ ٠٠٠دو ﻻر اﻷﻣرﻳﻛــﻲ أو اﻟﻳــورو أو اﻛﺎت ﺑﺎﻟــدو ﻻر اﻷﻣرﻳﻛــﻲ ﻓﻘــط .وﺗُــدﻓﻊ اﻻﺷــﺗر اﻟﻌﺿــو ﺑﺎﻟــدو ى ﺣﺳــﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺣــددﻩ اﻟﻣــدﻳر ى أو أﻛﺛــر ﻣــن ﻋﻣﻠــﺔ أﺧــر ي أو ﺑﻌﻣﻠــﺔ أﺧــر اﻟﻔرﻧــك اﻟﺳوﻳﺳــر اﻟﻌﺎم. ٧-٦ﻳﺧﺿـ ــﻊ ﻗﺑـ ــوﻝ اﻟﻣـ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌـ ــﺎم ﻷﻳـ ــﺔ ﻋﻣﻠـ ــﺔ ﺗﻛـ ــون ﻏﻳـ ــر ﻗﺎﺑﻠـ ــﺔ ﺗﻣﺎﻣـ ــﺎ ﻟﻠﺗﺣوﻳـ ــﻝ ﻟﻣواﻓﻘــﺔ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم اﻟﺳــﻧوﻳﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ أﺳــﺎس ﻛــﻝ ﺣﺎﻟــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺣــدة .وﺗﺷــﻣﻝ ﻣﺛــﻝ ﻫــذﻩ ى اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم أﻧﻬــﺎ ﻻزﻣــﺔ ﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳــﺔ ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻣواﻓﻘــﺎت أﻳــﺔ ﺷــروط وأﺣﻛــﺎم ﻳــر اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ. ة ﻓــﻲ ﺣﺳــﺎب اﻛﺎﺗﻬﺎ اﻟﻣﻘــدر ﻘﻳــد اﻟﻣﺑــﺎﻟﻎ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗــدﻓﻌﻬﺎ دوﻟــﺔ ﻋﺿــو ﻟﺳــداد اﺷــﺗر ٨-٦ﺗُ ّ ﻻً ﻋﻠﻰ أﻗدم ﻣﺑﻠﻎ ﻣﺳﺗﺣق. اﻟدوﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﺿو وﺗطﺑق أو
107
اﻟﻼﺋﺣﺔ اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
ﻻر ى ﻏﻳـ ــر اﻟـ ــدو ة اﻟﺗـ ــﻲ ﺗُـ ــدﻓﻊ ﺑﻌﻣـ ــﻼت أﺧـ ــر اﻛﺎت اﻟﻣﻘـ ــدر ﺗﻘﻳـ ــد ﻣﺑـ ــﺎﻟﻎ اﻻﺷـ ــﺗر ّ ٩-٦ اﻷﻣرﻳﻛــﻲ ﻓــﻲ ﺣﺳــﺎب اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء ﺣﺳــب ﺳــﻌر اﻟﺻــرف اﻟﻣﻌﻣــوﻝ ﺑــﻪ ﻓــﻲ اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ﺗﺳﻠﱠم ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ. ة اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳـﺔ ر ﻋـن اﻟﻔﺗـر ﻳطﻠب ﻣن اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء اﻟﺟدﻳـدة أن ﺗـدﻓﻊ اﺷـﺗر اﻛﺎً ﻣﻘـد اً ُ ١٠-٦ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺻﻝ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻌﺿوﻳﺔ وﻓﻘﺎً ﻟﻠﻣﻌـدﻻت اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﺣـددﻫﺎ ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ .وﺗﻘﻳـد ادات ﻓﻲ اﻟﺳﻧﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺻﺑﺢ ﻣﺳﺗﺣﻘﺔ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ. اﻛﺎت ﺑوﺻﻔﻬﺎ إﻳر ﻫذﻩ اﻻﺷﺗر
اض اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ أس اﻟﻣﺎﻝ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻝ واﻻﻗﺗر اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻌﺔ – ﺻﻧدوق ر ء اﻟﻣﻣـوﻝ ﻓـﻲ ة ،ﺗﻣوﻳـﻝ ﺗﻧﻔﻳـذ اﻟﺟـز اﻛﺎت اﻟﻣﻘـدر ١-٧ﻳﺟوز ،ﻓـﻲ اﻧﺗظـﺎر ﺗﺳـﻠم اﻻﺷـﺗر اض أس اﻟﻣــﺎﻝ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﻝ ،ﺛــم ﻣــن اﻻﻗﺗ ـر اﻛﺎت ﻣــن ﺻــﻧدوق ر اﻧﻳــﺔ ﻣــن ﻫــذﻩ اﻻﺷــﺗر اﻟﻣﻳز أس اﻟﻣـﺎﻝ اﻟﻌﺎﻣـﻝ .وﻳﺟـوز اﻟﻠﺟـوء إﻟـﻰ اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ .وﺗﻘر ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻣﺑﻠﻎ ﺻـﻧدوق ر اض اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻝ اﻻﺣﺗﻳﺎطﻳﺎت اﻟﻧﻘدﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺛﻧﺎء اﻟﺻﻧﺎدﻳق اﻻﺋﺗﻣﺎﻧﻳﺔ. اﻻﻗﺗر أس اﻟﻣـﺎﻝ اﻟﻌﺎﻣـﻝ إﻟـﻰ إﺳـﻘﺎطﺎت ﻣﺗطﻠﺑــﺎت ٢-٧ﻳﺟـب أن ﻳﺳـﺗﻧد ﻣﺳـﺗوى ﺻـﻧدوق ر ة .وﻳﺟــب أن اﻛﺎت اﻟﻣﻘــدر ادات واﻟﻧﻔﻘــﺎت اﻟﻣﺗوﻗﻌــﺔ ﻣــن اﻻﺷــﺗر رﻋــﺎة اﻹﻳـر اﻟﺗﻣوﻳــﻝ ﻣــﻊ ﻣ ا رﺣــﺎت ﻗــد ﻳﺗﻘــدم ﺑﻬــﺎ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم إﻟــﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ،ﻣــن أﺟــﻝ ﺗﻐﻳﻳــر ﺗﻛــون أﻳــﺔ اﻗﺗ ا ح ﻳوﺿــﺢ ﻩ ،ﺑﺷــر رر أس اﻟﻣــﺎﻝ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﻝ ﻋــن اﻟﻣﺳــﺗوى اﻟــذي ﺳــﺑق إﻗ ـ ا ﻣﺳــﺗوى ﺻــﻧدوق ر ة اﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳر. ﺿرور ٣-٧ﺗﻘﻳــد أﻳــﺔ ﻣﺑــﺎﻟﻎ ﺗــدﻓﻊ ﻟﺳــداد اﻟﻣﺑــﺎﻟﻎ اﻟﻣﻘﺗرﺿــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗــﺗم ﺑﻣوﺟــب اﻟﻣــﺎدة ١-٧ ة وأن ﺗﻘﻳد ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻝ أي ﻗرض داﺧﻠـﻲ ﻣﺳـﺗﺣق، اﻛﺎت اﻟﻣﻘدر ات اﻻﺷﺗر ﻣن ﺗﺣﺻﻳﻝ ﻣﺗﺄﺧر أس اﻟﻣﺎﻝ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺎ. ﻻ ،وﻣﻘﺎﺑﻝ أي ﻗرض ﻣﺳﺗﺣق ﻣن ﺻﻧدوق ر أو ّ
ى اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻣﻧﺔ – اﻟﻌﺎﺋد :ﻣن اﻟﻣﺻﺎدر اﻷﺧر
١-٨ﻳﺟوز ﻟﻠﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ،ﺑﻣوﺟـب أﺣﻛـﺎم اﻟﻣــﺎدة ٥٧ﻣـن اﻟدﺳـﺗور ،ﻗﺑـوﻝ اﻟﻬﺑـﺎت واﻟوﺻــﺎﻳﺎ اﻟﻧﻘدﻳــﺔ أو اﻟﻌﻳﻧﻳــﺔ ،ﺷ ـرﻳطﺔ أن ﻳﺣــدد إﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳــﺔ اﺳــﺗﺧدام ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﻣﺳــﺎﻫﻣﺎت ﻣــن ﻗﺑــﻝ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ،وﻋﻠــﻰ أن ﺗﻛــون اﻟﺷــروط اﻟﻣﻘﺗرﻧــﺔ ﺑﻬــﺎ ﻣﺗﻔﻘــﺔ ﻣــﻊ ﻏﺎﻳــﺔ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ وﺳﻳﺎﺳﺎﺗﻬﺎ. اﻧﻳـﺔ ٢-٨ﻳﺧوﻝ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﺳﻠطﺔ ﻓرض رﺳم ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺳﺎﻫﻣﺎت اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﺔ ﻋن اﻟﻣﻳز ار ﻣﻧطﺑــق ﺗﺗﺧــذﻩ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ .وﻳﻘﻳــد ﻫــذا اﻟرﺳــم ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺣﺳــﺎب وﻓﻘــﺎ ﻷﺣﻛــﺎم أي ﻗـر اﻟﺧﺎص ﻟﺗﻛﺎﻟﻳف اﻟﺧدﻣﺔ ،ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ أﻳﺔ ﺣﺻـﺎﺋﻝ ﻓواﺋـد أو أﻳـﺔ ﻣﺑـﺎﻟﻎ ﻣﺎﻟﻳـﺔ ﺗﺟﻧـﻰ ة اﻟﺗــﻲ ات اﻟﻣﺳــﺎﻫﻣﺎت ﻟﻠﺻــرف ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺳــداد ﺟﻣﻳــﻊ اﻟﺗﻛــﺎﻟﻳف ﻏﻳــر اﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷـر ﻣــن اﺳــﺗﺛﻣﺎر ارد و ـ ـ ﻣ اﻟ ء ﻣﻧﻬ ــﺎ. وادارﺗﻬ ــﺎ أو ﺳ ــداد ﺟ ــز ـذﻩ ـ ﻫ ار ر ـﺗد ـ ﺳ ا ـص ـ ﺧ ﻳ ـﺎ ـ ﻣ ﻓﻳ ـﺔ ـ ﻣ اﻟﻣﻧظ ﺗﺗﻛﺑ ــدﻫﺎ ٕ اﻣﺞ ة اﻟﻣﺗرﺗﺑــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺗﻧﻔﻳــذ اﻟﺑـر اﻧﻳــﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳــﺔ ﺟﻣﻳــﻊ اﻟﺗﻛــﺎﻟﻳف اﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷـر وﺗﻔــرض ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﻣﻳز اﻧﻳﺔ. اﻟﻣﻣوﻟﺔ ﻣن ﻣوارد ﺧﺎرﺟﺔ ﻋن اﻟﻣﻳز
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
108
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺗﺎﺳﻌﺔ – اﻷﻣواﻝ ادات واﻟﻣﺻـ ـ ــروﻓﺎت. ١-٩ﺗﻧﺷ ـ ــﺄ ﺻـ ـ ــﻧﺎدﻳق ﻟﺗﻣﻛ ـ ــﻳن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ـ ــﺔ ﻣـ ـ ــن ﺗﻘﻳﻳ ـ ــد اﻹﻳ ـ ـ ـر اﻧﻳـﺔ اﻟﻌﺎدﻳـﺔ ،واﻟﻣـوارد اﻟﺧﺎرﺟـﺔ وﺗﻐطﻲ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﺻﻧﺎدﻳق ﺟﻣﻳـﻊ ﻣﺻـﺎدر اﻟـدﺧﻝ :اﻟﻣﻳز اﻧﻳـ ــﺔ ،وﺻـ ــﻧﺎدﻳق اﻻﺋﺗﻣﺎﻧـ ــﺎت ،وأي ﻣﺻـ ــدر آﺧـ ــر ﻟﻠـ ــدﺧﻝ ﺣﺳـ ــﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﻛـ ــون ﻋـ ــن اﻟﻣﻳز ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺎ. ٢-٩ﺗﻧﺷـ ــﺄ ﺣﺳـ ــﺎﺑﺎت ﻟﻠﻣﺑـ ــﺎﻟﻎ اﻟﻣﺣﺻـ ــﻠﺔ ﻣـ ــن ﻣﻘـ ــدﻣﻲ اﻟﻣﺳـ ــﺎﻫﻣﺎت اﻟﺧﺎرﺟـ ــﺔ ﻋـ ــن ادات ﻷي ﺻـ ـ ـ ــﻧدوق ﻣـ ـ ـ ــن ﺻـ ـ ـ ــﻧﺎدﻳق اﻻﺋﺗﻣﺎﻧـ ـ ـ ــﺎت ﻟﻳﺗـ ـ ـ ــﺎح ﺗﺳـ ـ ـ ــﺟﻳﻝ اﻹﻳ ـ ـ ـ ـر اﻧﻳــ ـ ــﺔ و اﻟﻣﻳز واﻋداد ﺗﻘﺎرﻳر ﻋﻧﻬﺎ. واﻟﻣﺻروﻓﺎت ذات اﻟﺻﻠﺔ ٕ
ة ،ﻛﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت اﺣﺗﻳﺎطﻳﺔ أو ﻟﺗﻠﺑﻳﺔ اﺣﺗﻳﺎﺟـﺎت ى ،ﻋﻧد اﻟﺿرور ٣-٩ﺗﻧﺷﺄ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت أﺧر أﺳﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ. اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻹدارﻳﺔ ،ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟك اﻟﻧﻔﻘﺎت اﻟر
ة ﻟﻠﺳـﻣﺎح ﺑﺗﻧﻔﻳــذ اﻷﻧﺷـطﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ أﺳــﺎس ٤-٩ﻟﻠﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم أن ﻳﻧﺷـﺊ ﺻــﻧﺎدﻳق دوار اض اﻟﻣﺗوﺧــﺎة ﻣــن ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﺗﻣوﻳــﻝ اﻟــذاﺗﻲ .ﻋﻠــﻰ أن ﻳــﺗم إﺑــﻼغ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﺑــﺎﻷﻏر اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت ،ﺑﻣـﺎ ﻓـﻲ ذﻟـك ﺗﻔﺎﺻـﻳﻝ ﻣﺻـﺎدر اﻟـدﺧﻝ واﻟﻣﺻـروﻓﺎت اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﺗﺣﻣﻠﻬـﺎ ﻫـذﻩ ة ﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻣﺎ. اﻟﺻﻧﺎدﻳق واﻟﺗﺻرف ﻓﻲ اﻟرﺻﻳد اﻟﻔﺎﺋض ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﺗر ٥-٩ﻳﺣ ــدد ﻏ ــرض أي ﺣﺳ ــﺎب ﻳﻧﺷ ــﺄ ﺑﻣوﺟ ــب اﻟﻣ ــﺎدﺗﻳن ٣-٩و ،٤-٩وﻳﺧﺿ ــﻊ ﻷﺣﻛﺎم اﻟﻼﺋﺣﺔ اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ واﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺿﻌﻬﺎ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ،ﺑﻣوﺟب ﻷي ﺷــروط ﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﻳــﺗم اﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ة اﻟﺣﻛﻳﻣــﺔ و اﻟﻣــﺎدة ،١-١٢وﻳﺧﺿــﻊ أﻳﺿــﺎ ﻟــﻺدار ﺑﺷﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺳﻠطﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ.
ة – إﻳداع اﻟﻧﻘد اﻟﺳﺎﺋﻝ وﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﺎﻓﺋﻪ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﻌﺎﺷر ١-١٠ﻳﻌــﻳن اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم اﻟﺑﻧــك أو اﻟﺑﻧــوك أو اﻟﻣؤﺳﺳــﺎت اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻳــودع ﻓﻳﻬــﺎ ة اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ. اﻟﻧﻘد وﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﺎﻓﺋﻪ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻫو ﻓﻲ ﺣوز ات )أو اﻷﺻ ـ ـ ـ ــوﻝ( و /أو ي اﻻﺳ ـ ـ ـ ــﺗﺛﻣﺎر ٢-١٠ﻟﻠﻣ ـ ـ ـ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎم أن ﻳﻌ ـ ـ ـ ــﻳن ﻣ ـ ـ ـ ــدﻳر ة اﻟﻧﻘــد وﻣــﺎ ﻳﻛﺎﻓﺋــﻪ ﻣﻣــﺎ ﻫــو ﻓــﻲ ﻏــب اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﺗﻌﻳﻳــﻧﻬم ﻹدار اﻷﻣﻧــﺎء اﻟــذﻳن ﻗــد ﺗر ﺣوزﺗﻬﺎ.
ة – اﺳﺗﺛﻣﺎر اﻟﻧﻘد وﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﺎﻓﺋﻪ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺣﺎدﻳﺔ ﻋﺷر ١-١١ﻳﺟ ــوز اﺳ ــﺗﺛﻣﺎر أي ﻣـ ـوارد ﻧﻘدﻳ ــﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻠ ــزم ﻟﺳ ــداد ﻣ ــدﻓوﻋﺎت ﻋﺎﺟﻠ ــﺔ وﻳﺟ ــوز ﻫﺎ. ار ﺗﺟﻣﻳﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﻘدر ﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻳﺢ ذﻟك اﻻﺳﺗﻔﺎدة ﻣن اﻟﻌﺎﺋدات اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛن اﺳﺗدر ادات إﻟـ ــﻰ اﻟﺣﺳـ ــﺎب اﻟﺧـ ــﺎص ات ﺑوﺻـ ــﻔﻬﺎ إﻳ ـ ـر ادات اﻻﺳـ ــﺗﺛﻣﺎر ٢-١١ﺗﺿـ ــﺎف إﻳ ـ ـر ﻟﺗﻛﺎﻟﻳف اﻟﺧدﻣﺔ طﺑﻘﺎً ﻟﻠﻣﺎدة ٢-٨ﻣن اﻟﻼﺋﺣﺔ اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ،ﻣﺎ ﻟم ﻳﻧص ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻼف ذﻟـك ات اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺄي ﺻﻧدوق أو ﺣﺳﺎب ﻣﺣدد. رر ﻓﻲ اﻟﻼﺋﺣﺔ أو اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻲ أو اﻟﻘ ا
109
اﻟﻼﺋﺣﺔ اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
٣-١١ﻳــﺗم إﻋــداد ﺳﻳﺎﺳــﺎت اﻻﺳــﺗﺛﻣﺎر وﻣﺑﺎدﺋــﻪ اﻟﺗوﺟﻳﻬﻳــﺔ وﻓﻘــﺎ ﻷﻓﺿــﻝ اﻟﻣﻣﺎرﺳــﺎت رس اﻟﻣــﺎﻝ وﻣﺗطﻠﺑــﺎت اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺧﺎﺻــﺔ اﻹﻧﺗﺎﺟﻳــﺔ ﻣــﻊ إﻳــﻼء اﻻﻫﺗﻣــﺎم اﻟــﻼزم ﻟﺻــون أ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺎﺋدات.
اﻗﺑﺔ اﻟداﺧﻠﻳﺔ ة – اﻟﻣر اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻋﺷر ١-١٢ﻳﻘوم اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم: رﻋــﺎة ة ﻣﺎﻟﻳــﺔ ﻓﻌﺎﻟــﺔ وﻣ ا اءات ﻋﻣﻠﻳــﺔ ﺑﻬــدف ﺗﺣﻘﻳــق إدار واﺟ ـر ﺑوﺿــﻊ ﺳﻳﺎﺳــﺎت ٕ اﻻﻗﺗﺻﺎد وﺻون أﺻوﻝ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ؛ زﻣـﺎت اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳــﺔ ح ﻟﻬـم ﺑﺎﺳـﺗﻼم اﻷﻣـواﻝ وﻋﻘـد اﻻﻟﺗ ا ﺑﺗﻌﻳـﻳن اﻟﻣـوظﻔﻳن اﻟـذﻳن ﻳﺻـر واﻟﺻرف ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻳﺎﺑﺔ ﻋن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ؛ اﻗﺑ ــﺔ اﻟداﺧﻠﻳــﺔ ﻟﺿ ــﻣﺎن ﺗﺣﻘﻳ ــق اﻟﻐﺎﻳ ــﺎت واﻷﻫ ــداف ﺑﺈﻧﺷــﺎء ﻫﻳﻛ ــﻝ ﻓﻌ ــﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻣر اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﺣـ ــددة؛ وﻟﻼﺳـ ــﺗﻔﺎدة ﻣـ ــن اﻟﻣ ـ ـوارد ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ ﻧﺣـ ــو ﻳﺣﻘـ ــق اﻻﻗﺗﺻـ ــﺎد واﻟﻛﻔ ـ ــﺎءة؛ وﺿ ـ ــﻣﺎن ﻣوﺛوﻗﻳ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣ ـ ــﺎت وﺳ ـ ــﻼﻣﺗﻬﺎ؛ واﻟﺗﻘﻳ ـ ــد ﺑﺎﻟﺳﻳﺎﺳ ـ ــﺎت اءات واﻷﻧظﻣﺔ واﻟﻠواﺋﺢ؛ وﺻون اﻷﺻوﻝ؛ واﻟﺧطط واﻹﺟر اض ﻧظــم ﻻ ﻋــن اﺳــﺗﻌر اﺟﻌــﺔ اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳــﺔ اﻟداﺧﻠﻳــﺔ ﻳﻛــون ﻣﺳــؤو إﻧﺷــﺎء ﺟﻬــﺎز ﻟﻠﻣر اﻗﺑﺔ اﻟداﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺔ وﺗﻘﻳﻳﻣﻬﺎ ورﺻد ﻣدى ﻣﻼءﻣﺗﻬﺎ وﻓﻌﺎﻟﻳﺗﻬـﺎ .وﻟﺗﺣﻘﻳـق اﻟﻣر اءات واﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳـﺎت واﻟوظـﺎﺋف واﻷﻧﺷـطﺔ ﻫذا اﻟﻐرض ﺗﺧﺿﻊ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ اﻟﻧظم واﻹﺟر اض واﻟﺗﻘﻳﻳم واﻟرﺻد. اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗم ﻓﻲ إطﺎر اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﻟﻬذا اﻻﺳﺗﻌر
)أ( ) ب( )ج(
)د(
ة – اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت واﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ ﻋﺷر ١-١٣ﻳﻧﺷﺊ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠزم ﻣن ﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت ،وﻳﻣﺳﻛﻬﺎ طﺑﻘﺎً ﻟﻠﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳر اﻟﻣﺣﺎﺳـﺑﻳﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻘطﺎع اﻟﻌﺎم. ٢-١٣ﺗوﺿ ــﻊ ﺑﻳﺎﻧ ــﺎت ﻣﺎﻟﻳ ــﺔ ﺑﺻ ــﻔﺔ ﺳ ــﻧوﻳﺔ طﺑﻘـ ـﺎً ﻟﻠﻣﻌ ــﺎﻳﻳر اﻟﻣﺣﺎﺳ ــﺑﻳﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳ ــﺔ ى ﺿـرورﻳﺔ ﻟﺑﻳـﺎن اﻷوﺿـﺎع ﻟﻠﻘطﺎع اﻟﻌﺎم ،ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠزم ﻣن ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت أﺧر اﻫﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺔ. اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ اﻟر ات اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳ ــﺔ ،ﻋﻠ ــﻰ أﻧ ــﻪ ﻳﺟ ــوز ﻣﺳ ــك ﻻر ٣-١٣ﺗﻌ ــرض اﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧ ــﺎت اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳ ــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟ ــدو ة ﻟذﻟك. أى اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﺿرور ى إذا ر اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت ﺑﺄﻳﺔ ﻋﻣﻠﺔ أو ﻋﻣﻼت أﺧر اﺟﻌـ ــﻲ رﺟـ ــﻊ اﻟﺣﺳـ ــﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧـ ــﺎرﺟﻲ )إﻟـ ــﻰ ﻣر ٤-١٣ﺗﻘـ ــدم اﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧـ ــﺎت اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳـ ــﺔ إﻟـ ــﻰ ﻣ ا اﻟﺣﺳــﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧــﺎرﺟﻳﻳن( ﻓــﻲ ﻣوﻋــد ﻻ ﻳﺗﺟــﺎوز ٣١آذار /ﻣــﺎرس اﻟﺗــﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻧﻬﺎﻳــﺔ اﻟﺳــﻧﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻌﻠق ﺑﻬﺎ.
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
110
اﻣﻳـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎت ﺗﻌﺗﺑـ ـ ـ ـ ــر ﺿـ ـ ـ ـ ــرورﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﻘﻳـ ـ ـ ـ ــق ٥-١٣ﻟﻠﻣـ ـ ـ ـ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎم أن ﻳـ ـ ـ ـ ــدﻓﻊ أي إﻛر ﻣﺻـ ــﻠﺣﺔ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ .وﻳﻘـ ــدم ﺑﻳـ ــﺎن ﺑﻣـ ــﺎ ﻳـ ــدﻓﻊ ﻣـ ــن ﻫـ ـ ـ ـذﻩ اﻟﻣﺑﺎﻟ ـ ـ ـﻎ ﺿﻣ ـ ـ ـن اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑ ـ ـ ـﺎت اﻟﺧﺗﺎﻣﻳ ـﺔ. ي اﻟﻛﺎﻣــﻝ ،ﺑﺷــطب ﻗﻳﻣــﺔ ﻣــﺎ ﻳﺣــدث ﻣــن ح ،ﺑﻌــد اﻟﺗﺣــر ٦-١٣ﻟﻠﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم أن ﻳﺻــر ﺧﺳــﺎﺋر ﻓــﻲ أي ﻣــن اﻷﺻــوﻝ ﻋــدا اﻻﺷــﺗر ة .وﻳﻘــدم ﺑﻳﺎﻧــﺎ ﺑﻬــذﻩ اﻟﺧﺳــﺎﺋر اﻛﺎت اﻟﻣﺗــﺄﺧر اﻟﻣﺷطوﺑﺔ ﺿﻣن اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧﺗﺎﻣﻳﺔ.
اﺟﻌﺔ اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻳﺔ ة – اﻟﻣر اﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﺷر اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟر اﺟﻌﻳن ﺧـﺎرﺟﻳﻳن( ﻟﻠﺣﺳـﺎﺑﺎت ﻳﻛـون اﺟﻌﺎً ﺧﺎرﺟﻳﺎً )ﻣر ١-١٤ﺗﻌﻳن ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻣر ﻻً ﻳﺣﻣــﻝ ﻟﻘﺑـﺎً ﻣﻣــﺎﺛﻼً أو ﻳﻛــون ﻟــﻪ ﻣرﻛــز اﺟﻌـﺎً ﻋﺎﻣـﺎً ﻟﻠﺣﺳــﺎﺑﺎت )أو ﻣﺳــؤو ﻛــﻝ ﻣــﻧﻬم ﻣر ﻻﻳــﺔ أرﺑــﻊ ﺳــﻧوات ﺗﺷــﻣﻝ ة اﻟو ﻣﻣﺎﺛــﻝ( ﻹﺣــدى ﺣﻛوﻣــﺎت اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء .وﺗﻛــون ﻓﺗ ـر اﻧﻳﺔ ،وﻳﻣﻛن ﺗﺟدﻳدﻫﺎ ﻣر ﻓﺗرﺗﻲ ﻣﻳز ة إﺿـﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﺗﺑﻠـﻎ أرﺑـﻊ ﺳـﻧوات .واﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ ة واﺣـدة ﻟﻔﺗـر اﺟﻌـﻲ اﻟﺣﺳـﺎﺑﺎت اﺟﻊ اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧـﺎرﺟﻲ اﻟﻣﻌـﻳن )ﻣر ﻫﻲ وﺣدﻫﺎ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻣﻠك ﺗﻧﺣﻳﺔ ﻣر اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻳﻳن اﻟﻣﻌﻳﻧﻳن(. ى ﻛ ــﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ ،ﺗﺟ ــر رﻋ ــﺎة أﻳ ــﺔ ﺗوﺟﻳﻬ ــﺎت ﺧﺎﺻ ــﺔ ﺗﺻ ــدر ٢-١٤ﻣ ــﻊ ﻣ ا اﺟﻌـﻲ اﻟﺣﺳـﺎﺑﺎت اﺟﻊ اﻟﺣﺳـﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧـﺎرﺟﻲ )ﻣر اﺟﻌﺎت اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳطﻠب ﻣن ﻣر ﻣر اﺟﻌــﺔ اﻟﺣﺳــﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧــﺎرﺟﻳﻳن( اﻟﻘﻳــﺎم ﺑﻬــﺎ وﻓﻘــﺎ ﻟﻠﻣﻌــﺎﻳﻳر اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ اﻟﻣﻘﺑوﻟــﺔ ﻋﻣوﻣــﺎ ﻓــﻲ ﻣر ووﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺻﻼﺣﻳﺎت اﻹﺿﺎﻓﻳﺔ اﻟواردة ﻓﻲ ﻣرﻓق ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻼﺋﺣﺔ. اﺟﻌ ـ ــﻲ اﻟﺣﺳ ـ ــﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧ ـ ــﺎرﺟﻳﻳن( إﺑ ـ ــداء رﺟ ـ ــﻊ اﻟﺣﺳ ـ ــﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧ ـ ــﺎرﺟﻲ )ﻟﻣر ٣-١٤ﻟﻣ ا اﻗﺑﺔ اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳـﺔ اﻟداﺧﻠﻳـﺔ اءات اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ وﻧظﺎم اﻟﻣﺣﺎﺳﺑﺔ واﻟﻣر ﻣﻼﺣظﺎت ﺑﺻدد ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻳﺔ اﻹﺟر ة اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ وﺗﻧظﻳﻣﻬﺎ. وﺑوﺟﻪ ﻋﺎم ﺑﺷﺄن إدار اﺟﻌـ ـ ــو اﻟﺣﺳـ ـ ــﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧـ ـ ــﺎرﺟﻳون( رﺟـ ـ ــﻊ اﻟﺣﺳـ ـ ــﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧـ ـ ــﺎرﺟﻲ )ﻣر ٤-١٤ﻳﺗﻣﺗـ ـ ــﻊ ﻣ ا ﻟﻠﺣﺳ ــﺎﺑﺎت ﺑﺎﺳ ــﺗﻘﻼﻝ ﺗ ــﺎم ،وﻫ ــو اﻟﻣﺳ ــؤوﻝ اﻟوﺣﻳ ــد )ﻫ ــم اﻟﻣﺳ ــؤوﻟون اﻟوﺣﻳ ــدون( ﻋ ــن اء أي ﻓﺣـص اﺟﻌﺔ اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺛﻧﺎء ﻣﺎ ﺗﺳﻣﺢ ﺑـﻪ اﻟﻣـﺎدة ٧-١٤أدﻧـﺎﻩ ﺑﺷـﺄن إﺟـر ﻣر ﻣﺣﻠﻲ أو ﺧﺎص. اﺟﻌـ ــﻲ رﺟـ ــﻊ اﻟﺣﺳـ ــﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧـ ــﺎرﺟﻲ )ﻣر ٥-١٤ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ أن ﺗطﻠـ ــب ﻣـ ــن ﻣ ا اﻟﺣﺳ ــﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧ ــﺎرﺟﻳﻳن( اﻟﻘﻳ ــﺎم ﺑﻌﻣﻠﻳ ــﺎت ﻓﺣ ــص ﻣﻌﻳﻧ ــﺔ وﺗﻘ ــدﻳم ﺗﻘ ــﺎرﻳر ﻣﻧﻔﺻ ــﻠﺔ ﻋ ــن ﻧﺗﺎﺋﺟﻬﺎ. اﺟﻌ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻲ رﺟ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻊ اﻟﺣﺳ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎرﺟﻲ ) ﻟﻣر ٦-١٤ﻳﻘ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــدم اﻟﻣ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎم ﻟﻣ ا اء اﻟﺣﺳ ــﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧ ــﺎرﺟﻳﻳن( ﺟﻣﻳ ــﻊ اﻟﺗﺳ ــﻬﻳﻼت اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﻗ ــد ﻳطﻠﺑﻬ ــﺎ )ﻳطﻠﺑوﻧﻬ ــﺎ( ﻋﻧ ــد إﺟـ ـر اﺟﻌﺔ. اﻟﻣر اﺟﻌــﻲ اﻟﺣﺳــﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧــﺎرﺟﻳﻳن( ،ﻓــﻲ ﺳــﺑﻳﻝ رﺟــﻊ اﻟﺣﺳــﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧــﺎرﺟﻲ ) ﻟﻣر ٧-١٤ﻟﻣ ا اﺟﻌـ ــﺔ ،اﻻﺳـ ــﺗﻌﺎﻧﺔ اء ﻓﺣـ ــص ﻣﺣﻠ ـ ـﻲ أو ﺧـ ــﺎص ،أو ﻟﻼﻗﺗﺻـ ــﺎد ﻓـ ــﻲ ﻧﻔﻘـ ــﺎت اﻟﻣر إﺟ ـ ـر اﺟﻊ ﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت ﻋﺎم ﻓﻲ إﺣدى اﻟدوﻝ )أو ﻣﺳؤوﻝ ذي ﺻـﻔﺔ ﻣﻣﺎﺛﻠـﺔ( أو ﺑﺧدﻣﺎت أي ﻣر
111
اﻟﻼﺋﺣﺔ اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
اﺟﻌـﻲ ﺣﺳـﺎﺑﺎت ﺗﺟـﺎرﻳﻳن ﻋﻣـوﻣﻳﻳن ﻣـن ذوي اﻟﺳـﻣﻌﺔ اﻟﺣﺳـﻧﺔ أو ﺑﺧـدﻣﺎت ﺑﺧدﻣﺎت ﻣر اﺟﻌ ــو اﻟﺣﺳ ــﺎﺑﺎت رﺟ ــﻊ اﻟﺣﺳ ــﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧ ــﺎرﺟﻲ )ﻣر ى ﻣا أي ﺷ ــﺧص أو ﻣﻛﺗ ــب آﺧ ــر ﻳ ــر ة اﻟﻔﻧﻳﺔ اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ. اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻳون( أﻧﻪ ﻳﻣﻠك اﻟﺧﺑر ر ﻋـن اﺟﻊ اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻲ )ﻣر ٨-١٤ﻳﻘدم ﻣر اﺟﻌو اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻳون( ﺗﻘرﻳ اً ة اﺟﻌﺔ اﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ اﻟﺳﻧوﻳﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻌدﻫﺎ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﺑﻣوﺟب اﻟﻣـﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛـﺔ ﻋﺷـر ﻣر ى )ﻳــرون( أﻧﻬــﺎ ﻻزﻣــﺔ وﻓﻘـﺎً ﻟﻠﻣــﺎدة ﻣــن اﻟﻼﺋﺣــﺔ .وﻳﺗﺿــﻣن اﻟﺗﻘرﻳــر أﻳــﺔ ﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت ﻳــر ٣-١٤واﻟﺻﻼﺣﻳﺎت اﻹﺿﺎﻓﻳﺔ. اﺟﻌــﻲ اﻟﺣﺳــﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧــﺎرﺟﻳﻳن( رﺟــﻊ اﻟﺣﺳــﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧــﺎرﺟﻲ )ﻣر ٩-١٤ﻳﻘــدم ﺗﻘرﻳــر ﻣ ا اﺟﻌﺗﻬـﺎ ﻋـن طرﻳـق اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳـذي إﻟـﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻣـت ﻣر اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﻣوﻋــد ﻻ ﻳﺗﺟــﺎوز ١أﻳــﺎر /ﻣــﺎﻳو اﻟﺗــﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻧﻬﺎﻳــﺔ اﻟﺳــﻧﺔ اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﺗﻌﻠــق ﺑﻬﺎ اﻟﺣﺳـﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧﺗﺎﻣﻳـﺔ .وﻳﻔﺣـص اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳـذي اﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧـﺎت اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳـﺔ اﻟﺳـﻧوﻳﺔ وﺗﻘرﻳـر رﻫــﺎ اﺟﻌــﺔ اﻟﺣﺳــﺎﺑﺎت ﺛــم ﻳﻘــدﻣﻬﺎ إﻟــﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﻣــﻊ أﻳــﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻘــﺎت ﻳ ا )ﺗﻘــﺎرﻳر( ﻣر ﻻزﻣﺔ.
ات اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗرﺗب ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﻣﺻروﻓﺎت رر ة – اﻟﻘ ا اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺧﺎﻣﺳﺔ ﻋﺷر ر ﺗﺗرﺗـ ــب ﻋﻠﻳـ ــﻪ را ﻻ ﻳﺗﺧـ ــذ اﻟﻣﺟﻠـ ــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳـ ــذي ﻗ ـ ـ ا ١-١٥ﻻ ﺗﺗﺧـ ــذ ﺟﻣﻌﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ و ﻣﺻـروﻓﺎت إﻻ ﺑﻌـد اﻟﻧظــر ﻓـﻲ ﺗﻘرﻳـر ﻣــن اﻟﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم ﺑﺷــﺄن اﻵﺛـﺎر اﻹدارﻳـﺔ واﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳــﺔ اح. اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗرﺗب ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻗﺗر ى اﻟﻣـ ـ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌـ ـ ــﺎم أن اﻻﻋﺗﻣـ ـ ــﺎدات اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣـ ـ ــﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺳـ ـ ــﻣﺢ ﺑﺈﻧﻔـ ـ ــﺎق ٢-١٥ﻋﻧـ ـ ــدﻣﺎ ﻳـ ـ ــر اﻟﻣﺻــروﻓﺎت اﻟﻣﻘﺗرﺣــﺔ ،ﻻ ﻳﺟــوز اﻻرﺗﺑــﺎط ﺑﻬــذﻩ اﻟﻣﺻــروﻓﺎت ﺣﺗــﻰ ﺗﺧﺻــص ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠزم ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣن اﻋﺗﻣﺎدات.
ة – أﺣﻛﺎم ﻋﺎﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺳﺎدﺳﺔ ﻋﺷر ر ﻣــن ﺗــﺎرﻳﺦ ﻣواﻓﻘــﺔ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻳﻬــﺎ ﻣــﺎ ﻟــم ١-١٦ﻳﻌﻣــﻝ ﺑﻬــذﻩ اﻟﻼﺋﺣــﺔ اﻋﺗﺑــﺎ ا ﻻ ﻳﺟوز ﺗﻌدﻳﻠﻬﺎ إﻻ ﻣن ﻗﺑﻝ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ. ﺗﺣدد ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻏﻳر ذﻟك .و ٢-١٦ﻓ ــﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ ــﺔ اﻟﺷ ــك ﻓﻳﻣ ــﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠ ــق ﺑﺗﻔﺳ ــﻳر وﺗطﺑﻳ ــق أي ﻣ ــن اﻟﺑﻧ ــود اﻟﻣﺗﻘدﻣ ــﺔ، ﻟﻠﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﺳﻠطﺔ اﻟﺑت ﻓﻳﻪ ،ﻋﻠﻰ أن ﻳﺻدق اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي ﻋﻠﻰ ذﻟك ﻓﻲ دورﺗﻪ اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ. ٣-١٦ﻳدﺧﻝ اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﻣـﺎﻟﻲ اﻟـذي ﻳﺿـﻌﻪ اﻟﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم ﻛﻣـﺎ ﻳـرد ﻓـﻲ اﻟﻣـﺎدة ٤-١ ة أﻋﻼﻩ ،واﻟﺗﻌدﻳﻼت اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳدﺧﻠﻬﺎ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم ﻋﻠـﻰ ذﻟـك اﻟﻧظـﺎم ،ﺣﻳـز اﻟﻧﻔـﺎذ اﻟﻣذﻛور ﺑﻌـدﻣﺎ ﻳﺻــدق اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذي ﻋﻠﻳﻬــﺎ .وﻳﻌـرض ﺗﻘرﻳــر ﺑﺷــﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﻟﻐرض اﻟﻌﻠم.
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
112
ﻣرﻓق
ﺻﻼﺣﻳﺎت إﺿﺎﻓﻳﺔ اﺟﻌﺔ اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻳﺔ ﺗﺣﻛم اﻟﻣر ﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ اﺟﻌــﺔ ﺣﺳــﺎﺑﺎت ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﺟﻌــو( اﻟﺣﺳــﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧــﺎرﺟﻲ )اﻟﺧــﺎرﺟﻳون( ﺑﻣر رﺟــﻊ )ﻣر ﻳﻘــوم ﻣ ا -١ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ،ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟك ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺻﻧﺎدﻳق اﻻﺋﺗﻣﺎﻧﺎت واﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ،ﺑﺎﻟﺷـﻛﻝ اﻟـذي اﻩ )ﻳروﻧﻪ( ﺿرورﻳﺎ وذﻟك ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻘق ﻣن: ﻳر أن اﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻣطﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟدﻓﺎﺗر اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ وﺳﺟﻼﺗﻬﺎ؛ )أ( )ب( أن اﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳـ ــﺎت اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﺑﻳﻧـ ــﺔ ﻓـ ــﻲ اﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧـ ــﺎت ﺗﻣـ ــت وﻓﻘـ ــﺎ ﻟﻸﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ واﻟﻼﺋﺣـ ــﺔ اﻧﻳﺔ وﻏﻳر ذﻟك ﻣن اﻟﺗوﺟﻳﻬﺎت اﻟﻣﻌﻣوﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ؛ ﻷﺣﻛﺎم اﻟﻣﻳز و اق اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ واﻷﻣواﻝ اﻟﻣودﻋﺔ ﻟدى اﻟﻐﻳر أو ﺗﺣت ﻳـد اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ ﻗـد ﺗـم )ج( أن اﻷور ة ﻣـن اﻟﺟﻬـﺎت اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗـودع ﺑﻬـﺎ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ أﻣواﻟﻬـﺎ اﻟﺗﺛﺑت ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿﻰ ﺷﻬﺎدات ﻣﺑﺎﺷـر أو ﺑﺎﻟﻌد اﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ؛ اﺟﻌــﺔ اﻟﺣﺳــﺎﺑﺎت اﻟداﺧﻠﻳــﺔ، اﻗﺑــﺔ اﻟداﺧﻠﻳــﺔ ،ﺑﻣــﺎ ﻓــﻲ ذﻟــك ﻣر اءات اﻟﻣر أن إﺟ ـر )د( واﻓﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐرض ﺑﺎﻟﻧظر إﻟﻰ اﻷﻫﻣﻳﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻠق ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ؛ اءات )ﻫ( أن ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ اﻷﺻوﻝ واﻟﺧﺻوم واﻟﻔﺎﺋض واﻟﻌﺟز ﻗد ﺗم وﻓﻘﺎ ﻹﺟـر اﺟﻌو( اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻲ )اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻳون(. اﺟﻊ )ﻣر ﻳﻘﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﻣر اﺟﻌــو( اﻟﺣﺳــﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧــﺎرﺟﻲ )اﻟﺧــﺎرﺟﻳون( ﻫــو )ﻫــم( اﻟﺣﻛــم اﻟوﺣﻳــد ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ رﺟــﻊ )ﻣر ﻣا -٢ ﻳﺗﻌﻠــق ﺑﻘﺑــوﻝ اﻟﺷــﻬﺎدات أو اﻻدﻋــﺎءات اﻟﻣﻘدﻣــﺔ ﻣــن اﻷﻣﺎﻧــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ ،ﻛﻠﻳــﺎ أو ﺟزﺋﻳــﺎ ،وﻟــﻪ أن ﻩ )ﻳﺧﺗﺎروﻧـﻪ( ﻣـن ﺑـﻳن ﺟﻣﻳـﻊ ﻳﻘوم )وﻟﻬم أن ﻳﻘوﻣوا( ﺑﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﺣـص وﺗﺛﺑـت ﺗﻔﺻـﻳﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻣـﺎ ﻳﺧﺗـﺎر اﻟﺳﺟﻼت اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟك اﻟﺳﺟﻼت اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﻣدادات واﻟﻣﻌدات. اﺟﻌــﻲ( اﻟﺣﺳــﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧــﺎرﺟﻲ )اﻟﺧــﺎرﺟﻳﻳن( وﻣوظﻔﻳــﻪ )وﻣــوظﻔﻳﻬم( ﺣرﻳــﺔ رﺟــﻊ )ﻟﻣر ﻟﻣ ا -٣ اﻻطﻼع ﻓﻲ أي وﻗت ﻣﻧﺎﺳب ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ اﻟدﻓﺎﺗر واﻟﺳﺟﻼت وﻏﻳر ذﻟك ﻣن اﻟﻣﺳـﺗﻧدات اﻟﺗـﻲ اﺟﻌـﺔ .وﻳﺳـﻣﺢ اء اﻟﻣر اﺟﻌو( اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻲ )اﻟﺧـﺎرﺟﻳون( ﺿـرورﻳﺔ ﻹﺟـر اﺟﻊ )ﻣر اﻫﺎ ﻣر ﻳر اﺟﻌﻳن اﻟﺧ ـ ــﺎرﺟﻳﻳن( ﺑﻧ ـ ــﺎء ﻋﻠ ـ ــﻰ طﻠﺑ ـ ــﻪ )طﻠ ـ ــﺑﻬم( ﺑ ـ ــﺎﻻطﻼع ﻋﻠ ـ ــﻰ رﺟ ـ ــﻊ اﻟﺧ ـ ــﺎرﺟﻲ )ﻟﻠﻣـ ـ ـر ﻟﻠﻣ ا رﺟـﻊ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت اﻟﻣﺻﻧﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻧﻬﺎ "ﺧﺎﺻﺔ" واﻟﺗﻲ ﺗواﻓق اﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣـﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ أﻧﻬـﺎ ﻻزﻣـﺔ ﻟﻠﻣ ا اﺟﻌــﺔ اﻟﺣﺳــﺎﺑﺎت وﻛــذﻟك اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت اﻟﻣﺻــﻧﻔﺔ اض ﻣر اﺟﻌﻳن اﻟﺧــﺎرﺟﻳﻳن( ﻷﻏ ـر اﻟﺧــﺎرﺟﻲ )ﻟﻠﻣ ـر اﺟﻌﻳن اﻟﺧـﺎرﺟﻳﻳن( واﻟﻌـﺎﻣﻠﻳن ﻣﻌـﻪ )ﻣﻌﻬـم( أن اﺟﻊ اﻟﺧـﺎرﺟﻲ )اﻟﻣـر ﻋﻠﻰ أﻧﻬﺎ ﺳرﻳﺔ .وﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣر ﻳﺣﺗرﻣ ـوا اﻟطﺑﻳﻌــﺔ اﻟﺧﺎﺻــﺔ واﻟﺳ ـرﻳﺔ ﻷﻳــﺔ ﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت ﻣﺻــﻧﻔﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻫــذا اﻟﻧﺣــو ﺗوﺿــﻊ ﺗﺣــت اﺟﻌــﺔ. ة ﺑــﺄداء ﻋﻣﻠﻳــﺎت اﻟﻣر اض اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﺗﺻــﻝ ﻣﺑﺎﺷ ـر ﺗﺻ ـرﻓﻬم ،وأﻻ ﻳﺳــﺗﺧدﻣوﻫﺎ إﻻ ﻓــﻲ اﻷﻏ ـر ﻋوا( ﻧظــر ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ ﻋﻲ )ﻳﺳــﺗر اﺟﻌــﻲ( اﻟﺣﺳــﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧــﺎرﺟﻲ )اﻟﺧــﺎرﺟﻳﻳن( أن ﻳﺳــﺗر رﺟــﻊ )ﻟﻣر وﻟﻣ ا اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ إﻟــﻰ أﻳــﺔ ﺣﺎﻟــﺔ ﺗﺣﺟــب ﻋﻧــﻪ )ﻋــﻧﻬم( ﻓﻳﻬــﺎ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت اﻟﻣﺻــﻧﻔﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ أﻧﻬــﺎ "ﺧﺎﺻــﺔ" اﺟﻌﺔ. اض اﻟﻣر ى )ﻳرون( أﻧﻬﺎ ﻻزﻣﺔ ﻷﻏر واﻟﺗﻲ ﻳر -٤ اﺟﻌﻳن اﻟﺧـﺎرﺟﻳﻳن( رﻓـض أي ﺑﻧـود واردة ﻓـﻲ اﺟﻊ اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻲ )اﻟﻣـر ﻟﻳس ﻣن ﺳﻠطﺔ اﻟﻣر ﻩ اﻟﺣﺳــﺎﺑﺎت وﻟﻛـن ﻟــﻪ أن ﻳوﺟــﻪ )ﻟﻬــم أن ﻳوﺟﻬـوا( ﻧظــر اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم إﻟــﻰ أﻳــﺔ ﻋﻣﻠﻳــﺔ ﺗﺧــﺎﻣر رﺟــﻊ، رﺿــﺎت اﻟﻣ ا ﻫم( ﺷــﻛوك ﻓــﻲ ﻗﺎﻧوﻧﻳﺗﻬــﺎ أو ﺳــﻼﻣﺗﻬﺎ ،ﻻﺗﺧــﺎذ اﻟــﻼزم .وﺗﺑﻠــﻎ اﻋﺗ ا )ﺗﺧــﺎﻣر ﻫﺎ ،إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﻓو ا ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎت أو ﻏﻳر ر ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﺗظﻬر أﺛﻧﺎء ﻓﺣص اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت.
113
اﻟﻼﺋﺣﺔ اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
رﻳـﺎ ﺑﺷـﺄن اﺟﻌو( اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻲ )اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻳﻳن( وﻳوﻗﻊ )ﻳوﻗﻌـون( أ اﺟﻊ )ﻣر ﻳﺑدي ﻣر -٥ أي اﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻر اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ: اﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺔ .وﻳﺗﺿﻣن اﻟر اﺟﻌﺗﻬﺎ؛ ﺗﺣدﻳد اﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻣت ﻣر )أ( اﺟﻌﻳن رﺟــﻊ اﻟﺧــﺎرﺟﻲ )اﻟﻣ ـر ة اﻟﻬﻳﺋــﺔ وﻣﺳــؤوﻟﻳﺔ اﻟﻣ ا ة إﻟــﻰ ﻣﺳــؤوﻟﻳﺔ إدار )ب( اﻹﺷــﺎر اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻳﻳن(؛ اﺟﻌﺔ اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ؛ اء اﻟﻣر ة إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳر اﻟﻣﺗﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ إﺟر )ج( اﻹﺷﺎر وﺻف اﻟﻌﻣﻝ اﻟذي ﺗم أداؤﻩ؛ )د( أي ﺑﺷﺄن اﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ وﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎﻧت: )ﻫ( إﺑداء اﻟر ة وﻧﺗــﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذ ﻟﺗﻠــك ح اﻟﻣوﻗــف اﻟﻣــﺎﻟﻲ ﻓــﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳــﺔ اﻟﻔﺗ ـر ) (١ﺗﻌــرض ﺑوﺿــو ة؛ اﻟﻔﺗر ) (٢ﻗد أﻋدت وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺳﻳﺎﺳﺎت اﻟﻣﺣﺎﺳﺑﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻠﻧﺔ؛ ة اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳــﺔ ) (٣اﻟﺳﻳﺎﺳــﺎت اﻟﻣﺣﺎﺳــﺑﻳﺔ ﻣطﺑﻘــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ أﺳــﺎس ﻣﺗواﻓــق ﻣــﻊ اﻟﻔﺗ ـر اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ؛ أي ﺑﺷـﺄن اﻣﺗﺛـﺎﻝ اﻟﻣﻌـﺎﻣﻼت اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳـﺔ ﻷﺣﻛـﺎم اﻟﻼﺋﺣـﺔ اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳـﺔ واﻟﺳـﻧد إﺑداء اﻟـر )و( اﻟﺗﺷرﻳﻌﻲ؛ أي؛ )ز( ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ إﺑداء اﻟر اﺟﻌ ـ ـ ــﻲ( اﻟﺣﺳ ـ ـ ــﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧ ـ ـ ــﺎرﺟﻲ )اﻟﺧ ـ ـ ــﺎرﺟﻳﻳن( ووظﻳﻔﺗ ـ ـ ــﻪ رﺟ ـ ـ ــﻊ )ﻣر )ح( اﺳ ـ ـ ــم ﻣ ا )وظﻳﻔﺗﻬم(؛ )ط( اﻟﻣﻛﺎن اﻟذي ﺗم ﻓﻳﻪ اﻟﺗوﻗﻳﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺗﻘرﻳر؛ رﺟ ــﻊ اﻟﺣﺳ ــﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧ ــﺎرﺟﻲ )ﺗﻘ ــﺎرﻳر ة ،إﻟ ــﻰ ﺗﻘرﻳ ــر ﻣ ا ة ،ﻋﻧ ــد اﻟﺿ ــرور )ي( اﻹﺷ ــﺎر اﺟﻌﻲ اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻳﻳن( ﻋن اﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ. ﻣر اﺟﻌﻳن اﻟﺧــﺎرﺟﻳﻳن( ﺑﺷــﺄن اﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧــﺎت رﺟــﻊ اﻟﺧــﺎرﺟﻲ )اﻟﻣ ـر ﻳﺟــب أن ﻳﺗﺿــﻣن ﺗﻘرﻳــر اﻟﻣ ا -٦ اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ: ع اﻟﻔﺣص اﻟذي ﻗﺎم )ﻗﺎﻣوا( ﺑﻪ وﻣداﻩ؛ ﻧو )أ( )ب( اﻟﻣﺳ ــﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﺗ ــؤﺛر ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻛﺗﻣ ــﺎﻝ اﻟﺣﺳ ــﺎﺑﺎت أو دﻗﺗﻬ ــﺎ ،ﻋﻠ ــﻰ أن ﻳﺗﺿ ــﻣن اﻟﺗﻘرﻳر ،ﺣﺳب اﻟﻠزوم: ح؛ ) (١اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ ﻟﺗﻔﺳﻳر اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت ﺑوﺿو ج ﻓﻲ اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت؛ ) (٢أي ﻣﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﻛﺎن ﻳﺗﻌﻳن ﺗﺣﺻﻳﻠﻬﺎ وﻟم ﺗدر ئ ،وﻟــم ﺗﺳــﺟﻝ أو ﺗــدون ام ﻗــﺎﻧوﻧﻲ أو طــﺎر ) (٣أي ﻣﺑــﺎﻟﻎ ﻳوﺟــد ﺑﺷــﺄﻧﻬﺎ اﻟﺗـز ﻓﻲ اﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ؛ ) (٤اﻟﻣﺻروﻓﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﻻ ﺗؤﻳدﻫﺎ ﻣﺳﺗﻧدات ﺳﻠﻳﻣﺔ؛ واذا ﻛـﺎن ﻫﻧـﺎك ) (٥ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎﻧت اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﺗﻣﺳك دﻓﺎﺗر ﺣﺳـﺎﺑﺎت ﻣﻧﺗظﻣـﺔٕ ، ج ذو ط ــﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﺳ ــﺗﻣر وﻣﻠﻣ ــوس ﻋﻠ ــﻰ ﻣﺑ ــﺎدئ اﻟﻣﺣﺎﺳ ــﺑﺔ اﻟﻣﻘﺑوﻟ ــﺔ ﻋﺎﻣ ــﺔ ﺧ ــرو ﻓﻳﻧﺑﻐﻲ اﻟﻛﺷف ﻋﻧﻪ؛ ى اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻧﺑﻐﻲ أن ﺗﺣﺎط ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻣﺎ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﺛﻝ: اﻟﻣﺳﺎﺋﻝ اﻷﺧر اض اﻟﺗزﻳﻳف؛ ) (١ﺣﺎﻻت اﻟﺗزﻳﻳف أو اﻓﺗر
)ج(
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ى أو إﻧﻔﺎﻗﻬـﺎ ﻓـﻲ اف ﻓﻲ إﻧﻔﺎق أﻣـواﻝ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ أو أﺻـوﻟﻬﺎ اﻷﺧـر ) (٢اﻹﺳر ﻏﻳــر اﻟوﺟــوﻩ اﻟﻣﺧﺻﺻــﺔ ﻟﻬــﺎ )ﺑﻐــض اﻟﻧظــر ﻋــن ﺳــﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻘﻳــود اﻟﺣﺳــﺎﺑﻳﺔ اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬذﻩ اﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎت(؛ ) (٤أي ﻋﻳب ﻓﻲ اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﻌﺎم أو ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘواﻋد اﻟﺗﻔﺻﻳﻠﻳﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﻛم اﻟرﻗﺎﺑـﺔ ادات واﻟﻣﺻروﻓﺎت أو ﻋﻠﻰ اﻹﻣدادات واﻟﻣﻌدات؛ اﻟﻣﻔروﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻹﻳر ة؛ ى ﻛﺑﻳر ) (٣اﻹﻧﻔﺎق اﻟذي ﻳﻌرض اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﻣﺻﺎرﻳف أﺧر
114
) (٦اﻹﻧﻔـ ــﺎق اﻟـ ــذي ﻳﺗﺟـ ــﺎوز ﻗﻳﻣـ ــﺔ اﻻﻋﺗﻣـ ــﺎدات اﻟﻣﻌدﻟـ ــﺔ ﺑﻌﻣﻠﻳـ ــﺎت اﻟﻧﻘـ ــﻝ اﻧﻳﺔ؛ اﻟﻣرﺧص ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﻳز ) (٧اﻹﻧﻔﺎق اﻟذي ﻻ ﻳﺗﻣﺷﻰ ﻣﻊ أﺣﻛﺎم اﻟﺗرﺧﻳص اﻟﺻﺎدر ﺑﺷﺄﻧﻪ؛
رﻋــﺎة ﻋﻣﻠﻳــﺎت ) (٥اﻹﻧﻔــﺎق اﻟــذي ﻻ ﻳﺗﻔــق وﻣﻘﺎﺻــد ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﻣــﻊ ﻣ ا اﻧﻳﺔ؛ اﻟﻧﻘﻝ اﻟﻣرﺧص ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﻳز
اﻟدﻗــﺔ أو ﺧﻼﻓﻬــﺎ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺳــﺟﻼت اﻟﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﻣــدادات واﻟﻣﻌــدات ،ﻣــن واﻗــﻊ )د( ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎت اﻟﺟرد وﻓﺣص اﻟﺳﺟﻼت. ة ﻣﺎﻟﻳ ـ ــﺔ ﺳ ـ ــﺎﺑﻘﺔ واﻟﺗ ـ ــﻲ أﻣﻛ ـ ــن اﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳ ـ ــﺎت اﻟﺗ ـ ــﻲ وردت ﺿ ـ ــﻣن ﺣﺳ ـ ــﺎﺑﺎت ﻓﺗـ ـ ـر )ﻫ( ة ﻣﺎﻟﻳــﺔ ﻻﺣﻘــﺔ اﻟﺣﺻــوﻝ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت ﺟدﻳــدة ﺑﺷــﺄﻧﻬﺎ ،أو اﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳــﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﺑﻔﺗ ـر واﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺑدو ﻣن اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺻوب أن ﺗﺧطر ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺳﻠﻔﺎ. ة إﻟﻰ: وﻓﺿﻼ ﻋن ذﻟك ﻳﺟوز أن ﻳﺗﺿﻣن اﻟﺗﻘرﻳر إﺷﺎر
اﺟﻌــﻲ( اﻟﺣﺳــﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺧ ــﺎرﺟﻲ )اﻟﺧــﺎرﺟﻳﻳن( أن ﻳﺑــدي )ﻳﺑــدوا( ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ رﺟــﻊ )ﻟﻣر ﻟﻣ ا -٧ اﺟﻌـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ أو ﻟﻠﻣـ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌـ ــﺎم أﻳـ ــﺔ ﻣﻼﺣظـ ــﺎت ﺑﺷـ ــﺄن اﻟﻧﺗـ ــﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﺗـ ــﻲ أﺳـ ــﻔرت ﻋﻧﻬـ ــﺎ ﻣر اﻫﺎ )ﻳروﻧﻬﺎ( ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ. اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت وأﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻘﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺗﻘرﻳر اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻳر اﺟﻌﻳن اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻳﻳن( أو اﺟﻊ اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻲ )اﻟﻣر اﺟﻌﺔ ﺿﻳﻘﺎ أﻣﺎم اﻟﻣر ﻣﺗﻰ ﻛﺎن ﻣﺟﺎﻝ اﻟﻣر -٨ اﺟﻌــون رﺟــﻊ اﻟﺧــﺎرﺟﻲ )اﻟﻣر ًت ﻛﺎﻓﻳــﺔ ﻓﻌﻠــﻰ اﻟﻣ ا إذا ﻟــم ﻳﺗﺳــن ﻟــﻪ )ﻟﻬــم( اﻟﺣﺻــوﻝ ﻋﻠــﻰ إﺛﺑﺎﺗ ـﺎ ﻫم( ﻣــﻊ ﺗوﺿــﻳﺢ ﺳــﺑب ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻘﺎﺗــﻪ ﻩ )ﺗﻘرﻳــر اﻟﺧــﺎرﺟﻳون( أن ﻳﺷــﻳر )ﻳﺷــﻳروا( إﻟــﻰ ذﻟــك ﻓــﻲ ﺗﻘرﻳ ـر )ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻘﺎﺗﻬم( وأﺛر ذﻟك ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠوﺿﻊ اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻲ واﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎت اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ اﻟواردة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺳﺟﻼت. ﻫم( أي ﻩ )ﺗﻘرﻳـر اﺟﻌـون اﻟﺧـﺎرﺟﻳون( ﺗﻘرﻳـر اﺟﻊ اﻟﺧـﺎرﺟﻲ )اﻟﻣر ﻻ ﻳﺟوز أن ﻳﺿﻣن اﻟﻣر -٩ ح اﻟﻣﺳﺄﻟﺔ ﻣﺣﻝ اﻟﻣﻼﺣظﺔ. ﻻ ﻓرﺻﺔ ﻣﻼﺋﻣﺔ ﻟﺷر ﻧﻘد ﻗﺑﻝ أن ﺗﺗﺎح ﻟﻠﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم أو اﺟﻊ اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻲ )اﻟﻣر -١٠ﻻ ﻳﺗﻌﻳن ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣر اﺟﻌﻳن اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻳﻳن( ذﻛر أﻳﺔ ﻣﺳﺄﻟﺔ ﻣﺷـﺎر إﻟﻳﻬـﺎ أﻳﻬم( ﻏﻳر ذات ﺑﺎﻝ ﻣن ﻛﻝ اﻟوﺟوﻩ. أﻳﻪ )ر ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﺗﻘدم ﺗﻛون ،ﻓﻲ ر ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ
اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻣوظﻔﻲ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ١ اﻟﻧطﺎق واﻟﻐرض ﻳﺷــﺗﻣﻝ اﻟﻧظــﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳــﻲ ﻟﻠﻣــوظﻔﻳن ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﺷــروط اﻷﺳﺎﺳــﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺧدﻣــﺔ وﻋﻠــﻰ زﻣـ ــﺎﺗﻬم ﺣﻘ ــوق ﻣ ــوظﻔﻲ اﻷﻣﺎﻧـ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ــﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ وواﺟﺑ ــﺎﺗﻬم واﻟﺗ ا اﻷﺳﺎﺳــﻳﺔ .وﻳﻣﺛــﻝ ﻫــذا اﻟﻧظــﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳــﻲ اﻟﻣﺑــﺎدئ اﻟﻌرﻳﺿــﺔ ﻟﺳﻳﺎﺳــﺔ اﻟﻣــوظﻔﻳن اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻳﺳﺗرﺷد ﺑﻬﺎ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﻓﻲ اﺧﺗﻳﺎر ﻣـوظﻔﻲ اﻷﻣﺎﻧـﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣـﺔ وﻓـﻲ إدارﺗﻬـﺎ .وﻟﻠﻣـدﻳر ي اﻷﻋﻠـﻰ أن ﻳﺻـدر وأن ﻳﻧﻔـذ ﻻﺋﺣـﺔ ﻟﻠﻣـوظﻔﻳن ﺗﺗﻔـق اﻟﻌﺎم ﺑوﺻﻔﻪ اﻟﻣﺳـؤوﻝ اﻹدار ة ﻟذﻟك. أى ﺿرور وﻫذﻩ اﻟﻣﺑﺎدئ إذا ر
ات اﻣﺎت واﻻﻣﺗﻳﺎز ﻻً -اﻟواﺟﺑﺎت واﻻﻟﺗز أو ١-١ﺟﻣﻳـﻊ ﻣــوظﻔﻲ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻣوظﻔـون ﻣــدﻧﻳون دوﻟﻳــون وﻣﺳـؤوﻟﻳﺎﺗﻬم ﻟﻳﺳــت وطﻧﻳــﺔ ﺑﻝ دوﻟﻳﺔ ﺑﺣﺗﺔ وﻫم إذ ﻳﻘﺑﻠون اﻟﺗﻌﻳﻳن ﻳﺗﻌﻬدون ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻬوض ﺑﺄﻋﺑـﺎء وظـﺎﺋﻔﻬم ﻻ ﻳﺣـدوﻫم ﻓﻲ ﺳﻠوﻛﻬم ﺳوى ﻣﺻﻠﺣﺔ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ وﺣدﻫﺎ. رﺗـ ــﻪ اﻟﺗـ ــﻲ ﺗﺻـ ــدر را ٢-١ﺟﻣﻳـ ــﻊ اﻟﻣـ ــوظﻔﻳن ﺧﺎﺿـ ــﻌون ﻟﺳـ ــﻠطﺔ اﻟﻣـ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌـ ــﺎم وﻟﻘ ا ﺑﺈﻟﺣـ ــﺎﻗﻬم ﺑـ ــﺄي ﻧﺷـ ــﺎط ﻣـ ــن أﻧﺷـ ــطﺔ ﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـ ــﺔ أو أي ﻣﻧﺻـ ــب ﻣـ ــن ﻣﻧﺎﺻــﺑﻬﺎ .وﻫــم ﻣﺳــؤوﻟون أﻣــﺎم اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻋــن ﻣﻣﺎرﺳــﺔ اﻷﻋﻣــﺎﻝ اﻟﻣوﻛوﻟــﺔ إﻟــﻳﻬم. وﻳﻛون ﻛﻝ وﻗت اﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن ،ﻣن ﺣﻳث اﻟﻣﺑدأ ،ﺗﺣت ﺗﺻرف اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم. ٣-١ﻻ ﻳﺟــوز ﻟﻠﻣــوظﻔﻳن ﻓــﻲ أداء واﺟﺑــﺎﺗﻬم أن ﻳﻠﺗﻣﺳـوا أو ﻳﻘﺑﻠـوا ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣــﺎت ﻣــن أﻳــﺔ ج اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ. ﺣﻛوﻣﺔ أو ﺳﻠطﺔ ﺧﺎر ٤-١ﻻ ﻳﺟـ ــوز أن ﻳﻘﺑـ ــﻝ اﻟﻣوظـ ــف أو ﻳﺷـ ــﻐﻝ أي ﻣﻧﺻـ ــب أو ﻋﻣـ ــﻝ ﻳﺗﻧـ ــﺎﻓﻰ ﻣـ ــﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺗﺿﻳﻪ ﺣﺳن أداﺋﻪ ﻟواﺟﺑﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ. ﻫم ﻛﻣـوظﻔﻳن ﻣـدﻧﻳﻳن ٥-١ﻳﺟب أن ﻳﻛون ﺳﻠوك اﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن ﻻﺋﻘـﺎ ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻟـدوام ﺑﻣرﻛـز دوﻟﻳﻳن .وﻋﻠﻳﻬم أن ﻳﺗﺟﻧﺑوا اﻟﻘﻳﺎم ﺑﺄي ﻋﻣﻝ وﻛذﻟك ﺑوﺟﻪ ﺧﺎص اﻹدﻻء ﺑـﺄي ﺗﺻـرﻳﺢ ﻻ ﻳﻧﺗظـر ﻣـن اﻟﻣوظـف أن ﻳﺗﺧﻠـﻰ ﻋـن ﻫم .و ﻋﻠﻧﻲ ﻗد ﻳﻛون ﻟﻪ ﺗـﺄﺛﻳر ﺳـﻳﺊ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻣرﻛـز رﻋ ــﻲ ﻩ اﻟوطﻧﻳ ــﺔ أو ﻋ ــن ﻣﻌﺗﻘداﺗ ــﻪ اﻟﺳﻳﺎﺳ ــﻳﺔ واﻟدﻳﻧﻳ ــﺔ وﻟﻛ ــن ﻋﻠﻳ ــﻪ داﺋﻣ ــﺎ أن ﻳ ا ﻣﺷ ــﺎﻋر ﻣﺎ ﺗﻔرﺿﻪ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺻﻔﺗﻪ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ ﻣن ﺗﺣﻔظ وﻛﻳﺎﺳﺔ.
ار ج ص ع (٥١-٤وﻋدﻟﺗـ ـ ــﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳـ ـ ــﺎت اﺑﻌـ ـ ــﺔ )اﻟﻘ ـ ـ ـر ١ﻧـ ـ ــص أﻗرﺗـ ـ ــﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟر ات ج ص ع٣٣-١٢ رر ة واﻟﺧﺎﻣﺳ ــﺔ واﻟﺧﻣﺳ ــون واﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳ ــﺔ واﻟﺳ ــﺗون )اﻟﻘـ ـ ا اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳ ــﺔ ﻋﺷـ ـر وج ص ع ٢١-٥٥وج ص ع.(٧-٦٢ 115
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
116
٦-١ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن أن ﻳﻠﺗزﻣوا ﻣﻧﺗﻬﻰ اﻟﺗﻛﺗم ﻓﻲ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ اﻟﺷؤون اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘـﺔ ﺑﻌﻣﻠﻬـم اﻟرﺳــﻣﻲ .وﻋﻠــﻳﻬم أﻻ ﻳﺑﻠﻐ ـوا أي ﺷــﺧص ﺑﺄﻳــﺔ ﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت ﻏﻳــر ﻣﻌﻠﻧــﺔ ﺗﻛــون ﻣﻌروﻓــﺔ ء ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺗـرﺧﻳص ﻣـن ﻟﻬم ﺑﺣﻛم وظﻳﻔﺗﻬم اﻟرﺳﻣﻳﺔ إﻻ ﺑﺻدد ﻗﻳﺎﻣﻬم ﺑواﺟﺑﺎﺗﻬم أو ﺑﻧـﺎ ً ﻻ ﺑ ــﺄي وﺟ ــﻪ أن ﻳﺳ ــﺗﻐﻠوا ﻟﻣﺻ ــﻠﺣﺗﻬم ﻻ ﻳﺟ ــوز ﻟﻬ ــم ﻓ ــﻲ أي وﻗ ــت و اﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم .و ﻻ ﺗﻧﺗﻬ ـ ــﻲ ﻫ ـ ــذﻩ اﻟﺷﺧﺻ ـ ــﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻠوﻣ ـ ــﺎت ﻣﻌروﻓ ـ ــﺔ ﻟﻬ ـ ــم ﺑﺣﻛ ـ ــم وظﻳﻔ ـ ــﺗﻬم اﻟرﺳ ـ ــﻣﻳﺔ .و اﻣﺎت ﺑﺎﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﺧدﻣﺔ اﻟﻣوظف. اﻻﻟﺗز ٧-١ﻻ ﻳﺟـ ــوز ﻷي ﻣوظـ ــف أن ﻳﻘﺑـ ــﻝ أي ﺗﻛ ـ ـرﻳم أو وﺳـ ــﺎم أو ﺧدﻣـ ــﺔ أو ﻫدﻳـ ــﺔ أو ج اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ إذا ﻛـﺎن ذﻟـك ﻳﺗﻌـﺎرض ﻣﻛﺎﻓﺄة ﻣن أﻳﺔ ﺣﻛوﻣﺔ أو ﻣن أي ﻣﺻدر آﺧر ﺧﺎر ﻣﻊ ﺻﻔﺗﻪ ﻛﻣوظف ﻣدﻧﻲ دوﻟﻲ. ٨-١أي ﻣوظــف ﻳرﺷــﺢ ﻟوظﻳﻔــﺔ ﻋﺎﻣــﺔ ذات طــﺎﺑﻊ ﺳﻳﺎﺳــﻲ ﻋﻠﻳــﻪ أن ﻳﺳــﺗﻘﻳﻝ ﻣــن اﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ. ات اﻟﺗ ـ ـ ــﻲ ﺗﺗﻣﺗ ـ ـ ــﻊ ﺑﻬ ـ ـ ــﺎ ﻣﻧظﻣ ـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ـ ـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ـ ـ ــﺔ ٩-١اﻟﺣﺻ ـ ـ ــﺎﻧﺎت واﻻﻣﺗﻳ ـ ـ ــﺎز ﻻ ﻳﺟـ ـ ــوز أن ة ﻟﻣﺻـ ـ ــﻠﺣﺔ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ـ ــﺔ .و ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿـ ـ ــﻰ اﻟﻣـ ـ ــﺎدة ٦٧ﻣـ ـ ــن اﻟدﺳـ ـ ــﺗور ﻣﻘـ ـ ــرر ات ذرﻳﻌـ ـ ـ ــﺔ ﻟﻌـ ـ ـ ــدم اﻟوﻓـ ـ ـ ــﺎء ﻳﺗﺧـ ـ ـ ــذ اﻟﻣوظﻔـ ـ ـ ــون ﻣـ ـ ـ ــن ﻫـ ـ ـ ــذﻩ اﻟﺣﺻـ ـ ـ ــﺎﻧﺎت واﻻﻣﺗﻳـ ـ ـ ــﺎز رﻋــﺎة اﻟﻘـواﻧﻳن وﻟـواﺋﺢ اﻟﺷــرطﺔ .وﻳﻣﻠــك اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم زﻣــﺎﺗﻬم اﻟﺧﺎﺻــﺔ أو ﻟﻌــدم ﻣ ا ﺑﺎﻟﺗ ا ات اﻟﻣوظــف أو ﺣﺻــﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﻓــﻲ أﻳــﺔ ﺣﺎﻟــﺔ ﺗﻧﺷــﺄ ار ﺑرﻓــﻊ أي ﻣــن اﻣﺗﻳــﺎز ﺣــق اﺗﺧــﺎذ ﻗ ـر ﺑﻬذا اﻟﺷﺄن. ١٠-١ﻳؤدي ﺟﻣﻳﻊ اﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن اﻟﻳﻣﻳن اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ: اك وﺿـ ــﻣﻳر ،ﺑﺄﻋﺑـ ــﺎء وادر أﻗﺳـ ــم )أﺗﻌﻬـ ــد ،أؤﻛـ ــد ،أﻋـ ــد( ﺑـ ــﺄن أﻗـ ــوم ﺑﻛـ ــﻝ و ﻻء ٕ ـﻲ ﻛﻣوظـف ﻣـدﻧﻲ دوﻟـﻲ ﻓـﻲ ﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ، اﻟوظﺎﺋف اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﻧد إﻟ ّ وأن أﻧﻬـــض ﺑﻬ ــذﻩ اﻷﻋﺑ ــﺎء ﻻ ﻳﺣ ــدوﻧﻲ ﻓـ ــﻲ ﺳ ــﻠوﻛﻲ ﺳ ــوى ﺻ ــﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ،وأﻻ أﻟــﺗﻣس أو أﻗﺑــﻝ ﻓــﻲ أداء واﺟﺑــﺎﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣــﺎت ﻣــن أﻳــﺔ ج اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ. ﺣﻛوﻣﺔ أو ﺳﻠطﺔ ﺧﺎر ١١-١ﻳ ــؤدي اﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم اﻟﻳﻣ ــﻳن ﺷ ــﻔوﻳﺎً ﻓ ــﻲ ﺟﻠﺳ ــﺔ ﻋﺎﻣ ــﺔ ﻣ ــن ﺟﻠﺳ ــﺎت ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ـ ــﺔ ،وﻳؤدﻳ ـ ــﻪ ﻧﺎﺋ ـ ــب اﻟﻣ ـ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ـ ــﺎم واﻟﻣ ـ ــدﻳرون اﻟﻌ ـ ــﺎﻣون اﻟﻣﺳ ـ ــﺎﻋدون واﻟﻣدﻳرون اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳون أﻣﺎم اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم .وﻳؤدﻳﻪ ﺑﻘﻳﺔ اﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن ﻛﺗﺎﺑﻳﺎً.
ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺎً -ﺗﺻﻧﻳف اﻟوظﺎﺋف واﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن ١-٢ﻳﺗﺧذ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم ﻣـﺎ ﻳﻠـزم ﻣـن ﺗـداﺑﻳر ﻟﺗﺻـﻧﻳف اﻟوظـﺎﺋف واﻟﻣـوظﻔﻳن ﺑﺣﺳـب طﺑﻳﻌﺔ اﻟواﺟﺑﺎت واﻟﻣﺳؤوﻟﻳﺎت اﻟﻣطﻠوﺑﺔ.
117
اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻣوظﻔﻲ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
ﺛﺎﻟﺛﺎً -اﻟرواﺗب وﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣن ﺑدﻻت ة ١-٣ﺗﺗ ــوﻟﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ ﺑﻧ ــﺎء ﻋﻠ ــﻰ ﺗوﺻ ــﻳﺔ اﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم وﺑﻣﺷ ــور اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذي ﺗﺣدﻳــد رواﺗــب ﻧﺎﺋــب اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم واﻟﻣــدﻳرﻳن اﻟﻌــﺎﻣﻳن اﻟﻣﺳــﺎﻋدﻳن واﻟﻣدﻳرﻳن اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﻳن. ٢-٣ﻳﻘ ــوم اﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم ﺑﺗﺣدﻳ ــد ﻣﺳ ــﺗوﻳﺎت رواﺗ ــب ﺑﻘﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﻣ ــوظﻔﻳن ﻋﻠ ــﻰ أﺳ ــﺎس اﻟواﺟﺑﺎت واﻟﻣﺳؤوﻟﻳﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﻧد إﻟﻳﻬم .وﻳﺣدد اﻟﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم ﺧطـﺔ اﻟرواﺗـب واﻟﺑـدﻻت ﻣــﻊ اﻻﺳــﺗﻧﺎد أﺳﺎﺳـﺎً إﻟــﻰ ﺟــداوﻝ اﻟرواﺗــب واﻟﺑــدﻻت اﻟﻣﻌﻣــوﻝ ﺑﻬــﺎ ﻓــﻲ اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة. ﻋﻠ ــﻰ أن ﻟﻠﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم أن ﻳﺣ ــدد رواﺗ ــب وﺑ ــدﻻت اﻟﻣ ــوظﻔﻳن اﻟ ــذﻳن ﻳﺷ ــﻐﻠون وظ ــﺎﺋف ﻳﺧﺗﺎر ﺷﺎﻏﻠوﻫﺎ ﻣﺣﻠﻳﺎً وذﻟك وﻓﻘﺎً ﻷﻓﺿﻝ اﻟﻣﻣﺎرﺳﺎت اﻟﻣﺣﻠﻳـﺔ اﻟﺳـﺎﺋدة .أﻣـﺎ اﻟﻣوظﻔـون اﻟذﻳن ﻳﺷﻐﻠون وظﺎﺋف ﻳﺧﺗﺎر ﺷﺎﻏﻠوﻫﺎ دوﻟﻳﺎً ،ﻓﻳﺗﻘﺎﺿون ﻣﻛﺎﻓﺂت ﺗﺧﺗﻠف ﺑﺣﺳب ﻣﻘـر اﻋﻰ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺗﻛﺎﻟﻳف اﻟﻣﻌﻳﺷـﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳـﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻣـوظﻔﻳن اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳـﻳن وﻣﺳـﺗوﻳﺎت اﻟﻣﻌﻳﺷـﺔ اﻟﻌﻣﻝ وﺗر ة ﻓـﻲ اﻷﻣـم ج ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟداوﻝ اﻟرواﺗـب واﻟﺑـدﻻت اﻟﻣﻘـرر وﻏﻳر ذﻟك ﻣن اﻟﻌواﻣﻝ .وأي ﺧرو اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ــدة ﻗ ــد ﺗﻘﺗﺿـــﻳﻪ اﺣﺗﻳﺎﺟـــﺎت ﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـــﺔ ﻳﺟـــب أن ﻳﻌ ــرض ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ ﻩ أو أن ﻳﻛون ﻣرﺧﺻﺎً ﺑﻪ ﻣن اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي. رر اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي ﻹﻗ ا
اﺑﻌﺎً -اﻟﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﺎت واﻟﺗرﻗﻳﺎت ر ١-٤ﻳﻌﻳن اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم اﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن ﺑﺣﺳب ﺣﺎﺟﺔ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ. واﻋـﺎدة اﻧﺗـداﺑﻬم ٢-٤ﻳﺟب أن ﻳﻛون اﻻﻋﺗﺑﺎر اﻟرﺋﻳﺳﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻳﻳن اﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن وﻧﻘﻠﻬـم ٕ زﻫــﺔ .وﻳﺟــب أن ة واﻟﻧ ا ة ﺗﺣﻘﻳــق أﻋﻠــﻰ ﻣﺳــﺗوﻳﺎت اﻟﻛﻔــﺎءة واﻟﻣﻘــدر وﺗــرﻗﻳﺗﻬم ﻫــو ﺿــرور اﻓﻲ ﻣﻣﻛن. اﻋﻰ أﻫﻣﻳﺔ اﺧﺗﻳﺎر اﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن ﻋﻠﻰ أوﺳﻊ أﺳﺎس ﺟﻐر ﺗر ٣-٤ﻳﺟــب أن ﻳــﺗم اﺧﺗﻳــﺎر اﻟﻣــوظﻔﻳن دون اﻋﺗﺑــﺎر ﻟﻠﻌﻧﺻــر أو اﻟﻌﻘﻳــدة أو اﻟﺟــﻧس. ـﺎء ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻣﺳــﺎﺑﻘﺔ؛ وﻣــﻊ ذﻟــك ،ﻓــﺈن وﻳﺟــب ،ﺑﻘــدر اﻹﻣﻛــﺎن ،أن ﻳﻛــون ﻫــذا اﻻﺧﺗﺑــﺎر ﺑﻧـ ً ـﺎء ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻧﻘـﻝ اﻟﻣوظـف أو ﻧ ﺑ ـﻐﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ذﻛر أﻋـﻼﻩ ﻻ ﻳﻧطﺑـق ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻟوظـﺎﺋف اﻟﺗـﻲ ﻳـﺗم ﺷ ً إﻋﺎدة اﻧﺗداﺑﻪ دون ﺗرﻗﻳﺔ وﻓﻘﺎً ﻟﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺗﺿﻳﻪ ﻣﺻﻠﺣﺔ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ. ٤-٤ﻣــﻊ ﻋ ــدم ﺳ ــد اﻟطرﻳ ــق أﻣ ــﺎم اﻟﻛﻔــﺎءات اﻟﺟدﻳ ــدة ﻓ ــﻲ ﻛﺎﻓ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﺳ ــﺗوﻳﺎت ﺗﻣ ــﻸ ة ﺑﺗرﻗﻳﺔ اﻷﺷﺧﺎص اﻟﻣوﺟودﻳن ﻓﻌﻼ ﻓﻲ ﺧدﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻓﺿـﻠﻳﺔ اﻟوظﺎﺋف اﻟﺷﺎﻏر ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻷﺷــﺧﺎص اﻟــذﻳن ﻳــﺄﺗون ﻣــن ﺧﺎرﺟﻬــﺎ .وﺗطﺑــق ﻫــذﻩ اﻷﻓﺿــﻠﻳﺔ ﻛــذﻟك ،ﻋﻠــﻰ أﺳــﺎس اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺛــﻝ ،ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة واﻟوﻛــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ أﻗﻳﻣــت ﻋﻼﻗﺎت ﺑﻳﻧﻬﺎ وﺑﻳن اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة. ٥-٤ﻳﻛــون ﺗﻌﻳــﻳن ﻧﺎﺋــب اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم واﻟﻣــدﻳرﻳن اﻟﻌــﺎﻣﻳن اﻟﻣﺳــﺎﻋدﻳن واﻟﻣــدﻳرﻳن ة ﻻ ﺗﺗﺟـﺎوز ﺧﻣـس ﺳـﻧوات ﻗﺎﺑﻠـﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺟدﻳـد وﻓﻘـﺎً ﻟﻠﺷـروط اﻟﺗـﻲ ﻳﺣـددﻫﺎ اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﻳن ﻟﻔﺗر اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳ ــذي ﺑﺧﺻ ــوص أﻫﻠﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﻣ ــدﻳرﻳن اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳ ــﻳن ﻹﻋ ــﺎدة اﻟﺗﻌﻳ ــﻳن .وﻳﻌ ــﻳن ﺑﺎﻗﻲ اﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن ﺑﺎﻟﺷروط اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺣددﻫﺎ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم وﻓﻘﺎً ﻟﻬذا اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ.
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
118
٦-٤ﻳﺣدد اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم اﻟﻣﺳﺗوﻳﺎت اﻟﺻﺣﻳﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻧﺑﻐﻲ أن ﺗﺗواﻓر ﻗﺑﻝ اﻟﺗﻌﻳﻳن ﻓـﻲ اﻟﻣوظف اﻟذي ﻳﻧﺗظر ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻪ. ة ﺳــﻧوﻳﺔ ﻣﻧﺎﺳــﺑﺔ .وﻟﻠﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻓــﻲ ﺣــﺎﻻت اﺳــﺗﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ ١-٥ﻳﺳــﻣﺢ ﻟﻠﻣــوظﻔﻳن ﺑﺈﺟــﺎز ة ﺧﺎﺻﺔ. ح ﺑﺈﺟﺎز أن ﻳﺻر ٢-٥ﺗﺳﻣﺢ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ ﺑﺎﻟوﻗـت اﻟـﻼزم ﻟﺳـﻔر اﻟﻣوظـف ﻟﻛـﻲ ﻳﻘﺿـﻲ إﺟﺎزﺗـﻪ ﻓـﻲ وطﻧـﻪ ة دورﻳﺔ وذﻟك ﺑﺎﻟﺷروط واﻷوﺿﺎع اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺣددﻫﺎ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم. ﺑﺻور
ة اﻟﺳﻧوﻳﺔ واﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺧﺎﻣﺳﺎً -اﻹﺟﺎز
ﺳﺎدﺳﺎً -اﻟﺗﺄﻣﻳن اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﻲ اك اﻟﻣـوظﻔﻳن ﻓـﻲ اﻟﺻـﻧدوق اﻟﻣﺷـﺗرك ﻟﻠﻣﻌﺎﺷـﺎت ١-٦ﺗﺗﺧذ اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑـﺎت اﻟﻼزﻣـﺔ ﻹﺷـر اﻟﺗﻘﺎﻋدﻳﺔ ﻟﻣوظﻔﻲ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة طﺑﻘﺎ ﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﺻﻧدوق اﻟﻣذﻛور. ٢-٦ﻳﺿ ــﻊ اﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم ﻧظﺎﻣ ــﺎ ﻟﻠﺗ ــﺄﻣﻳن اﻻﺟﺗﻣ ــﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﻣ ــوظﻔﻳن ﻳﺗﺿ ــﻣن أﺣﻛﺎﻣ ــﺎ ة اﻷﻣوﻣ ــﺔ وﻟﺻ ــرف ﺗﻌ ــوﻳض ﻣﻌﻘ ــوﻝ ﻓ ــﻲ واﺟ ــﺎز ﻟﺣﻣﺎﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ وﻟﻺﺟ ــﺎز ة اﻟﻣرﺿ ــﻳﺔ ٕ ع ﺣــﺎدث أو اﻟوﻓــﺎة اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻧــﺗﺞ ﻋــن ﻗﻳــﺎم اﻟﻣوظــف ﺑواﺟﺑــﺎت ﺣــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣــرض أو وﻗــو رﺳﻣﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻳﺎﺑﺔ ﻋن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ.
ﺳﺎﺑﻌﺎً -ﻧﻔﻘﺎت اﻟﺳﻔر وﻧﻘﻝ اﻷﺛﺎث رﻋــﺎة اﻟﺷــروط واﻷوﺿــﺎع اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻳﺣــددﻫﺎ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﺗﺗﻛﻔــﻝ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ١-٧ﻣــﻊ ﻣ ا ﺑﻧﻔﻘﺎت ﺳﻔر اﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن ﻛﻣﺎ ﺗﺗﻛﻔﻝ ،ﻣﺗﻰ ﻛﺎن ﻫﻧﺎك ﻣﻘﺗﺿﻰ ﻟذﻟك ،ﺑﻧﻔﻘﺎت ﺳﻔر ﻣن ﻳﻌوﻟوﻧﻬم: ﻋﻧد اﻟﺗﻌﻳﻳن وﻋﻧد ﺗﻐﻳﻳر ﻣﻘر اﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﻌد ذﻟك، ح ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟوطن، ة ﻣﺻر ﻋﻧد اﻟﺣﺻوﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ إﺟﺎز ﻋﻧد اﻧﺗﻬﺎء اﻟﺧدﻣﺔ. ٢-٧ﻣ ــﻊ ﻣ ا رﻋ ــﺎة اﻟﺷ ــروط واﻷوﺿ ــﺎع اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﻳﺣ ــددﻫﺎ اﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌـــﺎم ﺗ ــدﻓﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣـــﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﻧﻔﻘﺎت ﻧﻘﻝ أﺛﺎث اﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن: ﻋﻧد اﻟﺗﻌﻳﻳن وﻋﻧد ﺗﻐﻳﻳر ﻣﻘر اﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﻌد ذﻟك، ﻋﻧد اﻧﺗﻬﺎء اﻟﺧدﻣﺔ.
ﺛﺎﻣﻧﺎً -اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎت ﻣﻊ اﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن اك اﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن ﻓـﻲ ﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷـﺔ اﻟﺳﻳﺎﺳـﺎت ١-٨ﻳﺗﺧذ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑﺎت اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ ﻹﺷر اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺷؤون اﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن.
119
اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻣوظﻔﻲ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
ﺗﺎﺳﻌﺎً -اﻧﺗﻬﺎء اﻟﺧدﻣﺔ ١-٩ﻟﻠﻣــوظﻔﻳن أن ﻳﺳــﺗﻘﻳﻠوا ﻣــن اﻷﻣﺎﻧــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ ﺑﻌــد أن ﻳرﺳــﻠوا إﻟــﻰ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم اﻹﺷﻌﺎر اﻟﻣﻧﺻوص ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺷروط ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻬم. ٢-٩ﻟﻠﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌـــﺎم أن ﻳﻧﻬـــﻲ ﺧدﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﻣوظ ــف وﻓﻘـــﺎ ﻟﺷ ــروط ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧـــﻪ أو إذا ﻛﺎﻧـــت ات اﻟﻌﻣــﻝ ﺗﻘﺗﺿــﻲ إﻟﻐــﺎء اﻟوظﻳﻔــﺔ أو ﺗﺧﻔــﻳض ﻋــدد اﻟﻣــوظﻔﻳن ،أو إذا ﺗﺑــﻳن أن ﺿــرور ار ﻫـذا اﻟﺷـﺧص ﻋﻣﻝ اﻟﺷﺧص ﻏﻳر ﻣرض أو إذا ﺣﺎﻟت ظـروف ﺻـﺣﻳﺔ دون اﺳـﺗﻣر ﻓﻲ اﻟﺧدﻣﺔ. ٣-٩ﻓــﻲ ﺣﺎﻟــﺔ ﻗﻳــﺎم اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﺑﺈﻧﻬــﺎء اﻟﺧدﻣــﺔ ،ﻳﻌطــﻰ ﻟﻠﻣوظــف إﺧطــﺎر ﺳــﺎﺑق وﺗﻌوﻳض ﻣﺎﻟﻲ وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﺷروط ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻪ. ٤-٩ﻳﺿﻊ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﻧظﺎﻣﺎ ﻟدﻓﻊ ﻣﻧﺢ ﻋﻧد اﻟﻌودة إﻟﻰ اﻟوطن. ٥-٩ﻻ ﻳﺳــﺗﺑﻘﻰ اﻟﻣوظﻔــون ،ﻓــﻲ اﻷﺣـواﻝ اﻟﻌﺎدﻳــﺔ ،ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺧدﻣــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠــﺔ ﺑﻌــد ﺑﻠــوﻏﻬم اﻟﺳن اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻧص ﻧظﺎم ﺻﻧدوق اﻟﻣﻌﺎﺷﺎت اﻟﺗﻘﺎﻋدﻳـﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ أﻧﻬـﺎ ﺳـن اﻟﺗﻘﺎﻋـد .وﻟﻠﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ،إذا اﻗﺗﺿــت ذﻟــك ﻣﺻــﻠﺣﺔ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ،أن ﻳﻣــدد ﺳــن اﻟﺗﻘﺎﻋــد ﻫ ـذﻩ ﻓــﻲ ﺣــﺎﻻت اﺳﺗﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ.
اءات اﻟﺗﺄدﻳﺑﻳﺔ ﻋﺎﺷر -اﻹﺟر اً اءات ﺗﺄدﻳﺑﻳ ــﺔ ﺿ ــد اﻟﻣ ــوظﻔﻳن اﻟ ــذﻳن ﻻ ﻳﻛ ــون ١-١٠ﻟﻠﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم أن ﻳﺗﺧ ــذ إﺟـ ـر ﺳﻠوﻛﻬم ﻣرﺿﻳﺎ .وﻟﻪ أن ﻳﻔﺻﻝ اﻟﻣوظف دون إﺧطﺎر ﺳﺎﺑق ﻣﺗﻰ وﻗﻌـت ﻣﻧـﻪ ﻣﺧﺎﻟﻔـﺔ ﺟﺳﻳﻣﺔ.
ﺣﺎدي ﻋﺷر -اﻟﺗظﻠﻣﺎت ة إﻟﻳــﻪ ز إدارﻳـﺎ ﻳﺷــﺗرك ﻓﻳـﻪ اﻟﻣوظﻔـون ﻟﺗﻘـدﻳم اﻟﻣﺷـور ١-١١ﻳﻧﺷـﺊ اﻟﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم ﺟﻬـﺎ ا ي ﻳدﻋﻲ أن ﻓﻳـﻪ ﻣﺧﺎﻟﻔـﺔ ﻟﺷـروط ار إدار ﺑﺻدد أي ﺗظﻠم ﻳرﻓﻌﻪ أﺣد اﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن ﺑﺷﺄن ﻗر اء ﺗﺄدﻳﺑﻲ اﺗﺧذ ﺣﻳﺎﻟﻪ. ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻪ أو ﻟﻠﻧظم أو اﻟﻠواﺋﺢ اﻟﻣﻌﻣوﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ،أو ﺑﺷﺄن إﺟر اع ﻳﻧﺷ ــﺄ ﺑ ــﻳن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ وأﺣ ــد اﻟﻣ ــوظﻔﻳن ﺑﺷ ــﺄن اﻟوﻓ ــﺎء ﺑﺷ ــروط ﻋﻘ ــد ٢-١١أي ﻧـ ـز اﻟﻣوظف ﻻ ﻳﺗﺳﻧﻰ ﺣﻠﻪ داﺧﻠﻳﺎ ﻳﺣﺎﻝ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣﺣﻛﻣﺔ اﻹدارﻳﺔ ﻟﻸﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﻟﻠﻔﺻﻝ ﻓﻳﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻳﺎ.
ﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺷر -أﺣﻛﺎم ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ١-١٢ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ أن ﺗﺿــﻳف إﻟــﻰ ﻫــذا اﻟﻧظــﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳــﻲ أو أن ﺗﻌدﻟــﻪ دون إﺧﻼﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﻘوق اﻟﻣﻛﺗﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻣوظﻔﻳن. ر ﺑﻣــﺎ ﻳﺿــﻌﻪ ﻣــن ﻟ ـواﺋﺢ ٢-١٢ﻳﻘــدم اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم إﻟــﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﺳــﻧوﻳﺎً ﺗﻘرﻳ ـ اً ﻟﻠﻣوظﻔﻳن وﺑﺎﻟﺗﻌدﻳﻼت اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳـدﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻳﻬـﺎ ﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳـذ ﻫـذا اﻟﻧظـﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳـﻲ ﺑﻌـد اﻟﺗﺻـدﻳق ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﻣن اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي.
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
120
ﻩ اﻟﻣﺳ ــؤوﻝ اﻟﻔﻧـ ــﻲ ٣-١٢ﻟﻠﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌـــﺎم ،ﺑﻧـــﺎء ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ اﻟﺳ ــﻠطﺔ اﻟﻣﺧوﻟ ــﺔ ﻟـ ــﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺗﺑـــﺎر ى أﻧ ــﻪ ﻩ ﻣ ــن ﻣ ــوظﻔﻲ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ ﻓﻳﻣ ــﺎ ﻳ ــر ي اﻷﻋﻠ ــﻰ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ ،أن ﻳﻔ ــوض ﻏﻳـ ـر واﻹدار ة ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ. ي ﻣن ﺳﻠطﺎﺗﻪ ﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذ ﻫذا اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺻور ﺿرور ٤-١٢ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ اﻟﺷـك ﺣـوﻝ ﻣﻌﻧـﻰ أي ﺑﻧـد ﻣـن ﺑﻧـود ﻫـذا اﻟﻧظـﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳـﻲ اﻟﺳـﺎﺑق ﻩ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳـذي ﻓـﻲ رر ﻫﺎ ،ﻟﻠﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم أن ﻳﺑت ﻓﻲ اﻷﻣر ﻋﻠﻰ أن ﻳرﻓﻊ ﻗ ا ذﻛر اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﻪ اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺗﺻدﻳق ﻋﻠﻳﻪ. ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ
اء ﻻﺋﺣﺔ ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت وﻟﺟﺎن اﻟﺧﺑر اﻻﺳﺗﺷﺎرﻳﻳن١
ﻣﻘدﻣﺔ اء اﻟــذﻳن ﻳﺷــﺗرﻛون ات اﻟﻛﻔــﺎءة واﻻﻗﺗﺻــﺎد اﻟﺣــد ﻣــن ﻋــدد اﻟﺧﺑـر ﺗﻘﺗﺿــﻲ اﻋﺗﺑــﺎر ى ﻳﺻـﻌب ﻓـﻲ ع ﻣﻌﻳن .وﻣن اﻟﻧﺎﺣﻳﺔ اﻷﺧر ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗدور ﺣوﻝ أي ﻣوﺿو ع اﻟﻣﻌرﻓــﺔ اء اﻟﺣﺻــوﻝ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺗﻣﺛﻳــﻝ واف ﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠــف ﻓــرو ة ﻣــن اﻟﺧﺑ ـر ﻣﺟﻣوﻋــﺔ ﺻــﻐﻳر ات اﻟﻣﺣﻠﻳ ـ ــﺔ ع اﻟ ـ ــذي ﺗﺑﺣﺛ ـ ــﻪ وﻋﻠ ـ ــﻰ اﻷﺷ ـ ــﻛﺎﻝ اﻟﻣﺗﻧوﻋ ـ ــﺔ ﻟﻠﺧﺑـ ـ ـر اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘ ـ ــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣوﺿ ـ ــو واﺗﺟﺎﻫﺎت اﻟﻔﻛر اﻟﺳﺎﺋدة ﻓﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠف أﻧﺣﺎء اﻟﻌﺎﻟم. وﻳﻣﻛــن اﻟﺗوﻓﻳــق ﺑــﻳن ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﻣﺗطﻠﺑــﺎت اﻟﻣﺗﻌﺎرﺿــﺔ ﻓــﻲ اﻟظــﺎﻫر ﺑﺗــوﺧﻲ اﻟﻣروﻧــﺔ ﻏوﺑﺎ. اء ﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﻛﺎن ذﻟك ﻣر ﻓﻲ ﻋﺿوﻳﺔ ﻟﺟﺎن اﻟﺧﺑر رء اﻟﻣﻠﻣــﻳن ﺑﻛﺎﻓــﺔ وﻳﻣﻛــن أن ﻳــﺗم ذﻟــك ﺑﺈﻧﺷــﺎء ﻣﺟﻣوﻋــﺎت اﺳﺗﺷــﺎرﻳﺔ ﻣــن اﻟﺧﺑ ـ ا ع ﻣﻌـﻳن ﺗﻐطﻳـﺔ واﻓﻳـﺔ ة اﻟﻼزﻣـﺔ ﻟﺗﻐطﻳـﺔ ﻣوﺿـو ع اﻟﻣﻌرﻓﺔ اﻟﻣطﻠوﺑﺔ وأﺷﻛﺎﻝ اﻟﺧﺑر ﻓرو اﻓﻲ ﻣﻼﺋم. ﻣﻊ ﺗﺣﻘﻳق ﺗﻣﺛﻳﻝ ﺟﻐر اء ،ﻋﻠ ــﻰ أن ﻳ ــﺗم وﺳ ــوف ﻳؤﺧ ــذ ﻣ ــن ﻫ ــذﻩ اﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋ ــﺎت أﻋﺿ ــﺎء ﻟﺟ ــﺎن اﻟﺧﺑـ ـر اﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎر وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﺟدوﻝ أﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﻛﻝ اﺟﺗﻣﺎع. ة أﻋﻼﻩ. وﻟذا ﻓﺎﻟﻼﺋﺣﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻣﺑﻧﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺑﺎدئ اﻟﻣذﻛور
-١ﺗﻌﺎرﻳف اء ﻳﻣﻛ ــن أن ﺗﺣﺻ ــﻝ ﻣ ــﻧﻬم اء اﻻﺳﺗﺷ ــﺎرﻳﻳن ﻣ ــن ﺧﺑـ ـر ١-١ﺗﺗﻛ ــون ﻣﺟﻣوﻋ ــﺔ اﻟﺧﺑـ ـر رﺳــﻠﺔ أو ع ﻣﻌــﻳن إﻣــﺎ ﻋــن طرﻳــق اﻟﻣ ا اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﺗوﺟﻳــﻪ اﻟﻔﻧــﻲ واﻟــدﻋم ﻓــﻲ ﻣوﺿــو اء. ﻓﻲ اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﺎت ﻗد ﻳدﻋﻰ إﻟﻳﻬﺎ اﻟﺧﺑر اء اﻻﺳﺗﺷﺎرﻳﻳن ﻫو ﺧﺑﻳر ﻳﻌﻳﻧﻪ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم ﻳﺗﻌﻬـد ﺑـﺄن ٢-١ﻋﺿو ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ اﻟﺧﺑر ات ﻓــﻲ ﻣﻳــدان ﻋﻣﻠــﻪ وأن ﻳﻘــدم رﺳــﻠﺔ ﺑﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت ﻓﻧﻳــﺔ ﻋــن اﻟﺗطــور ﻳﺳــﻬم ﻋــن طرﻳــق اﻟﻣ ا اﻟﻧﺻﺢ ﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﻛﺎن ﻣﻼﺋﻣﺎ ﺳواء ﻣن ﺗﻠﻘﺎء ﻧﻔﺳﻪ أو ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ طﻠب.
ار ج ص ع (١٠-٣٥ﻟﻳﺣــﻝ ﻣﺣــﻝ ١ﻧــص أﻗرﺗــﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ اﻟﺧﺎﻣﺳــﺔ واﻟﺛﻼﺛــون )اﻟﻘ ـر اﺑﻌــﺔ .وﻗــد ﺗــم اﻋﺗﻣــﺎد ﺗﻌــدﻳﻼت ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻫــذا اﻟــﻧص ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻼﺋﺣــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ أﻗرﺗﻬــﺎ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ اﻟر ﺟﻣﻌﻳـ ــﺎت اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﺧﺎﻣﺳـ ــﺔ واﻷرﺑﻌـ ــﻳن واﻟﺗﺎﺳـ ــﻌﺔ واﻷرﺑﻌـ ــﻳن واﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛـ ــﺔ واﻟﺧﻣﺳـ ــﻳن واﻟﺧﺎﻣﺳـ ــﺔ واﻟﺧﻣﺳﻳن ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿﻰ )اﻟﻣﻘـرر اﻹﺟ ا ات ج ص ع ٢٩-٤٩وج ص ع٨-٥٣ رر رﺋـﻲ ج ص ع ،(١٠)٤٥واﻟﻘـ ا وج ص ع ٢٤-٥٥ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺗواﻟﻲ(. 121
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
122
اء اﻻﺳﺗﺷـﺎرﻳﻳن ﻳـدﻋو اء ﻫﻲ ﻣﺟﻣوﻋـﺔ ﻣـن أﻋﺿـﺎء ﻣﺟﻣوﻋـﺔ اﻟﺧﺑـر ٣-١ﻟﺟﻧﺔ اﻟﺧﺑر ع واﺑــداء اﻟﺗوﺻــﻳﺎت اﻟﻔﻧﻳـﺔ ﺣــوﻝ ﻣوﺿــو إﻟـﻰ ﻋﻘــدﻫﺎ اﻟﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻐــرض اﻻﺳـﺗﻌر اض ٕ ﻳﻬم اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ. اء ﻫــو ﺧﺑﻳــر ﻳﻌﻳﻧــﻪ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻳﻌﻣــﻝ ﻓــﻲ أي اﺟﺗﻣــﺎع ٤-١ﻋﺿــو ﻟﺟﻧــﺔ اﻟﺧﺑ ـر ﻣﻌﻳن ﻣن اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﺎت ﺗﻠك اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ.
اء اﻻﺳﺗﺷﺎرﻳﻳن -٢ﺳﻠطﺔ إﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت وﻟﺟﺎن اﻟﺧﺑر اء اﺳﺗﺷـ ــﺎرﻳﻳن ﻓ ــﻲ أي ﻣﻳـ ــدان ١-٢ﻳﺟ ــوز ﻟﻠﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌـ ــﺎم أن ﻳﻧﺷـــﺊ ﻣﺟﻣوﻋـ ــﺔ ﺧﺑـ ـر ﺣﺳـ ــﺑﻣﺎ وﻋﻧـ ــدﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺗﺿـ ــﻲ ذﻟـ ــك ﺗطـ ــوﻳر ﺑرﻧـ ــﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ .وﻳﻛـ ــون إﻧﺷـ ــﺎؤﻫﺎ ﻟﺻـ ــﺎﻟﺢ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﻛﻛﻝ وﺳوف ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻋﻠﻰ أي ﻣﺳﺗوى ﻣن اﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻳﺣﺗﺎج إﻟﻰ اﻟﺗوﺟﻳﻪ واﻟـدﻋم ﻩ إذا ﻟـم اء اﻻﺳﺗﺷﺎرﻳﻳن ﺣﺳب ﺗﻘدﻳر ﻣﻧﻬﺎ .وﻳﺟوز ﻟﻠﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم أن ﻳﺣﻝ ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ اﻟﺧﺑر ﺗﻌد ﻫﻧﺎك ﺣﺎﺟﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺗوﺟﻳﻪ واﻟدﻋم ﻣﻧﻬﺎ. اء ٢-٢ﻳﺑﻠ ــﻎ اﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳ ــذي ﻋ ــن إﻧﺷ ــﺎء وﺣ ــﻝ ﻣﺟﻣوﻋ ــﺎت اﻟﺧﺑـ ـر اﻻﺳﺗﺷﺎرﻳﻳن وﻋن ﻋﺿوﻳﺗﻬﺎ. ٣-٢ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣـﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ واﻟﻣﺟﻠـس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذي ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿــﻰ اﻟﻣــﺎدة )١٨ﻫ( واﻟﻣـﺎدة اء. ٣٨ﻣن دﺳﺗور اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﺳﻠطﺔ إﻧﺷﺎء وﺣﻝ ﻟﺟﺎن اﻟﺧﺑر ج اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﻓﻲ ﻣﻳز رﻫـﺎ اﻧﻳﺔ اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ اﻟﺳﻧوات اﻟﻣﻘﺗرﺣﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳ ا ٤-٢ﻳدر اء. ﺿرورﻳﺔ ﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﺎت ﻟﺟﺎن اﻟﺧﺑر
اءات اء اﻻﺳﺗﺷﺎرﻳﻳن -اﻟﻌﺿوﻳﺔ واﻹﺟر -٣ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت اﻟﺧﺑر ة ﻣﻼﺋﻣـﺔ وﻣﻔﻳـدة ﻷﻧﺷـطﺔ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ ﻓـﻲ ١-٣أي ﺷﺧص ﻳﻣﺗﻠك ﻣؤﻫﻼت و /أو ﺧﺑـر اء اﺳﺗﺷﺎرﻳﻳن ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ،ﻳﻣﻛـن أن ﻳؤﺧـذ ﻓـﻲ اﻻﻋﺗﺑـﺎر ﻟﻠﺗﻌﻳـﻳن ﻣﻳدان ﺗﺷﻣﻠﻪ ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ ﺧﺑر ات ﻣـ ــﻊ اﻟﺳـ ــﻠطﺎت اﻟوطﻧﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳـ ــﺔ .وﺗﻌﻣـ ــم ﻛﻌﺿـ ــو ﺑﺗﻠـ ــك اﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋـ ــﺔ ﺑﻌـ ــد ﻣﺷـ ــﺎور اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣ ــﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻـ ــﺔ ﺑﺟﻣﻳـ ــﻊ اﻟﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧـ ــﺎت ﻓـ ــﻲ ﻫ ــذﻩ اﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋـ ــﺎت ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ ﻛﺎﻓـ ــﺔ اﻟـ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء .وﻳﺷــﺟﻊ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم اﻟﺑﻠــدان اﻟﻧﺎﻣﻳــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ إرﺳــﺎﻝ أﺳــﻣﺎء ﻣرﺷــﺣﻳﻬﺎ ﻟﻬــذﻩ اﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت. اء اﻻﺳﺗﺷ ــﺎرﻳﻳن رﻋ ــﻲ اﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم ﻓ ــﻲ اﺧﺗﻳ ــﺎر أﻋﺿ ــﺎء ﻣﺟﻣوﻋ ــﺎت اﻟﺧﺑـ ـر ٢-٣ﻳ ا ﻣﻘدرﺗﻬم وﺧﺑرﺗﻬم اﻟﻔﻧﻳﺔ ﺑﺻﻔﺔ أﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ وﻟﻛﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ أﻳﺿﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿـﻣﺎن أن ﻳﻛـون ﻟﻬـذﻩ ة واﻟﻣﻧــﺎﻫﺞ ﻓــﻲ ع اﻟﻣﻌرﻓــﺔ واﻟﺧﺑـر اﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋــﺎت أوﺳــﻊ ﺗﻣﺛﻳــﻝ دوﻟــﻲ ﻣﻣﻛــن ﻣــن ﺣﻳــث ﺗﻧــو اء ﻣــن اﻟﺑﻠــدان اﻟﻣﻳــﺎدﻳن اﻟﺗــﻲ أﻧﺷــﺋت ﻣــن أﺟﻠﻬــﺎ اﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋــﺎت .وﻳﺷــﺟﻊ ﺗرﺷــﻳﺢ اﻟﺧﺑ ـر اﻟﻧﺎﻣﻳﺔ وﻣن ﺟﻣﻳﻊ اﻷﻗﺎﻟﻳم وﻳﺳﺎﻋدﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻣﻬﻣﺔ اﻟﻣدﻳرون اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳون.
123
اء اﻻﺳﺗﺷﺎرﻳﻳن ﻻﺋﺣﺔ ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت وﻟﺟﺎن اﻟﺧﺑر
ة اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻳﺣــددﻫﺎ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اء اﻻﺳﺗﺷــﺎرﻳﻳن ﻟﻠﻔﺗ ـر ٣-٣ﻳﻌــﻳن أﻋﺿــﺎء ﻣﺟﻣوﻋــﺎت اﻟﺧﺑ ـر اﻟﻌﺎم ﻋﻠﻰ أﻻ ﺗﺗﺟﺎوز أرﺑﻊ ﺳﻧوات. ة ،إﻻ أﻧـﻪ ﻳﺟـوز ﻟﻠﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم أن ﻳﺟـدد ١-٣-٣ﻳﻧﺗﻬﻲ اﻟﺗﻌﻳﻳن ﻋﻧد اﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﺗﻠك اﻟﻔﺗـر اﻟﺗﻌﻳﻳن إذا ﻛﺎﻧت ﻫﻧﺎك ﻣﺗطﻠﺑﺎت ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺑرر ﻫذا اﻟﺗﺟدﻳد .وﻳﻧﺑﻐﻲ أن ﺗﺣـدد ﺗﺟدﻳدات اﻟﺗﻌﻳﻳن ﻟﻔﺗر ات ﺗﺻﻝ إﻟﻰ أرﺑﻊ ﺳﻧوات. ٢-٣-٣ﻳﻧﺗﻬــﻲ اﻟﺗﻌﻳــﻳن أﻳﺿــﺎ إذا ﺣﻠــت اﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋــﺔ .وﻳﺟــوز أﻳﺿــﺎ أن ﻳﻧﻬﻳــﻪ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم إذا اﺳﺗدﻋت ﻣﺻﻠﺣﺔ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ ذﻟـك .وﻳﺑﻠـﻎ اﻟﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳـذي ﻋـن ﻣﺛﻝ ﻫذا اﻹﻧﻬﺎء اﻟﻣﺑﻛر ﻟﻠﺗﻌﻳﻳن. اء اﻻﺳﺗﺷـ ـ ــﺎرﻳﻳن أﻳـ ـ ــﺔ ﻣﻛﺎﻓـ ـ ــﺄة ﻣـ ـ ــن ٤-٣ﻻ ﻳﺗﻘﺎﺿـ ـ ــﻰ أﻋﺿـ ـ ــﺎء ﻣﺟﻣوﻋـ ـ ــﺎت اﻟﺧﺑ ـ ـ ـر ﻫم اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋــﺎت ﺑــدﻋوة ﻣــن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻳﻛــون ﻣــن ﺣﻘﻬــم اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ .إﻻ أﻧﻬــم ﻋﻧــد ﺣﺿــور طﺑﻘــﺎ ﻟﻠــﻧظم اﻹدارﻳــﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ،اﺳــﺗرداد ﻧﻔﻘــﺎت اﻟﺳــﻔر وﺑــدﻝ إﻗﺎﻣــﺔ ﻳــوﻣﻲ ﺧــﻼﻝ ﻫــذﻩ اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﺎت.
اءات رء -اﻟﻌﺿوﻳﺔ واﻹﺟر -٤ﻟﺟﺎن اﻟﺧﺑ ا
اﺧﺗﻳﺎر اﻷﻋﺿﺎء وﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻬم وﻣدة ﻋﻣﻠﻬم
اء وﻳﺣــدد اء اﻟــذﻳن ﻳــدﻋون ﻻﺟﺗﻣــﺎع ﻟﺟﻧــﺔ ﺧﺑ ـر ١-٤ﻳﻘــرر اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻋــدد اﻟﺧﺑ ـر ﻣوﻋدﻩ وﻣدﺗﻪ وﻳدﻋو إﻟﻰ اﻧﻌﻘﺎد اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ. اء ﻣــن ﻣﺟﻣوﻋــﺔ أو ٢-٤ﻳﺧﺗــﺎر اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ،ﻛﻘﺎﻋــدة ﻋﺎﻣــﺔ ،أﻋﺿــﺎء ﻟﺟﻧــﺔ اﻟﺧﺑ ـر رﻓـﻲ اﻟﻌـﺎدﻝ، اء اﺳﺗﺷﺎرﻳﻳن ﻋﻠـﻰ أﺳـﺎس ﻣﺑـﺎدئ اﻟﺗﻣﺛﻳـﻝ اﻟﺟﻐ ا أﻛﺛر ﻣن ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت ﺧﺑر اء ﻣــن اﻟﺑﻠــدان اﻟﻣﺗﻘدﻣــﺔ واﻟﻧﺎﻣﻳــﺔ ،وﺗﻣﺛﻳــﻝ واﻟﺗ ـوازن ﺑــﻳن اﻟﺟﻧﺳــﻳن ،واﻟﺗ ـوازن ﺑــﻳن اﻟﺧﺑ ـر ة اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳـﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠـف أﻧﺣـﺎء اﻟﻌـﺎﻟم ،واﻟﺣﺎﺟـﺔ ﻣﺧﺗﻠف اﺗﺟﺎﻫﺎت اﻟﻔﻛر واﻟﻣﻧـﺎﻫﺞ واﻟﺧﺑـر ات اﻟﻠﻐـﺔ اء ﺑﺎﻋﺗﺑـﺎر إﻟﻰ ﺗوازن ﻣﻼﺋم ﺑﻳن اﻟﺗﺧﺻﺻﺎت .وﻟن ﺗﺗﻘﻳد ﻋﺿوﻳﺔ ﻟﺟﺎن اﻟﺧﺑر ﻓﻲ ﻧطﺎق اﻟﻠﻐﺎت اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ. اء اﻻﺳﺗﺷ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎرﻳﻳن اﻟ ـ ـ ـ ــذﻳن ﻟ ـ ـ ـ ــم ﺗوﺟ ـ ـ ـ ــﻪ ٣-٤ﻳﺟ ـ ـ ـ ــوز ﻷﻋﺿ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎء ﻣﺟﻣوﻋ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺧﺑـ ـ ـ ـ ـر إﻟـ ـ ــﻳﻬم دﻋـ ـ ــوة ﻟﺣﺿـ ـ ــور اﺟﺗﻣـ ـ ــﺎع ﻟﺟﻧـ ـ ــﺔ ﺧﺑ ـ ـ ـر اء ﻳﻬﻣﻬـ ـ ــم ،أن ﻳﺣﺿـ ـ ــروا ﺑﻧـ ـ ــﺎء ﻋﻠـ ـ ــﻰ ح اﻟﻣـ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌـ ــﺎم ﺑـ ــذﻟك ،وﻟﻛـ ــﻧﻬم ﻳﺣﺿـ ــرون ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ ﻧﻔﻘـ ــﺗﻬم اﻗﺑﻳن ،إذا ﺻـ ــر طﻠـ ــﺑﻬم ﻛﻣ ـ ـر اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ. ٤-٤ﻳﻣﻛ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــن أن ﺗ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــدﻋﻰ ﻣﻧظﻣ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎت ﻣﻧظوﻣ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ اﻷﻣ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــدة وﻛ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــذﻟك اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ـ ــﺎت ﻏﻳـ ـ ــر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺗـ ـ ــﻲ ﻟﻬـ ـ ــﺎ ﻋﻼﻗـ ـ ــﺎت رﺳـ ـ ــﻣﻳﺔ ﻣـ ـ ــﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ـ ــﺣﺔ اء اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻬﻣﻬــﺎ ﺑﺻــﻔﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ،إﻟــﻰ إرﺳــﺎﻝ ﻣﻣﺛﻠــﻳن ﻟﻬــﺎ إﻟــﻰ اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋــﺎت ﻟﺟــﺎن اﻟﺧﺑ ـر ة. ﻣﺑﺎﺷر
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
124
رﻓ ـ ــﻲ ﻣﺗـ ـ ـوازن ﻳ ـ ــﺗم اﺧﺗﻳ ـ ــﺎر اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺷ ـ ــﺎرﻳن واﻟﻣﺳﺗﺷ ـ ــﺎرﻳن ٥-٤ﻟﺿ ـ ــﻣﺎن ﺗﻣﺛﻳ ـ ــﻝ ﺟﻐ ا اء ،ﺑﻘــدر ﻣــﺎ ﻳﻣﻛــن ،ﻣــن ﺑﻠــدان ﻏﻳــر ﻣﻣﺛﻠــﺔ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣــؤﻗﺗﻳن اﻟﻣﻌﻳﻧــﻳن ﻟﻣﺳــﺎﻋدة ﻟﺟﻧــﺔ ﺧﺑـر ﻋﺿوﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ.
اﻟوﺿﻊ اﻟدوﻟﻲ ﻟﻸﻋﺿﺎء اء اﻻﺳﺗﺷـ ـ ــﺎرﻳﻳن ﻓـ ـ ــﻲ ﻣﻣﺎرﺳـ ـ ــﺗﻬم ٦-٤ﻋﻠـ ـ ــﻰ أﻋﺿـ ـ ــﺎء ﻣﺟﻣوﻋـ ـ ــﺎت وﻟﺟـ ـ ــﺎن اﻟﺧﺑ ـ ـ ـر ﻫ ـ ـ ــﺎ. اء دوﻟﻳ ـ ـ ــﻳن ﻓ ـ ـ ــﻲ ﺧدﻣ ـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ـ ـ ــﺔ دون ﻏﻳر ﻟﻣﻬ ـ ـ ــﺎﻣﻬم أن ﻳﻌﻣﻠـ ـ ـ ـوا ﺑﺻ ـ ـ ــﻔﺔ ﺧﺑـ ـ ـ ـر وﺑﻬـ ــذﻩ اﻟﺻـ ــﻔﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺟـ ــوز ﻟﻬـ ــم أن ﻳﻠﺗﻣﺳ ـ ـوا أو ﻳﺗﻠﻘ ـ ـوا ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣـ ــﺎت ﻣـ ــن أﻳـ ــﺔ ﺣﻛوﻣـ ــﺔ أو ج اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ .وﻋ ـ ـ ـ ــﻼوة ﻋﻠ ـ ـ ـ ــﻰ ذﻟ ـ ـ ـ ــك ،ﻳﺗﻌــ ـ ـ ــﻳن ﻋﻠ ـ ـ ـ ــﻳﻬم أن ﻳﻛﺷــ ـ ـ ــﻔوا ﺳ ـ ـ ـ ــﻠطﺔ ﺧ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎر ﻋــن ﺟﻣﻳــﻊ اﻟظــروف اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻗــد ﻳﻧﺷــﺄ ﻋﻧﻬــﺎ ﺗﺿــﺎرب ﻣﺻــﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﺣﺗﻣــﻝ ﻧﺗﻳﺟــﺔ ﻋﺿــوﻳﺗﻬم اء ،وذﻟ ــك وﻓﻘـ ـﺎً ﻟﻶﻟﻳ ــﺎت اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﻳﻧﺷ ــؤﻫﺎ اﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم ﻟﻬ ــذا ﻓ ــﻲ إﺣ ــدى ﻟﺟ ــﺎن اﻟﺧﺑـ ـر اﻟﻐرض. ات واﻟﺣﺻـﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻣﻧﺻـوص ﻋﻠﻳﻬـﺎ ﻓـﻲ اﻟﻣـﺎدة )٦٧ب( ٧-٤وﻫم ﻳﺗﻣﺗﻌون ﺑﺎﻻﻣﺗﻳـﺎز ات واﻟﺣﺻــﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﺗﻣﺗــﻊ ﺑﻬــﺎ ﻣــن دﺳــﺗور اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ واﻟ ـواردة ﻓــﻲ اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳــﺔ اﻻﻣﺗﻳــﺎز اﻟوﻛﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ وﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﺣﻘﻬﺎ اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ.
ﺟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ـودة ﺟ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣ ــﺎﻝ ﻟﻛ ــﻝ اﺟﺗﻣ ــﺎع ٨-٤ﻳﻘ ــوم اﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم أو ﻣﻣﺛﻠ ــﻪ ﺑﺈﻋ ــداد ﻣﺳ ـ ّ وﻳﻘ ـدﻣﻬﺎ ﻓــﻲ وﻗــت ﻣﻌﻘــوﻝ إﻟــﻰ أﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ واﻟﻣﺟﻠــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذي واﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء اء اﻟﻣﺳﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﻳﺎﺳﺔ اﻹدارﻳﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻟم ﻳطﻠـب ﻻ ﺗﺗﻧﺎوﻝ ﻟﺟﻧﺔ اﻟﺧﺑر ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ .و ع ،ﻓ ـ ــﻲ ﺣ ـ ــدود اﻟﻣ ـ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ـ ــﺎم ذﻟ ـ ــك رﺳ ـ ــﻣﻳﺎ .وﻳﺷ ـ ــﻣﻝ ﺟ ـ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣ ـ ــﺎﻝ أي ﻣوﺿ ـ ــو ح ﻣ ــن ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ أو اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳ ــذي أو اﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﺧﺗﺻﺎﺻ ــﺎت اﻟﻠﺟﻧ ــﺔ ،ﻣﻘﺗ ــر اﻟﻌﺎم. اء ﺑﺄوﺳـ ـ ــﻊ ﻣﻌﻠوﻣـ ـ ــﺎت ﻣﻣﻛﻧـ ـ ــﺔ ٩-٤وﻟﻛـ ـ ــﻲ ﻳﺗﺳـ ـ ــﻧﻰ ﺗزوﻳـ ـ ــد أﻋﺿـ ـ ــﺎء ﻟﺟﻧـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺧﺑ ـ ـ ـر ﻋ ـ ـ ـ ــن اﻟﻣوﺿ ـ ـ ـ ــوﻋﺎت ﻗﻳ ـ ـ ـ ــد اﻟﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ ﻓـ ـ ـ ـ ـﺈن اﻻﺧﺗﺻﺎﺻ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎت وﺟ ـ ـ ـ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎﻝ اء ﻋـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎ ﻣﻘـ ـ ـ ـ ــدﻣﺎ ﻋﻠـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻰ أﻋﺿـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎء ﻣﺟﻣوﻋـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎت اﻟﺧﺑ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـر اﻟﻣﻔﺻـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻝ ﻟﻼﺟﺗﻣـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎع ﻳوز اﻻﺳﺗﺷـ ــﺎرﻳﻳن اﻟﻣﻠﻣـ ــﻳن ﺑﺗﻠـ ــك اﻟﻣوﺿـ ــوﻋﺎت وﻟﻛـ ــن ﻟـ ــم ﺗوﺟـ ــﻪ ﻟﻬـ ــم دﻋـ ــوة ﻟﺣﺿـ ــور اﻻﺟﺗﻣــﺎع .وﻗــد ﻳطﻠــب إﻟــﻳﻬم ﺗﻘــدﻳم إﺳــﻬﺎﻣﺎت ﻣﻛﺗوﺑــﺔ وﺗرﺳــﻝ إﻟــﻳﻬم وﺛــﺎﺋق اﻟﻌﻣــﻝ اﻟرﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ.
اء ﻋﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺧﺑر اﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﻔر ﻋﻳــﺔ رﺳــﺔ ﻣﺷــﻛﻼت ﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ،إﻧﺷــﺎء ﻟﺟــﺎن ﻓر ح ﻟد ا ١٠-٤ﻳﺟــوز ﻷي ﻟﺟﻧــﺔ أن ﺗﻘﺗــر رﺣــﺎت ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠــق ﺑﺗﺷــﻛﻳﻝ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ ،ﺑﺻــﻔﺔ ﻣؤﻗﺗــﺔ أو داﺋﻣــﺔ ،وﻟﻬــﺎ أن ﺗﺗﻘــدم ﺑﺎﻗﺗ ا ﻋﻳ ــﺔ ﻣﺷ ــﺗرﻛﺔ ح إﻧﺷــﺎء ﻟﺟ ــﺎن ﻓر ﻋﻳ ــﺔ .ﻛﻣــﺎ ﻳﺟ ــوز ﻷي ﻟﺟﻧ ــﺔ أن ﺗﻘﺗ ــر ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﻠﺟ ــﺎن اﻟﻔر ى ﺗﻌــﺎوﻧﻬم ﺗﺗﻛــون ﻣــن أﺧﺻــﺎﺋﻳﻳن ﻓــﻲ ﻣﺟﺎﻟﻬــﺎ اﻟﻔﻧــﻲ وأﺧﺻــﺎﺋﻳﻳن ﻓــﻲ ﻣﺟــﺎﻝ آﺧــر ﺗــر ﺿرورﻳﺎ ﻟﻧﺟﺎح ﻋﻣﻠﻬﺎ .وﺗﻘرر ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ أو ﻳﻘـرر اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳـذي ﻣـﺎ إذا ﻛـﺎن
125
اء اﻻﺳﺗﺷﺎرﻳﻳن ﻻﺋﺣﺔ ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت وﻟﺟﺎن اﻟﺧﺑر
ﻋﻳﺔ وﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎﻧت ﺗﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻔردة أو ﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻟﺟـﺎن ﻳﻠزم إﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺛﻝ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﻔر ى ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺔ. ﻋﻳﺔ أﺧر أو ﻟﺟﺎن ﻓر اء اﻟﺗﻌدﻳﻼت اﻟﻼزﻣـﺔ ،اﻷﺣﻛـﺎم اﻟﺳـﺎرﻳﺔ ﻋﻳﺔ ،ﻣﻊ إﺟر ي ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﻔر ١١-٤ﺗﺳر ﻋﻠ ــﻰ ﻣﻬ ــﺎم اﻟﻠﺟ ــﺎن وﺗﻌﻳ ــﻳن أﻋﺿ ــﺎﺋﻬﺎ واﻧﺗﺧ ــﺎب رؤﺳ ــﺎﺋﻬﺎ وﻧـ ـواﺑﻬم وأﻣﺎﻧﺎﺗﻬ ــﺎ وﺟ ــداوﻝ اك ﻓــﻲ أﻋﻣﺎﻟﻬــﺎ .ﻫــذا وﻋﺿــوﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﺣــد ذاﺗﻬــﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻌطــﻲ ﻟﻠﺧﺑﻳــر ﺣــق اﻻﺷــﺗر ﻋﻳﺔ. أﻋﻣﺎﻝ أي ﻣن ﻟﺟﺎﻧﻬﺎ اﻟﻔر
اﻟﺗﻘﺎرﻳر اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﻠﺟﺎن ر ﻳوﺿـ ـ ــﺢ اﺳـ ـ ــﺗﻧﺗﺎﺟﺎﺗﻬﺎ ١٢-٤ﺗﻌـ ـ ــد اﻟﻠﺟﻧـ ـ ــﺔ ﻋـ ـ ــن ﻛـ ـ ــﻝ ﻣـ ـ ــن اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﺎﺗﻬـ ـ ــﺎ ﺗﻘرﻳ ـ ـ ـ ا اء ﻗﺑﻝ اﻧﺗﻬﺎء وﻣﻼﺣظﺎﺗﻬﺎ وﺗوﺻﻳﺎﺗﻬﺎ .وﻳﻛﺗﻣﻝ ﻫذا اﻟﺗﻘرﻳر وﺗواﻓق ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻟﺟﻧﺔ اﻟﺧﺑر اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﻬــﺎ .وﻟــن ﺗﻛــون اﺳــﺗﻧﺗﺎﺟﺎﺗﻬﺎ وﺗوﺻــﻳﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻠزﻣــﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ وﻳﻧﺑﻐــﻲ أن ﺗﺻــﺎغ ة ﺣــوﻝ أﻧﺷــطﺔ اﻟﺑرﻧــﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻣﻘﺑﻠــﺔ دون أن ﺗــدﻋوﻩ ﺑطرﻳﻘــﺔ ﺗــزود اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺷــور واذا ﻟم ﺗﻛن . ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﻳﻘﺔ ر ط ﺑﺄﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻝ و أﻣ إﻟﻰ اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣوظﻔﻲ أو ﺧدﻣﺎت أو ٕ اﻟﻠﺟﻧ ـ ــﺔ ﻣﺟﻣﻌ ـ ــﺔ ﻓ ـ ــﻲ اﺳ ـ ــﺗﻧﺗﺎﺟﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺗﺳ ـ ــﺟﻝ أو ﺗرﻓ ـ ــق ﺑ ـ ــﺎﻟﺗﻘرﻳر أﻳ ـ ــﺔ وﺟﻬ ـ ــﺎت ﻧظ ـ ــر اء أو ﻓ ــﻲ اج إﺳــﻬﺎﻣﺎت ﻣوﻗﻌــﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﻧــص ﺗﻘرﻳــر ﻟﺟﻧــﺔ اﻟﺧﺑ ـر ﻻ ﻳﺟــوز إدر ﻣﺧﺎﻟﻔــﺔ .و ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺗﻪ. اء ﺑــدون ﻣواﻓﻘــﺔ اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ .وﻳﺟــوز ﻟﻠﻣــدﻳر ١٣-٤ﻻ ﻳﺟــوز ﺗﻌــدﻳﻝ ﺗﻘرﻳــر ﻟﺟﻧــﺔ اﻟﺧﺑ ـر اء إﻟ ــﻰ أي ﺗﻌﺑﻳ ــر ﻋ ــن وﺟﻬ ــﺔ ﻧظ ــر ﻓ ــﻲ ﻋﻲ اﻧﺗﺑ ــﺎﻩ رﺋ ــﻳس ﻟﺟﻧ ــﺔ اﻟﺧﺑـ ـر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم أن ﻳﺳ ــﺗر ر ﺑﻣﺻـﺎﻟﺢ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ أو أﻳـﺔ دوﻟـﺔ ﻣـن اﻟـدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء .وﻳﺟـوز ﻫﺎ ﻗـد ﻳﻌﺗﺑـر ﺿـﺎ ا ﺗﻘرﻳر ﻩ أن ﻳﺣذف ﻫذا اﻟﺗﻌﺑﻳر ﻣن اﻟﺗﻘرﻳر ﺑﻌـد أو ﺑـدون اﻻﺗﺻـﺎﻝ ﻟرﺋﻳس اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ ﺣﺳب ﺗﻘدﻳر ﺑﺄﻋﺿــﺎء ﻟﺟﻧــﺔ اﻟﺧﺑـر اء أو ﻳﻌــدﻝ اﻟﺗﻌﺑﻳــر ﺑﻌــد اﻟﺣﺻــوﻝ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻣـواﻓﻘﺗﻬم ﻛﺗﺎﺑــﺔ .وﺗﺣــﺎﻝ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي أﻳﺔ ﺻﻌوﺑﺔ ﺗﻧﺷﺄ ﻋن اﺧﺗﻼف وﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﻧظر ﺑﻳن اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم ورﺋﻳس اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ. اء .وﻣـﻊ ﻻ ﻋن اﻟﺗرﺧﻳص ﺑﻧﺷـر ﺗﻘـﺎرﻳر ﻟﺟـﺎن اﻟﺧﺑـر ١٤-٤ﻳﻛون اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﻣﺳؤو أى أﻧ ــﻪ رﺳــﺎ إﻟ ــﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ إذا ر ذﻟــك ﻳﺟــوز ﻟﻠﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم أن ﻳﺑﻌــث ﺑــﺎﻟﺗﻘرﻳر أ ة ﺗﺣﺗﺎﺟﻬﺎ اﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ ﺑﺻﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﺟﻠﺔ. ﻳﺣوي ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت أو ﻣﺷور ١٥-٤ﻳﺟــوز ﻟﻠﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم أن ﻳﻧﺷــر أو ﻳــرﺧص ﺑﻧﺷــر أﻳــﺔ وﺛﻳﻘــﺔ ﻣﻌــدة ﻣــن أﺟــﻝ ة إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣؤﻟف إذا اﻗﺗﺿﻰ اﻟﺣﺎﻝ. اء ﻣﻊ اﻹﺷﺎر ﻟﺟﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺧﺑر
ﻋﻳﺔ اﻟﺗﻘﺎرﻳر اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﻔر ي اﻷﺣﻛـــﺎم اﻟـ ـواردة أﻋ ــﻼﻩ ) ١٢-٤إﻟ ــﻰ (١٥-٤ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻟﺗﻘ ــﺎرﻳر ﻋ ــن ١٦-٤ﺗﺳ ــر ﻋﻳﺔ ﻣﺷـﺗرﻛﺔ ﻋﻳﺔ أو ﻟﺟﻧﺔ ﻓر ﻋﻳﺔ ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻋدا أن ﺗﻘرﻳر أﻳﺔ ﻟﺟﻧﺔ ﻓر اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﻔر ﻳﻘــدم ﻋــن طرﻳــق اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم إﻟــﻰ اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ أو اﻟﻠﺟــﺎن اﻷم .وﻣــﻊ ذﻟــك ﻳﺟــوز ﻟﻠﻣــدﻳر
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
126
أﺳﺎً إﻟـﻰ اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳـذي أو ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ ﻋﻳﺔ ر اﻟﻌﺎم أن ﻳﺑﻌث ﺑﺗﻘرﻳر أﻳﺔ ﻟﺟﻧﺔ ﻓر ة ﻳﺣﺗﺎﺟﻬﺎ أي ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﺑﺻﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﺟﻠﺔ. أى أﻧﻪ ﻳﺣوي ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت أو ﻣﺷور إذا ر
ﻣﻛﺎن اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﻠﺟﺎن اء ﻋــﺎدة ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣﻘــر اﻟرﺋﻳﺳــﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻣــن أﺟــﻝ ١٧-٤ﺗﻌﻘــد اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋــﺎت ﻟﺟــﺎن اﻟﺧﺑـر ﺗﻘ ـ ــدﻳم اﻟﺗوﺟﻳ ـ ــﻪ اﻟﻔﻧ ـ ــﻲ اﻟﺷ ـ ــﺎﻣﻝ .وﻳﻣﻛ ـ ــن ﻋﻘ ـ ــدﻫﺎ أﻳﺿ ـ ــﺎ ﻋﻠ ـ ــﻰ اﻟﻣﺳ ـ ــﺗوى اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣ ـ ــﻲ ي إذا ﻟﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ اﻟﻣﺷﻛﻼت اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻐﻠب ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ اﻟطﺎﺑﻊ اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻲ أو ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺳﺗوى اﻟﻘطر ﻛﺎﻧـ ــت اﻟﻣﺷ ـ ــﻛﻼت اﻟﺻ ـ ــﺣﻳﺔ ﻗﻳ ـ ــد اﻟﺑﺣ ـ ــث ﻣﺣ ـ ــددة اﻟﻘط ـ ــر أﺳﺎﺳ ـ ــﺎ .وﻳﺧط ـ ــط ﻟﻌﻘ ـ ــد اء ﻫـذﻩ ﺑﺻـور اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﺎت ﻟﺟﺎن اﻟﺧﺑر ة ﻣﻧﺳـﻘﺔ ﺑﺣﻳـث ﻳﻛﻣـﻝ اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋـﺎت اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﻌﻘـد ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣﻘــر اﻟرﺋﻳﺳــﻲ وﺗﺗﻔــﺎدى اﻻزدواج وﺗﺿــﻣن أﻛﺑــر ﻗــدر ﻣــن اﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻳــﺔ واﻟﺗﻣﺎﺳــك ﻓﻲ ﻋﻣﻠﻬﺎ. اء اﻟﺗﻌ ــدﻳﻼت ي اﻷﺣﻛ ــﺎم اﻟـ ـواردة أﻋ ــﻼﻩ ) ١-٤إﻟ ــﻰ (١٥-٤ﻣ ــﻊ إﺟـ ـر ١٨-٤ﺗﺳ ــر ي .وﻳﺟـوز اء اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺟﺗﻣﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺳـﺗوى اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣـﻲ أو اﻟﻘطـر اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ ،ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺟﺎن اﻟﺧﺑر ﻟﻠﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم أن ﻳﻔوض اﻟﺻﻼﺣﻳﺔ اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻣدﻳرﻳن اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﻳن.
اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻋﻳــﺔ أﻋﻣﺎﻟﻬــﺎ وﻓﻘـﺎً ﻟﻠﻧظــﺎم اﻟــداﺧﻠﻲ اء اﻟﻔر اء وﻟﺟــﺎن اﻟﺧﺑـر ١٩-٤ﺗــدﻳر ﻟﺟـﺎن اﻟﺧﺑـر اﻟوارد ﻓﻲ ﻣرﻓق ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻼﺋﺣﺔ.
ﻋﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ واﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﻔر اء ٢٠-٤ﺗﺣﻛـ ــم ﻫـ ــذﻩ اﻟﻼﺋﺣـ ــﺔ أﻳﺿـ ــﺎ اﺧﺗﻳـ ــﺎر وﺗﻌﻳـ ــﻳن أﻋﺿـ ــﺎء ﻣﺟﻣوﻋـ ــﺎت اﻟﺧﺑ ـ ـر ﻋﻳ ــﺔ اﻻﺳﺗﺷ ــﺎرﻳﻳن اﻟ ــذﻳن ﻳﻌﻳ ــﻧﻬم اﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم ﻟﻠﻌﻣ ــﻝ ﻓ ــﻲ ﻟﺟﻧ ــﺔ ﻣﺷ ــﺗرﻛﺔ أو ﻟﺟﻧ ــﺔ ﻓر ى .وﻓـﻲ ﻫـذا اﻻﺧﺗﻳـﺎر ﻳؤﺧـذ اك ﻣﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣﺎت أﺧر ﺗدﻋو اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻋﻘدﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺷﺗر ﻋﻳــﺔ ﻏــوب ﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ اﻟﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﺔ أو اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ اﻟﻔر رﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣر ﻓــﻲ اﻻﻋﺗﺑــﺎر اﻟﺗ ـوازن اﻟﻔﻧــﻲ واﻟﺟﻐ ا ﻛﻛﻝ. اء اﻻﺳﺗﺷ ــﺎرﻳﻳن اﻟ ــذﻳن ﻳﻌﻳ ــﻧﻬم اﻟﻣ ــدﻳر ٢١-٤ﻳﺗﻣﺗ ــﻊ أﻋﺿ ــﺎء ﻣﺟﻣوﻋ ــﺎت اﻟﺧﺑـ ـر أي ﻋﻳ ــﺔ ﺑﺣرﻳ ــﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠ ــﺔ ﻓ ــﻲ إﺑ ــداء اﻟـ ـر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم ﻓ ــﻲ ﻫ ــذﻩ اﻟﻠﺟ ــﺎن اﻟﻣﺷ ــﺗرﻛﺔ واﻟﻠﺟ ــﺎن اﻟﻔر ار ﺟﻣـﺎﻋﻲ ﻗـد ﺗﺗرﺗـب ﻋﻠﻳـﻪ ﻣﺳـؤوﻟﻳﺔ إدارﻳـﺔ اﻛﻬم ﻓـﻲ أي ﻗـر واﻟﺗﻌﺑﻳر .وﻟذا ﻓﺈن اﺷـﺗر ى ﻣﺷ ــﺗرﻛﺔ ﻟ ــن ﻳﻛ ــون ﻣﻠزﻣـ ـﺎً ﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ أو ﻣﺎﻟﻳ ــﺔ أو أدﺑﻳ ــﺔ ﻋﻠ ــﻰ ﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ أﺧ ــر اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ. اء اﻻﺳﺗﺷـ ــﺎرﻳﻳن اﻟـ ــذﻳن ﻳﻣﺛﻠـ ــون اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ ٢٢-٤ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ أﻋﺿـ ــﺎء ﻣﺟﻣوﻋـ ــﺎت اﻟﺧﺑ ـ ـر ر إﻟـ ــﻰ اﻟﻣـ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌـ ــﺎم ﻋـ ــن ﻋﻳـ ــﺔ أن ﻳرﻓﻌ ـ ـوا ﺗﻘرﻳ ـ ـ ا ﻓـ ــﻲ أﻳـ ــﺔ ﻟﺟﻧـ ــﺔ ﻣﺷـ ــﺗرﻛﺔ أو ﻟﺟﻧـ ــﺔ ﻓر ﻣﺷــﺎرﻛﺗﻬم .وﻳﻛــون ﻫــذا اﻟﺗﻘرﻳــر ﻣﻛﻣ ـﻼً ﻟﻠﺗﻘرﻳــر اﻟﺟﻣــﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ اﻟﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﺔ أو اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ ﻋﻳﺔ ذاﺗﻬﺎ. اﻟﻔر
127
اء اﻻﺳﺗﺷﺎرﻳﻳن ﻻﺋﺣﺔ ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت وﻟﺟﺎن اﻟﺧﺑر
رﻓﻊ اﻟﺗﻘﺎرﻳر إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي ر ﻋ ــن اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋ ــﺎت ﻟﺟ ــﺎن ٢٣-٤ﻳﻘ ــدم اﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم إﻟ ــﻰ اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳ ــذي ﺗﻘرﻳـ ـ ا ة اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠس .وﺳوف ﻳﺣوي ﻣﻼﺣظﺎﺗﻪ ﻋـن اﻵﺛـﺎر اء اﻟﺗﻲ ﻋﻘدت ﻣﻧذ اﻟدور اﻟﺧﺑر اءات اﻟﻣﺗﺎﺑﻌـﺔ اﻟﻣزﻣـﻊ اﺗﺧﺎذﻫـﺎ. اء وﺗوﺻﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ إﺟـر اﻟﻣﺗرﺗﺑﺔ ﻣن ﺗﻘﺎرﻳر ﻟﺟﺎن اﻟﺧﺑر اء .وﻳﺑﺣث اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳـذي اﻟﺗﻘرﻳـر اﻟﻣﻘـدم وﺗﻠﺣق ﺑﻪ ﻧﺻوص ﺗوﺻﻳﺎت ﻟﺟﺎن اﻟﺧﺑر ﻣن اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم وﻳﺑدي ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻘﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ.
-٥اﻟﻧﻔﺎذ اﻋﺗﺑﺎر ﻣن ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ﻣواﻓﻘﺔ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ. ١-٥ﺗﺻﺑﺢ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻼﺋﺣﺔ ﻧﺎﻓذة اً
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
128
ﻣرﻓق اء اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﺧﺑر اﻟطﺑﻳﻌﺔ اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﺟﻠﺳﺎت
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛـــن أن اء ﻋ ــﺎدة ﺟﻠﺳ ــﺎت ﺧﺎﺻـــﺔ .و ﺳ ــوف ﺗﻛ ــون ﺟﻠﺳ ــﺎت ﻟﺟ ــﺎن اﻟﺧﺑـ ـر ار ﺻرﻳﺢ ﻣن اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ وﺑﻣواﻓﻘﺔ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ ﻣن اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم. ﺗﺻﺑﺢ ﻋﻠﻧﻳﺔ إﻻ ﺑﻘر
اﻟﻧﺻﺎب اﻟﻘﺎﻧوﻧﻲ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢ اء ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ: ﺗﻛون ﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷﺎت ﻟﺟﻧﺔ اﻟﺧﺑر ح اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻫﺎ أﻳﺿــﺎ ﻣﻣﺛــﻝ ﻟﻠﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ،ﻣــﺎ ﻟــم ﻳﺻــر واذا ﺣﺿــر ) ب( ٕ ﺑﺧﻼف ذﻟك. اﻟرﺋﻳس وﻧﺎﺋب اﻟرﺋﻳس واﻟﻣﻘرر ﻫﺎ ﺛﻠﺛﺎ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻝ؛ إذا ﺣﺿر
)أ(
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣ اء ،ﻣ ــن ﺑ ــﻳن أﻋﺿ ــﺎﺋﻬﺎ ،رﺋﻳﺳ ــﺎ ﻳ ــدﻳر ﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷ ــﺎﺗﻬﺎ ،وﻧﺎﺋ ــب ﺗﻧﺗﺧ ــب ﻟﺟﻧ ــﺔ اﻟﺧﺑـ ـر ر. رﺋﻳس ﻳﺣﻝ ﻣﺣﻝ اﻟرﺋﻳس ﻋﻧد اﻟﺣﺎﺟﺔ ،وﻣﻘر ا اﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤ -١وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻣﺎدة ٣٢ﻣن دﺳـﺗور اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ ،ﻳﻛـون اﻟﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم ﺑﺣﻛـم ﻣﻧﺻـﺑﻪ أﻣﻳﻧـﺎ ة ﻓ ــﻲ اء .وﻳﺣ ــق ﻟ ــﻪ أن ﻳﻔــوض ﺻ ــﻼﺣﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﻟﻣوظ ــف ﻓﻧ ــﻲ ذي ﻣﻘ ــدر ﻟﻛــﻝ ﻟﺟ ــﺎن اﻟﺧﺑـ ـر ع اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻲ. اﻟﻣوﺿو -٢ﻳﺣــق ﻟﻠﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ،أو ﻟﻣــن ﻳﻣﺛﻠــﻪ ،أن ﻳﻘــدم ﻓــﻲ أي وﻗــت ﺑﻳﺎﻧــﺎت ﺷــﻔوﻳﺔ أو ع ﻗﻳد اﻟﺑﺣث. اء ﺗﺧص أي ﻣوﺿو ﻣﻛﺗوﺑﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻟﺟﻧﺔ اﻟﺧﺑر -٣ﻳﻘــوم اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ،أو ﻣــن ﻳﻣﺛﻠــﻪ ،ﺑﺗﺣدﻳــد ﻣوﻋــد اﻻﺟﺗﻣــﺎع وﻣﻛﺎﻧــﻪ وﺑــدﻋوة اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻌﻘﺎد.
129
اء اﻻﺳﺗﺷﺎرﻳﻳن ﻻﺋﺣﺔ ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت وﻟﺟﺎن اﻟﺧﺑر
اء، -٤ﺗﻘـ ـ ـ ـ ــوم أﻣﺎﻧـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﻠﺟﻧـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ ،اﻟﻣﻛوﻧـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ ﻣـ ـ ـ ـ ــن اﻷﻣـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻳن واﻟﻣـ ـ ـ ـ ــوظﻔﻳن واﻟﺧﺑ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـر واﻟﻣﺳﺗﺷــﺎرﻳن اﻟﻣــؤﻗﺗﻳن ،ﺣﺳــب ﻣﻘﺗﺿــﻰ اﻟﺣــﺎﻝ ،ﺑﻣﻌﺎوﻧــﺔ اﻟ ـرﺋﻳس واﻟﻣﻘــرر وأﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ.
ﺟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥ ع ﺟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ،وﻳﻘدﻣﻪ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم -١ﻳﻘوم أﻣﻳن اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎع ﺑﺈﻋداد ﻣﺷرو ﻟﻠﻣواﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ،ﺛم ﻳﺣﻳﻠﻪ إﻟﻰ أﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ ﻣرﻓﻘﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧطﺎب اﻟدﻋوة ﻟﻼﺟﺗﻣﺎع. ع ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻧطـﺎق اﺧﺗﺻﺎﺻـﺎت اﻟﻠﺟﻧـﺔ ﻛﻣـﺎ -٢ﻳﺗﺿﻣن ﺟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ أي ﻣوﺿو اﻗﺗرﺣﺗﻬﺎ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ،أو اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي ،أو اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم.
اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٦ واذا ﻟــم ﻳــﺗﻣﻛن أﻋﺿــﺎء ﻟﺟﻧــﺔ ﻣــﺎ أن ﻻ ﺗطــر ح اﻟﻣﺳــﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳــﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺻــوﻳتٕ . رﻳـﻪ اﻟﺷﺧﺻـﻲ ﻓـﻲ اﻟﺗﻘرﻳـر ،وﻳﺗﺧـذ ﺑﻳـﺎن ﻳﺗﻔﻘوا ،ﻓـﺈن ﻣـن ﺣـق ﻛـﻝ ﻋﺿـو أن ﻳﺑـدي أ أي ﻫذا ﺷﻛﻝ ﺗﻘرﻳر ﻓـردي ،أو ﺗﻘرﻳـر ﻣـن ﻣﺟﻣوﻋـﺔ ﻣﺑﻳﻧـﺎ اﻷﺳـﺑﺎب اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗـدﻋو إﻟـﻰ اﻟر أي ﻣﺧﺎﻟف. ر
ﺗﺻرﻳف اﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٧ ﻓﻳﻣ ــﺎ ﻋ ــدا ﻣ ــﺎ ﻧﺻ ــت ﻋﻠﻳ ــﻪ اﻟﻣ ــﺎدة ٦أﻋ ــﻼﻩ ،ﻓـ ـﺈن ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻟـ ـرﺋﻳس أن ﻳﺳﺗرﺷ ــد اءات اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت ﻓﻲ واﺟر ﺑﺄﺣﻛﺎم اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي ﻓﻲ ﺗﺳﻳﻳر اﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ٕ اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ ،ﺑﻘدر ﻣﺎ ﻳﻛون ذﻟك ﺿرورﻳﺎ ﻹﻧﺟﺎز ﻋﻣﻝ اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ.
اﻟﺗﻘﺎرﻳر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٨ ﻫﺎ وﺗواﻓق ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻗﺑﻝ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﻬﺎ. اء ﺗﻘرﻳر ﺗﺿﻊ ﻟﺟﻧﺔ اﻟﺧﺑر
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
130
ﻟﻐﺎت اﻟﻌﻣﻝ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٩ اء ﻫﻣـﺎ اﻹﻧﻛﻠﻳزﻳـﺔ واﻟﻔرﻧﺳـﻳﺔ .وﻋﻠـﻰ اﻷﻣﺎﻧـﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣـﺔ أن -١ﻟﻐﺗﺎ اﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻟﻠﺟﻧـﺔ اﻟﺧﺑـر واﻟ ــﻰ اﻟﻠﻐ ــﺎت اﻟرﺳ ــﻣﻳﺔ اءات ﻣ ــﺎ ﻫ ــو ﺿ ــرور ﺗﺗﺧــذ ﻣ ــن اﻹﺟـ ـر ي ﻟﻠﺗرﺟﻣــﺔ اﻟﻔورﻳ ــﺔ ﻣ ــن ٕ ى اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺗﺧدﻣﻬﺎ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ واﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي. اﻷﺧر اء اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﻌﻘـد ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻟﻣﺳـﺗوى اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣـﻲ أو -٢أﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋـﺎت ﻟﺟـﺎن اﻟﺧﺑـر ي ،ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻣﻛن اﺧﺗﻳﺎر ﻟﻐﺎت ﻋﻣﻝ ﻟذﻟك اﻹﻗﻠﻳم ﻏﻳر اﻹﻧﻛﻠﻳزﻳﺔ واﻟﻔرﻧﺳـﻳﺔ ﻛﻠﻐـﺎت اﻟﻘطر ى واﻟـﻰ اﻟﻠﻐـﺎت اﻷﺧـر ـن ﻣ ـﺔ ﻳ ر اﻟﻔو ـﺔ ﻣ ﻟﻠﺗرﺟ ـﺔ ﻣ اﻟﻼز ـداﺑﻳر ﺗ اﻟ ـﺎذ ﺧ اﺗ ـن ﻛ وﻳﻣ ـﺔ ﻧ ﻟﻠﺟ ﻋﻣﻝ ٕ ﺣﺳب ﻣﻘﺗﺿﻰ اﻟﺣﺎﻝ. ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ
اﺳﺔ ﻻﺋﺣﺔ ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت اﻟدر واﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳﺔ واﻟﻣؤﺳﺳﺎت اﻟﻣﺗﻌﺎوﻧﺔ ى ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺎون١ واﻷﺳﺎﻟﻳب اﻷﺧر
ﻣﻘدﻣﺔ اء ﻣـن أﺟـﻝ اﻟﺗوﺟﻳـﻪ اﻟﻌﻠﻣـﻲ ة اﻟﺧﺑـر ﺗﺣﺗﺎج ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ إﻟـﻰ ﻣﺷـور اﻣﺞ اﻟﺗﻌــﺎون اﻟﻔﻧــﻲ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ واﻟﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﺔ واﻟﻔﻧــﻲ اﻟﺷــﺎﻣﻝ وﻛــذﻟك إﻟــﻰ اﻟــدﻋم اﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷــر ﻟﺑـر ﺑﻳن اﻷﻗﺎﻟﻳم واﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ اﻟﻬﺎدﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺗﻧﻣﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﻳﺔ اﻟوطﻧﻳﺔ. ة واﻟــدﻋم ﻣﺳــﺗوﻳﺎت ﻋﻠﻣﻳــﺔ وﻓﻧﻳــﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳــﺔ وأوﺳــﻊ وﻳﺟــب أن ﺗﻣﺛــﻝ ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﻣﺷــور ع اﻟﻣﻌرﻓﺔ واﻟﺧﺑـر ﺗﻣﺛﻳﻝ ﻣﻣﻛن ﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠف ﻓرو ة اﻟﻣﺣﻠﻳـﺔ واﻻﺗﺟﺎﻫـﺎت اﻟﻔﻛرﻳـﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠـف أﻧﺣــﺎء اﻟﻌــﺎﻟم ﻛﻣــﺎ ﻳﺟــب أن ﺗﺷــﻣﻝ ﻣﺟــﺎﻻ واﺳــﻌﺎ ﻣــن اﻟﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺎت اﻟﻣرﺗﺑطــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺻــﺣﺔ واﻟﺗﻧﻣﻳﺔ اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﻳﺔ. اد ﻫﻣـ ـ ــﺎ ﻣـ ـ ــن اﻷﻓ ـ ـ ـر اء واﻟـ ـ ــدﻋم وﺗوﻓﻳر ة اﻟﺧﺑ ـ ـ ـر وﻳﻣﻛـ ـ ــن اﻟﺣﺻـ ـ ــوﻝ ﻋﻠـ ـ ــﻰ ﻣﺷـ ـ ــور واﻟﺟﻣﺎﻋﺎت واﻟﻣؤﺳﺳﺎت. واﻟﻼﺋﺣﺔ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺷﻣﻝ: اء ة اﻟﺗـ ـ ــﻲ ﻳﺣﺻـ ـ ــﻝ ﻋﻠﻳﻬـ ـ ــﺎ ﻣـ ـ ــن أﻋﺿـ ـ ــﺎء ﻣﺟﻣوﻋـ ـ ــﺎت اﻟﺧﺑ ـ ـ ـر اﻟﻣﺷـ ـ ــور )أ( اء؛٢ اﻻﺳﺗﺷﺎرﻳﻳن اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻳن ﺑﺻﻔﺗﻬم اﻟﻔردﻳﺔ أو اﻟﻣﺗﻌﺎوﻧﻳن ﻓﻲ ﻟﺟﺎن اﻟﺧﺑر ة اﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺳـﺗوى اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣـﻲ ﺣـوﻝ ﻣﺷـﻛﻼت ذات طـﺎﺑﻊ أو اﻟﺧﺑر ) ج( إﻗﻠﻳﻣﻲ أو دون إﻗﻠﻳﻣﻲ؛ ى )ﻣــن ة اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻳﺣﺻــﻝ ﻋﻠﻳﻬــﺎ ﻋــن طــرق ﺗﺣﻛﻣﻬــﺎ ﻟـواﺋﺢ أﺧــر أو اﻟﻣﺷــور )د( اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺎت ﻏﻳر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ ﻣﺛﻼ(؛ اء اﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﺑطرﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﻳر رﺳﻣﻳﺔ؛ ة اﻟﺧﺑر أو ﻣﺷور
) ب(
اء أو اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋـ ـ ــﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳـ ـ ــﺔ واﻟﻔﻧﻳـ ـ ــﺔ ﻋـ ـ ــدا اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋـ ـ ــﺎت ﻟﺟـ ـ ــﺎن اﻟﺧﺑ ـ ـ ـر )ﻫ( رﺳـ ــﺔ واﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋـ ــﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳـ ــﺔ ،وﺧﺎﺻـ ــﺔ اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋـ ــﺎت اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳـ ــﺔ وﻣﺟﻣوﻋـ ــﺎت اﻟد ا اﻣﺞ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ وﻣﻛﻳﻔﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ )ﻣﺛﻝ اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺧﺎص ﻟﻠﺑﺣـوث واﻟﺗـدرﻳب ﻓـﻲ ﻣﺟـﺎﻝ ﺑﺑر ة واﻟﺑرﻧــﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺧــﺎص ﻟﻠﺑﺣــوث واﻟﺗطــوﻳر واﻟﺗــدرﻳب ﻋﻠــﻰ اض اﻟﻣﻧــﺎطق اﻟﺣــﺎر أﻣ ـر ار م ت٦٩ق (٢١ﻣﻊ اﻟﺗﻌـدﻳﻼت اﻟﺗـﻲ ﻩ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي ﻓﻲ دورﺗﻪ اﻟﺗﺎﺳﻌﺔ واﻟﺳﺗﻳن )اﻟﻘر ١ﻧص أﻗر ار م ت١٠٥ق.(٧ ﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ دورﺗﻪ اﻟﺧﺎﻣﺳﺔ ﺑﻌد اﻟﻣﺎﺋﺔ )اﻟﻘر ار ﺗم إﻗر اء اﻻﺳﺗﺷﺎرﻳﻳن ،اﻧظر اﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ .١٢١ ٢ﻟﻼطﻼع ﻋﻠﻰ ﻻﺋﺣﺔ ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت وﻟﺟﺎن اﻟﺧﺑر 131
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
132
اض اﻹﺳـﻬﺎﻝ واﻟﺑرﻧـﺎﻣﺞ ي وﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻛﺎﻓﺣﺔ أﻣر اﻟﺑﺣوث ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﺎﻝ اﻟﺗﻛﺎﺛر اﻟﺑﺷر اﻟدوﻟﻲ ﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻣواد اﻟﻛﻳﻣﻳﺎﺋﻳﺔ(. ام ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺑــﺎدئ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻧطــوي ﻋﻠﻳﻬــﺎ ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﻼﺋﺣــﺔ ،إﻻ أن ي اﻻﻟﺗ ـز وﻣــن اﻟﺿــرور ة اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﺗﻠﻘﺎﻫــﺎ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ، اﻟﺗطﺑﻳــق اﻟﻌﻣﻠــﻲ ﻳﺟــب أن ﻳﻛــون ﻣﺳــﺗﺟﻳﺑﺎ ﻟﻠﻣطﺎﻟــب اﻟﻣﺗطــور ات ي إﻳﺟ ــﺎد ط ــرق ووﺳ ــﺎﺋﻝ ﺟدﻳ ــدة ﻟﻠﺣﺻ ــوﻝ ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻟﺧﺑـ ـر وﻗ ــد ﻳﺻ ــﺑﺢ ﻣ ــن اﻟﺿ ــرور واﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻟﻬﺎ.
اﺳﺔ -١ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت اﻟدر اء إذا ﺗـواﻓر ﺷـرط أو أﻛﺛـر رﺳـﺔ ﺑـدﻻ ﻣـن ﻟﺟـﺎن اﻟﺧﺑـر ١-١ﻳﺟوز ﻋﻘد ﻣﺟﻣوﻋـﺎت د ا ﻣن اﻟﺷروط اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ: اﻝ ﻏﻳـر اﺳﺗﻪ ﻻﺗز ع اﻟﻣطﻠوب در ة ﻋن اﻟﻣوﺿو إذا ﻛﺎﻧت اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت اﻟﻣﺗوﻓرة اﻟﻣﺧﺗﺻ ــﻳن ﻓ ــﻲ ﺷ ــﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺗﺑﺎﻳﻧ ــﺔ ﺑﺣﻳ ــث ﻻ اء ذوي اﻟﺧﺑـ ـر أﻛﻳ ــدة وﻛﺎﻧ ــت آر ﻳﻛون ﻣن اﻟﻣﺗوﻗﻊ إﻟﻰ ﺣد ﻣﻌﻘوﻝ أن ﻳﺗم اﻟﺗوﺻﻝ إﻟﻰ اﺳﺗﻧﺗﺎﺟﺎت ﻣوﺛوﻗﺔ ﺗﺳﺗطﻳﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻻﺳﺗﻔﺎدة ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻔور، اؤﻫﺎ ﺗﺗﻌﻠق ﺑﺟﺎﻧب ﻣﺣدود ﺟدا ﻣن ﻣﺷـﻛﻠﺔ اﺳﺔ اﻟﻣطﻠوب إﺟر إذا ﻛﺎﻧت اﻟدراء؛ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻗد ﻳدﺧﻝ أو ﻻ ﻳدﺧﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻧطﺎق ﺑﺣث ﺗﻘوم ﺑﻪ ﻟﺟﻧﺔ ﺧﺑر اؤﻫ ـ ــﺎ ﺗﻌﻧ ـ ــﻲ ﺿ ـ ــﻣﻧﺎ ﺗﻌ ـ ــﺎون ﻣﺷ ـ ــﺗرﻛﻳن رﺳ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣطﻠ ـ ــوب إﺟر إذا ﻛﺎﻧ ـ ــت اﻟد اأﺧﺻــﺎﺋﻳﻳن ﻓــﻲ ﻧطــﺎق ﺿــﻳق ﻳﻧﺗﻣــون إﻟــﻰ ﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺎت ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔــﺔ ﺟــدا ﺗﻠﺟــﺄ ي ﻋﻠــﻰ أﻳــﺔ إﻟــﻳﻬم اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻣــن ﺣــﻳن ﻵﺧــر دون أن ﻳﻛــون ﻣــن اﻟﺿــرور اﺋﻬﺎ اﻻﺳﺗﺷﺎرﻳﻳن؛ اﺟﻬم ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت ﺧﺑر ﺣﺎﻝ إدر إذا ﻛﺎﻧت ﻫﻧﺎك ﻋواﻣـﻝ ﻏﻳـر ﻓﻧﻳـﺔ ﺗﺟﻌـﻝ ﻣـن ﻏﻳـر اﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳـب ﻋﻘـد اﺟﺗﻣـﺎعاء ﻗد ﻳﻛون ﻟﻪ طﺎﺑﻊ رﺳﻣﻲ ﻣﻔرط؛ ﻟﺟﻧﺔ ﺧﺑر ي اء إدار إذا ﻛﺎﻧـت ﻫﻧــﺎك ظـروف ﻋﺎﺟﻠــﺔ أو اﺳــﺗﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺗﺳـﺗدﻋﻲ اﺗﺑــﺎع إﺟـراءات اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘـ ــﺔ ﺑﺎﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋـ ــﺎت ﻟﺟـ ــﺎن ع ﻓـ ــﻲ ﺗطﺑﻳﻘـ ــﻪ ﻣ ــن اﻹﺟ ـ ـر أﺑﺳ ــط وأﺳـ ــر اء. اﻟﺧﺑر اﺳﺔ وﺗﺣدﻳد طﺑﻳﻌﺔ وﻧطـﺎق ٢-١ﻟﻠﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﺻﻼﺣﻳﺔ اﻟدﻋوة إﻟﻰ ﻋﻘد ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ در اﻟﻣوﺿــوﻋﺎت اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻌــرض ﻋﻠﻳﻬــﺎ وﻣوﻋــد وﻣــدة اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﺎﺗﻬــﺎ وﻋﺿــوﻳﺗﻬﺎ وﻣــﺎ إذا ﻛــﺎن ﻳﻧﺑﻐـﻲ ﻧﺷـر ﺗﻘﺎرﻳر ﻫـﺎ .وﻳﺗﺑـﻊ اﻟﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم ﻓـﻲ ذﻟـك ﻛﻠﻣـﺎ دﻋـﺎ اﻷﻣـر وﺑﻘـدر ﻣـﺎ أﻣﻛـن، ﻻﺳــﻳﻣﺎ ﺗﻠــك اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﺗﻌﻠــق ﺑــﺎﻟﺗوازن اء ،و اﻟﻣﺑــﺎدئ واﻷﺣﻛــﺎم اﻟﻣطﺑﻘــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻟﺟ ـﺎن اﻟﺧﺑ ـر رﺳـﺔ أﻋﺿـﺎء رﻓـﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻣوﻋـﺎت .وﻳﺟـوز أن ﻳﻛـون أﻋﺿـﺎء ﻣﺟﻣوﻋـﺎت اﻟد ا اﻟﻔﻧﻲ واﻟﺟﻐ ا اء. ﻫم ﻣن اﻟﺧﺑر اء اﻻﺳﺗﺷﺎرﻳﻳن أو ﻏﻳر ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت اﻟﺧﺑر اء ﺗطﺑـق أﻳﺿـﺎ ﻋﻠـﻰ ٣-١أﺣﻛﺎم اﻟﻼﺋﺣـﺔ اﻟﻣطﺑﻘـﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺗﻘـﺎرﻳر ووﺛـﺎﺋق ﻟﺟـﺎن اﻟﺧﺑـر اﺳﺔ. ﺗﻘﺎرﻳر ووﺛﺎﺋق ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت اﻟدر
133
اﺳﺔ واﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳﺔ ﻻﺋﺣﺔ ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت اﻟدر
رﺳــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﻣﺳــﺗوى اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣــﻲ ﻟﺑﺣــث ﻣوﺿــوﻋﺎت ٤-١ﻳﺟــوز ﻋﻘــد ﻣﺟﻣوﻋــﺎت اﻟد ا ة ذات أﻫﻣﻳﺔ إﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ أﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﺣﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﻳﺗواﻓر ﺷـرط أو أﻛﺛـر ﻣـن اﻟﺷـروط اﻟﻣﺑﻳﻧــﺔ ﻓـﻲ اﻟﻔﻘـر رﺳـﺔ ﻣﻣﺎﺛﻠـﺔ وأن ١-١أﻋﻼﻩ .وﻳﺟوز ﻟﻠﻣدﻳرﻳن اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳﻳن أن ﻳدﻋوا إﻟﻰ ﻣﺟﻣوﻋـﺎت د ا ة ٢-١أﻋ ــﻼﻩ ﻣ ــﻊ ﺿ ــﻣﺎن اء اﻟﺗﻌ ــدﻳﻼت اﻟﻼزﻣ ــﺔ أﺣﻛ ــﺎم اﻟﻔﻘـ ـر ﻳطﺑﻘـ ـوا ﻋﻠﻳﻬ ــﺎ ﻣ ــﻊ إﺟـ ـر رﺳ ــﺔ ﻫ ــذﻩ واﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋ ــﺎت اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﺗﻌﻘ ــد اﻟﺗﻧﺳ ــﻳق اﻷﻣﺛ ــﻝ ﺑ ــﻳن اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋ ــﺎت ﻣﺟﻣوﻋ ــﺎت اﻟد ا ى أو ﻓــﻲ ﻟﺑﺣــث ﻧﻔــس اﻟﻣوﺿــوﻋﺎت أو ﻣوﺿــوﻋﺎت ﻣرﺗﺑطــﺔ ﺑﻬــﺎ ﻓــﻲ اﻷﻗــﺎﻟﻳم اﻷﺧــر اﻟﻣﻘر اﻟرﺋﻳﺳﻲ. ى ﻓـﺈن أﺣﻛــﺎم اﻟﻼﺋﺣــﺔ اك ﻣــﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ أﺧــر رﺳــﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺷــﺗر ٥-١إذا ﻋﻘــدت ﻣﺟﻣوﻋــﺔ د ا اء اﻻﺳﺗﺷـﺎرﻳﻳن ،ﺗطﺑـق ﻋﻠﻳﻬـﺎ، ٢٠-٤إﻟﻰ ٢٢-٤اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻣﺟﻣوﻋـﺎت وﻟﺟـﺎن اﻟﺧﺑـر اء اﻟﺗﻌدﻳﻼت اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ. ﻣﻊ إﺟر اء اﻻﺳﺗﺷـ ــﺎرﻳﻳن ﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـ ــﺔ ٦-١ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ أﻋﺿـ ــﺎء ﻣﺟﻣوﻋـ ــﺎت اﻟﺧﺑ ـ ـر اﺳﺔ أن ﻳﻌﻣﻠوا ،ﻓﻲ اﺋﻬﺎ اﻟذﻳن ﻳﺷﺗرﻛون ﻓﻲ اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﺎت ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت اﻟدر ﻫم ﻣن ﺧﺑر وﻏﻳر ﻫ ــﺎ .وﺑﻬ ــذﻩ اء دوﻟﻳ ــﻳن ﻓ ــﻲ ﺧدﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ دون ﻏﻳر ﻣﻣﺎرﺳ ــﺗﻬم ﻟﻣﻬ ــﺎﻣﻬم ،ﺑﺻ ــﻔﺔ ﺧﺑـ ـر ج اﻟﺻــﻔﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺟــوز ﻟﻬــم أن ﻳﻠﺗﻣﺳـوا أو ﻳﺗﻠﻘـوا ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣــﺎت ﻣــن أﻳــﺔ ﺣﻛوﻣــﺔ أو ﺳــﻠطﺔ ﺧــﺎر ات واﻟﺣﺻـ ــﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻣﻧﺻـ ــوص ﻋﻠﻳﻬـ ــﺎ ﻓـ ــﻲ اﻟﻣـ ــﺎدة اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ .وﻫـ ــم ﻳﺗﻣﺗﻌـ ــون ﺑﺎﻻﻣﺗﻳـ ــﺎز ات واﻟﺣﺻـﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﺗﻣﺗـﻊ )٦٧ب( ﻣن دﺳﺗور اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ واﻟـواردة ﻓـﻲ اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳـﺔ اﻻﻣﺗﻳـﺎز ﺑﻬﺎ اﻟوﻛﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ وﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﺣﻘﻬﺎ اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ.
-٢اﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳﺔ اض ﻣﺟـ ــﺎﻻت ﻣﻌﻳﻧـ ــﺔ ﻣـ ــن ﻣﺟـ ــﺎﻻت ١-٢ﻣﻬـ ــﺎم اﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋـ ــﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳـ ــﺔ ﻫـ ــﻲ اﺳـ ــﺗﻌر اﻟﺑﺣ ــوث اﻟطﺑﻳ ــﺔ واﻟﺑﺣ ــوث اﻟﺻ ــﺣﻳﺔ وﺑﺣ ــوث اﻟ ــﻧظم اﻟﺻ ــﺣﻳﺔ ﻣ ــن أﺟ ــﻝ ﺗﻘﻳ ــﻳم ﺣﺎﻟ ــﺔ اﻫﻧ ــﺔ ﻓ ــﻲ ﺗﻠ ــك اﻟﻣﺟ ــﺎﻻت وﺗﺣدﻳ ــد اﻟطرﻳﻘ ــﺔ اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﻳﻣﻛ ــن ﺑﻬ ــﺎ ﺗوﺳ ــﻳﻊ ﺗﻠ ــك اﻟﻣﻌرﻓ ــﺔ اﻟر ى ﺗﻘــوم اﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋــﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳــﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺑﺣــوث ة أﺧــر اﻟﻣﻌرﻓــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ أﻓﺿــﻝ وﺟــﻪ .وﺑﻌﺑــﺎر ﺑدور ﻣﻣﺎﺛﻝ ﻟدور ﻟﺟﺎن اﻟﺧﺑر رﺳـﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳـﺑﺔ ﻟﺑرﻧـﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ ﺑﺻـﻔﺔ اء وﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت اﻟد ا ﻋﺎﻣﺔ. ٢-٢ﻟﻠﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﺻــﻼﺣﻳﺔ اﻟــدﻋوة إﻟــﻰ ﻋﻘــد ﻣﺟﻣوﻋــﺎت ﻋﻠﻣﻳــﺔ وﺗﺣدﻳــد طﺑﻳﻌــﺔ وﻧط ــﺎق اﻟﻣوﺿ ــوﻋﺎت اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﺗﻌ ــرض ﻋﻠﻳﻬ ــﺎ وﻣوﻋ ــد وﻣ ــدة اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﺎﺗﻬ ــﺎ وﻋﺿ ــوﻳﺗﻬﺎ. وﻳﻧﺑﻐــﻲ أن ﻳﺗﺑــﻊ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻓــﻲ ذﻟــك ﻛﻠﻣــﺎ دﻋــﺎ اﻷﻣــر وﺑﻘــدر ﻣــﺎ أﻣﻛــن ،اﻟﻣﺑــﺎدئ اء .وﻳﺟ ــوز أن ﻳﻛ ــون أﻋﺿ ــﺎء اﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋ ــﺎت واﻷﺣﻛ ــﺎم اﻟﻣطﺑﻘ ــﺔ ﻋﻠ ــﻰ ﻟﺟ ــﺎن اﻟﺧﺑـ ـر اء. ﻫم ﻣن اﻟﺧﺑر اء اﻻﺳﺗﺷﺎرﻳﻳن أو ﻏﻳر اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳﺔ أﻋﺿﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت اﻟﺧﺑر ٣-٢ﻳرﻓﻊ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﺗﻘﺎرﻳر اﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻠﺟﻧـﺔ اﻻﺳﺗﺷـﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ ﻩ. ﻟﻠﺑﺣوث اﻟﺻﺣﻳﺔ ١وﻳﺟوز ﻧﺷر ﻫذﻩ اﻟﺗﻘﺎرﻳر ﺣﺳب ﺗﻘدﻳر
رﺋــﻲ ج ص ع (٨)٣٩ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳــر ﻫــﺎ اﻹﺟ ا ١ﻗﺎﻣــت ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﺳــﻌﺔ واﻟﺛﻼﺛــون ،ﻓــﻲ ﻣﻘرر اﺳم اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ اﻟﺳﺎﺑق )اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ اﻻﺳﺗﺷﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺑﺣوث اﻟطﺑﻳﺔ(.
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
134
٤-٢ﻳﺟــوز ﻋﻘــد اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋــﺎت اﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋــﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﻣﺳــﺗوى اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣــﻲ ﻟﺑﺣــث ﻣوﺿــوﻋﺎت ذات أﻫﻣﻳــﺔ إﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳــﺔ أﺳﺎﺳــﺎ .وﻳﺟــوز ﻟﻠﻣــدﻳرﻳن اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳــﻳن ﻋﻘــد ﻣﺛــﻝ ﻫــذﻩ اء اﻟﺗﻌـ ــدﻳﻼت اﻟﻼزﻣ ـ ــﺔ ،أﺣﻛــ ــﺎم اﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋـ ــﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳـ ــﺔ وأن ﻳطﺑﻘــ ـوا ﻋﻠﻳﻬـ ــﺎ ،ﻣـ ــﻊ إﺟــ ـر ة ٢-٢أﻋ ــﻼﻩ ﻣ ــﻊ ﺿ ــﻣﺎن اﻟﺗﻧﺳ ــﻳق اﻷﻣﺛ ــﻝ ﺑ ــﻳن اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋ ــﺎت ﻫ ــذﻩ اﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋ ــﺎت اﻟﻔﻘـ ـر اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳــﺔ واﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋــﺎت اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻌﻘــد ﻟﺑﺣــث ﻧﻔــس اﻟﻣوﺿــوﻋﺎت أو ﻣوﺿــوﻋﺎت ﻣرﺗﺑطــﺔ ى أو ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﻘر اﻟرﺋﻳﺳﻲ. ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻷﻗﺎﻟﻳم اﻷﺧر ى ﻓ ـ ـ ـﺈن أﺣﻛـ ـ ــﺎم اك ﻣـ ـ ــﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣـ ـ ــﺔ أﺧـ ـ ــر ٥-٢إذا ﻋﻘ ـ ــدت ﻣﺟﻣوﻋ ـ ــﺔ ﻋﻠﻣﻳـ ـ ــﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺷ ـ ــﺗر اء اﻻﺳﺗﺷـﺎرﻳﻳن ،ﺗطﺑـق اﻟﻼﺋﺣﺔ ٢٠-٤إﻟﻰ ٢٢-٤اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت وﻟﺟﺎن اﻟﺧﺑـر اء اﻟﺗﻌدﻳﻼت اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ. ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ،ﻣﻊ إﺟر اء اﻻﺳﺗﺷـ ــﺎرﻳﻳن ﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـ ــﺔ ٦-٢ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ أﻋﺿـ ــﺎء ﻣﺟﻣوﻋـ ــﺎت اﻟﺧﺑ ـ ـر اﺋﻬــﺎ اﻟــذﻳن ﻳﺷــﺗرﻛون ﻓــﻲ اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋــﺎت اﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋــﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳــﺔ أن ﻳﻌﻣﻠـوا، ﻫم ﻣــن ﺧﺑر وﻏﻳــر ﻫـﺎ .وﺑﻬـذﻩ اء دوﻟﻳـﻳن ﻓـﻲ ﺧدﻣـﺔ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ دون ﻏﻳر ﻓﻲ ﻣﻣﺎرﺳﺗﻬم ﻟﻣﻬـﺎﻣﻬم ،ﺑﺻـﻔﺔ ﺧﺑـر ج اﻟﺻــﻔﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺟــوز ﻟﻬــم أن ﻳﻠﺗﻣﺳـوا أو ﻳﺗﻠﻘـوا ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣــﺎت ﻣــن أﻳــﺔ ﺣﻛوﻣــﺔ أو ﺳــﻠطﺔ ﺧــﺎر ات واﻟﺣﺻـ ــﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻣﻧﺻـ ــوص ﻋﻠﻳﻬـ ــﺎ ﻓـ ــﻲ اﻟﻣـ ــﺎدة اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ .وﻫـ ــم ﻳﺗﻣﺗﻌـ ــون ﺑﺎﻻﻣﺗﻳـ ــﺎز ات واﻟﺣﺻـﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﺗﻣﺗـﻊ )٦٧ب( ﻣن دﺳﺗور اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ واﻟـواردة ﻓـﻲ اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳـﺔ اﻻﻣﺗﻳـﺎز ﺑﻬﺎ اﻟوﻛﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ وﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﺣﻘﻬﺎ اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ.
اﻛز اﻟﻣﺗﻌﺎوﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ -٣اﻟﻣر
اﻟﺗﻌرﻳف واﻟﻣﻬﺎم ١-٣اﻟﻣرﻛز اﻟﻣﺗﻌﺎون ﻣﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﻫو ﻣؤﺳﺳﺔ ﻳﻌﻳﻧﻬﺎ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم ءا ﻣن ﺷـﺑﻛﺔ ﺗﻌﺎوﻧﻳـﺔ دوﻟﻳـﺔ ﺗﻘـوم ﺑﺄﻧﺷـطﺔ ﻟـدﻋم ﺑرﻧـﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻛﺎﻓـﺔ ﻟﺗﻛون ﺟز رﻓــق ﻣﺧﺗﺻــﺔ اﻟﻣﺳــﺗوﻳﺎت .وﻳﺟــوز ﺗﻌﻳــﻳن ﻗﺳــم أو ﻣﺧﺗﺑــر ﻓــﻲ ﻣؤﺳﺳــﺔ أو ﻣﺟﻣوﻋــﺔ ﻣ ا ـز ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻣر اﺟﻊ أو اﻟﺑﺣوث أو اﻟﺗدرﻳب وﻣﻧﺗﻣﻳـﺔ إﻟـﻰ ﻣﺧﺗﻠـف اﻟﻣؤﺳﺳـﺎت ﻟﻳﻛـون ﻣرﻛ اً أن ﺗﻧوب إﺣدى اﻟﻣؤﺳﺳﺎت ﻋﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ. زﻳـدة ﻋﻠـﻰ إﻧﺟـﺎز ﻣﻬﻣـﺔ أو ﻣﻬـﺎم ﻣرﺗﺑطـﺔ ة ﻣﺗ ا ٢-٣ﻳﻣﻛن ﻟﻠﻣؤﺳﺳﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺑدي ﻗدر ﺑﺑرﻧـ ــﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ وﻛـ ــذﻟك اﻟﻣؤﺳﺳـ ــﺎت ذات اﻟﻣﻛﺎﻧـ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳـ ــﺔ واﻟﻔﻧﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﺗـ ــﻲ ﺗﺣظـ ــﻰ رﻛـ ــز ﻣﺗﻌﺎوﻧـ ــﺔ ﻣـ ــﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ اف دوﻟـ ــﻲ ،أن ﺗﺻـ ــﺑﺢ أﻫ ـ ـﻼً ﻟﻠﺗﻌﻳـ ــﻳن ﻛﻣ ا ﺑـ ــﺎﻋﺗر اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ. اﻛز اﻟﻣﺗﻌﺎوﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ،ﻛﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣدة أو ٣-٣ﺗﺷﺗﻣﻝ ﻣﻬﺎم اﻟﻣر ﺟﻣﺎﻋﻳﺎ ،ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ: )ب( ﺗوﺣﻳـ ــد اﻟﻣﺻـ ــطﻠﺣﺎت واﻟﺗﺳـ ــﻣﻳﺎت واﻟﺗﻛﻧوﻟوﺟﻳـ ــﺎ واﻟﻣ ـ ـواد اﻟﺗﺷﺧﻳﺻـ ــﻳﺔ اءات؛ واﻟﻌﻼﺟﻳﺔ واﻟوﻗﺎﺋﻳﺔ واﻷﺳﺎﻟﻳب واﻹﺟر ﻫﺎ؛ ﺟﻣﻊ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت وﻣطﺎﺑﻘﺗﻬﺎ وﻧﺷر
)أ(
135
اﺳﺔ واﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳﺔ ﻻﺋﺣﺔ ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت اﻟدر
اﺳﺗﻧﺑﺎط وﺗطﺑﻳق اﻟﺗﻛﻧوﻟوﺟﻳﺎ اﻟﻣﻼﺋﻣﺔ؛ ى؛ ﺗوﻓﻳر اﻟﻣواد اﻟﻣرﺟﻌﻳﺔ واﻟﺧدﻣﺎت اﻷﺧر
) ج( )د(
اف اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ ﺑﻣـﺎ )ﻫ( اﻟﻣﺷﺎرﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺑﺣوث اﻟﺗﻌﺎوﻧﻳﺔ اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﻧﺷـﺄ ﺗﺣـت إﺷـر اء وﻣﺗﺎﺑﻌــﺔ وﺗﻘﻳــﻳم اﻟﺑﺣــوث وﻛــذﻟك اﻟﻌﻣــﻝ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺗطﺑﻳــق واﺟـر ﻓــﻲ ذﻟــك ﺗﺧطــﻳط ٕ ﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﺑﺣوث؛ اﻟﺗدرﻳب ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻳﻪ اﻟﺗدرﻳب ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺑﺣوث؛ ع ﺗﻧﺳ ــﻳق اﻷﻧﺷـــطﺔ اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﺗﻘـــوم ﺑﻬ ــﺎ ﻣؤﺳﺳـ ـﺎت ﻣﺗﻌ ــددة ﺣ ــوﻝ ﻣوﺿ ــو
)و( ﻣﻌﻳن.
)ز(
٤-٣ﻳﺷﺎرك اﻟﻣرﻛز اﻟﻣﺗﻌﺎون ﻣﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﺎس ﺗﻌﺎﻗـدي ﻓـﻲ ي واﻟﻣﺷ ــﺗرك ﺑ ــﻳن اﻣﺞ اﻟﺗﻌﺎوﻧﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﺗ ــدﻋﻣﻬﺎ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻟﻣﺳ ــﺗوﻳﺎت اﻟﻘط ــر اﻟﺑـ ـر اﻟﺑﻠــدان واﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣــﻲ واﻟﻣﺷــﺗرك ﺑــﻳن اﻷﻗــﺎﻟﻳم واﻟﻌــﺎﻟﻣﻲ .وﻳﺳــﻬم أﻳﺿ ـﺎً ﻓــﻲ زﻳــﺎدة اﻟﺗﻌــﺎون ة وﺑﺣﻔـز اﻟﻔﻧﻲ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺑﻠدان اﻟﻧﺎﻣﻳﺔ وﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺗزوﻳدﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت واﻟﺧدﻣﺎت واﻟﻣﺷـور ودﻋم اﻟﺑﺣوث واﻟﺗدرﻳب.
اﻟﺗﻌﻳﻳن رﻛـز ٥-٣ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ اﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳر اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺟب ﺗطﺑﻳﻘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﺧﺗﻳﺎر اﻟﻣؤﺳﺳﺎت ﻟﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻬـﺎ ﻛﻣ ا ﻣﺗﻌﺎوﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ: اﻟﻣﻛﺎﻧ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳ ــﺔ واﻟﻔﻧﻳ ــﺔ ﻟﻠﻣؤﺳﺳ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳ ــﺔ ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻟﻣﺳ ــﺗوﻳﻳن اﻟ ــوطﻧﻲ )أ( واﻟدوﻟﻲ؛ )ب( اﻟﻣﻛ ــﺎن اﻟ ــذي ﺗﺣﺗﻠ ــﻪ اﻟﻣؤﺳﺳ ــﺔ ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﻬﻳﺎﻛ ــﻝ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﻳﺔ أو اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳ ــﺔ أو اﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺑﻠد؛ ﻧوﻋﻳﺔ ﻗﻳﺎدﺗﻬﺎ اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳﺔ واﻟﻔﻧﻳﺔ وﻋدد ﻣوظﻔﻳﻬﺎ وﻣؤﻫﻼﺗﻬم؛ ار اﻟﻣرﺗﻘب ﻟﻠﻣؤﺳﺳﺔ ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠق ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻳن واﻟﻧﺷﺎط واﻟﺗﻣوﻳﻝ؛ اﻻﺳﺗﻘر
) ج( )د(
ى ﻓـﻲ اﻟﺑﻠـد )ﻫ( ﻋﻼﻗﺔ اﻟﻌﻣﻝ اﻟﺗﻲ أﻗﺎﻣﺗﻬﺎ اﻟﻣؤﺳﺳﺔ ﻣـﻊ اﻟﻣؤﺳﺳـﺎت اﻷﺧـر وﻛذﻟك ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺳﺗوى اﻟﻣﺷﺗرك ﺑﻳن اﻟﺑﻠدان واﻟﻣﺳﺗوﻳﻳن اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻲ واﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ؛ ادﻳـ ــﺔ وﺿـ ــﻣن ة إﻓر ة وطﺎﻗـ ــﺔ واﺳـ ــﺗﻌداد اﻟﻣؤﺳﺳـ ــﺔ ﻟﻺﺳـ ــﻬﺎم ﺑﺻـ ــور )و( ﻗـ ــدر اﻣﺞ اﻟﻘطرﻳ ــﺔ أو ﺷ ــﺑﻛﺎت ،ﻓ ــﻲ أﻧﺷ ــطﺔ ﺑرﻧ ــﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ ﺳـ ـواء ﻓ ــﻲ دﻋ ــم اﻟﺑـ ـر ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺷﺎرﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻷﻧﺷطﺔ اﻟﺗﻌﺎوﻧﻳﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ؛ اﻓﻳ ـ ــﺔ ﻟﻠﻣؤﺳﺳ ـ ــﺔ وأﻧﺷ ـ ــطﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻷوﻟوﻳ ـ ــﺎت )ز( ﻣ ـ ــدى اﻟﺻ ـ ــﻠﺔ اﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳ ـ ــﺔ واﻟﺟﻐر اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺟﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺔ؛
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
136
)ح( اﺳـ ــﺗﻛﻣﺎﻝ اﻟﻣؤﺳﺳـ ــﺔ ﺑﻧﺟـ ــﺎح ﻟﺳـ ــﻧﺗﻳن ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ اﻷﻗـ ــﻝ ﻣـ ــن اﻟﺗﻌـ ــﺎون ﻣـ ــﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻻﺿطﻼع ﺑﺄﻧﺷطﺔ ﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ ﻣﺧطط ﻟﻬﺎ. ح اﻟﻣ ــدﻳرون اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳ ــون اﻟﻣؤﺳﺳ ــﺎت ﻟﻳﻧظ ــر اﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم ﻓ ــﻲ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻬ ــﺎ ٦-٣ﻳﻘﺗ ــر اﻛز ﻣﺗﻌﺎوﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ .وﻳﻘوﻣون ﺑذﻟك ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﺎس اﺳﺗطﻼع ﻛﻣر ة وﻣﻘﺗرﺣـ ــﺎت ﻣـ ــن ﺗﻣﻬﻳـ ــدي ﻣـ ــﻊ اﻟﻣؤﺳﺳـ ــﺎت واﻟﺳـ ــﻠطﺎت اﻟوطﻧﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳـ ــﺔ وﺑﻣﺷـ ــور اﻣﺞ ﻣﺳــؤوﻟﻲ ﺑرﻧــﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﻣﺳــﺗوﻳﻳن اﻟﻌــﺎﻟﻣﻲ واﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣــﻲ ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠــق ﺑــﺎﻟﺑر اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳﺔ. ٧-٣وﻳزود اﻟﻣدﻳرون اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳون اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ ﻋﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ: ﻣﺗطﻠﺑــﺎت اﻟﺑرﻧــﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻣﺗوﻗــﻊ أن ﻳﺳــﺗﺟﻳب ﻟﻬــﺎ اﻟﻣرﻛــز اﻟﻣرﺗﻘــب واﻟﻣﻬــﺎم )أ( اﻟﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ أداؤﻫﺎ؛ )ب( درﺟــﺔ ﻣﻼءﻣــﺔ اﻟﻣؤﺳﺳــﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ أﺳــﺎس اﻟﻣﻌــﺎﻳﻳر اﻟﻣﺣــددة ﻓــﻲ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻼﺋﺣﺔ واﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺣددﻫﺎ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم؛ ح. ﻣواﻓﻘﺔ اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﺔ واﻟﻣؤﺳﺳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺗﻌﻳﻳن اﻟﻣﻘﺗر
) ج(
ي ﻟﻠﻣؤﺳﺳـﺔ ﺑﻌـد اﻟﺗﺷـﺎور ﻣـﻊ اﻟﺳـﻠطﺎت ٨-٣ﻳﺗم اﻟﺗﻌﻳﻳن ﺑﺎﻻﺗﻔﺎق ﻣﻊ اﻟرﺋﻳس اﻹدار اﻟوطﻧﻳـ ــﺔ .وﻳﺑﻠّـ ــﻎ اﻟﻣـ ــدﻳر اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣـ ــﻲ اﻟﻣﻌﻧـ ــﻲ ﻫـ ــذا اﻟﺗﻌﻳـ ــﻳن إﻟـ ــﻰ اﻟﻣؤﺳﺳـ ــﺔ واﻟﺳـ ــﻠطﺎت اﻟوطﻧﻳﺔ. ـرف اﻟﻣؤﺳﺳ ــﺔ ﺑﻌ ــد اﻟﺗﻌﻳ ــﻳن ﺑﺎﻻﺳ ــم اﻟرﺳ ــﻣﻲ "ﻣرﻛ ــز ﻣﺗﻌ ــﺎون ﻣ ــﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ ٩-٣ﺗﻌ ـ ّ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ" ﻳﺗﺑﻌﻪ ﺗوﺿﻳﺢ ﻣوﺟز ﻟﻧطﺎق اﻟﻧﺷﺎط اﻟذي ﻳﻐطﻳﻪ. ة أوﻟﻳــﺔ ﻣــدﺗﻬﺎ رﻛــز اﻟﻣﺗﻌﺎوﻧــﺔ ﻣــﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻟﻔﺗـر ١٠-٣ﻳــﺗم ﺗﻌﻳــﻳن اﻟﻣ ا ة ﻣﻣﺎﺛﻠــﺔ أو أﻗﺻــر إذا اﻗﺗﺿــت ذﻟــك أرﺑــﻊ ﺳــﻧوات .وﻫــذا اﻟﺗﻌﻳــﻳن ﻗﺎﺑــﻝ ﻟﻠﺗﺟدﻳــد ﻟﻔﺗ ـر ﻣﺗطﻠﺑﺎت اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ وﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﺗﻘﻳﻳم.
ة اﻹدار ء ﻣــن اﻣﺞ ذات اﻟﺻــﻠﺔ ﻓــﻲ ذﻟــك اﻟﺟــز رﻛــز ﻣوظﻔــو اﻟﺑ ـر ١١-٣ﻳــدﻳر اﻟﺗﻌــﺎون ﻣــﻊ اﻟﻣ ا اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟـذي اﺳـﺗﻬﻝ ﻋﻣﻠﻳـﺔ اﻟﺗﻌﻳـﻳن ،ﺳـواء ﻓـﻲ اﻟﻣﻘـر اﻟرﺋﻳﺳـﻲ أو أﺣـد اﻷﻗـﺎﻟﻳم .أﻣــﺎ اء اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ ذات اﻟﺻ ــﻠﺔ رﻛ ــز اﻟﻣﺗﻌﺎوﻧ ــﺔ ﻓﺗﺣ ــﺗﻔظ ﺑرواﺑطﻬ ــﺎ اﻟﻔﻧﻳ ــﺔ ﻣ ــﻊ ﺟﻣﻳ ــﻊ أﺟـ ـز اﻟﻣ ا ﺑﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻣﻠﻬﺎ اﻟﻣﺗﻔق ﻋﻠﻳﻪ.
-٤اﻟﻣؤﺳﺳﺎت اﻟوطﻧﻳﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﺗرف ﺑﻬﺎ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ١-٤ﻓﻳﻣ ــﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠ ــق ﺑﺎﻷﻧﺷ ــطﺔ اﻟﺗﻌﺎوﻧﻳ ــﺔ ذات اﻟﻧط ــﺎق أو اﻟط ــﺎﺑﻊ اﻟ ــذي ﻗ ــد ﻻ ﻳﺑ ــرر ح ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺗﻌﻳــﻳن ﻣرﻛــز ﻣﺗﻌــﺎون ﻣــﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ،ﻳﺟــوز ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ أن ﺗﻘﺗــر اك ة وﻣﺳــﺗﻌدة ﻟﻼﺷــﺗر اﻟﺳــﻠطﺎت اﻟوطﻧﻳــﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳــﺔ أن ﺗﻌــﻳن ﻟﻬــذا اﻟﻐــرض ﻣؤﺳﺳــﺔ ﻗــﺎدر ﻣﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫذﻩ اﻷﻧﺷطﺔ.
137
اﺳﺔ واﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳﺔ ﻻﺋﺣﺔ ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت اﻟدر
٢-٤وﻋﻧد ﻗﻳﺎم اﻟﺳﻠطﺎت اﻟوطﻧﻳﺔ ﺑﻬذا اﻟﺗﻌﻳﻳن ﺗﻘـر اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ رﺳـﻣﻳﺎ ﺑﺗﻠـك اﻟﻣؤﺳﺳـﺔ اج أﻳــﺔ ﻛﻣؤﺳﺳــﺔ وطﻧﻳــﺔ ﺗﻌﺗــرف ﺑﻬــﺎ ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ .إﻻ أﻧــﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺟــوز إدر ة إﻟﻰ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ اﺳم اﻟﻣؤﺳﺳﺔ. إﺷﺎر ٣-٤ﻳﺑــرم اﺗﻔــﺎق ﻳﺣــدد اﻟﻣﻬــﺎم اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻘــوم ﺑﻬــﺎ اﻟﻣؤﺳﺳــﺔ واﻟﻣﺳــﺎﻫﻣﺎت اﻟﻔﻧﻳــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻘدﻣﻬﺎ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ. اف اﻟرﺳـﻣﻲ ﻣـن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ ﻟﻣـدة ﻋـﺎم واﺣـد وﻳﺗﺟـدد ﺿـﻣﻧﻳﺎ ﻣـﺎ ﻟـم ي اﻻﻋﺗـر ٤-٤ﻳﺳر ر ﻗﺑﻝ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ أﺷﻬر. ﻳﻌط أﺣد اﻟطرﻓﻳن إﺧطﺎ ا ار اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣؤﺳﺳـــﺔ ﻛﻣؤﺳﺳـــﺔ وطﻧﻳـــﺔ ٥-٤ﻳﻘ ــوم اﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣـــﻲ ﺑـــﺈﺑﻼغ إﻗـ ـر ﺗﻌﺗرف ﺑﻬـﺎ ﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ ،إﻟـﻰ اﻟﺣﻛوﻣـﺔ واﻟﻣؤﺳﺳـﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳﺗـﻳن .وﺗـﺗم إﻗﺎﻣـﺔ ﻋﻼﻗــﺎت اﻟﻌﻣــﻝ اﻟﻔﻧﻳــﺔ ﻣــﻊ اﻟﻣؤﺳﺳــﺔ إﻣــﺎ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﻣﺳــﺗوى اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣــﻲ أو ﻣﺳــﺗوى اﻟﻣﻘــر اﻟرﺋﻳﺳﻲ ﺣﺳﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﻛون ﻣﻼﺋﻣﺎ. ٦-٤ﺗﻣﻧﺢ اﻟﻣؤﺳﺳﺎت اﻟوطﻧﻳﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﺗرف ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـﺔ ﺗﻔوﻳﺿـﺎ ة ﻣن ﺣﻛوﻣﺔ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ،إذا ﻛﺎن ﻫذا اﻟﺗﻔوﻳض ﻻزﻣﺎ ،ﺑﺄن ﺗﻘﻳم ﻋﻼﻗﺎت ﻋﻣـﻝ ﻣﺑﺎﺷـر اﻛز اﻟﻣﺗﻌﺎوﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ. ﻣﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ وﻣﻊ اﻟﻣر
ى ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺎون -٥أﺳﺎﻟﻳب أﺧر ى ﻟﻠﺗﻌــﺎون ﻣــﻊ ١-٥ﺗﻘــوم اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﺳــﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻣﺗطﻠﺑــﺎت ﻣﻌﻳﻧــﺔ ﺑﺈﻋــداد أﺳــﺎﻟﻳب أﺧــر اء واﻟﻣؤﺳﺳﺎت ﻋـن طرﻳـق اﺗﻔـﺎق ﺗﻌﺎﻗـدي ﻟﻠﺧدﻣـﺔ ادى وﻣﻊ ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت اﻟﺧﺑر اء ﻓر اﻟﺧﺑر اﻟﻔﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﺛﻼ. ادى وﻣﺟﻣوﻋـﺎت اء ﻓـر ٢-٥وﺗﻘوم ﻫذﻩ اﻷﺳﺎﻟﻳب ﻏﺎﻟﺑﺎ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻣﺷـﺎرﻛﺔ وﺛﻳﻘـﺔ ﻣـن ﺧﺑـر غ ﻫــذﻩ اﺗﻳﺟﻳﺔ ﻟﺑﻠــو اء وﻣؤﺳﺳــﺎت ﻓــﻲ ﺗﺣدﻳــد أﻫــداف اﻟﺑرﻧــﺎﻣﺞ وﺻــﻳﺎﻏﺔ ﺧطــط اﺳــﺗر ﺧﺑ ـر اﻗﺑﺔ اﻟﺗﻘدم. اﻷﻫداف وﺗﻧﻔﻳذ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﺧطط وﻣر رﻫــﺎ اﻷﻛﺛــر اءات اﻟﻌﻣــﻝ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻳ ا ٣-٥ﻳطﺑــق اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻫــذﻩ اﻷﺳــﺎﻟﻳب إﺟ ـر اءات ﻋن ﺗﻠك اﻟﻣﻧﺻوص ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫـذﻩ اﻟﻼﺋﺣـﺔ وان اﺧﺗﻠﻔت ﻫذﻩ اﻹﺟر ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ٕ اء اﻻﺳﺗﺷــﺎرﻳﻳن .إﻻ أن ﻫــذﻩ اﻷﺳــﺎﻟﻳب ﻳﺟــب وﺗﻠــك اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘــﺔ ﺑﻣﺟﻣوﻋــﺎت وﻟﺟــﺎن اﻟﺧﺑـر أن ﺗﻛــون ﺑوﺟــﻪ ﻋــﺎم ﻣﺗطﺎﺑﻘــﺔ ﻣــﻊ اﻟﻣﺑــﺎدئ اﻟﻣﺣــددة ﻓــﻲ ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﻼﺋﺣــﺔ وﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ة. ﻳﺗﻌﻠق ﺑﺎﻟﺗوزﻳﻊ اﻟدوﻟﻲ واﻟﻔﻧﻲ اﻟﻣﻼﺋم ﻟﻠﺧﺑر اء ات اﻟﺟدﻳـ ـ ــدة ﻓـ ـ ــﻲ ﺗﻌـ ـ ــﺎون اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ـ ــﺔ ﻣـ ـ ــﻊ اﻟﺧﺑ ـ ـ ـر ٤-٥ﺗﺧﺿـ ـ ــﻊ ﻛﺎﻓـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺗطـ ـ ــور اﻗﺑﺔ واﻟﺗﻘﻳﻳم اﻟﻣﺑﻳﻧﺔ أدﻧﺎﻩ. اءات اﻟﻣر اء واﻟﻣؤﺳﺳﺎت إﻟﻰ إﺟر اد وﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت اﻟﺧﺑر اﻷﻓر
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
138
اﻗﺑﺔ واﻟﺗﻘﻳﻳم -٦اﻟﻣر ١-٦ﻳﺟ ــب ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ ﻋﻧ ــد إﻋ ــدادﻫﺎ أﺳ ــﺎﻟﻳﺑﻬﺎ اﻟﻔردﻳ ــﺔ واﻟﺟﻣﺎﻋﻳ ــﺔ واﻟﻣؤﺳﺳ ــﻳﺔ اء ،أن ﻳﻛ ــون ﻓ ــﻲ اﺳ ــﺗطﺎﻋﺗﻬﺎ اﻻﻋﺗﻣ ــﺎد ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻟﺧﺎﺻ ــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺗوﺟﻳ ــﻪ واﻟ ــدﻋم ﻣ ــن اﻟﺧﺑـ ـر اﻗﺑﺔ وﺗﻘﻳﻳم ﻣﻼﺋﻣﺔ. اءات ﻣر إﺟر اءات ﻣﺳــﺗﺧدﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣــﻝ اﻟﻣ ـوارد اﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳــﺔ ﻷﻣﺎﻧــﺔ ٢-٦ﻳﺿــﻊ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﺗﻠــك اﻹﺟ ـر ة اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳـﺔ واﻟﻔﻧﻳـﺔ اﻻﺳﺗﺷـﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﺿـﺎﻟﻌﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﻣﺧﺗﻠـف ﺟواﻧـب اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧب اﻷﺟﻬز ﻻﺳــﻳﻣﺎ اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ اﻻﺳﺗﺷــﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ واﻟﻠﺟــﺎن اﻻﺳﺗﺷــﺎرﻳﺔ اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳــﺔ ﺑرﻧــﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ و ﻟﻠﺑﺣوث اﻟﺻﺣﻳﺔ١. ة وﻋـن ٣-٦ﻳﺑﻠّﻎ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﻣن ﺣﻳن ﻵﺧر اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي ﻋن اﻟﻧﺗـﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﻣﺣـرز اءات اﻟﻛﻔﻳﻠ ــﺔ ح اﻹﺟـ ـر أﻳ ــﺔ ﻣﺻ ــﺎﻋب ﻗوﺑﻠ ــت ﻓ ــﻲ ﺗﻧﻔﻳ ــذ اﻟﻼﺋﺣ ــﺔ اﻟـ ـواردة أﻋ ــﻼﻩ وﻳﻘﺗ ــر ﺑﺿﻣﺎن أﻗﺻﻰ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻳﺗﻬﺎ. ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ
١اﻧظر اﻟﺣﺎﺷﻳﺔ رﻗم ١اﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ .١٣٣
اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ١
اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ
ﻣﻼﺣظ ــﺔ :ﻛﻠﻣ ــﺎ ورد أي ﻣﺻ ــطﻠﺢ ﻣ ــن اﻟﻣﺻ ــطﻠﺣﺎت اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳ ــﺔ ﻓ ــﻲ ﻫ ــذا اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﻧﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ: "اﻟدﺳﺗور" -دﺳﺗور ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ "ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ" -ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ "اﻷﻋﺿﺎء" -اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ "اﻟﻣﺟﻠس" -اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي "اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ" -ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
"اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳــﺑون" -اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳــﺑﺔ إﻟــﻰ ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ة ﺳﻧﺗﻳن ﺗﻘوﻳﻣﻳﺗﻳن ﺗﺑدأ ﺑﺳﻧﺔ زوﺟﻳﺔ. ة اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ" -ﻓﺗر "اﻟﻔﺗر ــــــــــــــــــــــــ ــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ
دﻳﺑﺎﺟﺔ ار ﻫــذا اﻟﻧظــﺎم اﻟــداﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺣــت ﺳــﻠطﺔ دﺳــﺗور ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ، ﺗــم إﻗ ـر واذا ﺗﻌــﺎرض أي ﺣﻛــم ﻣــن أﺣﻛــﺎم ﻫــذا اﻟﻧظــﺎم وأي ﺣﻛــم ﻣــن وﻫــو ﻳﺧﺿــﻊ ﻷﺣﻛﺎﻣــﻪٕ . أﺣﻛﺎم اﻟدﺳﺗور رﺟﺣت ﻛﻔﺔ اﻟدﺳﺗور.
ان ج ص ع ٢٦-٨وج ص ع (٢٧-٨وﻋدﻟﺗــﻪ رر ١ﻧــص أﻗرﺗــﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ اﻟﺛﺎﻣﻧــﺔ )اﻟﻘ ـ ا ة اﺑﻌــﺔ ﻋﺷ ـر ة واﻟر ة واﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛــﺔ ﻋﺷ ـر ة واﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳــﺔ ﻋﺷ ـر ة واﻟﺣﺎدﻳــﺔ ﻋﺷ ـر ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺎت اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﺷ ـر ة واﻟﻌﺷـ ــرون واﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛـ ــﺔ واﻟﻌﺷـ ــرون واﻟﺧﺎﻣﺳـ ــﺔ واﻟﻌﺷـ ــرون واﻟﺳـ ــﺎﺑﻌﺔ ة واﻟﺛﺎﻣﻧـ ــﺔ ﻋﺷ ـ ـر واﻟﺧﺎﻣﺳـ ــﺔ ﻋﺷ ـ ـر واﻟﻌﺷرون واﻟﺛﺎﻣﻧـﺔ واﻟﻌﺷـرون واﻟﺗﺎﺳـﻌﺔ واﻟﻌﺷـرون واﻟﺛﻼﺛـون واﻟﺣﺎدﻳـﺔ واﻟﺛﻼﺛـون واﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳـﺔ واﻟﺛﻼﺛـون واﻟﺳﺎدﺳﺔ واﻟﺛﻼﺛون واﻟﺳﺎﺑﻌــﺔ واﻟﺛﻼﺛون واﻟﺣﺎدﻳﺔ واﻷرﺑﻌون واﻟﺗﺎﺳﻌﺔ واﻷرﺑﻌون واﻟﺧﻣﺳون واﻟﺳﺎﺑﻌﺔ واﻟﺧﻣﺳ ـ ـ ــون واﻟﺗﺎﺳ ـ ـ ــﻌﺔ واﻟﺧﻣﺳ ـ ـ ــون واﻟﺣﺎدﻳ ـ ـ ــﺔ واﻟﺳ ـ ـ ــﺗون واﻟﺳﺎدﺳ ـ ـ ــﺔ واﻟﺳ ـ ـ ــﺗون واﻟﺳ ـ ـ ــﺎﺑﻌﺔ واﻟﺳ ـ ـ ــﺗون رر )اﻟﻘ ا ات ج ص ع ٤٤-١٠وج ص ع ٢٤-١١وج ص ع ٣٦-١١وج ص ع ٣٩-١٢وج ص ع٤٣-١٣ وج ص ع ٤٦-١٤وج ص ع ٥٠-١٥وج ص ع ٢٢-١٨وج ص ع ١-٢٠وج ص ع٣٠-٢٠ وج ص ع ٢-٢٣وج ص ع ٥٠-٢٥وج ص ع ١٧-٢٧وج ص ع ٦٩-٢٨وج ص ع٣٧-٢٩ وج ص ع ١-٣٠وج ص ع ٢٢-٣٠وج ص ع ٩-٣١وج ص ع ١٣-٣١وج ص ع١٢-٣٢ وج ص ع٣٦-٣٢ وج ص ع ٤-٤١وج ص ع٧-٤٩ وج ص ع٣-٣٧ وج ص ع١٦-٣٦ وج ص ع ١٨-٥٠وج ص ع ٨-٥٧وج ص ع ١٨-٥٩وج ص ع ١١ -٦١وج ص ع١٨-٦٦ ج ص ع.(٢-٦٧ و 139
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
140
ات ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ دور
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١ ة ﻋﺎدﻳــﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﻳــدﻋو اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ إﻟــﻰ اﻻﻧﻌﻘــﺎد ﺳــﻧوﻳﺎ ﻓــﻲ دور اﻟﻣوﻋـ ــد واﻟﻣﻛـ ــﺎن اﻟﻠـ ــذﻳن ﻳﺣـ ــددﻫﻣﺎ اﻟﻣﺟﻠـ ــس وﻓﻘـ ــﺎ ﻷﺣﻛـ ــﺎم اﻟﻣـ ــﺎدﺗﻳن ١٤و ١٥ﻣـ ــن اﻟدﺳﺗور.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢ ة اﺳــﺗﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺧــﻼﻝ ﻳــدﻋو اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ إﻟــﻰ اﻻﻧﻌﻘــﺎد ﻓــﻲ دور ﺗﺳـ ــﻌﻳن ﻳوﻣـ ــﺎ ﻣـ ــن ﺗﻠﻘﻳـ ــﻪ ﻟطﻠـ ــب ﺑـ ــذﻟك ﻣـ ــن أﻏﻠﺑﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟـ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـ ــﺎء ﻓـ ــﻲ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺔ واﻷﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳــﺑﻳن إﻟﻳﻬــﺎ أو ﻣــن اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ،ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣوﻋــد واﻟﻣﻛــﺎن اﻟﻠــذﻳن ﻳﺣــددﻫﻣﺎ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣ ة ﻋﺎدﻳﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻗﺑـﻝ ات اﻟدﻋوة إﻟﻰ ﻋﻘد دور ﻳرﺳﻝ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم إﺷﻌﺎر ة اﺳـﺗﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻗﺑـﻝ ﺛﻼﺛـﻳن ات اﻟـدﻋوة إﻟـﻰ ﻋﻘـد دور ﺳﺗﻳن ﻳوﻣﺎ ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻷﻗـﻝ .وﺗرﺳـﻝ إﺷـﻌﺎر ة ،إﻟـﻰ اﻟـدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء واﻷﻋﺿـﺎء ﻳوﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻝ ﻣن اﻟﺗـﺎرﻳﺦ اﻟﻣﺣـدد ﻻﻓﺗﺗـﺎح اﻟـدور واﻟ ــﻰ ﺟﻣﻳ ــﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺎت اﻟدوﻟﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳ ــﺔ وﻏﻳ ــر واﻟ ــﻰ ﻣﻣﺛﻠ ــﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس ٕ اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳ ــﺑﻳنٕ ، اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ أﻗﻳﻣت ﻋﻼﻗﺎت ﺑﻳﻧﻬﺎ وﺑﻳن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ واﻟﻣدﻋوة إﻟﻰ إﻳﻔﺎد ﻣن ﻳﻣﺛﻠﻬـﺎ ﻓـﻲ ة. اﻟدور رﺿـﻲ اﻟﺗـﻲ وﻟﻠﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم أن ﻳدﻋو اﻟدوﻝ اﻟﺗـﻲ ﻗـدﻣت طﻠﺑـﺎت اﻟﻌﺿـوﻳﺔ ،واﻷ ا ﻗ ـدﻣت ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻳﺎﺑــﺔ ﻋﻧﻬــﺎ طﻠﺑــﺎت ﻟﻠﻌﺿــوﻳﺔ اﻻﻧﺗﺳــﺎﺑﻳﺔ واﻟــدوﻝ اﻟﺗــﻲ وﻗﻌــت ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟدﺳــﺗور ات ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ. اﻗﺑﻳن إﻟﻰ دور اءات ﻗﺑوﻟﻪ ،ﻹﻳﻔﺎد ﻣر وﻟﻛﻧﻬﺎ ﻟم ﺗﺗﺧذ إﺟر
ات ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﺟدوﻝ أﻋﻣﺎﻝ دور
ات اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ اﻟدور اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤ ات ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ ة ﻋﺎدﻳ ــﺔ ﻣ ــن دور ﻳﻌ ــد اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس ﺟ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣ ــﺎﻝ اﻟﻣؤﻗ ــت ﻟﻛ ــﻝ دور رﺳــﺔ اﻟﻣﻘﺗرﺣــﺎت اﻟﻣﻘدﻣــﺔ ﻣــن اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم .وﻳرﺳــﻝ ﺟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣــﺎﻝ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﺑﻌــد د ا اﻟﻣؤﻗت ﻣﻊ إﺷﻌﺎر اﻟدﻋوة اﻟﻣﺷﺎر إﻟﻳﻪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺎدة .٣
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥ ة ﻋﺎدﻳـﺔ ج اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس ،ﺑـﻳن ﻣـﺎ ﻳدرﺟـﻪ ،ﻓـﻲ ﺟـدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣـﺎﻝ اﻟﻣؤﻗـت ﻟﻛـﻝ دور ﻳدر ات ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ: ﻣن دور اﻟﺗﻘرﻳر اﻟﺳﻧوي ﻟﻠﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﻋن أﻋﻣﺎﻝ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ؛
)أ(
141
اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
اﺟﻬﺎ؛ ة ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﺈدر ﺟﻣﻳﻊ اﻟﺑﻧود اﻟﺗﻲ أﻣرت ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ دور ة اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳــﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳــﺔ وﺑﺎﻟﺗﻘــﺎرﻳر اﻟﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﺑﺣﺳــﺎﺑﺎت اﻧﻳــﺔ اﻟﻔﺗ ـر أﻳــﺔ ﺑﻧــود ﺗﺗﻌﻠــق ﺑﻣﻳز ة اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ؛ اﻟﺳﻧﺔ أو اﻟﻔﺗر اﺟﻪ دوﻟﺔ ﻋﺿو أو ﻋﺿو ﻣﻧﺗﺳب؛ ح إدر أي ﺑﻧد ﺗﻘﺗر ات اﻟﺗﻣﻬﻳدﻳـﺔ اﻟﻼزﻣـﺔ ﺑﺷـﺄﻧﻪ اء اﻟﻣﺷـﺎور أي ﺑﻧد ﺗﻘﺗرﺣـﻪ اﻷﻣـم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة ﺑﻌـد إﺟـر ﺑﻳن اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم واﻷﻣﻳن اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻸﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة؛ ى ﻓــﻲ ﻣﻧظوﻣــﺔ اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة دﺧﻠــت ﻣﻌﻬــﺎ أي ﺑﻧــد ﺗﻘﺗرﺣــﻪ أﻳــﺔ ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ أﺧــر اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻗﺎت ﻓﻌﻠﻳﺔ.
) ب( ) ج( )د( )ﻫ( )و(
ات اﻻﺳﺗﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ اﻟدور اﻟﻣﺎدة ٦ ة اﺳـﺗﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ ﻳﻌد اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﺟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ اﻟﻣؤﻗت ﻟﻛـﻝ دور وﻳرﺳﻠﻪ ﻣﻊ إﺷﻌﺎر اﻟدﻋوة اﻟﻣﺷﺎر إﻟﻳﻪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺎدة .٣
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٧ ح ة اﺳــﺗﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﺑﻧــود اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻘﺗــر ﻳﻘﺗﺻــر ﺟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣــﺎﻝ اﻟﻣؤﻗــت ﻟﻛــﻝ دور ﻓــﻲ أي طﻠــب ﻣﻘــدم ﻣــن أﻏﻠﺑﻳــﺔ اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ واﻷﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳــﺑﻳن ة ،وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻣﺎدة .٢ إﻟﻳﻬﺎ أو ﻣن اﻟﻣﺟﻠس ﻟﻌﻘد اﻟدور
ات اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ واﻻﺳﺗﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ اﻟدور اﻟﻣﺎدة ٨ ات ﻣـ ـ ــﻊ اﻷﻣـ ـ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـ ـ ــدة أو ﻣـ ـ ــﻊ اﻟوﻛـ ـ ــﺎﻻت ي اﻟﻣـ ـ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌـ ـ ــﺎم ﻣﺷـ ـ ــﺎور ﻳﺟـ ـ ــر اد اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﺑﺷﺄن اﻟﺑﻧود اﻟﻣﻘﺗرﺣﺔ وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻬـذا اﻟﻧظـﺎم واﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﺗﻌﻠـق ﺑﺄﻧﺷـطﺔ ﺟدﻳـدة ﻳـر ر ة ﺗﻠــك اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ أو اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت ،وﻳﻘــدم ﺗﻘرﻳـ ا ة ﻣﺑﺎﺷـر أن ﺗﻘــوم ﺑﻬــﺎ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ وﺗﻬــم ﺑﺻــور إﻟﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ ﻋـن اﻟطـرق اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﺣﻘـق اﺳـﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﻣـوارد اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺎت اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳـﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻧﺣو ﻣﻧﺳق. اء ة وﺑﻌـد إﺟـر رﺣـﺎت ﺧـﻼﻝ اﻟـدور وﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم ﺣـﻳن ﺗﻘـدم ﻣﺛـﻝ ﻫـذﻩ اﻻﻗﺗ ا أﻳﺔ ﻣﺷﺎور اؤﻫـﺎ ﻣـﻊ ﻣﻣﺛﻠـﻲ اﻷﻣـم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة أو اﻟوﻛـﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻـﺔ ات ﻳﺗﺳـﻧﻰ ﻟـﻪ إﺟر ﻋﻲ ﻧظــر ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ إﻟــﻰ ﺟﻣﻳــﻊ اﻵﺛــﺎر اﻟﻣﺗرﺗﺑــﺔ ة أن ﻳﺳــﺗر اﻟﺣﺎﺿ ـرﻳن ﻓــﻲ اﻟــدور اح. ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻗﺗر
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
142
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٩ اء ﺑﺷ ـ ــﺄن ﻣﺛ ـ ــﻝ ﻫ ـ ــذﻩ ﻋﻠ ـ ــﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ـ ــﺣﺔ أن ﺗﺗﺣﻘ ـ ــق ،ﻗﺑ ـ ــﻝ اﺗﺧ ـ ــﺎذ إﺟـ ـ ـر ات ﻛﺎﻓﻳــﺔ ﻗــد أﺟرﻳــت ﻣــﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳــﺔ وﻓﻘــﺎ اﻷﻧﺷــط اﻟﺟدﻳــدة ،ﻣــن أن ﻣﺷــﺎور ﻟﻠﻣﺎدة .٨
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٠ ﻳﺗﺷــﺎور اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻣــﻊ اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة واﻟوﻛــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ وﻛــذﻟك ﻣــﻊ ﻫــﺎ ار ح إﻗر اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء ﺑﺷــﺄن اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳــﺎت واﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗــﺎت اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ واﻟﻠـواﺋﺢ اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ اﻟﻣﻘﺗــر ﺑﺻــدد أي ﺣﻛــم وارد ﻓــﻲ ﺗﻠــك اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳــﺎت أو اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗــﺎت أو اﻟﻠ ـواﺋﺢ ﻳــؤﺛر ﻋﻠــﻰ أﻧﺷــطﺔ ﺗﻠـك اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ أو اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت ،وﻳرﻓـﻊ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻘــﺎت ﺗﻠــك اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ أو اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت إﻟــﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻳرد ﻣن اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﺎت ﻣن ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻘﺎت.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١١ ﻻ ﻳﺟوز ،ﻣـﺎ ﻟـم ﺗﻘـرر ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ ﺧـﻼف ذﻟـك ﻓـﻲ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ اﻻﺳـﺗﻌﺟﺎﻝ ،أن رﺣــﺎت ﺑﺄﻧﺷــطﺔ ﺟدﻳــدة ﺗﻘــوم ﺑﻬــﺎ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﺟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣــﺎﻝ اﻟﺗﻛﻣﻳﻠــﻲ ﻷﻳــﺔ ج اﻗﺗ ا ﺗــدر ة ﺑﺳ ــﺗﺔ رﺣ ــﺎت ﻗﺑ ــﻝ ﺗ ــﺎرﻳﺦ اﻓﺗﺗ ــﺎح اﻟ ــدور ات إﻻ إذا وﺻ ــﻠت ﻫ ــذﻩ اﻻﻗﺗ ا ة ﻣ ــن اﻟ ــدور دور اﺣﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻧﺑﻐﻲ إﺣﺎﻟﺗﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ ﺟﻬـﺎز اح ﻣن اﻻﻗﺗر أﺳﺎﺑﻳﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻝ أو إذا ﻛﺎن اﻻﻗﺗر ة اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﻟﺑﺣﺛﻪ ﻟﺗﻘرﻳر ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛـﺎن ﻣـن اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺻـوب أن ﺗﺗﺧـذ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ آﺧر ﻣن أﺟﻬز اء ﻓﻲ ﺻددﻩ. إﺟر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٢ رﻋ ــﺎة أﺣﻛ ــﺎم اﻟﻣ ــﺎدة ١١ﺑﺷ ــﺄن اﻷﻧﺷ ــطﺔ اﻟﺟدﻳ ــدة وأﺣﻛ ــﺎم اﻟﻣ ــﺎدة ،٩٦ ﻣ ــﻊ ﻣ ا ة إذا ﻗـ ـ ــررت ﻳﺟـ ـ ــوز إﺿـ ـ ــﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻧـ ـ ــد ﺗﻛﻣﻳﻠـ ـ ــﻲ إﻟـ ـ ــﻰ ﺟـ ـ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣـ ـ ــﺎﻝ ﺧـ ـ ــﻼﻝ أﻳـ ـ ــﺔ دور اج ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ذﻟــك ﺑﻧــﺎء ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺗﻘرﻳــر اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ ،ﺑﺷــرط أن ﻳﺻــﻝ طﻠــب إدر ة اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ أو ﺧـﻼﻝ ﻳـوﻣﻳن اﻟﺑﻧد اﻟﺗﻛﻣﻳﻠﻲ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﺗﺔ أﻳﺎم ﻣن اﻓﺗﺗﺎح اﻟدور ة اﻻﺳ ــﺗﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ ،ﻋﻠ ــﻰ أن ﻳ ــدﺧﻝ ﻳ ــوم اﻻﻓﺗﺗ ــﺎح ﻓ ــﻲ ﺣﺳ ــﺎب ﻛ ــﻝ ﻣ ــن ﻣ ــن اﻓﺗﺗ ــﺎح اﻟ ــدور اﻟﻔﺗرﺗﻳن.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٢ﻣﻛرر ة ع ﻣـﺎ ﻳﻣﻛـن ﺑﻌـد اﻓﺗﺗـﺎح اﻟـدور ﻳﻌرض ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ ﺑﺄﺳـر ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ دور ةُ ﻫﻧ ـﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﻣــﺎدة ١٢أي ﺑﻧــد وﻳﻌــرض ﻋﻠﻳﻬــﺎ ﻛــذﻟك ر ـﺎدﻩ، ـ ﻣ ﻻﻋﺗ ـت ـ ﻗ اﻟﻣؤ ﺟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣــﺎﻝ ُ ع ﺑﺗﻘرﻳر ﻋﻧﻪ ﻣن اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ. ح وﻣﺷﻔو ﺗﻛﻣﻳﻠﻲ ﻣﻘﺗر
143
اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٣ ﻳﻘـ ـ ــدم اﻟﻣـ ـ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌـ ـ ــﺎم ﺗﻘـ ـ ــﺎرﻳر إﻟـ ـ ــﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ـ ــﺣﺔ ﻋـ ـ ــن اﻵﺛـ ـ ــﺎر اﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳـ ـ ــﺔ ي واﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﻳـﻊ ﺑﻧـود ﺟـدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣـﺎﻝ اﻟﻣﻌروﺿـﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ ﻗﺑـﻝ واﻹدار اح ﻟـم ﻻ ﻳﺟـوز اﻟﻧظـر ﻓـﻲ أي اﻗﺗـر أن ﺗﻧظر ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺟﻠﺳـﺎت ﻋﺎﻣـﺔ .و ﻳﻘ ــدم ﻋﻧ ــﻪ ﻣﺛ ــﻝ ﻫ ــذا اﻟﺗﻘرﻳ ــر ﻣ ــﺎ ﻟ ــم ﺗﻘ ــرر ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ ﺧ ــﻼف ذﻟ ــك ﻓ ــﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ ــﺔ اﻻﺳﺗﻌﺟﺎﻝ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٤ ﻫ ــﺎ ﻣ ــن اﻟوﺛ ــﺎﺋق ﻧﺳ ــﺦ ﻣ ــن ﺟﻣﻳ ــﻊ اﻟﺗﻘ ــﺎرﻳر وﻏﻳر ﻳﺗ ــوﻟﻰ اﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم وﺿ ــﻊ ُ ات ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺷــﺑﻛﺔ اﻹﻧﺗرﻧــت ﻛﻣــﺎ ة ﻣــن اﻟــدور اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘــﺔ ﺑﺟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣــﺎﻝ اﻟﻣؤﻗــت ﻷﻳــﺔ دور ﻳﺗوﻟﻰ إرﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء واﻟـدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳـﺑﺔ واﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺎت اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳـﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ اﻟﻣﺷــﺎرﻛﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﻧﻔــس اﻟوﻗــت اﻟــذي ﻳرﺳــﻝ إﻟﻳﻬــﺎ ﻓﻳــﻪ ﺟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣــﺎﻝ اﻟﻣؤﻗــت أو ة ﻋﺎدﻳــﺔ ﻣــﺎ ﺗﻌﻘــدﻫﺎ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ؛ ﻗﺑــﻝ ﻣــدة ﻻ ﺗﻘــﻝ ﻋــن ﺳــﺗﺔ أﺳــﺎﺑﻳﻊ ﻣــن ﺑــدء دور وﺗرﺳﻝ ﺑﻧﻔس اﻟطرﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺗﻘﺎرﻳر واﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳـﺑﺔ إﻟـﻰ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺎت ﻏﻳـر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳـﺔ اﻟﺗـﻲ ﻳﺗم ﻗﺑوﻟﻬﺎ ﻟﻠدﺧوﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٥ ﻻ ﺗﻧﺎﻗش ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ أي ﺑﻧد وارد ﻓﻲ ﺟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ إﻻ ﺑﻌد ﻣرور ﺛﻣﺎن وأرﺑﻌﻳن ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻷﻗـﻝ ﻣـن ﻣواﻓـﺎة اﻟوﻓـود ﺑﺎﻟوﺛـﺎﺋق اﻟﻣﺷـﺎر إﻟﻳﻬـﺎ ﻓـﻲ اﻟﻣـﺎدﺗﻳن ١٣ و ،١٤ﻣﺎ ﻟم ﺗﻘرر اﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ ﻏﻳر ذﻟك. وﻣــﻊ ذﻟــك ،ﻟـرﺋﻳس ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ،ﺑﻣواﻓﻘــﺔ اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ ،أن ﻳوﻗــف ﺗطﺑﻳــق ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﻣــﺎدة .وﻓــﻲ ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﺣﺎﻟــﺔ ﺗﺧطــر ﺟﻣﻳــﻊ اﻟوﻓــود ﺑﻬــذا اﻹﻳﻘــﺎف وﻳﻧﺷــر ﻋﻧــﻪ ﻓــﻲ "ﺟرﻳدة" ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ.
اﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٦ ﻳﻛون اﻟﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم ﺑﺣﻛـم ﻣﻧﺻـﺑﻪ أﻣﻳﻧـﺎ ﻋﺎﻣـﺎ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ وﻟﻛـﻝ ﻓروﻋﻬـﺎ، ﻩ. وﻟﻪ أن ﻳﻔوض ﻫذﻩ اﻟوظﺎﺋف إﻟﻰ ﻏﻳر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٧ ﻳزود اﻟﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ ﺑﻣـﺎ ﻗـد ﺗﺣﺗـﺎج إﻟﻳـﻪ ﻣـن اﻟﻣـوظﻔﻳن ﻷﻋﻣـﺎﻝ ى ﺗﻛــون ﻻزﻣــﺔ ﻫــﺎ وﻳﺷــرف ﻋﻠــﻳﻬم ،ﻛﻣــﺎ ﻳزودﻫــﺎ ﺑﺄﻳــﺔ ﺗﺳــﻬﻳﻼت أﺧــر اﻟﺳــﻛرﺗﺎرﻳﺔ وﻏﻳر ﻟﻬﺎ.
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
144
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٨ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ أن ﺗﺗﺳﻠم وأن ﺗﺗرﺟم إﻟـﻰ ﻟﻐـﺎت اﻟﻌﻣـﻝ ﺑﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ ات ﺟﻣﻌﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ وﻟﺟﺎﻧﻬ ــﺎ ،وأن ﺗﻌ ــد ﻣﺣﺎﺿـ ــر رر وأن ﺗﻌﻣ ــم وﺛ ــﺎﺋق وﺗﻘ ــﺎرﻳر وﻗـ ـ ا ى ﺗﺗطﻠﺑﻬﺎ أﻧﺷطﺔ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ أو أﻳﺔ ﻟﺟﻧـﺔ ﻣـن ﻻﺗﻬﺎ ،وأن ﺗﻘوم ﺑﺄﻳﺔ ﻣﻬﺎم أﺧر ﻣداو ﻟﺟﺎﻧﻬﺎ.
اﻟﺟﻠﺳﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٩ ﺗﻛــون اﻟﺟﻠﺳــﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ،ﻣــﺎ ﻟــم ﺗﻘــرر ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﺧــﻼف ذﻟــك ،ﻣﻔﺗوﺣــﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﻳــﻊ اﻟﻣﻧــدوﺑﻳن واﻟﺑــدﻻء واﻟﻣﺳﺗﺷــﺎرﻳن اﻟــذﻳن ﺗﻌﻳــﻧﻬم اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء وﻓﻘ ــﺎ ﻟﻠﻣـ ـواد ١٠و ١١و ١٢ﻣـ ـن اﻟدﺳ ــﺗور ،وﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠ ــﻲ اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳ ــﺑﻳن اﻟﻣﻌﻳﻧ ــﻳن ار اﻟـذي ﻳــﻧظم ﻣرﻛـز اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳـﺑﻳن ،وﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠــﻲ وﻓﻘـﺎ ﻟﻠﻣـﺎدة ٨ﻣــن اﻟدﺳـﺗور وﻟﻠﻘـر رﺿــﻲ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻫﺎ ﻣــن اﻟــدوﻝ ﻏﻳــر اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء واﻷ ا اﻗﺑــﻲ ﻣــن ﻳــدﻋﻰ ﻟﺣﺿــور اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ،وﻟﻣر ﻫﺎ ﻣن ﻣﻣﺛﻠـﻲ ﻗدﻣت طﻠب ﻋﺿوﻳﺔ اﻧﺗﺳﺎﺑﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻳﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻧﻬﺎ ،وﻛذﻟك ﻟﻣن ﻳدﻋﻰ ﻟﺣﺿور ﻫــﺎ ﻣــن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳــﺔ وﻏﻳــر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ أﻗﻳﻣــت اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة وﻏﻳر ﻋﻼﻗﺎت ﺑﻳﻧﻬﺎ وﺑﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ. وﻳﺟوز ﻓﻲ اﻟﺟﻠﺳﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣـﺔ أن ﻳﻌـﻳن رﺋـﻳس اﻟوﻓـد ﻣﻧـدوﺑﺎ آﺧـر ﻳﻛـون ﻟـﻪ ﺣـق ع .وﻛذﻟك ﻳﺟوز ﻟﻠرﺋﻳس ،ﺑﻧـﺎء ﻋﻠـﻰ طﻠـب اﻟﺗﻛﻠم واﻟﺗﺻوﻳت ﺑﺎﺳم وﻓدﻩ ﻓﻲ أي ﻣوﺿو رﺋـ ــﻳس اﻟوﻓـ ــد أو أي ﻣﻧـ ــدوب ﻳﻌﻳﻧـ ــﻪ وﻓﻘـ ــﺎ ﻟﻣـ ــﺎ ﺳـ ــﻠف ،أن ﻳﺳـ ــﻣﺢ ﻷﺣـ ــد اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺷـ ــﺎرﻳن ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺣدث ﻓﻲ أي ﻧﻘطﺔ ﺑﻌﻳﻧﻬﺎ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢٠ اﻟﺟﻠﺳﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻟم ﺗﻘرر ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ أن ظروﻓـﺎ اﺳــﺗﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺗﻘﺗﺿــﻲ أن ﺗﻛــون اﻟﺟﻠﺳــﺔ ﻣﻐﻠﻘــﺔ .وﺗﺣــدد ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﻣــن ﻳﺳــﻣﺢ ﻟﻬــم ﺑﺣﺿـ ــور اﻟﺟﻠﺳـ ــﺎت اﻟﻣﻐﻠﻘـ ــﺔ ﻣـ ــن ﻏﻳـ ــر وﻓـ ــود اﻟـ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـ ــﺎء وﻣﻣﺛﻠـ ــﻲ اﻷﻋﺿـ ــﺎء ات ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺧذ ﻓـﻲ ﺟﻠﺳـﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳﺑﻳن وﻣﻣﺛﻝ اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة .وﺗﻌﻠن ﻣﻘرر ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻠﺳﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﺑﻛر ة ﻣن ﺟﻠﺳﺎت ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢١ ﻳﺗﺧــذ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت ﻣﻧﺎﺳــﺑﺔ ﻟﺣﺿــور اﻟﺟﻣﻬــور وﻣﻣﺛﻠــﻲ اﻟﺻــﺣﺎﻓﺔ رﻋـﺎة ﻫﺎ ﻣن وﻛﺎﻻت اﻹﻋﻼم ﻓﻲ اﻟﺟﻠﺳﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ وذﻟك ﻣـﻊ ﻣ ا وﻏﻳر ات ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫذا اﻟﺷﺄن. أﻳﺔ ﻣﻘرر
145
اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢٢ ﻳﺑﻠﻎ ﻛﻝ ﻣن اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء واﻷﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳﺑﻳن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺎت اﻟدوﻟﻳـﺔ )أ( اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳــﺔ واﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت ﻏﻳــر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳــﺔ اﻟﻣــدﻋوة ،اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ،ﻗﺑــﻝ اﻟﺗــﺎرﻳﺦ اﻟﻣﺣــدد ة ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ ﺑﺧﻣﺳـﺔ ﻋﺷـر ﻳوﻣـﺎ إن أﻣﻛـن ،ﺑﺄﺳـﻣﺎء ﻣﻣﺛﻠﻳﻬـﺎ ،ﺑﻣـﺎ ﻓـﻲ ﻻﻓﺗﺗﺎح دور ذﻟك ﺟﻣﻳﻊ اﻟﺑدﻻء واﻟﻣﺳﺗﺷﺎرﻳن واﻷﻣﻧﺎء. اق اﻋﺗﻣ ـ ــﺎد ﻣﻧ ـ ــدوﺑﻲ اﻟ ـ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿ ـ ــﺎء وﻣﻣﺛﻠ ـ ــﻲ اﻷﻋﺿ ـ ــﺎء )ب( ﺗﺳ ـ ــﻠم أور ة ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳﺑﻳن إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم ﻓـﻲ ﻣوﻋـد ﻻ ﻳﻘـﻝ ﻋـن ﻳـوم واﺣـد ﻗﺑـﻝ اﻓﺗﺗـﺎح دور اق اﻻﻋﺗﻣﺎد ﻋن رﺋﻳس اﻟدوﻟﺔ أو ﻋن وزﻳر اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ إن أﻣﻛن .وﺗﺻدر أور ى ﻣﺧﺗﺻﺔ. أو ﻋن وزﻳر اﻟﺻﺣﺔ أو ﻋن أﻳﺔ ﺳﻠطﺔ أﺧر
اق اﻻﻋﺗﻣﺎد ﻟﺟﻧﺔ أور
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢٣ اق اح ﻣ ــن رﺋﻳﺳـــﻬﺎ ﻟﺟﻧـــﺔ ﻟﻔﺣـــص أور ء ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻗﺗـ ـر ﺗﻌ ــﻳن ﺟﻣﻌﻳـــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ ﺑﻧـــﺎ ً اﻻﻋﺗﻣـﺎد ﺗﺗــﺄﻟف ﻣــن اﺛﻧــﻲ ﻋﺷـر ﻣﻧــدوﺑﺎ ﻋــن ﻋــدد ﻣﻣﺎﺛــﻝ ﻣـن اﻟــدوﻝ ،وذﻟــك ﻓــﻲ ﺑداﻳــﺔ اق اﺗﻬــﺎ .وﺗﻧﺗﺧــب ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ رﺋﻳﺳ ـﺎً ﻟﻬــﺎ .وﺗﻘــوم اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ ﺑﻔﺣــص أور ة ﻣــن دور ﻛــﻝ دور اﻋﺗﻣ ــﺎد ﻣﻧ ــدوﺑﻲ اﻟ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء وﻣﻣﺛﻠ ــﻲ اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳ ــﺑﻳن وﺗرﻓ ــﻊ إﻟ ــﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ ﻷي وﻓـد أو ﻣﻣﺛـﻝ اﻋﺗرﺿـت ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻗﺑوﻟـﻪ دوﻟـﺔ ر ﻋن ذﻟك ﺑـدون ﺗـﺄﺧﻳر .و اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﺗﻘرﻳ ا ة ﻟﺳﺎﺋر اﻟﻣﻧدوﺑﻳن واﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠـﻳن إﻟـﻰ ﻋﺿو أن ﻳﺣﺿر ﺑﺻﻔﺔ ﻣؤﻗﺗﺔ ﺑﻧﻔس اﻟﺣﻘوق اﻟﻣﻘرر ع. ﻫــﺎ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣوﺿــو ار ﻫــﺎ وﺗﺗﺧــذ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﻗر اق اﻻﻋﺗﻣــﺎد ﺗﻘرﻳر أن ﺗرﻓــﻊ ﻟﺟﻧــﺔ أور اق ـوﻝ ﻣﻛﺗــب اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ ﺳــﻠطﺔ ﺗوﺻــﻳﺔ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﻧﻳﺎﺑــﺔ ﻋــن اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ ﺑﻘﺑــوﻝ أور وﻳﺧـ ّ اق اﻛﻬم ﻋﻠ ــﻰ أﺳ ــﺎس أور اﻻﻋﺗﻣ ــﺎد اﻟرﺳ ــﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻧ ــدوﺑﻳن أو اﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠ ــﻳن اﻟ ــذﻳن ﻗﺑ ــﻝ اﺷ ــﺗر اﻋﺗﻣﺎد ﻣؤﻗﺗﺔ ﺳﺑق أن ﻗﺑﻠﺗﻬﺎ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ. اق اﻻﻋﺗﻣﺎد ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ. وﺗﻛون ﺟﻠﺳﺎت ﻟﺟﻧﺔ أور
أﻋﺿﺎء ﻣﻛﺗب ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢٤ ات اﻟﻌﺎدﻳـﺔ رﺋﻳﺳـﺎً وﺧﻣﺳـﺔ ﻧـواب ة ﻣن اﻟدور ﺗﻧﺗﺧب ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ دور ﻟﻠرﺋﻳس ،وﻳظﻝ اﻟرﺋﻳس وﻧواب اﻟرﺋﻳس ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﺎﺻﺑﻬم ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗم اﻧﺗﺧﺎب ﻣن ﻳﺧﻠﻔوﻧﻬم.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢٥ ﺑﺎﻹﺿــﺎﻓﺔ إﻟــﻰ ﻣﻣﺎرﺳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﻼﺣﻳﺎت اﻟﻣﺧوﻟــﺔ ﻟــﻪ ﻓــﻲ ﻣوﺿــﻊ آﺧــر ﻣــن ﻫــذا ة وﻳوﺟ ــﻪ اﻟﻧظــﺎم ،ﻳﻌﻠــن اﻟ ـرﺋﻳس اﻓﺗﺗ ــﺎح واﺧﺗﺗــﺎم ﻛــﻝ ﺟﻠﺳــﺔ ﻋﺎﻣـ ـﺔ ﻣــن ﺟﻠﺳــﺎت اﻟــدور اﻋﺎة ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺿﻲ ﺑـﻪ ﻫـذا اﻟﻧظـﺎم وﻳﻌطـﻲ ﺣـق اﻟﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﺟﻠﺳﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ وﻳؤﻣن ﻣر
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
146
ات .وﻳﺑــت اﻟـرﺋﻳس ﻓــﻲ ﻧﻘــﺎط اﻟﻧظــﺎم ،وﻳﺗــوﻟﻰ ،ﻣــﻊ رر اﻟــﺗﻛﻠم وﻳوﺟــﻪ اﻷﺳــﺋﻠﺔ وﻳﻌﻠــن اﻟﻘـ ا اف ﻋﻠــﻰ أﻋﻣــﺎﻝ أي اﺟﺗﻣــﺎع وﻳﺣــﺎﻓظ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﻧظــﺎم رﻋــﺎة أﺣﻛــﺎم ﻫــذا اﻟﻧظــﺎم ،اﻹﺷ ـر ﻣا ح ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ ﺗﺣدﻳـد ﻓﻳﻪ .وﻟﻠرﺋﻳس ،ﻋﻧد ﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷﺔ أي ﺑﻧد ﻣن اﻟﺑﻧـود ،أن ﻳﻘﺗـر واﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﻛﻠﻣﻳن. اﻟﻣدة اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻣﺗﻛﻠم ٕ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢٦ ء ﻟﻠرﺋﻳس أن ﻳﻌﻳن أﺣد ﻧواب اﻟرﺋﻳس ﻟﻳﺣﻝ ﻣﺣﻠﻪ ﻓـﻲ ﺟﻠﺳـﺔ ﻣـﺎ أو ﻓـﻲ أي ﺟـز ﻣﻧﻬــﺎ .وﻳﻛ ــون ﻟﻧﺎﺋ ــب اﻟـ ـرﺋﻳس اﻟ ــذي ﻳﻘــوم ﺑﺄﻋﻣ ــﺎﻝ اﻟـ ـرﺋﻳس ﻧﻔ ــس ﺻ ــﻼﺣﻳﺎت اﻟـ ـرﺋﻳس وﺗﻛون ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻧﻔس واﺟﺑﺎﺗﻪ. ة واذا ﺗﻌــذر ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟ ـرﺋﻳس اﻟﻘﻳــﺎم ﺑﺄﻋﺑــﺎء ﻣﻧﺻــﺑﻪ ﺧــﻼﻝ اﻟﻣــدة اﻟﺑﺎﻗﻳــﺔ ﻣــن اﻟﻔﺗ ـر ٕ اﻟﺗــﻲ اﻧﺗﺧــب ﻟﻬــﺎ ﻗﺎﻣــت ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﻧﺗﺧــﺎب رﺋــﻳس ﺟدﻳــد ﻣــن ﺑــﻳن ﻧـواب اﻟـرﺋﻳس ة اﻟﺑﺎﻗﻳﺔ. اﻟﺧﻣﺳﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺗر ات ﻗـﺎم أﺣـد ﻧـواب واذا ﺗﻌذر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟرﺋﻳس اﻟﻘﻳﺎم ﺑﺄﻋﺑﺎء ﻣﻧﺻﺑﻪ ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﺑﻳن اﻟدور ٕ اﻟرﺋﻳس ﺑﻬذﻩ اﻷﻋﺑﺎء ﻣﻛﺎﻧﻪ .وﻳﺣدد اﻟﺗرﺗﻳب اﻟذي ﻳـدﻋﻰ ﻧـواب اﻟـرﺋﻳس وﻓﻘـﺎ ﻟـﻪ ﻟﺗـوﻟﻲ ي ﻓﻳﻬﺎ اﻻﻧﺗﺧﺎب. ة اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺟر ﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟدور اﻟرﺋﺎﺳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢٧ ﻻ ﻳﻧﺑﻐــﻲ ﻟﻠ ـرﺋﻳس أو ﻟﻧﺎﺋــب اﻟ ـرﺋﻳس اﻟــذي ﻳﻘــوم ﺑﺄﻋﻣــﺎﻝ اﻟ ـرﺋﻳس أن ﻳﺻــوت وﻟﻛن ﻟﻪ ،ﻋﻧد اﻻﻗﺗﺿﺎء ،أن ﻳﻌﻳن ﻣن وﻓـدﻩ ﻣﻧـدوﺑﺎ أو ﺑـدﻳﻼ آﺧـر ﻛﻣﻧـدوب ﻟﺣﻛوﻣﺗـﻪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺟﻠﺳﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢٨ ة، ر ﻋﻧـد اﻓﺗﺗـﺎح اﻟـدور إذا ﻟم ﻳﻛن اﻟرﺋﻳس أو أي ﻧﺎﺋب ﻣن ﻧواب اﻟـرﺋﻳس ﺣﺎﺿـ ا ﻳﺗوﻟﻰ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم اﻟرﺋﺎﺳﺔ ﻣؤﻗﺗﺎ.
اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢٩ ﺗﺗﺄﻟف اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻣن رﺋﻳس وﻧـواب رﺋـﻳس ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ وﻣن رﺋﻳﺳﻲ اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺗﻳن اﻟرﺋﻳﺳﻳﺗﻳن ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﺷـﺄﺗﻳن ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿـﻰ اﻟﻣـﺎدة ٣٢ﻣـن ﻣﻣـﺎ ﻳﺟﻌـﻝ ﻫذا اﻟﻧظﺎم وﻣن ﻋدد ﻣن اﻟﻣﻧدوﺑﻳن اﻟـذﻳن ﺗﻘـوم ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﻧﺗﺧـﺎﺑﻬم ّ ع أﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ ﺧﻣﺳــﺔ وﻋﺷـرﻳن ﻋﺿـوا ﻋﻠــﻰ أﻻ ﻳﻛــون ﻷي وﻓــد ﻣــن ﻣﺟﻣــو اﻟوﻓــود أﻛﺛــر ﻣــن ﻣﻣﺛــﻝ واﺣــد ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ .وﻳﻘــوم رﺋــﻳس ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﺑــدﻋوة اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻌﻘﺎد وﻳﺗوﻟﻰ رﺋﺎﺳﺔ اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﺎﺗﻬﺎ.
147
اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
اﻓق ﻛﻝ ﻋﺿو ﻣـن أﻋﺿـﺎء اﻟﻠﺟﻧـﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣـﺔ ﻣـﺎ ﻻ ﻳزﻳـد ﻋـن ﻋﺿـو ﻳﺟوز أن ﻳر واﺣد آﺧر ﻣن أﻋﺿﺎء وﻓدﻩ. وﻟﻠرﺋﻳس أو أي ﻧﺎﺋب ﻟﻠرﺋﻳس أن ﻳﻌﻳن ﻋﺿوا ﻣن أﻋﺿﺎء وﻓدﻩ ﻛﺑدﻳﻝ ﻟـﻪ ﻓـﻲ ء ﻣﻧﻬـﺎ .وﻳﻌـﻳن رﺋـﻳس ﻋﺿوﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ أي ﺟﻠﺳﺔ ﻣـن ﺟﻠﺳـﺎﺗﻬﺎ أو أي ﺟـز اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ اﻟرﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ،ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻏﻳﺎﺑﻪ ،أﺣـد ﻧـﺎﺋﺑﻲ رﺋـﻳس اﻟﻠﺟﻧـﺔ ﻛﺑـدﻳﻝ ﻟـﻪ ،ﻋﻠـﻰ أﻻ ﻳﻛـون ﻟﻧﺎﺋب اﻟرﺋﻳس ﻫـذا ﺣـق اﻟﺗﺻـوﻳت إذا ﻛـﺎن ﻣـن ﻧﻔـس اﻟوﻓـد اﻟـذي ﻳﻧﺗﻣـﻲ إﻟﻳـﻪ ﻋﺿـو آﺧــر ﻣــن أﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ .وﻳﻛــون ﻟﻛــﻝ ﻣــن اﻟﻣﻧــدوﺑﻳن اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺧﺑــﻳن أن ﻳﻌــﻳن ﻋﺿـوا آﺧــر ﻣــن أﻋﺿــﺎء وﻓــدﻩ ﻟﻳﻛــون ﺑــدﻳﻼ ﻟــﻪ ﻓــﻲ ﺣﺎﻟــﺔ ﻏﻳﺎﺑــﻪ ﻋــن أي ﺟﻠﺳــﺔ ﻣــن ﺟﻠﺳﺎت اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ. وﺗﻛون ﺟﻠﺳﺎت اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻟم ﻳﺗﻘرر ﺧﻼف ذﻟك. اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٣٠ ﻻ ﻳﺣﺿــر ﺟﻠﺳــﺎت اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ أﻛﺛــر ﻣــن ﻋﺿــو واﺣــد ﻣــن ﻛــﻝ وﻓــد ﻏﻳــر ﻻء اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء أن ﻳﺷ ــﺗرﻛوا ،دون ﻣﻣﺛــﻝ ﻓﻳﻬ ــﺎ ﻣ ــن وﻓ ــود ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ،وﻳﺟ ــوز ﻟﻬ ــؤ ﻻت اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ إذا دﻋﺎﻫم اﻟرﺋﻳس ﻟذﻟك. ﺗﺻوﻳت ،ﻓﻲ ﻣداو
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣١ ﺑﺎﻹﺿــﺎﻓﺔ إﻟــﻰ ﺗﺄدﻳــﺔ اﻟواﺟﺑــﺎت اﻟﻣﺣــددة ﻓــﻲ ﻣوﺿــﻊ آﺧــر ﻣــن ﻫــذا اﻟﻧظــﺎم، ﻩ ﺟﻣﻌﻳـــﺔ رﻋ ــﺎة ﻣ ــﺎ ﺗﻘ ــرر ﺗﺗ ــوﻟﻰ اﻟﻠﺟﻧ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ــﺔ ،ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺷ ــﺎور ﻣ ــﻊ اﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم وﻣ ــﻊ ﻣ ا اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ،ﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ: ﺗﺣدﻳــد ﻣوﻋــد وﻣﻛــﺎن اﻧﻌﻘــﺎد اﻟﺟﻠﺳــﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ وﺟﻠﺳــﺎت اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺗــﻳن اﻟرﺋﻳﺳــﻳﺗﻳن ة .وﺗﻌﻠــن وﺟﻣﻳــﻊ ﺟﻠﺳــﺎت اﻟﻠﺟــﺎن اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻧﺷــﺄ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺟﻠﺳــﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ ﺧــﻼﻝ اﻟــدور اﻟﻠﺟﻧ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ــﺔ ،ﻛﻠﻣ ــﺎ ﻛ ــﺎن ذﻟ ــك ﻣﻣﻛﻧـ ـﺎً ،ﻋ ــن ﻣوﻋ ــد وﺳ ــﺎﻋﺔ اﻧﻌﻘ ــﺎد ﺟﻠﺳ ــﺎت ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ واﻟﻠﺟﺎن ﻗﺑﻝ ﻣوﻋد اﻧﻌﻘﺎدﻫﺎ ﺑﺑﺿﻌﺔ أﻳﺎم؛ ة؛ ﺗﺣدﻳد ﺗرﺗﻳب اﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﺟﻠﺳﺔ ﻣن اﻟﺟﻠﺳﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ اﻟدور اح اﻟﺗوزﻳ ــﻊ اﻟﻣﺑ ــدﺋﻲ ﻟﺑﻧ ــود ﺟ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣ ــﺎﻝ ﺑ ــﻳن اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺗ ــﻳن ﻋﻠ ــﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻗﺗـ ـر اح إرﺟﺎء أي ﺑﻧد إﻟﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ ﺻﺣﺔ ﻣﻘﺑﻠﺔ إذا ﻛﺎن ذﻟك ﻣﻼﺋﻣﺎً؛ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ،واﻗﺗر
)أ(
) ب( ) ج(
ار ج ص ع (٢٧-٨اﻟﺗﻔﺳــﻳر اﻟﺗــﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠــق ﺑﻬــذﻩ ١أﻗــرت ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ اﻟﺛﺎﻣﻧــﺔ )اﻟﻘ ـر اﻟﻣﺎدة: ﺣﺿ ــور أﻋﺿ ــﺎء اﻟوﻓ ــود ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿ ــﻰ اﻟﻣ ــﺎدة ] ٣١اﻟﻣ ــﺎدة ٣٠اﻵن [ ﻣﻘﺻ ــور ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻟوﻓ ــود اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ أﺣد أﻋﺿﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻋﺿواً ﻓﻲ اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ.
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
148
ﻧﻘـ ــﻝ ﺑﻌـ ــض ﺑﻧـ ــود ﺟـ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣـ ــﺎﻝ اﻟﺗـ ــﻲ ﺗـ ــم ﺗوزﻳﻌﻬـ ــﺎ ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺗـ ــﻳن ،ﻋﻧـ ــد ى؛ اﻻﻗﺗﺿﺎء ،ﻣن ﻟﺟﻧﺔ إﻟﻰ أﺧر ﺗﻘدﻳم ﺗﻘرﻳر ﻋن أي إﺿﺎﻓﺎت ﻣﻘﺗرﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻣﺎدة ١٢؛ ﺗﻧﺳ ــﻳق أﻋﻣ ــﺎﻝ اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺗ ــﻳن اﻟرﺋﻳﺳ ــﻳﺗﻳن وﺟﻣﻳ ــﻊ اﻟﻠﺟ ــﺎن اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﻳ ــﺗم إﻧﺷ ــﺎؤﻫﺎ ﻓ ــﻲ ة؛ اﻟﺟﻠﺳﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ اﻟدور ة؛ ﺗﺣدﻳد ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ اﻧﺗﻬﺎء أﻋﻣﺎﻝ اﻟدور ة. اﻟﻘﻳﺎم ﺑﺻﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﻠزم ﻟﺣﺳن ﺳﻳر أﻋﻣﺎﻝ اﻟدور
)د( )ﻫ( )و( )ز( ) ح(
اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺗﺎن اﻟرﺋﻳﺳﻳﺗﺎن اﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌﺗﺎن ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣٢ اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺗﺎن اﻟرﺋﻳﺳﻳﺗﺎن ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻫﻣﺎ: اﻧﻳﺔ، اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ "أ" -وﺗﻌﻧﻰ أﺳﺎﺳﺎً ﺑﺷؤون اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ واﻟﻣﻳز اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ "ب" -وﺗﻌﻧﻰ أﺳﺎﺳﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﺷؤون اﻹدارﻳﺔ واﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ واﻟﻘﺎﻧوﻧﻳﺔ.
)أ( ) ب(
وﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ أن ﺗﻧﺷ ــﺊ ،ﻋ ــﻼوة ﻋﻠ ــﻰ ﻫ ــﺎﺗﻳن اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺗ ــﻳن اﻟرﺋﻳﺳ ــﻳﺗﻳن ،أي ة ﻹﻧﺷﺎﺋﻬﺎ. ى ﺿرور ى ﺗر ﻟﺟﺎن رﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ أﺧر وﺑﻌد أن ﺗدرس ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﺗوﺻﻳﺎت اﻟﻣﺟﻠس واﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺗﻘـوم ﺑﺗوزﻳـﻊ ة ﺗﺣﻘ ــق ﺗوازﻧـ ـﺎً ﻣﻼﺋﻣـ ـﺎً ﻓ ــﻲ ﺑﻧ ــود ﺟ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣ ــﺎﻝ ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺗ ــﻳن اﻟرﺋﻳﺳ ــﻳﺗﻳن ﺑﺻ ــور ﻋﻣﻠﻬﻣﺎ. وﺗﻧﺗﺧب ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ رﺋﻳﺳﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻳن اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺗﻳن اﻟرﺋﻳﺳﻳﺗﻳن.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣٣ ﻟﻛــﻝ وﻓــد ﻣــن اﻟوﻓــود أن ﻳﻛــون ﻣﻣــﺛﻼً ﻓــﻲ ﻛــﻝ ﻣــن اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺗــﻳن اﻟرﺋﻳﺳــﻳﺗﻳن ﺑواﺣــد ﻣــن أﻋﺿــﺎﺋﻪ .وﻳﺟــوز ﻟﻠﻣﻣﺛــﻝ أن ﻳﺻــطﺣب ﻓــﻲ ﺟﻠﺳــﺎت اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ واﺣــدا أو أﻛﺛــر ﻣــن ﻻء ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻛﻠم وﻟﻛن دون ﺗﺻوﻳت. أﻋﺿﺎء اﻟوﻓد اﻵﺧرﻳن .وﻳﺟوز أن ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻬؤ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣٤ ر. ﺗﻧﺗﺧب ﻛﻝ ﻟﺟﻧﺔ رﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﻧﺎﺋﺑﻳن ﻟﻠرﺋﻳس وﻣﻘر اً
149
اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣٥ ﻟﻛــﻝ ﻟﺟﻧــﺔ رﺋﻳﺳــﻳﺔ ،ﺗﺳــﻬﻳﻼً ﻟﻌﻣﻠﻬــﺎ ،أن ﺗﻌــﻳن ﻣؤﻗﺗ ـﺎً ﻧﺎﺋــب رﺋــﻳس إﺿــﺎﻓﻲ إذا ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﺋﻝ دون ﺣﺿور رﺋﻳﺳﻬﺎ وﻧﺎﺋﺑﻲ رﺋﻳﺳﻬﺎ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣٦ ﻳﻛ ــون ﻟـ ـرﺋﻳس ﻛ ــﻝ ﻟﺟﻧ ــﺔ رﺋﻳﺳ ــﻳﺔ ﻓﻳﻣ ــﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠ ــق ﺑﺟﻠﺳ ــﺎت اﻟﻠﺟﻧ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳ ــﺔ ﻧﻔ ــس اﻟﺻﻼﺣﻳﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻛـون ﻟـرﺋﻳس ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ ﻓﻳﻣـﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠـق ﺑﺎﻟﺟﻠﺳـﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣـﺔ وﺗﻛـون ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻧﻔس واﺟﺑﺎﺗﻪ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣٧ ﻋﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﺑﺛﻘﺔ ﻋﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻛون ﺟﻠﺳﺎت اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺗﻳن اﻟرﺋﻳﺳﻳﺗﻳن واﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﻔر ﻋﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳﺔ ﺧﻼف ذﻟك. ﻟم ﺗﻘرر اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ أو اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ اﻟﻔر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣٨ ى ى ﻣﺎ ﺗـر ﻋﻳﺔ أو اﻟﺗﻘﺳﻳﻣﺎت اﻷﺧر ﻟﻛﻝ ﻟﺟﻧﺔ رﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ أن ﺗﻧﺷﺊ ﻣن اﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﻔر ة ﻹﻧﺷﺎﺋﻪ١. ﺿرور
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣٩ اح رﺋﻳﺳـﻬﺎ ،ﺑﺗﻌﻳـﻳن أﻋﺿـﺎء ﻛــﻝ ﺗﻘـوم اﻟﻠﺟﻧـﺔ اﻟرﺋﻳﺳـﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳـﺔ ،ﺑﻧـﺎء ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻗﺗـر ﻋﻳــﺔ اﻟــذي ﻳﺗﻌــذر ﻋﻠﻳــﻪ ﻋﻳــﺔ .وﻳﺟــوز أن ﻳﻣﺛــﻝ ﻋﺿــو اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ اﻟﻔر ﻟﺟﻧــﺔ ﻣــن ﻟﺟﺎﻧﻬــﺎ اﻟﻔر ﺣﺿور أي ﺟﻠﺳﺔ ﻣن ﺟﻠﺳﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﺿو آﺧر ﻣن أﻋﺿﺎء وﻓدﻩ. ﻋﻳﺔ أﻋﺿﺎء ﻣﻛﺗﺑﻬﺎ. وﺗﻧﺗﺧب ﻛﻝ ﻟﺟﻧﺔ ﻣن اﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﻔر
ى اﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻷﺧر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤٠ ى أو أي ﺗﻘﺳـﻳم آﺧـر ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ أن ﺗﻌﻳن أو ﺗﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳن أﻳﺔ ﻟﺟﻧﺔ أﺧر ة ﻟﻪ. ى ﺿرور ﺗر اض ١أوﺻــﻰ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذي ﺑــﺄن ﻳﻘﺗﺻــر إﻧﺷــﺎء ﻓــرق اﻟﻌﻣــﻝ ﻓــﻲ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻷﻏ ـر اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ: ) (١ﺻﻳﺎﻏﺔ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻛﺎﻧت ﻣوﺿﻊ اﺗﻔﺎق ﻛﺑﻳر )ﺳواء ﺑﺎﻹﺟﻣﺎع أو ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺑﻳﺔ واﺿﺣﺔ(؛ ار ﺑﺷﺄﻧﻬﺎ؛ ) (٢ﺗوﺿﻳﺢ وﺗﺣدﻳد اﻟﻘﺿﺎﻳﺎ اﻟﻣﻌروﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ ﻻﺗﺧﺎذ ﻗر أي ﺗﺧﺻﺻﻲ ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠق ﺑﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷﺎﺗﻬﺎ. ) (٣ﺗزوﻳد اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ ﺑر ) اﻟﺳﺟﻼت اﻟرﺳﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ رﻗم ،٣٣اﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ (٣٠
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
150
اﻟﻣﻘررون
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤١ ﻋﻳ ــﺔ أو ﻷي ﺗﻘﺳ ــﻳم آﺧــر أن ﻳﻌ ــﻳن ﻣــن ﺑ ــﻳن أﻋﺿ ــﺎﺋﻪ ﻟﻛــﻝ ﻟﺟﻧ ــﺔ أو ﻟﺟﻧــﺔ ﻓر ة. ﻣﻘرر أو أﻛﺛر ﺣﺳب اﻟﺿرور اً
اك ﻣﻣﺛﻠﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي اﺷﺗر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤٢ ﻳﻣﺛــﻝ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ﻟــدى ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﺷــﺧص أو اﻷﺷــﺧﺎص اﻟــذﻳن ﻳﺣــددﻫم ﻻء اﻷﺷـﺧﺎص ﺣﺿـور ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ واذا ﺗﻌذر ﻋﻠﻰ أي ﻣن ﻫؤ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس ﻣن ﺑﻳن أﻋﺿﺎﺋﻪٕ . اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ،ﻳﻌﻳن رﺋﻳس اﻟﻣﺟﻠس ﻣﻣﺛﻼ ﻟﻳﺣﻝ ﻣﺣﻠﻪ ﻣن ﺑﻳن أﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﻣﺟﻠس.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤٣ ﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠـ ــﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻠـ ــس أن ﻳﺣﺿـ ــروا اﻟﺟﻠﺳـ ــﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣـ ــﺔ وﺟﻠﺳـ ــﺎت اﻟﻠﺟﻧـ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ـ ــﺔ واﻟﻠﺟﻧﺗﻳن اﻟرﺋﻳﺳﻳﺗﻳن ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ. ﻻت ﺑﻧ ــﺎء ﻋﻠ ــﻰ دﻋ ــوة أو ﻣواﻓﻘ ــﺔ وﻟﻬ ــم أن ﻳﺷ ــﺗرﻛوا دون ﺗﺻ ــوﻳت ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﻣ ــداو رﺋﻳس ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ أو رﺋﻳس اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ ﺣﺳﺑﻣﺎ ﺗﻛون اﻟﺣﺎﻝ.
اك ﻣﻣﺛﻠﻲ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳﺑﻳن واﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺎت اﺷﺗر اﻗﺑﻲ اﻟدوﻝ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ وﻏﻳر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ وﻣر اﺿﻲ ﻏﻳر اﻷﻋﺿﺎء واﻷر اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤٤ ﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠـ ــﻲ اﻷﻋﺿـ ــﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳـ ــﺑﻳن أن ﻳﺷـ ــﺗرﻛوا ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ ﻗـ ــدم اﻟﻣﺳـ ــﺎواة ﻣـ ــﻊ اﻟـ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺟﻠﺳﺎت ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ وﻟﺟﻧﺗﻳﻬﺎ اﻟرﺋﻳﺳﻳﺗﻳن ،ﻏﻳر أﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺟوز ﻟﻬـم أن ﻳﺗوﻟوا ﻣﻧﺻﺑﺎ أو ﻳﻛون ﻟﻬم ﺣق اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت. ﻻء اﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠ ــﻳن أن ﻳﺷ ــﺗرﻛوا ﻋﻠ ــﻰ ﻗ ــدم اﻟﻣﺳ ــﺎواة ﻣ ــﻊ اﻟ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء ﻓ ــﻲ وﻟﻬ ــؤ ى اﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌ ــﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺎت ﻋﻳ ــﺔ وﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﺗﻘﺳ ــﻳﻣﺎت اﻷﺧ ــر اﻟﻠﺟ ــﺎن اﻷﺧ ــر ى ،وﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﻠﺟ ــﺎن اﻟﻔر اق اﻻﻋﺗﻣﺎد. اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻋدا اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ وﻟﺟﻧﺔ أور
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤٥ رﺿـﻲ اﻟﺗـﻲ ﻗـدﻣت ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻳﺎﺑــﺔ اﻗﺑـﻲ ﻣـن ﻳـدﻋﻰ ﻣـن اﻟـدوﻝ ﻏﻳـر اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء واﻷ ا ﻟﻣر ﻋﻧﻬــﺎ طﻠﺑــﺎت ﻋﺿــوﻳﺔ اﻧﺗﺳــﺎﺑﻳﺔ أن ﻳﺣﺿــروا أي ﺟﻠﺳــﺎت ﻋﻠﻧﻳــﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ أو
151
اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
أﻳـﺔ ﻟﺟﻧـﺔ رﺋﻳﺳـﻳﺔ ﺗﺎﺑﻌـﺔ ﻟﻬـﺎ .وﻟﻬـم ،ﺑﻧـﺎء ﻋﻠـﻰ دﻋـوة اﻟـرﺋﻳس وﺑﻣواﻓﻘـﺔ ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ع اﻟﻣﻌروض. أو اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ ،أن ﻳدﻟوا ﺑﺑﻳﺎن ﻋن اﻟﻣوﺿو ى اﻗﺑﻳن أن ﻳطﻠﻌوا ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق ﻏﻳر اﻟﺳرﻳﺔ وﻋﻠﻰ أﻳﺔ وﺛﺎﺋق أﺧـر ﻻء اﻟﻣر وﻟﻬؤ ات إﻟـﻰ اﻟﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم. ى اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم وﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺗﺣت ﺗﺻرﻓﻬم ،وﻟﻬم أن ﻳﻘدﻣوا ﻣذﻛر ﻳر ات. وﻟﻠﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم أن ﻳﻘرر ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ وﻧطﺎق ﺗﻌﻣﻳم ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻣذﻛر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤٦ ى اﻟﺗ ــﻲ أﻗﺎﻣ ــت ﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠ ــﻲ اﻷﻣ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ــدة واﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺎت اﻟدوﻟﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳ ــﺔ اﻷﺧ ــر ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻣﻌﻬــﺎ ﻋﻼﻗــﺎت ﻓﻌﻠﻳــﺔ ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿــﻰ اﻟﻣــﺎدة ٧٠ﻣــن اﻟدﺳــﺗور أن ﻻت اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗدور ﻓﻲ ﺟﻠﺳﺎت ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ وﻟﺟﻧﺗﻳﻬـﺎ ﻳﺷﺗرﻛوا دون ﺗﺻوﻳت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣداو ﻻء اﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠـ ــﻳن أﻳﺿ ـ ـﺎً أن ﻳﺣﺿـ ــروا وأن ﻳﺷـ ــﺗرﻛوا دون ﺗﺻـ ــوﻳت ﻓـ ــﻲ اﻟرﺋﻳﺳـ ــﻳﺗﻳن .وﻟﻬـ ــؤ ى إذا دﻋ ـوا ﻋﻳــﺔ أو اﻟﺗﻘﺳــﻳﻣﺎت اﻷﺧــر ﻻت اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗــدور ﻓــﻲ ﺟﻠﺳــﺎت اﻟﻠﺟــﺎن اﻟﻔر اﻟﻣــداو ﻟذﻟك. ى ﻻء اﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠﻳن أن ﻳطﻠﻌوا ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق ﻏﻳر اﻟﺳرﻳﺔ وﻋﻠﻰ أﻳـﺔ وﺛـﺎﺋق أﺧـر وﻟﻬؤ ات إﻟـﻰ اﻟﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم. ى اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم وﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺗﺣت ﺗﺻرﻓﻬم .وﻟﻬم أن ﻳﻘدﻣوا ﻣذﻛر ﻳر ات. وﻟﻠﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم أن ﻳﻘرر ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ وﻧطﺎق ﺗﻌﻣﻳم ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻣذﻛر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤٧ ﻳﺟــوز دﻋــوة ﻣﻣﺛﻠــﻲ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت ﻏﻳــر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ اﺗﺧــذت ﻣﻌﻬــﺎ ﺗرﺗﻳﺑــﺎت ﻟﻠﺗﺷــﺎور واﻟﺗﻌــﺎون طﺑﻘــﺎ ﻟﻠﻣــﺎدة ٧١ﻣــن اﻟدﺳــﺗور ﻟﺣﺿــور اﻟﺟﻠﺳــﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ وﺟﻠﺳــﺎت ة اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺗــﻳن اﻟرﺋﻳﺳــﻳﺗﻳن اﻟﺗــﺎﺑﻌﺗﻳن ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ وأن ﻳﺷــﺗرﻛوا ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺟﻠﺳــﺎت اﻟﻣــذﻛور دون ﺗﺻوﻳت وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﺗﻠك اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑﺎت ﺣﻳن ﻳدﻋوﻫم ﻟذﻟك رﺋﻳس ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ أو رﺋـﻳس ﻟﺟﻧﺔ رﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ.
ﺗﺻرﻳف اﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺟﻠﺳﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤٨ اﺣﺎت رﺳﻣﻳﺔ ﺑﺷﺄن ﺑﻧود ﺟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺣﺗﻰ اﻟﻳوم اﻷوﻝ ﻣن ﻳﺟوز ﺗﻘدﻳم اﻗﺗر ة ة اﻟﻌﺎدﻳـ ــﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ وﻗﺑـ ــﻝ ﻣـ ــﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻘـ ــﻝ ﻋـ ــن ﻳـ ــوﻣﻳن ﻣـ ــن اﻓﺗﺗـ ــﺎح اﻟـ ــدور اﻟـ ــدور ﱢ ع ﻋﻠﻳﻬ ــﺎ ﺑﻧ ــد ﺟ ــدوﻝ وز اﻻﺳ ــﺗﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ .وﺗُﺣ ــﺎﻝ ﻛ ــﻝ ﺗﻠ ــك اﻻﻗﺗ ا رﺣ ــﺎت إﻟ ــﻰ اﻟﻠﺟﻧ ــﺔ اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ُ ة ﺧﻼﻝ ﺟﻠﺳﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ. ﻳﻧظر ﻓﻲ اﻟﺑﻧد ﻣﺑﺎﺷر اﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ إﻻ إذا ﻛﺎن ُ
ﺣذﻓت [ اﻟﻣﺎدة ُ ] ٤٩
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
152
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥٠ رﺣــﺎت واﻟﺗﻌــدﻳﻼت ﻓــﻲ اﻷﺣ ـواﻝ اﻟﻌﺎدﻳــﺔ ﻛﺗﺎﺑــﺔ وﺗﺳــﻠم إﻟــﻰ اﻟﻣــدﻳر ﺗﻘــدم اﻻﻗﺗ ا ﻻ ﻳﺟــوز ،إﻻ إذا ﻗــررت ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌــﺎم ،اﻟــذي ﻳﻌﻣــم ﻧﺳــﺧﺎ ﻣﻧﻬــﺎ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟوﻓــود .و ح ﻟﻠﺗﺻوﻳت ﻓﻲ أﻳـﺔ ﺟﻠﺳـﺔ ﻣـن ﺟﻠﺳـﺎت اح أو أن ﻳطر ﺧﻼف ذﻟك ،أن ﻳﻧﺎﻗش أي اﻗﺗر ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ إﻻ إذا ﻛــﺎن ﻗــد ﺳــﺑق ﺗﻌﻣــﻳم ﻧﺳــﺦ ﻣﻧــﻪ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺟﻣﻳــﻊ اﻟوﻓــود ﻗﺑــﻝ ذﻟــك ﺑﻳــوﻣﻳن ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻷﻗــﻝ .ﻋﻠــﻰ أﻧــﻪ ﻳﺟــوز ﻟﻠ ـرﺋﻳس أن ﻳﺳــﻣﺢ ﺑﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷــﺔ اﻟﺗﻌــدﻳﻼت واﻟﻧظــر وان ﻟم ﺗﻛن ﻗد ﻋﻣﻣت أو إذا ﻛﺎﻧت ﻗد ﻋﻣﻣت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻳوم ذاﺗﻪ ﻓﻘط. ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ،ﺣﺗﻰ ٕ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥١ ﻫﺎ إﻟﻰ ﺟﻠﺳﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ .وﺗﻌﻣم ﻫـذﻩ اﻟﺗﻘـﺎرﻳر ،وﻣـﺎ ﻗـد ﺗﺣﻳﻝ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ اﻟﻠﺟﺎن ﺗﻘﺎرﻳر ات ،ﺑﻘــدر اﻹﻣﻛــﺎن ،ﻗﺑــﻝ اﻧﻌﻘــﺎد اﻟﺟﻠﺳــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ رر ﺗﺗﺿــﻣﻧﻪ ﻣــن ﻣﺷــروﻋﺎت ﻗ ـ ا ﻻ ﻳﺟــوز ﺗــﻼوة ﻣﺛــﻝ ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﺗﻘــﺎرﻳر ﺳــﺗﻧظر ﻓﻳﻬــﺎ ﺑــﺄرﺑﻊ وﻋﺷـرﻳن ﺳــﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻷﻗــﻝ .و ات اﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘ ــﺔ ﺑﻬ ــﺎ ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﺟﻠﺳ ــﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ــﺔ ﺑﺻ ــوت ﻋ ــﺎﻝ إﻻ إذا ﻗ ــرر رر وﻣﺷــروﻋﺎت اﻟﻘـ ـ ا اﻟرﺋﻳس ﺧﻼف ذﻟك.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥٢ ة ﻧﺻــﺎﺑﺎً ﻗﺎﻧوﻧﻳــﺎً ﻟﺗﺻـ ـرﻳف ﺗﺷــﻛﻝ أﻏﻠﺑﻳــﺔ اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠــﺔ ﻓ ـﻲ اﻟــدور اﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺟﻠﺳﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥٣ ﻻ ﻳﺟــوز ﻷي ﻣﻧــدوب أن ﻳــﺗﻛﻠم أﻣــﺎم ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ دون اﻟﺣﺻــوﻝ ﻣﺳــﺑﻘﺎً ﻋﻠــﻰ إذن ﻣــن اﻟ ـرﺋﻳس .وﻳﻌطــﻲ اﻟ ـرﺋﻳس اﻟﻛﻠﻣــﺔ إﻟــﻰ اﻟﻣﺗﻛﻠﻣــﻳن ﺣﺳــب ﺗرﺗﻳــب إﺑــداء رﻋــﺎة اﻟﻧظــﺎم إذا ﻛﺎﻧــت ﻏﺑــﺗﻬم ﻓــﻲ اﻟــﺗﻛﻠم .وﻟﻠ ـرﺋﻳس أن ﻳطﻠــب ﻣــن أﺣــد اﻟﻣﺗﻛﻠﻣــﻳن ﻣ ا ر ع ﻗﻳد اﻟﺑﺣث. ﻣﻼﺣظﺎﺗﻪ ﻻ ﺗﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻣوﺿو
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥٤ ﻟﻠﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم أو ﻷي ﻋﺿو ﻳﻌﻳﻧﻪ ﻣـن أﻋﺿـﺎء اﻷﻣﺎﻧـﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣـﺔ أن ﻳـدﻟﻲ ﻓـﻲ أي وﻗت ﺑﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎت ﺷـﻔوﻳﺔ أو ﻛﺗﺎﺑﻳـﺔ أﻣـﺎم ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ أو أﻣـﺎم أي ﻣـن ﻟﺟﺎﻧﻬـﺎ أو ﺗﻘﺳﻳﻣﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺷﺄن أﻳﺔ ﻣﺳﺄﻟﺔ ﻣطروﺣﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥٥ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ أن ﺗﺣدد اﻟﻣدة اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻣﺗﻛﻠم.
153
اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥٦ ﻷي ﻣﻧدوب أو ﻣﻣﺛﻝ ﻟﻌﺿـو ﻣﻧﺗﺳـب أﺛﻧـﺎء ﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷـﺔ أﻳـﺔ ﻣﺳـﺄﻟﺔ أن ﻳﺛﻳـر ﻧﻘطـﺔ ـور .وﻟﻠﻣﻧــدوب أو ﻟﻣﻣﺛــﻝ اﻟﻌﺿــو اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳــب ﻧظــﺎم ١.وﻳﺑــت اﻟـرﺋﻳس ﻓــﻲ ﻧﻘطــﺔ اﻟﻧظــﺎم ﻓـ اً ﻻ ﻳﺟـوز ـور ﻟﻠﺗﺻـوﻳت .و ار اﻟرﺋﻳس ،وﻓﻲ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﻳطـر أن ﻳطﻌن ﻓﻲ ﻗر ح اﻟطﻌـن ﻓ اً ﻟﻠﻣﻧــدوب أو ﻟﻣﻣﺛــﻝ اﻟﻌﺿــو اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳــب اﻟــذي أﺛــﺎر ﻧﻘطــﺔ اﻟﻧظــﺎم أن ﻳﺗﻌــرض ﻟﺟــوﻫر اﻟﻣﺳﺄﻟﺔ اﻟﻣطروﺣﺔ ﺑﻝ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ أن ﻳﻘﺻر ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘطﺔ اﻟﻧظﺎم.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥٧ ﻳﻌطﻲ اﻟـرﺋﻳس ﺣـق اﻟـرد ﻷي ﻣﻧـدوب أو ﻣﻣﺛـﻝ ﻟﻌﺿـو ﻣﻧﺗﺳـب ﻳطﻠﺑـﻪ .وﻋﻠـﻰ اﻟﻣﻧ ـ ــدوﺑﻳن وﻣﻣﺛﻠ ـ ــﻲ اﻷﻋﺿ ـ ــﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳ ـ ــﺑﻳن أن ﻳﺗوﺧـ ـ ـوا اﻹﻳﺟ ـ ــﺎز ﻗ ـ ــدر اﻹﻣﻛ ـ ــﺎن ﻓ ـ ــﻲ ﻣﻣﺎرﺳــﺗﻬم ﻟﻬــذا اﻟﺣــق .وﻳﺣﺳــن أن ﻳــدﻟوا ﺑﺑﻳﺎﻧــﺎﺗﻬم ﻓــﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳــﺔ اﻟﺟﻠﺳــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ طﻠﺑـوا ﻓﻳﻬــﺎ ﺣق اﻟرد.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥٨ ﻟﻠ ـ ـرﺋﻳس أﺛﻧـ ــﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷـ ــﺔ أن ﻳﻌﻠـ ــن ﻗﺎﺋﻣـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﺣـ ــدﺛﻳن وﻟـ ــﻪ ،ﺑﻣواﻓﻘـ ــﺔ ﺟﻣﻌﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ،أن ﻳﻌﻠن إﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ .ﻋﻠﻰ أن ﻟـﻪ أن ﻳﻌطـﻲ ﺣـق اﻟـرد ﻷي ﻋﺿـو إذا أى وﺟﻬﺎ ﻟذﻟك إﺛر ﻛﻠﻣﺔ أﻟﻘﻳت ﺑﻌد إﻋﻼﻧﻪ إﻗﻔﺎﻝ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ. ر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥٩ ح ﻷي ﻣﻧــدوب أو ﻣﻣﺛــﻝ ﻟﻌﺿــو ﻣﻧﺗﺳــب ،أﺛﻧــﺎء ﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷــﺔ أﻳــﺔ ﻣﺳــﺄﻟﺔ ،أن ﻳﻘﺗــر اح ﺑ ــﻝ ﻳﺟـــب طرﺣـــﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺟ ــوز ﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷـــﺔ ﻣﺛ ــﻝ ﻫ ــذا اﻻﻗﺗ ـ ـر ﺗﻌﻠﻳ ــق اﻟﺟﻠﺳ ــﺔ أو رﻓﻌﻬـــﺎ .و ﻟﻠﺗﺻوﻳت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻔور. ة "ﺗﻌﻠﻳــق اﻟﺟﻠﺳــﺔ" ﻫــو ﺗﺄﺟﻳــﻝ أﻋﻣــﺎﻝ اض ﻫــذا اﻟﻧظــﺎم ﺑﻌﺑــﺎر واﻟﻣﻘﺻــود ،ﻷﻏ ـر ة "رﻓـﻊ اﻟﺟﻠﺳـﺔ" ﻫـو إﻧﻬـﺎء ﻛﺎﻓـﺔ اﻷﻋﻣـﺎﻝ إﻟـﻰ أن ﺗﻌﻘـد اﻟﺟﻠﺳﺔ ﻣؤﻗﺗـﺎً .واﻟﻣﻘﺻـود ﺑﻌﺑـﺎر ى. ﺟﻠﺳﺔ أﺧر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٦٠ ح ﻷي ﻣﻧــدوب أو ﻣﻣﺛــﻝ ﻟﻌﺿــو ﻣﻧﺗﺳــب ،أﺛﻧــﺎء ﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷــﺔ أﻳــﺔ ﻣﺳــﺄﻟﺔ ،أن ﻳﻘﺗــر اح ،أن ح .وﻳﺟوز ﻟﻣﺗﻛﻠم واﺣد ،ﺑﺎﻹﺿـﺎﻓﺔ إﻟـﻰ ﻣﻘـدم اﻻﻗﺗـر ﺗﺄﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷﺔ اﻟﺑﻧد اﻟﻣطرو اح ﺗﺄﺟﻳـﻝ ح اﻗﺗـر اح وﻟﻣﺗﻛﻠم واﺣد أن ﻳـﺗﻛﻠم ﻓـﻲ ﻣﻌﺎرﺿـﺗﻪ ﺛـم ﻳطـر ﻳﺗﻛﻠم ﻓﻲ ﺗﺄﻳﻳد اﻻﻗﺗر ر ﻟﻠﺗﺻوﻳت. اﻟﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷﺔ ﻓو ا
ح ﻣﻔﻬوم ﻧﻘطﺔ اﻟﻧظﺎم وارد ﻓﻲ اﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ .١٧١ ١ﺷر
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
154
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٦١ ح ﻓ ــﻲ أي وﻗ ــت إﻗﻔ ــﺎﻝ ﺑ ــﺎب ﻷي ﻣﻧ ــدوب أو ﻣﻣﺛ ــﻝ ﻟﻌﺿ ــو ﻣﻧﺗﺳ ــب أن ﻳﻘﺗ ــر ح ﺳـواء وﺟــد أو ﻟــم ﻳوﺟــد ﻣﻧــدوب آﺧــر أو ﻣﻣﺛـﻝ ﻟﻌﺿــو اﻟﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷــﺔ ﺑﺷــﺄن اﻟﺑﻧــد اﻟﻣطــرو واذا طﻠــب اﻹذن ﺑــﺎﻟﺗﻛﻠم ﻓــﻲ ﻣﻌﺎرﺿــﺔ إﻗﻔــﺎﻝ ﺑــﺎب ﻣﻧﺗﺳــب أﺑــدى ر ﻏﺑﺗــﻪ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻛــﻼمٕ . ـور ح اﻻﻗﺗـ ـر اﻟﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷ ــﺔ ﺟ ــﺎز ﻣﻧﺣ ــﻪ ﻻﺛﻧ ــﻳن ﻣ ــن اﻟﻣﺗﻛﻠﻣ ــﻳن ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻷﻛﺛ ــر ،ﺛ ــم ﻳط ــر اح ﻓ ـ اً واذا أﻳ ــدت ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ إﻗﻔ ــﺎﻝ ﺑ ــﺎب اﻟﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷ ــﺔ أﻋﻠ ــن اﻟـ ـرﺋﻳس إﻗﻔﺎﻟ ــﻪ. ﻟﻠﺗﺻ ــوﻳتٕ . اﺣﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﻗدﻣت ﻗﺑﻝ إﻗﻔـﺎﻝ اح أو اﻻﻗﺗر وﺗﺻوت ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﺑﻌد ذﻟك ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻗﺗر اﻟﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷﺔ ﻓﻘط.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٦٢ رﺣــﺎت رﺣــﺎت اﻟﻣﺑﻳﻧــﺔ أدﻧــﺎﻩ أﺳــﺑﻘﻳﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺟﻣﻳــﻊ اﻟﻣﺷــروﻋﺎت واﻻﻗﺗ ا ﺗﻛــون ﻟﻼﻗﺗ ا ى اﻟﻣطروﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺟﻠﺳﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻋدا ﻧﻘطﺔ اﻟﻧظﺎم ،وذﻟك ﺣﺳب اﻟﺗرﺗﻳب اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ: اﻷﺧر اح ﺗﻌﻠﻳق اﻟﺟﻠﺳﺔ؛ اﻗﺗر اح رﻓﻊ اﻟﺟﻠﺳﺔ؛ اﻗﺗر ح؛ اح ﺗﺄﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷﺔ اﻟﺑﻧد اﻟﻣطرو اﻗﺗر ح. اح إﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﺑﺎب اﻟﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺑﻧد اﻟﻣطرو اﻗﺗر
)أ( ) ب( ) ج( )د(
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٦٣ اح ﺑطﻠـب اﻟﺑـت ﻓـﻲ ح ﻟﻠﺗﺻـوﻳت أي اﻗﺗـر اﻋﺎة ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎء ﺑﺎﻟﻣـﺎدة ،٦٢ﻳطـر ﻣﻊ ﻣر اح ﻣﻌ ــروض ﻋﻠﻳﻬ ــﺎ وذﻟ ــك ﻗﺑ ــﻝ ار أي اﻗﺗـ ـر ﻣﺳ ــﺄﻟﺔ اﺧﺗﺻ ــﺎص ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ ﺑ ــﺈﻗر اح اﻷﺧﻳر. اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫذا اﻻﻗﺗر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٦٤ ء ﻣــن ح اﻟﺗﺻــوﻳت ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻛــﻝ ﺟــز ﻟﻠﻣﻧــدوب أو ﻟﻣﻣﺛــﻝ اﻟﻌﺿــو اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳــب أن ﻳﻘﺗــر اح ح اﻗﺗـ ـر اض ﻋﻠ ــﻰ طﻠ ــب اﻟﺗﺟزﺋ ــﺔ ط ــر واذا أﺛﻳ ــر اﻋﺗـ ـر اء أي اﻗﺗـ ـر أﺟـ ـز اح أو ﺗﻌ ــدﻳﻝٕ . اح اﻟﺗﺟزﺋـ ــﺔ إﻻ ﻟﻣﺗﻛﻠﻣـ ــﻳن اﺛﻧـ ــﻳن ﻻ ﻳﺳـ ــﻣﺢ ﺑـ ــﺎﻟﻛﻼم ﺣـ ــوﻝ اﻗﺗ ـ ـر اﻟﺗﺟزﺋـ ــﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺻـ ــوﻳت .و اح اء اﻻﻗﺗ ـر اح اﻟﺗﺟزﺋــﺔ طرﺣــت أﺟ ـز واذا ﻗﺑــﻝ اﻗﺗ ـر ﻳؤﻳداﻧــﻪ وﻣﺗﻛﻠﻣــﻳن اﺛﻧــﻳن ﻳﻌﺎرﺿــﺎﻧﻪٕ . واذا . ـﺎ ـ ـ ﻬ ﺑرﻣﺗ ـك ـ ـ ﻟ ذ ـد ـ ﻌ ﺑ ـوﻳت ـ ـ ﺻ ﻟﻠﺗ ـﻠﺔ ـ ـ ﺻ ﻣﻧﻔ ـﺎ ـ ـ ﻬ أو اﻟﺗﻌ ــدﻳﻝ اﻟﺗـ ــﻲ ﺗﻣـــت اﻟﻣواﻓﻘـ ــﺔ ﻋﻠﻳ ٕ اح أو اﻟﺗﻌـ ــدﻳﻝ اح أو اﻟﺗﻌـ ــدﻳﻝ ،اﻋﺗﺑـ ــر اﻻﻗﺗ ـ ـر اء ﻣﻧطـ ــوق اﻻﻗﺗ ـ ـر رﻓﺿـ ــت ﺟﻣﻳـ ــﻊ أﺟ ـ ـز ﻣرﻓوﺿﺎً ﺑرﻣﺗﻪ.
155
اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٦٥ واذا ي اﻟﺗﺻــوﻳت ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﺗﻌــدﻳﻝ أو اح ﻣــﺎ ،ﻳﺟــر اح ﺗﻌــدﻳﻝ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻗﺗـر ﻋﻧــد اﻗﺗـر ﻻٕ . ﻻ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﺗﻌــدﻳﻝ اح ﻣــﺎ ،ﺻــوﺗت ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ أو ح ﺗﻌــدﻳﻼن أو أﻛﺛــر ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻗﺗ ـر اﻗﺗــر اح اﻷﺻــﻠﻲ ،ﺛــم ﻋﻠــﻰ ى اﻟ ـرﺋﻳس أﻧــﻪ اﻷﺑﻌــد ﻣــن ﺣﻳــث اﻟﺟــوﻫر ﻋــن اﻻﻗﺗ ـر اﻟــذي ﻳــر ح ﺟﻣﻳﻊ اﻟﺗﻌدﻳﻼت ﻟﻠﺗﺻوﻳت .إﻻ أﻧﻪ اﻟﺗﻌدﻳﻝ اﻷﻗﻝ ﻣﻧﻪ ﺑﻌدا وﻫﻛذا دواﻟﻳك ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗطر ة ﻋﻠــﻰ رﻓــض ﺗﻌــدﻳﻝ آﺧــر ،ﻓـﺈن ﻫــذا ﺣﻳﺛﻣــﺎ ﻳﻛــون اﻋﺗﻣــﺎد ﺗﻌــدﻳﻝ ﻣــﺎ ﻣﻧطوﻳـﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﺿــرور اح ح اﻻﻗﺗـر واذا اﻋﺗﻣـد ﺗﻌـدﻳﻝ واﺣـد أو أﻛﺛـر ،طـر اﻟﺗﻌدﻳﻝ اﻷﺧﻳر ﻻ ﻳطر ح ﻟﻠﺗﺻـوﻳتٕ . رﺣــﻪ ،ﻳﻌﺗﺑــر اح اﻷﺻــﻠﻲ ﺗﻌــدﻳﻝ اﻗﺗ ا واذا ﻗﺑــﻝ ﻣﻘــدم اﻻﻗﺗـر ﺑﺻــﻳﻐﺗﻪ اﻟﻣﻌدﻟــﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺻــوﻳتٕ . اء ﺗﺻــوﻳت ﻣﻧﻔﺻــﻝ ﻻ ﻳﻠــزم إﺟ ـر اح اﻷﺻــﻠﻲ و ز ﻣــن اﻻﻗﺗ ـر ءاً ﻻ ﻳﺗﺟ ـ أ ﻫــذا اﻟﺗﻌــدﻳﻝ ﺟــز ء اح آﺧر إذا اﻗﺗﺻر ﻋﻠﻰ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺷـﻲء إﻟـﻰ ﺟـز اح ﺗﻌدﻳﻼ ﻻﻗﺗر ﻋﻠﻳﻪ .وﻳﻌﺗﺑر أي اﻗﺗر اح اء ﺗﻐﻳﻳر ﻓﻳﻪ .واﻻﻗﺗر اح اﻵﺧر أو ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣذف ﺷﻲء ﻣﻧﻪ أو ﻋﻠﻰ إﺟر ﻣن ﻫذا اﻻﻗﺗر اﺣﺎً. اح ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺗﺑر اﻗﺗر اﻟذي ﻫو ﺑدﻳﻝ ﻻﻗﺗر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٦٦ رﺣ ــﺎن أو أﻛﺛ ــر ﺻ ــوﺗت ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻳﻬ ــﺎ ﺣﺳ ــب ﺗرﺗﻳ ــب ﺗﻌﻣﻳﻣﻬ ــﺎ إذا ﻗُ ــدم اﻗﺗ ا ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺟﻣﻳــﻊ اﻟوﻓــود ،ﻣــﺎ ﻟــم ﺗﻘــرر ﺧــﻼف ذﻟــك وﻣــﺎ ﻟــم ﺗﻐــن ﻧﺗﻳﺟــﺔ اﻟﺗﺻــوﻳت ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻝ رﺣ ــﺎت اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﻻﺗـ ـز اح أو اﻻﻗﺗ ا رﺣ ــﺎت ﻋ ــن أي ﺗﺻ ــوﻳت آﺧ ــر ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻻﻗﺗـ ـر أﺣ ــد اﻻﻗﺗ ا ﻣﻌﻠﻘﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٦٧ اﺣﻪ ﻓﻲ أي وﻗت ﻗﺑﻝ ﺑـدء اﻟﺗﺻـوﻳت ﻋﻠﻳـﻪ اح أن ﻳﺳﺣب اﻗﺗر ﻟﺻﺎﺣب اﻻﻗﺗر رﺣـ ــﻪ ﻗـ ــد ﻋـ ــدﻝ أو ،إذا ﻛـ ــﺎن ﻗـ ــد ﻋـ ــدﻝ ،أن ﻳﻘﺑـ ــﻝ ﺻـ ــﺎﺣب ﺷ ـ ـرﻳطﺔ أﻻ ﻳﻛـ ــون اﻗﺗ ا اح اﻟﻣﺳــﺣوب ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻫــذﻩ ﻷي ﻣﻧــدوب أن ﻳﻌﻳــد ﺗﻘــدﻳم اﻻﻗﺗـر اح اﻟﺗﻌــدﻳﻝ ﺑﺳــﺣﺑﻪ .و اﻻﻗﺗـر ة. اﻟﺻور
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٦٨ ة اح ﻣـﺎ ﻓـﻼ ﻳﺟـوز إﻋـﺎدة اﻟﻧظـر ﻓﻳـﻪ ﻓـﻲ ﻧﻔـس اﻟـدور ار أو رﻓـض اﻗﺗـر إذا ﺗم إﻗـر ة واﻟﻣﺷـﺗرﻛﺔ إﻻ إذا ﻗررت ذﻟك ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺑﻳﺔ ﺛﻠﺛـﻲ اﻟـدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء اﻟﺣﺎﺿـر اح إﻋﺎدة اﻟﻧظر ﻻﺛﻧـﻳن ﻓﻘـط ﻣـن اﻟﻣﺗﻛﻠﻣـﻳن ﻓـﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت .وﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻛﻠم ﻓﻲ اﻗﺗر ر ﻟﻠﺗﺻـ ــوﻳت .وﺗﺻـ ــﺣﻳﺢ اﻷﺧطـ ــﺎء اﻟﻛﺗﺎﺑﻳـ ــﺔ أو اح ﻓـ ــو ا ح اﻻﻗﺗ ـ ـر ﻣﻌﺎرﺿـ ــﺗﻪ ﺛـ ــم ﻳطـ ــر ﻩ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺗﺑــر ﺳــﺑﺑﺎ ﻳﻘﺗﺿــﻲ إﻋــﺎدة رر اح ﺗــم إﻗـ ا اﻟﺣﺳــﺎﺑﻳﺔ ﻓــﻲ أﻳــﺔ وﺛﻳﻘــﺔ ﺗﺗﻌﻠــق ﺑــﺄي اﻗﺗـر اح ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺑﻳﺔ ﺛﻠﺛﻲ اﻷﺻوات. ﻓﺗﺢ ﺑﺎب اﻟﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫذا اﻻﻗﺗر
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
156
اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت ﻓﻲ اﻟﺟﻠﺳﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٦٩ ة "اﻟــدوﻝ ﻟﻛــﻝ دوﻟــﺔ ﻋﺿــو ﻓــﻲ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﺻــوت واﺣــد .واﻟﻣﻘﺻــود ﺑﻌﺑــﺎر اض ﻫـذا اﻟﻧظــﺎم اﻟـدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء ة واﻟﻣﺷـﺗرﻛﺔ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺗﺻـوﻳت" ﻷﻏـر اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء اﻟﺣﺎﺿـر ة ﺳـﻠﻳﻣﺔ .أﻣــﺎ اﻟـدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﻣﺗﻧــﻊ اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗـدﻟﻲ ﺑﺄﺻـواﺗﻬﺎ إﻳﺟﺎﺑـﺎً أو ﺳـﻠﺑﺎً ﺑﺻـور ﻋن اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت ﻓﺗﻌﺗﺑر ﻏﻳر ﻣﺻوﺗﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٧٠ ات ﺟﻣﻌﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ ﻓـ ــﻲ اﻟﻣﺳـ ــﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﻬﺎﻣـ ــﺔ ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺑﻳـ ــﺔ ﺛﻠﺛـ ــﻲ اﻟـ ــدوﻝ رر ﺗُﺗﺧـ ــذ ﻗ ـ ـ ا ار ة واﻟﻣﺷ ـ ــﺎرﻛﺔ ﻓ ـ ــﻲ اﻟﺗﺻ ـ ــوﻳت .وﺗﺗﺿ ـ ــﻣن ﻫ ـ ــذﻩ اﻟﻣﺳ ـ ــﺎﺋﻝ :إﻗـ ـ ـر اﻷﻋﺿ ـ ــﺎء اﻟﺣﺎﺿـ ـ ـر اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳــﺎت أو اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗــﺎت؛ واﻟﻣواﻓﻘــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗــﺎت اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻘــﺎم ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿــﺎﻫﺎ ﻋﻼﻗــﺔ ﺑــﻳن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ وﺑﻳن اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة واﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺎت واﻟوﻛﺎﻻت اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳـﺔ وﻓﻘـﺎً ﻟﻠﻣـواد ٦٩ اﻧﻳ ــﺔ ات اﻟﺧﺎﺻ ــﺔ ﺑﻣﻘ ــدار ﻣﻳز رر و ٧٠و ٧٢ﻣ ــن اﻟدﺳ ــﺗور؛ وﺗﻌ ــدﻳﻼت اﻟدﺳ ــﺗور؛ واﻟﻘـ ـ ا ات اﻟﺗﺻـوﻳت واﻟﺧـدﻣﺎت ﻟدوﻟـﺔ ﻋﺿـو ات اﻟﺧﺎﺻـﺔ ﺑوﻗـف اﻣﺗﻳـﺎز رر اﻟﻌﻣﻝ اﻟﻔﻌﻠﻳـﺔ؛ واﻟﻘـ ا ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿﻰ اﻟﻣﺎدة ٧ﻣن اﻟدﺳﺗور.
ر اﻟﻣﺎدة ٧٠ﻣﻛر اً ﻳﻧﺗﺧــب اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺑﻳــﺔ واﺿــﺣﺔ وﻗوﻳــﺔ ﻣــن ُ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﺣﺎﺿـرﻳن واﻟﻣﺷـﺎرﻛﻳن ﻓـﻲ اﻟﺗﺻـوﻳت ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻟﻧﺣـو اﻟﻣﺑـﻳن ﻓـﻲ اﻟﻣـﺎدة ١٠٨ ﻣن ﻫذا اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٧١ ات اﻟﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﺑﺗﺣدﻳــد رر ى ،ﺑﻣــﺎ ﻓــﻲ ذﻟــك اﻟﻘ ـ ا ات اﻟﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳــﺎﺋﻝ اﻷﺧــر رر اﻟﻘ ـ ا ات ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺑﻳــﺔ اﻟﺛﻠﺛــﻳن ﺗﺗﺧــذ ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺑﻳــﺔ رر ﻓﺋــﺎت إﺿــﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﻣــن اﻟﻣﺳــﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﺗﺧــذ ﻓﻳﻬــﺎ اﻟﻘ ـ ا ة واﻟﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﺔ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺗﺻــوﻳت ،وذﻟــك ﻣــﺎ ﻟــم ﻳﻘــض ﻫــذا اﻟﻧظــﺎم اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﺣﺎﺿـر ﺑﻐﻳر ذﻟك ﻓﻲ ﻣوﺿﻊ آﺧر.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٧٢ ﺗﺻوت ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻓـﻲ اﻷﺣـواﻝ اﻟﻌﺎدﻳـﺔ ﺑرﻓـﻊ اﻷﻳـدي .ﻋﻠـﻰ أن ﻷي وﻓـد ي ﻧــداء اﻷﺳــﻣﺎء ﻓــﻲ ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﺣﺎﻟــﺔ ﺣﺳــب أن ﻳطﻠــب اﻟﺗﺻــوﻳت ﺑﻧــداء اﻷﺳــﻣﺎء .وﻳﺟــر اﻟﺗرﺗﻳب اﻷﺑﺟدي ﻷﺳﻣﺎء اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﻛﻠﻳزﻳﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺳـﻧﺔ وﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐـﺔ اﻟﻔرﻧﺳـﻳﺔ ﻋﺔ. ء ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺿو اﻟذي ﻳﺳﺣب اﺳﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘر ﻓﻲ اﻟﺳﻧﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ وﻫﻛذا دواﻟﻳك ،اﺑﺗدا ً
157
اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٧٣ ﻳﺛﺑــت ﺗﺻــوﻳت ﻛــﻝ دوﻟــﺔ ﻋﺿــو ﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﺔ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺗﺻــوﻳت ﺑﻧــداء اﻷﺳــﻣﺎء ﻓــﻲ ﻣﺣﺿر اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎع.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٧٤ ﺑﻌــد أن ﻳﻌﻠــن اﻟ ـرﺋﻳس ﺑــدء اﻟﺗﺻــوﻳت ﻻ ﻳﺟــوز ﻷي ﻋﺿــو أن ﻳﻘطــﻊ ﻋﻣﻠﻳــﺔ اء اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت اﻟﻔﻌﻠﻳﺔ. ة ﻧﻘطﺔ ﻧظﺎم ﺗﺗﻌﻠق ﺑطرﻳﻘﺔ إﺟر اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت إﻻ ﻹﺛﺎر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٧٥ ﺑﻌد أن ﻳﻧﺗﻬﻲ اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت ،ﻳﺟوز ﻷي ﻣﻧدوب أن ﻳدﻟﻲ ﺑﺑﻳﺎن ﻣﻘﺗﺿب ﻳﻘﺗﺻـر رﺣـﻪ ح ﺗﺻوﻳﺗﻪ ﺑﺷﺄن اﻗﺗ ا اح أن ﻳﺗﺣدث ﻓﻲ ﺷر ح ﺗﺻوﻳﺗﻪ .وﻟﻳس ﻟﻣﻘدم اﻻﻗﺗر ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷر ﻋدﻝ. إﻻ إذا ﻛﺎن ﻗد ّ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٧٦ ﻋ ـ ــﻼوة ﻋﻠـ ـ ــﻰ اﻟﺣ ـ ــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﻧﺻـ ـ ــوص ﻋﻠﻳﻬـ ـ ــﺎ ﻓ ـ ــﻲ ﻣوﺿـ ـ ــﻊ آﺧ ـ ــر ﻣـ ـ ــن ﻫـ ـ ــذا ي إذا ﻛـﺎن اع اﻟﺳـر اﻟﻧظﺎم ،ﻳﺟوز ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ أن ﺗﺻـوت ﻋﻠـﻰ أﻳـﺔ ﻣﺳـﺄﻟﺔ ﺑـﺎﻻﻗﺗر ة واﻟﻣﺷ ــﺗرﻛﺔ ﻓ ــﻲ ار ﺑ ــذﻟك ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺑﻳ ــﺔ اﻟ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء اﻟﺣﺎﺿـ ـر ﻗ ــد ﺳ ــﺑق ﻟﻬ ــﺎ اﺗﺧ ــﺎذ ﻗـ ـر ي ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﻣﺳ ــﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﺧﺎﺻ ــﺔ اع اﻟﺳ ــر اﻟﺗﺻ ــوﻳت .ﻋﻠ ــﻰ أﻧ ــﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺟ ــوز اﻟﺗﺻ ــوﻳت ﺑ ــﺎﻻﻗﺗر اﻧﻳﺔ. ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻳز ار اﻟــذي ﺗﺗﺧــذﻩ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿــﻰ ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﻣــﺎدة، وﻳﺗﻌـﻳن أن ﻳﻛــون اﻟﻘـر واذا ي ،ﺻـﺎد ا اع اﻟﺳـر ﺑﺷﺄن ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ﻳﺟب اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت ﺑﺎﻻﻗﺗر ر ﺑرﻓـﻊ اﻷﻳـدي ﻓﻘـطٕ . ي ،ﻓــﻼ ﻳﺟــوز طﻠــب اع اﻟﺳــر ﻗــررت اﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ أن ﺗﺻــوت ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻣﺳــﺄﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﻳﻧــﺔ ﺑــﺎﻻﻗﺗر ار ﺑذﻟك. ﻻ اﺗﺧﺎذ ﻗر ىو اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت ﺑطرﻳﻘﺔ أﺧر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٧٧ اع ذاﺗ ــﻪ ي ﺗﻌ ــﻳن أن ﻳ ــﺗم اﻻﻗﺗـ ـر اع اﻟﺳ ـر ﻣﺗــﻰ ﺻ ــوﺗت ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ ﺑ ــﺎﻻﻗﺗر اع ﻓ ــﻲ ﺟﻠﺳ ــﺔ ﻋﺎﻣ ــﺔ .وﻳ ــﺗم ﻋ ــد اﻷﺻـ ـوات ﻓ ــﻲ ﻏرﻓ ــﺔ اق اﻻﻗﺗـ ـر واﻟﺗﺛﺑ ــت ﻣ ــن ﻋ ــدد أور ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﺔ ﻳﺗﺎح ﻟﻠوﻓود دﺧوﻟﻬﺎ ،وذﻟـك ﻣـﺎ ﻟـم ﺗﻘـرر ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ ﻏﻳـر ذﻟـك .وﻳـﺗم ﻋـد اف رﺋﻳس ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ أو أﺣـد ﻧـواب اﻟـرﺋﻳس .وﻳﺟـوز ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻷﺻوات ﺗﺣت إﺷر ة اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻳﺳــﺗﻐرﻗﻬﺎ ﻫــذا اﻟﻌــد ﻗﺑــﻝ إﻋــﻼن ﻧﺗــﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ أن ﺗواﺻــﻝ ﻋﻣﻠﻬ ـﺎ ﺧــﻼﻝ اﻟﻔﺗ ـر اع. اﻻﻗﺗر
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
158
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٧٨ رﻋـﺎة أﺣﻛـﺎم ي ١.وﻣـﻊ ﻣ ا اع اﻟﺳـر ى اﻻﻧﺗﺧﺎﺑﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻷﺣواﻝ اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻗﺗر ﺗﺟر اض ،أن ﺗﻘــرر اﺧﺗﻳــﺎر اﻟﻣــﺎدة ١٠٨ﻳﺟــوز ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ،ﻣــﺎ ﻟــم ﻳﻛــن ﻫﻧــﺎك اﻋﺗ ـر اع اع ،وﻣﺗـﻰ ﻛـﺎن اﻻﻗﺗـر ﻣرﺷﺢ ﻣﺗﻔق ﻋﻠﻳـﻪ أو ﻗﺎﺋﻣـﺔ ﻣرﺷـﺣﻳن ﻣﺗﻔـق ﻋﻠـﻳﻬم ،دون اﻗﺗـر ﻣطﻠوﺑﺎً ﻳﻌﻳن اﻟرﺋﻳس ﻣن ﺑـﻳن اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء اﻟﺣﺎﺿـرﻳن ﺣﺎﺳـﺑﻳن اﺛﻧـﻳن ﻟﻠﻣﺳـﺎﻋدة ﻓـﻲ ﻋـد اﻷﺻوات.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٧٩ إذا أرﻳــد اﻧﺗﺧــﺎب ﺷــﺧص واﺣــد أو دوﻟــﺔ ﻋﺿــو واﺣــدة وﻟــم ﻳﺣﺻــﻝ أي ﻣرﺷــﺢ اع ﺛــﺎن ﻳﻘﺗﺻــر ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﻣرﺷــﺣﻳن ي اﻗﺗـر اع اﻷوﻝ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻷﻏﻠﺑﻳــﺔ اﻟﻼزﻣــﺔ أﺟــر ﻓــﻲ اﻻﻗﺗـر اﻟﻠذﻳن ﺣﺻـﻼ ﻋﻠـﻰ أﻛﺑـر ﻋـدد ﻣـن اﻷﺻـوات .ﻓـﺈذا اﻧﻘﺳـﻣت اﻷﺻـوات ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺳـﺎوي ﻓـﻲ ﻋﺔ. اع اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﺣﺳم اﻟرﺋﻳس ﺑﻳن اﻟﻣرﺷﺣﻳن ﺑﺎﻟﻘر اﻻﻗﺗر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٨٠ إذا أرﻳــد ﺷــﻐﻝ ﻣرﻛ ـزﻳن اﻧﺗﺧــﺎﺑﻳﻳن أو أﻛﺛــر ﻓــﻲ وﻗــت واﺣــد وﺑﺷــروط واﺣــدة، واذا اﻧﺗﺧــب ﻣــن ﻳﺣﺻــﻝ ﻣــن اﻟﻣرﺷــﺣﻳن ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻷﻏﻠﺑﻳــﺔ اﻟﻼزﻣــﺔ ﻓــﻲ اﻻﻗﺗ ـر اع اﻷوﻝٕ . ﻛﺎن ﻋدد اﻟﻣرﺷﺣﻳن اﻟﺣﺎﺻﻠﻳن ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫذﻩ اﻷﻏﻠﺑﻳﺔ أﻗﻝ ﻣن ﻋـدد اﻷﺷـﺧﺎص أو اﻟـدوﻝ رﻛــز اﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻳــﺔ ﻣــﻊ رﻋــﺎت إﺿــﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﻟﺷــﻐﻝ اﻟﻣ ا اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﻣطﻠــوب اﻧﺗﺧــﺎﺑﻬم ،أﺟرﻳــت اﻗﺗ ا اع ﻋﻠ ــﻰ ﻋ ــدد ﻣ ــن اﻟﻣرﺷ ــﺣﻳن ،اﻟ ــذﻳن ﺣﺻ ــﻠوا ﻋﻠ ــﻰ أﻛﺑ ــر ﻋ ــدد ﻣ ــن ﻗﺻـ ـر ﻛ ــﻝ اﻗﺗـ ـر اد ﺷـﻐﻠﻬﺎ. رﻛـز اﻟﻣـر اع اﻟـذي ﺳـﺑﻘﻪ ،ﻻ ﻳزﻳـد ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺿـﻌف ﻋـدد اﻟﻣ ا اﻷﺻوات ﻓﻲ اﻻﻗﺗر اع ﻏﻳـر ﺣﺎﺳـم اﻟﺗﺻـوﻳت ﻷي ﺷـﺧص أو دوﻟـﺔ ﻋﺿـو ﻋﻠﻰ أﻧﻪ ﻳﺟوز ،ﺑﻌد ﺛﺎﻟث اﻗﺗـر ات دون ﻧﺗﻳﺟــﺔ اع ﻏﻳــر اﻟﻣﻘﻳــد ﺛــﻼث ﻣـر ي ﻫــذا اﻻﻗﺗ ـر واذا أﺟــر ﺗﺗـواﻓر ﻓﻳﻬﻣــﺎ اﻟﺷــروطٕ . اﻋﺎت اﻟﺛﻼﺛﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳـﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻋـدد ﻣـن اﻟﻣرﺷـﺣﻳن اﻟـذﻳن ﻳﺣﺻـﻠون ﺣﺎﺳﻣﺔ ،ﺗﻘﺗﺻر اﻻﻗﺗر اع ﻏﻳــر اﻟﻣﻘﻳــد اﻟﺛﺎﻟــث ﻻ ﻳزﻳــد ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺿــﻌف ﻋﻠــﻰ أﻛﺑــر ﻋــدد ﻣــن اﻷﺻـوات ﻓــﻲ اﻻﻗﺗـر رﻋــﺎت اﻟﺛﻼﺛــﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳــﺔ ﻏﻳــر ﻣﻘﻳــدة ،وﻫﻛــذا ة اﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻳــﺔ ،وﺗﻛــون اﻻﻗﺗ ا رﻛــز اﻟﺷــﺎﻏر ﻋــدد اﻟﻣ ا اﻛز. دواﻟﻳك ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗم ﺷﻐﻝ ﻛﻝ اﻟﻣر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٨١ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻛــﻝ دوﻟــﺔ ﻋﺿــو ،ﻣــﺎ ﻟــم ﺗﻣﺗﻧــﻊ ﻋــن اﻟﺗﺻــوﻳت ﻓــﻲ ﻋﻣﻠﻳــﺔ اﻧﺗﺧــﺎب ،أن اد ﺷـﻐﻠﻬﺎ .وأﻳـﺔ ورﻗـﺔ رﻛـز اﻻﻧﺗﺧﺎﺑﻳـﺔ اﻟﻣـر ﺗﺻوت ﻟﻌـدد ﻣـن اﻟﻣرﺷـﺣﻳن ﻣﺳـﺎو ﻟﻌـدد اﻟﻣ ا اد رﻛــز اﻻﻧﺗﺧﺎﺑﻳــﺔ اﻟﻣـ ـر اع ﺗﺣﻣــﻝ ﻋــددا ﻣــن اﻷﺳــﻣﺎء أﻛﺛــر أو أﻗــﻝ ﻣــن ﻋــدد اﻟﻣ ا اﻗﺗـ ـر ﻻﻏﻳﺔ. ﺷﻐﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﻛون ﺑﺎطﻠﺔ و
ي ،اﻧظر اﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ .١٦٩ اع اﻟﺳر اء اﻻﻧﺗﺧﺎﺑﺎت ﺑﺎﻻﻗﺗر ١ﻟﻼطﻼع ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺑﺎدئ اﻟﺗوﺟﻳﻬﻳﺔ ﻹﺟر
159
اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٨٢ إذا ﻟــم ﻳﺗﻳﺳــر ﻓــﻲ ﻋﻣﻠﻳــﺔ اﻧﺗﺧــﺎب ﺷــﻐﻝ ﻣرﻛــز اﻧﺗﺧــﺎﺑﻲ أو أﻛﺛــر ﻷن اﺛﻧــﻳن أو ﻻء اع ﺑـﻳن ﻫـؤ ي اﻗﺗـر أﻛﺛر ﻣن اﻟﻣرﺷﺣﻳن ﺣﺻﻠوا ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋدد ﻣﺗﺳﺎو ﻣـن اﻷﺻـوات أﺟـر واذا اء ﻋدة ﻣر اﻟﻣرﺷﺣﻳن ﻟﺗﺣدﻳد أﻳﻬم ﻳﻧﺗﺧب .وﻳﻌﺎد ﻫذا اﻹﺟر ات إذا اﻗﺗﺿﻰ اﻷﻣـرٕ . اﻧﻘﺳـ ــﻣت اﻷﺻ ـ ـوات ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺳـ ــﺎوي ﻓـ ــﻲ اﻟﺗﺻـ ــوﻳت ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ ﻣﺳـ ــﺄﻟﺔ ﻏﻳـ ــر اﻻﻧﺗﺧـ ــﺎب اﻋﺗﺑـ ــر اح ﻣرﻓوﺿﺎ. اﻻﻗﺗر
ﻋﻳﺔ ﺗﺻرﻳف اﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ واﻟﺗﺻوﻳت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻠﺟﺎن واﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﻔر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٨٣ ار ﺻ ــﺎدر ﻋ ــن ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ ﻳﺗﺑ ــﻊ ﺑﻘ ــدر اﻹﻣﻛ ــﺎن ﻓ ــﻲ رﻋ ــﺎة أي ﻗـ ـر ﻣ ــﻊ ﻣ ا اءات اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﺣﻛــم ﺗﺻ ـرﻳف اﻷﻋﻣــﺎﻝ واﻟﺗﺻــوﻳت ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻠﺟــﺎن ﻣــﺎ ﻳﻘﺿــﻲ ﺑــﻪ ﻫــذا اﻹﺟ ـر اﻟﻧظﺎم ﻓﻳﻣـﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠـق ﺑﺗﺻـرﻳف اﻷﻋﻣـﺎﻝ واﻟﺗﺻـوﻳت ﻓـﻲ اﻟﺟﻠﺳـﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣـﺔ .وﻳﺷـﻛﻝ ﺛﻠـث أﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ ﻧﺻــﺎﺑﺎ ﻗﺎﻧوﻧﻳــﺎ .ﻋﻠــﻰ أﻧــﻪ ﻳﻠــزم ﺣﺿــور أﻏﻠﺑﻳــﺔ أﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣﺳﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻌﻳن اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٨٤ ﻋﻳــﺔ ﻣـواد ﻫــذا اﻟﻧظــﺎم ﻋﻳــﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ أﻋﻣــﺎﻝ اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ اﻟﻔر ﻻ ﻳطﺑــق رﺋــﻳس اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ اﻟﻔر ﻋﺔ إﻧﺟﺎز اﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ. ى ذﻟك ﻣﺳﺗﺻوﺑﺎ ﻟﺳر اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻧطﺑق ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻠﺟﺎن إﻻ ﺑﻘدر ﻣﺎ ﻳر اﻟﻠﻐﺎت١
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٨٥ اﻟﻠﻐ ــﺎت اﻟرﺳ ــﻣﻳﺔ وﻟﻐ ــﺎت اﻟﻌﻣ ــﻝ ﻓ ــﻲ ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ ﻫ ــﻲ اﻟﻠﻐ ــﺎت اﻷﺳ ــﺑﺎﻧﻳﺔ واﻹﻧﻛﻠﻳزﻳﺔ واﻟروﺳﻳﺔ واﻟﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ واﻟﻌرﺑﻳﺔ واﻟﻔرﻧﺳﻳﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٨٦ ﺗﺗــرﺟم اﻟﻛﻠﻣــﺎت اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻠﻘــﻰ ﺑﺄﻳــﺔ ﻟﻐــﺔ ﻣــن اﻟﻠﻐــﺎت اﻟرﺳــﻣﻳﺔ ﺗرﺟﻣــﺔ ﻓورﻳــﺔ إﻟــﻰ ى. اﻟﻠﻐﺎت اﻟرﺳﻣﻳﺔ اﻷﺧر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٨٧ ﻷي ﻣﻣﺛﻝ ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠس أن ﻳﺗﻛﻠم ﺑﻠﻐﺔ ﻏﻳر ﻷي ﻣﻧدوب أو ﻣﻣﺛﻝ ﻟﻌﺿو ﻣﻧﺗﺳب و اﻟﻠﻐﺎت اﻟرﺳﻣﻳﺔ .وﻓﻲ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻛون ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻫو أن ﻳوﻓر اﻟﺗرﺟﻣﺔ اﻟﻔورﻳﺔ إﻟﻰ إﺣـدى ار ج ص ع.١٣-٣١ ١اﻧظر اﻟﻘر
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
160
اﻟﻠﻐ ــﺎت اﻟرﺳ ــﻣﻳﺔ .وﻟﻠﻣﺗ ــرﺟﻣﻳن اﻟﻔ ــورﻳﻳن اﻟﺗ ــﺎﺑﻌﻳن ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻧ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ــﺔ ﻟ ــدى اﻟﺗرﺟﻣـ ـﺔ إﻟ ــﻰ ى ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐـﺔ اﻟرﺳـﻣﻳﺔ ى أن ﻳﺳـﺗﻧدوا إﻟـﻰ اﻟﺗرﺟﻣـﺔ اﻟﻔورﻳـﺔ اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﺟـر اﻟﻠﻐﺎت اﻟرﺳـﻣﻳﺔ اﻷﺧـر اﻷوﻟﻰ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٨٨ ة و"ﺟرﻳــدة" ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﺑﻠﻐــﺎت ﺗﻌــد اﻟﻣﺣﺎﺿــر اﻟﺣرﻓﻳــﺔ واﻟﻣﺣﺎﺿــر اﻟﻣــوﺟز اﻟﻌﻣﻝ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٨٩ ات اﻟرﺳــﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ات واﻟﺗوﺻــﻳﺎت وﺳــﺎﺋر اﻟﻣﻘــرر رر ﺗــوﻓر ﺟﻣﻳــﻊ اﻟﻘ ـ ا ﺑﻠﻐﺎت اﻟﻌﻣﻝ.
ﻣﺣﺎﺿر ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٩٠ ﺗُﻌد اﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﺣﺎﺿر ﺣرﻓﻳﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﻳﻊ اﻟﺟﻠﺳﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻛﻣـﺎ ﺗُﻌـد ﻣﺣﺎﺿـر ﻻ ﺗُﻌــد أي ﻣﺣﺎﺿــر ﻋــن ﻋﻳــﺔ .و ة ﻟﺟﻠﺳــﺎت اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ واﻟﻠﺟــﺎن واﻟﻠﺟــﺎن اﻟﻔر ﻣــوﺟز اق اﻻﻋﺗﻣﺎد ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻋدا اﻟﺗﻘرﻳر اﻟـذي ﺗﻘدﻣـﻪ اﻟﻠﺟﻧـﺔ إﻟـﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ أﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﻟﺟﻧﺔ أور اﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻳر ذﻟك. وذﻟك ﻣﺎ ﻟم ﺗﻧص اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳﺔ ﺻر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٩١ ة اﻟﻣﺷـﺎر إﻟﻳﻬـﺎ ﻓـﻲ اﻟﻣـﺎدة ٩٠ﻓـﻲ أﻗـرب وﻗـت ﻣﻣﻛـن ﺗرﺳﻝ اﻟﻣﺣﺎﺿر اﻟﻣـوﺟز ﻻء واﻟ ــﻰ ﻣﻣﺛﻠ ــﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس .وﻳﻘ ــوم ﻫ ــؤ واﻟ ــﻰ ﻣﻣﺛﻠ ــﻲ اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳ ــﺑﻳن ٕ إﻟ ــﻰ اﻟوﻓ ــود ٕ ﺑ ــﺈﺑﻼغ اﻷﻣﺎﻧ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ــﺔ ﻛﺗﺎﺑ ــﺔ ﺑﻌ ــد ذﻟ ــك ﺑﻣ ــﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺗﺟ ــﺎوز ﺛﻣ ــﺎن وأرﺑﻌ ــﻳن ﺳ ــﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺄﻳ ــﺔ اﺋﻬﺎ. ﻏﺑون ﻓﻲ إﺟر ﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎت ﻳر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٩٢ ة ﻧﺳــﺧﺎً ﻣــن ﻳرﺳــﻝ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻓــﻲ أﻗــرب وﻗــت ﻣﻣﻛــن ﺑﻌــد اﺧﺗﺗــﺎم ﻛــﻝ دور ﻫـــﺎ ﻣ ــن ات واﻟﺗوﺻـــﻳﺎت وﻏﻳر رر ة واﻟﻘـ ـ ا ﺟﻣﻳـــﻊ اﻟﻣﺣﺎﺿـــر اﻟﺣرﻓﻳ ــﺔ واﻟﻣﺣﺎﺿـــر اﻟﻣ ــوﺟز ات اﻟرﺳ ــﻣﻳﺔ اﻟﺗ ــﻲ أﻗرﺗﻬ ــﺎ ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ إﻟ ــﻰ اﻟ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء واﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء اﻟﻣﻘ ــرر واﻟــﻰ اﻷﻣــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣــدة وﺟﻣﻳــﻊ اﻟوﻛــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ دﺧﻠــت اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ـﺑﻳن اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳـ ٕ ﻣﻌﻬــﺎ ﻓــﻲ ﻋﻼﻗــﺎت ﻓﻌﻠﻳــﺔ .وﺗرﺳــﻝ ﻣﺣﺎﺿــر اﻟﺟﻠﺳــﺎت اﻟﻣﻐﻠﻘــﺔ إﻟــﻰ اﻟﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﻳن ﻓﻳﻬــﺎ ﻓﻘط.
161
اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٩٣ ة ﻟﻠﺟﻠﺳـﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻧﻳـﺔ وﺗﻘـﺎرﻳر ﺟﻣﻳـﻊ ﺗﻧﺷر اﻟﻣﺣﺎﺿر اﻟﺣرﻓﻳﺔ واﻟﻣﺣﺎﺿـر اﻟﻣـوﺟز ﻋﻳﺔ. اﻟﻠﺟﺎن واﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﻔر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٩٤ ﻟﻠﺗﻳﺳــﻳر ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟوﻓــود واﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت اﻟﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﺔ ،ﻳﺻــدر اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻓــﻲ ﺷــﻛﻝ ـوﺟز ﻋ ــن أﻋﻣ ــﺎﻝ اﻟﺟﻠﺳ ــﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ــﺔ واﻟﻠﺟ ــﺎن واﻟﻠﺟ ــﺎن "ﺟرﻳ ــدة" ﻳوﻣﻳ ــﺔ ﻟﻠ ــدور ة ،ﺑﻳﺎﻧـ ـﺎً ﻣ ـ اً ات اﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ. اﻋﺎة اﻻﻋﺗﺑﺎر ﻋﻳﺔ وذﻟك ﻣﻊ ﻣر اﻟﻔر
اﻧﻳﺔ واﻟﺷؤون اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﻳز
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٩٥ ﺗﻘوم ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ: ة اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳــﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳــﺔ ﺑﻌــد اﻟﻧظــر ﻓــﻲ اﻧﻳــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗــرﺧص ﺑﺎﻹﻧﻔــﺎق ﻟﻠﻔﺗ ـر ار اﻟﻣﻳز إﻗ ـر اﻧﻳﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ أﻋدﻫﺎ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم وﻓﻲ ﺗوﺻﻳﺎت اﻟﻣﺟﻠس ﺑﺷﺄﻧﻬﺎ؛ ات اﻟﻣﻳز ﺗﻘدﻳر ة اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ اﻟﺟﺎرﻳﺔ إذا ﻟزم اﻷﻣر واﻟﻣواﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ؛ ات اﻟﺗﻛﻣﻳﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺗر اﺳﺔ اﻟﺗﻘدﻳر در ادات واﻟﻣﺻـروﻓﺎت اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘـﺔ اﺟﻊ اﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت ﻋن ﺣﺳﺎﺑﺎت اﻹﻳر ﺑﺣث ﺗﻘﺎرﻳر ﻣر اء ﻓﻲ ﺷﺄﻧﻬﺎ؛ ة اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ واﺗﺧﺎذ ﻣﺎ ﻗد ﻳﻠزم ﻣن إﺟر ﺑﺎﻟﺳﻧﺔ أو اﻟﻔﺗر اﻛﺎت اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء واﻷﻋﺿــﺎء رﺳــﺔ ﺗﻘرﻳــر اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻋــن دﻓــﻊ اﺷــﺗر دا اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳﺑﻳن.
)أ ( ) ب( ) ج( )د(
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٩٦ اﻛﺎت اح ﻹﻋـ ـ ـ ــﺎدة اﻟﻧظـ ـ ـ ــر ﻓـ ـ ـ ــﻲ ﺗوزﻳـ ـ ـ ــﻊ اﻻﺷـ ـ ـ ــﺗر اج أي اﻗﺗ ـ ـ ـ ـر ﻻ ﻳﺟـ ـ ـ ــوز إدر ﺑ ــﻳن اﻟ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء واﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳ ــﺑﻳن اﻟﻣﻌﻣ ــوﻝ ﺑ ــﻪ ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟوﻗ ــت اﻟﺣﺎﺿ ــر، ﻓــﻲ ﺟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣــﺎﻝ ،إﻻ ﺑﻌــد إﺑﻼﻏــﻪ اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء واﻷﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳــﺑﻳن ﻗﺑــﻝ ة ﺑﺗﺳــﻌﻳن ﻳوﻣ ـﺎً ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻷﻗــﻝ أو إذا أوﺻــﻰ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ﺑﺈﻋــﺎدة اﻟﻧظــر ﻓــﻲ اﻓﺗﺗــﺎح اﻟــدور ﻫذا اﻟﺗوزﻳﻊ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٩٧ اءات اﻟﻧظر ﻓﻲ اﻟﺷؤون اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳـﺔ ﺗﺣﻛﻣﻬـﺎ ﻣـواد ﻫـذا اﻟﻧظـﺎم إﻻ إذا ﻛـﺎن ﻓـﻲ إﺟر اﻟﻼﺋﺣﺔ اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻧص ﺻرﻳﺢ ﻳﻘﺿﻲ ﺑﺧﻼف ذﻟك.
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
162
اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٩٨ ات ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ ،ﻳـﺗم اﻧﺗﺧـﺎب اﻟـدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء ة ﻋﺎدﻳﺔ ﻣن دور ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ دور اﻟﻣﺧــوﻝ ﻟﻬــﺎ ﺣــق ﺗﻌﻳــﻳن أﺷــﺧﺎص ﻟﻠﻌﻣــﻝ أﻋﺿــﺎء ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس وﻓﻘ ـﺎً ﻟﻠﻣ ـواد )١٨ب( و ٢٤و ٢٥ﻣن اﻟدﺳﺗور.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٩٩ ات ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻳطﻠب اﻟرﺋﻳس ﻣن اﻟـدوﻝ ة ﻋﺎدﻳﺔ ﻣن دور ﻓﻲ ﺑداﻳﺔ ﻛﻝ دور اﺣﺎت ﺗﺗﻌﻠق ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺗﺧﺎب اﻟﺳﻧوي ﻟﻠـدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء ﻏب ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﻘدم ﺑﺎﻗﺗر اﻷﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗر اﺣﺎﺗﻬـﺎ إﻟـﻰ اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺧوﻝ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺣق ﺗﻌﻳﻳن ﺷﺧص ﻟﻠﻌﻣﻝ ﻋﺿواً ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس أن ﺗﻘـدم اﻗﺗر رﺣـ ــﺎت إﻟ ــﻰ رﺋـ ــﻳس اﻟﻠﺟﻧ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣـ ــﺔ ﻓـ ــﻲ اﻟﻠﺟﻧ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣـ ــﺔ .وﻳﺟـــب أن ﺗﺻـ ــﻝ ﻫ ــذﻩ اﻻﻗﺗ ا ﻣوﻋد ﻻ ﻳﺗﺟﺎوز أرﺑﻊ وﻋﺷـرﻳن ﺳـﺎﻋﺔ ﻣـن ﻗﻳـﺎم اﻟـرﺋﻳس ﺑـﺎﻹﻋﻼن ﻋـن ذﻟـك وﻓﻘـﺎً ﻟﻬـذﻩ اﻟﻣﺎدة.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٠٠ رﻋـ ــﺎة أﺣﻛـ ــﺎم اﻟﻔﺻـ ــﻝ اﻟﺳـ ــﺎدس ﻣـ ــن اﻟدﺳـ ــﺗور، ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ اﻟﻠﺟﻧـ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣـ ــﺔ ،ﻣـ ــﻊ ﻣ ا رﺣ ــﺎت اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﺗﻘ ــدم إﻟﻳﻬ ــﺎ ﻣ ــن اﻟ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء، واﻟﻣ ــﺎدة ٩٨ﻣ ــن ﻫ ــذا اﻟﻧظ ــﺎم ،واﻻﻗﺗ ا ي اع اﻟﺳـر واﻟﺗرﺷﻳﺣﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻘدﻣﻬﺎ أﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﻠﺟﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺟﻠﺳـﺔ ،أن ﺗﻌـد ﺑـﺎﻻﻗﺗر ﻗﺎﺋﻣـ ــﺔ ﺑﺧﻣﺳـ ــﺔ ﻋﺷـ ــر ﻋﺿـ ــواً ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ اﻷﻛﺛـ ــر وﺑﻌـ ــدد ﻣـ ــن اﻷﻋﺿـ ــﺎء ﻳﺳـ ــﺎوي ،ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ اﻷﻗ ــﻝ ،ﻋ ــدد اﻟﻣﻘﺎﻋ ــد اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﻳﺗﻌ ــﻳن ﺷ ــﻐﻠﻬﺎ .وﺗﻘ ــدم ﻫ ــذﻩ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣ ــﺔ إﻟ ــﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اء ﻗﺑـ ـ ــﻝ أرﺑـ ـ ــﻊ وﻋﺷ ـ ـ ـرﻳن ﺳـ ـ ــﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠـ ـ ــﻰ اﻷﻗـ ـ ــﻝ ﻣـ ـ ــن اﻻﺟﺗﻣـ ـ ــﺎع اﻟـ ـ ــذي ﺗﻌﻘـ ـ ــدﻩ ﻹﺟ ـ ـ ـر اﻻﻧﺗﺧﺎب اﻟﺳﻧوي ﻟﻌﺷر دوﻝ أﻋﺿﺎء ﻳﺧوﻝ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺣق ﺗﻌﻳﻳن ﺷﺧص ﻟﻠﻌﻣﻝ ﻋﺿواً ﻓـﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس. وﺗزﻛــﻲ اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣــﺔ ﻟــدى ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء ى اﻟﻠﺟﻧ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ــﺔ أﻧﻬ ــﺎ إذا ﻣ ــﺎ اﻧﺗﺧﺑ ــت ،ﺗﻛﻔ ــﻝ ﺗوزﻳﻌـ ـﺎً ﻣﺗوازﻧـ ـﺎً ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠ ــس ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﺗ ــر ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﻪ. وﻳﺟــوز ﻟﻠــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﻣدرﺟــﺔ أﺳــﻣﺎؤﻫﺎ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣــﺔ ،ﻋــدا اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء ى اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ أﻧﻬــﺎ ﺗﺣﻘــق ،ﻓــﻲ ﺣﺎﻟــﺔ اﻧﺗﺧﺎﺑﻬــﺎ ،ﺗوزﻳﻌ ـﺎً ﻣﺗوازﻧ ـﺎً ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠــس ﻛﻛــﻝ ،أن اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗــر ﺗﺳ ــﺣب ﺗرﺷ ــﻳﺣﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻣ ــن اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣ ــﺔ وذﻟ ــك ﺑﺈﺧط ــﺎر اﻟـ ـرﺋﻳس ﻓ ــﻲ وﻗ ــت ﻻ ﻳﺗﺟ ــﺎوز ﻣوﻋ ــد اﻧﺗﻬ ــﺎء ﺳ ــﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﻌﻣ ــﻝ ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﻳ ــوم اﻟﺳ ــﺎﺑق ﻻﻧﺗﺧ ــﺎب ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﺳ ــﻧوي ﻟﻠ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻳﺧــوﻝ ﻟﻬــﺎ ﺣــق ﺗﻌﻳــﻳن ﺷــﺧص ﻟﻠﻌﻣــﻝ ﻋﺿــواً ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذي. وﻳﻧﺷر أي اﻧﺳﺣﺎب ﻣن ﻫـذا اﻟﻘﺑﻳـﻝ ﺑﺟرﻳـدة ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ وﻳﻌﻠﻧـﻪ اﻟـرﺋﻳس ﻗﺑـﻝ ﺑداﻳـﺔ اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت.
163
اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٠١ ي ﻣـن ﺑـﻳن اع اﻟﺳر اﻋﺎة أﺣﻛﺎم اﻟﻣﺎدة ٧٨ﺗﻧﺗﺧب ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻗﺗر ﻣﻊ ﻣر اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﻣرﺷﺣﺔ وﻓﻘﺎً ﻷﺣﻛﺎم اﻟﻣﺎدة ،١٠٠اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء اﻟﺗـﻲ ﻳﺧـوﻝ ﻟﻬـﺎ ﺣــق ﺗﻌﻳــﻳن أﺷــﺧﺎص ﻟﻠﻌﻣــﻝ أﻋﺿــﺎء ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس .وﺗﻧﺗﺧ ـب اﻟــدوﻝ اﻟﻣرﺷــﺣﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ رﻋـﺎت ـﺎﻏر ﺑﻌـد ﺧﻣﺳـﺔ اﻗﺗ ا واذا ظﻝ ﻣﻘﻌد أو أﻛﺛـر ﺷ اً ﺗﺣﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻏﻠﺑﻳﺔ اﻟﻣطﻠوﺑﺔٕ . اع آﺧــر وﻳطﻠــب ﻣــن اﻟﻠﺟﻧــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ أن ﺗﻘــدم ﺗرﺷــﻳﺣﺎت ﻟﻠﻣﻘﺎﻋــد اﻟﺗــﻲ ى اﻗﺗ ـر ﻻ ﻳﺟــر ة ،وﻓﻘﺎً ﻟﻠﻣﺎدة ،١٠٠ﻋﻠﻰ أﻻ ﻳزﻳـد ﻋـدد اﻟﺗرﺷـﻳﺣﺎت اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﻘـدم ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻫـذا اﻝ ﺷﺎﻏر ﻻﺗز ة رﻋـﺎت إﺿـﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻘﺎﻋـد اﻟﺷـﺎﻏر ى اﻗﺗ ا ة .وﺗﺟـر اﻟﻧﺣو ﻋن ﺿﻌف ﻋدد اﻟﻣﻘﺎﻋـد اﻟﺷـﺎﻏر وﺗﻧﺗﺧب اﻟدوﻝ اﻟﻣرﺷﺣﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻏﻠﺑﻳﺔ اﻟﻣطﻠوﺑﺔ. رﻋــﺎت ﺗﺳــﺗﺑﻌد اﻟدوﻟــﺔ اﻟﻣرﺷــﺣﺔ ـﺎﻏر ﺑﻌــد ﺛﻼﺛــﺔ اﻗﺗ ا واذا ظــﻝ ﻣﻘﻌــد أو أﻛﺛــر ﺷـ اً ٕ اع ﺟدﻳـد ى اﻗﺗـر اع اﻟﺛﺎﻟـث ﻋﻠـﻰ أﻗـﻝ ﻋـدد ﻣـن اﻷﺻـوات وﻳﺟـر اﻟﺗﻲ ﺣﺻـﻠت ﻓـﻲ اﻻﻗﺗـر وﻫﻛذا دواﻟﻳك إﻟﻰ أن ﻳﺗم ﺷﻐﻝ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ اﻟﻣﻘﺎﻋد. ى ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿ ــﻰ أﺣﻛ ــﺎم ﻫ ــذﻩ اﻟﻣ ــﺎدة ﻻ ﻳﻧظ ــر ﻓ ــﻲ أﻳ ــﺔ رﻋ ــﺎت ﺗﺟ ــر وﻓ ــﻲ أﻳ ــﺔ اﻗﺗ ا ﺗرﺷﻳﺣﺎت ﺳوى ﺗﻠك اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻛون ﻗد ﺗﻣت وﻓﻘﺎً ﻷﺣﻛﺎم اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٠٠وﻫذﻩ اﻟﻣﺎدة.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٠٢ إذا ﺗﻧﺎزﻟت دوﻟﺔ ﻋﺿو ﺧوﻝ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿﻰ اﻧﺗﺧـﺎب ﺳـﺎﺑق ﺣـق ﺗﻌﻳـﻳن ﺷـﺧص ﻟﻠﻌﻣــﻝ ﻋﺿــواً ﻓ ـﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ،ﻷي ﺳــﺑب ﻣــن اﻷﺳــﺑﺎب ،ﻋــن ﻫــذا اﻟﺣــق ﻗﺑــﻝ اﻧﻘﺿــﺎء ة اﻟﺗــﻲ اﻧﺗﺧﺑــت ﻣــن أﺟﻠﻬــﺎ أو ﻓﻘــدت ﻫــذا اﻟﺣــق وﻓﻘــﺎ ﻟﺣﻛــم اﻟﻣــﺎدة ،١٠٥اﻧﺗﺧﺑــت اﻟﻔﺗـر ى ﻳﺧــوﻝ ﻟﻬــﺎ ﺣــق اﺗﻬــﺎ ،دوﻟــﺔ ﻋﺿ ـوا أﺧــر ة ﻋﺎدﻳــﺔ ﻣــن دور ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ،ﻓــﻲ دور ﻻ ذﻟـك ﻣﺳـﺗﺣﻘﺔ ﻟﻠدوﻟـﺔ اﻟﻌﺿـو اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﻧﺎزﻟـت ﺗﻌﻳﻳن ﺷﺧص ﻟﺑـﺎﻗﻲ اﻟﻣـدة اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﻛـون ﻟـو ي ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻫــذا اﻻﻧﺗﺧــﺎب ،ﻣــﻊ اﻟﺗﻌــدﻳﻝ اﻟــﻼزم ،أﺣﻛــﺎم اﻟﻣـواد ﻋــن ﺣﻘﻬــﺎ أو ﻓﻘدﺗــﻪ .وﺗﺳــر ٨١و ٨٢و ٩٩إﻟــﻰ ١٠١ﻣــن ﻫــذا اﻟﻧظــﺎم ،ﺑﺷــرط أﻻ ﻳرﺷــﺢ ﻣــن اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء ة وﺑﺷرط أن ﺗﻛـون ﻫـذﻩ اﻻﻧﺗﺧﺎﺑـﺎت ﺳـﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ أﻛﺛر ﻣن ﺿﻌف ﻋدد اﻟﻣﻘﺎﻋد اﻟﺷﺎﻏر اﻻﻧﺗﺧﺎب اﻟﺳﻧوي ﻟﻠـدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء اﻟﻌﺷـر اﻟﺗـﻲ ﻳﺧـوﻝ ﻟﻬـﺎ ﺣـق ﺗﻌﻳـﻳن ﺷـﺧص ﻟﻠﻌﻣـﻝ ﻋﺿواً ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس وﻓﻘﺎً ﻟﻠﻣﺎدة ٩٨ﻣن ﻫذا اﻟﻧظﺎم.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٠٣ ﻻﻳــﺔ ﻛــﻝ دوﻟــﺔ ﻋﺿــو ﻟﻬــﺎ ﺣــق ﺗﻌﻳــﻳن ﺷــﺧص ﻟﻠﻌﻣــﻝ ﻋﺿــواً ﻓــﻲ ﺗﺑــدأ ﻣــدة و ة ﺟﻣﻌﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﺗـ ــﻲ ﺗﻧﺗﺧـ ــب ﻓﻳﻬـ ــﺎ اﻟدوﻟـ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺿـ ــو اﻟﻣﺟﻠـ ــس ﻓـ ــور اﺧﺗﺗـ ــﺎم دور ة ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺗﺑدﻝ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟدوﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﺿـو اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳﺔ ،وﺗﻧﺗﻬﻲ ﻓور اﺧﺗﺗﺎم دور ﻫﺎ. ﻏﻳر
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
164
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٠٤ إذا ﻣــﺎ ﺗﻌــذر ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﺷــﺧص اﻟــذي ﻋــﻳن ﻟﻠﻌﻣــﻝ ﻋﺿــواً ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ﺣﺿــور إﺣدى ﺟﻠﺳـﺎت اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس ﻓـﺈن ﻟﻠدوﻟـﺔ اﻟﻌﺿـو اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳـﺔ أن ﺗﻌـﻳن ﺑـدﻳﻼ ﻟﻳﻌﻣـﻝ ﻣﻛﺎﻧـﻪ ﻓـﻲ ة .وﻳﻛ ــون ﻟﻬ ــذا اﻟﺑ ــدﻳﻝ ﻧﻔ ــس اﻟوﺿ ــﻊ اﻟﻣﻘ ــرر ﻟﻠﺷ ــﺧص اﻟ ــذي ﻳﻌﻣ ــﻝ اﻟﺟﻠﺳ ــﺔ اﻟﻣ ــذﻛور ﻣﻛﺎﻧﻪ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٠٥ إذا ﺗﺧﻠــف اﻟﺷــﺧص اﻟــذي ﻋﻳﻧﺗــﻪ أﻳــﺔ دوﻟــﺔ ﻋﺿــو ﻟﻠﻌﻣــﻝ ﻋﺿـوا ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس وﻓﻘﺎ ﻷﺣﻛﺎم اﻟﻣـﺎدﺗﻳن ٩٨و ١٠٤ﻣـن ﻫـذا اﻟﻧظـﺎم ﻋـن ﺣﺿـور دورﺗـﻳن ﻣﺗﺗـﺎﻟﻳﺗﻳن ﻣـن ة اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳـﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ. ات اﻟﻣﺟﻠس ،ﻓﻌﻠﻰ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم أن ﻳﺑﻠّـﻎ ذﻟـك إﻟـﻰ اﻟـدور دور وﻳﻌﺗﺑــر ،ﻣــﺎ ﻟــم ﺗﻘــرر ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﺧــﻼف ذﻟــك ،أن ﺗﻠــك اﻟدوﻟــﺔ اﻟﻌﺿــو ﻗــد ﻓﻘــدت ﺣﻘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻳﻳن ﺷﺧص ﻟﻠﻌﻣﻝ ﻋﺿواً ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس.
اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٠٦ ء ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻋﻣﻼً ﺑﺎﻟﻣـﺎدة ٣١ﻣـن اﻟدﺳـﺗور ﺗﻌـﻳن ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم ﺑﻧـﺎ ً رﻋـﺎة أﺣﻛـﺎم اﻟﻣـواد ١٠٧ ﺗرﺷﻳﺢ ﻣن اﻟﻣﺟﻠس وﻓﻘﺎً ﻟﻣﺎ ﺗﺣددﻩ ﻣن اﻟﺷروط وذﻟك ﻣﻊ ﻣ ا ﻻﻳــﺔ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﺧﻣــس ﺳــﻧوات وﻫــو ﺟــدﻳر ةو إﻟــﻰ ١١٠ﻣــن ﻫــذا اﻟﻧظــﺎم .وﺗــدوم ﻓﺗـر ة واﺣدة ﻓﻘط. ﺑﺄن ﻳﻌﺎد ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻪ ﻣر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٠٧ ﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﺧﻼ ﻣﻧﺻب اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم أو ورد إﺷـﻌﺎر ﺑﻘـرب ﺧﻠـوﻩ ﻳﻌـد اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس ﻓـﻲ ة اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳــﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ .وﻳﻘــدم اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس اﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋــﻪ اﻟﺗــﺎﻟﻲ ﺗرﺷــﻳﺣﺎ ﻳﻘدﻣــﻪ إﻟــﻰ اﻟــدور اﺗب وﻏﻳر ذﻟك ﻣن ﻣﺳودة ﻋﻘد ﺗﺣدد ﻓﻳﻪ أﺳس وﺷروط اﻟﺗﻌﻳﻳن واﻟر ﻓﻲ اﻟوﻗت ذاﺗﻪ ّ اﻟﻣﻛﺎﻓﺂت اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻧﺻب.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٠٨ ﻫــﺎ ار ﺗﻧظــر ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﺗرﺷــﻳﺢ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ﻓــﻲ ﺟﻠﺳــﺔ ﻣﻐﻠﻘــﺔ وﺗﺗﺧــذ ﻗر ي. اع اﻟﺳر ﺑﺎﻻﻗﺗر اءات اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ: ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗرﺷﻳﺢ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس ﻟﺛﻼﺛﺔ أﺷﺧﺎص ،ﺗﻧطﺑق اﻹﺟر اع اﻷوﻝ ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ أﻏﻠﺑﻳـ ــﺔ ﺛﻠﺛـ ــﻲ إذا ﺣﺻـ ــﻝ أﺣـ ــد اﻟﻣرﺷـ ــﺣﻳن ﻓـ ــﻲ اﻻﻗﺗ ـ ـر اﻷﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﺣﺎﺿرﻳن واﻟﻣﺷﺎرﻛﻳن ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت أو أﻛﺛـر ،اﻋﺗُﺑـر ذﻟـك واذا ﻟـ ــم وﻳﻌ ـ ـﻳ ﱠن ﻓـ ــﻲ ﻣﻧﺻـ ــب اﻟﻣـ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌـ ــﺎمٕ . أﻏﻠﺑﻳـ ــﺔ واﺿـ ــﺣﺔ وﻗوﻳـ ــﺔ ُ )أ( -١
165
اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
ﱠن ﻓــﻲ ﻣﻧﺻــب اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم اﻟﻣر ﱠ ﺷــﺢ اﻟــذي ﻳﻌ ـﻳ ﻓــﻲ اﻻﻗﺗ ـر اع اﻟﺗــﺎﻟﻲُ ، ُ ﻳﺣﺻـﻝ ﻋﻠــﻰ أﻏﻠﺑﻳــﺔ ﺛﻠﺛــﻲ أﺻـوات اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﺣﺎﺿـرﻳن واﻟﻣﺷــﺎرﻛﻳن ﺳﻳﻌﺗﺑر أﻏﻠﺑﻳﺔ واﺿﺣﺔ وﻗوﻳﺔ. ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت أو أﻛﺛر ،وﻫو ﻣﺎ ُ
ﻳﺳ ــﺗﺑﻌد اﻟﻣر ﱠ ﻳﺣﺻ ــﻝ أي ﻣر ﱠ ﺷ ــﺢ اﻟ ــذي ﺷ ــﺢ ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻷﻏﻠﺑﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﻼزﻣ ــﺔُ ، ُ ُ ﱠ ﻣرﺷـــﺣﺎن ﻓـ ــﻲ ـﺎدﻝ ـ ﻌ ﺗ ذا ا و . ات و ـ ـ ﺻ اﻷ ـن ـ ﻣ ـدد ـ ﻋ ـﻝ ـ ﻗ أ ـﻰ ﻳﺣﺻ ــﻝ ﻋﻠ ـ ٕ ُ اع ﻣﻧﻔﺻـﻝ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣـﺎ ى اﻗﺗـر ﻳﺟـر ات، و ـ ﺻ اﻷ ﻣن ﻋدد أﻗﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺣﺻوﻝ ُ ﱠ اﻟﻣرﺷﺢ اﻟذي ﻳﺣﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻗﻝ ﻋدد ﻣن اﻷﺻوات. وﻳﺳﺗﺑﻌد ُ ) ب(
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋدم ﺣﺻوﻝ أي ﻣن اﻟﻣر ﱠ ﺷـﺣﻳن ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻷﻏﻠﺑﻳـﺔ اﻟﻣﺷـﺎر إﻟﻳﻬـﺎ ُ ﱠن ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﺻب اﻟﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم اﻟﻣر ﱠ ﺷـﺢ اﻟـذي ﻳﻌﻳ ة اﻟﻔر ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻘر ﻋﻳﺔ )ب(ُ ، ُ اع اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻏﻠﺑﻳـﺔ أﺻـوات اﻟـدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء ﻓـﻲ ﻳﺣﺻﻝ ﻓﻲ اﻻﻗﺗر ـﻳﻌﺗﺑر أﻏﻠﺑﻳــﺔ واﺿــﺣﺔ ـ ﺳ ـﺎ ـ ﻣ ـو ـ ﻫ و ، ـر ـ ﺛ أﻛ أو ـﺔ ـ ﻳ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣ ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ُ وﻗوﻳﺔ. ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋدم ﺣﺻوﻝ أي ﻣن اﻟﻣر ﱠ ﺷـﺣﻳن ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻷﻏﻠﺑﻳـﺔ اﻟﻣﺷـﺎر إﻟﻳﻬـﺎ ُ ﱠ اﻟﻣرﺷـﺢ اﻟـذي ـﺎم ﻌ اﻟ ـدﻳر ﻣ اﻟ ـب ﺻ ﻣﻧ ﱠن ﻓـﻲ ﻳﻌﻳ ة اﻟﻔر ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻘر ﻋﻳﺔ )ج(ُ ، ُ اع اﻟﺗ ــﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﻠ ــﻰ أﻏﻠﺑﻳ ــﺔ ﻋ ــدد أﺻـ ـوات اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء ﻳﺣﺻ ــﻝ ﻓ ــﻲ اﻻﻗﺗـ ـر ـﻳﻌﺗﺑر اﻟﺣﺎﺿـ ـرﻳن واﻟﻣﺷ ــﺎرﻛﻳن ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﺗﺻـــوﻳت أو أﻛﺛـــر ،وﻫ ــو ﻣ ــﺎ ﺳ ـ ُ أﻏﻠﺑﻳﺔ واﺿﺣﺔ وﻗوﻳﺔ.
) ج(
)د(
وﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗرﺷﻳﺢ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس ﻟﺷﺧﺻﻳن ﺗﻧطﺑق اﻹﺟر اءات اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ: ﱠن ﻓــﻲ ﻣﻧﺻــب اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم اﻟﻣر ﱠ ﺷــﺢ اﻟــذي ﻳﺣﺻــﻝ ﻋﻠــﻰ أﻏﻠﺑﻳــﺔ ﻳﻌ ـﻳ ُ ُ ﺛﻠﺛ ــﻲ أﺻـ ـوات اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء اﻟﺣﺎﺿـ ـرﻳن واﻟﻣﺷ ــﺎرﻛﻳن ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﺗﺻ ــوﻳت أو ﺳﻳﻌﺗﺑر أﻏﻠﺑﻳﺔ واﺿﺣﺔ وﻗوﻳﺔ. أﻛﺛر ،وﻫو ﻣﺎ ُ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋدم ﺣﺻوﻝ أي ﻣن اﻟﻣر ﱠ ﺷـﺣﻳن ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻷﻏﻠﺑﻳـﺔ اﻟﻣﺷـﺎر إﻟﻳﻬـﺎ ُ ﱠن ﻓــﻲ ﻣﻧﺻــب اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم اﻟﻣر ﱠ ﺷــﺢ اﻟــذي ﻳﻌـﻳ ة اﻟﻔر ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻔﻘـر ﻋﻳــﺔ )أ(ُ ، ُ اع اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻏﻠﺑﻳـﺔ أﺻـوات اﻟـدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء ﻓـﻲ ﻳﺣﺻﻝ ﻓﻲ اﻻﻗﺗر ـﻳﻌﺗﺑر أﻏﻠﺑﻳــﺔ واﺿــﺣﺔ ـ ﺳ ـﺎ ـ ﻣ ـو ـ ﻫ و ، ـر ـ ﺛ أﻛ أو ـﺔ ـ ﻳ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣ ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ُ وﻗوﻳﺔ. ﻓ ــﻲ ﺣ ــﺎﻝ ﻋ ــدم ﺣﺻ ــوﻝ أي ﻣ ــن اﻟﻣر ﱠ ﺷ ــﺣﻳن اﻻﺛﻧ ــﻳن ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻷﻏﻠﺑﻳ ــﺔ ُ ﱠن ﻓـﻲ ﻣﻧﺻـب اﻟﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم ﻳﻌـﻳ ، ة اﻟﻔر اﻟﻣﺷﺎر إﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻘـر ﻋﻳـﺔ )ب( ُ اﻟﻣر ﱠ اع اﻟﺗــﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﻠــﻰ أﻏﻠﺑﻳــﺔ ﻋــدد أﺻـوات ﺷــﺢ اﻟــذي ﻳﺣﺻــﻝ ﻓــﻲ اﻻﻗﺗـر ُ اﻷﻋﺿ ـ ــﺎء اﻟﺣﺎﺿـ ـ ـرﻳن واﻟﻣﺷ ـ ــﺎرﻛﻳن ﻓ ـ ــﻲ اﻟﺗﺻ ـ ــوﻳت أو أﻛﺛ ـ ــر ،وﻫ ـ ــو ﺳﻳﻌﺗﺑر أﻏﻠﺑﻳﺔ واﺿﺣﺔ وﻗوﻳﺔ. ﻣﺎ ُ )أ(
-٢
) ب(
) ج(
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
166
ﻫــﺎ ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺑﻳــﺔ ﺛﻠﺛــﻲ ار واذا رﺷــﺢ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ﺷﺧﺻـﺎً واﺣــداً ،ﺗﺗﺧــذ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﻗر -٣ ٕ أﺻوات اﻷﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﺣﺎﺿرﻳن واﻟﻣﺷﺎرﻛﻳن ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٠٩ رﺣــﺎ ﺟدﻳــدا إذا رﻓﺿــت ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﺗرﺷــﻳﺢ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ،ﻳﻘــدم اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس اﻗﺗ ا اﻋﻰ أن ﻣن اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺣﺳـن ﺣﺳـم اﻟﻣﺳـﺄﻟﺔ ﻗﺑـﻝ أن ﺑﻣﺟرد أن ﺗﺳﻣﺢ اﻟظروف ﺑذﻟك ،وﻳر ﺗﺧﺗﺗم ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ دورﺗﻬﺎ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١١٠ ﺗﻌﺗﻣــد ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﻋﻘــد اﻟﺗﻌﻳــﻳن وﻳوﻗﻌــﻪ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻛﻣــﺎ ﻳوﻗﻌــﻪ رﺋــﻳس ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﺳم اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١١١ إذا ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌذر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم أن ﻳﺿـطﻠﻊ ﺑﻣﻬـﺎم ﻣﻧﺻـﺑﻪ أو إذا ﻣـﺎ ﺧـﻼ ﻫـذا رﻋـﺎة اﻟﻣﻧﺻب ﻳﻘوم ﻛﺑﻳـر ﻣـوظﻔﻲ اﻷﻣﺎﻧـﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣـﺔ ﺑﺄﻋﻣـﺎﻝ اﻟﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻳﺎﺑـﺔ ﻣـﻊ ﻣ ا ار ﻳﺗﺧذﻩ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس. أي ﻗر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١١٢ ﻳﻘــوم اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ،ﺗﺣــت ﺳــﻠطﺔ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ،ﺑﺄﻳــﺔ واﺟﺑــﺎت ﻣﺣــددة ﻓــﻲ ﻣوﺿــﻊ آﺧر ﻣن ﻫذا اﻟﻧظـﺎم وﻓـﻲ اﻟﻼﺋﺣـﺔ اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳـﺔ واﻟﻧظـﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳـﻲ ﻟﻠﻣـوظﻔﻳن وﺑﺄﻳـﺔ واﺟﺑـﺎت ﺗﻌﻬد ﺑﻬﺎ إﻟﻳﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ أو اﻟﻣﺟﻠس وذﻟك ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣﻬـﺎم اﻟﺗـﻲ أﻧﺎطﻬـﺎ ﺑـﻪ ي اﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣﺔ. ﻩ اﻟﻣﺳؤوﻝ اﻟﻔﻧﻲ واﻹدار اﻟدﺳﺗور ﺑﺎﻋﺗﺑﺎر ﻗﺑوﻝ ﻋﺿوﻳﺔ اﻟدوﻝ واﻷﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳﺑﻳن
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١١٣ اﻟطﻠﺑــﺎت اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻘــدﻣﻬﺎ إﺣــدى اﻟــدوﻝ ﻟﻘﺑــوﻝ ﻋﺿــوﻳﺗﻬﺎ واﻟطﻠﺑــﺎت اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻘــدﻣﻬﺎ ى ﻣﺳــؤوﻟﺔ ﻋــن اﻟﻌﻼﻗــﺎت اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ ﻷرض أو ﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋــﺔ دوﻟــﺔ ﻋﺿــو أو ﺳــﻠطﺔ أﺧــر ة ﻟﻘﺑ ـ ــوﻝ ﻋﺿ ـ ــوﻳﺗﻬﺎ رﺿ ـ ــﻲ اﻟﻣ ـ ــذﻛور رﺿ ـ ــﻲ ﻧﻳﺎﺑ ـ ــﺔ ﻋ ـ ــن اﻷرض أو ﻣﺟﻣوﻋ ـ ــﺔ اﻷ ا أا اﻻﻧﺗﺳ ــﺎﺑﻳﺔ ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ ﺗوﺟ ــﻪ إﻟ ــﻰ اﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿ ــﻰ اﻟﻣ ــﺎدﺗﻳن ٦و ٨ﻣ ــن ﻓور ﺑﻬذﻩ اﻟطﻠﺑﺎت. اﻟدﺳﺗور .وﻳﺑﻠّﻎ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء اً ة اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳــﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ج ﻣﺛــﻝ ﻫــذﻩ اﻟطﻠﺑــﺎت ﻓــﻲ ﺟــدوﻝ أﻋﻣــﺎﻝ اﻟــدور وﺗــدر ة ﺑﺛﻼﺛﻳن ﻳوﻣﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻝ. ﺑﺷرط أن ﻳﻛون اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﻗد ﺗﻠﻘﺎﻫﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ اﻓﺗﺗﺎح اﻟدور
167
اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
وﻳﺟــوز ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ أن ﺗﺗﻠﻘــﻰ ﻓــﻲ أي وﻗــت طﻠﺑ ـﺎً ﻟﻠﻌﺿــوﻳﺔ ﺗﻘدﻣــﻪ دوﻟــﺔ ﻛﺎﻧت ﻣن ﻗﺑﻝ ﻋﺿواً ﻣﻧﺗﺳﺑﺎً.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١١٤ ـور إﻟــﻰ اﻟدوﻟــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﺑﻠــﻎ ﻣواﻓﻘــﺔ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ أي طﻠــب ﻟﻠﻌﺿــوﻳﺔ ﻓـ اً ﻗــدﻣت اﻟطﻠــب .وﻟﻬــذﻩ اﻟدوﻟــﺔ ﺣﻳﻧﺋــذ ،وﻓﻘ ـﺎً ﻟﻠﻣــﺎدة ٧٩ﻣــن اﻟدﺳــﺗور ،أن ﺗــودع ﻟــدى ر اﻷﻣﻳن اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻸﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة وﺛﻳﻘﺔ رﺳﻣﻳﺔ ﺑﻘﺑوﻝ اﻟدﺳﺗور ،وﺗﺻﺑﺢ دوﻟﺔ ﻋﺿوا اﻋﺗﺑـﺎ ا ﻣن ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ﻫذا اﻹﻳداع.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١١٥ ﻣواﻓﻘــﺔ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ أي طﻠــب ﻟﻠﻌﺿــوﻳﺔ اﻻﻧﺗﺳــﺎﺑﻳﺔ ،ﻣﻘــدم ﻣــن دوﻟــﺔ ى ﻣﺳـ ــؤوﻟﺔ ﻋـ ــن اﻟﻌﻼﻗـ ــﺎت اﻟدوﻟﻳـ ــﺔ ﻷرض أو ﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋـ ــﺔ ﻋﺿـ ــو أو ﻣـ ــن ﺳـ ــﻠطﺔ أﺧـ ــر ـور إﻟ ــﻰ اﻟدوﻟ ــﺔ رﺿ ــﻲ اﻟﻣ ــذﻛور رﺿ ــﻲ ﻧﻳﺎﺑ ــﺔ ﻋ ــن اﻷرض أو ﻣﺟﻣوﻋ ــﺔ اﻷ ا أا ة ،ﺗﺑﻠ ــﻎ ﻓ ـ اً ى اﻟﺗـﻲ ﻗــدﻣت اﻟطﻠــب .وﺗﺧطــر ﻫـذﻩ اﻟدوﻟــﺔ اﻟﻌﺿــو أو ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﻌﺿـو أو اﻟﺳــﻠطﺔ اﻷﺧــر ى اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﺑﻘﺑــوﻝ اﻟﻌﺿــوﻳﺔ اﻻﻧﺗﺳــﺎﺑﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻳﺎﺑــﺔ ﻋــن اﻟﻌﺿــو اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳــب، اﻟﺳــﻠطﺔ اﻷﺧــر ـﺎر ﻣــن ﺗــﺎرﻳﺦ اﺳــﺗﻼم ﻫــذا وﺗﺻــﺑﺢ اﻷرض أو ﻣﺟﻣوﻋــﺔ اﻷ ا رﺿــﻲ ﻋﺿـواً ﻣﻧﺗﺳــﺑﺎً اﻋﺗﺑـ اً اﻹﺧطﺎر.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١١٦ ى اﻟﻣﺳ ــؤوﻟﺔ ﻋ ــن اﻟﻌﻼﻗ ــﺎت اﻟدوﻟﻳ ــﺔ ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻟدوﻟ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺿ ــو أو اﻟﺳ ــﻠطﺔ اﻷﺧ ــر ﻟﻌﺿو ﻣﻧﺗﺳب واﻟﺗﻲ ﺗرﺳﻝ اﻹﺧطـﺎر ﺑـﺎﻟﻘﺑوﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻳﺎﺑـﺔ ﻋـن اﻟﻌﺿـو اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳـب اﻟﻣـذﻛور ار ﺑـ ــﺄن اﻟدوﻟـ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺿـ ــو أو اﻟﺳـ ــﻠطﺔ ﺑﻣوﺟ ــب اﻟﻣـ ــﺎدة ١١٥أن ﺗـ ــورد ﻓـ ــﻲ إﺧطﺎر ﻫـ ــﺎ إﻗـ ـر اً ى ﻣﺳــؤوﻟﺔ ﻋــن ﺿــﻣﺎن ﺗطﺑﻳــق اﻟﻣ ـواد ٦٦إﻟــﻰ ٦٨ﻣــن اﻟدﺳــﺗور ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠــق اﻷﺧــر ﺑذﻟك اﻟﻌﺿو اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳب.
ﺗﻌدﻳﻝ اﻟدﺳﺗور اﻟﻣﺎدة ١١٧ ح إدﺧﺎﻟﻬــﺎ ﻋﻣ ـﻼً ﺑﺎﻟﻣــﺎدة ٧٣ﻣــن اﻟدﺳــﺗور ،ﺗﺑﻠــﻎ ﻧﺻــوص اﻟﺗﻌــدﻳﻼت اﻟﻣﻘﺗــر ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟدﺳــﺗور إﻟــﻰ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻓــﻲ وﻗــت ﻳﺳــﻣﺢ ﻟــﻪ ﺑﺈرﺳــﺎﻝ ﻧﺳــﺦ ﻣﻧﻬــﺎ إﻟ ـﻰ اﻟــدوﻝ اد أن ﺗﻧظـر ﻓﻳﻬــﺎ ﺑﻣـدة ﻻ ﺗﻘــﻝ ﻋــن اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء ﻗﺑــﻝ ﻳـوم اﻓﺗﺗــﺎح ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﺗـﻲ ﻳـر ﺳﺗﺔ أﺷﻬر.
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
168
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١١٨ ﻫﺎ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ وﻓﻘﺎً ﻟﻠﻣﺎدة اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘﺑﻝ اﻟﺗﻌدﻳﻼت اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘر ٧٣ﻣــن اﻟدﺳــﺗور ﺗﺟﻌــﻝ ﻗﺑوﻟﻬــﺎ ﻧﺎﻓــذاً ﺑﺈﻳــداع وﺛﻳﻘــﺔ رﺳــﻣﻳﺔ ﺑــذﻟك ﻟــدى اﻷﻣــﻳن اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻸﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة.
ﺗﻌدﻳﻝ اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ووﻗف اﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﺄﺣﻛﺎﻣﻪ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١١٩ ار اﻟﺗﻌــدﻳﻼت أو اﻹﺿــﺎﻓﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﺑﻬــذا اﻟﻧظــﺎم ﻓــﻲ أﻳــﺔ ﺟﻠﺳــﺔ ﻳﺟــوز إﻗ ـر ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻣن ﺟﻠﺳﺎت ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ ﺑﺷـرط أن ﺗﻛـون ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ ﻗـد ﺗﻠﻘـت ودرﺳـت ﻳر ﻋﻧﻬﺎ ﻣن ﻟﺟﻧﺔ ﻣﺧﺗﺻﺔ. ﺗﻘر اً
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٢٠ اﻋﺎة أﺣﻛﺎم اﻟدﺳﺗور ،ﻳﺟوز وﻗف اﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﺄﻳﺔ ﻣﺎدة ﻣـن ﻣـواد ﻫـذا اﻟﻧظـﺎم ﻣﻊ ﻣر اح ﻓﻲ أي ﺟﻠﺳﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻣن ﺟﻠﺳﺎت ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﺑﺷـرط أن ﻳﻌطـﻰ إﺷـﻌﺎر ﺑﻧﻳـﺔ اﻗﺗـر اح ﺑــﺄرﺑﻊ وﻋﺷـرﻳن اﻟوﻗــف إﻟــﻰ اﻟوﻓــود ﻗﺑــﻝ اﻧﻌﻘــﺎد اﻟﺟﻠﺳــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺳــﻳﻌرض ﻋﻠﻳﻬــﺎ اﻻﻗﺗـر ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻝ. ــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ ــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ
ي اع اﻟﺳر اء اﻻﻧﺗﺧﺎﺑﺎت ﺑﺎﻻﻗﺗر ﻣﺑﺎدئ ﺗوﺟﻳﻬﻳﺔ ﻹﺟر -١ﻗﺑــﻝ ﺑــدء اﻟﺗﺻــوﻳت ،ﻳﺳــﻠم اﻟ ـرﺋﻳس ﺣﺎﺳــﺑﻲ اﻷﺻ ـوات اﻟﻠــذﻳن ﻳﻌﻳﻧﻬﻣــﺎ ﻗﺎﺋﻣــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﺗـﻲ ﻟﻬـﺎ ﺣـق اﻟﺗﺻـوﻳت وﻗﺎﺋﻣـﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣرﺷـﺣﻳن .وﻓﻳﻣـﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠـق ﺑﺎﻧﺗﺧـﺎب اﻟ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء اﻟﻣﺧ ــوﻝ ﻟﻬ ــﺎ ﺣ ــق ﺗﻌﻳ ــﻳن أﺷ ــﺧﺎص ﻟﻠﻌﻣ ــﻝ ﻛﺄﻋﺿ ــﺎء ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذي أو ﺑﺎﻧﺗﺧــﺎب اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ،ﻻ ﺗﺗﺿــﻣن ﻗﺎﺋﻣــﺔ اﻟﻣرﺷــﺣﻳن ﺳــوى اﻟﺗرﺷــﻳﺣﺎت اءات اﻟـ ـواردة ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﻣ ــﺎدﺗﻳن ١٠٠ اﻟﻣﻘدﻣ ــﺔ إﻟ ــﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ــﺔ وﻓﻘـ ـﺎً ﻟﻺﺟـ ـر و ١٠٨ﻣن اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ. اع ﻛﻠﻬــﺎ ﻣــن اق اﻻﻗﺗ ـر اع ﻟﻛــﻝ وﻓــد .وﺗﻛــون أور -٢ﺗﺳــﻠم اﻷﻣﺎﻧــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ ورﻗــﺔ اﻗﺗ ـر ة. ﺣﺟم وﻟون واﺣد دون ﻋﻼﻣﺎت ﻣﻣﻳز غ وﻳﻐﻠﻘﺎﻧــﻪ ﺛــم ﻳﺳــﻠﻣﺎن اع ﻓــﺎر -٣ﻳﺗﺣﻘــق ﺣﺎﺳــﺑﺎ اﻷﺻـوات ﻣــن أن ﺻــﻧدوق اﻻﻗﺗ ـر ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺣﻪ إﻟﻰ اﻟرﺋﻳس. ى ﻧداء اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء ﺗﺑﺎﻋﺎً ﻟﻠﺗﺻـوﻳت ﺣﺳـب اﻟﺗرﺗﻳـب اﻷﺑﺟـدي اﻟﻣﻘـرر -٤ﻳﺟر ﻷﺳ ــﻣﺎﺋﻬﺎ١، ﻋ ــﺔ .وﻳ ــﺗم اﻟﻧ ــداء ء ﺑﺎﺳ ــم اﻟدوﻟ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺿ ــو اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﻳﺳ ــﺣب اﺳ ــﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘر ـدا ـ ﺗ اﺑ ً ﺑﺎﻷﺳﺑﺎﻧﻳﺔ واﻹﻧﻛﻠﻳزﻳﺔ واﻟروﺳﻳﺔ واﻟﻔرﻧﺳﻳﺔ. -٥ﻳﺳﺟﻝ أﻣﻳن اﻟﺟﻠﺳﺔ وﺣﺎﺳﺑﺎ اﻷﺻوات ﺻوت ﻛﻝ دوﻟﺔ ﻋﺿو ﺑوﺿـﻊ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﻫــﺎﻣش ﻗﺎﺋﻣــﺔ اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻟﻬــﺎ ﺣــق اﻟﺗﺻــوﻳت أﻣــﺎم اﺳــم اﻟدوﻟــﺔ اﻟﻌﺿــو اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳﺔ. -٦ﺑﻌد اﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻧداء اﻟـدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء ،ﻳﺗﺣﻘـق اﻟـرﺋﻳس ﻣـن أن ﺟﻣﻳـﻊ اﻟـدوﻝ ة واﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﻟﻬ ــﺎ ﺣ ــق اﻟﺗﺻ ــوﻳت ﻗ ــد ﻧ ــودي ﻋﻠﻳﻬ ــﺎ ،ﺛ ــم ﻳﻌﻠ ــن اﻧﺗﻬ ــﺎء اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء اﻟﺣﺎﺿـ ـر ي ﻋد اﻷﺻوات. اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت وأﻧﻪ ﺳﻳﺟر واذا ﻟــم اق اﻻﻗﺗـ ـر -٧ﻋﻧــد ﻓــﺗﺢ ﺻــﻧدوق اﻻﻧﺗﺧــﺎب ﻳﻌــد ﺣﺎﺳــﺑﺎ اﻷﺻ ـوات أور اعٕ . اق ﻣﺳ ــﺎوﻳﺎً ﻟﻌ ــدد اﻟﻣﺻ ــوﺗﻳن ،ﻳﻌﻠ ــن اﻟـ ـرﺋﻳس ﺑط ــﻼن اﻟﺗﺻ ــوﻳت ﻳﻛ ــن ﻋ ــدد ﻫ ــذﻩ اﻷور اع آﺧر. ى اﻗﺗر وﻳﺟر اق ج ﻗﺎﻋــﺔ اﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ ،ﺗﻌــﺎد أور -٨ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺣــﺎﻻت اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻳــﺗم ﻓﻳﻬــﺎ ﻋــد اﻷﺻـوات ﺧــﺎر اع إﻟﻰ ﺻـﻧدوق اﻻﻧﺗﺧـﺎب وﻳﺣﻣـﻝ ﺣﺎﺳـﺑﺎ اﻷﺻـوات اﻟﺻـﻧدوق إﻟـﻰ اﻟﻐرﻓـﺔ اﻟﺗـﻲ اﻻﻗﺗر ي ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﻋد اﻷﺻوات. ﺳﻳﺟر
١ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿﻰ اﻟﻣﺎدة ٧٢ﻣن اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ )اﻧظر اﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ .(١٥٦ 169
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
170
ر أﺣــد ﺣﺎﺳـﺑﻲ اﻷﺻـوات ﺑﻌـد ذﻟــك ﺑﺻــوت ﻋـﺎﻝ اﻷﺳــﻣﺎء اﻟـواردة ﻓــﻲ ورﻗــﺔ -٩ﻳﻘـ أ اع .وﻳدون ﺣﺎﺳب اﻷﺻوات اﻵﺧر ﻋـدد اﻷﺻـوات اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺣﺻـﻝ ﻋﻠﻳﻬـﺎ ﻛـﻝ ﻣـن اﻻﻗﺗر اﻟﻣرﺷﺣﻳن اﻟﻣذﻛورﻳن أﻣﺎم اﺳم اﻟﻣرﺷﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ وﺛﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻌد ﻟﻬذا اﻟﻐرض. اع اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻟــم ﺗــدون ﻓﻳﻬــﺎ أﺳــﻣﺎء أو اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﺣﻣــﻝ ﻛﻠﻣــﺔ "ﻣﻣﺗﻧــﻊ" ﺗﻌﺗﺑــر -١٠ورﻗــﺔ اﻻﻗﺗـر ﺑﻣﺛﺎﺑﺔ اﻣﺗﻧﺎع ﻋن اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت. ﻻﻏﻳﺔ: -١١ﺗﻌﺗﺑر ﺑﺎطﻠﺔ و رﻛـز اع اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺿﻣن ﻣن اﻷﺳﻣﺎء ﻋدداً ﻳزﻳد أو ﻳﻘﻝ ﻋن ﻋـدد اﻟﻣ ا اق اﻻﻗﺗر أور )أ( ة؛ اﻻﻧﺗﺧﺎﺑﻳﺔ اﻟﻣطﻠوب ﺷﻐﻠﻬﺎ ،أو اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳرد ﻓﻳﻬﺎ اﺳم أﺣد اﻟﻣرﺷﺣﻳن أﻛﺛر ﻣن ﻣر اع اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻛﺷف ﻓﻳﻬـﺎ اﻟﻣﺻـوﺗون ﻋـن ﺷﺧﺻـﻳﺗﻬم ،وذﻟـك ﺧﺎﺻـﺔ اق اﻻﻗﺗر )ب( أور ﺑوﺿﻊ ﺗوﻗﻳﻌﻬم أو ﺑذﻛر اﺳم اﻟدوﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﺿو اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﺛﻠوﻧﻬﺎ؛ اع اﻟﺗـﻲ ﻳـرد اق اﻻﻗﺗر )ج( ﺣﻳن ﻳﻘﺿﻲ اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﺑذﻛر أﺳﻣﺎء اﻟﻣرﺷﺣﻳن ،أور ﻓﻳﻬﺎ أﺳﻣﺎء ﻣرﺷﺣﻳن ﻏﻳر أوﻟﺋك اﻟذﻳن ﺗﻣت ﺗﺳﻣﻳﺗﻬم وﻓﻘﺎ ﻷﺣﻛﺎم اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﻣذﻛور. -١٢ﺣــﻳن ﻳــﺗم ﻋــد اﻷﺻـوات ﻳرﺻــد ﺣﺎﺳــﺑﺎ اﻷﺻـوات اﻟﻧﺗــﺎﺋﺞ ﻓــﻲ وﺛﻳﻘــﺔ ﺗﻌــد ﻟﻬــذا اﻟﻐرض وﻳوﻗﻌﺎن ﻫذﻩ اﻟوﺛﻳﻘﺔ وﻳﺳﻠﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ اﻟرﺋﻳس .وﻳﻌﻠن اﻟرﺋﻳس اﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻠﺳـﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺗرﺗﻳب اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ :ﻋدد اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﺗﻲ ﻟﻬـﺎ ﺣـق اﻟﺗﺻـوﻳت؛ ﻋـدد اﻟﻐـﺎﺋﺑﻳن؛ اق اﻟﺗﺻـ ــوﻳت اﻟﺑﺎطﻠـ ــﺔ واﻟﻼﻏﻳـ ــﺔ؛ ﻋـ ــدد اﻟـ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـ ــﺎء ﻋـ ــدد اﻟﻣﻣﺗﻧﻌـ ــﻳن؛ ﻋـ ــدد أور ة واﻟﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﺔ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺗﺻــوﻳت؛ اﻟﻌــدد اﻟــﻼزم ﻟﻸﻏﻠﺑﻳــﺔ ،أﺳــﻣﺎء اﻟﻣرﺷــﺣﻳن وﻋــدد اﻟﺣﺎﺿ ـر اﻷﺻوات اﻟﺗﻲ ﺣﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻬم ﺑﺎﻟﺗرﺗﻳب اﻟﺗﻧﺎزﻟﻲ ﻟﻌدد اﻷﺻوات. اض ﻫذﻩ اﻷﺣﻛﺎم: -١٣ﺗﻧطﺑق اﻟﺗﻌﺎرﻳف اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻷﻏر ) أ ( "اﻟﻐ ــﺎﺋﺑون" -اﻟ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﻟﻬ ــﺎ ﺣ ــق اﻟﺗﺻ ــوﻳت وﻟﻛ ــن ﻟ ــم ﻳﺣﺿ ــر ي؛ اع اﻟﺳر ى ﻓﻳﻬﺎ اﻻﻗﺗر ﻣﻣﺛﻠوﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺟﻠﺳﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺟر ة واﻟﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﺔ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺗﺻــوﻳت"-اﻟﻔــرق ﺑــﻳن ﻋــدد )ب( "ﻋــدد اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﺣﺎﺿ ـر اق ع ﻋـدد اﻟﻣﺗﻐﻳﺑـﻳن واﻟﻣﻣﺗﻧﻌـﻳن وأور اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء اﻟﺗـﻲ ﻟﻬـﺎ ﺣـق اﻟﺗﺻـوﻳت وﻣﺟﻣـو اع اﻟﻼﻏﻳﺔ. اﻻﻗﺗر -١٤ﻳﻌﻠن اﻟرﺋﻳس اﻧﺗﺧﺎب اﻟﻣرﺷﺣﻳن اﻟذﻳن ﺣﺻﻠوا ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻏﻠﺑﻳﺔ اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ. -١٥اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ وﻗﻌﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﺳﺑﺎ اﻷﺻوات واﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﺟﻼ ﻓﻳﻬـﺎ ﻧﺗـﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﺗﺻـوﻳت ﺗﺷـﻛﻝ اﻟﻣﺣﺿــر اﻟرﺳــﻣﻲ ﻟﺣﺳــﺎب اﻷﺻ ـوات وﻳﺣــﺗﻔظ ﺑﻬــﺎ ﻓــﻲ ﻣﺣﻔوظــﺎت اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ .وﺗﻌــدم اع. اع ﻓور إﻋﻼن ﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ اﻻﻗﺗر اق اﻻﻗﺗر أور
171
اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ
ﺷرح ﻣﻔﻬوم ﻧﻘطﺔ اﻟﻧظﺎم ) أ ( ﻧﻘطــﺔ اﻟﻧظــﺎم ﻫــﻲ أﺳﺎﺳ ـﺎً ﻛﻠﻣــﺔ ﻣوﺟﻬــﺔ إﻟــﻰ اﻟ ـرﺋﻳس ﺑطﻠــب اﺳــﺗﺧدام ﺑﻌــض اﺣﺔ ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿ ــﻰ اﻟﻧظ ــﺎم اﻟﺻ ــﻼﺣﻳﺎت اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﻳﻧط ــوي ﻋﻠﻳﻬ ــﺎ ﻣﻧﺻ ــﺑﻪ أو اﻟﻣﺧوﻟ ــﺔ ﻟ ــﻪ ﺻـ ـر اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ .وﻗد ﺗﺗﻌﻠـق ﻧﻘطـﺔ اﻟﻧظـﺎم ﻣـﺛﻼً ﺑﺎﻟطرﻳﻘـﺔ اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗـدار ﺑﻬـﺎ اﻟﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷـﺔ أو ﺑﺣﻔـظ ام ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺿﻲ ﺑﻪ اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ أو ﺑﺎﻟطرﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﺎرس ﺑﻬﺎ اﻟرﺋﻳس اﻟﻧظﺎم أو ﺑﺎﻟﺗز اﻟﺻــﻼﺣﻳﺎت اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻳﺧوﻟﻬــﺎ ﻟــﻪ اﻟﻧظــﺎم اﻟــداﺧﻠﻲ .وﻳﺟــوز ﻟﻠﻣﻧــدوب أو ﻟﻣﻣﺛــﻝ اﻟﻌﺿــو اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳب ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿﻰ ﻧﻘطﺔ اﻟﻧظﺎم أن ﻳطﻠب ﻣن اﻟرﺋﻳس ﺗطﺑﻳق ﻣـﺎدة ﻣﻌﻳﻧـﺔ ﻣـن ﻣـواد اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ أو أن ﻳﻌﺗرض ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟطرﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳطﺑق ﺑﻬﺎ اﻟرﺋﻳس اﻟﻣﺎدة .وﻫﻛـذا ﻳﺗﺎح ﻟﻠﻣﻧدوﺑﻳن واﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠﻳن ﻓﻲ إطﺎر اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ أن ﻳوﺟﻬوا ﻧظر اﻟرﺋﻳس إﻟﻰ ﻣـﺎ ﻗ ــد ﻳﺣ ــدث ﻣ ــن ﺧ ــرق ﻟﻠﻧظ ــﺎم اﻟ ــداﺧﻠﻲ أو ﻣ ــن إﺳ ــﺎءة ﻟﺗطﺑﻳ ــق ﻣـ ـوادﻩ ﻣ ــن ﺟﺎﻧ ــب اﻟﻣﻧدوﺑﻳن أو اﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠﻳن اﻵﺧرﻳن أو ﻣن ﺟﺎﻧب اﻟـرﺋﻳس ﻧﻔﺳـﻪ .وﻟﻧﻘطـﺔ اﻟﻧظـﺎم أﺳـﺑﻘﻳﺔ اﺋﻳﺔ )اﻟﻣﺎدﺗﺎن ٥٦و.(٦٢ اﺣﺎت اﻹﺟر ى ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟك اﻻﻗﺗر ﻋﻠﻰ أﻳﺔ ﻣﺳﺄﻟﺔ أﺧر )ب( ﻧﻘــﺎط اﻟﻧظــﺎم اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﺛــﺎر ﺑﻣوﺟــب اﻟﻣــﺎدة ٥٦ﺗﺗﻌﻠــق ﺑﻣﺳــﺎﺋﻝ ﺗﻘﺗﺿــﻲ أن ﻳﺑــت اﺋﻳــﺔ رﺣــﺎت اﻹﺟر ار ﻳﺟــوز اﻟطﻌــن ﻓﻳــﻪ ،وﻫــﻲ ﻟــذﻟك ﺗﺧﺗﻠــف ﻋــن اﻻﻗﺗ ا ﻓﻳﻬــﺎ اﻟـرﺋﻳس ﺑﻘ ـر اﻟﻣﺷـــﺎر إﻟﻳﻬـ ــﺎ ﻓـ ــﻲ اﻟﻣ ـ ـواد ﻣـ ــن ٥٩إﻟ ــﻰ ٦٢واﻟﺗـ ــﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛـ ــن اﻟﻔﺻـ ــﻝ ﻓﻳﻬـ ــﺎ إﻻ ﺑﺄﺧـ ــذ اح ﻓــﻲ ﻧﻔــس اﻟوﻗــت، اﻷﺻـوات وﻳﺟــوز أن ﺗﺗﻧــﺎوﻝ اﻟﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷــﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﺷــﺄﻧﻬﺎ أﻛﺛــر ﻣــن اﻗﺗ ـر رﺣــﺎت .وﻫــﻲ ﺗﺧﺗﻠــف ﻛــذﻟك ﻋﻠﻣـﺎً ﺑــﺄن اﻟﻣــﺎدة ٦٢ﺗﺣــدد اﻷﺳــﺑﻘﻳﺔ ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﺑــﻳن ﻫــذﻩ اﻻﻗﺗ ا ﻋن طﻠﺑﺎت اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت أو اﻹﻳﺿﺎﺣﺎت وﻋن اﻟﻣﻼﺣظﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻌﻠـق ﺑﺗرﺗﻳﺑـﺎت ﻣﺎدﻳـﺔ ة اﻟﻐرﻓﺔ( وﺑﺎﻟوﺛﺎﺋق واﻟﺗرﺟﻣﺔ ،اﻟﺦ. رر )ﻧظﺎم اﻟﺟﻠوس وﻧظﺎم اﻟﺗرﺟﻣﺔ اﻟﻔورﻳﺔ ودرﺟﺔ ﺣ ا ار ﻣ ــن اﻟـ ـرﺋﻳس وﻟ ــو أن اﻷﻣ ــر ﻗ ــد ﻳﻘﺗﺿ ــﻲ أن ﻳﺗﻌ ــرض ﻟﻬ ــﺎ اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺣﺗ ــﺎج إﻟ ــﻰ ﻗـ ـر اﻟرﺋﻳس .وﻣﻊ ذﻟك ﻓﻘد درﺟت اﻟﻣﻣﺎرﺳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ أن اﻟﻣﻧـدوب أو ﻣﻣﺛـﻝ اﻟﻌﺿـو اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳـب رﺋ ـ ــﻲ أو ﻓ ـ ــﻲ اﻟﺣﺻ ـ ــوﻝ ﻋﻠ ـ ــﻰ ﻣﻌﻠوﻣ ـ ــﺎت أو اح إﺟ ا ﻏ ـ ــب ﻓ ـ ــﻲ اﻟﺗﻘ ـ ــدم ﺑ ـ ــﺎﻗﺗر اﻟ ـ ــذي ﻳر ﻻ ﻳﺻـﺢ اﻟﺧﻠـط ﺑـﻳن ة "ﻧﻘطﺔ ﻧظﺎم" ﻷﺧذ اﻟﻛﻠﻣﺔ .و ر ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻣد إﻟﻰ إﺛﺎر إﻳﺿﺎﺣﺎت ﻛﺛﻳ ا ة ﻧﻘطــﺔ ﻧظــﺎم ﺑﻣوﺟــب ات ﻋﻣﻠﻳــﺔ ،وﺑــﻳن إﺛــﺎر ﻫــذا اﻷﺳــﻠوب ،اﻟــذي ﻳﺳــﺗﻧد إﻟــﻰ اﻋﺗﺑــﺎر اﻟﻣﺎدة .٥٦ ـور ﻓ ــﻲ ﻧﻘط ــﺔ اﻟﻧظ ــﺎم طﺑﻘ ــﺎ )ج( ﻳﺟ ــب ،ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿ ــﻰ اﻟﻣ ــﺎدة ،٥٦أن ﻳﺑ ــت اﻟـ ـرﺋﻳس ﻓ ـ اً ـور ﻟﻠﺗﺻــوﻳت .وﻣــؤدى ﻩ ﻳﺟــب ﻛــذﻟك أن ﻳطــر رر ﻟﻠﻧظــﺎم اﻟــداﺧﻠﻲ ،وأي طﻌــن ﻓــﻲ ﻗـ ا ح ﻓـ اً ذﻟك ،ﻛﻘﺎﻋدة ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ،أﻧﻪ: ار اﻟ ـرﺋﻳس ع ﻓــﻲ ﻗ ـر ﻻ اﻟطﻌــن اﻟﻣرﻓــو ) (١ﻻ ﻳﺟــوز ﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷــﺔ ﻧﻘطــﺔ اﻟﻧظــﺎم و ﺑﺷﺄﻧﻬﺎ؛ ع أو ﻋـ ــن ة ﻧﻘطـ ــﺔ ﻧظـ ــﺎم ﻋـ ــن ﻧﻔـ ــس اﻟﻣوﺿـ ــو ) (٢ﻻ ﻳﺟـ ــوز اﻟﺳـ ــﻣﺎح ﺑﺈﺛـ ــﺎر ع ﻳﺑت ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘطﺔ اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻷﺻﻠﻳﺔ وأي طﻌن ﻧﺷﺄ ﻋﻧﻬﺎ. ﻣوﺿو وﻣ ــﻊ ذﻟ ــك ﻳﺟ ــوز ﻟﻠـ ـرﺋﻳس وﻟﻠوﻓ ــود أن ﻳطﻠﺑـ ـوا ﻣﻌﻠوﻣ ــﺎت أو إﻳﺿ ــﺎﺣﺎت ﺑﺷ ــﺄن ﻧﻘط ــﺔ ة ﻟــذﻟك ،أن ﻳطﻠــب ﻣــن اﻟوﻓــود أن ﺗﻌﺑــر ﻋــن أى ﺿــرور اﻟﻧظــﺎم .ﻛــذﻟك ﻟﻠ ـرﺋﻳس ،إذا ر ﻩ .وﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟ ـرﺋﻳس ،وﻓــﻲ اﻟﺣــﺎﻻت رر اﺋﻬــﺎ ﺑﺷــﺄن ﻧﻘطــﺔ اﻟﻧظــﺎم ﻗﺑــﻝ أن ﻳﺻــدر ﻓﻳﻬــﺎ ﻗ ـ ا آر
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
172
ﻩ رر اء وﻳﺻــدر ﻗ ـ ا اء ،أن ﻳﻧﻬــﻲ ﺗﺑــﺎدﻝ اﻵر اﻻﺳــﺗﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻳﻠﺟــﺄ ﻓﻳﻬــﺎ إﻟــﻰ ﻫــذا اﻹﺟ ـر ﺑﻣﺟرد أن ﻳﻛون ﻋﻠﻰ اﺳﺗﻌداد ﻹﻋﻼﻧﻪ. ) د ( ﺗ ــﻧص اﻟﻣ ــﺎدة ٥٦ﻋﻠ ــﻰ أﻧ ــﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺟ ــوز ﻟﻠﻣﻧ ــدوب أو ﻟﻣﻣﺛ ــﻝ اﻟﻌﺿ ــو اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳ ــب اﻟذي أﺛﺎر ﻧﻘطﺔ ﻧظﺎم أن ﻳﺗﻌرض ﻟﺟوﻫر اﻟﻣﺳﺄﻟﺔ ﻗﻳد اﻟﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷـﺔ وﺑﺎﻟﺗـﺎﻟﻲ ﻓـﺈن اﻟطﺑﻳﻌـﺔ اﺋﻳــﺔ اﻟﺑﺣﺗــﺔ ﻟﻧﻘــﺎط اﻟﻧظــﺎم ﺗﻘﺗﺿــﻲ اﻹﻳﺟــﺎز .وﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟـرﺋﻳس أن ﻳــؤﻣن أن ﺗﻛــون اﻹﺟر ح. اﻟﻛﻠﻣﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻠﻘﻰ ﺑﺷﺄن ﻧﻘطﺔ اﻟﻧظﺎم ﻣﺗﻣﺷﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻫذا اﻟﺷر _______________________
اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي ﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ١
اﻟﻌﺿوﻳﺔ واﻟﺣﺿور
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١
طﺑﻘــﺎ ﻟﻠﻔﺻــﻝ اﻟﺳــﺎدس ﻣــن دﺳــﺗور ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ )اﻟﻣﺷــﺎر إﻟﻳﻬــﺎ ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﺑﻌــد ﺑﺎﺳــم "اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ"( وطﺑﻘــﺎ ﻟﻠﻣ ـواد ١٠٥-٩٨ﻣــن اﻟﻧظــﺎم اﻟــداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ )اﻟﻣﺷــﺎر إﻟﻳﻬــﺎ ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﺑﻌــد ﺑﺎﺳــم "ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ"( ،ﻳﻛــون اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذي )اﻟﻣﺷﺎر إﻟﻳﻪ ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﺑﻌد ﺑﺎﺳم "اﻟﻣﺟﻠس"( وﻳﺷﺗرك ﻓﻲ أﻋﻣﺎﻟﻪ اﻷﺷﺧﺎص )اﻟﻣﺷﺎر إﻟﻳﻬم ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﺑﻌد ﺑﺎﺳم "اﻷﻋﺿﺎء"( اﻟﻣﻌﻳﻧون ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﺎ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺎ ﻟﻳﻌﻣﻠوا أﻋﺿﺎء ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻝ دوﻟﺔ ﻋﺿو ﻣﺧوﻝ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺣق ﺗﻌﻳـﻳن ﺷـﺧص ﻟﻠﻌﻣـﻝ ﻋﺿـوا ﻓـﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس أن ﺗﺑﻠّــﻎ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻛﺗﺎﺑــﺔ ﺑﺎﺳــم اﻟﺷــﺧص اﻟﻣﻌــﻳن واﺳــم أي ﺑــدﻳﻝ أو ﻣﺳﺗﺷــﺎر ﻟــﻪ. وﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﻛذﻟك أن ﺗﺑﻠّﻎ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﺑﺄي ﺗﻐﻳﻳر ﺗﺟرﻳﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫذا اﻟﺗﻌﻳﻳن.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣
ﻳﺟ ــوز ﻟﺟﻣﻳ ــﻊ اﻟ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء ﻏﻳ ــر اﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠ ــﺔ ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس وﻟﻠ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء ﻻت اﻟﺗــﻲ اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳــﺑﺔ أن ﺗﻌــﻳن ﻣﻣــﺛﻼً ﻳﻛــون ﻟــﻪ ﺣــق اﻟﻣﺷــﺎرﻛﺔ دون ﺗﺻــوﻳت ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣــداو ﺗــدور ﻓــﻲ ﺟﻠﺳــﺎت اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ،واﻟﻠﺟــﺎن اﻟﻣﺣــدودة اﻟﻌﺿــوﻳﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻳﻧﺷــﺋﻬﺎ )ﺣﺳــﺑﻣﺎ ﻫــو ﻣﺣدد ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺎدة .(١٦ وﺑﻣوﺟ ــب أﺣﻛ ــﺎم ﻫ ــذﻩ اﻟﻣ ــﺎدة ﺗﺗﺣﻣ ــﻝ اﻟدوﻟ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺿ ــو اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳ ــﺔ أو ﺗﺗﺣﻣ ــﻝ اﻟدوﻟ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺿو اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳﺑﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳﺔ ﺗﻛﺎﻟﻳف اﻟﺗﻣﺛﻳﻝ. ﺗﻛــون ﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠــﻲ اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء واﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳــﺑﺔ اﻟــذﻳن ﻳﺷــﺗرﻛون ﻓــﻲ اﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﺎت ﺑﻣوﺟب أﺣﻛﺎم ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻣﺎدة ،اﻟﺣﻘوق اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳـﺔ) :أ( اﻟﺣـق ﻓـﻲ اﻟﺗﺣـدث ﺑﻌـد رﺣــﺎت رﺣــﺎت وﺗﻌــدﻳﻼت اﻻﻗﺗ ا ﺗﺣــدث أﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس؛ )ب( اﻟﺣــق ﻓــﻲ ﺗﻘــدﻳم اﻻﻗﺗ ا اﻟﺗـﻲ ﻳﻧظـر ﻓﻳﻬـﺎ اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس ،ﻓﻘـط إذا أﻳــدﻫﺎ ﻋﺿـو ﻣـن أﻋﺿـﺎء اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس؛ )ج( اﻟﺣــق ﻓﻲ اﻟرد. ار م ت١٧ق (٦٣وﻋدﻟـ ــﻪ ﻓـ ــﻲ ة ) اﻟﻘ ـ ـر ﻩ اﻟﻣﺟﻠـ ــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳـ ــذي ﻓـ ــﻲ دورﺗـ ــﻪ اﻟﺳـ ــﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﺷ ـ ـر ١ﻧـ ــص أﻗ ـ ـر رﺗ ـ ــﻪ اﻟﻌﺷـ ـ ـرﻳن واﻟﺣﺎدﻳ ـ ــﺔ واﻟﻌﺷـ ـ ـرﻳن واﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳ ـ ــﺔ واﻟﻌﺷـ ـ ـرﻳن واﻟﺛﺎﻣﻧ ـ ــﺔ واﻟﻌﺷـ ـ ـرﻳن واﻟﺣﺎدﻳ ـ ــﺔ واﻟﺛﻼﺛ ـ ــﻳن دو ا واﻟﺳـ ـ ــﺎﺑﻌﺔ واﻟﺛﻼﺛـ ـ ــﻳن واﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛـ ـ ــﺔ واﻟﺧﻣﺳـ ـ ــﻳن واﻟﺳـ ـ ــﺎﺑﻌﺔ واﻟﺧﻣﺳـ ـ ــﻳن واﻟﺳـ ـ ــﺎﺑﻌﺔ واﻟﺗﺳـ ـ ــﻌﻳن واﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳـ ـ ــﺔ ﺑﻌـ ـ ــد ة ﺑﻌـ ــد اﻟﻣﺎﺋـ ــﺔ واﻟﺣﺎدﻳـ ــﺔ واﻟﻌﺷ ـ ـرﻳن ﺑﻌـ ــد اﻟﻣﺎﺋـ ــﺔ واﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳـ ــﺔ واﻟﻌﺷ ـ ـرﻳن ﺑﻌـ ــد اﻟﻣﺎﺋـ ــﺔ اﻟﻣﺎﺋ ـ ـﺔ واﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳـ ــﺔ ﻋﺷ ـ ـر اﺑﻌ ـ ــﺔ واﻟﺛﻼﺛ ـ ــﻳن ﺑﻌ ـ ــد اﻟﻣﺎﺋ ـ ــﺔ واﻟﺳﺎدﺳ ـ ــﺔ واﻟﻌﺷـ ـ ـرﻳن ﺑﻌ ـ ــد اﻟﻣﺎﺋ ـ ــﺔ واﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳ ـ ــﺔ واﻟﺛﻼﺛ ـ ــﻳن ﺑﻌ ـ ــد اﻟﻣﺎﺋ ـ ــﺔ واﻟر ات م ت٢٠ق ٢٤وم ت٢١ق ٥٢وم ت٢٢ق ١١وم ت٢٨ق ٢١وم ت٣١ق ١٥وم ت٣٧ق٢٤ رر )اﻟﻘ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ا وم ت٥٣ق ٢٩وم ت٥٣ق ٣٧وم ت٥٧ق ٣٨وم ت٩٧ق ١٠وم ت١٠٢ق ١وم ت١١٢ق ١وم ت١٢١ق١ اﺋﻲ م ت.(٣)١٣٤ وم ت١٢٢ق ٨وم ت١٢٦ق ٨وم ت١٣٢ق ١٣واﻟﻣﻘرر اﻹﺟر 173
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
174
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤ ى اﻟﺗـ ــﻲ أﻗﺎﻣـ ــت ﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠـ ــﻲ اﻷﻣـ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـ ــدة واﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺎت اﻟدوﻟﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳـ ــﺔ اﻷﺧـ ــر اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻣﻌﻬــﺎ ﻋﻼﻗــﺎت ﻓﻌﺎﻟــﺔ ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿــﻰ اﻟﻣــﺎدة ٧٠ﻣــن اﻟدﺳــﺗور أن ﻳﺷــﺗرﻛوا ﺑــدون ﻻت اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﺗ ــدور ﻓ ــﻲ ﺟﻠﺳ ــﺎت اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس وﻟﺟﺎﻧ ــﻪ ،وذﻟ ــك ﻣ ــﻊ ﻋ ــدم ﺗﺻ ــوﻳت ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﻣ ــداو ﻻء اﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠــﻳن ﻛــذﻟك أن اﻹﺧــﻼﻝ ﺑﺄﺣﻛــﺎم اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗــﺎت اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣــﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﻫــذا اﻟﺧﺻــوص .وﻟﻬــؤ ﻳﺣﺿــروا ﻣــﺎ ﻳــدور ﻣــن ﻣــداو ى ﻋﻳــﺔ أو اﻟﺗﻘﺳــﻳﻣﺎت اﻷﺧــر ﻻت ﻓــﻲ ﺟﻠﺳــﺎت اﻟﻠﺟــﺎن اﻟﻔر ﻻت دون ﺗﺻوﻳت إذا دﻋوا ﻟذﻟك. وأن ﻳﺷﺗرﻛوا ﻓﻲ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻣداو وﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠــﻲ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت ﻏﻳــر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗرﺑطﻬــﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ ﻋﻼﻗــﺎت رﺳــﻣﻳﺔ أن اك ﻓـﻲ ﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ ﻻت اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻟﻧﺣـو اﻟـوارد ﺑﺷـﺄن اﻻﺷـﺗر ﻳﺷﺗرﻛوا ﻓﻲ ﻣداو ﻓــﻲ "اﻟﻣﺑــﺎدئ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﺣﻛــم اﻟﻌﻼﻗــﺎت ﺑــﻳن ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ واﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺎت ﻏﻳــر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳﺔ"١.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥ ة ﻣوﻋـد وﻣﻛـﺎن ﻳﻌﻘد اﻟﻣﺟﻠس دورﺗﻳن ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻷﻗـﻝ ﻓـﻲ اﻟﺳـﻧﺔ .وﻳﺣـدد ﻓـﻲ ﻛـﻝ دور اﻧﻌﻘﺎد دورﺗﻪ اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ. ة اﻟﻌﺎدﻳــﺔ ﺑﺛﻣﺎﻧﻳــﺔ ﻳرﺳــﻝ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم اﻟــدﻋوات ﻟﻌﻘــد اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ﻗﺑــﻝ ﺑداﻳــﺔ اﻟــدور واﻟــﻰ ـﺑﺔ ـ ﺳ اﻟﻣﻧﺗ ـﺎء واﻟــﻰ اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء واﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـ ٕ أﺳــﺎﺑﻳﻊ إﻟــﻰ أﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ٕ ة. دﻋﻰ ﻹﻳﻔﺎد ﻣـن ﻳﻣﺛﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟدور اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺎت اﻟﻣﺷﺎر إﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤واﻟﺗﻲ ﺗُ ْ
ات اﻟدور
ة اﻟﻌﺎدﻳــﺔ ة ﻗﺑــﻝ اﻓﺗﺗــﺎح أﻋﻣــﺎﻝ اﻟــدور وﻳرﺳــﻝ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم اﻟوﺛــﺎﺋق اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟــدور ة ﻻ ﺗﻘــﻝ ﻋــن ﺳــﺗﺔ أﺳــﺎﺑﻳﻊ .وﺗﺗــﺎح ﻫــذﻩ اﻟوﺛــﺎﺋق ﻓــﻲ ﺷــﻛﻠﻬﺎ اﻹﻟﻛﺗروﻧــﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠــس ﺑﻔﺗ ـر ﺑﻠﻐﺎت ﻋﻣﻝ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣوﻗﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ اﻹﻧﺗرﻧت. ة ﻣطﺎﺑﻘ ــﺔ ﻟوظ ــﺎﺋف اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس وأن ﺗﺣﺗ ــوي ﻋﻠ ــﻰ وﻳﻧﺑﻐ ــﻲ أن ﺗﻛ ــون وﺛ ــﺎﺋق اﻟ ــدور اءات ﻳﺗﺧــذﻫﺎ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ،وﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗــﻧص ﻋﻠﻳﻬــﺎ ﺗوﺻــﻳﺎت واﺿــﺣﺔ ﺑﺈﺟـ ـر اﻟﻣﺎدة .١٨
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٦ ة ء ﻋﻠـﻰ طﻠـب ﻣﺷـﺗرك ﻣـن أي ﻋﺷـر ﻳدﻋو اﻟﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم ﻟﻌﻘـد اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس ﻛـذﻟك ﺑﻧـﺎ ً أﻋﺿــﺎء ﻳوﺟــﻪ إﻟﻳــﻪ ﻛﺗﺎﺑــﺔ ﻣــﻊ ذﻛــر ﺳــﺑﺑﻪ .وﻳــدﻋﻰ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ﻟﻼﻧﻌﻘــﺎد ﻓــﻲ ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﺣﺎﻟــﺔ ة ﻓـﻲ اﻟﻣﻘـر اﻟرﺋﻳﺳـﻲ ﻣـﺎ ﻟـم ﻳﻘـرر ﺧﻼﻝ ﺛﻼﺛﻳن ﻳوﻣﺎ ﻣن اﺳﺗﻼم اﻟطﻠب .وﺗﻌﻘد اﻟدور اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ،ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺷــﺎور ﻣــﻊ اﻟـرﺋﻳس ،ﻏﻳــر ذﻟــك .وﻳﻘﺗﺻــر ﺟــدوﻝ أﻋﻣــﺎﻝ ﻣﺛــﻝ ﻫــذﻩ ة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺳﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﺗﻲ اﻗﺗﺿت ﻋﻘدﻫﺎ. اﻟدور
١اﻧظر اﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ .٩٧
175
اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي
ي طﺑﻘـ ـ ـﺎً ﻟﻠﻣ ـ ــﺎدة )٢٨ط( ﻣ ـ ــن اء ﻓ ـ ــور أت أﺣ ـ ــداث ﺗﻘﺗﺿ ـ ــﻲ اﺗﺧ ـ ــﺎذ إﺟـ ـ ـر واذا طـ ـ ـر ٕ ة اﻟدﺳــﺗور ،ﻳﺟــوز ﻟﻠﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ،ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺷــﺎور ﻣــﻊ اﻟ ـرﺋﻳس ،أن ﻳــدﻋو اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ﻟﻌﻘــد دور ة. اﺳﺗﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ .وﻳﺣدد اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ وﻣﻛﺎن اﻧﻌﻘﺎد اﻟدور
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٧ ﻳﺗﻘ ــرر ﺣﺿ ــور ﺟﻠﺳ ــﺎت اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس ،ﺑﺎﻹﺿ ــﺎﻓﺔ إﻟ ــﻰ أﻋﺿ ــﺎء اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس واﻟﺑ ــدﻻء واﻟﻣﺳﺗﺷﺎرﻳن ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧﺣو اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ: اﻟﺟﻠﺳ ـ ــﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻧﻳ ـ ــﺔ :اﻟ ـ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿ ـ ــﺎء ﻏﻳ ـ ــر اﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠ ـ ــﺔ ﻓ ـ ــﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ـ ــس واﻟ ـ ــدوﻝ ﻫـﺎ ﻣـن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺎت اﻟﻣﺣـددة ﻓـﻲ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳﺑﺔ وﻣﻣﺛﻠو اﻷﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة وﻏﻳر اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤وﻋﺎﻣﺔ اﻟﺟﻣﻬور؛ أو اﻟﺟﻠﺳـ ــﺎت اﻟﻣﻔﺗوﺣـ ــﺔ :اﻟـ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـ ــﺎء ﻏﻳـ ــر اﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠـ ــﺔ ﻓـ ــﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻠـ ــس واﻟـ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳﺑﺔ واﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ؛ أو اﻟﺟﻠﺳــﺎت اﻟﺳـرﻳﺔ ،اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﻌﻘــد ﻟﻐــرض ﺧــﺎص وﻓــﻲ ظــروف اﺳــﺗﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ :ﻣوظﻔــو اﻷﻣﺎﻧـ ــﺔ اﻷﺳﺎﺳـ ــﻳون وﺳـ ــﺎﺋر اﻷﺷـ ــﺧﺎص اﻵﺧ ـ ـرﻳن اﻟـ ــذﻳن ﻗـ ــد ﻳﻘـ ــرر اﻟﻣﺟﻠـ ــس ﻫم. ﺣﺿور
)أ( ) ب( ) ج(
وﺗﻌﻘـ ــد ﺟﻠﺳـ ــﺎت اﻟﻣﺟﻠـ ــس اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘـ ــﺔ ﺑﺗرﺷـ ــﻳﺢ اﻟﻣـ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌـ ــﺎم اﻟﻣﻧﺻـ ــوص ﻋﻠﻳﻬـ ــﺎ ﻓـ ـ ــﻲ اﻟﻣ ـ ـ ــﺎدة ،٥٢واﻟﺟﻠﺳـ ـ ــﺎت اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘ ـ ـ ــﺔ ﺑﺗﻌﻳـ ـ ــﻳن اﻟﻣ ـ ـ ــدﻳرﻳن اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳـ ـ ــﻳن ،وﻓﻘـ ـ ـ ـﺎً ﻟﻣ ـ ـ ــﺎ ﻋﻳ ـ ــﺔ )ب( أﻋ ـ ــﻼﻩ ،إﻻ أﻧ ـ ــﻪ ﻳﺟ ـ ــوز ﻟﻣﻣﺛ ـ ــﻝ واﺣ ـ ــد ﻣ ـ ــن ﻛ ـ ــﻝ ة اﻟﻔر ﺗ ـ ــﻧص ﻋﻠﻳ ـ ــﻪ اﻟﻔﻘـ ـ ـر دوﻟـ ــﺔ ﻋﺿـ ــو ﻏﻳـ ــر ﻣﻣﺛﻠـ ــﺔ ﻓـ ــﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻠـ ــس وﻣـ ــن ﻛـ ــﻝ دوﻟـ ــﺔ ﻋﺿـ ــو ﻣﻧﺗﺳـ ــﺑﺔ ﺣﺿـ ــور ﻫ ــذﻩ اﻟﺟﻠﺳ ــﺎت ﺑ ــدون ﺣ ــق اﻟﻣﺷـــﺎرﻛﺔ ،ﻛﻣـــﺎ أﻧ ــﻪ ﻟ ــن ﺗﺳ ــﺟﻝ ﻣﺣﺎﺿ ــر رﺳـــﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻬ ــذﻩ اﻟﺟﻠﺳﺎت. ﺟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٨ ات اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس ة ﻣن دور ﻳﻌد اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﻣﺳودة ﻟﺟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ اﻟﻣؤﻗت ﻟﻛﻝ دور وﺗﻌﻣــم ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء واﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳــﺑﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﻏﺿــون أرﺑﻌــﺔ أﺳــﺎﺑﻳﻊ ﺑﻌد اﺧﺗﺗﺎم دورﺗﻪ اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ. اج أي ﺑﻧ ــد ﻣ ــن اﻟﺑﻧ ــود ﻓ ــﻲ ﺟ ــدوﻝ اح ﻳرﻣ ــﻲ إﻟ ــﻰ إدر ﻳﺗﻌ ــﻳن أن ﻳﺻ ــﻝ أي اﻗﺗـ ـر ات )ج( و)د( و)ﻫ( ﻣــن اﻟﻣــﺎدة ٩إﻟــﻰ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻓــﻲ ﻣوﻋــد اﻷﻋﻣــﺎﻝ ﺑﻣوﺟــب اﻟﻔﻘـر ة أﺳــﺎﺑﻳﻊ ﻗﺑــﻝ أﻗﺻــﺎﻩ إﺛﻧــﺎ ﻋﺷــر أﺳــﺑوﻋﺎً ﺑﻌــد إﺣﺎﻟــﺔ ﺟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣــﺎﻝ اﻟﻣؤﻗــت أو ﻋﺷ ـر ة ،أﻳﻬﻣﺎ ﻛﺎن اﻷوﻝ. ﺑداﻳﺔ اﻟدور
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
176
ﻳﺿــﻊ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ،ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺷــﺎور ﻣــﻊ أﻋﺿــﺎء ﻣﻛﺗــب اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ،ﺟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣــﺎﻝ رﺣــﺎت ﻳــﺗم ة ﻋﻠــﻰ أﺳــﺎس ﻣﺳ ــودة ﺟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣــﺎﻝ اﻟﻣؤﻗــت وأي اﻗﺗ ا اﻟﻣؤﻗــت ﻟﻛــﻝ دور ة اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻣن ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻣﺎدة. ﺗﻠﻘﻳﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ إطﺎر اﻟﻔﻘر ي اﻟﺗوﺻـﻳﺔ ﺑﺗﺄﺟﻳـﻝ ى اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم وأﻋﺿـﺎء اﻟﻣﻛﺗـب أن ﻣـن اﻟﺿـرور وﺣﻳﺛﻣﺎ ﻳر أو اﺳﺗﺑﻌﺎد اﻻﻗﺗر ة اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻣـن ﻫـذﻩ اﻟﻣـﺎدة ،ﻳﺷـﺗﻣﻝ اﺣﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗم ﺗﻠﻘﻳﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ إطﺎر اﻟﻔﻘر ﺟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ اﻟﻣؤﻗت ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗوﺿﻳﺢ ﻟﻬذﻩ اﻟﺗوﺻﻳﺔ. وﻳرﺳــﻝ ﺟــدوﻝ أﻋﻣــﺎﻝ ﻣؤﻗﺗ ـﺎً ﻣﺷــروﺣﺎً ﻣــﻊ أي ﺗوﺻــﻳﺎت ﻣــن اﻟﻣﺷــﺎر إﻟﻳﻬــﺎ ﻓــﻲ اﺑﻌــﺔ ﻣــن ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﻣــﺎدة ﻣﺷــﻔوﻋﺎً ﺑﺈﺷــﻌﺎر اﻟــدﻋوة اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗوﺟــﻪ وﻓﻘ ـﺎً ﻟﻠﻣــﺎدة ٥أو ة اﻟر اﻟﻔﻘ ـر اﻟﻣﺎدة ٦ﺣﺳب ﻣﻘﺗﺿﻰ اﻟﺣﺎﻝ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٩ ات ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿ ـ ــﻰ اﻟﻣ ـ ــﺎدة ،٦ ﻓﻳﻣ ـ ــﺎ ﻋ ـ ــدا اﻟﺣ ـ ــﺎﻻت اﻟﺗ ـ ــﻲ ﻳ ـ ــدﻋﻰ ﻓﻳﻬ ـ ــﺎ ﻟﻌﻘ ـ ــد اﻟ ـ ــدور ة ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﻫﻧ ـﺎً ﺑﺄﺣﻛــﺎم اﻟﻣــﺎدة ،٨ﻳﺟــب أن ﻳﺗﺿــﻣن ﺟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣــﺎﻝ اﻟﻣؤﻗــت ﻟﻛــﻝ دور ور ﻳﺗﺿﻣﻧﻪ: اﺟﻬﺎ؛ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ اﻟﺑﻧود اﻟﺗﻲ أﻣرت ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﺑﺈدر اﺟﻬﺎ؛ ة ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﺈدر ﺟﻣﻳﻊ اﻟﺑﻧود اﻟﺗﻲ أﻣر اﻟﻣﺟﻠس ﻓﻲ دور أي ﺑﻧد ﺗﻘﺗرﺣﻪ دوﻟﺔ ﻋﺿو أو دوﻟﺔ ﻋﺿو ﻣﻧﺗﺳﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ؛ ات اء ﻣـﺎ ﻗـد ﻳﻠـزم ﺑﺷـﺄﻧﻪ ﻣـن اﻟﻣﺷـﺎور ﻫﻧـﺎً ﺑـﺈﺟر أي ﺑﻧد ﺗﻘﺗرﺣﻪ اﻷﻣـم اﻟﻣﺗﺣـدة ،ر اﻟﺗﻣﻬﻳدﻳﺔ ﺑﻳن اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم واﻷﻣﻳن اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻸﻣم اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة؛ أي ﺑﻧد ﺗﻘﺗرﺣﻪ وﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ دﺧﻠت ﻣﻌﻬﺎ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻗﺎت ﻓﻌﻠﻳﺔ؛ أي ﺑﻧد ﻳﻘﺗرﺣﻪ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم.
)أ( ) ب( ) ج( )د( )ﻫ ( )و(
ات )ج( و)د( و)ﻫ( رﺟــﻪ ﻓــﻲ ﺟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣــﺎﻝ ﺑﻣوﺟــب اﻟﻔﻘ ـر ح إد ا ﻳﻘﺗــر ﻛــﻝ ﺑﻧــد ُ
ة اﻟﻣﻘﺗرﺣـﺔ ة إﻳﺿﺎﺣﻳﺔ ،ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺛﻧﺎء اﻟﺑﻧـود اﻟداﺋﻣـﺔ أو اﻟﻣﺗﻛـرر و)و( أﻋﻼﻩ ﻳﺻﺎﺣب ﺑﻣذﻛر ة )و(. ﻣن اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﺑﻣوﺟب اﻟﻔﻘر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٠
ات اﻻﺳـﺗﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗـدﻋﻰ ﻟﻼﻧﻌﻘـﺎد ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿـﻰ اﻟﻣـﺎدة ،٦ ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻋدا ﺣـﺎﻻت اﻟـدور ح ﺑﻧـداً إﺿـﺎﻓﻳﺎً أو أﻛﺛـر ذا ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻷي ﻣن اﻟﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﻣﺷﺎر إﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﻓـﻲ اﻟﻣـﺎدة ٩أن ﺗﻘﺗـر رﺟـﻪ ﻓـﻲ ﺟـدوﻝ أﻋﻣـﺎﻝ ﻣؤﻗـت ﺗﻛﻣﻳﻠـﻲ ﺑﻌـد اﻟﻣوﻋـد اﻟﻧﻬـﺎﺋﻲ اﻟﻣﺷـﺎر طﺎﺑﻊ ﻋﺎﺟﻝ ﻹد ا ة .وﻳﻛــون أي ة اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳــﺔ ﻣــن اﻟﻣــﺎدة ٨وﻗﺑــﻝ اﻟﻳــوم اﻟــذي ﺗﻔﺗــﺗﺢ ﻓﻳــﻪ اﻟــدور إﻟﻳــﻪ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻔﻘ ـر ج اﻟﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم أي ﺑﻧـد اح ﻛﻬذا ﻣﺷﻔوﻋﺎً ﺑﺑﻳﺎن ﻳؤﻳـدﻩ ﻣـن اﻟﺟﻬـﺔ اﻟﺗـﻲ أﻋدﺗـﻪ .وﻳـدر اﻗﺗر ﻛﻬــذا ﻓــﻲ ﺟــدوﻝ أﻋﻣــﺎﻝ ﻣؤﻗــت ﺗﻛﻣﻳﻠــﻲ ﻳﺑﺣﺛــﻪ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذي ﻣــﻊ ﺟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣــﺎﻝ اﻟﻣؤﻗت.
177
اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي
ات ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ رر رﻋــﺎة ﻗ ـ ا ﻻﻳﺗــﻪ اﻟدﺳــﺗورﻳﺔ ،وﺑﻌــد ﻣ ا ﻳﻌﺗﻣــد اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ،وﻓﻘ ـﺎً ﻟو ة ﻋﻠــﻰ اﺋﻳــﺔ ،ﺟــدوﻝ أﻋﻣﺎﻟــﻪ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺟﻠﺳــﺔ اﻻﻓﺗﺗﺎﺣﻳــﺔ ﻟﻛــﻝ دور اﺗﻬــﺎ اﻹﺟر اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ وﻣﻘرر أﺳــﺎس ﺟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣــﺎﻝ اﻟﻣؤﻗــت ﻣــﻊ أي ﺗﻛﻣﻠــﺔ ﻟــﻪ .وﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠــس أن ﻳﻘــرر ،ﻋﻧــد اﻋﺗﻣــﺎدﻩ ﺟ ــدوﻝ أﻋﻣﺎﻟ ــﻪ ،أن ﻳﺿ ــﻳف إﻟ ــﻰ ﺟ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣ ــﺎﻝ اﻟﻣؤﻗ ــت وأي ﺗﻛﻣﻠ ــﺔ ﻟ ــﻪ أو ﻳﺣ ــذف ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ أو ﻳﻌدﻟﻬﻣﺎ.
ر اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٠ﻣﻛر اً
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١١ ع اﻟﻣﺟﻠس ،ﻣﺎ ﻟم ﻳﻘرر ﺧﻼف ذﻟك ،ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷﺔ أي ﺑﻧد وارد ﻓـﻲ ﺟـدوﻝ ﻻ ﻳﺷر اﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ إﻻ ﺑﻌد ﻣرور ﺛﻣﺎن وأرﺑﻌﻳن ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻝ ﻣن ﻣواﻓﺎة اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء ﺑﺎﻟوﺛـﺎﺋق اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻪ.
أﻋﺿﺎء ﻣﻛﺗب اﻟﻣﺟﻠس
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٢ ر ﻳﻧﺗﺧـــب اﻟﻣﺟﻠـ ــس أﻋﺿـ ــﺎء ﻣﻛﺗﺑـــﻪ ،أي اﻟ ـ ـرﺋﻳس وأرﺑﻌـ ــﺔ ﻧـ ـواب ﻟﻠ ـ ـرﺋﻳس وﻣﻘـ ــر اً ة ﻳﻌﻘــدﻫﺎ ﺑﻌــد اﻧﻌﻘــﺎد ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ، واﺣــداً ،ﻣــن ﺑــﻳن أﻋﺿــﺎﺋﻪ ﻛــﻝ ﻋــﺎم ﻓــﻲ أوﻝ دور ﻻء ﻓ ــﻲ اﻓﻳ ــﺔ .وﻳظ ــﻝ أﻋﺿـــﺎء اﻟﻣﻛﺗـــب ﻫـــؤ ﺣﺳ ــب ﻣﺑ ــدأ اﻟﺗﻧـــﺎوب ﺑ ــﻳن اﻷﻗـــﺎﻟﻳم اﻟﺟﻐر ﻻ ﻳﺻﺑﺢ اﻟرﺋﻳس أﻫـﻼً ﻹﻋـﺎدة اﻧﺗﺧﺎﺑـﻪ إﻻ ﻣﻧﺎﺻﺑﻬم ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗم اﻧﺗﺧﺎب ﻣن ﻳﺧﻠﻔوﻧﻬم .و ة رﺋﺎﺳﺗﻪ. ﺑﻌد اﻧﻘﺿﺎء ﻋﺎﻣﻳن ﻋﻠﻰ اﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﻓﺗر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٣ ﺑﺎﻹﺿـ ـ ـ ــﺎﻓﺔ إﻟـ ـ ـ ــﻰ ﻣﻣﺎرﺳـ ـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻـ ـ ـ ــﻼﺣﻳﺎت اﻟﻣﺧوﻟـ ـ ـ ــﺔ ﻟـ ـ ـ ــﻪ ﻓـ ـ ـ ــﻲ ﻣوﺿـ ـ ـ ــﻊ آﺧـ ـ ـ ــر ﻣ ــن ﻫ ــذا اﻟﻧظ ــﺎم ،ﻳﻌﻠ ــن اﻟـ ـرﺋﻳس اﻓﺗﺗ ــﺎح واﺧﺗﺗ ــﺎم ﻛ ــﻝ ﺟﻠﺳ ــﺔ ﻣ ــن ﺟﻠﺳ ــﺎت اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس، ات رر وﻳوﺟ ـ ـ ــﻪ اﻟﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷ ـ ـ ــﺎت ،وﻳﻌط ـ ـ ــﻲ ﺣ ـ ـ ــق اﻟ ـ ـ ــﺗﻛﻠم ،وﻳوﺟ ـ ـ ــﻪ اﻷﺳ ـ ـ ــﺋﻠﺔ ،وﻳﻌﻠ ـ ـ ــن اﻟﻘـ ـ ـ ـ ا وﻳـ ــؤﻣن ﺗطﺑﻳـ ــق ﻫـ ــذا اﻟﻧظـ ــﺎم .وﻳﻌطـ ــﻲ اﻟ ـ ـرﺋﻳس إﻟـ ــﻰ اﻟﻣﺗﻛﻠﻣـ ــﻳن ﺣـ ــق اﻟـ ــﺗﻛﻠم ﺑﺗرﺗﻳـ ــب ح ع اﻟﻣطــرو طﻠﺑــﺎﺗﻬم .وﻟﻠ ـرﺋﻳس أن ﻳﻧﺑــﻪ أي ﻣــﺗﻛﻠم إﻟــﻰ أن ﻛﻼﻣــﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺗﺻــﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻣوﺿــو ﻟﻠﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٤ ء ﻣﻧﻬــﺎ ،ﻓﻌﻠﻳــﻪ أن ﻳﻌــﻳن أﺣــد ﻧـواب إذا ﺗﻐﻳــب اﻟـرﺋﻳس ﻋــن ﺟﻠﺳــﺔ ﻣــﺎ أو ﻋــن ﺟــز ة اء ﺣــﻳن ﻳﺗﻌــذر ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟ ـرﺋﻳس ﺣﺿــور دور اﻟ ـرﺋﻳس ﻟﺗــوﻟﻲ اﻟرﺋﺎﺳــﺔ .وﻳﺗﺑــﻊ ﻧﻔــس اﻹﺟ ـر ات اﻟﻣﺟﻠس. ﻣن دور
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
178
واذا ﺗﻌ ــذر ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻟـ ـرﺋﻳس أن ﻳﻘ ــوم ﺑﻬ ــذا اﻟﺗﻌﻳ ــﻳن ،اﻧﺗﺧ ــب اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس أﺣ ــد ﻧـ ـواب ٕ ة أو اﻟﺟﻠﺳﺔ. اﻟرﺋﻳس ﻟﺗوﻟﻲ اﻟرﺋﺎﺳﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ اﻟدور
ر اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٤ﻣﻛر اً ﻻ ﻳﻣﻠ ــك اﻟـ ـرﺋﻳس أو ﻧﺎﺋ ــب اﻟـ ـرﺋﻳس ﺣ ــق اﻟﺗﺻ ــوﻳت ﻏﻳ ــر أن ﺑﺈﻣﻛﺎﻧ ــﻪ ،ﻋﻧ ــد و ة ،ﺗﻌﻳﻳن ﺑدﻳﻝ ﻋﻧﻪ ﻣن وﻓد ﺑﻠدﻩ طﺑﻘﺎً ﻷﺣﻛﺎم اﻟﻣﺎدة .٢٧ اﻟﺿرور
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٥ إذا ﺗﻌــذر ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟ ـرﺋﻳس ﻷي ﺳــﺑب أن ﻳــﺗم ﻓﺗ ـر ة رﺋﺎﺳــﺗﻪ ،اﻧﺗﺧــب اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس رﺋﻳﺳ ـﺎً ة رﺋﺎﺳﺗﻪ. ﺟدﻳداً ﻟﻠﻣدة اﻟﺑﺎﻗﻳﺔ ﻣن ﻓﺗر ات ﻗــﺎم أﺣــد ﻧـواب واذا ﺗﻌـذر ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟـرﺋﻳس اﻟﻘﻳــﺎم ﺑﺄﻋﺑــﺎء ﻣﻧﺻــﺑﻪ ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﺑــﻳن اﻟــدور ٕ اﻟرﺋﻳس ﺑﻬذﻩ اﻷﻋﺑﺎء ﻣﻛﺎﻧﻪ .وﻳﺣدد اﻟﺗرﺗﻳب اﻟذي ﻳـدﻋﻰ ﻧـواب اﻟـرﺋﻳس وﻓﻘـﺎً ﻟـﻪ ﻟﺗـوﻟﻲ ي ﻓﻳﻬﺎ اﻻﻧﺗﺧﺎب. ة اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺟر ﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟدور اﻟرﺋﺎﺳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘر
ﻟﺟﺎن اﻟﻣﺟﻠس
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٦ ة ﻹﻧﺷﺎﺋﻪ ﻟﺑﺣث أي ﺑﻧد ﻣـن اﻟﺑﻧـود ى ﺿرور ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠس أن ﻳﻧﺷﺊ ﻣن اﻟﻠﺟﺎن ﻣﺎ ﻳر اﻟ ـواردة ﻓــﻲ ﺟــدوﻝ أﻋﻣﺎﻟــﻪ وﺗﻘــدﻳم ﺗﻘرﻳــر ﻋﻧــﻪ .وﺗﺗﺷــﻛﻝ اﻟﻠﺟــﺎن اﻟداﺋﻣــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻳﻧﺷــﺋﻬﺎ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ﻣ ــن أﻋﺿ ــﺎء اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس أو ﺑ ــدﻻﺋﻬم )ﻳﺷ ــﺎر إﻟﻳﻬــﺎ ﻓ ــﻲ ﻫ ــذﻩ اﻟﻣـ ـواد ﻋﻠ ــﻰ أﻧﻬ ــﺎ "اﻟﻠﺟـ ــﺎن اﻟﻣﺣـ ــدودة اﻟﻌﺿـ ــوﻳﺔ"( .وﻳﻛـ ــون ﻟﻛـ ــﻝ اﻟـ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـ ــﺎء واﻟـ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـ ــﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳــﺑﺔ ﺣــق ﺣﺿــور ﺟﻠﺳــﺎت ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﻠﺟــﺎن وﻓﻘـ ـﺎً ﻟﻠﻣــﺎدة .٣وﺗﻛــون ﺟﻣﻳــﻊ اﻟﻠﺟــﺎن ى ﻏﻳر اﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟداﺋﻣﺔ ﻟﺟﺎﻧﺎً ﻣﻔﺗوﺣـﺔ اﻟﻌﺿـوﻳﺔ ﺗﺷـﻛﻝ ﻣـن ﺟﻣﻳـﻊ اﻟـدوﻝ اﻟﻣﻬﺗﻣـﺔ اﻷﺧر اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ )وﻳﺷــﺎر إﻟــﻰ ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﻠﺟــﺎن ﻓــﻲ ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﻣ ـواد ﻋﻠــﻰ أﻧﻬــﺎ "ﻟﺟــﺎن ﻣﻔﺗوﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺿوﻳﺔ"( ،ﻣﺎ ﻟم ﻳﻘرر اﻟﻣﺟﻠس ﺧﻼف ذﻟك ،ﻟﻐـرض ﺧـﺎص أو ﻓـﻲ ظـروف اﺳﺗﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ. ﻳﺣ ـ ــدد اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ـ ــس ﺗﺷ ـ ــﻛﻳﻝ اﻟﻠﺟ ـ ــﺎن اﻟﻣﺣ ـ ــدودة اﻟﻌﺿ ـ ــوﻳﺔ ،ﺑﻌ ـ ــد اﻻﺳ ـ ــﺗﻣﺎع إﻟ ـ ــﻰ رﺣ ـ ـ ــﺎت ﻣ ـ ـ ــن اﻟـ ـ ـ ـرﺋﻳس ،ﻣﻣ ـ ـ ــﺎ ﻳﺿ ـ ـ ــﻣن ﻓﻳﻣ ـ ـ ــﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠ ـ ـ ــق ﺑﻌﺿ ـ ـ ــوﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ـ ـ ــس، أﻳ ـ ـ ــﺔ اﻗﺗ ا رﻓ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻲ اﻟﻌ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎدﻝ واﻟﺗـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـوازن ﺑ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻳن اﻟﺟﻧﺳ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻳن ام ﻣﺑ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎدئ اﻟﺗﻣﺛﻳ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻝ اﻟﺟﻐ ا اﺣﺗـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـر واﻟﺗﻣﺛﻳـ ــﻝ اﻟﻣﺗ ـ ـوازن ﻟﻠﺑﻠـ ــدان اﻟﻧﺎﻣﻳـ ــﺔ واﻟﺑﻠـ ــدان اﻟﻣﺗﻘدﻣـ ــﺔ واﻟﺑﻠـ ـ ـ ـدان اﻟﺗـ ــﻲ ﺗﻣـ ــر ﺑﻣرﺣﻠـ ــﺔ اﻧﺗﻘﺎﻟﻳﺔ. وﻓﻲ اﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﻣﺣدودة اﻟﻌﺿوﻳﺔ ﻳﻌﻳن اﻟﻣﺟﻠس ،أو ﻓـﻲ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﻋـدم اﻧﻌﻘـﺎدﻩ ﺗﻌـﻳن ة ﻟﺗﻌﻳﻳ ــﻧﻬم ،ﻋﻠ ــﻰ ى ﺿ ــرور اﻟﻠﺟ ــﺎن ذاﺗﻬ ــﺎ ،اﻟرؤﺳ ــﺎء وأي أﻋﺿ ــﺎء ﻣﻛﺎﺗ ــب آﺧـ ـرﻳن ﺗ ــر رﻓـ ــﻲ اﻟﻌـ ــﺎدﻝ واﻟﺗ ـ ـوازن ﺑـ ــﻳن اﻟﺟﻧﺳـ ــﻳن واﻟﺗﻣﺛﻳـ ــﻝ ام ﻣﺑـ ــﺎدئ اﻟﺗﻣﺛﻳـ ــﻝ اﻟﺟﻐ ا أﺳـ ــﺎس اﺣﺗ ـ ـر اﻟﻣﺗوازن ﻟﻠﺑﻠدان اﻟﻧﺎﻣﻳﺔ واﻟﺑﻠدان اﻟﻣﺗﻘدﻣﺔ واﻟﺑﻠـدان اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﻣـر ﺑﻣرﺣﻠـﺔ اﻧﺗﻘﺎﻟﻳـﺔ ،ﺑﻣـﺎ ﻓـﻲ ة ذﻟك اﻟﺗﻣﺛﻳﻝ اﻟﻣﺗوازن ﻓﻲ رﺋﺎﺳﺔ ﻣﺧﺗﻠف اﻟﻠﺟﺎن وﻳﺗﻧﺎوب اﻟرﺋﻳس واﻟﻣوظﻔون ﺑﺻـور
179
اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي
ﻣﻧﺗظﻣﺔ ﺑﻳن اﻷﻗﺎﻟﻳم ،وﺣﻳﺛﻣﺎ أﻣﻛن ،ﺑـﻳن اﻟﺑﻠـدان اﻟﻣﺗﻘدﻣـﺔ واﻟﺑﻠـدان اﻟﻧﺎﻣﻳـﺔ واﻟﺑﻠـدان اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻣر ﺑﻣرﺣﻠﺔ اﻧﺗﻘﺎﻟﻳﺔ داﺧﻝ ﻫذﻩ اﻷﻗﺎﻟﻳم. وﻓــﻲ اﻟﻠﺟــﺎن اﻟﻣﻔﺗوﺣــﺔ اﻟﻌﺿــوﻳﺔ ،ﻳﻌــﻳن اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ،أو ﻓــﻲ ﺣﺎﻟــﺔ ﻋــدم اﻧﻌﻘــﺎدﻩ ى ﺗﻌـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻳن اﻟﻠﺟـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎن ذاﺗﻬـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎ ،اﻟرؤﺳـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎء وأي أﻋﺿـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎء ﻣﻛﺎﺗـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــب آﺧ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ـرﻳن ﺗـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــر رﻓـﻲ اﻟﻌـﺎدﻝ واﻟﺗـوازن ﺑـﻳن ام ﻣﺑﺎدئ اﻟﺗﻣﺛﻳﻝ اﻟﺟﻐ ا ة ﻟﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻬم ،ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﺎس اﺣﺗر ﺿرور اﻟﺟﻧﺳﻳن واﻟﺗﻣﺛﻳﻝ اﻟﻣﺗوازن ﻟﻠﺑﻠدان اﻟﻧﺎﻣﻳﺔ واﻟﺑﻠدان اﻟﻣﺗﻘدﻣﺔ واﻟﺑﻠدان اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻣر ﺑﻣرﺣﻠـﺔ اﻧﺗﻘﺎﻟﻳﺔ. وﻳﺑﺣــث اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ﻣــن آن ﻵﺧــر ﻣــدى اﻟﺣﺎﺟــﺔ إﻟــﻰ اﻹﺑﻘــﺎء ﻋﻠــﻰ أﻳــﺔ ﻟﺟﻧــﺔ ﻣــن اﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﺗﻲ أﻧﺷﺋت ﺗﺣت ﺳﻠطﺗﻪ.
ر اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٦ﻣﻛر اً ار ﺻﺎدر ﻋن اﻟﻣﺟﻠس ،وﻛﻣـﺎ ﻫـو ﻣﻧﺻـوص ﻋﻠﻳـﻪ ﻓـﻲ ﻫـذا اﻟﻧظـﺎم ﻫﻧﺎً ﺑﺄي ﻗر ر اء اﻟ ــذي ﻳﺣﻛ ــم ﺗﺻـ ـرﻳف أﻋﻣ ــﺎﻝ اﻟﻠﺟ ــﺎن اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﻳﻧﺷ ــﺋﻬﺎ اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس وﻳﺣﻛ ــم ﻳﻛ ــون اﻹﺟـ ـر اﻟﺗﺻــوﻳت ﻓﻳﻬــﺎ ﻣﺗطﺎﺑﻘ ـﺎً ،ﻗــدر اﻟﻣﺳــﺗطﺎع ﻣــن اﻟﻧﺎﺣﻳــﺔ اﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳــﺔ ،ﻣــﻊ اﻟﻣ ـواد اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘــﺔ ـرف اﻟﻠﺟـ ــﺎن ﺑﺗﺻ ـ ـرﻳف اﻷﻋﻣـ ــﺎﻝ واﻟﺗﺻـ ــوﻳت ﻓـ ــﻲ ﺟﻠﺳـ ــﺎت اﻟﻣﺟﻠـ ــس اﻟﻌﺎﻣـ ــﺔ .وﺗﺻـ ـ ّ اء .وﻓ ـ ــﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ ـ ــﺔ ﻋ ـ ــدم اﻟﻣﻔﺗوﺣ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺿ ـ ــوﻳﺔ أﻋﻣﺎﻟﻬ ـ ــﺎ ﻋﻠ ـ ــﻰ أﺳ ـ ــﺎس اﻟﺗواﻓ ـ ــق ﻓ ـ ــﻲ اﻵر اء ﻓــﻲ ﺗﻠــك اء ،ﻳﺑﻠّــﻎ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ﺑــﺎﺧﺗﻼف اﻵر اﻟــﺗﻣﻛن ﻣــن اﻟﺗوﺻــﻝ إﻟــﻰ اﻟﺗواﻓــق ﻓــﻲ اﻵر اﻟﻠﺟﺎن. ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﻣﺣـدودة اﻟﻌﺿـوﻳﺔ ﺗﺷـﻛﻝ أﻏﻠﺑﻳـﺔ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء اﻟﻧﺻـﺎب اﻟﻘـﺎﻧوﻧﻲ اﻟﻼزم. ﻻ ﻳﺗم أي ﺗﻣﻳﻳز ﻣن ﺣﻳث ﺣﻘوق اﻟﻣﺷﺎرﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻠﺟﺎن اﻟﻣﻔﺗوﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺿـوﻳﺔ ﺑـﻳن و أﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﻣﺟﻠس واﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء ﻏﻳر اﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس.
اﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٧ ع ﻋﻧ ــﻪ. ﻷي ﺗﻘﺳ ــﻳم ﻳﺗﻔ ــر ﻳﻛ ــون اﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم ،ﺑﺣﻛ ــم ﻣﻧﺻ ــﺑﻪ ،أﻣﻳﻧـ ـﺎً ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠ ــس و ﻩ. وﻟﻠﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم أن ﻳﻔوض ﻫذﻩ اﻟوظﺎﺋف إﻟﻰ ﻏﻳر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٨ ﻳر إﻟـﻰ اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس ﻋـن اﻵﺛـﺎر اﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳـﺔ واﻹدارﻳـﺔ واﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳـﺔ اﻟﺗـﻲ ﻳﻘدم اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﺗﻘر اً ﻗد ﺗﺗرﺗب ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻝ ﺑﻧد ﻣن ﺑﻧود ﺟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ اﻟﻣﻌروﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس.
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
180
اﻟﻣﺎدة ١٩ ﻟﻠﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم أو ﻷي ﻋﺿو ﻳﺣددﻩ ﻣن أﻋﺿـﺎء اﻷﻣﺎﻧـﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣـﺔ أن ﻳـدﻟﻲ ﻓـﻲ أي وﻗت ﺑﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎت ﺷﻔوﻳﺔ أو ﺧطﻳﺔ ﺑﺷﺄن أﻳﺔ ﻣﺳﺄﻟﺔ ﻣطروﺣﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢٠ ة ﻟﻠﺟﻠﺳ ـ ـ ــﺎت .وﺗﻌـ ـ ــد ﻫ ـ ـ ــذﻩ اﻟﻣﺣﺎﺿ ـ ـ ــر ﺗﻌـ ـ ــد اﻷﻣﺎﻧ ـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣـ ـ ــﺔ ﻣﺣﺎﺿ ـ ـ ــر ﻣـ ـ ــوﺟز ع ﻋﻠـ ـ ــﻰ اﻷﻋﺿـ ـ ــﺎء ﻓـ ـ ــﻲ أﻗـ ـ ــرب وﻗـ ـ ــت ﻣﻣﻛـ ـ ــن ﺑﻌـ ـ ــد ة ﺑﻠﻐـ ـ ــﺎت اﻟﻌﻣـ ـ ــﻝ وﺗـ ـ ــوز اﻟﻣـ ـ ــوﺟز اﺧﺗﺗ ـ ــﺎم اﻟﺟﻠﺳ ـ ــﺎت اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘ ـ ــﺔ ﺑﻬ ـ ــﺎ .وﻳﺑﻠّ ـ ــﻎ اﻷﻋﺿ ـ ــﺎء اﻷﻣﺎﻧ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ـ ــﺔ ﻛﺗﺎﺑ ـ ــﺔ ،ﺧ ـ ــﻼﻝ ﻏﺑــون ﻓــﻲ رﻋــﺎة اﻟظــروف ،ﺑﺄﻳــﺔ ﺗﺻــﺣﻳﺣﺎت ﻳر ة اﻟﺗــﻲ ﻳﺣــددﻫﺎ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻣــﻊ ﻣ ا اﻟﻔﺗـر اﺋﻬﺎ. إﺟر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢١ ات اﻟﻣﺟﻠس ،اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗـوي ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺟﻣﻳـﻊ ة ﻣن دور ﻳﺑﻠﻎ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﺗﻘﺎرﻳر ﻛﻝ دور اﺋﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟرﺳـــﻣﻳﺔ وﻛ ــذﻟك اﻟﻣﺣﺎﺿـ ــر ات اﻹﺟر ﻫـ ــﺎ ﻣ ــن اﻟﻣﻘـــرر ات واﻟﺗوﺻ ــﻳﺎت وﻏﻳر رر اﻟﻘـ ـ ا ة ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠس وﻟﺟﺎﻧﻪ ،إﻟـﻰ ﺟﻣﻳـﻊ اﻟـدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء واﻟـدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳـﺑﺔ ﻓـﻲ اﻟﻣوﺟز اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ .وﺗﻘــدم ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﺗﻘــﺎرﻳر ﻛــذﻟك إﻟــﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻼﺣﻘــﺔ ﺣﺗــﻰ ﻳﺗﺳــﻧﻰ ﻟﻬــﺎ ار ﻣــﻊ إﻳــﻼء اض اﻟﻌﻠــم أو اﻻﻋﺗﻣــﺎد أو اﻹﻗـر اءات ﻷﻏـر اﻩ ﻣﻼﺋﻣـﺎً ﻣــن إﺟـر اﺗﺧــﺎذ ﻣــﺎ ﺗـر اﻻﻋﺗﺑــﺎر ﻟﻠوظــﺎﺋف اﻟﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﺑﻛــﻝ ﻣــن ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ واﻟﻣﺟﻠــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذي ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻧﺣــو ﻣﺎ ﻧص ﻋﻠﻳﻪ دﺳﺗور اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢٢ اﻟﻠﻐــﺎت اﻟرﺳــﻣﻳﺔ وﻟﻐــﺎت اﻟﻌﻣــﻝ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ﻫــﻲ اﻟﻠﻐــﺎت اﻷﺳــﺑﺎﻧﻳﺔ واﻹﻧﻛﻠﻳزﻳــﺔ واﻟروﺳﻳﺔ واﻟﺻﻳﻧﻳﺔ واﻟﻌرﺑﻳﺔ واﻟﻔرﻧﺳﻳﺔ.
اﻟﻠﻐﺎت١
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢٣ ﺗﺗـ ــرﺟم اﻟﻛﻠﻣـ ــﺎت اﻟﺗـ ــﻲ ﺗُﻠﻘـ ــﻰ ﺑـ ــﺄي ﻟﻐـ ــﺔ ﻣـ ــن اﻟﻠﻐـ ــﺎت اﻟرﺳـ ــﻣﻳﺔ ﺗرﺟﻣـ ــﺔ ﻓورﻳـ ــﺔ ى وذﻟ ــك ﻓ ــﻲ ﺟﻣﻳـ ـ ـﻊ ﺟﻠﺳ ــﺎت اﻟﻣﺟـ ـ ـﻠس واﻟﻠﺟـ ـ ـﺎن اﻟﺗ ــﻲ إﻟ ــﻰ اﻟﻠﻐ ــﺎت اﻟرﺳ ــﻣﻳﺔ اﻷﺧ ــر ﻳﻧﺷﺋﻬﺎ. ُ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢٤
ﻷي ﻋﺿو أو ﻣﻣﺛﻝ ﻟدوﻟﺔ ﻋﺿو أو ﻟﻌﺿـو ﻣﻧﺗﺳـب أو ﻟدوﻟـﺔ ﻣـدﻋوة وﻟﻳﺳـت ﻋﺿــواً أن ﻳــﺗﻛﻠم ﺑﻠﻐــﺔ ﻏﻳــر اﻟﻠﻐــﺎت اﻟرﺳــﻣﻳﺔ .وﻓــﻲ ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﺣﺎﻟــﺔ ﻳﻛــون ﻋﻠﻳــﻪ ﻫــو أن ﻳ ــوﻓر اﻟﺗرﺟﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﻔورﻳ ــﺔ إﻟ ــﻰ إﺣ ــدى ﻟﻐ ــﺎت اﻟﻌﻣ ــﻝ .وﻟﻠﻣﺗ ــرﺟﻣﻳن اﻟﻔ ــورﻳﻳن اﻟﺗ ــﺎﺑﻌﻳن ار ج ص ع.١٣-٣١ اﻧظر اﻟﻘر ١
181
اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي
ى ،أن ﻳﺳــﺗﻧدوا إﻟــﻰ اﻟﺗرﺟﻣــﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻧــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ ،ﻟــدى اﻟﺗرﺟﻣــﺔ إﻟــﻰ ﻟﻐــﺎت اﻟﻌﻣــﻝ اﻷﺧــر ى ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻟرﺳﻣﻳﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ. اﻟﻔورﻳﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺟر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢٥ ات اﻟرﺳ ــﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠ ــس ﺑﻠﻐ ــﺎت ات واﻟﺗوﺻ ــﻳﺎت وﺳ ــﺎﺋر اﻟﻣﻘ ــرر رر ﺗ ــوﻓر ﺟﻣﻳ ــﻊ اﻟﻘـ ـ ا اﻟﻌﻣﻝ.
ﺗﺻرﻳف اﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢٦ ﻳﺷﻛﻝ ﺛﻠﺛﺎ أﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﻣﺟﻠس ﻧﺻﺎﺑﺎً ﻗﺎﻧوﻧﻳﺎً.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢٧ ﻟﻠﻌﺿـو ﻓـﻲ أي وﻗـت أن ﻳطﻠـب ﻣـن ﺑدﻳﻠـﻪ اﻟﻣﻌـﻳن وﻓﻘـﺎً ﻟﻠﻣـﺎدة ٢٤ﻣـن اﻟدﺳــﺗور ء ﻋﻠـﻰ أن ﻳﺗﻛﻠم وأن ﻳﺻوت ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻳﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻧﻪ ﺑﺷﺄن أﻳـﺔ ﻣﺳـﺄﻟﺔ .ﻛـذﻟك ﻳﺟـوز ﻟﻠـرﺋﻳس ،ﺑﻧـﺎ ً طﻠب اﻟﻌﺿو أو ﺑدﻳﻠـﻪ ،أن ﻳﺳـﻣﺢ ﻟﻣﺳﺗﺷـﺎر ﺑـﺎﻟﻛﻼم ﻓـﻲ أي ﻧﻘطـﺔ ﻣﻌﻳﻧـﺔ ،ﻛﻣـﺎ ﻳﺟـوز ﻟــﻪ أن ﻳﺳــﻣﺢ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺗﺷــﺎر ﺑــﺎﻟﻛﻼم واﻟﺗﺻــوﻳت ﺑﺷــﺄن أي ﻣﺳــﺄﻟﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﻏﻳــﺎب اﻟﻌﺿــو أو ﺑدﻳﻠﻪ إذا طﻠب اﻟﻌﺿو أو ﺑدﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﻧﻪ ذﻟك ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢٨ ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠس أن ﻳﺣدد اﻟﻣدة اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻣﺗﻛﻠم.
ر اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢٨ﻣﻛر اً اﺋﻳﺔ ﻟﻛﻲ ﻳﻧظـر ﻓﻳﻬـﺎ اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس ﻓﻳﻣـﺎ ات إﺟر ات أو ﻣﻘرر رر اﺣﺎت ﺑﻘ ا ﻳﺟوز ﺗﻘدﻳم اﻗﺗر ة .ﺑﻳـد أﻧـﻪ إذا ﻛـﺎن ﻣـن ﻳﺗﻌﻠق ﺑﺑﻧود ﺟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣﺎﻝ ﺣﺗﻰ اﺧﺗﺗﺎم اﻟﻳوم اﻷوﻝ ﻣـن اﻟـدور رﺣــﺎت ﻓــﻲ ﻣوﻋــد ة أن ﺗﺳــﺗﻣر ﻳــوﻣﻳن أو أﻗــﻝ ،ﺟــﺎز ﺗﻘــدﻳم ﻣﺛــﻝ ﻫــذﻩ اﻻﻗﺗ ا اﻟﻣﻘــرر ﻟــدور اج ﻣﺛــﻝ ﻫــذﻩ ة .وﻳﺟــوز ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠــس أن ﻳﺳــﻣﺢ ﺑــﺈدر أﻗﺻــﺎﻩ ٤٨ﺳــﺎﻋﺔ ﻗﺑــﻝ اﻓﺗﺗــﺎح اﻟــدور أى ذﻟك ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺎً. اﺣﺎت ﻓﻲ وﻗت ﻣﺗﺄﺧر إذا ر اﻻﻗﺗر
ر ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺎً اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢٨ﻣﻛر اً رﺣـ ــﺎت واﻟﺗﻌـ ــدﻳﻼت اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘـ ــﺔ ﺑﺑﻧـ ــود ﺟـ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﻣـ ــﺎﻝ ﻓـ ــﻲ اﻷﺣ ـ ـواﻝ ﺗﻘـ ــدم اﻻﻗﺗ ا ﱠ ﻻ ﻳﺟـوز، اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔً وﺗﺳﻠم إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم اﻟذي ﻳﻌﻣـم ﻧﺳـﺧﺎً ﻣﻧﻬـﺎ ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻟوﻓـود .و ح ﻟﻠﺗﺻــوﻳت ﻓــﻲ اح أو أن ﻳطــر إﻻ إذا ﻗــرر اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ﺧــﻼف ذﻟــك ،أن ﻳﻧــﺎﻗش أي اﻗﺗ ـر أﻳــﺔ ﺟﻠﺳــﺔ ﻣــن ﺟﻠﺳــﺎت اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس إﻻ إذا ﻛــﺎن ﻗــد ﺳــﺑق ﺗﻌﻣــﻳم ﻧﺳــﺦ ﻣﻧــﻪ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺟﻣﻳــﻊ اﻟوﻓــود ﻗﺑــﻝ ذﻟــك ﺑﻣــدة ٢٤ﺳــﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻷﻗــﻝ .وﻣــﻊ ذﻟــك ﻳﺟــوز ﻟﻠ ـرﺋﻳس أن ﻳﺳــﻣﺢ
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
182
وان ﻟم ﺗﻛن ﻗد ﻋﻣﻣت أو إذا ﻛﺎﻧت ﻗد ﻋﻣﻣـت ﺑﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷﺔ اﻟﺗﻌدﻳﻼت واﻟﻧظر ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ،ﺣﺗﻰ ٕ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻳوم ذاﺗﻪ ﻓﻘط.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٢٩ ﻟﻠﻌﺿــو أﺛﻧــﺎء ﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷــﺔ أي ﻣﺳــﺄﻟﺔ أن ﻳﺛﻳــر ﻧﻘطــﺔ ﻧظــﺎم .وﻳﺑــت اﻟـرﺋﻳس ﻓــﻲ ﻧﻘطــﺔ ر ح اﻟطﻌـن ﻓـو ا ار اﻟرﺋﻳس ،وﻓﻲ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻳطـر ر .وﻟﻠﻌﺿو أن ﻳطﻌن ﻓﻲ ﻗر اﻟﻧظﺎم ﻓو ا ﻻ ﻳﺟوز ﻟﻠﻌﺿو اﻟذي ﻳـﺗﻛﻠم ﻓـﻲ ﻧﻘطـﺔ ﻧظـﺎم أن ﻳﺗﻌـرض ﻟﺟـوﻫر اﻟﻣﺳـﺄﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺻوﻳت .و ﻗﻳد اﻟﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷﺔ ﺑﻝ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ أن ﻳﻘﺻر ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘطﺔ اﻟﻧظﺎم.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣٠ ﻟﻠ ـرﺋﻳس أﺛﻧــﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷــﺔ أن ﻳﻌﻠــن ﻗﺎﺋﻣــﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﻛﻠﻣــﻳن ،وﻟــﻪ ،ﺑﻣواﻓﻘــﺔ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ،أن أى ﻳﻌﻠن إﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ .ﻋﻠﻰ أن ﻟﻪ ﻣﻊ ذﻟك أن ﻳﻌطﻲ ﺣق اﻟـرد ﻷي ﻋﺿـو إذا ر وﺟﻬﺎ ﻟذﻟك إﺛر ﻛﻠﻣﺔ أﻟﻘﻳت ﺑﻌد إﻋﻼﻧﻪ إﻗﻔﺎﻝ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ.
ر اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣٠ﻣﻛر اً ﻳﻌطﻲ اﻟرﺋﻳس ﺣق اﻟرد ﻷي ﻋﺿو ﻳطﻠﺑﻪ .وﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء أن ﻳﺗوﺧـوا اﻹﻳﺟـﺎز ﻗدر اﻹﻣﻛﺎن ﻓﻲ ﻣﻣﺎرﺳﺗﻬم ﻟﻬذا اﻟﺣق وﻳﺳﺗﺣﺳن أن ﻳدﻟوا ﺑﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺗﻬم ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳـﺔ اﻟﺟﻠﺳـﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ طﻠﺑوا ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺣق اﻟرد.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣١ رﺣـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎت اﻟﻣﺑﻳﻧـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ أدﻧـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺎﻩ أﺳـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺑﻘﻳﺔ ﻋﻠـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻰ ﺟﻣﻳـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻊ اﻟﻣﺷـ ـ ـ ـ ــروﻋﺎت ﺗﻛـ ـ ـ ـ ــون ﻟﻼﻗﺗ ا ى اﻟﻣطروﺣ ــﺔ ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﺟﻠﺳ ــﺔ ﻣ ــﺎ ﻋ ــدا ﻧﻘط ــﺔ اﻟﻧظ ــﺎم ،وذﻟ ــك ﺣﺳ ــب رﺣ ــﺎت اﻷﺧ ــر واﻻﻗﺗ ا اﻟﺗرﺗﻳب اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ: اح ﺗﻌﻠﻳق اﻟﺟﻠﺳﺔ؛ اﻗﺗر ح؛ اح ﺗﺄﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷﺔ اﻟﺑﻧد اﻟﻣطرو اﻗﺗر ح. اح إﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﺑﺎب اﻟﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺑﻧد اﻟﻣطرو اﻗﺗر
)أ( )ج( )د(
اح رﻓﻊ اﻟﺟﻠﺳﺔ؛ ) ب ( اﻗﺗر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣٢ اح ﻳطﻠــب اﻟﺑــت ﻓــﻲ ح ﻟﻠﺗﺻــوﻳت أي اﻗﺗ ـر رﻋــﺎة ﻣــﺎ ﺟــﺎء ﺑﺎﻟﻣــﺎدة ،٣١ﻳطــر ﻣــﻊ ﻣ ا اء اح ﻣﻌـ ــروض ﻋﻠﻳـ ــﻪ وذﻟـ ــك ﻗﺑـ ــﻝ إﺟ ـ ـر ار أي اﻗﺗ ـ ـر ﻣﺳـ ــﺄﻟﺔ اﺧﺗﺻـ ــﺎص اﻟﻣﺟﻠـ ــس ﺑـ ــﺈﻗر اح اﻷﺧﻳر. اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫذا اﻻﻗﺗر
183
اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣٣ ﻻ ﻳﺟـوز ح ﺗﻌﻠﻳـق اﻟﺟﻠﺳـﺔ أو رﻓﻌﻬـﺎ .و ﻟﻠﻌﺿو ،أﺛﻧﺎء ﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷـﺔ أي ﻣﺳـﺄﻟﺔ ،أن ﻳﻘﺗـر اح ﺑﻝ ﻳﺟب طرﺣﻪ ﻟﻠﺗﺻوﻳت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻔور. ﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷﺔ ﻣﺛﻝ ﻫذا اﻻﻗﺗر ة "ﺗﻌﻠﻳ ــق اﻟﺟﻠﺳ ــﺔ" ﻫ ــو ﺗﺄﺟﻳ ــﻝ أﻋﻣ ــﺎﻝ اض ﻫ ــذا اﻟﻧظ ــﺎم ﺑﻌﺑ ــﺎر واﻟﻣﻘﺻ ــود ،ﻷﻏـ ـر ة "رﻓـﻊ اﻟﺟﻠﺳـﺔ" ﻫـو إﻧﻬـﺎء ﻛﺎﻓـﺔ اﻷﻋﻣـﺎﻝ إﻟـﻰ أن ﺗﻌﻘـد اﻟﺟﻠﺳﺔ ﻣؤﻗﺗـﺎ .واﻟﻣﻘﺻـود ﺑﻌﺑـﺎر ى. ﺟﻠﺳﺔ أﺧر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣٤ ح. ح ﺗﺄﺟﻳ ــﻝ ﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷ ــﺔ اﻟﺑﻧ ــد اﻟﻣط ــرو ﻟﻠﻌﺿ ــو ،أﺛﻧ ــﺎء ﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷ ــﺔ أﻳ ــﺔ ﻣﺳ ــﺄﻟﺔ ،أن ﻳﻘﺗ ــر اح اح ،أن ﻳ ــﺗﻛﻠم ﻓ ــﻲ ﺗﺄﻳﻳ ــد اﻻﻗﺗـ ـر وﻳﺟ ــوز ﻟﻣ ــﺗﻛﻠم واﺣ ــد ،ﺑﺎﻹﺿ ــﺎﻓﺔ إﻟ ــﻰ ﻣﻘ ــدم اﻻﻗﺗـ ـر ر ﻟﻠﺗﺻوﻳت. اح ﺗﺄﺟﻳﻝ اﻟﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷﺔ ﻓو ا ح اﻗﺗر وﻟﻣﺗﻛﻠم واﺣد أن ﻳﺗﻛﻠم ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺎرﺿﺗﻪ ﺛم ﻳطر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣٥ ح ﺳـواء ح ﻓـﻲ أي وﻗــت إﻗﻔـﺎﻝ ﺑـﺎب اﻟﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷـﺔ ﺑﺷــﺄن اﻟﺑﻧـد اﻟﻣطـرو ﻟﻠﻌﺿـو أن ﻳﻘﺗـر واذا طﻠــب اﻹذن ﻟﻠــﺗﻛﻠم ﻓــﻲ وﺟــد أو ﻟــم ﻳوﺟــد ﻋﺿــو آﺧــر أﺑــدى ر ﻏﺑﺗــﻪ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻛــﻼمٕ . ﻣﻌﺎرﺿــﺔ إﻗﻔــﺎﻝ ﺑــﺎب اﻟﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷــﺔ ﺟــﺎز ﻣﻧﺣــﻪ ﻻﺛﻧــﻳن ﻣــن اﻟﻣﺗﻛﻠﻣــﻳن ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻷﻛﺛــر ،ﺛــم واذا أﻳــد اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس إﻗﻔــﺎﻝ ﺑــﺎب اﻟﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷــﺔ ،أﻋﻠــن اﻟـرﺋﻳس اح ﻓــو ا ح اﻻﻗﺗـر ﻳطــر ر ﻟﻠﺗﺻــوﻳتٕ . اﺣﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﻗـدﻣت اح أو اﻻﻗﺗر إﻗﻔﺎﻟﻪ .وﻳﻛﺗﻔﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس ﺑﻌد ذﻟك ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻوﻳت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻗﺗر ﻗﺑﻝ إﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﺑﺎب اﻟﻣﻧﺎﻗﺷﺔ.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣٦ واذا اء أي اﻗﺗ ـر اء ﺗﺻــوﻳت ﻣﺳــﺗﻘﻝ ﻋﻠــﻰ أﺟـز ح إﺟ ـر ﻟﻠﻌﺿــو أن ﻳﻘﺗــر اح أو ﺗﻌــدﻳﻝ ٕ ﻻ ﻳﺳـﻣﺢ ﺑـﺎﻟﻛﻼم اح اﻟﺗﺟزﺋـﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺻـوﻳت .و ح اﻗﺗـر اض ﻋﻠﻰ طﻠـب اﻟﺗﺟزﺋـﺔ طـر أﺛﻳر اﻋﺗر واذا ﻗﺑــﻝ ﻓــﻲ اﻗﺗ ـر اح اﻟﺗﺟزﺋــﺔ إﻻ ﻟﻣﺗﻛﻠﻣــﻳن اﺛﻧــﻳن ﻳؤﻳداﻧــﻪ وﻣﺗﻛﻠﻣــﻳن اﺛﻧــﻳن ﻳﻌﺎرﺿــﺎﻧﻪٕ . اح أو اﻟﺗﻌـدﻳﻝ اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﻣـت اﻟﻣواﻓﻘـﺔ ﻋﻠﻳﻬـﺎ ﻣﻧﻔﺻـﻠﺔ اء اﻻﻗﺗـر اح اﻟﺗﺟزﺋﺔ طرﺣـت أﺟـز اﻗﺗر اح أو اﻟﺗﻌــدﻳﻝ، اء ﻣﻧطــوق اﻻﻗﺗ ـر واذا رﻓﺿــت ﺟﻣﻳــﻊ أﺟ ـز ﻟﻠﺗﺻــوﻳت ﺑﻌــد ذﻟــك ﺑرﻣﺗﻬــﺎٕ . اح أو اﻟﺗﻌدﻳﻝ ﻣرﻓوﺿﺎ ﺑرﻣﺗﻪ. اﻋﺗﺑر اﻻﻗﺗر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣٧ واذا ي اﻟﺗﺻــوﻳت ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﺗﻌــدﻳﻝ أو اح ﻣــﺎ ،ﻳﺟــر اح ﺗﻌــدﻳﻝ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻗﺗ ـر ﻋﻧــد اﻗﺗ ـر ﻻٕ . ى ﻻ ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻟﺗﻌـدﻳﻝ اﻟـذي ﻳـر اح ﻣﺎ ،ﺻوت اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس أو ح ﺗﻌدﻳﻼن أو أﻛﺛر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻗﺗر اﻗﺗر اح اﻷﺻــﻠﻲ ،ﺛــم ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟﺗﻌــدﻳﻝ اﻷﻗــﻝ اﻟـرﺋﻳس أﻧــﻪ اﻷﺑﻌــد ﻣــن ﺣﻳــث اﻟﺟــوﻫر ﻋـن اﻻﻗﺗـر ح ﺟﻣﻳﻊ اﻟﺗﻌدﻳﻼت ﻟﻠﺗﺻوﻳت .إﻻ أﻧﻪ ﺣﻳﺛﻣﺎ ﻛﺎن ﻣﻧﻪ ﺑﻌدا ،وﻫﻛذا دواﻟﻳك ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗطر ة ﻋﻠــﻰ رﻓــض ﺗﻌــدﻳﻝ آﺧــر ،ﻓ ـﺈن ﻫــذا اﻟﺗﻌــدﻳﻝ اﻋﺗﻣــﺎد ﺗﻌــدﻳﻝ ﻣــﺎ ﻣﻧطوﻳــﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺿــرور
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
184
اح ﺑﺻـﻳﻐﺗﻪ ح اﻻﻗﺗر واذا اﻋﺗﻣد ﺗﻌدﻳﻝ واﺣد أو أﻛﺛر ،طر اﻷﺧﻳر ﻻ ﻳطر ح ﻟﻠﺗﺻوﻳتٕ . اﻟﻣﻌدﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺻوﻳت. ء اح آﺧـر إذا اﻗﺗﺻـر ﻋﻠـﻰ إﺿـﺎﻓﺔ ﺷـﻲء إﻟـﻰ ﺟـز اح ﺗﻌدﻳﻼ ﻻﻗﺗـر وﻳﻌﺗﺑر أي اﻗﺗر اح اء ﺗﻐﻳﻳر ﻓﻳﻪ .واﻻﻗﺗر اح اﻵﺧر أو ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣذف ﺷﻲء ﻣﻧﻪ أو ﻋﻠﻰ إﺟر ﻣن ﻫذا اﻻﻗﺗر اﺣﺎ. اح ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺗﺑر اﻗﺗر اﻟذي ﻫو ﺑدﻳﻝ ﻻﻗﺗر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣٨ رﺣــﺎت ﺣﺳــب رﺣــﺎن أو أﻛﺛــر ﻟﻠﺗﺻــوﻳت ﺻــوت اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻻﻗﺗ ا إذا ﻗُــدم اﻗﺗ ا ﺗرﺗﻳــب ﺗﻌﻣﻳﻣﻬــﺎ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺟﻣﻳــﻊ اﻟوﻓــود ،ﻣــﺎ ﻟــم ﻳﻘــرر اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ﺧــﻼف ذﻟــك ،وﻣــﺎ ﻟــم ﺗﻐــن اح أو رﺣ ــﺎت ﻋ ــن أي ﺗﺻ ــوﻳت آﺧ ــر ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻻﻗﺗـ ـر ﻧﺗﻳﺟ ــﺔ اﻟﺗﺻ ــوﻳت ﻋﻠ ــﻰ أﺣ ــد اﻻﻗﺗ ا اﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻘﺔ. اﺣﺎت اﻟﺗﻲ ﻻﺗز اﻻﻗﺗر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٣٩ رﺣــﻪ ﻓــﻲ أي وﻗــت ﻗﺑــﻝ ﺑــدء اﻟﺗﺻــوﻳت ﻋﻠﻳــﻪ اح أن ﻳﺳــﺣب اﻗﺗ ا ﻟﺻــﺎﺣب اﻻﻗﺗـر اح رﺣــﻪ ﻗــد ﻋــدﻝ أو ،إذا ﻛــﺎن ﻗــد ﻋــدﻝ ،أن ﻳﻘﺑــﻝ ﺻــﺎﺣب اﻗﺗـر ﺷـرﻳطﺔ أﻻ ﻳﻛــون اﻗﺗ ا اح اﻟﻣﺳ ــﺣوب ﻋﻠ ــﻰ ﻫ ــذﻩ ﻷي ﻋﺿ ــو آﺧ ــر أن ﻳﻌﻳـــد ﺗﻘ ــدﻳم اﻻﻗﺗـ ـر اﻟﺗﻌ ــدﻳﻝ ﺳ ــﺣﺑﻪ .و ة. اﻟﺻور
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤٠ ة إﻻ اح ﻣﺎ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺟـوز إﻋـﺎدة اﻟﻧظـر ﻓﻳـﻪ ﻓـﻲ ﻧﻔـس اﻟـدور ار أو رﻓض اﻗﺗر إذا ﺗم إﻗر إذا ﻗرر اﻟﻣﺟﻠس ذﻟك ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺑﻳﺔ ﺛﻠﺛﻲ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء اﻟﺣﺎﺿـرﻳن واﻟﻣﺷـﺗرﻛﻳن ﻓـﻲ اﻟﺗﺻـوﻳت. رح إﻋــﺎدة اﻟﻧظــر ﻻﺛﻧــﻳن ﻓﻘــط ﻣــن اﻟﻣﺗﻛﻠﻣــﻳن ﻓــﻲ ﻣﻌﺎرﺿــﺗﻪ ﺛــم وﻳﺳــﻣﺢ ﺑــﺎﻟﺗﻛﻠم ﻓــﻲ اﻗﺗـ ا ر ﻟﻠﺗﺻوﻳت. اح ﻓو ا ح اﻻﻗﺗر ﻳطر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤١ ار أو ﺗﻌدﻳﻝ. ع أو ﻗر اح أو ﻣﺷرو ﻟﻠرﺋﻳس ﻓﻲ أي وﻗت أن ﻳطﻠب ﺗﺄﻳﻳد أي اﻗﺗر
اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤٢ ة "اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء اﻟﺣﺎﺿـرون ﻟﻛﻝ ﻋﺿو ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس ﺻـوت واﺣـد .واﻟﻣﻘﺻـود ﺑﻌﺑـﺎر اض ﻫـذا اﻟﻧظـﺎم اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء اﻟـذﻳن ﻳـدﻟون ﺑﺄﺻـواﺗﻬم واﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛون ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت" ﻷﻏر ة ﺳـ ــﻠﻳﻣﺔ .أﻣـ ــﺎ اﻷﻋﺿـ ــﺎء اﻟـ ــذﻳن ﻳﻣﺗﻧﻌـ ــون ﻋـ ــن اﻟﺗﺻـ ــوﻳت إﻳﺟﺎﺑـ ــﺎ أو ﺳـ ــﻠﺑﺎ ﺑﺻـ ــور ﻓﻳﻌﺗﺑرون ﻏﻳر ﻣﺻوﺗﻳن.
185
اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤٣ ات اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳــذي ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣﺳــﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﻬﺎﻣــﺔ ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺑﻳــﺔ ﺛﻠﺛــﻲ اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء رر ﺗﺗﺧــذ ﻗـ ـ ا اﻟﺣﺎﺿرﻳن واﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﻳن ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت .وﺗﺗﺿﻣن ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻣﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ: ار اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳ ـ ــﺎت واﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗ ـ ــﺎت (٢) ،اﻟﻣواﻓﻘ ـ ــﺔ ﻋﻠ ـ ــﻰ ﺗوﺻ ـ ــﻳﺎت ﺑﺷ ـ ــﺄن (١) :إﻗـ ـ ـر اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗ ــﺎت اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﺗﻘ ــﺎم ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿ ــﺎﻫﺎ ﻋﻼﻗ ــﺔ ﺑ ــﻳن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ وﺑ ــﻳن اﻷﻣ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ــدة واﻟﻣﻧظﻣـ ــﺎت واﻟوﻛـ ــﺎﻻت اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳـ ــﺔ وﻓﻘ ـ ـﺎً ﻟﻠﻣ ـ ـواد ٦٩و ٧٠و ٧٢ﻣـ ــن زﻧﻳـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﻌﻣـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﻝ اﻟﻔﻌﻠﻳـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺔ، اﻟدﺳـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺗور (٣) ،ﺗﻌـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــدﻳﻼت اﻟدﺳـ ـ ـ ـ ـ ــﺗور (٤) ،ﻣﻳ ا ات اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت واﻟﺧدﻣﺎت ﻟدوﻟﺔ ﻋﺿو ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿـﻰ اﻟﻣـﺎدة ٧ﻣـن ) (٥وﻗف اﻣﺗﻳﺎز اﻟدﺳﺗور؛ ات ﺗﻘﺿﻲ ﺑوﻗف اﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﻬذا اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ أو ﺗﻌدﻳﻠﻪ. رر ﻗا
)أ(
) ب(
ات اﻟﺧﺎﺻــﺔ رر ى ،ﺑﻣــﺎ ﻓــﻲ ذﻟــك اﻟﻘ ـ ا ات اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس اﻟﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳــﺎﺋﻝ اﻷﺧــر رر ﻗـ ا ات ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺑﻳــﺔ اﻟﺛﻠﺛــﻳن ،ﺗﺗﺧــذ ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺑﻳــﺔ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء رر ﺑﺗﺣدﻳــد ﻣﺳــﺎﺋﻝ إﺿــﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﺗﺗﺧــذ ﻓﻳﻬــﺎ اﻟﻘ ـ ا اﻟﺣﺎﺿـرﻳن واﻟﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﻳن ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺗﺻــوﻳت ،وذﻟــك ﻣــﺎ ﻟــم ﻳﺣــدد دﺳــﺗور اﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ أو ﺗﻘــرر ِ ﻳﻘض ﻫذا اﻟﻧظﺎم ﺑﻐﻳر ذﻟك. ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﺧﻼف ذﻟك أو
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤٤ إذا اﻧﻘﺳ ــﻣت اﻷﺻـ ـوات ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺳ ــﺎوي ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﺗﺻ ــوﻳت ﻋﻠ ــﻰ ﻣﺳ ــﺄﻟﺔ ﻏﻳ ــر اﻻﻧﺗﺧ ــﺎب اح ﻣرﻓوﺿﺎً. اﻋﺗﺑر اﻻﻗﺗر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤٥ ﻳﺻــوت اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ﻓــﻲ اﻷﺣ ـواﻝ اﻟﻌﺎدﻳــﺔ ﺑرﻓــﻊ اﻷﻳــدي .ﻋﻠــﻰ أن ﻷي ﻋﺿــو أن ي ﻧداء اﻷﺳﻣﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻫذﻩ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺳـب اﻟﺗرﺗﻳـب ﻳطﻠب اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت ﺑﻧداء اﻷﺳﻣﺎء .وﻳﺟر ﻋﺔ. ء ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺿو اﻟذي ﻳﺣدد اﺳﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘر اﻷﺑﺟدي ﻷﺳﻣﺎء اﻷﻋﺿﺎء ،اﺑﺗدا ً
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤٦ اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤٧
ﻳﺛﺑت ﺗﺻوﻳت ﻛﻝ ﻋﺿو ﻣﺷﺗرك ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت ﺑﻧداء اﻷﺳﻣﺎء ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺣﺿر. ﺑﻌ ــد أن ﻳﻌﻠ ــن اﻟـ ـرﺋﻳس ﺑ ــدء اﻟﺗﺻ ــوﻳت ﻻ ﻳﺟ ــوز ﻷي ﻋﺿ ــو أن ﻳﻘط ــﻊ ﻋﻣﻠﻳ ــﺔ ة ﻧﻘطﺔ ﻧظﺎم ﺗﺗﻌﻠق ﺑطرﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت اﻟﻔﻌﻠﻳﺔ. اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت إﻻ ﻹﺛﺎر
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
186
ر اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤٧ﻣﻛر اً ﺑﻌد أن ﻳﻧﺗﻬﻲ اﻟﺗﺻوﻳت ،ﻳﺟوز ﻷي ﻋﺿـو أن ﻳـدﻟﻲ ﺑﺑﻳـﺎن ﻣﻘﺗﺿـب ﻳﻘﺗﺻـر ع ﺗﻌﻠﻳــﻝ ﺗﺻــوﻳﺗﻪ اح أن ﻳﺗﺣــدث ﻓــﻲ ﻣوﺿــو ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻳــﻝ ﺗﺻــوﻳﺗﻪ .وﻟــﻳس ﻟﻣﻘــدم اﻻﻗﺗ ـر دﻝ. ﺑﺷﺄن اﻗﺗر ﻋّ اﺣﻪ ،إﻻّ إذا ﻛﺎن ﻗد ُ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤٨
ي .وﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻋـدا ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﺗرﺷـﻳﺢ اع اﻟﺳر ى اﻻﻧﺗﺧﺎﺑﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻷﺣواﻝ اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻗﺗر ﺗﺟر اض ،أن اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم وﺗﻌﻳــﻳن اﻟﻣــدﻳرﻳن اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣﻳــﻳن ،ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠــس ،ﻣــﺎ ﻟــم ﻳﻛــن ﻫﻧــﺎك اﻋﺗـر اع .وﻣﺗــﻰ ﻳﻘــرر اﺧﺗﻳــﺎر ﻣرﺷــﺢ ﻣﺗﻔــق ﻋﻠﻳــﻪ أو ﻗﺎﺋﻣــﺔ ﻣرﺷــﺣﻳن ﻣﺗﻔــق ﻋﻠﻳﻬــﺎ ،دون اﻗﺗـر اع ﻣطﻠوﺑ ــﺎ ﻳﻌ ــﻳن اﻟـ ـرﺋﻳس ﻣــن ﺑ ــﻳن اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء اﻟﺣﺎﺿـ ـرﻳن ﺣﺎﺳ ــﺑﻳن اﺛﻧ ــﻳن ﻛــﺎن اﻻﻗﺗـ ـر ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺎﻋدة ﻓﻲ ﻋد اﻷﺻوات. ي وﻓﻘﺎً ﻟﻠﻣﺎدة .٥٢ اع اﻟﺳر ار ﺗرﺷﻳﺢ اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم ﺑﺎﻻﻗﺗر وﻳﻛون ﻗر ﻫﻧـ ـﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﻣ ــﺎدة ٥٤ﻣ ــن اﻟدﺳ ــﺗور ،ﻳﻌ ــﻳن اﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻹﻗﻠﻳﻣ ــﻲ ﻟﻣ ــدة ﺧﻣ ــس ﺳ ــﻧوات ور ة واﺣدة ﻓﻘط. وﻳﺟوز إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻪ ﻣر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٤٩ ﻋ ــﻼوة ﻋﻠ ــﻰ اﻟﺣ ــﺎﻻت اﻟﻣﻧﺻ ــوص ﻋﻠﻳﻬ ــﺎ ﻓ ــﻲ ﻣوﺿ ــﻊ آﺧ ــر ﻣ ــن ﻫ ــذا اﻟﻧظ ــﺎم، ي إذا ﻛـ ـ ــﺎن ﻗـ ـ ــد اع اﻟﺳـ ـ ــر ـوت ﻋﻠـ ـ ــﻰ أﻳـ ـ ــﺔ ﻣﺳـ ـ ــﺄﻟﺔ ﺑـ ـ ــﺎﻻﻗﺗر ﻳﺟـ ـ ــوز ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠـ ـ ــس أن ﻳﺻـ ـ ـ ّ ار ﺑـ ـ ــذﻟك ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺑﻳـ ـ ــﺔ اﻷﻋﺿـ ـ ــﺎء اﻟﺣﺎﺿ ـ ـ ـرﻳن واﻟﻣﺷـ ـ ــﺗرﻛﻳن ﻓـ ـ ــﻲ ﺳـ ـ ــﺑق ﻟـ ـ ــﻪ اﺗﺧـ ـ ــﺎذ ﻗ ـ ـ ـر ي ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﻣﺳ ــﺎﺋﻝ اﻟﺧﺎﺻ ــﺔ اع اﻟﺳ ــر اﻟﺗﺻ ــوﻳت .ﻋﻠ ــﻰ أﻧ ــﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺟ ــوز اﻟﺗﺻ ــوﻳت ﺑ ــﺎﻻﻗﺗر اﻧﻳﺔ. ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻳز ار اﻟـذي ﻳﺗﺧـذﻩ اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس ﺑﻣﻘﺗﺿـﻰ ﻫـذﻩ اﻟﻣـﺎدة ﺑﺷـﺄن ﻣـﺎ إذا وﻳﺗﻌﻳن أن ﻳﻛون اﻟﻘر واذا ﻗــرر اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس . ـط ﻘ ﻓ ـدي ـ ﻳ اﻷ ـﻊ ﻓ ﺑر ـﺎدر ا ـ ﺻ ي، ـر ﺳ اﻟ اع ر ـﺎﻻﻗﺗ ﻛـﺎن ﻳﺟــب اﻟﺗﺻـوﻳت ﺑـ ً ٕ ي ،ﻓــﻼ ﻳﺟــوز طﻠــب اﻟﺗﺻــوﻳت ﺑطرﻳﻘــﺔ اع اﻟﺳــر ـوت ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻣﺳــﺄﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﻳﻧــﺔ ﺑــﺎﻻﻗﺗر أن ﻳﺻـ ّ ار ﺑذﻟك. ﻻ اﺗﺧﺎذ ﻗر ىو أﺧر
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥٠ رﻋــﺎة أﺣﻛــﺎم اﻟﻣــﺎدة ،٥٢إذا أرﻳــد ﺷــﻐﻝ ﻣرﻛــز اﻧﺗﺧــﺎﺑﻲ واﺣــد وﻟــم ﻳﺣﺻــﻝ ﻣــﻊ ﻣ ا اع ﺛــﺎن ﻳﻘﺗﺻــر ﻋﻠــﻰ ي اﻗﺗـر اع اﻷوﻝ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻷﻏﻠﺑﻳــﺔ اﻟﻼزﻣــﺔ أﺟــر أي ﻣرﺷــﺢ ﻓــﻲ اﻻﻗﺗـر اﻟﻣرﺷــﺣﻳن اﻟﻠــذﻳن ﺣﺻــﻼ ﻋﻠــﻰ أﻛﺑــر ﻋــدد ﻣــن اﻷﺻـوات .ﻓــﺈذا اﻧﻘﺳــﻣت اﻷﺻـوات ﻋﺔ. اع اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ،ﻳﺣﺳم اﻟرﺋﻳس ﺑﻳن اﻟﻣرﺷﺣﻳن ﺑﺎﻟﻘر ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺳﺎوي ﻓﻲ اﻻﻗﺗر
187
اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥١ إذا أرﻳ ــد ﺷ ــﻐﻝ ﻣرﻛـ ـزﻳن اﻧﺗﺧ ــﺎﺑﻳﻳن أو أﻛﺛ ــر ﻓ ــﻲ وﻗ ــت واﺣ ــد وﺑﺷ ــروط واﺣ ــدة، واذا اﻧﺗﺧــب ﻣــن ﻳﺣﺻــﻝ ﻣــن اﻟﻣرﺷــﺣﻳن ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻷﻏﻠﺑﻳــﺔ اﻟﻼزﻣــﺔ ﻓــﻲ اﻻﻗﺗ ـر اع اﻷوﻝٕ . ﻛــﺎن ﻋــدد اﻟﻣرﺷــﺣﻳن اﻟﺣﺎﺻــﻠﻳن ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻫــذﻩ اﻷﻏﻠﺑﻳــﺔ أﻗــﻝ ﻣــن ﻋــدد اﻷﻣــﺎﻛن اﻟﻣطﻠــوب اع ﻋﻠــﻰ رﻛــز اﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻳــﺔ ﻣــﻊ ﻗﺻــر ﻛــﻝ اﻗﺗـر رﻋــﺎت إﺿــﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﻟﺷــﻐﻝ اﻟﻣ ا ﺷــﻐﻠﻬﺎ أﺟرﻳــت اﻗﺗ ا اع اﻟـذي ﻋدد ﻣن اﻟﻣرﺷﺣﻳن ،اﻟذﻳن ﺣﺻـﻠوا ﻋﻠـﻰ أﻛﺑـر ﻋـدد ﻣـن اﻷﺻـوات ﻓـﻲ اﻻﻗﺗـر ة اﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻳﺔ. اﻛز اﻟﺷﺎﻏر ﺳﺑﻘﻪ ،ﻻ ﻳزﻳد ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻌف ﻋدد اﻟﻣر
ر اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥١ﻣﻛر اً ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻛــﻝ ﻋﺿــو ،ﻣــﺎ ﻟــم ﻳﻣﺗﻧــﻊ ﻋــن اﻟﺗﺻــوﻳت ،ﻓــﻲ ﻋﻣﻠﻳــﺔ اﻧﺗﺧــﺎب أن ﻳﺻــوت ﻟﻌــدد ﻣـن اﻟﻣرﺷـﺣﻳن ﻣﺳ ٍ اع ﺗﺣﻣــﻝ اد ﺷـﻐﻠﻬﺎ .وأﻳـﺔ ورﻗـﺔ اﻗﺗـر رﻛـز اﻻﻧﺗﺧﺎﺑﻳــﺔ اﻟﻣـر ـﺎو ﻟﻌـدد اﻟﻣ ا اد ﺷﻐﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﻛـون ﺑﺎطﻠـﺔ اﻛز اﻻﻧﺗﺧﺎﺑﻳﺔ اﻟﻣر ﻋدداً ﻣن اﻷﺳﻣﺎء أﻛﺛر أو أﻗﻝ ﻣن ﻋدد اﻟﻣر و ﻻﻏﻳﺔ.
ر ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺎً اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥١ﻣﻛر اً إذا ﻟم ﻳﺗﻳﺳر ﻓﻲ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ اﻧﺗﺧﺎب ﺷﻐﻝ ﻣرﻛز اﻧﺗﺧﺎﺑﻲ أو أﻛﺛر ﻷن اﺛﻧـﻳن أو أﻛﺛـر ﻣـن اﻟﻣرﺷـ ــﺣﻳن ﺣﺻـ ــﻠوا ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ ﻋـ ــدد ﻣﺗﺳـ ـ ٍ ﻻء اع ﺑـ ــﻳن ﻫـ ــؤ ي اﻗﺗ ـ ـر ـﺎو ﻣـ ــن اﻷﺻ ـ ـوات ﻳﺟـ ــر ات إذا اﻗﺗﺿــﻰ اﻷﻣــر اء ﻋــدة ﻣ ـر اﻟﻣرﺷــﺣﻳن ﻟﺗﺣدﻳــد أﻳﻬــم ﻳﻧﺗﺧــب .وﻳﻌــﺎد ﻫــذا اﻹﺟ ـر ذﻟك..
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥٢ ﻳﻘﺗﺿــﻰ أن ﻳرﺷــﺢ ﻓﻳﻬــﺎ ة ﻣــن دور ﻗﺑــﻝ اﻟﺗــﺎرﻳﺦ اﻟﻣﺣــدد ﻻﻓﺗﺗــﺎح دور ات اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ُ ﻣدﻳر ﻋـﺎم ،ﺑﺗﺳـﻌﺔ أﺷـﻬر ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻷﻗـﻝ ،ﻳﺧطـر اﻟﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم اﻟـدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء ﺑـﺄن ﻟﻬـم أن ﻳﻘﺗرﺣوا أﺷﺧﺎﺻﺎً ﻳرﺷﺢ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس أﺣدﻫم ﻟﻣﻧﺻب اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم. وﻟﻛﻝ دوﻟﺔ ﻋﺿو أن ﺗرﺷـﺢ ﻟﻣﻧﺻـب اﻟﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم ﺷﺧﺻـﺎً أو أﻛﺛـر ،وﻋﻠﻳـﻪ أن ى ﻟﻛـﻝ ﺷــﺧص .وﺗرﺳــﻝ ﻫــذﻩ ة ذاﺗﻳــﺔ أو أﻳـﺔ ﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت داﻋﻣــﺔ أﺧــر ﻳرﻓـق ﺑﺗرﺷــﻳﺣﻪ ﺳــﻳر ي ﻣﺧﺗ ــوم إﻟ ــﻰ رﺋ ــﻳس اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳ ــذي ﻋﻠ ــﻰ ﻋﻧـ ـوان اﻟﺗرﺷ ــﻳﺣﺎت ﻓ ــﻲ ﻣظ ــروف ﺳ ــر ر( ،ﺑﺣﻳث ﺗﺻﻝ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣﻘر اﻟرﺋﻳﺳـﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﺑﺟﻧﻳف )ﺳوﻳﺳ ا ة ﺑﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻝ ﻋن أرﺑﻌﺔ أﺷﻬر. ﻗﺑﻝ اﻟﺗﺎرﻳﺦ اﻟﻣﺣدد ﻻﻓﺗﺗﺎح اﻟدور وﻳﻔﺗﺢ رﺋﻳس اﻟﻣﺟﻠس ﻣظﺎرﻳف اﻟﺗرﺷﻳﺣﺎت اﻟﻣﻘﺗرﺣﺔ اﻟـواردة ﻗﺑـﻝ ﺑـدء اﻻﺟﺗﻣـﺎع ﺑوﻗــت ﻳﺿــﻣن ﺗرﺟﻣــﺔ ﺟﻣﻳــﻊ اﻟﺳــﻳر اﻟذاﺗﻳــﺔ واﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت اﻟداﻋﻣــﺔ إﻟــﻰ ﺟﻣﻳــﻊ اﻟﻠﻐــﺎت وارﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣظﺎرﻳف ﺳرﻳﺔ ،إﻟﻰ ﺟﻣﻳـﻊ اﻟـدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـﺎء ﻗﺑـﻝ ﺛﻼﺛـﺔ اﻟرﺳﻣﻳﺔ وﻧﺳﺧﻬﺎ ٕ ة. أﺷﻬر ﻣن اﻟﺗﺎرﻳﺦ اﻟﻣﺣدد ﻻﻓﺗﺗﺎح اﻟدور وﺑﻌــد أن ﻳرﺳــﻝ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم اﻟﺗرﺷــﻳﺣﺎت اﻟﻣﻘﺗرﺣــﺔ واﻟﺳــﻳر اﻟذاﺗﻳــﺔ واﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت ة ،ﺳــﻳﺗوﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺷــﺎور ﻣــﻊ رﺋــﻳس اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ﻋﻘــد ﻣﻧﺗــدى ﻟﻠﻣر ﱠ ﺷــﺣﻳن ﺑــﺎب اﻟداﻋﻣــﺔ ﻣﺑﺎﺷ ـر ُ
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
188
ـﻳدﻋﻰ اﻟﻣﺷــﺎرﻛﺔ ﻓﻳــﻪ ﻣﻔﺗــو ح ﻟﺟﻣﻳــﻊ اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء واﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﻣﺷــﺎرﻛﺔ ،وﺳـ ُ اﻟﻣر ﱠ ﺷ ــﺣون ﻛﺎﻓ ــﺔ ﻟﺗﻌرﻳ ــف اﻟ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿ ــﺎء ﺑﺄﻧﻔﺳ ــﻬم وﺑرؤﻳ ــﺎﻫم ﻋﻠ ــﻰ ﻗ ــدم اﻟﻣﺳ ــﺎواة. ُ أس ﻣﻧﺗدى اﻟﻣر ﱠ ـﻳﻌﻘد ﻓـﻲ ﻣوﻋـد ﻻ ﻳﺗﺟـﺎوز ﺷـﻬرﻳن ﻗﺑـﻝ وﺳﻳر ﺷـﺣﻳن رﺋـﻳس اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس وﺳ ُ ُ ة .وﺳــﻳﻘرر اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس اﻷﺳــﺎﻟﻳب اﻟﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﺑﻣﻧﺗــدى اﻟﻣر ﱠ ﻳﻌﻘــد اﻓﺗﺗــﺎح اﻟــدور ﺷــﺣﻳن .وﻟــن ُ ُ ﻣﻧﺗدى اﻟﻣر ﱠ اح ﺷﺧص واﺣد ﻟﺷﻐﻝ ﻣﻧﺻب اﻟﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم. ﺷﺣﻳن ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ اﻗﺗر ُ
ة واذا ﻟ ــم ﺗ ــرد أﻳ ــﺔ ﺗرﺷ ــﻳﺣﺎت ﺑﺣﻠ ــوﻝ اﻟﻣوﻋ ــد اﻟﻧﻬ ــﺎﺋﻲ اﻟﻣﺷ ــﺎر إﻟﻳ ــﻪ ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﻔﻘـ ـر ٕ ر ﺑــﺈﺑﻼغ ﺟﻣﻳــﻊ اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء ﺑﻬــذا اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳــﺔ ﻣــن ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﻣــﺎدة ،ﻳﻘــوم اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻓــو اً ح أﺷﺧﺎﺻ ـﺎً ﻟﺗرﺷــﻳﺣﻬم وﻓﻘ ـﺎً ﻟﻬــذﻩ اﻟﻣــﺎدة ﺷ ـرﻳطﺔ أن ﺗﺻــﻝ ﻫــذﻩ اﻷﻣــر ،وﻟﻬــﺎ أن ﺗﻘﺗــر ة اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس ﺑﺄﺳـﺑوﻋﻳن اﻟﺗرﺷﻳﺣﺎت إﻟـﻰ رﺋـﻳس اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس ﻗﺑـﻝ اﻟﺗـﺎرﻳﺦ اﻟﻣﺣـدد ﻻﻓﺗﺗـﺎح دور ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻝ .وﻳﺑﻠﻎ اﻟرﺋﻳس اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء ﺑﺗﻠك اﻟﺗرﺷﻳﺣﺎت ﻓﻲ أﻗرب ﻓرﺻﺔ ﻣﻣﻛﻧﺔ. وﻳﻧﺑﻐــﻲ أن ﺗﺗــﺎح ﻟﺟﻣﻳــﻊ أﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ﻓرﺻــﺔ اﻟﻣﺷــﺎرﻛﺔ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻔــرز اﻟﻣﺑــدﺋﻲ ﺷ ــﺣﻳن ﺑﻐﻳ ــﺔ اﺳ ــﺗﺑﻌﺎد أوﻟﺋ ــك اﻟ ــذﻳن ﻻ ﻳﻔ ــون ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻌ ــﺎﻳﻳر اﻟﻣﻘﺗرﺣ ــﺔ ﻣ ــن ِ ﻟﻛﺎﻓ ــﺔ اﻟﻣر ﱠ ﻗَﺑ ــﻝ ُ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس واﻟﻣﻌﺗﻣدة ﻣن ِ ﻗَﺑﻝ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ.
وﻳﻘ ــرر اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس ،ﻣ ــن ﺧ ــﻼﻝ آﻟﻳ ــﺔ ﻳ ــﺗم ﺗﺣدﻳ ــدﻫﺎ ﻣ ــن ِ ﻗﺑﻠ ــﻪ ،ﻣ ــﻊ اﻟﺗﺷ ــدﻳد ﻋﻠ ــﻰ رﻓـﻲ رﻋـﺎة اﻟواﺟﺑـﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻣﺛﻳـﻝ اﻟﺟﻐ ا اﻫﺔ ،وﻣـﻊ اﻟﻣ ا اﻷﻫﻣﻳﺔ اﻟﻌظﻣﻰ ﻟﻠﻣؤﻫﻼت اﻟﻣﻬﻧﻳﺔ واﻟﻧز ة ﺑﺎﻟﻣر ﱠ ﺷــﺣﻳن .وﻳــﺗم وﺿــﻊ ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣــﺔ ز ـوﺟ ـ ﻣ اﻟﻌــﺎدﻝ واﻟﺗ ـوازن ﺑــﻳن اﻟﺟﻧﺳــﻳن ،ﻗﺎﺋﻣــﺔ ُ اء ﻣﻘـ ــﺎﺑﻼت ﻣـ ــﻊ ة ،وﻳﻘـ ــوم اﻟﻣﺟﻠـ ــس ﺑﻛﺎﻣـ ــﻝ أﻋﺿـ ــﺎﺋﻪ ﺑـ ــﺈﺟر ة ﻋﻧـ ــد ﺑـ ــدء اﻟـ ــدور اﻟﻣـ ــوﺟز اﻟﻣر ﱠ ﺷﺣﻳن اﻟﻣﺧﺗﺎرﻳن ﻓﻲ أﻗرب ﻓرﺻﺔ ﻣﻣﻛﻧﺔ ﺑﻌدﻫﺎ. ُ وﺗﺗﺄﻟف اﻟﻣﻘﺎﺑﻼت ﻣن ﻋرض ﻳﻘدﻣﻪ ﻛﻝ ﻣر ﱠ ﻩ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟـﻰ اﻹﺟﺎﺑـﺔ ﺷﺢ ﻳﺗم اﺧﺗﻳﺎر ُ ة ة اﻟـدور ة ،ﺗﻣدﻳـد ﻓﺗـر ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﺋﻠﺔ أﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﻣﺟﻠس وﻳﻣﻛن ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠس إذا اﻗﺗﺿت اﻟﺿرور اء ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻣﻘﺎﺑﻼت واﺧﺗﻳﺎر اﻟﻣر ﱠ ﺷﺢ. ﻹﺟر ُ
وﻟﺗﺳــﻣﻳﺔ ﺛﻼﺛــﺔ ﻣر ﱠ ﺷــﺣﻳن ﻳﻛﺗــب ﻛــﻝ ﻋﺿــو ﻣــن أﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ﻋﻠــﻰ ورﻗــﺔ ُ ﱠ ـﻳﻧﺗﺧب ـ ﺳ و . ة ز ـوﺟ ـ ﻣ اﻟ ـﺔ ـ ﻣ اﻟﻘﺎﺋ ـن ـ ﻣ ﻫم ـﺎر ـ ﺗ ﻳﺧ ـﺣﻳن ـ ﺷ ر ﻣ ـﺔ ـ ﺛ ﺛﻼ ـﻣﺎء ـ ﺳ اع اﻟﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﺑــﻪ أ اﻻﻗﺗـر ُ ُ اﻟﻣر ﱠ واذا ﻛﺎن ﻋـدد . اﻷوﻝ اع ر اﻻﻗﺗ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣطﻠوﺑﺔ اﻷﻏﻠﺑﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺣﺻﻠون اﻟذﻳن ﺣون ﺷ ٕ ُ اﻟﻣر ﱠ اد ﺷـ ــﻐﻠﻬﺎ، رﻛـ ــز اﻟﻣ ـ ـر ﺷـ ــﺣﻳن اﻟﺣﺎﺻـ ــﻠﻳن ﻋﻠـ ــﻰ ﻫـ ــذﻩ اﻷﻏﻠﺑﻳـ ــﺔ أﻗـ ــﻝ ﻣـ ــن ﻋـ ــدد اﻟﻣ ا ُ ﺳﻳﺳــﺗﺑﻌد اﻟﻣر ﱠ واذا ﺷــﺣون اﻟﺣﺎﺻــﻠون ﻋﻠــﻰ أﻗــﻝ ﻋــدد ﻣــن اﻷﺻ ـوات ﻓــﻲ ﻛــﻝ اﻗﺗ ـر اعٕ . ُ ﺗﻌــﺎدﻝ ﻣر ﱠ اع ﻣﻧﻔﺻــﻝ ى اﻗﺗـر ﻳﺟــر ﺷــﺣﺎن ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺣﺻــوﻝ ﻋﻠــﻰ أﻗــﻝ ﻋــدد ﻣــن اﻷﺻـواتُ ، ُ وﻳﺳــﺗﺑﻌد اﻟﻣر ﱠ ﺷــﺢ اﻟــذي ﻳﺣﺻـﻝ ﻋﻠــﻰ أﻗــﻝ ﻋــدد ﻣـن اﻷﺻـوات .وﺗﻧطﺑــق اﻵﻟﻳــﺔ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﻣـﺎ ُ ُ ﻧﻔﺳــﻬﺎ ﻋﻧــدﻣﺎ ﻳﻘــرر اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس ﺗرﺷــﻳﺢ ﻋــدد أﻗــﻝ ﻣــن ﺛﻼﺛــﺔ ﻣر ﱠ اء ﺷــﺣﻳن ،وذﻟــك ﺑﻌــد إﺟـر ُ اﻟﺗﻌدﻳﻼت اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ.
وﻳﻘ ــوم اﻟﻣﺟﻠ ــس ﺑﺗﺣدﻳ ــد ﻣوﻋ ــد ﻟﻌﻘ ــد ﺟﻠﺳ ــﺔ ﻳ ــﺗم ﻓﻳﻬ ــﺎ ﺗرﺷ ــﻳﺢ ﺛﻼﺛ ــﺔ أﺷ ــﺧﺎص ي ﻣ ــن ﺑ ــﻳن اﻟﻣر ﱠ ة .وﻓ ــﻲ ﺷ ــﺣﻳن اﻟـ ـواردة أﺳ ــﻣﺎؤﻫم ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﻣ ــوﺟز اع اﻟﺳ ــر ﺑ ــﺎﻻﻗﺗر ُ اﻟظــروف اﻻﺳــﺗﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ ،إذا ﺗﻌــذر ﻋﻣﻠﻳ ـﺎً ﺗرﺷــﻳﺢ ﺛﻼﺛــﺔ ﻣر ﱠ ﺷــﺣﻳن ،ﻛﻣــﺎ ﻓــﻲ ﺣــﺎﻝ وﺟــود ُ ﻣر ﱠ ﺷ ــﺢ واﺣ ــد أو اﺛﻧ ــﻳن ﻓﻘ ــط ،ﻳﺟ ــوز ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠ ــس أن ﻳﻘ ــرر ﺗرﺷ ــﻳﺢ ﻋ ــدد أﻗ ــﻝ ﻣ ــن ﺛﻼﺛ ــﺔ ُ ﻣر ﱠ ﺷﺣﻳن. ُ
189
اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي
وﻳﻌﻠــن اﺳــم اﻟﺷــﺧص أو اﻷﺷــﺧﺎص اﻟــذﻳن ﺳﻳر ﱠ ﺷــﺣون ﺑﻬــذﻩ اﻟطرﻳﻘــﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﺟﻠﺳــﺔ ُ وﻳرﻓﻊ إﻟﻰ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ. ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠس ﻋﻠﻧﻳﺔ ُ
وﻗف اﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ وﺗﻌدﻳﻠﻪ اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥٣
ة اﺋﻳــﺔ ذات اﻟﺻــﻠﺔ اﻟﺻــﺎدر ات اﻹﺟر رﻋــﺎة اﻟﻣﻘــرر ﻫﻧـﺎً ﺑﺄﺣﻛــﺎم اﻟدﺳــﺗور وﻣــﻊ ﻣ ا ر ﻋــن ﺟﻣﻌﻳــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ﻳﺟــوز ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠــس طﺑﻘ ـﺎً ﻟﻠﻣــﺎدة ٤٣وﻗــف اﻟﻌﻣــﻝ ﺑﺄﻳــﺔ ﻣــﺎدة ﻣــن اح اﻟﺧـﺎص ﺑﻬـذا اﻟوﻗـف ﻗﺑـﻝ اﻧﻌﻘـﺎد طر اﻟرﺋﻳس ﺑﺎﻻﻗﺗر ﻳﺧ َ ﻣواد ﻫذا اﻟﻧظﺎم ﺷرﻳطﺔ أن ُ اح ﺑﺛﻣــﺎن وأرﺑﻌــﻳن ﺳــﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻷﻗــﻝ وأن ﻳﺑﻠّــﻎ اﻟﺟﻠﺳــﺔ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺳــﻳﻌرض ﻋﻠﻳﻬــﺎ اﻻﻗﺗ ـر اح ﺑﺄرﺑﻊ وﻋﺷرﻳن ﺳـﺎﻋﺔ .ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻟرﺋﻳس ﺑﻪ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء ﻗﺑﻝ اﻟﺟﻠﺳﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻘدم ﻓﻳﻬﺎ اﻻﻗﺗر ة اﻟ ـرﺋﻳس ،أن اح ﺑﺎﻹﺟﻣــﺎع ،ﺑﻧــﺎء ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻣﺷــور أن ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠــس ،إذا ﻛــﺎن ﻳؤﻳــد ﻫــذا اﻻﻗﺗ ـر ﻩ ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺣــﺎﻝ ودون إﺑــﻼغ ﺳــﺎﺑق .وﻳﻘﺗﺻــر أي وﻗــف ﻣــن ﻫــذا اﻟﻘﺑﻳــﻝ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻏــرض ﻳ ﻘـ ر ﻣﺣدد وﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣدة اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﻘﻳق ﻫذا اﻟﻐرض.
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥٤ ﻫﻧﺎً ﺑﺄﺣﻛﺎم اﻟدﺳﺗور ،ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠس أن ﻳﻌدﻝ ﻫذا اﻟﻧظﺎم أو ﻳﺿﻳف إﻟﻳﻪ. ر
أﺣﻛﺎم ﻋﺎﻣﺔ
اﻟﻣﺎدة ٥٥ اﻩ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺎً ﻣن ﻣواد اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﺟﻣﻌﻳـﺔ ﻩ أن ﻳطﺑق ﻣﺎ ﻳر ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻠس ﺣﺳب ﺗﻘدﻳر اﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟظروف اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﻟم ﺗرد ﺑﺷﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺻوص ﻓﻲ ﻫذا اﻟﻧظﺎم. __________________
اﻟﺗذﻳﻳﻼت
ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ أﺳﻣﺎء اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء واﻟدوﻟﺗﻳن اﻟﻌﺿوﻳن اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳﺑﺗﻳن ﻓـﻲ ﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ ً ﻓـﻲ اﻟدﺳـﺗور أو ﺗـﺎرﻳﺦ ﻗﺑوﻟﻬـﺎ ﻋﺿـوا اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ،ﻣﻊ اﻟﺗﺎرﻳﺦ اﻟذي أﺻﺑﺣت ﻓﻳـﻪ ﻛـﻝ ﻣﻧﻬـﺎ طرﻓـﺎ ً ً. ﻣﻧﺗﺳﺑﺎ ٢٤آذار /ﻣﺎرس ١٩٤٨ ١١ﻧﻳﺳﺎن /أﺑرﻳﻝ ١٩٤٧ ٢ﺗﺷرﻳن اﻷوﻝ /أﻛﺗوﺑر ١٩٩٢ ٢٢ﺗﺷرﻳن اﻷوﻝ /أﻛﺗوﺑر ١٩٤٨ ٧ﻧﻳﺳﺎن /أﺑرﻳﻝ ١٩٤٧ ٤أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٩٢ ٢٤ﺗﻣوز /ﻳوﻟﻳو ١٩٩٣ ٢٨أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٥١ اﻳر ١٩٤٨ ٢ﺷﺑﺎط /ﻓﺑر ٣١آذار ﻣﺎرس ١٩٩٣ ان /ﻳوﻧﻳو ١٩٤٩ ٢١ﺣزﻳر ١٩ﻧﻳﺳﺎن /أﺑرﻳﻝ ١٩٤٨ ١آذار /ﻣﺎرس ١٩٤٩ ٢٦أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٤٧ ٢٩أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٥١ ٣٠آذار /ﻣﺎرس ١٩٧٢ ١٢آذار /ﻣﺎرس ١٩٨٤ ١٥ﻛﺎﻧون اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ /ﻳﻧﺎﻳر ١٩٩٧ ٢٣أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٥٠ ١٥أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٧٦ ٢٢ﻧﻳﺳﺎن /أﺑرﻳﻝ ١٩٤٩ ٢٢أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٩٢ ٧آذار /ﻣﺎرس ١٩٦٣ ٣ﻧﻳﺳﺎن /أﺑرﻳﻝ ١٩٤٨ ٢٠ﺗﺷرﻳن اﻷوﻝ /أﻛﺗوﺑر ١٩٤٧ ان /ﻳوﻧﻳو ١٩٤٨ ١٧ﺣزﻳر ١١ﻧﻳﺳﺎن /أﺑرﻳﻝ ١٩٤٧
اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ )ﻓﻲ ٣١ﺗﺷرﻳن اﻷوﻝ /أﻛﺗوﺑر( ٢٠١٤
اﻟﺗذﻳﻳﻝ ١
اﻻﺗﺣﺎد اﻟروﺳﻲ* .......................... إﺛﻳوﺑﻳﺎ .................................... آذرﺑﻳﺟﺎن ................................... اﻷرﺟﻧﺗﻳن* ................................. اﻷردن* .................................... أرﻣﻳﻧﻳ ـﺎ .................................... إرﻳﺗرﻳﺎ .................................... أﺳﺑﺎﻧﻳﺎ* ................................... اﻟﻳﺎ*.................................... أﺳﺗر إﺳﺗوﻧﻳﺎ* .................................... اﺋﻳﻝ .................................... إﺳر أﻓﻐﺎﻧﺳﺗﺎن ................................... إﻛوادور* ................................... أﻟﺑﺎﻧﻳﺎ* .................................... أﻟﻣﺎﻧﻳﺎ* .................................... ات اﻟﻌرﺑﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة* ................... اﻹﻣﺎر أﻧﺗﻳﻐوا وﺑرﺑودا* ............................. ر .................................... أﻧدو ا إﻧدوﻧﻳﺳﻳﺎ* .................................. ﻻ* .................................... أﻧﻐو أوروﻏواي* ................................. أوزﺑﻛﺳﺗﺎن*................................. أوﻏﻧدا* ................................... اﻧﻳﺎ* .................................. أوﻛر أﻳرﻟﻧدا* .................................... أﻳﺳﻠﻧدا* ................................... إﻳطﺎﻟﻳﺎ* ...................................
ات واﻟﺣﺻـ ــﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻ ـ ــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟوﻛـ ــﺎﻻت * اﻟـ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـ ــﺎء اﻟﺗ ـ ــﻲ اﻧﺿ ـ ــﻣت إﻟ ـ ــﻰ اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳ ـ ــﺔ اﻻﻣﺗﻳ ـ ــﺎز اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ وﻣﻠﺣﻘﻬﺎ اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ. 193
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ٢٩ﻧﻳﺳﺎن /أﺑرﻳﻝ ١٩٧٦ ٤ﻛﺎﻧون اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ /ﻳﻧﺎﻳر ١٩٤٩ ان /ﻳوﻧﻳو ١٩٤٨ ٢٣ﺣزﻳر ٩آذار /ﻣﺎرس ١٩٩٥ ٢ﺗﺷرﻳن اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ /ﻧوﻓﻣﺑر ١٩٧١ ان /ﻳوﻧﻳو ١٩٤٨ ٢ﺣزﻳر ٢٥ﻧﻳﺳﺎن /أﺑرﻳﻝ ١٩٦٧ ١٣ﺷﺑﺎط /ﻓﺑر اﻳر ١٩٤٨ ٢٥آذار /ﻣﺎرس ١٩٨٥ ان /ﻳوﻧﻳو ١٩٤٨ ٢٥ﺣزﻳر ان /ﻳوﻧﻳو ١٩٤٨ ٩ﺣزﻳر ٢٣آب /أﻏﺳطس ١٩٩٠ ١٩أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٧٢ اﻳر ١٩٥١ ٢٠ﺷﺑﺎط /ﻓﺑر ٢٠أﻳﻠوﻝ /ﺳﺑﺗﻣﺑر ١٩٦٠ ٨آذار /ﻣﺎرس ١٩٨٢ اﻳر ١٩٧٥ ٢٦ﺷﺑﺎط /ﻓﺑر ٤ﺗﺷرﻳن اﻷوﻝ /أﻛﺗوﺑر ١٩٦٠ ٢٢ﺗﺷرﻳن اﻷوﻝ /أﻛﺗوﺑر ١٩٦٢ ١٠أﻳﻠوﻝ /ﺳﺑﺗﻣﺑر ١٩٩٢ ٦أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٤٨ ١١ﺗﺷرﻳن اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ /ﻧوﻓﻣﺑر ١٩٤٩ ٧ﻧﻳﺳﺎن /أﺑرﻳﻝ ١٩٤٨ ٢٦أﻳﻠوﻝ /ﺳﺑﺗﻣﺑر ١٩٤٧ ٢ﺗﻣوز /ﻳوﻟﻳو ١٩٩٢ ٢ﻛﺎﻧون اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ /ﻳﻧﺎﻳر ١٩٤٨ ٣ﻛﺎﻧون اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ /ﻳﻧﺎﻳر ١٩٦٣ ١ﻛﺎﻧون اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ /ﻳﻧﺎﻳر ١٩٦١ ١٣أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٦٠ ٧أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٩٣ ١٤أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٥٦ ١٤آب /أﻏﺳطس ١٩٧٥ ٢٧أﻳﻠوﻝ /ﺳﺑﺗﻣﺑر ٢٠٠٢ ٢١آذار /ﻣﺎرس ١٩٦٣ ٨ﺗﺷرﻳن اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ /ﻧوﻓﻣﺑر ١٩٦٢ ١ﻧﻳﺳﺎن /أﺑرﻳﻝ ١٩٧٤
194
ﺑﺎﺑوا ﻏﻳﻧﻳﺎ اﻟﺟدﻳدة ........................... اﻏواي* .................................. ﺑﺎر ﺑﺎﻛﺳﺗﺎن* ................................... ﺑﺎﻻو* ..................................... اﻟﺑﺣرﻳن* ................................... رزﻳﻝ* .................................... اﻟﺑ ا ﺑرﺑﺎدوس* .................................. اﻟﺑرﺗﻐﺎﻝ* ................................... ﺑروﻧﻲ دار اﻟﺳﻼم ........................... ﺑﻠﺟﻳﻛﺎ* .................................... ﺑﻠﻐﺎرﻳﺎ* .................................... ﺑﻠﻳز ........................................ ﺑﻧﻐﻼدﻳش ................................... ﺑﻧﻣﺎ ........................................ ﺑﻧن ........................................ ﺑوﺗﺎن ...................................... ﺑوﺗﺳواﻧﺎ* ................................... ﺑورﻛﻳﻧﺎ ﻓﺎﺻو*.............................. ﺑوروﻧدي .................................... اﻟﺑوﺳﻧﺔ واﻟﻬرﺳك* ........................... ﺑوﻟﻧدا* .................................... ﺑﻳرو ........................................ ﺑﻳﻼروس* .................................. ﺗﺎﻳﻠﻧد* .................................... ﺗرﻛﻣﺎﻧﺳﺗﺎن .................................. ﺗرﻛﻳﺎ ....................................... ﺗرﻳﻧﻳداد وﺗوﺑﺎﻏو* ........................... ﺗﺷﺎد ...................................... ﺗوﻏو* ..................................... ﺗوﻓﺎﻟو ..................................... ﺗوﻧس* ..................................... ﺗوﻧﻐﺎ* .................................... ﺗﻳﻣور -ﻟﺷﺗﻲ ............................. ﺟﺎﻣﺎﻳﻛﺎ* ................................... اﺋر* .................................... اﻟﺟز ﺟزر اﻟﺑﻬﺎﻣﺎ* ...............................
ات واﻟﺣﺻـ ــﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻ ـ ــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟوﻛـ ــﺎﻻت * اﻟـ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـ ــﺎء اﻟﺗ ـ ــﻲ اﻧﺿ ـ ــﻣت إﻟ ـ ــﻰ اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳ ـ ــﺔ اﻻﻣﺗﻳ ـ ــﺎز اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ وﻣﻠﺣﻘﻬﺎ اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ.
195
اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﺟزر ﺳﻠﻳﻣﺎن ............................... ﺟزر اﻟﻘﻣر ................................. ﺟزر ﻛوك .................................. ﺟزر ﻣﺎرﺷﺎﻝ ............................... ﺟﻣﻬورﻳﺔ أﻓرﻳﻘﻳﺎ اﻟوﺳطﻰ* .................. ان اﻹﺳﻼﻣﻳﺔ* .................. ﺟﻣﻬورﻳﺔ إﻳر اﻟﺟﻣﻬورﻳﺔ اﻟﺗﺷﻳﻛﻳﺔ* ........................ اﻧﻳﺎ اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة* .................... ﺟﻣﻬورﻳﺔ ﺗﻧز اﻟﺟﻣﻬورﻳﺔ اﻟدوﻣﻳﻧﻳﻛﻳﺔ ....................... اﻟﺟﻣﻬورﻳﺔ اﻟﻌرﺑﻳﺔ اﻟﺳورﻳﺔ ................... ﺟﻣﻬورﻳﺔ ﻓﻧزوﻳﻼ اﻟﺑوﻟﻳﻔﺎرﻳﺔ* ............... ﺟﻣﻬورﻳﺔ ﻛورﻳﺎ* ............................ اطﻳﺔ اﻟﺷﻌﺑﻳﺔ .......... ﺟﻣﻬورﻳﺔ ﻛورﻳﺎ اﻟدﻳﻣﻘر اطﻳﺔ* .............. ﺟﻣﻬورﻳﺔ اﻟﻛوﻧﻐو اﻟدﻳﻣﻘر ﺟﻣﻬورﻳﺔ ﻻو اﻟدﻳﻣﻘر اطﻳﺔ اﻟﺷﻌﺑﻳﺔ* .......... ﺟﻣﻬورﻳﺔ ﻣﻘدوﻧﻳﺔ اﻟﻳوﻏوﺳﻼﻓﻳﺔ اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ* ..... ﺟﻣﻬورﻳﺔ ﻣوﻟدوﻓﺎ* .......................... ﺟﻧوب أﻓرﻳﻘﻳﺎ* .............................. ﺟﻧوب اﻟﺳودان ............................ ﺟورﺟﻳﺎ* .................................. ﺟﻳﺑوﺗﻲ .................................... اﻟداﻧﻣرك* .................................. دوﻟﺔ ﺑوﻟﻳﻔﻳﺎ اﻟﻣﺗﻌددة اﻟﻘوﻣﻳﺎت ............... دوﻣﻳﻧﻳﻛﺎ* .................................. أس اﻷﺧﺿر ............................. اﻟر رواﻧدا* .................................... روﻣﺎﻧﻳﺎ*.................................... اﻣﺑﻳﺎ* .................................... ز زﻣﺑﺎﺑوي* ................................... ﺳﺎﻣـ ـوا .................................... ﺳﺎﻧت ﻓﻧﺳﻧت وﻏرﻳﻧﺎدﻳن ..................... ﺳﺎﻧت ﻛﻳﺗس وﻧﻳﻔﻳس ........................ ﺳﺎﻧت ﻟوﺳﻳﺎ* ............................... ﺳﺎن ﺗوﻣﻲ وﺑرﻳﻧﺳﻳﺑﻲ ....................... ﺳﺎن ﻣﺎرﻳﻧو* ............................... ي ﻻﻧﻛﺎ .................................. ﺳر
٤ﻧﻳﺳﺎن /أﺑرﻳﻝ ١٩٨٣ ٩ﻛﺎﻧون اﻷوﻝ /دﻳﺳﻣﺑر ١٩٧٥ ٩أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٨٤ ان /ﻳوﻧﻳو ١٩٩١ ٥ﺣزﻳر ٢٠أﻳﻠوﻝ /ﺳﺑﺗﻣﺑر ١٩٦٠ ٢٣ﺗﺷرﻳن اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ /ﻧوﻓﻣﺑر ١٩٤٦ ٢٢ﻛﺎﻧون اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ /ﻳﻧﺎﻳر ١٩٩٣ ١٥آذار /ﻣﺎرس ١٩٦٢ ان /ﻳوﻧﻳو ١٩٤٨ ٢١ﺣزﻳر ١٨ﻛﺎﻧون اﻷوﻝ /دﻳﺳﻣﺑر ١٩٤٦ ٧ﺗﻣوز /ﻳوﻟﻳو ١٩٤٨ ١٧آب /أﻏﺳطس ١٩٤٩ ١٩أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٧٣ اﻳر ١٩٦١ ٢٤ﺷﺑﺎط /ﻓﺑر ١٧أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٥٠ ٢٢ﻧﻳﺳﺎن /أﺑرﻳﻝ ١٩٩٣ ٤أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٩٢ ٧آب /أﻏﺳطس ١٩٤٧ ٢٧أﻳﻠوﻝ /ﺳﺑﺗﻣﺑر ٢٠١١ ٢٦أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٩٢ ١٠آذار /ﻣﺎرس ١٩٧٨ ١٩ﻧﻳﺳﺎن /أﺑرﻳﻝ ١٩٤٨ ٢٣ﻛﺎﻧون اﻷوﻝ /دﻳﺳﻣﺑر ١٩٤٩ ١٣آب /أﻏﺳطس ١٩٨١ ٥ﻛﺎﻧون اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ /ﻳﻧﺎﻳر ١٩٧٦ ٧ﺗﺷرﻳن اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ /ﻧوﻓﻣﺑر ١٩٦٢ ان /ﻳوﻧﻳو ١٩٤٨ ٨ﺣزﻳر اﻳر ١٩٦٥ ٢ﺷﺑﺎط /ﻓﺑر ١٦أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٨٠ ١٦أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٦٢ ٢أﻳﻠوﻝ /ﺳﺑﺗﻣﺑر ١٩٨٣ ٣ﻛﺎﻧون اﻷوﻝ /دﻳﺳﻣﺑر ١٩٨٤ ١١ﺗﺷرﻳن اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ /ﻧوﻓﻣﺑر ١٩٨٠ ٢٣آذار /ﻣﺎرس ١٩٧٦ ١٢أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٨٠ ٧ﺗﻣوز /ﻳوﻟﻳو ١٩٤٨
ات واﻟﺣﺻـ ــﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻ ـ ــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟوﻛـ ــﺎﻻت * اﻟـ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿـ ــﺎء اﻟﺗ ـ ــﻲ اﻧﺿ ـ ــﻣت إﻟ ـ ــﻰ اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳ ـ ــﺔ اﻻﻣﺗﻳ ـ ــﺎز اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ وﻣﻠﺣﻘﻬﺎ اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ.
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ان /ﻳوﻧﻳو ١٩٤٨ ٢٢ﺣزﻳر اﻳر ١٩٩٣ ٤ﺷﺑﺎط /ﻓﺑر ٧أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٩٢ اﻳر ١٩٦٦ ٢٥ﺷﺑﺎط /ﻓﺑر ٣١ﺗﺷرﻳن اﻷوﻝ /أﻛﺗوﺑر ١٩٦٠ ١٦ﻧﻳﺳﺎن /أﺑرﻳﻝ ١٩٧٣ ١٤أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٥٦ ٢٥آذار /ﻣﺎرس ١٩٧٦ ٢٨آب /أﻏﺳطس ١٩٤٧ ٢٦آذار /ﻣﺎرس ١٩٤٧ ٢٠ﺗﺷرﻳن اﻷوﻝ /أﻛﺗوﺑر ١٩٦١ ١١أﻳﻠوﻝ /ﺳﺑﺗﻣﺑر ١٩٧٩ ١٥ﺗﺷرﻳن اﻷوﻝ /أﻛﺗوﺑر ١٩٤٨ ٢٨ﺗﺷرﻳن اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ /ﻧوﻓﻣﺑر ٢٠٠٠ ٢٦ﻛﺎﻧون اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ /ﻳﻧﺎﻳر ١٩٦١ ٢٢ﺗﻣوز /ﻳوﻟﻳو ١٩٤٦ ٤أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٩٢ ٢٣أﻳﻠوﻝ /ﺳﺑﺗﻣﺑر ١٩٤٧ ٢٨أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٧١ ٢١ﺗﺷرﻳن اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ /ﻧوﻓﻣﺑر ١٩٦٠ ٢٦ﻧﻳﺳﺎن /أﺑرﻳﻝ ١٩٧١ ٨ﻧﻳﺳﺎن /أﺑرﻳﻝ ١٩٥٧ ٤ﻛﺎﻧون اﻷوﻝ /دﻳﺳﻣﺑر ١٩٧٤ ٢٦آب /أﻏﺳطس ١٩٤٩ ٢٧أﻳﻠوﻝ /ﺳﺑﺗﻣﺑر ١٩٦٦ ١٩أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٥٩ ٥أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٨٠ ٢٩ﺗﻣوز /ﻳوﻟﻳو ١٩٧٤ ٧آذار ﻣﺎرس ١٩٨٣ ان /ﻳوﻧﻳو ١٩٤٨ ١٦ﺣزﻳر ٩ﺗﻣوز /ﻳوﻟﻳو ١٩٤٨ ٧ﺗﺷرﻳن اﻷوﻝ /أﻛﺗوﺑر ١٩٤٧ ١ﻛﺎﻧون اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ /ﻳﻧﺎﻳر ١٩٧٢ ١٧أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٥٠ ١٦ﻛﺎﻧون اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ /ﻳﻧﺎﻳر ١٩٦١
196
اﻟﺳﻠﻔﺎدور* .................................. ﺳﻠوﻓﺎﻛﻳﺎ* ................................... ﺳﻠوﻓﻳﻧﻳﺎ* ................................... ة*................................... ﺳﻧﻐﺎﻓور اﻟﺳﻧﻐﺎﻝ* ................................... ﺳوازﻳﻠﻧد .................................... اﻟﺳودان .................................... ﺳورﻳﻧﺎم .................................... اﻟﺳوﻳد* ................................... ر* .................................... ﺳوﻳﺳ ا اﻟﻳون* .................................. ﺳﻳر ﺳﻳﺷﻳﻝ* .................................... ﺷﻳﻠﻲ* .................................... ﺻرﺑﻳﺎ* .................................... اﻟﺻوﻣﺎﻝ.................................... اﻟﺻﻳن* .................................... طﺎﺟﻳﻛﺳﺗﺎن ................................. اق* ..................................... اﻟﻌر ﻋﻣﺎن ...................................... ﻏﺎﺑون* .................................... ﻏﺎﻣﺑﻳﺎ* .................................... ﻏﺎﻧﺎ* ...................................... ﻏرﻳﻧﺎدا...................................... ﻏواﺗﻳﻣﺎﻻ* .................................. ﻏﻳﺎﻧﺎ* ...................................... ﻏﻳﻧﻳﺎ* ...................................... ﻏﻳﻧﻳﺎ اﻻﺳﺗواﺋﻳﺔ ............................. ﻏﻳﻧﻳﺎ -ﺑﻳﺳﺎو............................... ﻓﺎﻧواﺗو*..................................... ﻓرﻧﺳﺎ*...................................... اﻟﻔﻠﺑﻳن*..................................... ﻓﻧﻠﻧدا* ...................................... ﻓﻳﺟﻲ* ..................................... ﻓﻳﻳت ﻧﺎم .................................... ﻗﺑرص* ...................................
ات واﻟﺣﺻ ـ ــﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻ ـ ــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟوﻛ ـ ــﺎﻻت * اﻟ ـ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿ ـ ــﺎء اﻟﺗ ـ ــﻲ اﻧﺿ ـ ــﻣت إﻟ ـ ــﻰ اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳ ـ ــﺔ اﻻﻣﺗﻳ ـ ــﺎز اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ وﻣﻠﺣﻘﻬﺎ اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ.
197
اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﻗطر* ...................................... ﻏﻳزﺳﺗﺎن ................................. ﻗﻳر اﺧﺳﺗﺎن .................................. ﻛﺎز اﻟﻛﺎﻣﻳرون* ................................. ﻛرواﺗﻳﺎ* .................................... ﻛﻣﺑودﻳﺎ* ................................... ﻛﻧدا ....................................... ﻛوﺑﺎ* ..................................... ﻛوت دﻳﻔوار* ............................... ﻛوﺳﺗﺎرﻳﻛﺎ................................... ﻛوﻟوﻣﺑﻳﺎ .................................... اﻟﻛوﻧﻐو ..................................... اﻟﻛوﻳت* ................................... ﻛﻳرﻳﺑﺎﺗﻲ .................................... ﻛﻳﻧﻳﺎ* ..................................... ﻻﺗﻔﻳﺎ* ..................................... ﻟﺑﻧﺎن ....................................... ﻟﻛﺳﻣﺑر غ* .................................. ﻟﻳﺑﻳﺎ ....................................... ﻟﻳﺑﻳرﻳﺎ ..................................... ﻟﻳﺗواﻧﻳﺎ* .................................... ﻟﻳﺳوﺗو* .................................... ﻣﺎﻟطﺔ*..................................... ﻣﺎﻟﻲ* ..................................... ﻣﺎﻟﻳزﻳﺎ* .................................... ﻣدﻏﺷﻘر* .................................. ﻣﺻر* ..................................... اﻟﻣﻐرب* ................................... اﻟﻣﻛﺳﻳك .................................... ﻣﻼوي* .................................... ﻣﻠدﻳف* .................................... اﻟﻣﻣﻠﻛﺔ اﻟﻌرﺑﻳﺔ اﻟﺳﻌودﻳﺔ .................... اﻟﻣﻣﻠﻛﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة ﻟﺑرﻳطﺎﻧﻳﺎ اﻟﻌظﻣـﻰ وأﻳرﻟﻧـدا اﻟﺷﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ* ................................ ﻣﻧﻐوﻟﻳﺎ* .................................... ﻣورﻳﺗﺎﻧﻳﺎ ....................................
١١أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٧٢ ٢٩ﻧﻳﺳﺎن /أﺑرﻳﻝ ١٩٩٢ ١٩آب /أﻏﺳطس ١٩٩٢ ٦أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٦٠ ان /ﻳوﻧﻳو ١٩٩٢ ١١ﺣزﻳر ١٧أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٥٠ ٢٩آب /أﻏﺳطس ١٩٤٦ ٩أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٥٠ ٢٨ﺗﺷرﻳن اﻷوﻝ /أﻛﺗوﺑر ١٩٦٠ ١٧آذار /ﻣﺎرس ١٩٤٩ ١٤أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٥٩ ٢٦ﺗﺷرﻳن اﻷوﻝ /أﻛﺗوﺑر ١٩٦٠ ٩أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٦٠ ٢٦ﺗﻣوز /ﻳوﻟﻳو ١٩٨٤ ٢٧ﻛﺎﻧون اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ /ﻳﻧﺎﻳر ١٩٦٤ ٤ﻛﺎﻧون اﻷوﻝ /دﻳﺳﻣﺑر ١٩٩١ ١٩ﻛﺎﻧون اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ /ﻳﻧﺎﻳر ١٩٤٩ ان /ﻳوﻧﻳو ١٩٤٩ ٣ﺣزﻳر ١٦أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٥٢ ١٤آذار /ﻣﺎرس ١٩٤٧ ٢٥ﺗﺷرﻳن اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ /ﻧوﻓﻣﺑر ١٩٩١ ٧ﺗﻣوز /ﻳوﻟﻳو ١٩٦٧ ١ﺷﺑﺎط /ﻓﺑر اﻳر ١٩٦٥ ١٧ﺗﺷرﻳن اﻷوﻝ /أﻛﺗوﺑر ١٩٦٠ ٢٤ﻧﻳﺳﺎن /أﺑرﻳﻝ ١٩٥٨ ١٦ﻛﺎﻧون اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ /ﻳﻧﺎﻳر ١٩٦١ ١٦ﻛﺎﻧون اﻷوﻝ /دﻳﺳﻣﺑر ١٩٤٧ ١٤أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٥٦ ٧ﻧﻳﺳﺎن /أﺑرﻳﻝ ١٩٤٨ ٩ﻧﻳﺳﺎن /أﺑرﻳﻝ ١٩٦٥ ٥ﺗﺷرﻳن اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ /ﻧوﻓﻣﺑر ١٩٦٥ ٢٦أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٤٧ ٢٢ﺗﻣوز /ﻳوﻟﻳو ١٩٤٦ ١٨ﻧﻳﺳﺎن /أﺑرﻳﻝ ١٩٦٢ ٧آذار /ﻣﺎرس ١٩٦١
ات واﻟﺣﺻ ـ ــﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻ ـ ــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟوﻛ ـ ــﺎﻻت * اﻟ ـ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿ ـ ــﺎء اﻟﺗ ـ ــﻲ اﻧﺿ ـ ــﻣت إﻟ ـ ــﻰ اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳ ـ ــﺔ اﻻﻣﺗﻳـ ـ ـﺎز اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ وﻣﻠﺣﻘﻬﺎ اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ.
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ٩ﻛﺎﻧون اﻷوﻝ /دﻳﺳﻣﺑر ١٩٦٨ ١١أﻳﻠوﻝ /ﺳﺑﺗﻣﺑر ١٩٧٥ ٨ﺗﻣوز /ﻳوﻟﻳو ١٩٤٨ ٢٩آب /أﻏﺳطس ٢٠٠٦ ١ﺗﻣوز /ﻳوﻟﻳو ١٩٤٨ ٢٣ﻧﻳﺳﺎن /أﺑرﻳﻝ ١٩٩٠ ٩أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٩٤ ١٨آب /أﻏﺳطس ١٩٤٧ ان /ﻳوﻧﻳو ١٩٤٧ ٣٠ﺣزﻳر ٢أﻳﻠوﻝ /ﺳﺑﺗﻣﺑر ١٩٥٣ ٥ﺗﺷرﻳن اﻷوﻝ /أﻛﺗوﺑر ١٩٦٠ ٢٥ﺗﺷرﻳن اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ /ﻧوﻓﻣﺑر ١٩٦٠ ٢٤ﻧﻳﺳﺎن /أﺑرﻳﻝ ١٩٥٠ ١٠ﻛﺎﻧون اﻷوﻝ /دﻳﺳﻣﺑر ١٩٤٦ ٤أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٩٤ ١٢آب /أﻏﺳطس ١٩٤٧ ١٢ﻛﺎﻧون اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ /ﻳﻧﺎﻳر ١٩٤٨ ٨ﻧﻳﺳﺎن /أﺑرﻳﻝ ١٩٤٩ ان /ﻳوﻧﻳو ١٩٤٨ ١٧ﺣزﻳر ٢٥ﻧﻳﺳﺎن /أﺑرﻳﻝ ١٩٤٧ ان /ﻳوﻧﻳو ١٩٤٨ ٢١ﺣزﻳر ١٤آب /أﻏﺳطس ١٩٩١ ١٦أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٥١ ٢٠ﺗﺷرﻳن اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ /ﻧوﻓﻣﺑر ١٩٥٣ ١٢آذار /ﻣﺎرس ١٩٤٨ ٧أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٩٢ ٨أﻳﺎر /ﻣﺎﻳو ١٩٩١
198
ﻣورﻳﺷﻳوس* ................................ اﻣﺑﻳق* .................................. ﻣوز ﻣوﻧﺎﻛو ...................................... ﻣوﻧﺗﻳﻧﻐرو* ................................. ﻣﻳﺎﻧﻣﺎر ..................................... ﻧﺎﻣﻳﺑﻳﺎ ...................................... ﻧﺎورو ....................................... اﻟﻧروﻳﺞ* .................................... اﻟﻧﻣﺳﺎ* ..................................... ﻧﻳﺑﺎﻝ* ...................................... اﻟﻧﻳﺟر* ................................... ﻧﻳﺟﻳرﻳﺎ* .................................... اﻏوا* .................................. ﻧﻳﻛﺎر ﻧﻳوزﻳﻠﻧدا* ................................... ﻧﻳووي ...................................... ﻫﺎﻳﺗﻲ* ..................................... اﻟﻬﻧد* ...................................... اس* .................................. ﻫﻧدور ﻫﻧﻐﺎرﻳﺎ* .................................... ﻫوﻟﻧدا* ..................................... ﻻﻳﺎت اﻟﻣﺗﺣدة اﻷﻣرﻳﻛﻳﺔ ................... اﻟو ﻻﻳﺎت ﻣﻳﻛروﻧﻳزﻳﺎ اﻟﻣوﺣدة ................... و اﻟﻳﺎﺑﺎن* ..................................... اﻟﻳﻣن*...................................... اﻟﻳوﻧﺎن* .................................... ﺑورﺗورﻳﻛو ................................... ﺗوﻛﻳﻼو .....................................
اﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳﺑﺔ
____________________
__________________________ ات واﻟﺣﺻ ـ ــﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻ ـ ــﺔ ﺑﺎﻟوﻛ ـ ــﺎﻻت * اﻟ ـ ــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿ ـ ــﺎء اﻟﺗ ـ ــﻲ اﻧﺿ ـ ــﻣت إﻟ ـ ــﻰ اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳ ـ ــﺔ اﻻﻣﺗﻳ ـ ــﺎز اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻﺔ وﻣﻠﺣﻘﻬﺎ اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ.
اﻟﺳرطﺎن١
اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻠوﻛﺎﻟﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﺑﺣوث اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻷوﻟﻰ -اﻟﻬدف
اﻟﺗذﻳﻳﻝ ٢
ﻫدف اﻟوﻛﺎﻟﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﺑﺣوث اﻟﺳـرطﺎن ﻫـو ﺗﻌزﻳـز اﻟﺗﻌـﺎون اﻟـدوﻟﻲ ﻓـﻲ ﺑﺣـوث اﻟﺳــرطﺎن .وﺗﻣﺛــﻝ اﻟوﻛﺎﻟــﺔ وﺳــﻳﻠﺔ ﺗﺗﻌــﺎون اﻟــدوﻝ اﻟﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﺔ وﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﻫـﺎ ﻣـن اﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺎت اﺑطﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﻛﺎﻓﺣـﺔ اﻟﺳـرطﺎن وﻏﻳر ﻋن طرﻳﻘﻬﺎ وﻣﻊ اﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟر اﺣﻝ اﻟﺑﺣوث اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ اﻟﺳرطﺎن. اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﻌﻧﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘوﻳﺔ وﺗدﻋﻳم ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻣر
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ -اﻟوظﺎﺋف ﺗﻣﺎرس اﻟوﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﻘﻳق ﻫدﻓﻬﺎ اﻟوظﺎﺋف اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ: -١ﺗﺗﺧذ اﻟوﻛﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺗرﺗﻳﺑﺎت اﻟﻼزﻣـﺔ ﻟﺗﺧطـﻳط وﺗﺷـﺟﻳﻊ وﺗوﺳـﻳﻊ ﻧطـﺎق اﻟﺑﺣـوث ﻓـﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻌﻠق ﺑﻣﺳﺑﺑﺎت اﻟﺳرطﺎن وﺑﻌﻼﺟﻪ واﻟوﻗﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻧﻪ. ﺗﻧﻔذ اﻟوﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺟﺎ ﻟﻸﻧﺷطﺔ اﻟداﺋﻣﺔ .وﺗﺗﺿﻣن ﻫذﻩ اﻷﻧﺷطﺔ: ﺗﺟﻣﻳــﻊ وﺑــث اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت ﻋــن وﺑﺎﺋﻳــﺔ اﻟﺳــرطﺎن وﻋــن ﺑﺣــوث اﻟﺳــرطﺎن )أ( وﻋن ﻣﺳﺑﺑﺎت اﻟﺳرطﺎن واﻟوﻗﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ أﻧﺣﺎء اﻟﻌﺎﻟم؛ واﻋ ــداد اﻟﺧط ــط اﻟﺧﺎﺻ ــﺔ ﺑﻣﺷ ــروﻋﺎت ﺗﺗﻌﻠ ــق ) ب( اﻟﻧظ ــر ﻓ ــﻲ اﻟﻣﻘﺗرﺣ ــﺎت ٕ رﻋـﻰ ﻓـﻲ ﺗﺻـﻣﻳم ﻫـذﻩ اﻟﻣﺷـروﻋﺎت ﺑﺑﺣوث اﻟﺳـرطﺎن أو ﺑـدﻋم ﻫـذﻩ اﻟﺑﺣـوث .وﻳ ا أن ﺗﺳ ــﺗﺧدم ﻓﻳﻬ ــﺎ ﻋﻠ ــﻰ أﻓﺿ ــﻝ ﻧﺣ ــو ﻣﻣﻛ ــن اﻟﻣـ ـوارد اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳ ــﺔ واﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳ ــﺔ واﻟﻔ ــرص اﺳﺎت ﻋن اﻟﺗﺎرﻳﺦ اﻟطﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﻟﻠﺳرطﺎن؛ اء در اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﻗد ﺗﻛون ﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻹﺟر ﺗﻌﻠﻳم وﺗدرﻳب اﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن ﻟﻠﻘﻳﺎم ﺑﺑﺣوث ﻓﻲ اﻟﺳرطﺎن. -٢
) ج(
-٣ﻟﻠوﻛﺎﻟ ــﺔ أن ﺗﺗﺧ ــذ اﻟﺗ ــداﺑﻳر اﻟﻼزﻣ ــﺔ ﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳ ــذ ﻣﺷ ــروﻋﺎت ﺧﺎﺻ ــﺔ ،وﻣ ــﻊ ذﻟ ــك ﻻ ﻳﺟــوز اﻟﺑــدء ﻓــﻲ ﻣﺛــﻝ ﻫــذﻩ اﻟﻣﺷــروﻋﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻــﺔ إﻻ ﺑﻧــﺎء ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻣواﻓﻘــﺔ ﺻ ـرﻳﺣﺔ ﻣــن ة ﺗﺳﺗﻧد إﻟﻰ ﺗوﺻﻳﺔ ﻣن اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻲ. ﻣﺟﻠس اﻹدار ار ة ﻓ ـ ــﻲ ٢٠أﻳ ـ ــﺎر /ﻣ ـ ــﺎﻳو ) ١٩٦٥اﻟﻘـ ـ ـر ١واﻓﻘ ـ ــت ﻋﻠﻳ ـ ــﻪ ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺛﺎﻣﻧ ـ ــﺔ ﻋﺷـ ـ ـر ً ﻓـ ــﻲ ة ،أﺻـ ــﺑﺢ اﻟﻧظـ ــﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳـ ــﻲ ﻧﺎﻓـ ــذا ج ص ع .(٤٤-١٨وﺗطﺑﻳﻘ ـ ـﺎً ﻟﻠﻣـ ــﺎدﺗﻳن اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛـ ــﺔ واﻟﺣﺎدﻳـ ــﺔ ﻋﺷ ـ ـر ١٥أﻳﻠـ ــوﻝ /ﺳـ ــﺑﺗﻣﺑر .١٩٦٥وﻗـ ــد ﻗﺑﻠـ ــت ﺟﻣﻌﻳ ـ ـﺎت اﻟﺻـ ــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳـ ــﺔ اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛـ ــﺔ واﻟﻌﺷـ ــرون واﻟﺧﺎﻣﺳـ ــﺔ ات رر اﺑﻌـ ــﺔ واﻟﺳـ ــﺗون )اﻟﻘ ـ ـ ا واﻟﻌﺷـ ــرون واﻟﺗﺎﺳـ ــﻌﺔ واﻟﺛﻼﺛـ ــون واﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛـ ــﺔ واﻷرﺑﻌـ ــون واﻟﺣﺎدﻳـ ــﺔ واﻟﺳـ ــﺗون واﻟر ج ص ع ،٢٣-٢٣ج ص ع ٢٥-٢٥وج ص ع ١٣-٣٩وج ص ع ٢٣-٤٣وج ص ع١٣-٦١ رﺗــﻪ اﻟﺳــﺎﺑﻌﺔ واﻟﺗﺎﺳــﻌﺔ ة ﻓــﻲ دو ا ﻫــﺎ ﻣﺟﻠــس اﻹدار وج ص ع (٢٦-٦٤ﺗﻌــدﻳﻼت اﻟﻧظــﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳــﻲ اﻟﺗــﻲ أﻗر واﻟﺳـ ــﺎﺑﻌﺔ واﻟﻌﺷ ـ ـرﻳن واﻟﺣﺎدﻳـ ــﺔ واﻟﺛﻼﺛـ ــﻳن واﻟﺧﻣﺳـ ــﻳن واﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛـ ــﺔ واﻟﺧﻣﺳـ ــﻳن ﻓـــﻲ أﻋ ـ ـوام ١٩٦٩و١٩٧١ و ١٩٨٦و ١٩٩٠و ٢٠٠٨و ٢٠١١ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺗواﻟﻲ. 199
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
200
ﻳﺟوز أن ﺗﺗﺿﻣن ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻣﺷروﻋﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ: أﻧﺷطﺔ ﻣﻛﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟداﺋم؛ اﺋدة ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﺎﻝ اﻟوﻗﺎﻳﺔ ﻣن اﻟﺳرطﺎن؛ ﺗﺟرﻳب أﻧﺷطﺔ ر
-٤
)أ( )ب(
) ج ( ﺗﺷﺟﻳﻊ اﻟﺑﺣوث ﻓـﻲ اﻟﻣﺳـﺗوى اﻟـوطﻧﻲ وﺗﻘـدﻳم اﻟﻣﺳـﺎﻋدة ﻟﻬـﺎ ،وذﻟـك ﻋﻧـد ة ﺑﺈﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﻧظﻣﺎت ﻟﻠﺑﺣوث. ة ﺑطرﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺑﺎﺷر اﻟﺿرور اﻣﺟﻬـﺎ اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘـﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺧـدﻣﺎت اﻟداﺋﻣـﺔ أو أي ﻣﺷـروﻋﺎت -٥ﻟﻠﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ ،ﺑﺻـدد ﺗﻧﻔﻳـذ ﺑر ى. ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ،أن ﺗﺗﻌﺎون ﻣﻊ أﻳﺔ ﻣؤﺳﺳﺔ أﺧر
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ -اﻟدوﻝ اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ رﻋــﺎة أﺣﻛــﺎم ﻳﺟــوز ﻷي دوﻟــﺔ ﻋﺿــو ﻓــﻲ ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ،ﻣــﻊ ﻣ ا ة ﻧﺷــطﺔ ﻓــﻲ أﻋﻣــﺎﻝ اﻟوﻛﺎﻟـﺔ ﺑــﺄن ﺗﺗﻌﻬــد ،ﻓــﻲ ة ،أن ﺗﺷــﺗرك ﺑﺻـور اﻟﻣـﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳــﺔ ﻋﺷـر رﻋــﺎة وﺗطﺑﻳــق أﺣﻛــﺎم إﺷــﻌﺎر ﺗرﺳــﻠﻪ إﻟــﻰ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ،ﺑﻣ ا ﻫــذا اﻟﻧظــﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳــﻲ .وﺳــﻳطﻠق ﻓــﻲ ﻫــذا اﻟﻧظــﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳــﻲ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿــﺎء اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗرﺳﻝ ﻫذا اﻹﺷﻌﺎر اﺳم "اﻟدوﻝ اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ".
اﺑﻌﺔ -اﻟﻬﻳﻛﻝ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟر ﺗﺗﻛون اﻟوﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﻣن: ة؛ ﻣﺟﻠس اﻹدار
)أ(
) ب ( اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻲ؛ ) ج ( اﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ.
ة اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺧﺎﻣﺳﺔ -ﻣﺟﻠس اﻹدار ة ﻣــن ﻣﻣﺛــﻝ ﻋــن ﻛــﻝ دوﻟــﺔ ﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﺔ وﻣــن اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم -١ﻳﺗــﺄﻟف ﻣﺟﻠــس اﻹدار ﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ .وﻟﻠﻣدﻳر اﻟﻌﺎم أن ﻳﺻطﺣب ﺑدﻻء أو ﻣﺳﺗﺷﺎرﻳن. ة ﺻوت واﺣد. ﻟﻛﻝ ﻋﺿو ﻣن أﻋﺿﺎء ﻣﺟﻠس اﻹدار ة: ﻳﺗوﻟﻰ ﻣﺟﻠس اﻹدار اﻧﻳﺔ؛ اﻋﺗﻣﺎد اﻟﻣﻳز -٢ -٣
)أ(
ار اﻟﻼﺋﺣﺔ اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ؛ ) ب ( إﻗر اﻗﺑﺔ اﻹﻧﻔﺎق؛ ) ج ( ﻣر
201
اﻟوﻛﺎﻟﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﺑﺣوث اﻟﺳرطﺎن :اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ
ﺗﺣدﻳد ﺣﺟم اﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ؛ اﻧﺗﺧﺎب أﻋﺿﺎء ﻣﻛﺗﺑﻪ؛ وﺿﻊ ﻧظﺎﻣﻪ اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ. اﻋﺗﻣﺎد ﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻷﻧﺷطﺔ اﻟداﺋﻣﺔ؛
)د( )ﻫ ( )و( -٤
ة ﻓﻲ ﺗوﺻﻳﺎت اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻲ ،ﻳﺗوﻟﻰ: ﺑﻌد أن ﻳﻧظر ﻣﺟﻠس اﻹدار
)أ(
ار أي ﻣﺷروﻋﺎت ﺧﺎﺻﺔ؛ ) ب ( إﻗر ار ﺑﺷﺄن أي ﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﻛﻣﻳﻠﻲ. ) ج ( اﺗﺧﺎذ ﻗر ﻋﻳﺗﻳن )أ( و)ب( ﻣـ ــن ة ﺑﻣوﺟـ ــب اﻟﻔﻘ ـ ـرﺗﻳن اﻟﻔـ ــر ات ﻣﺟﻠـ ــس اﻹدار رر -٥ﺗﺗﺧـ ــذ ﻗ ـ ـ ا ة ٣ﻣن ﻫذﻩ اﻟﻣﺎدة ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺑﻳﺔ ﺛﻠﺛﻲ أﻋﺿﺎﺋﻪ اﻟذﻳن ﻳﻣﺛﻠون اﻟدوﻝ اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ. اﻟﻔﻘر ة ﺑﺎﻷﻏﻠﺑﻳـ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺑﺳـ ـ ــﻳطﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﺿـ ـ ــﺎء اﻟﺣﺎﺿ ـ ـ ـرﻳن ات ﻣﺟﻠـ ـ ــس اﻹدار رر -٦ﺗﺗﺧـ ـ ــذ ﻗ ـ ـ ـ ا واﻟﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﻳن ﻓــﻲ اﻟﺗﺻــوﻳت إﻻ إذا ﻧــص ﻓــﻲ ﻫــذا اﻟﻧظــﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳــﻲ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻏﻳــر ذﻟــك. وﺗﺷﻛﻝ أﻏﻠﺑﻳﺔ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﻧﺻﺎب اﻟﻘﺎﻧوﻧﻲ. ة ﻛـﻝ ﺳـﻧﺔ .وﻳﺟـوز أن ﻳﺟﺗﻣـﻊ ﻛـذﻟك ة ﻋﺎدﻳـﺔ ﻣـر ة ﻓـﻲ دور -٧ﻳﺟﺗﻣﻊ ﻣﺟﻠس اﻹدار ة اﺳﺗﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ طﻠب ﺛﻠث أﻋﺿﺎﺋﻪ. ﻓﻲ دور ﻋﻳﺔ وﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت ﻋﻣﻝ. ة أن ﻳﻌﻳن ﻟﺟﺎﻧﺎ ﻓر ﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻹدار -٨
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺳﺎدﺳﺔ -اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻲ -١ﻳﺗﺄﻟف اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻲ ﻣن ﻋﻠﻣﺎء ذوي ﻣؤﻫﻼت رﻓﻳﻌـﺔ ﻳﺧﺗـﺎرون ﻋﻠـﻰ أﺳـﺎس ﺧﺑرﺗﻬم اﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺣوث اﻟﺳـرطﺎن واﻟﻣﻳـﺎدﻳن اﻟﻣﺗﺻـﻠﺔ ﺑﻬـﺎ .وﻳﻌـﻳن أﻋﺿـﺎء اﻟﻣﺟﻠـس اء ﻻ ﺑوﺻﻔﻬم ﻣﻣﺛﻠﻳن ﻟدوﻝ ﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ. اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻲ ﺑوﺻﻔﻬم ﺧﺑر -٢ﻳﺟــوز ﻟﻛــﻝ دوﻟــﺔ ﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﺔ أن ﺗرﺷــﺢ ﻋــدداً ﻻ ﻳﺗﺟــﺎوز ﺧﺑﻳــرﻳن اﺛﻧــﻳن ﻟﻌﺿــوﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻲ وﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﺗﻘوم أي دوﻟـﺔ ﻣﺷـﺗرﻛﺔ ﺑﺗرﺷـﻳﺢ ﻣـن ﻫـذا اﻟﻘﺑﻳـﻝ ﻳﺑـﺎدر ﻣﺟﻠـس ة إﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﻳﻳن أﺣدﻫﻣﺎ. اﻹدار رﻋــﻲ اء اﻟــذﻳن ﻳﻧظــر ﻓــﻲ ﺗﻌﻳﻳــﻧﻬم ﻓــﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس اﻟﻌﻠﻣــﻲ ،ﺗ ا -٣ﻋﻧــد ﺗﺣدﻳــد اﻟﺧﺑ ـر ة اﻟﻣﻘدﻣــﺔ ﻣــن رﺋــﻳس اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس اﻟﻌﻠﻣــﻲ وﻣــدﻳر اﻟوﻛﺎﻟــﺔ ﺑﺷــﺄن اﻟــدوﻝ اﻟﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﺔ اﻟﻣﺷــور اء اﻟﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﺎت. ة اﻟﻣطﻠوﺑﺔ ﻟﻌﺿوﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻲ ﻋﻧد إﺟر اﻟﺧﺑر واذا ﺗﻌـذر ﻋﻠـﻰ أي ﻋﺿـو -٤ﻳﻌﻳن أﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﻌﻠﻣـﻲ ﻟﻣـدة أرﺑـﻊ ﺳـﻧواتٕ . أن ﻳﻛﻣﻝ ﻣدة ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻪ ،وﺟب ﺗﻌﻳﻳن ﻋﺿـو ﺟدﻳـد ﻟﺑﻘﻳـﺔ اﻟﻣـدة اﻟﻣﺳـﺗﺣﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺿـو ،وذﻟـك ة .٥ طﺑﻘﺎً ﻟﻠﻔﻘر
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
202
-٥ﻋﻧــدﻣﺎ ﻳﺷــﻐر ﻣﻛــﺎن ﻓــﻲ ﻋﺿــوﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس اﻟﻌﻠﻣــﻲ ،ﻳﺟــوز ﻟﻠدوﻟــﺔ اﻟﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﺔ ج أن ﺗرﺷــﺢ ﻋــدداً ﻻ ﻳﺗﺟــﺎوز ﺧﺑﻳـرﻳن اﺛﻧــﻳن طﺑﻘـﺎً ﻟﻠﻔﻘـرﺗﻳن اﻟﺗـﻲ رﺷــﺣت اﻟﻌﺿــو اﻟﺧـﺎر ﻻ ﻳﺟــوز إﻋــﺎدة ﺗﻌﻳــﻳن أي ﻋﺿــو ﺗــرك اﻟﻣﺟﻠــس اﻟﻌﻠﻣــﻲ ،ﻋــدا اﻟﻌﺿــو اﻟــذي ٢و .٣و ﻳﻌﻳن ﻟﻣدة ﻣﺧﻔﺿﺔ ،إﻻ ﺑﻌد ﻣرور ﺳﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻝ. ﻳﺗوﻟﻰ اﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻲ: وﺿﻊ ﻧظﺎﻣﻪ اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ؛ ﺗﻘﻳﻳم أﻧﺷطﺔ اﻟوﻛﺎﻟﺔ دورﻳﺎً؛ -٦
)أ( ) ب(
واﻋــداد ﻣﺷــروﻋﺎت ﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﻟﻠﻌــرض )ج( اﻟﺗوﺻــﻳﺔ ﺑﺑـر اﻣﺞ اﻷﻧﺷــطﺔ اﻟداﺋﻣــﺔ ٕ ة؛ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺟﻠس اﻹدار ﻋﺎﻫﺎ اﻟوﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻘﻳﻳﻣﺎً دورﻳﺎً؛ ﺗﻘﻳﻳم اﻟﻣﺷروﻋﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗر
)د(
ات ة ﻋن اﻷﻣور اﻟﻣﺷـﺎر إﻟﻳﻬـﺎ ﻓـﻲ اﻟﻔﻘـر )ﻫ( ﺗﻘدﻳم ﺗﻘﺎرﻳر إﻟﻰ ﻣﺟﻠس اﻹدار ﻋﻳ ـ ــﺔ )ب( و)ج( و)د( أﻋ ـ ــﻼﻩ ﻟﻳﻧظ ـ ــر ﻓﻳﻬ ـ ــﺎ ﻋﻧ ـ ــد اﻟﻧظ ـ ــر ﻓ ـ ــﻲ اﻟﺑرﻧ ـ ــﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻔر اﻧﻳﺔ. واﻟﻣﻳز
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻌﺔ -اﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ -١ﺗﻛــون اﻷﻣﺎﻧــﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ ،ﺗﺣــت اﻟﺳــﻠطﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣــﺔ ﻟﻠﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ ات ﻣﺟﻠـس رر ي واﻟﻔﻧﻲ ﻟﻠوﻛﺎﻟﺔ ،وﺗﻘوم ﻓﺿﻼ ﻋن ذﻟك ﺑﺗﻧﻔﻳـذ ﻗـ ا اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ،اﻟﺟﻬﺎز اﻹدار ة واﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻲ. اﻹدار ﺗﺗﺄﻟف اﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﻣن ﻣدﻳر اﻟوﻛﺎﻟﺔ وﻣن اﻟﻣوظﻔﻳن واﻹدارﻳﻳن اﻟﻼزﻣﻳن ﻟﻬﺎ. -٢ ة ﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟوﻛﺎﻟ ــﺔ ،وﻳﻘ ــوم اﻟﻣ ــدﻳر اﻟﻌ ــﺎم ﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ اﻟﺻ ــﺣﺔ -٣ﻳﺧﺗ ــﺎر ﻣﺟﻠ ــس اﻹدار ة. اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺷروط اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺣددﻫﺎ ﻣﺟﻠس اﻹدار -٤ﻳﻌــﻳن ﻣوظﻔــو اﻟوﻛﺎﻟــﺔ ﺑطرﻳﻘــﺔ ﺗﺗﻘــرر ﺑﺎﻻﺗﻔــﺎق ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﺑــﻳن اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ وﻣدﻳر اﻟوﻛﺎﻟﺔ. ﻣدﻳر اﻟوﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﻫو اﻟﺳﻠطﺔ اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذﻳﺔ اﻟﻌﻠﻳﺎ ﻟﻠوﻛﺎﻟﺔ وﻫو ﻣﺳؤوﻝ ﻋﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ: ة اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ؛ اﻧﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺗر ات اﻟﻣﻳز إﻋداد اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ وﺗﻘدﻳر -٥
)أ(
اف ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻧﻔﻳذ اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ واﻷﻧﺷطﺔ اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳﺔ؛ ) ب ( اﻹﺷر ) ج ( ﺗﺻرﻳف اﻟﺷؤون اﻹدارﻳﺔ واﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ.
203
اﻟوﻛﺎﻟﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﺑﺣوث اﻟﺳرطﺎن :اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ
اﻧﻳـﺔ ات اﻟﻣﻳز ﻩ اﻟوﻛﺎﻟـﺔ وﺗﻘـدﻳر ر ﻋن اﻟﺗﻘـدم اﻟـذي ﺗﺣـرز -٦ﻳﻘدم ﻣدﻳر اﻟوﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻘرﻳ ا واﻟــﻰ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻋــن اﻟﺳــﻧﺔ اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳــﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳــﺔ إﻟــﻰ ﻛــﻝ دوﻟــﺔ ﻣــن اﻟــدوﻝ اﻟﻣﺷــﺗرﻛﺔ ٕ ﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ وﻳﻌﻣــم ﻫــذا اﻟﺗﻘرﻳــر ﻋﻠــﻳﻬم ﺑﺣﻳــث ﻳﺻــﻠﻬم ﻗﺑــﻝ اﻻﺟﺗﻣــﺎع ة ﺑﺛﻼﺛﻳن ﻳوﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻝ. اﻟﺳﻧوي اﻟﻌﺎدي ﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻹدار
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻣﻧﺔ -اﻟﺗﻣوﻳﻝ اﻛﺎت ﺳــﻧوﻳﺔ ﺗــدﻓﻌﻬﺎ -١ﺗﻣــوﻝ اﻟﺧــدﻣﺎت اﻹدارﻳــﺔ واﻷﻧﺷــطﺔ اﻟداﺋﻣــﺔ ﻟﻠوﻛﺎﻟــﺔ ﺑﺎﺷــﺗر ﻛﻝ دوﻟﺔ ﻣن اﻟدوﻝ اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ. اﻛﺎت اﻟﺳــﻧوﻳﺔ ﻓــﻲ أوﻝ ﻛــﺎﻧون اﻟﺛــﺎﻧﻲ /ﻳﻧــﺎﻳر ﻣــن ﻛــﻝ -٢ﻳﺳــﺗﺣق أداء ﻫــذﻩ اﻻﺷــﺗر ﺳ ــﻧﺔ وﻳﺟ ــب أن ﺗﺳ ــدد ﻓ ــﻲ ﺗ ــﺎرﻳﺦ ﻻ ﻳﺗﺟ ــﺎوز ٣١ﻛ ــﺎﻧون اﻷوﻝ /دﻳﺳ ــﻣﺑر ﻣ ــن ﻧﻔ ــس اﻟﺳﻧﺔ. اﻛﺎت اﻟﺳﻧوﻳﺔ. ة ﻣﺳﺗوى أو ﻣﺳﺗوﻳﺎت اﻻﺷﺗر ﻳﺣدد ﻣﺟﻠس اﻹدار -٣ اﻛﺎت اﻟﺳــﻧوﻳﺔ ﻳﺟــب أن ﻳﺗﺧــذ ار ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳــر ﻣﺳــﺗوى أو ﻣﺳــﺗوﻳﺎت اﻻﺷــﺗر -٤أي ﻗ ـر ﻻ ﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ. ة اﻟذﻳن ﻳﻣﺛﻠون دو ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺑﻳﺔ ﺛﻠﺛﻲ أﻋﺿﺎء ﻣﺟﻠس اﻹدار اﻛﻬﺎ اﻟﺳ ــﻧوي ﺗﻔﻘ ــد ﺣﻘﻬ ــﺎ ﻓ ــﻲ -٥اﻟ ــدوﻝ اﻟﻣﺷ ــﺗرﻛﺔ اﻟﺗ ــﻲ ﺗﺗ ــﺄﺧر ﻓ ــﻲ ﺳ ــداد اﺷ ــﺗر اﺗﻬـ ــﺎ ﺗﻌـ ــﺎدﻝ أو ﺗﺗﺟـ ــﺎوز ﻗﻳﻣـ ــﺔ ة إذا ﻛﺎﻧـ ــت ﻗﻳﻣـ ــﺔ ﻣﺗﺄﺧر اﻟﺗﺻـ ــوﻳت ﻓـ ــﻲ ﻣﺟﻠـ ــس اﻹدار اﻛﺎت اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺣﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﻋن اﻟﺳﻧﺔ اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ اﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ. اﻻﺷﺗر ﻩ. أس اﻟﻣﺎﻝ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻝ وأن ﻳﺣدد ﻣﻘدار ة أن ﻳﻧﺷﺊ ﺻﻧدوﻗﺎ ﻟر ﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻹدار -٦ ﻋــﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻــﺔ ﻣــن أي ﻓــرد أو ة ﺳــﻠطﺔ ﻗﺑــوﻝ اﻟﻬﺑــﺎت أو اﻟﺗﺑر -٧ﻟﻣﺟﻠــس اﻹدار ـوﻝ اﻟﻣﺷـ ــروﻋﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻـ ــﺔ ﻟﻠوﻛﺎﻟـ ــﺔ ﻣـ ــن ﻣﺛـ ــﻝ ﻫـ ــذﻩ اﻟﻬﺑـ ــﺎت ـ ـ ﻣ ﻫﻳﺋـ ــﺔ أو ﺣﻛوﻣـ ــﺔ .وﺗ ّ ﻋﺎت اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ. واﻟﺗﺑر -٨أﻣـ ـواﻝ اﻟوﻛﺎﻟ ــﺔ وأﺻ ــوﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﻣﺳ ــك ﻋﻧﻬ ــﺎ ﺣﺳ ــﺎﺑﺎت ﻣﺳ ــﺗﻘﻠﺔ ﻋ ــن ﺻ ــﻧﺎدﻳق وأﺻ ــوﻝ ة. ﻫﺎ ﻣﺟﻠس اﻹدار ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ وﺗدار وﻓﻘﺎً ﻟﻼﺋﺣﺔ اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻘر
اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺗﺎﺳﻌﺔ -اﻟﻣﻘر اﻟرﺋﻳﺳﻲ ة ﻣﻛﺎن اﻟﻣﻘر اﻟرﺋﻳﺳﻲ ﻟﻠوﻛﺎﻟﺔ. ﻳﺣدد ﻣﺟﻠس اﻹدار
ة -اﻟﺗﻌدﻳﻼت اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﻌﺎﺷر ي ﻓﻳﻣــﺎ ﻋــدا ﻣــﺎ ﻧﺻــت ﻋﻠﻳــﻪ اﻟﻣــﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻣﻧــﺔ ) ،(٤ﺗﺻــﺑﺢ اﻟﺗﻌــدﻳﻼت اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﺟــر ة ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺑﻳــﺔ ﺛﻠﺛــﻲ أﻋﺿــﺎﺋﻪ ﻓــﻲ ﻫــذا اﻟﻧظــﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳــﻲ ﻧﺎﻓــذة ﻣﺗــﻰ اﻋﺗﻣــدﻫﺎ ﻣﺟﻠــس اﻹدار ﻻ ﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ وﻣﺗﻰ ﻗﺑﻠﺗﻬﺎ ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ. اﻟذﻳن ﻳﻣﺛﻠون دو
اﻟوﺛﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ
204
ة -اﻟﻧﻔﺎذ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺣﺎدﻳﺔ ﻋﺷر ﺗﺻﺑﺢ أﺣﻛﺎم ﻫذا اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳـﻲ ﻧﺎﻓـذة ﻣﺗـﻰ أﻋطـت ﺧﻣـس ﻣـن اﻟـدوﻝ اﻟﺗـﻲ اح إﻧﺷــﺎء اﻟوﻛﺎﻟــﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ ﻟﺑﺣــوث اﻟﺳــرطﺎن اﻟﺗﻌﻬــد اﻟﻣﺷــﺎر إﻟﻳــﻪ ﻓــﻲ ﺑــﺎدرت إﻟــﻰ اﻗﺗ ـر اﻋﺎة وﺗطﺑﻳق أﺣﻛﺎم ﻫذا اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ. اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ واﻟﺧﺎص ﺑﻣر
ة -اﻟدوﻝ اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ اﻟﺟدﻳدة اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻋﺷر ﺑﻌد دﺧوﻝ ﻫذا اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺣﻳز اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذ ﻳﺟـوز ﻗﺑـوﻝ أﻳـﺔ دوﻟـﺔ ﻋﺿـو ﻣـن اﻷﻋﺿﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﻛدوﻟﺔ ﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ وذﻟك ﺑﺎﻟﺷرطﻳن اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﻳن: ﻻ ة ،ﺑﺄﻏﻠﺑﻳــﺔ ﺛﻠﺛــﻲ أﻋﺿــﺎﺋﻪ اﻟــذﻳن ﻳﻣﺛﻠــون دو ) أ ( أن ﻳﻌﺗﺑــر ﻣﺟﻠــس اﻹدار ة ﻓﻌﺎﻟـﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﻋﻣـﻝ اﻟوﻛﺎﻟـﺔ ﻓـﻲ ة ﻋﻠـﻰ اﻟﻣﺳـﺎﻫﻣﺔ ﺑﺻـور ﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ ،أن اﻟدوﻟﺔ ﻗـﺎدر اﻟﻣﺟﺎﻟﻳن اﻟﻌﻣﻠﻲ واﻟﻔﻧﻲ؛ ) ب ( أن ﺗﻌطﻲ اﻟدوﻟﺔ ﺑﻌد ذﻟك اﻟﺗﻌﻬد اﻟﻣﺷﺎر إﻟﻳﻪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ.
ة -اﻻﻧﺳﺣﺎب ﻣن اﻟﻣﺷﺎرﻛﺔ اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ ﻋﺷر ﻟﻠدوﻟﺔ اﻟﻣﺷﺗرﻛﺔ أن ﺗﻧﺳـﺣب ﻣـن اﻟﻣﺷـﺎرﻛﺔ ﻓـﻲ أﻋﻣـﺎﻝ اﻟوﻛﺎﻟـﺔ وذﻟـك ﺑﺈﺧطـﺎر ي ﺗرﺳــﻠﻪ إﻟــﻰ اﻟﻣــدﻳر اﻟﻌــﺎم ﻟﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ ﺑﻌزﻣﻬــﺎ ﻋﻠــﻰ اﻻﻧﺳــﺣﺎب .وﻳﺳــر ﻣﻔﻌوﻝ ﻫذا اﻹﺧطـﺎر ﺑﻌـد ﺳـﺗﺔ أﺷـﻬر ﻣـن وﺻـوﻟﻪ إﻟـﻰ اﻟﻣـدﻳر اﻟﻌـﺎم ﻟﻣﻧظﻣـﺔ اﻟﺻـﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ. __________________
ع اﻟوﺛــﺎﺋق اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ــﻳﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘــﺔ ﺑﺗﺻـ ـرﻳف ﺷــؤون ﻣﻧظﻣ ــﺔ ﻳﺿــم ﻫــذا اﻟﻣطﺑــو اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟك: اﻟدﺳﺗور اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻣن ﺟﻣﻌﻳﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ واﻟﻣﺟﻠس اﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳذي اﻟﻼﺋﺣﺔ اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ واﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﻣﺎﻟﻲ
اء اﻻﺳﺗﺷ ــﺎرﻳﻳن وﻣﺟﻣوﻋ ــﺎت ﻛﻣ ــﺎ ﻳﺷ ــﻣﻝ ﻻﺋﺣ ــﺔ ﻣﺟﻣوﻋ ــﺎت وﻟﺟ ــﺎن اﻟﺧﺑـ ـر رﺳ ــﺔ واﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋ ــﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻣﻳ ــﺔ وﻧﺻ ــوص اﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗ ــﺎت اﻟﻣﺑرﻣ ــﺔ ﻣ ــﻊ اﻷﻣ ــم اﻟﻣﺗﺣ ــدة اﻟد ا ات واﻟﺣﺻـﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺗـﻲ ﺗﺗﻣﺗـﻊ ﺑﻬـﺎ اﻟوﻛـﺎﻻت ى واﻻﺗﻔﺎﻗﻳـﺔ ﺑﺷـﺄن اﻻﻣﺗﻳـﺎز ووﻛﺎﻻت أﺧـر اﻟﻣﺗﺧﺻﺻــﺔ واﻟﻧظــﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳــﻲ ﻟﻠوﻛﺎﻟــﺔ اﻟدوﻟﻳــﺔ ﻟﺑﺣــوث اﻟﺳــرطﺎن ،واﻟﻣﺑــﺎدئ اﻟﺗــﻲ ﺗﺣﻛــم اﻟﻌﻼﻗــﺎت ﻣــﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣ ـﺎت ﻏﻳــر اﻟﺣﻛوﻣﻳــﺔ .وﻳــورد أﻳﺿــﺎ ﻗﺎﺋﻣــﺔ ﺑﺄﺳــﻣﺎء اﻟــدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء واﻟدوﻝ اﻷﻋﺿﺎء اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺳﺑﺔ ﺑﻣﻧظﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳﺔ. اﻟﻣﺣدﺛ ـ ــﺔ ﺣﺗ ـ ــﻰ ٣١ﺗﺷـ ـ ـرﻳن اﻷوﻝ/ وﻫ ـ ــذﻩ اﻟطﺑﻌ ـ ــﺔ اﻟﺛﺎﻣﻧ ـ ــﺔ واﻷرﺑﻌ ـ ــون ّ ع ﺑﺟﻣﻳــﻊ ﻟﻐــﺎت ﻣﻧظﻣــﺔ اﻟﺻــﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻳــﺔ أﻛﺗــوﺑر ٢٠١٤ﻣﺗﺎﺣــﺔ ﻓــﻲ ﺷــﻛﻝ ﻣطﺑــو اﻟرﺳــﻣﻳﺔ اﻟﺳــت ﻛﻣــﺎ ﻳﻣﻛــن اﻻطــﻼع ﻋﻠﻳﻬــﺎ ﻓــﻲ ﺷــﻛﻠﻬﺎ اﻹﻟﻛﺗروﻧــﻲ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻣوﻗــﻊ اﻟﻣﻧظﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ اﻹﻧﺗرﻧت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻌﻧوان اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ.(http://www.who.int) :
ISBN: 978 92 4 665048 4
基
本
文
件
第 四 十 八 版 2014 年
《基本文件》视需要出版新的版本，可通过http://apps.who.int/ gb/bd 读取。 世卫组织网站的 Governance( “管理” )页面（ http://www.who.int/ governance/）载有世卫组织其它正式文献资料。
基
本
文
件
第 四 十 八 版 包括 2014 年 12 月 31 日前通过的修正案 2014 年
WHO Library Cataloguing in Publication Data Basic documents – 48th ed. Including amendments adopted up to 31 December 2014. 1.World Health Organization. 2.Constitution and Bylaws. I.World Health Organization. ISBN 978 92 4 165048 9 (NLM Classification: WA 540.MW6)
© 世界卫生组织，2014 年 版权所有。世界卫生组织出版物可从 WHO Press, World Health Organization, 20 Avenue Appia, 1211 Geneva 27, Switzerland （电话： +41 22 791 3264；传真：+41 22 791 4857；电子邮件：bookorders@who.int）获 取。 要获得复制或翻译世界卫生组织出版物的许可 – 无论是为了出售或 非商业性分发，应向世界卫生组织出版处提出申请，地址同上（传真： +41 22 791 4806；电子邮件：permissions@who.int） 。 本出版物采用的名称和陈述的材料并不代表世界卫生组织对任何 国家、领地、城市或地区或其当局的合法地位，或关于边界或分界线的 规定有任何意见。地图上的虚线表示可能尚未完全达成一致的大致边界 线。 凡提及某些公司或某些制造商的产品时，并不意味着它们已为世界 卫生组织所认可或推荐，或比其它未提及的同类公司或产品更好。除差 错和疏忽外，凡专利产品名称均冠以大写字母，以示区别。 世界卫生组织已采取一切合理的预防措施来核实本出版物中包含 的信息。但是，已出版材料的分发无任何明确或含蓄的保证。解释和使 用材料的责任取决于读者。世界卫生组织对于因使用这些材料造成的损 失不承担责任。 在意大利印刷
索引请见第 195 页
目录 页 次 世界卫生组织组织法......................................................................... 1 准会员和其他领地的权利与义务 1. 2. 卫生大会和执行委员会 ......................................................21 区域组织 .............................................................................22
专门机构特权和豁免权公约 .............................................................25 附件七―世界卫生组织 .............................................................39 与其他政府间组织的协定 世界卫生组织与泛美卫生组织的协定 ......................................40 联合国与世界卫生组织的协定 ..................................................43 国际劳工组织与世界卫生组织的协定 ......................................52 联合国粮食及农业组织与世界卫生组织的协定 .......................56 联合国教育、科学及文化组织与世界卫生组织的协定 ............60 国际原子能机构与世界卫生组织的协定...................................64 国际农业发展基金与世界卫生组织的协定...............................68 联合国工业发展组织与世界卫生组织的协定 ...........................72 世界卫生组织与万国邮政联盟的协定 ......................................75 国际兽疫局与世界卫生组织的协定 ..........................................78 非洲联盟委员会与世界卫生组织的协定...................................82 世界卫生组织与南方中心的协定 ..............................................89 世界卫生组织与非政府组织的关系准则 ..........................................93 世界卫生组织财务条例.....................................................................99 附则：世界卫生组织外审计职权范围补充条款 ..................... 108 - iii -
iv
基 本 文 件
页 次 世界卫生组织人事条例................................................................... 110 专家咨询团和专家委员会条例 ....................................................... 116 附件―专家委员会议事规则.................................................... 122 研究组、学术组、协作机构和其它协作方式条例......................... 126 世界卫生大会议事规则................................................................... 134 无记名投票选举指导原则 ....................................................... 162 对程序问题定义的说明 ........................................................... 163 世界卫生组织执行委员会议事规则 ............................................... 165 附 件
1. 2.
世界卫生组织会员国及准会员................................................ 184 国际癌症研究机构章程 ........................................................... 188
索引 ................................................................................................. 195
——————
注：根据 WHA57.8 号决议，除上下文另有规定外，否则在《基本文件》中 使用一个性别应视为包括另一个性别。
世界卫生组织组织法1 本组织法签订国， 依据联合国宪章， 宣告下列各原则为各民族幸福， 和睦，与安全之基础： 健康不仅为疾病或羸弱之消除，而系体格，精神与社会之完全健康 状态。 享受最高而能获致之健康标准，为人人基本权利之一。不因种族， 宗教，政治信仰，经济或社会情境各异，而分轩轾。 各民族之健康为获致和平与安全之基本，须赖个人间与国家间之通 力合作。 任何国家促进及保护健康之成就，全人类实利赖之。 各国间对于促进卫生与控制疾病， 进展程度参差， 实为共同之危祸。 而以控制传染病程度不一为害尤甚。 儿童之健全发育，实属基要。使能于演变不息之整个环境中融洽生 活，对儿童之健全发展实为至要。 推广医学，心理学及有关知识之利益于各民族，对于健康之得达完 满，实为至要。 一般人士之卫生常识与积极合作，对人民卫生之改进，极为重要。 促进人民卫生为政府之职责；完成此职责，唯有实行适当之卫生与 社会措施。
本组织法是由一九四六年六月十九日至七月二十二日在纽约召开的国际卫生 会议通过的，六十一个国家代表于一九四六年七月二十二日签署（ 《世界卫生组织正 式记录》第 2 号第 100 页） ，并于一九四八年四月七日生效。第二十六届、第二十九 届、 第三十九届和第五十一届世界卫生大会通过的修正案（WHA26.37、WHA29.38、 WHA39.6 及 WHA51.23 号决议）分别于一九七七年二月三日、一九八四年一月二十 日、一九九四年七月十一日和二 OO 五年九月十五日生效，并编到本文本中。
1
-1-
2
基 本 文 件
本组织法签订国接受以上各项原则，承认本组织法，以求彼此及与 其他方面之合作，共同促进及保护各民族之健康，为此依据联合国宪章 第五十七条之规定，特设－联合国专门机关，定名世界卫生组织。
第一章 — 宗旨
第一条 世界卫生组织（以下简称本组织）之宗旨在求各民族企达卫生之最 高可能水准。
第二章 — 职掌
第二条 为企达此宗旨，本组织应有以下职掌： (一) 充任国际卫生工作之指导及调整机关； (二) 与联合国，各专门机关，各政府卫生署，各专业团体，及其 他适当组织成立并维持有效之合作； (三) 遇有各政府请求，协助其加强卫生机构； (四) 遇有各政府请求，或愿接受援助时，予以适当之技术协助， 并于紧急状况下，予以必需之援助； (五) 经联合国之请求，对特别团体，如托管领土人民，供应或协 助供应卫生设施； (六) 设立并维持所需要之行政与技术机构，此等机构包括流行病 与统计机构在内； (七) 鼓励并促进，消除传染病，地方病或其他疾病之工作； (八) 如有必要时，与其他专门机关合作，以谋防范意外伤害；
世界卫生组织组织法
3
(九)
如有必要时， 与其他专门机关合作， 提倡改进营养， 居住， 环境卫生，娱乐，经济，及工作情形，以及其他有关环境 卫生各点；
(十)
对致力促进卫生之科学团体与专业团体，鼓励其彼此间之 合作；
(十一)
提议公约， 协约， 及规章， 并作有关国际卫生诸项之建议。 执行委付本组织而又与其宗旨相合之职责；
(十二)
促进产妇与儿童之卫生与福利，谋其能于演变不息之整个 环境中融洽生活，盖此对儿童之健全发育，至为重要；
(十三)
促进有关心理卫生之工作，尤其与人类关系和谐有影响 者；
(十四) (十五) (十六)
促进及指导卫生问题之研究； 提倡卫生，医学，及有关事业之教学与训练标准之改进； 如有必要时，与其他专门机关合作，从预防及治疗观点研 究，及报告有关公共卫生与医疗事业之行政与社会技术， 包括医院供应与社会保障在内；
(十七) (十八) (十九)
供给有关卫生之知识，咨询及协助； 协助各民族造就有关卫生问题之有卓识之舆论； 有必要时，制定并修改有关疾病，死因，及公共卫生工作 上之国际名词；
(二十)
有必要时，将检验方法加以标准化；
(二十一) 发展，建立，并提倡粮食，药物，生物及其他有关制品之 国际标准； (二十二) 采取通常一切必要行动，以求达成本组织之宗旨。
4
基 本 文 件
第三章 — 会员与副会员
第三条 各国均得为本组织会员国。
第四条 联合国会员国，依第十九章规定，并依其本国宪法程序，签订或以 其他方法接受本组织法者，得为本组织会员国。
第五条 凡被柬邀委派观察员出席一九四六年于纽约举行之国际卫生会议 之国家，依第十九章规定并依其本国宪法程序，签订或以其他方法接受 本组织法者，得为本组织会员国。但签订或接受本组织法应于卫生大会 第一届开会前为之。
第六条 未依第四条与第五条规定加入为会员国之国家，得申请加入。其申 请经由卫生大会过半数票批准后，即得加入为会员国，但以不违背根据 第十六章业经通过之联合国与本组织所订之协定为限。
第七条 1 如会员国未履行其对本组织所担负之财政义务，或遇有其他特别情 形，卫生大会认为情形适当时，可停止该会员国所享有之选举特权及便 利，卫生大会并有权恢复此种选举特权及便利。
第八条 领土或各组领土，其本身不负国际关系行为责任者，经会员国或对 各该领土负责之主管当局代表申请，得由卫生大会准其加入为副会员。 副会员出席卫生大会代表之资格，应为卫生专门技术人才，并应为该当 地土著。副会员权利与义务之性质与范围应由卫生大会予以决定。
1
第十八届世界卫生大会通过的对本款的修正 （WHA18.48 号决议） 尚未生效。
世界卫生组织组织法
5
第四章 — 机关
第九条 本组织工作应由下列机关执行之： (一) (二) (三) 世界卫生大会（以下简称卫生大会） ； 执行委员会（以下简称执委会） ； 秘书处。
第五章 — 世界卫生大会
第十条 卫生大会应由会员国代表组织之。
第十一条 每一会员国之代表不得超过三人，其中一人应由该会员国指定为首 席代表。各代表应由公共卫生界上具有相当专门技术人员中选择之，尤 以能代表该会员国政府之卫生署者为佳。
第十二条 副代表及顾问得随同代表出席。
第十三条 卫生大会应每年举行常会，并于必要时举行特别会议。特别会议应 由执委会或多数会员国之请求召集之。
6
基 本 文 件
第十四条 卫生大会在每年常会时，应择定－国家或－地域为下届年会开会所 在地， 然后由执委会指定地点。 特别会议之开会地点应由执委会决定之。
第十五条 每年常会及特别会议之会期应由执委会与联合国秘书长会商后决定 之。
第十六条 卫生大会会长及其他职员应由每届年会于其开始时选举之。各该职 员之任期应俟其继任选出时为止。
第十七条 卫生大会应自行拟定其议事规则。
第十八条 卫生大会之职掌规定如下： (一) (二) (三) 决定本组织之政策； 推选各会员国其有权指派代表参加执委会者； 任命秘书长；
(四) 审核执委会及秘书长报告与工作 并指示执委会对于各项问 题所应采取之行动； (五) 设立与本组织工作有必要之各委员会； (六) 监督本组织之财政政策，并审核预算；
世界卫生组织组织法
7
(七) 指示执委会与秘书长对于卫生大会所认为适当卫生事宜，提 请会员国及政府与非政府之国际组织之注意； (八) 邀请其职责与本组织职责相关之国际或国内政府或非政府 之任何组织，指派代表依照卫生大会规定，参加大会或大会 所召开之会议与委员会会议。各该代表无表决权。惟柬邀国 内组织参加时，须先得该国政府之同意； (九) 研究联合国大会，经济暨社会理事会，安全理事会或托管理 事会对于有关卫生事宜之建议；并将本组织对于该建议之实 施情形，向各该机关报告； (十) 依照本组织与联合国所缔结协定内之规定，向经济暨社会理 事会报告； (十一) 由本组织职员，或由本组织所设立之机关，或经会员国政 府同意与其官方机关合作奖励并指导有关卫生之研究； (十二) 设立其他适当之机关； (十三) 采取其他适宜行动，以求达成本组织之宗旨。
第十九条 卫生大会应有采定在本组织权限内任何事宜之国际协定或公约之 权。此项公约及协定须获出席并投票会员国之三分之二多数票之通过， 并须经各该会员国宪法程序接受后，对于各该会员国始发生效力。
第二十条 每一会员国应于卫生大会通过各该协定或公约后十八个月内采取 步骤，对于该协定或公约是否接受，各会员国应将其所采步骤通知秘书 长。如该会员国于所定期限内未能予以接受，则应以书面解释其理由。 如经接受， 则每一会员国同意依据第十四章之规定， 向秘书长造具年报。
8
基 本 文 件
第二十一条 卫生大会有权通过与下列有关之规章： (一) 预防疾病于国际间蔓延之环境卫生与检疫之必需条件及其 他方法； 关于疾病，死因，及公共卫生工作之名称； 检验方法之国际通用标准； 出售于各国市场之生物， 药物及其他类似制品之安全， 纯净， 及功效之标准； 出售于各国市场之生物，药物及其他类似制品之广告与标 签。
(二) (三) (四)
(五)
第二十二条 上项依第二十一条订定之规章经卫生大会通过，通知各会员国后即 发生效力。如于通知中所规定期限内，会员国向秘书长作有不能接纳之 通知,或申明有保留条件者,不在此限。
第二十三条 卫生大会就本组织职权范围以内的一应事项，有权向各会员国提出 建议。
第六章 — 执行委员会
第二十四条 执委会由三十四个会员国各派一委员组织之，卫生大会斟酌地域上 公匀分配原则推选有权指派委员之会员国。但所述会员国中，至少应有 三个由根据第四十四条组成的各区域组织选举产生。各该会员国经选定 后，应任命于卫生专门技术著有资格者一人供职执行委员会，执行委员 得有副代表及顾问随同赴任。
世界卫生组织组织法
9
第二十五条 执行委员任期三年，连选得连任；但于在组织法关于执委会委员由 三十二人增至三十四人的修正案生效后举行的第一次卫生大会上当选的 执行委员中，增加的该名委员任期得有必要时缩短，使每年由每一区域 组织至少选出一名委员。
第二十六条 执行委员会每年应至少举行会议两次，并应决定每次开会地点。
第二十七条 执行委员会应互选一人为主席，并制定议事规则。
第二十八条 执行委员会之职掌如下： (一) (二) (三) (四) 执行卫生大会之决议与政策； 为卫生大会之执行机关； 执行卫生大会所委付之职务； 就卫生大会提交之问题及公约，协约，规章划交执委会主管 之事项，向大会提供意见； (五) (六) (七) (八) 自动拟具意见或提议提交卫生大会； 草拟卫生大会会议之议事日程； 拟具特定期间工作大纲提交卫生大会审核； 研究其权限内之一切问题；
10 ( 九)
基 本 文 件
于本组织职掌及财力范围内，采取紧急措施，以应付必须立 即采取行动之事态。于特殊情况下，执行委员会得授权秘书 长采取必要步骤，以消灭流行疫症，参加救济灾民之卫生组 织；并研究任何执委会委员或秘书长提请执行委员会注意之 紧急问题。
第二十九条 执行委员会应代大会行使其托交执委会之权力。
第七章 — 秘书处
第三十条 秘书处置秘书长一人及本组织所需之技术与行政人员若干人。
第三十一条 秘书长经执行委员会之推选，由卫生大会任命之，其任命条例由卫 生大会决定之，秘书长于执行委员会一般权力下，为本组织之技术与行 政首长。
第三十二条 秘书长为卫生大会，执行委员会，本组织各委员会，小组委员会及 本组织所召开各种会议之当然秘书，秘书长得委派人员代行此项职务。
第三十三条 秘书长或其代表为执行职务，得与会员国商定考察程序，直接进入 各该会员国之各机关，尤其是卫生机关，以及政府或非政府之全国卫生 组织为必要之考察，并得与其工作范围属于本组织职权下之国际机关， 取得直接联络。秘书长应随时将一切有关各区域之事宜，通知各该管区 域行政局。
世界卫生组织组织法
11
第三十四条 秘书长应编造本组织当年财政收支报告及概算送交执行委员会。
第三十五条 秘书长应依照卫生大会所订办事人员条例之规定，委任秘书处人 员。办事人员之雇用应以求达效率，忠诚及秘书处国际代表性之最高标 准为首要考虑。征聘职员时，应于可能范围内充分注意地域上之普及。
第三十六条 本组织办事人员之服务条例应尽可能求与联合国其他机关之规定 符合。
第三十七条 秘书长及其办事人员执行职务，不得请求或接受本组织以外任何政 府或其当局之训示，并应避免足以妨害其国际官员地位之行动。本组织 各会员国承诺尊重秘书长及其办事人员之专属国际性，亦不设法影响其 行为。
第八章 — 委员会
第三十八条 执行委员会应依大会之指示设立委员会，并得自行主张或经由秘书 长建议，设置执行委员会认为需要之其他委员会以处理本组织职权内之 事项。
第三十九条 执行委员会应随时为所属委员会应否继续存在之审核，此项审核至 少每年举行一次。
12
基 本 文 件
第四十条 执行委员会得与其他各种组织会同设立联合或混合委员会，或使本 组织参加各该委员会会议，及遣派本组织代表出席其他各该组织所设立 之委员会。
第九章 — 会议
第四十一条 卫生大会或执行委员会得召开地方会议，全体会议，技术会议，或 其他特别会议以商讨本组织职权范围内之任何事项；派遣代表出席上述 诸国际组织会议；如经有关政府之同意，并得遣派代表出席于政府或非 政府之国内组织之会议。遣派代表办法，由卫生大会或执行委员会决定 之。
第四十二条 执行委员会得派遣代表出席经其认为与本组织利益攸关之会议。
第十章 — 总部
第四十三条 本组织会所之地点应由卫生大会与联合国会商后决定之。
第十一章 — 区域安排
第四十四条 ( 一) 卫生大会应视设立区域组织之需要，随时划定区域。
世界卫生组织组织法
13
(二)
卫生大会得经位于划定区域内会员国过半数之同意，设立区 域组织，以应该区域之特别需要。每一区域只应有一个区域 组织。
第四十五条 区域组织各应依照组织法之规定为本组织之构成部分。
第四十六条 区域组织应设立区域委员会及区域行政局。
第四十七条 区域委员会由该管区域会员国及副会员之代表组织之。区域内无外 交自由权而又非副会员之领土或各组领土，应有出席区域委员会之权。 此项领土或各组领土出席区域委员会权利义务之性质范围，应由卫生大 会与负责办理各该领土外交事务之会员国或其他当局及该区域内会员国 协商后决定之。
第四十八条 区域委员会应视其需要，时常开会，并择定每次开会地点。
第四十九条 区域委员会应自行制定议事规则。
第五十条 区域委员会之职权如下： (一) 就绝对有区域性之事项决定施政方针；
14
基 本 文 件
(二) 监督区域行政局之工作； (三) 向区域行政局建议：(甲)召集技术会议；(乙)办理其他经区域委 员会认为足以促进本组织在该区域境内的有关卫生事项之工作 或调查； (四) 与联合国区域委员会，其他专门机关所属区域委员会，及其他 与本组织旨趣相同之区域国际机关协力合作； (五) 就逾越区域范围之国际卫生事项经由秘书长向本组织提供意 见； (六) 如本组织总预算内拨交该区域之款项不敷应用，为该区域内会 员国政府增加拨款之建议； (七) 其他由卫生大会，执委会或秘书长授予区域委员会职权。
第五十一条 区域行政局为区域委员会之执行机关，受本组织秘书长基于一般权 力之指挥。区域行政局应于该管区域内执行卫生大会及执委会之决议。
第五十二条 区域行政局局长为区域行政首长，由执委会商得区域委员会同意任 命之。
第五十三条 区域行政局办事人员之委派由秘书长与区域委员会协议决定之。
世界卫生组织组织法
15
第五十四条 泛美卫生局及泛美卫生会议所代表之泛美卫生组织1， 及其他在本组 织法签字以前成立之国际区域卫生组织，应于相当时期内与世界卫生组 织合并，此项合并应由关系各组织主管当局之相互同意，于可行范围内 尽速完成。
第十二章 — 预算与费用
第五十五条 秘书长应编制本组织之常年预算概算提交执行委员会。执行委员会 应审查此项预算概算，并附建议提交卫生大会。
第五十六条 以不违反本组织与联合国之协定为限，卫生大会应审核通过各项预 算概算，并依照卫生大会所定之等级比例表，规定各会员国之费用分担 额。
第五十七条 卫生大会，或执行委员会代卫生大会行使职权，得接受管理各方对 本组织所为之赠与。此项赠与所附条件须经卫生大会或执行委员会认许 并须符合本组织宗旨政策。
第五十八条 为应付紧急事项及意外变故起见，应设特别基金，备执行委员会斟 酌动用。
一九五八年九月至十月的第十五届泛美卫生大会的决定重新定为“泛美卫生 组织”。
1
16
基 本 文 件
第十三章 — 表决
第五十九条 卫生大会每一会员国应有一个投票权。
第六十条 (一) 卫生大会对于重要问题之决议，应以出席及投票会员国三分之 二同意票为之。此项问题应包括：公约或协约之缔结；依照本组织法第 六十九条第七十条第七十二条及修正案之规定，批准各种使本组织与联 合国及其他政府间组织及机关建立联系之协约。 (二) 关于其他问题之决议，包括指定何种事项应以三分之二之多数 票决定之问题，应以出席投票之会员国过半数之同意票为之。 ( 三) 执 行 委 员 会 暨 本 组 织 各 委 员 会 表 决 相 似 事 项 应 比 照 本 条 (一)(二)两项之规定。
第十四章 — 各国提出之报告书
第六十一条 会员国应将改进人民健康办法及成绩向本组织提出常年报告。
第六十二条 会员国应就其依本组织建议暨公约、 协议、 与规章之规定所采办法， 逐年向本组织提出报告。
第六十三条 会员国应将有关卫生并经在该国境内公布发表之重要法令、规章、 政府机关正式报告书及统计，立即通知本组织。
世界卫生组织组织法
17
第六十四条 每一会员国应汇编各种统计与流行病报告书，其格式由卫生大会定 之。
第六十五条 会员国经执行委员会之请求，应于可能范围内将关于卫生之额外情 报提交执行委员会。
第十五章 — 法律行为能力，特权及豁免
第六十六条 本组织于各会员国境内享有为达成其目的，行使职权所必需之法律 行为能力。
第六十七条 (一) 本组织于各会员国境内享有为达成目的，行使职权所必需之特 权与豁免。 (二) 会员国代表， 执行委员会办事人员， 暨本组织专门及行政人员， 亦享因公自由执行职务所必需之特权与豁免。
第六十八条 此项法律行为能力，特权及豁免另以协约定之，此项协约由本组织 草拟与联合国秘书长商榷后，由会员国互订之。
18
基 本 文 件
第十六章 — 与其他组织之关系
第六十九条 本组织应与联合国发生联系，成为联合国宪章第五十七条所称专门 机关之一。使本组织与联合国发生联系之协约，应由卫生大会三分之二 同意票通过之。
第七十条 本组织认为合宜时，应与其他政府间之组织建立有效之关系及密切 之合作，与各该组织缔结正式协定，应有卫生大会三分之二同意票。
第七十一条 本组织就其职权范围内之事项，得采适当办法，俾与非政府国际组 织会商合作，如经有关国家同意，并得与一国内之政府或非政府组织会 商合作。
第七十二条 任何其他国际组织或机关，其宗旨及工作均在本组织范围内者，本 组织得依国际协约或经与各该组织之主管当局订立彼此同意之办法，承 受该组织或机关之某项职务， 资源及义务。 此项国际协约或办法之订立， 须有卫生大会三分之二同意票。
第十七章 — 修改
第七十三条 秘书长至迟应于卫生大会开始审查六个月前将组织法修正案全文分 别送交会员国。修正案经卫生大会以三分之二之会员国同意票制定，三 分之二会员国各依其本国宪法程序接受，对所有会员国发生效力。
世界卫生组织组织法
19
第十八章 — 解释
第七十四条 1 本组织法之中，英，法，俄及西班牙文各本同一作准。
第七十五条 除当事国另有协议解决方法外，应依国际法院规约之法规，因解释 或适用本组织法而起之争端或问题提交国际法院。
第七十六条 本组织得经联合国大会之许可，或依照本组织与联合国所订协约规 定之许可， 就本组织主管事项之法律问题， 请求国际法院发表咨询意见。
第七十七条 遇因请求国际法院发表咨询意见而须开庭审讯时，秘书长得代表本 组织出庭。 秘书长应拟具出庭申述原案及辩论对本问题各种意见之办法。
第十九章 — 效力之发生
第七十八条 除依第三章之规定外，所有国家均得签署或接受本组织法。
第七十九条 (一) 国家得经由下列程序之一为本组织法签订国： ( 甲) 无条件接受之签署；
1
第三十一届世界卫生大会通过的对本条的修正（WHA31.18 号决议）尚未生
效。
20
基 本 文 件
(乙) (丙) ( 二)
须经批准手续始生效力之签署； 接受。
接受须以正式文书送存联合国秘书长。
第八十条 本组织法自联合国二十六个会员国依照第七十九条规定成为本组织 法签订国之日起发生效力。
第八十一条 本组织法如经无条件接受签署或单纯接受，即由联合国秘书长依照 联合国宪章第一百零二条之规定为必要之登记。
第八十二条 联合国秘书长将本组织法发生效力之日期通知本组织法各签订国， 并将其他国家成为本组织法签订国之日期通知各签订国。 为此下列代表各秉其本国政府正式授予签字之权，谨签字于本组织 法，以昭信守。 公历一九四六年七月二十二日签订于纽约州纽约市。并以五种正式 文字各制成一本，同一作准。各该正本应留存于联合国之档库。联合国 秘书长应将正式副本分送与各国政府。 —————
准会员和其他领地的权利与义务 (一) 卫生大会和执行委员会1 鉴于世界卫生组织组织法第八条规定，准会员权利与义务的性质及 范围应由卫生大会决定： 鉴于有必要进一步研究组织法第八和第四十七条有关准会员及不 负责处理其国际关系、而又不是准会员的领地或领地群在区域组织中的 权利与义务， 第一届世界卫生大会
决定 1. 准会员应享有下列权利：
(1) 参加卫生大会及其主要委员会的讨论，但无表决权； (2) 除会务委员会、证书审查委员会和提名委员会外，可参加卫生 大会的其他委员会或小组委员会，并提任职务和参与表决2； (3) 除上述第(1)款中关于表决的限制外，根据卫生大会议事规则第 四十八至六十八条、第八十三至八十四条，可与会员国平等地参与 处理大会及其委员会的会议事务； (4) 提出项目列入大会临时议程： (5) 与会员国平等，接受所有通知、文件、报告及记录； (6) 与会员国平等，参与制订关于召开特别会议的程序；
第一届世界卫生大会于一九四八年七月二十一日通过本文（ 《世界卫生组织 正式记录》第 13 期第 100、337 页） 。 （第 1(3)条中所提到的议事规则编号已与修订 文本一致，请见第 141 页） 。 2 根据 WHA61.11 号决议撤销了提名委员会。
1
- 21 -
22
基 本 文 件
2.
准会员应与会员国一样，有权向执行委员会提交建议，并根据
执委会规定的条例参加其所成立的委员会， 但不得成为执委会成员； 3. 除在决定准会员向本组织预算缴纳会费额时才对其地位差异予
以考虑外，准会员应承担与会员国同样的义务； 4. 要求执行委员会考虑组织法第四十七条，并考虑会员国和区域
组织就准会员及领地或不负责处理其国际关系而又不是准会员的领 地或领地群在区域组织内的权利及义务的意见或建议，向下届卫生 大会提交一份附有建议的报告。报告应于大会召开前两个月送到各 会员国。
(二) 区域组织 1 第二届世界卫生大会， 注意到组织法第八及第四十七条； 注意到第一届世界卫生大会关于准会员权利和义务的决议的第四 段 2； 注意到执行委员会第二、三届会议的报告 3； 注意到关于泛美卫生组织 4 的声明 5；
第二届世界卫生大会于一九四九年六月三十日通过本文 （WHA2.103 号决议） 。 第五、六、七、九、十届世界卫生大会及第九、十、十一、十三、十五、十九届执 行委员会对准会员的权利及义务作了进一步的审议，但未作修改。有关决议刊载于 《世界卫生大会及执行委员会决议及决定手册》第一卷，6.2.2 章。关于政府不设在 非洲区域的会员国参加非洲区域委员会，请阅 WHA28.37 号决议。 2 同上。 3 《世界卫生组织正式记录》第 14 期第 26、54 页；第 17 期第 17 页。 4 重新命名的“泛美卫生组织”是第十五届泛美卫生大会（一九五八年九月至十 月）决定的。 5 《世界卫生组织正式记录》第 21 期第 384 页。
1
准会员和其他领地的权利与义务
23
兹决定如下： 1. 按组织法第四十七条，某一区域的会员国应认为是其政府设在本区
域内的那些会员国； 凡其政府不设在本区域内的会员国，(1)或按其宪法认为本区域内的
2.
某些领地或领地群为其国家领土的一部分，(2)或负责处理本区域内各领 地或领地群的国际关系， 则应作为会员参加本区域委员会。 在此情况下， 它们应享有本区域会员国的一切权利、特权和义务，但依上述 (1) 和(2) 规定，本区域内所有领地或领地群，各只享有一票表决权。 (1) 本区域内不负责处理其国际关系的领地或领地群，不论其是否 是准会员，根据组织法第八和第四十七条，均可参加区域委员会； (2) 除在区域委员会全体会议及小组委员会上对财务或立法问题 无表决权外，准会员享有本区域组织内的所有权利和义务； (3) 根据组织法第八条，准会员代表应具有卫生技术方面资历，并 应从当地人中遴选； (4) 至于那些不负责处理其国际关系同时又不是准会员的领地，上 述(2)中规定的权利和义务，应经上述第 1 条所规定的会员国与负责 领地的国际关系的会员或其他当局磋商； (5) 根据组织法第五十( 六)条，在任何追加拨款时，区域委员会应 考虑会员国为一方与准会员及其他不负责处理其国际关系的领地或 领地群为另一方的两地位之间的差异。
3.
24
基 本 文 件
4.
考虑到泛美公共卫生组织1主任的声明及该组织与世界卫生组织的
合并尚在进行。因此，采纳美洲区的建议，有待于合并的谈判结束； 5. 执行委员会应继续审议上述决定的实施情况，并不得迟于第五届世
界卫生大会2时，就此向大会提交报告，以便大会根据实施情况，确定上 述决定是否需要修订以及如何修订。
—————
1 2
《世界卫生组织正式记录》第 21 期第 384 页。 参阅第 22 页脚注 1。
专门机构特权和豁免权公约 1 鉴于联合国大会于一九四六年二月十三日通过一项关于尽量统一联 合国和各专门机构享有的特权和豁免权的决议； 鉴于联合国与各专门机构就上述决议的实施进行的磋商； 因此，联大以一九四七年十一月二十一日通过的 179(2)号决议批准 下述公约。现提交各专门机构认可，并提交联合国各会员国及其他一个 或数个专门机构的各国家会员加入。
第一条 — 定义和范围
第一款 在本公约中： 1. 2. “标准条款”是指第二条至第九条的各项条款。 “专门机构”是指： (1) 国际劳工组织； (2) 联合国粮食及农业组织； (3) 联合国教育、科学及文化组织； (4) 国际民用航空组织； (5) 国际货币基金； (6) 国际复兴开发银行； (7) 世界卫生组织； (8) 万国邮政联盟； (9) 国际电信联盟； (10) 按《宪章》第五十七条和第六十三条与联合国建立关系的任何 其他机构。 由第一届世界卫生大会于一九四八年七月十七日通过（见《世界卫生组织正式 记录》第 13 期第 97、332 页） 。 1
- 25 -
26
基 本 文 件
3.
“ 公约”对任何特殊专门机构说来，是指该机构依据第三十六款和第
三十八款提出的附件最后（或修订）文本所确定的标准条款。 4 第三条的“ 财产和资产”，还应包括专门机构为执行其法定职能而管
理的财产和资金。 5. 第五条和第七条的“各会员国代表”， 应理解为各代表团的所有代表、
副代表、顾问、技术专家和秘书。 6. 第十三、十四、十五和二十五款中的“专门机构召开的会议”，是指：
(1)专门机构的大会及其执行机构（所用名称不论）的会议；(2)其组织法 规定设立的任何委员会的会议；(3)其召集的任何国际会议；(4)这些执行 机构的任何委员会的会议。 7. “执行首长”是指专门机构的首席执政官，或称“总干事”，或用其
他职衔。
第二款 对于按第三十七款本公约适用的任何专门机构来说，本公约缔约国 应根据标准条款定的条件或结合该机构具体情况，给予标准条款中所规 定的特权和豁免权，但从属于与该机构有关的以及依据第三十六款或第 三十八款提交的最后（或修订的）附件规定中的那些条款的修订款。
第二条 — 法人资格
第三款 专门机构应具有法人资格，并有资格(1)订约，(2)获得和处理不动产 与动产，(3)起诉。
专门机构特权和豁免权公约
27
第三条 — 财产、资金和资产
第四款 专门机构及其财产和资产，不论在何处及由何人拥有，除在特定情 况下表示放弃其豁免权外，均享有任何形式的法律诉讼的豁免权。但豁 免权的放弃不得导致任何行政措施。
第五款 专门机构的房舍不受侵犯。专门机构的财产和资产，不论在何处及 由何人拥有，均应免于行政、管理、司法或立法行政的搜查、征用、没 收、征收和其它任何形式的干扰。
第六款 专门机构的档案以及一般所有属于专门机构或专门机构所掌管的文 件，不论存放何处，均不得侵犯。
第七款 在不受任何财政管制、条例或延期偿付的约束下： (1) 专门机构可拥有资金、黄金或任何货币，并以任何货币经管帐 务； (2) 专门机构可自——国至他国或在任何国境内自由转移其资金、 黄金或货币，并可将其拥有的任何货币兑换成其它任何货币。
第八款 专门机构在行使上述第七款的权利时，应适当顾及本公约缔约国政 府所提的要求，但以能满足要求而无损于专门机构的利益为限。
28
基 本 文 件
第九款 专门机构及其资产、收入和其它财产应： (1) 免除一切直接税；但专门机构不得要求免除事实上仅为公用服 务费用的税捐； (2) 专门机构为供其公务用途进口或出口的物品，免除关税和进出 口的禁令或限制；但这类免税进口的物品，除按与物品进口国 政府商定的条件外，不得在该国出售。 (3) 免除对其出版物的征税及进出口的禁止和限制。
第十款 作为一般规定，专门机构不要求免除构成应付一部分价格的货物税 以及对出售动产和不动产课征的税捐，但如专门机构因公务用途而购置 大宗财产、且已课征或须课征税捐时，则本公约缔约国仍应于可能范围 内作适当的行政安排，免除或退还该项税款。
第四条 — 通讯便利
第十一款 专门机构在本公约缔约国领土内，对其公务通讯，即在邮件、海底 电报、无线电报、传真电报、电话和其他通讯的优先权收费率和税捐以 及供报刊和广播报导的资料印刷费方面，应享有不低于该国政府给予他 国政府（包括其外交使团）的待遇。
第十二款 对专门机构的公务信件和其它公务通讯，不得进行检查。 专门机构应有使用电码及由信使或密封邮袋收发信件的权利，并有 同外交信使和外交邮袋相同的豁免权和特权。
专门机构特权和豁免权公约
29
本款不得理解为可排除本公约某一缔约国与某一专门机构通过协议 而确定的适当的安全防范措施。
第五条 会员国代表
第十三款 出席专门机构所召集的会议的会员国代表，在履行职责期间和往返 会议地点的旅途中，应享有下列特权和豁免权： (1) 人身不受逮捕或拘留，私人行李不受扣押，以代表资格的口头 或书面言论及其一切行为，免于任何法律诉讼； (2) 所有文件和证件不受侵犯； (3) 有权使用电码及由信使或用密封邮袋收发文件或信件； (4) 在履行职责期间访问或经过的国家，本人及其配偶免除移民限 制、外侨登记或国民服役的义务； (5) 在货币或外汇限制方面，享有同负临时公务使命的外国政府代 表相同的便利； (6) 其私人行李，享有外交使团相应级别人员的同等便利和豁免 权。
第十四款 为确保出席专门机构所召集的会议，各会员国代表在履行其职责时 言论完全自由和行动完全独立。尽管当事人已不再履行这种职责，但他 们为履行而发表的口头或书面言论及一切行为仍应继续免于法律诉讼。
30
基 本 文 件
第十五款 如因居住而征收任何形式的税捐时，出席专门机构所召集的会议的 会员国代表因履行其职责而于某会员国逗留期间，不得视为居住期间。
第十六款 授予特权和豁免权不是为会员国代表的个人利益，而是为保障他们 能独立执行有关专门机构的职责。因此，在任何情形下，只要会员国认 为其代表的豁免权有碍司法程序的进行，而放弃豁免权又无损于所赋予 豁免权的本旨时，则不但有权而且有责任放弃该项豁免权。
第十七款 第十三、十四及第十五款不宜用于有关人员的隶属国或该有关人员 现在或过去曾代表过的国家的权力方面。
第六条 — 官员
第十八款 1 专门机构应确定本条和第八条规定所适用的官员类别，并通知参加 该机构的所有本公约缔约国政府及联合国秘书长。这些类别的官员姓名 应随时通知上述会员国政府。
第十九款 第十二届世界卫生大会于一九五九年五月二十八日通过下述决议 （WHA12.41 号决议） ： 第十二届世界卫生大会， 考虑到“专门机构特权和豁免权公约”适用第六条第十八款规定：各专门机构应 确定本条和第八条各项规定适用的官员类别； 考虑到世界卫生组织迄今遵循的惯例，并根据这一惯例在实施公约第十八款规 定时已适当注意联合国大会七六(一)号决议的条款； 1. 同意这项惯例； 2. 批准： “专门机构特权和豁免权公约”第六条和第八条规定的各项特权和豁免 权，授予世界卫生组织所有官员，但当地聘请的和计时工作的职员除外。 1
专门机构特权和豁免权公约
31
专门机构官员应享有下列特权和豁免权： (1) 以官员资格发表的口头或书面言论及一切行为，免于法律诉 讼； (2) 专门机构所付的薪金和报酬免纳税捐，并享有与联合国官员的 相同的条件； (3) 本人同其配偶及受抚养的亲属免受移民限制和外侨登记； (4) 享有与外交使团相应级别官员的同等特权的汇兑便利； (5) 国际危机时，本人同其配偶及受抚养的亲属可享受外交使团相 应级别官员的同等遣返便利； (6) 初次到任职国赴任时，有权免税进口家具及用品。
第二十款 专门机构职员应免除国民服役义务，但对官员的隶属国而言，此项 免除应限于因公列入由专门机构行政首长提出并经有关国批准的名单中 的官员。 如专门机构的其他官员被征召国民服役，经该专门机构请求，有关 国应视情形需要，准予缓征这类官员，以免重要工作的中断。
第二十一款 除第十九款和第二十款规定的特权和豁免权外，各专门机构的行政 首长，包括其离职期间代行职务的任何官员本人、配偶及未成年子女应 享有按国际法给予外交使节的特权、豁免权、免税和便利。
32
基 本 文 件
第二十二款 给予官员特权和豁免权只为专门机构的利益而不是为个人利益。各 专门机构在任何情形下，只要认为某一官员的豁免权有碍司法程序的进 行，且放弃豁免权不致损害该专门机构利益时，应有权利并有责任放弃 该项豁免权。
第二十三款 各专门机构应随时与会员国主管当局合作，以利正常执法，确保遵 守治安条例，并防止对本条所述的特权、豁免权和便利的滥用。
第七条 — 特权的滥用
第二十四款 如果本公约缔约国认为有滥用本公约所授予的特权或豁免权的情 况， 该缔约国应与有关专门机构进行磋商， 以判断是否已发生滥用情况； 如果是，则应保证力图避免再度发生。如磋商未能使缔约国和有关专门 机构得到满意的结果，则将是否已发生滥用特权或豁免权的问题，按第 三十二款规定提交国际法院。如国际法院裁决确有滥用情况，则受滥用 影响的本公约缔约国，在通知有关机构后，有权停止该机构继续享受为 其所滥用的特权和豁免权。
第二十五款 1. 对出席专门机构所召集的会议的各会员国代表，在其行使职责及往
返开会地点的旅行期间，以及对第十八款所指的官员，其行使职责所在 地的地方当局不得因其以公务资格所从事的任何活动而要求他们离境。 但遇有任何这类人员因公务以外的活动而在该国滥用居留特权的情况， 该国政府可要求他们离境，但：
专门机构特权和豁免权公约
33
2.
(1) 对于各会员国代表或享有第二十一款规定的外交豁免权的人 员，依照适用于驻该国外交使节的外交程序，则是另一回事，不得 要求他们离境； (2) 对不适用第二十一款的官员，非经有关国外交部长指示，且需 先与有关专门机构磋商，否则不得勒令出境。在对某一官员提出出 境勒令诉讼时，专门机构行政首长有权代表当事人出席诉讼。
第八条 — 通行证
第二十六款 专门机构官员应有权依据联合国秘书长和该专门机构主管当局所 签订的行政协议使用联合国通行证；对这类专门机构可授予颁发通行证 的特权。联合国秘书长应将这方面所签订的每项行政协议通知本公约缔 约国。
第二十七款 本公约缔约国应承认并接受发给专门机构官员的联合国通行证为 有效旅行证件。
第二十八款 对持有联合国通行证的专门机构官员为该专门机构出差而带有证 明申请签证时，则应尽速处理和签发。此外，对这些人员应给予便利， 使其尽快旅行。
第二十九款 对虽无联合国通行证、但持有专门机构公务旅行证明书的专家和其 他人员，也应给予第二十八款规定的同样便利。
34
基 本 文 件
第三十款 对专门机构的行政首长、行政首长助理、司长及级别不低于司长的 其他官员，持联合国通行证为专门机构公务旅行时，应享有外交使团相 应级别官员的同样旅行便利。
第九条 — 争端的解决
第三十一款 各专门机构应明文规定适当办法以解决： (1) 专门机构为当事一方的因契约或其他私人性质而引起的争端； (2) 按第二十二款规定未放弃豁免权，但专门机构官员因其公务地 位享有豁免权而引起的争端。
第三十二款 除当事各方商定援用另一解决方式外，本公约的解释和实施中发生 的一切分歧应提交国际法院。如专门机构与某一会员国间发生分歧，应 依照宪章第九十六条和国际法院规约第六十五条以及联合国与有关专门 机构签订的协议的有关规定，要求国际法院就涉及的任何法律问题提出 咨询意见。争议各方应认为国际法院提出的意见是决定性的。
第十条 — 附件及各专门机构的应用
第三十三款 各专门机构在运用标准条款时，应服从与该专门机构有关的附件的 定本（或修订本）中的任何修正，这是第三十六款和第三十八款所规定 的。
专门机构特权和豁免权公约
35
第三十四款 凡公约涉及任何专门机构的条款，必须根据该机构法定文件给其的 职能加以解释。
第三十五款 附件草案一至九应交给附件中列举的各专门机构。第一款内未列举 的专门机构，联合国秘书长应将经济与社会理事会所建议的附件草案转 送该机构。
第三十六款 各附件的正式文本，应是经有关专门机构依其组织法程序批准的文 本。各专门机构应将其批准的附件的副本交联合国秘书长，以替代第三 十五款中的草案。
第三十七款 各专门机构将有关的附件正式文本交联合国秘书长，并通知他该专 门机构接受经本附件所修正的标准条款，同意实施第八、十八、二十二、 二十三、二十四、三十一、三十二、四十二和四十五款（但需受制于第 三十二款的修正，这种修正是为使附件正式文本符合专门机构的文件规 章必要的）以及附件赋予该机构各项义务的规定时，本公约方适用于该 专门机构。秘书长应将依据本款所收到的所有附件的正式副本以及依据 第三十八款所收到的经修正的附件的正式副本，送交联合国所有成员国 及专门机构其他国家会员。
第三十八款 任何专门机构在依据第三十六款提出一份正式附件后，如根据其文 件章程程序通过该附件的修正案，则该专门机构应将一份经过修正的附 件报送联合国秘书长。
36
基 本 文 件
第三十九款 本公约的各项条款绝不应限制或损害任何国家因专门机构的总部或 区域办事处设于其领土上而授予、 或将授予该专门机构的特权和豁免权。 本公约不得视为可限制任何缔约国与任何专门机构签订补充协定，以调 整本公约的条款，或者扩大或注销公约所赋予的特权和豁免权。
第四十款 不言而喻，经专门机构依据第三十六款报送联合国秘书长的附件正 式文本（或依据第三十八款报送的任何经过修正的附件）修订后的标准 条款，必须与该机构现行组织法的条款相符；如该机构文件规章需修订 后始可彼此相符，则在报送附件正式文本（或经过修正的附件）以前， 应先依据该专门机构组织法程序使此种修正生效。 各专门机构的文件规章条款或该机构另外具有、取得或承担的任何 权利或义务，不因本公约的旅行施行而取消或废除。
第十一条 — 最后条款
第四十一款 联合国成员及专门机构任何国家会员（依照第四十二款所述）参加 本公约，以向联合国秘书长交存加入公约的文件为准，自交存之日起生 效。
第四十二款 各有关专门机构应将本公约文本连同有关附件，通知其非联合国成 员的会员，并邀请它们以将其承认本公约的文件交联合国秘书长或专门 机构行政首长收存的方式，参加适用于该专门机构的本公约。
专门机构特权和豁免权公约
37
第四十三款 本公约各缔约国应在承认本公约的文件中，表明其所同意应用本公 约规定的一个或数个专门机构。本公约缔约国随后可书面通知联合国秘 书长，同意将本公约规定用于一个或数个专门机构。此项通知自秘书长 收到之日起生效。
第四十四款 当本公约依据第三十七款用于某一专门机构而本公约缔约国依据第 四十三款同意将本公约规定用于该专门机构时，对该专门机构来说，本 公约对本公约缔约国就生效。
第四十五款 联合国秘书长收到依据第四十一款所交存的承认本公约的文件及其 后依据第四十三款所提交的通知书后，均应通知联合国各成员国、各专 门机构所有会员及专门机构行政首长。专门机构行政首长收存依据第四 十二款提交的任何加入书后，应通知联合国秘书长及该专门机构各会员 国。
第四十六款 不言而喻，承认本公约的文件或其后的通知书以某一国家名义交存 后，该国即可依据本国法律实施本公约条款，但这些条款须经承认本公 约的文件或通知书中的专门机构附件的正式文本修订。
第四十七款 1. 在不违反本款第二和三项的规定下，本公约缔约国同意本公约
适用于其承认本公约的文本或其后通知书所指的专门机构，直至订正的 公约或附件对该机构生效并为该国接受时为止。如有订正的附件，各国
38
基 本 文 件
若接受时，应书面通知联合国秘书长，此项通知自秘书长收到之日起生 效。 2. 但本公约缔约国如不是、或不再是某一专门机构会员国时，须
书面通知联合国秘书长及该专门机构的行政首长，说明它将自指定之日 起终止享用本公约对该机构所赋的权益，但指定的终止日期自通知书收 到之日起三个月期限。 3. 对于中止与联合国关系的任何专门机构，本公约缔约国将终止
享有本公约规定的权益。 4. 联合国秘书长应将按本条款寄交给他的任何通知书，通知本公
约的所有缔约国。
第四十八款 联合国秘书长在本公约三分之一缔约国的请求下，将召集会议讨论 修订本公约。
第四十九款 联合国秘书长应将本公约副本分送各专门机构和联合国各成员国政 府。
专门机构特权和豁免权公约
39
附件七―世界卫生组织 1 标准条款应用于世界卫生组织（以下简称本组织）时，应依据下列规定： 1. 第五条和第七条第二十五款第 1 和 2(1)项的规定， 应用于被指派供职于 本组织执行委员会的人士、侯补委员和顾问，但也取消这类人员在第十六款中 的豁免权，这应由执委会决定。 2. 1. 参加本组织各委员会工作或为本组织执行任务的专家（第六条范围 所指的官员除外） ，应享有为有效行使职责―包括为参加委员会工作或执行任务 旅程时间―所需的下列特权和豁免权： (1) 免受人身拘禁，其私人行李不受扣押； (2) 对履行公务期间所发表的口头或书面言论或所发生的一切行为， 不付诸 法律诉讼； 当事人虽已脱离本组织各委员会或卸除特殊任务， 但这种豁 免权仍应继续有效； (3) 关于货币和汇兑限制以及关于其私人行李， 应享有同负临时公务使命的 外国政府官员相同的便利； (4) 其一切文件和证件，均不受侵犯； (5) 与本组织通讯时， 有权利使用电码以及经由信使或用密封邮袋收发文件 和信件。 2. 参加本组织专门咨询团的人员，在行使其职责期间，也应享受上述 特权和豁免权是为本组织利益、而非为个人利益授予本组织的专 (2)和(5)款规定的特权和豁免权； 3. 家。在任何情况下，只要本组织认为任何专家的豁免权有可能妨碍司法程序的 进行，放弃豁免权并无损害本组织利益时，则它就有权利和责任注销这种豁免 权。 3. 第五条和第七条第二十五款第 1 和 2(1)项的规定， 应适应于按 《组织法》 本组织副总干事、助理总干事和区域主任也应同样享有标准条款第二 第八条和第四十七条规定参加本组织工作的准会员代表。 4. 十一款所述的特权、豁免、免税和便利。
—————
由第一届世界卫生大会于一九四八年七月十七日通过（见《世界卫生组织正 式记录》第 13 期第 97、332 页） ，并经第三届、第十届和第十一届世界卫生大会修 订（见决议 WHA3.102、WHA10.26 和 WHA11.30） 。
1
与其他政府间组织的协定
————— 世界卫生组织与泛美卫生组织的协定 1 鉴于世界卫生组织组织法第十一章规定，泛美卫生局和泛美卫生大 会所代表的泛美卫生组织 尽快予以实现； 鉴于世界卫生组织和泛美卫生组织业已同意，在美洲至少有十四个 国家认可世界卫生组织组织法时，便应采取措施，通过缔结协定以实现 合并； 鉴于上述情况已于一九四九年四月二十二日实现， 兹协议如下： 2
应在适当时与世界卫生组织合并。合并应通
过有关组织在主管当局相互同意的基础上，共同行动，在可行的情况下
第一条 世界卫生组织组织法第十一章规定，西半球的国家和领地构成世界 卫生组织的一个区域组织的地理地区。
第二条 泛美卫生大会通过泛美卫生组织指导委员会与泛美卫生局，在世界 卫生组织组织法规定的范围内，应分别为世界卫生组织西半球区域委员 会和区域办事处。依照传统，这两个组织应保留各自的名称，并分别增 添 “ 世界卫生组织区域委员会”和“ 世界卫生组织区域办事处”名称。
第二届世界卫生大会于一九四九年六月三十日在 WHA2.91 号决议中批准。 一九五八年九月至十月的第十五届泛美卫生大会的决定重新定为“泛美卫生 组织”。 2
1
- 40 -
世界卫生组织与泛美卫生组织的协定
41
第三条 泛美卫生大会可通过并充实与世界卫生组织政策规划相符、而财务 各自有别的西半球卫生与环境卫生公约和规划。
第四条 本协定生效时，根据第二条规定，泛美卫生局主任将提任世界卫生 组织区主任的职务，直至其任期结束。此后，将按世界卫生组织组织法 第四十九条和第五十二条规定，任命该区区主任。
第五条 根据世界卫生组织组织法第五十一条规定，泛美卫生局主任应向世 界卫生组织总干事提供有关作为西半球区域办事处的泛美卫生局的行政 及业务的全部情况。
第六条 世界卫生组织预算中拨付适当份额供区域工作用。
第七条 作为西半球区域办事处的泛美卫生局经费，区域主任应编制年度预 算概算，并提交给总干事，供编制世界卫生组织年度预算概算时考虑。
第八条 世界卫生组织预算中拨给作为世界卫生组织区域办事处的泛美卫生 局的资金，应按世界卫生组织财务政策及程序进行。
42
基 本 文 件
第九条 经两方中任何一方的倡议，并经双方同意，本协定可予以补充。
第十条 在美洲十四个共和国已各自寄存承认世界卫生组织法文件的情况 下， 以世界卫生大会批准， 并经泛美卫生局主任代表泛美卫生大会签署， 本协定应即生效。
第十一条 诠释中若有置疑或困难，以英文文本为准。 本协定共四份、两份英文文本和两份法文文本，一九四九年五月二 十四日于华盛顿写成并签署，以昭信守。 世界卫生组织总干事 布罗克·切肖尔默 泛美卫生大会主任 弗雷德·索珀
—————
联合国与世界卫生组织的协定 1 前 言 联合国宪章第五十七条规定，经政府间协定建立的并在其基本文件 中明确规定在经济、社会、文化、教育、卫生以及有关领域内具有广泛 的国际职责的专门机构，均应与联合国建立关系。 世界卫生组织组织法第六十九条规定，本组织应作为宪章第五十七 条中所述的专门机构之一，与联合国建立关系。 为此，联合国与世界卫生组织协议如下：
第一条 联合国承认世界卫生组织为专门机构，负责按其组织法采取适当行 动以实现组织法规定的各项目标。
第二条 — 互派代表 1. 联合国代表应被邀出席世界卫生大会及其委员会、执行委员会
的会议以及本组织召开的一般的、区域性的或其他专题会议并发言，但 无表决权。 2. 世界卫生组织代表应邀出席联合国经济和社会理事会（以下简
称“ 理事会”）及其委员会的会议，并就这些机构议程项目中有关卫生问 题发言，但无表决权。
一九四八年七月十日第一届世界卫生大会通过， （《世界卫生组织正式记录》 第 13 期第 81、321 页） 。
1
- 43 -
44
基 本 文 件
3.
世界卫生组织代表应邀出席联合国大会的各种会议，就其业务
范围内事项进行磋商。 4. 讨论世界卫生组织业务范围内的问题时，世界卫生组织代表应
被邀出席联合国大会主要委员会的各种会议， 并参加讨论， 但无表决权。 5. 世界卫生组织代表应邀出席托管理事会的会议，并就议程项目
中属世界卫生组织业务范围内的问题发言，但无表决权。 6. 世界卫生组织的书面发言，必要时，应由联合国秘书处散发给
大会、理事会及其委员会和托管委员会的所有成员。同样，联合国提交 的书面发言，必要时，应由世界组织散发给世界卫生大会或执行委员会 的所有成员。
第三条 — 建议议程项目 经必要的初步协商，世界卫生组织应将联合国向其建议的项目视情 况列入卫生大会或执行委员会的议程。同样，理事会及其各委员会和托 管理事会在其议程中，应列入世界卫生组织所建议的项目。
第四条 — 联合国的建议 1. 注意到联合国实现其宪章第五十五条中规定的目标及义务，以
及理事会按宪章第六十二条作出或开展有关国际、经济、社会、文化、 教育、卫生及有关事项的研究和报导，并就此向有关专门机构提出建议 的职能和权力，同时注意到联合国按其宪章第五十八条和第六十三条规 定有责任对这些专门机构的政策及活动的协调提出建议，世界卫生组织 同意尽快将联合国向其提出的所有正式建议提交卫生大会、执行委员会 或世界卫生组织其他相应的机构。
联合国与世界卫生组织的协定
45
2.
在联合国提出要求时，世界卫生组织同意就这类建议与其进行
磋商，并在适当时机向联合国报告本组织或其会员国为实施这类建议而 采取的行动，或对它们考虑的其他反应。 3. 世界卫生组织坚定不移地以各种所需的方式进行合作，以便联
合国及其专门机构的活动得以充分协调。尤其是，它同意参与理事会为 促进协调而建立的机构，并与之合作；并为执行这一合作提供所需的情 报。
第五条 — 交换情报和文件 1. 除对机密材料需作必要的保密安排外，联合国与世界卫生组织
将全面而及时地交换情报和文件。 2. 在不违反第 1 节规定的原则下：
(1) 世界卫生组织同意将本组织常规活动的报告转送联合国； (2) 按本协定第十六条规定的条件，世界卫生组织同意最大限度地 满足联合国提出的提供专题报告、研究或情报要求； (3) 在提出要求的情况下，秘书长向世界卫生组织总干事提供经他 们之间商定的情报、文件或其他材料。
第六条 — 群众宣传 考虑到世界卫生组织组织法第二条第 17 段和第 18 段中阐述的世界 卫生组织提供卫生领域宣传教育的职能，在人民中培育对卫生事项的明 达舆论；为在本组织与联合国之间在群众宣传教育方面进一步合作并开 展联合工作， 在本协定生效后应及时缔结一项关于这类问题的补充协定。
46
基 本 文 件
第七条 — 对安全理事会的配合 世界卫生组织同意与理事会合作，向安全理事会为维护或恢复国际 和平与安全所需而提供情况及协助。
第八条 — 对托管理事会的配合 世界卫生组织同意与托管理事会合作以履行其职能，特别是对本组 织关切的问题，将尽最大可能提供托管理事会所要求的协助。
第九条 — 非自治领地 世界卫生组织同意与联合国合作以实施宪章第十一章有关影响非自 治领地人民福利及发展事项的原则与义务。
第十条 — 与国际法庭的关系 1. 世界卫生组织同意提供国际法庭按照国际法庭规约第三十四
条所要求的任何情报。 2. 联合国大会授权世界卫生组织，就除本组织与联合国或其他专
门机构方面相互关系的问题以外的世界卫生组织职权范围内所发生的法 律问题，向国际法庭征求咨询意见； 3. 上项要求可由卫生大会、或由卫生大会授权执行委员会代行向
国际法庭提出。 4. 世界卫生组织要求国际法庭提供咨询意见时，应将此要求通知
经济和社会理事会。
联合国与世界卫生组织的协定
47
第十一条 — 总部和区域办事处 1. 世界卫生组织在对其总部永久地址作出任何决定之前，同意与
联合国先行磋商。 2. 世界卫生组织可能建立的任何区域办事处或分支办事处，应尽
可能与联合国可能建立的区域办事处或分支办事处紧密联系。
第十二条 — 人事安排 1. 从有效的协调管理角度观之，联合国及世界卫生组织认为，最
好最终形成统一一致的国际公务员制度。为此，同意尽实际可能地制定 统一的人事标准、招聘方法及安排，以期避免雇用条件的差异、招聘人 员的竞争，促进人员交流，以从其工作中获得最大限度的裨益。 2. 联合国和世界卫生组织同意最大限度地合作以实现这些目标，
特别是在下列方面： (1) 共同协商建立国际公务员制度委员会，就联合国和专门机构秘 书处在招聘人员时确保采用共同标准的途径提出建议； (2) 共同协商有关雇用官员和职员的其他问题，包括服务条件、任 期、级别、工资等级和津贴、退休和养恤金权利以及职员条例 和细则，以期尽可能实际的相互一致； (3) 在可行情况下，临时或长期地进行人员互换方面的合作，妥善 制定关于保持资历和养恤金权利的规定； (4) 合作建立适宜的机构，并开展工作，以解决人员雇用和有关事 宜中所发生的分歧。
48
基 本 文 件
第十三条 — 统计工作 1. 联合国和世界卫生组织同意争取最大限度的合作，消除它们之
间的所有不合理的重叠、以及最有效地使用各自在收集、分析、出版和 分发统计资料方面的技术人员。它们同意协力以使情报资料得以最大限 度的运用，从而减轻国家政府和其他组织在搜集资料情报方面的负担。 2. 世界卫生组织承认联合国是统计资料收集、分析、出版、规范
化、分发和整理的中心机构，为各国际组织的总目标服务。 3. 联合国承认世界卫生组织是其专业领域统计资料收集、分析、
出版、规范化、分发和整理的适宜机构，但这不影响联合国从事这方面 统计工作的权利，只要这些统计对联合国的宗旨、或对全球统计工作的 改善说来是重要的。 4. 联合国应与各专门机构协商，制定一些管理制度的程序。通过
这些管理制度和程序，能使联合国及与之建立关系的各机构在统计工作 中合作更有效。 5. 联合国或任何专门机构之间统计资料的搜集应避免重复，在切
实可行的情况下，一方所拥有的统计资料可由任何一方使用。 6. 为集中搜集统计资料供普遍使用，经同意凡向世界卫生组织提
供编写基本统计丛刊或专题报告用资料，应尽可能提供给联合国。
第十四条 — 行政与技术工作 1. 为使行政与技术的统一并最有效地使用人员和资源，联合国和
世界卫生组织认为，在可能情况下，应避免在联合国及专门机构间建立 相互竞争或重叠的设施和机构。
联合国与世界卫生组织的协定
49
2.
因此，联合国和世界卫生组织同意除第十二条、第十三条和第
十五条所述之外，如发现实际可行的话，将随时就此共同磋商。 3. 联合国和世界卫生组织应就正式文件的登记和存档作出安排。
第十五条 — 预算和财政规定 1. 为使联合国和专门机构的行政工作得以最有效、最经济地进
行，并使这些工作得以最大限度的协调与统一，世界卫生组织认为与联 合国建立密切的预算和财政关系是需要的。 2. 联合国和世界卫生组织同意为此目标的实现而通力合作，特别
是，将磋商把本组织预算列入联合国总预算的必要性。这方面所作任何 安排，将由两组织之间的补充协定予以明确规定。 3. 在缔结所述协定之前，下列安排将指导世界卫生组织与联合国
之间预算和财政关系： (1) 秘书长和总干事应就编制世界卫生组织预算进行磋商。 (2) 世界卫生组织同意在将其年度预算草案寄交会员国的同时，也 寄交联合国。联合国大会得审议本组织的预算或预算草案，并 就预算内任何项目提出建议。 (3) 在讨论世界卫生组织的预算或涉及本组织的一般行政或财政 问题时，世界卫生组织代表有权参加联合国大会或其任何委员 会的讨论，但无表决权。 (4) 按联合国与本组织今后协议可能作出的安排，联合国可向那些 既是世界卫生组织的会员又是联合国成员国的国家征收会费。
50
基 本 文 件
(5) 联合国应主动地、或根据世界卫生组织要求，对本组织及其它 专门机构有关的其他财政及财务问题进行研究安排，以期步调 一致并取得所述事项的统一。 (6) 在可行情况下，世界卫生组织同意尽量与联合国建议的规范作 法及形式保持一致。
第十六条 — 特殊服务经费 1. 世界卫生组织因联合国根据本协定第五条、第七条、第八条或
其他条款，提出特殊报告、研究或援助要求而需有大笔额外开支时，应 进行磋商以决定所述费用公平负担的方式。 2. 联合国与世界卫生组织应进行类似的磋商，以便合理安排联合
国提供的应用于世界卫生组织的中央行政、技术和财力工作及设施费用 的支付方式。
第十七条 — 通行证 根据联合国秘书长和世界卫生组织总干事磋商所作特殊安排，世界 卫生组织的官员有权使用联合国的通行证。
第十八条 — 机构间协定 世界卫生组织同意将本组织与任何其他专门机构、政府间组织或非 政府组织之间签定的任何正式协定通知理事会，特别是在协定签订前将 其性质及范围通知理事会。
联合国与世界卫生组织的协定
51
第十九条 — 联络 1. 联合国和世界卫生组织同意上述规定，并相信这将有助于两个
组织保持有效的联络。它们愿进一步采取任何必要的措施，使这一联络 充分有效。 本协定以上条款规定的联络安排，应尽可能地运用于这两个组
2.
织可能建立的分支办事处或区域办事处之间及其总部之间的关系方面。
第二十条 — 协议的执行 根据两组织的工作经验，秘书长和总干事可作出执行本协定的必要 补充安排。
第二十一条 — 修订 本协议经联合国和世界卫生组织的同意得予修订。
第二十二条 — 生效 本协定经联合国大会和世界卫生大会批准后生效。
—————
国际劳工组织与世界卫生组织的协定 1 第一条 — 合作与磋商 国际劳工组织与世界卫生组织同意相互密切合作、定期就共同关心 的事项相互磋商，以期在联合国宪章确定的总范畴内，有效地促使各自 组织法规定目标的实现。
第二条 — 互派代表 1. 应邀请国际劳工组织的代表出席世界卫生组织执行委员会的
会议及世界卫生大会，并参加这些机构及其委员会议程中国际劳工组织 关心的议题讨论，但无表决权。 2. 应邀请世界卫生组织的代表出席国际劳工局领导机构的会议
及国际劳工大会，并参加这些机构及其委员会议程中世界卫生组织关心 的议题讨论，但无表决权。 3. 对国际劳工组织和世界卫生组织各自主持召开的、而另一方对
之关心的其他会议，应随时磋商适当安排互派代表出席的问题。
第三条 — 国际劳工组织/世界卫生组织联合委员会 1. 国际劳工组织和世界卫生组织可就任何共同关心、而又可交由
一个联合委员会商定的问题，提交给该委员会。
一九四八年七月十日第一届世界卫生大会通过 （ 《世界卫生组织正式记录》 第 13 期第 81、322 页） ；同时请参阅 WHA2.101 号决议。
1
- 52 -
国际劳工组织与世界卫生组织的协定
53
2. 定。 3.
各联合委员会由两组织各指派代表组成，指派人数由两组织商
应邀请联合国指派一名代表出席联合委员会的会议；必要时，
委员会还可邀请其他专门机构派代表列席。 4. 联合委员会的报告，应提交两组织的总干事转两组织相应的机
构；委员会报告的副本应提交联合国秘书长转经济和社会理事会参阅。 5. 各联合委员会应自行规定其议事程序。
第四条 — 交换情报和文件 1. 除对机密材料需另作保护安排外，国际劳工组织和世界卫生组 织将全面而及时地交换情报和文件。 2. 互磋商。 国际劳工局总干事和世界卫生组织总干事、或其授权的代表，
在任何一方的要求下，就一方向另一方提供感兴趣的情报事宜，进行相
第五条 — 人事安排 在联合国制定的有关职工人事总体合作安排范畴内，国际劳工组织 和世界卫生组织同意采取措施，这将包括： (1) 避免争相招聘人员的措施； (2) 在适当情况下，促进临时或长期人员的交换措施，以及妥善制 定关于保持资历及养恤金权益的规定，以期最大限度地得益于 他们的服务。
第六条 — 统计工作 1. 在联合国制定的有关统计合作总体安排的范畴内，国际劳工组
织和世界卫生组织同意于争取最大限度的合作， 以期在统计资料的收集、
54
基 本 文 件
分析、出版、规范化、整理和分发方面，最有效地使用技术人员。它们 认为在可能的情况下，宜避免重复。一方可利用另一方已拥有的、或最 适宜于并准备收集的情报资料。它们并同意协力以最大限度地使用有用 的统计资料，减轻国家政府和其他组织收集资料的负担。 2. 国际劳工组织和世界卫生组织同意互通统计工作情报，以磋商
共同关心的统计项目事项。
第七条 — 特殊服务经费 两组织中任一方向对方提出援助要求，而为满足这一要求致使对方 需支付大笔费用时，应相互磋商确定支付费用最公平的方式。
第八条 — 协定的执行 1. 根据两组织的执行情况，国际劳工局总干事和世界卫生组织总
干事可为执行本协定作必要的补充安排。 2. 本协定以上条款规定的联络安排，应尽可能地运用于两组织可
能建立的分支办事处或区域办事处以及其总部之间的关系方面。
第九条 — 通知联合国和联合国登记 1. 按照国际劳工组织和世界卫生组织各自与联合国签订的协定，
两组织应将本协定条款通知经济和社会理事会。 2. 本协定按第十一条生效后，应根据规则第十条寄送联合国秘书
长存档备案，以执行联合国大会于一九四六年十二月十四日通过的联合 国宪章第一百零二条条款。
国际劳工组织与世界卫生组织的协定
55
第十条 — 修订和终止 1. 本协定经国际劳工组织和世界卫生组织协商后得予以修订，在
任何情况下，本协定生效后的三年内须予审议。 2. 如修订案未能达成协议，本协定可由两组织任一方于任何年份
内九月三十日前通知对方，并于同年十二月三十一日终止。
第十一条
— 生效
本协定经国际劳工局领导机构和世界卫生大会批准后生效。
—————
联合国粮食及农业组织与世界卫生组织的协定 1 第一条 — 合作和磋商 联合国粮食及农业组织与世界卫生组织同意相互紧密合作，定期就 共同关心的事项相互磋商，以期在联合国宪章确定的总范畴内，有效地 促使各自组织法规定目标的实现。
第二条 — 互派代表 1. 应邀请粮农组织的代表出席世界卫生组织执行委员会的会议
和世界卫生大会并参加这些机构及其委员会议程中粮农组织关心的项目 讨论，但无表决权。 2. 应邀请世界卫生组织的代表出席粮农组织执行委员会会议、或
嗣后相应机构召开的会议，及粮农组织大会，并参加这些机构及其委员 会议程中世界卫生组织关心的项目讨论，但无表决权。 3. 安排。 粮农组织和世界卫生组织各自主持召开的、而讨论事项又为另
一组织感兴趣的其他会议，则互派代表出席问题，应随时磋商作出适当
第三条 — 粮农组织/世界卫生组织联合委员会 1. 粮农组织和世界卫生组织可就任何共同关心、而又可交由一个
联合委员会商定的问题，提交给该委员会。 2. 定。 各联合委员会由两组织各指派代表组成。指派人数由两组织商
一九四八年七月十七日第一届世界卫生大会通过（ 《世界卫生组织正式记录》 （第 13 期第 96、323 页） 。
1
- 56 -
联合国粮农组织与世界卫生组织的协定
57
3.
应邀请联合国和联合国其他专门机构的代表出席各联合委员
会的会议并参加讨论，但无表决权。 4. 机构。 5. 6. 各联合委员会应自行规定其议事程序。 向某一联合委员会提供适合的文书服务问题，由粮农组织总干 各联合委员会的报告，应提交两组织的总干事转两组织的相应
事和世界卫生组织总干事、或其代表协商安排。
第四条 — 粮农组织/世界卫生组织联合考察团 粮农组织和世界卫生组织可仿效第三条所确定的安排和程序，建立 联合考察团。
第五条 — 交换情报和文件 1. 每一组织的总干事应使另一组织充分获悉所有共同感兴趣的
工作规划和项目活动。 2. 除对机密材料需另作保护安排外，粮农组织和世界卫生组织应
全面而及时地交换情报和文件。 3. 在任何一方提出要求的情况下，粮农组织总干事和世界卫生组
织总干事、 或其代表， 应就一方提供对方关心的专题情报事宜相互磋商。
第六条 — 秘书处间的委员会 两组织的总干事、 或其代表， 应适时地磋商建立秘书处间的委员会， 促进两组织相互关心的专题工作规划或项目活动中的合作。
58
基 本 文 件
第七条 — 人事安排 在联合国所制定有关职工方面合作的总体安排范畴内，粮农组织和 世界卫生组织同意采取措施，可包括： (1) 避免争相招聘人员的措施，包括两组织所共同关心的技术领域 内人员任命的先行磋商； (2) 在适当情况下，促进临时或长期人员的交换措施，以及妥善制 定关于保持资历和养恤金权益的规定，以期最大限度地得益于 他们的服务。
第八条 — 统计工作 1. 在联合国制定有关统计工作合作总体安排的范畴内，粮农组织
和世界卫生组织同意于争取最大限度的合作，以期在统计资料的收集、 分析、出版、规范化、整理和分发方面，最有效地使用技术人员。它们 认为在可能情况下，应尽量避免重复。一方可利用另一方已拥有的、或 最适宜于并准备搜集的情况资料情报。它们并同意协力以最大限度地使 用有用的统计资料，减轻国家政府或其他组织收集资料的负担。 2. 粮农组织和世界卫生组织同意互通统计工作情报，磋商共同关
心的统计项目问题。
第九条 — 特殊服务经费 两组织中任一方向对方提出援助要求，而为满足这一要求致使对方 需支付大笔费用开支时，应相互磋商制定支付这笔费用最公平的方式。
联合国粮农组织与世界卫生组织的协定
59
第十条 — 区域办事处和分区办事处 粮农组织和世界卫生组织同意就筹建和迁移区域办事处和分区办事 处的计划互通情报并相互磋商，以期在可行的情况下，就定点、编制及 行政服务方面作出共同合作安排。
第十一条 — 协定的执行 根据两组织的执行情况，粮农组织总干事和世界卫生组织总干事可 为合理地执行本协定作出补充安排。
第十二条 — 通知联合国和联合国登记 1. 按照粮农组织和世界卫生组织各自与联合国签订的协定，两组
织应将本协定条款通知经济和社会理事会。 2. 本协定按照第十四条生效后，应按规则第十条寄送联合国秘书
长存档备案，以执行联合国大会于一九四六年十二月十四日通过的联合 国宪章第一百零二条条款。
第十三条 — 修订和审议 本协定应经粮农组织和世界卫生组织协商后予以修订，并在任何情 况下，本协定生效后三年内须予以审议。
第十四条 — 生效 本协定经粮农组织大会和世界卫生大会批准后生效。
—————
联合国教育、科学及文化组织与世界卫生组织的协定 1 第一条 — 合作和磋商 1. 世界卫生组织与联合国教育、科学及文化组织同意相互紧密合
作，定期就共同关心的事项相互磋商，以期在联合国宪章确定的总范畴 内，有效地促使各自组织法中规定目标的实现。 2. 联合国教科文组织承认，世界卫生组织在无损于联合国教科文
组织从事对包括卫生基础科学在内的所有领域中纯科学与应用科学之间 的相互关系的权利的情况下，对医学卫生科学的研究、教育、组织工作 担负主要责任。 3. 两组织对既定的活动或工作规划的职责分工若遇置疑，则提出
这项活动或规划的组织应与对方磋商，以期或通过提交给本文第四条所 述的相应的联合委员会、或其它途径予以调节。
第二条 — 互派代表 1. 应邀请世界卫生组织的代表出席联合国教科文组织执行委员
会的各种会议及联合国教科文组织大会，并参加这些机构及其委员会议 程中世界卫生组织关心的项目讨论，但无表决权。 2. 应邀请联合国教科文组织的代表出席世界卫生组织执行委员
会的各种会议和世界卫生大会，并参加这些机构及其委员会议程中联合 国教科文组织关心项目讨论，但无表决权。 3. 对世界卫生组织和联合国教科文组织互派代表出席各自主持
下召开的、且为另一方对其议程项目感兴趣的其他会议，两组织的总干 事或其代表通过协商作出适当安排。 一九四八年七月十七日第一届世界卫生大会通过（ 《世界卫生组织正式记录》 （第 13 期第 96、323 页） 。 1
- 60 -
联合国教科文组织与世界卫生组织的协定
61
第三条 — 建议议程项目 经必要的初步磋商，两组织应在第二条提及的会议议程中各自列入 对方提交的任何议题。
第四条 — 联合国教科文组织/世界卫生组织联合委员会 1. 联合国教科文组织和世界卫生组织均可就任何共同关心而又
可交由一个联合委员会商定的问题，提交这委员会。 2. 3. 各联合委员会由两组织各任命代表组成，人数由两组织商定。 应邀请联合国指派一名代表出席联合委员会的会议；必要时，
委员会还可邀请其他专门机构派代表出席。 4. 各联合委员会的报告，应提交两组织的总干事分转两组织相应
机构；报告副本抄联合国秘书长转经济和社会理事会。 5. 6. 各联合委员会应自行规定其议事程序。 向某一联合委员会提供适宜的文书服务问题，两组织的总干事
或其代表商定。
第五条 — 交换情报和文件 1. 两组织的秘书处同意将相互感兴趣的所有既定的活动和工作
规划通知对方。 2. 除对机密材料需另作保密安排外，世界卫生组织和联合国教科
文组织应全面而及时地交换情报和文件。
62
基 本 文 件
3.
世界卫生组织总干事和联合国教科文组织总干事、或其代表，
在任何一方的要求下， 应就一方提供对方关心的特殊情报事宜进行磋商。
第六条 — 人事安排 世界卫生组织和联合国教科文组织同意在联合国制定的有关人事合 作总体安排范畴内采取措施，这将包括： (1) 避免争相的招聘人员的措施 (2) 在适当情况下，在短期或永久性的基础上，保护资历和养恤金 权益，促进人员交换，以期最大限度地得益于他们的服务。
第七条 — 统计工作 1. 在联合国制定的统计合作总体安排的范畴中，世界卫生组织和 联合国教科文组织同意为最大限度的合作而努力，以期在各自的统计情 报搜集、分析、出版、规范化、完善化及分发方面更有效地使用专业人 员。它们认为在可能情况下，应尽量避免重复，一方可利用另一方已拥 有的、或最适宜于搜集并准备搜集的情报、资料或原始数据，并同意协 力以最大限度地使用有用的统计资料，减轻国家政府及其他国际组织收 集资料的负担。 2. 世界卫生组织和联合国教科文组织同意互通统计工作情报，磋 商共同关心的统计事项。
第八条 — 特殊服务经费 两组织中任何一方向对方提出援助要求，而为满足这一要求使对方 需支付大笔费用开支时，应进行磋商制定支付这笔费用最公平的方式。
联合国教科文组织与世界卫生组织的协定
63
第九条 — 区域办事处和分区办事处 世界卫生组织和联合国教科文组织同意就筹建迁移区域办事处和分 区办事处的计划互通情报，并共同磋商以期在可行情况下，就定点，编 制及行政服务方面，作出共同合作安排。
第十条 — 协定的执行 根据执行情况，世界卫生组织总干事和联合国教科文组织总干事应 对协定的执行，作出必要的补充安排。
第十一条 — 通知联合国和联合国登记 1. 根据世界卫生组织和联合国教科文组织各自与联合国签订的
协定，两组织应将协定条款送交经济及社会理事会。 2. 本协定一经生效，应按条例第十条寄送联合国秘书长存档备
案，以执行联合国大会于一九四六年十二月十四日通过的联合国宪章第 一百零二条条款。
第十二条 — 修订和审议 1. 本协定将经世界卫生组织和联合国教科文组织协商后修订，在
任何情况下，本协定生效后的三年内需予审议。 2. 如修订案未能达成协议，本协定可由两方中任何一方于任何年
份的九月三十日前通知对方，并于同年十二月三十一日终止。
第十三条 — 生效 本协定经世界卫生大会和联合国教科文组织执行委员会批准后生 效。 —————
国际原子能机构与世界卫生组织的协定 1
第一条 — 合作和磋商 1. 国际原子能机构与世界卫生组织同意相互紧密合作，定期就共
同关心的问题相互磋商，以期在联合国宪章确定的总纲范畴内，有效地 促使各自立法性文件中规定的各项目标的实现。 2. 精确说来，并根据世界卫生组织组织法与国际原子能机构章程
及其与联合国协定及有关换文，同时考虑到两组织各自协调的职责，世 界卫生组织承认国际原子能机构在无损于世界卫生组织从事于促进、发 展、协助、协调包括研究工作在内的国际卫生各方面工作的情况下，主 要负责推动、协助、协调世界范围内原子能用于和平的研究、及其发展 和实际运用。 3. 两组织中任一方建议开展某项对方将对之感有兴趣的规划或
活动时，前者应与另一方进行磋商，就项目问题达成一致。
第二条 — 互派代表 1. 应邀请世界卫生组织代表出席国际原子能机构大会，并参加该
机构及其下属机构 （如委员会） 议程中国际原子能机构关心的项目讨论， 但无表决权。 2. 表决权。 应邀请国际原子能机构代表出席世界卫生大会，并参加该机构
及其下属机构（如委员会）议程中世界卫生组织关心的项目讨论，但无
1
一九五九年五月二十八日第十二届世界卫生大会以 WHA12.40 号决议批准。
- 64 -
国际原子能机构与世界卫生组织的协定
65
3.
必要时应邀请世界卫生组织代表出席国际原子能机构理事会
的会议， 并参加该机构及其委员会议程中世界卫生组织关心的项目讨论， 但无表决权。 4. 必要时，应邀请国际原子能机构代表出席世界卫生组织执行委
员会的会议，并参加该机构及其委员会议程中国际原子能机构关心的项 目讨论，但无表决权。 5. 定。 对互派代表出席各自主持下召开的、且讨论事项又为对方感兴
趣的其他会议问题，国际原子能机构和世界卫生组织随时作出适当的规
第三条 — 交换情报和文件 1. 国际原子能机构和世界卫生组织认为它们有必要采用某些限
制以保护它们业已获得的机密情报。因此，双方同意，本条款不得理解 为可向拥有情报一方要求提供对方认为将泄露成员机密、泄露提供情报 人员机密、或将有碍及其业务正常开展的任何情报。 2. 除对机密材料需另作保密外，国际原子能机构秘书处和世界卫
生组织秘书处应对双方关心的所有既定活动和工作规划， 充分互通情报。 3. 世界卫生组织总干事和国际原子能机构或其代表，在两组织任
何一方要求下，安排协商一方向另一方提供其关心的专项情报事宜。
第四条 — 建议议程项目 经必要的初步协商，世界卫生组织应在其大会或其执行委员会的临 时议程中列入由国际原子能机构向其提出的项目。同样，国际原子能机 构应在其大会或其理事会的临时议程中列入由世界卫生组织所提出的项 目。两组织中任一方提交对方考虑的项目，应附一份解释性备忘录。
66
基 本 文 件
第五条 — 秘书处间的合作 国际原子能机构秘书处和世界卫生组织秘书处应根据两组织的总干 事经常作出的协议安排，保持密切的工作关系。特别是遇必要时，得召 开联合委员会，研究对双方至为关心的问题。
第六条 — 技术和行政合作 1. 国际原子能机构和世界卫生组织得就最有效地使用人员、资
源、避免竞相成立重迭机构、重复劳动的妥善方法，进行经常性磋商。 2. 在联合国制定的有关人事合作总体安排的范畴内，国际原子能
机构和世界卫生组织同意采取措施，其中包括： (1) 避免争相招聘人员的措施； (2) 在适宜的情况下，采取促进临时或长期人员的交换措施，及妥 善制定关于保持资历及养恤金权益的规定，以期最大限度地得 益于他们的服务。
第七条 — 统计工作 为在统计领域内谋求最大限度的合作、最大限度地减轻国家政府及 其他组织搜集情报的负担，按联合国制定的统计合作总体安排，国际原 子能机构和世界卫生组织将致力于避免它们之间在统计资料的搜集、编 制、出版方面的重复；以及就最有效地使用统计情报、资源和技术人员 以及对共同关心的统计项目事项，相互磋商。
第八条 — 特殊服务经费 如两组织中任一方向对方提出援助要求，而为满足这一要求致使、 或可能将致使对方支付大笔费用， 应相互磋商制定支付费用最公平方式。
国际原子能机构与世界卫生组织的协定
67
第九条 — 区域办事处和分区办事处 世界卫生组织和国际原子能机构同意共同磋商， 以期在可行情况下， 对两组织中任一方使用另一方已建立、或可能将建立的区域办事处和分 区办事处的房屋、职员及行政服务，作出合作安排。
第十条 — 协定的执行 根据两组织的执行情况，国际原子能机构总干事和世界卫生组织总 干事可为执行本协定作出适宜的安排。
第十一条 — 通知联合国及存档备案 1. 根据国际原子能机构及世界卫生组织各自与联合国签订的协
定，两组织应将本协定条款通知联合国。 2. 档备案。 本协定一经生效，应按联合国现行规定，寄送联合国秘书长存
第十二条 — 修订和终止 1. 修订。 2. 如修订案未能达成协议，本协定可由两组织任一方于任何年份 经一方提出，本协定得经世界卫生组织与国际原子能机构协商
内六月三十日前通知对方，并于同年十二月三十一日终止。
第十三条 — 生效 本协定经国际原子能机构大会及世界卫生大会批准后生效。 —————
国际农业发展基金与世界卫生组织的协定 1
鉴于世界卫生组织 （以下简称“ 卫生组织”） 与国际农业发展基金 （以 下简称“农发基金”）对其成员国人民、特别是发展中国家成员国人民的 福利和健康有共同兴趣， 鉴于两个组织愿意为了达到共同的目标而相互合作， 鉴于卫生组织法第二条（二）强调该组织应与联合国及其专门机构 建立和保持有效的合作， 鉴于农发基金成立协定第 2 章第 8 条规定，该基金应与联合国系统 各组织紧密合作， 卫生组织与农发基金兹协定如下：
第一条 — 双方的权限 1.1 卫生组织承认农发基金为发展中国家的成员国以优惠条件筹集发展 农业的其他资源的特殊作用。 考虑到在食品奇缺国家需予提高食品生产； 其他发展中国家具有提高食品生产的潜力; 以及改善发展中国家最贫困 人口的营养水平和生活条件的重要性，这些其他资源主要用于为引进、 扩大和提高食品生产系统而制订的项目和规划，以及在国家重点和战略 范围内完善有关的政策和机构。 1.2 农发基金承认卫生组织在国际卫生工作中、特别是农村居民健康、 改善营养和控制传染病方面的特殊作用。
1
一九八年五月二十三日第三十三届世界卫生大会以 WHA33.21 号决议通过。
- 68 -
国际农业发展基金与世界卫生组织的协定
69
第二条 — 磋商与合作 2.1 卫生组织与农发基金同意就发展农业方面共同关心的、特别是在相 同的发展中国家的成员国中各自所进行的活动，定期互通消息。 2.2 卫生组织将尽力使农发基金知悉该基金所提供援助规划和项目的适 宜性，农发基金也尽快使卫生组织知悉适合于该基金提供的援助的项目 和规划。 2.3 双方合作开展的任何活动均应符合于两组织的政策及规定。
第三条 — 合作领域 3.1 在无损于其他领域合作的情况下，双方一致认为下列活动可作为相 互合作的潜在领域： 3.1.1 以改善营养状况、特别是农村居民营养状况为要素而制订的提高 食品生产规划和项目； 3.1.2 促进作为农业发展组成部份的环境卫生保护适宜措施，包括因灌 溉和其他农业发展项目而有利于防治水源性和其他的传染病； 3.1.3 包括改善卫生状况和饮水供应在内的农村发展规划。
第四条 — 合作方法 4.1 除对机密文件需作必要的保密安排外，卫生组织和农发基金互相提 供为开展本协定活动所需的全部必要的资料、文件和情报。 4.2 在双方认为适宜的限度上，将就共同关心领域的研究，相互提供援 助。
70
基 本 文 件
4.3 在农发基金认为适宜时，可要求卫生组织在本基金履行任务而开展 的活动中给予支持，以保证和推进双方共同感兴趣的项目有关计划、执 行和评价阶段的合作。 4.4 卫生组织与农发基金在双方都满意的条件情况下全面合作。农发基 金在开展其业务时将充分利用卫生组织的服务和专业知识。
第五条 — 行政安排 5.1 卫生组织与农发基金将协力进行必要的安排，以便在技术和协调方 面有效地接触，包括双方职员互访总部和地区办事处。
第六条 — 互派代表 6.1 卫生组织邀请农发基金派代表参加世界卫生大会和其他由卫生组织 主办的而农发基金对之感兴趣的会议，并参加议程中对之感有兴趣的项 目讨论，但无表决权。 6.2 农发基金将邀请卫生组织派代表参加理事会会议和其他由农发基金 主持、不只限于成员国参加、而卫生组织又对之感兴趣的会议，并参加 议程中对之感兴趣的项目讨论，但无表决权。
第七条 — 财务安排 7.1 农发基金将偿付卫生组织职员所有的直接费用及其他间接费用，例 如，农发基金某项要求、并根据双方同意的财政安排而由卫生组织提供 服务所需的旅费和每日生活费。
第八条 — 最后条款 8.1 本协定由卫生组织及农发基金正式授权的代表签字之日起生效。
国际农业发展基金与世界卫生组织的协定
71
8.2 根据各自组织法程序，经双方同意，本协定可予修改。 8.3. 经双方同意，本协定可予以终止，或由一方给另一方书面通知六个 月后失效。双方同意，尽管终止协定的通知已到期，本协定条款将继续 有效直至按协定而开展的活动井然进行至结束止。 8.4 根据两组织执行本协定的实际经验，卫生组织总干事和农发基金主 席可以在协定的范围内提出所需的补充安排。 本协定法文和英文本共两份，两种文本具有同等效力，国际农业发 展基金主席及世界卫生组织总干事谨此签署，以昭信守。
国际农业发展基金 阿尔－苏迪里主席
世界卫生组织 马勒总干事
—————
联合国工业发展组织与世界卫生组织的协定 1 第一条 — 合作与协商 联合国工业发展组织（下称“工发组织”）和世界卫生组织（下称“卫 生组织”）同意，为了促进有效实现各自章程所规定之目的，在《联合国 宪章》和各自章程规定的总范畴内，双方应密切合作，并就有关共同利 益的事项定期协商。
第二条 — 互派代表 1. 权。 2. 应邀请工发组织的代表出席卫生组织执行委员会和世界卫生 应邀请卫生组织的代表出席工发组织大会和工业发展理事会
各届会议并参加这些机构对卫生组织特别关心的事项的审议，但无表决
大会的各届会议并参加这些机构对工发组织特别关心的事项的审议，但 无表决权。
第三条 — 议程项目的建议 应对方组织要求并经必要的初步协商后，双方应将对方组织已提交 的任何问题列入第 2 条第 1 和第 2 款分别提到的会议的临时议程。
第四条 — 资料和文件的交换 除对机密材料需作必要保密安排外，工发组织和卫生组织间应最充 分、最迅速地交换资料和文件，这样提供的资料应特别包括对方可能感 兴趣的所有计划活动和所有工作方案。 1
1989 年 5 月 19 日第四十二届世界卫生大会以 WHA42.21 号决议通过。
- 72 -
联合国工业发展组织与世界卫生组织的协定
73
第五条 — 双方秘书处间的合作 工发组织秘书处和卫生组织秘书处应根据工发组织总干事和卫生组 织总干事不时商定的安排保持密切的工作关系。
第六条 — 工发组织/卫生组织联合委员会 1. 工发组织和卫生组织可将共同关心的任何问题交由适宜的联
合委员会处理。 2. 任何这类联合委员会应由双方组织指定的代表组成，每一方指
定的人数由两组织通过协议决定。
第七条 — 统计资料服务 工发组织和卫生组织同意相互经常通报各自的统计工作情况，并同 意相互就涉及共同利益事项的所有统计项目进行协商。
第八条 — 人事安排 卫生组织和工发组织同意进行合作，以促进工作人员的相互调用并 促进各自活动的效率和有效协调。应根据采用联合国薪酬和津贴共同制 度的各组织相互转调、 借调或借用工作人员的组织间协定进行这种合作。
第九条 — 特别服务的资金提供 如应其中一个组织的请求予以援助而涉及应允该要求组织的大量开 支时，则应进行协商，以期确定支付此项费用最为公平的方式。
74
基 本 文 件
第十条 — 本协定的执行 工发组织总干事和卫生组织总干事可根据两组织的执行情况作出实 施本协定的必要安排。
第十一条 — 通知联合国和存档 1. 根据各自与联合国的协定，工发组织和卫生组织应将本协定各
条款通知联合国。 2. 根据第十三条的规定本协定一经生效，即应通知联合国秘书长
存档备案。
第十二条 — 修正和终止 1. 2. 本协定的修正应征得工发组织和卫生组织的同意。 本协定可由两组织中的任一方在任何一年的不迟于 6 月 30 日
前发出书面通知后而于该年 12 月 31 日终止。
第十三条 — 生效 本协定应分别经工发组织工业发展理事会和卫生组织世界卫生大会 批准并经工发组织总干事和卫生组织总干事签署后生效。
—————
世界卫生组织与万国邮政联盟的协定1 序 言 世界卫生组织（以下简称为 WHO）与万国邮政联盟（以下简称为 UPU） 希望在赋予其使命的范畴内进行合作， 认识到 WHO 是联合国的专门机构，它负责提供卫生领域的信息、 建议和援助；促进有助于卫生发展的科学和专业团体之间的合作；以及 推动在预防和控制疾病国际传播方面的工作， 认识到 UPU 是联合国的专门机构，其目的是组织和促进邮政服务， 并促进这一领域邮件的安全传递， 认识到 UPU 希望在其职权范围内与世界卫生组织合作，以促进工 作，其中包括： (a) 安全运送传染性物质； (b) 安全运送诊断用标本； (c) 以最低价格发展更为安全的包装系统； (d) 研制简单的加标签方法，以便有助于保持一致性； (e) 发展培训规划和教育运动，以便在各国采纳建议。 双方达成下述协定：
第一条 — 相互协商 1. WHO 和 UPU 将就共同关心的政治问题和事宜进行必要的协商，以 便实现它们的各自目标及协调各自领域的活动。
1
1999 年 5 月 24 日第五十二届世界卫生大会以 WHA52.6 号决议批准。
- 75 -
76
基 本 文 件
2.
WHO 和 UPU 将就与双方有关的任何领域和项目的发展情况交换信
息，将共同对有关这些活动所观察到的情况进行考虑，以便促进有效的 协调。 3. 适当时， 将在 UPU 和 WHO 代表之间指定的级别上安排协商， 以便
根据双方各自的使命，就组织特定活动和最佳使用资源所采用的最有效 方法达成共识。
第二条 — 交换信息 1． WHO 和 UPU 将共同努力，以期最佳使用与利用邮政服务运送传染 性物质有关的所有可得信息。
第三条 — 相互与会 1. 可作出适当安排， 使 WHO 和 UPU 相互出席双方各自主持的， 讨论
另一方感兴趣或具技术专长的会议。 2. UPU 国际局局长和 WHO 总干事将指定一个联络点，以便确保本协
定各项条款的实施。
第四条 — 技术合作 1. 在与双方各自的活动有关时，WHO 和 UPU 将相互寻求对方的专门
技术，以期尽量发挥这类活动的效果。 2. UPU 将努力通过其所属机构及其邮政安全行动团（PSAG）使各国
邮政部门注意必须实施确保安全运送传染性物质的方法。 3. 通过双方同意， UPU 和 WHO 将致力于发展和实施特别与通过邮递
安全传送传染性物质有关的规划、项目和活动。
世界卫生组织与万国邮政联盟的协定
77
4.
本协定所规定共同活动的开展有待双方批准各自的项目文件，并由
一个商定的机构予以监测。 5. WHO 和 UPU 将就双方感兴趣的规划，项目和活动在逐一达成共识
的情况下开展合作。
第五条 — 生效，修订和期限 1． 本协定将在 UPU 管理委员会和世界卫生大会批准的情况下，于 WHO 总干事和 UPU 国际局局长签署之日起开始生效。 2． 本协议经双方书面同意可予修订。它也可由任何一方提前六个月通 知另一方予以废除。 本协定一式两份，以英文和法文撰写，两种文本同具效力，由世界 卫生组织总干事和万国邮政联盟国际局局长于各自签名下方的日期签 署，以昭信守。 世界卫生组织： 总干事 格罗·哈莱姆·布伦特兰博士 日期：1999 年 2 月 9 日 万国邮政联盟（国际局） ： 局长 托马斯·E·利维 日期：1999 年 2 月 9 日
—————
国际兽疫局与世界卫生组织的协定1 出于协调双方促进和改善兽医公共卫生（VPH）和食品保障与安全 的努力并为此目的而进行密切合作的愿望，世界卫生组织（以下称为世 卫组织）和国际兽疫局（以下称为兽疫局） 现签订下述条款：
第1条 1.1 世卫组织和兽疫局同意在与由各自宪章和理事机构决定所确定的 各自职权范围相关的具有共同利益的事务中密切合作。
第2条 2.1 世卫组织应将世界卫生大会有关的决议以及世卫组织协商会、 研讨 会和世卫组织其它正式会议的建议传递给兽疫局，以向兽疫局的 成员传达。 兽疫局应将其国际委员会的建议和决议以及兽疫局相关的协商会、 研讨会和其它正式会议的建议传递给世卫组织，以向世卫组织会 员国传达。 这些供两个组织 （以下称为各方） 各自机构考虑的决议和建议应作 为双方之间协调国际行动的基础。
2.2
2.3
2004 年 5 月 22 日第五十七届世界卫生大会以 WHA57.7 号决议批准了原案文， 2010 年 5 月 21 日第六十三届世界卫生大会以 WHA63.11 号决议批准了修正案文。
1
- 78 -
国际兽疫局与世界卫生组织的协定
79
第3条 3.1 世卫组织的代表应被邀请出席兽疫局国际委员会的会议和区域会 议，并在没有表决权的条件下就这些机构议程中对世卫组织具有重 要性的项目参加这些机构的讨论。 3.2 兽疫局的代表应被要求出席世卫组织执行委员会的会议和世界卫生 大会及区域委员会会议，并在没有表决权的条件下就这些机构议程 中对兽疫局具有重要性的有关项目参加这些机构的讨论。 3.3 世卫组织总干事和兽疫局主席之间应签订协定，就世卫组织和兽疫 局参加各方主持召开的、对另一方具有重要意义事项的非秘密性质 的其它会议作出适当安排； 这特别涉及制定规范和标准定义的会议。 3.4 双方同意避免在事先未与另一方进行磋商的情况下召开处理具有共 同利益事项的会议和大会。
第4条 世卫组织和兽疫局应就具有共同利益的领域进行合作，尤其是采取 下述方式： 互相交流报告、 出版物和其它信息， 特别是及时交换有关人畜共患 和食源性疾病暴发的信息。 双方之间应作出特殊安排， 以协调对经 确认或可能具有国际公共卫生重要意义的人畜共患和 /或食源性疾 病的暴发作出的反应。 4.2 双方均组织以区域和全球范围为基础的人畜共患疾病、 食源性疾病 和相关问题的会议和大会， 这些问题诸如动物喂养实践和抗菌素抗
4.1
80
基 本 文 件
药性问题，它关系到畜牧业中谨慎使用抗菌素及对它们加以遏制/ 控制的政策和规划。 4.3 共同拟定和宣传国家、区域或全球规划并提供技术支持，以控制或 消灭主要人畜共患和食源性疾病或具有共同利益的出现 /重现的问 题。 4.4 促进和加强兽医公共卫生的宣传教育、 可操作化以及公共卫生与动 物卫生/兽医部门的有效合作，特别是在发展中国家。 4.5 在国际上促进和协调有关人畜共患疾病、 兽医公共卫生和食品安全 方面的研究活动。 4.6 促进和加强兽疫局参考中心和实验室网络与世卫组织合作中心和 参考实验室网络之间的协作， 以巩固它们就具有共同利益的问题对 世卫组织会员国和兽疫局成员的支持。 4.7 与其它有关国际机构合作， 联合制定涉及影响食品安全的相关畜牧 业问题的国际标准。
第5条 5.1 世卫组织和兽疫局应在制定各自工作规划的过程中交流其规划草 案以征求意见。 5.2 每一方在制定其向管理机构提交的最终规划时应考虑另一方的建 议。 5.3 世卫组织和兽疫局应每年召开一次由总部和 /或区域代表高级官员 参加的协调会议。
国际兽疫局与世界卫生组织的协定
81
5.4
双方应计划为实施这些政策所必需的行政安排，诸如交换专家、共 同组织合办科学和技术会议、共同培训卫生和兽医人员。
第6条 6.1 本协定需经兽疫局国际委员会和世界卫生大会的批准， 于世卫组织 总干事和兽疫局主席的签字之日生效。 本协定可经双方书面同意加以修订。 也可由任一方提前 6 个月书面 通知另一方予以终止。
6.2
第7条 7.1 本协定替代世卫组织于 1960 年 8 月 4 日和兽疫局于 1960 年 8 月 8 日通过的世卫组织和兽疫局之间的协定。
世界卫生组织 总干事 李钟郁 2004 年 12 月 16 日于日内瓦签订 —————
国际兽疫局 主席 贝尔纳·瓦莱特
非洲联盟委员会与世界卫生组织的协定1 非洲联盟委员会（以下简称“非盟委员会”） ；与 世界卫生组织（以下简称“世卫组织”） ； 以下单称为“缔约一方”，集体称为“缔约双方” 考虑到如 2000 年 7 月 11 日《非洲联盟组织法》所规定，非洲联盟 （以下称为“ 非盟”）的目标之一是在更大程度上实现非洲国家和非洲人 民之间的统一和团结；促进人类活动所有领域内的合作；提高非洲人民 的生活水平，并在这方面与相关国际伙伴进行合作，努力实现共同的目 标； 考虑到呼吁非盟承担非洲大陆本土的某些任务，与世卫组织在全球 范围内所推动的工作保持一致； 考虑到世卫组织的目标是求各民族企达卫生之最高可能水准，并且 为了实现该目标，世卫组织充任国际卫生事项之指导及协调机关； 考虑到世卫组织根据其《组织法》第十一章，尤其是第五十条第四 款的规定做出的区域安排； 忆及前非洲统一组织与世卫组织根据 1969 年 9 月 24 日世界卫生组 织与前非洲统一组织签订的协定和 1982 年 5 月 11 日世界卫生组织与前 非洲统一组织签订的《实际实施合作安排》所开展的合作，同时认识到 鉴于非盟的成立，这些文书需要予以取代。
1
2012 年 5 月 26 日第六十五届世界卫生大会以 WHA65.16 号决议批准。
- 82 -
非洲联盟委员会与世界卫生组织的协定
83
兹同意以下条款：
第一条 — 本协定的地位 本协定适用于非盟委员会与世卫组织之间的关系。
第二条 — 目标和准则 1. 2. 本协定的目标是加强非盟委员会与世卫组织之间的合作。 为促进这一目标，非盟委员会和世卫组织应在卫生领域内与这两个
组织的活动和承诺有关的所有事项上进行合作，包括促进和改善健康， 降低可避免的死亡率和致残率，预防疾病，应对潜在的健康威胁，致力 于确保高水准的健康保护，并在消除贫困、保护环境、促进社会发展和 提高生活和工作条件方面将卫生放在国际发展议程的核心位置。 3. 式： (a) 帮助开发和维持有效的卫生干预措施和系统； (b) 动员不同行动机构和利益攸关方参与促进卫生发展和全民福 利，组建旨在改善健康和提供与健康相关的干预措施的合作协 会； (c) 遏止危机和疫情，并传播知识和技能； (d) 借助各自组织和会员国的专长和资源，以提高其努力的价值， 并在制定和实施卫生和卫生相关政策方面实现协调一致；以及 (e) 建立和谐关系，避免重复工作，以实现共同的目标。 非盟委员会和世卫组织根据各自的职权重申其互为补充的承诺，通
过一切适当的方法满足其各自会员国和伙伴国的需求，包括采取以下方
84
基 本 文 件
4.
缔约双方之间的合作应尊重在规范其各自行动、核心职能和比较优
势的机制安排和实施安排方面存在的差异，使其在卫生领域内的合作互 为补充，相互加强。
第三条 — 合作领域 1. 非盟委员会和世卫组织之间的合作应扩展至在缔约双方的权限范
围内与卫生和相关领域有关的所有问题，在必要和适当情况下包括： (a) 定； (b) 制定便于健康监测和疾病监测的方法和工具， 针对特定卫生和 生成、 收集、 处理和传播权威性信息和数据， 供国家行政部门、
专业人员和卫生领域的其他权力机构使用，同时遵守数据保护规
卫生相关问题进行分析并明确行动目标，评估卫生干预措施并确定 轻重缓急，以及协助发展和加强卫生系统； (c) 促进卫生相关研究和技术开发， 总结研发成果， 并就在卫生和
卫生相关领域的应用提出建议； (d) 与这一领域中公认的行动机构合作， 动员、 管理和酌情协调卫
生干预措施资源，并在内乱、战争和自然灾害所造成的种种紧急情 况下进行合作； (e) 2. 为相互提供专门知识之目的借调人员。
如果这种合作涉及开支问题，应通过磋商方式来决定此种开支可行
与否和（或）满足此种开支的方式。
非洲联盟委员会与世界卫生组织的协定
85
第四条 — 优先事项 在不影响非盟委员会和世卫组织可能优先于本协定重点领域的优 先事项的情况下，并且根据联合定期审查的结果，合作重点应包括： 1. 2. 加强卫生系统和人力资源能力； 增进获取传染病和非传染性疾病的预防、治疗、护理和支持服务的
机会，以及包括穷人和弱势群体不受地理和经济原因的限制获取此种服 务的机会； 3. 制定注重可持续卫生发展的良好的政策和高效的系统，包括减轻贫
困，有效防范和应对主要健康祸害和威胁，以及共同努力帮助发展中国 家和最不发达国家； 4. 制定有关分析和报告的方法和标准，并就各种疾病，尤其是疟疾、
艾滋病毒/艾滋病、结核病、正在出现的疾病和抗菌素耐药性威胁提出建 议，同时尊重为这类疾病所困扰者的人权； 5. 略； 6. 制定卫生指标，收集和传播有关健康状况和卫生政策和系统的资 加强传染病监测和健康监测网，并制定应急准备和流行病应对战
料，促进循证方法。
第五条 — 特权、豁免和便利 本协定任何内容不得被解释或理解为对非盟委员会和世卫组织根据 适用于两组织的国际协定和国家法律所享有的特权、豁免和便利的放弃 或修订。
第六条 — 交换信息 1. 非盟委员会和世卫组织应就共同感兴趣的问题交换有关活动的信
息，但须遵守为维护保密要求或特权可能采取的任何必要措施。
86
基 本 文 件
2.
为就共同感兴趣的信息或活动进行磋商之目的，必要时，非盟委员
会和世卫组织秘书处的成员应通过定期接触进一步交换信息。
第七条 — 程序 非盟委员会和世卫组织应按照其各自的议事规则，订立以下互惠安 排： 1. 如果在非洲联盟大会和执行理事会届会以及非盟会议上要讨论世
卫组织感兴趣的事项，可邀请世卫组织的代表出席会议，并参加这些机 构就世卫组织有兴趣的议程项目开展的审议，但无表决权。 2. 如果在世界卫生大会及各委员会、执行委员会和有关区域委员会，
以及世卫组织会议上要讨论非盟感兴趣的事项，可邀请非盟的代表出席 会议，并参加这些机构就非盟有兴趣的议程项目开展的审议，但无表决 权。 3. 关于非盟委员会与世卫组织秘书处之间的关系： (a) 非盟委员会主席和世卫组织总干事必要时应就共同感兴趣的 问题进行相互磋商。这些磋商的目的旨在达成协调一致并尽可 能最广泛地适用相关文书和缔约双方所通过的其它文件； (b) 应采取适当措施，确保缔约双方的官员之间开展密切联络与合 作。为此目的，各组织可指定一名官员，跟进合作进展情况并 充任这方面的联系和协调人。 4. 补充安排和具体安排： (a) 作为一般规则，非盟委员会和世卫组织的有关官员应每年举行 一次会议。这些会议应审查在合作、交换信息等重点领域的工 作进展情况，审查未来的合作项目，并确定需要合作与协调的 会议和活动；
非洲联盟委员会与世界卫生组织的协定
87
(b) 在向指定的相关层级联络官员发出通知并在其尽可能与会的 情况下，缔约双方的官员之间可举行定期会议和特别会议，内 容涉及合作的实际问题，尤其是项目的实施、对委员会、小组 和工作组工作的参与，以及文件编制。 5. 财务合作： 非盟委员会与世卫组织在财务方面的任何合作，应遵守各自的规则 和程序。非盟委员会和世卫组织应在财务合作的背景下，酌情审查项目 进展情况。对非盟委员会和世卫组织收到的捐助者为合作活动提供的专 项资金， 应按照接收缔约方的财务条例、 规则和行政管理惯例进行处理。
第八条 — 法律和争端的解决 对本协定的解释或适用可能产生的任何争议、纠纷或索赔，缔约双 方应通过协商友好解决。如友好协商未果，经任一缔约方的要求，应按 照有效的《联合国国际贸易法委员会仲裁规则》将任何此种争议提交仲 裁解决。
第九条 — 修正或修订和退约 1. 未经缔约双方的同意，本协定不得加以修正或修订，除非任一缔约
方向另一缔约方发出拟议修订款书面通知。该修订款应在另一缔约方给 予书面同意后三(3)个月内正式生效。 2. 任一缔约方在提前一(1)年向另一缔约方发出书面通知后，即可宣布
退出本协定。如果一方提出退约，缔约双方应同意，本着其所代表的会 员国人民的利益，明确规定完成正在进行或正在开展的活动。
第十条 — 取代和生效 1. 根据各自宪法原则和规则条例，本协定自缔约双方的正式授权代表 签字之日起生效。
88
基 本 文 件
2.
本协定自生效之日起取代和代替世界卫生组织与非洲统一组织于
1969 年 9 月 24 日签订的协定和缔约双方于 1982 年 5 月 11 日签订的 《实 际实施合作安排》 。 正式授权代表特于以下所示日期签署本协定，以资证明。 本协定用阿拉伯文、英文、法文和葡萄牙文书就，各一式八份，四 种文本具有同等效力。 代表非洲联盟委员会 社会事务专员 比恩斯·费洛米娜·加瓦纳斯阁下 日期：2012 年 7 月 6 日
代表世界卫生组织 总干事 陈冯富珍博士 日期：2012 年 7 月 6 日
––––––––––
世界卫生组织与南方中心的协定1 世界卫生组织（以下称为“世卫组织”）作为当事一方；且 南方中心作为当事另一方； 以下可分别称为“一方”，或共同称为“双方” 考虑到世卫组织的目标是实现各民族可获得的最高健康标准，并且 为了实现这一目标， 世界卫生组织作为指导和协调国际卫生事务的机关； 并进一步考虑到南方中心是发展中国家的政府间组织，它在南方委 员会的工作和经验（包括《南方的挑战》这一报告）的基础上建立，目 的是为在发展中国家间促进政策咨询与合作， 以实现经济的可持续发展； 忆及南方中心依照 2009 年 1 月 15 日的 63/131 号决议所具有的联合 国大会观察员的地位，该地位肯定了南方中心在支持联合国及其机构工 作方面的重要作用； 并进一步忆及世卫组织和南方中心就健康和发展的相关问题所进 行的合作，包括就药品和其他卫生技术的获取问题，以及药品和其他卫 生技术的研发问题所进行的合作； 意识到发展中国家面临着不断变化的挑战，双方利益的融合和互 补，在保持学术独立性的同时，也能促进彼此的工作，以应对发展中国 家所面临的主要挑战； 希望在各自被委派的任务的框架内，并依照世卫组织《组织法》和 南方中心的创立协定的条款规定，协调双方之间的工作； 要求在开展定期磋商的基础上，加强双方之间的合作；
1
2013 年 5 月 27 日第六十六届世界卫生大会以 WHA66.20 号决议批准。
- 89 -
90
基 本 文 件
兹达成协议如下：
第一条 本协定目的 本协定应管理世卫组织与南方中心之间的关系。
第二条 合作目标及领域
1.
本协定的目的是，就与世卫组织和南方中心的活动和承诺相关的卫
生领域内的所有事项，加强两个组织之间的合作，包括就药品和其他卫 生技术的获取问题所进行的合作。
2.
世卫组织和南方中心重申，双方依照各自的任务与各自的规则、政
策和做法，做出互补性的承诺，以便通过一切适当手段，满足各自的会 员国和伙伴国的需求，包括：研究活动、信息的收集与传播以及召开由 会员国及其他利益攸关方代表出席的会议。
3.
双方之间的合作应尊重彼此在管理各自行动的制度和业务安排上
的差异，以及在核心竞争力和比较优势上的差异，以使双方在卫生领域 的协作方面实现互补和相互促进。
第三条 财务方面和联合筹集资源
1.
本协定在一般意义上定义合作的基础，但并不构成财务责任，作为
双方支出的基础。
世界卫生组织与南方中心的协定
91
2.
凡可能引起法律或财务责任的活动，应在活动范围内，依照南方中
心和世卫组织各自的财务条例和规则，在活动开展前，事先签订单独的 协议。
第四条 互派代表
1.
在互派代表的基础上，南方中心应被邀请出席世界卫生大会的各次
会议，并在双方认为适当的情况下，被邀请出席由世卫组织主持召开且 涉及南方中心利益的其他此类会议，但南方中心无权就会议议程项目中 涉及南方中心利益的审议进行投票。
2.
在互派代表的基础上，世界卫生组织应被邀请出席南方中心代表理
事会会议，并在双方认为适当的情况下，被邀请出席由南方中心主持召 开且涉及世界卫生组织利益的其他此类会议，但世卫组织无权就会议议 程项目中涉及世卫组织利益的审议进行投票。
第五条 信息交流
1.
世卫组织和南方中心应就与共同利益相关的活动展开信息交流，但
交流应符合双方为保障保密性或特权方面的要求可能采取的必要措施。
2.
作为此种交流的补充，必要情况下，一方可应另一方的要求，就有
关本协定的事项进行磋商。
第六条 特权与豁免 本协定中的任何内容，均不得解释或理解为放弃或修改世卫组织和 南方中心凭借组织适用的国际协定和国家法律所享有的特权和/或豁免。
92
基 本 文 件
第七条 生效、修改与终止
1.
本协定经卫生大会和南方中心董事会批准，将自世卫组织总干事和
南方中心执行主任签署之日起生效。
2.
经双方书面同意，可以对本协定进行修改。任何一方提前六个月通
知另一方后，可以终止本协定。
3.
在终止协定的情况下，双方应采取一切必要措施，以确保终止协定
的决定不会损害在本协定的框架内正在实施的任何活动。
第八条 争议解决 凡就本协定的解释或适用问题所产生的争议、纠纷或索赔，应由双 方通过友好协商加以解决。如友好协商失败，且任何一方有所要求，任 何此类争议应依照现行《联合国国际贸易法委员会仲裁规则》交由仲裁 解决。 以昭信守，本协定于 2013 年 10 月 18 日在日内瓦拟定并签署，一 式两份，所用语言为英语。
南方中心 许国平
世界卫生组织 陈冯富珍博士
—————
世界卫生组织与非政府组织的关系准则 1 1.
序言
1.1 《组织法》第二条规定，世界卫生组织的主要职能之一是充任国际 卫生工作的指导与协调机构。为加强这一职能，并按照《组织法》第七 十一条，世界卫生组织可作出适当安排，同非政府组织协商和合作，开 展其国际卫生工作。 1.2 世界卫生组织与非政府组织建立关系，应与联合国大会或经济及社 会理事会的有关决议相一致。 1.3 世界卫生组织与非政府组织协作之目标为：促进按本组织决策机构 之决定而制订的政策、战略和规划；在共同商定的活动中与卫生组织各 项规划协作，以实施这些战略；并发挥适当的作用，确保协调国家、区 域或全球范围内各机构部门间的利益。 2.
全球级关系形式及其发展
2.1 世界卫生组织仅承认一种正式关系，即与《关系准则》中所述条件 相符的非政府组织建立的正式关系。 所有其他接触关系， 包括工作关系， 均视为非正式性质。 2.2 与非政府组织建立关系，是通过下文各段所述的各个阶段而逐步发 展的一个过程。 2.3 为树立相互了解和协助发展彼此的利益， 与非政府组织的最初联系， 经常采取交换信息和相互参加技术会议的形式。 这种形式的非正式联系， 可在特定领域继续下去，完全不受时间限制，亦不必签订书面协议。但 第四十届世界卫生大会 WHA40.25 号决议通过的文本，系取代第一届和第三 届世界卫生大会通过的原则。 1
- 93 -
94
基 本 文 件
在这一阶段，须得探索明确协作的主要目的，并依据非政府组织的特殊 专业性质，探讨将协作范围可否扩大为具体的联合活动。 2.4 一些具体的联合活动一旦明确，即可进入下一阶段，即进入工作关
系时期（通常为两年） ，通过交换信件建立工作关系。这些信件应商定协 作的基础，指明这一时期进行活动的具体细节，估算世界卫生组织和非 政府组织可提供的资源，并指定非政府组织和世界卫生组织（指派的技 术官员）的对口单位。在工作关系末期，有关各方应对计划协作的成果 进行联合评价，并包括审议未来的关系。由此，可在今后一个时期继续 保持工作关系; 若某一国际非政府组织的一些活动可成为该组织与世界 卫生组织建立远期关系或紧密关系的基础，执行委员会可审查该非政府 组织要求同世界卫生组织建立正式关系的申请; 或决定在可预见的将来 无进一步联系的余地。与非政府组织的这种协商合作方法，系视为非正 式的。 2.5 执行委员会应负责决定世界卫生组织与非政府组织建立正式关系。 3.
非政府组织与世界卫生组织建立正式关系的条件
3.1 非政府组织的主要业务范围，应属世界卫生组织的工作范围之内。 该组织的宗旨和活动， 应符合世界卫生组织组织法的精神、 宗旨和原则， 应集中在卫生或与卫生有关领域的发展工作上，并与主要是商业或赢利 性质的业务无关。它的主要活动，应与二○○○年人人享有卫生保健全 球战略和卫生组织特定时期工作总规划的人人享有卫生保健战略的实施 工作相挂钩，并对之有所体现。 3.2 非政府组织的结构和/或范围通常应具有国际性质， 并应代表全世界 相当一部分从事某项专业而组织起来的人员。当几个国际非政府组织具 有类似的专业领域时，它们可组成有权代表整个集团的联合委员会或其 他机构。
世界卫生组织与非政府组织的关系准则
95
3.3 非政府组织应订有组织法或类似的基本文件，它设有总部，拥有领 导或决策机构，设有各级行政结构，及通过授权的代表为其成员发言的 部门。它的成员应根据其政策和行动行使表决权。 3.4 因而，有资格与世界卫生组织建立正式关系的各种组织系包括：各 种类型的具有联盟结构的国际非政府组织（系由国家或区域团体或来自 不同国家的个人组成） ；为世界不同地区卫生发展活动筹措资源的基金 会; 以及促进国际卫生的类似机构。 3.5 在特殊情况下，经与卫生组织区域主任和有关会员国协商，并根据 区域主任和有关会员国的建议，可考虑与全国性组织建立正式关系，不 管这个组织是否附属于某国际非政府组织。这类国家组织或按联盟（伞 形）结构组成的一些国家组织，应有资格建立正式关系，但前提是：它 的主要一部分活动和资源系针对国际卫生和有关的工作; 它已制定上述 第 2.4 段所述的与世界卫生组织的协作规划；它的活动能提供一些卫生 组织可汲取的合适经验。 3.6 如上文第 2.4 段所述，在提出建立正式关系的申请之前，通常应至 少有两年成功的工作关系。 4.
非政府组织与世界卫生组织建立正式关系的程序
4.1 申请书通常应不迟于七月底寄至世界卫生组织总部，便于执行委员 会于第二年一月审议。申请书应详细说明该组织和世界卫生组织商定的 协作活动计划。全国性组织的申请，应附有世界卫生组织区域主任和有 关会员国政府的认可意见。申请书通常由秘书处在审议这些申请的会议 前两个月转交执委会委员。 4.2 在一月执委会会议期间，应由五名委员组成的执委会非政府组织事 务常设委员会审议各非政府组织自愿或应邀提交的申请书，并向执委会 提出建议；它可邀请这类组织围绕其申请问题而在执委会上发言。如申 请者经审议不符合既定条件，但考虑到根据限定的目标，以往成功协作
96
基 本 文 件
的经历以及今后协作活动的范围，可宜于保持有益的合作关系者，常设 委员会则可建议推迟审议或拒绝这一申请。 4.3 执委会经考虑常设委员会的建议后，应决定是否接纳某一非政府组 织与世界卫生组织建立正式关系。对非政府组织的再次申请，通常应在 执委会对原申请作出决定两年后再予审议。 4.4 总干事应将执委会对申请书作出的决定通知每个组织。总干事应保 存一份与本组织建立正式关系的各组织名单，并将该名单及作出的任何 修正，通知世界卫生组织各会员国。 4.5 围绕共同目标和今后三年主要活动而作出的协作计划，应成为世界 卫生组织和非政府组织建立正式关系的基础。该计划亦应转交世界卫生 组织区域办事处，以鼓励区域开展更密切的协作。 4.6 执委会应通过非政府组织事务常设委员会，对每个非政府组织的协 作情况每三年进行一次审查，并决定是否宜于与这些组织继续保持正式 关系。执委会对非政府组织的审查应以三年为一期，每年审查三分之一 与本组织建立正式关系的非政府组织。 4.7 随着规划或其他情况的变化，若执委会认为正式关系不再合适或不 再有必要，则可中止这种关系。同样，如某一组织不再符合当初建立正 式关系时的条件，或未完成它在协作规划中的任务，执委会也可中止正 式关系。 5.
与区域和国家非政府组织的关系 1
5.1 与卫生组织建立正式关系的国际非政府组织的附属区域或国家非政
府组织 在世界卫生组织和某一国家非政府组织建立正式关系前，及在与某一组织商 定协作规划之前，根据世界卫生组织《组织法》第七十一条，将采取适宜措施与有 关政府商榷。 1
世界卫生组织与非政府组织的关系准则
97
按定义，这类非政府组织与世界卫生组织各区域办事处具有正式关 系。它们应制订和实施与世界卫生组织在区域和国家级协作的规划，以 确保在国家一级实施人人享有卫生保健战略。 5.2 不具备国际非政府组织的区域和国家非政府组织 区域办事处根据卫生组织区域主任和总干事之间的协商，可与这些 组织建立工作关系。对此，按上文第 2.4 段所述而制订和实施的活动规 划，显得十分重要。 5.3 与世界卫生组织无正式关系的国际非政府组织附属区域或国家非政
府组织 为了在各个技术领域世界卫生组织促进和支持组成强大的国际非政 府组织，区域办事处根据卫生组织区域主任和总干事之间的协商，可与 上述区域或国家非政府组织建立工作关系。 这种工作关系应按上文第 2.4 段所述制订和实施的活动规划为基础。 6.
与卫生组织建立关系后非政府组织享受的权利
6.1 建立正式关系后享受的权利有： (1) 有权委派一名代表出席下列情况下的世界卫生组织会议、委员 会会议及在其领导下召开的会议，但无表决权。 卫生大会、执委会或在卫生组织领导下召开的会议，一旦讨论的项 目为有关的非政府组织对之特别感兴趣者，经会议主席邀请或同意下， 该组织有资格作阐述性发言。在会议讨论该项目时，经会议同意，并经 主席邀请，可作澄清性补充发言。 (2) 通过世界卫生组织可能建立的文件分发专门设置，获得非机密 文件及总干事认为宜于散发的其他文件。 (3) 有权向总干事提交备忘录，总干事可决定此类备忘录分发的性 质和范围。
98
基 本 文 件
6.2 如提交的备忘录总干事认为可列入卫生大会议程，执行委员会应讨 论这类备忘录可否列入卫生大会议程。 6.3 根据区域主任与区域办事处商榷的决定，凡与上述相同的权利，应 授予上述第 5 部分所述的与卫生组织区域办事处建立工作关系的国家和 区域非政府组织。 6.4 国际上专业相同的某一国际非政府组织的附属国家组织，通常应通 过本国政府或通过其所属的国际非政府组织发表它的观点，除非它与世 界卫生组织的特殊关系而另作安排。 7.
与世界卫生组织建立关系的非政府组织的职责
7.1 非政府组织应负有实施相互商定的协作规划的责任，若因故不能履 行商定的任务，则应尽早通知世界卫生组织。 7.2 非政府组织应利用它们在正常工作中的各种机会，传播世界卫生组 织的政策和规划信息。 7.3 非政府组织单独或集体地与世界卫生组织各项规划进行协作，籍以 促进人人享有卫生保健的目标。 7.4 非政府组织应单独或集体地与以实施国家 /区域/全球人人享有卫生 保健战略为根本的会员国进行协作。
—————
世界卫生组织财务条例 1 第一条 — 适用范围和授权 1.1 本条例适用于世界卫生组织的财务管理。 1.2 总干事负责按照本条例确保本组织的有效财务管理。 1.3 为本条例的有效实施，总干事可在不损害第 1.2 条的情况下将其视 为需要的权力和相关责任授予本组织的其他官员。 1.4 为本条例的实施，总干事应制定《财务细则》 ，包括有关指导原则 和限制，以确保有效财务管理、厉行节约和保护本组织资产。
第二条 — 财务期 2.1 规划预算的财务期是从偶数年份开始的两个相继历年。
第三条 — 预算 3.1 《组织法》 第五十五条所提及的财务期概算 （以下称为“ 预算方案”） 由总干事编制。预算方案将以美元表示。 3.2 预算方案分为编、款、项，并附有卫生大会可能要求的或以卫生大 会名义要求的资料、附件和解释性说明，以及总干事认为需要的或有用 的其它附件或说明。
第五十三届世界卫生大会通过的文本并经第五十八、六十、六十二、六十四 及六十六届世界卫生大会 （WHA53.6、 WHA58.20、 WHA60.9、 WHA62.6、 WHA64.22 和 WHA66.3 号决议）修正。以前的文本由第四届世界卫生大会（WHA4.50 号决议） 通过，并经第十三、十八、二十五、二十六、二十九、三十、三十三、三十七、四 十一、四十四和四十八届世界卫生大会（ WHA13.19 、 WHA18.13 、 WHA25.14 、 WHA25.15、 WHA26.26、 WHA29.27、 WHA30.21、 WHA33.8、 WHA41.12、 WHA44.16、 WHA48.21 号决议，及 WHA37(10)号决定）修正。
1
- 99 -
100
基 本 文 件
3.3 总干事应在卫生大会例会开幕至少 12 个星期以前并在执行委员会 对其审议的应届会议开幕前，提交预算方案。同时，总干事应将该方案 送交各会员国（包括准会员） 。 3.4 执行委员会应将该方案连同其可能就此提出的任何建议一并提交 卫生大会审议。 3.5 下一财务期的预算在预算方案相关双年度的前一年经由卫生大会 相应的主要委员会审议并就此提出报告后，由卫生大会批准。 3.6 在向卫生大会提交预算方案及其建议的执行委员会会议期间，如总 干事获悉由于情况发展表明在应届卫生大会前可能需要更改方案时，应 向执行委员会提出报告，供其考虑在提交给卫生大会的建议中列入相应 条款。 3.7 在审议预算方案的执行委员会会议后或在执行委员会提出任何建 议后，如情况发展可能需要或总干事认为可取时更改预算方案，总干事 应就此向卫生大会报告。 3.8 凡需要增加卫生大会业已批准的拨款时，总干事可向执委会提出追 加方案。所述方案的提出应符合应届财务期预算方案的格式和程序。
第四条 — 批准预算 4.1 预算一经卫生大会批准，即赋予总干事有权按批准的预算用途及数 额，在有可用资金的情况下，承担合同义务及支付用款。 4.2 一旦预算获得批准，在有可用资金的情况下，总干事可在相应财务 期内作出承诺，以便用于在本财务期内或下一年内支付。
世界卫生组织财务条例
101
4.3 事先经执行委员会或其可能授予相应权力的任何委员会同意，总干 事有权在各拨款项之间进行转拨。如果执行委员会或其可能授予相应权 力的任何委员会不在开会，事先经执行委员会或此类委员会多数成员书 面同意，总干事有权在各拨款项之间进行转拨。总干事应向执行委员会 下届会议报告这些转拨。 4.4 在批准预算方案的同时，卫生大会应确定一项汇率补贴措施，规定 可用以弥补外汇损失的最高水平。该补贴措施的目的应是使有可能保持 预算水平，以便不管各种货币对美元的联合国正式汇率的任何波动影响 如何，经卫生大会批准、由预算所反映的所有活动可予执行。
第五条 — 预算资金的提供 5.1 预算由会员国按卫生大会确定的会费比额交纳的评定会费、自愿捐 款、预计利息收入、上期收到的欠款和划归预算的任何其它收入提供。 会员国根据《世卫组织组织法》第五十六条承担的财政义务仅限于评定 会费。 5.2 卫生大会应批准由会员国评定会费资助的预算额，并应批准由总干 事通过自愿渠道筹集的资金额。 5.2.1 由会员国评定会费提供的数额应在调整卫生大会批准总额后计算， 以反映由以上第 5.1 条所列的其它资金来源提供资金的那部分预算。 5.3 如果预算的总筹资额少于在预算方案下卫生大会批准的数额，总干 事应审查预算实施计划，以便作出可能必要的任何调整。 5.4 评定会费可在财务期的每年 1 月 1 日用于实施。自愿捐款可在与资 源捐助方达成协议后用于实施。
102
基 本 文 件
5.5 总干事应向卫生大会提交关于征收缴款（包括自愿捐款和评定会 费）以及其它资金的年度报告。
第六条 — 评定会费 6.1 以会费比额为基础的会员国评定会费，应分为两份相等的年度付
款。在财务期的第一年，卫生大会可决定修改财务期第二年实行的会费 比额。 6.2 卫生大会通过预算后， 总干事应通知各会员国在财务期内各自应承
担的评定会费并要求它们交纳第一年和第二年的年度会费。 6.3 如卫生大会决定修订财务期第二年施行的会费比额， 或调整用会员
国评定会费支付的预算数额时，总干事应通知各会员国其会费的修订数 额，要求它们交付经修订的第二年的年度会费。 6.4 年度会费应在评定会费有关年度的 1 月 1 日以前全部交清。 6.5 如评定会费的未交部分迟于下一年度的 1 月 1 日，作拖欠一年论。 6.6 如会员国年评定会费总额为 20 万美元或更多， 该会员国的会费一半 按美元评定，一半按瑞士法郎评定。如会员国年评定会费总额低于 20 万美元，该会员国的会费应全部按美元评定。会费用美元、欧元或瑞士 法郎交付，或用总干事确定的其它一种或多种货币交付。 6.7 总干事接受不可自由兑换的任何货币应由总干事每年在个案基础 上明确批准。这类批准应包括总干事认为保护世界卫生组织所必要的任 何条款和条件。
世界卫生组织财务条例
103
6.8 各会员国的评定会费付款记入其帐户，并首先用以抵付最早的欠 额。 6.9 用美元以外的货币交纳的评定会费应按世界卫生组织收到日期采 用的联合国汇率贷入会员国帐户。 6.10 新会员国在它成为会员国的应届财务期内，即应按卫生大会确定的 比额交纳评定会费。这些会费将计入应缴纳此会费的那一年的收入中。
第七条 — 周转金和内部借支 7.1 在收到评定会费前，由评定会费供资的那部分预算的实施可由周转 金和其后通过内部借支提供资金。周转金数额由卫生大会批准。可以通 过本组织除信托基金外可动用的现金储备金进行内部借支。 7.2 周转金水平应以预测的资金需要并考虑到预计评定会费收入和支 出为基础。总干事为改变以前批准的周转金水平而可能向卫生大会提出 的任何建议应附有证明有必要作出改变的说明。 7.3 第 7.1 条下借支的任何偿还款应由征收的评定会费欠额提供，并首 先用以偿还内部借支款欠额，其次偿还从周转金借支的任何欠额。
第八条 — 收入：其它来源 8.1 根据《组织法》第五十七条，总干事有权接受现金或实物赠与，只 要他或她确定这些捐赠可由本组织利用，并且所附条件与本组织的宗旨 和政策相一致。 8.2 总干事有权根据卫生大会任何适用的决议就预算外捐款征收费用。 这一费用，连同预算外捐款的利息收入或投资收入，应记入服务费用特 别帐户的贷方，并用以补偿本组织在产生和管理这些资源方面所发生的 全部或部分间接费用。实施预算外资源资助规划的所有直接费用应向有 关预算收取。
104
基 本 文 件
第九条 — 基金 9.1 应设立基金，以使本组织能记录收入和支出。这些基金应包括所有 收入来源：正常预算，预算外资源，信托基金，以及可能适宜的任何其 它收入来源。 9.2 对从预算外捐款的捐赠者收到的款额和对任何信托基金均应设立 帐户，以便可对有关收入和支出进行记录和报告。 9.3 必要时应设立其它帐户，作为储备金或满足本组织行政管理的需 要，包括资本支出。 9.4 总干事得建立周转基金，以便可在自筹资金的基础上开展活动。这 些帐户的用途，包括详细收入来源和由这些基金承担的支出以及财务期 结束时任何盈余结余的分配，均应向卫生大会报告。 9.5 在第 9.3 和 9.4 条下设立的任何帐户，其目的应予明确规定，并受 制于《财务条例》和按第 12.1 条由总干事制定的《财务细则》 、审慎财 务管理及与相应主管部门商定的任何特定条件。
第十条 — 现金及现金等值物的保管 10.1 总干事应指定一家或数家银行或金融机构存放本组织保管的现金及 现金等值物。 10.2 总干事得指定本组织为管理其保管的现金及现金等值物拟可任命的 任何投资（或资产）经理人员和/或保管人。
世界卫生组织财务条例
105
第十一条 — 现金及现金等值物的投资 11.1 可将暂时不用的任何现金进行投资，只要有利于产生收益，则可集 中使用。 11.2 除有关某个特定基金或帐户的条例、章程或决议另有规定者外，投 资所得的收入， 均应作为收入记入第 8.2 条中服务费用特别帐户的贷方。 11.3 应按照最佳行业规范制定投资政策和准则，并对保护本组织的资本 和收益需要给予应有的注意。
第十二条 — 内部监督 12.1 总干事应： (1) 制订经营政策与程序，以确保有效地管理财务，厉行节约并保 护本组织的资产。 (2) 指定可以本组织名义接收资金、承付和支付款项的官员。 (3) 维持有效内部监督结构以确保实现业务的既定宗旨和目标；经 济有效地利用资源；信息的可靠性和完整性；遵守政策、计划、 程序、规章和条例；以及保护资产。 (4) 维持内部审计职能，负责审查、评价和监测本组织总体内部监 督制度的适当性和有效性。为此目的，对本组织内所有系统、 程序、业务、职能和活动均须进行这种审查、评价和监测。
第十三条 — 帐务及财务报表 13.1 总干事应建立必要的会计帐目，并根据《国际公共部门会计准则》 的要求保存这些帐目。
106
基 本 文 件
13.2 根据《国际公共部门会计准则》要求，应准备年度财务报表，以及 表明本组织当前财政状况的其它必要资料。 13.3 财务报表应以美元计算。但会计记录可用总干事认为必要的一种或 数种货币记载。 13.4 财务报表应在有关年度结束后第一年的 3 月 31 日前提交外审计员。 13.5 总干事可支付其认为符合本组织利益的捐赠，上述支付说明应连同 期终决算一并列入。 13.6 总干事经充分调查后，有权对除欠交会费外的任何资产的损失，予 以销帐。上述损失的销帐说明，应连同期终决算一并列入。
第十四条 — 外审计 14.1 外审计员应由卫生大会任命。外审计员须是会员国政府的审计长 （或具同等职衔或地位的官员） 。任期应为四年，涵盖两个预算期。任期 可以续任一次，为期四年。外审计员的撤换只能由大会决定。 14.2 除卫生大会另有专门指示外，外审计员应按公认的通用审计标准及 本条例所附职权范围补充条款进行各项审计。 14.3 外审计员可对财务手续、会计制度、内部财务控制及本组织总的行 政管理效率提出意见。 14.4 外审计员应是完全独立的，仅对审计工作负责，除非如第 14.7 条中 所述，进行局部或专项审查时。 14.5 卫生大会可要求外审计员进行专题审核，并专项报告其结果。 14.6 总干事应向外审计员提供开展审计所需的方便。
世界卫生组织财务条例
107
14.7 为进行局部或专项审查，或为了节约审计费用，外审计员可聘请任 何国家审计长（或具同等职衔者） 、或有名望的商业审计师、或外审计员 认为技术合格的其他人士和公司进行审计。 14.8 外审计员应就总干事按第十三条编制的年度财务报表提出审计报 告。报告应包括他/她（们）按第 14.3 条和职权范围补充条款认为必要的 情况。 14.9 外审计员的报告连同经审计的财务报表，应在决算有关的财务年结 束后第一年的 5 月 1 日前，通过执行委员会提交卫生大会。执行委员会 应审查年度财务报表和审计报告， 并附必要的意见， 一并提交卫生大会。
第十五条 — 涉及支出的决议 15.1 如果总干事没有就提案所涉及的行政与财务问题提出报告，卫生大 会和执行委员会均不得作出涉及支出的决定。 15.2 如总干事认为某项拟议中的支出不能从现有拨款中支付，在卫生大 会作出必要的拨款前，不得承诺这项支出。
第十六条 — 一般条款 16.1 除卫生大会另有具体规定外，本条例自卫生大会批准之日起生效。 本条例仅可由卫生大会修订。 16.2 如对前述任一条例的解释和适用发生置疑，总干事有权裁决，但须 经执行委员会下届会议确认。 16.3 总干事按上面第 1.4 条所述拟定的财务细则或对这些细则的修订 款，经执行委员会确认后生效，并应向卫生大会报告，供其参阅。
108
基 本 文 件
附
则
世界卫生组织外审计职权范围补充条款 1． 外审计员应对世界卫生组织的帐目，包括所有信托基金及特别帐户，进行他/ 她（们）认为必要的审计，以确信： 财务报表与本组织的帐簿和记录相符； 报表所反映的财务往来符合规章条例、预算规定及其它适用的指示； (3) 根据本组织保管单位直接开具的证明或经过实际清点，证实存放的和手头 的证券和钱款的数额无误； (4) 内部监督，包括内部审计，足资信赖； (5) 所有资产、负债、盈余和亏损，均已采用外审计员感到满意的程序入帐。 (1) (2)
2. 只有外审计员有权决定是否全部或部分接受秘书处提出的证据和陈述。他/ 她 （们）可以对所有财务记录、包括设备供应记录，有选择地进行深入审查核实。 3. 外审计员及其工作人员， 可随时自由查阅外审计员认为有审计必要的一切帐目、 记录和其它文件。经秘书处同意认为属于外审计员审计所需的特种资料以及机密资 料，经申请应准予查阅。外审计员及其工作人员应尊重所列资料的特殊性和机密性， 不得用于与审计无直接相关处。外审计员若索要审计所需特种资料而被拒，可提请 卫生大会予以注意。 4. 外审计员无权否定帐目中的项目，但对任何财务往来的合法性或贴切性有所置 疑时，应提请总干事注意，以便采取适当的行动。在审查帐目时，对项目或任何其 它的财务往来有审计异议时，应立即通知总干事。 5. 外审计员应对本组织的财务报表表明和签署审计意见。审计意见书应包括下列 基本内容： (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
(6) (7) (8) (9)
确认审计的财务报表； 提及实体管理层的责任和外审计员的责任； 提及遵循的审计标准； 描述开展的工作； 表明对财务报表的意见，是否： (i) 财务报表正确地表明了财务期末的财务状况，以及该时期的经营管理 成果； (ii) 财务报表的编制，符合既定的会计政策； (iii) 会计政策在与前此财务期一致的基础上应用； 表明对财务往来遵守《财务条例》及立法部门规定的意见； 审计意见书的日期； 外审计员的姓名和职务； 报告签署地点；
世界卫生组织财务条例
109
(10) 如有必要，可提及外审计员关于财务报表的报告。
6.
外审计员向卫生大会提交本财务期财务活动的报告应提及： 审查的类型和范围； (2) 影响帐目完整性及准确性的事项，必要时可包括： (i) 正确解释帐目所需的说明资料； (ii) 任何应收但尚未入帐的款项； (iii) 任何已承担法定义务或有条件的义务、但在决算表中未记载或反映的 款项； (iv) 凭证不足的开支； (v) 是否已设适宜的帐本。如决算表陈述中有违背长期公认的会计原则的 实质性偏差，应予以揭发； (3) 应提请卫生大会注意的其它事项，例如： (i) 舞弊或舞弊嫌疑； (ii) 对本组织资金或其它资产的浪费或使用不当（尽管财务往来的入帐手 续可能正确）； (iii) 将使本组织进一步承担大量费用的开支； (iv) 在管理收支或物资供应及设备的细则或一般体制中的缺陷； (v) 在预算内留有正式核准的流动款项后，仍有不符合卫生大会意图的开 支； (vi) 预算内经正式核准的流动更改后超过拨款的开支; (vii) 不符合主管部门规定的开支。 (4) 经过盘点和查帐，确定物资供应和设备的记录是否准确。 此外，报告也可述及： (5) 上一财务期已入帐的财务往来的新情况；或卫生大会希早日了解的下届财 务期的财务往来。 (1)
7. 外审计员可就审计结果和财务报告向卫生大会或总干事提出他/她（们）认为宜 于提出的意见。 8. 外审计员在审计范围受到限制或不能获得足够凭证时，他/她（们）应在其意见 及报告中提出，并说明其意见的理由以及这种情况对财务状况和已入帐的财务往来 的影响。 9. 在事先未给总干事以充分机会对评论所涉及问题作出解释之前，外审计员不得 在审计报告中对之提出批评。 10. 不要求外审计员在上文所述中提出任何他/她（们）认为是无意义的事项。
—————
世界卫生组织人事条例1 范围与宗旨 本人事条例包括世界卫生组织秘书处职员的基本服务条件及基本权 利、 职责和义务。 它们是总干事管理秘书处行政编制的人事政策的总则。 作为首席行政官员的总干事，在他认为必要时按这些原则制定并实施职 员细则。
(一) 责任、义务与特权 1.1 本组织的所有职员都是国际文职人员。他们的职责纯系国际性，而 非一国性。受聘时，他们应以世界卫生组织利益为唯一考虑而履行其职 责、调整其操守。 1.2 所有职员应服从总干事的领导，服从所分配给的世界卫生组织的任 何工作或职位。他们在履行职责时对总干事负责。原则上，职员的全部 任职时期受总干事支配。 1.3 在执行公务时，职员既不应寻求、也不应接受任何政府或本组织以 外的任何机构的指示。 1.4 职员不应接受、担任或从事与正常履行世界卫生组织职责不相容的 任何职位或工作。 1.5 职员在任何时候的行为都应符合其国际文职人员的身份。他们必须 避免任何可能有损及其身份的行动，特别是任何公开声明。虽然不要求
本文本由第四届世界卫生大会(WHA4.51 号决议)通过，并经第十二届、第五十 五届和第六十二届世界卫生大会(WHA12.33、WHA55.21 和 WHA62.7 号决议)修正。
1
- 110 -
世界卫生组织人事条例
111
他们放弃民族感情或政治和宗教信仰，但他们始终应该律以国际身份所 要求的审慎而自持。 1.6 职员在处理公务时应格外审慎。除工作需要或经总干事批准外，他 们不得将由于其工作而获悉的尚未发表的情况向任何人披露。他们在任 何时间，均不得以任何方式将由于其工作所获悉的情报来谋求私利。这 些义务并不因离职而告终。 1.7 任何职员，均不得从任何政府或本组织以外的任何来源接受与其国 际文职人员身份不相容的任何勋章、奖章、馈赠礼品或报酬。 1.8 凡成为具政治性的公职候选人的职员，须辞去秘书处职务。 1.9 组织法第六十七条世界卫生组织所具豁免权与特权，是为本组织利 益而授予。这种特权和豁免权不得作为职员不履行个人义务或不遵守法 律和治安条例的借口。因某种情况而出现是否取消职员的特权或豁免权 问题，则由总干事决定。 1.10 所有职员应签署下列誓言或声明： 我庄严宣誓（保证、确证、允诺）竭尽忠诚、审慎和自觉地执 行委诸于我作为世界卫生组织国际文职人员的职责，在履行职责及 调整我的操守时，我将以世界卫生组织的利益为唯一考虑，并不寻 求或接受任何政府或本组织以外的其它机构对我工作的指示。 1.11 总干事的口头宣誓或声明应在世界卫生大会公开会议上举行；副总 干事、助理总干事及区主任的口头宣誓和声明应在总干事面前举行；其 他职员的宣誓或声明以书面形式进行。
112
基 本 文 件
(二) 职位与职员类别 2.1 总干事应按任务及职责性质恰当地规定职位和职员类别。
(三) 薪金及有关津贴 3.1 世界卫生大会根据总干事的建议和执行委员会的意见，决定副总干 事、助理总干事及区主任的薪金。 3.2 由总干事按其职责决定他职员的薪金级别。薪金与津贴的等级应由 总干事基本根据联合国的工资与津贴等级确定；但对招聘当地职员的职 务，总干事得按当地通用的最佳条件确定其薪金与津贴，至于国际招聘 的职员的报酬，则因职员任职地点生活费用、生活标准及其它因素而有 所差异。薪金津贴凡因世界卫生组织所需而别于联合国规定时，应发执 行委员会批准或授权。
(四) 任职与晋升 4.1 总干事应按需要任用职员。 4.2 职员之任命、调任、重新派任或晋升之决定，应以求达效率、才干 及忠诚之最高标准为首要考虑。征聘和留用职员时，应于可能范围内充 分注意地域上之普及。 4.3 职员之选用应不论种族、信念或性别。应在具有最大程度实际操作 性的竞争基础上选用；然而，上述情况不应适于为了本组织利益在没有 晋升时而通过调任或重新派任的任职情况。 4.4 职位空额应优先从已在本组织服务的人员中提拔补充，但对在各级 上充填外来新人材不怀偏执之见。这种优先原则也彼此适用于联合国以 及同联合国有关系的各个专门机构。
世界卫生组织人事条例
113
4.5 副总干事、助理总干事及区主任的任期，不应超过五年，但可根据 执行委员会关于区主任连任的适任性所确定的条件连任。其他职员，应 按照与总干事的条例所相符的待遇和条件，按一定期限任用。 4.6 总干事应制定适当的健康标准，在正常情况下，新来职员必需符合 这些标准而后任用。
(五) 年度休假及特别假 5.1 职员应享有适当的年休假。 在特殊情况下， 总干事有权批给特别假。 5.2 为使职员能定期在其本国休假，本组织应按照总干事规定的条件和 标准，准给回国休假的旅途时间。
(六) 社会保险 6.1 应按联合国职员养恤金联合基金会的规章作出规定，使职员得以参 加。 6.2 总干事应为职员制定社会保险制度，包括关于健康保护、病假及产 假；以及因代表本组织执行公务而患病、意外或死亡的合理补偿。
(七) 旅费及搬迁费 7.1 根据总干事规定的条件和标准，本组织应支付职员、以及在符合规 定情况下支付其家眷的下述旅费： 赴任及其后工作地点变动； 经批准的回国休假； 离任。
114
基 本 文 件
7.2 根据总干事规定的条件和标准，世界卫生组织应支付职员的下述迁 移费： 赴任及其后工作地点变动； 离任。
(八) 职员关系 8.1 总干事应作出职员参与有关职员政策问题讨论的规定。
(九) 离 任 9.1 职员应按聘书规定条件通知总干事方得由秘书处离职。 9.2 总干事根据职员聘书规定条件，或因需要撤销职位或裁减职员，或 因某职员不称职，或因健康原因不能继续服务，均可解聘。 9.3 如总干事终止某项任命，应依聘书规定通知职员并发给补偿金。 9.4 总干事应建立一项遣返金支付制度。 9.5 在正常情况下，职员的服务年龄不得超过养恤金规定所明确的退休 年龄，在特殊情况下，总干事可因本组织的利益延长年限。
(十) 纪律措施 10.1 对于行为不端职员，总干事可执行纪律措施。对情节严重者可予以 开除。
世界卫生组织人事条例
115
(十一)
申 诉
11.1 总干事应设立有职员参加的行政体制，在职员对于指控为违反聘书 规定条件、有关条例细则的行政决定和纪律措施而提出申诉的情况下， 向总干事提供建议。 11.2 凡本组织与某一职员关于履行其合同的任何争端， 如不能内部解决， 则将转由联合国行政法庭最后裁决。
(十二)
一般规定
12.1 本条例可由卫生大会进行补充或修改，但不得损及职员既得权利。 12.2 总干事应每年向卫生大会报告他为实施本条例所提出的、并经执行 委员会认可的职员细则和修订条款。 12.3 总干事作为本组织技术与行政首席官员得将他视为有效地实施这些 条款所需的权力，授予本组织其他官员。 12.4 如对上述任一款含意有所置疑，总干事有权裁决，但须经下届执行 委员会会议追认。
—————
专家咨询团和专家委员会条例1 前 言 要做到经济和有效，就必须限制参加任何某一专题讨论的专家人 数；但另一方面，要从一小组专家那儿获得有充分代表性的与某一专题 有关的各学科知识以及世界各地流行的各类地方经验和思潮，乃是困难 的。 这些显然相互冲突的需求，只有在任何所需的情况下，给予专家委 员会灵活机动的委员人数，才能得以调和。 这可以通过设立专家咨询团来予以解决。这种专家咨询团必须精通 为充分解决某一专题所需的一切需要学科的知识和各类经验，并能充分 体现地区的代表性。 专家委员会的委员，要根据每一次会议的议程，从上述专家咨询团 中抽选。 因此按上述原则制订了下列条例：
1.
定 义
1.1 专家咨询团是由一些专家组成的。本组织可通过书信或邀请专家出 席会议的方式来获取专家对某一专题的技术指导和支持。
第四届世界卫生大会通过的条例，已为第三十五届世界卫生大会通过的文本 (WHA35.10 号决议)所取代。在第四十五、四十九、五十三和五十五届世界卫生大会 上又通过了几项修正案(WHA 45(10)号决定、WHA49.29 号决议、WHA53.8 号决议和 WHA55.24 号决议)。
1
- 116 -
专家咨询团和专家委员会条例
117
1.2 专家咨询团成员是总干事任命的专家。他们有责任主动地或者在接 到要求时，通过书信提供各自领域内进展的技术情报，并且如果认为合 适的话，提出咨询意见。 1.3 专家委员会是总干事召集的一组专家咨询团成员。对本组织感兴趣 的一专题作出审议并提出技术性建议。 1.4 凡是专家委员会的委员，都是由总干事任命出席专家委员会任何特 别会议的专家。
2.
设立专家咨询团和专家委员会的权限
2.1 总干事可在本组织规划发展需要时、并在规划所需的任何领域设立 一个专家咨询团。专家咨询团是为本组织整体而设，供各业务级别使用 所需指导和支持时利用。当其指导和支持不复所需时，总干事可自行决 定撤消该专家咨询团。 2.2 总干事应就专家咨询团的设立和撤消及其组成情况向执行委员会报 告。 2.3 根据本组织《组织法》第十八(五)条和第三十八条规定，世界卫生 大会和执行委员会有权设立和解散专家咨询团。 2.4 总干事应在其两年期规划预算中列入他认为必要的专家委员会会议 的计划。
3.
专家咨询团 — 成员和程序
3.1 凡具本组织设立专家咨询团所涉领域活动有关又有用的资历和(或) 经验者，经与有关国家当局磋商，均可考虑为专家咨询团成员。有关咨 询团的所有任职均应通知所有会员国。总干事应鼓励发展中国家为咨询 团作出提名。
118
基 本 文 件
3.2 在选择专家咨询团成员时，总干事应主要考虑他们的技术才能和经 验，但他也应力图保证咨询团在其所设领域内知识、经验和方法多样化 方面尽可能具最广泛的国际代表性。 他/她应鼓励发展中国家及所有区域 对专家作出提名。他/她在这项任务中应得到区域主任的帮助。 3.3 专家咨询团成员任期由总干事定，但不得超过四年。 3.3.1 任期期满，任命结束。但总干事得视某专项规划的需要而延聘。延 聘期应以四年为限。 3.3.2 如该咨询团撤销， 则任命也告结束。 总干事得视本组织利益需要而 随时终止任期。总干事应就此提前结束任命事项报告执行委员会。 3.4 专家咨询团成员不从本组织领取任何报酬。但在应邀参加会议时， 根据本组织行政条例规定，他们的旅费和会议期间的每日生活津贴费均 由本组织负担。
4.
专家委员会 — 成员和程序
委员的挑选、任命和任期 4.1 总干事应确定邀请参加某一专家委员会会议的专家人数，决定会议 的日期、会期并召集会议。 4.2 作为一项通则，总干事应根据公平的地域分配，性别平衡，发达国 家和发展中国家专家的平衡，世界各地不同思潮、方法途径和实地经验 以及学科间适当平衡的原则从一个或多个专家咨询团中挑选专家委员会 的成员。在本组织正式语言范围内，专家委员会的委员资格不应受语言 考虑的限制。 4.3 专家咨询团成员中未被邀请参加他们感兴趣的某一届专家委员会会 议者，如本人提出要求并经总干事批准，可以以观察员身份列席会议， 但费用自理。
专家咨询团和专家委员会条例
119
4.4 联合国系统各组织以及与世界卫生组织有正式关系的非政府组织均 可应邀派代表参加与他们直接有关的专家委员会会议。 4.5 为确保均衡的地区代表性，指派协助专家委员会的顾问和临时顾问 应尽量从委员会中没有成员的国家中选派。
委员的国际身份 4.6 专家咨询团成员和专家委员会委员作为专为本组织服务的国际专家 而行使职能；他们不得以此身份请求或接受任何政府或本组织以外的任 何当局的批示。此外，根据总干事为此目的建立的机制，他们应透露由 于作为专家委员会委员而可能引起利益冲突的一切情况。 4.7 他们应享受本组织《组织法》第六十七( 二)条以及《专门机构特权 与豁免权协定》及其附件七中所规定的特权和豁免权。
议 程 4.8 总干事或其代表应拟订每届会议的议程草案，适时发送委员会应届 委员、执行委员会委员以及本组织各会员国。除经正式要求，专家委员 会不得处理行政政策问题。议程应包括卫生大会、执行委员会或总干事 提议的、属于该委员会职权范围之内的任何议题。 4.9 为向专家委员会提供与讨论议题有关的尽可能广泛的情报资料，有 关会议职责及议程说明均应在会前提供给那些熟悉会议议题但未被邀请 参加会议的专家咨询团成员。他们也可应邀提供书面稿件并可收到主要 的工作文件。
120
基 本 文 件
专家小组委员会 4.10 为了研究特殊问题，专家委员会可建议设立临时或长期的专题小组 委员会，并也可对其组成提出建议。专家委员会还可建议设立由本领域 专家和为工作成功而需其它领域合作的专家组成联合小组委员会。卫生 大会或执行委员会应决定上述小组委员会设立与否，是否单独设立、或 与本组织其他委员会或小组委员会联合设立。 4.11 有关委员会的职能、委员的任命、主席和副主席的选举、秘书的职 能和议程的细则，应同样适用于小组委员会。委员会委员不具使专家本 人出席其任何一个小组委员会活动的权利。
委员会会议的报告 4.12 专家委员会应为每届会议起草一份报告，陈述会议结果、意见和建 议。报告应由专家委员会在会议结束前脱稿并通过。报告结论和建议， 本组织对之不承担义务。报告提出方式应就今后规划活动向总干事提出 建议，而不要求他以任何特定方式使用本组织人员、服务或资金。如委 员会对讨论结果未能达成一致，不同意见均应载入报告，或附于报告之 后。署名稿件将不列入专家委员会报告正文或附件之内。 4.13 专家委员会报告的正文，未经该委员会同意，不得修改。总干事可 提请专家委员会主席注意委员会报告中被认为可能损及本组织或者任何 会员国最高利益的任何提法，委员会主席不论是否与专家委员会委员联 系，均可自行删除，或在得到委员会委员书面同意后，修改这一提法。 因总干事和该委员会主席间意见分歧而产生的任何问题，应提交执行委 员会。 4.14 总干事应负责批准专家委员会报告的出版。但如总干事认为报告内 容及建议为卫生大会所急需，可将报告直接转送卫生大会。
专家咨询团和专家委员会条例
121
4.15 总干事可出版或批准出版为专家委员会准备的任何文件，如可行时 应注明作者。
小组委员会会议的报告 4.16 上述规定（4.12—4.15） ，应适用于小组委员会会议的报告。唯小组 委员会或联合小组委员会的报告，应通过总干事提交原委员会。但如果 总干事认为报告内容及建议为执行委员会或卫生大会所急需，可将报告 直接转送执行委员会或卫生大会。
委员会会议场所 4.17 为提供全面技术指导，专家委员会会议一般应在总部召开。它们也 可在区域一级召开，以解决区域性质明显的问题；如所考虑的卫生问题 基本上属于国家特有者，也可在国家一级召开。对这类专家委员会会议 应统筹计划，作为总部召开会议的补充，避免重复，并最大限度地保证 工作的有效性和连贯性。 4.18 上述规定 （4.1—4.15） ， 同样也适用于在区域一级或者国家一级召开 的专家委员会会议。总干事得对区域主任予以必要的授权。
议事规则 4.19 专家委员会和小组委员会应按本条例附件中规定的议事规则进行活 动。
联合委员会和联合小组委员会 4.20 总干事从专家咨询团成员中选择和指派人员参加本组织与其它组织 共同召开联合委员会或联合小组委员会时，也受本条例所辖。选择时， 应照顾到整个联合委员会或联合小组委员会宜具的技术和地区平衡。
122
基 本 文 件
4.21 由总干事任命参加所述联合委员会和联合小组委员会的专家咨询团 成员，应有发表意见的充分自由。因而，他们参与的任何集体决定凡涉 及另一参与组织行政、 财务或道义上的责任时， 本组织对之不承担义务。 4.22 代表本组织参加任何联合委员会或联合小组委员会的专家咨询团成 员，应就出席情况向总干事报告。这份报告应作为联合委员会或者联合 小组委员会集体报告的补充。
向执行委员会提出报告 4.23 总干事应就执委会上届会议以来召开的专家委员会会议向执行委员 会提交一份报告。报告应包括他对各专家委员会报告涉及问题的看法及 对他采取后继行动的建议，各专家委员会建议的正文应随附于后。执行 委员会应审议总干事提交的报告并提出意见。
5.
生
效
5.1 本条例应从卫生大会批准之日起生效。
专家咨询团和专家委员会条例
123
附 件
专家委员会议事规则 会议的秘密性
第一条 专家委员会会议通常应具秘密性。非经该委员会作出明确决定，并 经总干事完全同意，会议不得公开。
法定人数
第二条 专家委员会的讨论应具备下列条件始为有效： (a) 至少有三分之二的委员出席；而且 (b) 除总干事另有指示，否则，也有总干事的代表出席。
主席、副主席及报告
第三条 专家委员会将从其成员中选举一名主席主持会议辩论，选举一名副 主席以便在需要时代替主席，并选举一名报告员。
秘 书
第四条 1. 根据本组织《组织法》第三十二条规定，总干事是各专家委员会的
当然秘书。他可指派在有关专题方面胜任的技术官员代行这些职能。
124
基 本 文 件
2.
总干事或他的代表得随时就讨论中的任何问题，向委员会作口头或
书面发言。 3. 4. 总干事或他的代表应决定召开会议的时间和地点，并召集委员会。 委员会秘书处由秘书和工作人员、所需的顾问和临时顾问组成，协
助主席、报告员和委员会委员。
议 程
第五条 1. 会议秘书应拟订议程草案送总干事批准，并连同会议邀请信一起送
交委员会委员。 2. 会议议程应列入卫生大会、执行委员会或总干事在委员会职权范围
内提出的任何议题。
表 决
第六条 学术问题不得付诸表决。如委员会委员不能取得一致，有权在报告 中反映个人看法；这种个人看法应以个人或者小组报告的形式陈述看法 不同的理由。
议程事务的处理
第七条 为完成委员会工作所需，除上述第六条规定外，主席应根据《执行 委员会议事规则》的规定处理议程事务和委员会的表决问题。
专家咨询团和专家委员会条例
125
报 告
第八条 专家委员会应在会议结束前起草和通过它的报告。
工 作 语 言
第九条 1. 专家委员会的工作语言为英语和法语。秘书处应安排使卫生大会和
执行委员会的正式语言得相互传译。 2. 对于区域或国家一级举行的专家委员会会议，除英法两种语言外，
该区域的工作语言，可择为工作语言并作出安排，使与所要求的语言得 相互传译。 —————
研究组、学术组、协作机构和其它协作方式条例1 前 言
世界卫生组织在总的科学技术指导方面，以及在使全球、区域间和 区域技术合作规划能以直接支持国家卫生发展方面，都要求有专家的指 导意见。 这种指导和支持必须体现高度的科技水平、最广泛地反映不同学科 的知识，以及世界各地的地方经验和思潮，还必须包括与卫生和社会发 展有关的各种学科。 专家指导和支持可从个人、小组和机构中获得，也可由他们提供。 本条例不涉及下列各项： (1) 由专家咨询团成员个别或者通过专家委员会集体提出的咨询2； (2) 非正式方式得到的专家指导； (3) 在区域一级就区域或分区域性质的问题提供的专门知识； (4) 通过由其它条例管辖范围的渠道（如从非政府组织）得到的咨 询意见；或 (5) 除专家委员会、研究组和学术组会议以外的科技会议，特别是 与特别规划有关和符合它的会议（例如：热带病研究和培训特别规 划，人类生殖研究、发展和研究培训特别规划，腹泻病控制规划， 国家化学安全规划等） 。
执行委员会第六十九届会议（EB69.R21 号决议）通过并经第一 O 五届会议 （EB105.R7 号决议）批准修订的文本。 2 专家咨询团和专家委员会条例，见第 116 页。
1
- 126 -
研究组和学术组条例
127
坚持这些条例的基本原则固然重要，但在实际运用中必须能对本组 织不断提出的要求作出反响。因此，寻求和使用专门知识的新方法和新 途径乃是必要的。
1.
研究小组
1.1 在符合下列一个或几个条件时，可召集研究组以取代专家委员会。 — 对研究专题的知识仍然把握不大，有资历专家的意见极为分歧 致使无法指望近期得出本组织立即能利用的权威性结论； — 设想中的研究仅只局限于某一综合问题的一个方面，可属或可 不属专家委员会的考虑范围； — 设想中的研究需要有分科极细、又是截然不同的专业人员参与 合作；本组织虽偶然也召集这些人、但没有必要将他们列入专 家咨询团内； — 某些非专业性因素致使不宜于召集过于正式的专家委员会会 议； — 由于情况紧急或者特殊，需要采用比召开专家委员会会议更为 简而易行的行政程序。 1.2 总干事有权召集研究组会议、确定议题性质和范围、会议日期和会 期、人数以及是否出版报告。总干事应在切实可行的情况下遵循适用于 召集专家委员会会议的原则和条例、特别是有关技术和地区平衡的原则 和条例。研究组的成员可以是专家咨询团的成员或其他专家。 1.3 适用于专家委员会报告和文件的条例，同样适用于研究组的报告和 文件。
128
基 本 文 件
1.4 在符合上述第 1.1 条中提出的一项或几项条件时，研究组会议可在 区域一级召开，主要处理有关区域专题。这种研究组会议可由区域主任 召集并实施 1.2 条所述规定，并应确保研究组会议同其它区域或总部一 级召开的同一专题或有关专题会议之间有着理想的协调。 1.5 有关专家咨询团和专家委员会的条例第 4.20 至 2.22 各款同样适用于 与其它组织共同召集的研究组会议。 1.6 世界卫生组织专家咨询团成员和参加研究组会议的其他专家在履行 其职责时，是专为本组织服务的国际专家；他们不得以这种身份请求或 者接受任何政府或本组织以外的任何当局的指示。 他们应享受本组织 《组 织法》第六十七(二) 条以及《专门机构特权与豁免权协定》及其附件七 中所规定的特权和豁免权。
2.
学 术 组
2.1 学术组的职能是审核医学、卫生和卫生系统科研某些领域的工作， 评价这些领域当前的知识水平以及决定如何更好地扩大这些知识。换言 之，学术组在科研方面所起的作用，同专家委员会和研究组在本组织整 个规划方面所起的作用相同。 2.2 总干事有权召集学术组会议、确定议题的性质和范围、会议日期和 会期、人数。总干事应在切实可行的情况下遵循适用于召集专家委员会 会议的原则和条例。 学术组的成员可以是专家咨询团的成员或其他专家。 2.3 总干事应将学术组的报告提交全球卫生研究咨询委员会1， 并得自行 决定出版。
以前称为全球医学研究咨询委员会，经第三十九届世界卫生大会 WHA39(8) 号决定改为现名称。
1
研究组和学术组条例
129
2.4 学术组会议可在区域一级召开，主要处理有关区域专题。这种学术 组会议可由区域主任召集、实施上述条例第 2.2 条规定，并应确保使学 术组会议同其它区域或总部一级召开的同一专题或有关专题会议之间有 着理想的协调。 2.5 有关专家咨询团和专家委员会的条例第 4.20 至 4.22 各款同样适用于 与其它组织共同召集的学术组会议。 2.6 世界卫生组织专家咨询团成员和参加学术组会议的其他专家在履行 其职责时，是专为本组织服务的国际专家，他们不得以这种身份请示或 者接受任何政府或本组织以外任何当局的指示。他们应享受本组织《组 织法》第六十七(二) 条以及《专门机构特权与豁免权协定》及其附件七 所规定的特权和豁免权。
3.
世界卫生组织协作中心
定义和职能 3.1 世界卫生组织协作中心系指总干事指定的、作为国际协作网的一个 部分的研究机构，开展其活动以便在不同级别上支持本组织的规划。某 一研究机构内的一个科室、实验室、或附属于不同机构的参考、科研或 培训部门可指定为中心，由一个机构代表它们与本组织发生联系。 3.2 那些日益显示出有能力完成与本组织规划有关的一项或几项任务的 研究机构，及国际公认的具高度科学技术水平的研究机构，均可被指定 为世界卫生组织协作中心。 3.3 世界卫生组织协作中心各自的与集体的职能如下： (1) 搜集、核对和分发情报；
130
基 本 文 件
(2) 术语、命名、技术、诊断、治疗和预防药物，方法和程序的规 范化； (3) 发展和应用适宜技术； (4) 提供参考材料和其它服务； (5) 参与本组织领导下开展的协作研究，包括科研的设计、实施、 检查和评价以及科研成果的推广和应用； (6) 培训、包括科研培训； (7) 对不同研究机构就同一专题开展的活动进行协调。 3.4 世界卫生组织协作中心在合同基础上参与本组织支持的国家、国家 间、区域、区域间和全球一级的合作规划。它还可通过提供情报、服务 和咨询意见，以及促进和支持科研与培训等方式，加强双边或多边的技 术合作。
任 命 3.5 用于选择研究机构任命为世界卫生组织协作中心的标准如下： (1) 该研究机构在国家一级和国际一级的科学技术水平； (2) 该研究机构在国家卫生、科学或教育机构中所占的地位； (3) 该研究机构的科学技术领导质量以及其工作人员的数量和资 历； (4) 该研究机构今后在人员、活动和经费方面的稳定性； (5) 该研究机构同本国、国家间、区域及全球一级的其它研究机构 之间所发展的工作关系；
研究组和学术组条例
131
(6) 该研究机构在支持国家规划或参加国际合作活动方面，独自以 及在合作网内为世界卫生组织规划活动作出贡献的能力，资格和意 愿； (7) 该机构及其活动对世界卫生组织规划重点在技术和地域方面 的意义； (8) 该中心与世界卫生组织在执行共同计划的活动方面至少成功 地完成了两年的合作。 3.6 区域主任应提名供总干事任命为世界卫生组织协作中心的机构。提 名应根据与有关的研究机构和国家当局的初步探索，以及负责全球一级 和区域一级有关规划的本组织规划官员的咨询意见和建议。 3.7 区域主任应向总干事提供下列有关情报资料： (1) 期待未来的中心应予以满足的规划要求以及需履行的职能； (2) 有关研究机构对本条例和总干事规定标准的适宜性； (3) 政府和该研究机构对提名建议的赞同与否。 3.8 应与国家当局磋商并经该研究机构行政负责人协议任命。有关的区 域主任应通知该研究机构和国家当局。 3.9 在任命后，该研究机构应正式称为： “世界卫生组织协作中心” ，简 要标明所涉及的活动领域。 3.10 世界卫生组织协作中心首次期限为四年。如因规划需要及按评价结 果，可再次任命同样或较短期限。
132
基 本 文 件
管 理 3.11 与协作中心之间的合作事务由本组织发起任命过程的总部或区域部 门的有关规划官员管理。协作中心应与对它们商定的工作计划相关的本 组织各部门保持技术性联系。
4.
世界卫生组织承认的国家研究机构
4.1 对因其活动范围和性质尚不够指定为世界卫生组织协作中心，但能 够并愿参与世界卫生组织某项活动的机构，本组织可建议国家当局予以 任命。 4.2 国家当局任命后，该研究机构将由本组织正式确认为世界卫生组织 承认的国家研究机构。 然而， 该研究机构的名称不得提及世界卫生组织。 4.3 应有协议明确研究机构应执行的任务，以及本组织应提供的技术支 持。 4.4 本组织给予正式承认的期限为一年，除非任何一方于三个月前发出 通知，否则将自行延长。 4.5 世界卫生组织承认的国家研究机构一经确认，区域主任应通知有关 政府和研究机构。与该研究机构的工作关系应根据情况在区域一级或者 总部一级拟订。 4.6 如有必要，有关政府应授权经世界卫生组织承认的国家研究机构与 本组织和世界卫生组织各协作中心保持直接的工作关系。
5.
其它协作方式
5.1 为满足特别需要，本组织可同专家个人、专家小组和研究机构发展 一些其它协作方式 — 如签订合同性技术服务协定。
研究组和学术组条例
133
5.2 这些协作方式主要是建立在专家个人、专家小组和研究机构密切参 与确定规划目标、制订实现这些目标的战略计划、执行这些计划以及检 查进展情况的基础上。 5.3 总干事应在这些协作方式中运用他认为最有效的工作程序。即使这 些程序与本条例规定的程序以及适用于专家咨询团和专家委员会的程序 有所不同，但大体上应符合本条例规定的各项原则，特别是关于专门知 识在国际上和技术上适当传播的原则。 5.4 对于本组织与专家个人、专家小组和研究机构协作的一切新发展均 应按下列程序予以检查和评价。
6.
检查和评价
6.1 本组织在发展其与个人、集体和研究机构的方式以争取专家的指导 和支持时，必须凭借适当的检查和评价程序。 6.2 总干事在发展制订程序时，应充分利用秘书处的技术资源、以及处 理本组织规划各不同方面的科学技术咨询机构，特别是全球和区域卫生 研究咨询委员会1。 6.3 总干事应经常就所取得的结果与执行上述条例所遇到的困难报告执 行委员会并提出行动建议以保证条例最大的有效性。
—————
1
参见第 127 页注释 1。
世界卫生大会议事规则1 说明： 不论何时本议事规则中出现的任何下列名词， 其意系指： “组织法” — 指世界卫生组织组织法 “本组织” — 指世界卫生组织； “卫生大会”— 指世界卫生大会； “委员会” — 指执行委员会； “会员国” — 指世界卫生组织会员国； “准会员” — 指世界卫生组织准会员； “财务期” — 指从偶数年开始的两个相继历年。
—————
前 言 本议事规则是按世界卫生组织组织法的规定制定并受制于组织法。 本规则条款如与组织法条款不符，以组织法为准。
卫生大会会议
第一条 总干事负责在执行委员会按组织法第十四条及十五条决定的时间与 地点召集卫生大会年度例会。
1 第八届世界卫生大会通过（WHA8.26 及 WHA8.27 号决议） ， 并经第十、 十一、 十二、十三、十四、十五、十八、二十、二十三、二十五、二十七、二十八、二十 九、三十、三十一、三十二、三十六、三十七、四十一、四十九、五十、五十七、 五十九、 六十一届、 六十六届及六十七届世界卫生大会修正 （WHA10.44、 WHA11.24、 WHA11.36、 WHA12.39、 WHA13.43、 WHA14.46、 WHA15.50、 WHA18.22、 WHA20.1、 WHA20.30、 WHA23.2、 WHA25.50、 WHA27.17、 WHA28.69、 WHA29.37、 WHA30.1、 WHA30.22、 WHA31.9、 WHA31.13、 WHA32.12、 WHA32.26、 WHA36.16、 WHA37.3、 WHA41.4、WHA49.7、WHA50.18、WHA57.8、WHA59.18、WHA61.11、WHA66.18 及 WHA67.2 号决议） 。
- 134 -
世界卫生大会议事规则
135
第二条 总干事在接到本组织的大多数会员国及准会员、或执委会提出要求 的九十天内，召集卫生大会特别会议，其时间与地点由执委会定。
第三条 召集卫生大会的通知，应由总干事在例会确定的会期六十天前、或 特别会议会期三十天前，送交各会员国及准会员、执行委员会代表，以 及所有邀请参加会议的与本组织建立关系的政府间组织及非政府组织。 总干事可邀请已提出会籍申请的国家、已代为申请为准会员的领地、以 及虽经签署但尚未接受组织法的国家，派观察员出席卫生大会的会议。
卫生大会会议的议程
例 会 第四条 执委会经考虑总干事提交的建议后，应拟订卫生大会每届例会的临 时议程。临时议程应随同第三条规定的开会通知一并发出。
第五条 执委会应将以下项目列入卫生大会每届例会的临时议程，特别是： (1) 总干事关于本组织工作的年度报告； (2) 上届卫生大会会议决定列入的全部项目； (3) 与下一财务期的预算及上一年度或上一财务期帐务报告有关 的任何项目； (4) 会员或准会员提出的任何项目；
136
基 本 文 件
(5) 经总干事与联合国秘书长进行必要的初步磋商后，由联合国提 出的任何项目； (6) 与本组织建立有效关系的联合国系统任何其它组织提出的任 何项目。
特别会议 第六条 总干事应为卫生大会的特别会议拟订临时议程，并随同第三条规定 的开会通知一并发出。
第七条 每次特别会议的临时议程应只包括本组织大多数会员国、准会员、 或执委会根据第二条要求召集这次会议所提出的项目。
例会及特别会议 第八条 凡按本议事规则提出的项目，与本组织将承担的新活动有关、且又 直接涉及某个或几个国际组织时，总干事应与联合国或其它专门机构进 行磋商，并报告卫生大会与有关组织协调利用资源的途径。 在会议期间当提出所述提案时，总干事在可能情况下，与参加会议 的联合国或专门机构代表磋商后，得提请卫生大会注意本提案的全部含 义。
第九条 卫生大会在对上述新活动采取行动前，应先判明与有关组织确已按 第八条规定充分磋商。
世界卫生大会议事规则
137
第十条 总干事应与联合国及其专门机构、 会员国商讨准备通过的国际条约、 协定、或国际规章中涉及一个或几个机构工作的条款，并应将有关机构 的意见连同已收到各政府的意见，一并提请大会注意。
第十一条 有关本组织将承担新活动项目的提案，只有在会前六周收到、或该 提案应交由本组织另一部门审查决定是否宜于采取行动时，方得列入会 议补充议程。在紧急情况下，由卫生大会另行议定。
第十二条 按第十一条有关新活动项目的条款及第九十六条条款，要求列入补 充项目需在例会前六天、特别会议前两天（开会日均计在内）送交本组 织，而会务委员会应就此提出的报告经大会决定后，方得在会议期间列 入议程。
第十二条之二 在每届会议上，临时议程、按第十二条提出的任何补充项目以及会 务委员会的有关报告应在会议开幕后尽快提交卫生大会供通过。
第十三条 总干事应向卫生大会报告提交卫生大会的所有议程项目所涉及的技 术、行政及财务方面的情况，然后方得由卫生大会全体会议审议。除紧 急情况下卫生大会另有决定者外，任何提案如无上述报告，一概不予审 议。
138
基 本 文 件
第十四条 与每届会议临时议程有关的所有报告及其它文件，应由总干事与临 时议程同时或在卫生大会每届例会开幕前至少六星期在因特网上提供并 发送各会员国和准会员以及参加会议的政府间组织；适当的报告和文件 还应以相同的方式发送与本组织建立关系的非政府组织。
第十五条 除另作决定外，否则，如代表团收到第十三条及第十四条所述文件 的时间不足四十八小时，卫生大会不应开始任何议程项目的讨论。 卫生大会主席在征得会务委员会同意后，可暂不实施本条规定，但 应通知各代表团，并在卫生大会日刊中披露。
卫生大会秘书处
第十六条 总干事为卫生大会及其任何分组会议的当然秘书。他可指定专人代 行职务。
第十七条 总干事应提供并领导卫生大会所需的秘书、其他人员及机构。
第十八条 秘书处的职责是接受卫生大会及其委员会的文件、报告及决议，译 成卫生大会工作语言及其分发；会议记录；执行卫生大会及其委员会活 动所需的其它工作。
世界卫生大会议事规则
139
卫生大会全体会议
第十九条 卫生大会全体会议按组织法第十至十二条由各会员国任命的代表、 副代表及顾问参加；按组织法第八条以及有关准会员地位的决议而由准 会员任命的代表参加；执委会的代表参加；应邀的非会员国及已代为申 请准会员会籍的领地的观察员等参加；以及应邀的联合国代表及其他与 世界卫生组织建立关系的政府间及非政府组织的代表参加。卫生大会如 另作决议，则不在此限。 在全体会议上，各首席代表得指定另一代表有权以代表团名义就任 何问题发言并投票。此外，主席应在首席代表或由他指定的任何代表的 要求下，允许顾问就任何具体问题发言。
第二十条 卫生大会全体会议应公开举行。因特殊情况需要，卫生大会可决定 会议秘密进行。卫生大会应决定除会员国代表团、准会员代表及联合国 代表以外的参加秘密会议的其他人员。卫生大会召开秘密会议的决定， 应事先在卫生大会召开的会议上宣布。
第二十一条 总干事应作适当的安排吸收公众、报界和其他新闻机关的代表列席 卫生大会全体会议。但需受制于卫生大会的决定。
第二十二条 (1) 各会员国、准会员和应邀参加的政府间组织及非政府组织，应 尽可能在卫生大会开幕十五日前， 将其代表， 包括所有副代表、 顾问及秘书等的名单通知总干事。 (2) 会员国及准会员代表的全权证书，应尽可能于卫生大会开幕一 日前递交总干事。全权证书应由国家元首，或外交部长，或卫 生部长，或其他相应的部门领导颁发。
140
基 本 文 件
证书审查委员会
第二十三条 每届卫生大会开始时，根据大会主席提议，任命十二名来自同样数 目的会员国的代表组成证书审查委员会。委员会自行选举官员，并及时 审查会员国及准会员代表的全权证书，并报告卫生大会。某代表的出席 若遭某会员国的反对时，仍得暂时出席，并享有与其他代表同样权利， 直至证书审查委员会提出报告并由卫生大会作出决定时止。对凭借临时 证书而经卫生大会同意暂时出席的代表，委员会办公室有权代表委员会 建议大会接受其全权证书。 证书审查委员会会议应秘密举行。
卫生大会的官员
第二十四条 卫生大会在每届例会上应选出一名主席及五名副主席，任职至选出 继任者时止。
第二十五条 大会主席除行使本规则其它条文中所赋予的权力外，应宣布每次全 体会议的开始及结束、主持全体会议的讨论、保证本规则得到遵守、授 予发言权、提付表决及宣布决定。他应裁决程序问题，按本规则掌握会 议进程并维持秩序。在讨论任何项目时，大会主席可建议卫生大会限制 每个发言人发言时间，或截止发言报名。
第二十六条 大会主席可指定一位副主席代为主持某次会议，或部分会议。副主 席代行大会主席职务时享有与大会主席同样的权力与义务。
世界卫生大会议事规则
141
大会主席任期未满但不能履行职务时，应为未满任期而由卫生大会 从五名副主席中选出一名新的大会主席。 如在两届会议间大会主席不能履行职务时，由一名副主席代理。副 主席代理的次序，应在进行选举的会议上抽签决定。
第二十七条 大会主席、或代理主席的副主席，不参加投票表决，但他得在必要 时指定其代表团中的另一代表或副代表在全体大会上代表他的政府。
第二十八条 在大会开幕时， 如主席及副主席均未能出席， 应由总干事临时主持。
会务委员会
第二十九条 卫生大会会务委员会由二十五人组成，包括卫生大会的主席和副主 席，根据第三十二条成立的卫生大会主要委员会的主席，以及由卫生大 会选出的某些代表。同一代表团不得有一名以上代表参加会务委员会。 卫生大会主席召集并主持会务委员会会议。 会务委员会的每一委员可由其代表团不超过一名的团员陪同参加。 大会主席或副主席可指定其代表团的一名团员以委员身份代为参加 会议、或部分会议。主要委员会的主席缺席时，可指定一名副主席替代。 如副主席与会务委员会的另一委员属同一代表团，则无表决权。凡经选 出的代表都有权指定其代表团另一团员在其缺席时代替他出席会务委员 会的任何会议。 除另作决定，否则会务委员会会议应秘密举行。
142
基 本 文 件
第三十条1 出席卫生大会但未被选入会务委员会的代表团，可各有不超过一名 的团员出席会务委员会会议。经征得会务委员会主席同意，得参加委员 会讨论，但无表决权。
第三十一条 除执行本规则其它条款所规定的职务外，会务委员会在与总干事磋 商并受制于卫生大会决定的前提下： (1) 决定全体会议、主要委员会会议、及在会议期间由全体会议建 立的委员会的会议时间和地点。会务委员会应尽可能提前数日 公布卫生大会的日期与时间； (2) 决定会议期间每次全体会议的议事程序； (3) 向卫生大会提出各委员会议程项目分配的初步方案，以及必要 时建议将某个项目推迟到尔后的卫生大会； (4) 必要时将原分配给各委员会的议程项目，转给另一委员会； (5) 报告按第十二条而增添的议程项目； (6) 协调主要委员会及由全体会议建立的所有委员会的工作； (7) 确定会议闭幕日期； (8) 其它得使会议事务进行井然的措施。
卫生大会的主要委员会
第三十二条 卫生大会的主要委员会为： (1) 甲委员会—主要处理规划及预算事项； (2) 乙委员会—主要处理行政、财务及法律事项。
第八届世界卫生大会（WHA8.27 号决议）对此条款的诠释为：根据第三十一 条（现为第三十条）参加的代表团团员限于其成员未被选入会务委员会的代表团。
1
世界卫生大会议事规则
143
除上述两主要委员会外，卫生大会还得建立它认为必要的其它主要 委员会。 卫生大会审议执行委员会及会务委员会的建议后，应将议程项目从 照顾到两委员会工作的适当平衡为考虑分配给这两个主要委员会。 主要委员会的主席由卫生大会选举产生。
第三十三条 各代表团均有权派一名团员出席主要委员会的会议，并可由代表团 的一名或数名其他团员陪同参加并发言，但不得投票表决。
第三十四条 主要委员会各自选出两名副主席及一名报告员。
第三十五条 为便于工作进行，主要委员会在其主席或副主席缺席的情况下，得 另行指定一名临时副主席。
第三十六条 各主要委员会主席对该委员会会议具有与卫生大会主席对全体会议 同样的权力与义务。
第三十七条 除主要委员会及其小组委员会另行决定外，其会议应公开举行。
第三十八条 主要委员会得设立它认为必要的小组委员会或其它分组1。
执行委员会建议在卫生大会上设立的工作组，应限于下列目的： (1) 形成基本上已达到一致的结论（或一致赞同、或明显多数赞同） ； (2) 有待委员会决定的问题的澄清及阐述； (3) 就讨论的问题向委员会提供专家意见。 （ 《世界卫生组织正式记录》第 33 期，第 30 页）
1
144
基 本 文 件
第三十九条 小组委员会委员由有关的主要委员会根据委员会主席提议进行任 命。 小组委员会某委员不能出席会议时， 可由其代表团的另一团员代理。 小组委员会自行选举其官员。
卫生大会的其它委员会
第四十条 卫生大会得任命、或授权任命其它必要的委员会或分组。
报 告 员
第四十一条 委员会、小组委员会或其它分组在其委员会中，根据需要指定一名 或数名报告员。
执行委员会代表的参加
第四十二条 执委会决定供职于执委会的一人或数人出席卫生大会。如所述人员 不能出席卫生大会，执委会主席在执委会委员中指派一人替代。
第四十三条 执委会代表可出席卫生大会全体会议、会务委员会及主要委员会的 会议。他们在卫生大会主席或委员会主席的邀请或同意的情况下，可参 加讨论，但无表决权。
世界卫生大会议事规则
145
准会员及政府间与非政府组织的代表、 非会员国与领地的观察员参加
第四十四条 准会员代表得与会员国代表平等参加卫生大会及其主要委员会的会 议，但不能担任职务，亦无表决权。 除会务委员会和证书审查委员会外，他们得与会员国代表平等参加 卫生大会的其它委员会，小组委员会或分组。
第四十五条 应邀参加的准会员、或已代其申请会籍的领地的观察员，可列席卫 生大会或主要委员会的任何公开会议。应大会主席邀请并经大会或委员 会同意，他们可对讨论的问题发言。 观察员可发给非机密性文件、 以及总干事认为可以发给的其它文件。 他们得向总干事提交备忘录，其分发性质与范围由总干事定。
第四十六条 按协定条款，联合国代表、及根据组织法第七十条与世界卫生组织 建立有效联系的其它政府间组织的代表，均可参加卫生大会及其主要委 员会会议的讨论，但无表决权。上述代表经邀请，也可出席并参加小组 委员会或其它分组会议的讨论，但无表决权。 他们可发给非机密性文件、以及总干事认为可以发给的其它文件。 他们得向总干事提交备忘录，其分发性质与范围由总干事定。
第四十七条 可邀请按组织法第七十一条已作出磋商及合作安排的非政府组织代 表出席全体会议及主要委员会会议，根据所述安排、并分别经卫生大会 主席或主要委员会主席邀请，得参加会议，但无表决权。
146
基 本 文 件
全体会议进程的掌握
第四十八条 议程项目各有关的正式提案，可在卫生大会例会第一日止并最迟在 特别会议开幕之前两天提交。所有此类提案应转呈分配处理议程项目的 委员会，除非该项目直接在全体会议上审议。
第四十九条 [删除] 第五十条 在通常情况下，提案及修正案均应书面提交总干事，由总干事将副 本分发各代表团。除非由卫生大会另作决定，否则，如其副本未能于至 少两天前分发给所有代表团，卫生大会的任何会议均不得对之进行讨论 或表决。但大会主席得允对修正案进行讨论或考虑，即使尚未、或仅于 当日分发者。
第五十一条 各委员会的报告，应由这些委员会提交全体大会。上述报告、包括 决议草案， 应尽可能在对之进行审议的全体大会开始前二十四小时分发。 除大会主席另有决定外， 报告及所附的决议草案不得在全体会议上宣读。
第五十二条 参加本届大会过半数的会员国即构成卫生大会全体会议行事的法定 人数。
第五十三条 任何代表在未经大会主席的允许前不得在卫生大会上发言。大会主 席按发言报名的先后，依序邀请发言。如发言与讨论的议题无关，主席 可敦促发言人遵守规则。
世界卫生大会议事规则
147
第五十四条 总干事或由其指定的秘书处成员可随时就审议中的任何问题向卫生 大会、委员会、或分组会议提出口头或书面声明。
第五十五条 卫生大会可限制发言人发言时间。
第五十六条 当讨论任何事项时，会员国或准会员的代表可提出程序问题1，大会 主席应立即对程序问题裁决。会员国或准会员的代表可对主席的裁决提 出申诉。在这情形下，应立即将申诉付诸表决。提出程序问题的会员国 或准会员代表的发言， 只能针对程度问题， 而不得涉及讨论事项的实质。
第五十七条 主席应给予要求答辩的任何会员国或准会员的代表以答辩权。会员 国或准会员的代表在行使这一权利时，应力求发言简短，最好在提出答 辩的那次会议结束时发言。
第五十八条 在辩论过程中，主席得宣布发言人名单，并经大会同意后宣布报名 截止。但在宣布报名截止后，如某代表认为需对某项发言进行答辩时， 大会主席可给予答辩权。
第五十九条 当讨论任何事项时，会员国或准会员的代表可提议暂停或休会。所 述动议无需辩论，立即付诸表决。 就本规则而言， “暂停会议”是指临时推迟会议进程，而“休会”是 指中止一切事务直至另一次会议召开时止。 1
对程序问题定义的说明见第 163 页。
148
基 本 文 件
第六十条 当讨论任何事项时，会员国或准会员的代表可提议对某一讨论项目 延期辩论。除提案人外，经一人发言赞成，一人反对后，立即将延期辩 论动议付诸表决。
第六十一条 当讨论一项目时，会员国或准会员的代表可随时提议结束辩论，不 论是否其他会员国或准会员代表已报名发言。如要求允予发言反对结束 辩论，则可给予不超过两人的发言，然后立即将此动议付诸表决。如卫 生大会决定赞同结束，大会主席应宣布结束辩论。卫生大会随后只表决 对辩论结束前提出的一项或一项以上的提案。
第六十二条 除程序问题外， 下列动议应按如下顺序优先于会上其它提案或动议： (1) 暂停会议； (2) 休会； (3) 延期辩论讨论项目； (4) 结束辩论讨论项目。
第六十三条 在不违反第六十二条的情况下，凡遇要求就卫生大会对向之提交的 某项提案予以通过的权限问题作出决定的提案， 应先于原提案进行表决。
第六十四条 会员国或准会员的代表可提议对某一提案或修正案的各部分分别付 诸表决。 如对分部分表决要求提出反对， 则分部分表决的动议应付表决。 应只准许两人发言赞成、两人发言反对分部分表决的动议。如该动议通 过， 则该提案或修正案的各个部分相继通过后， 仍应进行一次整体表决。
世界卫生大会议事规则
149
如该提案或修正案的各个执行部分都被否决，则应认为该提案或修正案 整体已被否决。
第六十五条 当对某一提案提出修正案时，应先表决修正案。当对某一提案提出 两个或两个以上的修正案时，卫生大会应将大会主席视为其实质内容距 原提案最远的修正案先行表决，次远者次之，依次序进行，直至全部修 正案者已付诸表决为止。但当一项修正案的通过必须意味着另一修正案 的否决时，则后一修正案不应付诸表决。如有一个或一个以上的修正案 被原提案人接受，则其修正应作为原提案的一个完整部分，无需对修正 案分别表决。只提出增加、删除或部分修改原提案动议，应视为是该提 案的修正案。替代某一提案的动议，应视为是一项提案。
第六十六条 如提出两个或两上以上的提案，除非卫生大会另有决定，否则应按 照分发给所有代表团的顺序进行表决。一个提案的表决结果已使其它待 决方案无需表决者，不在此例。
第六十七条 一项动议，如在表决开始前未经修正、或虽提出修正案而经修正案 提案人同意，可由原提案人在表决前撤回。所撤回的动议，可由任何代 表重新提出。
第六十八条 除经卫生大会出席及投票表决会员国以三分之二多数通过决定，否 则，已通过或已否决的提案，不得在同一次会议上再行审议。对重新审 议的动议，只允两人发言反对后，应立即表决。在与已通过的提案有关 的任何文件中，更正文字或数字上的错误，不得将之视为需三分之二多 数表决通过重开讨论的提案。
150
基 本 文 件
全体大会的投票表决
第六十九条 每个会员国在卫生大会上有一票表决权。本规则“出席及投票表决 会员国”一词是指投有效的赞同票或否决票的会员国。弃权的会员国应 被认为未参加表决。
第七十条 卫生大会对重大问题的决定应由出席及投票表决会员国的三分之二 多数通过。这些问题包括：通过公约或协定；按组织法第六十九、七十 及七十二条批准本组织与联合国及政府间组织和机构建立关系的协定； 修订组织法；决定有效的工作预算总额；以及按组织法第七条决定中止 某会员国的表决权和受益权。
第七十条之二 根据议事规则第一 O 八条规定， 世界卫生组织总干事应以出席及投 票表决会员国的明确和明显多数票当选。
第七十一条 除本规则规定外，关于其它问题的决定，包括其它需三分之二多数 决定的问题，应由出席及投票表决会员国过半数通过作出决定。
第七十二条 卫生大会通常用举手表决方式进行，除有代表要求唱名表决。唱名 表决，逐年交替按会员国国名的英文或法文字母顺序进行。唱名投票起 始的会员国，由抽签决定。
第七十三条 参加唱名投票表决的每一会员国投票情况，列入会议记录。
世界卫生大会议事规则
151
第七十四条 大会主席宣布投票开始后，除对投票的实际进行提出程序问题外， 任何代表不得阻断投票的进行。
第七十五条 投票结束后，代表可针对投票作扼要解释性发言。除原提案业经修 正，否则，原提案人不得对表决进行解释性发言。
第七十六条 除在本规则其它条款另有规定，否则，如出席及投票表决的会员国 前此已过半数通过决定，卫生大会得就任何事项进行无记名投票表决。 但预算问题不得采用无记名投票方式。 卫生大会采用举手表决方式决定本条所述的无记名投票是否进行。 如大会已决定对某一问题进行无记名投票，则不得要求或决定采用其他 表决方式。
第七十七条 当卫生大会进行无记名投票时， 投票及检票均应在全体会议上进行。 除卫生大会另行规定外，数票应在代表可以进入的另一室中进行。数票 应在卫生大会主席或一名副主席的监督下进行。在宣布投票结果以前的 这段时间，卫生大会照常进行。
第七十八条 选举应通常以无记名投票方式进行1；按本规则第一 O 八条条文且 又无反对意见，大会可对经一致同意的候选人或候选人名单作出决定而 无需投票表决。遇有投票表决需要时，大会主席应在出席代表团中任命 两名检票员协助计算选票。
1
关于无记名投票选举的指导原则，见第 162 页。
152
基 本 文 件
第七十九条 当只需选出一人或一个会员国，而第一轮选举中无一候选人获得必 要的多数时，则第二轮选举应只限于两名得票最多的候选人。如第二轮 选举中两人得票相等，则由大会主席在两人中抽签决定。
第八十条 当同一时期内在同样条件下需选出两人、或两人以上时，则第一轮 票选中获得必要多数的候选人当选。如获得必要多数的候选人少于应选 出人数或会员国数，应为剩余空缺额再行选举。这次选举只限于前次选 举得票最多的候选人，但其人数不得超过剩余缺额的一倍。但如第三次 选举仍无结果，则可对任何有被选举权的人或会员国投票。如所述无限 制选举连续三次仍无结果，则嗣后三次投票应只限于第三次无限制投票 中得票最多候选人，人数不得超过剩余缺额的一倍，继而再三次无限制 投票，依序进行，直至补满所有缺额为止。
第八十一条 除弃权外，每一会员国在选举中投票选举的候选人数应与空额待选 数相等。大于、或小于待选人数的选票，均无效。
第八十二条 选举时，如因两个或两个以上候选人得票相等，致使一个或一个以 上缺额无法填补时，则应在所述候选人中票选决定何人当选。必要时， 这种程序得反复进行。选举以外事项的表决，如果票数相等，则该提案 应视为被否决。
委员会及小组委员会会议进程的掌握及投票表决
第八十三条 除非卫生大会另有决定， 否则， 委员会会议进程的掌握及投票表决， 应尽量符合全体会议进程的掌握及投票表决的有关条款。委员会委员的
世界卫生大会议事规则
153
三分之一构成法定人数。但如需投票表决问题，则应有委员会的过半数 委员出席。
第八十四条 各小组委员会的主席，只有在他认为有利于加速会议进行时，得将 适用于委员会的条例用于该小组委员会的工作。
语 言1
第八十五条 阿拉伯文、中文、英文、法文、俄文及西班牙文，为卫生大会的正 式语言和工作语言。
第八十六条 用一种正式语言发言，应传译成其它正式语言。
第八十七条 任一会员国或准会员的代表、 或执委会的代表可用非正式语言发言。 在这种情况下，代表本人应提供将其发言译成一种正式语言的翻译。秘 书处译员将以此作为原始发言语种，传译为其它正式语言。
第八十八条 卫生大会的逐字记录、摘要记录和日刊，均应用工作语言写成。
第八十九条 卫生大会的全部决议、建议及其它正式决定应用工作语言写成。
1
见 WHA31.13 号决议。
154
基 本 文 件
卫生大会的记录
第九十条 秘书处负责全体会议各次会议发言的逐字记录，及会务委员会、各 委员会与小组委员会会议的摘要记录。除有关委员会作出明确决定外， 提名委员会与证书审查委员会的议事内容，由该委员会向卫生大会提交 书面报告，而不另作记录。
第九十一条 第九十条所述摘要记录，应尽快分送各代表团、准会员代表、执委 会代表；凡欲提出更正，应于四十八小时内书面通知秘书处。
第九十二条 在每届会议结束后，逐字记录、摘要记录、卫生大会通过的决议、 建议及其它正式决定，应由总干事尽早寄发会员国、准会员、联合国以 及本组织与之建立有效关系的专门机构。秘密会议的记录只发给各与会 者。
第九十三条 公开会议的逐字记录与摘要记录，各委员会与小组委员会的报告均 应出版。
第九十四条 为各与会代表团和机构的方便，总干事将通过会议日刊形式，印发 他认为实用的全体会议、各委员会和小组委员会的会议简报。
世界卫生大会议事规则
155
预算及财务
第九十五条 卫生大会应： (1) 在审议总干事提出的概算与执委会对概算的建议后，通过下一 财务期开支预算； (2) 必要时，审议并通过本财务期的追加概算； (3) 审查审计员对上一财务期或上一财务年度的收支财务报告，并 采取相应行动； (4) 审议总干事提出的会员国与准会员缴付会费的报告。
第九十六条 非经会议召开九十天前通知会员国与准会员、或经执委会建议，审 查当前会员国与准会员会费分摊情况的提案，不得列入议程。
第九十七条 除非财务条例中另有明确规定，否则，审议财务问题的程序应按本 规则进行。
执行委员会
第九十八条 卫生大会每届例会，应按组织法第十八条第二款、第二十四条、及 第二十五条规定，选举有权指派一人为执委会委员的会员国。
第九十九条 卫生大会每届例会开始时，大会主席应要求会员国中凡愿对年度选 举有权指派一人为执委会委员的会员国提出建议者，向会务委员会提交 建议。建议应于大会主席按本条宣布后二十四小时内，送达会务委员会 主席。
156
基 本 文 件
第一 OO 条 会务委员会参照组织法第六章的条款、本规则第九十八条、会员国 提出的建议、和会务委员会委员在会上提出的候选人后，应通过无记名 投票拟出不超过十五个但至少与待补席位相等的会员国数的名单。名单 应于卫生大会为进行年度选举有权指派一人为执委会委员而召开的会议 前二十四小时提交卫生大会。 会务委员会应在名单中向卫生大会推荐委员会认为如当选可使执 委会席位分配平衡的会员国。 名单上所列的会员国，但非属当选后会务委员会认为整个执委会席 位分配可保持平衡的会员国，可在卫生大会年度选举有权指派一人为执 委会委员会的会员国前一天工作时间结束之前，通知主席要求从候选名 单中撤销， 应在卫生大会日刊上公布， 并在投票开始前由大会主席宣布。
第一 O 一条 按照第七十八条的条款，卫生大会应从按第一 OO 条规定所提名的 会员国中，用无记名投票方式选出各有权指派一人为执委会委员的会员 国。 获得所需多数的候选人当选。 如上述票选五次仍有一名或数名缺额， 则不再继续投票，而要求会务委员会根据本规则第一 OO 条对待选席位 提出不超过缺额一倍的候选人，再次进行投票补选，获得所需多数的候 选人当选。 经过三次补选投票，如仍有一名或数名缺额，则排除第三次投票时 得票最少者后，再进行一次投票，依此序进行，直至缺额补齐为止。 按本条条款进行票选，凡未按第一 OO 条及本条所作提名，不予考 虑。
第一 O 二条 上次选出有权指派一人为执委会委员的会员国，如在其任期终止前 因故放弃权利或按第一 O 五条而丧失权利时， 卫生大会应于例会上选出 另一会员国指派人员补充因该会员国弃权或丧权所遗未满任期部分，在 考虑了各方面的情况之后，选举可参照第八十一、八十二、九十九至一 O 一条规定，但候选人提名不得超过缺额的一倍，且选举应在每年按第 九十八条选举各有权指派一人为执委会委员的会员国之前举行。
世界卫生大会议事规则
157
第一 O 三条 有权指派一人为执委会委员的会员国任期，自其当选时的应届卫生 大会闭幕时始，至被接替的应届卫生大会闭幕时止。
第一 O 四条 若某一指定为执委会委员的人员不能出席执委会会议时，该有关会 员国可指定一名候补委员替代出席，其地位与被替代者相同。
第一 O 五条 参照第九十八与第一 O 四条， 如某一指定为执委会委员的人员连续 两次缺席执委会会议，总干事应将此事报告下一届卫生大会。除非卫生 大会另作决定，否则，该会员国应被认为已丧失指派一人为执委会委员 的权利。
总 干 事
第一 O 六条 依照组织法第三十一条，卫生大会根据执委会的提名，并参照第一 O 七至一一 O 条决定的任用条件，任命总干事。总干事的任期为五年， 他或她只有资格连任一次。
第一 O 七条 当总干事职位空缺、或已获知其职位即将空缺时，执委会应于下次 会议上作出提名并送交下届卫生大会，同时并提交一份明确任命条件、 薪金及职位津贴的聘任书草案。
第一 O 八条 卫生大会应举行秘密会议审议执委会的提名， 并经无记名票选决定。
158
基 本 文 件
1.
如果执委会提名三名候选人，应适用下述程序： (1) 如果一名候选人在第一轮票选中获得出席及投票表决会员国 三分之二或三分之二以上多数票，将被视为获得明确和明显多数 票，该候选人应被任命为总干事。如无一候选人获得所需多数票， 则排除得票最少的候选人。如果有两名候选人得票最少且得票数相 等，应为他们单独举行一次票选，排除得票最少的候选人。 (2) 如果一名候选人在随后票选中获得出席及投票表决会员国三 分之二或三分之二以上多数票，将被视为获得明确和明显多数票， 该候选人应被任命为总干事。 (3) 如无一候选人获得第(2)项所规定的多数票，在随后票选中获得 世界卫生组织会员国多数票或多数以上票的候选人将被视为获得 明确和明显多数票，该候选人应被任命为总干事。 (4) 如无一候选人获得第(3)项所规定的多数票，在随后票选中获得 出席及投票表决会员国多数票或多数以上票的候选人将被视为获 得明确和明显多数票，该候选人应被任命为总干事。 如果执委会提名两名人选，应适用以下程序： (1) 如果一名候选人获得出席及投票表决会员国三分之二或三分 之二以上多数票，将被视为获得明确和明显多数票，该候选人应被 任命为总干事。 (2) 如无一候选人获得第(1)项所规定的多数票， 在随后票选中获得 世界卫生组织会员国多数票或多数以上票的候选人将被视为获得 明确和明显多数票，该候选人应被任命为总干事。
2.
世界卫生大会议事规则
159
(3) 如无一候选人获得第(2)项所规定的多数票，在随后票选中获得 出席及投票表决会员国多数票或多数以上票的候选人将被视为获得 明确和明显多数票，该候选人应被任命为总干事。 3. 如果执委会提名一名人选，卫生大会应以出席及投票表决会员国三
分之二多数票作出决定。
第一 O 九条 执委会的提名如被卫生大会否决，执委会应于条件许可下尽速作出 新人选提名，并应注意此事宜在该届卫生大会结束前解决。
第一一 O 条 聘任书需经卫生大会批准，由卫生大会主席以本组织名义与总干事 共同签署。
第一一一条 如总干事不能行使其职务， 或其职位空缺时， 除执委会另有决定外， 由秘书处高级职员任代理总干事。
第一一二条 总干事除行使按组织法授与作为本组织首席技术及行政官员职权 外，还在执委会授权的情况下，行使本条例、财务条例、人事条例中所 指定的职责，以及卫生大会或执委会所赋予的职责。
160
基 本 文 件
会员国与准会员的接纳
第一一三条 凡国家申请成为本组织会员国、或负责某一领地或领地群国际关系 的会员国或其它当局代表该领地或领地群申请成为本组织准会员，应按 组织法第六条与第八条将申请书送交总干事， 并由总干事即转各会员国。 所述申请如于下届卫生大会开幕三十天前送达总干事，则此申请应 列入该届大会议程。 原为准会员的国家申请为会员国时，卫生大会可随时接收其申请。
第一一四条 卫生大会批准会籍申请后，应立即通知提出申请的国家。申请国应 按组织法第七十九条， 将其接受组织法的正式文件寄存联合国秘书长处， 并自寄存之日起即成为会员国。
第一一五条 卫生大会批准负责某一领地或领地群国际关系的会员国或其它当局 代表该领地或领地群要求成为准会员的申请后，应立即通知代为申请的 会员国或其它当局，该会员国或其它当局应代表准会员国通知本组织接 受其准会员会籍。自接到通知之日起，该领地或领地群即成为准会员。
第一一六条 负责某一准会员国际关系的会员国或其它当局按第一一五条代表该 准会员作上述接受通知时，应在这项通知中声明该会员国或当局负责保 证执行组织法第六十六条至第六十八条有关准会员的规定。
世界卫生大会议事规则
161
组织法的修正
第一一七条 根据组织法第七十三条， 组织法的修正案的案文送交总干事的时间， 应能使总干事将其副本在拟对之审议的该届卫生大会开幕至少六个月前 转达各会员国。
第一一八条 会员国接受卫生大会按组织法第七十三条通过的修正案后，应向联 合国秘书长寄存一份正式文件，表示正式接受。
本规则的修正与中止
第一一九条 本规则的修改与增订，在卫生大会已收悉并审议由相应委员会对此 提交的报告后，得在卫生大会任何一次全体会议上通过。
第一二 O 条 按照组织法的条款，本规划任何条款均可在卫生大会任何一次全体 会议上决定中止。但欲提出中止的建议，应在提出建议的会议召开前二 十四小时通知各代表团。
—————
162
基 本 文 件
无记名投票选举指导原则
1.
票选开始前，主席应将有投票权的会员国名单和候选人名单交给他所任命的两
位计票员。在选举有权指派人员为执委会委员的会员国或选举总干事时，候选人名 单上应只包括按《世界卫生大会议事规则》第一 OO 条和第一 O 八条规定程序提交 世界卫生大会的提名。 2. 秘书处应向代表团各发一张选票，每张选票的大小和颜色必须相同，且无任何
区别记号。 3. 4. 计票员应该验明空票箱，加锁后，钥匙交主席。 按照会员国国名字母顺序1依次唱名进行投票，抽签决定起始投票的会员国。唱
名用英文、法文、俄文和西班牙文进行。 5. 会议秘书和计票员应在有投票权的会员国名单页边投票会员国名称空白处，记
录该会员国投票情况。 6. 唱名结束时，主席应查明所有出席并有投票权的会员国名均已点到，并宣布投
票结束，计票开始。 7. 票箱打开后，计票员应查点票数，如票数与投票人数不符，主席应宣布票选无
效，再次进行投票。 8. 9. 如不在会议大厅计票，则选票应重新装入票箱，由计票员携往计票旁室。 由一名计票员读出选票上姓名、各候选人所得票数，由另一名计票员写在为此
而拟制的计票单上各该候选人名下。 10. 空白选票或写有“弃权”字样的选票，应被认为是一弃权票。
1
按《世界卫生大会议事规则》第七十二条（见第 150 页） 。
世界卫生大会议事规则
163
11. 下列情况应认为是废票： (1) 所选姓名超过或少于应选席位数， 或同一候选人姓名重复一次以上的选票； (2) 投票人揭示身份， 特别是签有姓名或写明他们所代表的会员国名称的选票； (3) 填写了按议事规则提名的候选人以外姓名的选票（如议事规则如此规定） 。 12. 计票工作结束后，计票员应在为此目的而拟制的计票单上填写结果并签名后， 递交主席。主席应在全体会议上按下列顺序宣布投票结果：有表决权的会员国数； 缺席数；弃权数；无效数；出席并投票的会员国数；要求得到的多数票数；按得票 多少为序，宣布候选人的姓名及每人所得票数。 13. 就本规则而言，下述名词的含义是： (1) “缺席”— 指有表决权的会员国代表未出席进行无记名投票的会议； (2) “出席并投票的会员国数”— 指有投票权的会员国数与缺席数、弃权数和 废票的差数。 14. 主席应宣布得到所要求的多数票的候选人当选。 15. 经计票员签字的记录投票结果的计票单，作为统计这次票选的正式记录存档。 选票应在宣布投票结果后立即销毁。
对程序问题定义的说明 (1) 程序问题，是要求主持官员行使其职务固有的某种权力，或议事规则明确授予 的某种权力，因此基本上是对主持官员的一种干预。例如，它可能关系到辩论进行 的方式、秩序的维持、议事规则的遵守，或者关系到主持官员怎样行使议事规则条 例，或对主持官员对某条例的实施提出质询。因此，在议事规则范围内，会员国或 准会员的代表可提请主持官员注意其他代表或主持官员本身违反或误用议事规则的 情况。程序问题优先于任何包括程序性动议在内的其它事项（议事规则第五十六条 及第六十二条） 。 (2) 按议事规则第五十六条提出的程序性问题，涉及需由主持官员就问题作出可能 对之提出申诉的裁决。 它有别于议事规则第五十九至六十二条所规定的程序性动议。
164
基 本 文 件
后者，需通过表决决定，且同时可受理一个以上的动议。议事规则第六十二条定有 所述动议的优先顺序。程序问题也有别于需要说明或澄清情况，有别于有关具体安 排的意见（座位、传译系统、室内温度） 、文件、译本等 — 这些意见虽可由主持官 员处理，但无需主持官员裁决。但按惯例，会员国或准会员代表在提出程序性动议 或要求说明或澄清问题时，往往借提“程序问题”作为取得发言机会的手段，后者 的使用依据是现行惯例，不应与依议事规则第五十六条提出的程序问题相混淆。 (3) 按议事规则第五十六条，程序问题需立即由主持官员按议事规则作出决定：对 此提出的任何申诉也应立即付诸表决。因此，按照通例： 1. 2. 程序问题，或对其裁决的申诉，均不加辩论； 在最初提出的程序问题及由之而产生的申诉处理完毕前，不得就同一问题或其
它不同问题提出程序问题。 但主持官员及代表团都可就程序问题要求说明和澄清问题。此外，当主持官员认为 必要，可在作出裁决前，要求代表团对程序问题说明观点；在采取这样的做法的特 殊情况下，一俟主持官员准备宣布裁决时，他得停止这种观点的交换。 (4) 议事规则第五十六条规定，提出程序问题的会员国或准会员国代表，在发言中 不得涉及正在讨论的问题的实质。因此，程序问题的纯程序性本身便要求发言简短， 主持官员有责任确使就程序问题的发言与现行说明相符。
—————
世界卫生组织执行委员会议事规则1
组成及出席
第一条 执行委员会（以下简称执委会） ，应由按世界卫生组织（以下称本组 织） 《组织法》第六章、及世界卫生大会（以下简称卫生大会） 《议事规 则》第九十八条至第一 O 五条规定经正式指派为执委会委员的人员（以 下简称委员）所组成，并出席会议。
第二条 各有权指派一人为执委会委员的会员国，应将其指派人员、候补委 员及顾问的姓名书面通知总干事，上述指派如有变动，应以同样方式通 知总干事。
第三条 在执委会无代表权的所有会员国和准会员可指派一名代表，有权在 无表决权的情况下参加执委会会议以及由它设立的各限制成员名额委员 会（按第十六条的规定）会议的讨论。 按本条规定与会费用由有关会员国或准会员负担。 按本条规定参加会议的会员国和准会员代表应享有如下权利：(a)有 权在执委会委员发言之后发言；(b)有权提出提案及提案的修正案，这些 提案和修正案只有经执委会委员附议方可考虑；以及(c)行使答辩权。
执行委员会第十七届会议（EB17.R63 号决议）通过，并经第二十、二十一、 二十二、二十八、三十一、三十七、五十三、五十七、九十七、一 O 二、一一二、 一二一、 一二二、 一二六、 一三二和一三四届会议 （EB20.R24、 EB21.R52、 EB22.R11、 EB28.R21、EB31.R15、EB37.R24、EB53.R29、EB53.R37、EB57.R38、EB97.R10、 EB102.R1、 EB112.R1、 EB121.R1 、 EB122.R8、 EB126.R8、EB132.R13 号决议和 EB134(3)号决定）修正。
1
- 165 -
166
基 本 文 件
第四条 在不违反有关协定的条款情况下，联合国代表及根据《组织法》第 七十条与本组织建立有效关系的其它政府间组织的代表，可参加执委会 及所属委员会的会议讨论，但无表决权。这些代表得应邀出席并参加小 组委员会或其它分组讨论，但无表决权。 与本组织建立正式关系的非政府组织代表，可根据《世界卫生组织 与非政府组织关系准则》1中有关参加卫生大会的规定，参加执委会会议 讨论。
会 议
第五条 执委会应每年至少举行两届会议。每届会议应确定下届会议的时间 和地点。 总干事应于每届例会开幕前八星期，向执委会委员、各会员国和准 会员以及按第四条规定邀请出席会议的组织，发出召开执委会会议的通 知。 总干事应于执委会每届例会开幕前至少六星期发送会议的文件。它 们应以电子方式和执委会各工作语言在本组织因特网站上提供。 会议文件应符合执委会的职能，包含第十八条规定的信息及对执委 会行动的明确建议。
第六条 如有十个委员联名向总干事提出书面要求并陈述理由，总干事即应 召集执委会会议。在此情况下，执委会应在收到要求后三十天内召开会 议，除非总干事与执委会主席协商另作决定，否则，会议应在总部举行， 会议议程应限于要求开会讨论的问题。
1
见第 93 页。
世界卫生组织执行委员会议事规则
167
如遇《组织法》第二十八条第九款规定需立即采取行动的事项时， 总干事经与执委会主席磋商后可召集特别会议，并确定会议的日期和地 点。
第七条 除执委会委员、其候补委员和顾问之外，执委会会议的出席人员如 下： (1) 公开会议：在执委会无代表权的会员国、准会员、联合国和第 四条规定的其它组织的代表以及公众成员； (2) 半公开会议：在执委会无代表权的会员国、准会员和秘书处； 或 (3) 为特定目的以及在例外情况下举行的不公开会议：秘书处的必 要成员以及由执委会决定的其他人员。 第五十二条规定的提名总干事及任命区域主任的执委会会议，应与 上文第(2)项的规定相同，但在执委会无代表权的各会员国和各准会员只 有一名代表可出席但无权参与，并不作正式记录。
议 程
第八条 总干事应制定执委会每届会议的临时议程草案。该草案应在其上届 会议结束之后四星期内发送各会员国和准会员。 凡属第九条(3)、 (4) 和(5)项下提出列入议程的任何提案， 应在散发临 时议程草案后十二星期内或会议开幕前十星期送达总干事，以在先者为 准。 每届会议的临时议程由总干事根据临时议程草案以及按本条第二款 收到的任何提案与执委会官员协商后制定。
168
基 本 文 件
当总干事和执委会官员发现需要建议推迟讨论或排除按本条第二款 收到的提案，临时议程应包含关于此类建议的解释。 经注释的临时议程以及本条第四款提及的任何建议应视情况与第五 条或第六条所述的召开会议通知一并寄出。
第九条 除依第六条所述而召开的会议外并除第八条另有规定，每届会议的 临时议程应主要包括： (1) 卫生大会指定列入的全部项目； (2) 上届执委会会议指定列入的全部项目； (3) 本组织会员国或准会员建议的任何项目； (4) 联合国建议的、总干事与联合国秘书长先就此进行必要磋商的 任何项目； (5) 与本组织已建立有效关系的专门机构所建议的任何项目；以及 (6) 总干事建议的任何项目。 凡属上述(3)、(4)，(5)和(6)项下提出列入任何议程项目的任何提案 应附有解释性备忘录，总干事根据第(6) 项建议的长期或周期性项目除 外。
第十条 除按第六条召开的特别会议外，第九条所提及的任何权力机构在第 八条第二款提出的最终期限之后并在会议开幕之前可提出一项或多项具 有紧迫性的其它项目列入补充临时议程。任何这类建议均应附有一份提 出建议的权力机构的补充说明。总干事应将任何此类项目列入补充临时 议程；执委会将之与临时议程一并审议。
第十条之二 执委会应按照其法定职责并考虑到世界卫生大会的决议和决定，根 据临时议程及其任何补充项目在每届会议的首次会议上通过议程。在通 过议程时， 执委会可决定增加、 删除或修订临时议程及其任何补充项目。
世界卫生组织执行委员会议事规则
169
第十一条 除非另有规定，否则，委员在得到有关文件至少四十八小时之后， 执委会方可讨论该议程项目。
执委会的官员
第十二条 执委会应每年在卫生大会闭幕后的第一届会议上，遵循地理区域之 间轮换原则，由其委员中选出它的官员，即：一名主席、四名副主席和 一名报告员。这些官员任职至其继任者选出时止。主席卸职满两年后， 方得再次当选。
第十三条 执委会主席除行使本议事规则其它条款所赋予的权力外，还得宣布 执委会每次会议开始及散会、主持讨论、授予发言权、提付表决、宣布 决定，并保证规则得以实施。主席应按发言要求顺序授予发言权。当发 言者发言离题时，主席得提请勿走题。
第十四条 如主席不能出席某次会议或会议的某段时间，他得指定一位副主席 主持会议。当主席不能出席某届执委会会议时，也依此处理。 如主席不能指定替代人员，执委会应从副主席中选出一人主持本届 或本次会议。
第十四条之二 主席，或代理主席的副主席，不参加投票表决，但他或她得在必要 时根据第二十七条指定其代表团中的一名候补委员。
第十五条 如主席任期不能届满，执委会应为未满任期而选出一名新主席。 如主席在会间不能履行职务，由一名副主席代理，代理顺序在选举 会议上抽签决定。
170
基 本 文 件
执委会的委员会
第十六条 执委会可设立它认为必要的委员会研究并报告某一议程所列项目。 执委会建立的常设委员会可由执委会委员或其候补委员组成（本议事规 则中称为“限制成员名额委员会” ） 。根据第三条规则，所有会员国及准 会员均有权参加这类委员会。除执委会为特定目的另有决定外，以及在 例外情况下，除常设委员会之外的所有委员会均应不限成员名额，由本 组织所有感兴趣的会员国组成（本议事规则中称为“不限成员名额委员 会” ） 。 限制成员名额委员会的成员应由执委会在听取主席提出的任何建议 之后确定，应尊重公平的地域代表性、性别平衡及发展中国家、发达国 家和经济转型期国家均衡代表性的原则，同时考虑执委会的委员情况。 限制成员名额委员会的主席或所有视为必要的其他官员应由执委会 决定，或在执委会未决定的情况下，由委员会自己作出决定，应尊重公 平的地域代表性、性别平衡及发展中国家、发达国家和经济转型期国家 均衡代表性的原则。主席和官员应定期在区域之间以及酌情在区域内的 发达国家、发展中国家和经济转型期国家之间进行轮换。 不限成员名额委员会的主席或任何视为必要的其他官员应由执委会 决定，或在执委会未决定的情况下，由委员会自己作出决定，应尊重公 平的地域代表性、性别平衡及发展中国家、发达国家和经济转型期国家 均衡代表性的原则。 执委会应随时审议其授权下所设任何委员会继续存在的必要性。
第十六条之二 按本议事规则的规定，除非执委会另有决定，否则，执委会设立的 委员会会务的掌握和表决的程序应尽量符合执委会全体会议会务的掌握 和表决的有关条款。不限成员名额委员会应在达成共识的基础上掌握会 议。在不能形成共识的情况下，应将不同意见报告执委会。 在限制成员名额委员会中，成员的多数即构成法定人数。
世界卫生组织执行委员会议事规则
171
就参与不限成员名额委员会的权利而言，执委会委员和在执委会无 代表权的会员国之间不应有区别。
秘 书 处
第十七条 总干事是执委会及其小组的当然秘书，他可授权处理。
第十八条 总干事就提交给执委会所有议程项目所涉技术、行政和财务问题， 向执委会提出报告。
第十九条 总干事或其指定的秘书处成员，随时可对正在审议的问题作口头或 书面说明。
第二十条 秘书处应编写会议摘要记录。摘要记录应以工作语言写成，并应在 有关会议结束后尽快分发给委员。委员如希对记录提出更正，则应在总 干事按实际情况指定的期限内，以书面形式通知秘书处。
第二十一条 每届执委会的报告，包括所有决议、建议和其它正式决定，以及执 委会及其委员会的摘要记录，均应由总干事分发给本组织所有会员国及 准会员。这些报告也应提交给随后的卫生大会，使之能根据《组织法》 规定的卫生大会和执行委员会各自的职能采取参阅、认可或批准等适当 行动。
172
基 本 文 件
语 言1
第二十二条 阿拉伯文、中文、英文、法文、俄文和西班牙文均为执委会的正式 语言和工作语言。
第二十三条 在执委会的所有会议中及在其设立的委员会会议中，任一正式语言 的发言，应传译成其它各种正式语言。
第二十四条 委员、会员国代表、准会员代表、或应邀非会员国的代表，可用非 正式语言发言。在此情况下，他应提供将其发言译成一种工作语言的翻 译。秘书处译员根据所提供翻译作为原始发言语种，传译成其它工作语 言。
第二十五条 执委会所有决议、建议和其它正式决定，均应以工作语言写成。
会务的掌握
第二十六条 执委会的三分之二委员构成法定人数。
第二十七条 委员可随时由按《组织法》第二十四条所指定的候补委员就任何问 题代表其发言和表决。在委员或其候补委员要求时，主席可允其顾问对 1
见 WHA31.13 号决议。
世界卫生组织执行委员会议事规则
173
某特定问题发言；当委员或其候补委员缺席时，只需该委员或其候补委 员提出书面要求，顾问可就任何问题发言和表决。
第二十八条 执委会可限定每位发言者的发言时间。
第二十八条之二 须由执委会审议的与各议程项目有关的决议或决定提案可直到会 议第一日结束之前提出。但是，如果会议仅持续两天或更少，则至迟可 在会议开幕前 48 小时提出这类提案。 执委会在认为适当时， 可允许晚交 这类提案。
第二十八条之三 在通常情况下，与各议程项目有关的提案及修正案均应书面提交总 干事，由总干事将副本分发各代表团。除非执委会另作决定，否则，如 其副本未能至少于提前 24 小时分发给所有代表团， 执委会的任何会议均 不得对之进行讨论或表决。但主席可允许讨论和审议修正案，即使这类 修正案尚未分发或只是在同日刚刚分发。
第二十九条 在任何事项讨论中，委员可提出程序问题，主席应立即对此问题裁 决。委员可对主席裁决提出申诉，而申诉应立即付诸表决。委员提出程 序问题，只能对程序、而不得就正讨论事项的实质发言。
第三十条 主席可在辩论过程中宣布发言名单；经执委会同意后，可宣布发言 报名截止；但在宣布报名截止后，如主席认为需要，可给予任一委员答 辩权。
174
基 本 文 件
第三十条之二 主席应给予要求答辩的任何委员以答辩权。 委员在行使这一权利时， 应力求发言简短，最好在提出答辩的那次会议结束时发言。
第三十一条 除程序问题外， 下述动议应按如下顺序优先于会上其它提案或动议； (1) 暂停会议； (2) 休会； (3) 暂停正讨论项目的辩论； (4) 结束正在讨论项目的辩论。
第三十二条 在不违反第三十一条的情况下，凡遇要求对执委会对向之提交的某 项提案予以通过的权限问题作出决定的动议，应先于原提案进行表决。
第三十三条 在讨论任一项目时，委员可提出暂停会议或休会的动议，所述动议 无需辩论而应立即付诸表决。 就本规则而言， “暂停会议”系指暂时停止会议进程，而“休会”系 指中止所有议事程序的进行，直至另一次会议召开时为止。
第三十四条 在讨论任一项目时，委员可对正在讨论的项目提议延期辩论。除提 议人外，经一人发言赞成，一人反对后立即将延期辩论动议付诸表决。
世界卫生组织执行委员会议事规则
175
第三十五条 当讨论一项目时，委员可随时提议结束辩论，不论是否有其他委员 业已报名发言。遇有要求反对结束辩论，则可有不超过两人发言，此后 应立即对该动议付诸表决。如执委会决定同意结束辩论，主席应宣布结 束辩论。执委会仅只表决辩论结束前的一项或一项以上的提案。
第三十六条 委员可提出将某一提案或修正案的各部分分别付诸表决。如有反对 分部分表决，则应对分部分表决的动议付诸表决。应只准许两人发言赞 成，两人发言反对分部分表决的动议，分部分表决的动议如获通过，原 提案或修正案的各个部分相继通过后，仍应进行一次表决。原提案或修 正案的所有执行部分均被否决，该提案或修正案应视为整体已被否决。
第三十七条 如对某提案提出修正案，修正案应先付表决。如对某提案提出两个 或两个以上的修正，执委会应先表决主席认为与原提案的实质相距最远 的修正案，次远者次之，依此序进行，直至所有修正案都已付表决为止。 但如通过某一个修正案不可避免地意味着否决另一个修正案，则不再对 后者进行表决。如某一个或一个以上修正案被通过，则应将经修正的提 案提付表决。 仅对某一提案加以增删或作部分修改的动议，应视为该提案的修正 案，替代某一提案的动议，应视为是一项提案。
第三十八条 如提出两个或两个以上提案，除非执委会另有决定，否则，应按照 分发给所有代表团的顺序进行表决。一个提案的表决结果已使其它待决 方案无需表决者，不在此例。
176
基 本 文 件
第三十九条 一项动议，如在表决前未经修正，提案人可随时撤回；如经修正， 但修正案提案人同意时，也可由原提案人在表决前撤回，被撤回的动议 可由任何委员再次提出。
第四十条 已被通过或否决的提案，非经出席并参加表决的委员三分之二多数 通过，不得在同一届会议上重新审议。重新审议的动议，只允两名反对 此动议的人发言后，即付诸表决。
第四十一条 主席可随时要求对任何提案、动议、决议、或修正案提出附议。
表 决
第四十二条 执委会每位委员应有一票表决权。 就本议事规则而言， “出席并参加 表决的委员”一词，系指投一张有效的赞成、或反对票的委员。投弃权 票的委员应视为未参加表决。
第四十三条 执行委员会就重要问题作出的决定需经出席并参加表决的委员的三 分之二多数同意。这些问题应包括： (1) 对下述问题的建议：(i)通过公约和协定，(ii)根据《组织法》第 六十九、七十和七十二条批准本组织与联合国和政府间组织及机构 建立关系的协定，(iii)对《组织法》的修订，(iv)有效工作预算和(v) 根据《组织法》第七条中止一个会员国的表决权和受益权；以及
世界卫生组织执行委员会议事规则
177
(2) 决定中止或修正本议事规则。 除非本组织《组织法》另有规定、卫生大会另有决定、或本议事规 则另有规定，否则，执委会对于其它问题，包括确定需由三分之二多数 票同意的其它问题的决定应由出席并参加表决的过半数委员通过。
第四十四条 除选举外，如某事项得票各半，则此提案应视为未获通过。
第四十五条 执委会通常应以举手表决方式进行；但任何委员如要求唱名表决， 则应按委员姓名的字母顺序唱名表决。唱名起始的委员姓名，应抽签决 定。
第四十六条 参加唱名表决的委员的表决情况，应载入会议记录。
第四十七条 主席宣布表决开始后，除对表决进程提出程序问题外，任何委员不 得中断表决的进行。
第四十七条之二 表决结束后，委员可针对表决作扼要解释性发言。除非原提案业经 修正，否则，原提案者不得对表决进行解释性发言。
第四十八条 选举通常应以无记名投票方式举行。在无反对意见时，执委会可对 业经同意的候选人或候选名单作出决定而无需票选，但提名总干事及任
178
基 本 文 件
命区域主任不在此例。在需进行票选时，主席应在出席委员中委任两名 检票员，协助计票。 对总干事的提名，按第五十二条，应以无记名投票方式决定。 根据《组织法》第五十四条，区域主任的任命应为五年，他或她应 有资格只连任一次。
第四十九条 除本议事规则其它条款已作规定者外，业经出席并参加表决的多数 委员作出决定，执委会可就任何事项进行无记名投票，唯预算问题不得 用无记名投票表决。 按本规定，执委会举手表决通过是否用无记名投票方式。如执委会 已决定对某问题采用无记名投票方式表决，则不得要求或决定采用其它 表决方式。
第五十条 在不违反第五十二条规定的情况，当只有一席空额而候选人在第一 轮票选中都未获得所需的多数票时，应进行第二轮票选，其候选人应限 于得票票数最多的两人，如第二轮票选中得票数各半，则由主席以抽签 方式从二者中择其一。
第五十一条 如在同样情况下，在同一时期有两名或两名以上候选缺额时，第一 轮票选获得所需多数票的候选人当选。如获多数票的候选人数少于应补 空额，则再次投票选出所余空缺，但只限于前次票选中得票最多的候选 人，其人数不超过应补空缺数的一倍。
第五十一条之二 除弃权外， 每一委员在选举中投票选举的候选人数应与候选缺额数 相等。大于或小于候选缺额数的选票均无效。
世界卫生组织执行委员会议事规则
179
第五十一条之三 选举时，如因两个或两个以上候选人得票相等，致使一个或一个以 上缺额无法填补时，则应在这些候选人中票选决定何人当选。必要时， 这种程序可反复进行。
第五十二条 在执委会必须提名总干事的会议确定开幕的日期前至少九个月，总 干事应通知会员国，它们可提出供执委会提名为总干事一职的人选。 任何会员国均可提出一至多名担任总干事一职的人选，及所提人选 的履历或其它证明文件。 此类提名应在已定的会议开幕日前至少四个月， 以密件送达日内瓦（瑞士）世界卫生组织总部转执行委员会主席。 执委会主席应尽早在会议开幕前启封所收到的全部提名，以便确保 将所有提名、履历及证明文件翻译成各正式语言，复制并在已定的会议 开幕日前三个月分发所有会员国。 在向会员国送交提名、履历及证明文件后，经与执委会主席协商， 总干事应立即召集对所有会员国和准会员开放的候选人论坛。应平等邀 请所有候选人在论坛上向会员国介绍自己及其主张。候选人论坛由执委 会主席主持，应在会议开幕日前至少提前两个月举行。执委会应决定候 选人论坛的举办方式。如果仅提出一名总干事人选，则不举办候选人论 坛。 如在本条第二款提及的最后期限之前未收到提名，总干事应立即向 所有会员国通报这一情况并通知它们可根据本条规定提出人选，但此类 提名须在执委会会议确定开幕的日期前至少两周送达执委会主席。主席 应尽快将所有此类提名通知会员国。 执委会所有委员应有机会参与所有候选人的最初筛选，以便排除不 符合执委会所提出和卫生大会所核定标准的那些候选人。
180
基 本 文 件
执委会应极端重视专业资格和诚信，并应适当注意公平的地域代表 性和性别平衡，通过由其确定的机制决定最后候选人名单。该最后名单 应在其会议开始时制定，其后应尽快由执委会全体会议对所选候选人进 行面试。 面试应包括除解答执委会委员所提问题外由所选的每一候选人作 一介绍。如必要，执委会可延长会议，以便举行面试和作出选择。 执委会应确定以无记名投票方式从最后候选人名单中选出一人的 会议召开日期。在例外情况下，如果提名三名候选人并不可行，例如仅 有一名或两名候选人，执委会可决定提名三名以下候选人。 为提名三名候选人的目的，执委会各委员应在其选票上写明最后名 单中所列的三名候选人姓名。 第一轮票选获得所需多数票的候选人当选。 如获多数票的候选人数少于应补空额，则每次票选时排除得票最少的候 选人。如果有两名候选人得票最少且得票数相等，应为他们单独举行一 次票选， 排除得票最少的候选人。 如果执委会决定提名三名以下候选人， 应在适当变通后适用本方法。 以此提出的一名或多名人选，应在执委会公开会议上宣布，并提交 卫生大会。
本议事规则的中止与修正
第五十三条 在不违反《组织法》条款的情况下并考虑到卫生大会的任何有关决 议，执委会可根据第四十三条中止本议事规则的任何条款，但中止提案 须在四十八小时前通知主席，并由主席在该提案将予提交的会议召开前 二十四小时通知各委员。如根据主席的建议而执委会一致赞同，可无需 通知立即通过。 任何此类中止应限定特定目的和实现该目的所需的时期。
世界卫生组织执行委员会议事规则
181
第五十四条 在不违反《组织法》条款的情况下，执委会可修正或补充本议事规 则。
一 般 条 例
第五十五条 本议事规则条款未尽事项，执委会可自行决定运用适合的《卫生大 会议事规则》 。
—————
附
件
附 件 一
世界卫生组织会员国及准会员 （截至二 O 一四年十二月三十一日） 世界卫生组织会员国和准会员及其承认组织法或被接纳为准会员的 日期列表如下： 阿富汗 ...................................................................................... 一九四八年四月十九日 阿尔巴尼亚* ......................................................................... 一九四七年五月二十六日 阿尔及利亚* ............................................................................. 一九六二年十一月八日 安道尔 ...................................................................................... 一九九七年一月十五日 安哥拉* .................................................................................... 一九七六年五月十五日 安提瓜和巴布达* ..................................................................... 一九八四年三月十二日 阿根廷* ................................................................................ 一九四八年十月二十二日 亚美尼亚....................................................................................... 一九九二年五月四日 澳大利亚*..................................................................................... 一九四八年二月二日 奥地利* .................................................................................... 一九四七年六月三十日 阿塞拜疆....................................................................................... 一九九二年十月二日 巴哈马* ........................................................................................ 一九七四年四月一日 巴林* ........................................................................................ 一九七一年十一月二日 孟加拉国................................................................................... 一九七二年五月十九日 巴巴多斯*............................................................................. 一九六七年四月二十五日 白俄罗斯*..................................................................................... 一九四八年四月七日 比利时* ................................................................................ 一九四八年六月二十五日 伯利兹 ................................................................................. 一九九 O 年八月二十三日 贝宁 ......................................................................................... 一九六 O 年九月二十日 不丹 .............................................................................................. 一九八二年三月八日 玻利维亚（多民族国） .................................................... 一九四九年十二月二十三日 波斯尼亚和黑塞哥维那* .............................................................. 一九九二年九月十日 博茨瓦纳*............................................................................. 一九七五年二月二十六日 巴西* ............................................................................................ 一九四八年六月二日 文莱达鲁萨兰国 ................................................................... 一九八五年三月二十五日 保加利亚*..................................................................................... 一九四八年六月九日 布基纳法索* ................................................................................ 一九六 O 年十月四日 布隆迪 .................................................................................. 一九六二年十月二十二日 柬埔寨* ................................................................................... 一九五 O 年五月十七日 喀麦隆* ....................................................................................... 一九六 O 年五月六日 加拿大 .................................................................................. 一九四六年八月二十九日 佛得角 .......................................................................................... 一九七六年一月五日 中非共和国* ............................................................................ 一九六 O 年九月二十日 乍得 .............................................................................................. 一九六一年一月一日 智利* ........................................................................................ 一九四八年十月十五日 中国* .................................................................................... 一九四六年七月二十二日 哥伦比亚................................................................................... 一九五九年五月十四日 科摩罗 ...................................................................................... 一九七五年十二月九日 刚果 ..................................................................................... 一九六 O 年十月二十六日 库克群岛....................................................................................... 一九四八年五月九日 哥斯达黎加 ............................................................................... 一九四九年三月十七日 科特迪瓦*............................................................................ 一九六 O 年十月二十八日 ——————— * 认可专门机构特权和豁免权公约及其附件七的会员国。
- 185 -
186
基 本 文 件
克罗地亚* ................................................................................ 一九九二年六月十一日 古巴* ........................................................................................... 一九五 O 年五月九日 塞浦路斯* ................................................................................ 一九六一年一月十六日 捷克共和国*......................................................................... 一九九三年一月二十二日 朝鲜民主主义人民共和国 ........................................................ 一九七三年五月十九日 刚果民主共和国* ................................................................. 一九六一年二月二十四日 丹麦* ........................................................................................ 一九四八年四月十九日 吉布提 .......................................................................................... 一九七八年三月十日 多米尼克* ................................................................................ 一九八一年八月十三日 多米尼加共和国 ................................................................... 一九四八年六月二十一日 厄瓜多尔* .................................................................................... 一九四九年三月一日 埃及* .................................................................................... 一九四七年十二月十六日 萨尔瓦多* ............................................................................ 一九四八年六月二十二日 赤道几内亚.................................................................................. 一九八 O 年五月五日 厄立特里亚........................................................................... 一九九三年七月二十四日 爱沙尼亚* ............................................................................ 一九九三年三月三十一日 埃塞俄比亚............................................................................... 一九四七年四月十一日 斐济* ............................................................................................ 一九七二年一月一日 芬兰* ............................................................................................ 一九四七年十月七日 法国* ........................................................................................ 一九四八年六月十六日 加蓬* ................................................................................ 一九六 O 年十一月二十一日 冈比亚* ................................................................................ 一九七一年四月二十六日 格鲁吉亚* ............................................................................ 一九九二年五月二十六日 德国* .................................................................................... 一九五一年五月二十九日 加纳* ............................................................................................ 一九五七年四月八日 希腊* ........................................................................................ 一九四八年三月十二日 格林纳达 .................................................................................. 一九七四年十二月四日 危地马拉* ............................................................................ 一九四九年八月二十六日 几内亚* .................................................................................... 一九五九年五月十九日 几内亚比绍........................................................................... 一九七四年七月二十九日 圭亚那* ................................................................................ 一九六六年九月二十七日 海地* ........................................................................................ 一九四七年八月十二日 洪都拉斯* .................................................................................... 一九四九年四月八日 匈牙利* .................................................................................... 一九四八年六月十七日 冰岛* ........................................................................................ 一九四八年六月十七日 印度* ........................................................................................ 一九四八年一月十二日 印度尼西亚*.........................................................................一九五 O 年五月二十三日 伊朗(伊斯兰共和国)*..............................................................................................一九四六年十一月二十三日 伊拉克* ................................................................................ 一九四七年九月二十三日 爱尔兰* .................................................................................... 一九四七年十月二十日 以色列 .................................................................................. 一九四九年六月二十一日 意大利* .................................................................................... 一九四七年四月十一日 牙买加* ................................................................................ 一九六三年三月二十一日 日本* ........................................................................................ 一九五一年五月十六日 约旦* ............................................................................................ 一九四七年四月七日 哈萨克斯坦............................................................................... 一九九二年八月十九日 肯尼亚* ................................................................................ 一九六四年一月二十七日 基里巴斯 .............................................................................. 一九八四年七月二十六日 科威特* ....................................................................................... 一九六 O 年五月九日 吉尔吉斯斯坦 ....................................................................... 一九九二年四月二十九日 老挝人民民主共和国*............................................................. 一九五 O 年五月十七日 拉脱维亚* ................................................................................ 一九九一年十二月四日 黎巴嫩 ...................................................................................... 一九四九年一月十九日 ——————— * 认可专门机构特权和豁免权公约及其附件七的会员国。
世界卫生组织会员国
187
莱索托* ........................................................................................ 一九六七年七月七日 利比里亚................................................................................... 一九四七年三月十四日 利比亚* .................................................................................... 一九五二年五月十六日 立陶宛* ............................................................................ 一九九一年十一月二十五日 卢森堡* ........................................................................................ 一九四九年六月三日 马达加斯加* ............................................................................. 一九六一年一月十六日 马拉维* ........................................................................................ 一九六五年四月九日 马来西亚*............................................................................. 一九五八年四月二十四日 马尔代夫*................................................................................. 一九六五年十一月五日 马里* ....................................................................................... 一九六 O 年十月十七日 马耳他* ........................................................................................ 一九六五年二月一日 马绍尔群岛 ................................................................................... 一九九一年六月五日 毛里塔尼亚 ................................................................................... 一九六一年三月七日 毛里求斯*................................................................................. 一九六八年十二月九日 墨西哥 .......................................................................................... 一九四八年四月七日 密克罗尼西亚(联邦) ................................................................. 一九九一年八月十四日 摩纳哥 .......................................................................................... 一九四八年七月八日 蒙古* ........................................................................................ 一九六二年四月十八日 黑山* .................................................................................... 二 OO 六年八月二十九日 摩洛哥* .................................................................................... 一九五六年五月十四日 莫桑比克*................................................................................. 一九七五年九月十一日 缅甸 .............................................................................................. 一九四八年七月一日 纳米比亚.............................................................................. 一九九 O 年四月二十三日 瑙鲁 .............................................................................................. 一九九四年五月九日 尼泊尔* ........................................................................................ 一九五三年九月二日 荷兰* .................................................................................... 一九四七年四月二十五日 新西兰* .................................................................................... 一九四六年十二月十日 尼加拉瓜*................................................................................ 一九五 O 年四月十四日 尼日尔* ....................................................................................... 一九六 O 年十月五日 尼日利亚*......................................................................... 一九六 O 年十一月二十五日 纽埃 .............................................................................................. 一九九四年五月四日 挪威* ........................................................................................ 一九四七年八月十八日 阿曼 ...................................................................................... 一九七一年五月二十八日 巴基斯坦*............................................................................. 一九四八年六月二十三日 帕劳 .............................................................................................. 一九九五年三月九日 巴拿马 ...................................................................................... 一九五一年二月二十日 巴布亚新几内亚 ................................................................... 一九七六年四月二十九日 巴拉圭* ........................................................................................ 一九四九年一月四日 秘鲁 ...................................................................................... 一九四九年十一月十一日 菲律宾* ........................................................................................ 一九四八年七月九日 波兰* ............................................................................................ 一九四八年五月六日 葡萄牙* .................................................................................... 一九四八年二月十三日 卡塔尔* .................................................................................... 一九七二年五月十一日 大韩民国*................................................................................. 一九四九年八月十七日 摩尔多瓦共和国* ......................................................................... 一九九二年五月四日 罗马尼亚*..................................................................................... 一九四八年六月八日 俄罗斯联邦* ......................................................................... 一九四八年三月二十四日 卢旺达* .................................................................................... 一九六二年十一月七日 圣基茨和尼维斯 ....................................................................... 一九四八年十二月三日 圣卢西亚*............................................................................ 一九八 O 年十一月十一日 圣文森特和格林纳丁斯 ................................................................ 一九八三年九月二日 萨摩亚 ...................................................................................... 一九六二年五月十六日 圣马力诺*................................................................................ 一九八 O 年五月十二日 ——————— * 认可专门机构特权和豁免权公约及其附件七的会员国。
188
基 本 文 件
圣多美和普林西比 ............................................................... 一九七六年三月二十三日 沙特阿拉伯........................................................................... 一九四七年五月二十六日 塞内加尔* ............................................................................一九六 O 年十月三十一日 塞尔维亚* .......................................................................... 二 OOO 年十一月二十八日 塞舌尔* .................................................................................... 一九七九年九月十一日 塞拉利昂* ................................................................................ 一九六一年十月二十日 新加坡* ................................................................................ 一九六六年二月二十五日 斯洛伐克* .................................................................................... 一九九三年二月四日 斯洛文尼亚*................................................................................. 一九九二年五月七日 所罗门群岛................................................................................... 一九八三年四月四日 索马里 .................................................................................. 一九六一年一月二十六日 南非* ............................................................................................ 一九四七年八月七日 南苏丹 ..................................................................................二 O 一一年九月二十七日 西班牙* ................................................................................ 一九五一年五月二十八日 斯里兰卡 ...................................................................................... 一九四八年七月七日 苏丹 .......................................................................................... 一九五六年五月十四日 苏里南 .................................................................................. 一九七六年三月二十五日 斯威士兰 .................................................................................. 一九七三年四月十六日 瑞典* .................................................................................... 一九四七年八月二十八日 瑞士* .................................................................................... 一九四七年三月二十六日 阿拉伯叙利亚共和国......................................................... 一九四六年十二月二十八日 塔吉克斯坦................................................................................... 一九九二年五月四日 泰国* .................................................................................... 一九四七年九月二十六日 前南斯拉夫的马其顿共和国* .............................................. 一九九三年四月二十二日 东帝汶 ................................................................................... 二 OO 二年九月二十七日 多哥* ....................................................................................... 一九六 O 年五月十三日 汤加* ........................................................................................ 一九七五年八月十四日 特立尼达和多巴哥* ..................................................................... 一九六三年一月三日 突尼斯* .................................................................................... 一九五六年五月十四日 土耳其 .......................................................................................... 一九四八年一月二日 土库曼斯坦................................................................................... 一九九二年七月二日 图瓦卢 .......................................................................................... 一九九三年五月七日 乌干达* ........................................................................................ 一九六三年三月七日 乌克兰* ........................................................................................ 一九四八年四月三日 阿拉伯联合酋长国* ................................................................. 一九七二年三月三十日 大不列颠及北爱尔兰联合王国*........................................... 一九四六年七月二十二日 坦桑尼亚联合共和国*.............................................................. 一九六二年三月十五日 美利坚合众国 ....................................................................... 一九四八年六月二十一日 乌拉圭* ................................................................................ 一九四九年四月二十二日 乌兹别克斯坦* ..................................................................... 一九九二年五月二十二日 瓦努阿图* .................................................................................... 一九八三年三月七日 委内瑞拉(玻利瓦尔共和国).......................................................... 一九四八年七月七日 越南 ......................................................................................... 一九五 O 年五月十七日 也门 ...................................................................................... 一九五三年十一月二十日 赞比亚* ........................................................................................ 一九六五年二月二日 津巴布韦* ............................................................................... 一九八 O 年五月十六日
准会员
波多黎各 ...................................................................................... 一九九二年五月七日 托克劳 .......................................................................................... 一九九一年五月八日
————— ——————— * 认可专门机构特权和豁免权公约及其附件七的会员国。
附 件 二
国际癌症研究机构章程1 第一条 — 宗旨 国际癌症研究机构的宗旨在于促进癌症的国际合作。各参与国及世 界卫生组织通过本机构与国际抗癌联盟及其他有关国际组织联系合作， 推动并支持有关癌症研究各阶段的合作。
第二条 — 职能 为实现其宗旨，本机构职能如下： 1. 本机构将开展癌症病因、治疗及预防各阶段研究工作的设计、促进 及发展工作。 2. 本机构将执行经常性活动规划，这些活动包括： (1) 在世界范围内搜集并散发癌症流行病学、癌症研究、癌症病因 学及其预防的情报； (2) 对癌症研究项目、或辅助性研究项目的建议予以考虑，并拟订 计划，上述项目需设计得足以最有效地利用学术及财务资源，以及 可能出现的研究癌症自然史的特殊机会； (3) 癌症研究人员的教育和培养。 3. 本机构得安排专题项目的开展；但所述专题项目，需经学术委员会 建议，由理事会专项批示后方得开展。 第十八届世界卫生大会于一九六五年五月二十日（WHA18.44 号决议）批准。 本章程按第三条及第十一条于一九六五年九月十五日生效。理事会第七届会议（一 九六九年） 、第九届会议（一九七一年） 、第二十七届会议（一九八六年） 、第三十一 届会议（一九九 O 年） 、第五十届会议（二 OO 八年）和第五十三届会议（二 O 一 一年）通过的章程修正案，已由第二十三届、第二十五届、第三十九届、第四十三 届、第六十一届和第六十四届世界卫生大会批准，参见 WHA23.23、WHA25.25、 WHA39.13、WHA43.23、WHA61.13 和 WHA64.26 号决议。 1
- 189 -
190 4. 上述专题项目可包括：
基 本 文 件
(1) 对经常性规划的补充性活动； (2) 癌症预防活动试点的示范； (3) 鼓励并支持国家一级的研究活动，必要时，并得直接建立研究 机构。 5. 在开展其经常性活动规划及专题项目时，本机构得与其它任何机构 合作。
第三条 — 参与国 世界卫生组织各会员国得通知世界卫生组织总干事将遵守并实施本 章程条款后，并按第十二条所述，即得积极参与本机构活动。凡作出上 述通知的会员国，本章程中称之为“参与国”
第四条 — 机构 本机构由下所列组成： (1) 理事会； (2) 学术委员会； (3) 秘书处。
第五条 — 理事会 1. 理事会由各参与国的一名代表和世界卫生组织总干事组成，上述人 等得由其副代表及顾问陪同。 2. 3. 理事会各理事只有一票表决权。 理事会将： (1) 通过预算；
国际癌症研究机构章程 (2) 通过财务条例； (3) 管理开支； (4) 决定秘书处编制； (5) 选举官员； (6) 通过理事会议事规则。 4. 理事会经考虑学术委员会建议后得： (1) 通过经常性活动规划； (2) 批准专题项目； (3) 决定补充性规划。
191
5. 理事会对本条第三节第(1) 及(2) 小节所述事项需经其成员中三分之 二的参与国代表多数同意决定。 6. 除本章程中另有决定外，理事会需经出席并投票的理事以简单多数 通过作出决定。理事过半数即构成法定人数。 7. 理事会每年应至少召开一次常会。经三分之一成员要求，得召开特 别会议。 8. 管理委员会得指定小组委员会及工作组。
第六条 — 学术委员会 1. 应根据癌症研究及应用学科技术资历，遴选足具水平的科学家组成 学术委员会。学术委员会委员任命为专家，而不是参与国代表。 2. 每一参与国可提名至多两名学术委员会候选专家。如果参与国作出 这样的提名，理事会应任命其中一人。 3. 参与国在确定供学术委员会考虑任命的专家时，应考虑到学术委员 会主席和本机构主任就学术委员会在做出任命时所要求专业知识提供的 建议。
192
基 本 文 件
4. 学术委员会委员任期各为四年。如果委员卸任时任期未满，根据第 5 节对剩余任职期可作出新的任命。 5. 如果学术委员会出现空缺，曾提名卸任委员的参与国应根据第 2 节 和第 3 节，再提名至多两名专家以接替该卸任委员。除任职期限略短的 委员外，任何学术委员会委员须在卸任至少满一年后方得再次任命。 6. 学术委员会负责： (1) 通过学术委员会议事规则； (2) 定期评议本机构活动； (3) 建议经常性活动规划、拟订专题项目提交理事会； (4) 定期评议本机构主持的专题项目； (5) 在理事会审议规划及预算时， 就上述(2)、 (3)及(4)小节事项向该 委员会报告。
第七条 — 秘书处 1. 在世界卫生组织总干事全面领导下，秘书处是本机构的行政及技术 部门，它应贯彻执行理事会及学术委员会的决定。 2. 秘书处由本机构主任及必要的技术及行政人员组成。
3. 本机构主任由理事会选举产生。世界卫生组织总干事根据理事会决 定的条件予以任命生效。 4. 本机构人员同世界卫生组织总干事与本机构主任按协商方式决定的 条件聘用。 5. 本机构主任是本机构的首席行政官员，负责： (1) 拟订今后规划与预算概算； (2) 监督执行规划及学术活动；
国际癌症研究机构章程 (3) 处理行政及财务问题。 6.
193
本机构主任应提出下一财务年度本组织工作进展及预算概算报告。
报告应于理事会年度会议三十天前寄至各参与国及世界卫生组织总干 事。
第八条 — 财务 1. 2. 3. 本机构行政工作及经常性活动由各参与国年度会费支付。 年度会费当年一月一日起算，在当年十二月三十一日前缴付。 理事会决定年度会费水平。
4. 对年度会费水平的改变建议，需经理事会理事中参与国代表三分之 二多数票通过。 5. 若某一参与国年度会费欠缴数额已达、或超过上年度应缴会费总额
时，则将撤销其在理事会中表决权。 6. 7. 理事会得建立工作周转金，并决定其数额。 理事会被授权接受任何个人、机构或政府的捐赠或专项捐款。 本机构专题项目由上述捐赠或专项捐款支付。 8. 本机构资金及财产应与世界卫生组织资金及财产分别核算，并按理
事会通过的财务条例管理。
第九条 — 总部 本机构总部驻地由理事会择定。
第十条 — 修正 除第八条第 4 节所述者外，对本章程的修正，需经理事会成员中参 与国代表三分之二多数通过，并经世界卫生大会批准后生效。
194
基 本 文 件
第十一条 — 生效 本章程各条款，自国际癌症研究机构的五个倡建国依第三条所述已 表示遵守并执行现章程条例之时起生效。
第十二条 — 新参与国 本章程生效后，世界卫生组织各会员国均得接纳为参与国，但需： (1) 经理事会成员中参与国代表三分之二多数认为该国对本机构 学术及技术工作能作出有效贡献； (2) 嗣后，该国作出依第三条所述的表示。
第十三条 — 退出 参与国经通知世界卫生组织总干事其退出意图，得退出本机构。上 述通知在送达世界卫生组织总干事六个月后生效。
—————
索
引
（未编，请参阅英文文本索引）
本刊物将世界卫生组织管理的重要文件汇总成一卷，包 括： 组织法 世界卫生大会和执行委员会议事规则 财务条例及人事条例。
本刊物还包括专家咨询团和专家委员会条例、研究组及学 术组条例、与联合国及其它机构的协定文本、专门机构特权和 豁免权公约、国际癌症研究机构章程以及与非政府组织的关系 准则。它列有世卫组织会员国和准会员一览表。 第四十八版截至的最新日期是 2014 年 12 月 31 日，以世 界卫生组织所有六种正式语言出版，并可以电子方式在本组织 网站（http://www.who.int）读取。
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ Сорок восьмое издание Включающее поправки, принятые до 31 декабря 2014 г. 2014 год
Основные документы выходят отдельными изданиями по мере необходимости и могут быть доступны по адресу: http://apps.who.int/gb/bd. Другие официальные документы ВОЗ доступны на страницах «Руководящие органы» веб-сайта ВОЗ по адресу: http://www.who.int/governance/.
WHO Library Cataloguing in Publication Data World Health Organization Basic documents. – 48th ed. Including amendments adopted up to 31 December 2014. 1.World Health Organization. 2.Constitution and bylaws. I.Title. ISBN 978 92 4 465048 6 (NLM Classification: WA 540.MW6)
© Всемирная организация здравоохранения, 2014 г. Все права защищены. Публикации Всемирной организации здравоохранения могут быть получены в Отделе прессы ВОЗ, Всемирная организация здравоохранения, 20 Avenue Appia, 1211 Geneva 27, Switzerland (тел.: +41 22 791 3264; факс: +41 22 791 4857; эл. почта: bookorders@who.int). Запросы на получение разрешения на воспроизведение или перевод публикаций ВОЗ - как для продажи, так и для некоммерческого распространения - следует направлять в Отдел прессы ВОЗ по указанному выше адресу (факс: +41 22 791 4806; эл. почта: permissions@who.int). Обозначения, используемые в настоящей публикации, и приводимые в ней материалы не отражают какого-либо мнения Всемирной организации здравоохранения относительно юридического статуса какой-либо страны, территории, города или района или их органов власти, либо относительно делимитации их границ. Пунктирные линии на географических картах обозначают приблизительные границы, в отношении которых пока еще может быть не достигнуто полное согласие. Упоминание конкретных компаний или продукции некоторых изготовителей не означает, что Всемирная организация здравоохранения поддерживает или рекомендует их, отдавая им предпочтение по сравнению с другими компаниями или продуктами аналогичного характера, не упомянутыми в тексте. За исключением случаев, когда имеют место ошибки и пропуски, названия патентованных продуктов выделяются начальными прописными буквами. Всемирная организация здравоохранения приняла все разумные меры предосторожности для проверки информации, содержащейся в настоящей публикации. Тем не менее, опубликованные материалы распространяются без какой-либо четко выраженной или подразумеваемой гарантии. Ответственность за интерпретацию и использование материалов ложится на пользователей. Всемирная организация здравоохранения ни в коем случае не несет ответственности за ущерб, возникший в результате использования этих материалов. Напечатано в Италии
СОДЕРЖАНИЕ
Стр. Устав (Конституция) Всемирной организации здравоохранения....................................................................... Права и обязанности ассоциированных членов Организации и других территорий 1. 2. Ассамблея здравоохранения и Исполнительный комитет ........................................................................... Региональные организации ........................................... 27 29 32 52 53 1
Конвенция о привилегиях и иммунитетах специализированных учреждений .......................................... Приложение VII – Всемирная организация здравоохранения ................................................................. Соглашения с другими межправительственными организациями .......................................................................... Соглашение между Всемирной организацией здравоохранения и Панамериканской организацией здравоохранения ................................................................. Соглашение между Организацией Объединенных Наций и Всемирной организацией здравоохранения ...... Соглашение между Международной организацией труда и Всемирной организацией здравоохранения........ Соглашение между Продовольственной и сельскохозяйственной организацией Объединенных Наций и Всемирной организацией здравоохранения ...... – iii –
53 57 70
75
(Продолжение на обороте)
iv
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Стр. Соглашение между Организацией Объединенных Наций по вопросам образования, науки и культуры и Всемирной организацией здравоохранения ..................... Соглашение между Международным агентством по атомной энергии и Всемирной организацией здравоохранения ................................................................. Соглашение между Международным фондом сельскохозяйственного развития и Всемирной организацией здравоохранения ......................................... Соглашение между Организацией Объединенных Наций по промышленному развитию и Всемирной организацией здравоохранения ......................................... Соглашение между Всемирной организацией здравоохранения и Всемирным почтовым союзом .........
80
86
92
97 101
Соглашение между Международным бюро по эпизоотиям и Всемирной организацией здравоохранения .................. 105 Соглашение между Комиссией Африканского союза и Всемирной организацией здравоохранения ..................... Соглашение между Всемирной организацией здравоохранения и Центром по проблемам Юга ............. Принципы, регулирующие установление официальных отношений между Всемирной организацией здравоохранения и неправительственными организациями .......................................................................... Положения о финансах Всемирной организации здравоохранения....................................................................... 110 119
125 134
Приложение: Дополнительный круг ведения, определяющий характер внешней ревизии во Всемирной организации здравоохранения....................................................................... 149
СОДЕРЖАНИЕ
v
Стр. Положения о персонале Всемирной организации здравоохранения....................................................................... Положения о списках экспертов-консультантов и комитетах экспертов ................................................................ Приложение – Правила процедуры для комитетов экспертов ............................................................................. Положения об исследовательских и научных группах, сотрудничающих учреждениях и других механизмах сотрудничества ......................................................................... Правила процедуры Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения....................................................................... Руководство по проведению выборов тайным голосованием Определение понятия выступления по порядку ведения заседания ................................................................................... Правила процедуры Исполнительного комитета Всемирной организации здравоохранения ............................ ДОПОЛНЕНИЯ 1. Государства – члены Всемирной организации здравоохранения ................................................................. 2. Статут Международного агентства по изучению рака ...... _________ Примечание: в соответствии с резолюцией WHA57.8, использование в Основных документах одного рода следует рассматривать как включающее ссылку на другой род, если в контексте не предусмотрено иное.
153 163 173
176 187 228 231 233
259 265
УСТАВ (КОНСТИТУЦИЯ) ВСЕМИРНОЙ ОРГАНИЗАЦИИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ1 ГОСУДАРСТВА, принявшие сообща настоящий Устав (Конституцию) в соответствии с Уставом Объединенных Наций, провозглашают, что нижеследующие принципы являются основными для счастья, гармоничных отношений между всеми народами и для их безопасности. Здоровье является состоянием полного физического, душевного и социального благополучия, а не только отсутствием болезней и физических дефектов. Обладание наивысшим достижимым уровнем здоровья является одним из основных прав всякого человека без различия расы, религии, политических убеждений, экономического или социального положения. Здоровье всех народов является основным фактором в достижении мира и безопасности и зависит от самого полного сотрудничества отдельных лиц и государств. Достижения любого государства в области улучшения и охраны здоровья представляют ценность для всех. Неравномерное развитие в разных странах мер в области здравоохранения и борьбы с болезнями, в особенности с заразными болезнями, является общей опасностью. Здоровое развитие ребенка является фактором первостепенной важности; способность жить гармонично в Устав (Конституция) принят Международной конференцией здравоохранения, проходившей в Нью-Йорке с 19 июня по 22 июля 1946 г., подписан 22 июля 1946 г. представителями 61 страны (Off. Rec. Wld Hlth Org., 2, 100) и вступил в силу 7 апреля 1948 года. Поправки, принятые Двадцать шестой, Двадцать девятой, Тридцать девятой и Пятьдесят первой сессиями Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения (резолюции WHA26.37, WHA29.38, WHA39.6 и WHA51.23), вступили в силу 3 февраля 1977 г., 20 января 1984 г., 11 июля 1994 г. и 15 сентября 2005 г., соответственно, и включены в настоящий текст. 1
–1–
2
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
меняющихся условиях среды является основным условием такого развития. Предоставление всем народам возможности пользования всеми достижениями медицины, психологии и родственных им наук является необходимым условием достижения высшего уровня здоровья. Просвещенное общественное мнение и активное сотрудничество со стороны общества крайне важны для улучшения здоровья народа. Правительства несут ответственность за здоровье своих народов, и эта ответственность требует принятия соответствующих мероприятий социального характера в области здравоохранения. ПРИЗНАВАЯ ЭТИ ПРИНЦИПЫ, в целях сотрудничества между собой и с другими в области улучшения и охраны здоровья всех народов договаривающиеся стороны принимают настоящий Устав (Конституцию) и тем самым учреждают Всемирную организацию здравоохранения как специализированное учреждение Объединенных Наций в соответствии с положениями статьи 57 Устава Объединенных Наций. ГЛАВА I – ЦЕЛЬ Статья 1 Целью Всемирной организации здравоохранения, в дальнейшем именуемой "Организация", является достижение всеми народами возможно высшего уровня здоровья. ГЛАВА II – ФУНКЦИИ Статья 2 Функциями Организации, ведущими к указанной цели, будут:
УСТАВ ВОЗ
3
(a) (b)
действовать в качестве руководящего и координирующего органа в международной работе по здравоохранению; установить и поддерживать эффективное сотрудничество с Объединенными Нациями, со специализированными учреждениями, с правительственными учреждениями по здравоохранению, с профессиональными группами и с другими организациями, которые для этого окажутся подходящими; помогать правительствам по их просьбе в укреплении служб здравоохранения; оказывать нужное техническое содействие и в экстренных случаях необходимую помощь по просьбе или с согласия соответствующего правительства; обеспечивать или способствовать обеспечению по требованию Объединенных Наций обслуживанием необходимыми для здравоохранения средствами специальных групп, как, например, населения территорий, находящихся под опекой; обеспечить и поддерживать такое административное и техническое обслуживание, включая эпидемиологическое и статистическое, которое может потребоваться; поощрять и развивать работу по борьбе с эпидемическими, эндемическими и другими болезнями; в сотрудничестве, где это является необходимым, с другими специализированными учреждениями способствовать предотвращению несчастных случаев; в сотрудничестве, где это потребуется, с другими специализированными учреждениями способствовать улучшению питания, жилищных условий, санитарных условий, условий отдыха, экономических условий или условий труда и других гигиенических условий окружающей обстановки;
(c) (d)
(e)
(f)
(g) (h)
(i)
4
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
(j)
способствовать сотрудничеству между научными и профессиональными группами, которые участвуют в развитии дела здравоохранения; предлагать принятие конвенций, соглашений и правил, делать рекомендации по вопросам международного здравоохранения и исполнять те обязанности, которые в связи с этим могут быть возложены на Организацию и которые соответствуют ее целям; способствовать развитию охраны материнства и детства и принимать меры, содействующие способности к гармоничной жизни в меняющихся общих условиях среды; поощрять работу в области психического здоровья, в особенности такую, которая имеет значение для гармонии человеческих отношений; поощрять и проводить здравоохранения; исследования в области
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n) (o)
способствовать улучшению стандартов обучения и подготовки в области здравоохранения, медицины и связанных с ними профессий; изучать в сотрудничестве с другими специализированными учреждениями, когда это необходимо, административные и социальные вопросы, влияющие на общественное здравоохранение и медицинское обслуживание с точки зрения их превентивного и лечебного значения, включая госпитальное обслуживание и социальное обеспечение, и представлять о том доклады; предоставлять информацию, советы и помощь в области здравоохранения; способствовать созданию во всех странах осведомленного в вопросах здравоохранения общественного мнения;
(p)
(q) (r)
УСТАВ ВОЗ
5
(s)
устанавливать и по мере надобности пересматривать международную номенклатуру болезней, причин смерти и практики общественного здравоохранения; стандартизировать, где это необходимо, диагностические процедуры; развивать, устанавливать и способствовать распространению международных стандартов для пищевых, биологических, фармацевтических и аналогичных продуктов; вообще принимать все необходимые меры для достижения целей Организации.
(t) (u)
(v)
ГЛАВА III – ЧЛЕНЫ ОРГАНИЗАЦИИ И АССОЦИИРОВАННЫЕ ЧЛЕНЫ Статья 3 Прием в члены Организации открыт для всех государств. Статья 4 Члены Объединенных Наций могут стать членами Организации путем подписания настоящего Устава (Конституции) или принятия его каким-либо другим образом, предусмотренным в главе ХIХ и в соответствии с их конституционной процедурой. Статья 5 Государства, правительства которых были приглашены прислать наблюдателей на Международную конференцию по здравоохранению, состоявшуюся в Нью-Йорке в 1946 г., могут стать членами Организации путем подписания настоящего Устава (Конституции) или принятия его каким-либо другим образом, предусмотренным в главе ХIХ и в соответствии с их конституционной процедурой, при условии, что такое подписание или принятие состоится до первой сессии Ассамблеи здравоохранения.
6
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Статья 6 В соответствии с условиями любого соглашения между Объединенными Нациями и Организацией, утвержденными согласно главе XVI, государства, не ставшие членами Организации в порядке, указанном в статьях 4 и 5, могут подавать заявления о приеме в члены Организации и принимаются в члены Организации по утверждении их заявлений Ассамблеей здравоохранения простым большинством голосов. Статья 71 В случае невыполнения членом Организации своих финансовых обязательств по отношению к Организации или при других исключительных обстоятельствах Ассамблея здравоохранения может на тех условиях, которые она сочтет правильными, временно лишить члена Организации принадлежащих ему права голоса и права на обслуживание. Ассамблея здравоохранения полномочна восстанавливать означенные право голоса и право на обслуживание. Статья 8 Территории или группы территорий, не ответственные за свои международные отношения, могут приниматься в качестве ассоциированных членов Ассамблеи здравоохранения по подаче заявления, представляемого от имени такой территории или группы территорий членом Организации или иной властью, ответственной за их международные отношения. Представители ассоциированных членов в Ассамблее здравоохранения должны области обладать технической компетентностью в здравоохранения и должны выбираться из местного населения. Характер и объем прав и обязанностей ассоциированных членов определяются Ассамблеей здравоохранения.
Поправка к этой статье, принятая Восемнадцатой сессией Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения (резолюция WHA18.48), еще не вступила в силу.
1
УСТАВ ВОЗ
7
ГЛАВА IV – ОРГАНЫ Статья 9 Работа Организации выполняется: (a) (b) (c) Всемирной ассамблеей здравоохранения (именуемой в тексте "Ассамблея здравоохранения"); Исполнительным комитетом (в дальнейшем именуемым "Комитетом"); Секретариатом. ГЛАВА V – ВСЕМИРНАЯ АССАМБЛЕЯ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ Статья 10 Ассамблея здравоохранения состоит из представляющих государства – члены Организации. Статья 11 Каждый член Организации представлен не более как тремя делегатами, из которых один по назначению члена Организации является главным делегатом. Указанные делегаты должны подбираться из числа лиц, обладающих наивысшей технической компетентностью в области здравоохранения, предпочтительно представляющих национальную администрацию здравоохранения члена Организации. Статья 12 При делегатах могут состоять заместители и советники. Статья 13 Ассамблея здравоохранения собирается на очередные ежегодные сессии и в случае надобности – на специальные сессии. Специальные сессии созываются по требованию Комитета или большинства членов Организации. делегатов,
8
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Статья 14 Ассамблея здравоохранения на каждой ежегодной сессии выбирает страну или область, в которой должна состояться следующая ежегодная сессия, причем Комитет определяет место съезда. Место проведения специальной сессии определяется Комитетом. Статья 15 Комитет после консультации с Генеральным секретарем Объединенных Наций определяет сроки созыва каждой ежегодной и специальной сессии. Статья 16 Ассамблея здравоохранения избирает своего председателя и других членов президиума в начале каждой ежегодной сессии. Эти лица сохраняют свои полномочия впредь до избрания их преемников. Статья 17 Ассамблея здравоохранения собственные правила процедуры. Статья 18 Функциями Ассамблеи здравоохранения являются: (a) (b) определять направление деятельности Организации; определять страны – члены Организации, которым предоставляется право назначать своих представителей в Комитет; назначать Генерального директора; рассматривать и утверждать доклады и деятельность Комитета и Генерального директора и давать указания устанавливает свои
(c) (d)
УСТАВ ВОЗ
9
Комитету по тем вопросам, по которым желательно предпринять действия, изучение, исследование или представить доклад; (e) (f) (g) создавать комитеты, которые могут оказаться нужными для работы Организации; наблюдать за финансовой деятельностью Организации, рассматривать и утверждать бюджет; давать указания Комитету и Генеральному директору о необходимости обращать внимание членов, а также международных организаций, как правительственных, так и неправительственных, на любой вопрос, касающийся здравоохранения, который Ассамблея здравоохранения признает требующим рассмотрения; приглашать любую организацию, международную или национальную, правительственную или неправительственную, задачи которой сходны с задачами Организации, назначать представителей для участия без права голоса на своих собственных заседаниях и заседаниях ее комитетов и созываемых ею конференциях на условиях, устанавливаемых Ассамблеей здравоохранения; в отношении национальных организаций приглашения посылаются лишь с согласия соответствующего правительства; рассматривать рекомендации, имеющие отношение к здравоохранению, сделанные Генеральной Ассамблеей, Экономическим и Социальным Советом, Советом Безопасности или Советом по опеке Организации Объединенных Наций, и представлять им доклады о мерах, принятых Организацией в целях осуществления означенных рекомендаций; представлять Экономическому и Социальному Совету доклады в соответствии с любым соглашением между Организацией и Объединенными Нациями;
(h)
(i)
(j)
10
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
(k)
способствовать проведению и проводить исследования в области здравоохранения силами персонала Организации, созданием своих собственных учреждений или путем сотрудничества с официальными или неофициальными учреждениями любого члена с согласия его правительства; создавать любые другие учреждения, которые будут признаны желательными; проводить любые иные мероприятия, способствующие достижению целей Организации. Статья 19
(l) (m)
Ассамблея здравоохранения имеет право принимать конвенции и соглашения по любому вопросу, входящему в компетенцию Организации. Для принятия такого рода конвенций и соглашений требуется большинство в две трети голосов Ассамблеи здравоохранения, причем означенные конвенции или соглашения в отношении каждого отдельного члена Организации входят в силу по принятии их согласно порядку, предусмотренному его конституционной процедурой. Статья 20 Каждый член обязуется в восемнадцатимесячный срок со дня принятия Ассамблеей здравоохранения конвенции и соглашения принять меры к утверждению такой конвенции или соглашения. Каждый член уведомляет Генерального директора о принятых им мерах, а в случае непринятия им такой конвенции или соглашения в означенный срок сообщает о причинах непринятия. В случае принятия каждый член соглашается представлять ежегодно Генеральному директору доклад в соответствии с требованиями главы XIV. Статья 21 Ассамблея здравоохранения устанавливать права, касающиеся: имеет полномочия
УСТАВ ВОЗ
11
(a)
санитарных и карантинных требований и иных мероприятий, направленных против международного распространения болезней; номенклатуры болезней, причин смерти и практики общественного здравоохранения; стандартов диагностических методов исследования для их международного использования; стандартов в отношении безвредности, чистоты и силы действия биологических, фармацевтических и подобных продуктов, имеющих обращение в международной торговле; рекламы и ярлыков биологических, фармацевтических и подобных продуктов, имеющих обращение в международной торговле. Статья 22
(b) (c) (d)
(e)
Правила, принимаемые в соответствии со статьей 21, становятся обязательными для всех членов после того, как будет сделано должным образом оповещение об их принятии Ассамблеей здравоохранения, за исключением тех членов Организации, которые известят Генерального директора в указанный в оповещении срок об отклонении их или оговорках в отношении них. Статья 23 Ассамблея здравоохранения уполномочивается делать рекомендации членам по любому вопросу, относящемуся к компетенции Организации. ГЛАВА VI – ИСПОЛНИТЕЛЬНЫЙ КОМИТЕТ Статья 24 Комитет состоит из тридцати четырех членов по назначению такого же числа членов Организации. Принимая во
12
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
внимание справедливое географическое распределение, Ассамблея здравоохранения избирает тех членов, которым предоставляется право назначать своих представителей в Комитет, причем из этих стран-членов не менее трех будут избираться от каждой из региональных организаций, учрежденных в соответствии со статьей 44. Каждый из этих членов должен назначать в Комитет представителя, технически квалифицированного в области здравоохранения, которого могут сопровождать заместители и советники. Статья 25 Эти страны-члены избираются сроком на три года и могут быть переизбраны, причем имеется в виду, что из числа странчленов, избранных на ближайшей сессии Ассамблеи здравоохранения после вступления в силу поправки к настоящему Уставу, увеличивающей членский состав Исполкома с тридцати двух до тридцати четырех, срок полномочий каждой дополнительно избранной страны-члена, по мере необходимости, может сокращаться, с тем чтобы обеспечить избрание по крайней мере одной страны-члена от каждой региональной организации ежегодно. Статья 26 Комитет должен собираться не менее двух раз в год, каждый раз определяя место своего собрания. Статья 27 Комитет избирает Председателя из числа своих членов и утверждает свои собственные правила процедуры. Статья 28 Функциями Комитета являются: (a) проводить в жизнь принципиальные решения Ассамблеи здравоохранения;
УСТАВ ВОЗ
13
(b) (c) (d)
действовать в качестве исполнительного органа Ассамблеи здравоохранения; выполнять любые иные функции, Ассамблеей здравоохранения; порученные ему
представлять Ассамблее здравоохранения заключения по вопросам, переданным ему Ассамблеей или возникающим перед Организацией в связи с конвенциями, соглашениями и правилами; представлять Ассамблее здравоохранения по собственной инициативе советы и предложения; подготавливать повестку здравоохранения; дня заседаний Ассамблеи
(e) (f) (g)
представлять на рассмотрение и утверждение Ассамблее здравоохранения общие программы работы на определенные периоды; изучать все вопросы, входящие в его компетенцию; в пределах круга ведения и финансовых возможностей принимать чрезвычайные меры в случаях, требующих немедленного действия. В частности, он может директора принимать уполномочить Генерального необходимые меры по борьбе с эпидемиями, принимать участие в организации медицинской помощи жертвам народных бедствий и предпринимать изучение и исследование вопросов, на крайнюю срочность которых обращено внимание Комитета любым членом Организации или Генеральным директором. Статья 29
(h) (i)
Комитет, действуя от имени Ассамблеи здравоохранения, в целом пользуется теми полномочиями, которые переданы ему ею.
14
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
ГЛАВА VII – СЕКРЕТАРИАТ Статья 30 Секретариат состоит из Генерального директора и такого технического и административного персонала, который может потребоваться Организации. Статья 31 Генеральный директор назначается Ассамблеей здравоохранения по представлению Комитета на условиях, устанавливаемых Ассамблеей. Генеральный директор, подчиняясь руководству Комитета, является главным техническим и административным должностным лицом Организации. Статья 32 Генеральный директор, ex-officio, является Секретарем Ассамблеи здравоохранения, Комитета, всех комиссий и комитетов Организации и конференций, созываемых ею. Он может поручать выполнение этих функций другим лицам. Статья 33 По соглашению с членами Генеральный директор или его представитель может устанавливать процедуру, позволяющую ему для выполнения его обязанностей иметь непосредственный доступ к их различным правительственным учреждениям, особенно к их административным органам здравоохранения и национальным организациям здравоохранения, как правительственным, так и неправительственным. Он может также установить непосредственные сношения с международными организациями, деятельность которых относится к компетенции Организации. Он держит региональные бюро в курсе всех вопросов, касающихся их территорий.
УСТАВ ВОЗ
15
Статья 34 Генеральный директор составляет и представляет Комитету финансовые отчеты и бюджетные сметы Организации. Статья 35 Генеральный директор назначает персонал Секретариата в соответствии с правилами, установленными Ассамблеей здравоохранения. При найме персонала главным соображением должна являться необходимость обеспечить самый высокий уровень работоспособности, добросовестности и международнопредставительного характера Секретариата. Должное внимание обращается на важность подбора персонала на возможно широкой географической основе. Статья 36 Условия службы персонала Организации, насколько это возможно, должны быть аналогичны условиям в других организациях Объединенных Наций. Статья 37 При исполнении своих обязанностей Генеральный директор и персонал не должны запрашивать или получать указания от какого бы то ни было правительства или власти, посторонней для Организации. Они должны воздерживаться от любых действий, которые могли бы отразиться на их положении как международных должностных лиц. Каждый член Организации со своей стороны обязуется уважать строго международный характер Генерального директора и персонала и не пытаться оказывать на них влияние. ГЛАВА VIII – КОМИТЕТЫ Статья 38 Комитет учреждает по указанию Ассамблеи здравоохранения такие комитеты, а также по собственной инициативе или по предложению Генерального директора
16
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
учреждает любые другие комитеты, существование которых будет найдено желательным для осуществления любых целей, соответствующих компетенции Организации. Статья 39 Комитет время от времени и во всяком случае ежегодно пересматривает вопрос о необходимости дальнейшего существования каждого комитета. Статья 40 Комитет может принимать решения о создании или участии Организации совместно с другими организациями в объединенных или смешанных комитетах, равно как и представлять Организацию в комитетах, которые будут образованы другими организациями. ГЛАВА IX – КОНФЕРЕНЦИИ Статья 41 Ассамблея здравоохранения или Комитет могут созывать местные, общие, технические или иные специальные конференции для рассмотрения любого вопроса, относящегося к компетенции Организации, и могут обеспечивать представительство на таких конференциях международных организаций и национальных организаций, правительственных или неправительственных, с согласия соответствующего правительства. Характер такого представительства определяется Ассамблеей здравоохранения или Комитетом. Статья 42 Комитет может предусматривать представительство Организации на тех конференциях, в которых, по мнению Комитета, Организация заинтересована.
УСТАВ ВОЗ
17
ГЛАВА Х – ШТАБ-КВАРТИРА Статья 43 Местонахождение штаб-квартиры Организации определяется Ассамблеей здравоохранения после обсуждения с Объединенными Нациями. ГЛАВА XI – РЕГИОНАЛЬНЫЕ СОГЛАШЕНИЯ Статья 44 (a) Ассамблея здравоохранения время от времени определяет географические области, в которых желательно учредить региональную организацию. Ассамблея здравоохранения может с согласия большинства членов, территории которых входят в каждую определенную таким образом область, учредить региональную организацию в целях удовлетворения специальных нужд данной области. В каждой данной области должно быть не более одной региональной организации. Статья 45 Каждая региональная организация является неотъемлемой частью Организации в соответствии с настоящим Уставом. Статья 46 Каждая региональная организация из регионального комитета и регионального бюро. Статья 47 Региональные комитеты состоят из представителей странчленов и ассоциированных членов соответствующей географической области. Территории и группы территорий в пределах области, неправомочные в отношении своих международных отношений и которые не являются ассоциированными членами, имеют право быть представленными состоит
(b)
18
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
и участвовать в региональных комитетах. Характер и объем прав и обязанностей этих территорий или групп территорий в региональных комитетах определяются Ассамблеей здравоохранения по консультации с членом Организации или иной властью, ответственной за международные отношения означенных территорий, и со странами-членами данной области. Статья 48 Региональные комитеты собираются по мере необходимости и сами определяют место каждого заседания. Статья 49 Региональные комитеты принимают свои собственные правила процедуры. Статья 50 Функциями регионального комитета являются: (a) (b) (c) определять направление деятельности исключительно регионального характера; в вопросах
наблюдать за деятельностью регионального бюро; делать региональному бюро рекомендации о созыве технических конференций и выполнении дополнительных заданий или проведении исследований по вопросам здравоохранения, которые, по мнению регионального комитета, способствовали бы достижению целей Организации в пределах области; сотрудничать с соответствующими региональными комитетами Организации Объединенных Наций и с комитетами других специализированных учреждений, а также с другими региональными международными организациями, имеющими общие интересы с Организацией;
(d)
УСТАВ ВОЗ
19
(e)
через Генерального директора давать советы Организации по вопросам международного здравоохранения, имеющим более широкое значение, чем региональное; делать рекомендации правительствам соответствующих областей о дополнительных региональных ассигнованиях, если размер основного бюджета Организации, выделенного на данную область, недостаточен для выполнения региональных функций; такие иные функции, какие могут быть поручены региональному комитету Ассамблеей здравоохранения, Комитетом или Генеральным директором. Статья 51
(f)
(g)
Региональное бюро является административным органом регионального комитета, оставаясь под общим руководством Генерального директора Организации. Кроме того, бюро в пределах области выполняет решения Ассамблеи здравоохранения и Комитета. Статья 52 Во главе регионального бюро стоит Региональный директор, назначенный Комитетом по соглашению с региональным комитетом. Статья 53 Персонал регионального бюро назначается в порядке, определяемом по соглашению между Генеральным директором и Региональным директором. Статья 54 Панамериканская санитарная организация1, представляемая Панамериканским санитарным бюро и Панамериканскими санитарными конференциями, и все другие 1 Решением XV Панамериканской конференции, состоявшейся в сентябре-октябре 1958 г., эта организация переименована в "Панамериканскую организацию здравоохранения".
20
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
межправительственные региональные организации по здравоохранению, существовавшие до дня подписания настоящего Устава, должны быть своевременно включены в Организацию. Указанное включение должно быть осуществлено в возможно короткий срок путем совместных действий, основанных на взаимном согласии компетентных властей, выраженном через посредство соответствующих организаций. ГЛАВА XII – БЮДЖЕТ И РАСХОДЫ Статья 55 Генеральный директор составляет и представляет на рассмотрение Комитета бюджетную смету Организации. Комитет рассматривает и представляет Ассамблее здравоохранения эту бюджетную смету вместе с такими рекомендациями, какие Комитет полагает уместными. Статья 56 С соблюдением всех соглашений между Организацией и Объединенными Нациями Ассамблея здравоохранения рассматривает и утверждает бюджетные сметы и распределяет расходы между членами в соответствии со шкалой, устанавливаемой Ассамблеей здравоохранения. Статья 57 Ассамблея здравоохранения или Комитет, действующий от имени Ассамблеи здравоохранения, могут принимать дары и посмертные отказы, передаваемые Организации, и управлять ими в случае, если эти отказы и дары переданы на условиях, приемлемых для Ассамблеи или Комитета, и совместимы с задачами и общим направлением деятельности Организации. Статья 58 Для экстренных случаев и непредвиденных положений учреждается специальный фонд, который может быть использован по усмотрению Комитета.
УСТАВ ВОЗ
21
ГЛАВА XIII – ГОЛОСОВАНИЕ Статья 59 Каждый член в Ассамблее здравоохранения имеет один голос. Статья 60 (a) Решения Ассамблеи здравоохранения по важным вопросам принимаются большинством в две трети голосов членов, присутствующих и принимающих участие в голосовании. К числу этих вопросов относятся: принятие конвенций и соглашений; утверждение соглашений, устанавливающих связь Организации с Объединенными Нациями, межправительственными организациями и учреждениями в соответствии со статьями 69, 70 и 72; поправки к настоящему Уставу. Решения по другим вопросам, включая определение дополнительных категорий вопросов, решаемых большинством в две трети голосов, принимаются большинством членов, присутствующих и участвующих в голосовании. Голосование по аналогичным вопросам в Комитете и в комитетах Организации производится в соответствии с параграфами (а) и (b) настоящей статьи. ГЛАВА XIV – ДОКЛАДЫ, ПРЕДСТАВЛЯЕМЫЕ ГОСУДАРСТВАМИ Статья 61 Каждый член ежегодно представляет Организации доклад относительно принятых им мер и достигнутых результатов в улучшении здоровья своего народа. Статья 62 Каждый член ежегодно представляет доклад относительно мер, принятых в отношении рекомендаций, сделанных ему Организацией, а также в отношении конвенций, соглашений и правил.
(b)
(c)
22
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Статья 63 Каждый член без промедления сообщает Организации о важных законах, правилах, официальных докладах и статистических данных, относящихся к здравоохранению, которые были опубликованы в данном государстве. Статья 64 Каждый член представляет статистические и эпидемиологические доклады в той форме, какая будет установлена Ассамблеей здравоохранения. Статья 65 Каждый член по предложению Комитета передает дополнительные данные по вопросам здравоохранения, насколько это может оказаться практически выполнимым. ГЛАВА XV – ПРАВОСПОСОБНОСТЬ, ПРИВИЛЕГИИ И ИММУНИТЕТЫ Статья 66 На территории каждого из своих членов Организация пользуется такой правоспособностью, какая может оказаться необходимой для достижения ее целей и выполнения ее функций. Статья 67 (a) На территории каждого из своих членов Организация пользуется такими привилегиями и иммунитетами, какие могут оказаться необходимыми для достижения ее целей и выполнения ее функций. Представители членов, лица, состоящие членами Комитета, и технический и административный персонал Организации пользуются равным образом такими привилегиями и иммунитетами, какие необходимы для независимого выполнения ими своих функций в связи с деятельностью Организации.
(b)
УСТАВ ВОЗ
23
Статья 68 Указанные правоспособность, привилегии иммунитеты устанавливаются особым соглашением, которое должно быть выработано Организацией по соглашению с Генеральным секретарем Объединенных Наций и заключено между членами. ГЛАВА XVI – ВЗАИМООТНОШЕНИЯ С ДРУГИМИ ОРГАНИЗАЦИЯМИ Статья 69 Организация вступает в связь с Объединенными Нациями в качестве одного из специализированных учреждений, указанных в статье 57 Устава Объединенных Наций. Соглашение или соглашения, устанавливающие связь между Организацией и Объединенными Нациями, подлежат утверждению большинством в две трети голосов Ассамблеи здравоохранения. Статья 70 Организация устанавливает эффективную связь и тесное сотрудничество с такими другими межправительственными организациями, с которыми это может оказаться желательным. Всякое формальное соглашение, заключенное с этими организациями, подлежит утверждению большинством в две трети голосов Ассамблеи здравоохранения. Статья 71 По вопросам, входящим в круг ее компетенции, Организация может предпринимать соответствующие шаги в целях консультации и сотрудничества с международными неправительственными организациями, а также с согласия правительства с национальными заинтересованного организациями, как правительственными, так и неправительственными. Статья 72 При условии одобрения большинством в две трети голосов Ассамблеи здравоохранения Организация может принять от любой другой международной организации или учреждения, цели и деятельность которых соответствуют компетенции Организации, такие функции, ресурсы и обязательства, какие
24
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
могут быть переданы Организации международным соглашением или взаимно приемлемыми договорами, которые будут заключены между ответственными представителями соответствующих организаций. ГЛАВА XVII – ПОПРАВКИ Статья 73 Генеральный директор сообщает текст предлагаемых поправок к настоящему Уставу членам не позднее чем за шесть месяцев до рассмотрения их Ассамблеей здравоохранения. Поправки вступают в силу в отношении всех членов после того, как они утверждены большинством в две трети голосов Ассамблеи здравоохранения и приняты двумя третями членов в соответствии с их конституционными процедурами. ГЛАВА XVIII – ТОЛКОВАНИЕ Статья 741 Английский, испанский, китайский, русский и французский тексты настоящего Устава признаются равно аутентичными. Статья 75 Любой вопрос или спор относительно толкования или применения настоящего Устава, который не разрешен путем переговоров или Ассамблеей здравоохранения, передается в Международный Суд в соответствии со Статутом этого Суда, если только заинтересованные стороны не придут к соглашению о разрешении спора другим способом. Статья 76 С санкции Генеральной Ассамблеи Объединенных Наций или в соответствии с полномочиями, основанными на любом соглашении между Организацией и Объединенными Нациями, Организация может обращаться к Международному Суду Поправка к этой статье, принятая Тридцать первой сессией Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения (резолюция WHA31.18), еще не вступила в силу. 1
УСТАВ ВОЗ
25
за заключением по любому юридическому возникающему в пределах компетенции Организации. Статья 77
вопросу,
Генеральный директор может выступать в Суде от имени Организации в связи с любым процессом, возникающим из такого обращения за заключением. Он принимает меры для представления дела Суду, включая меры, обеспечивающие представление доводов для всестороннего вопроса. ГЛАВА XIX – ВСТУПЛЕНИЕ В СИЛУ Статья 78 С соблюдением положений главы III настоящий Устав остается открытым для подписи или принятия его всеми государствами. Статья 79 (a) Государства могут присоединиться к настоящему Уставу путем: оговорок в отношении утверждения его с
(i) подписания без утверждения;
(ii) подписания при условии его последующим принятием; или (iii) принятия. (b)
Принятие осуществляется вручением формального документа Генеральному секретарю Объединенных Наций. Статья 80
Настоящий Устав вступит в силу, когда двадцать шесть членов Объединенных Наций присоединятся к нему в соответствии со статьей 79.
26
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Статья 81 В соответствии со статьей 102 Устава Объединенных Наций Генеральный секретарь Объединенных Наций зарегистрирует настоящий Устав после того, как он будет подписан без оговорок, касающихся утверждения, от имени одного государства или после передачи первого документа о принятии. Статья 82 Генеральный секретарь Объединенных наций уведомит государства, присоединившиеся к настоящему Уставу, о дате вступления его в силу. Он также будет уведомлять их о датах, в которые другие государства присоединятся к этому Уставу. УДОСТОВЕРЕНИЕ ЧЕГО нижеподписавшиеся В представители, будучи на то должным образом уполномочены, подписывают настоящий Устав (Конституцию).
СОСТАВЛЕНО в городе Нью-Йорке, июля двадцать второго дня, 1946 г., в одном экземпляре на китайском, английском, французском, русском и испанском языках, из которых каждый текст равно аутентичен. Оригинальный текст подлежит сдаче в архив Объединенных Наций. Генеральный секретарь Объединенных Наций разошлет его заверенные копии каждому правительству, представленному на Конференции. ____________
ПРАВА И ОБЯЗАННОСТИ АССОЦИИРОВАННЫХ ЧЛЕНОВ ОРГАНИЗАЦИИ И ДРУГИХ ТЕРРИТОРИЙ 1. Ассамблея комитет1 здравоохранения и Исполнительный
Учитывая, что в соответствии со статьей 8 Устава Всемирной организации здравоохранения характер и объем прав и обязанностей ее ассоциированных членов определяются Ассамблеей здравоохранения, и учитывая, что в связи со статьями 8 и 47 Устава существует необходимость дальнейшего изучения прав и обязанностей в региональных организациях ассоциированных членов и территорий или групп территорий, которые не пользуются самостоятельностью в своих международных отношениях и не являются ассоциированными членами Организации, Первая сессия Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения ПОСТАНОВЛЯЕТ следующее: 1. Ассоциированные члены Организации имеют право:
(i) участвовать без права голоса в работе Ассамблеи здравоохранения и ее главных комитетов; (ii) участвовать с правом голоса и занятия места в президиуме в работе других комитетов и подкомитетов Ассамблеи, за исключением Генерального комитета, Комитета по проверке полномочий и Комитета по выдвижению кандидатур2; (iii) участвовать наравне с государствами-членами, но с учетом ограничения права голоса, предусмотренного в пункте (i) выше, в решении вопросов, связанных с порядком работы заседаний Ассамблеи и ее комитетов, Текст, принятый Первой сессией Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения 21 июля 1948 г. (Off. Rec. Wld Hlth Org., 13, 100, 337) (Нумерация статей Правил процедуры, упомянутых в пункте 1 (iii), изменена в соответствии с пересмотренным вариантом Правил, приводимых на с. 187). Комитет по выдвижению кандидатур был отменен на основании резолюции WHA61.11. 2 1
– 27 –
28
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
в соответствии со статьями 48-68 процедуры Ассамблеи;
и
83-84
Правил в
(iv) предлагать вопросы для включения предварительную повестку дня Ассамблеи;
(v) получать наравне с государствами-членами все уведомления, документы, доклады и ответы; (vi) участвовать наравне с государствами-членами в процедуре созыва специальных сессий; 2. Ассоциированные члены имеют право наравне с предложения в государствами-членами вносить Исполнительный комитет и участвовать в соответствии с правилами, устанавливаемыми Исполкомом, в работе создаваемых им комитетов, однако они не могут быть избраны в состав Исполкома; 3. На ассоциированных членов возлагаются те же обязанности, что и на государства-члены, за тем исключением, что при определении суммы их взносов в бюджет Организации учитывается разница в их статусе; 4. Исполнительному комитету предлагается представить следующей сессии Ассамблеи здравоохранения доклад с рекомендациями, в которых будут учтены положения статьи 47 Устава и любые замечания или рекомендации государств-членов и региональных организаций относительно прав и обязанностей в региональных организациях ассоциированных членов и территорий или групп территорий, которые не пользуются самостоятельностью в международных отношениях и не являются ассоциированными членами, причем этот доклад должен быть разослан государствам-членам по крайней мере за два месяца до созыва сессии Ассамблеи.
ПРАВА И ОБЯЗАННОСТИ АССОЦИИРОВАННЫХ ЧЛЕНОВ 29
2.
Региональные организации1 Вторая сессия Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения, учитывая статьи 8 и 47 Устава; и
учитывая пункт 4 резолюции Первой сессии Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения о правах и обязанностях ассоциированных членов Организации2; и учитывая доклады Исполнительного рассмотренные на его Второй и Третьей сессиях3; и учитывая заявление4 санитарной организации5, относительно комитета,
Панамериканской
ПОСТАНОВЛЯЕТ СЛЕДУЮЩЕЕ: 1. Для целей статьи 47 Устава государствами-членами, входящими в какой-либо регион, считаются государства-члены с местопребыванием правительств в пределах данного региона; 2. Государства-члены с местопребыванием правительств вне пределов данного региона, которые: (а) в соответствии со своей конституцией считают некоторые территории или группы 1 Текст, принятый Второй сессией Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения 30 июня 1949 г. (резолюция WHA2.103). Права и обязанности ассоциированных членов Организации рассматривались далее на Пятой, Шестой, Седьмой, Девятой и Десятой сессиях Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения и на Девятой, Десятой, Одиннадцатой, Тринадцатой, Пятнадцатой и Девятнадцатой сессиях Исполнительного комитета, однако никаких изменений в них внесено не было. Соответствующие резолюции приведены в Сборнике резолюций и решений Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения и Исполнительного комитета, том I, раздел 6.2.2. Относительно участия в Региональном комитете для стран Африки государствчленов с местопребыванием правительств вне пределов этого региона см. резолюцию WHA28.37. 2 См. выше. 3 Off. Rec. Wld Hlth Org., 14, 26, 54; 17, 17. 4 Off. Rec. Wld Hlth Org., 21, 384. 5 Решением XV сессии Панамериканской санитарной конференции, состоявшейся в сентябре-октябре 1958 г., эта организация переименована в "Панамериканскую организацию здравоохранения".
30
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
территорий, входящие в данный регион, частью своей национальной территории или же (b) несут ответственность за международные отношения территорий или групп территорий в пределах данного региона, участвуют наравне с государствамичленами в работе регионального комитета, и в этом случае на них распространяются все права, привилегии и обязанности государств-членов, входящих в данный региона, однако они получают один голос на все территории или группы территорий в данном регионе, которые определены в подпунктах (а) и (b) выше; 3. (1) территории или группы территорий в данном регионе, которые не пользуются самостоятельностью в международных отношениях и являются или не являются ассоциированными членами Организации, могут участвовать в работе региональных комитетов в соответствии со статьями 8 и 47 Устава; (2) на ассоциированных членов в региональных организациях распространяются все права и обязанности, за тем исключением, что они не имеют права голоса на пленарных заседаниях регионального комитета или во вспомогательных органах, решающих финансовых или конституционные вопросы; (3) представители ассоциированных членов Организации должны назначаться на основе их технической компетенции в области здравоохранения и должны избираться из местного населения в соответствии со статьей 8 Устава; (4) на территории, не пользующиеся самостоятельностью в международных отношениях и не являющиеся ассоциированными членами Организации, распространяются права и обязанности, указанные в подпункте (2) выше, при условии проведения консультаций между государствами-членами, входящими в данный регион в соответствии с определением в пункте 1 выше, и государствами-членами или другой властью, несущей
ПРАВА И ОБЯЗАННОСТИ АССОЦИИРОВАННЫХ ЧЛЕНОВ 31
ответственность территорий;
за
международные
отношения
этих
(5) рекомендуя какие-либо дополнительные бюджетные ассигнования в соответствии со статьей 50(f) Устава, региональный комитет принимает во внимание разницу в статусе между государствами-членами, с одной стороны, и ассоциированных членами и другими территориями или группами территорий, не пользующимися самостоятельностью в международных отношениях, с другой; Учитывая заявление, сделанное директором 4. Панамериканской санитарной организации1, и тот факт, что процесс объединения ПАСО и ВОЗ еще не завершен, применение вышеупомянутой рекомендации в Американском регионе начинается по завершении переговоров о таком объединении; 5. Исполнительный комитет должен наблюдать за выполнением этих решений и не позднее Пятой сессии Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения2 представить доклад по этому вопросу, с тем чтобы в случае необходимости Ассамблея могла определить те изменения, которые следовало бы внести в вышеупомянутые решения в свете накопленного опыта. ___________
1 2
Off. Rec. Wld Hlth Org., 21, 384. См. сноску 1 на с. 29.
КОНВЕНЦИЯ О ПРИВИЛЕГИЯХ И ИММУНИТЕТАХ СПЕЦИАЛИЗИРОВАННЫХ УЧРЕЖДЕНИЙ1 ПРИНИМАЯ во внимание, что Генеральная Ассамблея Организации Объединенных Наций приняла 13 февраля 1946 г. резолюцию, предусматривающую установление, поскольку это представляется возможным, единообразия в привилегиях и иммунитетах, которыми пользуются Организация Объединенных Наций и различные специализированные учреждения; и ПРИНИМАЯ во внимание, что консультации между Организацией Объединенных Наций и специализированными учреждениями уже состоялись по вопросу о проведении в жизнь вышеуказанной резолюции, ГЕНЕРАЛЬНАЯ АССАМБЛЕЯ резолюцией 179 (II), принятой 21 ноября 1947 г., утвердила нижеследующую Конвенцию, которая предлагается специализированным учреждениям для принятия и всем членам Организации Объединенных Наций и всем другим государствам-членам одного или нескольких специализированных учреждений для присоединения к ней. Статья I – Определения и сфера действия Раздел 1 В настоящей Конвенции: Выражение "стандартные статьи" относится к положениям (i) статей II-IX. (ii) Выражение "специализированные учреждения" применяется к: (a) (b) (c) 1
Международной организации труда; Продовольственной и сельскохозяйственной организации Объединенных Наций; Организации Объединенных Наций по вопросам образования, науки и культуры;
Текст, принятый Первой сессией Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения 17 июля 1948 г. (Off. Rec. Wld Hlth Org., 13, 97, 332).
– 32 –
КОНВЕНЦИЯ О ПРИВИЛЕГИЯХ И ИММУНИТЕТАХ
33
Международной организации гражданской авиации; Международному валютному фонду; Международному банку реконструкции и развития; Всемирной организации здравоохранения; Всемирному почтовому союзу; Международному союзу электросвязи; Всем другим организациям, поставленным в связь с Организацией Объединенных Наций в соответствии со статьями 57 и 63 Устава. (iii) Термин "Конвенция" в применении к любому специализированному учреждению означает стандартные статьи, измененные в соответствии с окончательным (или пересмотренным) текстом приложения, представленного данными учреждениями согласно разделам 36 и 38. (iv) В статье III выражение "имущество и активы" включает также имущество и фонды, управляемые специализированными учреждениями при выполнении ими предусмотренных в их уставах функций. (v) В статьях V и VII выражение "представители членов" включает представителей, заместителей, советников, технических экспертов и секретарей делегаций. (vi) В разделах 13, 14, 15 и 25 выражение "заседания, созываемые специализированными учреждениями", означает заседания: (1) их общих собраний и исполнительных органов (независимо от наименования), (2) комиссий, предусмотренных в их уставах, (3) созванных ими конференций и (4) всяких комитетов этих органов. (vii) Термин "главный администратор" означает главное данного специализированного административное лицо учреждения независимо от того, именуется ли оно "генеральным директором" или как-либо иначе. Раздел 2 Каждое государств, присоединившееся к настоящей Конвенции в отношении какого-либо специализированного учреждения, к которому настоящая Конвенция уже применяется согласно разделу 37, представляет этому учреждению или в связи с этим учреждением привилегии и иммунитеты, изложенные в стандартных статьях на предусмотренных в них условиях, подлежащих изменениям, содержащимся в положениях окончательного (или пересмотренного) приложения,
(d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j)
34
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
относящегося к этому учреждению и представленного в соответствии с разделами 36 или 38. Статья II – Правовой статус Раздел 3 Специализированные учреждения имеют статус юридического лица. Они обладают правоспособностью: (а) заключать контракты, (b) приобретать недвижимое и движимое имущество и располагать таковыми и (с) возбуждать судебные преследования. Статья III – Имущество, фонды и активы Раздел 4 Специализированные учреждения с имуществом и активами, где бы и в чьем бы распоряжении они ни находились, пользуются иммунитетом от любой формы судебного вмешательства, кроме случаев, когда они определенно отказываются от иммунитета в каком-либо отдельном случае. Однако предполагается, что никакой отказ от иммунитета не распространяется на меры исполнения судебных решений. Раздел 5 Помещения специализированных учреждений неприкосновенны. Имущество и активы специализированных учреждений, где бы и в чьем бы распоряжении они ни находились, не подлежат обыску, реквизиции, конфискации, экспроприации или какой-либо другой форме вмешательства как путем исполнительных, административных и судебных действий, так и путем законодательных действий. Раздел 6 Архивы специализированных учреждений и вообще все хранимые ими, документы, принадлежащие им или неприкосновенны, где бы они ни находились.
КОНВЕНЦИЯ О ПРИВИЛЕГИЯХ И ИММУНИТЕТАХ
35
Раздел 7 Не будучи ограничены финансовым контролем, правилами или мораторием какого бы то ни было рода: (a) специализированные учреждения могут располагать фондами, золотом или валютой любого рода и производить операции в любой валюте; специализированные учреждения могут свободно переводить свои фонды, золото или валюту из одной страны в другую или в пределах любой страны и обращать любую валюту, находящуюся в их распоряжении, в любую другую валюту. Раздел 8 Используя свои права, согласно предшествующему разделу 7, каждое специализированное учреждение должно считаться с представлениями со стороны правительства любого присоединившегося к настоящей Конвенции государства, поскольку оно признает, что такие представления могут быть удовлетворены без ущерба для интересов данного учреждения. Раздел 9 Специализированные учреждения, их активы, доходы и другая собственность: (a) освобождаются от всех прямых налогов, однако предполагается, что специализированные учреждения не будут требовать освобождения от обложения налогами, являющимися фактически лишь оплатой коммунального обслуживания; освобождаются от таможенных сборов, импортных и экспортных запрещений и ограничений при ввозе или вывозе специализированными учреждениями предметов для служебного пользования, но предполагается, что предметы, ввозимые согласно таким изъятиям, не будут
(b)
(b)
36
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
продаваться в стране, в которую они ввезены, иначе, как на условиях, выработанных с правительством этой страны; (c) освобождаются от таможенных сборов и импортных и экспортных запрещений и ограничений при ввозе и вывозе собственных изделий. Раздел 10 Хотя специализированные учреждения, как общее правило, не будут требовать освобождения от акцизных сборов и налогов, включаемых в покупную цену при продаже движимого и недвижимого имущества, тем не менее в случаях, когда специализированные учреждения покупают для официальных целей значительное количество имущества, обложенного или подлежащего обложению такими налогами и пошлинами, присоединившиеся к настоящей Конвенции государства будут принимать, когда это возможно, соответствующие административные меры к освобождению от уплаты пошлин или налогов или к возвращению уплаченной суммы. Статья IV – Средства связи Раздел 11 Для своей официальной связи каждое специализированное учреждение пользуется на территории каждого присоединившегося к Конвенции государства не менее благоприятными условиями, чем те, которые правительство этого государства предоставляет любому другому правительству, включая дипломатические представительства последнего, в отношении приоритета, тарифов и ставок на почтовые отправления, каблограммы, телеграммы, радиограммы, телефото, телефон и другие средства связи, а также в отношении пониженных ставок для информации, передаваемой в печати и по радио.
КОНВЕНЦИЯ О ПРИВИЛЕГИЯХ И ИММУНИТЕТАХ
37
Раздел 12 Официальная корреспонденция и другие официальные сообщения специализированных учреждений не подлежат цензуре. Специализированные учреждения имеют право пользоваться шифром и получать и отправлять корреспонденцию посредством курьеров или вализы, к которым применяются те же иммунитеты и привилегии, что и к дипломатическим курьерам и вализам. Ничто в настоящем разделе не должно истолковываться как исключающее принятие надлежащих мер положение, предосторожности, которые будут определены соглашениями между присоединившимися к Конвенции государствами и специализированными учреждениями. Статья V – Представители членов специализированных учреждений Раздел 13 Представители членов специализированных учреждений на созываемых последними заседаниях при исполнении ими своих обязанностей и при поездках к месту заседаний и обратно пользуются следующими привилегиями и иммунитетами: (a) иммунитетом от личного ареста или задержания и от наложения ареста на личный багаж, а также всякого рода судебно-процессуальным иммунитетом в отношении всего сказанного, написанного или совершенного ими в качестве должностных лиц; неприкосновенностью всех бумаг и документов; правом пользоваться шифром и получать бумаги или корреспонденцию посредством курьеров или вализы; изъятием их самих и их жен из ограничений по иммиграции, регистрации иностранцев и государственной служебной повинности в стране, в которой они временно
(b) (c) (d)
38
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
пребывают или через которую они проезжают при исполнении своих обязанностей; (e) теми же льготами в отношении валютных ограничений и ограничений обмена денег, какие предоставляются представителям иностранных правительств, находящимся во временных служебных командировках; теми же иммунитетами и льготами в отношении их личного багажа, какие предоставляются дипломатическим представителям соответствующего ранга. Раздел 14 Для обеспечения полной свободы слова и полной независимости при исполнении ими своих обязанностей представителям членов специализированных учреждений, участвующим в созываемых последними заседаниях, продолжает предоставляться судебно-процессуальный иммунитет в отношении всего сказанного или написанного ими, а также в отношении всех действий, совершенных ими при исполнении служебных обязанностей, даже и после того, как означенные лица перестают исполнять эти обязанности. Раздел 15 Когда обложение какой-либо формой налогов зависит от проживания в данной стране, периоды, в течение которых представители членов специализированных учреждений, участвующие в созываемых этими учреждениями заседаниях, находятся в пределах государства-члена для исполнения своих обязанностей, не рассматриваются как периоды проживания в этом государстве. Раздел 16 Привилегии и иммунитеты предоставляются представителям членов специализированных учреждений не для личной выгоды отдельных лиц, а для того, чтобы обеспечить независимое выполнение ими своих функций, связанных с работой специализированных учреждений. Поэтому государство, состоящее членом специализированного учреждения, не только
(f)
КОНВЕНЦИЯ О ПРИВИЛЕГИЯХ И ИММУНИТЕТАХ
39
имеет право, но и обязано отказываться от иммунитета своих представителей в каждом случае, когда, по его мнению, иммунитет препятствует отправлению правосудия и когда отказ от него не причиняет ущерба той цели, ради которой иммунитет был предоставлен. Раздел 17 Положения разделов 13, 14 и 15 не применяются в отношении властей государства, гражданином которого данное лицо состоит или представителем которого оно является или являлось. Статья VI – Должностные лица Раздел 181 Каждое специализированное учреждение определяет категории должностных лиц, по отношении к которым должны применяться положения настоящей статьи и статьи VIII. Оно представляет эту информацию правительствам всех государств, присоединившихся к настоящей Конвенции в качестве членов этого учреждения, и Генеральному секретарю Двенадцатая сессия Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения 28 мая 1959 г. приняла следующую резолюцию (WHA12.41): Двенадцатая сессия Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения, принимая во внимание раздел 18 статьи VI Конвенции о привилегиях и иммунитетах специализированных учреждений, которые требуют, чтобы каждое специализированное учреждение определило категории должностных лиц, на которых распространяются положения этой статьи и статьи VIII; а также учитывая практику, которой до настоящего времени следовала Всемирная организация здравоохранения и согласно которой при осуществлении условий раздела 18 настоящей Конвенции соответственно учитывалась положения резолюции 76 (I) Генеральной Ассамблеи Организации Объединенных Наций, 1. ОДОБРЯЕТ установившуюся практику; и 2. УТВЕРЖДАЕТ предоставление всем должностным лицам Всемирной организации здравоохранения, за исключением идущих по местному набору и состоящих на почасовой оплате, привилегий и иммунитетов, указанных в статьях VI и VIII Конвенции о привилегиях и иммунитетах специализированных учреждений. 1
40
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Организации Объединенных Наций. Фамилии должностных лиц, включенных в эти категории, периодически доводятся до сведения вышеуказанных правительств. Раздел 19 Должностные лица специализированных учреждений: (a) не подлежат судебной ответственности за сказанное или написанное ими и за все действия, совершенные ими в качестве должностных лиц; пользуются теми же изъятиями из обложения налогами вознаграждений, уплачиваемых им окладов и специализированными учреждениями, и на таких же условиях, какими пользуются должностные лица Организации Объединенных Наций; освобождаются вместе с женами и родственниками, находящимися на их иждивении, от ограничений по иммиграции и от регистрации иностранцев; пользуются теми же привилегиями в отношении обмена валюты, которые предоставляются должностным лицам ранга, входящим в состав соответствующего дипломатических миссий; пользуются вместе со своими женами и родственниками, находящимися на их иждивении, такими же льготами по репатриации, какими пользуются должностные лица соответствующего ранга, входящие в состав дипломатических миссий, во время международных кризисов; имеют право ввезти беспошлинно свою мебель и имущество при первоначальном вступлении в должность в соответствующей стране.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
КОНВЕНЦИЯ О ПРИВИЛЕГИЯХ И ИММУНИТЕТАХ
41
Раздел 20 Должностные лица специализированных учреждений освобождаются от государственных повинностей при условии, что в отношении государств, гражданами которых они состоят, такими изъятиями пользуются лишь должностные лица специализированных учреждений, фамилии которых, ввиду их обязанностей, включены в списки, составленные главными администраторами соответствующих специализированных учреждений и утвержденные соответствующими правительствами. В случае призыва других должностных лиц специализированных учреждений для выполнения государственных повинностей соответствующее правительство, по просьбе о том соответствующего специализированного учреждения, предоставляет в отношении призыва этих должностных лиц такую временную отсрочку, какая окажется необходимой для избежания перерыва в продолжении основной работы учреждения. Раздел 21 Кроме иммунитетов и привилегий, указанных в разделах 19 и 20, главный администратор и должностные лица, исполняющие его обязанности в его отсутствие, пользуются в отношении себя, своих жен и несовершеннолетних детей привилегиями и иммунитетами, изъятиями и льготами, предоставляемыми, согласно международному праву, дипломатическим представителям. Раздел 22 Привилегии и иммунитеты предоставляются должностным лицам лишь в интересах специализированных учреждений, а не для личной выгоды. Каждое специализированное учреждение имеет право и обязано отказаться от иммунитета, предоставленного любому должностному лицу, в тех случаях, когда, по его мнению, иммунитет препятствует отправлению правосудия и когда отказ от иммунитета может быть произведен без ущерба для интересов специализированного учреждения.
42
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Раздел 23 Каждое специализированное учреждение постоянно сотрудничает с соответствующими властями государств-членов в целях облегчения надлежащего отправления правосудия, обеспечения выполнения предписаний полиции и предупреждения каких-либо злоупотреблений в связи с привилегиями, иммунитетами и льготами, упомянутыми в настоящей статье. Статья VII – Злоупотребление привилегиями Раздел 24 Если какое-либо присоединившееся к настоящей имело место Конвенции государство находит, что злоупотребление какой-либо привилегией или иммунитетом, предусматриваемыми настоящей Конвенцией, между данным государством и соответствующим специализированным учреждением проводятся консультации для того, чтобы установить, имело ли место такое злоупотребление, и чтобы попытаться найти методы для предупреждения повторения таких злоупотреблений. Если результаты таких консультаций оказываются неудовлетворительными для данного государства и соответствующего специализированного учреждения, вопрос о том, произошло ли злоупотребление привилегиями или иммунитетами, передается Международному Суду, согласно разделу 32. Если Международный Суд находит, что такое злоупотребление имело место, присоединившееся к Конвенции государство, заявившее об указанном злоупотреблении, имеет право по извещении соответствующего специализированного учреждения не предоставлять этому специализированному учреждению привилегий или иммунитетов, явившихся предметом злоупотребления. Раздел 25 1. Представители членов специализированных учреждений на заседаниях, созываемых специализированными учреждениями, при исполнении своих обязанностей и во время
КОНВЕНЦИЯ О ПРИВИЛЕГИЯХ И ИММУНИТЕТАХ
43
поездок к месту заседаний и возвращения в свои страны, а также должностные лица, предусмотренные в разделе 18, не высылаются по требованию территориальных властей стран, в которых они выполняют свои обязанности, по причине какойлибо деятельности, проводимой ими при выполнении своих служебных обязанностей. Однако в случае злоупотребления со стороны таких лиц привилегиями в связи с проживанием в данной стране, путем действий в этой стране, не входящих в их служебные обязанности, правительство может потребовать выезда этих лиц из своей страны при условии, что: 2. (I) представители членов специализированных учреждений или лица, пользующиеся, согласно разделу 21, дипломатическим иммунитетом, высылаются за пределы данной страны лишь согласно дипломатической процедуре, к дипломатическим представителям, применяющейся аккредитованным в данной стране. (II) Приказ о высылке должностных лиц, к которым положения раздела 21 не применяются, отдается только по утверждению такового министром иностранных дел данной страны, и это утверждение осуществляется лишь по консультации с главным администратором соответствующего специализированного учреждения; и что по возбуждении дела о высылке какого-либо должностного лица главный администратор специализированного учреждения имеет право выступать в качестве представителя этого лица. Статья VIII – Пропуска Раздел 26 Должностным лицам специализированных учреждений предоставляется право пользоваться пропусками Организации Объединенных Наций в соответствии с административными соглашениями, которые будут заключены между Генеральным секретарем Организации Объединенных Наций и уполномоченными на то властями специализированных учреждений, которым может быть передоверено право выдачи пропусков. Генеральный секретарь Организации Объединенных Наций извещает все присоединившиеся к Конвенции государства о каждом заключенном с этой целью соглашении.
44
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Раздел 27 Присоединившиеся к настоящей Конвенции государства признают и принимают пропуска Организации Объединенных Наций, выдаваемые должностными лицами специализированных учреждений, как законные документы для совершения поездок по их территориям. Раздел 28 Заявления о выдаче виз, где таковые требуются, от должностных лиц специализированных учреждений, имеющих пропуска Организации Объединенных Наций, рассматриваются в спешном порядке, когда эти заявления сопровождаются удостоверениями о том, что эти лица следуют по делам специализированных учреждений. Кроме того, таким лицам предоставляются льготы для быстрого передвижения. Раздел 29 Такие же льготы, как и льготы, предусмотренные в разделе 28, предоставляются экспертам и другим лицам, не имеющим пропусков Организации Объединенных Наций, но снабженным удостоверениями в том, что они следуют по делам специализированных учреждений. Раздел 30 Главные администраторы, помощники главных администраторов, начальники департаментов и другие должностные лица ранга не ниже начальника департамента специализированных учреждений, едущие с пропусками Организации Объединенных Наций по делам специализированных учреждений, пользуются теми же льготами при совершении поездок, какие предоставляются дипломатическим представителям соответствующего ранга.
КОНВЕНЦИЯ О ПРИВИЛЕГИЯХ И ИММУНИТЕТАХ
45
Статья IX – Разрешение споров Раздел 31 Каждое специализированное учреждение устанавливает положения для соответствующих способов разрешения: (a) споров, возникающих в связи с контрактами, или других споров частного характера, в которых специализированное учреждение является стороной; споров, затрагивающих какое-либо должностное лицо специализированных учреждений, которое в силу своего официального положения пользуется иммунитетом, если не было отказа от этого иммунитета в соответствии с положениями раздела 22. Раздел 32 Все разногласия, возникшие из толкования или применения настоящей Конвенции, передаются Международному Суду, за исключением случаев, когда стороны соглашаются разрешать разногласия иным путем. В случае возникновения разногласия между каким-либо специализированным учреждением, с одной стороны, и государством-членом – с другой, запрашивается консультативное заключение по любому связанному с данным разногласием юридическому вопросу, согласно статье 96 Устава и статье 65 Статуса Суда и соответствующим положениям соглашений, заключенных между Организацией Объединенных Наций и соответствующими специализированными учреждениями. Заключение Суда признается сторонами решающим. Статья X – Приложения и применение Конвенции к отдельным специализированным учреждениям Раздел 33 В отношении каждого специализированного учреждения стандартные статьи подлежат применению с теми изменениями, которые указаны в окончательном (или пересмотренном) тексте относящегося к этому учреждению приложения к настоящей Конвенции, как предусмотрено в разделах 36 и 38.
(b)
46
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Раздел 34 В отношении любого специализированного учреждения положения Конвенции должны толковаться в свете тех функций, которые возложены на это учреждение его учредительным актом. Раздел 35 Проекты приложений I-IX рекомендуются для указанных в них специализированных учреждений. В том случае, когда какое-либо специализированное учреждение не указано в разделе 1, Генеральный секретарь Организации Объединенных Наций направляет этому учреждению проект приложения, рекомендованный Экономическим и Социальным Советом. Раздел 36 Окончательным текстом каждого приложения является тот, который утвержден данным специализированным учреждением в соответствии с процедурой, установленной его уставом. Копия приложения, утвержденного каждым специализированным учреждением, передается данным учреждением Генеральному секретарю Организации Объединенных Наций и после этого заменяет собой проект, указанный в разделе 35. Раздел 37 Применение настоящей Конвенции к каждому специализированному учреждению начинается, когда последнее передает Генеральному секретарю Организации Объединенных наций окончательный текст соответствующего приложения и извещает его о том, что оно принимает стандартные статьи с изменениями, указанными в приложении, и обязуется проводить в жизнь положения разделов 8, 18, 22, 23, 24, 31, 32, 42 и 45 (с теми изменениями раздела 32, которые могут быть сочтены необходимыми для согласования окончательного текста приложения с учредительным актом данного учреждения) и все положения того приложения, которое налагает обязательства на данное учреждение. Генеральный секретарь пересылает всем членам Организации Объединенных Наций и другим
КОНВЕНЦИЯ О ПРИВИЛЕГИЯХ И ИММУНИТЕТАХ
47
государствам, являющимся членами специализированных учреждений, заверенные копии всех приложений, переданных ему согласно настоящему разделу, и пересмотренных приложений, переданных согласно разделу 38. Раздел 38 Если какое-либо специализированное учреждение после передачи окончательного приложения согласно разделу 36 утверждает какие-либо поправки к этому приложению в соответствии с процедурой, установленной его уставом, пересмотренное приложение передается этим учреждением Генеральному секретарю Организации Объединенных Наций. Раздел 39 Положения настоящей Конвенции никоим образом не ограничивают и не нарушают привилегий и иммунитетов, которые предоставлены или могут быть позднее предоставлены каким-либо государством какому-либо специализированному учреждению ввиду нахождения в пределах территории этого государства главного управления или регионального отделения этого учреждения. Предлагается, что настоящая Конвенция не препятствует заключению между государством, присоединившихся к Конвенции, и специализированным учреждением дополнительных соглашений, регулирующих положения настоящей Конвенции, расширяющих или ограничивающих предоставляемые ею иммунитеты и привилегии. Раздел 40 Предполагается, что стандартные статьи с изменениями, содержащимися в окончательном тексте приложения, переданного специализированным учреждением Генеральному секретарю Организации Объединенных Наций согласно разделу 36 (или любого пересмотренного приложения, переданного согласно разделу 38), учредительного акта данного учреждения и что в случае необходимости внесения какой-либо поправки к этому акту в целях указанного согласования учредительного акта такая поправка будет внесена
48
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
в соответствии с порядком, установленным уставом данного учреждения, до передачи окончательного (или пересмотренного) текста приложения. Сама Конвенция применяется так, чтобы аннулировать и не умалять каких-либо положений учреждений учредительных актов специализированных учреждений или каких-либо других прав и обязательств, которые данное специализированное учреждение может иметь, приобрести или принять на себя. Статья XI – Заключительные положения Раздел 41 Присоединение к настоящей Конвенции членов Организации Объединенных Наций и (при условии соблюдения положений раздела 42) государств, состоящих членами специализированных учреждений, производится посредством сдачи на хранение Генеральному секретарю Организации Объединенных Наций акта о присоединении, вступающего в силу в день сдачи его на хранение. Раздел 42 Каждое заинтересованное специализированное учреждение текст настоящей Конвенции вместе с сообщает соответствующими приложениями тем из ее членов, которые не являются членами Организации Объединенных Наций, и приглашает их присоединиться к Конвенции в качестве членов этого учреждения путем сдачи на хранение Генеральному секретарю Организации Объединенных Наций или главному администратору специализированного учреждения акта о присоединении к настоящей Конвенции в качестве члена указанного учреждения. Раздел 43 Каждое государство, присоединившееся к настоящей Конвенции, указывает в своем акте о присоединении специализированного учреждения или учреждения, в отношении которых оно обязуется применять положения настоящей Конвенции. Каждое государство, присоединившееся к настоящей Конвенции, может впоследствии, по представлении письменного
КОНВЕНЦИЯ О ПРИВИЛЕГИЯХ И ИММУНИТЕТАХ
49
извещения Генеральному секретарю Организации Объединенных Наций, обязаться применять положения настоящей Конвенции еще к одному или нескольким специализированным учреждениям. Указанное письменное извещение вступает в силу в день его получения Генеральным секретарем. Раздел 44 В отношении какого-либо специализированного учреждения настоящая Конвенция вступает в силу для каждого отдельного государства, присоединившегося к настоящей Конвенции, когда она делается применимой к этому учреждению в соответствии с разделом 37 и когда указанное государство приняло на себя обязательство применять положения Конвенции к данному учреждению в соответствии с разделом 43. Раздел 45 Генеральный секретарь Организации Объединенных Наций извещает всех членов Организации Объединенных Наций, а также всех членов специализированных учреждений и исполнительных глав специализированных учреждений о сдаче на хранение каждого акта о присоединении, полученного на основании раздела 43. Исполнительный глава специализированного учреждения извещает Генерального секретаря Организации Объединенных Наций и членов соответствующего учреждения о получении на хранение каждого акта о присоединении, сданного ему на хранение согласно разделу 42. Раздел 46 Предполагается, что, когда акт о присоединении или последующее извещение сдаются на хранение от имени какоголибо государства, это государство будет в состоянии, согласно его собственным законам, выполнять условия настоящей Конвенции с изменениями, предусмотренными в окончательном тексте тех или других приложений, касающихся учреждений, упомянутых в этих актах о присоединении или в извещениях.
50
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Раздел 47 1. При условии соблюдения положений пунктов 2 и 3 настоящего раздела каждое присоединившееся к Конвенции государство обязуется применять настоящую Конвенцию в отношении каждого специализированного учреждения, предусмотренного в его акте о присоединении или в последующем извещении до тех пор, пока не вступят в силу по отношению к указанному учреждению пересмотренная Конвенция или приложение и пока указанное государство не примет этой пересмотренной Конвенции или приложения. Пересмотренные приложения принимаются государством путем направляемого Генеральному секретарю Организации Объединенных Наций извещения, вступающего в силу в день получения последнего Генеральным секретарем. 2. Однако каждое присоединившееся к Конвенции государство, которое не состоит или перестало состоять членом какого-либо специализированного учреждения, может передать Генерального секретарю Организации Объединенных Наций и главному администратору соответствующего учреждения письменное извещение о его намерении лишить данное специализированное учреждение преимуществ, проистекающих из настоящей Конвенции, в определенный срок, но не ранее чем через три месяца со дня получения этого извещения. 3. Каждое государство, присоединившееся к настоящей преимуществ, Конвенции, может не предоставлять проистекающих из настоящей Конвенции, специализированным учреждениям, утрачивающим связь с Организацией Объединенных Наций. 4. Генеральный секретарь Организации Объединенных Наций уведомляет все присоединившиеся к Конвенции государства, состоящие членами Организации, о всех извещениях, переданных ему согласно положениям предшествующего пункта.
КОНВЕНЦИЯ О ПРИВИЛЕГИЯХ И ИММУНИТЕТАХ
51
Раздел 48 По требованию одной трети присоединившихся к настоящей Конвенции государств Генеральный секретарь Организации Объединенных Наций созывает конференцию для пересмотра настоящей Конвенции. Раздел 49 Генеральный секретарь Организации Объединенных Наций рассылает копии настоящей Конвенции всем специализированным учреждениям и правительствам всех государств – членов Организации Объединенных Наций.
52
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
ПРИЛОЖЕНИЕ VII – ВСЕМИРНАЯ ОРГАНИЗАЦИЯ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ1 В отношении Всемирной организации здравоохранения (далее называемой "Организация") стандартные статьи применяют с учетом нижеследующих положений. 1. Положения статьи V и пунктов 1 и 2(I) раздела 25 статьи VII распространяются на лиц, назначаемых в состав Исполкома Организации, их заместителей и советников с тем, однако, что отказ, на основании раздела 16, от иммунитета относительно любого из означенных лиц осуществляется Исполкомом. 2. (i) Эксперты (кроме должностных лиц, к которым применимы положения статьи VI), работающие в комитетах или выполняющие поручения Организации, пользуются нижеследующими привилегиями и иммунитетами, поскольку это необходимо для эффективного исполнения ими своих обязанностей, причем они ими пользуются также во время поездок в связи с работок в указанных комитетах или в связи с поручениями: (a) иммунитетом от личного задержания и от наложения ареста на их личный багаж; (b) судебно-процессуальным иммунитетом любого рода в отношении всего сказанного или написанного ими и совершенного ими при исполнении служебных обязанностей, причем этот иммунитет продолжается и после того, как эти лица прекратят работу в комитетах Организации или выполнение поручений Организации; (c) теми же льготами в отношении валютных ограничений и ограничений обмена денег и в отношении их личного багажа, какие предоставляются должностным лицам иностранных правительств, находящихся во временных служебных командировках; (d) неприкосновенностью вех бумаг и документов; (e) правом пользоваться в сношениях с Организацией шифром и получать документы и переписку через курьеров или вализой. (ii) Указанные в пунктах (b) и (е) привилегии и иммунитеты предоставляются лицам, зачисленным в списки экспертов-консультантов Организации, при выполнении ими своих обязанностей. (iii) Привилегии и иммунитеты предоставляются экспертам Организации в интересах Организации, а не для их личной выгоды. Организация имеет право и обязана отказаться от иммунитета, предоставленного любому эксперту, в каждом случае, когда, по ее мнению, иммунитет препятствует отправлению правосудия и когда отказ от него не причиняет ущерба интересам Организации. 3. Положения статьи V и пунктов 1 и 2 (I) раздела 25 статьи VII распространяются на представителей ассоциированных членов, участвующих в работе Организации на основании статей 8 и 47 Устава. 4. Привилегии, иммунитеты, изъятия и льготы, упоминаемые в разделе 21 стандартных статей, предоставляются также каждому заместителю Генерального директора, помощнику Генерального директора и региональным директорам Организации.
__________
Текст, принятый Первой сессией Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения 17 июля 1948 г. (Off. Rec. Wld Hlth Org., 13, 97, 332), с поправками, внесенными на Третьей, Десятой и Одиннадцатой сессиях Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения (резолюции WHA3.102, WHA10.26 и WHA11.30).
1
СОГЛАШЕНИЯ С ДРУГИМИ МЕЖПРАВИТЕЛЬСТВЕННЫМИ ОРГАНИЗАЦИЯМИ _________ СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ ВСЕМИРНОЙ ОРГАНИЗАЦИЕЙ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ И ПАНАМЕРИКАНСКОЙ ОРГАНИЗАЦИЕЙ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ1 Принимая во внимание, что глава XI Устава Всемирной организации здравоохранения предусматривает, что Панамериканская санитарная организация2, представляемая Панамериканским санитарным бюро и Панамериканской санитарной конференцией, со временем составит одно целое с Всемирной организацией здравоохранения и что это объединение в одно целое произойдет, как только это окажется практически возможным, путем совместной акции, основанной на общем согласии компетентных органов, выраженном через соответствующие организации; и принимая во внимание, что Всемирная организация здравоохранения и Панамериканская санитарная организация пришли к соглашению, что меры, направленные на осуществление такой акции путем заключения соглашения, принимаются, когда по меньшей мере четырнадцать американских стран ратифицируют Устав Всемирной организации здравоохранения, а также принимая во внимание, что двадцать второго апреля 1949 г. это условие было выполнено,
1 Текст, принятый Второй сессией Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения 30 июня 1949 г. в резолюции WHA2.91. 2 Решением XV Панамериканской санитарной конференции, состоявшейся в сентябре-октябре 1958 г., эта организация переименована в "Панамериканскую организацию здравоохранения".
– 53 –
54
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
НАСТОЯЩИМ ДОСТИГНУТО СОГЛАШЕНИЕ В СЛЕДУЮЩЕМ:
Статья 1 Страны и территории Западного полушария образуют географический район региональной организации Всемирной организации здравоохранения в соответствии с положениями главы XI ее Устава. Статья 2 Панамериканская санитарная конференция через Руководящий совет Панамериканской санитарной организации и Панамериканское санитарное бюро выступает соответственно в качестве Регионального комитета и Регионального бюро Всемирной организации здравоохранения в Западном полушарии в рамках положений Устава Всемирной организации здравоохранения. Следуя традиции, обе эти организации сохраняют свои собственные наименования, к которым добавляется соответственно "Региональный комитет Всемирной организации здравоохранения" и "Региональное бюро Всемирной организации здравоохранения". Статья 3 Панамериканская санитарная конференция может заключать и содействовать заключению конвенций, а также принимать и содействовать принятию программ мероприятий в области санитарии и здравоохранения в Западном полушарии при условии, что такие конвенции и программы совместимы с политикой и программами Всемирной организации здравоохранения и самостоятельно финансируются. Статья 4 При вступлении в силу настоящего Соглашения Директор Панамериканского санитарного бюро на основе положений статьи 2 вступает в должность Регионального директора Всемирной организации здравоохранения до истечения срока, на который он был избран. Впоследствии Региональный директор назначается в соответствии с положениями статей 49 и 52 Устава Всемирной организации здравоохранения.
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ ВОЗ И ПАОЗ
55
Статья 5 В соответствии с положениями статьи 51 Устава Всемирной организации здравоохранения Генеральный директор Всемирной организации здравоохранения получает от Директора Панамериканского санитарного бюро исчерпывающие данные относительно административного управления и деятельности Панамериканского санитарного бюро в качестве Регионального бюро Западного полушария. Статья 6 Всемирная организация здравоохранения ассигнует на региональную деятельность соответствующую долю своего бюджета. Статья 7 Региональный директор подготавливает и представляет на рассмотрение Генерального директора при подготовке им годовой бюджетной сметы Всемирной организации здравоохранения на очередной год годовую смету бюджетных расходов Панамериканского санитарного бюро как Регионального бюро Западного полушария. Статья 8 Панамериканское санитарное бюро, выступающее в качестве Регионального бюро Всемирной организации здравоохранения, распоряжается средствами, выделенными ему по бюджету Всемирной организации здравоохранения, в соответствии с установленным порядком и финансовой политикой Всемирной организации здравоохранения. Статья 9 Настоящее соглашение может быть дополнено с согласия обеих сторон по инициативе любой из сторон.
56
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Статья 10 Настоящее Соглашение вступает в силу по одобрении его Всемирной ассамблеей здравоохранения и подписания Директором Панамериканского санитарного бюро, выступающим от имени Панамериканской санитарной конференции, при условии, что четырнадцать из американских республик к тому времени сдадут на хранение документ о принятии ими Устава Всемирной организации здравоохранения. Статья 11 В сомнительном случае или в случае затруднения в толковании английский текст имеет решающее значение. В УДОСТОВЕРЕНИЕ ЧЕГО настоящее Соглашение составлено и подписано в Вашингтоне сего дня двадцать четвертого мая тысяча девятьсот сорок девятого года в четырех экземплярах, из которых два – на английском и два – на французском языке. За Всемирную организацию здравоохранения: БРОК ЧИСХОЛМ, Генеральный директор За Панамериканскую санитарную конференцию: ФРЕД СОПЭР, Директор
__________
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ ОРГАНИЗАЦИЕЙ ОБЪЕДИНЕННЫХ НАЦИЙ И ВСЕМИРНОЙ ОРГАНИЗАЦИЕЙ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ1 Преамбула Статья 57 Устава Организации Объединенных Наций предусматривает, что с различными специализированными учреждениями, созданными межправительственными соглашениями и облеченными широкой международной и определенной в их учредительных актах ответственностью в областях экономической, социальной, культуры, образования, здравоохранения и подобных областях, будут установлены официальные отношения. Статья 69 Устава Всемирной организации здравоохранения предусматривает, что Организация должна установить официальные отношения с Организацией Объединенных Наций в качестве одного из специализированных учреждений, указанных в статье 57 Устава Организация Объединенных Наций. Ввиду этого Организация Объединенных Наций и Всемирная организация здравоохранения согласились с нижеследующим: Статья I Организация Объединенных Наций признает Всемирную организацию здравоохранения специализированным учреждением, ответственным за проведение таких мероприятий, которые в соответствии с Уставом Всемирной организации здравоохранения оказались бы подходящими для достижения изложенных в этом Уставе целей. Статья II – Взаимное представительство 1. Представители Организации Объединенных Наций приглашаются присутствовать на заседаниях Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения и ее комитетов и Исполнительного комитета, а также на общих, региональных или иных специальных собраниях, которые могут быть созваны Всемирной Текст, принятый Первой сессией Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения 10 июля 1948 г. (Off. Rec. Wld Hlth Org., 13, 81, 321). 1
– 57 –
58
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
организацией здравоохранения, и принимать участие без права голоса в прениях этих органов. 2. Представители Всемирной организации здравоохранения приглашаются присутствовать на заседаниях Экономического и Социального Совета Организации Объединенных Наций (далее именуемого "Советом") и его комиссий и комитетов и принимать участие без права голоса в обсуждении этими органами пунктов повестки дня, относящихся к вопросам здравоохранения. 3. Представители Всемирной организации здравоохранения приглашаются присутствовать на заседаниях Генеральной Ассамблеи в качестве консультантов по вопросам, входящим в их компетенцию. 4. Представители Всемирной организации здравоохранения приглашаются присутствовать на заседаниях главных комитетов Генеральной Ассамблеи, когда обсуждаются вопросы, входящие в компетенцию Всемирной организации здравоохранения, и принимать участие без права голоса в этих дискуссиях. 5. Представители Всемирной организации здравоохранения приглашаются присутствовать на заседаниях Совета по опеке и принимать участие без права голоса в обсуждении пунктов повестки дня, относящихся к вопросам, входящим в компетенцию Всемирной организации здравоохранения. 6. Письменные сообщения Всемирной организации здравоохранения рассылаются в надлежащем порядке Секретариатом Организации Объединенных Наций всем членам Генеральной Ассамблеи, Совета и его комиссий и Совета по опеке, если они имеют к ним отношение. Письменные сообщения, представленные Организацией Объединенных Наций, равным образом рассылаются в надлежащем порядке Всемирной организацией здравоохранения всем членам Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения или Исполнительного комитета по усмотрению Организации.
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ ООН И ВОЗ
59
Статья III – Включение пунктов в повестку дня При условии проведения необходимых предварительных консультаций Всемирная организация здравоохранения включает в повестку дня Ассамблеи здравоохранения или Исполнительного комитета в зависимости от обстоятельств вопросы, предложенные Организацией Объединенных Наций. Равным образом Совет и его комиссии, а также Совет по опеке включают в свою повестку дня пункты, предложенные Всемирной организацией здравоохранения. Статья IV – Рекомендации Организации Объединенных Наций 1. Всемирная организация здравоохранения, учитывая обязательство Организации Объединенных Наций способствовать достижению целей, изложенных в статье 55 Устава ООН, равно как и функции и полномочия Совета предпринимать в соответствии со статьей 62 Устава ООН исследования и составлять доклады по международным вопросам в областях экономической, социальной, культуры, образования, здравоохранения и подобным вопросам или побуждать к этому других, а также делать по любому из этих вопросов рекомендации заинтересованным специализированным учреждениям; учитывая также обязательство Организации Объединенных Наций делать в соответствии со статьями 58 и 63 Устава рекомендации по согласованию политики и деятельности таких специализированных учреждений, обязуется способствовать представлению в возможно более краткий срок Ассамблее здравоохранения, Исполнительному комитету или другим надлежащим органам Всемирной организации здравоохранения всех официальных рекомендаций, которые Организация Объединенных Наций может ей сделать. 2. Всемирная организация здравоохранения обязуется консультироваться с Организацией Объединенных Наций по просьбе последней по вопросам, связанным с такими рекомендациями, и своевременно представлять доклады Организации Объединенных Наций о мерах, принятых Всемирной организацией здравоохранения или ее членами для проведения в жизнь таких рекомендаций, или о других результатах рассмотрения последней указанных рекомендаций.
60
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
3. Всемирная организация здравоохранения подтверждает свое твердое намерение сотрудничать в проведении всех дальнейших мероприятий, которые могут потребоваться для полного согласования деятельности специализированных учреждений и Организации Объединенных Наций. В частности, она обязуется принимать участие и сотрудничать в работе любого органа или органов, которые могут быть созданы Советом для облегчения этой согласованности, а также представлять информацию, которая может потребоваться для достижения этой цели. Статья V – Обмен информацией и документами 1. С соблюдением мер, которые могут оказаться необходимыми для обеспечения секретности конфиденциальных материалов, Организация Объединенных Наций и Всемирная организация здравоохранения производят между собой возможно более полный и незамедлительный обмен соответствующей информацией и документами. 2. Не нарушая общего смысла положений, изложенных в пункте 1: (a) Всемирная организация здравоохранения обязуется передавать Организации Объединенных Наций периодические доклады относительно своей деятельности; Всемирная организация здравоохранения с соблюдением условий, изложенных в статье XVI, обязуется удовлетворять в возможно более полной мере все запросы, с которыми Организация Объединенных Наций может к ней обратиться, относительно представления специальных докладов, исследований или информации; Генеральный секретарь передает Генеральному директору Всемирной организации здравоохранения по просьбе последнего такую информацию или такие документы и другие материалы, о которых они могут время от времени уславливаться между собой.
(b)
(c)
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ ООН И ВОЗ
61
Статья VI – Общественная информация Принимая во внимание, что в функции Всемирной организации здравоохранения, как они определяются в пунктах (q) и (r) статьи 2 Устава, входит предоставление информации по вопросам здравоохранения и содействие развитию хорошо осведомленного в области здравоохранения общественного мнения у всех народов, и в целях поощрения сотрудничества между Организацией Объединенных Наций и Всемирной организацией здравоохранения и развития общего обслуживания в области общественной информации в кратчайший срок по вступлении в силу настоящего Соглашения по указанным выше вопросам заключается дополнительное соглашение. Статья VII – Содействие Совету Безопасности Всемирная организация здравоохранения обязуется сотрудничать с Советом в предоставлении информации и в оказании содействия, о котором Совет Безопасности может просить, в деле поддержания или восстановления международного мира и безопасности. Статья VIII – Содействие Совету по опеке Всемирная организация здравоохранения обязуется сотрудничать с Советом по опеке в отправлении им его функций и, в частности, обязуется оказывать ему возможно более полное содействие, о котором Совет по опеке может просить, в отношении вопросов, касающихся Всемирной организации здравоохранения. Статья IX – Несамоуправляющиеся территории По вопросам, касающимся благосостояния и развития народов несамоуправляющихся территорий, Всемирная организация здравоохранения обязуется сотрудничать с Организацией Объединенных Наций в проведении в жизнь принципов и обязательств, изложенных в главе XI Устава Организации Объединенных Наций.
62
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Статья X – Взаимоотношения с Международным Судом 1. Всемирная организация здравоохранения обязуется представлять любую информацию, которая может быть затребована Международным Судом на основании статьи 34 Статуса Международного Суда. 2. Генеральная Ассамблея предоставляет право Всемирной организации здравоохранения испрашивать у Международного Суда консультативные заключения по юридическим вопросам, возникающим в пределах компетенции Всемирной организации здравоохранения, за исключением вопросов, касающихся взаимоотношений этой Организации с Организацией Объединенных Наций или другими специализированными учреждениями. 3. Такое обращение может быть направлено Суду Всемирной ассамблеей здравоохранения или Исполнительным комитетом, уполномоченным на это Всемирной ассамблеей. 4. При обращении к Международному Суду с просьбой о консультативном заключении Всемирная организация здравоохранения уведомляет об этом запросе Экономический и Социальный Совет. Статья XI – Штаб-квартира и Региональные бюро 1. Всемирная организация здравоохранения обязуется не принимать никаких решений относительно местонахождения своей штаб-квартиры без предварительной консультации по этому вопросу с Организацией Объединенных Наций. 2. Все региональные бюро или филиалы, которые могут быть учреждены Всемирной организацией здравоохранения, сотрудничают, поскольку это представляется целесообразным, с региональными бюро или филиалами, которые могут быть учреждены Организацией Объединенных Наций.
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ ООН И ВОЗ
63
Статья XII – Мероприятия, касающиеся персонала 1. Организация Объединенных Наций и Всемирная организация здравоохранения признают, что с точки зрения действенной согласованности административного характера желательно достичь установления единой унифицированной системы международной гражданской службы. С этой целью они обязуются вырабатывать, насколько это представляется целесообразным, общие нормы, методы и мероприятия, касающиеся персонала, дабы избегать существенных различий в условиях и оплате труда, избегать конкуренции при подборе персонала и облегчать взаимный обмен персоналом в целях наилучшего его использования. 2. Организация Объединенных Наций и Всемирная организация здравоохранения обязуются возможно полнее сотрудничать для достижения этих целей и, в частности, обязуются: (a) совместно обсудить вопрос об учреждении комиссии по вопросам международной гражданской службы для консультации о способах обеспечения общих норм комплектования персонала секретариатов Организации Объединенных Наций и специализированных учреждений; в целях достижения возможно большего единообразия совещаться друг с другом относительно иных вопросов, касающихся должностных лиц и персонала, включая условия службы, продолжительность срока службы, служебные категории, шкалу окладов и суточных, право на выход в отставку и на пенсию, а также положения и правила внутреннего распорядка работы; сотрудничать в деле взаимного обмена персоналом, когда такой желателен, на временных или постоянных основаниях, предусматривая при этом сохранение прав старшинства и права на пенсию; сотрудничать в учреждении и руководстве работой соответствующего аппарата для разрешения споров, возникающих в связи с условиями работы персонала и связанными с этим вопросами.
(b)
(c)
(d)
64
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Статья XIII – Статистические службы 1. Организация Объединенных Наций и Всемирная организация здравоохранения обязуются стремиться к максимальному сотрудничеству, к устранению нежелательного дублирования их работы и к наиболее плодотворному использованию каждой из них технического персонала в области сбора, анализа, публикации и распространения статистической информации. Они обязуются объединить свои усилия в целях и применения достижения наилучшего использования статистической информации и облегчения бремени, лежащего на национальных правительствах и других организациях, от которых подобная информация может быть получена. 2. Всемирная организация здравоохранения признает Организацию Объединенных Наций центральным учреждением по сбору, анализу, опубликованию, стандартизации и усовершенствованию статистических данных, используемых международными организациями для целей общего характера. 3. Организация Объединенных Наций признает Всемирную организацию здравоохранения надлежащим учреждением для сбора, анализа, публикаций, стандартизации и совершенствования статистических данных в своей специальной области, что не ограничивает права Организации Объединенных Наций заниматься статистической работой в этой же области, поскольку таковая работа может оказаться необходимой для ее собственных целей или для усовершенствования статистических методов во всем мире. 4. Организация Объединенных Наций, консультируясь со специализированными учреждениями, вырабатывает административные правила и процедуру, посредством которых может быть осуществлено плодотворное сотрудничество в области статистики между Организацией Объединенных Наций и установившими с ней официальные отношения учреждениями. 5. Желательно, чтобы работа по сбору статистических сведений не дублировалась Организацией Объединенных Наций или какими-либо специализированными учреждениями в тех случаях, когда какая-либо организация может использовать информацию или материалы, которыми уже располагает другая.
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ ООН И ВОЗ
65
6. В целях создания центра статистической информации, предназначенного для общего пользования, предусматривается, что все данные, поступающие во Всемирную организацию здравоохранения для включения в ее основные статистические серии или специальные доклады, должны быть по мере возможности предоставлены в распоряжение Организации Объединенных Наций. Статья XIV – Административные и технические службы и 1. В целях достижения административного технического единообразия и наиболее продуктивного использования персонала и средств Организация Объединенных Наций и Всемирная организация здравоохранения признают желательным избегать, насколько возможно, учреждения и деятельности конкурирующих или частично совпадающих друг с другом служб Организации Объединенных Наций и специализированных учреждений. 2. В соответствии с этим Организация Объединенных Наций и Всемирная организация здравоохранения обязуются совещаться друг с другом относительно учреждения и использования общих административных и технических служб в дополнение к тем, которые предусмотрены в статьях XII, XIII и XV, поскольку учреждение и использование подобных служб могут быть признаны время от времени осуществимыми и целесообразными. 3. Организация Объединенных Наций и Всемирная организация здравоохранения устанавливают определенный порядок регистрации и хранения официальных документов. Статья XV – Бюджетные и финансовые мероприятия 1. Всемирная организация здравоохранения признает желательность установления тесных бюджетных и финансовых взаимоотношений с Организацией Объединенных Наций для того, чтобы административная деятельность Организации Объединенных Наций и специализированных учреждений осуществлялась наиболее продуктивно и экономно и чтобы были
66
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
максимально обеспечены координация и единообразие подобной деятельности. 2. Организация Объединенных Наций и Всемирная организация здравоохранения обязуются возможно полнее сотрудничать для достижения этих целей и, в частности, совещаться друг с другом относительно желательности принятия соответствующих мер для включения бюджета Всемирной организации здравоохранения в общий бюджет Организации Объединенных Наций. Все меры такого рода определяются дополнительным соглашением между обеими организациями. 3. Впредь до заключения дополнительного соглашения взаимоотношения бюджетного и финансового характера между Всемирной организацией здравоохранения и Организацией Объединенных Наций определяются нижеследующими положениями: (a) в связи с составлением бюджета Всемирной организации здравоохранения Генеральный секретарь консультируется с Генеральным директором; Всемирная организация здравоохранения обязуется передавать ежегодно Организации Объединенных Наций проект своего бюджета одновременно с его передачей членам своей Организации; Генеральная Ассамблея рассматривает бюджет или проект бюджета Всемирной организации здравоохранения и может делать последней рекомендации по любому пункту или пунктам бюджета; представителям Всемирной организации здравоохранения предоставляется право принимать участие без права голоса в прениях Генеральной Ассамблеи или любого ее комитета во всех случаях, когда рассматривается бюджет Всемирной организации здравоохранения или касающиеся ее общие вопросы административного или финансового характера; Организация Объединенных Наций может взять на себя сбор взносов от тех членов Всемирной организации здравоохранения, которые также состоят членами
(b)
(c)
(d)
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ ООН И ВОЗ
67
Организации Объединенных Наций, в соответствии с положениями, которые могут быть установлены последующим соглашением между Организацией Объединенных Наций и Всемирной организацией здравоохранения; (e) Организация Объединенных Наций как по собственной инициативе, так и по предложению Всемирной организации здравоохранения предпринимает изучение других финансовых и бюджетных вопросов, представляющих интерес для Всемирной организации специализированных здравоохранения и других учреждений, в целях учреждения общих служб и обеспечения единообразия в подобных вопросах; Всемирная организация здравоохранения обязуется придерживаться по мере возможности единообразной практики и форм, рекомендованных Организацией Объединенных Наций. Статья XVI – Финансирование специальных служб 1. Если Всемирной организации здравоохранения окажется необходимым произвести крупные дополнительные расходы по составлению специальных докладов, проведению исследований или оказанию иного содействия, за которыми Организация Объединенных Наций может к ней обратиться в соответствии со статьями V, VII и VIII или с другими положениями настоящего Соглашения, Всемирная организация здравоохранения и Организация Объединенных Наций консультируются между собой для того, чтобы определить наиболее справедливый способ распределения таких расходов. 2. Равным образом Организация Объединенных Наций и Всемирная организация здравоохранения проводят консультации для выработки справедливых соглашений в целях покрытия расходов по центральным, административным, техническим или финансовым службам или прочим специальным видам содействия, оказываемого Организацией Объединенных Наций, поскольку они касаются Всемирной организации здравоохранения.
(f)
68
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Статья XVII – Пропуска Должностные лица Всемирной организации здравоохранения имеют право пользоваться пропусками Организации Объединенных Наций в соответствии с соглашениями, подлежащими заключению между Генеральным секретарем Организации Объединенных Наций и Генеральным директором Всемирной организации здравоохранения. Статья XVIII – Соглашения между учреждениями Всемирная организация здравоохранения обязуется информировать Совет обо всех формальных соглашениях между Всемирной организацией здравоохранения и любыми другими специализированными учреждениями, межправительственными или неправительственными организациями и, в частности, обязуется оповещать Совет о характере и объеме таких соглашений до их заключения. Статья XIX – Связь 1. Организация Объединенных Наций и Всемирная организация здравоохранения принимают вышеизложенные положения, считая, что таковые будут способствовать поддержанию эффективной связи между обеими организациями. Они подтверждают свое твердое намерение принимать все дальнейшие меры, которые могут оказаться необходимыми для того, чтобы сделать эту связь вполне эффективной. 2. Мероприятия по связи, предусмотренные в предшествующих статьях настоящего Соглашения, применяются, поскольку это целесообразно, к взаимоотношениям между всеми филиалами или региональными бюро, которые могут быть учреждены обеими организациями, а также к взаимоотношениям между их штаб-квартирами. Статья XX – Проведение в жизнь Соглашения В целях проведения в жизнь настоящего Соглашения Генеральный секретарь и Генеральный директор могут заключать дополнительные соглашения, признанные желательными в свете опыта работы обеих организаций.
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ ООН И ВОЗ
69
Статья XXI – Пересмотр Настоящее Соглашение подлежит пересмотру по обоюдному согласию между Организацией Объединенных Наций и Всемирной организацией здравоохранения. Статья XXII – Вступление в силу Настоящее Соглашение вступает в силу по утверждении его Генеральной Ассамблеей Организации Объединенных Наций и Всемирной ассамблеей здравоохранения. __________
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ МЕЖДУНАРОДНОЙ ОРГАНИЗАЦИЕЙ ТРУДА И ВСЕМИРНОЙ ОРГАНИЗАЦИЕЙ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ1 Статья I – Сотрудничество и консультации Международная организация труда и Всемирная организация здравоохранения соглашаются в том, что для эффективного достижения целей, изложенных в уставах данных организаций и в общих рамках Устава Организации Объединенных Наций, они будут действовать в тесном сотрудничестве друг с другом и систематически консультировать друг друга по вопросам, представляющим общий интерес. Статья II – Взаимное представительство 1. Представители Международной организации труда приглашаются на заседания Исполнительного комитета Всемирной организации здравоохранения и сессии Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения и участвуют без права голоса в обсуждении каждым из этих органов и их комиссиями и комитетами пунктов повестки дня, представляющих интерес для Международной организации труда. 2. Представители Всемирной организации здравоохранения приглашаются на заседания Административного совета Международной организации труда и сессии Международной конференции труда и могут принимать участие без права голоса в обсуждении каждым из этих органов и их комитетов пунктов повестки дня, представляющих интерес для Всемирной организации здравоохранения. 3. Время от времени по соглашению проводятся надлежащие мероприятия для взаимного представительства Международной организации труда и Всемирной организации здравоохранения на других совещаниях, которые проводятся под руководством одной из сторон и посвящены рассмотрению вопросов, представляющих интерес для другой организации. 1 Текст, принятый Первой сессией Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения 10 июля 1948 г. (Off. Rec. Wld Hlth Org., 13, 81, 322); см. также резолюцию WHA2.101.
– 70 –
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ МОТ И ВОЗ
71
Статья III – Объединенные комитеты МОТ/ВОЗ 1. Международная организация труда и Всемирная организация здравоохранения могут передать любой вопрос, представляющий для них общий интерес, на рассмотрение объединенного комитета, если окажется желательным передать его такому комитету. 2. Всякий такой объединенный комитет образуется из назначаемых каждой организацией членов, число которых с каждой стороны определяется по соглашению между обеими организациями. 3. Организация Объединенных Наций приглашает направить своего представителя на заседание любого из таких объединенных комитетов, комитет может также, если это окажется желательным, пригласить другие специализированные учреждения направить своих представителей на его заседания. 4. Доклады всех таких объединенных комитетов передаются Генеральному директору каждой организации для представления их на рассмотрение надлежащего органа или органов обеих организаций; экземпляр каждого из таких докладов комитета направляется Генеральному секретарю Организации Объединенных Наций для сведения Экономического и Социального Совета. 5. Каждый такой объединенный комитет устанавливает свою собственную процедуру. Статья IV – Обмен информацией и документами 1. При условии принятия в случае необходимости мер для сохранения тайны в отношении некоторых материалов Международная организация труда и Всемирная организация здравоохранения обеспечивают наиболее полный и быстрый обмен информацией и документами. 2. Генеральный директор Международной организации труда и Генеральный директор Всемирной организации здравоохранения или их уполномоченные на то представители
72
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
проводят, по просьбе любой из сторон, консультации относительно предоставления каждой организацией такой информации, которая представляет интерес для другой стороны. Статья V – Персонал Международная организация труда и Всемирная организация здравоохранения соглашаются в том, что меры, принимаемые ими в рамках общих мероприятий, проводимых Организацией Объединенных Наций для обеспечения сотрудничества в кадровых вопросах, будут включать: (a) (b) меры, исключающие конкуренцию при наборе сотрудников для этих организаций; и меры, направленные на облегчение в надлежащих случаях обмена сотрудниками на временной или постоянной основе в целях достижения их максимально эффективного использования и надлежащим образом обеспечивающие при этом сохранение старшинства по стажу работы и права на пенсию. Статья VI – Статистические службы 1. Международная организация труда и Всемирная организация здравоохранения соглашаются в рамках общих мероприятий Организации Объединенных Наций, направленных на обеспечение сотрудничества в области статистики, стремиться к самому тесному сотрудничеству в целях наиболее эффективного использования своих специалистов в деле сбора, анализа, публикации, стандартизации, улучшения и распространения статистических данных. Они признают желательным избегать дублирования при сборе статистических данных во всех случаях, когда одна из них может использовать информацию или материал, которые могут оказаться в распоряжении другой, или когда другая организация особо компетентна и готова заняться таким сбором, и соглашаются объединить свои усилия для достижения наилучшего использования статистических данных и сведения до минимума объема работы, которую должны в этой области выполнять
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ МОТ И ВОЗ
73
правительства отдельных стран и другие от которых может поступать информация.
организации,
2. Международная организация труда и Всемирная организация здравоохранения соглашаются постоянно информировать друг друга о выполняемой ими работе в области статистики и консультироваться друг с другом относительно всех статистических проектов по вопросам, представляющим для них общий интерес. Статья VII – Финансирование специальных услуг Если удовлетворение просьбы о содействии, с которой одна организация обратилась к другой, влечет за собой значительные расходы для организации, выполняющей эту просьбу, то проводится консультация для определения наиболее справедливого способа покрытия таких расходов. Статья VIII – Проведение в жизнь настоящего Соглашения 1. Генеральный директор Международной организации труда и Генеральный директор Всемирной организации здравоохранения могут по договоренности принять такие дополнительные меры для проведения в жизнь настоящего Соглашения, которые будут признаны желательными в свете практического опыта обеих организаций. 2. Мероприятия по установлению связи, предусматриваемые в предыдущих статья настоящего Соглашения, применяются во всех надлежащих случаях к взаимоотношениям между всеми региональными бюро и филиалами, которые могут быть созданы обеими организациями, а также между их центральными аппаратами. Статья IX – Уведомление Организации Объединенных Наций и регистрация Соглашения в Организации Объединенных Наций 1. На основании своих соглашений с Организацией Объединенных Наций Международная организация труда и Всемирная организация здравоохранения немедленно сообщают Экономическому и Социальному Совету условия настоящего Соглашения.
74
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
2. По вступлении в силу настоящего Соглашения на основании статьи XI оно будет направлено Генеральному секретарю Организации Объединенных Наций для регистрации и хранения в соответствии со статьей 10 Правил введения в действие статьи 102 Устава Организации Объединенных Наций, утвержденных Генеральной Ассамблеей Организации Объединенных Наций 14 декабря 1946 года. Статья X – Пересмотр и расторжение 1. Настоящее Соглашение подвергается пересмотру по взаимному соглашению между Международной организацией труда и Всемирной организацией здравоохранения, причем в любом случае оно может пересматриваться не позднее чем через три года после его вступления в силу. 2. Если согласие по вопросу пересмотра настоящего Соглашения не может быть достигнуто, то оно может быть расторгнуто любой из сторон 31 декабря каждого года простым уведомлением другой стороны не позднее 30 сентября того же года. Статья XI – Вступление в силу Настоящее Соглашение вступает в силу по утверждении его Административным советом Международной организации труда и Всемирной ассамблеей здравоохранения. __________
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ ПРОДОВОЛЬСТВЕННОЙ И СЕЛЬСКОХОЗЯЙСТВЕННОЙ ОРГАНИЗАЦИЕЙ ОБЪЕДИНЕННЫХ НАЦИЙ И ВСЕМИРНОЙ ОРГАНИЗАЦИЕЙ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ1 Статья I – Сотрудничество и консультации Продовольственная и сельскохозяйственная организация Объединенных Наций и Всемирная организация здравоохранения соглашаются в том, что для эффективного достижения целей, изложенных в уставах обеих организаций в общих рамках Устава Организации Объединенных Наций, они будут действовать в тесном сотрудничестве друг с другом и систематически консультировать друг друга по вопросам, представляющим общий интерес. Статья II – Взаимное представительство 1. Представители ФАО приглашаются на заседания Исполнительного комитета ВОЗ и сессии Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения и могут принимать участие без права голоса в обсуждении каждым из этих органов и их комиссиями и комитетами пунктов повестки дня, представляющих интерес для ФАО. 2. Представители ВОЗ приглашаются на заседания Исполнительного комитета ФАО или его преемника и сессии Конференции ФАО и могут принимать участие без права голоса в обсуждении каждым из этих органов и их комиссиями и комитетами пунктов повестки дня, представляющих интерес для ВОЗ. 3. Время от времени по соглашению проводятся надлежащие мероприятия по взаимному представительству ФАО и ВОЗ на других совещаниях, которые проводятся под руководством одной из сторон и посвящены рассмотрению вопросов, представляющих интерес для другой организации.
Текст, принятый Первой сессией Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения 17 июля 1948 г. (Off. Rec. Wld Hlth Org. 13, 96, 323).
1
– 75 –
76
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Статья III – Объединенные комитеты ФАО/ВОЗ 1. ФАО и ВОЗ могут передать любой вопрос, представляющий для них общий интерес, на рассмотрение объединенного комитета, если окажется желательным передать его такому комитету. 2. Всякий такой объединенный комитет образуется из назначаемых каждой организацией членов, число которых с каждой стороны определяется по соглашению между обеими организациями. 3. Представители Организации Объединенных Наций и других специализированных учреждений приглашаются на заседания объединенных комитетов и могут участвовать без права голоса в их работе. 4. Доклады всех таких объединенных комитетов направляются Генеральному директору каждой организации для представления их на рассмотрение надлежащего органа или органов обеих организаций. 5. Каждый такой объединенный комитет устанавливает свою собственную процедуру. 6. Техническое обслуживание такого объединенного комитета обеспечивается по соглашению между Генеральными директорами ФАО и ВОЗ или между их представителями. Статья IV – Объединенные миссии ФАО/ВОЗ ФАО и ВОЗ могут организовать объединенные миссии в соответствии с положениями статьи III. Статья V – Обмен информацией и документами 1. Генеральный директор каждой организации постоянно и в полной мере информирует другую организацию обо всех программах работ и проектируемых видах деятельности, которые могут представлять взаимный интерес.
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ ФАО И ВОЗ
77
2. При условии соблюдения мер, которые могут оказаться необходимыми для сохранения тайны в отношении конфиденциальных материалов, ФАО и ВОЗ обеспечивают наиболее полный и быстрый обмен информацией и документами. 3. Генеральный директор ФАО и Генеральный директор ВОЗ или их представители организуют по просьбе любой из сторон консультации относительно предоставления любой из сторон специальной информации, которая может представлять интерес для другой договаривающейся стороны. Статья VI – Объединенные комитеты секретариатов Генеральные директора обеих организаций или их представители могут, если они найдут это желательным, создавать по соглашению объединенные комитеты секретариатов для облегчения сотрудничества в выполнении особых программ или проектируемых видов деятельности, в которых взаимно заинтересованы обе организации. Статья VII – Персонал ФАО и ВОЗ соглашаются в том, что меры, принимаемые ими в рамках общих мероприятий, проводимых Организацией Объединенных Наций для обеспечения сотрудничества в кадровых вопросах, будут включать: (a) меры, исключающие конкуренцию при наборе сотрудников, включая предварительные консультации относительно назначения в технических областях, имеющих отношение к обеим организациям; и меры, направленные на облегчение в надлежащих случаях обмена сотрудниками на временной или постоянной основе в целях достижения их максимально эффективного использования и надлежащим образом обеспечивающие при этом сохранение старшинства по стажу работы и права на пенсию.
(b)
78
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Статья VIII – Статистические службы 1. ФАО и ВОЗ соглашаются в рамках общих мероприятий Организации Объединенных Наций, направленных на обеспечение сотрудничества в области статистики, стремиться к самому тесному сотрудничеству в целях наиболее эффективного использования своих кадров специалистов в деле сбора, анализа, публикации, стандартизации, улучшения и распространения статистических данных. Они признают желательным избегать дублирования при сборе статистических данных во всех случаях, когда одна из них может использовать информацию или материалы, которые могут оказаться в распоряжении другой, или когда другая организация особо компетентна и готова заняться таким сбором, и соглашаются объединить свои усилия для достижения наилучшего использования статистических данных и сведения до минимума объема работы, которую должны в этой области выполнять правительства отдельных стран и другие организации, от которых может поступать информация. 2. ФАО и ВОЗ соглашаются постоянно информировать друг друга о выполняемой ими работе в области статистики и консультировать друг друга относительно всех мероприятий в области статистических проектов, представляющих для них общий интерес. Статья IX – Финансирование специальных услуг Если удовлетворение просьбы об оказании содействия, с которой одна организация обратилась к другой, влечет или может повлечь за собой значительные расходы для организации, выполняющей эту просьбу, то проводится консультация с целью определения наиболее справедливого способа покрытия таких расходов. Статья X – Региональные бюро и филиалы ФАО и ВОЗ соглашаются информировать друг друга о планах первоначального создания и перемещения региональных бюро и филиалов, а также проводить обоюдные консультации с
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ ФАО И ВОЗ
79
целью наладить там, где это практически возможно, сотрудничество в отношении размещения персонала и использования общих служб. Статья XI – Проведение Соглашения в жизнь В целях проведения в жизнь настоящего Соглашения Генеральный директор ФАО и Генеральный директор ВОЗ по договоренности принимают любые дополнительные меры, которые будут признаны желательными в свете практического опыта обеих организаций. Статья XII – Уведомление Организации Объединенных Наций и регистрация в Организации Объединенных Наций 1. На основании своих соответствующих соглашений с Организацией Объединенных Наций ФАО и ВОЗ незамедлительно сообщают Экономическому и Социальному Совету условия настоящего Соглашения. 2. По вступлении в силу настоящего Соглашения на основании статьи XIV оно будет направлено Генеральному секретарю Организации Объединенных Наций для регистрации и хранения его в соответствии со статьей 10 Правил введения в действие статьи 102 Устава Организации Объединенных Наций, утвержденных Генеральной Ассамблеей Организации Объединенных Наций 14 декабря 1946 года. Статья XIII – Пересмотр и повторное рассмотрение Настоящее Соглашение подвергается пересмотру по взаимному согласованию между ФАО и ВОЗ, причем в любом случае оно подлежит новому рассмотрению не позднее чем через три года после его вступления в силу. Статья XIV – Вступление в силу Настоящее Соглашение вступает в силу по утверждении его Конференцией ФАО и Всемирной ассамблеей здравоохранения. __________
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ ОРГАНИЗАЦИЕЙ ОБЪЕДИНЕННЫХ НАЦИЙ ПО ВОПРОСАМ ОБРАЗОВАНИЯ, НАУКИ И КУЛЬТУРЫ И ВСЕМИРНОЙ ОРГАНИЗАЦИЕЙ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ1 Статья I – Сотрудничество и консультации 1. Организация Объединенных Наций по вопросам образования, науки и культуры и Всемирная организация здравоохранения соглашаются в том, что для эффективного достижения целей, изложенных в уставах обеих организаций в общих рамках Устава Организации Объединенных Наций, они будут действовать в тесном сотрудничестве друг с другом и систематически консультировать друг друга по вопросам, представляющим общий интерес. 2. В частности, ЮНЕСКО признает за Всемирной организацией здравоохранения основную ответственность в деле поощрения исследовательской работы, образования и постановки научной деятельности в области здравоохранения и медицины без ущемления права ЮНЕСКО заниматься вопросами связи теоретических и прикладных наук во всех областях, включая науки, лежащие в основе здравоохранения. 3. В случае возникновения сомнений относительно разграничения ответственности между обеими организациями в связи с проектируемыми мероприятиями и программами работ организация, являющаяся в данном случае инициатором, консультируется с другой организацией с целью урегулирования вопроса по обоюдному соглашению, либо путем передачи его на рассмотрение соответствующего объединенного комитета в порядке, указанном в статьи IV, либо другим путем. Статья II – Взаимное представительство 1. Представители ВОЗ приглашаются на заседания Исполнительного совета и на сессии Генеральной конференции Текст, принятый Первой сессией Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения 17 июля 1948 г. (Off. Rec. Wld Hlth Org. 13, 96, 323). 1
– 80 –
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ ЮНЕСКО И ВОЗ
81
ЮНЕСКО и могут принимать участие без права голоса в обсуждении этими органами и их комиссиями и комитетами пунктов повестки дня, представляющих интерес для ВОЗ. 2. Представители ЮНЕСКО приглашаются на заседания Исполнительного комитета ВОЗ и на сессии Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения и могут принимать участие без права голоса в обсуждении этими органами и их комиссиями и комитетами пунктов повестки дня, представляющих интерес для ЮНЕСКО. 3. По соглашению между генеральными директорами обеих организаций и их представителями проводятся надлежащие мероприятия по обеспечению взаимного представительства ВОЗ и ЮНЕСКО на других совещаниях, которые проводятся под руководством одной из сторон и посвящены рассмотрению вопросов, представляющих интерес для другой организации. Статья III – Включение пунктов в повестку дня После необходимых предварительных консультаций каждая организация включает в повестку дня заседания упоминаемые в статье II вопросы, предложенные другой стороной. Статья IV – Объединенные комитеты ЮНЕСКО/ВОЗ 1. ЮНЕСКО и ВОЗ могут передать любой вопрос, представляющий для них общий интерес, на рассмотрение объединенного комитета, если это окажется желательным. 2. Всякий такой объединенный комитет образуется из назначаемых каждой организацией членов, число которых с каждой стороны определяется по соглашению между обеими организациями. 3. Организация Объединенных Наций приглашает направлять своего представителя на заседания любого из таких объединенных комитетов; комитет может также, если это
82
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
окажется желательным, пригласить другие специализированные учреждения направить представителей на его заседания. 4. Доклады каждого такого объединенного комитета передаются генеральному директору каждой организации для представления их на рассмотрение надлежащего органа или органов обеих организаций, экземпляр всех таких докладов направляется Генеральному секретарю Организации Объединенных Наций для сведения Экономического и Социального Совета. 5. Каждый такой объединенный комитет устанавливает свою собственную процедуру. 6. Техническое обслуживание каждого объединенного комитета обеспечивается по соглашению между генеральными директорами обеих организаций или между их представителями. Статья V – Обмен информацией и документами 1. Секретариат каждой организации соглашается систематически и подробно информировать другую организацию обо всех проектируемых видах деятельности и программах работ, которые могут представлять взаимный интерес. 2. При условии соблюдения мер, которые могут оказаться необходимыми для сохранения тайны в отношении конфиденциальных материалов, ВОЗ и ЮНЕСКО обеспечивают самый полный и быстрый обмен информацией и документами. 3. Генеральный директор ВОЗ и Генеральный директор ЮНЕСКО или их представители организуют по просьбе любой из сторон консультации относительно предоставления любой из сторон такой специальной информации, которая может представлять интерес для другой договаривающейся стороны. Статья VI – Персонал ВОЗ и ЮНЕСКО соглашаются в том, что меры, принимаемые ими в рамках общих мероприятий, проводимых
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ ЮНЕСКО И ВОЗ
83
Организацией Объединенных Наций для обеспечения сотрудничества в кадровых вопросах, будут включать: (a) (b) меры, исключающие конкуренцию при наборе сотрудников для этих организаций; и меры, направленные на облегчение в надлежащих случаях обмена сотрудниками на временной или постоянной основе в целях достижения их максимально эффективного использования и обеспечивающие при этом сохранение старшинства по стажу работы и права на пенсию. Статья VII – Статистические службы 1. ВОЗ и ЮНЕСКО соглашаются в рамках общих мероприятий Организации Объединенных Наций, направленных на обеспечение сотрудничества в области статистики, стремиться к самому тесному сотрудничеству в целях наиболее эффективного использования своих кадровых специалистов в деле сбора, анализа, публикации, стандартизации, улучшения и Обе организации распространения статистических данных. признают желательным избегать дублирования при сборе статистических данных во всех случаях, когда одна из них может использовать информацию, материалы или необработанные данные, которые могут оказаться в распоряжении другой, или когда другая организация особо компетентна и готова заняться таким сбором, и соглашаются объединить своих усилия для достижения наилучшего использования статистических данных и сведения к минимуму объема работы в этой области правительств отдельных стран и других организаций, от которых может поступать информация. 2. ВОЗ и ЮНЕСКО соглашаются постоянно информировать друг друга о выполняемой ими работе в области статистики и консультироваться друг с другом относительно всех мероприятий в этой области, представляющих для них общий интерес.
84
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Статья VIII – Финансирование специальных услуг Если удовлетворение просьбы о содействии, с которой одна организация обратилась к другой, влечет или может повлечь за собой значительные расходы для организации, выполняющей эту просьбу, то проводится консультация для определения наиболее справедливого способа покрытия таких расходов. Статья IX – Региональные бюро и филиалы ВОЗ и ЮНЕСКО соглашаются информировать друг друга о планах первоначального создания и перемещения региональных бюро и филиалов, а также проводить совместные консультации с целью наладить там, где это практически возможно, сотрудничество в отношении использования помещений, персонала и общих служб. Статья X – Проведение Соглашения в жизнь Генеральный директор ВОЗ и Генеральный директор ЮНЕСКО по договоренности принимают такие дополнительные меры для проведения в жизнь настоящего Соглашения, которые будут признаны желательными в свете практического опыта. Статья XI – Уведомление Организации Объединенных Наций и регистрация в Организации Объединенных Наций 1. На основании своих соответствующих соглашений с Организацией Объединенных Наций ВОЗ и ЮНЕСКО немедленно сообщают Экономическому и Социальному Совету условия настоящего Соглашения. 2. По вступлении в силу настоящего Соглашения оно будет направлено Генеральному секретарю Организации Объединенных Наций для регистрации и хранения его в соответствии со статьей 10 Правил введения в действие статьи 102 Устава Организации Объединенных Наций, утвержденных Генеральной Ассамблеей Организации Объединенных Наций 14 декабря 1946 года.
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ ЮНЕСКО И ВОЗ
85
Статья XII – Пересмотр и повторное рассмотрение 1. Настоящее Соглашение подвергается пересмотру по взаимному согласию между ВОЗ и ЮНЕСКО, причем в любом случае оно подлежит новому рассмотрению не позднее чем через три года после вступления в силу. 2. Если согласие по вопросу пересмотра настоящего Соглашения не может быть достигнуто, оно может быть расторгнуто любой из сторон 31 декабря каждого года простым уведомлением другой стороны не позднее 30 сентября того же года. Статья XIII – Вступление в силу Настоящее Соглашение вступает в силу по утверждении его Всемирной ассамблеей здравоохранения и Исполнительным советом ЮНЕСКО. _________
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ МЕЖДУНАРОДНЫМ АГЕНТСТВОМ ПО АТОМНОЙ ЭНЕРГИИ И ВСЕМИРНОЙ ОРГАНИЗАЦИЕЙ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ1 Статья I – Сотрудничество и консультации 1. Международное агентство по атомной энергии и Всемирная организация здравоохранения соглашаются в том, что для эффективного достижения целей, изложенных в учредительных актах данных организаций в общих рамках Устава Организации Объединенных Наций, они будут действовать в тесном сотрудничестве друг с другом и систематических консультироваться друг с другом по вопросам, представляющим общий интерес. 2. В частности, Всемирная организация здравоохранения в соответствии со своим Уставом и Уставом Международного агентства по атомной энергии и его соглашением с Организацией Объединенных Наций, а также обменом письмами в связи с этим соглашением и, принимая во внимание ответственность обеих организаций в области координации деятельности, признает за Международным агентством по атомной энергии основную ответственность в деле поощрения, оказания помощи и координации исследований, а также развития и практического применения атомной энергии в мирных целях во всем мире без ущемления права Всемирной организации здравоохранения заниматься содействием, развитием, помощью и координацией международной деятельности в области здравоохранения во всех ее аспектах, включая научно-исследовательскую работу. 3. Во всех случаях, когда одна из сторон намеревается приступить к осуществлению какой-либо программы или деятельности по вопросу, который представляет или может представлять существенный интерес для другой стороны, первая должна проконсультироваться со второй, для того чтобы урегулировать вопрос на основе обоюдного соглашения. Текст, принятый Двенадцатой сессией Всемирной здравоохранения 28 мая 1959 г. в резолюции WHA12.40. 1
ассамблеи
– 86 –
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ МАГАТЭ И ВОЗ
87
Статья II – Взаимное представительство 1. Представители Всемирной организации здравоохранения приглашаются на Генеральную конференцию Международного агентства по атомной энергии и участвуют без права голоса в обсуждении этим органом и его вспомогательными органами (например, комиссиями и комитетами) вопросов повестки дня, представляющих интерес для Всемирной организации здравоохранения. 2. Представители Международного агентства по атомной энергии приглашаются на Всемирную ассамблею здравоохранения и участвуют без права голоса в обсуждении этим органом и его вспомогательными органами (например, комиссиями и комитетами) вопросов повестки дня, представляющих интерес для Международного агентства по атомной энергии. 3. Представители Всемирной организации здравоохранения приглашаются в надлежащих случаях на заседания Совета управляющих Международного агентства по атомной энергии и участвуют без права голоса в обсуждении этим органом и его комиссиями и комитетами вопросов повестки дня, представляющих интерес для Всемирной организации здравоохранения. 4. Представители Международного агентства по атомной энергии приглашаются в надлежащих случаях на заседания Исполнительного комитета Всемирной организации здравоохранения и участвуют без права голоса в обсуждении этим органом и его комиссиями и комитетами вопросов повестки дня, представляющих интерес для Международного агентства по атомной энергии. 5. Время от времени по соглашению проводятся надлежащие мероприятия для взаимного представительства Международного агентства по атомной энергии и Всемирной организации здравоохранения на других совещаниях, которые проводятся под руководством одной из сторон и посвящены рассмотрению вопросов, представляющих интерес для другой организации.
88
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Статья III – Обмен информацией и документами 1. Международное агентство по атомной энергии и Всемирная организация здравоохранения признают, что они могут найти необходимым ввести определенные ограничения в целях сохранения тайны в отношении предоставляемой ими конфиденциальной информации. Поэтому они признают, что ничто в настоящем Соглашении не должно истолковываться как обязательство для любой из договаривающихся сторон предоставлять такую информацию, если это, по мнению стороны, располагающей данной информацией, влечет за собой разглашение тайны любого из членов данной организации или любого отдельного лица, представившего такую информацию, или каким-либо другим образом нарушает установленный порядок ее деятельности. 2. При условии соблюдения мер, которые могут оказаться необходимыми для сохранения тайны в отношении конфиденциальных материалов, Секретариат Международного агентства по атомной энергии и Секретариат Всемирной организации здравоохранения систематически и подробно информируют друг друга обо всех предполагаемых видах деятельности и всех программах работ, которые могут представлять интерес для обеих сторон. 3. Генеральный директор Всемирной организации здравоохранения и Генеральный директор Международного агентства по атомной энергии или их представители организуют по просьбе любой из сторон консультации относительно предоставления любой из сторон такой специальной информации, которая может представлять интерес для другой договаривающейся стороны. Статья IV – Включение пунктов в повестку дня После таких предварительных консультаций, которые могут оказаться необходимыми, Всемирная организация здравоохранения включает в предварительную повестку дня своей Ассамблеи здравоохранения или своего Исполнительного комитета пункты, предложенные ей Международным агентством
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ МАГАТЭ И ВОЗ
89
по атомной энергии. Равным образом Международное агентство по атомной энергии включает в предварительную повестку дня Генеральной конференции или Совета управляющих пункты, предложенные Всемирной организацией здравоохранения. Пункты повестки дня, представленные одной из сторон для рассмотрения их другой, сопровождаются объяснительной запиской. Статья V – Сотрудничество секретариатов Секретариат Международного агентства по атомной энергии и Секретариат Всемирной организации здравоохранения поддерживают тесную рабочую связь в соответствии с такими мероприятиями, о которых время от времени могут договариваться генеральные директора обеих организаций. В частности, когда это необходимо для рассмотрения вопросов, представляющих существенный интерес для обеих сторон, могут быть созваны объединенные комитеты. Статья VI – Техническое и административное сотрудничество 1. Международное агентство по атомной энергии и Всемирная организация здравоохранения соглашаются время от времени консультироваться друг с другом относительно наиболее эффективного использования персонала и ресурсов, а также о надлежащих методах, которые позволят избежать создания и использования конкурирующих или дублирующих друг друга технических средств и служб. 2. Международное агентство по атомной энергии и Всемирная организация здравоохранения соглашаются в том, что меры, принимаемые ими в рамках любых общих мероприятий, проводимых Организацией Объединенных Наций для обеспечения сотрудничества в кадровых вопросах, будут включать: (a) (b) меры, исключающие конкуренцию персонала для этих организаций; и при наборе
меры, направленные на облегчение в надлежащих случаях обмена персоналом на временной или
90
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
постоянной основе в целях достижения максимально эффективного его использования, надлежащим образом обеспечивая при этом сохранение старшинства по стажу работы, права на пенсию и других прав данного персонала. Статья VII – Статистические службы Ввиду желательности максимального сотрудничества в области статистики и сведения до минимума объема работы, которую должны в этой области выполнять правительства отдельных стран и другие организации, от которых может поступать информация, Международное агентство по атомной энергии и Всемирная организация здравоохранения обязуются, принимая во внимание общие мероприятия по сотрудничеству в области статистики, проводимые Организацией Объединенных Наций, избегать нежелательного дублирования в их работе по сбору, систематизации и публикации статистических данных и консультироваться друг с другом относительно наиболее эффективного использования информации, ресурсов и специалистов в области статистики, а также относительно всех статистических проектов по вопросам, представляющим общих интерес. Статья VIII – Финансирование специальных услуг Если удовлетворение просьбы о содействии, с которой одна организация обратилась к другой, влечет или может повлечь за собой значительные расходы для организации, выполняющей эту просьбу, то проводится консультация для определения наиболее справедливого способа покрытия таких расходов. Статья IX – Региональные бюро и филиалы Всемирная организация здравоохранения и Международное агентство по атомной энергии соглашаются проводить совместные консультации с целью наладить там, где это практически возможно, сотрудничество в отношении использования одной организацией помещений, персонала и общих служб региональных бюро и филиалов, которые другая организация уже создала или может создать в будущем.
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ МАГАТЭ И ВОЗ
91
Статья X – Проведение в жизнь настоящего Соглашения Генеральный директор Международного агентства по атомной энергии и Генеральный директор Всемирной организации здравоохранения могут по договоренности принять такие меры для проведения в жизнь настоящего Соглашения, какие могут быть признаны желательными в свете практического опыта обеих организаций. Статья XI – Уведомление Организации Объединенных Наций и регистрация в ООН 1. На основании соответствующих соглашений этих организаций с Организацией Объединенных Наций Международное агентство по атомной энергии и Всемирная организация здравоохранения немедленно уведомляют Организацию Объединенных Наций об условиях настоящего Соглашения. 2. По вступлении в силу настоящего Соглашения в соответствии с существующими правилами Организации Объединенных Наций оно будет направлено Генеральному секретарю Организации Объединенных Наций для регистрации и хранения. Статья XII – Пересмотр и расторжение 1. Настоящее Соглашение подвергается пересмотру по взаимному согласию между Всемирной организацией здравоохранения и Международным агентством по атомной энергии по просьбе одной из сторон. 2. Если согласие по вопросу пересмотра настоящего Соглашения не может быть достигнуто, то оно может быть расторгнуто любой из сторон 31 декабря каждого года простым уведомлением другой стороны не позднее 30 июня того же года. Статья XIII – Вступление в силу Настоящее Соглашение вступает в силу по утверждении его Генеральной конференцией Международного агентства по атомной энергии и Всемирной ассамблеей здравоохранения. _________
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ МЕЖДУНАРОДНЫМ ФОНДОМ СЕЛЬСКОХОЗЯЙСТВЕННОГО РАЗВИТИЯ И ВСЕМИРНОЙ ОРГАНИЗАЦИЕЙ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ1 ПРИНИМАЯ во внимание, что Всемирная организация здравоохранения (нижеименуемая "ВОЗ") и Международный фонд сельскохозяйственного развития (нижеименуемый "МФСР") имеют общие интересы в отношении благосостояния и здоровья населения своих государств-членов, и особенно в развивающихся странах, ПРИНИМАЯ во внимание стремление обеих организаций к сотрудничеству друг с другом ради достижения их общих целей, ПРИНИМАЯ во внимание статью 2(b) Устава ВОЗ, предусматривающую, inter alia, что Организация будет устанавливать и поддерживать эффективное сотрудничество с Организацией Объединенных Наций и ее специализированными учреждениями, ПРИНИМАЯ во внимание статью 8, раздел 2, Соглашения об учреждении МФСР, предусматривающую, что МФСР будет тесно сотрудничать с учреждениями системы ООН,
ВОЗ И МФСР ДОСТИГЛИ СОГЛАШЕНИЯ В СЛЕДУЮЩЕМ: Статья I – Компетенция договаривающихся сторон 1.1 ВОЗ признает особую роль МФСР в мобилизации дополнительных ресурсов, предоставляемых на льготных условиях для развития сельского хозяйства в его развивающихся государствах-членах, в первую очередь для осуществления проектов и программ, специально разработанных для создания, расширения или совершенствования систем производства продуктов питания и для укрепления соответствующей политики и учреждений в рамках национальных первоочередных задач и Текст, принятый Тридцать третьей сессией Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения 23 мая 1980 г. в резолюции WHA33.21. 1
– 92 –
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ МФСР И ВОЗ
93
стратегий, принимая во внимание: необходимость расширения производства продуктов питания в беднейших, испытывающих недостаток в продуктах питания странах; возможность расширения производства продуктов питания в других развивающихся странах и важность улучшения питания в условиях жизни беднейших слоев населения в развивающихся странах. 1.2 МФСР признает особую роль ВОЗ в международной деятельности в области здравоохранения, в частности в таких областях, как здоровье населения сельских районов, улучшение питания и борьба с инфекционными болезнями. Статья II – Консультации и сотрудничество 2.1 ВОЗ и МФСР соглашаются регулярно информировать друг друга о своих мероприятиях, представляющих взаимный интерес в области сельскохозяйственного развития, особенно в развивающихся странах, являющихся членами обеих организаций. 2.2 ВОЗ будет стремиться информировать МФСР о таких программах и проектах, которые могут, prima facie, удовлетворять требованиям, необходимым для получения помощи от МФСР, и по возможности МФСР будет информировать ВОЗ, удовлетворяют ли такие программы и проекты требованиям, необходимым для получения помощи от МФСР. 2.3 Любое мероприятие, осуществляемое сторонами в сотрудничестве друг с другом, осуществляется в соответствии с руководящими принципами и положениями обеих организаций. Статья III – Сферы сотрудничества 3.1 Оставляя за собой право сотрудничать в других возможных областях, стороны соглашаются рассматривать нижеследующие виды деятельности в качестве возможных сфер взаимного сотрудничества:
94
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
3.1.1 программы и проекты по расширению производства продуктов питания с улучшением в качестве одного из основных компонентов состояния питания, особенно населения сельских районов; 3.1.2 оказание поддержки соответствующим мерам по охране и защите окружающей среды в качестве части проектов сельскохозяйственного развития, включающим профилактику передающихся через воду и других инфекционных болезней, а также борьбу с этими болезнями, распространению которых могут способствовать ирригационные и другие проекты сельскохозяйственного развития; 3.1.3 программы сельскохозяйственного развития, которые включают в качестве основных элементов улучшение санитарно-гигиенических условий и коммунальное водоснабжение. Статья IV – Методы сотрудничества 4.1 При условии соблюдения мер, которые могут оказаться необходимыми для сохранения конфиденциальности любой информации или документа, ВОЗ и МФСР предоставляют друг другу все данные, документы и информацию, которые могут потребоваться для осуществления деятельности в рамках настоящего Соглашения. 4.2 В той мере, которую они сочтут желательной по взаимному согласию, стороны оказывают друг другу помощь в проведении исследований в областях, представляющих взаимный интерес. 4.3 В тех случаях, когда это необходимо, МФСР может просить ВОЗ оказать помощь МФСР в осуществлении миссий, связанных с его практической деятельностью, стремясь обеспечить и облегчить в случае целесообразности сотрудничество между сторонами на стадиях планирования, осуществления и оценки проектов, представляющих взаимный интерес для обеих сторон.
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ МФСР И ВОЗ
95
4.4 ВОЗ и МФСР осуществляют сотрудничество полностью на условиях, удовлетворяющих обе стороны. МФСР, осуществляя свои функции, использует в случае необходимости услуги и консультативную помощь ВОЗ. Статья V – Административные меры 5.1 ВОЗ и МФСР осуществляют сотрудничество для принятия мер, которые они считают необходимыми для эффективных контактов на техническом и координационном уровнях, в том числе посещение по мере необходимости сотрудниками организаций соответствующих штаб-квартир и региональных бюро. Статья VI – Взаимное представительство 6.1 Представители МФСР приглашаются на сессии Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения и такие другие заседания, проводимые под эгидой ВОЗ, которые представляют интерес для МФСР, участвуют без права голоса в обсуждении пунктов повестки дня, представляющих интерес для МФСР. ВОЗ приглашаются на заседания 6.2 Представители Руководящего совета и такие другие заседания, проводимые под эгидой МФСР, присутствие на которых не ограничено юридически установленным членством и которые представляют интерес для ВОЗ, и участвуют без права голоса в обсуждении пунктов повестки дня, представляющих интерес для ВОЗ. Статья VII – Финансовые соглашения 7.1 МФСР возмещает ВОЗ все прямые издержки на персонал и любые дополнительные косвенные издержки, например путевые расходы и суточные, за услуги, оказываемые ВОЗ по специальной просьбе МФСР и в соответствии с финансовыми соглашениями, которые будут заключены между сторонами.
96
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Статья VIII – Заключительные положения 8.1 Настоящее Соглашение вступает в силу с момента подписания его уполномоченными представителями ВОЗ и МФСР. 8.2 В настоящее Соглашение могут быть внесены поправки с согласия обеих сторон в соответствии с процедурами, предусмотренными в их Уставах. 8.3 Настоящее Соглашение может быть расторгнуто по обоюдному согласию или денонсировано любой из сторон по истечении шести месяцев после направления другой стороне письменного уведомления. Стороны соглашаются, что, несмотря на истечение срока уведомления о прекращении действия Соглашения, его положения будут оставаться в силе в той мере, которая необходима для полного завершения любого мероприятия, предпринятого в соответствии с настоящим Соглашением. 8.4 Генеральный директор ВОЗ и Президент МФСР могут заключать дополнительные соглашения в рамках настоящего Соглашения, которые могут оказаться необходимыми в свете опыта работы обеих организаций по выполнению настоящего Соглашения. В УДОСТОВЕРЕНИЕ ЧЕГО Президент Международного фонда сельскохозяйственного развития и Генеральный директор Всемирной организации здравоохранения подписали настоящее Соглашение в двух экземплярах на французском и английском языках, причем оба текста имеют одинаковую силу. Международный фонд сельскохозяйственного развития Абдельмухсин М. АЛЬ-СУДЕАРИ Президент Всемирная организация здравоохранения Х. МАЛЕР, д.м.н. Генеральный директор
_________
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ ОРГАНИЗАЦИЕЙ ОБЪЕДИНЕННЫХ НАЦИЙ ПО ПРОМЫШЛЕННОМУ РАЗВИТИЮ И ВСЕМИРНОЙ ОРГАНИЗАЦИЕЙ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ1 Статья 1 – Сотрудничество и консультации Для содействия эффективному достижению целей, изложенных в их соответствующих Уставах, Организация Объединенных Наций по промышленному развитию (нижеименуемая "ЮНИДО") и Всемирная организация здравоохранения (нижеименуемая "ВОЗ") соглашаются в том, что в рамках общей системы, установленной Уставом Организации Объединенных Наций и их соответствующими уставами, они действуют в тесном сотрудничестве друг с другом и регулярно консультируются друг с другом по вопросам, представляющим взаимный интерес. Статья 2 – Взаимное представительство 1. Представители ВОЗ приглашаются присутствовать на сессиях Генеральной конференции и Совета по промышленному развитию ЮНИДО и принимать участие без права голоса в работе этих органов при обсуждении вопросов, представляющих особый интерес для ВОЗ. Представители ЮНИДО приглашаются присутствовать на 2. сессиях Исполнительного комитета ВОЗ и Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения и принимать участие без права голоса в работе этих органов при обсуждении вопросов, представляющих особый интерес для ЮНИДО. Статья 3 – Предложения о включении пунктов в повестку дня По просьбе другой организации и после проведения необходимых предварительных консультаций каждая организация включает в предварительную повестку дня сессий, упомянутых соответственно в пунктах 1 и 2 статьи 2, любой вопрос, предложенный ей другой организацией Текст, принятый Сорок второй сессией Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения 19 мая 1989 г. в резолюции WHA42.21. 1
– 97 –
98
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Статья 4 – Обмен информацией и документами При условии соблюдения таких договоренностей, которые могут потребоваться при сохранении конфиденциальности материалов, между ЮНИДО и ВОЗ устанавливается наиболее полный и оперативный обмен информацией и документацией. Представляемая таким образом информация, в частности, охватывает все планируемые мероприятия и все программы работы, которые могут представлять интерес для другой стороны. Статья 5 – Сотрудничество между секретариатами Секретариат ЮНИДО и Секретариат ВОЗ поддерживают тесные рабочие связи в соответствии с такими договоренностями, которые время от времени могут заключать генеральные директора ВОЗ и ЮНИДО. Статья 6 – Совместные комитеты ЮНИДО/ВОЗ 1. ЮНИДО и ВОЗ могут передавать на рассмотрение любого совместного комитета любые вопросы, представляющие взаимный интерес, которые считается целесообразным передать такому комитету. 2. Любой такой совместный комитет состоит из представителей, назначаемых каждой организацией, причем вопрос о количестве назначаемых каждой стороной представителей решается по согласию между двумя организациями. Статья 7 – Статистические службы ЮНИДО и ВОЗ соглашаются информировать друг друга о своей работе в области статистики и консультироваться друг с другом в отношении всех проектов в области статистики, которые касаются вопросов, представляющих взаимный интерес.
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ ЮНИДО И ВОЗ
99
Статья 8 – Соглашения о персонале ВОЗ и ЮНИДО соглашаются сотрудничать в целях содействия взаимному обмену персоналом и повышения эффективности и действенности координации их соответствующей деятельности. Такое сотрудничество осуществляется в соответствии с Межорганизационным соглашением о переводе, командировании или временной передаче персонала в системе организаций, применяющих общую систему окладов и надбавок Организации Объединенных Наций. Статья 9 – Финансирование специальных услуг Если просьба об оказании помощи, с которой обращается одна из Организаций к другой, влечет за собой значительные расходы для Организации, выполняющей эту просьбу, проводятся консультации для определения наиболее справедливого способа возмещения таких расходов. Статья 10 – Выполнение Соглашения Генеральный директор ЮНИДО и Генеральный директор ВОЗ могут в целях выполнения настоящего Соглашения заключать любые договоренности, которые они сочтут целесообразными с учетом практического опыта обеих организаций. Статья 11 – Уведомление Организации Объединенных Наций, регистрация и занесение в реестр 1. На основании своих соответствующих соглашений с Организацией Объединенных Наций ЮНИДО и ВОЗ уведомляют Организацию Объединенных Наций об условиях настоящего Соглашения. 2. После вступления в силу настоящего Соглашения в соответствии с положениями статьи 13 оно направляется Генеральному секретарю Организации Объединенных Наций для хранения и регистрации.
100
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Статья 12 – Изменение и прекращение действия 1. Настоящее Соглашение может согласованию между ЮНИДО и ВОЗ. быть изменено по
2. Действие настоящего Соглашения может быть прекращено любой из сторон 31 декабря любого года путем письменного уведомления, представленного не позднее 30 июня того же года. Статья 13 – Вступление в силу Настоящее Соглашение вступает в силу после его утверждения Советом по промышленному развитию ЮНИДО и Всемирной ассамблеей здравоохранения ВОЗ и подписания соответственно Генеральным директором ЮНИДО и Генеральным директором ВОЗ. ________
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ ВСЕМИРНОЙ ОРГАНИЗАЦИЕЙ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ И ВСЕМИРНЫМ ПОЧТОВЫМ СОЮЗОМ1 Преамбула Всемирная организация здравоохранения (именуемая далее ВОЗ) и Всемирный почтовый союз (именуемый далее ВПС), выражая желание координировать свои усилия в рамках порученных им миссий, признавая, что ВОЗ является специализированным учреждением Организации Объединенных Наций, отвечающим за предоставление информации, консультирование и оказание помощи в области здравоохранения; за содействие сотрудничеству между научными и профессиональными группами, которые вносят свой вклад в улучшение здоровья; а также за развитие деятельности по предупреждению международного распространения болезней и борьбе с распространением болезней, признавая, что ВПС является специализированным учреждением Организации Объединенных Наций, целью которого является организация и улучшение почтовых услуг, а также содействие в этой области безопасной транспортировке почтовой корреспонденции, признавая желательность сотрудничества ВПС в области своей компетенции с ВОЗ в содействии, в частности: (a) (b) (c) безопасной транспортировке инфекционных веществ; безопасной транспортировке диагностических образцов; разработке более безопасных минимальной стоимости; систем упаковки по
Текст, принятый Пятьдесят второй сессией Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения 24 мая 1999 г. в резолюции WHA52.6.
1
– 101 –
102
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
(d) (e)
разработке простой маркировки средств помощи; разработке учебных программ и кампаний по информированию для внедрения рекомендаций во всех странах,
согласились о следующем: Статья I – Взаимные консультации 1 ВОЗ и ВПС по мере необходимости проводят консультации по политическим вопросам и проблемам, представляющим общий интерес, для реализации своих целей и координации своей соответствующей деятельности. 2 ВОЗ и ВПС обмениваются информацией о явлениях, происходящих в любых своих областях и проектах, которые представляют взаимный интерес, и взаимно учитывают замечания, касающиеся такой деятельности, с целью содействия эффективной координации. 3 При необходимости организуются консультации на надлежащем уровне между представителями ВПС и ВОЗ для согласования наиболее эффективного способа организации конкретных видов деятельности и оптимизации использования их ресурсов в соответствии с их соответствующими мандатами. Статья II – Обмен информацией 1 ВОЗ и ВПС объединяют свои усилия для достижения наилучшего использования всей имеющейся информации, касающейся транспортировки инфекционных веществ с помощью постовых служб. Статья III – Взаимное представительство 1 Могут быть заключены соответствующие соглашения для взаимного представительства на совещаниях ВОЗ и ВПС, созываемых под эгидой каждого из этих учреждений, на которых
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ ВОЗ И ВПС
103
рассматриваются вопросы, представляющие интерес для другой стороны или входящие в ее техническую компетенцию. 2 Генеральный директор Международного бюро ВПС и Генеральный директор ВОЗ назначают координатора с целью обеспечения выполнения положений настоящего Соглашения. Статья IV – Техническое сотрудничество 1 В тех случаях, когда это представляет интерес для их соответствующей деятельности, ВОЗ и ВПС обращаются за опытом другой стороны в целях оптимизации результатов такой деятельности. 2 ВПС через свои органы, а также через свою Группу действий по почтовой безопасности (PSAG) предпринимает усилия по обращению внимания национальных почтовых администраций на необходимость применять меры для обеспечения безопасной транспортировки инфекционных веществ. 3 Посредством взаимного соглашения ВПС и ВОЗ занимаются разработкой и выполнением программ, проектов и деятельности, касающихся особенно безопасной транспортировки инфекционных веществ через почту. 4 Совместная деятельность, осуществляемая в соответствии с настоящим Соглашением, должна утверждаться в отдельных проектных документах обеими сторонами и контролироваться с помощью согласованного механизма. 5 ВОЗ и ВПС сотрудничают в оценке таких программ, проектов и деятельности, представляющих общий интерес, при условии наличия взаимного согласия, устанавливаемого в каждом отдельном случае. Статья V – Вступление в силу, изменение и продолжительность 1 Настоящее Соглашение вступает в силу с даты подписания Генеральным директором ВОЗ и Генеральным директором Международного бюро ВПС после утверждения
104
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Административным советом ВПС и Всемирной ассамблеей здравоохранения. 2 Соглашение может быть изменено по взаимному согласию, выраженному в письменном виде. Оно может быть также прекращено любой стороной путем письменного уведомления за шесть месяцев одной стороной другой стороны. В удостоверение чего Генеральный директор Всемирной организации здравоохранения и Генеральный директор Международного бюро Всемирного почтового союза подписали настоящее Соглашение в двух экземплярах на английском и французском языках, причем оба текста имеют одинаковую силу, в даты, указанные под их соответствующими подписями.
от имени ВОЗ Д-р Гро Харлем Брундтланд Генеральный директор Дата: 9 февраля 1999 г.
от имени ВПС Томас Э. Ливи Генеральный директор Дата: 9 февраля 1999 г.
________
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ МЕЖДУНАРОДНЫМ БЮРО ПО ЭПИЗООТИЯМ И ВСЕМИРНОЙ ОРГАНИЗАЦИЕЙ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ1 Всемирная организация здравоохранения (именуемая далее ВОЗ) и Международное бюро по эпизоотиям (именуемое далее МБЭ), выражая желание координировать свои усилия по содействию и улучшению ветеринарного здравоохранения (ВЗ), продовольственной безопасности и безопасности пищевых продуктов и тесно сотрудничать в этих целях, согласились о следующем: Статья 1 1.1 ВОЗ и МБЭ соглашаются тесно сотрудничать по вопросам, представляющим общий интерес и относящимся к их соответствующим областям компетенции, определенным их соответствующими уставными документами и решениями их Руководящих органов. Статья 2 2.1 ВОЗ передает соответствующие резолюции Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения и рекомендации соответствующих консультаций ВОЗ, семинаров и других официальных совещаний ВОЗ в МБЭ для цели их распространения странам – членам МБЭ. МБЭ передает рекомендации и резолюции своего Международного комитета, а также рекомендации соответствующих консультаций, семинаров МБЭ и других официальных совещаний МБЭ в ВОЗ для цели их распространения государствам – членам ВОЗ.
2.2
Оригинальный текст утвержден Пятьдесят седьмой сессией Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения 22 мая 2004 г. в резолюции WHA57.7, а поправки утверждены Шестьдесят третьей сессией Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения 21 мая 2010 г. в резолюции WHA63.11.
1
– 105 –
106
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
2.3
Эти резолюции и рекомендации, направленные для рассмотрения соответствующими органами этих двух Организаций (именуемых далее Сторонами), формируют основу для скоординированных международных действий между этими двумя Сторонами. Статья 3
3.1
Представители ВОЗ приглашаются для участия в совещаниях Международного комитета и региональных конференций МБЭ и для участия без права голоса в обсуждениях этих органов по тем пунктам их повесток дня, которые представляют интерес для ВОЗ. Представители МБЭ приглашаются для участия в совещаниях Исполнительного комитета, Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения и региональных комитетов ВОЗ и для участия без права голоса в обсуждениях этих органов по пунктам их повесток дня, которые представляют интерес для МБЭ. Соответствующие договоренности устанавливаются посредством соглашения между Генеральным директором ВОЗ и Генеральным директором МБЭ в отношении участия ВОЗ и МБЭ в других совещаниях незакрытого характера, созываемых под их эгидой, на которых рассматриваются вопросы, представляющие интерес для другой стороны; это особенно относится к совещаниям, на которых определяются нормы и стандарты. Обе Стороны соглашаются избегать проведения совещаний и конференций по вопросам, представляющим взаимный интерес, без предварительной консультации с другой Стороной.
3.2
3.3
3.4
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ МБЭ И ВОЗ
107
Статья 4 ВОЗ и МБЭ сотрудничают в областях, представляющих общий интерес, в частности с помощью следующих средств: 4.1 Взаимного обмена докладами, публикациями и другой информацией, особенно своевременного обмена информацией о вспышках зоонозных болезней и болезней пищевого происхождения. Специальные соглашения будут заключены между двумя Сторонами для координации действий в ответ на вспышки зоонозных болезней и/или болезней пищевого происхождения, имеющих признанное международное значение для общественного здравоохранения или имеющих потенциал к этому. Организации как региональных, так и всемирных совещаний и конференций по зоонозам, болезням пищевого происхождения и связанным с ними вопросам, таким как практика кормления животных и антимикробная резистентность, связанная с осторожным использованием антимикробных препаратов в животноводстве, а также политика и программы по их сдерживанию/ борьбе с ними. Совместных разработок, пропаганд и технической поддержки национальных, региональных или глобальных программ борьбы или ликвидации основных зоонозных болезней и болезней пищевого происхождения или возникающих/повторно возникающих проблем, представляющий общий интерес. Содействия и укрепления, особенно в развивающихся странах, просвещения по вопросам ВЗ, операционализации ВЗ и эффективного сотрудничества между секторами общественного здравоохранения/ветеринарии. Содействия и координации в международных масштабах исследовательской деятельности по зоонозам, ВЗ и безопасности пищевых продуктов.
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
108
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
4.6
Содействия и укрепления сотрудничества между сетью справочных центров и лабораторий МБЭ и сетью сотрудничающих центров и справочных лабораторий ВОЗ в целях консолидации их поддержки государствам – членам ВОЗ и странам – членам МБЭ по вопросам, представляющим общий интерес. Совместной разработкой в сотрудничестве с другими соответствующими международными учреждениями международных стандартов, связанных с соответствующими аспектами производства продуктов животноводства, которые влияют на безопасность пищевых продуктов. Статья 5
4.7
5.1
ВОЗ и МБЭ в ходе подготовки своих соответствующих программ работы будут обмениваться своими проектами программ для получения замечаний. Каждая Сторона будет учитывать рекомендации другой Стороны при подготовке своей окончательной программы для представления своему руководящему органу. ВОЗ и МБЭ будут проводить ежегодные координационные совещания должностных лиц высокого уровня из штабквартиры и/или регионов. Обе Стороны разработают административные меры, необходимые для осуществления этой политики, такие как обмен экспертами, общая организация совместных научных и технических совещаний, совместная подготовка персонала здравоохранения и ветеринарии.
5.2
5.3
5.4
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ МБЭ И ВОЗ
109
Статья 6 6.1 Настоящее Соглашение вступает в силу в дату подписания Генеральным директором ВОЗ и Генеральным директором МБЭ после утверждения Международным комитетом МБЭ и Всемирной ассамблеей здравоохранения. Соглашение может быть изменено по взаимному согласию, выраженному в письменном виде. Оно может быть также прекращено любой Стороной путем письменного уведомления за шесть месяцев другой Стороны. Статья 7 7.1 Настоящее Соглашение заменяет Соглашение между ВОЗ и МБЭ, утвержденное ВОЗ 4 августа 1960 г. и МБЭ 8 августа 1960 года.
6.2
Подписано в Женеве 16 декабря 2004 г. от имени ВОЗ ЛИ Чон-вук Генеральный директор от имени МБЭ Д-р Бернар Валлат Генеральный директор
____________
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ КОМИССИЕЙ АФРИКАНСКОГО СОЮЗА И ВСЕМИРНОЙ ОРГАНИЗАЦИЕЙ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ1 Комиссия Африканского союза «Комиссия АС»), с одной стороны; и (именуемая далее
Всемирная организация здравоохранения (именуемая далее «ВОЗ»), с другой стороны, далее отдельно и вместе, соответственно, именуемые «Сторона» и «Стороны» принимая во внимание, что одной из целей Африканского союза (далее именуемого «АС»), как установлено в Учредительном акте АС от 11 июля 2000 г., является достижение большего единства и солидарности между африканскими странами и народами Африки, а также содействие сотрудничеству во всех областях деятельности человека в целях повышения уровня жизни африканских народов, и в этой связи проведение работы с соответствующими международными партнерами для достижения общих целей; принимая во внимание, что АС призван выполнять определенные задачи, стоящие перед странами континента, которые согласуются с задачами, выполняемыми ВОЗ в международном масштабе; принимая во внимание, что целью ВОЗ является достижение всеми людьми наивысшего возможного уровня здоровья и что для достижения этой цели ВОЗ действует как направляющий и координирующий орган по вопросам международного здравоохранения;
Утверждено Шестьдесят пятой сессией Всемирной здравоохранения 26 мая 2012 г. в резолюции WHA65.16.
1
ассамблеи
– 110 –
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ АС И ВОЗ
111
принимая во внимание порядок работы, установленный ВОЗ для регионов и отраженный в Главе XI ее Устава, и, в частности, в Статье 50(d); напоминая о сотрудничестве между бывшей Организацией африканского единства и ВОЗ, проводимом в соответствии с Соглашением между Всемирной организацией здравоохранения и бывшей Организацией африканского единства от 24 сентября 1969 г. и в соответствии с Мерами по практическому осуществлению сотрудничества между Всемирной организацией здравоохранения и бывшей Организацией африканского единства от 11 мая 1982 г., и признавая необходимость заменить эти инструменты в свете создания АС. Достигли согласия в следующем: Статья I – Статус данного Соглашения Данное Соглашение Комиссией АС и ВОЗ. определяет отношения между
Статья II – Цели и принципы 1. Целью данного Соглашения является сотрудничества между Комиссией АС и ВОЗ. укрепление
2. С учетом этой цели Комиссия АС и ВОЗ сотрудничают по всем вопросам, возникающим в области здравоохранения, которые связаны с деятельностью и обязательствами этих двух организаций, включая укрепление и улучшение здоровья, снижение предотвратимой смертности и инвалидности, профилактику заболеваний, противостояние потенциальным угрозам для здоровья, внесение вклада в работу по обеспечению высокого уровня охраны здоровья и признание центрального места вопросов здоровья в повестке дня международного развития по проблемам борьбы против бедности, охраны окружающей среды, укрепления социального развития и улучшения условий жизни и труда. 3. Комиссия АС и ВОЗ вновь подтверждают свою готовность, в соответствии со своими соответствующими полномочиями,
112
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
выполнять взаимодополняющие обязательства, чтобы служить на благо их соответствующих государств-членов и стран-партнеров, используя для этого все возможные средства, в том числе: (a) оказание помощи в развитии и осуществлении эффективных медико-санитарных мероприятий и в работе систем здравоохранения; привлечение различных участников и заинтересованных сторон к обеспечению укрепления здоровья и общего благополучия, к формированию совместных ассоциаций в целях улучшения показателей здоровья и осуществления мероприятий, связанных с вопросами охраны здоровья; сдерживание кризисов и вспышек заболеваний, а также обмен опытом и навыками; извлечение уроков из опыта и использование ресурсов своих соответствующих организаций и государств-членов для повышения эффективности своих усилий и обеспечения координации в формировании и осуществлении политики в области здравоохранения и в других областях, связанных со здоровьем; и создание гармоничных отношений и избежание дублирования усилий в процессе достижения общих целей.
(b)
(с) (d)
(e)
4. Сотрудничество между Сторонами подразумевает уважительное отношение к различиям в институциональных и операционных механизмах, направляющих их деятельность, к и сравнительным основным сферам компетенции преимуществам, с тем чтобы их сотрудничество в области здравоохранения было дополняющим и взаимоукрепляющим. Статья III – Области сотрудничества 1. Сотрудничество между Комиссией АС и ВОЗ охватывает все вопросы, связанные со здравоохранением и другими
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ АС И ВОЗ
113
смежными областями, которые находятся в сфере компетенции Сторон, в том числе, если это необходимо и уместно, следующее: (a) получение, сбор, обработка и распространение достоверной информации и данных для использования национальными руководящими органами, специалистами и другими сторонами, компетентными в области здравоохранения, соблюдая при этом требования о защите данных; разработка методологий и инструментов для мониторинга состояния здоровья и эпиднадзора за болезнями, проведения анализа и ориентирование действий на конкретные проблемы здоровья и проблемы, связанные со здоровьем, оценка и приоритизация медико-санитарных мероприятий и предоставление помощи в развитии и укреплении систем здравоохранения; содействие проведению научных исследований, связанных с охраной здоровья, и технологическому развитию, использование их результатов и разработка рекомендаций по применению этих результатов в области здравоохранения и смежных областях; мобилизация, управление и координация в соответствующих случаях для проведения мероприятий в области здравоохранения совместно с признанными в данной сфере участниками, а также сотрудничество в чрезвычайных ситуациях, которые возникают, например, в результате гражданских беспорядков, войн и стихийных бедствий; командирование штатного персонала для взаимного обогащения опытом и знаниями.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
2. В случае если и когда такое сотрудничество может повлечь за собой расходы, будет проведена консультация в целях определения возможности и/или способа покрытия таких расходов.
114
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Статья IV – Приоритеты Не ущемляя приоритетные направления работы Комиссии АС и ВОЗ, которые могут превосходить по важности области, на которых сделан акцент в данном соглашении и которые согласованы по результатам совместных периодических обзоров, приоритетные направления данного сотрудничества включают следующее: 1. Укрепление системы кадровых ресурсов. здравоохранения и потенциала
2. Расширение доступа к профилактике, лечению, уходу и поддержке в отношении как инфекционных, так и неинфекционных заболеваний, включая географическую и финансовую доступность для бедных и уязвимых слоев населения. 3. Разработка рациональной политики и эффективных систем, направленных на устойчивое развитие здравоохранения, включая уменьшение бедности, действенную готовность и ответные меры в связи с бедствиями и угрозами в здравоохранении в соответствии с установленными приоритетами, а также объединение усилий в оказании помощи развивающимся и наименее развитым странам. 4. Разработка методологий и стандартов для проведения анализа и представления отчетности, а также предоставление консультативной помощи в отношении ответных мер, особенно в связи с малярией, ВИЧ/СПИДом, туберкулезом, новыми заболеваниями и устойчивостью к противомикробным препаратам при обеспечении соблюдения прав людей, страдающих от таких заболеваний. 5. Укрепление сетей эпиднадзора за инфекционными заболеваниями и мониторинга за состоянием здоровья и создание стратегий по обеспечению готовности к чрезвычайным ситуациям и ответным мерам в связи с эпидемиями. 6. Разработка медико-санитарных показателей, а также сбор и распространение данных о состоянии здоровья и о политике и
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ АС И ВОЗ
115
системах здравоохранения, пропагандируя подходы, основанные на фактических данных. Статья V – Привилегии и иммунитеты и льготы Ничто в настоящем Соглашении не может быть понято или истолковано как отказ или модификации привилегий, иммунитетов и льгот, которыми пользуются Комиссия АС и ВОЗ в соответствии с международными соглашениями и национальными законами, применимыми к этим организациям. Статья VI – Обмен информацией 1. Комиссия АС и ВОЗ обмениваются информацией, связанной с деятельностью по тематике, представляющей взаимный интерес, при условии соблюдения любых мер, которые могут быть необходимы для обеспечения соблюдения требований конфиденциальности или привилегии. 2. Такой обмен информацией, по мере необходимости, будет дополняться периодическими контактами между членами Комиссии АС и Секретариатом ВОЗ и в целях проведения консультаций в отношении информации или мероприятий, представляющих взаимный интерес. Статья VII – Процедуры Комиссия АС и ВОЗ устанавливают, в соответствии с их соответствующими правилами процедуры, следующий взаимный порядок: 1. Представители ВОЗ могут приглашаться для участия в сессиях Ассамблеи и Исполнительного совета АС, а также в конференциях и совещаниях АС, на которых должны обсуждаться вопросы, представляющие интерес для ВОЗ, и участвуют без права голоса в обсуждениях этими органами пунктов повестки дня, представляющих интерес для ВОЗ. 2. Представители АС могут приглашаться на сессии Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения и совещания ее комитетов, сессии Исполнительного комитета и
116
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
соответствующих региональных комитетов, а также на конференции или совещания ВОЗ, на которых должны обсуждаться вопросы, представляющие интерес для АС, для участия без права голоса в обсуждениях этими органами пунктов их повестки дня, представляющих интерес для АС. 3. Что касается отношений между, с одной стороны, Комиссией АС и Секретариатом ВОЗ, с другой, то: (a) Председатель Комиссии АС и Генеральный директор ВОЗ консультируются друг с другом, когда это необходимо, по вопросам, представляющим взаимный интерес. Целью этих консультаций должно быть достижение координации и возможно наиболее широкого применения соответствующих инструментов и других документов, принятых Сторонами; будут осуществляться соответствующие меры для обеспечения тесной связи и сотрудничества между должностными лицами этих двух Сторон. С этой целью каждая Организация может назначить должностное лицо для отслеживания хода работы по сотрудничеству и выполнения функции сотрудника для контактов и координации по этим вопросам.
(b)
4.
Дополнительные и практические меры: (a) совещания между соответствующими должностными лицами Комиссии АС и ВОЗ проводятся, как правило, раз в год. На этих совещаниях рассматривается ход работы в приоритетных областях сотрудничества, осуществляется обмен информацией и рассматриваются будущие совместные проекты, а также определяются совещания и мероприятия, требующие совместных усилий и координации; между должностными лицами Сторон могут проводиться регулярные и специальные совещания с уведомлением назначенных координаторов на
(b)
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ АС И ВОЗ
117
соответствующих уровнях и, насколько это возможно, с их участием, с охватом практических вопросов сотрудничества, особенно вопросов, связанных с осуществлением проектов и участием в комитетах, группах и рабочих группах, а также подготовкой документов. 5. Финансовое сотрудничество:
Любое финансовое сотрудничество между Комиссией АС и ВОЗ осуществляется в соответствии с их правилами и процедурами, соответственно. Ход выполнения проектов в контексте финансового сотрудничества рассматривается Комиссией АС и ВОЗ в установленном порядке. Управление средствами, полученными Комиссией АС или ВОЗ от донорских организаций, выделенными на цели сотрудничества, будет осуществляться в соответствии с финансовыми положениями, правилами и административной практикой Стороны-получателя. Статья VШ – Правовые нормы и разрешение споров Любой спор, разногласие или претензия, которые могут возникнуть в связи с толкованием или применением настоящего Соглашения, разрешаются по взаимному согласию путем переговоров между Сторонами. Если попытки достичь мирового соглашения путем переговоров окажутся неудачными, любой такой спор по требованию любой из Сторон передается на арбитражное разбирательство в соответствии с действующими разбирательства Комиссии правилами арбитражного Организации Объединенных Наций по праву международной торговли (UNCITRAL). Статья IX – Внесение поправок или пересмотр и расторжение 1. Ничто в настоящем Соглашении не может быть изменено или пересмотрено без согласия Сторон и при условии письменного уведомления о предлагаемых поправках, направленного одной из Сторон другой Стороне. Данные поправки вступают в силу через три (3) месяца после того, как другая Сторона выразит свое согласие в письменном виде.
118
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
2. Настоящее Соглашение может быть расторгнуто любой из Сторон по истечении одного (1) года после направления письменного уведомления другой Стороне. В случае расторжения Стороны соглашаются предусмотреть меры, необходимые для завершения проводимых мероприятий или мероприятий, находящихся в состоянии разработки, в интересах народов своих соответствующих государств-членов. Статья X – Замена и вступление в силу Настоящее Соглашение вступает в силу с даты его 1. подписания надлежащими уполномоченными представителями Сторон в соответствии с их соответствующими уставными принципами и соответствующими правилами и положениями. 2. Настоящее Соглашение с даты его вступления в силу заменяет и аннулирует Соглашение, подписанное между Всемирной организацией здравоохранения и Организацией африканского единства от 24 сентября 1969 г. и Соглашения о практическом осуществлении сотрудничества между двумя Сторонами, подписанного 11 мая 1982 года. В УДОСТОВЕРЕНИЕ ЧЕГО надлежащие уполномоченные представители, поименованные ниже, подписали настоящее Соглашение в сроки, указанные под их подписью. Соглашение подписано в восьми экземплярах на английском, арабском, португальском и французском языках, причем все четыре текста имеют одинаковую силу. От имени Комиссии Африканского союза Е.П. адвокат Бьенс Филомина Гаванас Комиссар по социальным вопросам Дата: 6 июля 2012 г. От имени Всемирной организации здравоохранения Д-р Маргарет Чен Генеральный директор Дата: 6 июля 2012 г.
___________
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ ВСЕМИРНОЙ ОРГАНИЗАЦИЕЙ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ И ЦЕНТРОМ ПО ПРОБЛЕМАМ ЮГА1 Всемирная организация здравоохранения (именуемая далее «ВОЗ»), с одной стороны; и Центр по проблемам Юга, с другой стороны; здесь и далее именуемые в отдельности и вместе соответственно «Сторона» и «Стороны», принимая во внимание, что целью ВОЗ является достижение всеми людьми наивысшего возможного уровня здоровья и что для достижения этой цели ВОЗ действует как направляющий и координирующий орган по вопросам международного здравоохранения; принимая далее во внимание, что Центр по проблемам Юга является межправительственной организацией развивающихся стран, созданной в результате работы и с учетом опыта Комиссии по проблемам Юга, включая ее доклад «Проблема Юга», в целях расширения консультаций и сотрудничества по политическим вопросам среди развивающихся стран в их усилиях по достижению устойчивого экономического развития; ссылаясь на тот факт, что Центр по проблемам Юга получил статус наблюдателя в Генеральной Ассамблее Организации Объединенных Наций на основании резолюции 63/131 от 15 января 2009 г., в которой подтверждается важная роль Центра по проблемам Юга в оказании поддержки в работе Организации Объединенных Наций и ее учреждений; ссылаясь далее на сотрудничество ВОЗ и Центра по проблемам Юга по некоторым вопросам, касающимся Утверждено Шестьдесят шестой сессией Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения 27 мая 2013 г. в резолюции WHA66.20. 1
– 119 –
120
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
здравоохранения и развития, включая доступ к лекарственным средствам и другим технологиям здравоохранения и научные исследования и разработки в области лекарственных средств и других технологий здравоохранения; сознавая возникновение динамичных проблем для развивающихся стран, в случае которых совпадение интересов и взаимодополняемость в работе Сторон могли бы укрепить их работу – в условиях сохранения их независимости в области интеллектуальной собственности – в порядке оказания поддержки в решении основных задач, которые стоят перед развивающимися странами; желая координировать свои усилия в рамках возложенных на них мандатов и в соответствии с положениями Устава ВОЗ и Соглашения по созданию Центра по проблемам Юга; стремясь укрепить регулярных консультаций; свое сотрудничество на основе
договорились о нижеследующем: Статья 1 Цель настоящего Соглашения Настоящее Соглашение определяет отношения между ВОЗ и Центром по проблемам Юга. Статья 2 Цели и области сотрудничества 1. Цель настоящего Соглашения – укрепить сотрудничество между ВОЗ и Центром по проблемам Юга во всех вопросах, возникающих в области здравоохранения, которые связаны с деятельностью и обязательствами обеих организаций, включая
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ ВОЗ И ЦЕНТРОМ ПО ПРОБЛЕМАМ ЮГА 121
доступ к лекарственным средствам и другим технологиям здравоохранения. 2. ВОЗ и Центр по проблемам Юга подтверждают, в соответствии с возложенными на них мандатами и своими соответствующими правилами, принципами и практикой, свои дополнительные обязательства по удовлетворению потребностей своих государств-членов и стран-партнеров с помощью всех подходящих средств, включая: научно-исследовательскую деятельность, сбор и распространение информации и созыв совещаний представителей своих государств-членов и других соответствующих субъектов деятельности. 3. Сотрудничество между Сторонами осуществляется в условиях уважения различий в институциональных и рабочих механизмах, регламентирующих их действия, их области специализации и их сравнительные преимущества, с целью придать их сотрудничеству в области здравоохранения дополнительный и взаимоусиливающий характер. Статья 3 Финансовые аспекты и совместная мобилизация ресурсов 1. Настоящее Соглашение определяет в общих чертах основу сотрудничества, но не представляет собой финансовое обязательство, которое могло бы служить в качестве базового критерия расходов. 2. Если какая-либо деятельность может привести в той или иной мере к возникновению соответствующего правового или финансового обязательства, то прежде чем будет предпринята такая деятельность, будет заключаться отдельное соглашение с учетом соответствующих финансовых положений и правил Центра по проблемам Юга и ВОЗ.
122
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Статья 4 Представленность на основе взаимности 1. На основе взаимности Центру по проблемам Юга предлагается направлять своих представителей на сессии Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения и, если это может быть сочтено целесообразным, на такие другие совещания, проводимые в рамках ВОЗ, которые представляют интерес для Центра по проблемам Юга, и принимать в них участие без права голоса в их обсуждениях по вопросам, включенным в их повестку дня, которые представляют интерес для Центра по проблемам Юга. 2. На основе взаимности Всемирной организации здравоохранения предлагается направлять своих представителей на совещания Совета представителей Центра по проблемам Юга и, если это будет сочтено целесообразным, на такие другие совещания, проводимые в рамках Центра по проблемам Юга, которые представляют интерес для Всемирной организации здравоохранения, и принимать в них участие без права голоса в их обсуждениях по вопросам, включенным в их повестку дня, которые представляют интерес для ВОЗ. Статья 5 Обмен информацией 1. ВОЗ и Центр по проблемам Юга обмениваются информацией, связанной с деятельностью по тематике, представляющей взаимный интерес, при условии соблюдения любых мер, которые могут быть необходимы для обеспечения соблюдения требований конфиденциальности или привилегии. 2. Такой обмен информацией будет дополняться, по мере необходимости и по просьбе другой Стороны, соответствующими консультациями по вопросам, возникающим в связи с настоящим Соглашением.
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ ВОЗ И ЦЕНТРОМ ПО ПРОБЛЕМАМ ЮГА 123
Статья 6 Привилегии и иммунитеты Ничто в настоящем Соглашении не может быть истолковано или понято как отказ или изменение привилегий и/или иммунитетов, которыми пользуются ВОЗ и Центр по проблемам Юга в соответствии с международными соглашениями и национальными законами, применимыми к этим организациям. Статья 7 Вступление в силу, внесение поправок и расторжение Настоящее соглашение вступит в силу в день его 1. подписания Генеральным директором Всемирной организации здравоохранения и Исполнительным директором Центра по проблемам Юга при условии его одобрения Ассамблеей здравоохранения и Советом Центра по проблемам Юга. 2. Данное Соглашение может быть изменено по взаимному согласию на основе письменного уведомления. Оно может быть расторгнуто любой из Сторон по истечении шести месяцев после направления соответствующего письменного уведомления другой Стороне. 3. В случае расторжения настоящего Соглашения Стороны предпринимают все необходимые шаги с целью обеспечить, чтобы такое решение не нанесло ущерб никакой деятельности, осуществляемой в рамках настоящего Соглашения. Статья 8 Разрешение споров Любой спор, разногласие или претензия, которые могут возникнуть в связи с толкованием или применением настоящего
124
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Соглашения, разрешаются по взаимному согласию путем переговоров между Сторонами. Если попытки достичь взаимного согласия путем переговоров окажутся безуспешными, любой такой спор по требованию любой из Сторон передается на арбитражное разбирательство в соответствии с действующими правилами арбитражного разбирательства Комиссии Организации Объединенных Наций по праву международной торговли (ЮНСИТРАЛ). В УДОСТОВЕРЕНИЕ ЧЕГО настоящее Соглашение было совершено и подписано в Женеве 18 октября 2013 г. в двух экземплярах, причем оба текста на английском языке. От имени Центра по проблемам Юга Мартин Хор От имени Всемирной организации здравоохранения Д-р Маргарет Чен
___________
ПРИНЦИПЫ, РЕГУЛИРУЮЩИЕ УСТАНОВЛЕНИЕ ОФИЦИАЛЬНЫХ ОТНОШЕНИЙ МЕЖДУ ВСЕМИРНОЙ ОРГАНИЗАЦИЕЙ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ И НЕПРАВИТЕЛЬСТВЕННЫМИ ОРГАНИЗАЦИЯМИ1 1. Введение
1.1 Как отмечается в статье 2 Устава ВОЗ, одной из основных функций Всемирной организации здравоохранения (ВОЗ) является деятельность в качестве руководящего и координирующего органа в международной работе по здравоохранению. В рамках данной функции и в соответствии со статьей 71 Устава ВОЗ может предпринимать соответствующие шаги в целях консультации и сотрудничества с неправительственными организациями (НПО) для осуществления своей международной работы в области здравоохранения. 1.2 ВОЗ в своих отношениях с НПО должна руководствоваться всеми соответствующими резолюциями Генеральной Ассамблеи или Экономического и Социального Совета Организации Объединенных Наций. 1.3 Цели сотрудничества ВОЗ с НПО состоят в том, чтобы содействовать политике, стратегиям и программам, вытекающим из решений руководящих органов Организации; сотрудничать в отношении различных программ ВОЗ в совместно согласованных мероприятиях по осуществлению этих стратегий и играть надлежащую роль в обеспечении координации межсекторальных интересов среди различных заинтересованных секторов на национальном, региональном или глобальном уровнях.
1 Текст принят Сороковой сессией Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения (резолюция WHA40.25) вместо Принципов, утвержденных Первой и Третьей сессиями Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения.
– 125 –
126
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
2.
Формы отношений на глобальном уровне и их развитие
2.1 ВОЗ признает только одну категорию формальных отношений, а именно официальные отношения с НПО, которые находятся в полном соответствии с критериями, описанными в данных рабочих принципах. Все другие контакты, включая рабочие отношения, считаются неофициальными отношениями. 2.2 Установление отношений с НПО представляет собой поэтапный процесс, состоящий из ряда отдельных стадий, описанных в нижеследующих пунктах. 2.3 Первые контакты с НПО с целью установления взаимопонимания и содействия развитию взаимных интересов часто принимают форму обмена информацией и взаимного участия в технических совещаниях. Этот тип неофициальных контактов может продолжаться на специальной основе без ограничений во времени и без письменных соглашений. Однако уже на этой стадии происходит также определение широких целей сотрудничества и выявление возможностей расширения его масштабов с охватом конкретных совместных мероприятий в соответствии с конкретной сферой компетенции неправительственной организации. 2.4 После определения ряда конкретных видов совместной деятельности сотрудничество может вступить в следующую (обычно стадию посредством перехода в период продолжительностью в два года) рабочих отношений, который устанавливается путем обмена письмами. В таких письмах излагается согласованная основа сотрудничества, а также намечаются конкретные мероприятия, которые будут проводиться в течение этого периода; предварительно определяются ресурсы, которые должны выделяться ВОЗ и НПО, а также обозначаются центры концентрации сил в НПО и ВОЗ (назначается технический сотрудник). В конце периода рабочих отношений заинтересованными сторонами проводится оценка результатов запланированного сотрудничества, при этом рассматриваются также перспективы развития отношений в будущем. В результате оценки рабочие отношения могут быть продолжены в дальнейшем; может быть подготовлено заявление
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ НПО И ВОЗ
127
со стороны международной НПО для установления официальных отношений с ВОЗ, подлежащее рассмотрению Исполнительным комитетом в случае наличия ряда видов деятельности, которые могут лечь в основу долговременных и прочных отношений с ВОЗ, или в результате такой оценки принимается решение о том, что нет оснований для продолжения контактов в обозримом будущем. Такая форма консультации и сотрудничества с НПО считается неофициальной. 2.5 На Исполнительном комитете лежит ответственность за принятие решения относительно установления официальных отношений между НПО и ВОЗ. 3. Критерии для установления официальных отношений между ВОЗ и НПО
3.1 НПО должна заниматься вопросами, входящими в сферу компетенции ВОЗ. Ее задачи и деятельность должны соответствовать духу, целям и принципам Устава ВОЗ, концентрироваться на развитии в области здравоохранения или в смежных областях и быть свободными от интересов, направленных в первую очередь на коммерческие соображения или получение прибыли. Главное направление деятельности НПО должно соответствовать и иметь отношение к осуществлению стратегий достижения здоровья для всех, намеченных Глобальной стратегией достижения здоровья для всех к 2000 г. и Общей программой работы ВОЗ на определенный период. 3.2 НПО должна быть, как правило, международной по своей структуре и/или сфере деятельности и должна представлять значительную часть лиц, объединяющихся на глобальном уровне для участия в той конкретной сфере деятельности, которой занимается организация. Если имеется несколько международных НПО с аналогичными сферами деятельности, они могут создать объединенный комитет или другой орган, уполномоченный выступать от имени этой группы в целом. 3.3 НПО должна иметь устав или аналогичный основной документ, официальную штаб-квартиру, директивный или
128
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
руководящий орган, организационную структуру на различных уровнях деятельности, а также обладать полномочиями выступать от имени своих членов через своих правомочных представителей. Ее члены должны обладать правом голоса в вопросах общего направления или характера деятельности организации. 3.4 Таким образом, к организациям, которые могут рассматриваться с точки зрения установления официальных отношений с ВОЗ, относятся различные виды международных НПО с федеративной структурой (состоящие из национальных или региональных групп или отдельных членов из различных стран), фонды, которые мобилизуют ресурсы на цели развития в области здравоохранения в различных частях мира, или аналогичные органы, содействующие международному здравоохранению. 3.5 В исключительных случаях национальная организация, независимо от того, входит ли она в международную НПО или нет, может также рассматриваться в плане установления официальных отношений в консультации с Директором Регионального бюро ВОЗ и соответствующим государствомчленом и на основе их рекомендаций. Такая национальная организация (или ряд национальных организаций, действующих в рамках федеративной (зонтичной) структуры), может рассматриваться с точки зрения установления официальных отношений в том случае, если основная часть ее деятельности и ресурсов направлена на международную деятельность в области здравоохранения и в смежных областях; она разработала программу мероприятий по сотрудничеству с ВОЗ, как указано в пункте 2.4; ее деятельность может служить источником соответствующего опыта, которым, возможно, пожелает воспользоваться ВОЗ. 3.6 Как указано в пункте 2.4, обычно необходимо наличие по меньшей мере двух лет успешных рабочих контактов до подачи заявления об установлении официальных отношений.
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ НПО И ВОЗ
129
4.
Процедура установления официальных отношений между ВОЗ и НПО
4.1 Заявления должны обычно поступать в штаб-квартиру ВОЗ не позднее конца июля, с тем чтобы их можно было рассмотреть на Исполнительном комитете в январе следующего года. В них должны быть отражены структурные рамки совместной деятельности, согласованной между НПО и ВОЗ. Заявления от национальных организаций должны быть поддержаны Директором Регионального бюро и Правительством соответствующего государства-члена. Обычно такие заявления должны направляться членам Исполкома Секретариатом за два месяца до начала сессии, на которой их предстоит рассмотреть. 4.2 В ходе своей январской сессии Постоянный комитет Исполкома по неправительственным организациям в составе пяти членов рассматривает заявления, представленные НПО добровольно или по специальной просьбе, и разрабатывает рекомендации Исполкому; он может пригласить представителя любой из таких организаций выступить на заседании в связи с заявлением этой организации. Если будет сочтено, что обращающаяся организация не отвечает установленным требованиям, и, учитывая желательность обеспечения ценного длительного партнерства на основе определенных целей и при наличии свидетельств об успешном сотрудничестве в прошлом и основы будущей совместной деятельности, Постоянный комитет может рекомендовать отложить рассмотрение какого-либо заявления или отклонить заявление. 4.3 Исполком после рассмотрения рекомендаций Постоянного комитета принимает решение о том, следует ли ВОЗ устанавливать официальные отношения с той или иной организацией. Обычно повторное заявление от НПО не рассматривается до истечения двухгодичного срока после вынесения Исполкомом решения по первому заявлению. 4.4 Генеральный директор информирует каждую организацию о решении, которое Исполком принял по ее заявлению. Он ведет список организаций, с которыми ВОЗ установила официальные отношения, и этот список и любые поправки к нему рассылаются государствам-членам ВОЗ.
130
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
4.5 Основу официальных отношений между ВОЗ и НПО составляет план сотрудничества на основе согласованных целей с изложением деятельности на предстоящий трехлетний период. Этот план направляется также в региональные бюро ВОЗ с целью поощрения более тесного сотрудничества на региональном уровне в зависимости от обстоятельств. 4.6 Исполком через свой Постоянный комитет по организациям проводит обзор неправительственным сотрудничества с каждой НПО раз в три года и определяет целесообразность поддерживания дальнейших официальных отношений. Исполком осуществляет обзор в течение трех лет, следовательно, каждый год рассматривается одна треть НПО, состоящих в официальных отношениях с ВОЗ. 4.7 Исполком может прервать официальные отношения, если сочтет, что такие отношения более неактуальны или не представляются необходимыми в свете изменения программ или других обстоятельств. Равным образом Исполком может приостановить или прервать официальные отношения, если та или иная организация более не отвечает требованиям, предъявляемым к установлению таких отношений, или не выполняет свою часть согласованной программы сотрудничества. 5. 5.1 Отношения с НПО на региональном и национальном уровнях1 Региональные или национальные НПО, входящие в состав международных неправительственных организаций, состоящих в официальных отношениях с ВОЗ
Из определения таких организаций вытекает, что они находятся в официальных отношениях с региональным(и) бюро ВОЗ. Они должны разрабатывать и осуществлять программу сотрудничества с ВОЗ на региональном и национальном уровнях До установления рабочих отношений между ВОЗ и национальной НПО и до согласования программы сотрудничества с такой организацией будут приняты надлежащие меры для консультации с соответствующим правительством в соответствии со статьей 71 Устава ВОЗ. 1
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ НПО И ВОЗ
131
для обеспечения осуществления стратегий достижения здоровья для всех на уровне стран. 5.2 Региональные и национальные организации, сферы деятельности которых не входят в компетенцию международных неправительственных организаций
Соответствующее региональное бюро может устанавливать рабочие отношения с этими организациями при условии проведения консультаций между Директором Регионального бюро и Генеральным директором ВОЗ. Важное значение будет иметь программа мероприятий, разрабатываемая и осуществляемая в соответствии с пунктом 2.4. 5.3 Региональные или национальные НПО, входящие в состав международных неправительственных организаций, не состоящих в официальных отношениях с ВОЗ
Для того чтобы ВОЗ могла содействовать образованию авторитетных международных неправительственных организаций в различных технических областях, соответствующее региональное бюро может установить рабочие отношения с вышеупомянутыми региональными или национальными организациями при условии проведения консультаций между Директором Регионального бюро и Генеральным директором ВОЗ. Такие рабочие отношения основываются на программе мероприятий, разрабатываемой и осуществляемой в соответствии с пунктом 2.4. 6. Привилегии НПО, отношений с ВОЗ вытекающие из официальных
6.1 Привилегии, вытекающие из официальных отношений, включают: (i) право назначать представителя для участия без права голоса в проводимых ВОЗ совещаниях или в работе тех комитетов и конференций, которые созываются под ее руководством, при соблюдении следующих условий:
132
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
во всех случаях, когда Ассамблея здравоохранения, комитет или конференция, созванные под руководством ВОЗ, обсуждают вопрос, который представляет особый интерес для соответствующей неправительственной организации, такая организация по приглашению председательствующего или по просьбе самой организации, которую председательствующий соглашается удовлетворить, получает право выступить с заявлением информационного характера, а председательствующий с согласия участников совещания может предложить ей для уточнения каких-либо обстоятельств выступить с дополнительным заявлением в ходе дискуссии по рассматриваемому на совещании вопросу; (ii) доступ к несекретной документации и таким другим документам, которые Генеральный директор считает целесообразным предоставить через такие специальные каналы, которые может создать ВОЗ; (iii) право представлять меморандум Генеральному директору, который определяет форму и список адресатов для его рассылки. 6.2 В случае, когда, по мнению Генерального директора, представленный меморандум может быть внесен в повестку дня Ассамблеи здравоохранения, такой меморандум сначала выносится на рассмотрение Исполнительного комитета, который определяет целесообразность включения его в повестку дня Ассамблеи. 6.3 Привилегии, аналогичные вышеуказанным, обычно предоставляются национальным/региональным НПО, имеющим рабочие отношения с региональными бюро ВОЗ в соответствии с разделом 5, и определяются директорами региональных бюро в консультации с региональными комитетами. 6.4 Национальная организация, которая входит в состав международной НПО, действующей в той же области на международной основе, обычно выражает свои взгляды посредством своего правительства или международной НПО,
СОГЛАШЕНИЕ МЕЖДУ НПО И ВОЗ
133
в которой она состоит, если не имеется другой договоренности в связи с ее особыми отношениями с ВОЗ. 7. Обязанности НПО в их отношениях с ВОЗ
7.1 НПО несут ответственность за осуществление взаимно согласованных программ сотрудничества и безотлагательно информируют ВОЗ, если по каким-либо причинам они не в состоянии выполнить свою часть соглашения. 7.2 НПО используют возможности, предоставляемые им в рамках их обычной деятельности, для распространения информации о политике и программах ВОЗ. 7.3 НПО сотрудничают индивидуально или коллективно в программах ВОЗ в достижении целей по обеспечению здоровья для всех. 7.4 НПО сотрудничают индивидуально или коллективно с государствами-членами в тех случаях, когда их деятельность базируется на осуществлении национальных/региональных стратегий или глобальной стратегии достижения здоровья для всех. ___________
ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ О ФИНАНСАХ ВСЕМИРНОЙ ОРГАНИЗАЦИИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ1 Положение I – Сфера применения и передача полномочий 1.1 Настоящие Положения регулируют вопросы управления финансами Всемирной организации здравоохранения. 1.2 Генеральный директор осуществляет финансами Организации в соответствии с Положениями. руководство настоящими
1.3 Без ущерба для Положения 1.2, Генеральный директор может передавать письменным распоряжением другим сотрудникам Организации такие полномочия и связанные с ними функции отчетности, которые он (она) считает необходимыми для эффективного выполнения этих Положений. 1.4 Генеральный директор устанавливает Финансовые правила, включая соответствующие положения для руководства и ограничений в отношении осуществления указанных Положений для обеспечения эффективного финансового руководства, 1 Текст, принятый Пятьдесят третьей сессией Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения с поправками, внесенными на Пятьдесят восьмой, Шестидесятой, Шестьдесят второй, Шестьдесят четвертой и Шестьдесят шестой сессиях Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения (резолюции WHA53.6, WHA58.20, WHA60.9, WHA62.6, WHA64.22 и WHA66.3). Предшествующий текст, принятый Четвертой сессией Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения (резолюция WHA4.50) с поправками, принятыми на Тринадцатой, Восемнадцатой, Двадцать пятой, Двадцать шестой, Двадцать девятой, Тридцатой, Тридцать третьей, Тридцать седьмой, Сорок первой, Сорок четвертой и Сорок восьмой сессиях Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения (резолюции WHA13.19, WHA18.13, WHA25.14, WHA25.15, WHA26.26, WHA29.27, WHA30.21, WHA33.8, WHA41.12, WHA44.16, WHA48.21 и решение WHA37(10)).
– 134 –
ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ О ФИНАНСАХ ВОЗ
135
обеспечения экономии Организации.
средств
и
сохранности
имущества
Положение II – Финансовый период 2.1 Финансовым периодом программного бюджета будет считаться период, состоящий из двух, следующих один за другим календарных лет, начиная с четного года. Положение III – Бюджет 3.1 Бюджетная смета на финансовый период, упомянутая в статье 55 Устава (ниже именуемая "предложения по бюджету"), готовится Генеральным директором. Предложения по бюджету представляются в долларах Соединенных Штатов Америки. 3.2 Предложения по бюджету подразделяются на части, разделы и главы и включают такую информацию, приложения и пояснительные отчеты, которые могут быть затребованы Ассамблеей здравоохранения или от ее имени, а также такие приложения или отчеты, которые Генеральный директор может счесть необходимыми и полезными. 3.3 Генеральный директор представляет предложения по бюджету по крайней мере за двенадцать недель до открытия очередной сессии Ассамблеи здравоохранения и до открытия соответствующей сессии Исполнительного комитета, на которых они будут рассматриваться. Одновременно Генеральный директор рассылает эти предложения всем государствам-членам (включая ассоциированные государства-члены). 3.4 Исполнительный комитет направляет эти предложения и любые возможные рекомендации по ним Ассамблее здравоохранения.
136
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
3.5 Бюджет на следующий финансовый период утверждается Ассамблеей здравоохранения в год, предшествующий двухгодичному периоду, к которому относятся предложения по бюджету, после того как соответствующий главный комитет Ассамблеи рассмотрит эти предложения и представит доклад по этому вопросу. 3.6 Если Генеральный директор во время сессии Исполнительного комитета, которая представляет предложения по бюджету и свои рекомендации по этому вопросу Ассамблее здравоохранения, получает информацию, согласно которой до созыва Ассамблеи здравоохранения может возникнуть необходимость изменения этих предложений в свете определенных обстоятельств, он (она) докладывает об этом Исполнительному комитету, который рассматривает вопрос о целесообразности включения в свои рекомендации Ассамблее здравоохранения указания на возможность такого изменения. 3.7 Если обстоятельства, возникающие после сессии Исполнительного комитета, которая рассматривает предложения по бюджету или любые рекомендации, представленные им, вызывают необходимость или желательность, по мнению Генерального директора, изменения предложений по бюджету, Генеральный директор докладывает об этом Ассамблее здравоохранения. 3.8 В случае необходимости увеличения бюджетных ассигнований, ранее утвержденных Ассамблей здравоохранения, Генеральный директор может представить Исполнительному комитету дополнительные предложения. Форма таких предложений и процедура их представления соответствуют предложениям по бюджету на данный финансовый период.
ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ О ФИНАНСАХ ВОЗ
137
Положение IV – Утверждение бюджета 4.1 Бюджет, утверждаемый Ассамблеей здравоохранения, дает Генеральному директору право принимать контрактные обязательства и производить платежи для достижения целей, для которых был утвержден этот бюджет, и в пределах утвержденных сумм, при условии наличия финансовых средств. 4.2 После утверждения бюджета Генеральный директор может принимать обязательства на финансовый период, к которому они относятся, для их исполнения в течение этого финансового периода или последующего календарного года, при условии наличия финансовых средств. 4.3 Генеральный директор уполномочен с согласия Исполнительного комитета или любого комитета, которому он может передать полномочия, производить перемещения средств между разделами ассигнований. В тех случаях, когда Исполнительный комитет или любой другой комитет, которому он может делегировать соответствующие полномочия, не проводит заседаний, Генеральный директор может запросить согласия большинства членов Исполкома или такого комитета в письменном виде, для того чтобы осуществить перемещение средств между разделами ассигнований. На следующей сессии Исполнительного комитета Генеральный директор обязан уведомить об этом Исполком. 4.4 Одновременно с утверждением предложений по бюджету Ассамблеей здравоохранения устанавливается механизм компенсации колебаний обменных курсов валют, с помощью которого фиксируется максимальный достижимый уровень для покрытия потерь из-за обменных курсов валют. Цель этого механизма заключается в обеспечении возможности сохранения уровня бюджета, с тем чтобы виды деятельности, представленные в бюджете, утвержденном Ассамблеей здравоохранения, можно было бы осуществлять, независимо
138
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
от воздействия любого колебания курсов валют в отношении доллара США, по официальному обменному курсу Организации Объединенных Наций. Положение V – Поступление средств в бюджет 5.1 Бюджет финансируется за счет обязательных взносов государств-членов в соответствии со шкалой обязательных взносов, устанавливаемой Ассамблеей здравоохранения, за счет добровольных взносов, прогнозируемых начисленных процентов, погашенной задолженности за предыдущий период и любых иных поступлений, зачисленных в бюджет. Финансовые обязательства государств-членов в соответствии со статьей 56 Устава ВОЗ ограничены обязательными взносами. 5.2 Ассамблея здравоохранения утверждает сумму, подлежащую финансированию за счет обязательных взносов государств-членов, и сумму, подлежащую мобилизации Генеральным директором за счет добровольных источников. 5.2.1 Сумма финансирования с помощью обязательных взносов государств-членов рассчитывается после корректировки общей суммы, утвержденной Ассамблеей здравоохранения, для отражения доли бюджета, финансируемой из других источников, указанных в пункте 5.1, выше. 5.3 В случае если общая сумма финансирования бюджета является меньшей, чем сумма, утвержденная Ассамблеей здравоохранения в рамках предложений по бюджету, Генеральный директор пересматривает планы исполнения бюджета, с тем чтобы сделать любые необходимые корректировки. 5.4 Обязательные взносы поступают на цели исполнения на 1 января каждого года финансового периода. Добровольные
ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ О ФИНАНСАХ ВОЗ
139
взносы поступают на цели исполнения после регистрации соглашений с донорами ресурсов. 5.5 Генеральный директор представляет Ассамблее здравоохранения ежегодные доклады о сборе взносов (как добровольных, так и обязательных) и о других источниках денежных средств. Положение VI – Обязательные взносы 6.1 Обязательные взносы государств-членов, определенные на основе шкалы обязательных взносов, делятся на две равные ежегодные части. В первом году финансового периода Ассамблея здравоохранения может принять решение внести поправки в шкалу обязательных взносов, которые будут применяться ко второму году финансового периода. 6.2 После утверждения бюджета Ассамблеей здравоохранения Генеральный директор уведомляет государства-члены об их обязательствах в отношении обязательных взносов на финансовый период и предлагает им выплатить первую и вторую части их взносов. 6.3 Если Ассамблея здравоохранения принимает решение внести поправки в шкалу обязательных взносов или скорректировать сумму бюджета, который финансируется за счет обязательных взносов государств-членов в отношении второго года двухгодичного периода, Генеральный директор уведомляет государства-члены об их пересмотренных обязательствах и предлагает им внести пересмотренную вторую часть своих взносов. 6.4 Части обязательных взносов подлежат полной выплате по состоянию на 1 января того года, к которому они относятся.
140
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
6.5 Невыплаченный остаток таких обязательных взносов по состоянию на 1 января следующего года считается просроченным на один год. 6.6 В тех случаях, когда общая сумма ежегодных обязательных взносов члена составляет 200 000 долл. США или более, взносы этого члена начисляются наполовину в долларах США и наполовину в швейцарских франках. Если общая сумма ежегодных обязательных взносов члена составляет менее 200 000 долл. США, взносы этого члена начисляются только в долларах США. Взносы выплачиваются либо в долларах США, евро или швейцарских франках, либо в такой иной валюте или валютах, которые определяет Генеральный директор. 6.7 Принятие Генеральным директором любой валюты, которая не является полностью конвертируемой, подлежит в каждом отдельном случае конкретному ежегодному утверждению Генеральным директором. Такие утверждения будут включать любые сроки и условия, которые Генеральный директор сочтет необходимыми для защиты интересов Всемирной организации здравоохранения. 6.8 Платежи, производимые государством-членом по обязательным взносам, заносятся на его счет и сначала применяются для погашения самой давней невыплаченной суммы. 6.9 Платежи по обязательным взносам в иных валютах, чем доллары Соединенных Штатов Америки, кредитуются на счета государств-членов по ставкам обменных курсов Организации Объединенных Наций, действующим на дату получения Всемирной организацией здравоохранения. 6.10 Новые государства-члены должны внести обязательный взнос за тот финансовый период, в котором они стали государствами-членами, по ставкам, устанавливаемым
ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ О ФИНАНСАХ ВОЗ
141
Ассамблеей здравоохранения. Такие взносы заносятся в счет поступлений в тот год, на который они причитаются. Положение VII – Фонд оборотных средств и Внутренние займы 7.1 До получения обязательных взносов исполнение той части бюджета, которая финансируется за счет этих взносов, может финансироваться из Фонда оборотных средств и затем за счет внутренних займов. Сумма Фонда оборотных средств утверждается Ассамблеей здравоохранения. Внутренние займы могут производиться под залог имеющихся резервов денежных средств Организации, за исключением Доверительных фондов. 7.2 Уровень Фонда оборотных средств основан на прогнозе финансовых потребностей с учетом прогнозируемых поступлений и расходов из обязательных взносов. Любые предложения, которые Генеральный директор может представить Ассамблее здравоохранения для изменения уровня Фонда оборотных средств по сравнению с утвержденным ранее, должны сопровождаться пояснением, демонстрирующим необходимость в этом изменении. 7.3 Любое погашение займов в соответствии с положением 7.1 производится из поступивших задолженностей по обязательным взносам и, прежде всего, - в отношении непогашенных внутренних займов и затем в отношении любых непогашенных займов, взятых из Фонда оборотных средств. Положение VIII – Поступления: Прочие источники 8.1 Генеральный директор в соответствии со Статьей 5.7 Устава делегирует полномочия по принятию подарков или наследства в виде либо денежных средств, либо натурой при условии, что он определит, что такие взносы могут быть использованы Организацией и что любые условия, которые могут
142
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
быть с ними связаны, соответствуют целям и политике Организации. 8.2 Генеральный директор уполномочен взимать сборы с внебюджетных взносов в соответствии с любой применимой резолюцией Ассамблеи здравоохранения. Эти сборы вместе с доходами от процентов или доходами от инвестиций внебюджетных взносов заносятся в кредит Специального счета расходов на обслуживание и используются для полного или частичного возмещения косвенных расходов, которые несет Организация по сбору таких ресурсов и управлению ими. Все прямые расходы по осуществлению программ, которые финансируются из внебюджетных ресурсов, покрываются за счет соответствующего бюджета. Положение IX – Фонды 9.1 Фонды создаются, с тем чтобы позволить Организации учитывать доходы и расходы. Эти фонды охватывают все источники доходов: регулярный бюджет, внебюджетные ресурсы, Доверительные фонды и любые другие приемлемые источники доходов. 9.2 Создаются счета для сумм, получаемых от доноров внебюджетных взносов, и для любых Доверительных фондов, с тем чтобы соответствующие доходы и расходы можно было учитывать или представлять по ним отчеты. 9.3 По мере необходимости создаются другие счета в качестве резерва или для удовлетворения потребностей управления Организацией, включая основные расходы. 9.4 Генеральный директор может создавать возобновляемые фонды, с тем чтобы можно было бы осуществлять деятельность на самофинансируемой основе. Доклады о цели таких счетов представляются Ассамблее здравоохранения вместе с подробной
ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ О ФИНАНСАХ ВОЗ
143
информацией об источниках доходов и расходов, регистрируемых в таких фондах, и информацией о наличии любого активного сальдо на конец финансового периода. 9.5 Цель любого счета, созданного в соответствии с положениями 9.3 и 9.4, должна быть четко указана и соответствовать Положениям о финансах и Финансовым правилам, как установлено Генеральным директором в соответствии с положением 12.1, разумному управлению финансами и любым конкретным условиям, согласованным с соответствующим руководящим органом. Положение X – Хранение наличности и средств, приравниваемых к наличности 10.1 Генеральный директор выбирает банк или банки или финансовые учреждения, в которые помещаются наличность и средства, приравниваемые к наличности, переданные на хранение Организации. 10.2 Генеральный директор может назначить любых руководителей и/или ответственных за хранение инвестиций (или активов), которых Организация может, при желании, назначить для управления наличностью и средствами, приравниваемыми к наличности, находящимися на хранении. Положение XI – Инвестирование наличности и средств, приравниваемых к наличности 11.1 Любая наличность, не требуемая для немедленных выплат, может быть инвестирована и объединена, если это оправдано той прибылью, которая может быть получена. 11.2 Доход от инвестиций заносится в кредит в качестве поступлений на Специальный счет расходов на обслуживание в соответствии с Положением 8.2 за исключением случаев, когда
144
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
положения, правила или резолюции, относящиеся к конкретному фонду или счету, содержат иные указания. 11.3 Политика и руководящие принципы инвестирования составляются в соответствии с наилучшей деловой практикой при надлежащем учете требований Организации в отношении сохранения капитала и возврата средств. Положение XII – Внутренний контроль 12.1 Генеральный директор: (a) определяет политику и процедуры в целях обеспечения эффективного управления финансами, получения экономии и охраны активов Организации; устанавливает, какие сотрудники могут от имени Организации получать средства, принимать финансовые обязательства и производить платежи; поддерживает эффективно действующую структуру внутреннего контроля для обеспечения выполнения поставленных задач и целей деятельности; экономное и эффективное использование ресурсов; надежность и достоверность информации; соответствие политике, планам, процедурам, правилам и положениям; и охрану активов; поддерживает функцию внутренней ревизии, которая касается обзора, оценки и мониторинга адекватности и эффективности общих систем внутреннего контроля Организации. С этой целью осуществляется обзор, оценка и мониторинг всех систем, процессов, операций, функций и деятельности в рамках Организации.
(b)
(c)
(d)
ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ О ФИНАНСАХ ВОЗ
145
Положение XIII – Отчетность и Финансовые ведомости 13.1 Генеральный директор определяет такую отчетность, которая считается необходимой, и ведет ее в соответствии с Международными стандартами учета в государственном секторе. 13.2 Финансовые ведомости подготавливаются на ежегодной основе в соответствии с Международными стандартами учета в государственном секторе наряду с такой другой информацией, которая может быть необходимой для указания текущего финансового положения Организации. 13.3 Финансовые ведомости составляются в долларах Соединенных Штатов Америки. Однако возможно ведение бухгалтерской документации в такой валюте или валютах, которые Генеральный директор сочтет необходимыми. 13.4 Финансовые ведомости представляются Внешнему ревизору (внешним ревизорам) не позднее 31 марта после окончания того года, к которому они относятся. 13.5 Генеральный директор может производить такие добровольные платежи (ex gratia payments), которые он считает необходимыми в интересах Организации. Отчет о таких платежах включается в итоговый бухгалтерский отчет. 13.6 Генеральный директор, проведя полное расследование фактов, может разрешить списание потери любого имущества, за исключением задолженности по взносам. Отчет о списании таких потерь включается в итоговый бухгалтерский отчет. Положение XIV – Внешняя ревизия 14.1 Внешний ревизор (внешние ревизоры), каждый из которых является Генеральным ревизором (или служащим, занимающим эквивалентный пост или имеющим эквивалентный статус)
146
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
в правительстве государства-члена, назначается (назначаются) Ассамблеей здравоохранения. Срок полномочий составляет четыре года, охватывающих два бюджетных периода, и может быть возобновлен один раз еще на один четырехлетний срок. Назначенный (назначенные) Внешний ревизор (внешние ревизоры) может (могут) быть отстранен(ы) от выполнения своих обязанностей только Ассамблеей. 14.2 При условии выполнения любых специальных постановлений Ассамблеи здравоохранения каждая ревизия, которую Внешний ревизор (внешние ревизоры) производит (производят), осуществляется в соответствии с общепринятыми обычными ревизионными стандартами и в соответствии с Дополнительным кругом ведения, изложенным в Приложении к настоящим Положениям. 14.3 Внешний ревизор (внешние ревизоры) может (могут) делать замечания относительно эффективности финансовых процедур, системы отчетности, внутреннего финансового контроля и в целом относительно руководства и управления Организацией. 14.4 Внешний ревизор (внешние ревизоры) абсолютно независим (независимы) в своей деятельности, и лишь он один (они одни) несет (несут) ответственность за проведение ревизий и, за исключением случаев, допускаемых Положением 14.7 ниже, любой местной или специальной проверки. 14.5 Ассамблея здравоохранения может просить Внешнего ревизора (внешних ревизоров) провести определенные конкретные проверки и представить отдельные отчеты об их результатах. 14.6 Генеральный директор предоставляет Внешнему ревизору (внешним ревизорам) средства, которые требуются для проведения ревизии.
ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ О ФИНАНСАХ ВОЗ
147
14.7 Для осуществления проверок на местах или в особых случаях, или с целью сокращения издержек, связанных с ревизией, Внешний ревизор (внешние ревизоры) может (могут) воспользоваться услугами Генерального ревизора любой страны (или должностного лица, занимающего эквивалентный пост) или аудиторов государственных коммерческих предприятий с общепризнанной репутацией, или любого другого лица или фирмы, которые, по мнению Внешнего ревизора (внешних ревизоров), обладают необходимой квалификацией. 14.8 Внешний ревизор (внешние ревизоры) составляет (составляют) отчет о ревизии годовых финансовых ведомостей, подготовленных Генеральным директором в соответствии с Положением XIII. В отчет включаются такие сведения, какие Ревизор (ревизоры) считает (считают) необходимыми в свете Положения 14.3 и Дополнительного круга ведения. 14.9 Исполнительный комитет препровождает отчет (отчеты) Внешнего ревизора (внешних ревизоров) вместе с ревизованными финансовыми ведомостями Ассамблее здравоохранения не позднее 1 мая после завершения финансового года, к которому относится итоговый бухгалтерский отчет. Исполнительный комитет изучает годовые финансовые ведомости и отчет (отчеты) о ревизии и направляет их Ассамблее здравоохранения с такими замечаниями, которые он сочтет необходимыми. Положение XV – Резолюции, выполнение которых связано с расходами 15.1 Ни Ассамблея здравоохранения, ни Исполнительный комитет не принимают решений, выполнение которых связано с расходами, если им не представлен доклад Генерального директора об административных и финансовых последствиях этого предложения.
148
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
15.2 Если, по мнению Генерального директора, предлагаемые расходы не могут быть оплачены за счет существующих бюджетных ассигнований, то такие расходы не производятся до тех пор, пока Ассамблея здравоохранения не выделит необходимых ассигнований. Положение XVI – Общие положения 16.1 Настоящие Положения вступают в силу с даты утверждения их Ассамблеей здравоохранения, если не будет иного решения Ассамблеи здравоохранения. Они могут быть изменены только Ассамблеей здравоохранения. 16.2 В случае сомнений в отношении толкования и применения любого из вышеупомянутых Положений Генеральный директор уполномочен вынести по этому вопросу свое решение при условии его последующего утверждения Исполнительным комитетом на его очередной сессии. 16.3 Финансовые правила, установленные Генеральным директором, как указано выше в положении 1.4, и поправки, внесенные Генеральным директором в такие правила, вступают в силу после утверждения их Исполнительным комитетом. Об этих правилах будет представлен доклад Ассамблее здравоохранения для ее информации.
ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ О ФИНАНСАХ ВОЗ Приложение
149
ДОПОЛНИТЕЛЬНЫЙ КРУГ ВЕДЕНИЯ, ОПРЕДЕЛЯЮЩИЙ ХАРАКТЕР ВНЕШНЕЙ РЕВИЗИИ ВО ВСЕМИРНОЙ ОРГАНИЗАЦИИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ
1. Внешний ревизор (внешние ревизоры) производит (производят) такую ревизию отчетности Всемирной организации здравоохранения, включая отчетность всех целевых фондов и специальных счетов, какая, по его/ее/их мнению, необходима для того, чтобы установить, что: (a) финансовые отчеты согласуются с книгами и записями Организации; (b) финансовые операции, показанные в ведомствах, произведены в соответствии с правилами и положениями, бюджетными положениями и другими относящимися к делу директивами; (c) ценные бумаги и денежные средства, хранящиеся в банках и находящиеся в кассе Организации, проверены на основе удостоверений, полученных непосредственно от депозитариев Организации или фактического подсчета; (d) внутренний контроль, включая внутреннюю ревизию, удовлетворяет требованиям, предъявляемым к нему в отношении надежности; (e) были применены удовлетворительные, с точки зрения Внешнего ревизора (внешних ревизоров), процедуры учета всех активов, пассивов, активного и пассивного сальдо. 2. Внешний ревизор (внешние ревизоры) определяет (определяют) исключительно по своему усмотрению, приемлемы ли полностью или частично удостоверения и представления Секретариата, и может (могут) по своему усмотрению приступить к такому подробному рассмотрению и проверке всех финансовых отчетов, включая записи, относящиеся к запасам и оборудованию. 3. Внешний ревизор (внешние ревизоры) и его/ее/их сотрудники пользуются свободным доступом в любое удобное для этого время ко всем книгам, записям и другой документации, необходимой, по мнению Внешнего ревизора (внешних ревизоров), для проведения ревизии. Сведения, отнесенные к категории специальной информации и признанные Секретариатом необходимыми Внешнему ревизору (внешним ревизорам) для ревизии, и сведения, отнесенные к категории конфиденциальной информации, предоставляются Внешнему ревизору (внешним ревизорам) по его/ее/их заявлению. Внешний ревизор (внешние ревизоры) и его/ее/их сотрудники учитывают специальный и конфиденциальный характер любых представленных ему/ей/им сведений и не используют их иначе, как в прямой связи с проведением ревизии. Внешний ревизор (внешние ревизоры) может (могут) обратить внимание Ассамблеи здравоохранения на любой отказ в предоставлении сведений, отнесенных
150
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
к категории специальной информации и необходимых, по его/ее/их мнению, для проведения ревизии. 4. Внешний ревизор (внешние ревизоры) не уполномочен (не уполномочены) отвергать какие-либо статьи отчетности, но обращает (обращают) внимание Генерального директора в целях принятия последним соответствующих мер на любую операцию, законность или уместность которой вызывает сомнение. Возражения против таких или любых других операций, возникающие у Внешнего ревизора (внешних ревизоров) в ходе проверки отчетности, немедленно сообщаются Генеральному директору. 5. Внешний ревизор (внешние ревизоры) составляет (составляют) и подписывает (подписывают) заключения о финансовых отчетах Организации. Это заключение содержит следующие основные элементы: (a) установление подлинности ревизованных финансовых отчетов; (b) упоминание об ответственности руководства организационной структуры и об ответственности Внешнего ревизора (внешних ревизоров); (c) упоминание о примененных стандартах ревизии; (d) описание проведенной работы; (e) составление заключения по финансовым отчетам с указанием следующего: (i) правильно ли финансовые отчеты отражают финансовое положение по состоянию на конец периода и результаты проведенных за этот период операций; (ii) были ли финансовые отчеты составлены в соответствии с указанными принципами отчетности; (iii) применялись ли принципы финансовой отчетности на той же основе, что и в предшествующий финансовый период; (f) составление заключения о соответствии операций Положениям о финансах и законодательству; (g) дата заключения; (h) фамилия (фамилии) и должность (должности) Внешнего ревизора (внешних ревизоров); (i) место подписания отчета; (j) в случае необходимости ссылка на доклад Внешнего ревизора (внешних ревизоров) по финансовым отчетам. 6. В докладе Внешнего ревизора (внешних ревизоров) Ассамблее здравоохранения о финансовых операциях за указанный период должно фигурировать следующее: (a) характер и объем произведенной проверки;
ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ О ФИНАНСАХ ВОЗ
151
(b) вопросы, связанные с полнотой и точностью отчетности, включая при необходимости следующее: (i) сведения, необходимые для правильного толкования отчетов; (ii) любые суммы, которые должны были поступить, но не были проведены по счетам; (iii) любые суммы, в отношении которых существуют правовые или условные обязательства и которые не были учтены или отражены в финансовых отчетах; (iv) расходы, не обоснованные надлежащим образом; (v) велись ли надлежащие книги отчетности; если в форме финансовых отчетов есть существенные отклонения от общепринятых последовательно применяемых принципов отчетности, то они должны быть отмечены; (c) другие вопросы, которые должны быть доведены до сведения Ассамблеи здравоохранения, такие как: (i) случаи мошенничества или предполагаемого мошенничества; (ii) расточительное или неправильное расходование денежных средств и других активов Организации (даже если отчетность по этим операциям правильна); (iii) расходы, способные повлечь дальнейшие крупные издержки Организации; (iv) любые недочеты в общей системе или в детальных положениях, определяющих контроль над поступлениями и расходами или над запасами и оборудованием; (v) расходы, не соответствующие намерениям Ассамблеи здравоохранения, с учетом надлежащим образом разрешенных перемещений в пределах бюджета; (vi) расходы сверх ассигнований с учетом надлежащим образом разрешенных перемещений в пределах бюджета; (vii) расходы, не соответствующие разрешению, на основании которого они были произведены; (d) точность или неточность записей по запасам и оборудованию, определяемая инвентаризацией и проверкой записей. Кроме того, в доклад могут быть включены сведения: (e) об операциях, которые были проведены в предыдущий финансовый период и по которым имеются дополнительные сведения, или об операциях последующих финансовых периодов, о которых, как представляется, Ассамблея здравоохранения должна быть заблаговременно оповещена. 7. Внешний ревизор (внешние ревизоры) может (могут) представить Ассамблее здравоохранения или Генеральному директору такие замечания
152
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
по поводу его/ее/их заключений, вытекающих из ревизии, и такие комментарии по финансовому докладу, какие он/она/они сочтет (сочтут) необходимыми. 8. Во всех случаях, когда Внешний ревизор (внешние ревизоры) сталкивается (сталкиваются) с ограничением объема ревизии или с недостаточным количеством имеющихся доказательств, Внешний ревизор (внешние ревизоры) представляет (представляют) заключение по этому вопросу с четким указанием в докладе оснований для замечаний и последствий этого для финансового положения и финансовых операций в той форме, в какой они отражены в отчетах. 9. Внешний ревизор (внешние ревизоры) ни в коем случае не включает (не включают) в какой-либо доклад критических замечаний, предварительно не предоставив достаточной возможности Генеральному директору дать разъяснения по рассматриваемому вопросу. 10. От Внешнего ревизора (внешних ревизоров) не требуется упоминать никаких вопросов, затронутых выше, которые считаются несущественными.
________
ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ О ПЕРСОНАЛЕ ВСЕМИРНОЙ ОРГАНИЗАЦИИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ1 СФЕРА ДЕЙСТВИЙ И ЦЕЛИ Положения о персонале определяют основные условия службы и основные права, задачи и обязанности сотрудников Секретариата Всемирной организации здравоохранения. Они представляют собой широкие принципы кадровой политики, которыми Генеральный директор руководствуется в вопросах комплектования Секретариата и организации его работы. В соответствии с этими принципами Генеральный директор может как главное административное должностное лицо установить и применять такие правила по кадровым вопросам, которые он считает необходимыми. I. ЗАДАЧИ, ОБЯЗАННОСТИ И ПРИВИЛЕГИИ 1.1 Все сотрудники Организации являются международными гражданскими служащими. Возлагаемые на них обязанности носят не национальный, а исключительно международный характер. Принимая назначение на должность, они обязуются руководствоваться при выполнении своих функций и в своем поведении исключительно интересами Всемирной организации здравоохранения. 1.2 Все сотрудники подчиняются Генеральному директору и назначаются им для выполнения любых обязанностей или занятия любых должностей во Всемирной организации Текст, принятый Четвертой сессией Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения (резолюция WHA4.51), с поправками, внесенными на Двенадцатой, Пятьдесят пятой и Шестьдесят второй сессиях Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения (резолюции WHA12.33, WHA55.21 и WHA62.7). 1
– 153 –
154
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
здравоохранения. Они несут перед ним ответственность за выполнение своих функций. В принципе все время сотрудники Организации находятся в распоряжении Генерального директора. 1.3 При выполнении своих функций сотрудники не запрашивают и не получают никаких инструкций от какого бы то ни было правительства или других органов власти вне Организации. 1.4 Никто из сотрудников не дает согласия заниматься и не занимается никакой служебной или иной деятельностью, которая несовместима с надлежащим выполнением задач во Всемирной организации здравоохранения. 1.5 Поведение сотрудников всегда соответствует их статусу международных гражданских служащих. Они избегают любых действий и, в частности, любых публичных заявлений, которые могут отрицательно отразиться на их статусе. Хотя не имеется в виду, что сотрудники откажутся от своих национальных чувств или своих политических и религиозных убеждений, они всегда должны проявлять сдержанность и такт, вытекающие из их международного статуса. 1.6 Сотрудники проявляют наивысшую сдержанность во всех вопросах служебного характера. Они никому не сообщают никакой информации, которая стала им известной по служебному положению, но которая не предана гласности, за исключением случаев, когда они выполняют свои служебные обязанности, или по разрешению Генерального директора. Они никогда и ни при каких обстоятельствах не используют в личных интересах информацию, ставшую им известной по служебному положению. Эти обязательства остаются в силе по истечении срока службы. 1.7 Никто из сотрудников не принимает никаких знаков отличия, орденов и медалей, наград, подарков и вознаграждений от какого бы то ни было правительства или из любого другого
ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ О ПЕРСОНАЛЕ ВОЗ
155
источника вне Организации, если принятие их несовместимо с его статусом международного гражданского служащего. 1.8 Любой сотрудник, который становится кандидатом на занятие какой-либо публичной или государственной должности политического характера, должен уволиться из Секретариата. 1.9 Иммунитеты и привилегии, распространяемые на Всемирную организацию здравоохранения в соответствии со статьей 67 Устава, обеспечиваются в интересах Организации. Эти привилегии и иммунитеты не могут служить оправданием для невыполнения сотрудниками их частных обязательств или несоблюдения законов и предписаний полиции. Решение об отказе от любых привилегий или иммунитетов, предоставляемых сотрудникам, принимает в каждом конкретном случае Генеральный директор. 1.10 Все сотрудники подписывают следующую присягу или декларацию: "Я торжественно клянусь (обязуюсь, заявляю, обещаю), что буду выполнять со всей преданностью, осмотрительностью и добросовестностью функции, порученные мне как международному гражданскому служащему Всемирной организации здравоохранения, руководствоваться при выполнении этих функций и в моем поведении исключительно интересами Всемирной организации здравоохранения, не запрашивать и не получать инструкций относительно выполнения моих служебных обязанностей от какого бы то ни было правительства или другого органа власти вне Организации". 1.11 Генеральный директор произносит эту присягу или декларацию перед Всемирной ассамблеей здравоохранения на открытом заседании, заместитель Генерального директора, помощники Генерального директора и директора региональных
156
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
бюро – перед Генеральным директором, а остальные сотрудники подписывают ее. II. КЛАССИФИКАЦИЯ ДОЛЖНОСТЕЙ И ПЕРСОНАЛА 2.1 Генеральный директор разрабатывает соответствующие положения о классификации должностей и персонала в соответствии с характером возлагаемых на каждого сотрудника служебных обязанностей и ответственности. III. ЗАРАБОТНАЯ ПЛАТА И НАДБАВКИ К ЗАРАБОТНОЙ ПЛАТЕ 3.1 Заработная плата заместителя Генерального директора, помощников Генерального директора и директоров региональных бюро устанавливается Всемирной ассамблеей здравоохранения по рекомендации Генерального директора и с учетом рекомендации Исполнительного комитета. 3.2 Уровень заработной платы для других сотрудников устанавливается Генеральным директором на основе возлагаемых на них служебных обязанностей и ответственности. Шкала заработной платы и надбавок к ней устанавливается Генеральным директором в основном на базе шкалы заработной платы и надбавок, принятой в Организации Объединенных Наций, при условии, что для сотрудников, которые назначаются на должности, заполняемые по местному набору, Генеральный директор может установить заработную плату и надбавки в соответствии с наилучшими местными условиями оплаты труда, а для сотрудников, которые назначаются на должности, заполняемые по международному набору, заработная плата и надбавки устанавливаются в зависимости от места работы с учетом относительной стоимости жизни для соответствующих сотрудников, общего уровня жизни и других необходимых факторов. Любые отклонения от принятой в Организации Объединенных Наций шкалы заработной платы и надбавок
ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ О ПЕРСОНАЛЕ ВОЗ
157
подлежат утверждению Исполнительным комитетом или могут быть им санкционированы. IV. НАЗНАЧЕНИЕ НА ДОЛЖНОСТЬ И ПОВЫШЕНИЕ В ДОЛЖНОСТИ 4.1 Генеральный директор назначает сотрудников должности, руководствуясь соображениями необходимости. на
4.2 Соображением первостепенной важности при назначении на должность, переводе, назначении на другую должность или повышении в должности сотрудников является необходимость обеспечения наивысшего уровня эффективности, компетентности и добросовестности. Должным образом учитывается важность набора сотрудников и комплектования персонала на как можно более широкой географической основе. 4.3 Набор сотрудников производится независимо от их расовой принадлежности, убеждений или пола. Насколько это возможно, набор осуществляется на конкурсной основе; однако вышесказанное не касается заполнения постов путем перевода или назначения на другую должность сотрудника без повышения в должности в интересах Организации. 4.4 Вакансии заполняются повышением в должности лиц, уже служащих в Организации, которым отдается предпочтение перед всеми другими кандидатами, что никак не ограничивает приток в Организацию свежих сил. На взаимной основе такое же предпочтение отдается сотрудникам Организации Объединенных Наций и специализированных учреждений системы Организации Объединенных Наций. 4.5 Назначения на должности заместителя Генерального директора, помощника Генерального директора и директоров региональных бюро производятся на срок не свыше пяти лет, по истечении которого назначение может быть возобновлено в
158
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
соответствии с условиями, установленными Исполнительным комитетом в отношении возобновления назначений директоров региональных бюро. Прочие сотрудники назначаются на должности на такой срок и на таких совместимых с настоящими положениями условиях, которые может установить Генеральный директор. 4.6 Генеральный директор устанавливает соответствующие медицинские нормы, которым, как правило, должны отвечать кандидаты в сотрудники. V. ЕЖЕГОДНЫЙ И СПЕЦИАЛЬНЫЙ ОТПУСК 5.1 Сотрудники имеют право на соответствующий ежегодный отпуск. В исключительных случаях по разрешению Генерального директора сотруднику может быть предоставлен специальный отпуск. 5.2 Для того чтобы сотрудники могли периодически проводить отпуск у себя на родине, Организация с соблюдением условий и предписаний, устанавливаемых Генеральным директором, предоставляет дополнительное время на проезд сотрудников. VI. СОЦИАЛЬНОЕ ОБЕСПЕЧЕНИЕ 6.1 Предусматривается участие сотрудников в Объединенном пенсионном фонде персонала Организации Объединенных Наций в соответствии с правилами этого Фонда. 6.2 Генеральный директор устанавливает систему социального обеспечения для сотрудников, включая охрану здоровья, отпуска по болезни и беременности, а также надлежащую компенсацию в случае болезни, несчастного случая или смерти при выполнении официальных обязанностей, связанных со службой в Организации.
ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ О ПЕРСОНАЛЕ ВОЗ
159
VII. ПУТЕВЫЕ РАСХОДЫ И РАСХОДЫ НА ПЕРЕВОЗКУ ЛИЧНОГО ИМУЩЕСТВА
7.1 С соблюдением условий и предписаний, установленных Генеральным директором, Организация оплачивает дорожные расходы сотрудников и, когда это предусмотрено, их иждивенцев в следующих случаях: назначение на должность и последующее изменение официального места службы, поездка в отпуск на родину, когда на нее получено разрешение, и прекращение службы. 7.2 С соблюдением условий и предписаний, установленных Генеральным директором, Всемирная организация здравоохранения оплачивает расходы на перевозку личного имущества сотрудников в следующих случаях: назначение на должность и последующие изменения официального места службы и прекращение службы. VIII. ОТНОШЕНИЯ С ПЕРСОНАЛОМ 8.1 Генеральный директор обеспечивает участие сотрудников в обсуждении общих направлений политики по кадровым вопросам. IX. ПРЕКРАЩЕНИЕ СЛУЖБЫ 9.1 Сотрудники могут уволиться из Секретариата по собственному желанию, представив Генеральному директору
160
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
заявление об этом в срок, который соответствует условиям их назначения на должность. 9.2 Генеральный директор может уволить сотрудника с занимаемой должности в соответствии с условиями его найма или в случаях, когда интересы службы требуют ликвидации той или иной должности или сокращения штатов, когда работа соответствующего сотрудника оказывается неудовлетворительной или когда сотрудник по состоянию здоровья неспособен к дальнейшей службе. 9.3 Если Генеральный директор увольняет сотрудника с должности, последний предупреждается об этом заранее и получает компенсацию в соответствии с условиями его найма. 9.4 Генеральный директор устанавливает порядок выплаты пособий в связи с возвращением на родину (репатриацией). 9.5 Как правило, сотрудники не остаются на активной службе по достижении возраста, определенного правилами Пенсионного фонда как возраст выхода на пенсию. В интересах Организации Генеральный директор в исключительных случаях может продлить срок службы сотрудника, достигшего пенсионного возраста. X. ДИСЦИПЛИНАРНЫЕ МЕРЫ 10.1 Генеральный директор может применять дисциплинарные меры к сотрудникам, поведение которых неудовлетворительно. Он может без предупреждения уволить сотрудника, совершившего серьезный проступок.
ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ О ПЕРСОНАЛЕ ВОЗ
161
XI. АПЕЛЛЯЦИЯ 11.1 Генеральный директор создает административный орган, в который входят представители персонала и мнение которого он запрашивает в связи с обжалованием любым сотрудником примененной к нему дисциплинарной меры или административного решения, обвиняющего его в несоблюдении условий службы, включая все относящиеся к данному случаю постановления и правила. 11.2 Если какой-либо спор между Организацией и сотрудником по вопросу о выполнении условий контракта этого сотрудника не может быть решен внутри Организации, то он передается на окончательное решение Административному трибуналу Организации Объединенных Наций. XII. ОБЩИЕ ПОСТАНОВЛЕНИЯ 12.1 Настоящие Положения могут быть дополнены или изменены Ассамблеей здравоохранения без ущерба для прав, которыми пользуются сотрудники. 12.2 Генеральный директор ежегодно докладывает Ассамблее здравоохранения о таких правилах по кадровым вопросам и поправках к ним, которые он может утвердить во исполнение настоящих Положений после их одобрения Исполнительным комитетом. 12.3 Генеральный директор в соответствии с полномочиями, которыми он облечен как главное техническое и административное должностное лицо Организации, может передавать другим должностным лицам Организации такие свои полномочия, которые он считает необходимыми для эффективного выполнения настоящих Положений.
162
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
12.4 В случае возникновения сомнений относительно толкования какого-либо из пунктов настоящих Положений Генеральный директор уполномочен вынести по этому вопросу свое решение, которое должно быть подтверждено Исполнительным комитетом на его ближайшей сессии. ________
ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ О СПИСКАХ ЭКСПЕРТОВКОНСУЛЬТАНТОВ И КОМИТЕТАХ ЭКСПЕРТОВ1 ВВЕДЕНИЕ Соображения эффективности, а также экономии вынуждают ограничивать число экспертов, участвующих в обсуждении любого данного вопроса; с другой стороны, в небольшой группе экспертов трудно обеспечить должное представительство различных областей знаний, связанных с данным вопросом, а также различных форм накопленного на местах опыта и направлений научной мысли, преобладающих в различных районах мира. Эти явно противоречивые требования могут быть удовлетворены, если при определении состава комитетов экспертов во всех случаях, когда это желательно, будет обеспечена необходимая гибкость. Такая гибкость может быть обеспечена учреждением таких списков экспертов-консультантов по всем отраслям знаний и формам опыта, которые необходимы для охвата всех важных аспектов определенного вопроса и обеспечивают адекватную географическую представленность. Из этих списков будут отбираться члены комитетов экспертов в соответствии с повесткой дня каждого совещания. Нижеследующие положения основываются, таким образом, на вышеизложенных принципах.
Текст, принятый Тридцать пятой сессией Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения (резолюция WHA35.10) и заменяющий текст Положений, который был принят Четвертой сессией Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения. Поправки были приняты на Сорок пятой, Сорок девятой, Пятьдесят третьей и Пятьдесят пятой сессиях Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения (решение WHA45(10), резолюция WHA49.29, резолюция WHA53.8 и резолюция WHA55.24, соответственно).
1
– 163 –
164
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
1. ОПРЕДЕЛЕНИЯ 1.1 Список экспертов-консультантов состоит из экспертов, которые могут обеспечивать Организацию техническим руководством и поддержкой в конкретной области либо посредством направления соответствующих рекомендаций по почте, либо во время их участия на совещаниях, на которые они могут быть приглашены. 1.2 Эксперт, заносимый в список экспертов-консультантов, назначается Генеральным директором и обязуется содействовать сбору технической информации по почте о положении в его области и предоставлять соответствующую консультативную помощь по собственной инициативе или по запросу. 1.3 Комитет экспертов представляет собой группу занесенных в списки экспертов-консультантов, созываемых Генеральным директором с целью рассмотрения вопроса, представляющего интерес для Организации, и разработки технических рекомендаций. 1.4 Член комитета экспертов является экспертом, назначаемым Генеральным директором для участия в работе любого конкретного совещания данного комитета. 2. ПОЛНОМОЧИЯ ПО УЧРЕЖДЕНИЮ СПИСКОВ ЭКСПЕРТОВ-КОНСУЛЬТАНТОВ И КОМИТЕТОВ ЭКСПЕРТОВ 2.1 Список экспертов-консультантов может быть учрежден Генеральным директором в любой области в соответствии с потребностями развития программы Организации. Он учреждается для Организации в целом и используется на том практическом уровне, где требуются руководство и поддержка экспертов. Список экспертов-консультантов может быть упразднен по усмотрению Генерального директора, когда руководство и помощь занесенных в него специалистов более не требуются.
ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ О СПИСКАХ ЭКСПЕРТОВ-КОНСУЛЬТАНТОВ 165
2.2 Генеральный директор сообщает Исполнительному комитету об учреждении или упразднении списком экспертовконсультантов и их численном составе. 2.3 В соответствии со статьями 18(е) и 38 Устава Организации право учреждать и распускать комитеты экспертов принадлежит Всемирной ассамблее здравоохранения и Исполнительному комитету. 2.4 Генеральный директор включает в двухгодичный программный бюджет те предложения для рассмотрения на совещаниях комитетов экспертов, которые он считает необходимыми. 3. СПИСКИ ЭКСПЕРТОВ-КОНСУЛЬТАНТОВ – ЧЛЕНСКИЙ СОСТАВ И ПРОЦЕДУРЫ 3.1 Любой специалист, обладающий квалификацией и/или опытом, соответствующими и полезными для деятельности Организации в области, которой занимаются экспертыконсультанты из учрежденного списка, может рассматриваться в качестве кандидата для занесения в этот список после проведения консультаций с соответствующими органами его страны. Информация обо всех назначениях в эти списки распространяется всем государствам-членам. Генеральный директор поощряет развивающиеся страны к тому, чтобы направлять кандидатов для назначения в списки. 3.2 При выборе специалистов, заносимых в списки экспертовконсультантов, Генеральный директор учитывает в первую очередь их техническую компетентность и опыт, однако он также стремится обеспечить в списке экспертов-консультантов, по возможности, самое широкое международное представительство с точки зрения разнообразия знаний, опыта и подходов в тех областях, по которым учреждаются списки экспертовконсультантов. Генеральный директор поощряет назначение экспертов из развивающихся стран и из всех регионов. Директора региональных бюро оказывают содействие Генеральному директору в выполнении этой задачи.
166
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
3.3 Специалисты заносятся в список экспертов-консультантов на такой срок, какой может быть установлен Генеральным директором, но не свыше четырех лет. 3.3.1 По истечении данного срока назначение теряет силу. Однако Генеральный директор может продлить назначение в том случае, когда возобновление назначения определяется конкретными потребностями программы. Продление срока назначений следует производить на периоды, не превышающие четырех лет. 3.3.2 Назначение также теряет силу в случае упразднения списка. Оно может быть также аннулировано в любое время Генеральным директором, если того требуют интересы Организации. Генеральный директор сообщает Исполнительному комитету о каждом случае такого досрочного аннулирования назначения. 3.4 Члены списков экспертов-консультантов не получают от Организации никакого материального вознаграждения. Однако при посещении совещаний по приглашению ВОЗ они имеют право в соответствии с административными правилами Организации на возмещение дорожных расходов и получение суточных на протяжении работы этих совещаний. 4. КОМИТЕТЫ ЭКСПЕРТОВ – ЧЛЕНСКИЙ СОСТАВ И ПРОЦЕДУРЫ Выбор, назначение и срок полномочий экспертов 4.1 Генеральный директор устанавливает численный состав экспертов, приглашаемых на совещание комитета экспертов, определяет время проведения и продолжительность совещания и созывает его. 4.2 Как правило, Генеральный директор отбирает из одного или более списков экспертов-консультантов членов комитета экспертов на основе принципов справедливой географической представленности, гендерного баланса, баланса экспертов из развитых и развивающихся стран, представленности различных направлений научной мысли, подходов и практического опыта в
ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ О СПИСКАХ ЭКСПЕРТОВ-КОНСУЛЬТАНТОВ 167
различных частях мира, а также соответствующего междисциплинарного баланса. Членство в комитетах экспертов не ограничивается знанием языка из числа языков, используемых Организацией. 4.3 Эксперты-консультанты, не приглашенные для участия в интересующем их совещании комитета экспертов, могут присутствовать на нем по их собственной просьбе и с разрешения Генерального директора в качестве наблюдателей, но связанные с этим расходы оплачивают сами. 4.4 Учреждениям системы Организации Объединенных Наций, а также неправительственным организациям, состоящим в официальных отношениях с ВОЗ, может предлагаться направлять их представителей на те совещания комитетов экспертов, в которых они непосредственно заинтересованы. 4.5 Для обеспечения равного географического представительства консультанты и временные советники, назначаемые для оказания помощи комитету экспертов, выбираются, по возможности, из стран, не представленных в комитете. Международный статус экспертов 4.6 При исполнении своих функций эксперты-консультанты и члены комитетов экспертов выступают в качестве международных экспертов, состоящих исключительно на службе Организации; в этом качестве они не должны запрашивать или получать указания от какого-либо правительства или органа вне Организации. Более того, в соответствии с порядком, введенным специально с этой целью Генеральным директором, экспертыконсультанты предают огласке все обстоятельства, которые могут послужить поводом для возможного конфликта интересов вследствие их членства в составе того или иного комитета экспертов. 4.7 Они пользуются привилегиями и иммунитетами, предусмотренными статьей 67(b) Устава Организации и изложенными в Конвенции о привилегиях и иммунитетах
168
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
специализированных учреждений и Приложении VII к этому документу. Повестка дня 4.8 Генеральный директор или его представитель готовят предварительную повестку дня каждого совещания и заблаговременно рассылают ее членам комитета экспертов, Исполнительного комитета и государствам – членам Организации. Комитет экспертов не должен рассматривать вопросы административной политики, за исключением случаев поступления соответствующей официальной просьбы Генерального директора. Повестка дня включает любой вопрос в рамках круга ведения комитета, который предлагает Ассамблея здравоохранения, Исполнительный комитет или Генеральный директор. 4.9 Для обеспечения членов комитета экспертов, по возможности, более полной информацией по обсуждаемым вопросам членам списков экспертов-консультантов, которые знакомы с этими вопросами, но не были приглашены для участия в совещании, заранее направляются сведения о круге ведения комитета и аннотированная повестка дня. Им может быть также предложено представить в письменном виде свои документы, и они могут получать основные рабочие документы. Подкомитеты экспертов 4.10 Для изучения специальных проблем комитет может предлагать создание на временной или постоянной основе специализированных подкомитетов и вносить предложения об их составе. Комитет может также выдвинуть предложения о создании объединенных подкомитетов, состоящих из специалистов в его собственной технической области и специалистов в другой области, сотрудничество которых он считает необходимым для успешного выполнения своей работы. Ассамблея здравоохранения или Исполнительный комитет решают вопрос о целесообразности создания таких подкомитетов, а также о том, создавать ли их на самостоятельной
ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ О СПИСКАХ ЭКСПЕРТОВ-КОНСУЛЬТАНТОВ 169
основе или совместно с другими комитетами или подкомитетами Организации. 4.11 В отношении подкомитетов mutatis mutandis сохраняют силу правила, определяющие функции комитетов, назначение их членов, выборы председателей и заместителей председателей, работу секретарей и составление повестки дня. Членство в комитете само по себе не дает эксперту права участвовать в работе какого-либо из его подкомитетов. Доклады о работе совещаний комитетов 4.12 Комитет экспертов составляет доклад о работе каждого совещания, содержащий результаты исследований, наблюдения и рекомендации. Этот доклад составляется и утверждается комитетом экспертов до конца работы совещания. Содержащиеся в докладе выводы и рекомендации не являются обязательными для Организации и должны быть сформулированы в виде рекомендаций Генеральному директору по будущим программным мероприятиям, не предлагающих ему конкретные пути использования кадровых ресурсов, служб или финансовых средств Организации. Если члены комитета расходятся во взглядах по какому-либо вопросу, то эти расхождения отражаются в докладе или в приложении к нему. Доклады экспертов-консультантов, подписанные авторами, могут не включаться в текст доклада комитета экспертов или его приложений. 4.13 Текст доклада комитета не может быть изменен без согласия членов комитета. Генеральный директор может обратить внимание председателя комитета экспертов на любое положение, содержащееся в докладе, которое могло бы нанести ущерб непосредственным интересам ВОЗ или любого государства-члена. Председатель комитета экспертов по своему усмотрению может исключить данное положение из доклада с уведомлением об этом или без такового членов комитета экспертов или изменить его, получив их письменное согласие. Все вопросы, вызывающие затруднения в результате различия точек зрения Генерального директора и председателя комитета, направляются на рассмотрение Исполнительного комитета.
170
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
4.14 Генеральный директор несет ответственность за предоставление разрешения на публикацию докладов комитетов экспертов. В то же время Генеральный директор может передать доклад непосредственно Ассамблее здравоохранения, если, по его мнению, он содержит информацию или рекомендации, которые срочно требуются этому органу. 4.15 Генеральный директор может опубликовать или дать разрешение на публикацию любого документа, подготовленного для комитета экспертов, при соответствующем признании авторства, если это необходимо. Доклады о работе совещаний подкомитетов 4.16 Вышеуказанные положения (4.12–4.15) распространяются на доклады совещаний подкомитетов с той оговоркой, что доклад подкомитета или объединенного подкомитета представляется через Генерального директора комитету или комитетам, создавшим данный подкомитет. Вместе с тем Генеральный директор может направить доклад подкомитета непосредственно Исполнительному комитету или Ассамблее здравоохранения, если, по его мнению, он содержит информацию или рекомендации, которые срочно требуются любому из этих органов. Место проведения совещаний комитетов 4.17 Совещания комитетов экспертов, как правило, проводятся в штаб-квартире для обеспечения общего технического руководства. Они могут также быть созваны на региональном уровне для рассмотрения проблем, носящих по преимуществу региональный характер, или на национальном уровне, если рассматриваемые проблемы здравоохранения характерны в основном для данной страны. Планирование таких совещаний комитетов экспертов проводится координировано в дополнение к совещаниям, созываемым в штаб-квартире, во избежание дублирования и обеспечения максимальной эффективности и согласованности в их работе.
ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ О СПИСКАХ ЭКСПЕРТОВ-КОНСУЛЬТАНТОВ 171
4.18 Вышеуказанные положения (4.1–4.15) распространятся mutatis mutandis на совещаниях комитетов экспертов, которые созываются на региональном или национальном уровне. Генеральный директор может передать необходимые полномочия региональным директорам. Правила процедуры 4.19 Комитеты и подкомитеты экспертов проводят свою работу в соответствии с Правилами процедуры, указанными в приложении к данным положениям. Объединенные комитеты и подкомитеты 4.20 Настоящие положения распространяются также на выбор и назначение экспертов-консультантов, назначаемых Генеральным директором для работы в объединенном комитете или подкомитете, созываемом Организацией совместно с другими организациями. При выборе учитывается техническое и географическое соотношение, которое целесообразно для объединенного комитета или подкомитета в целом. 4.21 Эксперты-консультанты, назначаемые Генеральным директором в такие объединенные комитеты и подкомитеты, сохраняют полную свободу выражения своего мнения. В связи с этим их участие в любом коллективном решении, которое может повлечь за собой административную, финансовую или моральную ответственность для другой участвующей организации, не налагает никаких обязательств на Организацию. 4.22 Эксперты-консультанты, представляющие Организацию в любом объединенном комитете или подкомитете экспертов, докладывают о своем участии в нем Генеральному директору. Этот доклад является дополнением к коллективному докладу самого объединенного комитета или подкомитета. Доклад Исполнительному комитету 4.23 Генеральный директор представляет на рассмотрение Исполнительному комитету доклад о совещаниях комитетов
172
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
экспертов, проведенных со времени предыдущей сессии Исполкома. В нем содержатся его наблюдения о значении докладов комитета экспертов, а также рекомендации о принятии соответствующих мер. К докладу Генерального директора прилагаются тексты докладов комитетов экспертов. Исполнительный комитет рассматривает доклад Генерального директора и представляет по нему свои замечания. 5. ВСТУПЛЕНИЕ В СИЛУ 5.1 Настоящие положения вступают в силу с даты их утверждения Ассамблеей здравоохранения.
ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ О СПИСКАХ ЭКСПЕРТОВ-КОНСУЛЬТАНТОВ 173
Приложение ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ ДЛЯ КОМИТЕТОВ ЭКСПЕРТОВ ЗАКРЫТЫЙ ХАРАКТЕР ЗАСЕДАНИЙ Статья 1 Совещания комитетов экспертов, как правило, являются закрытыми. Они не могут проводиться при открытых дверях, за исключением тех случаев, когда комитет принимает по этому вопросу конкретное решение при полном согласии Генерального директора. КВОРУМ Статья 2 Дискуссии действительными: (a) (b) в комитете экспертов считаются
если на заседании присутствуют по крайней мере две трети его членов; и если на заседании присутствует также представитель Генерального директора, за исключением тех случаев, когда его отсутствие санкционируется Генеральным директором.
ПРЕДСЕДАТЕЛЬ, ЗАМЕСТИТЕЛЬ ПРЕДСЕДАТЕЛЯ И ДОКЛАДЧИК Статья 3 Комитет экспертов избирает из своего состава председателя для ведения прений, заместителя председателя для замещения председателя в случае необходимости и докладчика.
174
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
СЕКРЕТАРИАТ Статья 4 1. В соответствии со статьей 32 Устава Организации Генеральный директор ex-officio является секретарем всех комитетов экспертов. Эти функции он может передавать компетентному в данном вопросе техническому сотруднику 2. Генеральный директор или его представитель может в любое время сделать устные или письменные заявления комитету по любому рассматриваемому вопросу. 3. Генеральный директор или его представитель назначает время и место проведения совещания и созывает комитет. 4. Секретариат комитета в составе секретаря и сотрудников, консультантов и временных советников оказывает при необходимости помощь председателю, докладчику и членам комитета. ПОВЕСТКА ДНЯ Статья 5 1. Секретарь совещания готовит предварительную повестку дня, представляет ее на утверждение Генеральному директору и передает данную повестку дня членам комитета вместе с письменным приглашением на совещание. 2. Повестка дня включает любой вопрос в рамках круга ведения комитета, который предлагает Ассамблея здравоохранения, Исполнительный комитет или Генеральный директор. ГОЛОСОВАНИЕ Статья 6 Научные вопросы на голосование не ставятся. Если члены комитета не могут прийти к согласованному мнению, каждый из
ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ О СПИСКАХ ЭКСПЕРТОВ-КОНСУЛЬТАНТОВ 175
них имеет право остаться при своем личном мнении, которое отражается в докладе; отражаемое мнение облекается в форму индивидуального или группового доклада, в котором указываются причины возникшего расхождения во мнениях. ПОРЯДОК РАБОТЫ Статья 7 За исключением вышеуказанных положений статьи 6 председатель руководствуется положениями Правил процедуры Исполнительного комитета о ведении дел и голосовании в комитете в той степени, в какой это может оказаться необходимым для осуществления деятельности комитета. ДОКЛАДЫ Статья 8 Комитет экспертов составляет и утверждает свой доклад до окончания совещания. РАБОЧИЕ ЯЗЫКИ Статья 9 1. Рабочими языками комитета экспертов является английский и французский. При необходимости Секретариат организует на заседании перевод с других и на другие официальные языки Ассамблеи здравоохранения и Исполнительного комитета. 2. Для комитетов экспертов, которые собираются на региональном или национальном уровне, в качестве рабочих языков могут быть выбраны не английский и французский, а рабочие языки конкретного региона; при необходимости может обеспечиваться перевод с других и на другие языки. ___________
ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ ОБ ИССЛЕДОВАТЕЛЬСКИХ И НАУЧНЫХ ГРУППАХ, СОТРУДНИЧАЮЩИХ УЧРЕЖДЕНИЯХ И ДРУГИХ МЕХАНИЗМАХ СОТРУДНИЧЕСТВА1 ВВЕДЕНИЕ Всемирной организации здравоохранения требуются консультации экспертов для общего научно-технического руководства, а также оказания непосредственной поддержки при осуществлении глобальных, межрегиональных и региональных программ технического сотрудничества в целях развития национального здравоохранения Такие экспертно-консультативная помощь и поддержка должны иметь высокий научно-технический уровень, как можно шире представлять различные области знаний, а также местный опыт и направления развития научной мысли во всем мире. Они должны охватывать широкий круг дисциплин, относящихся к вопросам здравоохранения и социального развития. Экспертно-консультативная помощь и поддержка могут быть получены от отдельных лиц, групп или учреждений и предоставляются ими. Настоящие Положения не распространяются на: (a) консультативную помощь, получаемую от членов списков экспертов-консультантов, действующих на индивидуальной основе или сотрудничающих в комитетах экспертов2; (b) экспертно-консультативную неофициально; помощь, получаемую
Текст, принятый на Шестьдесят девятой сессии Исполнительного комитета (резолюция EB69.R21), с поправками, принятыми на его Сто пятой сессии (резолюция EB105.R7). 2 Положения о списках экспертов-консультантов и комитетах экспертов, см. с. 163.
1
– 176 –
ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ ОБ ИССЛЕДОВАТЕЛЬСКИХ И НАУЧНЫХ ГРУППАХ 177
(c) экспертизу, получаемую на региональном уровне по проблемам регионального или субрегионального характера; (d) консультативную помощь, получаемую через каналы, на которые распространяются другие положения (например, из неправительственных организаций); или (e) научные и технические совещания, помимо заседаний комитетов экспертов, научных и исследовательских групп, и особенно совещания, связанных с деятельностью и нацеленные на разрешение проблем специальных программ (например, Специальной программы научных исследований и подготовки специалистов по тропическим болезням; Специальной программы научных исследований, разработок и подготовки научных кадров в области воспроизводства населения, Программы борьбы с диарейными болезнями, Международной программы по безопасности химических веществ). Соблюдение заложенных в данных Положениях принципов имеет важное значение, однако их практическое осуществление должно проводиться в соответствии с изменяющимися требованиями Организации, и могут оказаться необходимыми новые пути и средства обеспечения и использования экспертизы. 1. ИССЛЕДОВАТЕЛЬСКИЕ ГРУППЫ 1.1 Вместо комитетов экспертов могут созываться совещания исследовательских групп, когда это соответствует одному или нескольким из следующих условий: –
знание вопроса, который должен быть изучен, еще слишком неопределенно, а мнения компетентных специалистов слишком разноречивы для того, чтобы можно было реально надеяться получить авторитетные выводы, которые могли бы быть немедленно использованы Организацией; предполагаемое исследование касается слишком ограниченного аспекта общей проблемы, который может
–
178
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
относиться или не относиться к компетенции комитета экспертов; –
предполагаемое исследование подразумевает сотрудничество узких специалистов, которые могут работать в самых различных областях и к которым Организация обращается время от времени, но которых, однако, не обязательно включать в списки экспертовконсультантов; некоторые нетехнические факторы делают нецелесообразным созыв совещания комитета экспертов, которое имело бы слишком официальный характер; чрезвычайные или исключительные обстоятельства требуют более простой или оперативной административной процедуры, чем та, которая необходима для совещаний комитетов экспертов.
–
–
1.2 Генеральный директор обладает полномочиями созывать исследовательские группы, определять тематику и круг рассматриваемых вопросов, время проведения и продолжительность совещаний, состав участников и вопрос о необходимости публикации доклада. При этом Генеральный директор, по возможности и практической осуществимости, следует принципам и правилам, применяемым к созывам комитетов экспертов, особенно тем принципам, которые связаны с техническим и географическим соотношением специалистов в группах. Членами исследовательских групп могут быть эксперты-консультанты или другие эксперты. 1.3 Положения о докладах и документах комитетов экспертов распространяются также на доклады и документы исследовательских групп. 1.4 Совещания исследовательских групп могут проводиться на региональном уровне для рассмотрения вопросов, представляющих интерес в основном для данного региона, когда это соответствует одному или нескольким условиям, указанным
ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ ОБ ИССЛЕДОВАТЕЛЬСКИХ И НАУЧНЫХ ГРУППАХ 179
выше в пункте 1.1. Такие совещания исследовательских групп могут созываться региональными директорами, которые применяются к ним mutatis mutandis условия вышеуказанного Положения 1.2 и обеспечивают оптимальную координацию между совещаниями таких исследовательских групп, и совещания по тем же самым или связанным с ними вопросам в других регионах или на уровне штаб-квартиры. 1.5 При созыве исследовательской группы совместно с другой организацией применяются mutatis mutandis Положения 4.20-4.22, касающиеся списков экспертов-консультантов и комитетов экспертов. 1.6 При исполнении своих функций эксперты-консультанты и другие эксперты ВОЗ, принимающие участие в совещаниях исследовательской группы, выступают в качестве международных экспертов, состоящих исключительно на службе Организации; в этом качестве они не должны запрашивать или получать указания от какого-либо правительства или органа вне Организации. Они пользуются привилегиями и иммунитетами, предусмотренными статьей 67(b) Устава Организации и изложенными в Конвенции о привилегиях и иммунитетах специализированных учреждений и Приложении VII к этому документу. 2. НАУЧНЫЕ ГРУППЫ 2.1 Функции научных групп заключаются в рассмотрении определенных областей медицинских научных исследований, исследований в области здравоохранения и систем здравоохранения, в определении существующего уровня знаний в данных областях и наиболее эффективных способов расширения этих знаний. Другими словами, роль научных групп в области научных исследований можно сопоставить с ролью комитетов экспертов и исследовательских групп в программе Организации в целом. 2.2 Генеральный директор обладает полномочиями созывать научные группы, определять тематику и круг рассматриваемых вопросов, время проведения и продолжительность совещаний и
180
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
состав участников. При этом Генеральный директор по возможности и при практической осуществимости должен следовать принципам и правилам, применяемым к созывам комитетов экспертов. Членами научных групп могут быть эксперты-консультанты или другие эксперты. 2.3 Генеральный директор представляет доклады научных групп Глобальному консультативному комитету по научным исследованиям в области здравоохранения1; по усмотрению Генерального директора доклады могут быть опубликованы. 2.4 Совещания научных групп могут проводиться на региональном уровне для рассмотрения вопросов, представляющих интерес в основном для данного региона. Такие совещания научных групп могут созываться региональными директорами, которые применяют к ним mutatis mutandis условия вышеуказанного Положения 2.2 и обеспечивают оптимальную координацию между совещаниями таких научных групп и совещаниями по тем же самым или связанным с ними вопросам в других регионах или на уровне штаб-квартиры. 2.5 При созыве научной группы совместно с другой организацией применяются mutatis mutandis Положения 4.20-4.22, касающиеся списков экспертов-консультантов и комитетов экспертов. 2.6 При исполнении своих функций эксперты-консультанты и другие эксперты ВОЗ, принимающие участие в совещаниях научных групп, выступают в качестве международных экспертов, состоящих исключительно на службе Организации; в этом качестве они не должны запрашивать или получать указания от какого-либо правительства или органа вне Организации. Они пользуются привилегиями и иммунитетами, предусмотренными статьей 67(b) Устава Организации и изложенными в Конвенции о привилегиях и иммунитетах специализированных учреждений и Приложении VII к этому документу. Прежнее название (Консультативный комитет по медицинским научным исследованиям) было изменено на Тридцать девятой сессии Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения в решении WHA39(8). 1
ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ ОБ ИССЛЕДОВАТЕЛЬСКИХ И НАУЧНЫХ ГРУППАХ 181
3. СОТРУДНИЧАЮЩИЕ ЦЕНТРЫ ВОЗ Определение и функции 3.1 Сотрудничающий центр ВОЗ – это учреждение, назначенное Генеральным директором в качестве части международной сети сотрудничающих учреждений, осуществляющих деятельность в поддержку программы Организации на всех уровнях. Отдел или лаборатория в рамках одного учреждения или совокупность служб по оказанию консультативной помощи в проведении научных исследований и подготовке кадров, относящихся к различным учреждениям, могут назначаться в качестве центра, причем одно учреждение является главным в осуществлении связи с Организацией. 3.2 Учреждения, демонстрирующие растущие способности осуществления функции или функций по выполнению программы Организации, а также учреждения высокого научного и технического уровня, добившиеся международного признания, могут рассматриваться для назначения в качестве сотрудничающих центров ВОЗ. 3.3 Функции сотрудничающих центров ВОЗ, действующих по отдельности или совместно, заключаются в следующем: (a) сбор, обобщение и распространение информации;
(b) стандартизация терминологии и номенклатуры, технологии, диагностических, терапевтических и профилактических средств, а также методов и процедур; (c) разработка технологии; и применение соответствующей препаратами и
(d) обеспечение эталонными обслуживанием других видов;
(e) участие в совместных научных исследованиях, осуществляемых под руководством Организации, включая планирование, проведение, контроль и оценку научных исследований, а также содействие применению результатов научных исследований на практике;
182
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
(f) подготовка медицинских исследовательских кадров; и
и
научно-
(g) координация деятельности, осуществляемой несколькими учреждениями по определенному вопросу. 3.4 Сотрудничающий центр ВОЗ участвует на договорной основе в совместных программах, осуществляемых с помощью Организации на национальном, межнациональном, региональном, межрегиональном и глобальном уровнях. Он также содействует расширению технического сотрудничества со странами и между странами, обеспечивая их информацией, обслуживанием и консультативной помощью, а также стимулируя и поддерживая проведение научных исследований и подготовку кадров. Назначение 3.5 При выборе учреждений для их назначения в качестве сотрудничающих центров ВОЗ применяются следующие критерии: (a) научный и технический статус соответствующего учреждения на национальном и международном уровне; (b) место, которое учреждение занимает в национальных структурах здравоохранения, науки или образования; (c) уровень научного и технического влияния, оказываемого им в конкретной области; численность и квалификация его персонала; (d) перспектива стабильности данного учреждения в том, что касается персонала, направлений деятельности и финансов; (e) рабочие отношения, установленные данным учреждением с другими учреждениями в стране, а также на межнациональном, региональном и глобальном уровнях; (f) имеющийся потенциал и готовность данного учреждения внести свой вклад в индивидуальном качестве и в рамках сотрудничающих сетей в осуществление
ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ ОБ ИССЛЕДОВАТЕЛЬСКИХ И НАУЧНЫХ ГРУППАХ 183
программ ВОЗ в виде поддержки национальных программ или путем участия в совместной международной деятельности; (g) техническое и географическое соответствие учреждения и его деятельности программным приоритетам ВОЗ; (h) успешное завершение учреждением как минимум двухлетнего периода сотрудничества с ВОЗ при осуществлении совместно запланированных мероприятий. 3.6 Региональные директора предлагают учреждения для в качестве утверждения Генеральным директором сотрудничающих центров ВОЗ. При этом региональные директора исходят из предварительного изучения этого вопроса с учреждениями и заинтересованными национальными руководящими органами, а также учитывают консультации и предложения сотрудников программы Организации, ответственных за осуществление соответствующих программ как на глобальном, так и региональном уровне. 3.7 Региональные директора предоставляют Генеральному директору соответствующую информацию относительно: (a) потребностей программы, которые должны удовлетворять предлагаемый центр, и функций, которые ему предстоит выполнять; (b) соответствия данного учреждения критериям, изложенным в настоящих Положениях и установленным Генеральным директором; и (c) согласия правительства и самого учреждения на предполагаемое назначение. 3.8 Назначение учреждения происходит с согласия административного руководителя учреждения после проведения консультаций с национальными руководящими органами. Региональный директор уведомляет учреждения и национальные руководящие органы о назначении учреждения.
184
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
3.9 После назначения учреждению присваивается официальное наименование "Сотрудничающий центр ВОЗ" с последующим кратким определением сферы его деятельности. 3.10 Сотрудничающие центры ВОЗ вначале назначаются на четыре года. Назначение на срок такой же продолжительности или более короткий может возобновляться в связи с потребностями программы и по результатам оценки деятельности центра. Руководство 3.11 Сотрудничеством с центрами руководят сотрудники соответствующих программ того подразделения Организации, которое инициировало процесс назначения, будь то в штабквартире или в регионе. Однако сотрудничающие центры поддерживают свои технические связи со всеми подразделениями Организации, имеющими прямое отношение к согласованной ими программе работы. 4. НАЦИОНАЛЬНЫЕ УЧРЕЖДЕНИЯ, ПРИЗНАННЫЕ ВОЗ 4.1 Для осуществления совместной деятельности такого масштаба и характера, которые не оправдывают назначения учреждения сотрудничающим центром ВОЗ, Организация может предложить национальным руководящим органам назначить для такой цели учреждение, которое может и готово участвовать в подобных мероприятиях совместно с ВОЗ. 4.2 После назначения национальными руководящими органами такое учреждение официально объявляется Организацией национальным учреждением, признанным ВОЗ. Вместе с тем в название учреждения не может быть включено упоминание о ВОЗ. 4.3 Задачи, стоящие перед таким учреждением, а также технический вклад ВОЗ определяются соглашением. 4.4 Официальное признание Организацией действительно сроком на один год; оно автоматически возобновляется, если за
ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ ОБ ИССЛЕДОВАТЕЛЬСКИХ И НАУЧНЫХ ГРУППАХ 185
три месяца до окончания срока от одной из сторон не поступит уведомление о прекращении действия соглашения. 4.5 Региональный директор сообщает о подтверждении признания национального учреждения со стороны ВОЗ правительству и заинтересованному учреждению. Технические рабочие отношения с данным учреждением развиваются надлежащим образом на региональном или центральном уровне. 4.6 Национальные учреждения, признанные ВОЗ, уполномочиваются своими правительствами поддерживать непосредственные рабочие отношения с Организацией и сотрудничающими центрами ВОЗ, если имеется необходимость в подобной санкции. 5. ДРУГИЕ МЕХАНИЗМЫ СОТРУДНИЧЕСТВА 5.1 Другие механизмы сотрудничества с отдельными экспертами, группами экспертов и учреждениями (например, на основе заключаемого по контракту договора о предоставлении технического обслуживания) развиваются Организацией при появлении соответствующих потребностей. 5.2 Эти механизмы главным образом основаны на максимально широком привлечении отдельных экспертов, групп экспертов и учреждений к участию в определении целей, а также в их осуществлении и контроле за ходом работы. 5.3 Генеральный директор применяет к этим механизмам рабочие процедуры, которые он считает наиболее эффективными, даже если эти процедуры могут расходиться с процедурами, предусмотренными настоящими Положениями или касающимися списков экспертов-консультантов и комитетов экспертов. Однако эти механизмы должны соответствовать общим принципам, изложенным в Положениях, особенно относительно соответствующего международного и технического распределения экспертизы. 5.4 Все новые изменения в деятельности Организации по осуществлению сотрудничества с отдельными экспертами,
186
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
группами экспертов и учреждениями подлежат процедурам контроля и оценки, изложенным ниже. 6. КОНТРОЛЬ И ОЦЕНКА 6.1 Развивая индивидуальные, коллективные и учрежденческие механизмы экспертного руководства и поддержки, Организация должна полагаться на соответствующие процедуры контроля и оценки. 6.2 Генеральный директор разрабатывает эти процедуры, используя в полной мере технические ресурсы Секретариата, а также научные и технические консультативные органы, занимающиеся различными аспектами программы Организации, используя, в частности, глобальные и региональные консультативные комитеты по научным исследованиям в области здравоохранения1. 6.3 Генеральный директор периодически представляет отчет Исполнительному комитету о полученных результатах и о любых трудностях, возникающих при введении в действие вышеуказанных Положений, а также предлагает меры для обеспечения их максимальной эффективности. ___________
1
См. сноску на с. 180.
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ ВСЕМИРНОЙ АССАМБЛЕИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ1 Примечание: Во всех случаях, когда в настоящих Правилах применяются перечисленные ниже термины, они имеют следующее значение: "Устав" – Устав Всемирной организации здравоохранения "Организация" – Всемирная организация здравоохранения "Ассамблея здравоохранения" здравоохранения – Всемирная ассамблея
"Исполком" – Исполнительный комитет "Государства-члены" – государства – члены Всемирной организации здравоохранения "Ассоциированные члены" – ассоциированные члены Всемирной организации здравоохранения "Финансовый период" – период, состоящий из двух следующих один за другим календарных лет начиная с четного года.
_______ Преамбула Настоящие Правила процедуры приняты на основании Устава Всемирной организации здравоохранения и в соответствии с его положениями. В случае любой коллизии
Текст, принятый Восьмой сессией Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения (резолюции WHA8.26 и WHA8.27), с поправками, внесенными на Десятой, Одиннадцатой, Двенадцатой, Тринадцатой, Четырнадцатой, Пятнадцатой, Восемнадцатой, Двадцатой, Двадцать третьей, Двадцать пятой, Двадцать седьмой, Двадцать восьмой, Двадцать девятой, Тридцатой, Тридцать первой, Тридцать второй, Тридцать шестой, Тридцать седьмой, Сорок первой, Сорок девятой, Пятидесятой, Пятьдесят седьмой, Пятьдесят девятой, Шестьдесят первой, Шестьдесят шестой и Шестьдесят седьмой сессиях Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения (резолюции WHA10.44, WHA11.24, WHA11.36, WHA12.39, WHA13.43, WHA14.46, WHA15.50, WHA18.22, WHA20.1, WHA20.30, WHA23.2, WHA25.50, WHA27.17, WHA28.69, WHA29.37, WHA30.1, WHA30.22, WHA31.9, WHA31.13, WHA32.12, WHA32.36, WHA36.16, WHA37.3, WHA41.4, WHA49.7, WHA50.18, WHA57.8, WHA59.18, WHA61.11, WHA66.18 и WHA67.2).
1
– 187 –
188
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
между любым положением Правил и любым положением Устава преимущественную силу имеет положение Устава. СЕССИИ АССАМБЛЕИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ Статья 1 Ежегодно Генеральный директор созывает Ассамблею здравоохранения на очередную сессию в такое время и в таком месте, которые определяются Исполкомом в соответствии с положениями статей 14 и 15 Устава. Статья 2 В течение девяноста дней со дня получения любого соответствующего требования от большинства государств-членов и ассоциированных членов Организации или от Исполкома Генеральный директор созывает Ассамблею здравоохранения на специальную сессию в такое время и в таком месте, которые определяются Исполнительным комитетом. Статья 3 Генеральный директор направляет государствам-членам и ассоциированным членам, представителям Исполкома, всем участвующим межправительственным организациям, а также неправительственным организациям, с которыми Организация установила официальные отношения и которые участвуют в работе сессии, уведомления о созыве сессии Ассамблеи здравоохранения в следующие сроки: о созыве очередной сессии – не менее чем за шестьдесят дней до даты ее открытия и о созыве специальной сессии – не менее чем за тридцать дней до даты ее открытия. Генеральный директор может пригласить государства, представившие заявление с просьбой о приеме в число государств – членов Организации, территории, от имени которых было представлено заявление с просьбой о приеме в число ассоциированных членов Организации, и государства, которые подписали Устав, но официально не оформили его принятие, направить наблюдателей на сессии Ассамблеи здравоохранения.
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ АССАМБЛЕИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ 189
ПОВЕСТКА ДНЯ СЕССИЙ АССАМБЛЕИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ Очередные сессии Статья 4 Исполком составляет предварительную повестку дня каждой очередной сессии Ассамблеи здравоохранения, рассмотрев предложения, представленные Генеральным директором. Предварительная повестка дня рассылается вместе с уведомлением о созыве сессии, упомянутым в статье 3. Статья 5 В предварительную повестку дня каждой очередной сессии Ассамблеи здравоохранения Исполком включает, в частности, следующие вопросы: (a) (b) (c) годовой отчет Организации; Генерального директора о работе
все вопросы, которые Ассамблея здравоохранения на любой предыдущей сессии постановила включить в повестку дня; любой вопрос, связанный с бюджетом на следующий финансовый период и с бухгалтерским отчетом за предшествующий год или период; любой вопрос, предложенный государством-членом или ассоциированным членом; любой вопрос, предложенный Организацией Объединенных Наций, при условии проведения между Генеральным директором и Генеральным секретарем Организации Объединенных Наций таких консультаций, которые могут оказаться необходимыми; любой вопрос, предложенный любой другой организацией системы Организации Объединенных Наций, с которой Организация установила и фактически поддерживает отношения.
(d) (e)
(f)
190
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Специальные сессии Статья 6 Генеральный директор составляет предварительную повестку дня любой специальной сессии Ассамблеи здравоохранения и рассылает ее вместе с уведомлением о созыве сессии, упомянутым в статье 3. Статья 7 Предварительная повестка дня каждой специальной сессии включает только те вопросы, которые предложены в любом требовании о созыве сессии, представленном большинством государств-членов и ассоциированных членов Организации или Исполкомом в соответствии со статьей 2. Очередные и специальные сессии Статья 8 Генеральный директор проводит консультации с Организацией Объединенных Наций или специализированными учреждениями по пунктам повестки дня, предложенным в соответствии с настоящими Правилами и касающимся любого нового вида деятельности Организации, если этот вид деятельности непосредственно интересует такое учреждение или такие учреждения, и представляет сессии Ассамблеи здравоохранения доклад о путях достижения согласованного использования ресурсов соответствующих организаций. Если подобные предложения выдвигаются в ходе сессии, Генеральный директор, проведя с представителями Организации Объединенных Наций и специализированных учреждений, участвующими в работе сессии, такие консультации, какие окажутся возможными, информирует Ассамблею здравоохранения обо всех последствиях каждого предложения.
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ АССАМБЛЕИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ 191
Статья 9 Ассамблея здравоохранения до принятия какого-либо решения относительно таких новых видов деятельности должна удостоверить факт проведения необходимых консультаций с заинтересованными организациями в соответствии со статьей 8. Статья 10 Генеральный директор консультируется с Организацией Объединенных Наций и специализированными учреждениями, а также государствами-членами относительно любого положения предложенных для принятия международных конвенций, соглашений или международных правил, если это положение затрагивает деятельность такого учреждения или таких учреждений, и доводит мнение такого учреждения или таких учреждений до сведения Ассамблеи здравоохранения вместе с замечаниями, полученными от правительств. Статья 11 Если Ассамблеи здравоохранения не принимает иного решения при чрезвычайных обстоятельствах, предложения о новых видах деятельности Организации могут быть включены в дополнительную повестку дня любой сессии только в том случае, когда они поступили по крайней мере за шесть недель до даты открытия сессии или когда предложение должно быть передано другому органу в рамках Организации для решения вопроса о желательности каких-либо мер со стороны Организации. Статья 12 При условии выполнения положений статьи 11 относительно новых видов деятельности и положений статьи 96 в повестку дня в ходе любой сессии может быть включен дополнительный пункт, если Ассамблея здравоохранения принимает такое решение, заслушав доклад Генерального комитета, и если предложение о включении дополнительно пункта в повестку дня поступает в Организацию в течение шести дней со дня открытия очередной сессии или в течение двух дней со дня открытия специальной сессии, включая день открытия сессии в обоих случаях.
192
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Статья 12bis На каждой сессии предварительная повестка дня и, при условии выполнения положений статьи 12, любой предложенный дополнительный пункт вместе с соответствующим докладом Генерального комитета по нему представляются для принятия Ассамблее здравоохранения в кратчайший возможный срок после открытия сессии. Статья 13 Генеральный директор представляет Ассамблее здравоохранения доклад о технических, административных и финансовых последствиях всех вопросов, включенных в повестку дня сессии Ассамблеи здравоохранения, до рассмотрения их Ассамблеей здравоохранения на пленарном заседании. При отсутствии такого доклада никакие предложения не рассматриваются, если Ассамблея здравоохранения при чрезвычайных обстоятельствах не принимает иного решения. Статья 14 Тексты всех докладов и других документов, относящихся к предварительной повестке дня любой сессии, размещаются в Интернете и рассылаются Генеральным директором членам и ассоциированным членам и участвующим межправительственным организациям одновременно с предварительной повесткой дня или не менее чем за шесть недель до начала очередной сессии Ассамблеи здравоохранения; соответствующие доклады и документы таким же порядком направляются неправительственным организациям, с которыми Организация поддерживает отношения. Статья 15 Если Ассамблея здравоохранения не принимает иного решения, она не приступает к обсуждению любого пункта повестки дня до тех пор, пока не прошло сорока восьми часов с момента рассылки делегациям документов, указанных в статьях 13 и 14.
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ АССАМБЛЕИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ 193
Тем не менее, Председатель Ассамблеи здравоохранения с согласия Генерального комитета может временно приостановить действие настоящей статьи. В подобном случае уведомление о таком приостановлении действия статьи рассылается всем делегациям и публикуется в Дневнике Ассамблеи здравоохранения. СЕКРЕТАРИАТ АССАМБЛЕИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ Статья 16 Генеральный директор по занимаемой должности является Секретарем Ассамблеи здравоохранения и любого из его органов. Он может передавать эти полномочия другим лицам. Статья 17 Генеральный директор обеспечивает секретарский и другой персонал, а также материально-технические средства, которые могут быть необходимы для Ассамблеи здравоохранения, и руководит работой этого персонала и использованием этих средств. Статья 18 Секретариат обязан обеспечивать получение, перевод на рабочие языки Ассамблеи здравоохранения и рассылку документов, докладов и резолюций Ассамблеи здравоохранения и ее комитетов, составление отчетов об их заседаниях и выполнении любых других заданий, связанных с работой Ассамблеи здравоохранения или любого из ее комитетов. ПЛЕНАРНЫЕ ЗАСЕДАНИЯ АССАМБЛЕИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ Статья 19 Если Ассамблея здравоохранения не принимает иного решения, участие в пленарных заседаниях Ассамблеи здравоохранения открыто для всех делегатов, заместителей делегатов и советников, назначенных государствами-членами в
194
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
соответствии со статьями 10–12 Устава, представителей ассоциированных членов, назначенных в соответствии со статьей 8 Устава, и резолюцией относительно ассоциированных членов, представителей Исполкома, наблюдателей от приглашенных государств, не являющихся членами Организации, и от территорий, от имени которых было представлено заявление с просьбой о приеме в число ассоциированных членов, а также приглашенных представителей Организации Объединенных Наций, других участвующих межправительственных организаций и неправительственных организаций, с которыми Организация согласилась поддерживать отношения. Глава делегации может уполномочить другого делегата выступать и голосовать на пленарных заседаниях от имени делегации по любому вопросу. Более того, по просьбе главы делегации или любого делегата, получившего указанные выше полномочия, Председатель может разрешить советнику делегации выступить по любому конкретному вопросу. Статья 20 Пленарные заседания Ассамблеи здравоохранения проводятся при открытых дверях, если Ассамблея здравоохранения не постановляет, что исключительные обстоятельства требуют проведения закрытого заседания. Ассамблея здравоохранения определяет состав лиц, допускаемых на закрытые заседания, помимо делегаций государств-членов, представителей ассоциированных членов и представителей Организации Объединенных Наций. Решения, принимаемые Ассамблеей здравоохранения на закрытых заседаниях, оглашаются на ближайшем открытом заседании Ассамблеи здравоохранения. Статья 21 При условии выполнения любого решения Ассамблеи здравоохранения Генеральный директор должным образом обеспечивает допуск публики и представителей прессы и других информационных агентств на пленарные заседания Ассамблеи здравоохранения.
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ АССАМБЛЕИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ 195
Статья 22 (a) Все государства-члены, ассоциированные члены, а также участвующие межправительственные и приглашенные неправительственные организации сообщают Генеральному директору, по возможности, за пятнадцать дней до объявленной даты открытия сессии Ассамблеи здравоохранения фамилии своих представителей, включая заместителей членов делегаций, советников и секретарей. (b) Полномочия делегатов государств-членов и представителей ассоциированных членов вручаются Генеральному директору, по возможности, не позднее одного дня до открытия сессии Ассамблеи здравоохранения. Такие полномочия выдаются Главой государства, Министром иностранных дел, Министром здравоохранения или любым другим компетентным органом. КОМИТЕТ ПО ПРОВЕРКЕ ПОЛНОМОЧИЙ Статья 23 Комитет по проверке полномочий, состоящий из двенадцати делегатов от такого же числа государств-членов, создается в начале каждой сессии Ассамблеи здравоохранения по предложению Председателя. Этот комитет избирает свой собственный президиум. Комитет рассматривает полномочия делегатов государств-членов и представителей ассоциированных членов и безотлагательно представляет Ассамблее здравоохранения доклад об этих полномочиях. Любой делегат или представитель, допуск которого к участию в работе Ассамблеи вызывает возражения какого-либо государства-члена, временно пользуется на заседаниях теми же правами, что и другие делегаты или представители, пока Комитет по проверке полномочий не представит свой доклад и Ассамблея здравоохранения не примет своего решения. Бюро Комитета может от имени Комитета рекомендовать Ассамблее здравоохранения признать официальные полномочия делегатов или представителей, присутствующих на основе временных полномочий, уже принятых Ассамблеей здравоохранения.
196
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Заседания Комитета по проверке полномочий проводятся при закрытых дверях. ПРЕЗИДИУМ АССАМБЛЕИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ Статья 24 На каждой очередной сессии Ассамблея здравоохранения избирает Председателя и пять заместителей Председателя, которые сохраняют свои полномочия до избрания их преемников. Статья 25 Председатель, в дополнение к полномочиям, которые возлагаются на него другими статьями настоящих Правил, объявляет об открытии и закрытии каждого пленарного заседания сессии, руководит дискуссиями на пленарных заседаниях, обеспечивает соблюдение настоящих Правил, предоставляет слово для выступления, обращается к участникам сессии с вопросами и оглашает решения. Председатель выносит постановление по порядку ведения заседаний и в соответствии с настоящими Правилами руководит работой любого заседания и обеспечивает соблюдение регламента заседания. В ходе дискуссии по любому пункту повестки дня Председатель может предложить Ассамблее здравоохранения ограничить время выступления каждого делегата или прекратить запись желающих выступить. Статья 26 Председатель может поручить одному из заместителей Председателя занять место председательствующего на какомлибо из заседаний или любой части заседания. На заместителя Председателя, исполняющего обязанности Председателя, возлагаются те же полномочия и обязанности, что и на Председателя. Если Председатель не в состоянии выполнять свои обязанности до конца срока, на который был избран, Ассамблея здравоохранения на оставшуюся часть этого срока избирает нового Председателя из числа пяти заместителей Председателя.
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ АССАМБЛЕИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ 197
Если Председатель не может выполнять свои обязанности в промежутке между сессиями, его обязанности выполняет один из заместителей Председателя. Порядок очередности, в котором заместителям Председателя предлагается замещать Председателя, определяется по жребию на сессии, на которой проводятся выборы. Статья 27 Председатель или заместитель Председателя, исполняющий обязанности Председателя, не участвует в голосовании, однако, в случае необходимости, он может уполномочить другого делегата или заместителя делегата из своей делегации выступить в качестве делегата правительства данной страны на пленарных заседаниях. Статья 28 Если на открытии сессии не присутствуют ни Председатель, ни какой-либо из заместителей Председателя, обязанности председательствующего временно исполняет Генеральный директор. ГЕНЕРАЛЬНЫЙ КОМИТЕТ Статья 29 При условии, что ни одна делегация не может иметь в Генеральном комитете более одного представителя, Генеральный комитет Ассамблеи здравоохранения состоит из Председателя и заместителей Председателя Ассамблеи здравоохранения, председателей главных комитетов Ассамблеи здравоохранения, создаваемых в соответствии со статьей 32, и такого числа делегатов, которое необходимо для доведения общего числа членов Генерального комитета до двадцати пяти. Председатель Ассамблеи здравоохранения созывает заседания Генерального комитета и председательствует на них. Каждого члена Генерального комитета может сопровождать только еще один член его делегации.
198
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Председатель или один из заместителей Председателя может назначить члена своей делегации в качестве своего заместителя в Генеральном комитете на какое-либо заседание или любую часть этого заседания. Председатель главного комитета, если он отсутствует, назначает заместителя председателя этого комитета в качестве своего заместителя при условии, что вышеуказанный заместитель Председателя комитета не пользуется правом голоса, если он входит в состав делегации, уже представляемой другим членом Генерального комитета. Каждый из избранных делегатов в случае отсутствия на любом из заседаний Генерального комитета имеет право назначить другого члена своей делегации в качестве своего заместителя. Заседания Генерального комитета проводятся при закрытых дверях, если Комитет не принимает иного решения. Статья 301 Каждая делегация на сессии Ассамблеи здравоохранения, если никто из ее состава не вошел в Генеральный комитет, может быть представлена на заседаниях Генерального комитета не более чем одним ее членом. По приглашению Председателя такие члены делегации могут принимать участие в прениях Генерального комитета без права голоса. Статья 31 В дополнение к таким функциям, которые указаны в других статья настоящих Правил, Генеральный комитет по согласованию с Генеральным директором и при условии выполнения любого решения Ассамблеи здравоохранения: (a) устанавливает время и место проведения всех пленарных заседаний, заседаний главных комитетов и всех заседаний комитетов, созданных на пленарных заседаниях в течение сессии. В тех случаях, когда это возможно, Генеральный 1
Восьмая сессия Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения (резолюция WHA8.27) дала следующую интерпретацию этой статьи: Правом присутствовать на заседаниях Генерального комитета в соответствии со статьей 31 [в настоящем издании статьей 30] пользуются лишь члены делегаций, не имеющие своего представителя в составе Генерального комитета.
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ АССАМБЛЕИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ 199
комитет сообщает за несколько дней о дате и часе заседаний Ассамблеи здравоохранения и комитетов; (b) (c) устанавливает порядок работы заседания на протяжении сессии; каждого пленарного
предлагает Ассамблее здравоохранения первоначальное распределение пунктов повестки дня между комитетами и, в случае необходимости, перенос рассмотрения любого пункта повестки дня до будущей сессии Ассамблеи здравоохранения; передает затем, в случае необходимости, пункты повестки дня из одного комитета в другой; докладывает о любых дополнениях к повестке дня в соответствии со статьей 12; координирует работу главных комитетов и всех комитетов, созданных на пленарных заседаниях в течение сессии; устанавливает дату закрытия сессии; и иными способами содействует соблюдению регламента работы сессии. ГЛАВНЫЕ КОМИТЕТЫ АССАМБЛЕИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ Статья 32
(d) (e) (f) (g) (h)
Главными являются: (a) (b)
комитетами
Ассамблеи
здравоохранения
Комитет А – для рассмотрения, главным образом, вопросов программы и бюджета; Комитет В – для рассмотрения, главным образом, административных, финансовых и юридических вопросов.
В дополнение к этим двум главным комитетам Ассамблея здравоохранения может создавать такие другие главные комитеты, которые она может признать необходимыми.
200
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Ассамблея здравоохранения, рассмотрев рекомендации Исполкома и Генерального комитета, передает на рассмотрение двух главных комитетов соответствующие пункты повестки дня с таким расчетом, чтобы обеспечить равное распределение нагрузки в работе этих комитетов. Председатели этих главных комитетов избираются Ассамблеей здравоохранения. Статья 33 Каждая делегация может быть представлена в каждом главном комитете одним из ее членов. На заседаниях комитета его может сопровождать один член делегации или несколько членов делегации, которым может быть предоставлено слово для выступления, но они не голосуют. Статья 34 Каждый главный комитет избирает двух заместителей Председателя и Докладчика. Статья 35 Главный комитет для облегчения своей работы может назначить дополнительного временного заместителя председателя, если председатель и заместители председателя Комитета отсутствуют. Статья 36 Полномочия и обязанности председателя каждого из главных комитетов в отношении заседаний этого комитета аналогичны полномочиям и обязанностям Председателя Ассамблеи здравоохранения в отношении пленарных заседаний. Статья 37 Заседания главных комитетов и их подкомитетов проводятся при открытых дверях, если соответствующий комитет или подкомитет не принимает иное решение.
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ АССАМБЛЕИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ 201
Статья 38 Любой главный комитет может создавать такие подкомитеты или другие вспомогательные органы, которые он считает необходимыми1. Статья 39 Члены каждого подкомитета назначаются соответствующим главным комитетом по предложению его председателя. Члена подкомитета, который не в состоянии присутствовать на любом из его заседаний, может представлять другой член его делегации. Каждый подкомитет избирает свой собственный президиум. ПРОЧИЕ КОМИТЕТЫ АССАМБЛЕИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ Статья 40 Ассамблея здравоохранения может создать или разрешить любой другой комитет или вспомогательный орган, который она считает необходимым. ДОКЛАДЧИКИ Статья 41 Любой комитет, подкомитет или другой вспомогательный орган может в соответствии с необходимостью назначить из
Исполнительный комитет рекомендовал ограничивать создание рабочих групп на Ассамблее здравоохранения следующими целями: (1) формулировка вывода, сущность которого согласована (единогласно или очевидным большинством); (2) разъяснение и уточнение вопросов, по которым комитет должен принять решение; (3) предоставление комитету заключения экспертов в связи с проводимыми им дискуссиями.
1
(Off. Rec. Wld Hlth Org., 33, 30)
202
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
числа своих членов одного основного докладчика или нескольких основных докладчиков. УЧАСТИЕ ПРЕДСТАВИТЕЛЕЙ ИСПОЛНИТЕЛЬНОГО КОМИТЕТА Статья 42 На сессии Ассамблеи здравоохранения Исполком представляет такое лицо или такие лица из числа его членов, которых Исполком может назначить для этой цели. Если такое лицо не в состоянии присутствовать на сессии Ассамблеи здравоохранения, Председатель Исполкома назначает представителя из числа членов Исполкома в качестве заместителя этого лица. Статья 43 Представители Исполкома могут присутствовать на пленарных заседаниях и заседаниях Генерального комитета и главных комитетов Ассамблеи здравоохранения. По приглашению Председателя Ассамблеи здравоохранения или председателя комитета – в зависимости от конкретного случая – они могут принимать участие в прениях, проводимых в этих органах, без права голоса. УЧАСТИЕ ПРЕДСТАВИТЕЛЕЙ АССОЦИИРОВАННЫХ ЧЛЕНОВ И МЕЖПРАВИТЕЛЬСТВЕННЫХ И НЕПРАВИТЕЛЬСТВЕННЫХ ОРГАНИЗАЦИЙ, А ТАКЖЕ НАБЛЮДАТЕЛЕЙ ОТ ГОСУДАРСТВ, НЕ ЯВЛЯЮЩИХСЯ ЧЛЕНАМИ ОРГАНИЗАЦИЙ, И ТЕРРИТОРИЙ
Статья 44 Представители ассоциированных членов могут участвовать в заседаниях Ассамблеи здравоохранения и ее главных комитетов наравне с делегациями государств-членов, за тем исключением, что они не занимают официальных постов в этих органах и не пользуются правом голоса. Они могут наравне с делегациями государств-членов участвовать в работе других комитетов и подкомитетов или других вспомогательных органов Ассамблеи здравоохранения,
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ АССАМБЛЕИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ 203
за исключением Генерального комитета, Комитета по проверке полномочий и Комитета по выдвижению кандидатур. Статья 45 Наблюдатели от приглашенных государств, не являющихся членами Организации, и территорий, от имени которых было представлено заявление с просьбой о приеме в число ассоциированных членов Организации, могут присутствовать на любых открытых заседаниях Ассамблеи здравоохранения или По приглашению любого из его главных комитетов. Председателя и с согласия Ассамблеи здравоохранения или комитета они могут выступить с заявлением по рассматриваемому вопросу. Такие наблюдатели имеют доступ к несекретным документам и к таким другим документам, с которыми Генеральный директор считает уместным их ознакомить. Они могут представлять меморандум Генеральному директору, который устанавливает форму и список адресатов для их рассылки. Статья 46 При условии выполнения положений любого соглашения представители Организации Объединенных Наций и других межправительственных организаций, с которыми Организация установила и фактически поддерживает отношения в соответствии со статьей 70 Устава, могут принимать участие в прениях на заседаниях Ассамблеи здравоохранения и ее главных комитетов без права голоса. По приглашению такие представители могут также присутствовать на заседаниях подкомитетов и других вспомогательных органов и принимать участие в прениях на этих заседаниях без права голоса. Они имеют доступ к несекретным документам и к таким другим документам, с которыми Генеральный директор считает уместным их ознакомить. Они могут представлять меморандумы Генеральному директору, который устанавливает форму и список адресатов для их рассылки.
204
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Статья 47 По приглашению соответственно Председателя Ассамблеи здравоохранения или председателя одного из главных комитетов представители неправительственных организаций, с которыми имеется договоренность о консультациях и сотрудничестве в соответствии со статьей 71 Устава, могут быть приглашены присутствовать на пленарных заседаниях и заседаниях главных комитетов Ассамблеи здравоохранения и принимать участие в работе этих заседаний без права голоса в соответствии с такой договоренностью. ПОРЯДОК РАБОТЫ ПЛЕНАРНЫХ ЗАСЕДАНИЙ Статья 48 Официальные предложения, относящиеся к пунктам повестки дня, могут быть внесены до первого дня очередной сессии Ассамблеи здравоохранения и не позднее чем за два дня до открытия специальной сессии. Все такие предложения передаются комитету, которому поручено рассмотрение соответствующего пункта повестки дня, за исключением тех случаев, когда этот пункт рассматривается непосредственно на пленарном заседании. Статья 49 [изъята]
Статья 50 Предложения и поправки обычно представляются в письменной форме и вручаются Генеральному директору, который рассылает делегациям копии этих документов. За исключением тех случаев, когда Ассамблея здравоохранения принимает другое решение, никакое предложение не обсуждается или не ставится на голосование ни на одном из заседаний Ассамблеи здравоохранения, если его копии не были разосланы делегациям или были направлены по крайней мере за два дня до заседания. Однако Председатель может разрешить обсуждение и рассмотрение таких поправок, даже если они не были разосланы делегациям или были направлены только в день заседания.
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ АССАМБЛЕИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ 205
Статья 51 Доклады всех комитетов выносятся этими комитетами на пленарное заседание. Такие доклады вместе с проектами резолюций, по возможности, рассылаются делегациям по крайней мере за двадцать четыре часа до начала пленарного заседания, на котором они должны рассматриваться. Такие доклады, включая приложенные к ним проекты резолюций, на пленарном заседании не засчитываются, если Председатель не принимает иного решения. Статья 52 Кворум, необходимый для проведения пленарного заседания Ассамблеи здравоохранения, составляет большинство государств-членов, представленных на сессии. Статья 53 Ни один делегат не имеет права выступать на Ассамблее здравоохранения, предварительно не получив разрешения Председателя. Председатель предоставляет слово делегатам в том порядке, в котором они записывались для выступления. Председатель может указать выступающему на нарушение порядка ведения заседания, если его выступление не относится к существу рассматриваемого вопроса. Статья 54 Генеральный директор или уполномоченный им сотрудник Секретариата могут в любое время обращаться к Ассамблее здравоохранения или любому из ее комитетов или вспомогательных органов с устными или письменными заявлениями по любому рассматриваемому вопросу. Статья 55 Ассамблея здравоохранения может ограничить время выступления каждого оратора.
206
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Статья 56 В ходе дискуссии по любому вопросу делегат или представитель ассоциированного члена может взять слово по порядку ведения заседания1, и Председатель немедленно выносит постановление по этому вопросу. Делегат или представитель ассоциированного члена может заявить протест против постановления Председателя, и в этом случае его протест немедленно ставится на голосование. Делегат или представитель ассоциированного члена, взявший слово по порядку ведения заседания, может не касаться существа рассматриваемого вопроса и выступать только по порядку ведения заседания. Статья 57 Председатель может предоставить право на слово для ответа любому делегату или представителю ассоциированного члена по его просьбе. Используя это право, делегаты и представители ассоциированных членов должны стараться быть, по возможности, более краткими и выступать со своими заявлениями преимущественно в конце заседания, на котором запрашивается это право. Статья 58 В ходе прений Председатель может огласить список ораторов и с согласия Ассамблеи здравоохранения объявить о прекращении записи желающих выступать. Однако он может предоставить слово для ответа любому участнику заседания, если считает, что речь, произнесенная после прекращения заседания ораторов, дает основание для такого ответа. Статья 59 В ходе дискуссии по любому вопросу делегат или представитель ассоциированного члена может выступить с предложением о перерыве или закрытии заседания. Такие
1
Определение понятия выступления по порядку ведения заседания см. с. 232.
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ АССАМБЛЕИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ 207
предложения не обсуждаются и немедленно ставятся на голосование. Для целей настоящих Правил "перерыв в заседании" означает временное прекращение работы заседания, а "закрытие заседания" – прекращение всей работы вплоть до созыва следующего заседания. Статья 60 В ходе дискуссии по любому вопросу делегат или представитель ассоциированного члена может выступить с предложением о перерыве прений по рассматриваемому вопросу. В этом случае, помимо автора предложения, слово для выступления может быть предоставлено только одному оратору, поддерживающему предложение, и одному оратору, возражающему против него, после чего предложение о перерыве в прениях немедленно ставится на голосование. Статья 61 Делегат или представитель ассоциированного члена может в любое время внести предложение о прекращении прений по рассматриваемому вопросу, независимо от наличия других делегатов или представителей ассоциированных членов, выразивших желание выступить. Слово для выступления против предложения о прекращении прений, если такая просьба поступает, может быть предоставлено не более чем двум ораторам, поле чего предложение немедленно ставится на голосование. Если Ассамблея здравоохранения принимает решение о прекращении прений, Председатель объявляет прения закрытыми. Ассамблея здравоохранения затем проводит голосование только по тем предложениям, которые были выдвинуты до прекращения прений. Статья 62 Следующие предложения пользуются приоритетом в указанном ниже порядке перед всеми другими выдвинутыми на заседании предложениями, за исключением предложений по порядку ведения заседания:
208
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
(a) (b) (c) (d)
предложение о перерыве в заседании; предложение о закрытии заседания; предложение о перерыве в прениях по рассматриваемому вопросу; и предложение о прекращении прений по рассматриваемому вопросу. Статья 63
При условии выполнения статьи 62 любое предложение, требующее решения вопроса о компетентности Ассамблеи здравоохранения принять представленное ей предложение, выносится на голосование до проведения голосования по данному предложению. Статья 64 Делегат или представитель ассоциированного члена может внести предложение о проведении раздельного голосования против предложения или поправки. В случае возражений против предложения о раздельном голосовании это предложение ставится на голосование. Слово для выступления по поводу предложения о проведении раздельного голосования предоставляется только двум ораторам, поддерживающим его, и двум ораторам, возражающим против него. Если предложение о проведении раздельного голосования принимается, то части предложения или поправки, которые после этого оказываются одобренными, ставятся затем на голосование в целом. Если все разделы постановляющей части предложения или поправки отклоняются, это предложение или эта поправка считаются отклоненными в целом. Статья 65 Если к предложению вносится поправка, то сначала ставится на голосование эта поправка. Если к предложению внесены две поправки или более, то Ассамблея здравоохранения
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ АССАМБЛЕИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ 209
сначала голосует поправку, которая, по мнению Председателя, наиболее существенно отличается от первоначального предложения, затем поправку, которая следует за ней по степени отличия от первоначального предложения, и т.д. до тех пор, пока не будут проголосованы все поправки. Однако если принятие одной поправки неизбежно подразумевает отклонение другой поправки, то эта вторая поправка не ставится на голосование. В случае принятия одной поправки или нескольких поправок на голосование ставится предложение с принятыми поправками. Если поправка к предложению принимается автором первоначального предложения, то такая поправка считается составной частью первоначального предложения и не требует раздельного голосования. Предложение считается поправкой к какому-либо предложению, если оно только дополняет, исключает или изменяет часть этого предложения. Предложение, которое по существу заменяет первоначальное предложение, рассматривается как самостоятельное предложение. Статья 66 Если выдвинуты два предложения или более и если не было принято иного решения, Ассамблея здравоохранения голосует по предложениям в том порядке, в котором они были распространены всем делегациям, за исключением случаев, когда результат голосования какого-либо предложения делает излишним проведение дальнейшего голосования по предложению или предложениям, стоящим на очереди. Статья 67 Предложение может быть снято его автором в любое время до начала голосования по этому предложению и при условии, что к нему не вносилось никаких поправок или что автор поправки, если она была внесена, соглашается снять ее. Предложение, снятое таким образом, может быть вновь внесено любым делегатом.
210
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Статья 68 Если предложение принято или отклонено, оно не может быть пересмотрено на той же сессии, за исключением случая, когда Ассамблея здравоохранения большинством в две трети голосов присутствующих и участвующих в голосовании государств-членов принимает решение о пересмотре. Слово для выступления по поводу предложения о пересмотре предоставляется только двум ораторам, возражающим против этого предложения, после чего оно немедленно голосуется. Исправление редакционной или цифровой ошибки в любом документе, связанном с уже принятым предложением, не требует решения о возобновлении прений по такому предложению, принимаемому большинством в две трети голосов. ГОЛОСОВАНИЕ НА ПЛЕНАРНЫХ ЗАСЕДАНИЯХ Статья 69 Каждое государство-член имеет на Ассамблее здравоохранения один голос. Для целей настоящих Правил выражение "присутствующие и участвующие в голосовании государства-члены" означает государства-члены, подающие действительный голос за или против. Государства-члены, воздерживающиеся при голосовании, рассматриваются как не участвующие в голосовании. Статья 70 Решения Ассамблеи здравоохранения по важным вопросам большинством в две трети голосов принимаются присутствующих и участвующих в голосовании государствчленов. К этим вопросам относятся: принятие конвенций или соглашений; утверждение соглашений об установлении Организацией отношений с Организацией Объединенных Наций и межправительственными организациями и учреждениями в соответствии со статьями 69, 70 и 72 Устава; поправки к Уставу; решения о размере действующего рабочего бюджета; и решения о временном лишении члена Организации принадлежащего
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ АССАМБЛЕИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ 211
ему права голоса и права на обслуживание в соответствии со статьей 7 Устава. Статья 70bis Генеральный директор Всемирной организации здравоохранения избирается явным и сильным большинством присутствующих и принимающих участие в голосовании членов, как указано Статье 108 настоящих Правил процедуры. Статья 71 За исключениями, предусмотренными в других статьях настоящих Правил, решения по прочим вопросам, включая установление дополнительных категорий вопросов, требующих большинства в две трети голосов, выносятся большинством голосов присутствующих и участвующих в голосовании государств-членов. Статья 72 Ассамблея здравоохранения обычно проводит голосование поднятием рук, за тем исключением, что любой делегат может потребовать поименного голосования, при проведении которого государства-члены перечисляются в алфавитном порядке на английском или французском языке, причем эти языки чередуются через год. Государство-член, голосующее первым, определяется по жребию. Статья 73 Голос каждого государства-члена, участвующего поименном голосовании, заносится в протокол заседания. Статья 74 После того как Председатель объявляет о начале голосования, ни один делегат не прерывает голосования, за исключением выступления по порядку ведения заседания, связанному с данным голосованием. в
212
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Статья 75 После завершения голосования любой делегат может выступить с кратким заявлением, содержащим исключительно объяснение мотивов голосования. Автор предложения не выступает с объяснением мотивов голосования по данному предложению, за исключением случаев, когда в это предложение была внесена поправка. Статья 76 В дополнение к случаям, предусмотренным в других статьях настоящих Правил, Ассамблея здравоохранения может провести по любому вопросу тайное голосование, если такое решение было ранее принято большинством голосов присутствующих и участвующих в голосовании государствчленов; однако никакого тайного голосования не может быть проведено по бюджетным вопросам. Решение Ассамблеи здравоохранения провести или не проводить тайное голосование в соответствии с настоящими Правилами может быть принято только поднятием руки; если Ассамблея решает провести тайное голосование по любому конкретному вопросу, то никакие другие предложения о способе голосования не вносятся и никакие другие решения по этому вопросу не принимаются. Статья 77 Когда Ассамблея здравоохранения проводит тайное голосование, то само голосование и проверка числа бюллетеней для голосования происходят на пленарном заседании. Если Ассамблея здравоохранения не принимает иного решения, то подсчет голосов производится в отдельном помещении, к которому делегации имеют право доступа. Этот подсчет проводится под наблюдением Председателя или одного из заместителей Председателя Ассамблеи здравоохранения. Ассамблея здравоохранения может продолжать свою работу в течение периода, предшествующего оглашению результатов голосования.
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ АССАМБЛЕИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ 213
Статья 78 Выборы обычно проводятся тайным голосованием1. При условии соблюдения положений статьи 108 и при отсутствии каких-либо возражений Ассамблея здравоохранения может принять решение продолжать работу без проведения голосования по согласованной кандидатуре или списку кандидатур. Если необходимо провести голосование, то в подсчете голосов помогают два счетчика голосов, назначаемые Председателем из числа членов присутствующих делегаций. Статья 79 Если требуется избрать только одно лицо или только одно государство-член и ни один из кандидатов не получает необходимого большинства голосов в первом туре голосования, то проводится второй тур голосования, который ограничивается двумя кандидатами, получившими наибольшее число голосов. Если во втором туре голоса разделяются поровну, то Председатель жеребьевкой определяет избранного из двух кандидатов. Статья 80 Если необходимо одновременно и на одинаковых условиях заполнить две выборные должности или более, то кандидаты, получившие в первом туре голосования необходимое большинство голосов, считаются избранными. Если число кандидатов, получивших такое большинство голосов, меньше числа лиц и государств-членов, которые должны быть избраны, то проводятся дополнительные туры голосования для заполнения остающихся должностей, причем голосование ограничивается кандидатами, которые получили наибольшее число голосов в предыдущем туре голосования и число которых не должно превышать число остающихся незаполненными должностей более чем вдвое; при этом предусматривается, что после третьего безрезультатного тура голосования голоса могут быть поданы за любое лицо или любое государство-член, имеющее 1
См. Руководство по проведению выборов тайным голосованием на с. 228.
214
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
право быть избранным. Если три тура такого неограниченного голосования не дают результатов, то следующие три тура голосования ограничиваются кандидатами, которые получили наибольшее число голосов в третьем туре неограниченного голосования и число которых не должно превышать число оставшихся незаполненными должностей более чем вдвое; затем проводятся следующие три тура неограниченного голосования и так далее до тех пор, пока не будут заполнены все должности. Статья 81 При проведении выборов каждое государство-член, если оно не воздерживается от голосования, голосует за число кандидатов, равное числу выборных должностей, которые должны быть заполнены. Любой бюллетень, в который внесено больше или меньше фамилий или наименований, чем подлежащих заполнению выборных должностей, считается недействительным. Статья 82 Если во время выборов одна выборная должность или несколько должностей не могут быть заполнены по причине получения двумя или более кандидатами равного числа голосов, то между такими кандидатами проводится новый тур голосования для определения кандидата, который будет считаться избранным. В случае необходимости эта процедура может быть повторена. Если при голосовании по любому вопросу, помимо выборов, голоса разделяются поровну, то предложение считается отклоненным. ПОРЯДОК РАБОТЫ И ГОЛОСОВАНИЕ НА ЗАСЕДАНИЯХ КОМИТЕТОВ И ПОДКОМИТЕТОВ Статья 83 При условии выполнения любого решения Ассамблеи здравоохранения процедура, определяющая порядок работы и голосование на заседаниях комитетов, соответствует, насколько это практически возможно, статьям настоящих Правил, определяющим порядок работы и голосования на пленарных заседаниях. Кворум на заседании комитета составляет одну треть
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ АССАМБЛЕИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ 215
его членов. Однако для постановки вопроса на голосование необходимо присутствие большинства членов комитета. Статья 84 Председатель каждого подкомитета применяет в работе этого подкомитета статьи настоящих Правил, относящиеся к работе комитетов, только в той степени, в какой он считает это целесообразным для ускорения работы подкомитета. ЯЗЫКИ1 Статья 85 Официальными и рабочими зыками Ассамблеи здравоохранения являются английский, арабский, испанский, китайский, русский и французский языки. Статья 86 Выступления на одном из официальных языков устно переводятся на другие официальные языки. Статья 87 Любой делегат или любой представитель ассоциированного члена, или любой представитель Исполнительного комитета может выступать на языке, не включенном в число официальных. В этом случае он сам обеспечивает устный перевод своего выступления на один из официальных языков. Устный перевод этого выступления на другие официальные языки переводчиками Секретариата может основываться на устном переводе на первый официальный язык. Статья 88 Стенограммы и протоколы, а также Дневник Ассамблеи здравоохранения выходят на рабочих языках.
1
См. резолюцию WHA31.13.
216
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Статья 89 Все резолюции, рекомендации и другие официальные решения Ассамблеи выходят на рабочих языках. ОТЧЕТЫ О ЗАСЕДАНИЯХ АССАМБЛЕИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ Статья 90 Стенограммы всех пленарных заседаний и протоколы заседаний Генерального комитета, а также комитетов и подкомитетов составляются Секретариатом. Если соответствующий комитет не принимает иного конкретного решения, никакого отчета о работе Комитета по выдвижению кандидатур или Комитета по проверке полномочий не составляется, помимо доклада, представляемого каждым комитетом Ассамблеи здравоохранения. Статья 91 Протоколы, упомянутые в статье 90, рассылаются в кратчайший возможный срок делегациям, представителям ассоциированных членов и представителям Исполкома, которые информируют Секретариат в письменной форме не позднее чем через сорок восемь часов после рассылки о любых исправлениях, которые они хотели бы внести в текст. Статья 92 В кратчайший возможный срок после закрытия каждой сессии экземпляры всех стенограмм и протоколов, резолюций, рекомендаций и других официальных решений, принятых Ассамблеей здравоохранения, рассылаются Генеральным директором государствам-членам и ассоциированным членам, Организации Объединенных Наций и всем специализированным учреждениям, с которыми Организация установила и фактически поддерживает отношения. Отчеты о закрытых заседаниях рассылаются только участникам таких заседаний.
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ АССАМБЛЕИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ 217
Статья 93 Стенограммы и протоколы открытых заседаний и доклады всех комитетов и подкомитетов публикуются. Статья 94 Для удобства участвующих делегаций и организаций Генеральный директор публикует в форме ежедневного выходящего Дневника сессии такие краткие отчеты о работе пленарных заседаний, комитетов и подкомитетов, которые он может считать целесообразными. БЮДЖЕТ И ФИНАНСЫ Статья 95 Ассамблея здравоохранения: (a) утверждает бюджет, санкционирующий расходы на следующий финансовый период, предварительно рассмотрев представленный Генеральным директором проект бюджета и рекомендации Исполкома по этому проекту; рассматривает и утверждает смету дополнительных расходов на текущий финансовый период, если это необходимо; рассматривает доклады ревизора о бухгалтерском отчете по доходам и расходам Организации за предшествующий финансовый год или период и принимает по нему такие решения, которые могут быть признаны целесообразными; рассматривает доклад Генерального директора об уплате взносов государствами-членами и ассоциированными членами.
(b)
(c)
(d)
218
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Статья 96 Никакое предложение о пересмотре применяемого на данный момент принципа распределения взносов между государствами-членами и ассоциированными членами не вносится в повестку дня, если оно не было доведено до сведения государств-членов и ассоциированных членов по крайней мере за девяносто дней до открытия сессии или если такой пересмотр не рекомендован Исполкомом. Статья 97 За исключением случаев, когда в Положениях о финансах конкретно предусматривается обратное, процедура рассмотрения финансовых вопросов определяется настоящими Правилами. ИСПОЛНИТЕЛЬНЫЙ КОМИТЕТ Статья 98 На каждой очередной сессии Ассамблеи здравоохранения избираются государства-члены, которым предоставляется право назначить по одному лицу в состав Исполнительного комитета в соответствии со статьями 18(b), 24 и 25 Устава. Статья 99 В начале каждой очередной сессии Ассамблеи здравоохранения Председатель предлагает государствам-членам, желающим выдвинуть кандидатуры в связи с ежегодными выборами государств-членов, которым предоставляется право назначить по одному лицу в состав Исполнительного комитета, внести свои предложения в Генеральный комитет. Такие предложения должны быть представлены председателю Генерального комитета не позднее чем через двадцать четыре часа после начала выдвижения кандидатур, объявленного Председателем в соответствии с настоящей статьей.
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ АССАМБЛЕИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ 219
Статья 100 Генеральный комитет, с учетом положений главы VI Устава, статьи 98 настоящих Правил, предложений, внесенных государствами-членами, и кандидатур, выдвинутых членами Генерального комитета на его заседании, тайным голосованием составляет список, состоящий максимально из пятнадцати государств-членов, а минимальное число государств-членов в этом списке соответствует числу мест, подлежащих заполнению. Этот список передается Ассамблее здравоохранения по крайней мере за двадцать четыре часа до начала заседания Ассамблеи здравоохранения, созываемого для проведения ежегодных выборов государств-членов, которым предоставляется право назначить по одному представителю в состав Исполкома. Из числа кандидатов, включенных в такой список, Генеральный комитет рекомендует Ассамблее здравоохранения те государства-члены, избрание которых, по мнению Комитета, обеспечит равномерное распределение мест в Исполкоме в целом. Государства-члены, включенные в такой список, помимо тех государств-членов, избрание которых, по мнению членов Комитета, обеспечит равномерное распределение мест в Исполкоме в целом, могут снять свои кандидатуры, внесенные в список, путем уведомления Председателя не позднее окончания рабочего дня, предшествующего ежегодным выборам Всемирной ассамблеей здравоохранения государств-членов, которым предоставляется право назначить по одному лицу в Исполнительный комитет. О любом таком снятии кандидатуры следует помещать сообщения в Дневнике Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения, а Председатель должен объявлять об этом перед началом голосования. Статья 101 При условии выполнения положений статьи 78 Ассамблея здравоохранения избирает тайным голосованием из числа государств-членов, выдвинутых кандидатами в соответствии с положениями статьи 100, те государства-члены, которым предоставляется право назначить по одному представителю в состав Исполнительного комитета. Избранными считаются кандидаты, получившие необходимое большинство голосов.
220
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Если после пяти таких туров голосования одно место или несколько мест остаются незаполненными, дальнейшее голосование не проводится, и Генеральному комитету предлагается представить кандидатуры на места, остающиеся незаполненными, в соответствии со статьей 100, причем число выдвинутых таким образом кандидатов не должно превышать число мест, оставшихся незаполненными, более чем вдвое. Для заполнения мест, остающихся вакантными, проводятся дополнительные туры голосования, и кандидаты, получившие необходимое большинство голосов, считаются избранными. Если после трех таких туров голосования одно или несколько мест остаются незаполненными, кандидат, получивший в третьей туре голосования наименьшее число голосов, исключается из списка и проводится новый тур голосования и т.д., пока не будут заполнены все места. В турах голосования, проводимых в соответствии с настоящей статьей, не учитываются никакие кандидатуры, кроме выдвинутых в соответствии с положениями статьи 100 и настоящей статьи. Статья 102 Если государство-член, которому на основании ранее проведенных выборов предоставляется право назначить одно лицо в состав Исполнительного комитета, по какой-либо причине отказывается от такого права до истечения срока его полномочий или в соответствии с положениями статьи 105 утрачивает такое право, Ассамблея здравоохранения на очередной сессии избирает другое государство-член, которому предоставляется право назначить одно лицо в состав Исполнительного комитета на остаток срока полномочий государства-члена, отказавшегося таким образом от своего права или утратившего его. Такие выборы регулируются статьями 81, 82 и 99–101 с учетом необходимых в каждом конкретном случае изменений и при условии, что число кандидатов превышает число вакантных мест не более чем вдвое и что такие выборы предшествуют ежегодному избранию государств-членов, которым предоставляется право назначить по одному лицу в состав Исполнительного комитета в соответствии со статьей 98.
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ АССАМБЛЕИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ 221
Статья 103 Срок полномочий каждого государства-члена, которому предоставляется право назначить по одному лицу в состав Исполнительного комитета, начинается немедленно после закрытия сессии Ассамблеи здравоохранения, на которой соответствующее государство-член было избрано, и заканчивается немедленно после закрытия сессии Ассамблеи здравоохранения, на которой это государство-член было замещено другим государством-членом. Статья 104 Когда лицо, назначенное в состав Исполнительного комитета, не в состоянии присутствовать на каком-либо заседании Исполкома, соответствующее государство-член может назначить заместителя, который занимает его место в течение этого заседания и пользуется тем же статусом, что и замещаемое им лицо. Статья 105 Если лицо, назначенное каким-либо государством-членом в состав Исполнительного комитета и в соответствии с положениями статей 98 и 104, не в состоянии присутствовать на двух сессиях Исполкома подряд, этот факт докладывается Генеральным директором следующей сессии Ассамблеи здравоохранения, и если Ассамблея здравоохранения не принимает иного решения, это государство-член считается утратившим свое право на назначение одного лица в состав Исполнительного комитета. ГЕНЕРАЛЬНЫЙ ДИРЕКТОР Статья 106 В соответствии со статьей 31 Устава Генеральный директор назначается Ассамблеей здравоохранения по представлению Исполкома на условиях, устанавливаемых Ассамблеей здравоохранения, и при условии выполнения положений статей 107–110 настоящих Правил включительно. Срок
222
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
полномочий Генерального директора составляет пять лет, причем он или она будут иметь право быть назначенными повторно только один раз. Статья 107 Когда должность Генерального директора оказывается вакантной или когда получено уведомление о предстоящем освобождении этой должности, Исполком на своем следующем заседании выдвигает кандидатуру, которая представляется следующей сессии Ассамблеи здравоохранения. Одновременно Исполком представляет проект контракта, в котором определяются условия назначения, заработная плата и другие виды вознаграждения, устанавливаемые для этой должности. Статья 108 Ассамблея здравоохранения рассматривает предложенную Исполкомом кандидатуру на закрытом заседании и выносит решение тайным голосованием. 1. Если Исполком выдвигает трех кандидатов, то применяется следующая процедура: (a) Если в первом туре голосования какой-либо кандидат получает большинство голосов в две трети от присутствующих и участвующих в голосовании государств-членов или более, то это будет считаться явным и сильным большинством, и он или она будет назначен или назначена Генеральным директором. Если ни один из кандидатов не получит требуемого большинства голосов, то кандидат, набравший наименьшее количество голосов, исключается. Если два кандидата одновременно получают одинаковое наименьшее количество голосов, то для них проводится отдельное голосование и кандидат, набравший наименьшее количество голосов, исключается. (b) В результате последующего тура голосования один из кандидатов будет назначен Генеральным директором, если он или она получит большинство в две трети или более голосов присутствующих и участвующих в голосовании членов, что будет считаться явным и сильным большинством.
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ АССАМБЛЕИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ 223
(c) Если ни один кандидат не получит большинства голосов, указанного в подпункте (b), то один из кандидатов будет назначен Генеральным директором, если он или она получит в последующем туре голосования большинство или более голосов государств-членов Всемирной организации здравоохранения, что будет считаться явным и сильным большинством. (d) Если ни один кандидат не получит большинства голосов, указанного в подпункте (c), то один из кандидатов будет назначен Генеральным директором, если он или она получит в последующем туре голосования большинство или более голосов присутствующих и участвующих в голосовании членов, что будет считаться явным и сильным большинством. 2. Если Исполком выдвинет двух кандидатов, то применяется следующая процедура: (a) один из кандидатов будет назначен Генеральным директором, если он или она получит большинство или более голосов присутствующих и участвующих в голосовании членов, что будет считаться явным и сильным большинством. (b) Если ни один кандидат не получит большинства голосов, указанного в подпункте (а), то один из кандидатов будет назначен Генеральным директором, если он или она получит в последующем туре голосования большинство или более голосов государств-членов Всемирной организации здравоохранения, что будет считаться явным и сильным большинством. (с) Если ни один кандидат не получит большинства голосов, указанного в подпункте (b), то один из кандидатов будет назначен Генеральным директором, если он или она получит в последующем туре голосования большинство или более голосов присутствующих и участвующих в голосовании членов, что будет считаться явным и сильным большинством. 3. Если Исполком выдвинет одного кандидата, то Ассамблея здравоохранения принимает решение большинством в две трети голосов присутствующих и участвующих в голосовании членов.
224
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Статья 109 Если Ассамблея здравоохранения отклоняет предложенную Исполкомом кандидатуру, то Исполком, как только позволят обстоятельства, представляет новое предложение, учитывая при этом желательность окончательного решения вопроса до закрытия соответствующей сессии Ассамблеи здравоохранения. Статья 110 Контракт о назначении на должность Генерального директора утверждается Ассамблеей здравоохранения и подписывается совместно Генеральным директором и Председателем Ассамблеи здравоохранения, выступающим от имени Организации. Статья 111 В любом случае, когда Генеральный директор не может выполнять обязанности, предусмотренные его должностью, или когда должность Генерального директора оказывается вакантной, старший по должности сотрудник Секретариата выступает в качестве исполняющего обязанности Генерального директора до принятия Исполкомом какого-либо решения. Статья 112 В дополнение к функциям, возлагаемым на Генерального директора Уставом как на главного технического специалиста и главное административное должностное лицо Организации, Генеральный директор под руководством Исполкома выполняет такие обязанности, которые предусмотрены другими статьями настоящих Правил, а также Положениями о финансах и Положениями о персонале и которые могут быть возложены на него Ассамблеей здравоохранения или Исполкомом.
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ АССАМБЛЕИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ 225
ПРИЕМ В ЧИСЛО ГОСУДАРСТВ-ЧЛЕНОВ И АССОЦИИРОВАННЫХ ЧЛЕНОВ ОРГАНИЗАЦИИ Статья 113 Заявление государства с просьбой о приеме в число членов Организации или заявление с просьбой о приеме в число ассоциированных членов Организации, которое государство-член или другое юридическое лицо, несущее ответственность за международные отношения территории или группы территорий, представляют от имени такой территории или группы территорий, направляется в соответствии со статьями 6 и 8 Устава Генеральному директору, который немедленно рассылает его государствам-членам. Любое подобное заявление вносится в повестку дня следующей сессии Ассамблеи здравоохранения при условии, что оно получено Генеральным директором не позднее чем за тридцать дней до открытия такой сессии. Заявление с просьбой о приеме в число членов Организации со стороны государства, являвшегося ранее ассоциированным членом, может быть в любое время представлено Ассамблее здравоохранения. Статья 114 Решение Ассамблеи здравоохранения удовлетворить любое заявление с пробой о приеме в число членов Организации немедленно сообщается государству, которое представило это заявление. Такое государство, в соответствии со статьей 79 Устава, может затем сдать на хранение Генеральному секретарю Организации Объединенных Наций официальный документ о принятии Устава, становясь государством-членом со дня сдачи этого документа на хранение. Статья 115 Решение Ассамблеи здравоохранения удовлетворить любое заявление с просьбой о приеме в число ассоциированных членов, которое государство-член или другое юридическое лицо, несущее ответственность за международные отношения территории или
226
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
группы территорий, представили от имени такой территории или группы территорий, немедленно сообщается государству-члену или другому юридическому лицу, которые представили заявление. Такое государство-член или другое юридическое лицо уведомляет Организацию от имени ассоциированного члена о его готовности вступить в число ассоциированных членов Организации. Территория или группа территорий становится ассоциированным членом со дня получения Организацией такого уведомления. Статья 116 Государство-член или другое юридическое лицо, несущее ответственность за международные отношения ассоциированного члена и направляющее от имени такого ассоциированного члена уведомление о готовности вступить в число ассоциированных членов Организации в соответствии со статьей 115, включает в такое уведомление заявление о том, что это государство-член или другое юридическое лицо обязуется обеспечить соблюдение ассоциированным членом положений статей 66–68 Устава. ПОПРАВКИ К УСТАВУ Статья 117 В соответствии со статьей 73 Устава тексты предлагаемых к Уставу поправок направляются Генеральному директору заблаговременно с таким расчетом, чтобы обеспечить Генеральному директору возможность рассылки копий этих поправок государствам-членам по крайней мере за шесть месяцев до дня открытия сессии Ассамблеи здравоохранения, на которой их предполагается рассматривать. Статья 118 принимают поправки, Государства-члены, которые утвержденные Ассамблеей здравоохранения в соответствии со статьей 73 Устава, удостоверяют принятие этих поправок сдачей на хранение Генеральному секретарю Организации Объединенных Наций соответствующего официального документа.
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ АССАМБЛЕИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ 227
ПОПРАВКИ К ПРАВИЛАМ ПРОЦЕДУРЫ ИЛИ ПРИОСТАНОВКА ИХ ДЕЙСТВИЯ
Статья 119 Поправки или дополнения к настоящим Правилам могут быть приняты на любом пленарном заседании Ассамблеи здравоохранения при условии, что Ассамблея здравоохранения получила и рассмотрела доклад об этих поправках, представленный соответствующим комитетом. Статья 120 С учетом положений Устава действие любой статьи настоящих Правил может быть приостановлено на любом пленарном заседании Ассамблеи здравоохранения при условии, что уведомление о намерении внести такое предложение было разослано делегациям не позднее чем за двадцать четыре часа до начала заседания, на котором предполагается выдвинуть указанное предложение. ___________
228
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Руководство по проведению выборов тайным голосованием 1. До начала голосования Председатель вручает двум назначенным им счетчикам голосов список государств-членов, имеющих право голоса, и список кандидатов. При проведении выборов государств-членов, которым предоставляется право назначить по одному лицу в состав Исполнительного комитета, или выборов Генерального директора список кандидатов включает только те кандидатуры, которые представлены Всемирной ассамблее здравоохранения в соответствии с процедурой, предусмотренной соответственно в статья 100 и 108 Правил процедуры Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения. 2. Секретариат выдает каждой делегации один бюллетень для голосования. Все бюллетени имеют одинаковые размеры и цвет и не несут на себе никаких отличительных знаков. 3. Счетчики голосов удостоверяются в том, что урна для бюллетеней пуста, и, закрыв ее, вручают ключ Председателю. 4. Государства-члены поочередно в предусмотренном алфавитном порядке вызываются для голосования1, начиная с государства-члена, определенного по жребию. Делегации вызываются на английском, испанском, русском и французском языках. 5. Секретарь заседания и счетчики голосов регистрируют факт голосования каждого государства-члена, делая отметку на полях списка государств-членов. 6. По завершении вызова государств-членов Председатель убеждается в том, что были вызваны все присутствующие и имеющие право голоса государства-члены. Затем он объявляет, что голосование закончено и что будет произведен подсчет голосов. 7. После вскрытия урны для бюллетеней счетчики голосов проверяют число бюллетеней для голосования. Если число бюллетеней не равно числу голосовавших, Председатель объявляет состоявшееся голосование недействительным и проводится новый тур голосования. 8. Если подсчет голосов производится вне зала заседаний Ассамблеи, бюллетени вновь помещаются в урну, которая выносится счетчиками голосов в помещение, отведенное для подсчета голосов. В соответствии со статьей 72 Правил процедуры Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения (см. с. 211). 1
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ АССАМБЛЕИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ 229 9. Затем один из счетчиков называет вслух государства или фамилии, которые внесены в бюллетень для голосования. Другой счетчик указывает число голосов, полученных каждым из названных кандидатов, против названия его государства или фамилии в документе, составляемом для этой цели. 10. Если в бюллетень для голосования не внесены никакие государства или никакие фамилии или в нем написано слово "воздерживаюсь", это означает, что подавшая его делегация от голосования воздержалась. 11. Признаются недействительными: (a) бюллетени, в которые внесено больше или меньше государств или фамилий, чем число подлежащих заполнению мест, или в которых государство или фамилия любого кандидата встречается более одного раза; (b) бюллетени, в которых голосующие нарушили правила тайного голосования, в частности подписан бюллетень или указано представляемое ими государство-член; (c) бюллетени, в которые внесены государства или фамилии кандидатов, помимо кандидатов, выдвинутых в соответствии с положениями Правил процедуры. 12. После завершения подсчета голосов счетчики указывают результаты подсчета в составленном для этой цели документе, который они подписывают и передают Председателю. Председатель на пленарном заседании оглашает результаты голосования в следующем порядке: число государств-членов, имеющих право голоса; число отсутствующих; число воздержавшихся; число бюллетеней, признанных недействительными; число присутствующих и участвующих в голосовании государств-членов; требуемое большинство голосов; фамилии или государства и число голосов, полученное каждым из них, в порядке уменьшения числа полученных голосов. 13. Для целей настоящего Руководства указанные ниже термины означают следующее: (a) "отсутствующие" – государства-члены, имеющие право голоса, но не представленные на заседании, на котором проводится тайное голосование; (b) "число присутствующих и участвующих в голосовании государств-членов" – разность между числом государств-членов,
230
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ имеющих право голоса, и общим числом отсутствующих и воздержавшихся и государств-членов, чьи бюллетени признаны недействительными.
14. Председатель объявляет избранными кандидатов, которые получили требуемое большинство голосов. 15. Подписанный счетчиками голосов список, на котором регистрировались результаты голосования, представляет официальный документ о подсчете голосов и передается на хранение в архивы Организации. Немедленно после оглашения результатов голосования бюллетени уничтожаются.
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ АССАМБЛЕИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ 231
Определение понятия выступления по порядку ведения заседания (a) Выступление по порядку ведения заседания представляет собой в основном обращение к Председателю, предлагающее ему воспользоваться полномочиями, связанными с его функциями или специально оговоренными в Правилах процедуры. Такое выступление может, например, касаться порядка ведения прений, поддержания порядка, соблюдения Правил процедуры или того, как председатели используют полномочия, которыми они наделены согласно Правилам процедуры. Беря слово по порядку ведения заседания, делегат или представитель ассоциированного члена может обратиться к Председателю с просьбой применить то или иное Правило процедуры или он может опротестовать то, каким образом Председатель применяет это правило. Таким образом, в рамках Правил процедуры делегаты или представители имеют возможность обратить внимание Председателя на нарушения или ошибочное применение Правил процедуры другими делегатами или представителями, или самим Председателем. Выступление по порядку ведения заседания имеет приоритет перед всеми остальными вопросами, в том числе и перед предложениями процедурного характера (статьи 56 и 62). (b) Выступления по порядку ведения заседания, осуществляемые на основании статьи 56, касаются вопросов, требующих решения Председателя, которое может быть опротестовано. Этим такие выступления отличаются от предложений процедурного характера, предусмотренных в статьях 59-62, решение по которым может быть принято только путем голосования и по которым несколько предложений могут обсуждаться одновременно, причем порядок очередности рассмотрения этих предложений устанавливается в статье 62. Выступления по порядку ведения заседания отличаются также от выступлений с просьбой о предоставлении информации или пояснений или от замечаний, касающихся технических условий (распределения мест, порядка устного перевода, температуры в помещении), документации, письменных переводов и т.д., которые хотя и могут быть урегулированы Председателем, но требуют принятия им формального решения. Тем не менее, по установившейся практике делегат или представитель Ассоциированного члена, желающий внести предложение процедурного характера или просить предоставить информацию или пояснение, часто "выступает по порядку ведения заседания", для того чтобы получить слово. Это последний метод, основанный на практических соображениях, не следует смешивать с выступлениями по порядку ведения заседания, осуществляемыми в соответствии со статьей 56. (c) В силу статьи 56 Председатель немедленно выносит решение по порядку ведения заседания в соответствии с Правилами процедуры; любое опротестование этого решения также должно быть немедленно поставлено на голосование. Из этого следует, что, как общее правило:
232
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ (i) ни выступление по порядку ведения заседания, ни опротестование решения Председателя по этому выступлению не подлежит обсуждению; (ii) слово по порядку ведения заседания, касающееся того же вопроса или относящееся к другому вопросу, не может быть предоставлено прежде, чем будет принято решение по первому выступлению по порядку ведения заседания и по любому опротестованию, которое могло за ним последовать.
Тем не менее, как Председатель, так и делегации могут потребовать предоставления информации или пояснений в отношении любого выступления по порядку ведения заседания. Кроме того, Председатель, если он сочтет это необходимым, может предложить делегациям высказать свое мнение о том или ином выступлении по порядку ведения заседания, прежде чем выносить свое решение; в исключительных случаях, когда прибегают к этой практике, председатель должен прекратить обмен мнениями и объявить свое решение, как только он его окончательно примет. (d) В статье 56 предусматривается, что делегат или представитель Ассоциированного члена, выступающий по порядку ведения заседания, не может в своем выступлении говорить по существу обсуждаемого вопроса. В связи с этим чисто процедурный характер выступлений по порядку заседания требует краткости изложения. Председатель обязан обеспечить, чтобы выступления по порядку ведения заседания соответствовали настоящему разъяснению.
___________
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ ИСПОЛНИТЕЛЬНОГО КОМИТЕТА ВСЕМИРНОЙ ОРГАНИЗАЦИИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ1 ЧЛЕНЫ ИСПОЛНИТЕЛЬНОГО КОМИТЕТА И ЛИЦА, ПРИСУТСТВУЮЩИЕ НА ЗАСЕДАНИЯХ
Статья 1 В соответствии с главой VI Устава Всемирной организации здравоохранения (именуемой в дальнейшем "Организация") и статьями 98-105 Правил процедуры Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения (именуемой в дальнейшем "Ассамблея здравоохранения") в состав Исполнительного комитета (именуемого в дальнейшем "Исполком") входят и на его заседаниях присутствуют лица (именуемые в дальнейшем "члены Исполкома"), которые были надлежащим образом назначены в состав Исполкома. Статья 2 Каждое государство-член, которому предоставлено право назначить одно лицо в состав Исполкома, сообщает Генеральному директору в письменной форме фамилии назначенного лица и любого его заместителя и советника. Генеральный директор аналогичным образом уведомляется о любых изменениях в таких назначениях.
1 Текст, принятый Исполнительным комитетом на его Семнадцатой сессии (резолюция EB17.R63), с поправками, принятыми на его Двадцатой, Двадцать первой, Двадцать второй, Двадцать восьмой, Тридцать первой, Тридцать седьмой, Пятьдесят третьей, Пятьдесят седьмой, Девяносто седьмой, Сто второй, Сто двенадцатой, Сто двадцать первой, Сто двадцать второй, Сто двадцать шестой, Сто тридцать второй и Сто тридцать четвертой сессиях (резолюции EB20.R24, EB21.R52, EB22.R11, EB28.R21, EB31.R15, EB37.R24, EB53.R29, EB53.R37, EB57.R38, EB97.R10, EB102.R1, EB112.R1, EB121.R1, EB122. R8, EB126.R8, EB132.R13 и решение EB134(3)).
– 233 –
234
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Статья 3 Все государства-члены, не представленные в Исполкоме, и ассоциированные члены могут назначать представителя, который имеет право участвовать без права голоса в работе заседаний Исполкома и созданных им комитетах ограниченного состава (как это определено в статье 16). Расходы, связанные с представительством, в соответствии с данной статьей несет соответствующее государство-член или ассоциированный член. Представители государств-членов и ассоциированных членов, принимающие участие в заседаниях, в соответствии с настоящей статьей, имеют следующие права: (а) право выступить после выступлений членов Исполкома; (b) право вносить предложения и поправки к предложениям, которые рассматриваются Исполкомом лишь в тех случаях, когда они поддержаны членом Исполкома; и (c) право на ответ. Статья 4 При условии выполнения любого соответствующего соглашения представители Организации Объединенных Наций и других межправительственных организаций, с которыми Организация установила и фактически поддерживает отношения в соответствии со статьей 70 Устава, могут участвовать без права голоса в работе заседаний Исполкома и его комитетов. Такие представители могут также, по приглашению, присутствовать на заседаниях подкомитетов и прочих вспомогательных органов и принимать участие в их работе без права голоса. Представители неправительственных организаций, состоящих в официальных отношениях с Организацией, могут участвовать в работе Исполкома на тех же основаниях, что и в работе Ассамблеи здравоохранения, в соответствии с "Принципами, регулирующими установление официальных неправительственными отношений между ВОЗ и организациями"1.
1
См. с. 125.
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ ИСПОЛНИТЕЛЬНОГО КОМИТЕТА 235
СЕССИИ Статья 5 Исполком проводит, по крайней мере, две сессии в год. На каждой сессии он устанавливает время и место проведения следующей сессии. Генеральный директор за восемь недель до начала очередной сессии Исполкома рассылает уведомление о созыве сессии членам Исполкома, государствам-членам и ассоциированным членам, а также упомянутым в статье 4 организациям, которым предлагается направить на сессию своего представителя. Документы сессии направляются Генеральным директором не менее чем за шесть недель до начала очередной сессии Исполкома. Они размещаются в электронной форме на рабочих языках Исполкома на сайте Организации в Интернете. Документы сессии должны соответствовать функциям Исполкома и содержать информацию, необходимую в соответствии со статьей 18, и ясные рекомендации в отношении действий Исполкома. Статья 6 Генеральный директор созывает также сессию Исполкома по совместному требованию любых десяти членов Исполкома, которое направлено ему в письменной форме и в котором указаны причины такого требования. В этом случае Исполком созывается в течение тридцати дней со дня получения требования, и сессия проводится в штаб-квартире, если Генеральный директор по согласованию с Председателем Исполкома не принимает иного решения. Повестка дня такой сессии ограничивается вопросами, обусловившими необходимость ее созыва. Если происходят события, требующие немедленного применения положений статьи 28(i) Устава, Генеральный директор может по согласованию с Председателем Исполкома созвать Исполком на специальную сессию и устанавливает дату и место проведения сессии.
236
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Статья 7 Присутствие на заседаниях Исполкома, помимо членов Исполкома, их заместителей и советников, определяется следующим образом: (a) публичные заседания: государства-члены, не представленные в Исполкоме, ассоциированные члены, представители Организации Объединенных Наций и других организаций, указанных в статье 4, и представители общественности; или (b) открытые заседания: государства-члены, не представленные в Исполкоме, ассоциированные члены и сотрудники Секретариата; или (c) заседания в ограниченном составе, созываемые для определенной цели и в исключительных обстоятельствах: основные сотрудники Секретариата и такие другие лица, которые могут быть определены Исполкомом. Заседания Исполкома, связанные с выдвижением кандидатуры на пост Генерального директора, как предусмотрено в статье 52, и с назначением региональных директоров, проводятся в соответствии с подпунктом (b) выше, за исключением того, что на них может присутствовать без права участия только один представитель от каждого государствачлена, не представленного в Исполкоме, и от каждого ассоциированного члена, и что официальный протокол такого заседания не ведется. ПОВЕСТКА ДНЯ Статья 8 Генеральный директор составляет проект предварительной повестки дня каждой сессии Исполкома, который затем рассылается государствам-членам и ассоциированным членам в течение четырех недель после закрытия предыдущей сессии. Любое предложение о включении в повестку дня любого вопроса, в соответствии с пунктами (с), (d) и (e) статьи 9, должно директором не позднее, быть получено Генеральным
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ ИСПОЛНИТЕЛЬНОГО КОМИТЕТА 237
чем за 12 недель после распространения проекта предварительной повестки дня или за 10 недель до начала сессии, в зависимости от того, какой срок наступает раньше. Предварительная повестка дня каждой сессии составляется Генеральным директором в консультации с должностными лицами Исполкома на основе проекта предварительной повестки дня и любых предложений, полученных в соответствии с пунктом два настоящей статьи. В тех случаях, когда Генеральный директор и должностные лица считают необходимым рекомендовать отсрочку или исключение предложений, полученных в соответствии с пунктом два настоящей статьи, в предварительную повестку дня включается пояснение в отношении такой рекомендации. Аннотированная предварительная повестка дня, а также любые рекомендации, упомянутые в пункте четыре настоящей статьи, рассылаются вместе с уведомлением о созыве сессии согласно статье 5 или статье 6, в зависимости от конкретного случая. Статья 9 За исключением сессий, созываемых на основании статьи 6, и при условии соблюдения статьи 8 предварительная повестка дня каждой сессии содержит, в частности, следующие вопросы: (a) все вопросы, которые включаются в повестку дня по указанию Ассамблеи здравоохранения; (b) все вопросы, которые включаются в повестку дня в соответствии с решением Исполкома, принятым на любой предыдущей сессии; (c) любой вопрос, предложенный государством-членом или ассоциированным членом Организации; (d) с учетом такой предварительной консультации, которая может оказаться необходимой между Генеральным директором и Генеральным секретарем Организации Объединенных Наций, любой вопрос, предложенный Организацией Объединенных Наций;
238
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
(e) любой вопрос, предложенный любым специализированным учреждением, с которым Организация поддерживает фактические отношения; и (f) любой директором. вопрос, предложенный Генеральным
Любое предложение о включении в повестку дня какоголибо пункта в соответствии с подпунктами (с), (d), (е) и (f) выше сопровождается объяснительной запиской, за исключением постоянных или повторяющихся пунктов, предложенных Генеральным директором в соответствии с подпунктом (f). Статья 10 За исключением случаев специальных сессий, созываемых на основании статьи 6, любой правосубъект, упомянутый в статье 9, может предложить один или более дополнительных пунктов неотложного характера для включения в дополнительную предварительную повестку дня после конечного срока, упомянутого во втором пункте статьи 8, и до дня открытия сессии. Любое такое предложение должно сопровождаться обоснованием со стороны правосубъекта, сделавшего это предложение. Генеральный директор включает любой такой пункт в дополнительную предварительную повестку дня, которую Исполком рассматривает вместе с предварительной повесткой дня. Статья 10bis Исполком, с учетом своих уставных полномочий и принимая во внимание резолюции и решения Ассамблеи здравоохранения, утверждает свою повестку дня на заседании, посвященном открытию каждой сессии, на основе предварительной повестки дня вместе с любым дополнением к ней. Принимая свою повестку дня, Исполком может решить добавить, исключить или исправить предварительную повестку дня и любое дополнение к ней.
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ ИСПОЛНИТЕЛЬНОГО КОМИТЕТА 239
Статья 11 Если Исполком не принимает иного решения, он не обсуждает ни одного пункта повестки дня, пока не пройдет по крайней мере сорок восемь часов с момента распространения среди членов Исполкома соответствующих документов. ДОЛЖНОСТНЫЕ ЛИЦА ИСПОЛКОМА Статья 12 Исполком избирает своих должностных лиц, а именно Председателя, четырех заместителей Председателя и одного докладчика, из числа членов Исполкома каждый год на своей первой сессии, проводимой после сессии Ассамблеи здравоохранения, придерживаясь принципа ротации географических регионов. Должностные лица сохраняют свои полномочия вплоть до выборов их преемников. Председатель может быть вновь избран только по истечении двух лет после окончания срока его полномочий. Статья 13 Председатель, в дополнение к полномочиям, которые возлагаются на него другими статьями настоящих Правил, объявляет об открытии и закрытии каждого заседания Исполкома, руководит дискуссиями, предоставляет слово для выступления, обращается к присутствующим с вопросами, оглашает решения и обеспечивает соблюдение настоящих Правил. Председатель предоставляет ораторам слово для выступления в порядке записи желающих выступить. Он может указать на нарушение порядка ведения заседания любому оратору, чье выступление не относится к существу рассматриваемого вопроса. Статья 14 Если Председатель не присутствует на заседании или какой-либо его части, он назначает председательствующим одного из заместителей Председателя. Та же процедура
240
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
соблюдается, когда Председатель не в состоянии присутствовать на сессии Исполкома. Если Председатель не в состоянии произвести такое назначение, Исполком избирает председательствующим на время сессии или заседания одного из заместителей Председателя. Статья 14bis Председатель или заместитель Председателя, исполняющий обязанности Председателя, не участвует в голосовании, однако может, при необходимости, назначить в этих целях одного из заместителей из своей делегации в соответствии со статьей 27. Статья 15 Если Председатель по какой-либо причине оказывается не в состоянии выполнять свои обязанности до истечения срока его полномочий, Исполком избирает нового Председателя на остаток этого срока полномочий. Если Председатель оказывается не в состоянии выполнять свои обязанности в промежутке между сессиями, его обязанности выполняет один из заместителей Председателя. Порядок очередности, в котором заместителям Председателя предлагается замещать Председателя, определяется по жребию на сессии, на которой проводятся выборы. КОМИТЕТЫ ИСПОЛКОМА Статья 16 Исполком может учреждать такие комитеты, которые он считает необходимыми для изучения любого пункта повестки дня и подготовки доклада по нему. Постоянные комитеты, учрежденные Исполкомом, состоят из членов Исполкома или их заместителей (в настоящих Правилах именуются "комитетами ограниченного состава"). Все государства-члены и ассоциированные члены имеют право присутствовать на заседаниях этих комитетов в соответствии со статьей 3. Все комитеты, помимо постоянных комитетов, являются комитетами открытого состава, состоящими из всех
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ ИСПОЛНИТЕЛЬНОГО КОМИТЕТА 241
заинтересованных государств – членов Организации (в настоящих Правилах именуются "комитетами открытого состава"), если Исполком не примет иного решения, созданными для определенной цели и в исключительных обстоятельствах. Состав комитетов ограниченного состава определяется Исполкомом после заслушивания любых предложений, сделанных Председателем, при соблюдении принципов справедливой географической представленности, пропорциональной представленности по признаку пола и сбалансированной представленности развивающихся и развитых стран и стран с переходной экономикой, с учетом членского состава Исполкома. В случае комитетов ограниченного состава председатели и все другие должностные лица, которые считаются необходимыми, определяются Исполкомом или, в отсутствие его решения, самими комитетами с учетом принципов справедливой географической представленности, пропорциональной представленности по признаку пола и сбалансированной представленности развивающихся и развитых стран и стран с переходной экономикой. Председатель и должностные лица избираются с учетом регулярной ротации регионов и, в соответствующих случаях, развитых и развивающихся стран и стран с переходной экономикой в рамках регионов. В случае комитетов открытого состава председатели и любые другие должностные лица, которые считаются необходимыми, определяются Исполкомом или, в отсутствие его решения, самими комитетами с учетом принципов справедливой географической представленности, пропорциональной представленности по признаку пола и сбалансированной представленности развивающихся и развитых стран и стран с переходной экономикой. Исполком периодически рассматривает вопрос о необходимости сохранения любого комитета, созданного его решением. Статья 16bis С учетом любого решения Исполкома и в соответствии с настоящими Правилами процедура, определяющая порядок работы заседаний и голосования в созданных им комитетах, соответствует, насколько это практически осуществимо,
242
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
правилам, касающимся порядка работы заседаний и голосования на пленарных заседаниях Исполкома. Комитеты открытого состава придерживаются порядка работы, установленного на основе консенсуса. В случае невозможности достижения консенсуса различие во взглядах доводится до сведения Исполкома. В случае комитетов ограниченного состава кворум составляет большинство его членов. Между членами Исполкома и государствами-членами, которые не являются членами Исполкома, никакое различие с точки зрения права участия в комитетах открытого состава не проводится. СЕКРЕТАРИАТ Статья 17 Генеральный директор по занимаемой должности является Секретарем Исполкома и любого из его вспомогательных органов. Он может передавать эти полномочия другим лицам. Статья 18 Генеральный директор докладывает Исполкому о технических, административных и финансовых последствиях всех пунктов повестки дня, представленной Исполкому, если такие последствия имеются. Статья 19 Генеральный директор или назначенный им сотрудник Секретариата может в любое время выступить с устным или письменным заявлением относительного любого рассматриваемого вопроса. Статья 20 Секретариат составляет протоколы заседаний. Эти протоколы составляются на рабочих языках и распространяются среди членов Исполкома в кратчайший возможный срок после
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ ИСПОЛНИТЕЛЬНОГО КОМИТЕТА 243
закрытия заседаний, к которым они относятся. Члены Исполкома информируют Секретариат в письменной форме о любых исправлениях, которые они хотели бы внести в текст, в пределах такого периода, который указывается Генеральным директором с учетом конкретных обстоятельств. Статья 21 Доклады каждой сессии Исполкома, содержащие все резолюции, рекомендации и другие официальные решения, а также протоколы заседаний Исполкома и его комитетов, рассылаются Генеральным директором всем государствамчленам и ассоциированным членам Организации. Такие доклады представляются также следующей сессии Ассамблеи здравоохранения для информации, одобрения или утверждения, с тем чтобы она могла предпринять надлежащие действия с учетом соответствующих функций Ассамблеи здравоохранения и Исполнительного комитета, изложенных в Уставе. ЯЗЫКИ1 Статья 22 Официальными и рабочими языками Исполкома являются английский, арабский, испанский, китайский, русский и французский языки. Статья 23 Выступления на одном из официальных языков устно переводятся на другие официальные языки на всех заседаниях Исполкома и учрежденных им комитетов. Статья 24 Любой член Исполкома или представитель государствачлена или ассоциированного члена, или приглашенного государства, не являющегося членом Организации, может 1
См. резолюцию WHA31.13.
244
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
выступать на языке, не включенном в число официальных. В этом случае он сам обеспечивает устный перевод своего выступления на один из рабочих языков. Устный перевод этого выступления на другие языки переводчиками Секретариата может основываться на устном переводе на первый рабочий язык. Статья 25 Все резолюции, рекомендации и другие официальные решения Исполкома выпускаются на рабочих языках. ПОРЯДОК РАБОТЫ ЗАСЕДАНИЙ Статья 26 Кворум на заседании Исполкома составляют две трети его членов. Статья 27 Член Исполкома может в любое время поручить своему заместителю, назначенному в соответствии со статьей 24 Устава, выступать и голосовать от его имени по любому вопросу. Более того, по просьбе члена Исполкома или его заместителя, Председатель Исполкома может разрешить советнику выступать по любому конкретному вопросу, и в отсутствие члена Исполкома или его заместителя и при наличии соответствующей просьбы в письменной форме со стороны члена или его заместителя – выступать и голосовать по любому вопросу. Статья 28 Исполком может ограничить время выступления каждого оратора. Статья 28bis Предложения по резолюциям или решениям для рассмотрения Исполкомом в отношении пунктов повестки дня могут вноситься до закрытия первого дня сессии. Однако если
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ ИСПОЛНИТЕЛЬНОГО КОМИТЕТА 245
сессия запланирована на два дня или менее, такие предложения могут вноситься не позднее чем за 48 часов до открытия сессии. Если он сочтет это необходимым, Исполком может разрешать поздние представления таких предложений. Статья 28ter Предложения и поправки, касающиеся пунктов повестки дня, как правило, представляются в письменном виде и передаются Генеральному директору, который распространяет экземпляры среди делегаций. За исключением тех случаев, когда Исполкомом может приниматься иное решение, никакое предложение не будет обсуждаться или ставиться на голосование на любом заседании Исполкома, если экземпляры его не были распространены среди всех делегаций не менее чем за 24 часа до этого. Однако Председатель может разрешить обсуждение и рассмотрение поправок, даже если они не были распространены или были распространены лишь в тот же день. Статья 29 В ходе дискуссии по любому вопросу член Исполкома может взять слово по порядку ведения заседания, и Председатель немедленно выносит постановление по этому вопросу. Любой член Исполкома может заявить протест против постановления Председателя, и в этом случае его протест немедленно ставится на голосование. Член Исполкома, взявший слово по порядку ведения заседания, не может касаться существа рассматриваемого вопроса и выступать только по порядку ведения заседания. Статья 30 В ходе прений Председатель Исполкома может огласить список ораторов и с согласия Исполкома объявить о прекращении записи желающих выступить. Однако он может предоставить слово для ответа любому члену Исполкома, если считает, что речь, произнесенная после прекращения записи, дает основания для такого ответа.
246
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Статья 30bis Право ответа предоставляется Председателем любому члену Исполкома, который этого пожелает. Осуществляя это право, члены Исполкома должны стараться быть как можно более краткими и предпочтительно выступать с заявлениями в конце заседания, в ходе которого это право запрашивается. Статья 31 Следующие предложения пользуются в указанном ниже порядке приоритетом перед всеми другими выдвинутыми на заседании предложениями, за исключением предложений по порядку ведения заседания: (a) (b) (c) (d) предложение о перерыве в заседании; предложение о закрытии заседания; предложение о перерыве рассматриваемому вопросу; и в прениях прений по по
предложение о прекращении рассматриваемому вопросу. Статья 32
С учетом положений статьи 31 любое предложение, требующее решения вопроса о компетентности Исполкома принять представленное ему предложение, выносится на голосование до проведения голосования по данному предложению. Статья 33 В ходе дискуссии по любому вопросу член Исполкома может выступить с предложением о перерыве или закрытии заседания. Такие предложения не обсуждаются и немедленно ставятся на голосование.
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ ИСПОЛНИТЕЛЬНОГО КОМИТЕТА 247
Для целей настоящий Правил "перерыв в заседании" означает временное прекращение работы заседания, а "закрытие заседания" – прекращение всей работы вплоть до созыва следующего заседания. Статья 34 В ходе дискуссии по любому вопросу член Исполкома может выступить с предложением о перерыве в прениях по рассматриваемому вопросу. Помимо автора предложения, слово одному оратору, может быть предоставлено только выступающему в поддержку предложения, и одному оратору, выступающему против, после чего предложение о перерыве в прениях немедленно ставится на голосование. Статья 35 Член Исполкома может в любое время выступить с предложением о прекращении прений по рассматриваемому вопросу, независимо от наличия других членов Исполкома, выразивших желание выступить. Слово для выступления против предложения о прекращении прений, если такая просьба поступает, может быть предоставлено не более чем двум ораторам, после чего предложение немедленно ставится на голосование. Если Исполком принимает решение о прекращении прений, Председатель объявляет прения закрытыми. Исполком затем проводит голосование только по тем предложениям, которые были выдвинуты до прекращения прений. Статья 36 Член Исполкома может внести предложение о проведении раздельного голосования по частям предложения или поправки. В случае возражений против предложения о раздельном голосовании это предложение ставится на голосование. Слово для выступления по поводу предложения о проведении раздельного голосования предоставляется только двум ораторам, поддерживающим его, и двум ораторам, возражающим против него. Если предложение о проведении раздельного голосования принимается, то те части предложения или поправки, которые
248
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
после этого оказываются одобренными в отдельности, ставятся затем на голосование в целом. Если все разделы постановляющей части предложения или поправки отклоняются, то это предложение или эта поправка считаются отклоненными в целом. Статья 37 Если к предложению вносится поправка, то сначала ставится на голосование эта поправка. Если к предложению внесены две поправки или более, то Исполком сначала проводит голосование поправки, которая, по мнению Председателя, наиболее существенно отличается от первоначального предложения, затем поправки, которая следует за ней по степени отличия от первоначального предложения, и т.д. до тех пор, пока не будут проголосованы все поправки. Однако если принятие одной поправки неизбежно подразумевает отклонение другой поправки, то эта вторая поправка не ставится на голосование. В случае принятия одной поправки или нескольких поправок на голосование ставится предложение с принятыми поправками. Предложение считается поправкой к какому-либо предложению, если оно только дополняет, исключает или изменяет часть этого предложения. Предложение, которое по существу заменяет первоначальное предложение, рассматривается как самостоятельное предложение. Статья 38 Если выдвинуто два предложения или более, Исполком, если не примет иного решения, голосует по предложениям в том порядке, в котором они были распространены всем делегациям, за исключением тех случаев, когда результат голосования какоголибо предложения делает излишним дальнейшее голосование по предложению или предложениям, стоящим в очереди. Статья 39 Предложение может быть снято его автором в любое время до начала голосования по этому предложению и при условии, что к нему не вносилось никаких поправок, или что автор поправки, если она была внесена, соглашается снять ее. Предложение,
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ ИСПОЛНИТЕЛЬНОГО КОМИТЕТА 249
снятое таким образом, может быть вновь внесено любым членом Исполкома. Статья 40 Если предложение принято или отклонено, оно не может быть пересмотрено на той же сессии, за исключением случая, когда Исполком большинством в две трети голосов присутствующих и участвующих в голосовании членов принимает решение о пересмотре. Слово для выступления по поводу предложения о пересмотре предоставляется только двум ораторам, возражающим против этого предложения, после чего оно немедленно ставится на голосование. Статья 41 Председатель может в любое время потребовать, чтобы, кроме автора любого предложения, любой резолюции или любой поправки, в поддержку их выступил еще один член Исполкома. ГОЛОСОВАНИЕ Статья 42 Каждый член Исполкома имеет один голос. Для целей настоящих Правил выражение "присутствующие и участвующие в голосовании члены Исполкома" означает членов Исполкома, подающих действительный голос за или против. Члены Исполкома, воздерживающиеся от голосования, рассматриваются как не участвующие в голосовании. Статья 43 Решения Исполнительного комитета по важным вопросам трети голосов принимаются большинством в две присутствующих и участвующих в голосовании членов. Такие вопросы включают: (a) и рекомендации в отношении: (i) принятия конвенций соглашений, (ii) утверждения соглашений
250
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
об установлении отношений с Организацией Объединенных Наций и межправительственными организациями и учреждениями в соответствии со статьями 69, 70 и 72 Устава, (iii) поправок к Уставу, (iv) действующего рабочего бюджета, и (v) временного лишения права голоса и права на обслуживание государства-члена в соответствии со статьей 7 Устава; и (b) решения о временном прекращении действия или изменении настоящих Правил процедуры. За исключением случаев, предусмотренных Уставом Организации или решениями Ассамблеи здравоохранения, или настоящими Правилами, решения Исполкома по другим вопросам, включая определение дополнительных вопросов, решения по которым должны приниматься большинством в две трети голосов, принимаются большинством голосов присутствующих и участвующих в голосовании членов. Статья 44 Если при голосовании по любому вопросу, помимо выборов, голоса разделяются поровну, предложение считается отклоненным. Статья 45 Исполком обычно проводит голосование поднятием рук, за тем исключением, что любой член Исполкома может потребовать поименного голосования, при проведении которого фамилии членов Исполкома перечисляются в алфавитном порядке. Фамилия члена Исполкома, голосующего первым, определяется по жребию. Статья 46 Голос каждого члена Исполкома, участвующего в поименном голосовании, заносится в отчет о заседании.
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ ИСПОЛНИТЕЛЬНОГО КОМИТЕТА 251
Статья 47 После того как Председатель объявляет о начале голосования, ни один член Исполкома не прерывает голосования, за исключением выступления по порядку ведения заседания, связанного с данным голосованием. Статья 47 bis После того как голосование завершено, член Исполкома может выступить с кратким заявлением, состоящим исключительно из объяснений мотивов голосования. Инициатор предложения не должен выступать с объяснением мотивов голосования, кроме тех случаев, когда в предложение внесены поправки. Статья 48 Выборы обычно проводятся тайным голосованием. При отсутствии каких-либо возражений Исполком может принять решение продолжать работу без проведения голосования по согласованной кандидатуре или списку кандидатов, за исключением кандидатуры на пост Генерального директора и назначения директоров региональных бюро. Если необходимо провести голосование, то в подсчете голосов помогают два счетчика, назначаемые Председателем из числа присутствующих членов Исполкома. Решение о кандидатуре на пост Генерального директора принимается тайным голосованием в соответствии со статьей 52. В соответствии со статьей 54 Устава назначение Директора регионального бюро должно производиться на пять лет с правом его/ее переизбрания на эту должность только один раз. Статья 49 В дополнение к случаям, предусмотренным в других статьях настоящих Правил, Исполком может провести тайное голосование по любому вопросу, если такое решение было ранее принято большинством голосов присутствующих и участвующих
252
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
в голосовании членов Исполкома, однако никакого тайного голосования не может быть проведено по бюджетным вопросам. Решение Исполкома провести или не проводить тайное голосование может быть принято только поднятием рук; если Исполком решает провести тайное голосование по любому конкретному вопросу, никаких других предложений о способе голосования не вносится и никаких других решений по этому вопросу не принимается. Статья 50 С учетом положений статьи 52, если требуется заполнить только одну выборную должность и ни один из кандидатов не получает необходимого большинства голосов в первом туре голосования, то проводится второй тур голосования, который ограничивается двумя кандидатами, получившими наибольшее число голосов; если во втором туре голосования голоса разделяются поровну, то Председатель жеребьевкой определяет избранного из двух кандидатов. Статья 51 Если необходимо одновременно и на одинаковых условиях заполнить две выборные должности или более, то кандидаты, получившие в первом туре голосования необходимое большинство голосов, считаются избранными. Если число кандидатов, получивших такое большинство, меньше числа мест, подлежащих заполнению, проводятся дополнительные туры голосования для заполнения остающихся должностей, причем голосование ограничивается кандидатами, которые получили наибольшее число голосов в предыдущем туре голосования и число которых не должно превышать число остающихся незаполненными должностей более чем вдвое. Статья 51 bis При проведении выборов каждый член Исполкома, если он не воздерживается от голосования, голосует за число кандидатов, равное числу выборных должностей, подлежащих заполнению. Любой бюллетень для голосования, в котором
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ ИСПОЛНИТЕЛЬНОГО КОМИТЕТА 253
имеется больше или меньше должностей, подлежащих недействительным.
имен, нежели заполнению,
выборных считается
Статья 51 ter Если во время выборов одна или более выборных должностей не может быть заполнена по причине равного количества голосов, полученных двумя или более кандидатами, то между такими кандидатами проводится еще один тур голосования, с тем чтобы определить, кто из них будет выбран. При необходимости эта процедура может повторяться. Статья 52 По крайней мере за девять месяцев до установленной даты открытия сессии Исполкома, на которой должна быть выдвинута кандидатура на пост Генерального директора, Генеральный директор информирует государства-члены о том, что они могут предлагать кандидатов для выдвижения Исполкомом на пост Генерального директора. Любое государство-член может предложить на пост Генерального директора одну или больше кандидатур, представив при этом их биографии или иную информацию в поддержку каждой кандидатуры. Такие предложения препровождаются запечатанным конфиденциальным письмом Председателю Исполнительного комитета на адрес Всемирной организации здравоохранения в Женеве (Швейцария) таким образом, чтобы они прибыли в штаб-квартиру Организации не позднее, чем за четыре месяца до установленной даты открытия сессии. Председатель Исполкома вскрывает полученные предложения в достаточной степени заблаговременно до совещания, с тем чтобы обеспечить перевод на все официальные языки, размножение всех предложений, биографий и вспомогательной информации и их направление всем государствам-членам не позднее, чем за три месяца до установленной даты открытия сессии.
254
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Непосредственно после направления государствам-членам биографий и вспомогательной информации Генеральный директор по согласованию с Председателем Исполкома созывает форум кандидатов, открытый для всех государств-членов и ассоциированных членов, на который будут приглашены все кандидаты, чтобы на равноправной основе представить себя и свое видение государствам-членам. Форум кандидатов проводится под председательством Председателя Исполкома и не позднее, чем за два месяца до открытия сессии. Решение об условиях проведения форума кандидатов принимает Исполком. Форум кандидатов не созывается, если на пост Генерального директора предложен только один кандидат. Если в сроки, указанные во втором пункте настоящей статьи никаких предложений получено не было, Генеральный директор незамедлительно информирует все государства-члены об этом факте, а также о том, что они могут предлагать кандидатуры, в соответствии с настоящей статьей, при условии, что такие предложения будут получены Председателем Исполкома не позднее, чем за две недели до установленной даты открытия сессии Исполкома. Председатель в кратчайшие сроки доводит все такие предложения до сведения государств-членов. Все члены Исполкома имеют возможность участвовать в начальном рассмотрении всех кандидатов, для того чтобы исключить тех из них, которые не отвечают критериям, установленным Исполкомом и утвержденным Ассамблеей здравоохранения. Исполком с помощью механизма, определенного им самим, принимает решение о кратком списке кандидатов, подчеркивая чрезвычайное значение профессиональной квалификации и добросовестности, а также уделяя должное внимание справедливому географическому представительству и гендерному балансу. Такой краткий список составляется в начале его сессии, после чего отобранные кандидаты как можно скорее проходят собеседование на заседании Исполкома полного состава.
ПРАВИЛА ПРОЦЕДУРЫ ИСПОЛНИТЕЛЬНОГО КОМИТЕТА 255
Собеседования должны состоять из выступления каждого отобранного кандидата в дополнение к ответам на вопросы, заданные членами Исполкома. В случае необходимости, Исполком может продлить сессию, с тем чтобы провести собеседования и сделать свой выбор. Исполком устанавливает дату заседания, на котором Исполком путем тайного голосования выдвигает трех лиц из краткий список. числа кандидатов, внесенных в В исключительных обстоятельствах, при которых выдвижение трех кандидатов будет практически невыполнимо, например при наличии только одного или двух кандидатов, Исполком может решить выдвинуть менее трех кандидатов. Для цели выдвижения трех кандидатов каждый член Исполкома вписывает в свой бюллетень для голосования фамилии трех кандидатов, выбранных из краткого списка. Те кандидаты, которые получат в первом туре голосования требуемое большинство голосов, считаются избранными. Если число кандидатов, получивших такое большинство, меньше числа мест, подлежащих заполнению, то кандидат, набравший наименьшее количество голосов, исключается из списка в каждом туре голосования. Если два кандидата одновременно получают наименьшее количество голосов, то для них проводится отдельное голосование, и кандидат, набравший наименьшее количество голосов, исключается. Этот же механизм применяется с учетом необходимых изменений в случае принятия Исполкомом решения выдвинуть менее трех кандидатов. Фамилии лица или лиц, выдвинутых таким образом, объявляются на открытом заседании Исполкома и представляются Ассамблее здравоохранения.
256
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
ВРЕМЕННОЕ ПРЕКРАЩЕНИЕ ДЕЙСТВИЯ ПРАВИЛ ПРОЦЕДУРЫ И ПОПРАВКИ К НИМ Статья 53 С учетом положений Устава и принимая во внимание любые соответствующие решения Ассамблеи здравоохранения, действие любой статьи настоящих Правил может быть приостановлено Исполкомом, в соответствии со статьей 43, при условии, что Председатель получил уведомление о намерении внести такое предложение не позднее, чем за сорок восемь часов, и довел его до сведения членов Исполкома не позднее, чем за двадцать четыре часа до начала заседания, на котором предполагается выдвинуть подобное предложение. Однако если по рекомендации Председателя Исполком единогласно поддерживает такое предложение, оно может быть принято немедленно без соблюдения указанных сроков. Любая подобная приостановка ограничивается конкретной целью и периодом времени, необходимым для достижения поставленной цели. Статья 54 С учетом положений Устава Исполком может вносить в настоящие Правила поправки или дополнения. ОБЩИЕ ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ Статья 55 Исполком может по своему усмотрению применять такие Правила процедуры Ассамблеи здравоохранения, которые, по его мнению, соответствуют конкретным обстоятельствам, не предусмотренным в настоящих Правилах. ___________
Дополнения
Дополнение 1 ГОСУДАРСТВА – ЧЛЕНЫ ВСЕМИРНОЙ ОРГАНИЗАЦИИ ЗДРАВООХРАНЕНИЯ (по состоянию на 31 октября 2014 г.) Ниже следует список государств – членов и ассоциированных членов Всемирной организации здравоохранения с указанием даты их присоединения к Уставу или даты их принятия в ассоциированные члены. Австралия* ................................................ Австрия* .................................................... Азербайджан ............................................. Албания* ................................................... Алжир* ...................................................... Ангола*...................................................... Андорра ..................................................... Антигуа и Барбуда* .................................. Аргентина* ................................................ Армения ..................................................... Афганистан................................................ Багамские Острова*.................................. Бангладеш .................................................. Барбадос*................................................... Бахрейн* .................................................... Беларусь* ................................................... Бельгия* ................................................. Белиз .......................................................... Бенин .......................................................... Болгария*................................................... Боливия (Многонациональное государство) ........................................... Босния и Герцеговина* ............................ Ботсвана* ................................................... Бразилия* .................................................. 2 февраля 1948 г. 30 июня 1947 г. 2 октября 1992 г. 26 мая 1947 г. 8 ноября 1962 г. 15 мая 1976 г. 15 января 1997 г. 12 марта 1984 г. 22 октября 1948 г. 4 мая 1992 г. 19 апреля 1948 г. 1 апреля 1974 г. 19 мая 1972 г. 25 апреля 1967 г. 2 ноября 1971 г. 7 апреля 1948 г. 25 июня 1948 г. 23 августа 1990 г. 20 сентября 1960 г. 9 июня 1948 г. 23 декабря 1949 г. 10 сентября 1992 г 26 февраля 1975 г. 2 июня 1948 г.
* Государство-член, присоединившееся к Конвенции о привилегиях и иммунитетах специализированных учреждений и ее Приложению VII.
– 259 –
260
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Бруней-Даруссалам .................................. Буркина-Фасо ............................................ Бурунди...................................................... Бутан .......................................................... Бывшая югославская Республика Македония* ............................................ Вануату* .................................................... Венгрия* .................................................... Венесуэла (Боливарская Республика)..... Вьетнам ...................................................... Габон* ........................................................ Гаити* ........................................................ Гайана* ...................................................... Гамбия*...................................................... Гана* .......................................................... Гватемала* ................................................. Гвинея* ...................................................... Гвинея-Бисау ............................................. Германия* .................................................. Гондурас* .................................................. Гренада ...................................................... Греция* ...................................................... Грузия* ...................................................... Дания*........................................................ Демократическая Республика Конго* .... Джибути ..................................................... Доминика* ................................................. Доминиканская Республика ..................... Египет* ...................................................... Замбия*...................................................... Зимбабве .................................................... Израиль ...................................................... Индия* ....................................................... Индонезия* ................................................ Иордания* ................................................. Ирак*.......................................................... Ирландия* ................................................. Иран (Исламская Республика).................
25 марта 1985 г. 4 октября 1960 г. 22 октября 1962 г. 8 марта 1982 г. 22 апреля 1993 г. 7 марта 1983 г. 17 июня 1948 г. 7 июля 1948 г. 17 мая 1950 г. 21 ноября 1960 г. 12 августа 1947 г. 27 сентября 1966 г. 26 апреля 1971 г. 8 апреля 1957 г. 26 августа 1949 г. 19 мая 1959 г. 29 июля 1974 г. 29 мая 1951 г. 8 апреля 1949 г. 4 декабря 1974 г. 12 марта 1948 г. 26 мая 1992 г. 19 апреля 1948 г. 24 февраля 1961 г. 10 марта 1978 г. 13 августа 1981 г. 21 июня 1948 г. 16 декабря 1947 г. 2 февраля 1965 г. 16 мая 1980 г. 21 июня 1949 г. 12 января 1948 г. 23 мая 1950 г. 7 апреля 1947 г. 23 сентября 1947 г. 20 октября 1947 г. 23 ноября 1946 г.
* Государство-член, присоединившееся к Конвенции о привилегиях и иммунитетах специализированных учреждений и ее Приложению VII.
ГОСУДАРСТВА – ЧЛЕНЫ ВОЗ
261
Исландия* .................................................. Испания*.................................................... Италия*...................................................... Йемен ......................................................... Кабо-Верде ................................................ Камбоджа* ............................................. Казахстан ................................................... Камерун* ................................................... Канада ........................................................ Катар* ........................................................ Кения*........................................................ Кипр* ......................................................... Кирибати.................................................... Китай*........................................................ Колумбия ................................................... Коморские Острова .................................. Конго .......................................................... Корейская Народно-Демократическая Республика ............................................. Коста-Рика ................................................. Кот-д’Ивуар............................................... Куба* .......................................................... Кувейт* ...................................................... Кыргызстан................................................ Лаосская Народно-Демократическая Республика* ........................................... Латвия* ...................................................... Лесото* ...................................................... Либерия...................................................... Ливан.......................................................... Ливия* ....................................................... Литва* ........................................................ Люксембург* ............................................. Маврикий* ................................................. Мавритания ............................................... Мадагаскар* .............................................. Малави* ..................................................... Малайзия* .................................................
17 июня 1948 г. 28 мая 1951 г. 11 апреля 1947 г. 20 ноября 1953 г. 5 января 1976 г. 17 мая 1950 г. 19 августа 1992 г. 6 мая 1960 г. 29 августа 1946 г. 11 мая 1972 г. 27 января 1964 г. 16 января 1961 г. 26 июля 1984 г. 22 июля 1946 г. 14 мая 1959 г. 9 декабря 1975 г. 26 октября 1960 г. 19 мая 1973 г. 17 марта 1949 г. 28 октября 1960 г. 9 мая 1950 г. 9 мая 1960 г. 29 апреля 1992 г. 17 мая 1950 г. 4 декабря 1991 г. 7 июля 1967 г. 14 марта 1947 г. 19 января 1949 г. 16 мая 1952 г. 25 ноября 1991 г. 3 июня 1949 г. 9 декабря 1968 г. 7 марта 1961 г. 16 января 1961 г. 9 апреля 1965 г. 24 апреля 1958 г.
* Государство-член, присоединившееся к Конвенции о привилегиях и иммунитетах специализированных учреждений и ее Приложению VII.
262
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Мали ........................................................... Мальдивская Республика* ....................... Мальта*...................................................... Марокко* ................................................... Маршалловы Острова*........................... Мексика ..................................................... Микронезия (Федеративные Штаты)...... Мозамбик* ................................................. Монако ....................................................... Монголия* ................................................. Мьянма....................................................... Намибия ..................................................... Науру.......................................................... Непал*........................................................ Нигер*........................................................ Нигерия* .................................................... Нидерланды* ............................................. Никарагуа* ................................................ Ниуэ ........................................................... Новая Зеландия* ....................................... Норвегия* .................................................. Объединенная Республика Танзания* .... Объединенные Арабские Эмираты* ....... Оман ........................................................... Острова Кука ............................................. Пакистан* .................................................. Палау .......................................................... Панама ....................................................... Папуа-Новая Гвинея ................................. Парагвай* .................................................. Перу............................................................ Польша* ..................................................... Португалия* .............................................. Республика Корея* ................................... Республика Молдова*………………... Российская Федерация* ........................... Руанда* ...................................................... Румыния* ...................................................
17 октября 1960 г. 5 ноября 1965 г. 1 февраля 1965 г. 14 мая 1956 г. 5 июня 1991 г. 7 апреля 1948 г. 14 августа 1991 г. 11 сентября 1975 г. 8 июля 1948 г. 18 апреля 1962 г. 1 июля 1948 г. 23 апреля 1990 г. 9 мая 1994 г. 2 сентября 1953 г. 5 октября 1960 г 25 ноября 1960 г. 25 апреля 1947 г. 24 апреля 1950 г. 4 мая 1994 г. 10 декабря 1946 г. 18 августа 1947 г. 15 марта 1962 г. 30 марта 1972 г. 28 мая 1971 г. 9 мая 1984 г. 23 июня 1948 г. 9 марта 1995 г. 20 февраля 1951 г. 29 апреля 1976 г. 4 января 1949 г. 11 ноября 1949 г. 6 мая 1948 г. 13 февраля 1948 г. 17 августа 1949 г. 4 мая 1992 г. 24 марта 1948 г. 7 ноября 1962 г. 8 июня 1948 г.
* Государство-член, присоединившееся к Конвенции о привилегиях и иммунитетах специализированных учреждений и ее Приложению VII.
ГОСУДАРСТВА – ЧЛЕНЫ ВОЗ
263
Сальвадор* ................................................ Самоа ......................................................... Сан-Марино*............................................. Сан-Томе и Принсипи .............................. Саудовская Аравия ................................... Свазиленд .................................................. Сейшельские Острова .............................. Сенегал* ................................................. Сент-Винсент и Гренадины ..................... Сент-Китс и Невис .................................... Сент-Люсия* ............................................. Сингапур* .................................................. Сербия*...................................................... Сирийская Арабская Республика ............ Словакия* .................................................. Словения* .................................................. Соединенное Королевство Великобритании и Северной Ирландии ............................ Соединенные Штаты Америки ................ Соломоновы Острова ............................... Сомали ....................................................... Судан.......................................................... Суринам ..................................................... Сьерра-Леоне* .......................................... Таджикистан.............................................. Таиланд* .................................................... Тимор-Лешти ............................................ Того* .......................................................... Тонга* ........................................................ Тринидад и Тобаго*.................................. Тувалу ........................................................ Тунис*........................................................ Туркменистан ............................................ Турция........................................................ Уганда ........................................................ Узбекистан* .............................................. Украина...................................................... Уругвай* ....................................................
22 июня 1948 г. 16 мая 1962 г. 12 мая 1980 г. 23 марта 1976 г. 26 мая 1947 г. 16 апреля 1973 г. 11 сентября 1979 г. 31 октября 1960 г. 2 сентября 1983 г. 3 декабря 1984 г. 11 ноября 1980 г. 25 февраля 1966 г. 28 ноября 2000 г. 18 декабря 1946 г. 4 февраля 1993 г. 7 мая 1992 г. 22 июля 1946 г. 21 июня 1948 г. 4 апреля 1983 г. 26 января 1961 г. 14 мая 1956 г. 25 марта 1976 г. 20 октября 1961 г. 4 мая 1992 г. 26 сентября 1947 г. 27 сентября 2002 г. 13 мая 1960 г. 14 августа 1975 г. 3 января 1963 г. 7 мая 1993 г. 14 мая 1956 г. 2 июля 1992 г. 2 января 1948 г. 7 марта 1963 г. 22 мая 1992 г. 3 апреля 1948 г. 22 апреля 1949 г.
* Государство-член, присоединившееся к Конвенции о привилегиях и иммунитетах специализированных учреждений и ее Приложению VII.
264
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Фиджи* ...................................................... Филиппины*.............................................. Финляндия* ............................................... Франция* ................................................... Хорватия* .................................................. Центральноафриканская Республика*.... Чад .............................................................. Черногория* .............................................. Чешская Республика* ............................... Чили* ......................................................... Швейцария* .............................................. Швеция* .................................................... Шри-Ланка ................................................ Эквадор* .................................................... Экваториальная Гвинея ............................ Эритрея ...................................................... Эстония ...................................................... Эфиопия ..................................................... Южная Африка* ....................................... Южный Судан ........................................... Ямайка* ..................................................... Япония* ..................................................... Ассоциированные члены Пуэрто-Рико .............................................. Токелау ...................................................... ________
1 января 1972 г. 9 июля 1948 г. 7 октября 1947 г. 16 июня 1948 г. 11 июня 1992 г. 20 сентября 1960 г. 1 января 1961 г. 29 августа 2006 г. 22 января 1993 г. 15 октября 1948 г. 26 марта 1947 г. 28 августа 1947 г. 7 июля 1948 г. 1 марта 1949 г. 5 мая 1980 г. 24 июля 1993 г. 31 марта 1993 г. 11 апреля 1947 г. 7 августа 1947 г. 27 сентября 2011 г. 21 марта 1963 г. 16 мая 1951 г. 7 мая 1992 г. 8 мая 1991 г.
* Государство-член, присоединившееся к Конвенции о привилегиях и иммунитетах специализированных учреждений и ее Приложению VII.
Дополнение 2
СТАТУТ МЕЖДУНАРОДНОГО АГЕНТСТВА ПО ИЗУЧЕНИЮ РАКА1 Статья I – Цель Целью Международного агентства по изучению рака является содействие международному сотрудничеству в области научных исследований по раку. Это агентство должно стать таким учреждением, с помощью которого участвующие государства и Всемирная организация здравоохранения совместно с Международным союзом борьбы против рака и другими заинтересованными международными организациями смогут осуществлять сотрудничество в деле стимулирования научных исследований, касающихся проблемы рака, и оказания им поддержки на всех стадиях. Статья II – Функции Для достижения этих целей Агентство осуществляет следующие функции. 1. Агентство обеспечивает планирование, поощрение и развитие научных исследований на всех стадиях установления этиологии, лечения и профилактики рака.
1 Текст, принятый Восемнадцатой сессией Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения 20 мая 1965 г. (резолюция WHA18.44). В соответствии со статьями III и XI, настоящий Статут вступил в силу 15 сентября 1965 года. Поправки к Статуту, принятые Руководящим советом на его седьмой, девятой, двадцать седьмой, тридцать первой, пятидесятой и пятьдесят третьей сессиях в 1969, 1971, 1986, 1990, 2008 и 2011 гг., были утверждены, соответственно, Двадцать третьей, Двадцать пятой, Тридцать девятой, Сорок третьей, Шестьдесят первой и Шестьдесят четвертой сессиями Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения (резолюции WHA23.23, WHA25.25, WHA39.13, WHA43.23, WHA61.13 и WHA64.26).
– 265 –
266
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
2. Агентство осуществляет программу постоянных видов деятельности. Эти виды деятельности включают: (a) сбор и распространение информации об эпидемиологии рака, исследованиях в области рака, этиологии и профилактике рака во всем мире; (b) рассмотрение предложений и подготовку планов проектов исследований в области рака или оказание поддержки таким исследованиям; такого рода проекты должны разрабатываться, с тем чтобы максимально использовать все научные и финансовые ресурсы для изучения патогенеза рака, а также все особые возможности, которые могут представиться для этой цели; (c) обучение и подготовку кадров для проведения исследований в области рака. 3. Агентство может предпринимать меры для проведения специальных проектов; однако такие специальные проекты должны предприниматься столько после особого одобрения Руководящего совета, основанного на рекомендации Ученого совета. 4. Такие специальные проекты могут включать: (a) виды программу; деятельности, дополняющие постоянную
(b) демонстрацию экспериментальной деятельности по профилактике рака; (c) поощрение и оказание помощи научным исследованиям на национальном уровне путем непосредственного создания в тех случаях, когда это необходимо, научно-исследовательских организаций. 5. При осуществлении своей программы постоянных видов деятельности или любых специальных проектов Агентство может сотрудничать с любым другим учреждением.
МЕЖДУНАРОДНОЕ АГЕНТСТВО ПО ИЗУЧЕНИЮ РАКА: СТАТУТ 267
Статья III – Участвующие государства Каждое государство – член Всемирной организации здравоохранения может при условии соблюдения положений статьи XII активно участвовать в работе Агентства, уведомив Генерального директора Всемирной организации здравоохранения о том, что оно взяло на себя обязательства по соблюдению и применению настоящего Статута. В настоящем Статуте направившие такое уведомление государства-члены именуются "участвующими государствами". Статья IV – Структура Агентство состоит из: (a) (b) (c) Руководящего совета; Ученого совета; Секретариата. Статья V – Руководящий совет 1. В состав Руководящего совета входят один представитель от каждого участвующего государства и Генеральный директор Всемирной организации здравоохранения, которых могут сопровождать заместители или советники. 2. 3. Каждый член Руководящего совета имеет один голос. Руководящий совет: (a) (b) (c) (d) утверждает бюджет; утверждает положения о финансах; контролирует расходы; определяет штат Секретариата;
268
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
(e) (f)
избирает свой президиум; утверждает свои собственные правила процедуры. рекомендаций Ученого совета видов
4. После рассмотрения Руководящий совет: (a) утверждает деятельности; (b)
программу
постоянных
утверждает любой специальный проект; решение о любой дополнительной
(c) выносит программе.
5. Решения Руководящего совета по подпунктам (а) и (b) пункта 3 настоящей статьи принимаются большинством в две трети голосов его членов, представляющих участвующие государства. 6. Решения Руководящего совета принимаются простым большинством присутствующих и участвующих в голосовании членов, за исключением особых случаев, предусмотренных в настоящем Статуте. Большинство членов составляет кворум. 7. Руководящий совет собирается на очередную сессию не реже одного раза в год. По требованию трети своих членов он может также провести чрезвычайную сессию. 8. Руководящий совет может назначить подкомитеты и рабочие группы. Статья VI – Ученый совет 1. Ученый совет состоит из ученых высокой квалификации, которых избирают, исходя из их научной компетентности в области исследований проблем рака и в смежных областях. Члены Ученого совета назначаются в качестве экспертов, а не в качестве представителей участвующих государств.
МЕЖДУНАРОДНОЕ АГЕНТСТВО ПО ИЗУЧЕНИЮ РАКА: СТАТУТ 269
2. Каждое участвующее государство может представить до двух кандидатур экспертов в члены Ученого совета, и, если участвующее государство представляет такие кандидатуры, Руководящий совет производит назначение одной из них. 3. При определении кандидатур экспертов, рассматриваемых для назначения в состав Ученого совета, участвующие государства принимают во внимание рекомендации, предоставляемые Председателем Ученого совета и Директором Агентства, относительно уровня компетентности, требуемого для членов Ученого совета на момент этих назначений. 4. Члены Ученого совета назначаются на четырехлетний срок. В случае досрочного выбывания члена Ученого совета производится новое назначение на оставшуюся часть того срока, на который имел бы право этот член, в соответствии с пунктом 5. 5. При появлении вакантного места в Ученом совете участвующее государство, которое представило кандидатуру выбывающего члена, может представить до двух кандидатур экспертов для замещения этого члена в соответствии с пунктами 2 и 3. Любой член, выбывающий из состава Ученого совета, за исключением члена, назначенного на сокращенный срок, может быть назначен вновь только по истечении, как минимум, одного года. 6. В обязанности Ученого совета входит: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) утверждение своих собственных правил процедуры; периодическая оценка деятельности Агентства; рекомендация программ и подготовка специальных проектов для представлении Руководящему совету; периодическая оценка специальных проектов, субсидируемых Агентством; представление Руководящему совету отчетов о видах деятельности, предусмотренных в подпунктах (b), (с) и (d), для рассмотрения их во время обсуждения Советом программы и бюджета.
270
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Статья VII – Секретариат 1. Находясь в общем подчинении у Генерального директора Всемирной организации здравоохранения, Секретариат является административно-техническим органом Агентства. Кроме того, он выполняет решения Руководящего и Ученого советов. 2. Секретариат состоит из Директора Агентства соответствующего административно-технического персонала. и
3. Директор Агентства избирается Руководящим советом, Генеральный директор Всемирной организации здравоохранения назначает его на условиях, определяемых Руководящим советом. 4. Штат Агентства назначается в соответствии с условиями, определяемыми по соглашению между Генеральным директором Всемирной организации здравоохранения и Директором Агентства. 5. Директор Агентства является главным административным лицом Агентства. Он несет ответственность за: (a) (b) (c) подготовку будущей программы и бюджетной сметы; наблюдение за осуществлением научной деятельности; программы и
руководство административно-финансовой деятельностью.
6. Директор Агентства представляет отчет о деятельности Агентства и бюджетную сумму на следующий финансовый год каждому участвующему государству и Генеральному директору Всемирной организации здравоохранения; этот отчет должен быть получен ими не позже чем за тридцать дней до очередной ежегодной сессии Руководящего совета.
МЕЖДУНАРОДНОЕ АГЕНТСТВО ПО ИЗУЧЕНИЮ РАКА: СТАТУТ 271
Статья VIII – Финансы 1. Административные службы и постоянная деятельность Агентства финансируются за счет ежегодных взносов каждого участвующего государства. 2. Эти ежегодные взносы причитаются с 1 января каждого года и должны уплачиваться не позднее 31 декабря данного года. 3. Размер или размеры ежегодных взносов определяются Руководящим советом. 4. Любое решение об изменении размера или размеров ежегодных взносов требует большинства в две трети голосов членов Руководящего совета, являющихся представителями участвующих государств. 5. Участвующее государство, имеющее задолженность по уплате своего годового взноса, утрачивает право голоса в Руководящем совете, если сумма его задолженности равна или превышает размер взносов, причитающихся с него за предшествующий финансовый год. 6. Руководящий совет может учредить фонд оборотных средств и установить его размер. 7. Руководящий совет уполномочен принимать субсидии или специальные взносы от любого лица, учреждения или правительства. Специальные проекты Агентства финансируются за счет таких субсидий или специальных взносов. 8. Фонды и активы Агентства подлежат бухгалтерскому учету, отдельному от учета фондов и активов Всемирной организации здравоохранения, и управляются в соответствии с утвержденными Руководящим советом финансовыми правилами.
272
ОСНОВНЫЕ ДОКУМЕНТЫ
Статья IX – Штаб-квартира Местонахождение штаб-квартиры Агентства определяется Руководящим советом. Статья X – Поправки За исключением случая, предусмотренного в пункте 4 статьи VIII, поправки к настоящему Статуту вступают в силу после утверждения их Руководящим советом большинством в две трети голосов представителей участвующих государств и после принятия Всемирной ассамблеей здравоохранения. Статья XI – Вступление в силу Положения настоящего Статута вступают в силу после того, как пять государств-инициаторов создания Международного агентства по изучению рака возьмут на себя предусмотренные статьей III обязательства о соблюдении и применении положений настоящего Статута. Статья XII – Новые участвующие государства После вступления в силу настоящего Статута любое государство – член Всемирной организации здравоохранения может быть принято в качестве участвующего государства при условии, что: (a) Руководящий совет большинством в две трети голосов представителей участвующих государств признает, что данное государство имеет возможность внести эффективный вклад в научную и техническую деятельность Агентства; и (b) после этого указанное государство возьмет на себя обязательство, предусмотренное в статье III.
МЕЖДУНАРОДНОЕ АГЕНТСТВО ПО ИЗУЧЕНИЮ РАКА: СТАТУТ 273
Статья XIII – Выход из Агентства Участвующее государство может выйти из Агентства, уведомив Генерального директора Всемирной организации здравоохранения о своем намерении. Такое уведомление вступает в силу через шесть месяцев после его получения Генеральным директором Всемирной организации здравоохранения. ________
В настоящем издании в одном томе собраны основные руководящие документы Всемирной организации здравоохранения, включая: • Устав • Правила процедуры как Всемирной ассамблеи здравоохранения, так и Исполнительного комитета • Положения о финансах и Положения о персонале. В него также включены Положения о списках экспертовконсультантов и комитетах экспертов, Положения об исследовательских и научных группах, тексты соглашений с Организацией Объединенных Наций и с другими специализированными учреждениями. Конвенция о привилегиях и иммунитетах специализированных учреждений, Статут Международного агентства по изучению рака и принципы, регулирующие отношения с неправительственными организациями. В этом томе содержится также список государствчленов и ассоциированных членов Всемирной организации здравоохранения. Настоящее 48-е издание, обновленное по состоянию на 31 декабря 2014 г., имеется в печатной форме на всех шести официальных языках Всемирной организации здравоохранения, а также доступно в электронной форме на веб-сайте Организации по адресу: (http://www.who.int).
ISBN:978 92 4 565048 5